Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Diversified / UBS AG

UBS AG

ubs · NYSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker ubs
Exchange NYSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Diversified
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · UBS AG
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
 UBS Group AG 

Annual Report 2019 

Our external reporting approach 

The  scope  and  content  of  our  external  reports  are 
determined  by  Swiss  legal  and  regulatory  requirements, 
accounting  standards,  relevant  stock  and  debt  listing  rules, 
including  regulations  promulgated  by  FINMA,  the  SIX  Swiss 
Exchange,  the  US  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and 
other  regulatory  requirements,  as  well  as  by  our  financial 
reporting policies. 

At  the  center  of  our  external  reporting  approach  is  the 
annual  report  of  UBS  Group  AG,  which  consists  of 
disclosures  for  UBS  Group  AG  and 
its  consolidated 
subsidiaries.  We  also  provide  a  combined  annual  report  for 
UBS Group AG and UBS AG consolidated, which additionally 
includes the consolidated financial statements of UBS AG as 
well  as  supplemental  disclosures  required  under  SEC 
regulations and is the basis for our SEC Form 20-F filing. 

Annual reporting 

9
1
0
2

9
1
0
t
2
r
o
t
r
p
o
e
p
R
e
R
l
a
u
l
a
n
u
n
n
A
n
A
G
A
G
A
p
u
p
o
u
r
o
G
r
G
S
B
S
U
B
U

UBS Group AG 

Annual Report 2019 

9
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
l
u
a
n
u
n
n
A
n
A
G
G
A
A
S
B
S
U
B
U
d
n
d
a
n
a
G
G
A
A
p
u
p
o
u
r
o
G
r
G
S
B
S
U
B
U

9
1
0
2

t
h
c
i
r
e
b
s
t
f
ä
h
c
s
e
G
G
A
p
u
o
r
G
S
B
U

UBS Annual Reports 
The 2019 Annual Reports (UBS Group AG Annual Report 2019 and the 
combined UBS Group AG and UBS AG Annual Report 2019) include the 
consolidated financial statements of UBS Group AG and UBS AG, 
respectively, and provide comprehensive information about our firm, 
including our strategy and businesses, financial and operating 
performance and other key information. The reports are presented in US 
dollars, our presentation currency. The UBS Group AG Annual Report 
2019 is translated into German, with the German translation available as 
of 13 March 2020 under “Annual reporting” at 
www.ubs.com/investors. 

The consolidated financial statements of UBS Group AG and UBS AG 
have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS). The risk, treasury and capital management sections 
include certain audited financial information, which forms part of the 
consolidated financial statements. The Annual Reports also include the 
statutory financial statements of UBS Group AG, which are the basis for 
our Swiss tax return, our appropriation of retained earnings and a 
potential distribution of dividends, subject to shareholder approval at the 
Annual General Meeting. 

We provide our combined Annual Report, the Pillar 3 report, the standalone legal entity reports and the sustainability 
report as web disclosures at www.ubs.com/investors. 

G
A
S
B
U

G
A
d
n
a
l
r
e
z
t
i

w
S
S
B
U

31 December 2019 Pillar 3 report 

UBS Group and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups 

UBS AG 

Standalone financial statements and regulatory information 
for the year ended 31 December 2019 

Sustainability Report 2019 

Based on GRI Standards 

Pillar 3 report 
The Pillar 3 report provides detailed 
quantitative and qualitative information 
about risk, capital, leverage and 
liquidity for the UBS Group and 
prudential key figures and regulatory 
information for UBS AG standalone, 
UBS Switzerland AG standalone, 
UBS Europe SE consolidated and 
UBS Americas Holding LLC 
consolidated. 

Standalone legal entity reports 
We publish separate standalone legal 
entity reports for UBS AG and 
UBS Switzerland AG. Selected 
financial and regulatory key figures 
for these entities as well as for 
UBS Europe SE and UBS Americas 
Holding LLC are also included in our 
annual reports. 

Sustainability report 
The sustainability report (formerly 
called the GRI Document), which will 
be available from 5 March 2020, 
provides disclosures on 
environmental, social and governance 
factors for the UBS Group and 
includes the disclosures of non-
financial information required by 
German law implementing EU 
Directive 2014/95 (CSR-Richtlinie-
Umsetzungsgesetz, CSR-RUG). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Pillars are the 
foundation for 
everything we do. 

Capital strength 
Effi ciency and effectiveness 
Risk management 

Our Principles are 
what we stand for 
as a fi rm. 

Client focus 
Excellence 
Sustainable performance 

Our Behaviors are 
what we stand for 
individually. 

Integrity 
Collaboration 
Challenge 

Our approach to long-term value creation 

As of or for the year ended 31 December 2019 

What we put into the equation 

Input 

What we do 

Business activities 

Financial capital 

• Common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio: 13.7%. 
• CET1 leverage ratio: 3.9%. 
• Going concern leverage ratio: 5.7%. 
• Total loss-absorbing capacity: USD 89.6 billion. 
• CET1 capital: USD 35.6 billion. 

Relationships and intellectual capital 

• Strong brand with over 150 years of experience in banking. 
• Presence in all major financial centers worldwide. 
• Strong culture and strategy based on our Pillars, Principles and Behaviors. 
• We have access to the majority of the world’s billionaires. 
• We spent more than 10% of our revenues (around USD 3.5 billion) 

on technology in 2019, including amounts spent on regulatory change 
programs and innovative solutions for our businesses and clients.  

Human capital 

• We foster a corporate culture that supports and engages employees. 
• Our 69,966 employees (by headcount) work in 50 countries, 

are citizens of 136 nations and speak more than 150 languages. 
• 39% women and 61% men, with an average of 8 years of service. 
• 19% under 30 years old, 60% between 30 and 50, and 21% over 

50 years old.

Global Wealth 
Management 

Personal & 
Corporate Banking 

Social and natural capital 

• Our UBS in society organization focuses our firm on being a force for 

driving positive change in society and the environment. 

• Our comprehensive environmental and social risk standards govern 

client and vendor relationships and are enforced firm-wide. 

• We invest in communities: our employees have valuable skills and 

knowledge, which they use to make a difference in their communities. 

• UBS Optimus Foundation is an award-winning grant-making 

foundation that helps our clients use their wealth to drive positive 
and sustainable social change for children. 

• We regularly contribute to debates about important societal topics 

and, in collaboration with other firms and industry bodies, help to set 
standards on these topics. 

Catalyst: digitalization and innovation 

ABCDE 
(automation, 
un-bundling, cloud, 
data, experience) 
trends drive the 
changes in how 
we operate. 

Modernizing and 
modularizing 
technical estates 
leveraging 
new technologies, 
such as public 
cloud, microservices 
architecture, APIs, 
and front-to-back 
automation. 

 
The results we deliver 

Output 

Investors 
Our financial results 

• Net profit attributable to shareholders: USD 4,304 million. 
• Diluted earnings per share: USD 1.14. 
• Return on CET1 capital: 12.4% (with a target of 12–15% for 2020–2022). 
• Invested assets: USD 3,607 billion. 
• Cost / income ratio was 80.5%, compared with 79.9% in 2018. 

We are targeting a cost / income ratio of 75–78% in 2020–2022. 

Clients 
The products and services we offer 

• We build and strengthen client relationships through various platforms and offerings, 

such as UBS Evidence Lab Innovations, GWM platforms and WM Online portal, 
UBS Partner, we.trade, UBS Atrium and Mobile Banking. 

• A broad range of well-designed products and services for clients’ personal wealth 

and their businesses. 

• Effective procedures and processes to handle complaints. 

Employees 
How we work at UBS 

• We are committed to further increasing our diversity, treating our employees fairly 

and providing equal opportunities for all. 

• We strive to hire, promote and retain more women across the firm, with a 

stated aspiration of increasing the representation of women in management roles 
to one-third. 

• Our in-house UBS University offers customized training and skills development 

opportunities. 

• We support employees’ career growth; our new Career Navigator online platform 

supports the mobility of internal talent. 

• Modern cloud-enabled virtual workstations and mobile technologies have 

been deployed. 

Society and environment 
What we deliver on sustainability

• USD 488.5 billion of sustainable investing assets (13.5% of our total invested assets). 

USD 3.9 billion of clients’ assets in SDG-related impact investments. 

• With a market share of 20.2% among asset and wealth managers offering 

sustainable investment solutions, we are a leading provider of such products 
in Switzerland. 

• USD 52.7 billion of the total deal value in equity or debt capital market services 

and USD 34.5 billion in financial advisory services provided by our Investment Bank 
to companies that make a positive contribution to climate change mitigation 
and adaptation. 

• In 2019, we donated USD 45.2 million to local programs. 38% of our employees 

volunteered and invested 202,784 hours in community projects. 
• UBS Optimus Foundation raised USD 89.5 million in donations. 

Asset 
Management 

Investment 
Bank 

Co-developing 
digital innovation 
and ecosystems 
through 
partnerships, 
research and 
innovation pipeline 
management, 
facilitated by 
centers of 
excellence. 

Strengthening our 
digital culture and 
engineering 
approach through 
training, 
communications, 
and adopting new 
toolsets and agile 
ways of 
collaborating. 

How our stakeholders benefit 

Outcome 

The impact we create 

Impact

Driving change in the world 
needs leadership. As the 
largest truly global wealth 
manager, we have a 
responsibility to take a leading 
role in shaping a positive 
future – for all of us and 
the generations to come. 

We are an integral part of the 
Swiss economy and broader 
society – not only as a leading 
universal bank, but also as the 
third biggest private employer 
and one of the top taxpayers. 

We significantly contribute to 
the prosperity of the Swiss 
economy by providing efficient 
financial services, capital 
allocation, stability, security 
and reliability. 

We aim to protect and increase 
the value of our clients’ assets. 
Understanding our clients’ 
needs and expectations allows 
us to serve their best interests 
and to create value for them. 

In sustainable and impact 
investing, we set standards 
across the industry and 
constantly challenge ourselves 
and our peers to raise the bar. 

How our investors benefit 

• Attractive capital returns to our shareholders. A dividend of USD 0.73 per share 

proposed for the financial year 2019. We aim to increase our ordinary dividend per 
share by USD 0.01 per year, and to return excess capital through share repurchases. 
• Total payout ratio for 2019 will be 80%, combining the proposed dividend with our 

share repurchases of USD 806 million in 2019. 

• We aim to balance growth opportunities with cost and capital efficiency in order to 

drive attractive risk-adjusted returns and sustainable performance. 

How our clients benefit 

• Sustaining long-term relationships based on mutual respect, trust and integrity. 

Access to outstanding, tailored advice, financial solutions and services from around 
the globe delivered by experts our clients can trust; superior investment performance. 

• Improved satisfaction through the offering of suitable products and services. 
• Services accessible through convenient digital banking portals, which enable our 
clients to bank at their convenience, and through our branches and presences 
in Switzerland and abroad. 

How our employees benefit 

• UBS is widely recognized as an employer of choice and a great place 

to build a career. 

• Levels of employee satisfaction and engagement, as shown in our most recent 

employee survey, are above the norm for financial services organizations. 
• A diverse and inclusive culture across the firm to drive sustainable growth 

and innovation and to build a better place to work for all employees. 

• Support for leadership development, as great leaders are the key to growing 

our people, client relationships and results. 

• Pay for performance, with a strong commitment to pay equity embedded into 

our compensation policies and practices. 

How society and the environment benefit

• Total reduction of greenhouse gas footprint by 71% from the 2004 baseline year, 

targeting a 75% reduction by the end of 2020. 

• We further reduced our carbon-related assets to less than 1% of our total banking 

products exposure and strengthened our standards in the energy and utilities sectors. 

• More than 280,000 direct beneficiaries and 107,388 lives substantially improved as 

a result of our community investments. 

• UBS Optimus Foundation committed USD 109.5 million to carefully selected 

programs. 

• The well-being of 3.3 million vulnerable children around the world was improved 

with help of the work of UBS Optimus Foundation. 

Contents 

2  Letter to shareholders 
8  Our key figures 
10  Our Board of Directors 
12  Our Group Executive Board 
14  Our evolution 

1.  Our strategy, business model and environment 

3.  Risk, treasury and 

capital management 

18  Our strategy 
19  Performance targets and measurement 
20  Our businesses 
31  Our environment 
35  How we create value for our stakeholders 
49  Regulation and supervision 
54  Regulatory and legal developments 
60  Risk factors 

2.  Financial 

and operating performance 

72  Critical accounting estimates and judgments 
73  Significant accounting and financial reporting changes 
75  Group performance 
85  Global Wealth Management 
88  Personal & Corporate Banking 
93  Asset Management 
Investment Bank 
97 
101  Corporate Center 

105  Risk management and control 
156  Treasury management 
175  Capital management 

4.  Corporate governance and compensation 

196  Corporate governance 
236  Compensation 

5.  Financial 

statements 

283  Consolidated financial statements 
475  Standalone financial statements 

6.  Significant regulated subsidiary and sub-group 

information 

500  Financial and regulatory key figures for our significant 

regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups 

Appendix 

502  Alternative performance measures 
504  Abbreviations frequently used in our financial reports 
507 
508  Cautionary statement 

Information sources 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019 
Letter to shareholders 

Dear Shareholders, 

Building on your positive feedback from the previous years, our 
shareholder  letter  for  2019  again  answers  a  series  of  questions 
that  we  are  regularly  asked  by  different  stakeholders  of  the 
bank. 

What was the market context in 2019? 
Even  though  equity  markets  reached  all-time  highs,  sharp 
changes in macroeconomic and market conditions affected UBS 
and  our  clients.  Interest  rate  headwinds  intensified,  with  rate 
cuts  in  the  US  and  further  moves  into  negative  territory  in 
Europe. Contrary to more optimistic expectations at the start of 
the  year,  global  GDP  growth  of  just  3%  was  both  substantially 
lower  than  had  been  forecast  and  the  lowest  since  the  2007– 
2009  financial  crisis.  Faced  with  slowing  global  growth  and 
persistent geopolitical concerns, many clients either de-risked, or 
simply stayed on the sidelines. Client activity was also negatively 
affected  by  historically  low  market  volatility.  Nevertheless, 
recession  concerns  abated  in  the  US  and  investor  sentiment 
improved in the final quarter. 

How do you assess the financial performance of the Group 
in 2019? 
In  these  mixed  conditions  we  delivered  a  solid  performance  in 
2019, closing the year with the best fourth quarter since 2010. 
Our  net  profit  reached  USD 4.3  billion  and  we  delivered  a 
12.4% return on CET1 capital, competitive with American peers 
large  European  banks.  Clients 
and  well  ahead  of  other 
continued to turn to us for high-quality advice and solutions to 
help  them  achieve  their  goals.  We  now  manage  over  USD 3.6 
trillion  of  their  assets,  up  nearly  a  trillion  in  four  years.  Our 
capital position remains formidable, with a CET1 capital ratio of 
13.7%.  Our  total  loss-absorbing  capacity  increased  to  nearly 
USD 90 billion. 

How much of your profits did you return to shareholders 
last year? 
In  2019,  we  generated  USD 5  billion  of  capital,  bringing  the 
total  to  USD 28  billion  since  2011.  Our  proposed  dividend  of 
USD 0.73  per  share  for  2019  represents  an  increase  of  6% 
compared  with  2018  and  is  in  addition  to  the  USD 806  million 
of  shares  bought  back  under  our  repurchase  program,  helping 
increase  our  tangible  book  value  per  share  by  6%.  The  sum  of 
our  2019  proposed  dividend  and  share  repurchases  is  USD 3.4 
billion,  or  80%  of  our  net  profits,  which  is  highly  attractive 
compared to peers. 

2 

What actions are you taking in the French litigation case? 
Management and the Board of Directors are completely focused 
on  and  committed  to  a  resolution  of  the  French  cross-border 
matter.  This  is  in  the  best  interest  of  shareholders,  and  it  will 
most likely take time to resolve the case. The trial at the Court of 
Appeal  is  scheduled  for  2–29  June  2020,  and  a  verdict  is 
expected  later  in  the  year.  We  are  preparing  diligently  for  this 
trial.  UBS  denies  any  criminal  wrongdoing  in  this  case.  Our 
provision  for  this  matter  remains  at  EUR  450  million  (USD 505 
million),  unchanged  from  year-end  2018.  We  have  published 
responses to questions frequently asked by shareholders, clients, 
employees  and  other  stakeholders  on  this  matter,  which  are 
available at www.ubs.com/investors. 

What are the key growth opportunities you see going 
forward? 
We  are  ideally  positioned  to  take  advantage  of  global  mega-
trends.  As  the  largest  truly  global  wealth  manager  to  high  net 
worth and ultra-high net worth clients, we are well positioned to 
benefit  from  these  trends.  Our  business  is  based  on  wealth 
creation and helping clients manage their wealth and fulfil their 
goals,  as  well  as  advising  on  how  they  want  to  pass  it  on.  Our 
billionaires  report  revealed  that  approximately  723  billionaires 
will  transfer  USD 3.5  trillion  to  their  heirs  over  the  next  two 
decades.  We  have  a  strong  presence  in  the  US  and  Asia  –  two 
leading growth markets – along with the right people, the right 
investments  in  technology,  and  the  capital  strength  to  lead  the 
wealth  management  industry.  We  are  also  a  leading  universal 
bank in Switzerland and we are determined to extend our lead. 
All this is enhanced by an investment bank that is strong in the 
areas  where  we  choose  to  compete,  and  a  successful  asset 
manager. 

We  are  delivering  attractive  returns  in  a  responsible  and 
sustainable  way,  while  strategically  investing  for  growth.  Joint 
ventures,  cross-selling  and  white-labelling  are  other  growth 
opportunities.  Examples  in  2019  include  exciting  strategic 
partnerships  with  leading  market  players  –  Banco  do  Brasil  in 
Brazil and Sumitomo Mitsui Trust in Japan. These are just some 
of  the  opportunities  across  our  businesses  that  we  are  focused 
on. There are many others that you can read about in the pages 
of our annual report. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sergio P. Ermotti  Group Chief Executive Officer 

Axel A. Weber  Chairman of the Board of Directors 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019 
Letter to shareholders 

What are your priorities for 2020–2022? 
We aim to drive higher and superior returns by growing each of 
our  businesses  and  leveraging  our  unique,  integrated  and 
complementary business portfolio and geographic footprint. We 
have  defined  a  number  of  priorities  to  help  us  achieve  this  in 
2020–2022. 

In  Global  Wealth  Management,  we  will  execute  on  several 
initiatives  designed  to  accelerate  our  growth  and  elevate  the 
quality and value of the service we deliver to our clients. 

Our  Investment  Bank  is  well  positioned  to  respond  to 
changing  market  conditions  and  client  needs  and  to  better 
leverage  our  capabilities,  including  the  technology  investments 
we have made over the years. 

Our Asset Management business will continue to build on its 
differentiated  client  offering  for  further  growth,  performance 
and scale. 

In our Personal & Corporate Banking business in Switzerland, 
we  will  drive  profitable  growth  through  digital  initiatives, 
services and efficiency gains. 

Our  business  divisions  are  competitive  in  those  fields  that 
matter most to our clients, but they would not be as successful 
on  a  stand-alone  basis.  Therefore,  a  key  priority  is  further 
embedding  our  one-firm  approach  across  the  Group.  While  we 
have successfully delivered our integrated business model for the 
benefit of many clients and shareholders, we can do more. We 
also  remain  committed  to  improving  efficiency  and  productivity 
in  2020,  keeping  operating  costs  flat,  while  growing  revenues 
and  funding  USD 1  billion  in  investments  to  meet  regulatory 
requirements  and  improve  efficiency.  Continued  investments  in 
technology, platforms and risk management systems are crucial 
for  growing  our  franchise,  generating  attractive  returns  in  the 
future and improving client experience. 

What are you doing to make sure UBS remains the most 
relevant global wealth manager? 
Client needs are constantly evolving, and the pace of change is 
faster  than  ever.  What  has  not  and  will  not  change  is  clients’ 
need for high-quality advice. This is where UBS excels and what 
makes  our  value  proposition  durable.  We  provide  customized, 
nuanced,  and  personalized  advice  that  helps  our  clients  meet 
their  individual  financial  goals,  while  improving  their  lives  and 
generating  impact  that  matters.  Clients  are  increasingly  looking 
to  partner  with  a  firm  that  creates  value  for  society  as  a whole 
and  helps  them  invest  in  areas  and  ideas  that  matter  most  to 
them.  Our  millennial  clients  are  a  good  example  of  this.  Many 
are  restructuring  their  portfolios  and  using  our  advisory  and 
product capabilities to do well financially while also doing good 
for  the  world  around  us.  Technology  plays  another  key  part  in 
this  endeavor,  helping  us  to  deliver  even  more  for  our  clients, 
empower  our  client-facing  staff,  including  advisors,  and  make 
our  infrastructure  more  agile  and  versatile  and,  as  a  result, 
increase productivity and quality of service. 

What is UBS doing to provide sustainable finance 
opportunities for clients? 
Sustainable finance has long been a firm-wide priority. The Dow 
recognized 
Jones  Sustainability 

the  most  widely 

Index, 

44 

sustainability ranking, recognized UBS as the industry leader for 
the fifth year running. This demonstrates our commitment to the 
growing  demand  for  sustainable  finance  services  and  products 
across  client  segments.  A  key  indicator  is  the  development  of 
our  core  sustainable  investing  assets,  which  have  more  than 
doubled in just two years, from 5.6% of total invested assets in 
2017  to  13.5%  in  2019.  Our  multi-asset  sustainable  investing 
solutions  were  our  fastest-growing  mandate  offering,  reaching 
over  USD 9  billion  in  invested  assets.  We  aim  to  create 
sustainable  finance  products  and  services  firm  wide  that  help 
clients channel capital to support the United Nations Sustainable 
Development  Goals  (the  SDGs).  We  also  offer  advice  from 
philanthropy experts to assist clients in making a meaningful and 
measurable difference for their chosen philanthropic causes. 

How are you using technology to help drive value for 
clients and shareholders? 
We invest in technology to improve our client service and client 
experience, as well as to improve the efficiency and scalability of 
our  businesses.  Technology  affects  every  element  of  our  value 
chain  –  from  the  way  we  communicate  with,  serve  and  advise 
our clients to how we manage risks and run our back office. This 
is why we invest over 10% of revenues per year in technology, 
which  was  around  USD 3.5  billion  in  2019.  Last  year  we 
decommissioned  over  400  legacy  applications  and  deployed 
1,100  robots  across  our  organization.  In  our  Swiss  Personal  & 
Corporate  Banking  business,  for  example,  two-thirds  of  our 
clients  interact  with  us  through  our  digital  banking  facilities.  In 
our  corporate  business,  this  number  is  even  higher  with  almost 
80%  using  our  digital  banking.  These  clients  are  more  satisfied 
and, as a result, do more business with us. Data analytics allows 
client  advisors  to  analyze  data  more  efficiently  and  provide 
better, more timely advice. We are also using machine learning 
and  artificial  intelligence-powered  engines  to  automate  more 
complex tasks and allow for better and faster decision-making. 

What kind of capital returns can we expect if you 
successfully execute on your strategy and priorities? 
We  continue  to  focus  on  sustainable  performance.  We  hold 
ourselves accountable for delivering our targets by executing on 
our  proven  strategy  in  a  disciplined  manner,  and  avoiding 
opportunistic  measures  for  the  sake  of  short-term  gain.  We 
invest for the long term and aim to do the right thing for clients 
and  the  long-term  health  of  the  business.  Over  the  next  three 
years, our aim is to deliver at the upper end of our target range 
of between 12% and 15% reported return on CET1 capital, as 
announced  in  January  2020.  Our  goal  is  to  balance  revenue 
growth with both cost and capital efficiency. 

Going forward, we intend to grow our dividend per share by 
USD 1 cent per year. This will give us greater capacity to return 
more  capital  through  share  repurchases.  We  expect  to 
repurchase  around  USD 450  million  worth  of  shares  in  the  first 
half  of  2020,  completing  our  current  CHF  2  billion  repurchase 
program,  and  will  assess  our  future  repurchase  plans  in  the 
second half of 2020. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
What is UBS doing to develop the talent and leaders of 
tomorrow? 
Our success relies on our long-standing commitment to investing 
in  our  employees  at  every  career  stage.  We  are  widely 
recognized as an employer of choice and a great place to build a 
career.  We  believe  the  right  strategy  and  a  culture  of  ethical 
behavior and accountability drive strong performance. The three 
keys to success – our Pillars, Principles and Behaviors – embody 
the foundation of our strategy and culture. They define what we 
stand  for  as  a  firm  and  as  individuals,  while  also  defining  the 
way we think, work and act at UBS. Our in-house UBS University 
updated  its  curriculum  to  emphasize  future-skills  development 
and personal growth for all employees, with a new digital skills 
syllabus that builds knowledge about topics such as blockchain, 
intelligence. 
cloud 
Furthermore, we revamped our leadership development offering 
to ensure our leaders have the skills they need to develop their 
businesses and their people, and to lead effectively in the digital 
transformation  age.  Finally,  we  foster  a  diverse  and  inclusive 
culture  across  the  firm  to  drive  sustainable  growth  and 
innovation, deliver the best of UBS to clients, and build a better 
place to work. 

computing, 

robotics 

artificial 

and 

What is UBS doing to benefit stakeholders and society at 
large? 
We  believe  that  by  keeping  a  healthy  balance  between  the 
expectations of our most important stakeholder groups – clients, 
employees and investors – we are also creating value for society. 
Delivering  tailored  advice,  top  quality  solutions  and  disciplined 
execution,  while  also  addressing  strategic  opportunities,  further 
improving  the  working  environment  and  facilitating  economic 
development  that  is  sustainable  for  the  planet  and  humanity  – 
these  actions  are  at  the  heart  of  our  strategy.  In  2019,  we 
demonstrated  this  commitment  by  becoming  a  founding 
signatory  of  the  United  Nations  Principles  for  Responsible 
Banking,  a  comprehensive  framework  for  the  integration  of 
sustainability  into  banks’  business  strategies.  Our  annual  report 
contains a dedicated section on how we create value for all our 
stakeholders. 

What are you doing to support the transition to a low-
carbon economy? 
We have been executing on our comprehensive climate strategy 
for  many  years.  In  2019,  our  total  core  sustainable  investments 
increased significantly to USD 488 billion from USD 313 billion in 
2018,  while,  as  part  of  this,  our  climate-related  sustainable 
investments  increased  to  USD 108  billion.  This  includes  our 
recently  launched  and  award-winning  Climate  Aware  strategy, 
which  reached  over  USD 3  billion  in  invested  assets.  To  protect 
our  own  and  our  clients’  assets  from  climate-related  risks,  our 
exposure  to  carbon-related  assets  on  our  balance  sheet 
continues to be low, at 0.8% or USD 1.9 billion as at the end of 
2019,  down  from  1.6%  at  the  end  of  2018  and  2.8%  at  the 
end of 2017. Our goal is to be the financial partner of choice for 

clients  who  want  to  mobilize  capital  toward  climate  action  and 
the  Paris  Agreement.  For  the  World  Economic  Forum  annual 
meeting in 2020, our white paper focused on climate action and 
the ways in which investors can mobilize private and institutional 
capital toward the orderly transition to a low-carbon economy. 

How does UBS play a role and give back in the 
communities in which it operates? 
We strive to use our skills to help communities grow and thrive. 
We recognize that our long-term success depends on the health 
and  prosperity  of  the  communities  in  which  we  operate.  Our 
firm-wide UBS in society program covers all of the activities and 
capabilities  related  to  sustainable  finance,  including  sustainable 
investing,  philanthropy,  environmental,  climate  and  human 
rights  policies  governing  client  and  supplier  relationships,  our 
environmental  footprint,  human  resources,  and  community 
investment. For example, we seek to tackle societal disadvantage 
and 
through 
investments 
India 
entrepreneurship, 
Development  Impact  Bond.  We  provide  strategic  financial 
commitments and offer targeted employee volunteering to drive 
positive  change.  Directing  these  efforts  toward  skills-based 
volunteering,  we  aim  to  tackle  local  social  issues  in  the  most 
powerful  and  effective  way.  In  2019,  38%  of  our  global 
workforce  volunteered,  with  48%  of  the  hours  being  skills 
based. 

education 
the  Quality  Education 

long-term 

such  as 

in 

You have announced that Ralph Hamers will be appointed 
Group Chief Executive Officer as of 1 November 2020. Can 
you explain your choice? 
The  Board  made  the  decision  to  appoint  Ralph  Hamers  as 
successor of Group CEO Sergio P. Ermotti following a thorough 
and rigorous selection process, reflecting the firm’s commitment 
to  strong  corporate  governance.  Ralph  is  a  proven  leader  in 
banking and a strong cultural fit for UBS. Under his leadership, 
ING Group has implemented a fundamental shift in its operating 
model and is now considered one of the best examples of digital 
innovation in the banking sector. Ralph is a charismatic executive 
with the experience and personality to write UBS’s next chapter. 

Thank  you  for  your  ongoing  support.  We  look  forward  to  your 
feedback  and  to  welcoming  you  to  this  year’s  Annual  General 
Meeting on 29 April. 

Yours sincerely, 

Axel A. Weber 
Chairman of the 
Board of Directors 

Sergio P. Ermotti 
Group Chief Executive Officer 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WEAR. SHARE. TAG. 

#TOGETHERBAND champions the 17 United 
Nations Sustainable Development Goals for 
a sustainable future. UBS is proud to join forces 
with sustainable fashion brand BOTTLETOP 
on the mission to raise awareness of and support 
for the 17 UN Sustainable Development Goals. 

Find out more and buy a band 
ubs.com/togetherband 
@togetherbandofficial 

Corporate information 

UBS Group AG is incorporated and domiciled in Switzerland and operates 
under Art. 620ff. of the Swiss Code of Obligations as an Aktiengesellschaft, a 
corporation limited by shares. Its registered office is at Bahnhofstrasse 45, 
CH-8001 Zurich, Switzerland, telephone +41-44-234 11 11, and its corporate 
identification number is CHE-395.345.924. UBS Group AG was incorporated 
on 10 June 2014 and was established in 2014 as the holding company of the 
UBS Group. UBS Group AG shares are listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and 
on the New York Stock Exchange (ISIN: CH0244767585; CUSIP: H42097107). 
UBS Group AG owns 100% of the outstanding shares of UBS AG. 

Contacts 

Switchboards 
For all general inquiries. 
www.ubs.com/contact 

Zurich +41-44-234 1111 
London +44-207-567 8000 
New York +1-212-821 3000 
Hong Kong +852-2971 8888 
Singapore +65-6495 8000 

Investor Relations 
UBS’s Investor Relations team supports 
institutional, professional and retail 
investors from our offices in Zurich, London, 
New York and Krakow. 

UBS Group AG, Investor Relations 
P.O. Box, CH-8098 Zurich, Switzerland 

www.ubs.com/investors 

Zurich +41-44-234 4100 
New York +1-212-882 5734 

Media Relations 
UBS’s Media Relations team supports 
global media and journalists from our 
offices in Zurich, London, New York 
and Hong Kong. 

www.ubs.com/media 

Zurich +41-44-234 8500 
mediarelations@ubs.com 

London +44-20-7567 4714 
ubs-media-relations@ubs.com 

New York +1-212-882 5858 
mediarelations@ubs.com 

Hong Kong +852-2971 8200 
sh-mediarelations-ap@ubs.com 

Office of the Group Company Secretary 
The Group Company Secretary receives 
inquiries on compensation and related 
issues addressed to members of the 
Board of Directors. 

UBS Group AG, Office of the 
Group Company Secretary 
P.O. Box, CH-8098 Zurich, Switzerland 

sh-company-secretary@ubs.com 

+41-44-235 6652 

Shareholder Services 
UBS’s Shareholder Services team, a unit 
of the Group Company Secretary office, is 
responsible for the registration of 
UBS Group AG registered shares. 

UBS Group AG, Shareholder Services 
P.O. Box, CH-8098 Zurich, Switzerland 

sh-shareholder-services@ubs.com 

+41-44-235 6652 

US Transfer Agent 
For global registered share-related 
inquiries in the US. 

Computershare Trust Company NA 
P.O. Box 505000 
Louisville, KY 40233-5000, USA 

Shareholder online inquiries: 
www-us.computershare.com/ 
investor/Contact 

Shareholder website: 
www.computershare.com/investor 

Calls from the US 
+1-866-305-9566 
Calls from outside the US 
+1-781-575-2623 
TDD for hearing impaired 
+1-800-231-5469 
TDD foreign shareholders 
+1-201-680-6610 

Corporate calendar UBS Group AG 

Imprint 

Publication of the first quarter 2020 report: 

Tuesday, 28 April 2020 

Publisher: UBS Group AG, Zurich, Switzerland | www.ubs.com 

Annual General Meeting 2020: 

Wednesday, 29 April 2020 

Language: English / German | SAP-No. 80531E 

Publication of the second quarter 2020 report: 

Tuesday, 21 July 2020 

Publication of the third quarter 2020 report: 

Tuesday, 20 October 2020 

© UBS 2020. The key symbol and UBS are among the registered and 
unregistered trademarks of UBS. All rights reserved. 

Printed in Switzerland on chlorine-free paper with mineral oil-reduced inks. 
Paper production from socially responsible and ecologically sound forestry 
practices 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019 

Our key figures 

As of or for the year ended 

31.12.17 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

28,889
28,889
23,312
23,312
5,577
5,577
4,304
4,304
1.14
1.14

 30,213
 24,222
 5,991
 4,516
 1.18

 29,622 
 24,272 
5,351 
 969 
 0.25 

7.9
7.9
9.0
9.0
12.4
12.4
11.0
11.0
3.2
3.2
80.5
80.5
78.9
78.9
22.7
22.7
(4.7)
(4.7)

 8.6
 9.8
 13.1
 11.8
 3.3
 79.9
 79.5
 24.5
 366.0

 1.8 
 2.0 
 3.0 
 12.6 
 3.3 
 81.6 
 78.2 
 80.5 
 (71.1) 

USD million, except where indicated 
Group results
Group results 
Operating income 
Operating expenses 
Operating profit / (loss) before tax 
Net profit / (loss) attributable to shareholders 
Diluted earnings per share (USD)1 
Profitability and growth2
Profitability and growth2 
Return on equity (%) 
Return on tangible equity (%) 
Return on common equity tier 1 capital (%) 
Return on risk-weighted assets, gross (%) 
Return on leverage ratio denominator, gross (%) 
Cost / income ratio (%) 
Adjusted cost / income ratio (%) 
Effective tax rate (%) 
Net profit growth (%) 
Resources
Resources 
Total assets 
Equity attributable to shareholders 
Common equity tier 1 capital3 
Risk-weighted assets3 
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio (%)3 
Going concern capital ratio (%)3 
Total loss-absorbing capacity ratio (%)3 
Leverage ratio denominator3 
Common equity tier 1 leverage ratio (%)3 
Going concern leverage ratio (%)3 
Total loss-absorbing capacity leverage ratio (%)3 
Liquidity coverage ratio (%)4 
Other
Other 
Invested assets (USD billion)5 
 3,262 
Personnel (full-time equivalents)6 
 61,253 
Market capitalization7 
 68,477 
Total book value per share (USD)7 
 14.11 
Total book value per share (CHF)7 
 13.75 
Tangible book value per share (USD)7 
 12.34 
Tangible book value per share (CHF)7 
 12.03 
1 Refer to “Note 9 Earnings per share (EPS) and shares outstanding” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for more information.  2 Refer to the “Performance targets and measurement” 
1
3 Based on the Swiss systemically relevant bank framework as of 1 January 2020. Refer to the “Capital management” section of this 
section of this report for more information about our performance targets. 
3
5 Includes invested assets for Global Wealth Management, Asset 
report for more information. 
5
6 Personnel (full-time equivalents) as of 31 December 2019 has been amended compared with our fourth quarter 2019 report, resulting in a decrease of 61. 
Management and Personal & Corporate Banking. 
6
7 Refer to “UBS shares” in the “Capital management” section of this report for more information. 
7

 939,279 
 52,495 
 33,516 
 243,636 
 13.8 
 17.6 
 33.0 
 909,032 
 3.69 
 4.7 
 8.8 
 143 

 958,489
 52,928
 34,119
 263,747
 12.9
 17.5
 31.7
 904,598
 3.77
 5.1
 9.3
 136

972,183
972,183
54,533
54,533
35,582
35,582
259,208
259,208
13.7
13.7
20.0
20.0
34.6
34.6
911,325
911,325
3.90
3.90
5.7
5.7
9.8
9.8
134
134

4 Refer to the “Balance sheet, liquidity and funding management” section of this report for more information. 
4

 3,101
 66,888
 45,907
 14.35
 14.11
 12.55
 12.33

3,607
3,607
68,601
68,601
45,661
45,661
15.08
15.08
14.60
14.60
13.29
13.29
12.87
12.87

2

Alternative performance measures 

An alternative performance measure (APM) is a financial measure of historical or future financial performance, financial position 
or cash flows other than a financial measure defined or specified in the applicable recognized accounting standards or in other 
applicable regulations. We report a number of APMs, including adjusted results, in the discussion of the financial and operating 
performance  of  the  Group,  our  business  divisions  and  our  Corporate  Center.  We  use  APMs  to  provide  a  fuller  picture  of  our 
operating performance and to reflect management’s view of the fundamental drivers of our business results. A definition of each 
APM, the method used to calculate it and the information content are presented in the appendix under “Alternative performance 
measures.” Our APMs may qualify as non-GAAP measures as defined by SEC regulations. 

8 

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11
2

44

Terms used in this report, unless the context requires otherwise 

“UBS,” “UBS Group,” “UBS Group AG consolidated,” “Group,” 
“the Group,” “we,” “us” and “our” 

UBS Group AG and its consolidated subsidiaries 

“UBS AG consolidated” 

UBS AG and its consolidated subsidiaries 

“UBS Group AG” and “UBS Group AG standalone” 

UBS Group AG on a standalone basis 

“UBS AG” and “UBS AG standalone” 

UBS AG on a standalone basis 

“UBS Switzerland AG” and “UBS Switzerland AG standalone” 

UBS Switzerland AG on a standalone basis 

“UBS Europe SE consolidated” 

UBS Europe SE and its consolidated subsidiaries 

“UBS Americas Holding LLC” and 
“UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated” 

UBS Americas Holding LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries 

In this report, unless the context requires otherwise, references to any gender shall apply to all genders. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Board of Directors 

1.  Axel A. Weber 

Chairman of the Board of Directors / Chairperson 
of the Corporate Culture and Responsibility 
Committee / Chairperson of the Governance and 
Nominating Committee 

2.  Robert W. Scully 

Member of the Risk Committee 

3.  Jeanette Wong 

Member of the Audit Committee 

4.  Dieter Wemmer 

Member of the Audit Committee / member of the 
Compensation Committee 

5. 

Isabelle Romy 

Member of the Audit Committee / member of the 
Governance and Nominating Committee 

6.  David Sidwell 

Senior Independent Director / Chairperson of the 
Risk Committee / member of the Governance and 
Nominating Committee 

7.  Fred Hu 

Member of the Compensation Committee 

8.  Jeremy Anderson 

Chairperson of the Audit Committee / member 
of the Corporate Culture and Responsibility 
Committee / member of the Governance and 
Nominating Committee 

9.  Julie G. Richardson 

Chairperson of the Compensation Committee / 
member of the Governance and Nominating 
Committee / member of the Risk Committee 

10.  William C. Dudley 

Member of the Corporate Culture and 
Responsibility Committee / member of the Risk 
Committee 

11.  Beatrice Weder di Mauro 

Member of the Audit Committee / member of the 
Corporate Culture and Responsibility Committee 

12.  Reto Francioni 

Member of the Compensation Committee / member 
of the Risk Committee 

10 

2 

4 

6 

3 

5 

7 

8 

10 

1

9 

11 

12

 
    
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
The  Board  of  Directors  (BoD)  of  UBS  Group  AG,  under  the 
leadership of the Chairman, consists of between 6 to 12 members 
as per our Articles of Association. The BoD decides on the strategy 
of the Group upon recommendation by the Group Chief Executive 
Officer  (Group  CEO)  and  is  responsible  for  the  overall  direction, 
supervision and control of the Group and its management, as well 
as  for  supervising  compliance  with  applicable  laws,  rules  and 
regulations. The BoD exercises oversight over UBS Group AG and 
its  subsidiaries  and  is  responsible  for  establishing  a  clear  Group 

framework 

governance 
to  provide  effective  steering  and 
supervision of the Group, taking into account the material risks to 
which  UBS  Group  AG  and  its  subsidiaries  are  exposed.  The  BoD 
has  ultimate  responsibility  for  the  success  of  the  Group  and  for 
delivering  sustainable  shareholder  value  within  a  framework  of 
prudent  and  effective  controls,  approves  all  financial  statements 
for  issue  and  appoints  and  removes  all  Group  Executive  Board 
(GEB) members. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Group Executive Board 

UBS  Group  AG  operates  under  a  strict  dual  board  structure,  as  mandated  by  Swiss 
banking  law,  and  therefore  the  BoD  delegates  the  management  of  the  business  to  the 
GEB. Under the leadership of the Group CEO, the GEB is comprised of 13 members and 
has executive management responsibility for the steering of the Group and its business. It 
assumes  overall  responsibility  for  developing  and  implementing  the  strategies  of  the 
Group, business divisions and Group functions, as approved by the BoD. 

  Refer to “Board of Directors” and “Group Executive Board” in the “Corporate 

governance” section of this report or to www.ubs.com/bod and www.ubs.com/geb for 

the full biographies of our BoD and GEB members 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
1.  Sergio P. Ermotti 

Group Chief Executive Officer 

2.  Christian Bluhm 

Group Chief Risk Officer 

3.  Markus U. Diethelm 

Group General Counsel 

4. 

Iqbal Khan 

Co-President Global Wealth Management 

5.  Tom Naratil 

Co-President Global Wealth Management and 
President UBS Americas 

6.  Edmund Koh 

President UBS Asia Pacific 

7.  Kirt Gardner 

Group Chief Financial Officer 

8.  Suni Harford 

President Asset Management 

9.  Markus Ronner 

Group Chief Compliance and Governance Officer 

10.  Sabine Keller-Busse 

Group Chief Operating Officer and 
President UBS Europe, Middle East and Africa 

11.  Robert Karofsky 

Co-President Investment Bank 

12.  Axel P. Lehmann 

President Personal & Corporate Banking and 
President UBS Switzerland 

13.  Piero Novelli 

Co-President Investment Bank 

3 

5 

4 

6 

1

2 

7 

9 

8 

12 

11 

10 

13 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our evolution 

Since  our  origins  in  the  mid-19th  century,  many  financial 
institutions have become part of the history of our firm and have 
helped  to  shape  its  development.  1998  was  a  major  turning 
point for the firm, when two of the then three largest banks in 
Switzerland,  Union  Bank  of  Switzerland  and  Swiss  Bank 
Corporation (SBC), merged to form today’s UBS. At the time of 
the  merger,  both  banks  were  already  well  established  and 
successful  in  their  own  right.  Union  Bank  of  Switzerland  had 
grown organically to become the largest Swiss bank. In contrast, 
SBC  had  grown  mainly  through  a  combination  of  strategic 
partnerships and acquisitions, including S.G. Warburg in 1995. 

In 2000, we acquired PaineWebber, a US brokerage and asset 
management firm whose roots went back to 1879, establishing 
us  as  a  significant  player  in  the  US.  Over  the  past  half  century, 
we  have  also  built  a  strong  presence  in  the  Asia  Pacific  region, 
where we are the largest wealth manager (measured by invested 
assets),  a  top-tier  investment  bank  and  an  established  player  in 
asset management. 

During  the  financial  crisis  of  2008,  we  incurred  significant 
losses.  In  2011,  we  initiated  a  strategic  transformation  of  our 
firm  toward  a  business  model  that  focused  on  our  core 
businesses  of  wealth  management  and  personal  and  corporate 
banking  in  Switzerland.  We  sought  to  revert  to  our  roots, 
emphasizing  a  client-centric  model  that  requires  less  risk-taking 
and capital, and have successfully completed this transformation. 

Today,  we  are  a  global  financial  services  firm,  consisting  of 
the largest truly global wealth manager, a leading personal and 
corporate  banking  business  in  Switzerland,  a  global  asset 
manager and a focused investment bank. 

The  chart  on  the  next  page  provides  an  overview  of  our 

principal legal entities and reflects our legal entity structure. 

  Refer to www.ubs.com/history for more information 

The most recent changes 
to our legal entity structure 

In 2014, we began adapting our legal entity structure to 
improve the resolvability of the Group in response to too big 
to fail requirements in Switzerland and recovery and resolution 
regulation in other countries in which the Group operates. 

We continue to consider further changes to the Group’s 
legal structure in response to regulatory requirements and 
other external developments. Such changes may include 
further consolidation of operating subsidiaries in the EU and 
adjustments to the booking entity or location of products 
and services. 

 Refer to the “Risk factors” section of this report for 

more information 

 Refer to the “Regulatory and legal developments” 

section of this report for more information 

14 

2014 

2015 

Holding company 

UBS structure 

• UBS Group AG became the holding 

company of the Group. 

• We transferred our personal and 
corporate banking and wealth 
management businesses booked in 
Switzerland from UBS AG to the newly 
established UBS Switzerland AG. 
• UBS Business Solutions AG, a direct 

subsidiary of UBS Group AG, 
was established as the Group’s service 
company. 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The legal structure of the UBS Group as of 28 February 2020 

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:41)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70) 

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:41) 

(cid:19)(cid:18)(cid:18)(cid:7) 

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:41)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70) 

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:41) 

(cid:19)(cid:18)(cid:18)(cid:7) 

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:36)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)
(cid:53)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:41) 

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53) 
(cid:53)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:92)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:41) 

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:42)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:46)(cid:46)(cid:37) 

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:39)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:53)(cid:39)(cid:19) 

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:41) 

(cid:49)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:86) 
(cid:80)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:15)(cid:55)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:20)(cid:14)(cid:21) 

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:43)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:16) 

(cid:19)(cid:18)(cid:18)(cid:7) 

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:36)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:53)(cid:35) 

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:36)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:53)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:46)(cid:46)(cid:37) 

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:40)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2) 
(cid:53)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:43)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:16) 

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:53)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:46)(cid:46)(cid:37)(cid:22) 

(cid:49)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:86) 
(cid:55)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:23) 

(cid:42)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:15)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:41)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:80)(cid:87)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:83)(cid:87)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:16) 

(cid:19)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:46)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:39)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:53)(cid:39)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:19)(cid:2)(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:20)(cid:18)(cid:19)(cid:27)(cid:16)(cid:2)  (cid:20)(cid:2)(cid:49)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:80)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:15)(cid:55)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:41)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:53)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:92)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:41)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:41)(cid:16)(cid:2)  (cid:21)(cid:2)(cid:52)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:112)(cid:48)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:2)(cid:43)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:113)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:112)(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:386)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:113)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:111)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:2) 
(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:15)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:16)(cid:2)  (cid:22)(cid:2)(cid:27)(cid:27)(cid:7)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:43)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:16)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:19)(cid:7)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:42)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:46)(cid:46)(cid:37)(cid:16)(cid:2)  (cid:23)(cid:2)(cid:49)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:43)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:16)(cid:2) 
(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:40)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:53)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:43)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:16) 

2016 

2017 

2019 

UBS structure 

UBS Business Solutions 

UBS Europe SE 

UBS Group Funding 
(Switzerland) AG 

• UBS Americas Holding LLC was 

designated as our intermediate holding 
company for our US subsidiaries. 
• Wealth management subsidiaries in 

various European countries were merged 
into UBS Europe SE. 

• The majority of Asset Management’s 

operating subsidiaries were transferred 
to UBS Asset Management AG. 

• UBS Group Funding (Switzerland) AG 

was established as a wholly owned direct 
subsidiary to issue loss-absorbing AT1 
capital instruments and TLAC-eligible 
senior unsecured debt, guaranteed by 
UBS Group AG. 

• Shared services functions in Switzerland 

and the UK were transferred from 
UBS AG to UBS Business Solutions AG. 

• We completed the transfer of shared 
services functions in the US to our US 
service company, UBS Business Solutions 
US LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of 
UBS Americas Holding LLC. 

• Merger of UBS Limited, our UK-
headquartered subsidiary, into 
UBS Europe SE, our Germany-
headquartered European subsidiary. 

• We transferred our outstanding 

loss-absorbing AT1 capital instruments 
and TLAC-eligible senior unsecured 
debt from UBS Group Funding 
(Switzerland) AG to UBS Group AG 
as the issuer. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, 
business model 
and environment 

Management report 

Our strategy, business model and environment 
Our strategy 

Our strategy 

We  aim  to  drive  higher  and  superior  returns  by  growing  and 
leveraging  our  unique,  integrated  and  complementary  business 
portfolio and geographic footprint. 

performance  and  scale.  We  plan  to  build  on  our  strengths  in 
fast-growing areas of the industry, such as sustainable investing, 
private markets and alternatives. 

UBS is the largest truly global wealth manager and a leading 
personal  and  corporate  bank  in  Switzerland,  with  focused 
investment  bank  and  asset  management  divisions.  We 
concentrate  on  capital-efficient  businesses  in  our  targeted 
markets,  where  we  have  a  strong  competitive  position  and  an 
attractive  long-term  growth  or  profitability  outlook.  We  view 
capital strength as the foundation of our strategy. 

In delivering all of UBS as one firm to our clients, we intend 
to:  strengthen  our  leading  client  franchises  and  grow  share; 
position  UBS  for  growth  by  expanding  our  services  and 
capabilities;  drive  greater  efficiencies  and  scale;  and  further 
intensify collaboration for the benefit of our clients. 

Priority  IV  Personal  &  Corporate  Banking  aims  to  deliver 
steady  profit  growth  by  enhancing  its  digital  initiatives  and 
services,  while  improving  efficiency.  By  expanding  our  leading 
position in digital services in Switzerland, along with broadening 
our  advisory  solutions  and  product  offering,  we  expect  to 
increase  profits  despite  the  current  negative  interest  rate 
environment. 

Priority V We want to deliver more as one firm to our clients. 
The collaboration between our business divisions is critical to the 
success of our strategy and is a source of competitive advantage. 
This collaboration also provides further revenue growth potential 
and enables us to better meet client needs; for example, in the 
ultra high net worth and Global Family Office space. 

Driving increasing returns 

We  manage  UBS  for  the  long  term,  focusing  on  sustainable 
profit  growth  and  responsible  resource  deployment.  We  aim  to 
balance growth opportunities with cost and capital efficiency in 
order  to  drive  attractive  risk-adjusted  returns  and  sustainable 
performance. 

For  the  years  2020–2022,  we  have  seven  strategic  priorities, 

which are outlined below. 

Priority  I  We  aim  to  increase  profit  before  tax  in  our  Global 
Wealth Management business by 10–15% and drive higher pre-
tax margins by elevating our leading franchise. We are adjusting 
our coverage across the client spectrum to deliver more tailored 
services  and  solutions.  We  are  reorganizing  ourselves  to  be 
closer  to  clients,  in  order  to  increase  time  spent  with  them, 
empowering  regions,  improving  our  responsiveness  and  speed 
to  market,  as  well  as  delivering  on  all  of  the  firm’s  capabilities 
through  expanded  strategic  partnerships  with  the  Investment 
Bank  and  Asset  Management.  Furthermore,  we  are  expanding 
our  product  offering  while  becoming  more  efficient,  leveraging 
scale through partnerships and optimizing processes to increase 
productivity. 

Priority  II  In  our  Investment  Bank,  we  intend  to  improve 
returns  by  driving  profitable  growth,  by  further  optimizing 
resources  and  through  collaboration.  We  will  maintain  our 
capital-light  business  model  that  is  focused  on  advice  and 
execution  and  leverages  our  digital  capabilities.  Together  with 
our  other  business  divisions  and  through  external  partnerships, 
we  aim  to  deliver  market-leading  digital,  research  and  banking 
capabilities  to  our  clients,  while  consuming  up  to  one-third  of 
Group resources. 

Priority  III  In  Asset  Management,  we  intend  to  capitalize  on 
further  growth, 

client  offering 

our  differentiated 

for 

Another  area  where  collaboration  between  our  business 
divisions can bring more value to clients is in sustainable finance. 
As  the  largest  truly  global  wealth  manager,  we  have  a 
responsibility to take a leading role in shaping a positive future, 
and our goal is to be the financial provider of choice for clients 
who wish to mobilize capital toward the achievement of specific 
environmental  or  social  outcomes.  We  are  shaping  the 
landscape  of  sustainable  finance  by  using  thought  leadership, 
innovation  and  partnerships 
their 
sustainability efforts. 

to  support  clients 

in 

  Refer to “Society” and “Our focus on ESG” in the “How we 
create value for our stakeholders” section of this report for 

more information about our engagement and leadership in 

sustainability matters 

Priority  VI  We  aim  to  drive  improvements  in  firm-wide 
efficiency  to  fund  growth  and  enhance  returns.  We  believe 
continued optimization of processes, platforms, our organization 
and capital resources will help us to achieve this. 

We  will  continue  to  invest  in  technology  with  the  goal  of 
improving  efficiency  and  effectiveness,  driving  growth  and 
better serving our clients. 

We  also  intend  to  realize  the  benefits  of  existing  external 

partnerships and to explore selected new opportunities. 

Priority  VII  We  plan  to  maintain  an  attractive  capital  return 
profile  through  dividends  and  share  repurchases.  Our  capital 
strength and capital-accretive business model allows us to grow 
our  business  while  delivering  attractive  capital  returns  to  our 
shareholders. 

We  aim  to  increase  our  ordinary  dividend  per  share  by 
USD 0.01 each year, and to return excess capital through share 
repurchases.  We  consider  business  conditions  and  any 
idiosyncratic  developments  when  determining  excess  capital 
available for share repurchases. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance targets and measurement 

Targets and capital guidance 

In  January  2020,  we  updated  and  simplified  our  performance 
target  framework.  We  reduced  the  number  of  targets  to 
concentrate  primarily  on  the  Group  rather  than  our  business 
divisions, underlining our focus on cross-divisional collaboration. 
Our  targets  are  underpinned  by  the  latest  three-year  strategic 
plan,  which  reflects  our  strategic 
initiatives,  management 
actions,  as  well  as  certain  economic  and  market  assumptions. 
The  return  and  efficiency  targets  have  been  revised  to  reflect 
changes 
the  previously 
communicated targets were set in October 2018. 

the  market  outlook 

since 

in 

The  table  below  shows  the  performance  targets  and  capital 
guidance for  the  2020–2022  period. Our  updated performance 
targets  are  based  on  reported  results.  From  the  first  quarter  of 
2020, we will no longer disclose adjusted results in our financial 
reports.  We  will  continue  to  provide  disclosure  of  restructuring 
and  litigation  expenses  as  well  as  other  material  profit  or  loss 
items  that  management  believes  are  not  representative  of 
underlying  business  performance 
in  our  management’s 
discussion and analysis. 

Performance  against  targets  is  taken  into  account  when 

determining variable compensation. 

  Refer to “Performance and compensation at a glance” in the 
“Compensation” section of this report for more information 

about variable compensation 

  Refer to “Alternative performance measures” in the appendix 
to this report for definitions of and further information about 

our performance measures 

Targets and capital guidance 2020–2022 
(on a reported basis) 

Group 
returns 

Cost 
efficiency 

12–15% return on CET1 capital (RoCET1) 

Positive operating leverage and 75–78% cost / income ratio 

Growth 

10–15% profit before tax growth in Global Wealth Management 

Capital 
allocation 

Capital 
guidance 

Up to 1⁄3 of Group RWA and LRD in the Investment Bank 

~13% CET1 capital ratio 
~3.7% CET1 leverage ratio 

19 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
Our businesses 

Our businesses 

Working in partnership 

Personal  &  Corporate 

We  operate  through  four  business  divisions  –  Global  Wealth 
Banking,  Asset 
Management, 
Management and the Investment Bank. Our global reach and the 
breadth  of  our  expertise  are  major  assets  that  set  us  apart  from 
our competitors. We see partnership as key to our growth, both 
within and between business divisions. We are at our best when 
we  combine  our  strengths  to  provide  our  clients  with  more 

comprehensive  and  better  solutions  through,  for  example,  the 
creation of a unified capital markets group across Global Wealth 
Management  and  the  Investment  Bank,  and  a  Global  Family 
Office joint venture. 

Combining  our  strengths  makes  us  a  better  firm.  Initiatives 
such  as  the  Group  Franchise  Awards  encourage  employees  to 
look  for  ways  to  build  bridges  between  areas  and  offer  the 
whole firm to our clients. 

(cid:42)(cid:81)(cid:89)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:74)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:386)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:115)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:85) 

(cid:53)(cid:71)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2) 
(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2) 

(cid:43)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:53)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:2) 
(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:57)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:16)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:44)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:87)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:20)(cid:18)(cid:20)(cid:18)(cid:2) 
(cid:89)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:91)(cid:15)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:2) 
(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:68)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:57)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85) 
(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:80)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:16)(cid:2)(cid:54)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:89)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:386)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2) 
(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:14)(cid:2) 
(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:68)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:115)(cid:2) 
(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:386)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:2)(cid:115)(cid:2) 
(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:16) 

(cid:55)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:386)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78) 
(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:77)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82) 

(cid:57)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:82)(cid:2) 
(cid:68)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:89)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:57)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2) 
(cid:43)(cid:80)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:36)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2) 
(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:89)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:115)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:70)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:2) 
(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:77)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:2)(cid:386)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2) 
(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:115)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:91)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:91)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:87)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:16)(cid:2)(cid:54)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:2)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:386)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:77)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:91)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2) 
(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:87)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:16) 

(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:57)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:74) 
(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86) 

(cid:50)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:8) 
(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:36)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73) 

(cid:35)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:86) 
(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86) 

(cid:43)(cid:80)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86) 
(cid:36)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:77) 

(cid:57)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:50)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:79) 

(cid:49)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:53)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:57)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:49)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:53)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:57)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)
(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:87)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2) 
(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:87)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)
(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:53)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:43)(cid:54)(cid:2) 
(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:53)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:43)(cid:54)(cid:2)
(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:16)(cid:2)(cid:49)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:386)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2) 
(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:16)(cid:2)(cid:49)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:386)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)
(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:386)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2) 
(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:386)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)
(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2) 
(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)
(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2) 
(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2)
(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:15)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:68)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:2) 
(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:15)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:68)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:2)
(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:85)(cid:16)(cid:2)(cid:54)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2) 
(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:85)(cid:16)(cid:2)(cid:54)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)
(cid:68)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:50)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:8)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:36)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2) 
(cid:68)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:50)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:8)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:36)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)
(cid:53)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:92)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:57)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:53)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:92)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:57)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)
(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:53)(cid:16)(cid:2)(cid:43)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:53)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:57)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2) 
(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:53)(cid:16)(cid:2)(cid:43)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:53)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:57)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2)
(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:50)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2) 
(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:50)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)
(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:2)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:89)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:2) 
(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:2)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:89)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:2)
(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:16)(cid:2) 
(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:16)(cid:2)

(cid:37)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:85) 
(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:85) 

(cid:50)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:8)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:36)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:16)(cid:2) 
(cid:40)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2) 
(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:57)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2) 
(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2) 
(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:43)(cid:80)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:36)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2) 
(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:77)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:16) 

(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:40)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:91) 
(cid:49)(cid:72)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:71) 

(cid:49)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:40)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:49)(cid:72)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2) 
(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:68)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:57)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:14)(cid:2) 
(cid:35)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:43)(cid:80)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:36)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:77) 
(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:89)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:82)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:16) 
(cid:43)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:92)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:15)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:77)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2) 
(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:77)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:16) 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Wealth Management 

We  are  the  largest  truly  global  wealth  manager,  with  USD 2.6 
trillion  in  invested  assets.  Our  goal  is  to  provide  tailored  advice 
and solutions to private clients and family offices. 

services 

Since  the  combination  of  Wealth  Management  and  Wealth 
Management  Americas  in  2018,  we  have  continued  to  deliver 
capture  operational 
comprehensive 
efficiencies,  and  invest  in  our  business.  More  than  22,000 
Global  Wealth  Management  employees  assist  our  clients  with 
achieving their goals. Our presence in the ultra high net worth 
segment  is  particularly  strong,  and  we  have  access  to  the 
majority of the world’s billionaires. 

clients, 

to 

many  of  whom  already  have  a  relationship  with  UBS.  Our 
globally diversified footprint allows us to capture growth both in 
the largest (the US) and the fastest-growing (Asia Pacific) wealth 
markets. 

We  are  focusing  on 

increasing  mandate  and 

lending 
penetration,  delivering  innovative  solutions  for  our  clients  (e.g., 
structured solutions, private markets, sustainability and thematic 
investing),  as  well  as  enhancing  our  advisors’  productivity  by 
making  operational  processes  more  efficient.  Additionally,  we 
aim to maintain low attrition and to increase our share of clients’ 
business. 

In  Japan,  we  have  entered  into  a  comprehensive  strategic 
wealth  management  partnership  with  Sumitomo  Mitsui  Trust 
Holdings,  Inc.  (SuMi  Trust  Holdings).  The  new  joint  venture  will 
combine  UBS’s  wealth  management  capabilities  with  SuMi  Trust 
Holdings’ stature as Japan’s largest independent trust bank. SuMi 
Trust  Holdings  offers  a  range  of  services,  including  banking,  real 
estate,  asset  and  wealth  advisory  services,  and  has  strong  client 
access and brand name awareness in Japan. 

Global Wealth Management organizational changes 

In  January  2020,  we  announced  several  initiatives  designed  to 
achieve Global Wealth Management’s growth ambitions and to 
elevate  the  quality  and  value  of  the  service  we  deliver  to  our 
clients. First, we have reframed our offering around each client’s 
needs to deliver more tailored services and solutions. Second, we 
have made it easier for advisors to spend more time with clients 
and  to  better  understand  their  needs  and  preferences,  and  we 
have  taken  measures  to  improve  our  responsiveness  and  speed 
to  market.  We  created  three  distinct  business  units  in  EMEA  – 
Europe;  Central  and  Eastern  Europe;  and  the  Middle  East  and 
Africa  –  to  better  capture  the  diverse  opportunities  in  these 
markets. Finally, we intend to deliver all of the firm’s capabilities 
through  strategic  partnerships  with  the  Investment  Bank  and 
Asset Management. 

Our focus 

We  serve  high  net  worth  and  ultra  high  net  worth  individuals, 
families and family offices around the world, as well as affluent 
clients in selected markets. Through our organizational changes, 
we  are  making  our  Global  Family  Office  capabilities,  which  are 
provided  to  ultra  high  net  worth  individuals,  available  to  more 
clients, targeting coverage of around 1,500 in total. 

While  we  are  already  a  market  leader  in  the  ultra  high  net 
worth  segment  outside  the  US,1  we  believe  that  we  can  also 
become  the  firm  of  choice  for  the  wealthiest  clients  in  the  US, 

We  are  investing  in  our  operating  platforms  and  tools  to 
support  our  clients  and  client  advisors,  in  order  to  better  serve 
our  clients’  needs  and  improve  our  efficiency.  As  of  31 
December  2019,  approximately 80% of invested  assets  booked 
outside the Americas were on the Wealth Management Platform 
as we continue to consolidate our operating platforms there. In 
the  US,  and  in  collaboration  with  our  third-party  software 
provider  Broadridge,  we  are  building  the  Wealth  Management 
Americas  Platform,  which  we  expect  to  become  operational  in 
2021. The development of our platforms is happening alongside 
enhancements  to  our  digital  capabilities  for  the  benefit  of  our 
clients and advisors. 

  Refer to “Clients” in the “How we create value for our 

stakeholders” section of this report for more information about 

innovation and digitalization 

How we operate 

We  have  a  global  footprint,  with  a  presence  in  the  world’s 
largest  and  fastest-growing  markets  and  are  well  positioned  to 
serve  clients  with  global  interests  and  demands.  The  US  is  our 
largest  market,  accounting  for  more  than  50%  of  our  invested 
assets.  We  are  the  largest  wealth  manager  in  Asia  Pacific  and 
the second largest in Latin America in terms of invested assets.1 

In  Switzerland,  we  hold  a  leading  market  position1  and  can 
deploy the full range of the Group’s products and services across 
Personal  &  Corporate  Banking,  Asset  Management  and  the 
Investment Bank. 

Our broad domestic footprint in Europe enables us to provide 
locally  adapted  offerings,  and  our  local  offices  across  Central 
Europe, the Middle East and Africa keep us close to our clients. 

Through strategic partnerships with the Investment Bank and 
Asset  Management,  we  provide  clients  with  broad  access  to 
financing, global capital markets and portfolio solutions. 

  Refer to “Working in partnership” in this section for examples 

of collaboration between the business divisions 

11 Statements of market position for Global Wealth Management are UBS’s estimates based on published invested assets and internal estimates. 

21 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
Our businesses 

Global 
Family Offi ce 

serves clients globally across the regions 

7 

 regional 
 business 

United States 
and Canada 

Switzerland 

Europe 

Asia Pacifi c 

units 

Latin America 

Middle East 
and Africa 

Central and 
Eastern Europe 

As  part  of  our  organizational  changes,  ultra  high  net  worth 
client  relationships  and  advisors  were  integrated  into  regional 
business units to increase speed and proximity to clients. In our 
newly established Global Capital Markets team, we combined our 
Investment Product Services (IPS) unit and Investment Bank teams 
and  their  respective  expertise.  The  Global  Capital  Markets  team 
provides clients with an enhanced offering, faster execution, and 
more competitive conditions. 

Our main competitors are either large US players that have a 
smaller  presence  outside  the  US  (including  Bank  of  America, 
JPMorgan  Chase,  Morgan  Stanley  and  Wells  Fargo)  or 
geographically  diverse  firms  with  a  smaller  presence  in  the  US 
(including BNP Paribas, Credit Suisse, HSBC and Julius Baer). Our 
size,  geographic  presence  and  diversified  client  portfolio  are 
exceptional and would be difficult for other wealth managers to 
replicate organically. 

What we offer

Our  distinctive  approach  to  wealth  management  is  designed  to 
strengthen  engagement  with  our  clients  and  to  help  them 
pursue what matters most to them. 

By operating as a unified business, we aim to offer our clients 
the  best  wealth  management  solutions,  services  and  expertise 
globally. Our experts provide our clients with thought leadership, 
investment  analysis  and  formulated  investment  strategies,  as 
well  as  develop  and  source  solutions  for  them.  The  Chief 
Investment  Office  (CIO)  provides  the  concise,  comprehensive 
UBS House View, which identifies and communicates investment 
opportunities  designed  to  protect  and  increase  our  clients’ 
wealth  over  generations.  Regional  client  strategy  teams  deepen 
our understanding of clients’ needs, behaviors and preferences, 
enabling  us  to  tailor  our  offerings  to  serve  them  better.  Our 
product  specialists  deliver  investment  solutions,  including  our 
flagship investment mandates, innovative long-term themes and 
sustainable investment offerings. 

  Refer to “Clients” in the “How we create value for our 

stakeholders” section of this report for more information about 

innovation and digitalization 

22 

Clients benefit from our comprehensive set of capabilities and 
expertise,  including  wealth  planning,  investing,  philanthropy, 
corporate  and  banking  services,  as  well  as  family  advisory 
services.  We  also  offer  considerable  expertise  across  structured, 
mortgage and securities-based lending. 

We work to improve our offerings and respond to changing 
client  needs.  In  2019,  we  launched  a  new  line  of  UBS  Manage 
offerings in Switzerland. In addition, to meet growing demand, 
we  expanded 
the  number  of  exclusive  private  markets 
opportunities  for  clients.  Our  sustainable  investing  solutions 
continue to be well received. Currently, invested assets in 100% 
sustainable investing solutions and bespoke sustainable investing 
solutions have grown to over USD 9 billion. We also broadened 
our  sustainable  investing  offering,  teaming  up  with  external 
partners  such  as  BMO  Global  Asset  Management,  Generation 
Investment  Management  and  KKR  &  Co.  Inc.  to  offer  clients 
innovative 
investment 
opportunities.

development-related 

sustainable 

How we serve our clients 

We  serve  our  clients  through  local  offices,  dedicated  advisors 
and  experienced  specialists.  We  use  a  mix  of  digital  and  non-
digital  channels 
(including  marketing  campaigns,  events, 
advertising, publications and digital-only solutions) to help drive 
greater awareness of UBS among prospects and reinforce trust-
based relationships between advisors and clients. 

How we are organized 

Our  business  division  is  organized  into  regional  business  units: 
the US and Canada; Latin America; Europe; Central and Eastern 
Europe; 
the  Middle  East  and  Africa;  Asia  Pacific;  and 
Switzerland. We also have a business unit for our Global Family 
Office clients. Central functions for global capabilities supporting 
these business units are the CIO, Global Banking, Global Capital 
Markets  and  the  Chief  Operating  Office.  We  are  governed  by 
the executive, risk, operating, and asset and liability committees. 

23 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
Our businesses 

Personal & Corporate Banking 

As  a  leading  personal  and  corporate  bank  in  Switzerland,  we 
provide comprehensive financial products and services to private, 
corporate and institutional clients. We are among the country’s 
foremost players in the private and corporate loan market, with 
a substantial lending portfolio. Personal & Corporate Banking is 
at the core of our universal bank delivery model in Switzerland. 

Our focus 

We  are  a  leading  personal  and  corporate  bank  in  Switzerland, 
providing a superior client experience and combining technology 
with a personal touch. 

We  have  established  a  strong  pipeline  of  growth  initiatives 
across our business areas. Effective 1 November 2019, we have 
set up a new business area, Digital Platforms & Marketplaces, to 
rapidly extend our platform offering for mortgages. 

We  also  aim  to  improve  efficiency  by  streamlining  processes 
and  introducing  new  digital  self-service  tools.  For  example,  we 
have rolled out an integrated mortgage workflow for extensions, 
which significantly reduces the time it takes to set up a contract. 
In addition, we have further optimized our contact center setup, 
increased  automation  of  repetitive  processes,  and  launched  a 
pilot  for  a  digital  mailroom  that  reduces  processing  time  by 
digitizing  incoming  physical  mail  and  documents.  Technology 
plays  a  key  role  in  our  client-centered  operating  model  and  we 
aim 
leadership.  Our  multi-year 
digitalization  program  enables  us  to  further  enhance  the  client 
experience.  Thanks  to  technological  solutions,  we  are  able  to 
offer  clients  new  products  and  identify  new  cross-selling 
opportunities in a more targeted way. 

to  expand  our  digital 

  Refer to “Clients” in the “How we create value for our 

stakeholders” section of this report for more information about 

innovation and digitalization 

Operationally,  we  strive  for  excellence  in  execution,  focusing 
on  efficiency  while  improving  our  service  quality  and  overall 
agility.  To  scale  our  digital  transformation  efforts,  in  2019  we 
opened our second digital factory in Switzerland, which is larger 
than  our  first  one.  These  digital  factories  are  now  home  to 
approximately  1,100  employees  across  various 
functions. 
Moreover,  we  introduced  an  agile  academy  and  quick-launch 
formats to drive innovation and attract key talent. 

In  the  Corporate  &  Institutional  Clients  business,  our  main 
competitors  are  Credit  Suisse,  the  cantonal  banks  and  globally 
active  foreign  banks.  We  compete  in  areas  covering  basic 
banking  services,  cash  management,  trade  and  export  finance, 
asset  servicing, 
institutional  clients, 
lending,  and  cash  and  securities 
corporate  finance  and 
transactions for banks. 

investment  advice  for 

In  the  Swiss  Personal  Banking  business,  our  competitors  are 
Credit  Suisse,  PostFinance,  Raiffeisen,  the  cantonal  banks  and 
other  regional  and  local  Swiss  banks.  In  addition  to  those 
traditional  players,  we  also  face  competition  from  international 
players entering the Swiss market and neobanks. We compete in 
areas  such  as  basic  banking,  mortgages  and  foreign  exchange, 
as well as investment mandates and funds. 

What we offer 

Our  personal  banking  clients  have  access  to  a  comprehensive, 
life  cycle-based  offering  and  convenient  digital  banking.  We 
deliver a broad range of basic banking products, from payments 
to deposits, cards, online and mobile banking, as well as lending 
(predominantly mortgages), investments and retirement services. 
The  overall  service  range  is  complemented  by  our  UBS  KeyClub 
reward  program,  which  provides  clients  residing  in  Switzerland 
with  exclusive  and  attractive  offers,  including  those  from  third-
party  partners.  In  close  collaboration  with  Global  Wealth 
Management,  we  offer  leading  private  banking  and  wealth 
management services. 

Our  corporate  and  institutional  clients  benefit  from  our 
financing and investment solutions, particularly access to equity 
and  debt  capital  markets,  syndicated  and  structured  credit, 
private  placements,  leasing,  and  traditional  financing.  Our 
transaction  banking  offers  solutions  for  payment  and  cash 
management  services,  trade  and  export  finance,  as  well  as 
global custody solutions for institutional clients. 

We  collaborate  closely  with  the  Investment  Bank  to  offer 
capital  market  and 
foreign  exchange  products,  hedging 
strategies  and  trading  capabilities,  as  well  as  corporate  finance 
advice. In cooperation with Asset Management, we also provide 
fund and portfolio management solutions. 

  Refer to “Working in partnership” in this section for examples 

of collaboration between the business divisions 

How we operate 

How we serve our clients 

While  we  operate  primarily  in  our  home  market  of  Switzerland, 
we  also  provide  capabilities  to  support  the  growth  of  the 
international  business  activities  of  our  Swiss  corporate  and 
institutional clients through our local hubs in Frankfurt, New York, 
Hong Kong and Singapore. We are the only Swiss bank providing 
local banking capabilities abroad to its corporate clients. 

We  are  the  recognized  digital  leader,  with  the  highest  online 
and mobile banking penetration in Switzerland, and continue to 
invest  in  a  multi-channel  distribution  model  to  further  enhance 
our leading position. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  are  adapting  existing  branch  formats  to  suit  evolving 
client needs by converting some locations to smaller, more agile 
branches that serve as digital support hubs and are intended to 
ensure a strong local presence along with advice on basic client 
needs.  We  aim  to  further  reshape  our  physical  footprint  in  an 
innovative and client-centric way, particularly by defining future 
branch formats with different purposes. 

In  addition,  we  continue  to  provide  our  expertise  to  our 
clients  through  our  contact  center  and  our  digital  channels, 
offering basic banking services and transactions. Dedicated client 
advisors  serve  personal  banking  clients  who  need  tailored 
solutions. 

As  part  of  our  sustainability  road  map,  we  are  substantially 
expanding our offerings. Our personal banking and institutional 
clients  have  access  to  a  number  of  sustainable  investment 
solutions, and we promote innovative approaches for corporate 
banking clients. For example, we issued the first green bond for 
a listed company in Switzerland. 

For  marketing  campaigns,  we  use  online  media  (including 
social media and search engine advertising), out-of-home media 
(posters  and  digital  billboards)  and,  very  selectively,  print,  TV, 
radio  and  cinema  advertising.  In  line  with  our  position  as  a 
digital  leader  in  Swiss  banking,  and  because  of  the  channel’s 
cost-effectiveness, we follow a digital-first media strategy. More 
than 50% of our media spending goes into online channels. 

How we are organized 

Our  business  division  is  organized  into  Personal  Banking, 
Corporate  &  Institutional  Clients,  and  Digital  Platforms  & 
Marketplaces.  Geographically,  our  business,  with 
its  267 
branches,  is  organized  into  10  regions,  covering  distinct  Swiss 
economic  areas.  We  are  governed  by  the  executive,  risk  and 
operating  committees,  and  operate  mainly  through  UBS 
Switzerland AG. 

267 

branches in 
Switzerland 

Personal Banking has 267 branches1 in Switzerland, 
of which more than 80 are shared with 
Global Wealth Management and 60 are shared 
with Corporate & Institutional Clients 

11 The size of the circles on the map reflects the number of branches in each location. 

25 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
Our businesses 

Asset Management 

UBS  Asset  Management  is  a  large-scale  and  diversified  global 
asset manager, with USD 903 billion in invested assets. We offer 
investment capabilities and styles across all major traditional and 
alternative  asset  classes,  as  well  as  advisory  support  to 
institutions,  wholesale 
intermediaries  and  Global  Wealth 
Management clients around the world. 

Our focus 

Our  strategy  is  focused  on  capitalizing  on  the  areas  where  we 
have  a  leading  position  to  drive  further  profitable  growth  and 
scale. 

Sustainable  and  Impact  Investing  remains  a  key  area,  as 
clients increasingly seek solutions that combine their investment 
goals  with  sustainability  objectives.  We  continue  the  expansion 
of  our  world-class  capabilities  in  areas  such  as  climate-aware 
solutions.  We  do  this  through:  product  and  service  innovation; 
dedicated  research;  integration  of  environmental,  social  and 
governance  factors  into  our  investment  processes,  leveraging 
our proprietary analytics; and active corporate engagement. 

In  response  to  the  increasing  importance  of  private  markets 
and  alternative  investments,  we  are  building  on  our  existing 
expertise  in  these  areas,  including  our  hedge  fund  and  real 
estate  businesses,  as  well  as  our 
capabilities  across 
infrastructure, private equity and private debt. 

We  continue  to  develop  our  award-winning1  Indexed  and 
Alternative  Beta  business,  including  exchange-traded  funds 
(ETFs)  in  Asia  Pacific,  Europe  and  Switzerland.  We  provide 
customization  while  leveraging  our  highly  scalable  platform, 
with  a  particular  focus  on  key  areas  such  as  sustainability  and 
fixed income products. Since 2016, the Alternative Beta business 
has seen growth in invested assets of approximately 85%. 

Geographically, we are investing in our leading presence and 
products  in  China,  both  onshore  and  offshore,  one  of  the 
fastest-growing  asset  management  markets  in  the  world, 
building on our extensive and long-standing presence in the Asia 
Pacific region. 

In the rapidly evolving and attractive wholesale segment, we 
aim  to  significantly  expand  our  market  share  through  a 
combination  of  continued  client  penetration,  expansion  of  our 
strategic partnerships with distributors and the build-out of our 
client service offerings. 

  Refer to “Clients” in the “How we create value for our 

stakeholders” section of this report for more information about 

innovation and digitalization 

To drive further growth in our Investment Solutions business, 
which  provides  access  to  and  combines  the  breadth  and  depth 
of  our  capabilities  across  public  and  private  markets,  we  are 

focused  on  delivering  superior  multi-asset  strategies  and  white-
label solutions to meet the needs of clients around the world. 

to 

continue 

We  also 

intensify  our 

cross-divisional 
collaboration, in particular with Global Wealth Management, to 
enable  our  teams  to  draw  on  the  best  ideas,  solutions  and 
capabilities  from  across  the  firm  to  deliver  superior  investment 
performance and experiences for our clients. 

  Refer to “Working in partnership” in this section for examples 

of collaboration between the business divisions 

To  support  our  growth,  we  are  focused  on  disciplined 
execution  of  our  operational  excellence  initiatives.  This  includes 
further  automation,  simplification,  process  optimization  and 
offshoring / nearshoring of selected activities, complemented by 
a continued modernization of our platform and development of 
our analytics and data capabilities. 

In January 2020, we announced a number of changes to the 
operational setup of our Platforms businesses intended to deliver 
greater scale and breadth of offering for our clients and ensure 
the  ongoing  development  of  these  world-class  businesses  in  a 
highly  competitive  marketplace.  The  changes 
include  the 
proposed sale of a majority stake (51.2%) in UBS Fondcenter to 
Clearstream,  Deutsche  Börse  Group’s  post-trade  services 
provider.  The  sale  is  expected  to  close  in  the  second  half  of 
2020,  subject  to  customary  closing  conditions.  In  addition,  in 
order  to  fully  leverage  the  expertise  and  resources  within  the 
wider Group to accelerate the growth of the business, we have 
decided  to  transfer  UBS  Partner,  our  highly  innovative  white-
label  technology  solution,  to  the  Corporate  &  Institutional 
Clients  International  business  within  the  Personal  &  Corporate 
Banking business division. UBS Partner will be part of UBS’s “The 
Bank  for  Banks”  client  offering,  and  this  is  an  exciting  step  in 
our collaboration efforts across the firm to bring the best of UBS 
to our clients. 

With  these  changes,  we  are  making  a  step  change  in  the 
proposition  for  our  clients,  who  will  have  seamless  access  to 
expanded platform capabilities, while at the same time enabling 
us  to  sharpen  our  focus  on  the  execution  of  our  strategic 
priorities. 

How we operate 

We  cover  the  main  asset  management  markets  globally,  and 
have a local presence in four regions: the Americas; Europe, the 
Middle East and Africa; Switzerland; and Asia Pacific. 

Our  main  competitors  are  global  firms  with  wide-ranging 
capabilities  and  distribution  channels,  such  as  Amundi, 
BlackRock,  DWS,  Goldman  Sachs  Asset  Management,  Invesco, 
JPMorgan  Asset  Management,  Morgan  Stanley  Investment 
Management  and  Schroders,  as  well  as  firms  with  a  specific 
market or asset class focus. 

1 Second largest Europe-based indexed player based on peers’ public reporting (UBS calculation, 3Q19) and ranked fourth largest ETF provider in Europe as of December 2019 (source: ETFGI). 
1

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
What we offer 

We  offer  clients  a  wide  range  of  investment  products  and 
services  in  different  asset  classes  in  the  form  of  segregated, 
pooled  or  advisory  mandates,  as  well  as  registered  investment 
funds in various jurisdictions. 

Our  traditional  and  alternative  capabilities  include  equities, 
fixed income, hedge funds, real estate and private markets, and 
indexed  and  alternative  beta  strategies  (including  ETFs),  as  well 
as sustainable and impact investing products and solutions. 

Our  Investment  Solutions  business  draws  on  the  breadth  of 
our capabilities to offer: asset allocation and currency investment 
strategies  across  the  risk  /  return  spectrum;  customized  multi-
asset  solutions,  advisory  and  fiduciary  services;  and  multi-
manager hedge fund solutions and advisory services. 

How we serve our clients 

We  deliver  our  investment  products  and  services  directly  to 
institutional clients. High net worth and retail clients are served 
through  Global  Wealth  Management,  third-party  banks  and 
distributors. 

Our  teams  are  based  in  the  key  financial  markets,  bringing 
our  unique  perspectives  and  global  expertise  to  our  clients 
around the world. This, in combination with our presence on the 
ground,  enables  our  teams  to  develop  long-term  relationships 
with  our  clients  and  a  deep  understanding  of  their  specific 
needs. 

How we are organized 

Our  business  division  is  organized  along  five  areas:  Client 
Coverage,  Investments,  Real  Estate  &  Private  Markets,  Products 
and  the  COO  Area.  We  are  based  worldwide  across  four 
regions,  with  nine  main  hubs:  Chicago,  Hong  Kong,  London, 
New York, Shanghai, Singapore, Sydney, Tokyo and Zurich. 

We  are  governed  by  executive, 

risk  and  operating 
committees, supplemented by business unit-specific committees. 

9 

main hubs 

covering the full breadth of our 
investment insights across the 
world to serve our clients 

New York 
United States 

Chicago 
United States 

Zurich 
Switzerland 

Tokyo 
Japan 

Hong Kong (SAR) 
China 

Sydney 
Australia 

London 
United Kingdom 

Singapore 
Singapore 

Shanghai 
China 

27 

Our strategy, business model  and environmentOur strategy, business model and environment 
Our businesses 

Investment Bank 

The Investment Bank provides a range of services to institutional, 
corporate  and  wealth  management  clients  to  help  them  raise 
capital,  grow  their  businesses,  invest  for  growth  and  manage 
risks.  We  are  focused  on  our  traditional  strengths  in  equities, 
foreign  exchange,  research,  advisory  services  and  capital 
markets, complemented by a targeted rates and credit platform. 
We  use  our  powerful  research  and  technology  capabilities  to 
support  our  clients  as  they  adapt  to  the  evolving  market 
structures  and  changes 
technological, 
economic and competitive landscapes. 

regulatory, 

the 

in 

We aspire to deliver market-leading solutions to clients, using 
our intellectual capital and electronic platforms. We also provide 
services  to  Global  Wealth  Management,  Personal  &  Corporate 
Banking  and  Asset  Management,  while  managing  our 
balance  sheet,  costs,  risk-weighted  assets  and  leverage  ratio 
denominator with discipline. 

Our  capital-light  business  model  allows  the  Investment  Bank 
to  deliver  digital,  research  and  banking  capabilities,  consuming 
up to one-third of Group resources. 

Structural changes in the Investment Bank 

In January 2020, we realigned our Investment Bank to meet the 
evolving  needs  of  our  clients  and  to  further  focus  resources  on 
opportunities  for  profitable  growth  and  digital  transformation. 
Corporate  Client  Solutions  and  Investor  Client  Services  were 
renamed  Global  Banking  and  Global  Markets,  respectively. 
Global Banking moves to two product verticals (Capital Markets 
and  Advisory),  adopting  a  global  coverage  model.  Global 
Markets  combines  Equities  and  Foreign  Exchange,  Rates  and 
Credit,  and  introduces  three  product  verticals  (Execution  & 
Platform,  Derivatives  &  Solutions,  and  Financing)  and  three 
horizontal  functions  (Risk  &  Trading,  Distribution  and  Digital 
Transformation).  The  new  Global  Markets  structure  is  designed 
to facilitate the alignment of business processes and operations 
and to reduce inefficiencies and duplication. It further permits a 
more  holistic  understanding  of  our  clients’  cross-product  needs 
and is designed to foster tighter coordination of client coverage 
and  distribution.  This  will  allow  for  improved  oversight  of  key 
risks  and  the  allocation  of  resources.  Investment  Bank  Research 
and UBS Evidence Lab Innovations continue to be a critical part 
of our advisory and content offering. 

The  changes  are  effective  1  January  and  we  will  provide 
restated prior-period information in advance of our first quarter 
2020 results. 

Our focus 

Our key priority is disciplined growth in the capital-light advisory 
and  execution  businesses,  while  accelerating  our  digital 
transformation.  Global  Banking  has  a  global  coverage  model 

28 

and  will  utilize  its  deep  global  industry  expertise  to  meet  the 
emerging needs of its clients. In Global Markets, we are focused 
on clients’ expectation of excellence in execution, financing and 
structured solutions. 

Our  digital  strategy  is  led  by  our  businesses,  which  harness 
technology to deliver superior and differentiated client service and 
content. We established the UBS Investment Bank Innovation Lab 
to speed up innovation by facilitating proofs of concept. In Global 
Markets,  the  new  Digital  Transformation  horizontal  function 
facilitates  adoption  of  best-in-class  practices  around  trade  idea 
generation, 
risk 
management. In Investment Bank Research, we continue to build 
UBS  Evidence  Lab  Innovations  to  concentrate  on  data-driven 
outcomes. 

liquidity  management,  pricing 

tools  and 

Our  balanced  global  reach  gives  us  attractive  options  for 
growth  across  various  regions.  In  the  Americas,  the  largest 
investment  banking  fee  pool  globally,  we  are  focusing  on 
increasing  our  market  share  in  our  core  Global  Banking  and 
Global Markets businesses. 

In  Asia  Pacific,  we  see  opportunities  primarily  from  expected 
market  internationalization  and  growth  in  China.  We  are 
planning to grow by further strengthening Global Banking, both 
onshore  and  offshore.  Partnerships  between  the  Investment 
Bank’s  businesses  and  the  Group,  including  the  creation  of  a 
unified  capital  markets  group,  and,  externally,  joint  ventures 
such  as  that  with  Banco  do  Brasil,  are  a  key  strategic  focus. 
These  initiatives  should  lead  to  growth  by  delivering  global 
products  to  each  region,  leveraging  our  global  connectivity 
across  borders  and  sharing  and  strengthening  our  best  client 
relationships. 

  Refer to “Working in partnership” in this section for examples 

of collaboration between the business divisions 

How we operate 

Our geographically balanced business has a global reach, with 
a  presence  in  more  than  30  countries  and  principal  offices  in 
the major financial hubs. 

Competing  firms  are active in many of  our  markets, but our 
strategy  differentiates  us,  with  its  focus  on  leadership  in  the 
selected  areas  where  we  have  chosen  to  compete,  and  a 
business model that leverages talent and technology rather than 
balance sheet. 

Our main competitors are the major global investment banks, 
including  Morgan  Stanley,  Credit  Suisse  and  Goldman  Sachs,  as 
well  as  corporate  investment  banks,  including  Bank  of  America, 
Barclays,  Citigroup,  BNP  Paribas,  Deutsche  Bank  and  JPMorgan 
Chase.  We  also  compete  with  boutique  investment  banks  and 
fintech  firms  in  certain  regions  and  with  regard  to  certain 
products. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Through 

strategic  partnerships  with  Global  Wealth 
Management  and  Asset  Management,  we  provide  clients  with 
broad  access  to  financing,  global  capital  markets  and  portfolio 
solutions. 

  Refer to “Working in partnership” in this section for examples 

of collaboration between the business divisions 

What we offer 

Through  our  Global  Banking  business,  we  advise  our  clients  on 
strategic  business  opportunities  and  help  them  raise  capital  to 
fund their activities. 

Our  Global  Markets  business  enables  our  clients  to  buy,  sell 
and finance securities on capital markets across the globe and to 
manage  their  risks  and  liquidity.  Furthermore,  in  Investment 
Bank  Research,  we  offer  clients  key  insights  on  major  financial 
markets and securities around the globe. Separately, our team of 
experts  in  UBS  Evidence  Lab  Innovations  specializes  in  creating 
insightful  data  sets  on  diverse  topics  for  companies  of  all  sizes, 
spanning  more  than  30  countries  and  50  sectors.  We  seek  to 
develop new products and solutions that are consistent with our 
capital-efficient  business  model.  These  are  typically  related  to 
new technologies or changing market standards. 

  Refer to “Clients” in the “How we create value for our 

stakeholders” section of this report for more information about 

innovation and digitalization 

Since 2005, we have addressed increasing client demand for 
sustainable investing by providing thematic and sector research. 
We  also  provide 
socially 
responsible and impact exchange-traded funds and index-linked 
notes. In addition, we offer capital-raising and strategic advisory 
services globally to companies that make a positive contribution 
to climate change mitigation and adaptation. 

investment 

solutions 

through 

How we serve our clients 

We  interact  with  our  clients  digitally  and  in  person.  In  Global 
Banking,  we  leverage  our  intellectual  capital  and  relationships 
to  deliver  high-quality  solutions  for  our  clients.  In  Global 
Markets,  we  use  our  execution  capabilities,  differentiated 
research  content,  bespoke  solutions,  client  franchise  model, 
and our global platform to expand coverage across a broad set 
of  institutional  and  corporate  clients.  In  Investment  Bank 
Research, we deliver high-quality differentiated research to our 
institutional  clients  using  a  wide  range  of  methods,  including 
UBS Neo, our multi-channel platform. 

How we are organized 

Our  business  division  is  organized  into  the  following  three  units: 
Global  Banking,  Global  Markets,  and  Investment  Bank  Research 
and  UBS  Evidence  Lab  Innovations.  We  are  governed  by  the 
executive, operating, risk, and asset and liability committees. Each 
business unit is organized globally by product. 

9 

fi nancial 
hubs 

in all major fi nancial centers 

New York 
United States

Chicago 
United States 

Zurich 
Switzerland 

Frankfurt 
Germany 

Shanghai 
China 

Singapore 
Singapore 

London 
United Kingdom 

Hong Kong (SAR) 
China 

Tokyo 
Japan 

29 

Our strategy, business model  and environmentOur strategy, business model and environment 
Our businesses 

Corporate Center 

Our  Corporate  Center  provides  services  to  the  Group,  with  a 
focus on effectiveness, risk mitigation and efficiency. Corporate 
Center also includes the Non-core and Legacy Portfolio unit. 

How we are organized 

Corporate Center 
The  major  areas  within  Corporate  Center  are  Group  Chief 
Operating Officer (Group Technology, Group Corporate Services, 
Group  Human  Resources  and  Group  Operations),  Group 
Treasury,  Group  Finance,  Group  Legal,  Group  Risk  Control, 
Group  Communications  &  Branding,  Group  Compliance, 
Regulatory  &  Governance,  UBS  in  society,  and  Non-core  and 
Legacy Portfolio. 

Over recent years, we have progressively aligned our support 
functions  with  our  business  divisions.  We  operate  the  Group 
with  the  vast  majority  of  these  functions  either  fully  aligned  or 
shared  among  business  divisions,  where 
full 
management  responsibility.  By  keeping  the  activities  of  the 
businesses  and  support  functions  close  together,  we  increase 
efficiency  and  create  a  working  environment  built  on  a  culture 
of accountability and collaboration 

they  have 

The  Non-core  and  Legacy  Portfolio,  a  small  residual  set  of 
activities  in  Group  Treasury  and  certain  other  function  costs 
mainly  related  to  deferred  tax  assets  and  costs  relating  to  our 
legal entity transformation program are retained centrally. 

Since  our  first  quarter  2019  report  and  in  compliance  with 
IFRS  8,  Operating  Segments,  we  provide  results  for  total 
Corporate  Center  only  and  do  not  separately  report  Corporate 
Center  –  Services,  Group  Asset  and  Liability  Management 
(Group  ALM)  and  Non-core  and  Legacy  Portfolio.  Furthermore, 
we  have  combined  Group  Treasury  operationally  with  Group 
ALM and call this combined function Group Treasury. 

  Refer to the “Significant accounting and financial reporting 

changes” section and “Note 1 Summary of significant 

accounting policies” in the “Consolidated financial statements” 

section of this report for more information about the changes 

in the structure of Corporate Center 

Group Treasury 
Group  Treasury  manages  the  structural  risk  of  our  balance 
sheet,  including  interest  rate  risk,  structural  foreign  exchange 
risk and collateral risk, as well as the risks associated with our 
liquidity  and  funding  portfolios.  Group  Treasury  serves  all 
business  divisions  and  its  risk  management  is  fully  integrated 
into the Group’s risk governance framework. 

Non-core and Legacy Portfolio 
Non-core  and  Legacy  Portfolio  manages  legacy  positions  from 
businesses  exited  by  the  Investment  Bank,  following  a  largely 
passive  wind-down  strategy.  It  is  overseen  by  a  committee 
chaired  by  the  Group  Chief  Risk  Officer.  The  portfolio  also 
includes  positions  relating  to 
legal  matters  arising  from 
businesses  that  were  transferred  to  it  at  the  time  of  its 
formation. 

  Refer to “Note 21 Provisions and contingent liabilities” in the 
“Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for 

more information about litigation, regulatory and similar 

matters 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our environment 

Current market climate 

Global economic developments in 2019 

In  a  year  characterized  by  strong  equity  markets,  ultra-low 
volatility  and  an  inflection  in  interest  rates,  the  pace  of  the 
global  economy  slowed  on  a  broad  basis  in  2019.  World  GDP 
grew  by  3.1%,  which  was  substantially  lower  than  the  3.7% 
growth  achieved  in  2018  and  represents  the  weakest  growth 
rate since the financial crisis. 

US  GDP  increased  2.3%,  compared  with  2.9%  in  2018,  as 
trade  tensions  between  the  US  and  China  hindered  business 
investment and the boost from tax cuts introduced in December 
2017 ebbed. 

Trade  tensions  represented  an  even  more  serious  drag  on 
growth  in  the  eurozone,  which  relies  more  than  the  US  on 
global  trade,  manufacturing  output,  and  business  investment. 
Growth in the eurozone decreased to 1.2% in 2019, compared 
with  1.9%  in  2018.  Germany’s  economy  expanded  by  only 
0.6%,  after  a  1.5%  increase  in  the  previous  year.  Outside  the 
Eurozone,  Swiss  growth  decreased  as  well,  to  0.8%,  compared 
with 2.8% in 2018. 

China’s  government  attempted  to  partially  offset  the  effects 
of  increasing  tariffs  on  its  exports  to  the  US  by  reducing  bank 
reserve  requirements  and  providing  extra  fiscal  leeway  to  local 
governments.  However,  this  stimulus  was  limited  by  concerns 
over  high  leverage  in  the  economy.  GDP  growth  decreased  to 
around 6.1%, compared with 6.7% in 2018. 

In  other  leading  emerging  economies,  growth  slowed  or 
stabilized  at  low  levels.  The  economy  of  India,  which  until 
recently  had  been  one  of  the  world’s  fastest-growing  major 
nations,  expanded  by  5%,  compared  with  6.1%  in  2018. 
Momentum  was  weakened  by  the  problems  of  the  shadow-
banking sector, which has been reducing the availability of credit 
to  consumers.  The  Mexican  economy,  meanwhile,  was  roughly 
flat  after  expanding  2%  in  2018,  and  Brazil’s  growth  rate 
decreased to 1.1% from 1.3%. 

Major central banks were able to keep their accommodating 
monetary policies in place in 2019, given that low inflation rates 
persisted. Eurozone inflation stayed below the European Central 
Bank’s (the ECB) target (of at or below 2%), at around 1.2% for 

the  year.  The  ECB  cut  its  deposit  rate  from  negative  0.4%  to 
negative  0.5%.  US  inflation  was  close  to  the  target  at  1.8%, 
permitting  three  quarter-point  rate  cuts  over  the  course  of  the 
year to between 1.5% and 1.75%. 

Equity  markets  rallied,  with  all  major  indices  advancing.  The 
MSCI All Country World Index gave a total return of 27% in US 
dollars.  The  S&P  500  index  in  the  US  returned  31%,  while  the 
technology-heavy  Nasdaq  Composite  gained  37%.  China’s  CSI 
300  was  up  41%  in  local  currency  terms.  Less  well-performing 
markets  included  the  UK’s  FTSE  100  and  Hong  Kong’s  Hang 
Seng, which both returned 17% in local currency terms. 

It was also a favorable year for investors holding government 
bonds.  The  yield  on  10-year  US  Treasury  bonds  fell  around 
80 basis points to 1.9%. The yield on the German Bund  of the 
same tenor fell 40 basis points to negative 0.2%. 

Economic and market outlook for 2020 

We expect continued sub-trend growth in the coming year, and 
the  global  economy  to  continue  expanding  at  about  the  same 
pace  as  in  2019.  Consumer  spending  has  remained  robust  in 
much of the world, especially in the US, where it is supported by 
a vibrant job market. The year ended with news of a “Phase 1” 
trade  deal  between  the  US  and  China,  along  with  indications 
that tensions between the two powers may lessen. Not only did 
the  agreement  withdraw  planned  tariff  increases  and  reverse 
some existing tariffs, it also moved negotiations forward in other 
areas of contention, such as intellectual property protection and 
US  access  to  China’s  financial  services  market.  While  this  truce 
could  be  fragile  and  the  US–China  rivalry  is  not  about  to  end 
anytime soon, the deal appears to reduce the risks to the global 
economy and business investment. 

The UK left the European Union on 31 January 2020 and has 
entered a transition period in which the UK now faces a race to 
conclude talks on a trade deal with the EU ahead of the end of 
its transition period on 31 December 2020. 

The next major political focus for markets will be the US election 
in November, which could generate higher volatility and affect key 
US sectors, such as technology, energy, finance and health care. 

31 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
Our environment 

Against  a  backdrop  of  sluggish  growth  and  continued 
political risk, we believe central banks will be in no rush to raise 
rates. We do not expect the US Federal Reserve to increase rates 
in the coming year, barring an unexpected shift in the trajectory 
of the economic data. Rates are unlikely to rise again until 2021. 
We expect the ECB to cut rates to negative 0.6%, with the Swiss 
National Bank maintaining rates at a negative 0.75%. 

The outbreak of novel Coronavirus or Covid-19 in China and 
its  subsequent  spread  to  other  countries  is  likely  to  increase 
investor  uncertainty.  Although  our  base  economic  forecast  is 
that  the  outbreak  of  Covid-19  will  be  contained  and  the  effect 
on full-year economic growth will be relatively limited, the virus 
and  containment  measures  are  likely  to  have  at  least  a  short-
term  adverse  effect  on  economic  activity  in  China  and  other 
affected  countries,  with  a  collateral  impact  on  the  global 

economy.  A  significant  rise 
in  the  number  of  Covid-19 
infections,  infections  in  a  wide  range  of  countries  and  regions, 
or  a  prolongation  of  the  outbreak,  could  increase  the  adverse 
economic effects. 

In  terms  of  investing,  stocks  in  most  major  markets  are 
trading above historical averages on a price-to-earnings basis. As 
a result, we believe  equity market  returns are more likely  to  be 
driven  by  earnings  growth  than  by  a  further  expansion  of 
multiples.  Markets  should  also  be  supported  by  continuing 
economic  growth  in  2020.  The  risk  of  a  recession  remains 
relatively  low.  Uncertainty  over  the  effects  of  the  Covid-19 
outbreak  has  substantially  increased  the  macroeconomic  risk  to 
growth  and  this  increased  risk  has  at  least  partially  been 
reflected in recent declines in equity markets. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Industry trends 

While  our 
regulatory 
industry  was  heavily  affected  by 
developments  over  the  past  decade,  technology  has  clearly 
emerged as the main driver of change today and is expected to 
further affect the competitive landscape as well as our products 
and  operations  going  forward.  In  parallel,  our  industry  is 
materially driven by market and macroeconomic conditions. 

  Refer to “Current market climate” in this section for information 

about global economic growth 

Digitalization 

Technology is changing the way banks operate and we expect this 
to  continue,  in  step  with  exponential  advances  in  computing 
capability, evolving customer needs and digital trends. Investment 
in  technology  is  no  longer  solely  considered  a  means  of  making 
banks more efficient. Today, such investment is the key to keeping 
banks flexible and competitive in a digitalized world, and it creates 
the opportunity to develop new business models. 

By connecting across the financial industry ecosystem through 
our innovation labs, digital factories, Future of Finance initiatives, 
and  project  collaborations,  we  aim  to  remain  at  the  forefront  of 
the  digital  movement  to  drive  client  experience  as  well  as 
operational  excellence.  At  the  heart  of  our  digital  journey  is  the 
focus  on  our  clients  and  their  evolving  needs.  The  speed,  scale, 
security,  transparency  and  precision  that  new  technologies  can 
offer  enable  us  to  create  new  services  and  experiences  for  our 
clients. 

We also aim to improve operational efficiency by increasing the 
range  of  modernized  and  modularized  applications  and 
infrastructure  in  our  IT  portfolio,  as  well  as  by  leveraging  cloud 
technology  and  a  growing  number  of  front-to-back  automated 
systems and processes. Effective data management and protection 
are  crucial  to  us.  The  generated  and  curated  data  from  our 
applications is protected under our data management framework, 
and supports the development of responsible artificial intelligence 
for better tailoring our client and employee experience. 

Consolidation 

In the financial services industry, many regions and businesses are 
still  highly  fragmented.  We  expect  further  consolidation,  with 
ongoing  margin  pressure,  the  search  for  cost  efficiencies  and 
increasing  scale  advantages  resulting  from  the  fixed  costs  of 
technology and regulation being the key drivers. Many banks also 
seek  increasing  exposure  and  access  to  regions  with  attractive 
growth profiles, such as Asia and emerging markets, through local 
acquisitions  or  partnerships.  Lastly,  the  increased  focus  on  core 
capabilities  or  geographical 
the  ongoing 
simplification  of  business  models  to  reduce  operational  and 
compliance  risks  will  result  in  further  disposals  of  non-core 
businesses and assets. 

footprints  and 

New competitors 

Our competitive environment is also evolving. In addition to our 
traditional  competitors  in  the  asset-gathering  businesses,  new 
entrants  are  targeting  selected  components  of  the  value  chain. 
However,  we  have  not  yet  seen  a  fundamental  unbundling  of 
the  value  chain  and  client  relationships,  which  might  ultimately 
result  in  the  disintermediation  of  banks  by  new  competitors. 
Over  the  longer  term,  we  believe  the  entry  into  the  financial 
services  industry  of  large  platform  companies  could  pose  a 
significant competitive threat, given their strong client franchises 
and access to client data. Fintech firms are gaining momentum; 
however, they have not materially disrupted our asset-gathering 
businesses  to  date.  We  see  a  trend  in  forging  partnerships 
between  new  entrants  and  incumbent  banks,  with  the  latter 
acquiring  technology  from  fintech  firms,  thus  gaining  an  edge 
over  competitors  in  terms  of  technology,  cost  efficiency,  and 
service quality. 

Regulation 

The  post-2008  regulatory  reform  agenda  has  largely  been 
completed.  While  some  areas,  such  as  funding  in  resolution, 
must still be fully addressed, and the implementation of certain 
standards,  such  as  the  finalized  Basel  III  capital  standard,  is 
continuing  on  a  national  level,  the  focus  is  shifting  from 
regulation  to  supervision.  In  parallel,  some  regulators  are 
reviewing the efficiency of the new frameworks. 

In  general,  regulatory-driven  change  continues  to  consume 
substantial  resources.  In  2020,  we  expect  further  consideration 
of  adjustments  to  the  Swiss  too-big-to-fail  framework,  in 
particular  focused  on  additional  liquidity  requirements  for 
systemically  important  banks,  and  the  national  implementation 
of final Basel III rules. We expect continued work on resolution-
related  reforms,  including  stress  testing,  and  a  sustained  focus 
on  conduct  and  anti-money  laundering.  Furthermore,  we  are 
experiencing  a  surge  in  sustainability-related  policy  proposals 
targeted at various aspects of financial services across the globe. 
We  also  expect  regulatory  initiatives  to  address  some  of  the 
more recent challenges that could affect financial stability, such 
as shadow banking and digital currencies. 

Many of these developments are happening in the context of 
increased  protectionism,  posing  challenges  to  the  provision  of 
cross-border financial services. Further restrictions with regard to 
market access into the EU in particular would have a significant 
effect  on  Switzerland  as  a  financial  center,  affecting  also  UBS. 
Variations  in  how  different  countries  implement  rules,  and  an 
increasing  national  focus,  bring  a  risk  of  additional  regulatory 
fragmentation, which in turn may lead to higher costs for us and 
new financial stability risks. 

33 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
Our environment 

However,  we  believe  the  adaptations  made  to  our  business 
model and our proactive management of regulatory change put 
us  in  a  strong  position  to  absorb  upcoming  changes  to  the 
regulatory environment. 

  Refer to the “Regulatory and legal developments” section of 

this report for more information 

conversation with clients about what is most important to them. 
We  help  clients  organize  their  financial  life  along  three  key 
strategies:  Liquidity  to  help  provide  cash  flow  for  short-term 
expenses;  Longevity  for  long-term  needs;  and  Legacy  for  needs 
that go beyond their own and help improve the lives of others, a 
key part of wealth transfer planning. 

Wealth creation 

Shift into passive strategies 

In  2018,  global  wealth  overall  grew  marginally,  given  a  steep 
decline in equity market performance in the fourth quarter. This 
trend  was  partially  reversed  in  2019,  as  equity  markets  rallied. 
Today,  half  of  global  wealth  is  concentrated  in  the  Americas, 
followed  by  Asia  Pacific  (with  approximately  30%)  and  the 
remainder in Europe, the Middle East and Africa.1 By segment,2 
approximately  half  of  global  wealth  is  with  high  net  worth 
individuals,  ultra  high  net  worth  individuals  hold  approximately 
30% of global wealth, and the remaining approximately 20% is 
within  the  affluent  segment.  Over  the  next  four  years,  global 
wealth  is  expected  to  grow  by  5–10%  annually.1  Regionally, 
wealth  creation  will  likely  be  driven  by  Asia  Pacific  and  North 
America. The share of the Americas is expected to remain stable 
over the next four years at approximately 50% of global wealth, 
while  the  share  of  Europe,  the  Middle  East  and  Africa  is 
expected  to  further  reduce  as  Asia  Pacific  grows.  In  particular, 
China’s  share  of  global  wealth  is  expected  to  grow  to  around 
15% by 2023. 

Wealth transfer 

Demographic  and  socioeconomic  developments  continue  to 
generate shifts in wealth. By 2030 for example, USD 15.4 trillion 
of global wealth is expected to be transferred by individuals with 
a  net  worth  of  USD 5  million  or  more,  according  to  a  2019 
report  by  Wealth-X.3  In  addition,  women  now  control  more 
wealth  than  ever  before:  UBS’s  2019  report  titled  “The 
billionaire  effect  –  Billionaires  insights  2019”  found  that  the 
number  of  female  billionaires  had  grown  by  46%  in  five  years, 
outpacing the growth of male billionaires. We are responding to 
the evolving wealth landscape with a framework that addresses 
all aspects of our clients’ financial lives, called UBS Wealth Way. 
UBS  Wealth  Way  begins  with  discovery  questions  and  a 

We  note  a  continuing  trend  of  separation  between  low-cost, 
passive  strategies  and  high-alpha  active  and  alternative 
strategies.  Passive  management  is  beneficial  in  an  environment 
with rising stock markets, such as the equity bull markets of the 
last decade. At the same time, central banks’ monetary policies 
have kept interest rates at historically low levels, which has had 
an  effect  on  bond  yields  and  other  asset  classes.  Investors 
searching  for  longer-term  higher  alpha  than  passive  strategies 
can  provide  have  been  diversifying  their  portfolios  into  real 
assets and alternatives and we expect this trend to continue. We 
believe  the  breadth  of  UBS  Asset  Management’s  investment 
expertise  allows  us  to  meet  client  demands  across  asset  classes 
and strategies. 

Retirement funding 

Over  recent  years,  the  pension  industry  has  faced  two  key 
challenges:  fundamental  demographic  shifts,  such  as  aging 
populations,  and  lower  expected  returns  due  to  all-time  low 
interest rates. 

Beyond  structural  answers  to  these  challenges,  such  as  the 
progressive  shift  from  defined  benefit  to  defined  contribution 
pensions,  we  believe  pension  funds  are  reassessing  their  asset 
allocation  approach.  Indeed,  many  pension  funds  are  now 
allocating  a  higher  share  of  their  portfolios  to  alternative 
investments, such as private equity, hedge funds, real estate and 
infrastructure, in a search for higher-yielding exposures. 

We see this development as positive for UBS, as these funds 
will  likely  need  further  support  to  define  their  investment 
strategy  and  target  portfolio  allocation.  In  addition,  our  private 
banking  and  wealth  management  clients  are  expected  to  need 
further  financial  and  retirement  planning  advice,  which  we  are 
able to provide holistically through our wealth planning services. 

1 Based on BCG Global Wealth Report 2019. 
1
2  The  BCG  Global  Wealth  Report  2019  defines  wealth  segmentation  as  follows:  wealth  of  greater  than  USD 20  million  to  be  classified  as  ultra  high  net  worth  individuals;  USD 1–20  million  for  high  net  worth 
2
individuals; USD 0.25–1 million for affluent individuals. 
3 A Generational Shift: Family Wealth Transfer Report, issued by Wealth-X in 2019. 
3

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
How we create value for our stakeholders 

Key topics discussed: 
Key topics discussed:
what was important to our 
what was important to our
stakeholders in 2019 
stakeholders in 2019

Investment performance in light of 
current interest rate situation 

Stakeholder engagement: 
Stakeholder engagement:
how did we engage with our 
how did we engage with our
stakeholders? 
stakeholders?

Individualized client meetings 

Holistic goals-based financial 
planning 

Requests for regular client 
feedback, feedback monitoring 
and complaints handling 

Sustainable finance and investing 
possibilities 

Data privacy and security 

Specialized client events and 
conferences including information 
on key developments and 
opportunities 

Offerings for small enterprises in 
Personal & Corporate Banking 

Client satisfaction surveys 

Stakeholder group 
Stakeholder group

Stakeholder needs: 
Stakeholder needs:
what do our stakeholders expect from us? 
what do our stakeholders expect from us?

Clients 
Clients

Advice on a broad range of products and 
services from trusted experts 

The option of personal interaction with our 
advisors in combination with digital service 
anywhere, anytime (convenient digital 
banking) 

Value proposition: 
Value proposition:
how we create value for our 
how we create value for our
stakeholders 
stakeholders

Delivering tailored advice and 
customized solutions, using our 
intellectual capital and digital 
capabilities 

Building long-term personalized 
relationships with our clients 

Investors 
Investors

Top quality solutions and the highest 
standards in terms of asset safety, data and 
information security, confidentiality and 
privacy 

Developing new products and services in 
response to clients’ evolving needs in 
the digital age 

A combination of global reach and local 
service resulting in positive investment 
outcomes 

Competitively priced products and services 

Disciplined execution of our strategy 
leading to attractive capital returns through 
dividends and share repurchases 

Providing access to the world’s capital 
markets and bespoke financing 

Meeting increasing demand from clients 
for sustainable investments 

Executing our strategy with discipline 
and agility as the external environment 
evolves, while aiming to deliver cost-
and capital-efficient growth 

Comprehensive and clear disclosures on 
quantitative and qualitative data necessary 
to make an informed investment decision 

Providing transparent, timely and 
reliable public disclosures 

Recognize and proactively address strategic 
opportunities and challenges 

Employees 
Employees

A world-class employer providing an 
engaging and supportive workplace culture 

Attracting and developing great talent 

Skill and career development opportunities 
and rewards for performance 

An environment that provides a sense of 
belonging and of adding value to clients 
and to society 

Fostering a workplace culture that 
supports and engages our employees, 
enabling them to develop their careers 
and unlock their full potential 

Structural growth and return 
potential in our businesses 

Cost efficiency and ability to 
generate positive operating 
leverage 

Ability to protect or even grow 
revenues in a low-for-longer 
interest rate environment 

The three keys to a strong 
corporate culture 

Our approach to hiring great 
people and supporting their 
growth 

The importance of diversity and 
inclusion 

Society 
Society

Facilitation of economic development that 
is sustainable for the planet and humanity 

Promoting significant and lasting 
improvements in the well-being of 
communities in which we operate 

Sustainable finance 

Our climate strategy 

Maximization of our positive effect and 
minimization of any negative effects on 
society and the environment 

Proactive management of the 
environmental and societal impacts of our 
business 

Taking an active role in the transition of 
our economy toward environmentally 
and socially sustainable solutions 

Our client and corporate 
philanthropy efforts 

Financial reports, investor and 
analyst conference calls, and/or 
webcasts, as well as media 
updates on our performance or 
other disclosures 

General shareholder meetings 

Investor and analyst meetings 

Regular employee surveys 

Group Franchise Awards program 

Regular “Ask the CEO” events, 
along with senior leadership, 
regional and functional employee 
sessions 

Dialogs with regulators and 
governments 

Partnerships with social 
institutions 

Community investments 

Interaction with NGOs 

Participation in forums and round 
tables, as well as industry-, sector- 
and topic-specific debates 

35 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
How we create value for our stakeholders 

Clients 

Our clients are the heart of our business. We are committed to 
building and sustaining long-term relationships based on mutual 
respect, trust and integrity. Understanding our clients’ needs and 
expectations  enables  us  to  best  serve  their  interests  and  to 
create value for them. 

Our clients and what matters most to them 

There is no archetypal UBS client. Our clients have varying needs, 
but each of them expects outstanding advice and service, a wide 
range of choices, and an excellent client experience. 

Global Wealth Management is focused on serving the unique 
and  sophisticated  needs  of  high  net  worth  and  ultra  high  net 
worth individuals, families, and family offices around the world, 
as well as affluent clients in selected markets. We provide these 
clients  with  access 
to  outstanding  advice,  service,  and 
investment  opportunities  from  around  the  globe,  delivered  by 
experts they can trust. Using a holistic, goals-based approach to 
financial  planning,  we  deliver  a  personalized  wealth 
management  experience  and  work  side-by-side  with  clients  to 
help them realize their ambitions. 

Our  client-facing  advisors  and  the  global  teams  that  support 
them  are  focused  on  developing  long-term  client  relationships, 
which  often  span  generations.  Global  Wealth  Management 
clients look  to  us  for our expertise  in  helping  them to  plan  for, 
protect  and  grow  their  wealth,  as  well  as  helping  them  make 
some  of  the  most  important  decisions  in  their  lives.  From 
liquidity  events  to  professional  milestones  and 
significant 
personal  turning  points,  we  aim  to  give  our  clients  the 
confidence  to  move  forward  and  achieve  their  goals.  Through 
extensive research into our clients’ preferences and goals, as well 
as  broader  analysis  of  investor  sentiment  globally,  we  are 
constantly  evolving  our  offerings  to  meet  the  shifting  priorities 
of  today’s  wealthy  clients.  This  includes  investing  in  digital 
capabilities and developing products that help clients fund their 
lifestyles  and  manage  their  cash  flow,  as  well  as  offering 
guidance on how clients can create a lasting and positive impact 
for their communities and the causes about which they care the 
most.  We  have  been  recognized  as  the  leading  global  wealth 
manager  for  clients  interested  in  sustainable  investing,1  with  a 
commitment  to  developing  solutions  that  allow  clients  to  align 
their financial goals and their personal values. 

  Refer to “Our focus on ESG” in this section for examples of how 

sustainable finance solutions are used across our business 

divisions and for the benefit of our clients 

Personal & Corporate Banking serves a total of approximately 
2.6 million individuals and 128,000 firms. We provide services to 
companies  ranging  from  start-ups  to  large  multi-nationals, 
including  specialized  entities,  such  as  pension  funds  and 
insurers,  real  estate  companies,  commodity  traders,  and 

1 Euromoney Private Banking and Wealth Management Survey 2019: Global Results. 
  1

banks.  Personal  &  Corporate  Banking  clients  look  for  financial 
advice based on their needs at each stage of their individual or 
corporate journey. We aim to deliver outstanding advice to them 
via  our  client  advisors  and  also  through  digital  banking.  Our 
clients demand convenience, 24/7 availability, security and value 
for  money.  We  provide  clients  with  access  to  a  broad  range  of 
services and products offered in all relevant areas: basic banking, 
investing,  financing  (including  mortgages),  retirement  planning, 
cash  management,  trade  and  export  finance,  global  custody, 
and company succession, among others. 

In  Asset  Management,  we  deliver  investment  products  and 
services directly to approximately 3,000 clients around the world – 
including  sovereign  institutions,  central  banks,  supranational 
corporations, pension funds, insurers and charities – as well as to 
its  clients,  wholesale 
Global  Wealth  Management  and 
intermediaries  and  financial  institutions.  Our  clients  seek  global 
insights and a holistic approach to tailoring solutions. By building 
long-term,  personalized  relationships  with  our  clients  and 
partners, we aim to achieve a deep understanding of their needs 
and to earn their trust. We draw on the breadth and depth of our 
global  investment  capabilities  –  across  traditional  and  alternative, 
active  and  passive  categories  –  and  provide  seamless  access  to 
world-class  platform  services  to  deliver  the  solutions  they  need. 
We  integrate  sustainability  into  our  financial  analysis  enabling  us 
to  help  clients  meet  their  sustainability  objectives  and  their 
fiduciary duties. 

The  Investment  Bank  provides  corporate,  institutional  and 
wealth  management  clients  with  expert  advice,  financial 
solutions,  execution,  and  access  to  the  world’s  capital  markets. 
Our  business  model  is  specifically  built  around  our  clients  and 
their needs. Corporate clients can access advisory services, debt 
and  equity  capital  market  solutions,  and  bespoke  financing 
through  our  newly 
reshaped  Global  Banking  business. 
Meanwhile,  our  Global  Markets  business  is  focused  on  helping 
institutional clients engage with local markets around the world, 
offering  equities  and  equity-linked  products,  foreign  exchange, 
rates and credit. 

  Refer to “Investment Bank” in the “Our businesses” section of 

this report for more information about the structural changes in 

the Investment Bank 

Our  advisory  and  content  offering  is  underpinned  by  the 
research  we  provide.  The  differentiated  nature  of  this  research, 
combined  with  UBS  Evidence  Lab  Innovations,  which  offers 
access  to  insight-ready  data  sets  for  thousands  of  companies, 
aims  to  give  clients  an  informational  edge  when  it  comes  to 
understanding  markets.  As  a  new  offering  for  2019,  we  have 
established the UBS Research Academy, where our fundamental 
analytics  team  provides  training  for  institutional  investors  on  all 
aspects  of  fundamental  investing,  leveraging  the  best  of  the 
UBS Research and UBS Evidence Lab Innovations platforms. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  clients  place  the  highest  priority  on  the  confidentiality 
and security of their  data. The protection of our clients’ data is 
of  the  utmost  importance  to  us  and  we  have  comprehensive 
measures  in  place  designed  to  ensure  that  data  confidentiality 
and integrity are maintained. We are investing in our IT platform 
to  preserve  and  improve  our  IT  security  standards,  while 
enabling  our  clients  to  have  secure  access  to  their  data  via  our 
digital  channels.  The  volume,  level  of  sophistication  and  impact 
of  cyberattacks  constantly  increase,  and  we  aim  to  maintain  a 
robust and agile cybersecurity and information security program 
to manage cyber risk. 

Enhancing the client experience through innovation and 
digitalization 

We strive to streamline and simplify interactions with our clients 
through front-to-back digitalization and innovations. 

In  Global  Wealth  Management,  we  develop  and  deploy 
digital  tools  that  preserve  and  enhance  the  value  of  human 
relationships.  Clients  expect  the  convenience  and  speed  that 
technology  offers  but,  simultaneously,  consider  personal 
communication  with  our  advisors  to  be  more  important  than 
ever. Modern technology that our advisors use enables them to 
spend more time with clients. And our clients appreciate digital 
tools  that  improve  their  experience,  such  as  easy  ways  to  view 
their portfolios, access to research that is tailored to their needs, 
and multiple ways to communicate with their advisors. In 2019, 
we  introduced  a  number  of  new  tools  to  help  deliver  on  those 
expectations.  For  example,  our  Asset  Wizard  platform  provides 
ultra  high  net  worth  clients  in  the  US  with  consolidated  and 
sophisticated performance and risk analytics for their assets held 
at  UBS  and  across  multiple  banks,  portfolios,  managers,  and 
locations. Also, in Asia, we launched the UBS Advisor Messaging 
for  WhatsApp,  allowing  for  real-time  conversations  between 
clients and advisors, to create a better client experience. And we 
continue to make progress by executing our multi-year strategy 
to  serve  clients  globally  from  two  platforms:  the  Wealth 
Management  Americas  Platform  in  the  US  and  the  Wealth 
Management  Platform  outside  the  US.  Our  core  investment 
solutions  consist  of:  UBS  Manage,  a  discretionary  mandate 
solution  where  we  use  our  expertise  to  invest  clients’  assets 
according  to  a  predefined  investment  strategy;  UBS  Advice, 
which 
investment 
recommendations  based  on  an  agreed  investment  strategy  to 
self-directed accounts; and UBS Transact, a self-directed account 
providing  clients  access  to  UBS  execution  capabilities  and  the 
UBS House View. All our solutions draw on our broad range of 
instruments  across  stocks,  bonds,  currencies, 
investment 
funds  and  alternative 
structured  products, 
investments. 

portfolio  monitoring 

investment 

adds 

and 

Personal  &  Corporate  Banking  launched  several  initiatives  in 
2019.  Effective  1  November  2019,  we  have  established  a  new 
business  area,  Digital  Platforms  &  Marketplaces,  which  reflects 
our  commitment  to  engage  in  new  digital  business  models.  In 
addition  to  the  mortgage  platform  UBS  Atrium,  which  we 
launched  in  2017  and  is  directed  at  corporate  and  institutional 
clients,  UBS  is  set  to  introduce  a  mortgage  platform  for  private 
clients in the first half of 2020. We launched new tools for our 
client  advisors  aimed  at  improving  the  in-branch  advisory 
experience  for  clients,  so  that  we  are  able  to  suggest  the  right 
products  that  match  the  clients‘  needs.  Thanks  to  our  new 
mortgage  workflow,  we  have  been  able  to  reduce  contracting 
time substantially, from 10–15 days for extensions to 24 hours. 
We also further simplified our digital banking platform (for both 
mobile  and  desktop)  and  added  new  services,  in  addition  to 
expanding 
transaction 
the  number  of  possible  payment 
currencies to more than 120. Our clients can now pay in stores 
directly  with  their  smartphones  and  a  wide  array  of  wearables 
via  Mobile  Pay  and  Swatch  Pay.  Furthermore,  we  have 
introduced  the  ability  to  pay  parking  fees  via  Twint,  which  has 
more than 1.5 million users in Switzerland. As of October 2019, 
our  clients  can  access  we.trade,  a  blockchain-based  trade 
finance  platform,  which  was  the  first  such  platform  to  be 
launched  by  a  Swiss  bank.  Recognizing  changing  client  needs 
and  growing  demand  from  start-up  companies  for  a  broader 
offering,  we  have  launched  UBS  Start  Business,  which  includes 
digital  accounting,  mentoring  for  business  planning,  and  many 
other services in addition to the banking services UBS offers. The 
attractive  offering  aims  to  assist  young  entrepreneurs  in  every 
stage of their business’s journey. Similarly, we bundle our digital 
offering  for  small  companies  in  UBS  Digital  Business,  which 
provides the convenience and leading digital solutions that small 
companies look for. We have also introduced our vendor leasing 
solution,  an  online  tool  that  allows  vendors  to  provide  leasing 
proposals  directly  to  their  clients  (based  on  online  credit 
decisions)  and  to  generate  contracts.  For  corporate  clients,  we 
have  made  available  the  new  UBS  Payment  Tracking  service 
(SWIFT global payments innovation). 

In  Asset  Management,  we  are  investing  in  new  tools  and 
technologies,  as  well  as  our  alternative  data  capabilities,  to 
support  our  teams’  investment  decision-making  processes  and 
enhance  client  service.  In  addition,  our  operational  excellence 
programs  are  focused  on  building  a  scalable  and  globally 
integrated  operating  platform  to  better  enable  our  teams  to 
deliver  the  full  breadth  of  our  capabilities  to  clients  around  the 
world. 

37 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
How we create value for our stakeholders 

The Investment Bank strives to be the digital investment bank 
innovation-led  businesses  that  drive 
of  the  future,  with 
efficiencies  and  solutions.  We  set  up  the  UBS  Investment  Bank 
Innovation  Lab  to  help  connect  business  teams  in  order  to 
leverage  best  practice,  build  and  test  proofs  of  concept  safely 
and  quickly,  and  inspire  a  culture  of  innovation.  We  see 
increasing  interest  from  clients  in  financial  and  alternative  data 
sets that they can incorporate into their models. In response, we 
set  up  UBS  Data  Solutions  to  meet  those  needs  through  a 
centralized robust data processing and distribution platform. 

and 

streams 

client-tailored 

We  strive  to  develop  new  products  and  solutions  that  are 
consistent  with  our  capital-efficient  business  model.  These  are 
typically  related  to  new  technologies  or  changing  market 
standards. Examples include FX spot & STIR tree E-pricing, which 
hedging 
pricing 
provides 
optimization,  and  Technology  Enabled  Sales,  which  enables 
faster  delivery  and  distribution  of  tailored  content  matched  to 
our  clients’  interests.  During  2019,  we  also  launched  the  client 
portal  of  UBS  Evidence  Lab  Innovations  as  part  of  the  firm’s 
strategy to expand our value proposition in the alternative data 
space,  which  relates  to  innovative  ways  to  capture  data  critical 
for  investment  decisions.  We  also  set  up  UBS  Neo,  our  multi-
channel platform, and the One Client service model, which aims 
to  drive  superior  client  outcomes  via  collaboration,  technology 
and data-driven client intelligence. 

Engaging with our clients 

Communication  with  our  clients  enables  us  to  understand  their 
needs  and  what  matters  most  to  them.  We  use  a  variety  of 
channels  to  engage  with  clients, 
including  regular  client 
relationship / service meetings where we monitor feedback and 
satisfaction,  as  well  as  various  corporate  roadshows  and 
dedicated  events.  We  also  engage  with  our  clients  while 
supporting cultural and sports events across Switzerland. 

We  conduct  client  events  on  a  regular  basis  and  on  a  wide 
array  of  topics.  For  example,  in  Personal  &  Corporate  Banking, 
we  have  financing  and  retirement  planning  events,  and  a 
dedicated  event  for  the  CFO  community.  In  the  Investment 
Bank,  we  host  around  350  conferences  and  educational 
seminars  globally  throughout  the  year,  covering  a  broad  range 
of  macro,  sector,  regional  and  regulatory  topics.  More  than 
50,000  clients  attended  such  events  in  2019,  providing  insight 
and  access  to  our  own  opinion  leaders,  policy  makers  and 
leading  industry  experts.  In  Global  Wealth  Management,  we 
engage  with  clients  in  a  range  of  ways,  from  personalized 
private briefings with subject matter experts, to segment-specific 
events,  to  large-scale  gatherings  such  as  UBS  Wealth  Insights, 
our  flagship  Pan-Asian  investment  forum  series,  which  attracts 
more  than  3,000  clients  every  year.  In  Asset  Management,  a 
consistent  program  of  engagement  takes  place  throughout  the 
year.  Thematic  events,  such  as  the  UBS  Reserve  Management 
Seminar  and  the  Sovereign  Investment  Circle,  bring  together 
institutional  investors  to  debate  relevant  topics  and  share  best 

38 

practices. Our experts also produce insightful thought leadership 
on  markets  and  assets  that  is  regularly  shared  with  clients,  as 
well as frequently meeting investors to answer questions, clarify 
the investment strategy or discuss issues that can affect markets. 

How we measure client satisfaction 

We  utilize  different  measures 
achievements and the satisfaction of our clients. 

to 

regularly  assess  our 

is 

increasingly 

Global  Wealth  Management 

leveraging 
technology  and  analytics  software  to  collect  client  feedback.  In 
2019,  we  began 
introducing  a  digital  feedback  tool  to 
supplement  more  traditional  survey  methods.  The  tool  allows 
Global  Wealth  Management  to  survey  clients  about  their 
satisfaction  with  their  advisors  and  UBS,  as  well  as  to  identify 
additional  financial  needs.  Advisors  are  provided  with  real-time 
access  to  client  feedback,  enabling  them  to  address  concerns 
and to follow up on new topics of interest. The tool was piloted 
in  selected  markets  in  2019  and  is  expected  to  be  rolled  out 
more broadly throughout 2020. 

We conduct an annual client survey in Personal & Corporate 
Banking. We have been conducting client surveys in Switzerland 
since 2011, consistently covering all private and corporate client 
segments  annually  since  2015.  Clients  assess  their  satisfaction 
with regard to various topics (e.g., UBS overall, branches, client 
advisors,  products,  services)  and  indicate  further  product  or 
advisory  needs.  Survey  responses  are  distributed  to  client 
advisors,  who  subsequently  follow  up  with  each  respondent 
individually.  In  2019,  we  introduced  a  new  machine  learning 
model  which  enables  us  to  identify  the  importance  of  internal 
factors  (e.g.,  advisors,  products,  prices)  and  external  factors 
(e.g., media impact, market development) with regard to overall 
satisfaction scores. 

In  Asset  Management,  we  conduct  regular  surveys,  inviting 
institutional  and  wholesale  clients  across  all  our  markets  to 
participate.  They  are  asked  about  their  satisfaction  with  client 
service, products and solutions, as well as other factors relevant 
to  their  investments.  The  results  are  analyzed  to  identify  focus 
areas to improve client satisfaction. 

For  the 

then  collate  and 

is  closely 
Investment  Bank,  client  satisfaction 
monitored  by  individual  product  coverage  points.  Relationship 
managers 
feedback  holistically, 
conducting  regular  internal  review  sessions  to  address  specific 
areas  of  feedback.  The  Investment  Bank  also  closely  monitors 
external surveys, such as the Global Institutional Investor Survey, 
which  provides  feedback  across  a  range  of  investment  banking 
services. 

review 

We  thoroughly  evaluate  the  feedback  we  receive,  including 
complaints  from  clients,  and  take  measures  to  address  key 
themes  identified.  In  2019,  clients  specifically  raised  sustainable 
finance  as  a  key  priority,  which  provided  confirmation  that  we 
are  aligned  with  our  clients’  preferences  in  expanding  our 
sustainable finance offering. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our focus on ESG 

Our firm is in a powerful position to contribute toward achieving 
the 17 United Nations (UN) Sustainable Development Goals (the 
SDGs)  by  integrating  sustainability  in  our  mainstream  offerings, 
through  new  and  innovative  financial  products  with  a  positive 
effect  on  the  environment  and  society,  and  by  advising  our 
clients  on  their  philanthropic  works.  Our  goal  is  to  be  the 
financial  provider  of  choice  for  clients  who  wish  to  mobilize 
capital  toward  the  achievement  of  the  SDGs  and  the  orderly 
transition  to  a  low-carbon  economy.  We  are  shaping  the 
landscape  of  sustainable  finance  by  using  thought  leadership, 
innovation  and  partnerships 
their 
sustainability efforts. 

to  support  clients 

in 

Our  clients  are  increasingly  interested  in  sustainable  finance, 
including  sustainable  investing  (SI),  which  is  especially  attractive 
if  it  can  reduce  risk  or  improve  returns.  More  than  80%  of 
wealthy  individuals  are  interested  in  sustainable  investing  and 
45% already hold sustainable investments.1 With regard to asset 
owners  across  the  globe,  78%  are  integrating  environmental, 
social  and  governance  (ESG)  factors  into  their  investment 
process.2 Switzerland, for example, saw an 87% asset growth in 
institutional  sustainable  investments  in  2018  (compared  with 
2017),3  and  the  early  indicators  are  that  this  growth  continued 
throughout 2019. 

Our key public commitments to sustainable finance 

In  2019,  we  became  a  founding  signatory  of  the  UN  Principles 
for Responsible Banking (the Principles). The Principles constitute 
a comprehensive framework for the integration of sustainability 
across banks. They define accountabilities and require each bank 
to set, publish and work toward ambitious targets. 

Before  signing  up  to  the  Principles,  UBS  had  already  been 
strongly committed both to maximizing positive effects through 
our  sustainable  business  activities  and  to  minimizing  negative 
impacts.  While  our  firm’s  growing  range  of  sustainable  finance 
products  and  services  supports  the  former,  our  environmental 
and  social  risk  framework  helps  us  to  better  understand  and 
respond to potential risks to the environment and human rights. 
Our  Asset  Management  business  division  is  among  the 
signatories  of  the  PRI  (the  Principles  for  Responsible  Investment). 
The PRI organization supports the signatories in incorporating ESG 
factors  into  their  investment  and  ownership  decisions.  In  2019, 
UBS  also  became  one  of  the  inaugural  members  of  the  CEO 
Alliance on Global Investors for Sustainable Development, which is 
committed to scaling up and speeding up efforts to align business 
with the SDGs. The Alliance is aimed at harnessing the insights of 
private  sector  leaders  on  ways  to  remove  impediments  and 

11 UBS Investor Watch on the Year Ahead, November 2019. 
22 UBS Asset Management and Responsible Investor magazine, ESG: Do You or Don’t You?, June 2019. 
33 Swiss Sustainable Investment Market Study 2019, June 2019. 

introduce  solutions 
long-term 
sustainable development in line with the SDGs. 

for  scaling 

investment 

for 

Since  2017,  we  have  presented  white  papers  to  the  World 
Economic  Forum  (the  WEF)  putting  forward  recommendations 
for  ways  in  which  private  capital  can  achieve  the  SDGs,  while 
also  outlining  our  own  actions  and  pledges  in  that  regard.  For 
the  WEF  annual  meeting  in  2020,  our  white  paper  focused  on 
climate  action  and  the  ways  in  which  investors  can  mobilize 
private and institutional capital toward the orderly transition to a 
low-carbon economy. In response, UBS has developed a Climate 
Aware framework. 

We actively support the development of industry standards. In 
2019,  we  contributed  to  the  writing  of  and  signed  the 
International  Finance  Corporation’s  Operating  Principles  for 
Impact Management. These Impact Principles provide a standard 
for impact investing, in which investors seek to generate positive 
impact 
returns.  We  also 
contributed  to  a  report  by  the  Sustainable  Finance  Working 
Group  of  the  Institute  of  International  Finance  on  sustainable 
investment terminology. 

for  society  alongside 

financial 

  Refer to the Sustainability Report 2019, available from 5 March 
2020 under “Annual reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors, for 

our key documents, frameworks and external commitments, 

and for our climate disclosure following the recommendations 

of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 

What is our governance on ESG? 

Our  governance  framework  on  sustainability  supports  the 
creation  of  long-term  value.  Our  firm’s  sustainability  activities, 
including  sustainable  finance,  are  overseen  at  the  highest  level 
of our firm and are founded in our Code of Conduct and Ethics. 
  Refer to the Sustainability Report 2019, available from 5 March 
2020 under “Annual reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors, for 

the sustainability governance chart 

We  regularly  review  whether  our  governance  framework 
continues  to  reflect  our  ambitions  with  regard  to  sustainability. 
In  2019,  we  therefore  decided  to  further  sharpen  our  focus  on 
sustainable  finance  and  we  are  now  establishing  a  Sustainable 
Finance  Steering  Committee.  It  will  be  comprised  of  senior 
business  leaders  engaged  in  our  firm’s  sustainable  finance 
efforts,  who  will  work  together  to  ensure  that  we  continue  to 
drive  innovation  and  develop  expertise  and  thought  leadership 
regarding  sustainable  finance.  The  Chair  of  the  Sustainable 
Finance  Steering  Committee  is  a  member  of  the  UBS  in  society 
Steering Committee. 

39 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
How we create value for our stakeholders 

How do we define sustainable finance? 

Sustainable  finance  refers  to  any  form  of  financial  service  that 
integrates ESG criteria into business or investment decisions. We 
provide  sustainable  finance  solutions  across  all  our  business 
divisions  and  to  all  our  client  groups  (as  shown  in  the  “Key 
achievements in 2019” chart on the next page), with a particular 
focus on sustainable investing. 

Sustainable investing is an approach that seeks to incorporate 
ESG  considerations  into  investment  decisions.  SI  strategies  seek 
to achieve a positive environmental or social impact and/or align 
investments  with  an  investor’s  values  regarding  ESG  topics, 
while aiming to improve portfolio risk and return characteristics. 
In  the  main,  we  identify  three  approaches  of  sustainable 
investing: exclusion (individual companies or entire industries are 

Core sustainable investments1 

excluded from portfolios if their areas of activity conflict with an 
investor’s  values);  ESG  integration  (which  combines  ESG  factors 
with  traditional  financial  considerations);  and  impact  investing 
(which is designed specifically to help generate a positive social 
or environmental impact alongside financial returns). 

We were among the early movers in developing terminology 
to describe our sustainable investing activities and to consistently 
report  on  them.  We  are,  however,  conscious  of  the  need  to 
simplify and standardize the terminology for sustainable finance, 
which  will  help  to  develop  and  expand  that  market.  We  are 
therefore  actively  involved  in  the  relevant  discussions  and  are 
committed to reflecting pertinent changes to terminology in our 
reporting. 

USD billion, except where indicated 
Core SI products and mandates 
Core SI products and mandates

Integration – sustainability focus3 
Integration – ESG integration4 
Impact investing5 
Exclusions6 
Third-party7 

Total core sustainable investments
Total core sustainable investments 

UBS total invested assets
UBS total invested assets 

GRI2 

FS11 

FS11 

FS11 

FS11 

FS11 

FS11 

For the year ended 
31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.17 

% change from 
31.12.18 

46.4 
46.4

372.3
372.3 

9.1
9.1 

52.2
52.2 

8.5
8.5 

488.5
488.5 

3,607.0
3,607.0 

20.0 

224.5 

4.7 

50.3 

13.4 

312.9 

3,101.0 

12.8 

63.2 

2.8 

93.0 

9.8 

181.7 

3,262.0 

132.4 

65.9 

92.1 

3.7 

(37.0) 

56.1 

16.3 

3

Core SI proportion of total invested assets (%) 
2  FS  stands  for  the  performance  indicators  defined  in  the  Financial  Services  Sector  Supplement  of  the  Global  Reporting  Initiative  reporting 
1  All  figures  are  based  on  information  available  in  January  2020. 
1
2
framework.  3 Strategies where sustainability is an explicit part of the investment guidelines, universe, selection, and/or investment process.  4 Strategies that integrate environmental, social, and governance (ESG) 
4
factors into fundamental financial analysis to improve risk / return.  5 Strategies where the intention is to generate measurable environmental and social impact alongside financial return.  6 Strategies that exclude 
7 SI products from third-party providers applying a strict 
companies from portfolios where they are not aligned to an investor’s values. Includes customized screening services (single or multiple exclusion criteria). 
7
and  diligent  asset  selection  process;  the  selection  criteria  have  been  reviewed  for  the  end  of  2019  reporting  cycle,  following  a  stricter  approach  from  the  provider  of  sustainability  ratings.  Excludes  third-party 
products that went through a systematic GWM onboarding process, now counted under “Integration – sustainability focus.” 

FS11 

10.1 

13.5
13.5 

5.6 

6

5

What do we offer? 

We  support  clients’  sustainability  efforts  through  thought 
leadership,  innovation  and  partnerships,  and  we  strive  to 
incorporate  ESG  factors  into  the  products  and  services  we 
provide.  We  support  corporate  and  institutional  clients  who 
want  to  generate  positive  environmental  and  societal  impact 
using  our  corporate  advisory  expertise  or  by  directing  capital 
through  our  lending  or  investment  capacity.  We  assist  private 
and institutional clients with their desire to invest in accordance 
with their own social and environmental objectives, and we are 
proactive in discussing these issues with them. 

Through  our  Philanthropy  Services  platform,  we  are 
partnering  with  clients  to  manage  their  philanthropy  and 
maximize  their  impact,  by  offering  expert  advice,  carefully 
selected  programs 
from  UBS  Optimus  Foundation,  and 
innovative  social  financing  mechanisms,  such  as  development 
impact bonds. 

In  2019,  we  noted  strong  momentum  in  our  sustainable 
finance activities. A key indicator is the development of our core 
SI assets, where we managed to more than double penetration, 
from 5.6% of total invested assets in 2017 to 13.5% (USD 488 
billion)  in  2019  (2018:  10.1%  or  USD 313  billion).  Core 
sustainable investments are SI products that involve a strict and 
diligent  asset  selection  process  through  either  exclusions  (of 
companies  /  sectors  from  portfolios  where  the  companies  / 
sectors  are  not  aligned  to  an  investor’s  values)  or  positive 
selections (such as best-in-class, thematic or ESG integration and 
impact investing). 

Norms-based  screening  assets,  i.e.,  assets  that  fall  under  the 
application  of  a  UBS  policy1  and  do  not  otherwise  qualify  as  a 
core sustainable investment, amounted to USD 818 billion as of 
31  December  2019  (up  from  USD 797  billion  in  2018).  Total 
sustainable investments, including norms-based screening assets, 
accounted  for  USD 1,306  billion  (2018:  USD 1,110  billion),  or 
36.2% (2018: 35.8%), of our total invested assets. 

1 The assets in discretionary mandates, in UBS’s actively managed retail and institutional funds, as well as in our firm’s proprietary trading book, are subject to our firm’s policy on the prohibition of investment in and 
1
indirect financing of companies involved in the development, production or purchase of anti-personnel mines and cluster munitions. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
     
 
 
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Key achievements 
in 2019 

Global Wealth Management 

We are a leader in sustainable investing (SI),1 with 
a global footprint and a network of resources to 
deliver a wide range of research, advisory and 
product capabilities that continue to grow. 

• USD 3.9 billion raised toward commitment to 
direct at least USD 5 billion of client assets in 
SDG-related impact investments by 2021. 
• Launch of the SDG Engagement High Yield 

Credit funds. 

9.4 USD billion 

invested in 100% SI solutions 
and bespoke SI solutions. 

Personal & Corporate Banking 

We have been building sustainable fi nance 
offerings for all client segments. 

• Retail clients: access to 100% sustainable 

investment solutions. 

• Corporate clients: USD 200 million raised 

in the fi rst green bond for a Swiss-listed energy 
and infrastructure company. 

• Institutional clients: advice on SI integrated 

into strategic dialog with clients. 

2 core SI products 

were launched for our retail 
clients. 

Asset Management 

We have established an industry-leading SI 
platform offering a wide range of SI strategies 
across various asset classes, integrating 
sustainability and impact into all our mainstream 
offerings. 

• Invested assets in the categories “impact 
investing” and “sustainability focus” 
increased 14-fold since beginning of 2016 
to USD 38.6 billion. 

• ESG integration across all traditional asset 

classes, at USD 323.1 billion. 

3.1USD billion 

Climate Aware strategy, a pio-
neering approach to integrate the 
2°C climate change scenario into 
an investment solution, at USD 3.1 
billion invested assets. 

1 Euromoney Private Banking and Wealth Management Survey 2019: Global Results. 

Group 

We are committed to maximizing positive effects 
and to minimizing negative impact that we have 
on society and the environment. 

• UBS Optimus Foundation: an award-winning 

grant-making foundation that helps our clients 
use their wealth to drive positive and 
sustainable social change for children. 

• Environmental and social risk management: 

we engage with clients and suppliers to better 
understand their processes and policies, and 
to explore how any environmental and social 
risks may be mitigated. 

3.3 million children 

In 2019, UBS Optimus Foundation 
raised USD 89.5 million in 
donations, approved USD 109.5 
million in grants and helped 
improve the well-being 
of 3.3 million children 
worldwide. 

Investment Bank 

We are focused on meeting the needs of our 
clients with regard to ESG and sustainable 
fi nance, and helping reshape business models 
and investment opportunities. 

• Dedicated thought-leading ESG research team 

in its 15th year. 

• Introduced the UBS ESG icon in our research 
reports in 2019, fl agging ESG content in 
32 reports. 

• UBS ESG and Sustainability Symposium in 

London with over 40 speakers; relevant ESG 
content incorporated at key client conferences. 

• Sustainability-driven investment solutions: 

launch of ESG Global Equity Premia. 

25 green and 

sustainable bonds 

Support for companies driving 
positive impact: 25 high-profi le 
issuances of green and 
sustainable bonds. 

41 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
How we create value for our stakeholders 

Investors 

We generate long-term value for our investors by executing our 
strategy  with  discipline,  striving  for  cost-  and  capital-efficient 
growth,  long-term  sustainable  value  creation,  and  attractive 
shareholder returns. 

Investor base 

Our investor base is well diversified. A substantial proportion of 
our  institutional  shareholders  are  based  in  the  US,  the  UK  and 
Switzerland. 

  Refer to the “Corporate governance” section of this report for 

more information about disclosed shareholdings 

Cost- and capital-efficient revenue growth 

We  aim  to  drive  higher  and  superior  returns  by  growing  and 
leveraging  our  unique,  integrated  and  complementary  business 
portfolio  and  geographic 
footprint.  Our  Global  Wealth 
Management  business  is  well  positioned  to  take  advantage  of 
two  secular  trends:  wealth  transfer  and  wealth  creation,  partly 
driven  by  continued  economic  growth,  particularly  in  Asia, 
where  China  is  opening  its  financial  markets.  Each  of  our 
businesses has initiatives to achieve revenue growth and improve 
operating efficiency. 

  Refer to “Industry trends” in the “Our environment” section of 
this report for more information about wealth creation and 

wealth transfer 

We aim to balance growth opportunities with cost and capital 
efficiency  in  order  to  drive  attractive  risk-adjusted  returns  and 
sustainable performance. 

Our  primary  measurement  of  performance  for  the  Group  is 
return  on  common  equity  tier  1  capital  (CET1),  as  regulatory 
capital  is  our  binding  constraint  and  drives  our  ability  to  return 
capital to shareholders. 

Shareholder returns 

We aim to increase our ordinary dividend per share by USD 0.01 
each  year,  and  to  return  excess  capital  through  share 
repurchases.  We  consider  business  conditions  and  any 
idiosyncratic  developments  when  determining  excess  capital 
available for share repurchases. 

Alignment of interests 

We aim to align the interests of our employees with those of our 
equity and debt investors. This is reflected in our compensation 
philosophy and practices. 

  Refer to “Our compensation philosophy” in the “Compensation” 

section of this report for more information 

Communications 

Our  Investor  Relations  function  serves  as  the  primary  point  of 
contact  between  UBS  and  all  shareholders.  Our  senior 
management  and  the  Investor  Relations  team  regularly  interact 
with the institutional investors community, financial analysts and 
other  market  participants,  such  as  credit  rating  agencies.  Clear, 
transparent  and  relevant  disclosures,  together  with  regular  and 
direct  interactions  with  existing  and  prospective  shareholders, 
form  the  basis  for  our  communications.  The  Investor  Relations 
team  also  relays  the  views  of  and  feedback  from  institutional 
investors  and  other  market  participants  on  UBS  to  our  senior 
management. 

Investor Relations and Corporate Responsibility work together 
and interact with those investors focusing on sustainability topics 
relevant to UBS and society at large. 

  Refer to “Corporate governance” and “Information policy” in 
the “Corporate governance” section of this report for more 

information 

  Refer to the “Performance targets and measurement” section of 

  Refer to “Society” in this section for more information about 

this report for more information 

our sustainability efforts 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employees 

Our  employees  drive  our  success.  Our  employees  work  in  50 
countries, are citizens of 136 nations and speak more than 150 
languages. Their skills, experience and commitment enable us to 
deliver  innovative  solutions  for  our  clients,  foster  sustainable 
business  success,  protect  our  reputation  and  drive  the  firm 
forward.  As  an  employer,  we  attract,  develop  and  retain  a 
diverse  range  of  talent  and  aim  to  ensure  there  is  a  workplace 
culture  that  supports  and  engages  our  employees,  enabling 
them to build their careers and unlock their full potential. 

Our workforce at a glance1 

68,601 

employees (by FTE)2 

69,966 employees (by headcount) 

136 

nationalities 
(by citizenship) 

150+ 

languages 
spoken 

8 

years of service 
on average 

19% 

60% 

21% 

50 

countries 

Age 

age < 30 

age 30–50 

age > 50 

Region 

31% 

30% 

20% 

19% 

Switzerland 

Americas 

APAC 

EMEA 

1 Calculated as of 31 December 2019 on a headcount basis of 69,966 internal employees only.  2 Personnel 
(full-time equivalents) as of 31 December 2019 has been amended compared with our fourth quarter 2019 
report, resulting in a decrease of 61. 

The keys to a strong corporate culture 

Our three keys to success remain the foundation of our strategy 
and  culture. Together,  they  define what we stand for as  a firm 
and as individuals, and they drive our business strategy. We set 
out  on  our  cultural  transformation  in  2011,  defining  and  then 
embedding  our  Pillars,  Principles  and  Behaviors  into  our  core 
people  management  processes.  We  conduct  regular  employee 
surveys to obtain feedback and ensure continuous improvement, 
discussing the findings and further actions with our employees. 
In  2019,  responses  indicated  that  employee  engagement, 
appreciation  for  our  talent  management  practices,  and  pride  in 
working  at  UBS  were  all  above  the  norm  for  financial  services 
organizations. 

  Refer to the foldout pages of this report for more information 

about our Pillars, Principles and Behaviors 

Engaging  and  enabling  employees,  instilling  a  strong  risk 
culture  and  promoting  sustainability  were  culture-building 
priorities  in  2019.  In  this  respect,  our  Group  Franchise  Awards 
program  provided  foundational  support.  This  Group-wide 
initiative  rewards  employees  for  cross-divisional  collaboration 
and operational effectiveness improvements. 

leaders  better  adapt 

We  are  convinced  that  leadership  drives  culture,  and  culture 
drives performance. Great leaders are the key to developing our 
people,  client  relationships  and  results.  For  many  years,  our 
House  View  on  Leadership  has  outlined  what  effective 
leadership is at UBS,  as well  as what  employees can expect. To 
help 
to  continuous  change  and 
digitalization,  we  updated  our  House  View  in  2019  and 
integrated  its  precepts  into  all  of  our  core  HR  processes, 
training, 
recruitment,  performance  evaluations, 
including 
succession  planning  and  promotions.  Characteristics  such  as 
innovation,  curiosity  and  agility  complement  our  long-standing 
emphasis on inclusivity, sustainable profits, accountability, cross-
firm  partnership  and  putting  clients  first.  It  is  an  evolution  of 
how we view leadership that creates an extraordinary experience 
for our clients and our people. 

43 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Our strategy, business model and environment 
How we create value for our stakeholders 

Hiring, developing and retaining talent 

considering 

We are widely recognized as an employer of choice and a great 
place to build a career. Key to our success is our long-standing 
commitment to investing in our employees at every career stage. 
It  starts  with  recruitment,  where  our  philosophy  is  to  hire  for 
potential, 
and 
competencies, learning capabilities and agility, as well as digital 
and  data  savviness.  We  hired  a  total  of  10,080  external 
candidates in 2019. Our junior talent programs hired more than 
1,700 graduate and other trainees, interns and apprentices. We 
also  continued  our  insourcing  and  hiring  activities  in  our 
Business  Solutions  Centers  in  China,  India,  Poland,  Switzerland 
and the US as part of our integrated workforce strategy. 

individual’s 

experience 

the 

Our in-house UBS University further updated its curriculum in 
2019  to  emphasize  future-skills  development  and  personal 
growth  for  all  employees,  with  a  new  digital  skills  curriculum 
that  builds  knowledge  about  topics  such  as  blockchain,  cloud 
computing, robotics and artificial intelligence. We also launched 
a  mobile  learning  app  to  enable  employees  to  learn  whenever 
and  wherever  they  want.  We  revamped  our 
leadership 
development  offering  in  2019  to  ensure  that  our  leaders  have 
the skills they need to develop their businesses and their people, 
and to lead effectively in the digital transformation age. In 2019, 
our  permanent  employees  completed  more  than  1,100,000 
learning  activities,  including  mandatory  training  on  compliance, 
business  and  other  topics.  This  averaged  to  more  than  two 
training days per employee. 

Personnel by region 

Full-time equivalents 

Americas 

of which: USA 

Asia Pacific 

Europe, Middle East and Africa (excluding Switzerland) 

of which: UK 

of which: rest of Europe (excluding Switzerland) 

of which: Middle East and Africa 

Switzerland 

Along  with  line  manager  effectiveness,  having  a  wide  range 
of  learning  and  career  development  opportunities,  as  well  as 
tools  to  facilitate  professional  growth,  are  key  drivers  of 
employee  engagement. 
In  this  respect,  our  new  Career 
Navigator  tool,  which  was  launched  in  June  2019,  has  been  a 
game-changer.  This  online  platform  enables  employees  to 
explore career paths and search for open roles that match their 
interests  while  allowing  our  recruiters  to  find  internal  talent 
more easily. It also identifies skill gaps with regard to new roles 
and interests and directly links to learning opportunities to help 
fill these gaps. 

We are committed to ensuring a workplace where employees 
are  fairly  treated,  with  equal  opportunities  for  all.  We  do  not 
tolerate  harassment  of  any  kind.  Our  global  measures  include 
employee  and  line  manager  training,  specialist  expertise  in 
handling  concerns  raised,  and  a  global  employee  hotline.  A 
Harassment  Guardian  provides  an  independent  view  of  the 
firm’s  setup,  procedures  and  behaviors  to  prevent  harassment 
and sexual misconduct. 

We  pay  for  performance,  and  a  strong  commitment  to  pay 
equity is embedded into our compensation policies. We conduct 
regular  internal,  as  well  as  independent  external,  reviews,  with 
the  aim  of  ensuring  that  all  employees  are  paid  fairly,  and  we 
seek to address any unexplained gaps. 

  Refer to www.ubs.com/employerawards, 

www.ubs.com/careers and the “Compensation” section of this 

report for more information 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

21,036 
21,036

20,232 
20,232

13,956 
13,956

12,918
12,918 

5,704 
5,704

7,048 
7,048

166 
166

20,691 
20,691

As of 

% change from 

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

31.12.18 

21,309 

20,495 

12,119 

12,620 

5,782 

6,670 

168 

20,840 

66,888 

20,770 

19,944 

8,959 

11,097 

5,274 

5,662 

161 

20,427 

61,253 

(1) 

(1) 

15 

2 

(1) 

6 

(1) 

(1) 

3 

Total1 
Total1
1 The increase in workforce in 2019 and 2018 was mainly due to insourcing initiatives and was more than offset by a decrease in external staff. 
1

68,601 
68,601

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The importance of diversity and inclusion 

A  widely  diverse  workforce  that  reflects  the  experience  of  our 
global  clients  is  important  for  our  long-term  success.  We 
therefore  strive  to  shape  a  diverse  and  inclusive  culture  across 
the firm to drive sustainable growth and innovation, deliver the 
best of UBS to our clients, and build a better place to work for 
all employees. 

Our broad view of diversity encompasses a range of aspects, 
including gender, ethnicity, LGBTQ, disability, mental health and 
inclusive  leadership.  We  remain  committed  to  narrowing  our 
gender representation gap, especially at the management level, 
through  a  global  gender  diversity  strategy  and  a  wide  range  of 
supporting  initiatives  to  hire,  promote  and  retain  more  women 
at all levels of the organization. We continue to make progress 
toward our stated aspiration of increasing the representation of 
women in management roles to one-third. In 2019, 25.2% of all 
employees in roles at Director level and above were women, up 
from 24.7% in 2018. 

Our UBS Career Comeback program, which was launched in 
2016, continues to help us increase our pipeline of female senior 
leaders. Professionals looking to return to corporate jobs after a 
career  break  are  hired  for  permanent  roles  and  supported  with 
specialized  onboarding,  coaching  and  mentoring.  In  2019, 
Career Comeback expanded beyond its four established hubs 
in  the  US,  UK,  Switzerland  and  India  to  become  a  global, 
year-round  program.  To  date,  Career  Comeback  has  helped 
142 women and 8 men relaunch their careers. 

 Refer to www.ubs.com/diversity for additional information 

about our priorities and commitments, and the Sustainability 

Report 2019, available from 5 March 2020 under “Annual 

reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors for our management 

practices and detailed employee data, including gender- and 

region-specific data 

(cid:47)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:77)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:19) 

(cid:21)(cid:27)(cid:7) 
(cid:21)(cid:27)(cid:7)(cid:2)

(cid:89)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80) 
(cid:20)(cid:25)(cid:14)(cid:19)(cid:21)(cid:24) 

(cid:24)(cid:19)(cid:7) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:24)(cid:19)(cid:7)

(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80) 
(cid:22)(cid:20)(cid:14)(cid:26)(cid:21)(cid:18)(cid:2) 

(cid:53)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:92)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70) 

(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:85) 

(cid:25)(cid:14)(cid:27)(cid:18)(cid:23) 

(cid:19)(cid:21)(cid:14)(cid:23)(cid:23)(cid:26) 

(cid:26)(cid:14)(cid:19)(cid:23)(cid:22) 

(cid:19)(cid:21)(cid:14)(cid:19)(cid:21)(cid:22) 

(cid:35)(cid:50)(cid:35)(cid:37) 

(cid:23)(cid:14)(cid:26)(cid:20)(cid:22) 

(cid:39)(cid:47)(cid:39)(cid:35) 

(cid:26)(cid:14)(cid:19)(cid:21)(cid:19) 

(cid:23)(cid:14)(cid:20)(cid:23)(cid:21) 

(cid:26)(cid:14)(cid:18)(cid:18)(cid:25) 

(cid:19)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:2)(cid:38)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:20)(cid:18)(cid:19)(cid:27)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:24)(cid:27)(cid:14)(cid:27)(cid:24)(cid:24)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:91)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:16) 

45 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
How we create value for our stakeholders 

Society 

As expressed in the 17 United Nations Sustainable Development 
Goals  (the  SDGs),  the  world  faces  enormous  societal  and 
environmental  challenges.  We  recognize  that  it  is  important  to 
understand these challenges, as well as the opportunities arising 
from  them,  to  consider  their  relevance  to  UBS  and  to  identify 
potential actions our firm may need to take. 

client  and  supplier  relationships,  our  environmental  footprint, 
human  resources,  and  community investment. It is through this 
cross-divisional organization that we leverage our expertise across 
all of these areas to drive sustainable performance. UBS in society 
is committed to making UBS a force for driving positive change in 
society and the environment. 

As the world’s largest truly global wealth manager, we have a 
responsibility to take a leading role in shaping a positive future, 
for everyone, including the generations to come. 

Code of Conduct and Ethics 

In  our  Code  of  Conduct  and  Ethics  (the  Code),  the  Board  of 
Directors  and  the  Group  Executive  Board  set  out  the  principles 
and practices that define our ethical standards and the way we 
do business. These principles apply to all aspects of our business. 
All employees must confirm annually that they have read and 
will  adhere  to  the  Code  and  other  key  policies,  supporting  a 
culture  where  ethical  and  responsible  behavior  is  part  of  our 
everyday operations. 

In the Code, we make a commitment to integrating financial 
and  societal  performance  for  the  mutual  benefit  of  our  clients 
and  our  firm  –  and  that  we  are  constantly  looking  for  better 
ways  to  do  business  in  an  environmentally  sound  and  socially 
responsible manner. 

  Refer to the Code of Conduct and Ethics of UBS, available at 

www.ubs.com/code, for more information 

Engaging with society 

We  engage  with  representatives  of  wider  society  on  a  regular 
basis  and  on  a  wide  range  of  topics.  This  engagement  yields 
important information about society’s expectations and concerns 
and  makes  a  critical  contribution  to  our  understanding  and 
management  of  issues  with  potential  (positive  and  negative) 
relevance to our firm – and to society. By actively fostering such 
interactions,  we  are  in  a  position  to  address  expectations  and 
concerns in an informed and effective manner. 

UBS in society 

UBS  in  society  is  a  dedicated  organization  within  the  firm, 
focused  on  maximizing  our  positive  effect  and  minimizing  any 
negative  effects  UBS  has  on  society  and  the  environment.  It 
covers all of the activities and capabilities related to sustainable 
finance 
philanthropy, 
environmental,  climate  and  human  rights  policies  governing 

sustainable 

investing), 

(including 

The  activities  driven  by  UBS  in  society  are  overseen,  at  the 
highest  level  of  our  firm,  by  our  Board  of  Directors’  Corporate 
Culture  and  Responsibility  Committee  (the  CCRC).  The  Group 
CEO supervises the execution of the UBS in society strategy and 
annual  objectives  and  informs  the  Group  Executive  Board  and 
CCRC about UBS in society updates as appropriate. Reporting to 
the  Group  CEO,  the  Head  UBS  in  society  is  UBS’s  senior-level 
representative  for  sustainability  issues  and,  on  behalf  of  the 
Group  CEO,  proposes  the  UBS  in  society  strategy  and  annual 
objectives to the CCRC for approval. 

  Refer to “Board of Directors” in the “Corporate governance” 
section of this report for more information about the CCRC 

Driving change in finance 
As  a  major  financial  institution,  we  are  conscious  that  the 
activities  and  decisions  of  our  clients  can  have  a  substantial 
impact  on  society.  It  is  for  that  reason  that  we  strive  to 
incorporate environmental, social and governance (ESG) impacts 
into the products and services we provide to clients and partner 
with  them  to  help  mobilize  capital  toward  the  achievement  of 
the SDGs and the orderly transition to a low-carbon economy. 

We  know  that  ESG  topics  are  increasingly  important  to  our 
clients. That is why we have dedicated a separate section in this 
report  to  highlight  our  commitment  to  serving  the  growing 
sustainable finance needs and expectations of our clients, and to 
the key activities associated with our commitment. 

  Refer to “Our focus on ESG” in this section for more information 

Driving change in philanthropy 
We believe our clients can make a meaningful, and measurable, 
difference  for  their  chosen  causes  with  advice  from  our 
philanthropy  experts  and  the  more  than  200  global  programs 
that  have  been  carefully  selected  through  our  UBS  Optimus 
Foundation.  We  increase  social  impact  by  combining  our 
expertise  with  capital  and  networks.  Through  our  Philanthropy 
Services  platform,  we  offer  clients  unique  access  to  social  and 
financial innovation and philanthropic advice, as well as tailored 
program design, co-funding and co-development opportunities. 

  Refer to www.ubs.com/optimus for more information 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Driving change in communities 
We recognize that our firm’s long-term success depends on the 
health  and  prosperity  of  the  communities  of  which  we  are  a 
part.  We  seek  to  redress  disadvantages  through  long-term 
investments  in  education  and  entrepreneurship.  We  provide 
targeted  employee 
strategic 
volunteering to drive impact across a number of the SDGs. 
  Refer to the “Driving change in communities” section in the 

financial  commitments  and 

Sustainability Report 2019, available from 5 March 2020 under 

“Annual reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors for more 

information 

Driving change in business 
We  view  the  proper,  firm-wide  management  of  our  firm’s  own 
environmental footprint and our supply chain as important proof 
of how we do business in a sustainable manner for the benefit 
of society. 

This is equally true of our comprehensive environmental and 
social  risk  management  and  framework  that  governs  client  and 
vendor relationships and is applied firm-wide to all activities. We 
have  set  environmental  and  social  risk  standards  pertaining  to 
environmental and human rights topics in product development, 
investments, financing and supply chain management. We have 
identified certain controversial activities that we will not engage 
in at all, or only under stringent criteria. As part of this process, 
we  engage  with  clients  and  vendors  to  better  understand  their 
processes  and  policies,  and  to  explore  how  any  environmental 
and social risks may be mitigated. 

We have set ambitious targets relating to our use of energy, 
water  and  paper,  as  well  as  to  our  travel  and  the  amount  of 
waste  we  produce,  and  we  aim  to  increase  the  awareness  of 
environmental  and  social  matters  among  our  employees  and 
foster  a  long-term  sustainable  mindset  in  all  our  activities.  In 
2019, the year in which we celebrated 20 years since becoming 
the first bank to gain global environmental management system 
certification  (ISO  14001),  we  ran  major  campaigns  on  key 
environmental themes. 

Our  campaigns  demonstrate  our  strong  commitment  to 
reducing  UBS’s  environmental  footprint  and  further  raising  our 
employees’  awareness  of  key  environmental  challenges.  The 
“Go  drastic.  Cut  the  plastic.”  global  campaign,  which  was 
launched  in  July  2019,  aims  at  encouraging  behavioral  change 
to  help  tackle,  reduce  and  phase  out  single-use  plastic  items 
across our firm. In October, we held our first Zero Waste Day at 
featured  numerous 
22 
sustainability-themed activities. Additionally, at five major offices 
across  the  globe,  we  hosted  events  featuring  subject  matter 
experts  talking  about  their  life’s  work  and  passion,  including 
speakers from innovative companies. 

the  globe,  which 

sites  across 

(cid:52)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:86) 

(cid:52)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2) 
(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2) 
(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:10)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:20)(cid:18)(cid:19)(cid:27)(cid:11) 

(cid:39)(cid:80)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78) 
(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71) 
(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:20)(cid:18)(cid:19)(cid:20) 

(cid:19)(cid:18)(cid:18) 

(cid:7) 

(cid:37)(cid:49)(cid:20)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:2) 
(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:86) 

(cid:25)(cid:20)(cid:7) 

(cid:21)(cid:18) 

(cid:7) 

(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85) 
(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:78) 

(cid:20)(cid:26) (cid:7) 

(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:79) 
(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:89)(cid:67)(cid:68)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:29)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:77) 
(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:19)(cid:18)(cid:18)(cid:7)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:15)(cid:20)(cid:18)(cid:20)(cid:18) 

(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:91) 
(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80) 
(cid:31)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:53)(cid:38)(cid:2)(cid:21)(cid:18)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:67)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:91)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:84) 

(cid:26)(cid:21)(cid:7) 

(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:79) 
(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:68)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:85) 

(cid:21)(cid:24) (cid:7) 

(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:84) 
(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:40)(cid:54)(cid:39) 

(cid:25)(cid:19)(cid:7) 

(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72) 
(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:74)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:20)(cid:18)(cid:18)(cid:22) 

(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81) 
(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:20)(cid:18)(cid:20)(cid:18)(cid:2) 
(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:25)(cid:23)(cid:7) 

Reporting to our stakeholders on our sustainability 
strategy and activities 

Information about all our sustainability efforts and commitments 
is  provided  in  the  UBS  Sustainability  Report,1  available  under 
“Annual  reporting”  at  www.ubs.com/investors.  The  content  of 
the  Sustainability  Report  has  been  prepared  in  accordance  with 
the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards (“comprehensive” 
option)  and  with  the  German  rules  implementing  the  EU 
directive on disclosure of non-financial and diversity information 
(2014/95/EU). Our reporting on sustainability has been reviewed 
on  a  limited  assurance  basis  by  Ernst  &  Young  Ltd  against  the 
GRI Standards. Our Sustainability Report 2019 also includes our 
full  climate  disclosure,  which  we  have  been  aligning  with  the 
recommendations  provided  by  the  Financial  Stability  Board’s 
Task  Force  on  Climate-related  Financial  Disclosures  since  their 
introduction in 2017. 

  Refer to the Sustainability Report 2019, available from 5 March 
2020 under “Annual reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors, for 

full descriptions of our environmental management, our 

responsible supply chain management and our environmental 

and social risk management and framework 

11 The UBS Sustainability Report is available from 5 March 2020, and is not deemed incorporated by reference into the SEC Form 20-F filing. 

47 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
How we create value for our stakeholders 

Aims and progress 

We work with a long-term focus on providing appropriate returns to all of our stakeholders in a responsible manner. To underline 
our commitment, we provide transparent goals and report on progress made against them wherever possible. In 2019, we made 
good progress in delivering against the Group’s aims. 

WWee aaiimm ttoo bbee // OOuurr kkeeyy ggooaallss11 

OOuurr pprrooggrreessss 

A leader in sustainable finance across all client segments
A leader in sustainable finance across all client segments 

2017–2020 
2017–2020
–  Double the penetration of core SI assets from 5.6% (USD 182 billion) of 

total invested assets2 

2016–2021
2016–2021 
–  Direct at least USD 5 billion of client assets into SDG-related impact 

investments 

A recognized innovator and thought leader in philanthropy
A recognized innovator and thought leader in philanthropy 

2017–2020
2017–2020 
–  Achieve 40% of employees volunteering with 40% of volunteer hours 

– 

being skills based 
Increase donations to UBS Optimus Foundation to 
CHF 100 million in 2020 

2020–2025
2020–2025 
–  Support 1 million young people and adults (“beneficiaries”) to learn and 

develop skills for employment, decent jobs and entrepreneurship 
through our community investment activities 
Improve the lives of 5 million children globally by engaging at least 
1,000 clients in UBS Optimus Foundation’s collective giving platforms 

– 

An industry leader in sustainable business practices 
An industry leader in sustainable business practices

–  Retain favorable positions in key ESG ratings 

2017–2022
2017–2022 
– 

Implement the recommendations of the Task Force on 
Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 

2019–2024
2019–2024 
– 

Implement the requirements of the 
Principles for Responsible Banking (PRB) 

An employer of choice
An employer of choice 

–  Achieved our goal one year early, reaching USD 488.5 billion in core SI

assets representing 13.5% of total invested assets2,3

–  USD 3.9 billion of client assets directed into SDG-related impact 

investments4 

–  38% of global workforce volunteered and 48% of volunteer hours

 were skills based5 

–  UBS Optimus Foundation: USD 89.5 million (CHF 86.9 million) in 
donations raised; USD 109.5 million (CHF 106.3 million) in grants 
approved 

–  Progress against these goals will be reported for the financial year 2020 

onward 

–  Maintained leadership position (Dow Jones Sustainability Indices / DJSI) 
–  AA rating maintained (MSCI ESG Research) 
– 
Industry leader rank maintained (Sustainalytics) 
– A– rating and included in Leadership band (CDP) 

–  First TCFD reporting introduced for the financial year 2017, continuous 

improvements ever since 

–  Among the founding signatories of the PRB (September 2019) 

–  Being recognized as one of the world’s most attractive employers in key  – 

ratings and rankings 

Included in Global Universum ranking of Top 50 World’s Most Attractive 
Employers 

–  Peer-leading position in human resources elements of DJSI 
–  Score above financial services norm in employee engagement and work 

environment (based on employee survey results) 
–  Recognized by Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index 

1 Refer to the UBS in society constitutional document (in the Sustainability Report 2019) for more information about all aims. Goals are to be achieved by the end of the target year. 
2 Core SI are SI products that 
1
2
involve a strict and diligent asset selection process through either exclusions (of companies / sectors from the portfolio where the companies are not aligned to an investor’s values) or positive selections (such as best-
3 The increase in core SI assets was mainly driven by the ESG 
in-class, thematic or ESG integration and impact investing). Refer to the “Core sustainable investments” table in “Our focus on ESG” in this section. 
3
4 Strategies where the investment has the intention of generating measurable 
integration strategy of Asset Management. Refer to the “Core sustainable investments” table in “Our focus on ESG” in this section. 
4
environmental and social impact alongside a financial return.  5 Refer to the “Driving change in communities” section in the Sustainability Report 2019. 

5

48 

 
 
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
 
 
 
 
Regulation and supervision 

As a financial services provider based in Switzerland, UBS is subject 
to  the  consolidated  supervision  of  the  Swiss  Financial  Market 
Supervisory Authority (FINMA). Our entities are also regulated and 
supervised by the authorities in each of the countries where they 
conduct  business.  Through  UBS  AG  and  UBS  Switzerland  AG, 
which  are  licensed  as  banks  in  Switzerland,  the  Group  may 
engage in a full range of financial services activities in Switzerland 
and  abroad,  including  personal  banking,  commercial  banking, 
investment banking and asset management. 

As a global systemically important bank (G-SIB), as designated 
by the Financial Stability Board, and a systemically relevant bank 
(SRB)  in  Switzerland,  we  are  subject  to  stricter  regulatory 
requirements and supervision than most other Swiss banks. The 
significant  changes  to  financial  regulation  after  the  financial 
crisis in 2008 have had a material effect on how we conduct our 
business and have required significant investment. 

  Refer to the “Our evolution” section of this report for more 

information 

  Refer to the “Regulatory and legal developments” and “Risk 

factors” sections of this report for more information 

Regulation and supervision in Switzerland 

Supervision 
UBS  Group  AG  and  its  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  consolidated 
supervision by FINMA under the Swiss Federal Law on Banks and 
Savings  Banks  (the  Swiss  Banking  Act)  and  related  ordinances, 
which  impose,  among  other  requirements,  minimum  standards 
for  capital,  liquidity,  risk  concentration  and  internal  organization. 
FINMA  fulfills  its  statutory  supervisory  responsibilities  through 
is 
licensing, 
responsible for prudential supervision and mandates audit firms to 
perform  regulatory  audits  and  other  supervisory  tasks  on  its 
behalf. 

supervision  and  enforcement. 

regulation, 

It 

Capital adequacy and liquidity regulation 
As  an  internationally  active  Swiss  SRB,  we  are  subject  to  capital 
and total loss-absorbing capacity requirements that are based on 
both risk-weighted assets and leverage ratio denominator and are 
among  the  most  stringent  in  the  world.  Furthermore,  we  are 
subject  to  short-term  liquidity  coverage  ratio  rules,  and  after  the 
net  stable  funding  ratio  will  have  been  brought  into  force  in 

Switzerland, which the Swiss Federal Council currently intends will 
be  by  mid-2021,  we  will  be  subject  to  long-term  minimum 
funding requirements. 

  Refer to the “Capital management” section of this report for 
more information about the Swiss SRB framework and the 

Swiss too-big-to-fail requirements 

  Refer to “Assets and liquidity management” in the “Treasury 

management” section of this report for more information about 

liquidity coverage ratio requirements 

  Refer to the “Regulatory and legal developments” section of 

this report for more information about the introduction of the 

net stable funding ratio 

Regulation and supervision outside Switzerland 

Regulation and supervision in the US 
In  the  US,  UBS  is  subject  to  regulation  and  supervision  by  the 
Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  (the  Federal 
Reserve  Board)  under  a  number  of  laws.  UBS  Group  AG  and 
UBS AG  are  both  subject  to  the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act, 
under which the Federal Reserve Board has supervisory authority 
over  the  US  operations  of  both  UBS  Group  AG  and  UBS  AG. 
UBS’s US operations are also subject to oversight by the Federal 
Reserve  Board’s  Large 
Institution  Supervision  Coordinating 
Committee. 

In  addition  to  being  a  financial  holding  company  under  the 
Bank Holding Company Act, UBS AG maintains several branches 
and  representative  offices  in  the  US,  which  are  authorized  and 
supervised  by  the  Office  of  the  Comptroller  of  the  Currency. 
UBS AG  is  registered  as  a  swap  dealer  with  the  Commodity 
Futures Trading Commission (the CFTC) and we expect that UBS 
AG  will  be  required  to  register  as  a  security-based  swap  dealer 
with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  SEC)  by  the 
registration date of 6 October 2021. 

UBS  Americas  Holding  LLC  –  the  intermediate  holding 
company  for  our  non-UBS  AG  branch  operations  in  the  US,  as 
required under the Dodd–Frank Act – is subject to requirements 
established  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  related  to  risk-based 
capital, liquidity, the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review 
stress  testing  and  capital  planning  process,  and  resolution 
planning and governance. 

49 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
primarily supervised by the Monetary Authority of Singapore and 
the Singapore Exchange. 

UBS  AG,  Hong  Kong  Branch  is  primarily  supervised  by  the 
Hong  Kong  Monetary  Authority.  UBS  Securities  Hong  Kong 
Limited, UBS Securities Asia Limited and UBS Asset Management 
(Hong Kong) Limited are primarily supervised by the Hong Kong 
Securities  and  Futures  Commission.  In  addition,  UBS  Securities 
Hong  Kong  Limited  is  supervised  by  the  Hong  Kong  Stock 
Exchange and the Hong Kong Futures Exchange. 

Financial crime prevention 

Combating money laundering and terrorist financing has been a 
major  focus  of  government  policies  relating  to  financial 
institutions  in  recent  years.  The  US  Bank  Secrecy  Act  and  other 
laws  and  regulations  require  the  maintenance  of  effective 
policies,  procedures  and  controls  to  detect,  prevent  and  report 
money  laundering  and  terrorist  financing,  and  to  verify  the 
identity  of  our  clients.  Failure  to  maintain  and  implement 
adequate  programs  to  prevent  money  laundering  and  terrorist 
financing could result in significant legal and reputation risk. 

In  addition,  we  are  subject  to  laws  and  regulations,  in 
jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate,  prohibiting  corrupt  or  illegal 
payments  to  government  officials  and  others,  including  the  US 
Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  and  the  UK  Bribery  Act.  We 
maintain  policies,  procedures  and  internal  controls  intended  to 
comply with those regulations. 

Data protection 

We are subject to regulations concerning the use and protection 
of  customer,  employee,  and  other  personal  and  confidential 
information.  This  includes  provisions  under  Swiss  law,  the  EU 
General  Data  Protection  Regulation  (the  GDPR)  and  laws  of 
other jurisdictions. 

If  implemented  as  proposed,  we  will  become  subject  to  a 
revised Swiss data protection law, which seeks to improve data 
protection  for  individuals  by  enhancing  the  transparency  and 
accountability rules for companies processing data, among other 
measures.  This  is  intended  to  ensure  the  equivalence  necessary 
for  the  continued  cross-border  transmission  of  data.  We  expect 
the Swiss parliament to pass the revised law in 2020 and expect it 
to take effect on 1 January 2021. 

  Refer to the “Risk factors” section of this report for more 

information about regulatory change 

Our strategy, business model and environment 
Regulation and supervision 

UBS  Bank  USA,  a  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation-
licensed  and 
institution  subsidiary, 

is 

insured  depository 
regulated by state regulators in Utah. 

UBS Financial Services Inc., UBS Securities LLC and several other 
US subsidiaries are subject to regulation by a number of different 
government  agencies  and  self-regulatory  organizations,  including 
the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, the CFTC, the 
Municipal  Securities  Rulemaking  Board  and  national  securities 
exchanges, depending on the nature of their business. 

Regulation and supervision in the UK 
Our  regulated  operations  in  the  UK  are  mainly  subject  to  the 
authority of the Prudential Regulation Authority (the PRA), which 
is  part  of  the  Bank  of  England,  and  the  Financial  Conduct 
Authority  (the  FCA).  We  are  also  subject  to  the  rules  of  the 
London  Stock  Exchange  and  other  securities  and  commodities 
exchanges of which UBS AG is a member. 

UBS  AG  and  UBS  Europe  SE  have  UK-registered  branches  in 
London.  UBS  AG,  London  Branch  serves  as  a  global  booking 
center  for  our  Investment  Bank.  In  addition,  our  regulated 
subsidiaries  in  the  UK  that  provide  asset  management  services 
are authorized and regulated mainly by the FCA, with one entity 
being also subject to the authority of the PRA. 

Regulation and supervision in Germany 
Certain  parts  of  the  businesses  of  UBS  Limited  have  been 
transferred  via  cross-border  merger  to  UBS  Europe  SE,  a 
Frankfurt-based  subsidiary  of  UBS  AG.  The  remainder  of  the 
businesses  not  merged  into  UBS  Europe  SE  were  transferred  to 
UBS AG, London Branch. As a result of the cross-border merger, 
UBS Europe SE has become a significant entity and is subject to 
the direct supervision of the European Central Bank, in addition 
to the continued conduct, consumer protection and anti-money 
laundering-related  supervision  by  the  German  BaFin  and  the 
supervisory  support  by  the  German  Bundesbank.  The  entity  is 
subject to EU and German laws and regulations. UBS Europe SE 
in  Austria,  Denmark,  France, 
maintains  branches 
Italy, 
Luxembourg, 
the  Netherlands,  Poland,  Spain,  Sweden, 
Switzerland and the UK, and is subject to conduct supervision by 
authorities in all those countries. 

Regulation and supervision in Singapore and Hong Kong 
In  Asia  Pacific  (APAC),  we  operate  from  13  locations  and  are 
therefore subject to the regulation and supervision by local financial 
regulators. The APAC regional hubs are Singapore and Hong Kong. 
UBS  AG,  Singapore  Branch  and  UBS  Securities  Pte.  Ltd.  are 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recovery and resolution 

Too-big-to-fail  legislation  in  Switzerland  requires  each  Swiss 
systemically relevant bank (SRB) to establish an emergency plan 
to  avoid  impending  insolvency  while  maintaining  systemic 
functions. In response to these requirements in Switzerland, and 
to similar requirements in other jurisdictions, UBS has developed 
recovery  plans  and  resolution  strategies,  as  well  as  plans  for 
restructuring  or  winding  down  businesses  if  the  firm  could  not 
be stabilized by other measures. 

In  2013,  FINMA  stated  its  preference  for  a  single  point  of 
entry (SPE) strategy for globally active SRBs, such as UBS, with a 
bail-in at the group holding company level. UBS has since made 
structural, financial and operational changes to facilitate an SPE 
strategy  and  is  confident  that  a  resolution  of  the  bank  is 
operationally  executable  and  legally  enforceable.  In  February 
2020,  FINMA  published  its  assessment  of  the  recovery  and 
resolution  plans  and  emergency  plans  for  Swiss  SRBs.  FINMA 
confirmed that our Swiss emergency plan is effective, subject to 
a further reduction of its joint and several liabilities. In addition, 
FINMA  confirmed  that  UBS  has  completed  important  measures 
and  made  considerable  progress  with  respect  to  its  global 
resolvability. 

UBS’s crisis management framework 

There  are  three  key  governance  bodies  within  the  UBS  Group 
crisis management framework (see the chart below), which take 

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:89)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:77) 

responsibility  and  action  depending  on  the  nature  of  the  stress 
incident and the scale of the response needed. 
– 

For  incident,  risk  and  crisis  management,  the  Group  Crisis 
Management  Committee  works  with  incident  management 
teams  who  provide  monitoring  and  early  warning  indicators 
to management at a local or regional level, without the need 
to activate protocols at the Group level. In the event that any 
local  response  is  insufficient,  global  task  forces  and  crisis 
management  teams  provide  decision-making  guidance  and 
coordination,  including  crisis  management  plans,  protocols 
and playbooks, as well as contingency funding plans. 
The  Group  Executive  Board  (the  GEB)  and  the  Board  of 
Directors (the BoD) of the Group would evaluate and decide 
upon the need to activate the Global Recovery Plan (the GRP) 
were  a  stress  event  to  reach  a  severity  that  required  such 
decision making, according to the risk indicators identified in 
the GRP. 
FINMA  has  the  authority  to  determine  whether  the  point  of 
impending  insolvency  as  defined  by  Swiss  law  has  been 
reached  and,  in  such  instances,  as  part  of  the  resolution 
strategy,  has  the  power  to  order  the  bail-in  of  creditors  to 
recapitalize  and  stabilize  the  Group,  limit  payments  of 
dividends  and  interest,  alter  our  legal  structure,  take  actions 
to reduce business risk, as well as to order a restructuring of 
the bank. 

– 

– 

(cid:43)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86) 

(cid:52)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86) 

(cid:52)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80) 

(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:71) 

(cid:41)(cid:39)(cid:36)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:36)(cid:81)(cid:38) 

(cid:41)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:91) 

(cid:39)(cid:90)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:91) 

(cid:43)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:2) 

(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:85) 

(cid:52)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:85) 

(cid:53)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:17)(cid:2)(cid:43)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:87)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71) 

(cid:36)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:67)(cid:78) 

(cid:36)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:85) 

(cid:50)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:85) 

(cid:47)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:78)(cid:91) 
(cid:89)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:85) 

(cid:37)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86) 
(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:91)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:81)(cid:77)(cid:85) 

(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:91) 
(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:85) 

(cid:52)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:91) 
(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:85) 

(cid:52)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80) 
(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85) 

(cid:85)
(cid:85)
(cid:71)
(cid:84)
(cid:86)
(cid:85)
(cid:2)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)

(cid:2)
(cid:78)

(cid:71)
(cid:88)
(cid:71)
(cid:46)

(cid:49)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2) 
(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:89)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:85) 

(cid:52)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:91) 
(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:85) 

(cid:46)(cid:75)(cid:83)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91) 
(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:85) 

(cid:53)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:70) 

(cid:50)(cid:81)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:80)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:15)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:68)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91) 

(cid:52)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:91) 

(cid:52)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80) 

51 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
Regulation and supervision 

Global Recovery Plan 
The  Global  Recovery  Plan  (the  GRP)  provides  UBS’s  senior 
management with a tool to respond to early warning indicators 
and identifies measures to restore financial strength should UBS 
come under severe capital and/or liquidity stress. 

Defined  quantitative  and  qualitative  triggers  are  monitored 
daily  and  are  subject  to  predefined  governance  and  escalation 
processes.  Fully  actionable  recovery  options  are  available  and 
provide a firm basis for the GEB Recovery Task Force for decision 
making  in  recovery.  Recovery  options  have  defined  execution 
owners and playbooks with the following objectives: 
–  capital  preservation,  such  as  reduction  of  future  dividends, 

incentive compensation reductions; 

–  capital  raising,  such  as  issuance  of  mandatory  convertible 

instruments; and 

–  raising funding, disposal or wind-down of businesses. 

Global Resolution Strategy 
The  Global  Resolution  Strategy  (the  GRS)  sets  out  measures  that 
can  be  taken  by  FINMA  to  resolve  UBS  in  an  orderly  manner,  in 
the  event  that  the  recovery  process  is  not  successful  and  the 
Group  enters  into  resolution.  UBS  submits  the  GRS  to  FINMA, 
which has the ultimate authority and responsibility to execute the 
resolution,  in  cooperation  with  the  Swiss  National  Bank,  the 
Federal Department of Finance and other key authorities through 
a  Crisis  Management  Group.  The  SPE  bail-in  strategy  would 
involve the write-down of remaining equity, additional tier 1 and 
tier  2  instruments  of  the  Group,  as  well  as  the  bail-in  of  total 
loss-absorbing (TLAC)-eligible senior unsecured bonds at the UBS 
Group AG level. At the same time, an internal recapitalization of 
the  affected  subsidiaries  would  be  executed,  allowing  the 
subsidiaries  to  transmit  incurred  losses  to  the  parent  bank,  UBS 
AG,  and  ultimately 
to  UBS  Group  AG.  Post-resolution 
restructuring measures could include the potential wind-down of 
businesses  and  assets,  as  well  as  business  disposals.  Preparatory 
work is ongoing. Overall, FINMA confirmed that UBS has already 
taken 
thus  made 
important  preparatory  steps  and  has 
considerable progress with respect to its global resolvability. 

(cid:54)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:15)(cid:67)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:68)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:53)(cid:38)(cid:2)(cid:26)(cid:27)(cid:16)(cid:24)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80) 

(cid:35)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:16)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:16)(cid:20)(cid:18)(cid:19)(cid:27)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:55)(cid:53)(cid:38)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80) 

(cid:41)(cid:81)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78) 
(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:41) 

(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:83)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:19)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78) 

(cid:41)(cid:81)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:19)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2) 

(cid:23)(cid:19)(cid:16)(cid:27) 

(cid:21)(cid:23)(cid:16)(cid:24) 

(cid:19)(cid:24)(cid:16)(cid:21) 

(cid:41)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78) 
(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:41)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2) 

(cid:21)(cid:25)(cid:16)(cid:26)

(cid:54)(cid:46)(cid:35)(cid:37)(cid:15)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:68)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:68)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:21)(cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:21) 

(cid:54)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:20)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78) 

(cid:25)(cid:16)(cid:22) 

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:41) 

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:41) 

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:42)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:46)(cid:46)(cid:37) 

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:53)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:92)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:41) 
(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:53)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:92)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:41)

(cid:55)(cid:36)(cid:53)(cid:2)(cid:39)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:53)(cid:39)

(cid:84)
(cid:71)
(cid:69)
(cid:67)
(cid:82)
(cid:75)
(cid:86)
(cid:67)

(cid:78)
(cid:75)

(cid:92)
(cid:67)
(cid:86)
(cid:75)
(cid:81)
(cid:80)

(cid:53)
(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:85)
(cid:75)
(cid:70)
(cid:67)
(cid:84)
(cid:91)
(cid:2)

(cid:75)

(cid:80)
(cid:81)
(cid:75)
(cid:85)
(cid:85)
(cid:75)

(cid:79)
(cid:85)
(cid:80)
(cid:67)
(cid:84)
(cid:86)
(cid:2)
(cid:85)
(cid:85)
(cid:81)
(cid:46)

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Local plans 
The  UBS  US  resolution  plan  sets  out  the  steps  which  could  be 
taken  to  resolve  the  UBS  Americas  Holding  LLC  group  in  the 
event  that  the  US  sub-group  suffered  material  financial  distress 
and  the  Group  was  either  unable  or  unwilling  to  provide 
financial  support.  As  required  by  the  US  resolution  planning 
regulations,  our  US  plan  contemplates  that  UBS  Americas 
Holding LLC will commence a bankruptcy proceeding in the US. 
Prior 
the  plan 
LLC  would 
that  UBS  Americas  Holding 
contemplates 
downstream financial resources to its subsidiaries to facilitate the 
orderly wind-down or disposal of businesses. 

to  commencement  of 

the  proceeding, 

Subsequent  to  the  cross-border  merger  of  UBS  Limited  into 
UBS Europe SE, the enlarged European operating subsidiary is in 
the  process  of  developing  resolution  planning  according  to 
Single  Resolution  Board  requirements.  In  view  of  the  relatively 
small  size  of  UBS  Europe  SE  compared  with  the  overall  Group, 

emphasis  is  placed  on  the  GRP  and  GRS  to  provide  the  tools 
necessary  to  recapitalize  and  restructure  the  company  in  the 
event of material financial distress. 

The  Swiss  emergency  plan  demonstrates  how  UBS’s 
systemically  important  functions  and  critical  operations  can 
continue  in  the  event  that  a  successful  restructuring  of  the 
Group is deemed not to be successful. This is achieved mainly by 
maintaining  UBS  Switzerland  AG  as  a  separate  legal  entity. 
FINMA has confirmed that the Swiss emergency plan is effective, 
subject to a further reduction of its joint and several liabilities. 

Other  local  recovery  and  resolution  plans  exist  for  various 
Group  entities  and  jurisdictions.  They  illustrate  how  local 
operations benefit from the GRP and the GRS, and also support 
the  global  plans.  UBS’s  operational  continuity  planning  is 
intended to ensure the uninterrupted provision of critical services 
even if certain Group entities are discontinued in a crisis. 

53 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
Regulatory and legal developments 

Regulatory and legal developments 

business  location.  The  federal  changes  resulting  from  this  tax 
reform do not have a significant  effect  on the tax expenses  for 
the  Group,  as  increases  resulting  from  the  reform  are  largely 
offset by tax rate reductions and other changes at the cantonal 
level. The federal reform became effective on 1 January 2020. 

The  reform  measures  also  provide  that  for  Switzerland-
domiciled companies with shares listed on a stock exchange no 
more than 50% of dividends may be, and at least 50% of share 
repurchases  for  redemption  must  be,  paid  out  of  capital 
contribution  reserves,  with  the  remainder  required  to  be  paid 
from retained earnings. As a result, at least 50% of all dividends 
paid after 1 January 2020, including dividends in respect of the 
financial year 2019, will be paid from retained earnings, and will 
be subject to a 35% Swiss withholding tax. As of 31 December 
2019,  UBS  held  CHF 13  billion  in  approved  capital  contribution 
reserves for potential future distributions to shareholders, either 
in the form of dividends or share repurchases. 

Separately,  following  a  change  in  Swiss  tax  law  as  of 
1 January 2019 that applies to holding companies of systemically 
relevant  banks  issuing  loss-absorbing  additional  tier 1  or  total 
loss-absorbing  capacity  (TLAC)-eligible  senior  unsecured  debt 
instruments,  UBS  will  no  longer  issue  such  instruments  out  of 
UBS  Group  Funding  (Switzerland)  AG  and  existing  instruments 
were migrated to UBS Group AG in October 2019. 

EU equivalence for Swiss trading venues 
In June 2019, the European Commission decided not to extend 
its equivalence decision for Swiss trading venues beyond the end 
of  June  2019,  citing  a  perceived  lack  of  progress  toward  the 
conclusion  of  an  institutional  framework  agreement  between 
Switzerland and the EU as the reason for this decision. 

In reaction, the Swiss Federal Council activated a contingency 
measure  to  protect  the  Swiss  stock  exchange  infrastructure, 
effective  as  of  1 July  2019.  The  Swiss  measure  introduced  a 
recognition  requirement  for  foreign  trading  venues  that  admit 
shares  issued  by  Swiss  incorporated  companies  to  trading,  with 
EU  trading  venues  having  their  recognition  revoked  due  to  the 
lack of reciprocity. To comply with this measure, trading in Swiss 
shares on EU trading venues ceased and was redirected to Swiss 
trading venues as of 1 July 2019, as permitted under EU law in 
the absence of eligible EU trading venues. 

We prepared for this scenario and, as of 1 July 2019, routed 
relevant  trade  flows  in  Swiss  shares  from  EU  to  Swiss  trading 
venues, with limited adjustment costs for UBS. 

Switzerland 

Swiss Federal Council adopts new rules on gone concern capital 
for G-SIBs 
In  November  2019,  the  Swiss  Federal  Council  adopted 
amendments to the Capital Adequacy Ordinance, which became 
effective  1 January  2020.  The  revisions  introduce  gone  concern 
capital  requirements  for  Switzerland-based  intermediate  parent 
banks  of  global  systemically  important  banks  (G-SIBs)  on  a 
standalone basis. As a consequence, UBS AG will be subject to: 
(i)  a  gone  concern  capital  requirement  on  its  third-party 
exposure  on  a  standalone  basis;  (ii)  an  additional  gone  concern 
capital  buffer  requirement  equal  to  30%  of  the  Group’s  gone 
requirement  on  UBS  AG’s  consolidated 
concern  capital 
exposure;  and  (iii)  a  gone  concern  capital  requirement  equal  to 
the  nominal  value  of  the  gone  concern  instruments  issued  by 
UBS  entities  and  held  by  the  parent  bank.  A  transitional  period 
until 2024 will be granted for the buffer requirement. 

Based on current estimates, and once the new requirements 
have  been  fully  phased  in,  we  expect  the  UBS  Group  to  be 
required  to  maintain  a  gone  concern  leverage  ratio  of  around 
75–100  basis  points  higher  than  what  would  be  required  to 
total 
meet 
loss-absorbing  capital  Group  requirement  at  the  end  of  the 
transition  phase  will  depend  on  a  number  of  components, 
including the subsidiaries’ loss-absorbing capacity at the time. 

requirements  alone.  The  actual 

the  Group 

The  revisions  also  reduced  the  gone  concern  requirement  of 
UBS  Switzerland  AG  to  62%  of  the  Group’s  gone  concern 
requirement  (before  rebate)  and  increased  the  minimum  gone 
concern  requirement  for  the  Group  (after  rebate)  from  3%  to 
ratio  denominator),  effective 
3.75% 
1 January 2022. 

(based  on 

leverage 

Finally, 

instruments  available 

to  meet  gone  concern 
requirements  remain  eligible  until  one  year  before  maturity; 
however, the current haircut of 50% in the last year of eligibility 
is no longer applied under the revised rules. 

  Refer to the “Capital management” section of this report for 

more information about the currently applicable requirements 

Swiss corporate tax reform 
In  May  2019,  the  Swiss  electorate  approved  corporate  tax 
reform measures that abolish preferential corporate tax regimes 
and introduce a series of tax measures aligned with Organisation 
for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) standards, 
while  seeking  to  maintain  Switzerland’s  competitiveness  as  a 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swiss National Bank adjustment to the zero interest rate 
exemption threshold 
In  September  2019,  the  Swiss  National  Bank 
(the  SNB) 
announced  adjustments  to  the  calculation  of  the  amount  of 
sight deposits at the SNB that are exempt from negative interest 
rates.  The  exemption  threshold  has  been  increased  from  20  to 
25  times  each  bank’s  minimum  requirement.  In  addition,  the 
threshold  will  be  updated  on  a  monthly  basis.  These  changes 
came into effect on 1 November 2019. The SNB communicated 
that  this  decision  was  taken  based  on  the  assumption  that  the 
low  interest  rate  environment  around  the  world  will  persist  for 
some  time.  In  its  December  2019  monetary  policy  assessment, 
the  SNB 
its  previously  announced  policy  measures 
unchanged. UBS maintains significant sight deposits at the SNB. 
The  adjustments  to  the  exemption  threshold  calculation  benefit 
our net interest income. 

left 

Swiss Federal Council communicated its intention to bring the 
NSFR into force by mid-2021 
Having delayed the introduction of net stable funding ratio (NSFR) 
requirements  in  Switzerland  over  the  previous  two  years  to  align 
with  developments  in  the  EU  and  the  US,  the  Swiss  Federal 
Council  communicated  its  intention  in  November  2019  to  adopt 
the associated ordinance amendments in early summer 2020, and 
bring  them  into  force  by  mid-2021.  The  Federal  Department  of 
Finance was mandated to finalize the regulatory texts jointly with 
relevant  stakeholders,  including  affected  banks,  in  the  coming 
months.  If  implemented  as  originally  proposed  in  the  2017 
consultation,  the  introduction  of  the  NSFR  could  result  in  a 
significant increase in long-term funding requirements on a legal 
entity level. 

Automatic exchange of information 
In  September  2019,  as  a  consequence  of  the  automatic 
exchange  of  information  (AEI)  introduced  in  Switzerland  as  of 
1 January 2017, the Swiss Federal Tax Administration exchanged 
information on financial accounts with 75 countries. With 63 of 
these countries, the exchange was reciprocal. In the case of 12 
countries, Switzerland received information, but did not provide 
any,  either  because  those  countries  do  not  yet  meet  the 
international  requirements  on  confidentiality  and  data  security 
(Belize,  Bulgaria,  Costa  Rica,  Curaçao,  Cyprus,  Montserrat, 
Romania and Saint Vincent and the Grenadines) or because they 
chose  not  to  receive  data  (Bermuda,  the  British  Virgin  Islands, 
the  Cayman  Islands,  and  the  Turks  and  Caicos  Islands).  The 
Federal  Tax  Administration  sent  information  on  around  3.1 
million  financial  accounts  to  the  partner  states  and  received 
information  on  around  2.4  million  from  them.  Subject  to  the 
exchange  are  identification,  account  and  financial  information, 
including name, address, state of residence and tax identification 
number,  as  well  as  information  concerning  the  reporting 
financial  institution,  account  balance,  income  payments  and 
gross proceeds. UBS is committed to full compliance with its AEI 
obligations. 

Tightened self-regulation for income-producing real estate 
the  Swiss  Bankers 
In  August  2019,  FINMA  approved 
Association’s  revised  self-regulation  on  mortgage  lending  for 
income-producing  real  estate.  The  revisions 
increase  the 
minimum  equity  required  for  new  and  increased  mortgages  on 
these  properties,  from  10%  to  25%  of  the  market  value  at 
origination, and require mortgages to amortize to two-thirds of 
the  market  value  at  origination  within  10  years  (previously  15 
years).  UBS  Switzerland  AG  is  subject  to  the  revised  self-
regulation that came into effect on 1 January 2020. We expect 
the overall effect on UBS to be limited. 

Europe 

Update on the UK’s withdrawal from the EU 
Based on  recent  developments, the  UK and EU are  expected  to 
negotiate  the  terms  of  their  future  relationship  during  a 
transition period intended to end 31 December 2020, including 
the  granting  of  equivalence  determinations  for  the  UK  under 
existing EU financial services legislation. 

UBS  implemented  contingency  plans  through  the  combined 
UK  business  transfer  and  cross-border  merger  of  UBS  Limited 
into UBS Europe SE (UBS ESE) in March 2019. 

The European Commission has confirmed an extension of the 
temporary equivalence for UK central counterparties (CCPs) until 
31  January  2021.  Should  the  UK  exit  the  transition  period 
without  the  necessary  equivalence  determination  in  place,  UBS 
ESE’s  exposures  to  UK  CCPs  would  need  to  be  migrated  to  an 
EU CCP ahead of the 31 January 2021 deadline. In the absence 
of  an  agreement  on  the  future  EU–UK  relationship  or 
equivalence  determinations  covering  relevant  financial  services, 
however, the industry would face a number of market structure 
issues  that  await  resolution  between  the  UK  and  EU  in  2020, 
such  as  the  operation  of  the  derivatives  and  share  trading 
obligations  under  the  EU’s  Markets  in  Financial  Instruments 
Directive II (MiFID II). 

UK operational resilience requirements 
In December 2019, the UK regulators (the Bank of England, the 
Prudential  Regulation  Authority  (the  PRA)  and  the  Financial 
Conduct  Authority)  issued  a  consultation  on  their  operational 
resilience  expectations 
financial  market 
infrastructures  (FMIs).  To  complement  this,  the  PRA  is  also 
consulting  on  outsourcing  and  third-party  risk  management 
requirements. 

for  banks  and 

The proposals will require firms and FMIs to identify their key 
business  services  and  set  impact  tolerances  (i.e.,  the  maximum 
level of disruption that would be tolerated) for each one. Firms 
will  also  be  required  to  test  their  ability  to  deliver  important 
business services within impact tolerances in severe but plausible 
scenarios. 

UBS  is  in  the  process  of  adapting  its  existing  operational 
resilience  framework  to  the  new  methodology  set  out  in  the 
consultations.  Impact  tolerances  will  be  clearly  defined  and 
scenarios will be designed and implemented to test our controls 
and maintain operations within those impact tolerances. 

55 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
Regulatory and legal developments 

International 

Developments on anti-money laundering 
There  has  been  increasing  focus  on  anti-money  laundering 
(AML),  including  on  international  collaboration,  supervisory 
information  sharing,  and  on  divergences  in  the  criteria  and 
methodologies  of  the  Financial  Action  Task  Force  (FATF). 
Authorities  also  recognized  the 
increased  role  played  by 
technology  in  facilitating  AML  compliance,  but  also  in  opening 
new  doors  for  malicious  activities.  In  this  context,  the  FATF 
consulted  on  “Draft  Guidance  on  Digital  Identity”,  which  aims 
to clarify how digital identity systems can be used for customer 
due  diligence.  The  FATF  also  updated  its  standards  that  require 
crypto-exchanges  to  identify  their  customers  and  make  that 
information available to law enforcement authorities. Separately, 
the  Basel  Committee  on  Banking  Supervision  (BCBS)  consulted 
on the introduction of guidelines on interaction and cooperation 
between  prudential  and  AML  and  counter-terrorist  financing 
supervision.  In  the  EU,  there  has  been  focus  on  strengthening 
the  implementation  of  the  EU  AML  rules,  including  via  a 
strengthened  role  of  the  European  Banking  Authority  (EBA)  in 
rulemaking  and  supervision,  and  discussions  are  ongoing  on  a 
possible creation of an EU AML Agency. 

a 

using 

approach, 

risk-based 

In  Switzerland,  the  Federal  Council  adopted  a  dispatch  on 
amending  the  Anti-Money  Laundering  Act  (the  AMLA)  on 
26 June  2019.  According  to  the  proposal,  advisors,  such  as 
lawyers  and  other  professionals,  will  be  subject  to  the  AMLA. 
financial 
Additionally, 
intermediaries  will  be  required  to  verify  certain  information 
regarding  beneficial  ownership  and  will  also  be  required  to 
periodically review client profiles to assess whether they are up-
to-date. In the US, various amendments and guidance regarding 
US  AML  laws  were  introduced,  including  on  issues  such  as 
beneficial  ownership,  information  sharing,  privacy  protections, 
risk management, and examination priorities. In APAC, the FATF 
and  the  Asia/Pacific  Group  on  Money  Laundering  (the  APG) 
carried  out  an  evaluation  of  Japan  and  adopted  six  mutual 
evaluation  reports  which  will  drive  AML  policy  development  in 
the region for the years to come. 

Developments on data protection 
There has been an increased focus on data protection regulation 
and in particular on how technology is changing the context and 
international  coordination  of  data  policies,  in  the  absence  of  a 
single  global  data  protection  regulatory  body.  This  included 
considerations for clarity regarding the ability of banks to use big 
data analytics, addressing privacy and security concerns aimed at 
giving  individuals  more  control  over  how  their  data  is  collected 
and  used,  and  smooth  transfers  of  data  across  borders.  In  the 
EU,  the  focus  was  on  ongoing  implementation  of  the  General 

56 

Data  Protection  Regulation  (the  GDPR)  and  addressing  the 
inconsistencies  between  the  GDPR  and  other  EU  legislation. 
Additionally,  the  EBA  outlined  key  challenges  in  the  roll  out  of 
big  data  and  advanced  analytics.  EU–UK  data  transfers  require 
use of EU-approved standard contractual clauses in the absence 
of  UK  and  EU  adequacy  decisions.  UBS  completed  a  review  in 
2019 intended to ensure that EU-approved standard contractual 
clauses  are  included  in  all  relevant  contracts.  In  Switzerland, 
parliamentary  debate  on 
revision  and 
the 
modernization  of  the  Federal  Data  Protection  Act  took  place 
throughout  2019  and  will  continue  in  2020.  Linked  to  the 
revision is the Swiss Federal Council’s adoption of a dispatch to 
approve the Council of Europe data protection convention. The 
European  Commission  is  expected  to  publish  an  adequacy 
decision  on  the  level  of  Swiss  data  protection  compared  to  the 
EU  GDPR  in  the  first  quarter  of  2020.  In  the  US,  California  has 
become  the  first  state  to  adopt  its  own  comprehensive 
regulatory framework, the California Consumer Privacy Act. 

fundamental 

Regulatory approaches to stablecoins 
Stablecoins in general and the Libra project specifically continue 
to receive significant regulatory attention. 

At the international level, a G7 report identified stablecoins as 
one of nine significant risks, giving rise to money laundering and 
tax  compliance  risks.  The  Financial  Stability  Board  (the  FSB) 
announced  a  review  of  the  existing  supervisory  and  regulatory 
approaches in addressing financial stability and systemic risks of 
stablecoins,  and  is  expected  to  issue  a  consultation  in  April 
2020. The International Organization of Securities Commissions 
examined  how  securities 
legislation  may  apply  to  global 
stablecoins and recommended a case-by-case approach. 

In the EU, the European Commission and the Council of the 
EU  stated  that  no  global  stablecoin  initiative  should  operate  in 
the  EU  until  the  legal,  regulatory  and  oversight  challenges  and 
risks have been adequately identified and addressed. 

In  the  US,  Congress  introduced  a  bill  to  classify  stablecoins 
as  securities  and  to  regulate  stablecoins  under  the  Securities 
Act of 1933. 

In  Switzerland,  FINMA  outlined  its  treatment  of  stablecoins 
under  Swiss  supervisory  law,  stating  that  it  would  consider 
“substance  over  form”  and  apply  a  principle-based  and 
technology-neutral approach. In addition, FINMA responded to a 
request from the Libra Association, providing an initial indication 
of the application of Swiss regulation, and highlighting the need 
for international regulatory coordination. 

In  the  UK,  the  Bank  of  England  recommended  the  UK 
Treasury  consider  adjusting  the  UK  regulatory  framework  for 
payments to take into account innovations, such as stablecoins, 
by  applying  a  risk-based  approach  and  standards  equivalent  to 
those applied to traditional payment chains. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FSB efforts on new and emerging vulnerabilities in the financial 
system and resolvability of systemically important financial 
institutions (banks and CCPs) 
As part of its priorities for 2020, the FSB communicated that it will 
reinforce  its  forward-looking  monitoring  of  developments  to 
identify,  assess  and  address  new  and  emerging  vulnerabilities  in 
the  financial  system.  Focus  topics  include  developments  and 
financial  stability  considerations  around  fintech,  regulatory  issues 
from  global  stablecoins,  cross-border  payment  systems,  interest 
rate benchmark reforms, implications of the extended low interest 
environment,  leveraged  loans  and  collateralized  loan  obligations, 
as  well  as  financial  stability  implications  of  climate  change.  The 
FSB also pointed to remaining gaps in making resolution strategies 
and  plans  operational  with  respect  to  banks  and  central 
counterparties (CCPs). Regarding banks, the FSB plans to address 
challenges  related  to  finding  the  appropriate  balance  between 
group-internal distribution of total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC) 
and  non-pre-positioned  resources  and  ensuring  access  to 
temporary  liquidity  as  needed  by  firms  going  through  resolution. 
Concerning  CCPs,  the  FSB  seeks  to  further  strengthen  their 
resilience  and  resolvability  by  continuing  its  work  on  financial 
resources  and  tools  to  support  orderly  resolution,  with  a  related 
consultation expected for the second quarter of 2020. 

Basel III implementation across jurisdictions 
In Switzerland, the technical work on implementation of the Basel 
III rules finalized in 2017 started in the second half of 2019, led by 
the  Swiss  Federal  Department  of  Finance  and  FINMA.  However, 
none of the proposals have been made public so far. 

The  European  Commission  (the  EC)  consulted  on  the  EU’s 
approach  to  the  implementation  of  the  remaining  elements  of 
Basel  III  (including  the  market  risk  framework,  the  standardized 
approach to credit risk, operational risk and the output floor). The 
EC is expected to publish legislative proposals by June 2020. UBS’s 
EU entities, principally UBS Europe SE, will be in scope of the EU 
requirements. US regulators have not yet proposed rules regarding 
the implementation of the remaining elements of Basel III. 

Regulators  in  jurisdictions  relevant  to  UBS  are  committed  to 
meeting the BCBS implementation timeline for final Basel III rules 
as of 1 January 2022. However, we expect the effective dates to 
be later due to transition periods. 

Regulatory developments related to sustainable finance 
In the EU, political agreement has been reached on key elements 
of  the  EC’s  Sustainable  Finance  Action  Plan  issued  in  March 
2018, including: (i) a sustainable finance taxonomy determining 
certain 
whether  an  economic  activity 

contributes 

to 

for  banks 

requirements 

environmental  objectives  and  does  no  harm  to  others;  (ii) 
that  offer  portfolio 
disclosure 
management services to provide transparency on the promotion 
of  environmental  or  social  characteristics  and  of  sustainable 
investments 
types  of 
benchmarks aiming to reduce the carbon footprint of a standard 
investment  portfolio  or  specifically  contribute  to  attaining  the 
two  degrees  Celsius  reduction  target  set  out  in  the  Paris 
Agreement of 2015. 

reports;  and 

in  periodic 

two 

(iii) 

The EC also published draft rules that amend delegated acts 
under MiFID II and the Insurance Distribution Directive aiming at 
obliging  investment  firms  and  insurance  distributors  to  include 
environmental,  social  and  governance 
(ESG)  factors  and 
preferences  in  the  advice  that  investment  firms  offer  to  their 
clients. 

In  Switzerland,  the  Federal  Council  created  a  working  group 
headed by the State Secretariat for International Finance (the SIF) 
tasked  with  reviewing  regulatory  developments  in  the  area  of 
sustainable finance, such as the impact of the EC action plan on 
Switzerland. A report is expected for spring 2020 containing the 
results of this review and proposals for Switzerland’s regulatory 
approach to sustainable finance. The effect on UBS will depend 
on the recommendations made in this report. 

Separately,  2019  saw  a  number  of  developments  related  to 
management of financial risks. In April 2019, the UK Prudential 
Regulation  Authority 
(the  PRA)  published  a  supervisory 
statement  on  enhancing  banks’  and  insurers’  approaches  to 
managing the financial risk from climate change. 

The  Bank  of  England  (the  BoE)  has  published  a  discussion 
paper setting out its proposed framework for the 2021 biennial 
exploratory scenario (BES) exercise. The objective of the BES is to 
test  the  resilience  of  the  largest  banks  and  insurers  to  the 
physical  and  transition  risks  associated  with  different  possible 
climate  scenarios,  and  the  financial  system’s  exposure  more 
broadly  to  climate-related  risk.  The  BES  is  the  part  of  the  BoE’s 
stress  testing  framework  used  to  explore  less  well-understood 
risks that are not neatly linked to the financial cycle. 

In  Switzerland,  parliament  adopted  a  new  draft  for  the 
revision of the CO2 Act to implement the reduction goals of the 
Paris Agreement until 2030. The draft contains a new provision 
mandating  the  SNB  and  FINMA  to  assess  climate-related 
financial risks in the financial sector. 

In  Hong  Kong,  the  Hong  Kong  Monetary  Authority  has 
developed  the  Common  Assessment  Framework  on  Green  and 
Sustainable  Banking  for  authorized  institutions  to  conduct  self-
assessments  of  their  readiness  and  preparedness  in  managing 
climate- and environment-related risks. 

57 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
Regulatory and legal developments 

Developments related to the transition away from IBORs 
Liquidity  and  activity  in  alternative  reference  rates  (ARRs) 
continue  to  develop  in  markets  around  the  world,  with  work 
issues  associated  with 
progressing 
transitioning  away  from 
(IBORs). 
Regulatory  authorities  continue  to  focus  on  transitioning  to 
ARRs by the end of 2021. 

interbank  offered  rates 

resolve  certain 

to 

In June 2019, the SNB introduced the SNB policy rate, which 
replaces  the  previously  used  target  range  for  the  three-month 
CHF  LIBOR.  The  SNB  policy  rate  signals  the  interest  rate  level 
for  secured  short-term  money  market  rates,  with  a  focus  on 
the  Swiss  Average  Rate  Overnight  (SARON).  The  introduction 
of  the  SNB  policy  rate  is  also  intended  to  foster  an  early 
transition to SARON. 

The  Financial  Conduct  Authority  and  Bank  of  England 
encourage  switches  from  LIBOR  to  the  Sterling  Overnight  Index 
Average  (SONIA)  for  sterling  interest  rate  swaps  from  the  first 
quarter  of  2020.  In  addition,  banks  need  to  target  a  stopping 
point  with  regard  to  the  issuance  of  cash  products  linked  to 
sterling  LIBOR  by  the  end  of  the  third  quarter  of  2020  and  a 
significant  reduction  of  the  number  of  existing  contracts  in 
circulation that reference the rate. 

The  European  Central  Bank  published  the  euro  short-term 
rate  (€STR),  the  ARR  for  EUR  markets,  for  the  first  time  in 
October 2019. 

Liquidity in the US Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) 
is  still  developing  and  is  concentrated  among  a  few  issuers, 
primarily  government-sponsored  enterprises.  SOFR  averages 
are  expected  to  be  published  beginning  in  the  first  half  of 
2020. The US Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) 
has issued no-action letters that provide relief and ensure that 
market  participants  are  not  penalized  as  they  transition  from 
LIBOR to ARRs. 

We  have  a  substantial  number  of  contracts  linked  to  IBORs. 
ARRs  do  not  currently  provide  a  term  structure,  which  will 
require  a  change  in  the  contractual  terms  of  products  currently 
indexed  on  terms  other  than  overnight.  We  have  established  a 
cross-divisional, cross-regional governance structure and change 
program to address the scale and complexity of the transition. 

USA 

that 

tailor  how  certain  capital  and 

Tailoring of regulation for foreign banks in the US 
On  10 October  2019,  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  adopted  two 
liquidity 
proposals 
requirements  and  enhanced  prudential  standards  apply  to 
foreign  banking  organizations 
(FBOs)  with  significant  US 
operations. Under the final rules, FBOs and their US intermediate 
holding  companies  (IHCs)  will  be  assigned  to  categories  based 
on  their  size  measured  in  total  assets  as  well  as  on  scores 
relating  to  four  other  risk-based  indicators:  non-bank  assets,  a 
weighted measure of short-term wholesale funding, off-balance 
sheet exposure and cross-jurisdictional activity. 

Each  of  UBS  Americas  Holdings  LLC  (our  IHC)  and  our 
combined  US  operations,  which  include  our  IHC  and  US 

58 

branches  of  UBS  AG,  are  “Category  III”  firms  under  the  final 
rule.  In  this  category,  among  other  things,  UBS  Americas 
Holding LLC will continue to be: (i) required to submit its capital 
plan annually; (ii) subject to limitations on distributions through 
the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) process; 
(iii)  subject  to  annual  supervisory  stress  testing;  and  (iv)  subject 
to the supplementary leverage ratio. It will also become subject 
to the newly applicable liquidity coverage ratio requirements and 
the  proposed  net  stable  funding  ratio  requirements.  “Category 
III firms” are now required to conduct company-run stress tests 
once  every  two  years,  rather  than  annually,  and  to  submit  US 
resolution plans once every three years. 

On  9  July  2019,  US  regulators  adopted  rules  intended  to 
simplify compliance with certain capital requirements for certain 
categories  of  organizations,  including  Category  III  organizations 
such as UBS Americas Holding LLC. 

Volcker Rule revisions 
US  regulators  have  adopted  amendments  (2019  Final  Rule)  to 
their regulations implementing the Volcker Rule prohibitions on 
proprietary  trading  and  limitations  on  covered  fund  activities. 
The  amendments  became  effective  1  January  2020,  with 
compliance  voluntary  from  that  date  and  mandatory  from 
1 January 2021. 

Among other changes, the 2019 Final Rule tailors compliance 
program  obligations  for  trading  activities  in  tiers  based  on  the 
level  of  US  trading  assets  and  liabilities  and  relaxes  certain 
conditions  for  exemptions  to  the  Volcker  Rule  restrictions  to 
apply to activities engaged in by foreign banking entities outside 
the  United  States.  We  expect  UBS  will  fall  within  the 
“Significant”  category,  which  will  require  UBS  to  maintain  its 
compliance  program  but  should  eliminate  certain  reporting 
requirements. 

On  30  January  2020,  US  regulators  proposed  further 
amendments  to  their  Volcker  Rule  regulations.  The  proposed 
amendments  would  permit  banking  entities  to  engage  in 
additional  activities  with  covered  funds  compared  with  the 
existing regulations. 

Final BEAT tax regulations issued 
In December 2019, the US Treasury Department and the Internal 
Revenue  Service  issued  final  regulations  regarding  the  base 
erosion and anti-abuse tax (BEAT). BEAT was introduced as part 
of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 with the intended purpose 
of  preventing  US  corporations  from  unduly  reducing  their  US 
taxable  income  through  payments  to  related  foreign  parties. 
While  generally  retaining  most  features  of  the  proposed 
regulations issued in December 2018, including those that were 
considered helpful to foreign banks operating through branches 
and  subsidiaries  in  the  US  (such  as  UBS),  the  final  regulations 
contain a number of meaningful clarifications and changes. We 
continue  to  expect  to  have  nil  to  limited  exposure  to  BEAT  for 
the foreseeable future, primarily because payments that our US 
branches and subsidiaries make to related parties outside the US 
are expected to remain below the applicable BEAT thresholds. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US Regulation Best Interest 
The  SEC  has  adopted  rules  and  interpretations  intended  to 
enhance  customer  protection  of  retail  investors.  The  effective 
date  of  these  new  provisions  will  be  30 June  2020.  The  new 
rules are intended to align the legal requirements and mandated 
disclosures  for  broker-dealers  and  investment  advisers  with 
reasonable  investor  expectations,  while  preserving  access,  in 
terms of choice and cost, to a variety of investment services and 
products. 

Regulation  Best  Interest  elevates  the  standard  of  care  for 
broker-dealers  from  the  current  “suitability”  requirement  to  a 
newly  defined  “best  interest”  standard,  which  applies  to  any 
securities  transaction  or  investment  strategy  involving  securities 
offered to a retail customer and makes clear that a broker-dealer 
may  not  put  its  financial  interests  ahead  of  the  interests  of  a 
retail customer when making recommendations. The  regulation 
also  creates  new  disclosure  requirements  and  additional 
compliance  program  requirements.  Implementation  of  these 
changes  will  require  operational  and  supervisory  changes  for 
UBS’s US broker-dealers. 

US Securities and Exchange Commission adopts US security-
based swaps regulations 
In  2019,  the  SEC  adopted  a  number  of  rules  and  rule 
amendments for security-based swap dealers (SBSDs), including: 
(i)  capital,  margin  and  segregation  requirements;  (ii)  record-
keeping,  reporting  and  notification  requirements;  and  (iii)  the 
application  of  risk  mitigation  techniques  to  uncleared  portfolios 
of  security-based  swaps.  In  December  2019,  the  SEC  also 
adopted  rules  and  interpretations  (effective  6  April  2020) 
intended  to  expand  and  improve  the  framework  for  regulating 

cross-border  security-based  swaps.  The  December  2019  rules 
address  registration  requirements  for  foreign  SBSDs,  including 
guidance  on  the  process  for  obtaining  substituted  compliance 
for  non-US  SBSDs.  We  expect  that  UBS  AG  will  be  required  to 
register as an SBSD. The date for security-based swap entities to 
register with the SEC, and to comply with other securities-based 
(including  margin,  capital,  segregation, 
swaps  regulations 
record-keeping 
conduct 
requirements), is 6 October 2021. 

and  business 

reporting, 

and 

APAC 

China further opening up its financial sector 
In  July  2019,  China’s  Office  of  the  Financial  Stability  and 
Development  Committee  and  the  State  Administration  of 
Foreign  Exchange  announced  measures  designed  to  accelerate 
the  opening  up  of  the  financial  sector  to  foreign  financial 
institutions  and  investors.  Measures  include:  the  removal  of 
foreign  ownership  limits  on  securities,  fund  management  and 
futures  companies  one  year  earlier,  in  2020;  encouraging 
overseas financial institutions to establish and invest in asset and 
wealth  management  entities  and  currency  brokers,  and 
participate  in  the  bond  market;  and  eliminating  requirements 
and quotas for qualified foreign investors to invest in China. 

The accelerated removal of the ownership caps for securities 
companies  means  that  UBS  AG  is  expected  to  be  permitted  to 
increase its stake in UBS Securities China from the current level 
of  51%  to  100%  from  1 December  2020.  UBS  Asset 
Management  will  be  permitted  to  apply  for  a  fully  owned 
securities  investment  fund  management  company  from  1 April 
2020. 

59 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
Risk factors 

Risk factors 

Certain  risks,  including  those  described  below,  may  affect  our 
ability to execute our strategy or our business activities, financial 
condition, results of operations and prospects. We are inherently 
exposed to multiple risks, many of which may become apparent 
only with the benefit of hindsight. As a result, risks that we do 
not  consider  to  be  material  or  of  which  we  are  not  currently 
aware could also adversely affect us. Within each category, the 
risks that we consider to be most material are presented first. 

Market and macroeconomic risks 

Performance in the financial services industry is affected by 
market conditions and the macroeconomic climate 
Our  businesses  are  materially  affected  by  market  and 
macroeconomic  conditions.  Adverse  changes  in  interest  rates, 
credit  spreads,  securities  prices,  market  volatility  and  liquidity, 
foreign  exchange  rates,  commodity  prices,  and  other  market 
fluctuations, as well as changes in investor sentiment, can affect 
our earnings and ultimately our financial and capital positions. 

A market downturn and weak macroeconomic conditions can 
be  precipitated  by  a  number  of  factors,  including  geopolitical 
events,  global  trade  disruption,  changes  in  monetary  or  fiscal 
policy,  changes  in  trade  policies,  natural  disasters,  pandemics, 
civil  unrest,  acts  of  violence,  war  or 
terrorism.  Such 
developments  can  have  unpredictable  and  destabilizing  effects 
and,  because 
financial  markets  are  global  and  highly 
interconnected,  even  local  and  regional  events  can  have 
widespread  effects  well  beyond  the  countries  in  which  they 
occur. For example, the outbreak of the Covid-19 virus in China, 
its  spread  to  other  nations  as  well  as  quarantine  and  other 
efforts  to  contain  the  outbreak  appear  to  have  had  an  adverse 
economic  effect  on  economic  activity  in  China  as  well  as  on 
industries  such  as  travel  and  tourism.  The  future  effects  of  the 
outbreak of Covid-19 are unclear at this time. A significant rise 
in the number of Covid-19 infections, infections in a wide range 
of  countries  and  regions,  or  a  prolongation  of  the  outbreak 
could  significantly  adversely  affect  economic  growth,  affect 
specific  industries  or  countries  or  affect  our  employees  and 
business  operations 
in  affected  countries.  Any  of  these 
developments  may  adversely  affect  our  business  or  financial 
results. 

If  individual  countries  impose  restrictions  on  cross-border 
payments,  trade,  or  other  exchange  or  capital  controls,  or 
change  their  currency  (for  example,  if  one  or  more  countries 
should  leave  the  eurozone),  we  could  suffer  losses  from 
enforced default by counterparties, be unable to access our own 
assets, or be unable to effectively manage our risks. 

Should the market experience significant volatility, a decrease 
in  business  and  client  activity  and  market  volumes  could  result, 
which would adversely affect our ability to generate transaction 
fees,  commissions  and  margins,  particularly  in  Global  Wealth 
Management  and  the  Investment  Bank,  as  we  experienced  in 

60 

invested  assets 

the  fourth  quarter  of  2018.  A  market  downturn  would  likely 
reduce  the  volume  and  valuation  of  assets  that  we  manage  on 
behalf of clients, which would reduce recurring fee income that 
is  charged  based  on 
in  Global  Wealth 
Management  and  Asset  Management  and  performance-based 
fees in Asset Management. Such a downturn could also cause a 
decline  in  the  value  of  assets  that  we  own  and  account  for  as 
investments  or  trading  positions.  In  addition,  reduced  market 
liquidity  or  volatility  may  limit  trading  opportunities  and  may 
therefore reduce transaction-based income and may also impede 
our ability to manage risks. 

We could be materially affected if a crisis develops, regionally 
or  globally,  as  a  result  of  disruptions  in  markets  due  to 
macroeconomic  or  political  developments,  or  as  a  result  of  the 
failure  of  a  major  market  participant.  Over  time,  our  strategic 
plans  have  become  more  heavily  dependent  on  our  ability  to 
generate  growth  and  revenue  in  emerging  markets,  including 
China,  causing  us  to  be  more  exposed  to  the  risks  associated 
with such markets. 

Global  Wealth  Management  derives  revenues  from  all  the 
principal  regions,  but  has  a  greater  concentration  in  Asia  than 
many  peers  and  a  substantial  presence  in  the  US,  unlike  many 
European peers. The Investment Bank’s business is more heavily 
weighted to Europe and Asia than our peers, while its derivatives 
business  is  more  heavily  weighted  to  structured  products  for 
wealth  management  clients,  in  particular  with  European  and 
Asian  underlyings.  Our  performance  may  therefore  be  more 
affected  by  political,  economic  and  market  developments  in 
these regions and businesses, including the effects of the Covid-
19 outbreak, than some other financial service providers. 

Low and negative interest rates in Switzerland and the eurozone 
could continue to negatively affect our net interest income 
The  continuing  low  or  negative  interest  rate  environment  may 
further  erode  interest  margins  and  adversely  affect  the  net 
interest income generated by the Personal & Corporate Banking 
and Global Wealth Management businesses. The Swiss National 
Bank permits Swiss banks to make deposits up to a threshold at 
zero  interest  and  has  recently  increased  this  threshold.  Any 
reduction in or limitation on the use of this exemption from the 
otherwise applicable negative interest rates could exacerbate the 
effect of negative interest rates in Switzerland on our business. 

Low  and  negative  interest  rates  may  also  affect  customer 
behavior  and  hence  our  overall  balance  sheet  structure. 
Mitigating actions that we have taken, or may take in the future, 
such  as  the  introduction  of  selective  deposit  fees  or  minimum 
lending rates, have resulted and may further result in the loss of 
customer  deposits  (a  key  source  of  funding  for  us),  net  new 
money  outflows  and  a  declining  market  share  in  our  Swiss 
lending business. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  shareholders’  equity  and  capital  are  also  affected  by 
changes  in  interest  rates.  In  particular,  the  calculation  of  our 
Swiss  pension  plan’s  net  defined  benefit  assets  and  liabilities  is 
sensitive  to  the  applied  discount  rate  and  to  fluctuations  in  the 
value  of  pension  plan  assets.  Any  further  reduction  in  interest 
rates  may  lower  the  discount  rates  and  result  in  pension  plan 
deficits  as  a  result  of  the  long  duration  of  corresponding 
liabilities.  This  could  lead  to  a  corresponding  reduction  in  our 
equity and common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital. 

Our credit risk exposure to clients, trading counterparties and 
other financial institutions would increase under adverse 
economic conditions 
Credit risk is an integral part of many of our activities, including 
lending,  underwriting  and  derivatives  activities.  Adverse 
economic  or  market  conditions  may  lead  to  impairments  and 
defaults  on  these  credit  exposures.  Losses  may  be  exacerbated 
by  declines  in  the  value  of  collateral  securing  loans  and  other 
exposures.  In  our  prime  brokerage,  securities  finance  and 
Lombard  lending  businesses,  we  extend  substantial  amounts  of 
credit against securities collateral, the value or liquidity of which 
may decline rapidly. Our Swiss mortgage and corporate lending 
portfolios  are  a  large  part  of  our  overall  lending.  We  are 
therefore exposed to the risk of adverse economic developments 
in Switzerland, including the strength of the Swiss franc and its 
effect on Swiss exports, prevailing negative interest rates by the 
Swiss  National  Bank,  economic  conditions  within  the  eurozone 
or  the  EU,  and  the  evolution  of  agreements  between 
Switzerland  and  the  EU  or  European  Economic  Area,  which 
represent Switzerland’s largest export market. In addition, under 
the IFRS 9 expected credit loss (ECL) regime, credit loss expenses 
may increase rapidly at the onset of an economic downturn as a 
result of higher levels of credit impairments (stage 3), as well as 
higher ECL from stages 1 and 2, only gradually diminishing once 
the  economic  outlook  improves.  Substantial  increases  in  ECL 
could  exceed  expected  loss  for  regulatory  capital  purposes  and 
adversely affect our CET1 capital and regulatory capital ratios. 

Our plans to ensure uninterrupted business dealings as the UK 
withdraws from the EU may not be effective 
Our  plans  to  ensure  uninterrupted  business  dealings  as  the  UK 
withdraws from the EU may not be effective if the UK and the EU 
do not reach a deal by the end of the transition period, scheduled 
to end on 31 December, 2020, resulting in disruptions across the 
financial sector. 

To prepare our business for the UK withdrawal from the EU, 
we  completed  a  merger  of  UBS  Limited,  our  UK-based 
subsidiary,  into  UBS  Europe  SE,  our  Germany-headquartered 
European subsidiary, which is under the direct supervision of the 
European  Central  Bank.  All  clients  and  counterparties  of  UBS 
Limited  who  would  not  be  able  to  be  serviced  by  UBS  AG, 
London  Branch  following  the  exit  of  the  UK  from  the  EU  have 
been transferred to UBS Europe SE. 

Regulators  in  both  the  UK  and  Europe  have  taken  measures 
to  minimize  business  disruption  in  the  financial  sector  in  the 
event of a no-deal scenario, including the UK implementation of 
a temporary permissions regime so that firms currently using an 

EU  passport  for  business  into  the  UK  can  continue  operating 
within  the  scope  of  their  existing  permissions,  as  well  as  the 
recognition  by  EU  authorities  of  three  UK-authorized  central 
counterparties.  Nevertheless,  significant  risk  of  a  disorderly  exit 
of the UK from the EU remains and, should this risk materialize, 
it could cause significant disruption across the financial industry 
and,  under  extreme  conditions,  contribute  to  a  weakening  of 
the global economy. 

Currency fluctuation 
We  are  subject  to  currency  fluctuation  risks.  Although  our 
change  from  the  Swiss  franc  to  the  US  dollar  as  our  functional 
and  presentation  currency  in  2018  reduces  our  exposure  to 
currency  fluctuation  risks  with  respect  to  the  Swiss  franc,  a 
substantial portion of our assets and liabilities are denominated 
in  currencies  other  than  the  US  dollar.  Additionally,  in  order  to 
hedge  our  CET1  capital  ratio,  our  CET1  capital  must  have 
foreign currency exposure, which leads to currency sensitivity. As 
a  consequence,  it  is  not  possible  to  simultaneously  fully  hedge 
both  the  amount  of  capital  and  the  capital  ratio.  Accordingly, 
changes  in  foreign  exchange  rates  may  continue  to  adversely 
affect  our  profits,  balance  sheet  and  capital  leverage  and 
liquidity coverage ratios. 

Regulatory and legal risks 

Material legal and regulatory risks arise in the conduct of our 
business 
As  a  global  financial  services  firm  operating  in  more  than  50 
countries,  we  are  subject  to  many  different  legal,  tax  and 
regulatory  regimes,  including  extensive  regulatory  oversight,  and 
are  exposed  to  significant  liability  risk.  We  are  subject  to  a  large 
number  of  claims,  disputes,  legal  proceedings  and  government 
investigations, and we expect that our ongoing business activities 
will continue to give rise to such matters in the future. The extent 
of  our  financial  exposure  to  these  and  other  matters  is  material 
and could substantially exceed the level of provisions that we have 
established.  We  are  not  able  to  predict  the  financial  and  non-
financial consequences these matters may have when resolved. 

We  may  be  subject  to  adverse  preliminary  determinations  or 
court  decisions  that  may  negatively  affect  public  perception  and 
our  reputation,  result  in  prudential  actions  from  regulators,  and 
cause us to record additional provisions for the matter even when 
we believe we have substantial defenses and expect to ultimately 
achieve  a  more  favorable  outcome.  This  risk  is  illustrated  by  the 
award of aggregate penalties and damages of EUR 4.5 billion by 
the court of first instance in France, which we have appealed and 
will be retried in the Court of Appeal in June 2020. 

Resolution of regulatory proceedings may require us to obtain 
waivers  of  regulatory  disqualifications  to  maintain  certain 
operations; may entitle regulatory authorities to limit, suspend or 
terminate licenses and regulatory authorizations; and may permit 
financial  market  utilities  to  limit,  suspend  or  terminate  our 
participation  in  them.  Failure  to  obtain  such  waivers,  or  any 
limitation, suspension or termination of licenses, authorizations or 
participations, could have material adverse consequences for us. 

61 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
Risk factors 

interest  rates  starkly 

Our settlements with governmental authorities in connection 
with foreign exchange, London Interbank Offered Rates (LIBOR) 
and  other  benchmark 
illustrate  the 
significantly increased level of financial and reputational risk now 
associated  with  regulatory  matters  in  major  jurisdictions.  In 
connection  with  investigations  related  to  LIBOR  and  other 
benchmark  rates  and  to  foreign  exchange  and  precious  metals, 
very  large  fines  and  disgorgement  amounts  were  assessed 
against  us,  and  we  were  required  to  enter  guilty  pleas  despite 
our  full  cooperation  with  the  authorities  in  the  investigations, 
and  despite  our  receipt  of  conditional  leniency  or  conditional 
immunity from anti-trust authorities in a number of jurisdictions, 
including the US and Switzerland. 

Ever  since  our  material  losses  arising  from  the  2007–2009 
financial  crisis,  we  have  been  subject  to  a  very  high  level  of 
regulatory  scrutiny  and  to  certain  regulatory  measures  that 
constrain  our  strategic  flexibility.  While  we  believe  we  have 
remediated the deficiencies that led to those losses, as well as to 
the  unauthorized  trading  incident  announced  in  September 
2011, the effects on our reputation, as well as on relationships 
with  regulatory  authorities  of  the  LIBOR-related  settlements  of 
2012 and settlements with some regulators of matters related to 
our  foreign  exchange  and  precious  metals  business,  as  well  as 
the  extensive  efforts  required  to  implement  new  regulatory 
expectations, have resulted in continued scrutiny. 

We are in active dialog with regulators concerning the actions 
we are taking to improve our operational risk management, risk 
control,  anti-money  laundering,  data  management  and  other 
frameworks,  and  otherwise 
supervisory 
expectations, but there can be no assurance that our efforts will 
have  the desired  effects.  As  a  result  of  this  history,  our  level  of 
risk with respect to regulatory enforcement may be greater than 
that of some of our peers. 

to  meet 

seek 

Substantial changes in regulation may adversely affect our 
businesses and our ability to execute our strategic plans 
We  are  subject  to  significant  new  regulatory  requirements, 
including  recovery  and  resolution  planning,  changes  in  capital 
and  prudential  standards,  as  well  as  new  and  revised  market 
standards  and  fiduciary  duties.  Notwithstanding  attempts  by 
regulators  to  align  their  efforts,  the  measures  adopted  or 
proposed  for  banking  regulation  differ  significantly  across  the 
major  jurisdictions,  making  it  increasingly  difficult  to  manage  a 
global  institution.  In  addition,  Swiss  regulatory  changes  with 
regard  to  such  matters  as  capital  and  liquidity  have  often 
proceeded more quickly than those in other major jurisdictions, 
and Switzerland’s requirements for major international banks are 
among the strictest of the major financial centers. This could put 
Swiss  banks,  such  as  UBS,  at  a  disadvantage  when  competing 
with peer financial institutions subject to more lenient regulation 
or with unregulated non-bank competitors. 

Our  implementation  of  additional  regulatory  requirements 
and changes in supervisory standards, as well as our compliance 
laws  and  regulations,  continue  to  receive 
with  existing 
heightened  scrutiny  from  supervisors.  If  we  do  not  meet 
supervisory expectations in relation to these or other matters, or 
if  additional  supervisory  or  regulatory  issues  arise,  we  would 

62 

likely  be  subject  to  further  regulatory  scrutiny  as  well  as 
measures that might further constrain our strategic flexibility. 

into  subsidiaries  to 

Resolvability  and  resolution  and  recovery  planning:  We  have 
moved  significant  operations 
improve 
resolvability  and  meet  other  regulatory  requirements,  and  this 
has  resulted  in  substantial  implementation  costs,  increased  our 
capital and funding costs and reduced operational flexibility. For 
example, we have transferred all of our US subsidiaries under a 
US  intermediate  holding  company  to  meet  US  regulatory 
the 
requirements,  and  have 
operations of Personal & Corporate Banking and Global Wealth 
Management  booked  in  Switzerland  to  UBS  Switzerland  AG  to 
improve resolvability. 

transferred  substantially  all 

These  changes,  particularly  the  transfer  of  operations  to 
subsidiaries, require significant time and resources to implement, 
and  create  operational,  capital,  liquidity,  funding  and  tax 
inefficiencies.  In  addition,  they  may  increase  our  aggregate 
credit  exposure  to  counterparties  as  they  transact  with  multiple 
entities  within  the  Group.  Furthermore,  our  operations  in 
subsidiaries are subject to local capital, liquidity, stable funding, 
capital  planning  and  stress 
requirements.  These 
requirements  have  resulted  in  increased  capital  and  liquidity 
requirements in affected subsidiaries, which limit our operational 
flexibility  and  negatively  affect  our  ability  to  benefit  from 
synergies  between  business  units  and  to  distribute  earnings  to 
the Group. 

testing 

Under  the  Swiss  too-big-to-fail  (TBTF)  framework,  we  are 
required to put in place viable emergency plans to preserve the 
operation  of  systemically  important  functions  in  the  event  of  a 
failure.  Moreover,  under  this  framework  and  similar  regulations 
in  the  US,  the  UK,  the  EU  and  other  jurisdictions  in  which  we 
operate,  we  are  required  to  prepare  credible  recovery  and 
resolution  plans  detailing  the  measures  that  would  be  taken  to 
recover in a significant adverse event or in the event of winding 
down  the  Group  or  the  operations  in  a  host  country  through 
resolution  or  insolvency  proceedings.  If  a  recovery  or  resolution 
plan that we produce is determined by the relevant authority to 
be  inadequate  or  not  credible,  relevant  regulation  may  permit 
the  authority  to  place  limitations  on  the  scope  or  size  of  our 
business in that jurisdiction, or oblige us to hold higher amounts 
of capital or liquidity or to change our legal structure or business 
in  order  to  remove  the  relevant  impediments  to  resolution. 
FINMA  is  expected  to  make  a  formal  determination  of  whether 
the  emergency  plans  of  Swiss  systemically  relevant  banks  are 
“credible” in early 2020. As a result of this review, FINMA may 
require us to amend the plan or put other measures in place. 

Capital and prudential standards: As an internationally active 
Swiss  systemically  relevant  bank  (an  SRB),  we  are  subject  to 
capital  and  total  loss-absorbing  capacity  (TLAC)  requirements 
that  are  among  the  most  stringent  in  the  world.  Moreover, 
many  of  our  subsidiaries  must  comply  with  minimum  capital, 
liquidity  and  similar  requirements  and,  as  a  result,  UBS  Group 
AG  and  UBS  AG  have  contributed  a  significant  portion  of  their 
capital  and  provide  substantial  liquidity  to  these  subsidiaries. 
These  funds  are  available  to  meet  funding  and  collateral  needs 
in the relevant entities, but are generally not readily available for 
use by the Group as a whole. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We expect our risk-weighted assets (RWA) to further increase 
as  the  effective  date  for  capital  standards  promulgated  by  the 
Basel  Committee  on  Banking  Supervision  (the  BCBS)  draws 
nearer,  although  the  effective  date  of  the  proposals  is  likely  to 
be  later  than  2022  contemplated  by  the  BCBS  standard.  In 
addition, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System 
adopted  two  proposals  last  year  regarding  certain  capital  and 
liquidity  requirements  and  enhanced  prudential  standards 
applicable 
(FBOs)  with 
foreign  banking  organizations 
significant US operations. Under the proposal, it is expected that 
UBS  Americas  Holding  LLC  would  continue  to  be  subject  to 
annual  assessments  of 
the 
Comprehensive  Capital  Analysis  and  Review  (CCAR)  process,  a 
supplementary leverage ratio, newly applicable liquidity coverage 
ratio 
ratio 
requirements. 

requirements  and  new  net 

capital  plan 

through 

funding 

stable 

its 

to 

These  additional  increases  in  capital  and  liquidity  standards 
could  significantly  curtail  our  ability  to  pursue  strategic 
opportunities and to distribute risk. 

Market  regulation  and  fiduciary  standards:  Our  wealth  and 
asset  management  businesses  operate  in  an  environment  of 
increasing  regulatory  scrutiny  and  changing  standards  with 
respect to fiduciary and other standards of care and the focus on 
mitigating  or  eliminating  conflicts  of 
interest  between  a 
manager  or  advisor  and  the  client,  which  require  effective 
implementation  across  the  global  systems  and  processes  of 
investment  managers  and  other 
industry  participants.  For 
example,  the  SEC  has  adopted  a  new  Regulation  Best  Interest 
that is intended to enhance and clarify the duties of brokers and 
investment advisers to retail customers. Regulation Best Interest 
will  apply  to  a  large  portion  of  Global  Wealth  Management’s 
business  in  the  US,  and  we  will  likely  be  required  to  materially 
change business processes, policies and the terms on which we 
interact with these clients in order to comply with these rules. 

costs 

incurred 

substantial 

Previously,  we  have 

in 
implementing  a  compliance  and  monitoring  framework  in 
connection the with the Volcker Rule under the Dodd–Frank Act 
and have modified our business activities both inside and outside 
the  US  to  conform  to  the  Volcker  Rule’s  activity  limitations.  In 
2019, US regulators have adopted amendments (the 2019 Final 
Rule)  to  their  regulations  implementing  the  Volcker  Rule 
prohibitions  on  proprietary  trading  and  limitations  on  covered 
fund  activities.  The  amendments  were  effective  as  of  1  January 
2020  and  compliance  is  mandatory  from  1  January  2021.  We 
may  incur  additional  costs  in  the  short  term  to  implement  the 
changes  to  the  operation  of  our  Volcker  compliance  program, 
required  by  the  2019  Final  Rule.  However,  these  changes  may 
reduce  the  long-term  burden  on  our  operations.  We  may  also 
become subject to other similar regulations substantively limiting 
the  types  of  activities  in  which  we  may  engage  or  the  way  we 
conduct our operations. 

Some of the regulations applicable to UBS AG as a registered 
swap  dealer  with  the  Commodity  Futures  Trading  Commission 
(CFTC) in the US, and certain regulations that will be applicable 
when UBS AG registers as a security-based swap dealer with the 
US Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC), apply to UBS 

AG  globally,  including  those  relating  to  swap  data  reporting, 
record-keeping, compliance and supervision. As a result, in some 
cases, US rules duplicate or may conflict with legal requirements 
applicable  to  us  elsewhere,  including  in  Switzerland,  and  may 
place  us  at  a  competitive  disadvantage  to  firms  that  are  not 
required to register in the US with the SEC or CFTC. 

In  many  instances,  we  provide  services  on  a  cross-border 
basis,  and  we  are  therefore  sensitive  to  barriers  restricting 
market access for third-country firms. In particular, efforts in the 
EU to harmonize the regime for third-country firms to access the 
European  market  may  have  the  effect  of  creating  new  barriers 
that  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  conduct  business  in  these 
jurisdictions  from  Switzerland. 
In  addition,  a  number  of 
jurisdictions  are  increasingly  regulating  cross-border  activities 
based  on  determinations  of  equivalence  of  home  country 
regulation,  substituted  compliance  or  similar  principles  of 
comity.  A  negative  determination  with  respect  to  Swiss 
equivalence  could  limit  our  access  to  the  market  in  those 
jurisdictions and may negatively influence our ability to act as a 
global  firm.  For  example,  the  EU  declined  to  extend  the 
equivalence determination for Swiss exchanges, which lapsed as 
of  30 June  2019.  Reciprocally,  the  regulations  that  Switzerland 
issued  by  Swiss 
adopted  to  prohibit  trading  of  shares 
incorporated companies on EU venues came into effect on 1 July 
2019. 

investment  and  fiscal  amnesty  programs, 

UBS  experienced  cross-border  outflows  over  a  number  of 
years  as  a  result  of  heightened  focus  by  fiscal  authorities  on 
in 
cross-border 
anticipation  of  the  implementation  in  Switzerland  of  the  global 
automatic  exchange  of  tax  information,  and  as  a  result  of  the 
measures  UBS  has  implemented  in  response  to  these  changes. 
Further  changes  in  local  tax  laws  or  regulations  and  their 
cross-border 
implementation  of 
enforcement, 
tax 
information  exchange 
tax  amnesty  or 
regimes,  national 
enforcement programs or similar actions may affect our clients’ 
ability  or  willingness  to  do  business  with  us  and  could  result  in 
additional cross-border outflows. 

the 

Our stated capital returns objective is based, in part, on capital 
ratios that are subject to regulatory change and may fluctuate 
significantly 
We  plan  to  operate  with  a  CET1  capital  ratio  of  around  13% 
and  a  CET1  leverage  ratio  of  around  3.7%.  Our  ability  to 
maintain these ratios is subject to numerous risks, including the 
financial  results  of  our  businesses,  the  effect  of  changes  to 
capital  standards,  methodologies  and  interpretations  that  may 
adversely  affect  the  calculation  of  our  CET1  ratios,  the 
imposition of risk add-ons or capital buffers, and the application 
of  additional  capital,  liquidity  and  similar  requirements  to 
subsidiaries.  The  results  of  our  businesses  may  be  adversely 
affected by events arising from other factors described herein. In 
some cases, such as litigation and regulatory risk and operational 
risk  events,  losses  may  be  sudden  and  large.  These  risks  could 
reduce the amount of capital available for return to shareholders 
and  hinder  our  ability  to  achieve  our  capital  returns  target  of  a 
progressive  cash  dividend  coupled  with  a  share  repurchase 
program. 

63 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
Risk factors 

Capital  strength  is  a  key  component  of  our  business  model. 
Capital strength enables us to grow our businesses, and absorb 
increases in regulatory and capital requirements. It reassures our 
clients  and  stakeholders,  forms  the  basis  for  our  capital  return 
policy and contributes to our credit ratings. Our capital ratios are 
driven  primarily  by  RWA,  the  leverage  ratio  denominator  and 
eligible capital, all of which may fluctuate based on a number of 
factors, some of which are outside our control. 

Our  eligible  capital  may  be  reduced  by  losses  recognized 
within net profit or other comprehensive income. Eligible capital 
may  also  be  reduced  for  other  reasons,  including  acquisitions 
which  change  the  level  of  goodwill,  changes  in  temporary 
differences  related  to  deferred  tax  assets  included  in  capital, 
adverse  currency  movements  affecting  the  value  of  equity, 
prudential  adjustments  that  may  be  required  due  to  the 
valuation  uncertainty  associated  with  certain  types  of  positions, 
and  changes  in  the  value  of  certain  pension  fund  assets  and 
liabilities  or  in  the  interest  rate  and  other  assumptions  used  to 
calculate  the  changes  in  our  net  defined  benefit  obligation 
recognized in other comprehensive income. 

in 

the  economic  environment  or 

RWA are driven by our business activities, by changes in the risk 
profile  of  our  exposures,  by  changes  in  our  foreign  currency 
exposures  and  foreign  exchange  rates,  and  by  regulation.  For 
instance,  substantial  market  volatility,  a  widening  of  credit 
spreads, adverse currency movements, increased counterparty risk, 
deterioration 
increased 
operational  risk  could  result  in  an  increase  in  RWA.  We  have 
significantly reduced our market risk and credit risk RWA in recent 
years.  However,  increases  in  operational  risk  RWA,  particularly 
those  arising  from  litigation,  regulatory  and  similar  matters,  and 
regulatory changes in the calculation of RWA, and regulatory add-
ons  to  RWA,  have  offset  a  substantial  portion  of  this  reduction. 
Changes  in  the  calculation  of  RWA,  the  imposition  of  additional 
supplemental  RWA  charges  or  multipliers  applied  to  certain 
exposures  and  other  methodology  changes,  as  well  as  the 
implementation of the capital standards promulgated by the Basel 
Committee  on  Banking  Supervision,  which  will  take  effect  in 
2022, could substantially increase our RWA. 

The  leverage  ratio  is  a  balance  sheet-driven  measure  and 
therefore 
limits  balance  sheet-intensive  activities,  such  as 
lending,  more  than  activities  that  are  less  balance  sheet 
intensive,  and  it  may  constrain  our  business  even  if  we  satisfy 
other  risk-based  capital  requirements.  Our 
leverage  ratio 
denominator is driven by, among other things, the level of client 
activity,  including  deposits  and  loans,  foreign  exchange  rates, 
interest  rates  and  other  market  factors.  Many  of  these  factors 
are wholly or partly outside of our control. 

The effect of taxes on our financial results is significantly 
influenced by tax law changes and reassessments of our 
deferred tax assets 
Our effective tax rate is highly sensitive to our performance, our 
expectation of future profitability and statutory tax rates. Based 
on prior years’ tax losses, we have recognized deferred tax assets 
(DTAs) reflecting the probable recoverable level based on future 
taxable  profit  as  informed  by  our  business  plans.  If  our 

64 

performance is expected to produce diminished taxable profit in 
future years, particularly in the US, we may be required to write 
down all or a portion of the currently recognized DTAs through 
the income statement in excess of anticipated amortization. This 
would have the effect of increasing our effective tax rate in the 
year  in  which  any  write-downs  are  taken.  Conversely,  if  we 
expect  the  performance  of  entities 
in  which  we  have 
unrecognized tax losses to improve, particularly in the US or the 
UK,  we  could  potentially  recognize  additional  DTAs.  The  effect 
of doing so would be to reduce our effective tax rate in years in 
which  additional  DTAs  are  recognized  and  to  increase  our 
effective  tax  rate  in  future  years.  Our  effective  tax  rate  is  also 
sensitive  to  any  future  reductions  in  statutory  tax  rates, 
particularly  in  the  US,  which  would  cause  the  expected  future 
tax  benefit  from  items  such  as  tax  loss  carry-forwards  in  the 
affected locations to diminish in value. This, in turn, would cause 
a  write-down  of  the  associated  DTAs.  For  example,  the 
reduction in the US federal corporate tax rate to 21% from 35% 
introduced by the US Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) resulted in a 
USD 2.9  billion  net  write-down  in  the  Group’s  DTAs  in  the 
fourth quarter of 2017. 

We  generally  revalue  our  DTAs  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  the 
financial  year  based  on  a  reassessment  of  future  profitability 
taking into account our updated business plans. We consider the 
performance  of  our  businesses  and  the  accuracy  of  historical 
forecasts,  tax  rates  and  other  factors 
in  evaluating  the 
recoverability  of  our  DTAs,  including  the  remaining  tax  loss 
carry-forward  period  and  our  assessment  of  expected  future 
taxable  profits  over  the 
life  of  DTAs.  Estimating  future 
profitability is inherently subjective and is particularly sensitive to 
future  economic,  market  and  other  conditions,  which  are 
difficult to predict. 

Our  results  in  past  years  have  demonstrated  that  changes  in 
the recognition of DTAs can have a very significant effect on our 
reported results. Any future change in the manner in which UBS 
rate, 
remeasures  DTAs  could  affect  UBS’s  effective 
particularly in the year in which the change is made. 

tax 

Our full-year effective tax rate could change if aggregate tax 
expenses  in  respect  of  profits  from  branches  and  subsidiaries 
without  loss  coverage  differ  from  what  is  expected,  or  if 
branches  and  subsidiaries  generate  tax  losses  that  we  cannot 
benefit from through the income statement. In particular, losses 
at  entities  or  branches  that  cannot  offset  for  tax  purposes 
taxable profits in other group entities, and which do not result in 
additional  DTA  recognition,  may  increase  our  effective  tax  rate. 
In addition, tax laws or the tax authorities in countries where we 
have  undertaken  legal  structure  changes  may  prevent  the 
transfer  of  tax  losses  incurred  in  one  legal  entity  to  newly 
organized or reorganized subsidiaries or affiliates or may impose 
limitations  on  the  utilization  of  tax  losses  that  relate  to 
businesses  formerly  conducted  by  the  transferor.  Were  this  to 
occur  in  situations  where  there  were  also  limited  planning 
opportunities  to  utilize  the  tax  losses  in  the  originating  entity, 
the DTAs associated with such tax losses may be required to be 
written down through the income statement. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes  in  tax  law  may  materially  affect  our  effective  tax 
rate, and, in some cases, may substantially affect the profitability 
of  certain  activities.  In  addition,  statutory  and  regulatory 
changes, as well as changes to the way in which courts and tax 
authorities  interpret  tax  laws,  including  assertions  that  we  are 
required  to  pay  taxes  in  a  jurisdiction  as  a  result  of  activities 
connected 
jurisdiction  constituting  a  permanent 
establishment  or  similar  theory,  and  changes  in  our  assessment 
of uncertain tax positions, could cause the amount of taxes we 
ultimately pay to materially differ from the amount accrued. 

that 

to 

Discontinuance of, or changes to, benchmark rates may require 
adjustments to our agreements with clients and other market 
participants, as well as to our systems and processes 
Since April 2013, the UK Financial Conduct Authority (the FCA) 
has  regulated  LIBOR,  and  regulators  in  other  jurisdictions  have 
increased oversight of other interbank offered rates (IBORs) and 
similar  benchmark  rates.  Efforts  to  transition  from  IBORs  to 
several 
alternative  benchmark 
jurisdictions.  The  FCA  announced  in  July  2017  that  it  will  not 
continue beyond 2021 to regulate LIBOR or take other actions to 
sustain  LIBOR,  and  urged  users  to  plan  the  transition  to 
alternative  reference  rates.  As  a  result,  there  can  be  no 
guarantee that LIBOR will be determined after 2021 on the same 
basis as at present, if at all. 

rates  are  underway 

in 

Liquidity  and  activity  in  alternative  reference  rates  (ARRs) 
continue  to  develop  in  markets  globally,  with  work  progressing 
to resolve certain issues associated with transitioning away from 
IBORs. Regulatory authorities continue to focus on transitioning 
to  ARRs  by  the  end  of  2021.  The  Alternative  Reference  Rates 
Committee  is  considering  potential  legislative  solutions  that 
would mitigate legal risks related to legacy contracts in the event 
of  IBOR  discontinuation.  In  addition,  in  October  2019,  the  US 
Treasury  Department  and  Internal  Revenue  Service  published 
proposed  regulations  providing  tax  relief  related  to  issues  that 
may arise as a result of the modification of debt, derivative, and 
other  financial  contracts  from  LIBOR-based  language  to  ARRs. 
The European Central Bank published the euro short-term rate, 
the  risk-free  rate  for  euro  markets,  for  the  first  time  on 
2 October  2019,  reflecting  trading  activity  on  1 October  2019. 
The  Bank  of  England  Working  Group  on  Sterling  Risk-Free 
Reference Rates continues to be supportive of the development 
of a term (Sterling Overnight Index Average) reference rate. 

We  have  a  substantial  number  of  contracts  linked  to  IBORs. 
ARRs  do  not  currently  provide  a  term  structure,  which  will 
require  a  change  in  the  contractual  terms  of  products  currently 
indexed on terms other than overnight. In some cases, contracts 
may  contain  provisions  intended  to  provide  a  fallback  interest 
rate  in  the  event  of  a  brief  unavailability  of  the  relevant  IBOR. 
These  provisions  may  not  be  effective  or  may  produce  arbitrary 

results  in  the  event  of  a  permanent  cessation  of  the  relevant 
IBOR.  In  addition,  numerous  of  our  internal  systems,  limits  and 
processes  make  use  of  IBORs  as  reference  rates.  Transition  to 
replacement  reference  rates  will  require  significant  investment 
and effort. 

If UBS experiences financial difficulties, FINMA has the power to 
open restructuring or liquidation proceedings or impose 
protective measures in relation to UBS Group AG, UBS AG or 
UBS Switzerland AG, and such proceedings or measures may 
have a material adverse effect on UBS’s shareholders and 
creditors 
Under  the  Swiss  Banking  Act,  FINMA  is  able  to  exercise  broad 
statutory  powers  with  respect  to  Swiss  banks  and  Swiss  parent 
companies of financial groups, such as UBS Group AG, UBS AG 
and  UBS  Switzerland  AG,  if  there  is  justified  concern  that  the 
entity  is  over-indebted,  has  serious  liquidity  problems  or,  after 
the expiration of any relevant deadline, no longer fulfills capital 
adequacy requirements. Such powers include ordering protective 
measures,  instituting  restructuring  proceedings  (and  exercising 
any  Swiss  resolution  powers  in  connection  therewith),  and 
instituting  liquidation  proceedings,  all  of  which  may  have  a 
material  adverse  effect  on  shareholders  and  creditors  or  may 
prevent  UBS  Group  AG,  UBS  AG  or  UBS  Switzerland  AG  from 
paying dividends or making payments on debt obligations. 

UBS  would  have  limited  ability  to  challenge  any  such 
protective measures, and creditors and shareholders would have 
no right under Swiss law or in Swiss courts to reject them, seek 
their  suspension,  or  challenge  their 
including 
measures that require or result in the deferment of payments. 

imposition, 

If  restructuring  proceedings  are  opened  with  respect  to  UBS 
Group  AG,  UBS  AG  or  UBS  Switzerland  AG,  the  resolution 
powers  that  FINMA  may  exercise  include  the  power  to:  (i) 
transfer all or some of the assets, debt and other liabilities, and 
contracts of the entity subject to proceedings to another entity; 
(ii) stay for a maximum of two business days (a) the termination 
of, or the exercise of rights to terminate, netting rights, (b) rights 
to enforce or dispose of certain types of collateral or (c) rights to 
transfer claims, liabilities or certain collateral, under contracts to 
which  the  entity  subject  to  proceedings  is  a  party;  and/or  (iii) 
partially or fully write down the equity capital and, if such equity 
capital  is  fully  written  down,  convert  into  equity  or  write  down 
the  capital  and  other  debt  instruments  of  the  entity  subject  to 
proceedings. Shareholders and creditors would have no right to 
reject,  or  to  seek  the  suspension  of,  any  restructuring  plan 
pursuant  to  which  such  resolution  powers  are  exercised.  They 
would  have  only  limited  rights  to  challenge  any  decision  to 
exercise resolution powers or to have that decision reviewed by 
a judicial or administrative process or otherwise. 

65 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
Risk factors 

to 

the 

restructuring  proceedings, 

Upon full or partial write-down of the equity and debt of the 
relevant 
entity  subject 
shareholders and creditors would receive no payment in respect 
of  the  equity  and  debt  that  is  written  down,  the  write-down 
would be permanent, and the investors would not, at such time 
or  at  any  time  thereafter,  receive  any  shares  or  other 
participation  rights,  or  be  entitled  to  any  write-up  or  any  other 
compensation in the event of a potential recovery of the debtor. 
If  FINMA  orders  the  conversion  of  debt  of  the  entity  subject  to 
restructuring  proceedings  into  equity,  the  securities  received  by 
the  investors  may  be  worth  significantly  less  than  the  original 
debt and may have a significantly different risk profile, and such 
conversion  would  also  dilute  the  ownership  of  existing 
shareholders.  In  addition,  creditors  receiving  equity  would  be 
effectively subordinated to all creditors of the restructured entity 
in  the  event  of  a  subsequent  winding  up,  liquidation  or 
dissolution of the restructured entity, which would increase the 
risk that investors would lose all or some of their investment. 

Changes  to  IFRS  or  interpretations  thereof  may  cause  future 
reported  results  and  financial  position  to  differ  from  current 
expectations, or historical results to differ from those previously 
reported  due  to  the  adoption  of  accounting  standards  on  a 
retrospective basis. Such changes may also affect our regulatory 
capital  and  ratios.  For  example,  we  adopted  IFRS  9  effective 
1 January  2018,  which  required  us  to  change  the  accounting 
treatment  of  financial  instruments  measured  at  amortized  cost 
and  certain  other  positions,  to  record  loans  from  inception  net 
of  expected  credit  loss  (ECL)  allowances  and  provisions  instead 
of  recording  credit  losses  on  an  incurred  loss  basis.  This  may 
result 
loss 
allowances  in  the  future  and  greater  volatility  in  the  income 
statement  as  ECL  changes  in  response  to  developments  in  the 
credit  cycle  and  composition  of  our  loan  portfolio.  The  effect 
may  be  more  pronounced 
in  a  deteriorating  economic 
environment. 

in  recognized  credit 

in  a  significant 

increase 

FINMA has significant discretion in the exercise of its powers 
in  connection  with  restructuring  proceedings.  Furthermore, 
certain  categories  of  debt  obligations,  such  as  certain  types  of 
deposits,  are  subject  to  preferential  treatment.  As  a  result, 
holders  of  obligations  of  an  entity  subject  to  a  Swiss 
restructuring  proceeding  may  have  their  obligations  written 
down or converted into equity even though obligations ranking 
on  par  with  or  junior  to  such  obligations  are  not  written  down 
or converted. 

Our financial results may be negatively affected by changes to 
assumptions  and  valuations,  as  well  as  changes  to  accounting 
standards 
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance 
with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRS).  The 
application  of  these  accounting  standards  requires  the  use  of 
judgment based on estimates and assumptions that may involve 
significant  uncertainty  at  the  time  they  are  made.  This  is  the 
case, for example, with respect to the measurement of fair value 
of  financial  instruments,  the  recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets, 
the  assessment  of  the  impairment  of  goodwill,  expected  credit 
losses  and  estimation  of  provisions  for  contingencies,  including 
litigation,  regulatory  and  similar  matters.  Such  judgments, 
including  the  underlying  estimates  and  assumptions,  which 
encompass historical experience, expectations of the future and 
other  factors,  are  regularly  evaluated  to  determine  their 
continuing  relevance  based  on  current  conditions.  Using 
different assumptions could cause the reported results to differ. 
Changes  in  assumptions,  or  failure  to  make  the  changes 
necessary  to  reflect  evolving  market  conditions,  may  have  a 
significant effect on the financial statements in the periods when 
changes occur. Estimates of provisions for contingencies may be 
subject  to  a  wide  range  of  potential  outcomes  and  significant 
uncertainty. For example, the broad range of potential outcomes 
in  UBS AG’s  proceeding  in  France  increases  the  uncertainty 
associated  with  assessing  the  appropriate  provision.  If  the 
estimates  and  assumptions  in  future  periods  deviate  from  the 
current  outlook,  UBS  AG’s  financial  results  may  also  be 
negatively affected. 

Strategy, management and operations risks 

We may not be successful in the ongoing execution of our 
strategic plans 

We  have  transformed  UBS  to  focus  on  our  Global  Wealth 
Management  business  and  our  universal  bank  in  Switzerland, 
complemented by Asset Management and a significantly smaller 
and  more  capital-efficient 
Investment  Bank;  we  have 
substantially reduced the risk-weighted assets and leverage ratio 
denominator  usage  in  Corporate  Center;  and  made  significant 
cost  reductions.  Risk  remains  that  going  forward  we  may  not 
succeed in executing our strategy or achieving our performance 
targets,  or  may  be  delayed  in  doing  so.  Macroeconomic 
conditions,  geopolitical  uncertainty,  changes  to  regulatory 
requirements  and  the  continuing  costs  of  meeting  these 
requirements  have  prompted  us  to  adapt  our  targets  and 
ambitions  in  the  past  and  we  may  need  to  do  so  again  in  the 
future. 

To achieve our strategic plans, we expect to continue to make 
significant  expenditures  on  technology  and  infrastructure  to 
improve  client  experience,  improve  and  further  enable  digital 
offerings  and  increase  efficiency.  Our  investments  in  new 
technology  may  not  fully  achieve  our  objectives  or  improve  our 
ability to attract and retain customers. In addition, we will likely 
face  competition  in  providing  digitally  enabled  offerings  from 
both existing competitors and new financial service providers in 
various  portions  of  the  value  chain.  For  example,  technological 
advances and the growth of e-commerce have made it possible 
for  e-commerce  firms  and  other  companies  to  offer  products 
and services that were traditionally offered only by banks. These 
advances  have  also  allowed  financial  institutions  and  other 
companies 
financial  solutions, 
including electronic securities trading, payments processing and 
online automated algorithmic-based investment advice at a low 
cost to their customers. We may have to lower our prices, or risk 
losing  customers  as  a  result.  Our  ability  to  develop  and 
implement competitive digitally enabled offerings and processes 
will be an important factor in our ability to compete. 

to  provide  digitally  based 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As  part  of  our  strategy,  we  seek  to  improve  our  operating 
efficiency, in part by controlling our costs. We may not be able 
to 
identify  feasible  cost  reduction  opportunities  that  are 
consistent  with  our  business  goals  and  cost  reductions  may  be 
realized  later  or  may  be  smaller  than  we  anticipate.  Higher 
temporary  and  permanent  regulatory  costs  and  higher  business 
demand than anticipated have partly offset cost reductions and 
delayed the achievement of our past cost reduction targets, and 
we  could  continue  to  be  challenged  in  the  execution  of  our 
ongoing efforts to improve operating efficiency. 

Changes  in  our  workforce  as  a  result  of  outsourcing, 
nearshoring,  offshoring,  insourcing  or  staff  reductions  may 
introduce new operational risks that, if not effectively addressed, 
could  affect  our  ability  to  achieve  cost  and  other  benefits  from 
such changes, or could result in operational losses. 

As  we  implement  effectiveness  and  efficiency  programs,  we 
may  also  experience  unintended  consequences,  such  as  the 
unintended  loss  or  degradation  of  capabilities  that  we  need  in 
order to maintain our competitive position, achieve our targeted 
returns  or  meet  existing  or  new  regulatory  requirements  and 
expectations. 

third  parties, 

Operational risks affect our business 
Our businesses depend on our ability to process a large number 
of transactions, many of which are complex, across multiple and 
diverse  markets 
in  different  currencies,  to  comply  with 
requirements  of  many  different  legal  and  regulatory  regimes  to 
which  we  are  subject  and  to  prevent,  or  promptly  detect  and 
stop, unauthorized, fictitious or fraudulent transactions. We also 
rely on access to, and on the functioning of, systems maintained 
by 
including  clearing  systems,  exchanges, 
information processors and central counterparties. Any failure of 
our  or  third-party  systems  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  us. 
Our  operational  risk  management  and  control  systems  and 
processes  are  designed  to  help  ensure  that  the  risks  associated 
with  our  activities  –  including  those  arising  from  process  error, 
failed  execution,  misconduct,  unauthorized  trading,  fraud, 
system  failures,  financial  crime,  cyberattacks,  breaches  of 
information  security,  inadequate  or  ineffective  access  controls 
and failure of security and physical protection – are appropriately 
controlled.  If  our  internal  controls  fail  or  prove  ineffective  in 
identifying  and 
risks,  we  could  suffer 
operational  failures  that  might  result  in  material  losses,  such  as 
the  substantial  loss  we  incurred  from  the  unauthorized  trading 
incident announced in September 2011. 

remedying 

these 

We  use  automation  as  part  of  our  efforts  to  improve 
efficiency,  reduce  the  risk  of  error  and  improve  our  client 
experience. We intend to expand the use of robotic processing, 

machine learning and artificial intelligence to further these goals. 
Use  of  these  tools  presents  their  own  risks,  including  the  need 
for effective design and testing; the quality of the data used for 
development  and  operation  of  machine  learning  and  artificial 
intelligence  tools  may  adversely  affect  their  functioning  and 
result in errors and other operational risks. 

We  and  other  financial  services  firms  have  been  subject  to 
breaches  of  security  and  to  cyber-  and  other  forms  of  attack, 
some  of  which  are  sophisticated  and  targeted  attacks  intended 
to  gain  access  to  confidential  information  or  systems,  disrupt 
service or destroy data. These attacks may be attempted through 
the introduction of viruses or malware, phishing and other forms 
of  social  engineering,  distributed  denial  of  service  attacks  and 
other  means.  These  attempts  may  occur  directly,  or  using 
equipment  or  security  passwords  of  our  employees,  third-party 
service  providers  or  other  users.  In  addition  to  external  attacks, 
we  have  experienced  loss  of  client  data  from  failure  by 
employees and others to follow internal policies and procedures 
and from misappropriation of our data by employees and others. 
We may not be able to anticipate, detect or recognize threats to 
our systems or data and our preventative measures may not be 
effective to prevent an attack or a security breach. In the event 
of a security breach, notwithstanding our preventative measures, 
we  may  not  immediately  detect  a  particular  breach  or  attack. 
Once  a  particular  attack  is  detected,  time  may  be  required  to 
investigate  and  assess  the  nature  and  extent  of  the  attack.  A 
successful breach or circumvention of security of our systems or 
data  could  have  significant  negative  consequences  for  us, 
including  disruption  of  our  operations,  misappropriation  of 
confidential 
information  concerning  us  or  our  customers, 
damage to our systems, financial losses for us or our customers, 
violations  of  data  privacy  and  similar  laws,  litigation  exposure 
and damage to our reputation. 

information 

transfer  personal 

We are subject to complex and frequently changing laws and 
regulations governing the protection of client and personal data, 
such  as  the  EU  General  Data  Protection  Regulation.  Ensuring 
that  we  comply  with  applicable  laws  and  regulations  when  we 
collect,  use  and 
requires 
substantial  resources  and  may  affect  the  ways  in  which  we 
conduct  our  business.  In  the  event  that  we  fail  to  comply  with 
applicable  laws,  we  may  be  exposed  to  regulatory  fines  and 
penalties and other sanctions. We may also incur such penalties 
if  our  vendors  or  other  service  providers  or  clients  or 
counterparties  fail  to  comply  with  these  laws  or  to  maintain 
appropriate controls over protected data. In addition, any loss or 
exposure  of  client  or  other  data  may  adversely  damage  our 
reputation and adversely affect our business. 

67 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
Risk factors 

such 

to  comply  with 

A  major  focus  of  US  and  other  countries’  governmental 
policies relating to financial institutions in recent years has been 
on  fighting  money  laundering  and  terrorist  financing.  We  are 
required  to  maintain  effective  policies,  procedures  and  controls 
to  detect,  prevent  and  report  money  laundering  and  terrorist 
financing, and to verify the identity of our clients under the laws 
of  many  of  the  countries  in  which  we  operate.  We  are  also 
subject  to  laws  and  regulations  related  to  corrupt  and  illegal 
payments  to  government  officials  by  others,  such  as  the  US 
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the UK Bribery Act. We have 
implemented  policies,  procedures  and  internal  controls  that  are 
designed 
regulations. 
Notwithstanding  this,  US  regulators  have  found  deficiencies  in 
the design and operation of anti-money laundering programs in 
our US operations. We have undertaken a significant program to 
address  these  regulatory  findings  with  the  objective  of  fully 
meeting  regulatory  expectations  for  our  programs.  Failure  to 
maintain  and  implement  adequate  programs  to  combat  money 
laundering, terrorist financing or corruption, or any failure of our 
programs in these areas, could have serious consequences both 
from  legal  enforcement  action  and  from  damage  to  our 
reputation.  Frequent  changes 
imposed  and 
increasingly  complex  sanctions  imposed  on  countries,  entities 
and  individuals  increase  our  cost  of  monitoring  and  complying 
with  sanctions  requirements  and  increase  the  risk  that  we  will 
not  identify  in  a  timely  manner  previously  permissible  client 
activity that is subject to a sanction. 

in  sanctions 

laws  and 

As  a  result  of  new  and  changed  regulatory  requirements  and 
the  changes  we  have  made  in  our  legal  structure,  the  volume, 
frequency  and  complexity  of  our  regulatory  and  other  reporting 
has  significantly  increased.  Regulators  have  also  significantly 
increased  expectations  regarding  our  internal  reporting  and  data 
aggregation, as well as management reporting. We have incurred 
and continue to incur significant costs to implement infrastructure 
to  meet  these  requirements.  Failure  to  meet  external  reporting 
requirements accurately and in a timely manner or failure to meet 
regulatory  expectations  of  internal  reporting,  data  aggregation 
and management reporting could result in enforcement action or 
other adverse consequences for us. 

Certain  types  of  operational  control  weaknesses  and  failures 
could  also  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  prepare  and  publish 
accurate and timely financial reports. 

In  addition,  despite  the  contingency  plans  that  we  have  in 
place, our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected 
by a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our businesses 
and  the  communities  in  which  we  operate.  This  may  include  a 
disruption  due  to  natural  disasters,  pandemics,  civil  unrest,  war 
or 
communications, 
transportation or other services that we use or that are used by 
third parties with whom we conduct business. 

electrical, 

terrorism 

involve 

and 

68 

We may not be successful in implementing changes in our 
wealth management businesses to meet changing market, 
regulatory and other conditions 
In  recent  years,  inflows  from  lower-margin  segments  and 
markets  have  been  replacing  outflows  from  higher-margin 
segments and markets, in particular for cross-border clients. This 
dynamic,  combined  with  changes  in  client  product  preferences 
as  a  result  of  which  low-margin  products  account  for  a  larger 
share  of  our  revenues  than  in  the  past,  has  put  downward 
pressure on Global Wealth Management’s margins. 

As the discussion above indicates, we are exposed to possible 
outflows of client assets in our asset-gathering businesses and to 
changes  affecting 
the  profitability  of  Global  Wealth 
Management, in particular. Initiatives that we may implement to 
overcome the effects of changes in the business environment on 
our  profitability,  balance  sheet  and  capital  positions  may  not 
succeed  in  counteracting  those  effects  and  may  cause  net  new 
money  outflows  and  reductions  in  client  deposits,  as  happened 
with  our  balance  sheet  and  capital  optimization  program  in 
2015.  There  is  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  successful  in  our 
efforts to offset the adverse effect of these or similar trends and 
developments. 

We may be unable to identify or capture revenue or competitive 
opportunities, or retain and attract qualified employees 
The  financial  services  industry  is  characterized  by  intense 
competition,  continuous  innovation,  restrictive,  detailed,  and 
sometimes  fragmented  regulation  and  ongoing  consolidation. 
We face competition at the level of local markets and individual 
business  lines,  and  from  global  financial  institutions  that  are 
comparable  to  us  in  their  size  and  breadth.  Barriers  to  entry  in 
individual  markets  and  pricing  levels  are  being  eroded  by  new 
technology.  We  expect 
to  continue  and 
these 
competition  to  increase.  Our  competitive  strength  and  market 
position  could  be  eroded  if  we  are  unable  to  identify  market 
trends  and  developments,  do  not  respond  to  such  trends  and 
developments by devising and implementing adequate business 
strategies, do not adequately develop or update our technology 
including our digital channels and tools, or are unable to attract 
or retain the qualified people needed. 

trends 

The  amount  and  structure  of  our  employee  compensation  is 
affected not only by our business results, but also by competitive 
factors and regulatory considerations. 

In  recent  years,  in  response  to  the  demands  of  various 
stakeholders,  including  regulatory  authorities  and  shareholders, 
and in order to better align the interests of our staff with other 
stakeholders,  we  have  increased  average  deferral  periods  for 
stock  awards,  expanded  forfeiture  provisions  and,  to  a  more 
limited  extent,  introduced  clawback  provisions  for  certain 
awards 
to  business  performance.  We  have  also 
introduced individual caps on the proportion of fixed to variable 
pay  for  the  Group  Executive  Board  (GEB)  members,  as  well  as 
certain other employees. 

linked 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Constraints  on  the  amount  or  structure  of  employee 
compensation,  higher  levels  of  deferral,  performance  conditions 
and  other  circumstances  triggering  the  forfeiture  of  unvested 
awards  may  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  retain  and  attract  key 
employees.  The  loss  of  key  staff  and  the  inability  to  attract 
qualified  replacements  could  seriously  compromise  our  ability  to 
execute  our  strategy  and  to  successfully  improve  our  operating 
and  control  environment,  and  could  affect  our  business 
performance.  Swiss  law  requires  that  shareholders  approve  the 
compensation  of  the  Board  of  Directors  (the  BoD)  and  the  GEB 
each year. If our shareholders fail to approve the compensation for 
the  GEB  or  the  BoD,  this  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our 
ability to retain experienced directors and our senior management. 

We depend on our risk management and control processes to 
avoid or limit potential losses in our businesses 
Controlled  risk-taking  is  a  major  part  of  the  business  of  a 
financial services firm. Some losses from risk-taking activities are 
inevitable, but to be successful over time, we must balance the 
risks we take against the returns generated. Therefore we must 
diligently identify, assess, manage and control our risks, not only 
in  normal  market  conditions  but  also  as  they  might  develop 
under  more  extreme,  stressed  conditions,  when  concentrations 
of exposures can lead to severe losses. 

– 

As seen during the financial crisis of 2007–2009, we have not 
always been able to prevent serious losses arising from extreme 
or  sudden  market  events  that  are  not  anticipated  by  our  risk 
measures  and  systems.  Our  risk  measures,  concentration 
controls  and  the  dimensions  in  which  we  aggregated  risk  to 
identify correlated exposures proved inadequate in a historically 
severe  deterioration  in  financial  markets.  As  a  result,  we 
recorded  substantial  losses  on  fixed  income  trading  positions, 
particularly in 2008 and 2009. We have substantially revised and 
strengthened our risk management and control framework and 
increased  the  capital  that  we  hold  relative  to  the  risks  that  we 
take. Nonetheless, we could suffer further losses in the future if, 
for example: 
– 

we do not fully identify the risks in our portfolio, in particular 
risk concentrations and correlated risks; 
our  assessment  of  the  risks  identified,  or  our  response  to 
inadequate, 
negative 
insufficient or incorrect; 
markets  move  in  ways  that  we  do  not  expect  –  in  terms  of 
their speed, direction, severity or correlation – and our ability 
to  manage  risks  in  the  resulting  environment  is,  therefore, 
affected; 
third  parties  to  whom  we  have  credit  exposure  or  whose 
securities  we  hold  are  severely  affected  by  events  and  we 
suffer  defaults  and  impairments  beyond  the  level  implied  by 
our risk assessment; or 
collateral  or  other  security  provided  by  our  counterparties 
proves  inadequate  to  cover  their  obligations  at  the  time  of 
default. 
We have exposures related to real estate in various countries, 
including  a  substantial  Swiss  mortgage  portfolio.  Although  we 
believe 
is  prudently  managed,  we  could 
nevertheless be exposed to losses if a substantial deterioration in 

to  be  untimely, 

trends,  proves 

this  portfolio 

– 

– 

– 

the Swiss real estate market were to occur. We also hold legacy 
risk positions, primarily in Corporate Center, that, in many cases, 
are illiquid and may again deteriorate in value. 

We  also  manage  risk  on  behalf  of  our  clients.  The 
performance of assets we hold for our clients may be adversely 
affected  by  the  same  factors  mentioned  above.  If  clients  suffer 
losses  or  the  performance  of  their  assets  held  with  us  is  not  in 
line  with  relevant  benchmarks  against  which  clients  assess 
investment performance, we may suffer reduced fee income and 
a  decline  in  assets  under  management,  or  withdrawal  of 
mandates. 

Investment positions, such as equity investments made as part 
of  strategic  initiatives  and  seed  investments  made  at  the 
inception  of  funds  that  we  manage,  may  also  be  affected  by 
market  risk  factors.  These  investments  are  often  not  liquid  and 
generally  are  intended  or  required  to  be  held  beyond  a  normal 
trading  horizon.  Deteriorations  in  the  fair  value  of  these 
positions would have a negative effect on our earnings. 

in 

restrictions 

financing  agreements  and 

As UBS Group AG is a holding company, its operating results, 
financial condition and ability to pay dividends and other 
distributions and/or to pay its obligations in the future depend 
on funding, dividends and other distributions received directly or 
indirectly from its subsidiaries, which may be subject to 
restrictions 
UBS Group AG’s ability to pay dividends and other distributions 
and to pay its obligations in the future will depend on the level 
of  funding,  dividends  and  other  distributions,  if  any,  received 
from  UBS  AG  and  other  subsidiaries.  The  ability  of  such 
subsidiaries to make loans or distributions, directly or indirectly, 
to UBS Group AG may be restricted as a result of several factors, 
the 
including 
requirements  of  applicable  law  and  regulatory,  fiscal  or  other 
restrictions.  In  particular,  UBS  Group  AG’s  direct  and  indirect 
subsidiaries,  including  UBS  AG,  UBS  Switzerland  AG,  UBS 
Americas  Holding  LLC  and  UBS  Europe  SE,  are  subject  to  laws 
and  regulations  that  restrict  dividend  payments,  authorize 
regulatory  bodies  to  block  or  reduce  the  flow  of  funds  from 
those subsidiaries to UBS Group AG, or could affect their ability 
to  repay  any  loans  made  to,  or  other  investments  in,  such 
subsidiary by UBS Group AG or another member of the Group. 
For example, the US Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review 
process  requires  that  our  US  intermediate  holding  company 
demonstrate  that  it  can  continue  to  meet  minimum  capital 
standards  over  a  hypothetical  nine-quarter  severely  adverse 
economic  scenario.  If  it  fails  to  meet  the  quantitative  capital 
requirements,  or 
the  Federal  Reserve  Board’s  qualitative 
assessment  of  the  capital  planning  process  is  adverse,  our  US 
intermediate holding company would be prohibited from paying 
dividends  or  making  distributions.  Restrictions  and  regulatory 
actions  of  this  kind  could  impede  access  to  funds  that  UBS 
Group AG may need to meet its obligations or to pay dividends 
to shareholders. In addition, UBS Group AG’s right to participate 
in  a  distribution  of  assets  upon  a  subsidiary’s  liquidation  or 
reorganization  is  subject  to  all  prior  claims  of  the  subsidiary’s 
creditors. 

69 

Our strategy, business model  and environment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our strategy, business model and environment 
Risk factors 

Our capital instruments may contractually prevent UBS Group 
AG from proposing the distribution of dividends to shareholders, 
other  than  in  the  form  of  shares,  if  we  do  not  pay  interest  on 
these instruments. 

unsecured  funding  sources,  including  retail  and  wholesale 
deposits and the regular issuance of money market securities. A 
change  in  the  availability  of  short-term  funding  could  occur 
quickly. 

Furthermore,  UBS  Group  AG  may  guarantee  some  of  the 
payment obligations of certain of the Group’s subsidiaries from 
time  to  time.  These  guarantees  may  require  UBS  Group  AG  to 
provide  substantial  funds  or  assets  to  subsidiaries  or  their 
creditors  or  counterparties  at  a  time  when  UBS  Group  AG  is  in 
need of liquidity to fund its own obligations. 

The  credit  ratings  of  UBS  Group  AG  or  its  subsidiaries  used 
for  funding  purposes  could  be  lower  than  the  ratings  of  the 
Group’s  operating  subsidiaries,  which  may  adversely  affect  the 
market  value  of  the  securities  and  other  obligations  of  UBS 
Group AG or those subsidiaries on a standalone basis. 

Our reputation is critical to our success 
Our  reputation  is  critical  to  the  success  of  our  strategic  plans, 
business  and  prospects.  Reputational  damage  is  difficult  to 
reverse,  and  improvements  tend  to  be  slow  and  difficult  to 
measure.  Our  reputation  has  been  adversely  affected  by  our 
losses  during  the  financial  crisis,  investigations  into  our  cross-
border  private  banking  services,  criminal  resolutions  of  LIBOR-
related and foreign exchange matters, as well as other matters. 
We believe that reputational damage as a result of these events 
was  an  important  factor  in  our  loss  of  clients  and  client  assets 
across  our  asset-gathering  businesses.  New  events  that  cause 
reputational damage could have a material adverse effect on our 
results of operation and financial condition, as well as our ability 
to achieve our strategic goals and financial targets. 

Liquidity and funding risk 

Liquidity and funding management are critical to UBS’s ongoing 
performance 
The  viability  of  our  business  depends  on  the  availability  of 
funding  sources,  and  our  success  depends  on  our  ability  to 
obtain funding at times, in amounts, for tenors and at rates that 
enable  us  to  efficiently  support  our  asset  base  in  all  market 
conditions. Our funding sources have generally been stable, but 
could  change  in  the  future  because  of,  among  other  things, 
general  market  disruptions  or  widening  credit  spreads,  which 
could  also  influence  the  cost  of  funding.  A  substantial  part  of 
our liquidity and funding requirements are met using short-term 

Moreover,  more  stringent  capital  and  liquidity  and  funding 
requirements  will  likely  lead  to  increased  competition  for  both 
secured funding and deposits as a stable source of funding, and 
to higher funding costs. The addition of loss-absorbing debt as a 
component of capital requirements, the regulatory requirements 
to  maintain  minimum  TLAC  at  UBS’s  holding  company  and  at 
subsidiaries, as well as the power of resolution authorities to bail 
in  TLAC  and  other  debt  obligations,  and  uncertainty  as  to  how 
such powers will be exercised, will increase our cost of funding 
and  could  potentially  increase  the  total  amount  of  funding 
required, in the absence of other changes in our business. 

In  addition,  as  experienced 

Reductions  in  our  credit  ratings  may  adversely  affect  the 
market value of the securities and other obligations and increase 
our  funding  costs,  in  particular  with  regard  to  funding  from 
wholesale unsecured sources, and could affect the availability of 
certain  kinds  of  funding. 
in 
connection  with  Moody’s  downgrade  of  UBS  AG’s  long-term 
debt  rating  in  June  2012,  rating  downgrades  can  require  us  to 
post  additional  collateral  or  make  additional  cash  payments 
under trading agreements. Our credit ratings, together with our 
capital  strength  and  reputation,  also  contribute  to  maintaining 
client and counterparty confidence, and it is possible that rating 
changes  could  influence  the  performance  of  some  of  our 
businesses. 

liquidity  and 

The  requirement  to  maintain  a  liquidity  coverage  ratio  of 
high-quality  liquid  assets  to  estimated  stressed  short-term  net 
cash  outflows,  and  other  similar 
funding 
requirements,  oblige  us  to  maintain  high  levels  of  overall 
liquidity,  limit  our  ability  to  optimize  interest  income  and 
expense,  make  certain  lines  of  business  less  attractive  and 
reduce  our  overall  ability  to  generate  profits.  The  liquidity 
coverage  ratio  and  net  stable  funding  ratio  requirements  are 
intended to ensure that we are not overly reliant on short-term 
funding  and  that  we  have  sufficient  long-term  funding  for 
illiquid assets. The relevant calculations make assumptions about 
the  relative  likelihood  and  amount  of  outflows  of  funding  and 
available sources of additional funding in market-wide and firm-
specific  stress  situations.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  in  an 
actual  stress  situation  our  funding  outflows  would  not  exceed 
the assumed amounts. 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial and 
operating 
performance 

Management report 

Changes related to Item 303 of Regulation S-K 

In our Annual Report 2019 and related 20-F filing, we exclude the discussion of the financial years 2018 compared with 2017 
in our Management’s Discussion and Analysis section pursuant to changes related to Item 303 of Regulation S-K, as we have 
included such discussion already in a prior filing, which can be found under: 

www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1114446/000161052019000031/ar1820f.htm 

 
Financial and operating performance 
Critical accounting estimates and judgments 

Critical accounting estimates and judgments 

We  believe  that  the  judgments,  estimates  and  assumptions 
we have made are appropriate under the circumstances and that 
our  financial  statements  fairly  present,  in  all  material  respects, 
the  financial  position  of  UBS  as  of  31  December  2019  and  the 
results  of  our  operations  and  cash  flows  for  2019,  including 
comparative information, in accordance with IFRS. 

  Refer to “Note 1a Significant accounting policies” in the 

“Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for 

more information 

  Refer to the “Risk factors” section of this report for more 

information 

In  preparing  our  financial  statements  in  accordance  with 
International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRS),  as  issued  by 
the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board  (IASB),  we  apply 
judgment and make estimates and assumptions that may involve 
significant  uncertainty  at  the  time  they  are  made.  We  regularly 
reassess  those  estimates  and  assumptions,  which  encompass 
historical  experience,  expectations  of  the  future  and  other 
pertinent factors, to determine their continuing relevance based 
on  current  conditions,  and  we  update  them  as  necessary. 
Changes  in  estimates  and  assumptions  may  have  a  significant 
effect  on  the  financial  statements.  Furthermore,  actual  results 
may differ significantly from our estimates, which could result in 
significant  losses  to  the  Group,  beyond  what  we  anticipated  or 
provided for. 

Key  areas  involving  a  high  degree  of  judgment  and  areas 
where  estimates  and  assumptions  are  significant  to  the 
consolidated financial statements include: 
–  fair value measurement 
–  expected credit loss measurement 
–  assessment  of  the  business  model  and  certain  contractual 

features when classifying financial instruments 
–  pension and other post-employment benefit plans 
–  income taxes 
–  goodwill 
–  provisions and contingent liabilities 
–  consolidation of structured entities 
–  determination  of  the  functional  currency  and  assessing  the 
earliest  date  from  which  it  is  practical  to  perform  a 
restatement  following  a  change  in  presentation  currency  for 
the year ended 31 December 2018 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Significant accounting and financial reporting 
changes 

Significant accounting and financial reporting changes in 
2019 

IFRS 16, Leases 
We  have  adopted  IFRS  16,  Leases,  effective  1  January  2019, 
fundamentally  changing  how  we  account  for  operating  leases 
when  acting  as  a  lessee.  Upon  adoption,  assets  and  liabilities 
increased  by  USD 3.5  billion,  with  a  corresponding  increase  in 
risk-weighted  assets  (RWA)  and  leverage  ratio  denominator 
(LRD). 

In  the  income  statement,  the  adoption  of  the  new  standard 
has  resulted  in  increases  in  Interest  expense  and  Depreciation 
and  impairment  of  property,  equipment  and  software,  which 
have  been  partly  offset  by  a  decrease 
in  General  and 
administrative expenses. The full-year effect of the application of 
IFRS 16 was a net decrease in profit before tax of approximately 
USD 60 million, reflecting reductions of approximately USD 120 
million  and  USD 60  million  in  operating  income  and  expenses, 
respectively. 

As permitted by IFRS 16, we have elected not to restate prior-

period information. 

  Refer to “Note 1 Summary of significant accounting policies” in 
the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report 

for more information about the adoption of IFRS 16 

Presentation of dividend income and expense from financial 
instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss 
Effective  1 January  2019,  we  refined  the  presentation  of 
dividend  income  and  expense,  reclassifying  dividends  from 
financial  instruments  measured  at  fair  value  through  profit  or 
loss from Net interest income to Other net income from financial 
instruments  measured  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  (prior 
to 1 January 2019: Other net income from fair value changes on 
financial  instruments),  in  order  to  align  the  presentation  of 
dividends  with  other  associated  fair  value  changes.  There  is  no 
effect  on  Total  operating  income  or  Net  profit  /  (loss).  The 
change  reduces  the  significant  volatility  in  Net  interest  income 
that previously arose. 

Prior periods have been restated for this presentation change. 
For  the  financial  year  2018,  this  resulted  in  a  decrease  of 
USD 976  million  in  Net  interest  income  and  a  corresponding 
increase 
instruments 
measured at fair value through profit or loss. 

income  from  financial 

in  Other  net 

  Refer to “Note 1 Summary of significant accounting policies” in 
the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report 

for more information 

Changes in Corporate Center cost and resource allocation to 
business divisions 
In  order  to  further  align  Group  and  divisional  performance,  we 
have  adjusted  our  methodology  for  the  allocation  of  Corporate 
Center funding costs and expenses to the business divisions. At 
the  same  time,  we  updated  our  funds  transfer  pricing 
framework  to  better  reflect  the  sources  and  usage  of  funding. 
All  of  these  changes  became  effective  as  of  1 January  2019. 
Prior periods have been restated. 

Together,  for  the  full  year  2018,  these  changes  reduced  the 
business  divisions’  operating  results  and  thereby  increased  their 
adjusted  cost  /  income  ratios  approximately  1–2  percentage 
points, while Corporate Center’s 2018 operating loss before tax 
decreased by USD 0.7 billion. 

In Corporate Center, we retain funding costs for deferred tax 
assets, costs relating to our legal entity transformation program 
and  other  costs  not  attributable  to,  or  representative  of  the 
performance of, the business divisions. 

Alongside  the  updates  to  cost  allocations  and  to  our  funds 
transfer  pricing  framework,  we  increased  the  allocation  of 
balance  sheet  resources  from  Corporate  Center  to  the  business 
divisions. For 2018, the restatement resulted in USD 26 billion of 
additional  RWA  and  USD 93  billion  of  additional  LRD  allocated 
from Corporate Center to the business divisions. 

The  additional  USD 3.5  billion  RWA  and  LRD  that  resulted 
from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16,  Leases,  have  both  been  fully 
allocated to the business divisions. 

  Refer to “Note 2a Segment reporting” in the “Consolidated 

financial statements” section of this report for more 

information 

73 

Financial and operating performance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial and operating performance 
Significant accounting and financial reporting changes 

Changes in equity attribution 
in  resource  allocation  from 
The  aforementioned  changes 
Corporate  Center  to  the  business  divisions  are  reflected  in  the 
equity  attribution  to  the  business  divisions.  Furthermore,  we 
have  updated  our  equity  attribution  framework,  revising  the 
capital  ratio  for  RWA  from  11%  to  12.5%  to  better  align  with 
Group  capital  levels,  and  incrementally  allocating  to  business 
divisions  USD 2  billion  of  attributed  equity  that  is  related  to 
certain  common  equity  tier 1  (CET1)  deduction  items  previously 
held  centrally.  In  aggregate,  we  allocated  USD 7  billion  of 
additional  attributed  equity  to  the  business  divisions.  The 
remaining  attributed  equity  retained 
in  Corporate  Center 
primarily relates to deferred tax assets, dividend accruals and the 
Non-core and Legacy Portfolio. 

Prior  periods  have  been  restated.  For  the  full  year  2018,  the 
combined effect from the changes in equity attribution and the 
aforementioned  changes  in  cost  and  resource  allocation  to  the 
business  divisions  led  to  a  3–7  percentage  point  reduction  in 
their respective return on attributed equity. 

  Refer to “Equity attribution and return on attributed equity” in 
the “Capital management” section of this report for more 

information about our equity attribution framework 

Changes in Corporate Center segment reporting 
Effective  1  January  2019,  and  in  compliance  with  IFRS 8, 
Operating  Segments,  we  provide  results  for  total  Corporate 
Center  only  and  do  not  separately  report  Corporate  Center  – 
Services,  Group  Asset  and  Liability  Management  (Group  ALM) 
and  Non-core  and  Legacy  Portfolio.  Furthermore,  we  have 
operationally combined our Group Treasury activities with Group 
ALM  and  call  this  combined  function  Group  Treasury.  Prior-
period information has been restated. 

  Refer to “Note 1 Summary of significant accounting policies” 

revised on 31 October 2019), as well as amendments to existing 
disclosures in accordance with the Basel Committee on Banking 
Supervision  “Technical  Amendment  –  Pillar 3  disclosure 
requirements  –  regulatory  treatment  of  accounting  provisions” 
issued in August 2018. 

  Refer to the 31 December 2019 Pillar 3 report, available under 
“Pillar 3 disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors, for more 

information about the changes to Pillar 3 disclosure 

requirements 

Significant accounting and financial reporting changes in 
2020 

Adoption of hedge accounting requirements of IFRS 9, Financial 
instruments 
Effective  1  January  2020,  we  have  adopted  the  hedge 
accounting  requirements  of  IFRS  9,  Financial  instruments,  for 
most  of  our  existing  hedge  accounting  programs,  including  fair 
value  hedges  for  interest  rate  risk  related  to  debt  instruments, 
cash  flow  hedges  of  forecast  transactions  and  hedges  of  net 
investments  in  foreign  operations.  As  permitted  by  IFRS  9,  we 
continue  to  account  for  our  fair  value  hedges  of  portfolio 
interest  rate  risk  related  to  loans  under  IAS  39,  Financial 
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. 

these 

The  adoption  of 

requirements  will  have  no 
consequential  financial  effect  on  our  financial  statements. 
However, the adoption will allow us to designate more effective 
hedge  accounting  relationships  going  forward,  including  fair 
value  hedges  of  foreign  currency  risk  using  cross-currency 
swaps,  and  to  reduce  income  statement  volatility  caused  by 
foreign currency basis spreads. 

  Refer to “Note 1c International Financial Reporting Standards 
and Interpretations to be adopted in 2020 and later and other 

and “Note 2a Segment reporting” in the “Consolidated financial 

changes” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of 

statements” section of this report for more information 

this report for more information 

Amendments to IAS 39, IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 (Interest Rate 
Benchmark Reform) 
In  September  2019,  the  IASB  issued  Interest  Rate  Benchmark 
Reform,  Amendments  to  IFRS  9,  IAS  39  and  IFRS  7,  enabling 
hedge  accounting  to  continue  during  the  period  of  uncertainty 
before  existing  interest  rate  benchmarks  are  replaced  with 
alternative 
the 
transitional provisions, we early adopted the revisions in 2019. 

rates.  As  permitted  by 

risk-free 

interest 

  Refer to “Note 1 Summary of significant accounting policies” in 
the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report 

for more information 

Changes to Pillar 3 disclosure requirements 
During 2019, we introduced several new tables and/or narratives 
in  accordance  with  the  FINMA  Pillar  3  disclosure  requirements 
last 
(FINMA  Circular  2016/1  “Disclosure  –  banks,”  as 

74 

Streamlining of business division expense reporting 
Over  recent  years,  we  have  been  progressively  aligning  our 
support  functions,  such  as  Technology,  Operations  and  Real 
Estate,  with  the  business  divisions.  In  order  to  reflect  this 
alignment,  we  will  streamline  our  reporting  beginning  with  our 
first  quarter  2020  report.  We  will  no  longer  provide  the 
individual  operating  expense  lines  but  will  disclose  costs  at  a 
total operating expense level for our divisions. We will continue 
to  disclose  the  full  details  on  operating  expenses  at  the  Group 
level,  and  explain  the  drivers  of  changes  in  divisional  operating 
expenses 
in  our  management’s  discussion  and  analysis. 
Revenues  and  costs  related  to  a  small  residual  set  of  activities 
that  are  not  directly  attributable  to  or  representative  of  the 
performance of the business divisions will be renamed as Group 
items. These changes will have no impact on Business Division or 
Group  operating  income,  operating  expenses  and  profit  before 
tax. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group performance 

Income statement 

USD million 

Net interest income 

Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss 

Credit loss (expense) / recovery 

Fee and commission income 

Fee and commission expense 

Net fee and commission income 

Other income 

Total operating income 

of which: net interest income and other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value 
through profit or loss 

Personnel expenses 

General and administrative expenses 

Depreciation and impairment of property, equipment and software 

Amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 

Total operating expenses 

Operating profit / (loss) before tax 

Tax expense / (benefit) 

Net profit / (loss) 

Net profit / (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests 

NNeett pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) aattttrriibbuuttaabbllee ttoo sshhaarreehhoollddeerrss 

Comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests 

TToottaall ccoommpprreehheennssiivvee iinnccoommee aattttrriibbuuttaabbllee ttoo sshhaarreehhoollddeerrss 

For the year ended 

% change from 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

31.12.18 

44,,550011 

66,,884422 

((7788)) 

1199,,111100 

((11,,669966)) 

1177,,441133 

221122 

2288,,888899 

1111,,334433 
1166,,008844 

55,,228888 

11,,776655 

117755 

2233,,331122 

55,,557777 

11,,226677 

44,,331100 

66 

44,,330044 

55,,009911 

22 

55,,008899 

5,048 

6,960 

(118) 

19,598 

(1,703) 

17,895 

428 

30,213 

12,008 
16,132 

6,797 

1,228 

65 

24,222 

5,991 

1,468 

4,522 

7 

4,516 

4,231 

5 

4,225 

6,070 

5,637 

(131) 

19,362 

(1,840) 

17,522 

524 

29,622 

11,707 
16,199 

6,949 

1,053 

71 

24,272 

5,351 

4,305 

1,046 

77 

969 

2,113 

326 

1,787 

(11) 

(2) 

(34) 

(2) 

0 

(3) 

(51) 

(4) 

(6) 
0 

(22) 

44 

169 

(4) 

(7) 

(14) 

(5) 

(13) 

(5) 

20 

(69) 

20 

75 

Financial and operating performance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Financial and operating performance 
Group performance 

Performance of our business divisions and Corporate Center – reported and adjusted1 

USD million 
Operating income as reported 

of which: net foreign currency translations losses 3 

of which: net losses from properties held for sale 

Operating income (adjusted) 

Operating expenses as reported 

of which: personnel-related restructuring expenses 4 

of which: non-personnel-related restructuring expenses 4 

of which: restructuring expenses allocated from Corporate Center 4 

of which: impairment of goodwill 

Operating expenses (adjusted) 

of which: net expenses for litigation, regulatory and similar matters 5 

Operating profit / (loss) before tax as reported 
Operating profit / (loss) before tax as reported

Operating profit / (loss) before tax (adjusted)
Operating profit / (loss) before tax (adjusted) 

USD million 
Operating income as reported 

of which: gains related to investments in associates 

of which: gains on sale of real estate 

of which: gains on sale of subsidiaries and businesses 

of which: remeasurement loss related to UBS Securities China 

For the year ended 31.12.19 
For the year ended 31.12.19

Global Wealth
Global Wealth 
Management
Management 
16,353
16,353 

Personal &
Asset
Asset 
Personal & 
Manage-
Corporate
Corporate  Manage-
ment
Banking
ment 
Banking 
1,938
3,715
1,938 
3,715 

Investment
Investment 
Bank
Bank 
7,269
7,269 

Corporate
Corporate 
Center2 
Center
(385)
(385) 

(35) 
(35)

(29) 
(29)

UBS
UBS 
28,889
28,889 

(35) 
(35)

(29) 
(29)

16,353 
16,353

3,715 
3,715

1,938 
1,938

7,269 
7,269

(321) 
(321)

28,953 
28,953

12,955
12,955 

2,274
2,274 

1,406
1,406 

6,485
6,485 

0 
0

0 
0

69 
69

0 
0

0 
0

17 
17

6 
6

7 
7

20 
20

12,887 
12,887

2,257 
2,257

1,373 
1,373

135 
135

0 
0

0 
0

3,397 
3,397

3,466
3,466 

1,441 
1,441

1,458
1,458 

532 
532

565
565 

84 
84

7 
7

77 
77

110 
110

6,208 
6,208

53 
53

784 
784

1,061
1,061 

For the year ended 31.12.18 

192
192 

113 
113

68 
68

(183) 
(183)

23,312
23,312 

203 
203

81 
81

0 
0

110 
110

194 
194

22,918 
22,918

(23) 
(23)

165 
165

(577) 
(577)

(515)
(515) 

5,577 
5,577

6,035
6,035 

Global Wealth 
Management 
16,785 

Personal & 
Asset 
Corporate  Manage-
ment 
1,852 

Banking 
4,161 

Investment 
Bank 
8,041 

Corporate 
Center2 
(626) 

101 

359 

31 

25 

UBS 
30,213 

460 

31 

25 

(270) 

(270) 

Operating income (adjusted) 

16,684 

3,802 

1,852 

8,041 

(413) 

29,966 

Operating expenses as reported 

of which: personnel-related restructuring expenses 4 

of which: non-personnel-related restructuring expenses 4 

of which: restructuring expenses allocated from Corporate Center 4 

of which: gain related to changes to the Swiss pension plan 6 

Operating expenses (adjusted) 

of which: net expenses for litigation, regulatory and similar matters 5 

Operating profit / (loss) before tax as reported
Operating profit / (loss) before tax as reported 

Operating profit / (loss) before tax (adjusted)
Operating profit / (loss) before tax (adjusted) 

13,531 
34 

2,365 
4 

1,426 
23 

16 

209 

(66) 

0 

43 

(38) 

10 

33 

(10) 

6,554 
16 

11 

166 

(5) 

13,338 

2,355 

1,370 

6,367 

619 

41 

0 

(64) 

3,254
3,254 

3,346
3,346 

1,796
1,796 

1,447
1,447 

426
426 

482
482 

1,486
1,486 

1,674
1,674 

346 
208 

238 

(450) 

(122) 

472 

62 

(971)
(971) 

(885)
(885) 

24,222 
286 

275 

0 

(241) 

23,903 

657 

5,991
5,991 

6,063
6,063 

76 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
Performance of our business divisions and Corporate Center – reported and adjusted (continued)1 

USD million 
Operating income as reported 

of which: gains on sale of subsidiaries and businesses 

of which: gains on sale of financial assets at fair value through OCI 7 

of which: net foreign currency translation losses 

Operating income (adjusted) 

Operating expenses as reported 

of which: personnel-related restructuring expenses 4 

of which: non-personnel-related restructuring expenses 4 

of which: restructuring expenses allocated from Corporate Center 4 

of which: expenses from modification of terms for certain DCCP awards 8 

Operating expenses (adjusted) 

of which: net expenses for litigation, regulatory and similar matters 5 

OOppeerraattiinngg pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) bbeeffoorree ttaaxx aass rreeppoorrtteedd 

OOppeerraattiinngg pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) bbeeffoorree ttaaxx ((aaddjjuusstteedd)) 

For the year ended 31.12.17 

Global Wealth 
Management 
16,136 

Personal & 
Corporate 
Banking 
3,839 

Asset 
Manage-
ment 
2,077 

153 

Investment 
Bank 
7,650 

Corporate 
Center2 
(80) 

137 

16,136 

3,839 

1,924 

7,513 

12,917 
39 

75 

474 

2,364 
7 

0 

98 

1,514 
17 

22 

63 

6,563 
39 

18 

310 

26 

12,329 

2,259 

1,412 

6,171 

174 

2 

(4) 

(42) 

33,,221199 

33,,880077 

11,,447755 

11,,558800 

556633 

551122 

11,,008877 

11,,334422 

(16) 

(63) 

913 
443 

532 

(945) 

883 

304 

((999933)) 

((994466)) 

UBS 
29,622 

153 

137 

(16) 

29,349 

24,272 
545 

647 

0 

26 

23,054 

434 

55,,335511 

66,,229955 

11 Prior-year comparative figures in this table have been restated for the changes in Corporate Center cost and resource allocation to the business divisions and the changes in the equity attribution framework 
effective 1 January 2019. Refer to “Note 1 Summary of significant accounting policies” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for more information about the changes to the Corporate 
Center cost and resource allocation to business divisions and to the “Significant accounting and financial reporting changes” section of this report for more information about the changes in the equity attribution 
framework. Comparatives may additionally differ as a result of adjustments following organizational changes, restatements due to the retrospective adoption of new accounting standards or changes in accounting 
22 Corporate Center operating expenses presented in this table are after service allocations to business divisions.   33 Related to the disposal or closure of foreign 
policies, and events after the reporting period. 
operations.    44 Reflects restructuring expenses related to legacy cost programs as well as expenses for new restructuring initiatives.    55 Reflects the net increase in / (release of) provisions for litigation, regulatory 
and similar matters recognized in the income statement. Refer to “Note 21 Provisions and contingent liabilities” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for more information. Also includes 
recoveries from third parties of USD 11 million, USD 29 million and USD 55 million for the years ended 31 December 2019, 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2017, respectively.    66 Changes to the pension fund 
of UBS in Switzerland in 2018 resulted in a reduction in the pension obligation recognized by UBS. As a consequence, a pre-tax gain of USD 241 million was recognized in the income statement in 2018, with no 
77 Includes gains on the 
overall effect on total equity. Refer to “Note 29 Pension and other post-employment benefit plans” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for more information. 
sale of our investment in the London Clearing House and on the sale of our investment in IHS Markit in the Investment Bank in 2017.   88 Relates to the removal of the service period requirement for DCCP awards 
granted for the performance years 2012 and 2013. 

77 

Financial and operating performance 
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
      
 
    
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
Financial and operating performance 
Group performance 

2019 compared with 2018 

Results 

recorded  net  profit  attributable 

We 
to  shareholders  of 
USD 4,304 million in 2019, which included a net tax expense of 
USD 1,267  million. 
to 
shareholders  was  USD 4,516  million,  which  included  a  net  tax 
expense of USD 1,468 million. 

In  2018,  net  profit  attributable 

Profit  before  tax  decreased  by  USD 414  million,  or  7%,  to 
USD 5,577  million,  reflecting  lower  operating  income,  partly 
offset  by  a  decrease  in  operating  expenses.  Operating  income 
decreased  by  USD 1,324  million,  or  4%,  to  USD 28,889 
million,  reflecting  a  USD 665  million  decrease  in  net  interest 
income  and  other  net  income  from  financial  instruments 
measured  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss,  a  USD 482 
million  decrease  in  net  fee  and  commission  income  and 
USD 216  million  lower  other  income.  Operating  expenses 
decreased  by  USD 910  million,  or  4%,  to  USD 23,312  million. 
This was mainly driven by USD 1,509 million lower general and 
administrative  expenses,  largely  reflecting  USD 533  million 
lower  occupancy  expenses  and  a  decrease  of  USD 492  million 
in expenses related to litigation, regulatory and similar matters. 
This  was  partly  offset  by  USD 537  million  higher  depreciation 
and  impairment  of  property, equipment  and  software,  as  well 
as  USD 110  million  higher  amortization  and  impairment  of 
goodwill and intangible assets. 

In  addition  to  reporting  our  results  in  accordance  with 
International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRS),  we  report 
adjusted  results,  which  exclude 
items  that  management 
believes  are  not  representative  of  the  underlying  performance 
of  our  businesses.  Such  adjusted  results  are  non-GAAP 
financial  measures  as  defined  by  US  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission  (SEC)  regulations.  These  adjustments  include 
restructuring  expenses  related  to  our  CHF 2.1  billion  cost 

reduction  program  completed  at  the  end  of  2017  (referred  to 
as  our  “legacy  cost  programs”  in  this  report),  as  well  as 
expenses  relating  to  new  restructuring  initiatives.  For  the  full 
year  2019,  we  incurred  a  runoff  of  restructuring  expenses 
associated  with  our  legacy  cost  programs  of  USD 205  million, 
which are now expected to be nil for 2020 and future years. In 
addition, in connection with the planned structural changes in 
the 
incurred  USD 79  million  of 
restructuring  expenses  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2019.  We 
incur  restructuring  expenses  of  approximately 
expect  to 
USD 200  million  in  2020  related  to  additional  cost  actions 
across  the  Group,  with  the  majority  of  this  expense  being 
incurred in the first half of the year. 

Investment  Bank,  we 

In 

January  2020,  we  updated  and 

simplified  our 
performance target framework, with our updated performance 
targets  based  on  reported  results.  From  the  first  quarter  of 
2020, we will no longer disclose adjusted results; however, we 
will  continue  to  provide  disclosure  of  restructuring  and 
litigation expenses as well as other material profit or loss items 
that management believes are not representative of underlying 
business performance. 

For  the  purpose  of  determining  adjusted  results  for  2019, 
we  excluded  net  restructuring  expenses  of  USD 284  million,  a 
USD 110 million loss related to an impairment of goodwill, net 
foreign currency translation losses of USD 35 million and a loss 
of  USD 29  million  related  to  the  remeasurement  of  properties 
that were reclassified as properties held for sale. For 2018, we 
excluded  a  gain  of  USD 460  million  related  to  investments  in 
associates, gains of USD 31 million on sale of real estate, gains 
of  USD 25  million  on  sale  of  subsidiaries  and  businesses,  a 
remeasurement loss of USD 270 million related to the increase 
of our shareholding in UBS Securities China, a gain of USD 241 
million  related  to  changes  to  the  Swiss  pension  plan,  and  net 
restructuring expenses of USD 561 million. 

On this adjusted basis, profit before tax decreased slightly to 

USD 6,035 million. 

Net interest income and other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss 

For the year ended 
31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.17 

% change from 
31.12.18 

Personal & Corporate Banking 

of which: net interest income 
of which: transaction-based income from foreign exchange and other intermediary activity 1 

USD million 
Net interest income from financial instruments measured at amortized cost and fair value through other 
comprehensive income 
Net interest income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss 
Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss 
Total 
Total
Global Wealth Management 

 (6) 
 (24) 
 (2) 
 (6) 
 (3) 
 (4) 
 2 
 (1) 
 (3) 
 10 
 (63) 
 (12) 
 (32) 
 (6) 
 (15) 
Corporate Center 
1 Mainly includes spread-related income in connection with client-driven transactions, foreign currency translation effects and income and expenses from precious metals, which are included in the income statement 
1
line Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss. The amounts reported on this line are one component of Transaction-based income in the management discussion and 
2 Investment Bank information is 
analysis of Global Wealth Management and Personal & Corporate Banking in the “Global Wealth Management” and “Personal & Corporate Banking” sections of this report. 
2
provided at the business line level rather than by financial statement reporting line in order to reflect the underlying business activities, which is consistent with the structure of the management discussion and 
analysis in the “Investment Bank” section of this report. 

of which: net interest income 
of which: transaction-based income from foreign exchange and other intermediary activity 1 

 3,710
 1,338
 6,960
 12,008
 5,049
 4,101
 948
 2,451
 2,049
 402
 (35)
 4,756
 1,051
 3,705
 (214)

 5,018
 1,052
 5,637
 11,707
 4,941
 3,880
 1,062
 2,420
 2,044
 376
 (34)
 4,272
 1,076
 3,196
 107

3,490
3,490
1,011
1,011
6,842
6,842
11,343
11,343
4,913
4,913
3,947
3,947
966
966
2,436
2,436
1,992
1,992
443
443
(13)
(13)
4,189
4,189
716
716
3,473
3,473
(182)
(182)

Corporate Client Solutions 
Investor Client Services 

Asset Management 
Investment Bank2 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income 

Total operating income decreased by USD 1,324 million, or 4%, 
to  USD 28,889  million.  On  an  adjusted  basis,  total  operating 
income  decreased  by  USD 1,013  million,  or  3%, 
to 
USD 28,953 million. 

Net interest income and other net income from financial 
instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss 
Total combined net interest income and other net income from 
financial  instruments  measured  at  fair  value  through  profit  or 
loss  decreased  by  USD 665  million  to  USD 11,343  million.  This 
was  mainly  driven  by  lower  net  income  in  the  Investment  Bank 
and Global Wealth Management. 

Global Wealth Management 
In  Global  Wealth  Management,  net  interest  income  decreased 
by USD 154 million to USD 3,947 million, mainly reflecting lower 
income  from  lending  and  deposits,  due  to  margin  compression 
and  moves  into  lower-margin  products.  These  effects  were 
partly offset by higher investment-of-equity income. 

Transaction-based  income  from  foreign  exchange  and  other 
intermediary  activity  increased  by  USD 18  million  to  USD 966 
million,  mainly  due  to  higher  revenues  from  foreign  exchange 
transactions, driven by higher levels of client activity. 

Personal & Corporate Banking 
In Personal & Corporate Banking, net interest income decreased 
by USD 57 million to USD 1,992 million, mainly reflecting higher 
funding  costs  for  long-term  debt  that  contributes  to  total  loss-
absorbing  capacity  and  lower  banking  book  interest  income. 
This was partly offset by higher deposit revenues. 

Transaction-based  income  from  foreign  exchange  and  other 
intermediary  activity  increased  by  USD 41  million  to  USD 443 
million,  mainly  due  to  higher  net 
income  from  foreign 
exchange transactions. 

Investment Bank 
In  the  Investment  Bank,  net  interest  income  and  other  net 
income  from  financial  instruments  measured  at  fair  value 
through  profit  or 
loss  decreased  by  USD 567  million  to 
USD 4,189  million.  This  was  driven  by  a  USD 335  million 
decrease  in  Corporate  Client  Solutions,  mainly  reflecting  a 
decrease  in  leveraged  finance  revenues  and  as  2018  included 
higher gains from transactions across our Equity Capital Markets 
and  Risk  Management  portfolio.  In  addition,  USD 198  million 

Credit loss (expense) / recovery 

USD million 
Global Wealth Management 
Personal & Corporate Banking 
Investment Bank 
Corporate Center 
TToottaall 

lower income in our Equities business was driven by lower prime 
brokerage  client  balances  and  margin  compression,  as  well  as 
lower client activity levels across all Equities product lines. 

revenues 

ineffectiveness, 

Corporate Center 
In Corporate Center, net interest income and other net income 
from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit 
or  loss  increased  by  USD 32  million.  This  reflected  USD 421 
million higher net treasury income, driven by income from hedge 
accounting 
accounting 
asymmetries,  as  well  as  higher  net  interest  income.  This  was 
partly  offset  by  USD 252  million  lower  income  in  Retained 
Services,  driven  by  USD 122  million  of  additional  interest 
expense  related  to  lease  liabilities  recognized  as  a  result  of  the 
application  of  IFRS  16,  Leases,  which  was  adopted  in  the  first 
quarter  of  2019,  and  approximately  USD 130  million  higher 
asset funding costs, mainly driven by increased interest rates. In 
addition, income in Non-Core and Legacy Portfolio decreased by 
USD 137 million, mainly as 2018 included higher valuation gains 
on auction rate securities. 

from 

  Refer to “Note 3 Net interest income and other net income from 
financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or 

loss” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this 

report for more information 

Credit loss expense / recovery 
Total  net  credit  loss  expenses  were  USD 78  million  in  2019, 
compared  with  USD 118  million,  reflecting  net  credit  loss 
expenses of USD 100 million related to credit-impaired (stage 3) 
positions,  mainly  in  Personal  &  Corporate  Banking  and  to  a 
lesser  extent  in  the  Investment  Bank  and  Global  Wealth 
Management.  This  was  partly  offset  by  USD 22  million  of  net 
releases in expected credit loss expense allowances from stage 1 
and 2 positions. 

  Refer to “Note 1 Summary of significant accounting policies” in 
the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report 

for more information about IFRS 9 

  Refer to “Note 10 Financial assets at amortized cost and other 
positions in scope of expected credit loss measurement” and 

“Note 23 Expected credit loss measurement” in the 

“Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for 

more information about credit loss expense / recovery 
  Refer to the “Risk factors” section of this report for more 

information 

For the year ended 
31.12.18 
(15) 
(56) 
(38) 
(8) 
(118) 

3311..1122..1199 
((2200)) 
((2211)) 
((3300)) 
((77)) 
((7788)) 

31.12.17 
(8) 
(20) 
(92) 
(11) 
(131) 

% change from 
31.12.18 
32 
(63) 
(22) 
(12) 
(34) 

79 

Financial and operating performance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial and operating performance 
Group performance 

Net fee and commission income 
Net  fee  and  commission  income  was  USD 17,413  million 
compared with USD 17,895 million. 

Net  brokerage  fees  decreased  by  USD 267  million,  mainly  in 
the Investment Bank and in Global Wealth Management, largely 
due to lower levels of client activity across the first half of 2019. 
Investment fund fees and fees for portfolio management and 
related services decreased by USD 196 million, driven by Global 
Wealth  Management,  largely  reflecting  lower  average  invested 
assets in the first quarter of 2019, as well as margin compression 
and shifts into lower-margin products. These effects were partly 
offset  by  an  increase  of  USD 82  million  in  Asset  Management, 
reflecting the effect of higher average invested assets, as well as 
an  increase  in  performance  fees,  reflecting  strong  investment 
performance in a constructive market environment. 

Underwriting fees decreased by USD 70 million, mainly in our 
Corporate  Client  Solutions  business  in  the  Investment  Bank, 
driven by lower revenues from public offerings. 

  Refer to “Note 4 Net fee and commission income” in the 

“Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for 

more information 

to 

the 

remeasurement  of  properties 

Other income 
Other  income  was  USD 212  million  compared  with  USD 428 
million on a reported basis. 2019 included net foreign currency 
translation losses of USD 35 million and a loss of USD 29 million 
related 
that  were 
reclassified  as  properties  held  for  sale.  The  previous  year 
included  a  valuation  gain  of  USD 460  million  on  our  equity 
ownership  in  SIX  related  to  the  sale  of  SIX  Payment  Services  to 
Worldline,  a  remeasurement  loss  of  USD 270  million  related  to 
the  increase  of  our  shareholding  in  UBS  Securities  China,  gains 
on  sale  of  real  estate  of  USD 31  million  and  gains  on  sale  of 
subsidiaries  of  USD 25  million.  Excluding  these  items,  adjusted 
other  income  increased  by  USD 94  million,  mainly  driven  by 
gains  resulting  from  the  settlement  of  a  litigation  claim,  gains 
related  to  legacy  securities  positions,  and  income  related  to  a 
claim on a defaulted counterparty position. 

Operating expenses 

Total operating expenses decreased by USD 910 million, or 4%, 
to  USD 23,312  million.  On  an  adjusted  basis,  total  operating 
expenses decreased by USD 985 million, or 4%, to USD 22,918 
million. 

Personnel expenses 
Personnel expenses decreased by USD 48 million to USD 16,084 
million  on  a  reported  basis,  primarily  reflecting  lower  variable 
compensation,  lower  expenses  for  contractors,  and  lower  other 
personnel  expenses.  This  was  largely  offset  by  higher  expenses 
for  pension  and  other  post-employment  benefit  plans,  as  2018 
included  a  gain  of  USD 241  million  related  to  changes  to  the 
Swiss  pension  plan,  and  higher  salary  costs.  On  an  adjusted 
basis,  personnel  expenses  decreased  by  USD 206  million  to 
USD 15,881  million,  primarily  driven  by  the  aforementioned 
decrease in variable compensation. 

Expenses  for  salaries 

increased  by  USD 70  million  to 
USD 6,518  million,  primarily  driven  by  continued  insourcing  of 
certain  activities  from  third-party  vendors  to  our  Business 
Solutions  Centers,  as  well  as  increased  staffing  to  address 
regulatory  requirements.  These  increases  were  partly  offset  by 
lower  salary  expenses  in  Global  Wealth  Management.  On  an 
adjusted  basis,  expenses  for  salaries  increased  by  USD 170 
million 
the 
aforementioned insourcing effects. 

to  USD 6,443  million,  mainly 

reflecting 

Expenses  for  total  variable  compensation  decreased  by 
USD 237  million,  and  adjusted  expenses  for  total  variable 
compensation decreased by USD 261 million, mainly reflecting a 
decrease in expenses for current year awards. 

Financial  advisor  compensation  was  broadly  stable  at 

USD 4,043 million. 

Other  personnel  expenses  decreased  by  USD 99  million  and 
adjusted  other  personnel  expenses  decreased  by  USD 103 
insurance  and 
million,  primarily  due 
recruitment costs. 

lower  medical 

to 

  Refer to the “Compensation” section of this report for more 

  Refer to “Note 5 Other income” in the “Consolidated financial 

information 

statements” section of this report for more information 

  Refer to “Note 6 Personnel expenses,” “Note 29 Pension and 

  Refer to “Note 32 Changes in organization and acquisitions and 
disposals of subsidiaries and businesses” in the “Consolidated 

other post-employment benefit plans” and “Note 30 Employee 

benefits: variable compensation” in the “Consolidated financial 

financial statements” section of this report for more 

statements” section of this report for more information 

information about the increase of stake in and consolidation of 

UBS Securities China 

General and administrative expenses 
General  and  administrative  expenses  decreased  by  USD 1,509 
million to USD 5,288 million. This was driven by USD 492 million 
lower  expenses  related  to  litigation,  regulatory  and  similar 
matters, as the prior year included an increase in provisions that 
largely 
to  our  cross-border  wealth  management 
businesses, as well as USD 269 million lower expenses related to 
the  outsourcing  of  IT  and  other  services  and  USD 133  million 
lower professional fees. 

related 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses 

USD million 

Operating expenses as reported 
Personnel expenses 
General and administrative expenses 
Depreciation and impairment of property, equipment and software 
Amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg eexxppeennsseess aass rreeppoorrtteedd 

Adjusting items 
Personnel expenses 

of which: restructuring expenses 1 
of which: gain related to changes to the Swiss pension plan 2 
of which: expenses from modification of terms for certain DCCP awards 3 

General and administrative expenses1 
Depreciation and impairment of property, equipment and software1 
Amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 

of which: impairment of goodwill 

TToottaall aaddjjuussttiinngg iitteemmss 

For the year ended 
31.12.18 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.17 

% change from 
31.12.18 

0 
(22) 
44 
169 
(4) 

1166,,008844 
55,,228888 
11,,776655 
117755 
2233,,331122 

220033 
220033 

7722 
1100 
111100 
111100 
339944 

16,132 
6,797 
1,228 
65 
24,222 

45 
286 
(241) 

225 
50 
0 
0 
319 

16,199 
6,949 
1,053 
71 
24,272 

570 
545 

26 
640 
7 
0 
0 
1,217 

Operating expenses (adjusted) 
Personnel expenses 

General and administrative expenses 

of which: net expenses for litigation, regulatory and similar matters 
of which: other general and administrative expenses 

of which: salaries 
of which: total variable compensation 
of which: relating to current year 4 
of which: relating to prior years 5 
of which: financial advisor compensation 6 
of which: other personnel expenses 7 

(1) 
3 
(8) 
(11) 
4 
0 
(4) 
(21) 
(75) 
(15) 
49 
Depreciation and impairment of property, equipment and software 
Amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
0 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg eexxppeennsseess ((aaddjjuusstteedd)) 
(4) 
11 Reflects restructuring expenses related to legacy cost programs as well as expenses for new restructuring initiatives.    22 Refer to “Note 29 Pension and other post-employment benefit plans” in the “Consolidated 
financial statements” section of this report for more information.    33 Relates to the removal of the service period requirement for DCCP awards granted for the performance years 2012 and 2013.    44 Includes 
expenses relating to performance awards and other variable compensation for the respective performance year.   55 Consists of amortization of prior years’ awards relating to performance awards and other variable 
66 Financial advisor compensation consists of formulaic compensation based directly on compensable revenues generated by financial advisors and supplemental compensation calculated on the 
compensation. 
basis of financial advisor productivity, firm tenure, new assets and other variables. It also includes expenses related to compensation commitments with financial advisors entered into at the time of recruitment that 
77 Consists of expenses related to contractors, social security, pension and other post-employment benefit plans and other personnel expenses. Refer to “Note 6 Personnel 
are subject to vesting requirements. 
expenses” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for more information. 

15,628 
5,801 
3,242 
2,538 
704 
4,064 
2,521 
6,309 
434 
5,875 
1,046 
71 
23,054 

16,087 
6,273 
3,167 
2,576 
592 
4,054 
2,593 
6,572 
657 
5,916 
1,178 
65 
23,903 

1155,,888811 
66,,444433 
22,,990066 
22,,228888 
661188 
44,,004433 
22,,449900 
55,,221166 
116655 
55,,005511 
11,,775555 
6655 
2222,,991188 

Occupancy expenses decreased by USD 533 million, primarily 
following the adoption of IFRS 16, Leases, as of 1 January 2019. 
This  decrease  was  more  than  offset  by  an  increase  of  USD 484 
million  in  depreciation  expenses  for  leased  properties  and  an 
increase of USD 122 million in interest expense relating to lease 
liabilities, both also as a direct result of the adoption of IFRS 16. 
The full year effect of the application of IFRS 16 in 2019 was a 
net  decrease  in  profit  before  tax  of  approximately  USD 60 
million,  reflecting  reductions  of  approximately  USD 120  million 
income  and  expenses, 
and  USD 60  million 
respectively. 

in  operating 

Net  expenses  for  the  UK  and  German  bank  levies  were 
USD 41  million  in  2019  and  included  a  USD 31  million  credit 
related  to  prior  years.  In  2018,  net  expenses  for  the  UK  and 
German bank levies were USD 58 million and included a USD 45 
million credit related to prior years. 

On  an  adjusted  basis,  general  and  administrative  expenses 
decreased  by  USD 1,356  million  to  USD 5,216  million,  largely 
due  to  the  aforementioned  decreases  in  expenses  related  to 
litigation, regulatory and similar matters, costs for outsourcing of 
IT and other services and professional fees. 

We  believe  that  the  industry  continues  to  operate  in  an 
environment  in  which  expenses  associated  with  litigation, 
regulatory  and  similar  matters  will  remain  elevated  for  the 
foreseeable future and we continue to be exposed to a number 
of  significant  claims  and  regulatory  matters.  The  outcome  of 
many  of  these  matters,  the  timing  of  a  resolution,  and  the 
potential  effects  of  resolutions  on  our  future  business,  financial 
results or financial condition are extremely difficult to predict. 
  Refer to “Note 7 General and administrative expenses” and 

“Note 21 Provisions and contingent liabilities” in the 

“Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for 

more information 

Depreciation, amortization and impairment 
Depreciation  and  impairment  of  property,  equipment  and 
software increased by USD 537 million to USD 1,765 million on 
a  reported  basis,  and  by  USD 577  million  to  USD 1,755  million 
on  an  adjusted  basis,  mainly  driven  by  the  aforementioned 
USD 484 million higher depreciation expenses resulting from the 
application of IFRS 16. 

81 

Financial and operating performance 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial and operating performance 
Group performance 

Amortization  and  impairment  of  goodwill  and  intangible 
assets  increased  by  USD 110  million  to  USD 175  million  on  a 
reported  basis,  as  a  result  of  a  USD 110  million  impairment  of 
goodwill in the Investment Bank in the fourth quarter of 2019. 
Excluding this item, these expenses were broadly unchanged. 
  Refer to “Note 15 Property, equipment and software” and 

“Note 16 Goodwill and intangible assets” in the “Consolidated 

financial statements” section of this report for more 

information 

Tax 

We  recognized  an  income  tax  expense  of  USD 1,267  million  in 
2019,  representing  an  effective  tax  rate  of  22.7%,  compared 
with USD 1,468 million for 2018. 

This included net Swiss tax expenses of USD 630 million and 

net non-Swiss tax expenses of USD 637 million. 

The  Swiss  tax  expenses  included  current  tax  expenses  of 
USD 365  million  related  to  taxable  profits  earned  by  Swiss 
subsidiaries. In addition, they included deferred tax expenses of 
USD 265  million,  which  primarily  reflect  the  amortization  of 
deferred  tax  assets  (DTAs)  previously  recognized  in  relation  to 
deductible temporary differences. 

The non-Swiss tax expenses included current tax expenses of 
USD 426  million  related  to  taxable  profits  earned  by  non-Swiss 
subsidiaries and branches. In addition, they included deferred tax 
expenses  of  USD 211  million.  These  included  expenses  of 
USD 471  million  that  primarily  reflected  the  amortization  of 
DTAs  previously  recognized  in  relation  to  tax  losses  carried 
forward  and  deductible  temporary  differences,  including  the 
amortization  of  US  tax  loss  DTAs  at  the  level  of  UBS  Americas 
Inc. These were partly offset by a benefit of USD 260 million in 
respect  of  additional  DTA  recognition  that  resulted  from  the 
contribution  of  real  estate  assets  by  UBS  AG  to  UBS  Americas 
Inc.  in  the  year.  The  additional  DTA  recognition  related  to  the 
elections  that  were  made  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2018  to 
capitalize certain historic real estate costs. 

For  2020,  we  expect  a  full-year  tax  rate  of  approximately 
25%,  excluding  any  potential  effects  from  the  reassessment  of 
deferred tax assets. 

  Refer to “Note 8 Income taxes” in the “Consolidated financial 

statements” section of this report for more information 
  Refer to the “Risk factors” section of this report for more 

information 

82 

Total comprehensive income attributable to shareholders 

In 2019, total comprehensive income attributable to shareholders 
was USD 5,089 million, reflecting net profit of USD 4,304 million 
and  other  comprehensive  income  (OCI),  net  of  tax,  of  USD 785 
million. 

OCI  related  to  cash  flow  hedges  was  positive  USD 1,143 
million,  mainly  reflecting  an  increase  in  net  unrealized  gains  on 
US  dollar  hedging  derivatives  resulting  from  decreases  in  the 
relevant long-term US dollar interest rates. In 2018, OCI related 
to cash flow hedges was negative USD 269 million. 

OCI  associated  with  financial  assets  measured  at  fair  value 
through OCI was positive USD 117 million, compared with negative 
USD 45  million,  primarily  reflecting  net  unrealized  gains  following 
decreases in the relevant US dollar long-term interest rates in 2019. 

Foreign currency translation OCI was positive USD 104 million 
in 2019. This was mainly due to the strengthening of the Swiss 
franc and the pound sterling against the US dollar as well as the 
reclassification  of  net  losses  totaling  USD 38  million  to  the 
income  statement.  These  effects  were  partly  offset  by  the 
weakening of the euro. In 2018, OCI related to foreign currency 
translation was negative USD 541 million. 

OCI related to own credit on financial liabilities designated at fair 
value  was  negative  USD 392  million,  compared  with  positive 
USD 509 million, primarily due to tightening credit spreads in 2019. 
Defined  benefit  plan  OCI,  net  of  tax,  was  negative  USD 186 
million  compared  with  positive  USD 56  million.  Total  pre-tax  OCI 
related  to  UK  defined  benefit  plans  was  negative  USD 78  million, 
reflecting OCI losses of USD 361 million from the remeasurement of 
the  defined  benefit  obligation  (DBO),  mainly  driven  by  a  loss  of 
USD 552 million due to a decrease in the applicable discount rate, 
partly offset by a gain of USD 132 million due to a decrease in the 
expected rate of pension increase. This was partly offset by an OCI 
gain of USD 284 million due to a positive return on plan assets. 

Total pre-tax OCI related to the Swiss defined benefit plan was 
negative USD 22 million. This reflected losses of USD 1,728 million 
from  the  DBO  remeasurement  and  of  USD 353  million  from  an 
increase in the effect of the IFRS asset ceiling, almost entirely offset 
by  a  gain  of  USD 2,059  million  due  to  a  positive  return  on  plan 
assets.  The  DBO  remeasurement  loss  of  USD 1,728  million  was 
driven  by  a  loss  of  USD 1,887  million  due  to  a  decrease  in  the 
applicable discount rate and an experience loss of USD 284 million, 
reflecting the effects of differences between the previous actuarial 
assumptions  and  what  actually  occurred.  These  losses  were  partly 
offset by gains of USD 243 million resulting from a decrease in the 
expected  rate  of  interest  credit  on  retirement  savings  and  of 
USD 199 million due to other changes in actuarial assumptions. 
  Refer to “Statement of comprehensive income” in the 

“Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for 

more information 

  Refer to “Note 29 Pension and other post-employment benefit 

plans” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this 

report for more information about defined benefit plans 

including a description of an enhancement to the asset ceiling 

calculation methodology effective in the first quarter of 2020 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sensitivity to interest rate movements 

As  of  31  December  2019,  we  estimate  that  a  parallel  shift  in 
yield  curves  by  +100  basis  points  could  lead  to  a  combined 
increase in annual net interest income of approximately USD 0.6 
billion in Global Wealth Management and Personal & Corporate 
Banking. A parallel shift in yield curves by minus 100 basis points 
could  lead  to  a  combined  reduction  in  annual  net  interest 
income of approximately USD 0.6 billion. 

These  estimates  are  based  on  a  hypothetical  scenario  of  an 
immediate  change  in  interest  rates,  equal  across  all  currencies 
and  relative  to  implied  forward  rates  applied  to  our  banking 
book.  These  estimates  further  assume  no  change  to  balance 
sheet size and structure, constant foreign exchange rates and no 
specific management action. 

Key figures 

Below  we  provide  an  overview  of  selected  key  figures  of  the 
Group.  For  further  information  about  key  figures  related  to 
capital  management,  refer  to  the  “Capital  management” 
section of this report. 

Adjusted cost / income ratio 
The  adjusted  cost  /  income  ratio  was  78.9%,  compared  with 
79.5%,  reflecting  a  reduction  in  adjusted  operating  expenses, 
offset by a decrease in adjusted operating income. 

Common equity tier 1 capital 
Common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital increased by USD 1.5 billion 
to USD 35.6 billion, mainly driven by operating profit before tax 
of USD 5.6 billion, partly offset by accruals for capital returns to 
shareholders of USD 2.6 billion, a USD 0.8 billion effect from our 
share repurchase program and current tax expenses of USD 0.8 
billion. 

Return on CET1 capital 
Our  return  on  CET1  capital  (RoCET1)  was  12.4%,  compared 
with  13.1%,  driven  by  a  USD 0.2  billion  decrease  in  net  profit 
attributable to shareholders and a USD 0.4 billion increase in the 
average CET1 capital. 

Risk-weighted assets 
Risk-weighted  assets  (RWA)  decreased  by  USD 4.5  billion  to 
USD 259.2 billion, reflecting decreases from asset size and other 
movements  of  USD 8.0  billion  and  regulatory  add-ons  of 
USD 0.7 billion, partly offset by methodology and policy change 
of  USD 2.0  billion,  model  updates  of  USD 1.2  billion  and 
currency effects of USD 0.9 billion. 

Common equity tier 1 capital ratio 
Our  CET1  capital  ratio  increased  0.8  percentage  points  to 
13.7%,  reflecting  the  USD 1.5  billion  increase  in  CET1  capital 
and a USD 4.5 billion decrease in RWA. 

Leverage ratio denominator 
The leverage ratio denominator (LRD) increased by USD 7 billion 
to  USD 911  billion.  The  increase  was  driven  by  currency  effects 
of USD 5 billion and policy changes of USD 4 billion, partly offset 
in  asset  size  and  other  movements  of 
by  a  decrease 
USD 2 billion. 

Common equity tier 1 leverage ratio 
Our CET1 leverage ratio increased from 3.77% to 3.90% as of 
31  December  2019,  reflecting  the  aforementioned  increase  in 
CET1 capital, partly offset by a USD 7 billion increase in the LRD. 

Going concern leverage ratio 
Our going concern leverage ratio increased from 5.1% to 5.7%, 
reflecting a USD 5.6 billion increase in our going concern capital, 
partly offset by the aforementioned increase in the LRD. 

Personnel 
We  employed  68,601  personnel  (full-time  equivalents)  as  of 
31 December  2019.  The  net  increase  of  1,713  compared  with 
31 December  2018  was  largely  driven  by  a  2,583  increase  in 
Corporate  Center,  mainly  as  a  result  of  the  ongoing  insourcing 
of  certain  activities  from  third-party  vendors  to  our  Business 
Solutions  Centers,  resulting  in  a  decrease  of  approximately 
2,200 outsourced staff. This was partly offset by a 944 decrease 
in  Global  Wealth  Management,  reflecting  the  effect  of  cost 
management initiatives and a review of advisor portfolios. 

Net new money and invested assets 
Management’s  discussion  and  analysis  on  net  new  money  and 
invested assets is provided in the “Global Wealth Management” 
and “Asset Management” sections of this report. 

Seasonal characteristics 

Our  revenues  may  show  seasonal  patterns,  notably  in  the 
Investment  Bank  and  Global  Wealth  Management.  These 
business divisions typically show the highest client activity levels 
in the first quarter, with lower levels throughout the rest of the 
year,  especially  during  the  summer  months  and  end-of-year 
holiday season. 

Net  new  money  can  be  affected  by  annual  tax  payments, 

which are concentrated in the second quarter in the US. 

83 

Financial and operating performance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial and operating performance 
Group performance 

Return on equity 

USD million, except where indicated 

Net profit 

Net profit / (loss) attributable to shareholders 

Equity 

Equity attributable to shareholders 

Less: goodwill and intangible assets 

Tangible equity attributable to shareholders 

Less: other CET1 deductions 

Common equity tier 1 capital 

Return on equity 

Return on equity (%) 

Return on tangible equity (%) 

Return on common equity tier 1 capital (%) 

Net new money1 

USD billion 

Global Wealth Management
Global Wealth Management 

Asset Management2 
Asset Management2

of which: excluding money market flows 

of which: money market flows 

As of or for the year ended 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

4,304
4,304 

4,516 

969 

54,533
54,533 

6,469
6,469 

48,064
48,064 

12,482
12,482 

35,582
35,582 

7.9
7.9 

9.0
9.0 

12.4
12.4 

52,928 

6,647 

46,281 

12,162 

34,119 

8.6 

9.8 

13.1 

52,495 

6,563 

45,932 

12,416 

33,516 

1.8 

2.0 

3.0 

For the year ended 

31.12.19
31.12.19 

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

31.6
31.6 

17.8 
17.8

12.6 
12.6

5.2
5.2 

24.7 

32.2 

24.7 

7.5 

44.8 

59.5 

48.3 

11.2 

1  Net  new  money  excludes  interest  and  dividend  income. 
1
information restated. The adjustments have no effect on total net new money. 

2  Effective  1  January  2019,  certain  assets  have  been  reclassified  between  asset  classes  to  better  reflect  their  underlying  nature,  with  prior-period 
2

Invested assets 

USD billion 

Global Wealth Management 
Global Wealth Management

Asset Management1 
Asset Management1

of which: excluding money market funds 

of which: money market funds 

As of 

% change from 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

31.12.18 

2,635 
2,635

2,260 

2,403 

903 
903

801 
801

102
102 

781 

686 

95

796 

708 

88 

17 

16 

17 

6 

1  Effective  1  January  2019,  certain  assets  have  been  reclassified  between  asset  classes  to  better  reflect  their  underlying  nature,  with  prior-period  information  restated.  The  adjustments  have  no  effect  on  total 
1
invested assets. 

84 

 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
       
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Global Wealth Management 

Global Wealth Management1 

USD million, except where indicated 

Results 
Net interest income 
Recurring net fee income2 
Transaction-based income3 
Other income 
Income 
Credit loss (expense) / recovery 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg iinnccoommee 
Personnel expenses 

Salaries and other personnel costs 
Financial advisor variable compensation4,5 
Compensation commitments with recruited financial advisors4,6 

General and administrative expenses 
Services (to) / from Corporate Center and other business divisions 

of which: services from Corporate Center 

Depreciation and impairment of property, equipment and software 
Amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg eexxppeennsseess 
BBuussiinneessss ddiivviissiioonn ooppeerraattiinngg pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) bbeeffoorree ttaaxx 

Adjusted results 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg iinnccoommee aass rreeppoorrtteedd 

of which: gain related to investments in associates 

TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg iinnccoommee ((aaddjjuusstteedd)) 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg eexxppeennsseess aass rreeppoorrtteedd 

of which: personnel-related restructuring expenses 7 
of which: non-personnel-related restructuring expenses 7 
of which: restructuring expenses allocated from Corporate Center 7,8 
of which: gain related to changes to the Swiss pension plan 

TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg eexxppeennsseess ((aaddjjuusstteedd)) 
BBuussiinneessss ddiivviissiioonn ooppeerraattiinngg pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) bbeeffoorree ttaaxx aass rreeppoorrtteedd 
BBuussiinneessss ddiivviissiioonn ooppeerraattiinngg pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) bbeeffoorree ttaaxx ((aaddjjuusstteedd)) 

Performance measures 
Pre-tax profit growth (%) 
Cost / income ratio (%) 
Net new money growth (%) 

Adjusted performance measures 
Pre-tax profit growth (%) 
Cost / income ratio (%) 

As of or for the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

% change from 
31.12.18 

33,,994477 
99,,225588 
33,,005599 
111100 
1166,,337733 
((2200)) 
1166,,335533 
77,,662211 
33,,557788 
33,,550011 
554422 
11,,221177 
44,,005566 
33,,992222 
55 
5566 
1122,,995555 
33,,339977 

1166,,335533 

1166,,335533 
1122,,995555 
00 
00 
6699 

1122,,888877 
33,,339977 
33,,446666 

44..44 
7799..11 
11..44 

33..66 
7788..77 

4,101 
9,577 
2,971 
151 
16,800 
(15) 
16,785 
7,683 
3,628 
3,470 
584 
1,724 
4,070 
3,936 
4 
50 
13,531 
3,254 

16,785 
101 
16,684 
13,531 
34 
16 
209 
(66) 

13,338 
3,254 
3,346 

1.1 
80.5 
1.0 

(12.1) 
79.9 

(4) 
(3) 
3 
(27) 
(3) 
32 
(3) 
(1) 
(1) 
1 
(7) 
(29) 
0 
0 
22 
13 
(4) 
4 

(3) 

(2) 
(4) 

(3) 
4 
4 

85 

Financial and operating performance 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
Financial and operating performance 
Global Wealth Management 

Global Wealth Management (continued)1 

USD million, except where indicated 

As of or for the year ended 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

% change from 
31.12.18 

2 

(3) 

5 
(1) 
(1) 

Additional information 
Recurring income9 
Recurring income as a percentage of income (%) 
Average attributed equity (USD billion)10 
Return on attributed equity (%)10 
Risk-weighted assets (USD billion)10 
Leverage ratio denominator (USD billion)10 
Goodwill and intangible assets (USD billion) 
Net new money (USD billion) 
Invested assets (USD billion) 
17 
Net margin on invested assets (bps)11 
1 
Gross margin on invested assets (bps) 
(5) 
Client assets (USD billion) 
15 
Loans, gross (USD billion)12 
3 
Customer deposits (USD billion)12,13 
6 
Recruitment loans to financial advisors4 
(11) 
Other loans to financial advisors4 
(17) 
Personnel (full-time equivalents)14 
(4) 
Advisors (full-time equivalents) 
(6) 
1 Prior-year comparative figures in this table have been restated for the changes in Corporate Center cost and resource allocation to the business divisions and the changes in the equity attribution framework 
1
effective 1 January 2019. Refer to “Note 1 Basis of accounting” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of our first quarter 2019 report for more information about the changes to the Corporate Center 
cost  and  resource  allocation  to  business  divisions  and  to  the  “Recent  developments”  section  of  our  first  quarter  2019  report  for  more  information  about  the  changes  in  the  equity  attribution  framework. 
Comparatives may additionally differ as a result of adjustments following organizational changes, restatements due to the retrospective adoption of new accounting standards or changes in accounting policies, and 
2 Recurring net fee income consists of fees for services provided on an ongoing basis, such as portfolio management fees, asset-based investment fund fees, custody fees and 
events after the reporting period. 
2
3 Transaction-based income consists of the non-recurring portion of net fee and commission income, mainly composed of brokerage and transaction-
account-keeping fees, which are generated on client assets. 
3
4 Relates to 
based investment fund fees, as well as credit card fees and fees for payment transactions, together with Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss. 
4
5  Financial  advisor  variable  compensation  consists  of  formulaic  compensation  based  directly  on  compensable 
licensed  professionals  with  the  ability  to  provide  investment  advice  to  clients  in  the  Americas. 
5
revenues generated by financial advisors and supplemental compensation calculated on the basis of financial advisor productivity, firm tenure, new assets and other variables.  6 Compensation commitments with 
7 Reflects restructuring 
recruited financial advisors represent expenses related to compensation commitments granted to financial advisors at the time of recruitment that are subject to vesting requirements. 
7
9  Recurring income consists of net 
expenses related to legacy cost programs as well as expenses for new restructuring initiatives. 
9
interest income and recurring net fee income.  10 Refer to the “Capital management” section of this report for more information.  11 Calculated as operating profit before tax (annualized as applicable) divided by 
10
average invested assets.  12 Loans and Customer deposits in this table include customer brokerage receivables and payables, respectively, which, with the adoption of IFRS 9, effective 1 January 2018, have been 
13 Customer deposits in Global Wealth Management have been restated as of 31 December 2018 to reflect a reclassification of balances from 
reclassified to a separate reporting line on the balance sheet. 
13
Corporate Center, with no impact on customer deposits reported for the Group. This has resulted in an increase in customer deposits reported for Global Wealth Management of USD 6.3 billion as of 31 December 
2018.  14 Personnel (full-time equivalents) as of 31 December 2019  has been amended compared with our fourth quarter 2019 report, resulting in a decrease of 6. 

13,205
13,205 
80.6
80.6 
16.6
16.6 
20.5
20.5 
78.1
78.1 
312.7
312.7 
5.1
5.1 
31.6
31.6 
2,635
2,635 
14
14 
66
66 
2,909
2,909 
179.3
179.3 
296.1
296.1 
2,053
2,053 
824
824 
22,674
22,674 
10,077
10,077 

13,678 
81.4 
16.3 
20.0 
74.3 
315.8 
5.2 
24.7 
2,260 
14 
70 
2,519 
174.7 
278.1 
2,296 
994 
23,618 
10,677 

8 Prior periods may include allocations (to) / from other business divisions. 
8

12

14

11

6

Regional breakdown of performance measures 

As of or for the year ended 31.12.19 
USD billion, except where indicated 
Net new money 

Net new money growth (%) 

Invested assets 

Loans, gross 

Advisors (full-time equivalents) 

EMEA 
(excluding 
Switzerland) 
10.5 
10.5

2.1
2.1 

552
552 

37.1 
37.1

1,660
1,660 

Americas 
(17.4) 
(17.4)

(1.4)
(1.4) 

1,403
1,403 

62.52 
62.52

6,549
6,549 

1 Excluding minor functions with 101 advisors, USD 3 billion of invested assets, USD 0.6 billion of loans and USD 0.4 billion of net new money outflows in 2019. 
1
which with the adoption of IFRS 9, effective 1 January 2018, have been reclassified to a separate reporting line on the balance sheet. 
globally managed unit. 

Asia Pacific 
31.4 
31.4

Switzerland 
7.5 
7.5

Total of  of which: ultra high 
regions1  net worth (UHNW) 
 45.5 

32.0
32.0

8.8
8.8 

450
450 

43.1 
43.1

3.7
3.7 

228
228 

36.0 
36.0

1.4
1.4

2,633
2,633

178.7 
178.7

 4.0 

 1,371 

1,041
1,041 

 1,042 3 
2 Loans include customer brokerage receivables, 
2
3 Represents advisors who exclusively serve ultra high net worth clients in a 
3

9,976
9,976

727
727 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
    
   
     
 
      
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
  
2019 compared with 2018 

Results 

Profit  before  tax  increased  by  USD 143  million,  or  4%,  to 
USD 3,397  million.  Excluding  a  USD 101  million  valuation  gain 
on  our  equity  ownership  in  SIX  related  to  the  sale  of  SIX 
Payment  Services  to  Worldline  in  2018,  a  prior-year  credit  of 
USD 66  million  related  to  our  Swiss  pension  plan  and 
restructuring  expenses,  adjusted  profit  before  tax  increased  by 
USD 120  million,  or  4%,  to  USD 3,466  million,  reflecting  lower 
operating expenses, partly offset by lower operating income. 

Operating  income  included  a  USD 75  million  fee  received 
from Personal & Corporate Banking for the shift of USD 6 billion 
of  business  volume  from  Global  Wealth  Management  to 
Personal  &  Corporate  Banking,  as  a  result  of  a  detailed  client 
segmentation review. 

Operating income 
Total operating income decreased by USD 432 million, or 3%, to 
USD 16,353  million.  Excluding  the  aforementioned  valuation 
gain  on  our  equity  ownership  in  SIX,  adjusted  total  operating 
income decreased by USD 331 million, or 2%, mainly driven by 
lower  recurring  net  fee  income  and  net  interest  income,  partly 
offset by higher transaction-based income and other income. 

Net 

interest 

income  decreased  by  USD 154  million  to 
USD 3,947 million, mainly as a result of lower deposit and loan 
margins, partly offset by higher investment-of-equity income. 

Recurring  net  fee  income  decreased  by  USD 319  million  to 
USD 9,258  million,  reflecting  margin  compression  and  moves 
into  lower-margin  products,  partly  offset  by  an  increase  in 
mandate penetration. 

Transaction-based  income  increased  by  USD 88  million  to 
USD 3,059  million,  predominantly  due  to  the  aforementioned 
fee received from Personal & Corporate Banking. 

  Refer to the “Group performance” section of our third quarter 

2019 report for more information about the realignment of our 

client coverage between Global Wealth Management and 

Personal & Corporate Banking 

Other  income  decreased  by  USD 41  million  to  USD 110 
million.  Excluding  the  aforementioned  valuation  gain  on  our 
equity  ownership  in  SIX,  adjusted  other  income  increased  by 
USD 60  million,  primarily  due  to  a  gain  related  to  the 
repositioning of the liquidity portfolio in the Americas and gains 
related to legacy securities positions. 

 Refer to the “Recent developments” section of our fourth 

quarter 2018 report for more information about the Worldline 

acquisition of SIX Payment Services 

Operating expenses 
Total operating expenses decreased by USD 576 million, or 4%, 
to  USD 12,955  million  and  adjusted  operating  expenses 
decreased by USD 451 million, or 3%, to USD 12,887 million. 

Personnel  expenses  decreased  by  USD 62  million 
to 
USD 7,621  million.  Excluding  the  aforementioned  credit  related 
to  changes  to  our  Swiss  pension  plan  and  restructuring 
expenses,  adjusted  personnel  expenses  decreased  by  USD 93 
million,  mainly  due  to  lower  variable  compensation  and  lower 
staffing levels. 

General  and  administrative  expenses  decreased  by  USD 507 
million  to  USD 1,217  million.  Excluding  restructuring  expenses, 
adjusted  general  and  administrative  expenses  decreased  by 
USD 492  million,  predominantly  driven  by  lower  expenses  for 
provisions for litigation, regulatory and similar matters. 

Net expenses for services to/from Corporate Center and other 
business  divisions  decreased  by  USD 14  million  to  USD 4,056 
million. Excluding restructuring expenses, adjusted net expenses 
for  services  increased  by  USD 126  million  to  USD 3,988  million, 
mainly  due  to  higher  expenses  for  regulatory  projects  and  IT 
development costs. 

Pre-tax profit growth 
Pre-tax  profit  growth  in  2019  was  4.4%  compared  with  1.1%. 
On  an  adjusted  basis,  pre-tax  profit  growth  was  positive  3.6%, 
compared  with  negative  12.1%,  and  was  below  our  target 
range of 10–15% over the cycle. 

Cost / income ratio 
The cost / income ratio decreased to 79.1% from 80.5%. On an 
adjusted  basis,  the  ratio  decreased  to  78.7%  from  79.9%  and 
was above our 2019 target of around 75%. 

Net new money 
Net  new  money  inflows  were  USD 31.6  billion,  compared  with 
inflows  of  USD 24.7  billion,  reflecting  an  annualized  net  new 
money  growth  rate  of  1.4%,  compared  with  1.0%,  and  was 
below our 2019 target range of 2–4%. 

Invested assets 
Invested  assets  increased  by  USD 375  billion  to  USD 2,635 
billion,  mainly  driven  by  positive  market  performance  of 
USD 336  billion,  net  new  money  inflows  of  USD 32  billion  and 
positive  currency  effects  of  USD 6  billion.  Mandate  penetration 
increased to 34.3% from 33.6%. 

Personnel 

Global  Wealth  Management  employed  22,674  personnel  (full-
time  equivalents)  as  of  31  December  2019,  a  decrease  of  944 
compared with 23,618 personnel as of 31 December 2018. The 
number  of  advisors  decreased  by  600  to  10,077.  These 
decreases reflect the effect of cost management initiatives and a 
review of advisor portfolios. 

87 

Financial and operating performance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial and operating performance 
Personal & Corporate Banking 

Personal & Corporate Banking 

Personal & Corporate Banking – in Swiss francs1 

CHF million, except where indicated 

Results 
Net interest income 
Recurring net fee income2 
Transaction-based income3 

Other income 
Income 

Credit loss (expense) / recovery 
Total operating income
Total operating income 

Personnel expenses 

General and administrative expenses 

Services (to) / from Corporate Center and other business divisions 

of which: services from Corporate Center 

Depreciation and impairment of property, equipment and software 

Amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
Total operating expenses 
Total operating expenses

Business division operating profit / (loss) before tax
Business division operating profit / (loss) before tax 

Adjusted results 
Total operating income as reported
Total operating income as reported 

of which: gains related to investments in associates 

Total operating income (adjusted) 
Total operating income (adjusted)

Total operating expenses as reported
Total operating expenses as reported 

of which: personnel-related restructuring expenses 4 
of which: non-personnel-related restructuring expenses 4 
of which: restructuring expenses allocated from Corporate Center 4,5 

of which: gain related to changes to the Swiss pension plan 

Total operating expenses (adjusted) 
Total operating expenses (adjusted)

Business division operating profit / (loss) before tax as reported
Business division operating profit / (loss) before tax as reported 

Business division operating profit / (loss) before tax (adjusted)
Business division operating profit / (loss) before tax (adjusted) 

Performance measures 
Pre-tax profit growth (%) 

Cost / income ratio (%) 

Net interest margin (bps) 

Adjusted performance measures 
Pre-tax profit growth (%) 

Cost / income ratio (%) 

88 

As of or for the year ended 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

% change from 
31.12.18 

(1) 

1 

(4) 

(86) 
(10) 

(60) 
(9) 

8 

(20) 

(5) 

(4) 

(6) 

(2) 

(19) 

(9) 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(19) 

3 

1,980
1,980 

634
634 

1,041
1,041 

60
60 
3,714
3,714 

(22)
(22) 
3,692
3,692 

850
850 

222
222 

1,173
1,173 

1,286 
1,286

13 
13

0
0 
2,259 
2,259

1,433
1,433 

3,692
3,692 

3,692 
3,692

2,259
2,259 

0 
0

0
0 

17
17 

2,242 
2,242

1,433
1,433 

1,450
1,450 

(18.6)
(18.6) 

60.8
60.8 

150
150 

2.6
2.6 

60.4
60.4 

2,003 

625 

1,082 

419 
4,128 

(55) 
4,074 

786 

279 

1,234 

1,336 

14 

0 
2,313 

1,760 

4,074 

359 

3,715 

2,313 

4 

0 

42 

(35) 

2,302 

1,760 

1,413 

21.6 

56.0 

153 

(8.8) 

61.1 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
Personal & Corporate Banking – in Swiss francs (continued)1 

CHF million, except where indicated 

Additional information 
Average attributed equity (CHF billion)6 
Return on attributed equity (%)6 
Risk-weighted assets (CHF billion)6 
Leverage ratio denominator (CHF billion)6 
Business volume for personal banking (CHF billion) 

Net new business volume for personal banking (CHF billion) 
Net new business volume growth for personal banking (%)7 

Goodwill and intangible assets (CHF billion) 
Client assets (CHF billion)8 

Loans, gross (CHF billion) 

Customer deposits (CHF billion) 

As of or for the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

% change from 
31.12.18 

88..44 

1177..11 

6655..00 

221177..11 
116688 

77..33 

44..77 

00..00 
668855 

113322..22 

115500..55 

7.8 

22.5 

62.8 

210.2 
156 

6.6 

4.2 

0.0 
638 

131.0 

141.7 

8 

3 

3 
8 

0 
7 

1 

6 

Secured loan portfolio as a percentage of total loan portfolio, gross (%) 
Impaired loan portfolio as a percentage of total loan portfolio, gross (%)9 
(1) 
Personnel (full-time equivalents) 
11 Prior-year comparative figures in this table have been restated for the changes in Corporate Center cost and resource allocation to the business divisions and the changes in the equity attribution framework 
effective 1 January 2019. Refer to “Note 1 Basis of accounting” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of our first quarter 2019 report for more information about the changes to the Corporate Center 
cost  and  resource  allocation  to  business  divisions  and  to  the  “Recent  developments”  section  of  our  first  quarter  2019  report  for  more  information  about  the  changes  in  the  equity  attribution  framework. 
Comparatives may additionally differ as a result of adjustments following organizational changes, restatements due to the retrospective adoption of new accounting standards or changes in accounting policies, and 
22 Recurring net fee income consists of fees for services provided on an ongoing basis, such as portfolio management fees, asset-based investment fund fees, custody fees and 
events after the reporting period. 
account-keeping fees, which are generated on client assets.   33 Transaction-based income comprises the non-recurring portion of net fee and commission income, mainly consisting of brokerage and transaction-
44 Reflects 
based investment fund fees, as well as credit card fees and fees for payment transactions, together with Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss. 
restructuring  expenses  related  to  legacy  cost  programs.        55  Prior  periods  may  include  allocations  (to)  /  from  other  business  divisions.   
66 Refer  to  the  “Capital  management”  section  of  this  report  for  more 
information.    77 Calculated as net new business volume for the period (annualized as applicable) divided by business volume at the beginning of the period.    88 Client assets are comprised of invested assets and 
other assets held purely for transactional purposes or custody only. We do not measure net new money for Personal & Corporate Banking.   99 Refer to the “Risk management and control” section of this report for 
more information about (credit-)impaired exposures. 

11..11 
55,,114488 

1.3 
5,183 

9922..66 

92.0 

89 

Financial and operating performance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
Financial and operating performance 
Personal & Corporate Banking 

2019 compared with 2018 

Results 

Profit  before  tax  decreased  by  CHF 327  million,  or  19%,  to 
CHF 1,433  million.  Adjusted  profit  before  tax  increased  by 
CHF 37  million,  or  3%,  to  CHF 1,450  million,  reflecting  lower 
operating expenses and lower operating income. This excluded a 
prior-year  CHF 359  million  valuation  gain  on  our  equity 
ownership  in  SIX  related  to  the  sale  of  SIX  Payment  Services  to 
Worldline, a credit related to changes to our Swiss plan in 2018 
and restructuring expenses. 

Operating  income  included  a  CHF 73  million  fee  paid  to 
Global  Wealth  Management  for  the  shift  of  CHF 6  billion  of 
business volume from Global Wealth Management to Personal & 
Corporate Banking, as a result of a detailed client segmentation 
review. 

Operating income 
Total operating income decreased by CHF 382 million, or 9%, to 
CHF 3,692 million. Excluding the aforementioned valuation gain 
on  our  equity  ownership  in  SIX,  adjusted  operating  income 
lower 
decreased  by  CHF 23  million,  mainly 
transaction-based  income  and  lower  net  interest  income,  partly 
offset by lower credit loss expenses and higher recurring net fee 
income. 
Net 

income  decreased  by  CHF 23  million  to 
CHF 1,980 million, mainly due to higher funding costs for long-
term  debt  that  contributes  to  total  loss-absorbing  capacity  and 
lower  banking  book  interest  income.  This  was  partly  offset  by 
higher deposit revenues. 

reflecting 

interest 

Recurring  net  fee  income  increased  by  CHF 9  million  to 
CHF 634  million,  mainly  reflecting  higher  fees  from  bundled 
products. 

Transaction-based  income  decreased  by  CHF 41  million  to 
CHF 1,041  million,  mainly  reflecting  the  aforementioned  fee 
paid  to  Global  Wealth  Management,  partly  offset  by  higher 
revenues from credit card and foreign exchange transactions. 

  Refer to the “Group performance” section of our third quarter 

2019 report for more information about the realignment of our 

client coverage between Global Wealth Management and 

Personal & Corporate Banking 

Other  income  decreased  by  CHF 359  million  to  CHF 60 
million.  Excluding  the  aforementioned  valuation  gain  on  our 
equity ownership in SIX, adjusted other income remained stable. 

  Refer to the “Recent developments” section of our fourth 

quarter 2018 report for more information about the Worldline 

acquisition of SIX Payment Services 

We  recorded  a  net  credit  loss  expense  of  CHF 22  million 
compared  with  CHF 55  million.  This  reflects  stage  1  and  2  net 
credit recoveries of CHF 23 million compared with CHF 0 million 
for 2018, primarily attributable to a minor improvement in loan 
book  quality  following  continued  positive  developments  of 

90 

selected  economic  input  data, as  well  as  stage  3  net  credit  loss 
expenses of CHF 44 million compared with CHF 55 million. 

  Refer to “Credit risk” in the “Risk management and control” section 
of this report for more information about expected credit losses 

Operating expenses 
Operating  expenses  decreased  by  CHF 54  million  to  CHF 2,259 
million.  Excluding  a  credit  of  CHF 35  million  related  to  changes 
to  our  Swiss  pension  plan  in  2018  and  restructuring  expenses, 
adjusted  total  operating  expenses  decreased  by  CHF 60  million 
to  CHF 2,242  million,  mainly  reflecting  CHF 40  million  lower 
expenses  for  provisions  for  litigation,  regulatory  and  similar 
matters and CHF 36 million lower net expenses services to/from 
Corporate Center and other business divisions. 

Personnel  expenses  increased  by  CHF 64  million  to  CHF 850 
million. Excluding the aforementioned credit related to changes to 
our  Swiss  pension  plan  in  2018,  adjusted  personnel  expenses 
increased  by  CHF 33  million,  mainly  reflecting  higher  variable 
compensation. 

General  and  administrative  expenses  decreased  by  CHF 57 
million  to  CHF 222  million,  primarily  reflecting  CHF 40  million 
lower expenses for provisions for litigation, regulatory and similar 
matters. 

Net expenses for services to/from Corporate Center and other 
business  divisions  decreased  by  CHF 61  million  to  CHF 1,173 
million.  Adjusted  net  expenses  for  services  decreased  by  CHF 36 
million to CHF 1,156 million, mainly reflecting lower expenses for 
regulatory projects and real estate. 

Pre-tax profit growth 
Pre-tax  profit  growth  in  2019  was  negative  18.6%  compared 
with  positive  21.6%,  mainly  due  to  the  aforementioned 
valuation  gain  on  our  equity  ownership  in  SIX  in  2018.  On  an 
adjusted  basis,  pre-tax  profit  growth  was  positive  2.6%, 
compared  with  negative  8.8%,  and  was  slightly  below  our 
target range of 3–5% over the cycle. 

Cost / income ratio 
The cost / income ratio increased to 60.8% from 56.0%, mainly 
due  to  the  aforementioned  valuation  gain  on  our  equity 
ownership  in  SIX  in  2018.  On  an  adjusted  basis,  the  ratio 
decreased  to  60.4%,  compared  with  61.1%,  and  was  slightly 
above our 2019 target of around 59%. 

Net interest margin 
The  net  interest  margin  was  150  basis  points  compared  with 
153  basis  points  on  both  a  reported  and  adjusted  basis,  as  net 
interest income decreased and average loan volume increased. 

Personnel 

Personal  &  Corporate  Banking  employed  5,148  personnel 
(full-time equivalents) as of 31 December 2019, a decrease of 
35 compared with 5,183 personnel as of 31 December 2018. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Personal & Corporate Banking – in US dollars1 

USD million, except where indicated 

Results 
Net interest income 
Recurring net fee income2 
Transaction-based income3 

Other income 
Income 

Credit loss (expense) / recovery 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg iinnccoommee 

Personnel expenses 

General and administrative expenses 

Services (to) / from Corporate Center and other business divisions 

of which: services from Corporate Center 

Depreciation and impairment of property, equipment and software 

Amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg eexxppeennsseess 

BBuussiinneessss ddiivviissiioonn ooppeerraattiinngg pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) bbeeffoorree ttaaxx 

Adjusted results 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg iinnccoommee aass rreeppoorrtteedd 

of which: gains related to investments in associates 

TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg iinnccoommee ((aaddjjuusstteedd)) 

TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg eexxppeennsseess aass rreeppoorrtteedd 

of which: personnel-related restructuring expenses 4 
of which: non-personnel-related restructuring expenses 4 
of which: restructuring expenses allocated from Corporate Center 4,5 

of which: gain related to changes to the Swiss pension plan 

TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg eexxppeennsseess ((aaddjjuusstteedd)) 

BBuussiinneessss ddiivviissiioonn ooppeerraattiinngg pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) bbeeffoorree ttaaxx aass rreeppoorrtteedd 

BBuussiinneessss ddiivviissiioonn ooppeerraattiinngg pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) bbeeffoorree ttaaxx ((aaddjjuusstteedd)) 

Performance measures 
Pre-tax profit growth (%) 

Cost / income ratio (%) 

Net interest margin (bps) 

Adjusted performance measures 
Pre-tax profit growth (%) 

Cost / income ratio (%) 

As of or for the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

% change from 
31.12.18 

11,,999922 

663388 

11,,004455 

6600 
33,,773366 

((2211)) 
33,,771155 

885566 

222244 

11,,118811 

11,,229944 

1133 

00 
22,,227744 

11,,444411 

33,,771155 

33,,771155 

22,,227744 

00 

00 

1177 

22,,225577 

11,,444411 

11,,445588 

((1199..77)) 

6600..99 

114499 

00..88 

6600..44 

2,049 

640 

1,108 

420 
4,217 

(56) 
4,161 

803 

285 

1,263 

1,367 

14 

0 
2,365 

1,796 

4,161 

359 

3,802 

2,365 

4 

0 

43 

(38) 

2,355 

1,796 

1,447 

21.8 

56.1 

153 

(8.4) 

61.0 

(3) 

0 

(6) 

(86) 
(11) 

(63) 
(11) 

7 

(21) 

(7) 

(5) 

(7) 

(4) 

(20) 

(11) 

(2) 

(4) 

(4) 

(20) 

1 

91 

Financial and operating performance 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
Financial and operating performance 
Personal & Corporate Banking 

Personal & Corporate Banking – in US dollars (continued)1 

USD million, except where indicated 

Additional information 
Average attributed equity (USD billion)6 
Return on attributed equity (%)6 
Risk-weighted assets (USD billion)6 
Leverage ratio denominator (USD billion)6 
Business volume for personal banking (USD billion) 

Net new business volume for personal banking (USD billion) 
Net new business volume growth for personal banking (%)7 

Goodwill and intangible assets (USD billion) 
Client assets (USD billion)8 

Loans, gross (USD billion) 

Customer deposits (USD billion) 

As of or for the year ended 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

% change from 
31.12.18 

8.4
8.4 

17.1
17.1 

67.1
67.1 

224.2
224.2 
174
174 

7.3
7.3 

4.6
4.6 

0.0
0.0 
708
708 

136.6
136.6 

155.5
155.5 

8.0 

22.5 

63.9 

213.7 
158 

6.7 

4.2 

0.0 
648 

133.3 

144.1 

5 

5 

5 
10 

2 
9 

2 

8 

Secured loan portfolio as a percentage of total loan portfolio, gross (%) 
Impaired loan portfolio as a percentage of total loan portfolio, gross (%)9 
(1) 
Personnel (full-time equivalents) 
1 Prior-year comparative figures in this table have been restated for the changes in Corporate Center cost and resource allocation to the business divisions and the changes in the equity attribution framework 
1
effective 1 January 2019. Refer to “Note 1 Basis of accounting” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of our first quarter 2019 report for more information about the changes to the Corporate Center 
cost  and  resource  allocation  to  business  divisions  and  to  the  “Recent  developments”  section  of  our  first  quarter  2019  report  for  more  information  about  the  changes  in  the  equity  attribution  framework. 
Comparatives may additionally differ as a result of adjustments following organizational changes, restatements due to the retrospective adoption of new accounting standards or changes in accounting policies, and 
2 Recurring net fee income consists of fees for services provided on an ongoing basis, such as portfolio management fees, asset-based investment fund fees, custody fees and 
events after the reporting period. 
2
3 Transaction-based income comprises the non-recurring portion of net fee and commission income, mainly consisting of brokerage and transaction-
account-keeping fees, which are generated on client assets. 
3
4 Reflects 
based investment fund fees, as well as credit card fees and fees for payment transactions, together with Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss. 
4
6  Refer  to  the  “Capital  management”  section  of  this  report  for  more 
5  Prior  periods  may  include  allocations  (to)  /  from  other  business  divisions. 
restructuring  expenses  related  to  legacy  cost  programs. 
5
6
information. 
8 Client assets are comprised of invested assets and 
8
other assets held purely for transactional purposes or custody only. We do not measure net new money for Personal & Corporate Banking.  9 Refer to the “Risk management and control” section of this report for 
more information about (credit-)impaired exposures. 

7 Calculated as net new business volume for the period (annualized as applicable) divided by business volume at the beginning of the period. 
7

1.1
1.1 
5,148
5,148 

1.3 
5,183 

92.0 

92.6
92.6 

9

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
       
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
Asset Management 

Asset Management1 

USD million, except where indicated 

Results 
Net management fees2 
Performance fees 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg iinnccoommee 
Personnel expenses 
General and administrative expenses 
Services (to) / from Corporate Center and other business divisions 

of which: services from Corporate Center 

Depreciation and impairment of property, equipment and software 
Amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg eexxppeennsseess 
BBuussiinneessss ddiivviissiioonn ooppeerraattiinngg pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) bbeeffoorree ttaaxx 

Adjusted results 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg iinnccoommee aass rreeppoorrtteedd 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg iinnccoommee ((aaddjjuusstteedd)) 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg eexxppeennsseess aass rreeppoorrtteedd 

of which: personnel-related restructuring expenses 3 
of which: non-personnel-related restructuring expenses 3 
of which: restructuring expenses allocated from Corporate Center 3 
of which: gain related to changes to the Swiss pension plan 

TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg eexxppeennsseess ((aaddjjuusstteedd)) 
BBuussiinneessss ddiivviissiioonn ooppeerraattiinngg pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) bbeeffoorree ttaaxx aass rreeppoorrtteedd 
BBuussiinneessss ddiivviissiioonn ooppeerraattiinngg pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) bbeeffoorree ttaaxx ((aaddjjuusstteedd)) 

Performance measures 
Pre-tax profit growth (%) 
Cost / income ratio (%) 
Net new money growth excluding money market flows (%)4 

Adjusted performance measures 
Pre-tax profit growth (%)5 
Cost / income ratio (%) 

Information by business line / asset class 
NNeett nneeww mmoonneeyy ((UUSSDD bbiilllliioonn))44 
Equities 
Fixed Income 

of which: money market 

Multi-asset & Solutions 
Hedge Fund Businesses 
Real Estate & Private Markets 
TToottaall nneett nneeww mmoonneeyy 

of which: net new money excluding money markets 

As of or for the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

% change from 
31.12.18 

11,,777788 
116600 
11,,993388 
772222 
119977 
448866 
553311 
11 
00 
11,,440066 
553322 

11,,993388 
11,,993388 
11,,440066 
66 
77 
2200 

11,,337733 
553322 
556655 

2244..99 
7722..66 
11..88 

1177..11 
7700..88 

2233..88 
((99..22)) 
55..22 
55..11 
((33..22)) 
11..33 
1177..88 
1122..66 

1,772 
80 
1,852 
703 
202 
518 
563 
2 
1 
1,426 
426 

1,852 
1,852 
1,426 
23 
10 
33 
(10) 

1,370 
426 
482 

(24.3) 
77.0 
3.5 

(0.8) 
74.0 

8.8 
8.3 
7.5 
13.6 
0.3 
1.1 
32.2 
24.7 

0 
100 
5 
3 
(3) 
(6) 
(6) 
(53) 

(1) 
25 

5 
5 
(1) 

0 
25 
17 

93 

Financial and operating performance 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
Financial and operating performance 
Asset Management 

Asset Management (continued)1 

USD million, except where indicated 

Invested assets (USD billion)4
Invested assets (USD billion)4 
Equities 
Fixed Income 

of which: money market 

Multi-asset & Solutions 
Hedge Fund Businesses 
Real Estate & Private Markets 
Total invested assets
Total invested assets 

of which: passive strategies 

Information by region 
Invested assets (USD billion) 
Invested assets (USD billion)
Americas 
Asia Pacific 
Europe, Middle East and Africa (excluding Switzerland) 
Switzerland 
Total invested assets
Total invested assets 

Information by channel 
Invested assets (USD billion) 
Invested assets (USD billion)
Third-party institutional 
Third-party wholesale 
UBS’s wealth management businesses 
Total invested assets 
Total invested assets

As of or for the year ended 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

% change from 
31.12.18 

367 
367
253
253 
102
102 
155
155 
42
42 
86
86 
903
903 
374 
374

206 
206
155 
155
236
236 
306
306 
903
903 

552 
552
98 
98
253
253 
903 
903

272 
253 
95 
132 
42 
82 
781 
298 

192 
141 
189 
259 
781 

484 
78 
219 
781 

35 
0 
6 
17 
(1) 
5 
16 
26 

7 
11 
25 
18 
16 

14 
25 
15 
16 

Additional information 
Average attributed equity (USD billion)6 
Return on attributed equity (%)6 
Risk-weighted assets (USD billion)6 
6 
Leverage ratio denominator (USD billion)6 
(2) 
Goodwill and intangible assets (USD billion) 
0 
Net margin on invested assets (bps)7 
22 
Gross margin on invested assets (bps) 
2 
(1) 
Personnel (full-time equivalents) 
1 Prior-year comparative figures in this table have been restated for the changes in Corporate Center cost and resource allocation to the business divisions and the changes in the equity attribution framework 
1
effective 1 January 2019. Refer to “Note 1 Basis of accounting” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of our first quarter 2019 report for more information about the changes to the Corporate Center 
cost  and  resource  allocation  to  business  divisions  and  to  the  “Recent  developments”  section  of  our  first  quarter  2019  report  for  more  information  about  the  changes  in  the  equity  attribution  framework. 
Comparatives may additionally differ as a result of adjustments following organizational changes, restatements due to the retrospective adoption of new accounting standards or changes in accounting policies, and 
events after the reporting period.  2 Net management fees include transaction fees, fund administration revenues (including net interest and trading income from lending activities and foreign exchange hedging as 
3 Reflects restructuring expenses related to legacy cost 
part of the fund services offering), gains or losses from seed money and co-investments, funding costs, and other items that are not performance fees. 
3
4 Effective 1 January 2019, certain assets have been reclassified between asset classes to better reflect their underlying nature, with prior-period 
programs as well as expenses for new restructuring initiatives. 
4
6 Refer to the “Capital management” section of this report for 
information restated. The adjustments have no effect on total net new money and total invested assets. 
6
more information.  7 Calculated as operating profit before tax (annualized as applicable) divided by average invested assets. 

1.8 
23.5 
4.3 
5.0 
1.4 
5 
23 
2,301 

1.8 
1.8
29.7 
29.7
4.6
4.6 
5.0
5.0 
1.4
1.4 
6
6 
23
23 
2,284
2,284 

5 Excluding the effect of business exits. 
5

(1) 

2

7

94 

  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
  
2019 compared with 2018 

Results 

Profit  before  tax  increased  by  USD 106  million,  or  25%,  to 
USD 532 million. Excluding a credit of USD 10 million related to 
changes to our Swiss pension plan in the first quarter of 2018 
and  restructuring  expenses,  adjusted  profit  before  tax  increased 
by USD 83 million, or 17%, to USD 565 million, reflecting higher 
operating income and stable operating expenses. 

Operating income 
Total  operating  income  increased  by  USD 86  million,  or  5%,  to 
USD 1,938 million. 

Net  management  fees 

increased  by  USD 6  million  to 
USD 1,778  million,  reflecting  the  effect  of  higher  average 
invested assets, partly offset by continued pressure on margins. 

Performance  fees  increased  by  USD 80  million  to  USD 160 
million,  mainly  driven  by  increases  in  performance  fees  in 
Equities  and  in  Hedge  Fund  Businesses,  reflecting  strong 
investment performance in a constructive market environment. 

Operating expenses 
Total  operating  expenses  decreased  by  USD 20  million,  or  1%, 
to  USD 1,406  million,  while  adjusted  total  operating  expenses 
were broadly stable at USD 1,373 million. 

Personnel expenses increased by USD 19 million to USD 722 
million.  Excluding  the  aforementioned  credit  related  to 
changes to our Swiss pension plan in the first quarter of 2018 
and  personnel-related 
restructuring  expenses,  adjusted 
personnel  expenses  increased  by  USD 26  million  to  USD 716 
million, driven by higher expenses for variable compensation. 

General  and  administrative  expenses  decreased  by  USD 5 
million  to  USD 197  million.  Adjusted  general  and  administrative 
expenses were broadly stable at USD 190 million. 

Net expenses for services to/from Corporate Center and other 
business  divisions  decreased  by  USD 32  million  to  USD 486 
million. Adjusted net expenses for services from Corporate Center 
and  other  business  divisions  decreased  by  USD 19  million  to 
USD 466 million, primarily driven by a shift of market data service 
charges  from  Group  Operations  to  Asset  Management,  which 
were partly offset by higher expenses from Group Technology. 

Pre-tax profit growth 
On  a  reported  basis,  2019  pre-tax  profit  growth  was  positive 
24.9%  compared  with  negative  24.3%.  On  an  adjusted  basis, 
pre-tax  profit  growth  was  positive  17.1%  compared  with 
negative  0.8%  and  was  above  our  target  of  around  10%  over 
the cycle. 

Cost / income ratio 
The  cost  /  income  ratio  was  72.6%  compared  with  77.0%.  On 
an adjusted basis, the ratio was 70.8% compared with 74.0%, 
which is below our 2019 target of around 72%. 

Net new money 
Net new money was USD 17.8 billion, compared with inflows of 
USD 32.2  billion.  Excluding  money  market  flows,  net  new 
money was USD 12.6 billion compared with inflows of USD 24.7 
billion,  primarily  driven  by  our  third-party  wholesale  and  UBS’s 
wealth  management  businesses  channels.  The  net  new  money 
growth rate, excluding money market flows, was positive 1.8%, 
compared  with  positive  3.5%,  and  was  below  our  2019  target 
range  of  3–5%.  Net  inflows  were  mainly  driven  by  Europe  and 
Switzerland. 

Invested assets 
Invested  assets  increased  to  USD 903  billion  from  USD 781 
billion,  mainly  due  to  positive  market  performance  of  USD 101 
billion,  net  new  money  inflows  of  USD 18  billion,  and  positive 
foreign currency translation effects of USD 3 billion. 

Personnel 

Asset  Management  employed  2,284  personnel 
(full-time 
equivalents)  as  of  31 December  2019,  a  decrease  of  17 
compared with 2,301 personnel as of 31 December 2018. 

95 

Financial and operating performance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial and operating performance 
Asset Management 

Investment performance 

2019  saw  most  risk  assets  perform  strongly.  The  US  Federal 
Reserve  dramatically  reversed  its  policy  guidance  in  early  2019, 
triggering  a  significant  rally  from  depressed  valuations  and 
supporting markets into the year-end. 

In  2019,  79%  of  our  active  traditional  funds  outperformed 
their  benchmark  and  69%  outperformed  peer  medians.  Long-
term  performance  remains  strong  despite  a  challenging  2018, 
with  85%  outperforming 
their  benchmark  and  82% 
outperforming peer medians over five years. 

Investment performance as of 31 December 2019 

Active funds versus benchmark 

Percentage of fund assets exceeding benchmark 
Equities1

Fixed income1

Multi-asset1

Total traditional investments 
Total traditional investments

Active funds versus peers 

Percentage of fund assets ranking in first or second quartile / exceeding peer index 
Equities1

Fixed income1

Multi-asset1

Total traditional investments 
Total traditional investments

Passive funds tracking accuracy 

Annualized 

1 year 

3 years 

5 years 

 82

 98

 17

79 
79

 79

 51

 69

69 
69

 87

 100

 48

86 
86

 92

 58

 75

77 
77

 89 

 100 

 33 

85 
85

 92 

 77 

 72 

82 
82

Percentage of passive fund assets within applicable tracking tolerance 
All asset classes2
1 Percentage of active fund assets above benchmark (gross of fees) / peer median. Based on the universe of Europe-domiciled active wholesale funds available to UBS’s wealth management businesses and other 
1
wholesale intermediaries as of 31 December 2019. Source of comparison versus peers: Thomson Reuters LIM (Lipper Investment Management). Source of comparison versus benchmark: UBS. Universe represents 
approximately 64% of all active traditional fund assets (Equities, Fixed Income excluding money market, and Multi-asset), 24% of all actively managed traditional assets including segregated accounts (Equities, 
Fixed Income excluding money market, and Multi-asset) and 17% of all actively managed assets including segregated accounts (Equities, Fixed Income excluding money market, Multi-asset, Hedge Fund Businesses, 
and Real Estate & Private Markets) as of 31 December 2019.  2 Percentage of passive fund assets within applicable tracking tolerance on a gross of fees basis. Tracking accuracy information represents a universe 
of Europe-domiciled institutional and wholesale funds representing approximately 40% of our total passive invested assets as of 31 December 2019. Source: UBS. 

 93

 93

 94 

2

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment Bank 

Investment Bank1 

USD million, except where indicated 

Results 
CCoorrppoorraattee CClliieenntt SSoolluuttiioonnss 
Advisory 
Equity Capital Markets 
Debt Capital Markets 
Financing Solutions 
Risk Management 
IInnvveessttoorr CClliieenntt SSeerrvviicceess 
Equities 
Foreign Exchange, Rates and Credit 
Income 
Credit loss (expense) / recovery 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg iinnccoommee 
Personnel expenses 
General and administrative expenses 
Services (to) / from Corporate Center and other business divisions 

of which: services from Corporate Center 

Depreciation and impairment of property, equipment and software 
Amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg eexxppeennsseess 
BBuussiinneessss ddiivviissiioonn ooppeerraattiinngg pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) bbeeffoorree ttaaxx 

Adjusted results 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg iinnccoommee aass rreeppoorrtteedd 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg iinnccoommee ((aaddjjuusstteedd)) 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg eexxppeennsseess aass rreeppoorrtteedd 

of which: personnel-related restructuring expenses 2 
of which: non-personnel-related restructuring expenses 2 
of which: restructuring expenses allocated from Corporate Center 2 
of which: gain related to changes to the Swiss pension plan 
of which: impairment of goodwill 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg eexxppeennsseess ((aaddjjuusstteedd)) 
BBuussiinneessss ddiivviissiioonn ooppeerraattiinngg pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) bbeeffoorree ttaaxx aass rreeppoorrtteedd 
BBuussiinneessss ddiivviissiioonn ooppeerraattiinngg pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) bbeeffoorree ttaaxx ((aaddjjuusstteedd)) 

As of or for the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

% change from 
31.12.18 

22,,226677 
770077 
663311 
665522 
227700 
77 
55,,003322 
33,,445533 
11,,557799 
77,,229999 
((3300)) 
77,,226699 
22,,774488 
668888 
22,,992266 
22,,998800 
88 
111155 
66,,448855 
778844 

77,,226699 
77,,226699 
66,,448855 
8844 
77 
7777 

111100 
66,,220088 
778844 
11,,006611 

2,621 
717 
785 
769 
278 
72 
5,458 
3,850 
1,609 
8,079 
(38) 
8,041 
2,941 
651 
2,942 
2,995 
8 
12 
6,554 
1,486 

8,041 
8,041 
6,554 
16 
11 
166 
(5) 

6,367 
1,486 
1,674 

(13) 
(1) 
(20) 
(15) 
(3) 
(90) 
(8) 
(10) 
(2) 
(10) 
(22) 
(10) 
(7) 
6 
(1) 
(1) 
(9) 
833 
(1) 
(47) 

(10) 
(10) 
(1) 

(3) 
(47) 
(37) 

97 

Financial and operating performance  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
Financial and operating performance 
Investment Bank 

Investment Bank (continued)1 

USD million, except where indicated 

Performance measures 
Return on attributed equity (%)3 
Cost / income ratio (%) 

Adjusted performance measures 
Return on attributed equity (%)3 
Cost / income ratio (%) 

As of or for the year ended 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

% change from 
31.12.18 

6.4
6.4 
88.9
88.9 

8.6
8.6 
85.1
85.1 

11.5 
81.1 

12.9 
78.8 

Additional information 
Pre-tax profit growth (%) 
Adjusted pre-tax profit growth (%) 
Average attributed equity (USD billion)3 
Risk-weighted assets (USD billion)3 
Return on risk-weighted assets, gross (%) 
Leverage ratio denominator (USD billion)3 
Return on leverage ratio denominator, gross (%) 
Goodwill and intangible assets (USD billion) 
Compensation ratio (%) 
Average VaR (1-day, 95% confidence, 5 years of historical data) 
Impaired loan portfolio as a percentage of total loan portfolio, gross (%)4,5 
Personnel (full-time equivalents)6 
2 
1 Prior-year comparative figures in this table have been restated for the changes in Corporate Center cost and resource allocation to the business divisions and the changes in the equity attribution framework 
1
effective 1 January 2019. Refer to “Note 1 Basis of accounting” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of our first quarter 2019 report for more information about the changes to the Corporate Center 
cost  and  resource  allocation  to  business  divisions  and  to  the  “Recent  developments”  section  of  our  first  quarter  2019  report  for  more  information  about  the  changes  in  the  equity  attribution  framework. 
Comparatives may additionally differ as a result of adjustments following organizational changes, restatements due to the retrospective adoption of new accounting standards or changes in accounting policies, and 
4 Refer to the “Risk 
3 Refer to the “Capital management” section of this report for more information. 
events after the reporting period. 
4
3
management and control” section of this report for more information about (credit-)impaired loan exposures. 
5 Impaired loan portfolio as a percentage of total loan portfolio, gross, as of 31 December 2018 has 
5
been restated, resulting in a decrease of 0.1%.  6 Personnel (full-time equivalents) as of 31 December 2019 has been amended compared with our fourth quarter 2019 report, resulting in a decrease of 1. 

(47.3)
(47.3) 
(36.6)
(36.6) 
12.3
12.3 
81.1
81.1 
8.2
8.2 
293.2
293.2 
2.5
2.5 
0.0
0.0 
37.7
37.7 
9
9 
0.7
0.7 
5,331
5,331 

36.7 
24.7 
13.0 
93.2 
9.0 
283.4 
2.6 
0.1 
36.4 
11 
1.4 
5,205 

2 Reflects restructuring expenses related to legacy cost programs. 
2

(5) 
(13) 

(16) 

(96) 

3 

6

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019 compared with 2018 

Results 

Profit  before  tax  decreased  by  USD 702  million,  or  47%,  to 
USD 784  million.  Excluding  restructuring  expenses  and  a 
goodwill  charge,  adjusted  profit  before  tax  decreased  by 
USD 613 million, or 37%, to USD 1,061 million. This was driven 
by  lower  operating  income,  partly  offset  by  lower  operating 
expenses. 

Operating income 
Total operating income decreased by USD 772 million, or 10%, 
to  USD 7,269  million.  The  prior  year  included  net  income  of 
around USD 100 million, consisting mainly of previously deferred 
day-1  profits  that  were  subsequently  recognized  as  a  result  of 
enhanced  observability  and  revised  valuations  in  the  funding 
curve  used  to  value  UBS  interest  rate-linked  notes,  and  USD 53 
million  of  revenues  from  Group  Treasury  for  the  rebalancing  of 
the  Group’s  currency  exposures  in  connection  with  the  change 
of functional and presentation currencies. Excluding these items, 
total  operating  income  decreased  8%.  Net  credit  loss  expense 
was USD 30 million compared with USD 38 million. 

Operating income by business unit 

Corporate Client Solutions 
Corporate  Client  Solutions  revenues  decreased  by  USD 354 
million,  or  13%,  to  USD 2,267  million,  as  a  result  of  lower 
revenues across all income lines. 

Advisory  revenues  decreased  by  USD 10  million,  or  1%,  to 
USD 707  million,  reflecting  lower  revenues  from  merger  and 
acquisition  transactions,  while  the  global  fee  pool  decreased 
10%. Lower revenues from public transactions were partly offset 
by higher revenues from private transactions. 

Equity Capital Markets revenues decreased 20% to USD 631 
million  from  a  stronger  prior  year  of  USD 785  million,  largely 
driven  by  lower  revenues  from  private  transactions.  Revenues 
from public offerings were also lower, against a decrease in the 
global fee pool of 5%. 

Debt  Capital  Markets  revenues  decreased  15%  to  USD 652 
million  from  USD 769  million,  mainly  reflecting  lower  leveraged 
finance revenues, against a global fee pool decrease of 14%. 

Financing  Solutions  revenues  decreased  3%  to  USD 270 
million  from  USD 278  million,  reflecting  lower  levels  of  client 
activity. 

Risk Management revenues decreased 90% to USD 7 million 
from  USD 72  million,  mainly  due  to  lower  gains  on  a  smaller 
portfolio  of  loans  that  were  largely  exited  in  2018,  and  due  to 
lower gains on a restructured debt position. 

Investor Client Services 
Investor Client Services revenues decreased by USD 426 million, 
or  8%,  to  USD 5,032  million,  reflecting  lower  revenues  in  both 
Equities and Foreign Exchange, Rates and Credit. 

Equities 
Equities  revenues  decreased  by  USD 397  million,  or  10%,  to 
USD 3,453 million, with lower revenues across all product lines. 

Cash 

revenues  decreased 

to  USD 1,169  million 

from 

USD 1,258 million, mainly reflecting lower market volumes. 

Derivatives  revenues  decreased  to  USD 851  million  from 
USD 1,041 million, reflecting a strong prior year and lower client 
activity levels. 

Financing  Services  revenues  decreased  to  USD 1,452  million 

from USD 1,610 million, primarily driven by prime brokerage. 

Foreign Exchange, Rates and Credit 
Foreign  Exchange,  Rates  and  Credit  revenues  decreased  2%  to 
USD 1,579 million from USD 1,609 million, primarily due to the 
second  quarter  of  2018  including  net  income  of  around 
USD 100  million,  consisting  mainly  of  the  aforementioned 
previously  deferred  day-1  profits.  The  comparison  of  Foreign 
Exchange,  Rates  and  Credit  revenues  was  also  affected  by  the 
fourth  quarter  of  2018,  including  USD 53  million  of  the 
aforementioned revenues from Group Treasury. Excluding these 
items,  Foreign  Exchange,  Rates  and  Credit  revenues  increased 
9%, reflecting an increase in Rates and Credit revenues, mainly 
due to higher client activity levels in a more constructive trading 
environment,  partly  offset  by  a  decrease  in  Foreign  exchange 
revenues,  reflecting  lower  levels  of  volatility  and  client  activity 
levels. 

Operating expenses 
Total  operating  expenses  decreased  by  USD 69  million,  or  1%, 
to  USD 6,485  million,  and  adjusted  operating  expenses 
decreased by USD 159 million, or 3%, to USD 6,208 million. 

Personnel  expenses  decreased  to  USD 2,748  million  from 
USD 2,941  million,  and  adjusted  personnel  expenses  decreased 
to  USD 2,664  million  from  USD 2,930  million,  mainly  reflecting 
lower variable compensation expenses. 

General  and  administrative  expenses  increased  to  USD 688 
million  from  USD 651  million,  and  on  an  adjusted  basis 
increased to USD 682 million from USD 640 million, mostly due 
to  the  prior  year  including  a  USD 64  million  net  release  of 
provisions for litigation, regulatory and similar matters. 

Net expenses for services to/from Corporate Center and other 
business  divisions  decreased 
from 
USD 2,942  million.  Excluding  restructuring  expenses,  adjusted 
net  expenses  increased  to  USD 2,849  million  from  USD 2,776 
million,  mainly  due  to  higher  expenses  for  IT  development  and 
amortization of software and compliance costs. 

to  USD 2,926  million 

99 

Financial and operating performance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk-weighted assets 
Risk-weighted  assets  (RWA)  decreased  by  USD 12  billion  to 
USD 81 billion as of 31 December 2019, driven by lower market 
risk  RWA,  reflecting  lower  average  regulatory  and  stressed 
value-at-risk levels. 

  Refer to the “Capital management” section of this report for 

more information 

Leverage ratio denominator 
The  leverage  ratio  denominator  (LRD)  increased  by  USD 10 
billion  to  USD 293  billion  as  of  31 December  2019,  due  to  an 
increase 
reflecting  market 
appreciation,  partly  offset  by  lower  derivative  and  securities 
financing transaction exposures. 

trading  portfolio  assets, 

in 

  Refer to the “Capital management” section of this report for 

more information 

Personnel 

The  Investment  Bank  employed  5,331  personnel  (full-time 
equivalents)  as  of  31 December  2019,  an  increase  of  126 
compared  with  5,205  personnel  as  of  31  December  2018, 
primarily  as  a  result  of  the  consolidation  of  the  Documentation 
Unit and Client Hub into the Investment Bank. 

Financial and operating performance 
Investment Bank 

Amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
increased  by  USD 103  million  to  USD 115  million.  Excluding  a 
USD 110 million goodwill charge, amortization and impairment of 
goodwill and intangibles assets on an adjusted basis decreased by 
USD 7  million  to  USD 6  million.  As  we  continue  to  realign  our 
Investment Bank and execute on a number of strategic initiatives 
to drive profitable growth, IAS 36, Impairment of Assets, requires 
us  to  give  consideration  to  the  range  of  possible  forecast  cash 
flows  and  uncertainties  in  macroeconomic  factors  that  currently 
exist  when  determining  the  recoverability  of  goodwill.  With  this 
write-down, goodwill in the Investment Bank is now nil. 

Cost / income ratio 
The cost / income ratio increased to 88.9% from 81.1%. On an 
adjusted basis, the cost / income ratio increased to 85.1% from 
78.8%, and was above our 2019 target range of around 78%. 

Return on attributed equity 
Return  on  attributed  equity  for  2019  was  6.4%,  and  8.6%  on 
an  adjusted  basis,  below  our  target  of  around  15%  over  the 
cycle. 

  Refer to “Equity attribution and return on attributed equity” in 
the “Capital management” section of this report for more 

information 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Center 

Corporate Center1,2 

USD million, except where indicated 

Results 
OOppeerraattiinngg pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) bbeeffoorree ttaaxx 

of which: Group Treasury 

of which: Non-core and Legacy Portfolio 

of which: Retained Services 

Adjusted results 
TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg iinnccoommee aass rreeppoorrtteedd 

of which: gains on sale of real estate 

of which: gain / (loss) on sale of subsidiaries and businesses 

of which: remeasurement loss related to UBS Securities China 

of which: net foreign currency translation gains / (losses) 

of which: net gains / (losses) from properties held for sale 

TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg iinnccoommee ((aaddjjuusstteedd)) 

TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg eexxppeennsseess aass rreeppoorrtteedd 

of which: gain related to changes to the Swiss pension plan 

of which: net restructuring (credits) / expenses 

TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg eexxppeennsseess ((aaddjjuusstteedd)) 

OOppeerraattiinngg pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) bbeeffoorree ttaaxx aass rreeppoorrtteedd 

OOppeerraattiinngg pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) bbeeffoorree ttaaxx ((aaddjjuusstteedd)) 

As of or for the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

% change from 
31.12.18 

((557777)) 

((6699)) 

((8844)) 

((442244)) 

((338855)) 

((3355)) 

((2299)) 

((332211)) 

119922 

((22)) 

119944 

((557777)) 

((551155)) 

(971) 

(445) 

(128) 

(398) 

(626) 

31 

25 

(270) 

(413) 

346 

(122) 

(4) 

472 

(971) 

(885) 

(41) 

(84) 

(35) 

7 

(38) 

(22) 

(44) 

(49) 

(59) 

(41) 

(42) 

Additional information 
Average attributed equity (USD billion)3 
Risk-weighted assets (USD billion)3 
Leverage ratio denominator (USD billion)3 
(12) 
Personnel (full-time equivalents)4 
8 
11 Prior-year comparative figures in this table have been restated for the changes in Corporate Center cost and resource allocation to the business divisions and the changes in the equity attribution framework 
effective 1 January 2019. Refer to “Note 1 Basis of accounting” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of our first quarter 2019 report for more information about the changes to the Corporate Center 
cost  and  resource  allocation  to  business  divisions  and  to  the  “Recent  developments”  section  of  our  first  quarter  2019  report  for  more  information  about  the  changes  in  the  equity  attribution  framework. 
Comparatives may additionally differ as a result of adjustments following organizational changes, restatements due to the retrospective adoption of new accounting standards or changes in accounting policies, and 
events after the reporting period.    22 The presentation of reported results in this table has been amended to focus on operating profit / (loss), providing a breakdown into Group Treasury, Non-core and Legacy 
Portfolio, and Retained Services.  33 Refer to the “Capital management” section of this report for more information.   44 Personnel (full-time equivalents) as of 31 December 2019 has been amended compared with 
our fourth quarter 2019 report, resulting in a decrease of 54. 

7766..22 
3333,,116644 

86.5 
30,581 

2288..33 

13.3 

28.1 

1155..11 

13 

1 

101 

Financial and operating performance  
     
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
     
  
 
 
 
Financial and operating performance 
Corporate Center 

2019 compared with 2018 

Results 

Corporate Center recorded a loss before tax of USD 577 million, 
compared  with  a  loss  of  USD 971  million  in  the  prior  year.  The 
adjusted  loss  before  tax  was  USD 515  million  compared  with  a 
loss  of  USD 885  million,  excluding  the  remeasurement  loss 
related  to  the  increase  of  our  shareholding  in  UBS  Securities 
China  in  2018,  a  prior-year  credit  related  to  changes  to  our 
Swiss pension plan and other adjusting items. 

Group 

Treasury 

Group Treasury 
The  Group  Treasury  result  was  a  loss  of  USD 69  million, 
compared  with  a  loss  of  USD 445  million.  The  adjusted  loss 
before  tax  was  USD 33  million,  compared  with  a  loss  of 
USD 443  million,  excluding  net  foreign  currency  translation 
losses in 2019 and restructuring expenses. 
income 

accounting 
asymmetries that were positive USD 103 million, compared with 
negative USD 77 million. Revenues relating to centralized Group 
Treasury  risk  management  services  were  negative  USD 168 
million,  compared  with  negative  revenues  of  USD 320  million. 
Revenues  related  to  hedge  accounting  ineffectiveness  were 
positive  USD 118  million,  compared  with  positive  USD 25 
million.  Adjusted  operating  expenses  increased  to  USD 93 
million, compared with USD 81 million. 

included 

from 

Non-core and Legacy Portfolio 
The  Non-core  and  Legacy  Portfolio  result  was  a  loss  of  USD 84 
million, compared with a loss of USD 128 million. The improved 
result was mainly due to lower operating expenses driven by the 
release  of  litigation  provisions  and  decreased  net  expenses  for 
services  from  business  divisions  and  other  Corporate  Center 
units.  Net  operating  income  decreased,  mainly  due  to  2018 
including  higher  valuation  gains  on  auction  rate  securities.  This 
was  partly  offset  by  a  gain  related  to  the  settlement  of  a 
litigation  claim  and  income  related  to  a  claim  on  a  defaulted 
counterparty position. 

Retained Services 
The  Retained  Services  result  was  a  loss  of  USD 424  million, 
compared  with  a  loss  of  USD 398  million.  2019  included  losses 
from  the  remeasurement  of  properties  reclassified  as  properties 
held for sale, while 2018 included gains on sale of real estate, a 
gain  on  the  sale  of  subsidiaries  and  businesses  and  the 
remeasurement loss related to the increase of our shareholding 
in UBS Securities China. Excluding the aforementioned adjusting 
items  and  restructuring  expenses,  the  adjusted  result  was 
negative  USD 400  million,  compared  with  negative  USD 317 
million,  mainly  due  to  higher  funding  costs  related  to  deferred 
tax assets, reflecting higher interest rates. 

Personnel 

As  of  31  December  2019,  Corporate  Center  employed  33,164 
personnel  (full-time  equivalents),  a  net  increase  of  2,583 
compared  with  31  December  2018.  The  increase  was  mainly 
driven by the ongoing insourcing of certain activities from third-
party  vendors  to  our  Business  Solutions  Centers,  resulting  in  a 
decrease of approximately 2,200 outsourced staff. 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury 
and capital 
management 

Management report 

Audited information according to IFRS 7 and IAS 1 

Risk  and  capital  disclosures  provided  in  line  with  the  requirements  of  International  Financial  Reporting  Standard  7  (IFRS  7), 
Financial Instruments: Disclosures, and International Accounting Standard 1 (IAS 1), Presentation of Financial Statements, form 
part of the financial statements included in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report and audited by the 
independent registered public accounting firm Ernst & Young Ltd, Basel. This information is marked as “Audited” within this 
section  of  the  report.  The  risk  profile  of  UBS  AG  consolidated  does  not  differ  materially  from  that  of  UBS  Group  AG 
consolidated.  Audited  information  provided  in  the  “Risk  management  and  control”  and  “Treasury  management”  sections 
applies to both UBS Group AG consolidated and UBS AG consolidated. 

Signposts 

The Audited | signpost that is displayed at the beginning of a section, table or chart indicates that those items have been audited. A triangle symbol –  – 
indicates the end of the audited section, table or chart. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of contents 

107 

105 

111 

109 

108 

105 

Risk management and control 
Overview of risks arising from our business activities 
Risk categories 
Top and emerging risks 
Risk governance 
Risk appetite framework 
Internal risk reporting 
Risk measurement 
Credit risk 
119 
138  Market risk 
Country risk 
Operational risk 

115 

116 

153 

148 

156 

156 

170 

173 

174 

175 

175 

177 

180 

185 

188 

190 

192 

Treasury management 
Balance sheet, liquidity and funding management 
Off-balance sheet 
Currency management 
Cash flows 

Capital management 
Capital management objectives, planning and activities 
Swiss SRB total loss-absorbing capacity framework 
Total loss-absorbing capacity 
Risk-weighted assets 
Leverage ratio denominator 
Equity attribution and return on attributed equity 
UBS shares 

104 

 
 
Risk management and control 

Overview of risks arising from our business activities 

The  scale  of  our  business  activities  is  dependent  on  the  capital 
we have available to cover the risks in our businesses, the size of 
our on- and off-balance sheet assets through their contribution 
to our capital, leverage and liquidity ratios, and our risk appetite. 
Our  overall  credit  risk  profile  remained  broadly  unchanged 
in 2019 and we continued to manage market risks at generally 
low levels. 

business divisions and Corporate Center. This illustrates how the 
activities  in  our  business  divisions  and  Corporate  Center  are 
captured in the risk measures mentioned above the table, and it 
illustrates  their  financial  performance  in  the  context  of  these 
measures. 

  Refer to the “Capital management” section of this report for 

more information about RWA, LRD and our equity attribution 

Operational  resilience,  conduct  and  prevention  of  financial 

framework 

crime remain key focus topics. 

risk-weighted  assets 

The “Risk measures and performance” table on the next page 
shows 
ratio 
denominator  (the  LRD)  and  risk-based  capital  (RBC),  as  well  as 
attributed  tangible  equity,  total  assets  and  operating  profit 
before  tax  on  both  a  reported  and  adjusted  basis  for  our 

leverage 

(RWA), 

the 

  Refer to “Statistical measures” in this section for more 

information about RBC 

  Refer to the “Performance of our business divisions and 

Corporate Center – reported and adjusted” table in the “Group 

performance” section of this report for more information 

105 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Key risks, risk measures and performance by business division and Corporate Center 

Business divisions and Corporate
Business divisions and Corporate 
Center 
Center

Global Wealth
Global Wealth 
Management 
Management

Personal & Corporate
Personal & Corporate 
Banking 
Banking

Asset Management 
Asset Management

Investment Bank 
Investment Bank

Corporate Center 
Corporate Center

Key risks arising from business
Key risks arising from business 
activities 
activities

Small amounts of credit 
and market risk 

Credit risk from lending 
Credit risk
against securities collateral 
and mortgages, and a 
small amount of derivatives 
trading activity 

Credit risk from retail 
Credit risk
business, mortgages, 
secured and unsecured 
corporate lending, and a 
small amount of derivatives 
trading activity 

Market risk from municipal 
Market risk
securities and taxable 
fixed-income securities 

Minimal contribution to 
market risk
market risk 

Credit and market risk 
Credit
market risk
arising from management 
of the Group’s balance 
sheet, capital, profit or loss 
and liquidity portfolios 

Credit risk from lending 
Credit risk
(take and hold as well as 
temporary loan 
underwriting activities), 
derivatives trading and 
securities financing 

Market risk from primary 
Market risk
underwriting activities and 
secondary trading 

Operational risk, which includes compliance and conduct risks, is an inevitable consequence of being in business, as losses can result from inadequate or failed internal processes, 
Operational risk
people and systems, or from external events. It can arise as a result of our past and current business activities across all business divisions and Corporate Center. 

Risk measures and performance 

USD billion, as of or for the year ended 
Risk-weighted assets1 

of which: credit and counterparty credit risk 
of which: market risk 
of which: operational risk 
Leverage ratio denominator1 
Risk-based capital2 
Average attributed tangible equity3 
Total assets 
Operating profit / (loss) before tax (as reported) 
Operating profit / (loss) before tax (adjusted)4 

Global Wealth 
Global Wealth
Management 
Management
78.1 
78.1
35.0 
35.0
0.8
0.8 
35.9
35.9 
312.7
312.7 
6.6 
6.6
11.5 
11.5
309.8 
309.8
3.4 
3.4
3.5 
3.5

31.12.19 
31.12.19

Personal & 
Personal &
Corporate 
Corporate

Asset 
Asset
Banking  Management 
Banking Management
4.6 
4.6
1.8 
1.8
0.0
0.0 
2.0
2.0 
5.0
5.0 
0.4 
0.4
0.4 
0.4
34.6 
34.6
0.5 
0.5
0.6 
0.6

67.1 
67.1
57.3 
57.3
0.0
0.0 
7.7
7.7 
224.2
224.2 
4.9 
4.9
8.4 
8.4
209.4 
209.4
1.4 
1.4
1.5 
1.5

31.12.18 

Investment 
Investment
Bank 
Bank
81.1 
81.1
50.6 
50.6
4.6
4.6 
22.5
22.5 
293.2
293.2 
7.0 
7.0
12.2 
12.2
315.9 
315.9
0.8 
0.8
1.1 
1.1

Corporate 
Corporate
Center 
Center
28.3 
28.3
8.3 
8.3
1.1
1.1 
9.4
9.4 
76.2
76.2 
16.1 
16.1
15.1 
15.1
102.6 
102.6
(0.6) 
(0.6)
(0.5) 
(0.5)

Group 
Group
259.2 
259.2
153.0 
153.0
6.6
6.6 
77.5
77.5 
911.3
911.3 
35.0 
35.0
47.6 
47.6
972.2 
972.2
5.6 
5.6
6.0 
6.0

Personal &
Corporate 

USD billion, as of or for the year ended 
Risk-weighted assets1 

Group 
263.7 
147.9 
of which: credit and counterparty credit risk 
20.0 
of which: market risk 
77.6 
of which: operational risk 
Leverage ratio denominator1 
904.6 
Risk-based capital2 
33.3 
Average attributed tangible equity3 
45.9 
958.4 
Total assets 
6.0 
Operating profit / (loss) before tax (as reported) 
Operating profit / (loss) before tax (adjusted)4 
6.1 
1 Refer to the “Capital management” section of this report for more information.  2 Refer to “Statistical measures” in this section for more information on risk-based capital.  3 Average attributed tangible equity 
1
of  the  business  divisions  and  Corporate  Center  as  of  31  December  2018  has  been  restated  for  the  changes  in  equity  attribution  in  the  first  quarter  of  2019.  Refer  to  the  “Significant  accounting  and  financial 
4 Refer to the “Performance of our business divisions and Corporate Center – reported and adjusted” table in the “Group performance” section of 
reporting changes” section in this report for more information. 
4
this report for more information. 

Asset 
Banking  Management 
4.3 
1.8 
0.0 
2.0 
5.0 
0.4 
0.4 
28.1 
0.4 
0.5 

Global Wealth 
Management 
74.3 
32.5 
1.3 
36.0 
315.8 
5.0 
11.2 
313.7 
3.3 
3.3 

Investment 
Bank 
93.2 
51.3 
16.8 
22.5 
283.4 
6.6 
12.9 
302.1 
1.5 
1.7 

Corporate 
Center 
28.1 
7.7 
1.9 
9.4 
86.5 
16.7 
13.3 
113.7 
(1.0) 
(0.9) 

63.9 
54.7 
0.0 
7.7 
213.7 
4.5 
8.0 
200.7 
1.8 
1.4 

2

3

106 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
Risk categories 
We categorize the risk exposures of our business divisions and Corporate Center as outlined in the table below. 

Risk definitions 

Risk 
managed by 

Independent 
 oversight by 

Captured 
in our risk 
appetite 
framework 

Primary risks: the risks that our businesses may take to generate a return 

Audited | Credit risk: the risk of loss resulting from the failure of a client or counterparty to meet its contractual obligations toward 
UBS. This includes settlement risk and loan underwriting risk. 

Business 
management 

Risk Control 

Settlement risk: the risk of loss resulting from transactions that involve exchange of value (e.g., security versus cash) where we 
must deliver without first being able to determine with certainty that we will receive the countervalue. 
Loan underwriting risk: the risk of loss arising during the holding period of financing transactions that are intended for further 
distribution. 

Audited | Market risk (traded and non-traded): the risk of loss resulting from adverse movements in market variables. Market 
variables include observable variables, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, credit spreads and commodity 
(including precious metal) prices, and variables that may be unobservable or only indirectly observable, such as volatilities and 
correlations. Market risk  includes issuer risk and investment risk. 

Issuer risk: the risk of loss from changes in fair value resulting from credit-related events affecting an  issuer to which we are 
exposed through tradable  securities or derivatives referencing the issuer. 
Investment risk: issuer risk associated with positions held as  financial investments. 

Business 
management and 
Group Treasury 

Risk Control 

Country risk: the risk of losses resulting from country-specific events. It includes transfer risk, whereby a country’s  authorities prevent or 
restrict the payment of an obligation, as well as systemic risk events arising from country-specific  political or macroeconomic developments. 

Business 
management 

Risk Control 

Consequential risks: the risks to which our businesses are exposed as a consequence of being in business 

Audited | Liquidity risk: the risk that the bank will not be able to efficiently meet both expected and unexpected current and forecast 
cash flows and collateral needs without affecting either daily operations or the financial condition of the firm. 
Audited | Funding risk: the risk that the bank will be unable, on an ongoing basis, to borrow funds in the market on an unsecured 
(or even secured) basis at an acceptable price to fund actual or proposed commitments; i.e., the risk that UBS s funding capacity is not 
sufficient to support the firm s current business and desired strategy. 
Structural foreign exchange risk: the risk of decreases in our capital due to changes in foreign  exchange rates with an adverse 
translation effect on capital held in currencies other than the US dollar. 

’ 

’ 

Group Treasury 

Risk Control 

Group Treasury 

Risk Control 

Operational risk: the risk resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external causes 
(deliberate, accidental or natural) that have an impact (either financial or non-financial) on UBS, its clients or the markets in which it 
operates. Events may be direct financial losses or indirect in the form of revenue forgone as a result of business suspension. They may 
also result in damage to our reputation and to our franchise that has longer-term financial consequences. 

Business 
management 

Group Compliance, 
Regulatory & Gov-
ernance (GCRG) 

Legal 

Legal risk: the financial or reputational implications resulting from the risk of: (i) being held liable for a breach of applicable laws, 
rules or regulations; (ii) being held liable for a breach of contractual or other legal obligations; (iii) an inability or failure to enforce 
or protect contractual rights or non-contractual rights sufficiently to protect UBS’s interests, including the risk of being party to 
a claim in respect of any of the above (and the risk of loss of attorney-client privilege in the context of any such claim); (iv) a failure 
to adequately develop, supervise and resource legal teams or adequately supervise external legal counsel advising on business 
legal risk and other matters; and (v) a failure to adequately manage any potential, threatened and commenced litigation and legal 
proceedings, including civil, criminal, arbitration and regulatory proceedings, and/or litigation risk or any dispute or investigation 
that may lead to litigation or threat of any litigation. 
Conduct risk: the risk that the conduct of the firm or its individuals unfairly impacts clients or counterparties, undermines the 
integrity of the financial system or impairs effective competition to the detriment of consumers. 
Compliance risk: the risk incurred by the firm by not adhering to the applicable laws, rules and regulations, and our own internal 
standards. 
Financial crime risk: the risk that UBS fails to detect criminal activities, including internal and external theft and fraud, money 
laundering, bribery and corruption, fails to comply with sanctions and embargoes, or fails to report or respond to requests from 
relevant authorities related to these matters. 
Cybersecurity and information security risk: the risk of a material impact from an external or internal attack on our 
information  systems with the purpose of data theft, fraud or denial of service. Cyberattacks are manifestations of a cyber threat 
into an act of aggression or criminal activity causing financial, regulatory or reputational harm or loss. 

Pension risk: the risk of a negative impact on our capital as a result of deteriorating funded status from decreases in the fair value of 
assets held in the defined benefit pension funds and/or changes in the value of defined benefit pension  obligations due to changes in 
actuarial assumptions (e.g., discount rate, life expectancy, rate of pension increase) and/or changes to plan designs. 

Environmental and social risk: the risk that UBS supports clients, or sources from suppliers, who cause or con tribute to severe envi-
ronmental damage or human rights infringements. Environmental and social risks can also arise if UBS’s operational activities and its 
employees (or contractors working on behalf of UBS) fail to operate within relevant environmental and human rights regulations. Environ-
mental and social risks (including human rights and climate-related risks) may result in adverse financial and reputation impacts for UBS. 
  Refer to the “Management of environmental and social risks” section of the Sustainability Report 2019 
Model risk: the risk of adverse consequences via financial loss or non-financial impact (e.g., poor business and/or strategic decision-
making, or damage to the firm’s reputation) resulting from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs and reports. Model 
risk may result from a number of sources: inputs, methodology, implementation or use. 

GCRG 

GCRG 

GCRG 

GCRG 

Risk Control 
and  Finance 

Risk Control 

Business 
management and 
Group Technology 

Human 
Resources 

Business 
management 

Model owner 

Risk Control 

Business risks: the risks arising from the commercial, strategic and economic environment in which our businesses operate 

Business risk: the potential negative impact on earnings from lower-than-expected business volumes and/or margins, to the extent 
they are not offset by a decrease in expenses. 

Business 
management 

Finance 

Reputational risks 

Reputational risk: the risk of damage to our reputation from the point of view of our stakeholders, such as clients, shareholders, 
staff and the general public. 

All businesses and 
functions 

All control 
functions 

107 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
proceedings  and  government  investigations,  as  noted  in 
“Regulatory  and  legal  risks”  in  the  “Risk  factors”  section  of 
this  report.  Information  about  litigation,  regulatory  and 
similar  matters  we  consider  significant  is  disclosed  in  “Note 
21 Provisions and contingent liabilities” in the “Consolidated 
financial statements” section of this report. 

–  One  of  the  most  critical  risks  facing  the  broader  industry  is 
the inability to keep pace with evolving cyber threats, such as 
data  theft  and  data  leakage,  disruption  of  service  and  cyber 
fraud,  all  of  which  have  the  potential  to  significantly  affect 
our  business.  Additionally,  as  a  result  of  the  operational 
complexity  of  all  our  businesses,  we  are  continually  exposed 
to operational resilience scenarios such as process error, failed 
execution, system failures and fraud. 

including  money 

–  Financial  crime, 

–  Conduct  risks  are  inherent  in  our  businesses.  Achieving  fair 
outcomes  for  our  clients,  upholding  market  integrity  and 
cultivating the highest standards of employee conduct are of 
critical importance to the firm. Management of conduct risks 
is an integral part of our operational risk framework. 
laundering, 

terrorist 
financing,  sanctions  violation,  fraud,  bribery  and  corruption, 
presents  significant  risk.  Heightened  regulatory  expectations 
and  attention  require  investment  in  people  and  systems, 
while  emerging  technologies  and  changing  geopolitical  risks 
further increase the complexity of identifying and preventing 
financial crime. Refer to “Operational risk” in this section and 
“Strategy,  management  and  operations  risks”  in  the  “Risk 
factors” section of this report for more information. 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Top and emerging risks 

The  top  and  emerging  risks  disclosed  below  reflect  those  that 
we  currently  think  have  the  potential  to  materialize  within  one 
year  and  which  could  significantly  affect  the  Group.  Investors 
should also carefully consider all information set out in the “Risk 
factors” section of this report, where we discuss these and other 
material  risks  that  we  consider  could  have  an  effect  on  our 
ability  to  execute  our  strategy  and  may  affect  our  business 
activities,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  business 
prospects. 
–  We  are  exposed  to  a  number  of  macroeconomic  issues  as 
well  as  general  market  conditions.  As  noted  in  “Market  and 
macroeconomic  risks”  in  the  “Risk  factors”  section  of  this 
report,  these  external  pressures  may  have  a  significant 
adverse effect on our business activities and related financial 
results,  primarily  through  reduced  margins  and  revenues, 
asset 
valuation  adjustments. 
Accordingly,  these  macroeconomic  factors  are  considered  in 
the  development  of  stress  testing  scenarios  for  our  ongoing 
risk management activities. 

impairments  and  other 

–  The outbreak of Covid-19 in China and its subsequent spread 
to other countries is likely to have at least a short-term adverse 
effect  on  economic  activity  in  China  and  other  affected 
countries,  with  a  collateral  impact  on  the  global  economy.  A 
significant rise in the number of Covid-19 infections, infections 
in a wide range of countries and regions, or a prolongation of 
the  outbreak,  could  increase  the  adverse  economic  effects. 
These adverse effects may materialize through adverse market 
performance,  increased  credit  risk  or  negative  effects  on 
operational resilience. 

–  We  are  exposed  to  substantial  changes  in  the  regulation  of 
our  businesses  that  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on 
our  business,  as  discussed  in  the  “Regulatory  and  legal 
developments” section of this report and in “Regulatory and 
legal risks” in the “Risk factors” section of this report. 

–  As  a  global  financial  services  firm  we  are  subject  to  many 
different  legal,  tax  and  regulatory  regimes  and  extensive 
regulatory  oversight.  We  are  exposed  to  significant  liability 
risk  and  we  are  subject  to  various  claims,  disputes,  legal 

108 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk governance 

Our  risk  governance  framework  operates  along  three  lines  of 
defense. 

risks, including setting risk appetite and protecting against non-
compliance with applicable laws and regulations. 

Our first line of defense, business management, owns its risk 
exposures  and  is  required  to  maintain  effective  processes  and 
systems to manage its risks, including robust and comprehensive 
internal  controls  and  documented  procedures.  Business 
management  has  appropriate  supervisory  controls  and  review 
processes  in  place,  which  are  designed  to  identify  control 
weaknesses and inadequate processes. 

Our second line of defense is formed by the control functions, 
which are separate from the business and report directly to the 
Group CEO. Control functions provide independent oversight of 

Our third line of defense, Group Internal Audit, reports to the 
Audit  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors.  This  function 
evaluates 
risk 
including  the 
management  and  the  control  environment, 
assessment  of  how  the  first  and  second  lines  of  defense  meet 
their objectives. 

the  overall  effectiveness  of  governance, 

The  key  roles  and  responsibilities  for  risk  management  and 
control  are  illustrated  in  the  following  chart  and  described  on 
the following pages. 

(cid:35)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:94)(cid:2)(cid:52)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:73)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71) 

(cid:36)(cid:81)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:38)(cid:75)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:85)
(cid:36)(cid:81)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:38)(cid:75)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:85) 

(cid:52)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77) 
(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:71) 

(cid:35)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86) 
(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:71) 

(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2) 
(cid:52)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:68)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:71) 

(cid:41)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2) 
(cid:48)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:71) 

(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80) 
(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:71) 

(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:2)(cid:43)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:10)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:11) 

(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:2)(cid:39)(cid:90)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:36)(cid:81)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:10)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:11) 

(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:39)(cid:90)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:49)(cid:72)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:84) 

(cid:36)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85) 
(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86) 
(cid:10)(cid:386)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:11) 

(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:10)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:11) 

(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:2)(cid:52)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77) 
(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:78) 

(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:14)(cid:2) 
(cid:52)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:8)(cid:2) 
(cid:41)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:10)(cid:41)(cid:37)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:11) 

(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82) 
(cid:40)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71) 

(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82) 
(cid:46)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:78) 

(cid:38)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:14)(cid:2) 
(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:50)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2) 

(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:52)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2) 
(cid:49)(cid:72)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:84) 

(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:2) 
(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2) 
(cid:41)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:49)(cid:72)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:84) 

(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:2) 
(cid:40)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:49)(cid:72)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:84) 

(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:78) 
(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:78) 

(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82) 
(cid:54)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:91)(cid:12) 

(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:77)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2) 
(cid:54)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:52)(cid:49) 

(cid:37)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:52)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2) 
(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85) 

(cid:37)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:37)(cid:52)(cid:41)(cid:2) 
(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85) 

(cid:37)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:40)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2) 
(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85) 

(cid:37)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:46)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2) 
(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85) 

(cid:38)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2) 
(cid:50)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85) 

(cid:38)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:52)(cid:49)(cid:85) 

(cid:38)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:8)(cid:2)(cid:49)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2) 
(cid:52)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:10)(cid:37)(cid:8)(cid:49)(cid:52)(cid:37) 
(cid:11)

(cid:38)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:40)(cid:49)(cid:85) 

(cid:38)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2) 
(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:85) 

(cid:52)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:17)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:2) 
(cid:50)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85) 

(cid:52)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:17)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:2) 
(cid:37)(cid:52)(cid:49)(cid:85) 

(cid:52)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:17)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:2) 
(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:8)(cid:49)(cid:52)(cid:37) 

(cid:52)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:17)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:2) 
(cid:37)(cid:40)(cid:49)(cid:85) 

(cid:52)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2) (cid:2)(cid:2) (cid:2)(cid:17)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:2) 
(cid:41)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:85) 

(cid:2)(cid:2)

(cid:2)
(cid:86)
(cid:80)
(cid:85)
(cid:71)
(cid:71)
(cid:79)
(cid:71)
(cid:86)
(cid:71)
(cid:86)
(cid:75)
(cid:73)
(cid:79)
(cid:67)
(cid:79)
(cid:80)
(cid:67)
(cid:81)
(cid:79)
(cid:69)

(cid:85)
(cid:71)
(cid:71)
(cid:86)
(cid:86)
(cid:75)

(cid:79)
(cid:79)
(cid:81)
(cid:69)

(cid:2)
(cid:11)

(cid:49)
(cid:37)
(cid:46)
(cid:35)

(cid:10)
(cid:2)
(cid:71)
(cid:71)
(cid:86)
(cid:86)
(cid:75)

(cid:79)
(cid:79)
(cid:81)
(cid:37)
(cid:2)
(cid:91)
(cid:86)
(cid:75)
(cid:78)
(cid:75)

(cid:68)
(cid:67)
(cid:75)
(cid:46)
(cid:2)
(cid:70)
(cid:80)
(cid:67)
(cid:2)
(cid:86)
(cid:71)
(cid:85)
(cid:85)
(cid:35)
(cid:2)
(cid:82)
(cid:87)
(cid:81)
(cid:84)
(cid:41)

(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:86)
(cid:86)
(cid:71)
(cid:71)
(cid:85)
(cid:85)
(cid:85)
(cid:85)
(cid:67)
(cid:67)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:70)
(cid:70)
(cid:80)
(cid:80)
(cid:67)
(cid:67)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:77)
(cid:77)
(cid:85)
(cid:85)
(cid:75)
(cid:75)
(cid:52)
(cid:52)

(cid:85)
(cid:71)
(cid:71)
(cid:86)
(cid:86)
(cid:75)

(cid:79)
(cid:79)
(cid:81)
(cid:69)
(cid:2)
(cid:77)
(cid:85)
(cid:75)
(cid:84)
(cid:2)
(cid:78)
(cid:67)
(cid:80)
(cid:81)
(cid:75)
(cid:86)
(cid:69)
(cid:80)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:2)
(cid:70)
(cid:80)
(cid:67)

(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:91)
(cid:91)
(cid:86)
(cid:86)
(cid:75)
(cid:75)
(cid:78)
(cid:78)
(cid:75)
(cid:75)

(cid:68)
(cid:68)
(cid:67)
(cid:67)

(cid:75)
(cid:75)
(cid:78)
(cid:78)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:70)
(cid:70)
(cid:80)
(cid:80)
(cid:67)
(cid:67)

(cid:2)(cid:50) (cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:2)(cid:40)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71) 

(cid:2)(cid:86) 

109 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Audited  |  The  Board  of  Directors  (the  BoD)  is  responsible  for 
approving  the  risk  management  and  control  framework  of  the 
Group,  including  the  overall  risk  appetite  of  the  Group  and 
business  divisions.  The  BoD  is  supported  by  the  BoD  Risk 
Committee,  which  monitors  and  oversees  the  Group’s  risk 
profile  and  the  implementation  of  the  risk  framework  as 
approved  by  the  BoD,  and  approves  the  Group’s  risk  appetite 
methodology.  The  Corporate  Culture  and  Responsibility 
Committee  supports  the  BoD  in  fulfilling  its  duty  to  safeguard 
and  advance  the  Group’s  reputation  for  responsible  and 
sustainable  conduct. 
It  reviews  stakeholder  concerns  and 
expectations  pertaining  to  UBS’s  societal  contribution  and 
corporate  culture.  The  Audit  Committee  supports  the  BoD  in 
fulfilling  its  oversight  duty  relating  to  financial  reporting  and 
internal controls over financial reporting, the effectiveness of the 
external  and  internal  audit  functions,  and  the  effectiveness  of 
whistleblowing procedures. 

The Group Executive Board (the GEB) has overall responsibility 
for establishing and implementing risk management and control 
in  the  Group.  It  manages  the  risk  profile  of  the  Group  as  a 
whole. 

The  Group  Chief  Executive  Officer  (the  Group  CEO)  has 
responsibility  and  accountability  for  the  management  and 
performance  of  the  Group,  has  risk  authority  over  transactions, 
positions and exposures, and allocates risk limits approved by the 
BoD within the business divisions and Corporate Center. 

The  business  division  Presidents  are  responsible  for  the 
success,  risks,  results  and  value  of  their  business  division.  This 
includes  controlling  and  administering  the  dedicated  financial 
resources and risk appetite of the business division. 

The regional Presidents facilitate the implementation of UBS’s 
strategy  in  their  region,  and  have  the  mandate  to  inform  the 
GEB  of  any  activities  and  issues  that  may  give  rise  to  actual  or 
potentially material regulatory or reputational concerns. 

The Group Chief Risk Officer (the Group CRO) is responsible 
for  the  development  of  the  Group’s  risk  management  and 
control framework (including risk principles and risk appetite) for 
credit,  market,  country, 
funding,  model,  and 
environmental  and  social  risks.  This  includes  risk  measurement 
and  aggregation,  portfolio  controls  and  risk  reporting.  The 
Group  CRO  is  responsible  for  setting  risk  limits  and  approving 
credit and market risk transactions and exposures. Risk Control is 
also the central function for model risk management and control 
for  all  models  used  in  the  firm.  The  risk  control  process  is 

liquidity, 

110 

supported  by  a  framework  of  policies  and  authorities.  The 
business  division  CROs  are  responsible  for  the  implementation 
and  enforcement  of 
risk  management  and  control 
framework within their business division. The regional Chief Risk 
Officers  provide  independent  oversight  of  risks  within  their 
region. 

the 

The  Group  Chief  Compliance  and  Governance  Officer  is 
responsible  for  ensuring  that  all  operational  risks,  including 
compliance and conduct risks, as well as cyber and information 
security  risks,  are  identified,  owned  and  managed  according  to 
the  firm’s  risk  appetite,  supported  by  an  effective  control 
framework. 

the  Group’s 

The  Group  Chief  Financial  Officer  (the  Group  CFO)  is 
responsible  for  transparency  in  and  assessing  the  financial 
performance  of  the  Group  and  the  business  divisions,  and  for 
managing 
financial  accounting,  controlling, 
forecasting,  planning  and  reporting  processes  in  line  with 
regulatory  and  financial  reporting  requirements,  corporate 
governance standards and global best practice to maintain high 
quality  and 
include 
managing  UBS’s  tax  affairs,  as  well  as  treasury  and  capital 
management,  including  funding  and  liquidity  risk  and  UBS’s 
regulatory capital ratios. 

timeliness.  Additional 

responsibilities 

The  Group  General  Counsel  (the  Group  GC)  is  responsible  for 
managing  the  Group’s  legal  affairs  and  ensuring  effective  and 
timely  assessment  of  legal  matters  impacting  the  Group  or  its 
businesses, and for the management and reporting of all litigation 
matters. 

(GIA) 

Group 

Internal  Audit 

independently  assesses  the 
effectiveness of processes to define strategy and risk appetite, as 
well  as  overall  adherence  to  the  approved  strategy  and  the 
effectiveness  of  governance  processes  and  of  risk  management 
at  Group,  business  division  and  regional  levels,  including 
compliance  with  legal  and  regulatory  requirements,  as  well  as 
with  internal  policies,  constitutional  documents  and  contracts. 
The  Head  GIA  reports  to  the  Chairman  of  the  BoD  and,  in 
addition,  GIA  has  a  functional  reporting  line  to  the  BoD  Audit 
Committee. 

Some of the above roles and responsibilities are replicated for 
certain  significant  legal  entities  of  the  Group.  The  legal  entity 
risk  officers  are  responsible  for  independent  oversight  and 
control of primary and consequential risks for certain significant 
legal  entities  of  the  Group  as  part  of  the  legal  entity  control 
framework,  which  complements  the  Group’s  risk  management 
and control framework. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk appetite framework 

We have a defined Group level risk appetite, covering all financial and non-financial risk types, via a complementary set of qualitative 
and quantitative risk appetite statements. This is reviewed and recalibrated annually and presented to the BoD for approval. 

Our  risk  appetite  is  defined  at  the  aggregate  Group  level  and 
reflects the types of risk that we are willing to accept or intend 
to avoid. It is established via a complementary set of qualitative 
and quantitative risk appetite statements defined at a firm-wide 
level  and  is  embedded  throughout  our  business  divisions  and 
legal  entities  by  means  of  Group,  business  division  and  legal 
entity  policies,  limits  and  authorities.  UBS  is  the  largest  truly 
global  wealth  manager  and  a  leading  personal  and  corporate 
bank  in  Switzerland,  with  focused  investment  bank  and  asset 
management  divisions.  We  are  subject 
to  consolidated 
supervision  by  FINMA  and  related  ordinances,  which  impose, 
among  other  requirements,  minimum  standards  for  capital, 
liquidity,  risk  concentration  and  internal  organization.  Our  risk 
appetite  is  reviewed  and  recalibrated  annually  with  an  aim  to 
ensure that risk-taking at every level of the organization is in line 
with  our  strategic  priorities,  our  capital  and  liquidity  plans,  our 
pillars,  principles  and  behaviors,  as  well  as  minimum  regulatory 
requirements.  The  risk  appetite  statements  are  a  critical 
foundation for maintaining a robust risk culture throughout our 
organization. The “Risk appetite framework” chart below shows 
the  key  elements  of  the  framework.  These  elements  are 
described in more detail in this section. 

Qualitative  statements  aim  to  ensure  that  we  maintain  the 
desired  risk  culture.  Quantitative  risk  appetite  objectives  are 

(cid:52)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:89)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:77) 

designed to enhance the Group’s resilience against the effect of 
potential  severe  adverse  economic  or  geopolitical  events.  These 
risk  appetite  objectives  cover  the  Group’s  minimum  capital  and 
leverage ratios, its solvency, earnings, liquidity and funding, and 
are  subject  to  periodic  review,  including  as  part  of  the  annual 
business planning process. 

These  objectives  are  complemented  by  operational  risk 
appetite  objectives,  which  are  established  for  each  of  our 
operational risk categories, such as market conduct, theft, fraud, 
data  confidentiality  and  technology  risks.  A  standardized 
financial firm-wide operational risk appetite has been established 
at the Group and business division level. Operational risk events 
that  exceed  predetermined  risk  tolerances,  expressed  as 
percentages of the Group’s operating income, must be escalated 
as  per  the  firm-wide  escalation  framework  to  the  respective 
business division President or higher, as appropriate. 

The  quantitative  risk  appetite  objectives  are  supported  by  a 
comprehensive  suite  of  risk  limits  set  at  a  portfolio  level.  These 
may  apply  across  the  Group,  within  a  business  division  or 
business,  at  legal  entity  level,  or  to  an  asset  class.  These 
additional  quantitative  controls  are  typically  bottom-up  and  are 
designed to monitor specific portfolios and to identify potential 
risk concentrations. 

(cid:52)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:89)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:77) 

(cid:52)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85) 

(cid:52)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:73)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:68)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85) 

(cid:52)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:85) 

(cid:115)(cid:2)(cid:52)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:85) 
(cid:115)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:39)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:85) 
(cid:115)(cid:2)(cid:54)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:52)(cid:71)(cid:89)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:50)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:85) 
(cid:115)(cid:2)(cid:49)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:92)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:17)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85) 
(cid:115)(cid:2)(cid:52)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:68)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85) 

(cid:115)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:15)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:85) 
(cid:115)(cid:2)(cid:49)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:85) 
(cid:115)(cid:2)(cid:52)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:89)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:77)(cid:85) 
(cid:115)(cid:2)(cid:35)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2) 

(cid:52)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73) 

Risk  reports  containing  aggregated  measures  of  risk  across 
products and businesses provide insight into the amounts, types, 
and  sensitivities  of  the  various  risks  in  our  portfolios  and  are 
intended  to  ensure  compliance  with  defined  limits.  Risk  officers, 
senior  management  and  the  BoD  use  this  information  to 
understand our risk profile and the performance of the portfolios. 
The  status  of  risk  appetite  objectives  is  evaluated  each  month 
and  reported  to  the  BoD  and  the  GEB.  Our  risk  appetite  may 

change  over  time.  Therefore,  portfolio  limits  and  associated 
approval authorities are subject to periodic reviews and changes, 
particularly in the context of our annual business planning process. 
is  governed  by  a  single 
overarching policy and conforms to the Financial Stability Board’s 
Principles  for  an  Effective  Risk  Appetite  Framework  published  in 
2013. 

Our  risk  appetite  framework 

111 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Risk principles and risk culture 

We  focus  on  maintaining  a  strong  risk  culture,  which  is  a 
prerequisite  for  success  in  today’s  highly  complex  operating 
environment and a source of sustainable competitive advantage. 
By  placing  prudent  and  disciplined  risk-taking  at  the  center  of 
every  decision,  we  want  to  achieve  our  goals  of  delivering 
unrivaled  client  satisfaction,  creating 
long-term  value  for 
stakeholders,  and  making  UBS  one  of  the  most  attractive 
companies to work for in the world. 

Our  risk  appetite  framework  combines  all  the  important 
elements  of  our  risk  culture,  expressed  in  our  Pillars,  Principles 
and Behaviors, our risk management and control principles, our 
Code  of  Conduct  and  Ethics,  and  our  Total  Reward  Principles. 
Together,  these  aim  to  align  the  decisions  we  make  with  the 
Group’s strategy, principles and risk appetite. They help provide 
a  solid  foundation  for  promoting  risk  awareness,  leading  to 

Risk management and control principles 

appropriate  risk-taking  and  the  establishment  of  robust  risk 
management  and  control  processes.  These  principles  are 
supported  by  a  range  of  initiatives  covering  employees  at  all 
levels. This includes the UBS House View on Leadership, which is 
a  set  of  explicit  expectations  for  leaders  that  establishes 
consistent leadership standards across UBS. These initiatives also 
include our principles of good supervision, which establish clear 
expectations  of  managers  and  employees  with  respect  to 
supervisory  responsibilities,  specifically:  to  take  responsibility;  to 
know and organize their business; to know their employees and 
what  they  do;  to  create  a  good  risk  culture;  and  to  respond  to 
and resolve issues. 

  Refer to the foldout pages of this report for more information 

about our Pillars, Principles and Behaviors 

  Refer to the Code of Conduct and Ethics of UBS at 

www.ubs.com/code for more information 

Protection of
Protection of 
financial strength 
financial strength

Protection of reputation 
Protection of reputation

Protecting UBS’s financial strength 
by controlling our risk exposure 
and avoiding potential risk 
concentrations at individual 
exposure levels, at specific 
portfolio levels and at an 
aggregate firm-wide level across 
all risk types 

Protecting our reputation through 
a sound risk culture characterized 
by a holistic and integrated view 
of risk, performance and reward, 
and through full compliance with 
our standards and principles, 
particularly our Code of Conduct 
and Ethics 

Business management
Business management 
accountability 
accountability

Maintaining management 
accountability, whereby business 
management, as opposed to Risk 
Control, owns all risks assumed 
throughout the Group and is 
responsible for the continuous and 
active management of all risk 
exposures to provide for balanced 
risk and return 

Independent controls 
Independent controls

Risk disclosure 
Risk disclosure

Independent control functions that 
monitor the effectiveness of the 
businesses’ risk management and 
oversee risk-taking activities 

Disclosure of risks to senior 
management, the BoD, investors, 
regulators, credit rating agencies 
and other stakeholders with an 
appropriate level of 
comprehensiveness and 
transparency 

To  support  an  environment  where  our  employees  are 
comfortable in raising concerns, we have whistleblowing policies 
and procedures in place. These offer multiple channels through 
which  individuals  may,  either  openly  or  anonymously,  escalate 
suspected  breaches  of  laws,  regulations,  rules  and  other  legal 
requirements,  our  Code  of  Conduct  and  Ethics,  policies,  or 
relevant  professional  standards.  Our  program  is  designed  to 
ensure  that  whistleblowing  concerns  are  investigated  and  that 
appropriate and consistent action is taken. We are committed to 
ensuring  that  appropriate  training  for  and  communication  to 
staff  and  legal  entity  representatives  are  made  available  on  an 
ongoing  basis, 
including  with  regard  to  new  regulatory 
requirements. 

We also have mandatory training programs covering a range 
of  compliance  and  risk-related  topics,  including  anti-money 
laundering and operational risk. In addition, specialized training 
is provided for employees depending on their specific roles and 
responsibilities,  such  as  credit  risk  and  market  risk  training  for 
those working in trading areas. Failure to satisfactorily complete 
mandatory  training  sessions  within  the  given  deadline  has 
consequences, including disciplinary action. Our operational risk 
framework,  incorporating  the  conduct  risk  framework,  aims  to 
identify and manage financial, regulatory, and reputational risks, 
together with risks to clients and to markets. 

Additionally,  we  want  to  be  the  financial  provider  of  choice 
for  clients  wishing  to  direct  capital  toward  investments  that 
support the Sustainable Development Goals and the transition to 
a  low-carbon  economy.  Our  comprehensive  environmental  and 
social  risk  framework  governs  client  and  supplier  relationships, 
applies  firm-wide  to  all  activities,  meets  the  highest  industry 
standards  and  is  integrated  in  management  practices  and 
control  principles.  We  also  seek  to  protect  our  assets  from 
climate  change  risks  by  limiting  our  risk  appetite  for  carbon-
related assets. 

Quantitative risk appetite objectives 

Through a set of quantitative risk appetite objectives, we aim to 
ensure  that  our  aggregate  risk  exposure  remains  within  our 
desired  risk  capacity,  based  on  our  capital  and  business  plans. 
The specific definition of risk capacity for each objective seeks to 
ensure  that  we  have  sufficient  capital,  earnings,  funding  and 
liquidity to protect our business franchises and exceed minimum 
regulatory  requirements  under  a  severe  stress  event.  The  risk 
appetite objectives are evaluated as part of the annual business 
planning process, and are approved by the BoD. The comparison 
of  risk  exposure  with  risk  capacity  is  a  key  consideration  in 
management decisions on potential adjustments to the business 
strategy and the risk profile of the Group. 

112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Through the annual business planning process, we review the 
business strategy of the firm, assess the risk profile as a result of 
our operations and activities, and stress-test our risk profile. We 
make  use  of  both  scenario-based  stress  tests  and  statistical  risk 
measurement  techniques  to  assess  the  effect  of  a  severe  stress 
event  at  a  firm-wide  level.  These  complementary  frameworks 

capture  exposures  to  all  material  primary  and  consequential 
risks,  as  well  as  business  risks  across  our  business  divisions  and 
Corporate Center. 

  Refer to “Risk measurement” in this section for more 

information about our stress testing and statistical frameworks 

(cid:20)(cid:18)(cid:19)(cid:27)(cid:2)(cid:83)(cid:87)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:85) 

(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:15)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:83)(cid:87)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:85) 

(cid:47)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:79)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2) 
(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:85) 

(cid:37)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2) 
(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:15)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:39)(cid:54)(cid:19)(cid:2) 
(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:19)(cid:18)(cid:7)(cid:16) 

(cid:47)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:79)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71) 
(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:85) 

(cid:37)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:2) 
(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:20)(cid:16)(cid:23)(cid:7)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2) 
(cid:37)(cid:39)(cid:54)(cid:19)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:2) 
(cid:67)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:89)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:69)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:16) 

(cid:53)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2) 
(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:85) 

(cid:39)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:85) 

(cid:46)(cid:75)(cid:83)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:2) 
(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:85) 

(cid:40)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2) 
(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:85) 

(cid:37)(cid:39)(cid:54)(cid:19)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2) 
(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:68)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:2) 
(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:386)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:111)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:68)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2) 
(cid:386)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:111)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:16) 

(cid:48)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:2) 
(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:15)(cid:91)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:92)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:81)(cid:2) 
(cid:80)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:10)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2) 
(cid:67)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:88)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:71)(cid:11)(cid:2) 
(cid:67)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2) 
(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2) 
(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:91)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:16)(cid:2)(cid:43)(cid:80)(cid:2) 
(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:80)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2) 
(cid:23)(cid:18)(cid:7)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:15)(cid:91)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:2) 
(cid:67)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2) 
(cid:91)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:89)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2) 
(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:71)(cid:2) 
(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:91)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:16) 

(cid:39)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:386)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:2) 
(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2) 
(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:88)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:2) 
(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:15)(cid:79)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2) 
(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:91)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2) 
(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:77)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:15)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:83)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:2) 
(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:29)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2) 
(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2) 
(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:54)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:91)(cid:2) 
(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:2) 
(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:2) 
(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:91)(cid:2) 
(cid:73)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:16) 

(cid:39)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:386)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:2) 
(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:15)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2) 
(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:2) 
(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2) 
(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:77)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:91)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:16) 

(cid:52)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91) 

(cid:50)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:85) 
(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:387)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77) 

(cid:37)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78) 

(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:387)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:15)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85) 

(cid:52)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71) 

(cid:53)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85) 

(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:85)(cid:15)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:15)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:15)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:15)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:15)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:78) 

(cid:53)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85) 

(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:2) 

(cid:37)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77) 

(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:77)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77) 

(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77) 

(cid:10)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2) 
(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2) 
(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:2) 
(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:89)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:11)(cid:124) 

(cid:10)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2) 
(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2) 
(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:11) 

(cid:49)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2) 
(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77) 

(cid:53)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:87)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2) 
(cid:40)(cid:58)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77) 

(cid:46)(cid:75)(cid:83)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2) 
(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77) 

(cid:50)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77) 

(cid:50)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:85) 

(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:83)(cid:87)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:85) 

(cid:54)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:15)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:2)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:89)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:68)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:16) 

(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:89)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:77) 

113 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Our  risk  capacity  is  underpinned  by  our  performance  targets 
and capital guidance as per our latest three-year strategic plan. 
When  determining  our  risk  capacity  in  case  of  a  severe  stress 
event,  we  adjust  projected  earnings  from  the  strategic  plan  for 
business  risk  to  reflect  lower  expected  earnings  and  lower 
expenses, such as the reversal of variable compensation accruals. 
We  also  adjust  our  capital  to  take  into  account  the  effect  of 
stress  on  deferred  tax  assets,  pension  plan  assets  and  liabilities, 
and accruals for capital returns to shareholders. 

The  chart  on  the  previous  page  provides  an  overview  of  our 
quantitative  risk  appetite  objectives  during  2019.  For  2020,  we 
have adjusted the one-year firm-wide minimum post-stress CET1 
capital and leverage ratio objectives from 10% and 2.5% to 9% 
and  2.7%,  respectively.  The  new  objectives  account  for  the 
various  ongoing  enhancements  to  stress  measures,  many  of 
which lead to higher results for the same amount of underlying 
risk.  We  have  also  introduced  three-year  minimum  post-stress 
capital  and  leverage  ratio  objectives  of  7.5%  and  2.2%, 
respectively, to better align with regulatory scenarios. 

Risk  appetite  objectives  define  the  aggregate  risk  exposure 
acceptable  at  the  firm-wide  level,  given  our  risk  capacity.  The 
maximum  acceptable 
is  supported  by  a 
risk  exposure 
comprehensive suite of risk limits, triggers and targets, which are 
cascaded to businesses and portfolios. These limits, triggers and 
targets are intended to ensure that our risks in aggregate remain 
under the maximum acceptable level of risk exposure. 

Risk  appetite  statements  at  the  business  division  level  are 
derived from the firm-wide risk appetite. They may also comprise 
objectives specific to the division, related to the specific activities 
and  risks  in  that  division.  Risk  appetite  statements  are  also  set 
for certain legal entities. These must be consistent with the firm-
wide risk appetite framework and approved in accordance with 
the  legal  entity’s  and  the  Group’s  regulations.  Differences  may 
exist  that  reflect  the  specific  nature,  size,  complexity  and 
regulations applicable to the relevant legal entity. 

Risk appetite following adoption of IFRS 9 

The  introduction  of  the  expected  credit  loss  (ECL)  framework 
under  IFRS  9  in  2018  fundamentally  changed  how  credit  risk 
arising  from  loans,  loan  commitments,  guarantees  and  certain 
revocable  facilities  is  accounted  for.  The  ECL  framework  may 
result in greater volatility in credit loss expense as ECL changes in 
response to developments in the credit cycle and composition of 
our  loan  portfolio.  The  effect  may  be  more  pronounced  in  a 
deteriorating economic environment. 

The effect that the requirement for accelerated recognition of 
credit losses has on our risk exposure in stressed conditions has 
been accounted for in our estimations. We expect to gain more 
insights into the behavior of ECLs once IFRS 9 has been in place 
for  a  longer  period  and  under  changing  economic  conditions, 
and may adjust our risk exposure further in the future. 

Based on the current information and the effect that the IFRS 
9  ECL  framework  has  on  our  solvency  objectives,  we  have  not 
changed  either  our  risk  appetite  and  management  practices  or 
our  strategy  toward  pricing  and  structuring  of  transactions 
following the adoption of IFRS 9. 

  Refer to “Note 1 Summary of significant accounting policies” in 
the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report 

for more information about our accounting policy for 

allowances and provisions for ECL 

  Refer to “Note 23 Expected credit loss measurement” in the 

“Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for 

more information about ECL measurement 

  Refer to “Credit risk” in this section for more information about 

the ECL methodology under IFRS 9 

114 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internal risk reporting 

Comprehensive  and  transparent  reporting  of  risks  is  central  to 
the  control  and  oversight  responsibilities  set  out  in  our  risk 
governance  framework  and  is  a  requirement  of  our  risk 
management  and  control  principles.  Accordingly,  risks  are 
reported  at  a  frequency  and  to  a  level  of  detail  commensurate 
with  the  extent  and  variability  of  the  risk  and  the  needs  of  the 
various governance bodies, regulators and risk authority holders. 
On a monthly basis, the Group Risk Report provides a detailed 
qualitative and quantitative overview of developments in primary 
and consequential risks for the business divisions and Corporate 
Center,  along  with  aggregate  views  of  risks  at  the  firm-wide 
level,  including  the  status  of  our  risk  appetite  objectives  and 
results  of  firm-wide  stress  testing.  The  Group  Risk  Report  is 
distributed  internally  to  the  BoD  Risk  Committee  and  the  GEB, 
and  to  senior  members  of  Risk  Control,  Group  Internal  Audit, 
Finance,  and  Legal.  Additionally,  an  extract  of  the  Group  Risk 
Report is provided to the BoD. Risk reports are also produced for 
our  significant  Group  entities  (entities  that  are  subject  to 
enhanced standards of corporate governance). 

Granular divisional risk reports are provided to the respective 
business  division  Chief  Risk  Officers  and  the  business  division 
Presidents. This monthly reporting is supplemented with a suite 
of  daily  or  weekly  reports  at  various  levels  of  granularity, 
covering  market  and  credit  risks  for  the  business  divisions  and 
Corporate Center to enable risk officers and senior management 
to monitor and control the Group’s risk profile. 

Our 

internal  risk  reporting,  which  covers  primary  and 
consequential  risks,  is  supported  by  risk  data  and  measurement 
systems  that  are  also  used  for  external  disclosure  and  regulatory 
reporting.  Dedicated  units  within  Risk  Control  assume 
responsibility for measurement, analysis and reporting of risk and 
for  overseeing  the  quality  and  integrity  of  risk-related  data.  Our 
risk data and measurement systems are subject to periodic review 
by Group Internal Audit following a risk-based audit approach. 

115 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Risk measurement 

Audited | We apply a variety of methodologies and measurements 
to  quantify  the  risks  of  our  portfolios  and  potential  risk 
concentrations. Risks that are not fully reflected within standard 
measures  are  subject  to  additional  controls,  which  may  include 
preapproval  of  specific  transactions  and  the  application  of 
specific  restrictions.  Models  to  quantify  risk  are  generally 
developed  by  dedicated  units  within  control  functions  and  are 
subject to independent validation. 

Models  must  be  approved  and  are  regularly  reviewed  in 
accordance  with  regulatory  requirements  as  well  as  internal 
policies  to  test  whether  they  perform  as  expected,  produce 
results  comparable  with  actual  events  and  values,  and  reflect 
best-in-practice approaches and recent academic developments. 
Our reviews assess whether models are performing satisfactorily, 
whether  additional  analysis  is  required  and  whether  models 
need to be recalibrated or redeveloped. Results and conclusions 
are presented to the relevant governance body and, as required, 
to regulators. 

The  ongoing  process  of  assessing  model  quality  and 
performance  in  the  production  environment  comprises  two 
components: model validation, in which Model Risk Management 
&  Control  (MRMC)  independently  assesses  a  model’s  fitness  for 
purpose;  and  model  confirmation,  the  regular  process  of 
confirming the accuracy and appropriateness of the model output 
and  its  application,  carried  out  by  the  model  developers  and 
reviewed by MRMC. 

  Refer to “Credit risk,” “Market risk” and “Operational risk” in 
this section for more information about model confirmation 

procedures 

Stress testing 

We perform stress testing to estimate the loss that could result 
from  extreme,  yet  plausible  macroeconomic  and  geopolitical 
stress events. This enables us to identify, better understand and 
manage  our  potential  vulnerabilities  and  risk  concentrations. 
Stress  testing  plays  a  key  role  in  our  limits  framework  at  the 
firm-wide,  business  division,  legal  entity  and  portfolio  levels. 
Stress test results are regularly reported to the BoD, the BoD Risk 
Committee  and  the  GEB.  As  described  in  “Risk  appetite 
framework”  above,  stress  testing,  along  with  statistical  loss 
measures,  plays  a  central  role  in  our  risk  appetite  and  business 
planning processes. 

116 

Our  stress  testing  framework  incorporates  three  pillars:  (i) 
combined  stress  tests;  (ii)  a  comprehensive  range  of  portfolio- 
and risk type-specific stress tests; and (iii) reverse stress testing. 

Our  combined  stress  test  (CST)  framework  is  scenario-based 
and  aims  to  quantify  overall  firm-wide  losses  that  could  result 
from  a  number  of  potential  global  systemic  events.  The 
framework captures all material primary and consequential risks, 
as well as business risks, as indicated in “Risk categories” above. 
Scenarios  are  forward-looking  and  encompass  macroeconomic 
and  geopolitical  stress  events  calibrated  to  different  levels  of 
severity.  We  implement  each  scenario  through  the  expected 
evolution  of  market  indicators  and  economic  variables  under 
that  scenario.  We  then  assess  the  resulting  effect  on  our 
primary, consequential and business risks to estimate the overall 
loss and capital implications were the scenario to occur. At least 
once  a  year,  the  BoD  Risk  Committee  approves  the  most 
relevant scenario, known as the binding scenario, to be used as 
the main scenario for regular CST reporting and for monitoring 
risk  exposure  against  our  minimum  capital,  earnings  and 
leverage ratio objectives in our risk appetite framework. Results 
are reported to the BoD Risk Committee, the BoD, the GEB and 
FINMA on a monthly basis. 

We  provide  detailed  stress  loss  analyses  to  FINMA  and  the 
regulators  of  our  legal  entities  in  accordance  with  their 
requirements. For example, in addition to CST, we perform Loss 
Potential Analysis (LPA) as prescribed by FINMA, Comprehensive 
Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) for Americas Holding LLC as 
prescribed by the US Federal Reserve Board, and Comprehensive 
Assessment  Stress  Test  for  UBS  Europe  SE  as  prescribed  by  the 
European Central Bank. 

in 

The Enterprise-wide Stress Committee (the ESC) is responsible 
for  ensuring  the  consistency  and  adequacy  of  the  assumptions 
and scenarios used for our firm-wide stress measures. As part of 
these  responsibilities,  the  ESC  seeks  to  ensure  that  the  suite  of 
stress  scenarios  adequately  reflects  current  and  potential 
the  macroeconomic  and  geopolitical 
developments 
environment,  our  current  and  planned  business  activities,  and 
actual  or  potential  risk  concentrations  and  vulnerabilities  in  our 
portfolios. The ESC meets at least quarterly and is comprised of 
Group,  business  division  and  legal  entity  representatives  of  Risk 
Control. In executing its responsibilities, the ESC considers input 
from the Think Tank, which is a panel of senior representatives 
from the business divisions, Risk Control and economic research, 
and  which  meets  quarterly  to  review  the  current  and  possible 
future  market  environment  in  order  to  identify  potential  stress 
scenarios  that  could  materially  affect  the  Group’s  profitability. 
This  results  in  a  range  of  internal  stress  scenarios  that  are 
developed  and  evolve  over  time,  separate  from  the  scenarios 
mandated by FINMA. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Each  scenario  captures  a  wide  range  of  macroeconomic 
variables.  These  include  gross  domestic  product  (GDP),  equity 
prices, interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, 
property prices and unemployment. We use assumed changes in 
these  macroeconomic  and  market  variables  in  each  scenario  to 
stress  the  key  risk  drivers  of  our  portfolios.  For  example,  lower 
GDP growth and rising interest rates may reduce the income of 
clients to whom we have lent money, which leads to changes in 
the  credit  risk  parameters  for  probability  of  default,  loss  given 
default and exposure at default, and results in higher predicted 
credit  losses  within  the  stress  scenario.  We  also  capture  the 
business  risk  resulting  from  lower  fee,  interest  and  trading 
income  net  of  lower  expenses.  These  effects  are  measured 
across  all  material  risk  types  and  all  businesses  to  calculate  the 
aggregate  estimated  effect  of  the  scenario  on  profit  or  loss, 
other  comprehensive  income,  RWA,  LRD  and,  ultimately,  our 
capital  and 
in 
macroeconomic variables are updated periodically to account for 
changes in the current and possible future market environment. 
Through 2019, the binding scenario for CST was the internal 
Severe Eurozone Crisis scenario. This scenario is characterized by 
a crisis in the eurozone; a lack of confidence in the trajectory of 
several  peripheral  European  economies  leading  to  a  sudden 
spike  in  their  bond  yields,  eventually  resulting  in  their  loss  of 
market  access.  As  Greece  leaves  the  eurozone,  emergency 
measures, 
including  capital  controls,  bailouts  and  debt 
restructurings, are required. In the ensuing global slowdown and 
market  turbulence,  China  suffers  a  hard  landing,  which  further 
weighs  on  global  growth.  Central  banks  in  major  developed 
economies with policy room cut rates back to zero in an attempt 
to  stimulate  growth  and  restore  market  confidence;  however, 
this fails to avert a severe global recession. 

ratios.  The  assumed  changes 

leverage 

The CST risk exposure was broadly stable over the year with 
most  of  the  month-on-month  variability  arising  primarily  from 
changes in volumes of temporary loan underwriting exposure in 
the Investment Bank. 

As  part  of  the  CST  framework,  we  routinely  monitored  four 

additional stress scenarios throughout 2019. 
– 

The Failure of a Major Financial Institution scenario represents 
renewed  financial  market  turmoil  reflecting  the  failure  of  a 
major  global  financial  institution,  leading  to  prolonged 
financial  deleveraging  and  dramatically  plunging  activity 
around the globe. 
The  US  Monetary  Crisis  scenario  represents  a  loss  of 
confidence  in  the  US,  which  leads  to  international  portfolio 
repositioning  out  of  US  dollar-denominated  assets,  sparking 
an abrupt and substantial US dollar sell-off. The US is pushed 
back  into  recession,  other  industrialized  countries  replicate 
this  pattern  and  inflationary  concerns  lead  to  an  overall 
higher interest rate level. 
The  Global  Depression  scenario  represents  a  severe  and 
prolonged  eurozone  crisis 
in  which  several  peripheral 
countries  default  and  exit  the  eurozone,  and  advanced 
economies  are  pulled  into  a  prolonged  period  of  economic 
stagnation. 

– 

– 

– 

The  Global  Interest  Rate  Steepening  scenario  represents  a 
sudden shift in market sentiment, causing a disorderly sell-off 
in  long-dated  bonds  and  a  rapid  steepening  of  the  yield 
curve, exacerbated by a lack of liquidity in financial markets. 
This  in  turn  triggers  a  sovereign  crisis  in  Japan  and  a  global 
recession. 

We  have  updated  the  binding  stress  scenario  in  our  CST 
framework for 2020 and renamed it Global Crisis scenario. The 
scenario maintains a eurozone crisis at its core, but has greater 
focus  on  risks  threatening  the  global  economy,  such  as 
protectionism.  In  addition,  central  banks  in  the  eurozone, 
Switzerland and Japan are assumed to push policy rates further 
into  negative  territory  to  provide  more  monetary  stimulus.  A 
China hard landing remains a feature of the scenario. 

Portfolio-specific stress tests are measures that are tailored to 
the risks of specific portfolios. Our portfolio stress loss measures 
are derived from data on past events, but also include forward-
looking  elements.  For  example,  we  derive  the  expected  market 
movements  within  our  liquidity-adjusted  stress  metric  using  a 
combination of historical market behavior, based on an analysis 
of  historical  events,  and  forward-looking  analysis,  including 
consideration of defined scenarios that are not modeled on any 
historical events. Results of portfolio-specific stress tests may be 
subject  to  limits  to  explicitly  control  risk-taking,  or  may  be 
monitored without limits to identify vulnerabilities. 

Reverse  stress  testing  starts  from  a  defined  stress  outcome 
(e.g.,  a  specified  loss  amount,  reputational  damage,  a  liquidity 
shortfall  or  a  breach  of  regulatory  capital  ratios)  and  works 
backward  to  identify  the  economic  or  financial  scenarios  that 
could result in such an outcome. As such, reverse stress testing is 
intended to complement scenario-based stress tests by assuming 
“what  if”  outcomes  that  could  extend  beyond  the  range 
normally  considered,  and 
thereby  potentially  challenge 
assumptions regarding severity and plausibility. 

Additionally,  we  routinely  analyze  the  effect  of  increases  or 
decreases in interest rates and changes in the structure of yield 
curves. 

testing 

Moreover,  Group  Treasury  performs  stress 

to 
determine  the  optimum  asset  and  liability  structure  that  allows 
us  to  maintain  an  appropriately  balanced  liquidity  and  funding 
position  under  various  scenarios.  These  scenarios  differ  from 
those  outlined  above,  because  they  are  focused  on  specific 
situations  that  could  generate  liquidity  and  funding  stress,  as 
opposed  to  the  scenarios  used  in  the  CST  framework,  which 
focus on the effect on profit or loss and capital. 

  Refer to “Credit risk” and “Market risk” in this section for more 

information about stress loss measures 

  Refer to the “Treasury management” section of this report for 

more information about stress testing 

  Refer to “Our stated capital returns objective is based, in part, 
on capital ratios that are subject to regulatory change and may 

fluctuate significantly” in the “Risk factors” section of this 

report for more information 

117 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Statistical measures 

In  addition  to  our  scenario-based  CST  measures,  we  employ  a 
statistical  stress  framework  that  allows  us  to  calculate  and 
aggregate risks using statistical techniques to derive stress events 
at chosen confidence levels. 

We  use  this  framework  to  derive  a  distribution  of  potential 
earnings  based  on  historically  observed  market  changes  in 
combination  with  the  firm’s  actual  risk  exposures,  considering 
effects on both income and expenses. From this, we determine 
earnings-at-risk  (EaR),  which  measures  the  potential  shortfall  in 
earnings  (i.e.,  the  deviation  from  forecast  earnings)  at  a  95% 
confidence level and is evaluated over a one-year horizon. EaR is 
used  for  the  assessment  of  the  earnings  objectives  in  our  risk 
appetite framework. 

We  extend  the  EaR  measure  by  incorporating  the  effects  of 
gains  and  losses  recognized  through  other  comprehensive 
income,  to  derive  a  distribution  of  potential  effects  of  stress 
events  on  CET1  capital.  From  this  distribution,  we  derive  our 
capital-at-risk  (CaR)  buffer  measure  at  a  95%  confidence  level 
for the assessment of our capital and leverage ratio risk appetite 
objectives, and we derive our CaR solvency measure at a 99.9% 
confidence level for the assessment of our solvency risk appetite 
objective. 

We  also  use  the  CaR  solvency  measure  as  the  basis  for 
deriving  the  contributions  of  business  divisions  and  Corporate 
Center to risk-based capital (RBC), which is a component of our 
equity  attribution  framework.  RBC  measures  the  potential 
capital  impairment  from  an  extreme  stress  event  at  a  99.9% 
confidence  level  to  estimate  the  capital  required  to  absorb 
unexpected loss while remaining able to fully repay creditors. 
  Refer to the “Capital management” section of this report for 
more information about the equity attribution framework 

Portfolio and position limits 

The firm-wide stress and statistical metrics are complemented by 
more granular portfolio and position limits, triggers and targets. 
The  combination  of  these  measures  provides  a  comprehensive 
control  framework  that  is  applied  to  our  business  divisions  and 
Corporate  Center,  as  well  as  the  significant  legal  entities,  as 
relevant to the key risks arising from their businesses. 

We apply limits to a variety of exposures at the portfolio level, 
using statistical and stress-based measures, such as value-at-risk, 
liquidity-adjusted  stress,  loan  underwriting  limits,  economic 
value  sensitivity  and  portfolio  default  simulations  for  our  loan 
books.  These  are  complemented  with  a  set  of  controls  for  net 
interest  income  sensitivity,  mark-to-market  losses  on  available-
foreign  exchange 
for-sale  portfolios,  and 
movements on capital and capital ratios. 

the  effect  of 

Portfolio  measures  are  supplemented  with  position-level 
controls.  Risk  measures  for  position  controls  are  based  on 
market  risk  sensitivities  and  counterparty-level  credit  risk 
include  sensitivities  to 
exposures.  Market  risk  sensitivities 

118 

changes  in  general  market  risk  factors,  such  as  equity  indices, 
foreign  exchange  rates  and  interest  rates,  and  sensitivities  to 
issuer-specific  factors,  such  as  changes  in  an  issuer’s  credit 
spread  or  default  risk.  We  monitor  a  significant  number  of 
market  risk  controls  for  the  Investment  Bank  and  Corporate 
Center  on  a  daily  basis.  Counterparty  measures  capture  the 
individual 
current  and  potential 
counterparty, 
legally 
enforceable netting agreements. 

into  account  collateral  and 

future  exposure 

to  an 

taking 

  Refer to “Credit risk” in this section for more information about 

counterparty limits 

Risk concentrations 

Audited |  A risk concentration exists where (i) a position is affected 
by  changes  in  a  group  of  correlated  factors,  or  a  group  of 
positions  are  affected  by  changes  in  the  same  risk  factor  or  a 
group  of  correlated  factors,  and  (ii)  the  exposure  could,  in  the 
event  of  large  but  plausible  adverse  developments,  result  in 
significant  losses.  The  categories  in  which  risk  concentrations 
may  occur  include  counterparties,  industries,  legal  entities, 
countries or geographical regions, products and businesses. 

The identification of risk concentrations requires judgment, as 
potential  future  developments  cannot  be  accurately  predicted 
and may vary from period to period. In determining whether we 
have  a  risk  concentration,  we  consider  a  number  of  elements, 
both  individually  and  collectively.  These  elements  include  the 
shared  characteristics  of  the  positions  and  our  counterparties, 
the  size  of  the  position  or  group  of  positions,  the  sensitivity  of 
the position or group of positions to changes in risk factors and 
the  volatility,  and  the  correlations  of  those  factors.  Also 
important in our assessment is the liquidity of the markets where 
the  positions  are  traded,  as  well  as  the  availability  and 
effectiveness of hedges or other potential risk-mitigating factors. 
The value of a hedging instrument may not always move in line 
with the position being hedged, and this mismatch is referred to 
as  basis  risk.  In  addition,  operational  risk  concentrations  may 
result  from  a  single  issue  that  is  large  on  its  own  (i.e.,  has  the 
potential  to  produce  a  single  high-impact  loss  or  a  number  of 
losses  that,  aggregated  together,  are  high-impact)  or  related 
issues that may link together to create a high impact. 

Risk concentrations are subject to increased oversight by Risk 
Control  and  are  assessed  to  determine  whether  they  should  be 
reduced  or  mitigated,  depending  on  the  available  means  to  do 
so. It is possible that material losses could occur on asset classes, 
positions and hedges, particularly if the correlations that emerge 
in a stressed environment differ markedly from those envisaged 
by our risk models. 

  Refer to “Credit risk” and “Market risk” in this section for more 

information about the compositions of our portfolios 
  Refer to the “Risk factors” section of this report for more 

information 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit risk 

Key developments 

Audited | Overview of measurement, monitoring and 
management techniques 

from 

risk  arising 

transactions  with 

individual 
Credit 
counterparties 
is  measured  based  on  our  estimates  of 
probability  of  default,  exposure  at  default  and  loss  given 
default. Limits are established for individual counterparties and 
groups  of  related  counterparties  covering  banking  and  traded 
products,  as  well  as  settlement  amounts.  Risk  control 
authorities  are  approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  and  are 
delegated  to  the  Group  Chief  Executive  Officer,  the  Group 
Chief  Risk  Officer  and  divisional  Chief  Risk  Officers  based  on 
risk exposure amounts, internal credit rating and potential loss. 
Limits apply not only to the current outstanding amount, but 
also  to  contingent  commitments  and  the  potential  future 
exposure of traded products. 
For  the  Investment  Bank,  our  monitoring,  measurement  and 
limit  framework  distinguishes  between  exposures  intended  to 
be  held  to  maturity  (take-and-hold  exposures)  and  those  that 
are intended to be held for a short term, pending distribution 
or risk transfer (temporary exposures). 
We also use models to derive portfolio credit risk measures of 
expected loss, statistical loss and stress loss at the Group-wide 
and  business  division  levels  and  to  establish  portfolio  limits  at 
these levels. 
Credit  risk  concentrations  can  arise  if  clients  are  engaged  in 
similar activities, are located in the same geographical region or 
have comparable economic characteristics; for example, if their 
ability  to  meet  contractual  obligations  would  be  similarly 
affected by changes in economic, political or other conditions. 
To  avoid  credit  risk  concentrations,  we  establish  limits  and/or 
operational  controls  that  constrain  risk  concentrations  at  the 
portfolio  and  sub-portfolio  levels  with  regard  to  sector 
exposure, country risk and specific product exposures. 

Total  net  credit  loss  expenses  were  USD 78  million  in  2019, 
reflecting net credit loss expenses of USD 100 million related to 
credit-impaired 
in  Personal  & 
(stage  3)  positions,  mainly 
Corporate Banking and to a lesser extent in the Investment Bank 
and Global Wealth Management, partly offset by USD 22 million 
of net releases in expected credit loss (ECL) expense allowances 
and provisions from stage 1 and 2 positions. 

  Refer to “Note 1 Summary of significant accounting policies,” 

“Note 10 Financial assets at amortized cost and other positions 

in scope of expected credit loss measurement” and “Note 23 

Expected credit loss measurement” in the “Consolidated financial 

statements” section of this report for more information about 

IFRS 9 and ECLs 

Our Swiss lending portfolios, which account for approximately 
half of our loan exposure, continued to perform well. We aim to 
manage  our  Swiss  lending  portfolios  prudently  and  remain 
watchful  for  signs  of  deterioration  in  the  Swiss  economy  that 
could affect our counterparties. 

– 

– 

– 

Within the Investment Bank, our leveraged loan underwriting 

– 

business’s overall ability to distribute risk remained sound. 

Audited | Main sources of credit risk 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

residential  properties  and 

A substantial portion of our lending exposure arises from our 
Swiss  domestic  business,  which  offers  mortgage  loans, 
secured  mainly  by 
income-
producing  real  estate,  as  well  as  corporate  loans,  and 
therefore depends on the performance of the Swiss economy. 
Within the Investment Bank, our credit exposure arises mainly 
from  lending,  derivatives  trading  and  securities  financing. 
Derivatives trading and securities financing are predominantly 
investment  grade.  Loan  underwriting  activity  can  be  lower 
rated and gives rise to concentrated exposure of a temporary 
nature. 
Our  wealth  management  businesses  predominantly  conduct 
securities-based (Lombard) lending and mortgage lending. 
Credit risk within Non-core and Legacy Portfolio in Corporate 
Center  relates  to  derivative  transactions,  predominantly 
carried  out  on  a  cash-collateralized  basis,  and  securitized 
positions. 

119 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Credit risk profile of the Group 

The exposures detailed in this section are based on our internal 
management view of credit risk, which differs in certain respects 
from the ECL measurement requirements of IFRS. 

loans,  guarantees  and 

Internally, we categorize credit risk exposures into two broad 
categories:  banking  products  and  traded  products.  Banking 
products  comprise  drawn 
loan 
commitments,  amounts  due  from  banks,  balances  at  central 
banks  and  other  financial  assets  at  amortized  cost.  Traded 
products  comprise  over-the-counter  derivatives,  exchange-
traded  derivatives  and 
transactions, 
securities 
comprised  of  securities  borrowing  and  lending,  as  well  as 
repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements. 

financing 

Banking products 

The  breakdowns  of  our  banking  products  exposures  in  the 
“Banking and traded products exposure in our business divisions 
and  Corporate  Center”  table  below  and  on  the  next  page  are 
shown  gross  before  allowances  and  provisions  for  expected 
credit losses and related single-name credit hedges. The effect of 
portfolio  hedges,  such  as  index  credit  default  swaps,  is  not 
reflected.  Guarantees  and  loan  commitments  are  shown  on  a 
notional  basis,  without  applying  credit  conversion  factors.  The 
gross  exposure  for  banking  products  of  USD 515  billion 
corresponds  to  the  ECL  gross  exposure  of  USD 670  billion, 

cash 

cash, 

securities 

receivables 
collateral 

including other financial assets measured at amortized cost, but 
financing 
from 
excluding 
transactions, 
receivables  on  derivative 
instruments,  financial  assets  at  fair  value  through  other 
(FVOCI), 
comprehensive 
committed 
revocable 
loans,  unconditionally 
prolongation  of  existing 
committed  credit  lines,  and  forward  starting  reverse  repurchase 
and securities borrowing agreements. 

irrevocable 

income 

The  table  reflects  the  total  exposures  (stages  1–3)  in  scope 
of ECL requirements, allowances and provisions by ECL stages 
and separately credit-impaired exposures, gross (stage 3). Total 
gross banking products exposure was USD 515 billion as of 31 
December 2019, compared with USD 518 billion at the end of 
the prior year. 

  Refer to “Note 1 Summary of significant accounting policies” in 
the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report 

for more information about our accounting policy for 

allowances and provisions for ECLs 

  Refer to “Note 10 Financial assets at amortized cost and other 

positions in scope of expected credit loss measurement” and 

“Note 23 Expected credit loss measurement” in the 

“Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for 

more information about ECL measurement requirements under 

IFRS 

  Refer to “Note 17a Other financial assets measured at 

amortized cost” in the “Consolidated financial statements” 

section of this report for more details 

Banking and traded products exposure in our business divisions and Corporate Center 

USD million 
Banking products1,2
Banking products1,2 
Gross exposure 

of which: loans and advances to customers (on-balance sheet) 
of which: guarantees and loan commitments (off-balance sheet) 

Traded products2,3 
Traded products2,3
Gross exposure 

of which: over-the-counter derivatives 
of which: securities financing transactions 
of which: exchange-traded derivatives 

Other credit lines, gross4 
Other credit lines, gross4

Total credit-impaired exposure, gross (stage 3)1 
Total allowances and provisions for expected credit losses (stages 1 to 3) 

of which: stage 1 
of which: stage 2 
of which: stage 3 (allowances and provisions for credit-impaired exposures) 

Global Wealth
Global Wealth 
Management 
Management

Personal &
Personal & 
Corporate
Corporate 
Banking 
Banking

Asset
Asset 
Management 
Management

Investment
Investment 
Bank 
Bank

Corporate
Corporate 
Center 
Center

31.12.19 
31.12.19

239,032
239,032 
174,510
174,510 
5,578
5,578 

194,395
194,395 
136,572
136,572 
23,142
23,142 

2,914
2,914 
1
1 
0
0 

48,170
48,170 
10,585
10,585 
16,009
16,009 

30,570
30,570 
5,882
5,882 
960
960 

8,830
8,830 
6,571
6,571 
0
0 
2,259
2,259 
10,735 
10,735

902
902 
209
209 
59 
59
34
34 
116
116 

841
841 
804
804 
0
0 
36
36 
20,986 
20,986

1,694
1,694 
696
696 
81 
81
122
122 
493
493 

0
0 
0
0 
0
0 
0
0 
0 
0

0
0 
0
0 
0 
0
0
0 
0
0 

38,233
38,233 
9,832
9,832 
20,821
20,821 
7,580
7,580 

3,227 
3,227

91
91 
87
87 
38 
38
3
3 
46
46 

144 
144

427
427 
37
37 
3 
3
0
0 
34
34 

Group 
Group

515,081
515,081 
327,550
327,550 
45,689
45,689 

47,904
47,904 
17,207
17,207 
20,821
20,821 
9,876
9,876 
35,092 
35,092

3,113
3,113 
1,029
1,029 
181 
181
160
160 
688
688 

120 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Banking and traded products exposure in our business divisions and Corporate Center (continued) 

USD million 
BBaannkkiinngg pprroodduuccttss11 
Gross exposure 

of which: loans and advances to customers (on-balance sheet) 
of which: guarantees and loan commitments (off-balance sheet) 

TTrraaddeedd pprroodduuccttss22,,33 
Gross exposure 

of which: over-the-counter derivatives 
of which: securities financing transactions 
of which: exchange-traded derivatives 

OOtthheerr ccrreeddiitt lliinneess,, ggrroossss44 

Global Wealth 
Management 

239,835 
170,413 
6,111 

10,606 
5,960 
153 
4,494 
10,345 

Personal & 
Corporate 
Banking 

186,802 
133,253 
20,609 

873 
762 
0 
111 
22,994 

31.12.185 

Asset 
Management 

Investment 
Bank 

Corporate 
Center 

2,751 
7 
0 

59,980 
9,090 
22,290 

28,357 
8,362 
348 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

30,771 
9,441 
16,004 
5,325 

3,202 

94 

Group 

517,725 
321,125 
49,358 

42,250 
16,163 
16,157 
9,930 
36,634 

Total credit-impaired exposure, gross (stage 3)1 
Total allowances and provisions for expected credit losses (stages 1 to 3) 

of which: stage 1 
of which: stage 2 
of which: stage 3 (allowances and provisions for credit-impaired exposures) 

3,154 
1,054 
176 
183 
695 
11 ECL gross exposure including other financial assets at amortized cost, but excluding cash, receivables from securities financing transactions, cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments, financial assets at 
22  Internal 
FVOCI,  irrevocable  committed  prolongation  of  existing  loans  and  unconditionally  revocable  committed  credit  lines  and  forward  starting  reverse  repurchase  and  securities  borrowing  agreements.   
management view of credit risk, which differs in certain respects from IFRS.  33 As counterparty risk for traded products is managed at counterparty level, no further split between exposures in the Investment Bank 
and Corporate Center is provided.    44 Unconditionally revocable committed credit lines.    55 The comparative figures have been restated for the changes in Corporate Center resource allocation to the business 
divisions. Refer to the “Significant accounting and financial reporting changes” section of this report for more information. 

1,974 
697 
78 
146 
474 

625 
223 
62 
34 
127 

415 
26 
3 
0 
23 

140 
108 
34 
3 
71 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

Global Wealth Management 
Gross  banking  products  exposure  within  Global  Wealth 
Management  decreased  slightly  to  USD 239  billion  from 
USD 240 billion. 

The  portfolio  of  mortgage  loans  secured  by  properties  in 
EMEA  and  Asia  Pacific  decreased  to  USD 6.4  billion  from 
USD 6.5  billion.  The  overall  quality  of  this  portfolio  remained 
high during the year. 

(Lombard 

Our  Global  Wealth  Management  loan  portfolio  is  mainly 
secured  by  securities 
loans)  and  by  residential 
property. Most of the Lombard loans were of high quality, with 
96%  rated  as  investment  grade  based  on  our  internal  ratings, 
and  they  are  typically  short  term  in  nature,  with  an  average 
duration  of  three  to  six  months.  Moreover,  Lombard  loans  can 
be canceled immediately, if the collateral quality deteriorates or 
margin calls are not met. 

In Global Wealth Management Region Americas the portfolio 
of  loans  secured  by  residential  property  consists  primarily  of 
residential  mortgage  loans  offered  in  the  US.  Gross  exposure 
increased to USD 17.2 billion from USD 14.3 billion. The overall 
quality of this portfolio remained high, with an average loan-to-
value  (LTV)  ratio  of  59.1%,  compared  with  58.7%  (the 
comparative figure has been restated) as of 31 December 2018, 
and  we  have  experienced  negligible  credit  losses  since  the 
inception  of  the  mortgage  program  in  2009.  The  five  largest 
geographic  concentrations  in  the  portfolio  were  in  California 
(27%),  New  York  (14%),  Florida  (10%),  Texas  (5%)  and  New 
Jersey (4%). 

Global Wealth Management and Personal & Corporate Banking loans and advances to customers, gross 

USD million 
Secured by residential property 

Secured by commercial / industrial property 

Secured by cash 

Secured by securities 

Secured by guarantees and other collateral 

Unsecured loans and advances to customers 

TToottaall llooaannss aanndd aaddvvaanncceess ttoo ccuussttoommeerrss,, ggrroossss 
AAlllloowwaanncceess 
TToottaall llooaannss aanndd aaddvvaanncceess ttoo ccuussttoommeerrss,, nneett ooff aalllloowwaanncceess 

Global Wealth Management 

Personal & Corporate Banking 

3311..1122..1199 
5544,,338833 

22,,661199 

1166,,885522 

8888,,668844 

1100,,559911 

11,,338811 

117744,,551100 
((9933)) 
117744,,441177 

31.12.18 
51,251 

2,233 

15,529 

90,946 

9,469 

986 

170,413 
(102) 
170,312 

3311..1122..1199 
110000,,664455 

1177,,113311 

11,,556699 

11,,776666 

55,,335511 

1100,,111111 

113366,,557722 
((559955)) 
113355,,997788 

31.12.18 
96,841 

16,887 

1,467 

1,647 

5,754 

10,657 

133,253 
(594) 
132,659 

121 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Personal & Corporate Banking 
Gross  banking  products  exposure  (excluding  exposure  re-
allocated  from  Group  Treasury)  within  Personal  &  Corporate 
Banking  increased  to  USD 163  billion  (CHF 158  billion)  from 
USD 157  billion 
(CHF 155  billion),  partly  driven  by  the 
appreciation of the Swiss franc. Net banking products exposure 
was USD 162 billion (CHF 157 billion), compared with USD 157 
billion  (CHF 154  billion),  of  which  approximately  63%  was 
classified as investment grade, similar to 2018. Around 50% of 
the  exposure  is  categorized  in  the  lowest  loss  given  default 
(LGD) bucket of 0–25%, similar to 2018. The size of Personal & 
Corporate  Banking’s  gross  loan  portfolio  increased  by  USD 3 
billion  (CHF 1  billion)  to  USD 137  billion  (CHF 132  billion).  As 
of  31  December  2019,  93%  of  this  portfolio  was  secured  by 
collateral,  mainly  residential  and  commercial  property.  Of  the 
total  unsecured  amount,  79%  related  to  cash  flow-based 
lending to corporate counterparties and 5% related to lending 
to public authorities. Based on our internal ratings, 46% of the 
unsecured  loan  portfolio  was  rated  as  investment  grade, 
compared with 47% in 2018. 

Credit  loss  expense  for  banking  products  remained  low  in 

2019. 

Our  Swiss  corporate  banking  products  portfolio,  which  was 
USD 26  billion  (CHF 26  billion)  compared  with  USD 27  billion 
(CHF 27 billion) in 2018, consists of loans, guarantees and loan 
commitments  to  multi-national  and  domestic  counterparties. 
The  small  and  medium-sized  enterprises  portfolio,  in  particular, 
is well diversified across industries. However, such companies are 
reliant  on  the  domestic  economy  and  the  economies  to  which 
they  export,  in  particular  the  EU  and  the  US.  In  addition,  the 
development  of  the  EUR  /  CHF  exchange  rate  is  an  important 
risk factor for Swiss corporate clients. 

The  delinquency  ratio  was  0.5%  for  the  corporate  portfolio, 

compared with 0.3% at the end of 2018. 

  Refer to “Credit risk models” in this section for more 

information about loss given default, rating grades and rating 

agency mappings 

(CHF 129  billion)  of 

Swiss mortgage loan portfolio 
Our  Swiss  mortgage  loan  portfolio  secured  by  residential  and 
commercial real estate in Switzerland continues to be our largest 
loan  portfolio.  These  mortgage  loans,  totaling  USD 146  billion 
(CHF 141  billion),  mainly  originate  from  Personal  &  Corporate 
Banking,  but  also  from  Global  Wealth  Management  Region 
Switzerland.  USD 133  billion 
those 
mortgage  loans  related  to  residential  properties  that  the 
borrower was either occupying or renting out, with full recourse 
to  the  borrower.  Of  this  USD 133  billion  (CHF 129  billion), 
USD 97  billion  (CHF 94  billion)  is  related  to  properties  occupied 
by the borrower, with an average LTV ratio of 54%, compared 
with 56% as of 31 December 2018. The average LTV for newly 
originated loans for this portion was 65%, compared with 66% 
in  2018.  The  remaining  USD 36  billion  (CHF 35  billion)  of  the 
Swiss  residential  mortgage  loan  portfolio  relates  to  properties 
rented  out  by  the  borrower  and  the  average  LTV  of  that 
portfolio  was  54%,  compared  with  55%  as  of  31  December 
2018.  The  average  LTV  for  newly  originated  Swiss  residential 
mortgage  loans  for  properties  rented  out  by  the  borrower  was 
58%, compared with 57% in 2018. 

As  illustrated  in  the  “Swiss  mortgages:  distribution  of  net 
exposure  at  default  (EAD)  across  exposure  segments  and  loan-
to-value (LTV) buckets” table on the next page, more than 99% 
of  the  aggregate  amount  of  Swiss  residential  mortgage  loans 
would continue to be covered by the real estate collateral even if 
the  value  assigned  to  that  collateral  were  to  decrease  by  20%, 
and  98%  would  remain  covered  by  the  real  estate  collateral 
even if the value assigned to that collateral were to decrease by 
30%.  In  this  table,  the  amount  of  each  mortgage  loan  is 
allocated across the LTV buckets to indicate the portion at risk at 
the  various  value  levels  shown.  For  example,  a  loan  of  75  with 
an LTV ratio of 75% (i.e., a collateral value of 100) would result 
in allocations of 30 in the less-than-30% LTV bucket, 20 in the 
31–50% bucket, 10 in the 51–60% bucket, 10 in the 61–70% 
bucket and 5 in the 71–80% bucket. 

Personal & Corporate Banking: distribution of banking products exposure across internal UBS ratings and loss given 
default (LGD) buckets1 
USD million, except where indicated 

31.12.18 

Internal UBS rating2 
Investment grade 

Sub-investment grade 
of which: 6−9 
of which: 10−13 

Defaulted / Credit-impaired 

31.12.19
31.12.19 
LGD buckets 
LGD buckets

Exposure 
Exposure
102,491 
102,491

58,597
58,597 

0–25% 
0–25%
58,331 
58,331

23,937
23,937 

51–75% 
26–50% 
26–50% 51–75%
8,314 
34,250 
34,250
8,314

76–100% 
76–100%
1,597 
1,597

21,368
21,368 

11,287
11,287 

53,811 
53,811

21,715 
21,715

19,783  10,502 
19,783
10,502

4,786
4,786 

1,694 
1,694

2,222
2,222 

33 
33

1,585
1,585 

1,409 
1,409

785
785 

252 
252

2,005
2,005 

1,812 
1,812

193
193 

0 
0

3,602
3,602 

Weighted
Weighted 
average 
average
LGD (%) 
LGD (%)
27 
27

34
34 

34 
34

32
32 

40 
40

29
29 

Weighted 
average 
LGD (%)3 
27 

35 

34 

35 

37 

30 

Exposure3 
97,854 

57,350 

53,130 

4,220 

1,974 

157,178 

Total exposure before deduction of allowances and provisions 

162,782
162,782 

82,302
82,302 

57,026
57,026 

19,852
19,852 

Less: allowances and provisions 
Net banking products exposure1 
Net banking products exposure1
1 Excluding balances at central banks and Group Treasury reallocations.  2 The ratings of the major credit rating agencies, and their mapping to our internal rating scale, are shown in the “Internal UBS rating scale 
1
and mapping of external ratings” table in this section.  3 Exposure and weighted average LGD have been restated. 
3

156,515 

162,121 
162,121

(663) 

(660)
(660) 

2

122 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
Personal & Corporate Banking: unsecured loans by industry sector 

Construction 

Financial institutions 

Hotels and restaurants 

Manufacturing 

Private households 

Public authorities 

Real estate and rentals 

Retail and wholesale 

Services 

Other 

EExxppoossuurree,, ggrroossss 

3311..1122..1199 

UUSSDD mmiilllliioonn 
113355 

11,,887733 

8811 

11,,553366 

11,,660099 

449977 

223366 

11,,998811 

11,,885500 

331133 

%% 
11..33 

1188..55 

00..88 

1155..22 

1155..99 

44..99 

22..33 

1199..66 

1188..33 

33..11 

31.12.18 

USD million 
133 

2,139 

79 

1,632 

1,489 

709 

170 

2,274 

1,774 

257 

% 
1.2 

20.1 

0.7 

15.3 

14.0 

6.7 

1.6 

21.3 

16.6 

2.4 

1100,,111111 

110000..00 

10,657 

100.0 

Swiss mortgages: distribution of net exposure at default (EAD) across exposure segments and loan-to-value (LTV) 
buckets 

3311..1122..1199 

LLTTVV bbuucckkeettss 

≤≤3300%% 

3311 5500%% 

–
–

5511 6600%% 

–
–

6611 7700%% 

–
–

7711 8800%% 

–
–

8811 110000%% 

–
– 

>>110000%% 

TToottaall 

USD billion, except where indicated 

Exposure segment 
Residential mortgages 

Income-producing real estate 

Corporates 

Other segments 

MMoorrttggaaggee ccoovveerreedd eexxppoossuurree 

-
-

Net EAD 

as a % of row total 

Net EAD 

as a % of row total 

Net EAD 

as a % of row total 

Net EAD 

as a % of row total 

Net EAD 

as a % of total 

Mortgage-covered exposure 31.12.18 

Net EAD 

as a % of total 

7766..00 

6600 

1122..00 

6644 

66..11 

6644 

00..55 

6666 

9944..66 

6600 

89.9 

60 

3344..55 

1100..00 

2277 

44..77 

2255 

22..33 

2244 

00..22 

2200 

4411..77 

2277 

40.6 

27 

88 

11..11 

66 

00..66 

66 

00..00 

66 

1111..88 

88 

11.6 

8 

55..22 

44 

00..66 

33 

00..33 

33 

00..00 

44 

66..11 

44 

6.1 

4 

11..77 

11 

00..22 

11 

00..11 

22 

00..00 

22 

22..11 

11 

2.3 

2 

00..22 

00 

00..00 

00 

00..11 

11 

00..00 

22 

00..44 

00 

0.4 

0 

31.12.18 

Total 

123.4 

17.9 

9.0 

0.7 

00..11 

112277..77 

00 

00..00 

00 

00..00 

00 

00..00 

00 

110000 

1188..77 

110000 

99..66 

110000 

00..77 

110000 

00..11 

115566..77 

151.0 

00 

110000 

0.0 

151.0 

0 

100 

Asset Management 
Gross  banking  products  exposure  within  Asset  Management 
was USD 2.9  billion  as  of  31  December  2019,  compared  with 
USD 2.8  billion  as  of  31 December  2018.  Banking  products 
relate  primarily  to  balances  at  central  banks  and  to  a  lesser 
extent  to  cash  at  banks  held  by  individual  Asset  Management 
legal entities, liquid assets and receivables. 

Investment Bank 
The  Investment  Bank’s  lending  activities  are  largely  associated 
with corporate and non-bank financial institutions. The business 
is broadly diversified across industry sectors, but concentrated in 
North America. 

The  gross  banking  products  exposure  including  balances  at 
reallocations  as  of 
central  banks  and  Group  Treasury 
31 December 2019  was  USD 48 billion, compared with  USD 60 
billion  as  of  31 December  2018.  Gross  banking  products 

exposure  excluding  balances  at  central  banks  and  Group 
Treasury reallocations decreased to USD 32 billion from USD 40 
billion,  mostly  driven  by  reductions  in  guarantees  and  loan 
commitments.  Based  on  our  internal  ratings,  54%  of  this  gross 
banking  products  exposure  was  classified  as  investment  grade. 
The vast majority of the gross banking products exposure had an 
estimated LGD below 50%. 

Our  loan  underwriting  business’s  overall  ability  to  distribute 
risk  remained  sound.  Total  temporary 
loan  underwriting 
exposure  ended  2019  at  USD 4.8  billion,  USD 2.5  billion  higher 
than the prior year. Loan underwriting exposures are classified as 
held for trading, with fair values reflecting market conditions at 
the end of 2019. 

  Refer to “Credit risk models” in this section for more 

information about loss given default, rating grades and rating 

agency mappings 

123 

Risk, treasury and capital management  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Investment Bank: distribution of banking products exposure across internal UBS ratings and loss given default (LGD) 
buckets1 
USD million, except where indicated 

31.12.18 

31.12.19
31.12.19 
LGD buckets 
LGD buckets

Internal UBS rating2 
Investment grade 

Sub-investment grade 

of which: 6−9 

of which: 10−13 

Defaulted / Credit-impaired 

Exposure
Exposure 
17,541
17,541 

0–25%
0–25% 
4,485
4,485 

26–50%
26–50% 
9,853
9,853 

51–75%
51–75% 
2,111
2,111 

76–100%
76–100% 
1,091
1,091 

14,598
14,598 

10,746 
10,746

3,852
3,852 

91
91

4,796
4,796 

3,421 
3,421

1,376
1,376 

26
26

4,272
4,272 

2,141 
2,141

2,132
2,132 

25
25

5,465
5,465 

5,121 
5,121

344
344 

27 
27

64
64 

64 
64

0
0 

13 
13

Weighted
Weighted 
average
average 
LGD (%)
LGD (%) 
40
40 

18
18 

14 
14

30
30 

40 
40

Weighted 
average 
LGD (%) 
39 

15 

11 

29 

36 

Exposure 
24,239 

15,490 

12,169 

3,321 

140 

Banking products exposure1 
Banking products exposure1
30 
9,307 
9,307
1 Excluding balances at central banks and Group Treasury reallocations.  2 The ratings of the major credit rating agencies, and their mapping to our internal rating scale, are shown in the “Internal UBS rating scale 
1
and mapping of external ratings” table in this section. 

39,869 

32,229 
32,229

14,150 
14,150

7,604 
7,604

1,168 
1,168

30 
30

2

Investment Bank: banking products exposure by geographical region1 

Asia Pacific 

Latin America 

Middle East and Africa 

North America 

Switzerland 

Rest of Europe 

Exposure1 
Exposure1
1 Excluding balances at central banks and Group Treasury reallocations. 
1

Investment Bank: banking products exposure by industry sector1 

Banks 

Chemicals 

Electricity, gas, water supply 

Financial institutions, excluding banks 

Manufacturing 

Mining 

Public authorities 

Real estate and construction 

Retail and wholesale 

Technology and communications 

Transport and storage 

Other 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

USD million 
USD million

5,080 
5,080

844 
844

467 
467

16,553
16,553 

779
779 

8,505
8,505 

32,229 
32,229

31.12.19 
31.12.19

USD million 
USD million

5,375 
5,375

766 
766

534 
534

12,944
12,944 

1,705
1,705 

1,699
1,699 

872
872 

1,291
1,291 

1,842
1,842 

2,302
2,302 

458
458 

2,441
2,441 

% 
%

15.8 
15.8

2.6 
2.6

1.5 
1.5

51.4
51.4 

2.4
2.4 

26.4
26.4 

100.0 
100.0

% 
%

16.7 
16.7

2.4 
2.4

1.7 
1.7

40.2
40.2 

5.3
5.3 

5.3
5.3 

2.7
2.7 

4.0
4.0 

5.7
5.7 

7.1
7.1 

1.4
1.4 

7.6
7.6 

31.12.18 

USD million 

6,123 

1,170 

471 

18,865 

2,588 

10,652 

39,869 

31.12.18 

USD million 

6,779 

711 

1,765 

14,488 

2,342 

1,759 

706 

1,553 

2,488 

2,372 

719 

4,188 

Exposure1 
Exposure1
1 Excluding balances at central banks and Group Treasury reallocations. 
1

32,229 
32,229

100.0 
100.0

39,869 

% 

15.4 

2.9 

1.2 

47.3 

6.5 

26.7 

100.0 

% 

17.0 

1.8 

4.4 

36.3 

5.9 

4.4 

1.8 

3.9 

6.2 

5.9 

1.8 

10.5 

100.0 

124 

 
 
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
 
  
Corporate Center 
Gross  banking  products  exposure  within  Corporate  Center, 
which  arises  primarily  in  connection  with  treasury  activities, 
increased by USD 2 billion to USD 31 billion. 

  Refer to “Balance sheet assets” in the “Treasury management” 

scope  of  bilateral  derivatives  activity  subject  to  margining.  In 
addition,  they  will  result  in  greater  amounts  of  initial  margin 
received 
trading 
counterparties than had been required in the past. These changes 
should result in lower close-out risk over time. 

to,  certain  bilateral 

from,  and  posted 

section of this report for more information 

  Refer to the “Corporate Center” section under “Financial and 
operating performance” of this report for more information 

  Refer to “Note 11 Derivative instruments” in the “Consolidated 

financial statements” section of this report for more information 

about our over-the-counter derivatives settled through central 

Traded products 

Audited  |  Counterparty  credit  risk  arising  from  traded  products, 
which  include  over-the-counter  (OTC)  derivatives,  exchange-
traded  derivatives  (ETD)  exposures  and  securities  financing 
transactions (SFTs) originating in the Investment Bank, Non-core 
and  Legacy  Portfolio  and  Group  Treasury  is  generally  managed 
on a close-out basis. This takes into account the possible effect 
of  market  movements  on  the  exposure  and  any  associated 
collateral over the time it would take to close out our positions. 
In the Investment Bank, limits are applied to the potential future 
exposure  per  counterparty,  with  the  size  of  the  limit  driven  by 
the  view  of  the  creditworthiness  of  the  counterparty  as 
determined  by  Credit  Risk  Control.  Limit  frameworks  are  also 
applied  to  control  overall  exposure  to  specific  classes  or 
categories of collateral on a portfolio level. Such portfolio limits 
are monitored and reported to senior management. 

Trading  in  OTC  derivatives  is  conducted  through  central 
counterparties  (CCPs)  where  practicable.  Where  CCPs  are  not 
used, we have clearly defined policies and processes for trading on 
a  bilateral  basis.  Trading  is  typically  conducted  under  bilateral 
International  Swaps  and  Derivatives  Association  (ISDA)  or  similar 
master  netting  agreements,  which  generally  allow  for  the  close-
out and netting of transactions in the event of default subject to 
applicable law. For most major market participant counterparties, 
we  employ  two-way  collateral  agreements  under  which  either 
party can be required to provide collateral in the form of cash or 
marketable securities when the exposure exceeds specified levels. 
This  collateral  typically  consists  of  well-rated  government  debt  or 
other  collateral  permitted  by  applicable  regulations.  For  certain 
counterparties,  an  initial  margin  is  taken  to  cover  some  or  all  of 
the  calculated  close-out  exposure.  This  is  in  addition  to  the 
variation  margin  taken  to  settle  changes  in  the  market  value  of 
transactions.  Regulations  governing  the  margining  of  uncleared 
OTC  derivatives  continue  to  evolve.  These  generally  expand  the 

counterparties 

  Refer to “Note 25 Offsetting financial assets and financial 

liabilities” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of 

this report for more information about the effect of netting and 

collateral arrangements on our derivative exposures 

Credit  risk  arising  from  traded  products,  after  the  effects  of 
master  netting  agreements  but  excluding  credit  valuation 
adjustments  and  hedges,  increased  by  USD 6  billion  to  USD 48 
billion  as  of  31 December  2019.  OTC  derivatives  accounted  for 
USD 17  billion,  exposures  from  SFTs  were  USD 21  billion,  and 
ETD  exposures  amounted  to  USD 10  billion.  OTC  derivatives 
exposures  are  generally  measured  as  net  positive  replacement 
values  after  the  application  of  legally  enforceable  netting 
agreements and the deduction of cash and marketable securities 
held  as  collateral.  SFT  exposures  are  reported  taking  into 
account collateral received, and ETD exposures take into account 
collateral margin calls. 

The  majority  of  the  gross  traded  products  exposures  were 
within the Investment Bank, Non-core and Legacy Portfolio, and 
Group Treasury, totaling USD 38 billion, compared with USD 31 
billion as of 31 December 2018. As counterparty risk for traded 
products is managed at the counterparty level, no further split is 
provided  between  exposures  in  the  Investment  Bank  and  those 
in  Non-core  and  Legacy  Portfolio  and  Group  Treasury.  The 
traded  products  exposure 
includes  OTC  derivatives  gross 
exposures  of  USD 10  billion  in  the  Investment  Bank  and  Non-
core  and  Legacy  Portfolio,  an  increase  of  USD 0.4  billion  from 
the  prior  year.  During  2019,  SFT  exposures  increased  by  USD 5 
billion  to  USD 21  billion,  mainly  due  to  increases  in  trading 
relationships  and  in  posted  collateral.  ETD  exposures  increased 
by  USD 2  billion  to  USD 8  billion.  The  tables  on  the  next  page 
provide  more  information  about  the  OTC  derivatives,  SFT  and 
ETD  exposures  of  the  Investment  Bank,  Non-core  and  Legacy 
Portfolio and Group Treasury. 

125 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Investment Bank, Non-core and Legacy Portfolio and Group Treasury: traded products exposure 
USD million 

OTC derivatives
OTC derivatives 

ETD
ETD 

SFTs
SFTs 
31.12.19 
31.12.19

Total exposure, before deduction of credit valuation adjustments and hedges 
Less: credit valuation adjustments and allowances 
Less: credit protection bought (credit default swaps, notional) 
Net exposure after credit valuation adjustments, allowances and hedges
Net exposure after credit valuation adjustments, allowances and hedges 

9,830 
9,830
(38) 
(38)
(242)
(242) 
9,550
9,550 

20,821 
20,821

7,580 
7,580

20,821
20,821 

7,580
7,580 

Total
Total 

38,232 
38,232
(38) 
(38)
(242)
(242) 
37,952
37,952 

Total
Total 
31.12.18 
30,769 
(136) 
(288) 
30,346 

Investment Bank, Non-core and Legacy Portfolio and Group Treasury: distribution of net OTC derivatives and SFT 
exposure across internal UBS ratings and loss given default (LGD) buckets 
USD million, except where indicated 

31.12.18 

31.12.19
31.12.19 
LGD buckets 
LGD buckets

Exposure 
Exposure

76–100% 
0–25% 26–50% 51–75% 76–100%
0–25% 

26–50% 

51–75% 

Weighted
Weighted 
average
average 
LGD (%) 
LGD (%)

Weighted 
average 
LGD (%) 

Exposure 

Internal UBS rating1 
Net OTC derivatives exposure
Net OTC derivatives exposure 

Investment grade 

Sub-investment grade 
of which: 6−9 
of which: 10−12 

of which: 13 and defaulted 

9,247
9,247 

189
189 

7,488
7,488 

1,379
1,379 

304
304 

176
176

112
112

16
16

32
32 

18
18

0
0

14
14

55
55

52
52

4
4

0
0

182
182 

75 
75

107
107 

0
0 

191
191 

34
34 

31 
31

1
1

2
2

47
47 

56
56 

57 
57

58
58 

19
19 

8,737 

280 

242 

19 

19 

Total net OTC derivatives exposure, after credit valuation adjustments
Total net OTC derivatives exposure, after credit valuation adjustments 
and hedges 
and hedges

9,550 
9,550

221 
221

7,543 
7,543

1,561 
1,561

225 
225

47 
47

9,016 

Net SFT exposure
Net SFT exposure 

Investment grade 

20,524
20,524 

1
1 

18,397
18,397 

1,737
1,737 

388
388 

40
40 

15,668 

Sub-investment grade 
Total net SFT exposure
Total net SFT exposure 
1 The ratings of the major credit rating agencies, and their mapping to our internal rating scale, are shown in the “Internal UBS rating scale and mapping of external ratings” table in this section. 
1

174
174 
18,571
18,571 

297
297 
20,821
20,821 

34
34 
1,772
1,772 

90
90 
478
478 

336 
16,004 

62
62 
40
40 

0
0
1
1 

Investment Bank, Non-core and Legacy Portfolio and Group Treasury: net OTC derivatives and SFT exposure 
by geographical region 

Asia Pacific 
Latin America 
Middle East and Africa 
North America 
Switzerland 
Rest of Europe 
Exposure
Exposure 

Net OTC derivatives 
Net OTC derivatives

Net SFT exposure 
Net SFT exposure

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

USD million 
USD million
1,383 
1,383
97 
97
123 
123
2,421 
2,421
1,022
1,022 
4,503
4,503 
9,550
9,550 

% 
%
14.5 
14.5
1.0 
1.0
1.3 
1.3
25.3 
25.3
10.7
10.7 
47.2
47.2 
100.0
100.0 

USD million 
1,309 
104 
109 
2,621 
276 
4,597 
9,016 

% 
14.5 
1.2 
1.2 
29.1 
3.1 
51.0 
100.0 

USD million 
USD million
5,055 
5,055
4 
4
900 
900
4,714 
4,714
852
852 
9,297
9,297 
20,821
20,821 

% 
%
24.3 
24.3
0.0 
0.0
4.3 
4.3
22.6 
22.6
4.1
4.1 
44.7
44.7 
100.0
100.0 

USD million 
3,408 
62 
549 
3,014 
1,375 
7,597 
16,004 

Investment Bank, Non-core and Legacy Portfolio and Group Treasury: net OTC derivatives and SFT exposure 
by industry sector 

Net OTC derivatives
Net OTC derivatives 

Net SFT exposure
Net SFT exposure 

31.12.19
31.12.19 

31.12.18 

31.12.19
31.12.19 

31.12.18 

USD million
USD million 
4,608
4,608 
4
4 
99
99 
3,188
3,188 
67
67 
9
9 
1,019
1,019 
17
17 
383
383 
156
156 
9,550
9,550 

%
% 
48.3
48.3 
0.0
0.0 
1.0
1.0 
33.4
33.4 
0.7
0.7 
0.1
0.1 
10.7
10.7 
0.2
0.2 
4.0
4.0 
1.6
1.6 
100.0
100.0 

USD million 
3,813 
5 
87 
3,425 
89 
12 
1,198 
10 
284 
92 
9,016 

% 
42.3 
0.1 
1.0 
38.0 
1.0 
0.1 
13.3 
0.1 
3.1 
1.0 
100.0 

USD million
USD million 
3,713
3,713 
0
0 
0
0 
15,593
15,593 
0
0 
0
0 
1,514
1,514 
0
0 
0
0 
0
0 
20,821
20,821 

%
% 
17.8
17.8 
0.0
0.0 
0.0
0.0 
74.9
74.9 
0.0
0.0 
0.0
0.0 
7.3
7.3 
0.0
0.0 
0.0
0.0 
0.0
0.0 
100.0
100.0 

USD million 
3,495 
0 
0 
11,404 
0 
0 
1,102 
0 
0 
3 
16,004 

Banks 
Chemicals 
Electricity, gas, water supply 
Financial institutions, excluding banks 
Manufacturing 
Mining 
Public authorities 
Retail and wholesale 
Transport, storage and communication 
Other 
Exposure
Exposure 

126 

46 

54 

56 

45 

37 

47 

41 

63 
41 

% 
21.3 
0.4 
3.4 
18.8 
8.6 
47.5 
100.0 

% 
21.8 
0.0 
0.0 
71.3 
0.0 
0.0 
6.9 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
100.0 

 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
                             
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Credit risk mitigation 

Audited  |  We  actively  manage  the  credit  risk  in  our  portfolios  by 
taking  collateral  against  exposures  and  by  utilizing  credit 
hedging. 

Lending secured by real estate 
Audited | We use a scoring model as part of a standardized front-
to-back process to support credit decisions for the origination or 
modification  of  Swiss  mortgage  loans.  The  two  key  factors 
within this model are an affordability calculation relative to gross 
income and the loan-to-value (LTV) ratio. 

The  calculation  of  affordability  takes  into  account  interest 
payments,  minimum  amortization 
requirements,  potential 
property  maintenance  costs  and,  in  the  case  of  properties 
expected  to  be  rented  out,  the  level  of  rental  income.  Interest 
payments  are  estimated  using  a  predefined  framework,  which 
takes  into  account  the  potential  for  significant  increases  in 
interest rates during the lifetime of the loan. The interest rate is 
set at 5% per annum. 

For  residential  properties  occupied  by  the  borrower,  the 
maximum  LTV  allowed  within  the  standard  approval  process  is 
80%. This is reduced to 60% in the case of vacation properties 
and  luxury  real  estate.  For  other  properties,  the  maximum  LTV 
allowed within the standard approval process ranges from 30% 
to  80%,  depending  on  the  type  of  property,  the  age  of  the 
property and the amount of renovation work required. 

Audited  |  The value assigned by UBS to each property is based 
on  the  lowest  value  determined  from  internally  calculated 
valuations, the purchase price and, in some cases, an additional 
external valuation. 

We  use  two  separate  models  provided  by  a  market-leading 
external  vendor  to  derive  property  valuations  for  owner-
occupied residential properties (ORP) and income-producing real 
estate. For ORP, we estimate the current value of properties by 
using a regression model (a hedonic model) to compare detailed 
characteristics  for  each  property  against  a  database  of  property 
transactions. In addition to the model-derived values, valuations 
for  ORP  are  updated  quarterly  throughout  the  lifetime  of  the 
loan  by  using  region-specific  real  estate  price  indices.  The  price 
indices  are  sourced  from  an  external  vendor  and  are  subject  to 
internal validation and benchmarking against two other external 
vendors.  On  a  quarterly  basis,  we  use  these  valuations  to 
compute  indexed  LTV  for  all  ORP  and  consider  these  together 
with  other  risk  measures  (e.g.,  rating  migration  and  behavioral 
information)  to  identify  higher-risk  loans,  which  are  then 
reviewed  individually  by  client  advisors  and  credit  officers,  with 
action taken where considered necessary. 

For  income-producing  real  estate,  the  capitalization  model  is 
used  to  determine  the  property  valuation  by  discounting 
estimated  sustainable  future  income  using  a  capitalization  rate 
based on various attributes. These attributes consider regional as 
well  as  specific  property  characteristics,  such  as  market  and 
location data (e.g., vacancy rates), benchmarks (e.g., for running 
costs)  and  certain  other  standardized  input  parameters  (e.g., 
property  condition).  Rental  income  from  properties  is  reviewed 
at  a  minimum  once  every  three  years,  but  indications  of 
significant  changes  in  the  amount  of  rental  income  or  in  the 
vacancy rate can trigger an interim reappraisal. 

To take market developments into account for these models, 
the  external  vendor  regularly  updates  the  parameters  and/or 
refines  the  architecture  for  each  model.  Model  changes  and 
parameter updates are subject to the same validation procedures 
as our internally developed models. 

127 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Audited  |  We  similarly  apply  underwriting  guidelines  for  our 
Global  Wealth  Management  Region  Americas  mortgage  loan 
portfolio,  taking  into  account  affordability  of  the  loans  and 
sufficiency  of  collateral.  The  maximum  LTV  within  the  standard 
approval  process  for  any  type  of  mortgage 
is  80%.  A 
stratification of LTVs exists for the various mortgage types, such 
as  residential  mortgage  or  investment  property,  based  on 
associated risk factors, such as property types, loan size and loan 
purpose. Maximum LTVs go as low as 45%. Additionally, other 
credit  risk  metrics  are  applied,  based  upon  property  and 
borrower  characteristics,  such  as  debt-to-income  ratios,  FICO 
credit scores and required client reserves. 

A  risk  limit  framework  is  applied  to  the  Global  Wealth 
Management  Region  Americas  mortgage  loan  portfolio.  Limits 
have  been  established  to  govern  exposures  within  LTV 
categories,  geographic  concentrations,  portfolio  growth  and 
high-risk mortgage segments, such as interest-only loans. These 
limits are monitored by a specialized credit risk monitoring team 
and  reported  to  senior  management.  Supplementing  this  limit 
framework  is  a  real  estate  lending  policy  and  procedures 
framework,  established  to  govern  the  real  estate  lending 
activities.  Quality  assurance  and  quality  control  programs  are  in 
place  to  monitor  compliance  with  mortgage  underwriting  and 
documentation requirements. 

  Refer to “Swiss mortgage loan portfolio” in this section for 

more information about LTV in our Swiss mortgage portfolio 
  Refer to “Global Wealth Management” in this section for more 
information about LTV in our Global Wealth Management 

Region Americas mortgage portfolio 

Lombard lending 
Audited  |  Lombard  loans  are  secured  by  pledges  of  marketable 
securities,  guarantees  and  other  forms  of  collateral.  Eligible 
financial  securities  primarily  include  transferable  securities  (such 
as  bonds  and  equities)  that  are  liquid  and  actively  traded,  and 
other  transferable  securities,  such  as  approved  structured 
products for which regular prices are available and for which the 
issuer of the security provides a market. To a lesser degree, less 
liquid collateral is also financed. 

We  apply  discounts 

(haircuts)  to  reflect  the  pledged 
collateral’s  risk  and  to  derive  the  lending  value.  Haircuts  for 
marketable securities are calculated to cover the possible change 
in the market value over a given close-out period and confidence 
level. The haircut applied will vary, depending on the view of the 
collateral  quality.  Less  liquid  or  more  volatile  collateral  will 
typically  attract  larger  haircuts.  For  less  liquid  instruments,  such 
as  structured  products,  some  bonds  and  products  with  long 
redemption periods, the assumed close-out period may be much 
longer than that for highly liquid instruments, or an assessment 
is made as to the expected recovery on the asset in the event of 
the counterparty’s default, resulting in a larger haircut. For cash, 
life  insurance  policies,  guarantees  and  letters  of  credit,  haircuts 
are determined on a product- or client-specific basis. 

We  also  consider  concentration  and  correlation  risks  across 
collateral posted at a counterparty level, as well as at a divisional 
level  across  counterparties.  Additionally,  we  perform  targeted 
Group-wide  reviews  of  concentrations.  A  concentration  of 
collateral  in  single  securities,  issuers  or  issuer  groups,  industry 
sectors, countries, regions or currencies may result in higher risk 
and  reduced  liquidity.  In  such  cases,  the  lending  value  of  the 
collateral,  margin  call  and  close-out 
levels  are  adjusted 
accordingly. 

Exposures and collateral values are monitored on a daily basis 
with the intention of ensuring that the credit exposure continues 
to  be  within  the  established  risk  tolerance.  A  shortfall  occurs 
when the lending value drops below the exposure. If a shortfall 
exceeds  a  defined  trigger  level,  a  margin  call  is  initiated, 
requiring  the  client  to  provide  additional  collateral,  reduce  the 
exposure or take other action to bring the exposure in line with 
the  agreed  lending  value  of  the  collateral.  If  the  extent  of  the 
shortfall  increases  and  exceeds  a  further  trigger  level,  or  the 
shortfall  is  not  corrected  within  the  required  period,  then  a 
close-out is initiated, through which collateral is liquidated, open 
derivative positions are closed and guarantees are called. 

We  also  conduct  stress  testing  of  collateralized  exposures  to 
simulate  market  events  that  reduce  the  value  of  the  collateral, 
increase  the  exposure  of  traded  products,  or  both.  For  certain 
classes  of  counterparties,  limits  on  such  calculated  stress 
exposures  are  applied  and  controlled  at  a  counterparty  level.  In 
limits  applied  across  certain 
addition,  there  are  portfolio 
businesses or collateral types. 

  Refer to “Stress loss” in this section for more information about 

our stress testing 

128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit hedging 
Audited | We utilize single-name credit default swaps (CDSs), credit 
index  CDSs,  bespoke  protection  and  other  instruments  to 
actively manage credit risk in the Investment Bank and Non-core 
and Legacy Portfolio. This is aimed at reducing concentrations of 
risk from specific counterparties, sectors or portfolios and, in the 
case  of  counterparty  credit  risk,  the  profit  or  loss  effect  arising 
from changes in credit valuation adjustments (CVA). 

We  maintain  strict  guidelines  for  taking  credit  hedges  into 
account  for  credit  risk  mitigation  purposes.  For  example,  when 
monitoring  exposures  against  counterparty  limits,  we  do  not 
usually apply certain credit risk mitigants, such as proxy hedges 
(credit  protection  on  a  correlated  but  different  name)  or  credit 
index  CDSs,  to  reduce  counterparty  exposures.  Buying  credit 
protection  also  creates  credit  exposure  with  regard  to  the 
protection  provider.  We  monitor  and  limit  our  exposures  to 
credit protection providers and we also monitor the effectiveness 
of  credit  hedges  as  part  of  our  overall  credit  exposures  to  the 
relevant  counterparties.  Trading  with  such  counterparties  is 
typically collateralized. For credit protection purchased to hedge 
the  lending  portfolio,  this  includes  monitoring  mismatches 
between the maturity of the credit protection purchased and the 
maturity of the associated loan. Such mismatches result in basis 
risk  and  may  reduce  the  effectiveness  of  the  credit  protection. 
Mismatches  are  routinely  reported  to  credit  officers  and 
mitigating actions are taken when deemed necessary. 

  Refer to “Note 11 Derivative instruments” in the “Consolidated 

financial statements” section of this report for more 

information 

Mitigation of settlement risk 
To  mitigate  settlement  risk,  we  reduce  our  actual  settlement 
volumes 
the  use  of  multi-lateral  and  bilateral 
agreements with counterparties, including payment netting. 

through 

The  most  significant  source  of  our  settlement  risk  is  foreign 
exchange transactions. We are a member of Continuous Linked 
Settlement (CLS), an industry utility that provides a multi-lateral 
framework  to  settle  transactions  on  a  delivery-versus-payment 
basis,  thereby  significantly  reducing  foreign  exchange-related 
settlement risk relative to the volume of business. However, the 
mitigation of settlement risk through CLS and other means does 
not  fully  eliminate  our  credit  risk 
in  foreign  exchange 
transactions  resulting  from  changes  in  exchange  rates  prior  to 
settlement,  which  is  managed  as  part  of  our  overall  credit  risk 
management of OTC derivatives. 

Credit risk models 

Basel III – A-IRB credit risk models 

|  We  have  developed  tools  and  models  in  order  to 
Audited 
estimate future credit losses that may be implicit in our current 
portfolio. 

Exposures  to  individual  counterparties  are  measured  on  the 
basis  of  three  generally  accepted  parameters:  probability  of 
default  (PD);  exposure  at  default  (EAD);  and  loss  given  default 
(LGD).  For  a  given  credit  facility,  the  product  of  these  three 
parameters  results  in  the  expected  loss.  These  parameters  are 
the basis for the majority of our internal measures of credit risk, 
and  are  key  inputs  for  the  regulatory  capital  calculation  under 
the  advanced  internal  ratings-based  (A-IRB)  approach  of  the 
Basel  III  framework  governing  international  convergence  of 
capital  measurement  and  standards.  We  also  use  models  to 
derive  the  portfolio  credit  risk  measures  of  expected  loss, 
statistical loss and stress loss. 

The  “Key  features  of  our  main  credit  risk  models”  table  on 
the next page shows the number and key features of the models 
that we use to derive PD, LGD and EAD for our main portfolios 
and asset classes, and is followed by more detailed explanations 
of these models and parameters. 

  Refer to the 31 December 2019 Pillar 3 report, available under 
“Pillar 3 disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors, for more 

information about the regulatory capital calculation under the 

advanced internal ratings-based approach 

129 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Key features of our main credit risk models 

Asset class 
Asset class
Central governments and 
central banks 

Model 
Model
approach 
approach

Score card 

Probability of
Probability of 
default 
default

Portfolio in scope 
Portfolio in scope

Sovereigns and central banks 

Owner-occupied mortgages in 
Switzerland and the US 

Income-producing real estate 
mortgages 

Retail: residential 
mortgages 
Retail: residential 
mortgages, 
Corporates: specialized 
lending 

Number of 
Number of

main models  Main drivers 
main models Main drivers

Number of 
Number of
years loss 
years loss
data1 
data1

1  Political, institutional and economic indicators 

>10 

Behavioral data, affordability relative to income, 
property type, loan-to-value. Separate models for 

Score card 

2  mortgages in Switzerland and the US 

Loan-to-value, debt service coverage, financial data 
(for large corporates only), behavioral data; Weights 
of risk drivers differ between corporate and private 

Score card 

1  clients 

Loan-to-value, historical asset returns, behavioral 

Lombard lending 

Retail: other 

Merton type 

1  data 

Small and medium-sized 
enterprises 

Corporates: other lending  Score card 

1  segment 

Financial data including balance sheet ratios and 
profit and loss, behavioral data. Weights of risk 
drivers differ depending on the corporate client sub-

Banks 

Commodity traders 

Banks and securities 
dealers 
Corporates: specialized 
lending 

Aircraft financing 

Corporates: other lending 

Large corporates 

Corporates: other lending 

Loss given default
Loss given default 

Other portfolios 
Owner-occupied mortgages in 
Switzerland and the US 

Corporates: other 
lending, 
Public-sector entities and 
multilateral development 
banks 
Retail: residential 
mortgages 
Retail: residential 

Income-producing real estate  mortgages, Corporates: 
mortgages 

specialized lending 

Lombard lending 

Retail: other 

Score card 
Rating 
template 
Rating 
template 

Score card / 
market data 

Score card / 
pooled rating 
approach / 
rating 
template 
Statistical 
model 

Statistical 
model 
Statistical 
model, 
simulation 

Statistical 

Financial data including balance sheet ratios and 
profit and loss. Separate models for banks – 
developed markets, banks – emerging markets, 
4  broker-dealers and investment banks, private banks 
Financial data including balance sheet ratios and 

1  profit and loss, as well as non-financial criteria 

1  Financial structure of the transaction 

Financial data including balance sheet ratios and 
profit and loss, and market data. Separate models for 
corporates with publicly traded and highly liquid 
stocks (Market Intelligence Tool), private corporates, 
leveraged corporates and corporates in construction 

4  and real estate business 

Financial data and/or historical portfolio performance 
for pooled ratings. Separate models for hedge funds, 
managed funds, insurance companies, commercial 
real estate loans, mortgage originators, public sector 
entities and multilateral development 

9  banks/supranationals 

Loan-to-value, time since last valuation. Separate 
2  models for mortgages in Switzerland and the US 

Loan-to-value, time since last valuation, property 

1  type, location indicator 

1  Historical observed loss rates 

Separate models for mortgage and non-mortgage 
LGDs. Mortgage models: loan-to-value, time since 
last valuation, property type, location indicator. Non-

Small and medium-sized 
enterprises 

Investment Bank – all 
counterparties 

Corporates: other lending  model 

2  mortgage models: historical observed loss rates 

11–17 

Counterparty and facility specific, including industry 
segment, collateral, seniority, legal environment and 
bankruptcy procedures. Specific model for sovereign 
LGDs based on econometric modelling of past default 
events using GDP per capita, government debt, and 
other quantitative and qualitative factors such as the 
share of multilateral debt service, the size of the 

Statistical 

Across the asset classes  model 

2  banking sector and institutional quality 

Exposure at default  Banking products 
Exposure at default

Across the asset classes 

Traded products 

Across the asset classes 

Statistical 
model 

Statistical 
model 

Separate models based on exposure type (committed 
credit lines, revocable credit lines, contingent 

3  products) 

Product-specific market drivers, e.g., interest rates. 
Separate models for OTC derivatives, ETDs and SFTs 
that generate the simulation of risk factors used for 

2  the credit exposure measure 

1 For sovereign and Investment Bank PD models, the length of internal portfolio history is shown in Number of years loss data. 

130 

25 

25 

13 

25 

12 

21 

13 

12 

12 

11 

11 

11 

5–10 

>10 

n/a 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Audited | 
Internal UBS rating scale and mapping of external ratings 

IInntteerrnnaall UUBBSS rraattiinngg 
00 aanndd 11 
22 
33 
44 
55 
66 
77 
88 
99 
1100 
1111 
1122 
1133 
CCoouunntteerrppaarrttyy iiss iinn ddeeffaauulltt 

1-year PD range in % 
0.00–0.02 
0.02–0.05 
0.05–0.12 
0.12–0.25 
0.25–0.50 
0.50–0.80 
0.80–1.30 
1.30–2.10 
2.10–3.50 
3.50–6.00 
6.00–10.00 
10.00–17.00 
>17 
Default 

Description 
Investment grade 

Sub-investment grade 

Defaulted 

Moody’s Investors 
Service mapping 
Aaa 
Aa1 to Aa3 
A1 to A3 
Baa1 to Baa2 
Baa3 
Ba1 
Ba2 
Ba3 
B1 
B2 
B3 
Caa 
Ca to C 

Standard & Poor’s 
mapping 
AAA 
AA+ to AA– 
A+ to A– 
BBB+ to BBB 
BBB– 
BB+ 
BB 
BB– 
B+ 
B 
B– 
CCC 
CC to C 
D 

Fitch mapping 
AAA 
AA+ to AA– 
A+ to A– 
BBB+ to BBB 
BBB– 
BB+ 
BB 
BB– 
B+ 
B 
B– 
CCC 
CC to C 
D 



Probability of default 
Probability  of  default  (PD)  is  an  estimate  of  the  likelihood  of  a 
counterparty  defaulting  on  its  contractual  obligations  over  the 
next 12 months. PD ratings are used for credit risk measurement 
and  are  an  important  input  for  determining  credit  risk  approval 
authorities. For the calculation of risk-weighted assets (RWA), a 3-
basis-point  PD  floor  is  applied  to  Banks,  Corporates  and  Retail 
exposures as required under the Basel III framework. Additionally, 
for  Swiss  owner-occupied  mortgages  we  apply  an  8-basis-point 
PD floor and for Lombard loans a 4-basis-point PD floor. 

PD  is  assessed  using  rating  tools  tailored  to  the  various 
categories  of  counterparties.  Statistically  developed  scorecards, 
based on key attributes of the obligor, are used to determine PD 
for many of our corporate clients  and for loans secured  by real 
estate. Where available, market data may also be used to derive 
the  PD  for  large  corporate  counterparties.  For  low-default 
portfolios,  where  available,  we  take  into  account  relevant 
external  default  data  in  the  rating  tool  development.  For 
Lombard 
loans,  Merton-type  historical  return-based  model 
simulations taking into account potential changes in the value of 
securities  collateral  are  used  in  our  rating  approach.  These 
categories  are  also  calibrated  to  our  internal  credit  rating  scale 
is  designed  to  ensure  a  consistent 
(masterscale),  which 
assessment  of  default  probabilities  across  counterparties.  Our 
masterscale  expresses  one-year  default  probabilities  that  we 
determine through our various rating tools by means of distinct 
classes,  whereby  each  class  incorporates  a  range  of  default 
probabilities.  Counterparties  migrate  between  rating  classes  as 
our assessment of their PD changes. 

The  ratings  of  the  major  credit  rating  agencies,  and  their 
mapping to our masterscale and internal PD bands, are shown in 
the “Internal UBS rating scale and mapping of external ratings” 
table above. The mapping is based on the long-term average of 
one-year  default  rates  available  from  the  rating  agencies.  For 
each  external  rating  category,  the  average  default  rate  is 
compared with our internal PD bands to derive a mapping to our 

internal  rating  scale.  Our  internal  rating  of  a  counterparty  may 
therefore  diverge  from  one  or  more  of  the  correlated  external 
ratings shown in the table. Observed defaults by rating agencies 
may  vary  through  economic  cycles,  and  we  do  not  necessarily 
expect  the  actual  number  of  defaults  in  our  equivalent  rating 
band to equal the rating agencies’ average in any given period. 
We  periodically  assess  the  long-term  average  default  rates  of 
credit  rating  agencies’  grades,  and  we  adjust  their  mapping  to 
our masterscale as necessary to reflect any material changes. 

Exposure at default 
Exposure  at  default  (EAD)  represents  the  amount  we  expect  to 
be owed by a counterparty at the time of a possible default. We 
derive  EAD  from  our  current  exposure  to  the  counterparty  and 
the possible future development of that exposure. 

The  EAD  of  an  on-balance  sheet  loan  is  its  notional  amount. 
For  off-balance  sheet  commitments  that  are  not  drawn,  credit 
conversion  factors  (CCFs)  are  applied  in  order  to  obtain  an 
expected  on-balance  sheet  amount.  Such  CCFs  are  based  on 
historical  observations.  To  comply  with  regulatory  guidance,  we 
floor individual observed CCF values at zero in the CCF model; i.e., 
we  assume  that  the  drawn  EAD  will  be  no  less  than  the  drawn 
amount one year prior to default. 

For traded products, we derive EAD by modeling the range of 
possible  exposure  outcomes  at  various  points  in  time  using 
scenario and statistical techniques. We assess the net amount that 
may  be  owed  to  us  or  that  we  may  owe  to  others,  taking  into 
account the effect of market movements over the potential time it 
would take to close out our positions. For ETDs, our calculation of 
EAD  takes  into  account  collateral  margin  calls.  When  measuring 
individual counterparty exposure against credit limits, we consider 
the  maximum  likely  exposure  measured  to  a  high  level  of 
confidence.  However,  when  aggregating  exposures  to  different 
counterparties  for  portfolio  risk  measurement  purposes,  we  use 
the expected exposure to each counterparty at a given time period 
(usually one year) generated by the same model. 

131 

Risk, treasury and capital management  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

the 

factors  driving 

We assess our exposures where there is a material correlation 
the 
between 
counterparty and those driving the potential future value of our 
traded  products  exposure  (wrong-way  risk),  and  we  have 
established specific controls to mitigate such risks. 

the  credit  quality  of 

Loss given default 
Loss  given  default  (LGD)  is  the  magnitude  of  the  likely  loss  if 
there is a default. Our LGD estimates, which consider downturn 
conditions, include loss of principal, interest and other amounts 
(such  as  workout  costs,  including  the  cost  of  carrying  an 
impaired  position  during  the  workout  process)  less  recovered 
amounts. We determine LGD based on the likely recovery rate of 
claims  against  defaulted  counterparties,  which  depends  on  the 
type  of  counterparty  and  any  credit  mitigation  by  way  of 
collateral  or  guarantees.  Our  estimates  are  supported  by  our 
internal  loss  data  and  external  information,  where  available. 
Where  we  hold  collateral,  such  as  marketable  securities  or  a 
mortgage  on  a  property,  loan-to-value  ratios  are  typically  a  key 
parameter in determining LGD. For low-default portfolios, where 
available, we take into account relevant external default data in 
the  rating  tool  development.  In  the  RWA  calculation,  the 
regulatory LGD floor of 10% is applied for exposures secured by 
residential  properties.  Additionally,  we  apply  a  30%  LGD  floor 
for  Lombard  loans  in  Global  Wealth  Management  outside 
Region  Americas  and  a  25%  LGD  floor  for  Lombard  loans  in 
Global  Wealth  Management  Region  Americas.  All  other  LGDs 
are subject to a 5% floor. 

Expected loss 
Credit  losses  are  an  inherent  cost  of  doing  business  and  the 
occurrence  and  amount  of  credit  losses  can  be  erratic.  In  order 
to  quantify  future  credit  losses  that  may  be  implicit  in  our 
current  portfolio,  we  use  the  concept  of  expected  loss.  The 
expected loss for a given credit facility is a product of the three 
components  described  above,  i.e.,  PD,  EAD  and  LGD.  We 
aggregate  the  expected  loss  for  individual  counterparties  to 
derive our expected portfolio credit losses. 

Expected  loss  (EL)  for  regulatory  and  internal  risk  control 
purposes  is  a  statistical  measure  used  to  estimate  the  average 
annual  costs  we  expect  to  experience  from  positions  that 
become  impaired.  Expected  loss  is  the  basis  for  quantifying 
credit  risk  in  all  our  portfolios.  We  use  a  statistical  modeling 
approach  to  estimate  the  loss  profile  of  each  of  our  credit 
portfolios  over  a  one-year  period  to  a  specified  level  of 
confidence.  The  mean  value  of  this  loss  distribution  is  the 
expected loss. The EL provides an indication of the level of risk in 
our  portfolio  and  it  may  change  over  time.  Some  parameters 
have  to  be  estimated  on  a  conservative  basis  in  order  to  meet 
the  regulatory  requirements  for  banks  applying  the  internal 
ratings-based approach to determine RWA. 

132 

IFRS 9 – ECL credit risk models 
The  IFRS  9  expected  credit  loss  (ECL)  concept  differs  from  our 
standard  credit  risk  models  in  some  important  aspects.  The 
following  ECL  definitions  are  generally  derivations  from  our 
standard credit risk models. 

  Refer to “Note 1 Summary of significant accounting policies” in 
the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report 

for more information about our accounting policy for 

allowances and provisions for ECL 

Probability of default 
PD  represents  the  likelihood  of  a  default  over  a  specified  time 
period.  A  12-month  PD  represents  the  likelihood  of  default 
determined for the next 12 months and a lifetime PD represents 
the  probability  of  default  over  the  remaining  lifetime  of  the 
instrument.  The  lifetime  PD  calculation  is  based  on  a  series  of 
12-month point-in-time PDs that are derived from through-the-
cycle  PDs  and  scenario  forecasts.  This  modeling  is  region-, 
industry-  and  client  segment-specific  and  considers  both 
macroeconomic  scenario-dependencies  and  client-idiosyncratic 
information.  To  derive  the  cumulative  lifetime  PD  per  scenario, 
the  series  of  12-month  point-in-time  PDs  are  transformed  into 
marginal  point-in-time  PDs,  taking  into  account  any  assumed 
default events from prior periods. 

Exposure at default 
EAD represents an estimate of the exposure to credit risk at the 
time of a potential default occurring during the life of a financial 
instrument. It represents the cash flows outstanding at the time 
of  default,  considering  expected  repayments,  interest  payments 
and  accruals,  discounted  at  the  effective  interest  rate.  Future 
drawdowns  on  facilities  are  considered  through  a  CCF  that  is 
reflective  of  historical  drawdown  and  default  patterns  and  the 
characteristics  of  the  respective  portfolios.  ECL-specific  CCFs 
have  been  modeled  to  capture  client  segment-  and  product-
standard-specific 
specific  patterns  after 
limitations,  i.e.,  conservatism,  and  focus  on  a  12-month  period 
prior to default. 

removing  Basel 

Loss given default 
LGD represents an estimate of the loss at the time of a potential 
default  occurring  during  the  life  of  a  financial  instrument.  The 
determination  of  the  LGD  takes  into  account  expected  future 
cash  flows  from  collateral  and  other  credit  enhancements,  or 
expected  payouts  from  bankruptcy  proceedings  for  unsecured 
claims  and,  where  applicable,  time  to  realization  of  collateral 
and  the  seniority  of  claims.  LGD  is  commonly  expressed  as  a 
percentage of the relevant EAD. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expected credit loss 
Expected  credit  losses  (ECLs)  represent  the  difference  between 
contractual  cash  flows  and  those  UBS  expects  to  receive, 
discounted  at  the  EIR.  For  loan  commitments  and  other  credit 
facilities  in  scope  of  ECL  requirements,  expected  cash  shortfalls 
are  determined  by  considering  expected  future  drawdowns. 
Rather than focusing on an average through-the-cycle expected 
annual  loss,  its  purpose  is  to  estimate  the  amount  of  losses 
inherent  in  a  portfolio  based  on  current  conditions  and  future 
outlook (a point-in-time measure), whereby such forecast has to 
include all information that is available without undue cost and 
effort, and address multiple scenarios where there is a perceived 
non-linearity between changes in economic conditions and their 
effect  on  credit  losses.  From  a  credit  risk  modeling  perspective, 
ECL parameters are generally a derivation of the factors assessed 
for regulatory Basel III EL. 

Comparison of Basel III EL and IFRS 9 ECL 
Depending  on  the  application,  there  are  a  number  of  key 
differences  in  the  estimation  process  and  the  result  thereof. 
Most notably, regulatory Basel III EL parameters are through-the-
cycle  /  downturn  estimates,  which  might  include  a  margin  of 
conservatism, while IFRS 9 ECL parameters are typically point-in-

time, reflecting current economic conditions and future outlook. 
The main differences are summarized in the table below. 

The  estimation  of  expected  (credit)  loss  is  not  a  forecast  of 
the  annual  charge  to  Credit  loss  expense  resulting  from  loans 
and off-balance sheet exposures that become impaired. Basel III 
EL is not particularly sensitive to prevailing economic conditions 
with  its  through-the-cycle  /  downturn  view.  ECL,  in  contrast,  is 
grounded  in  point-in-time  economic  conditions,  but  measured 
as  an  average  of  different  scenarios,  and  for  time  periods  that 
are dependent on the maturity profile of the book at reporting 
date and the particular stage classification required by IFRS 9. It 
does  not,  therefore,  cover  a  point-in-time  credit  loss  expense 
expectation measured over a quarter or a calendar year. 

Further key aspects of credit risk models 

Stress loss 
We  complement  our  statistical  modeling  approach  with 
scenario-based  stress  loss  measures.  Stress  tests  are  run  on  a 
regular  basis  to  monitor  the  potential  effect  of  extreme,  but 
nevertheless plausible, events on our portfolios, under which key 
credit  risk  parameters  are  assumed  to  deteriorate  substantially. 
Where we consider it appropriate, we apply limits on this basis. 

In the table below, we illustrate the main differences between the two expected loss measures: 

BBaasseell IIIIII EELL ((aaddvvaanncceedd iinntteerrnnaall rraattiinnggss--bbaasseedd aapppprrooaacchh)) 

IIFFRRSS 99 EECCLL 

SSccooppee 

The Basel III advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach applies to 
most credit risk exposures. It includes transactions measured at amortized 
cost, at fair value through profit or loss and at fair value through OCI, 
including loan commitments and financial guarantees. 

The IFRS 9 expected credit loss (ECL) calculation mainly applies to 
financial assets measured at amortized cost and debt instruments 
measured at fair value through OCI, as well as loan commitments and 
financial guarantee contracts not at fair value through profit or loss. 

1122--mmoonntthh vveerrssuuss lliiffeettiimmee 
eexxppeecctteedd lloossss 

The Basel III A-IRB approach takes into account expected losses resulting 
from expected default events occurring within the next 12 months. 

EExxppoossuurree aatt ddeeffaauulltt 
((EEAADD)) 

PPrroobbaabbiilliittyy ooff ddeeffaauulltt 
((PPDD)) 

EAD is the amount we expect a counterparty to owe us at the time of a 
possible default. For banking products, the EAD equals the book value as 
of the reporting date, whereas for traded products, such as securities 
financing transactions, the EAD is modeled. The EAD is expected to 
remain constant over the 12-month period. For loan commitments, a 
credit conversion factor is applied to model expected future drawdowns 
over the 12-month period, irrespective of the actual maturity of a 
particular transaction. The credit conversion factor includes downturn 
adjustments. 

PD estimates are determined on a through-the-cycle (TTC) basis. They 
represent historical average PDs, taking into account observed losses over 
a prolonged historical period, and are therefore less sensitive to 
movements in the underlying economy. 

LLoossss ggiivveenn ddeeffaauulltt 
((LLGGDD)) 

LGD includes prudential adjustments, such as downturn LGD assumptions 
and floors. Similar to PD, LGD is determined on a TTC basis. 

UUssee ooff sscceennaarriiooss 

N/A 

In the absence of a significant increase in credit risk (SICR), a maximum 
12-month ECL is recognized to reflect lifetime cash shortfalls that will 
result if a default event occurs in the 12 months after the reporting date 
(or a shorter period if the expected lifetime is less). Once an SICR event 
has occurred, a lifetime ECL is recognized considering expected default 
events over the life of the transaction. 

EAD is generally calculated on the basis of the cash flows that are 
expected to be outstanding at the individual points in time during the life 
of the transaction, discounted to the reporting date using the effective 
interest rate. For loan commitments, a credit conversion factor is applied 
to model expected future drawdowns over the life of the transaction 
without including downturn assumptions. In both cases, the time period is 
capped at 12 months, unless an SICR has occurred. 

PD estimates will be determined on a point-in-time (PIT) basis, based on 
current conditions and incorporating forecasts for future economic 
conditions at the reporting date. 

LGD should reflect the losses that are reasonably expected and prudential 
adjustments should therefore not be applied. Similar to PD, LGD is 
determined on the basis of a PIT approach. 

Multiple forward-looking scenarios have to be taken into account to 
determine a probability-weighted ECL. 

133 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Stress scenarios and methodologies are tailored to the nature 
of  the  portfolios,  ranging  from  regionally  focused  to  global 
systemic  events,  and  varying  in  time  horizon.  For  example,  for 
our loan underwriting portfolio, we apply a global market event 
under  which,  simultaneously,  the  market  for  loan  syndication 
freezes,  market  conditions  significantly  worsen,  and  credit 
quality  deteriorates.  Similarly,  for  Lombard  lending,  we  apply  a 
range of scenarios representing instantaneous market shocks to 
all  collateral  and  exposure  positions,  taking  into  consideration 
their liquidity and potential concentrations. The portfolio-specific 
stress  test  for  our  mortgage  lending  business  in  Switzerland 
reflects  a  multi-year  event,  and  the  overarching  stress  test  for 
global wholesale and counterparty credit risk to corporates uses 
a  one-year  global  stress  event  and  takes  into  account  exposure 
concentrations to single counterparties. 

  Refer to “Stress testing” in this section for more information 

about our stress testing framework 

Credit risk model confirmation 
Our  approach  to  model  confirmation  involves  both  quantitative 
methods,  including  monitoring  compositional  changes  in  the 
portfolios  and  the  results  of  backtesting,  and  qualitative 
assessments,  including  feedback  from  users  on  the  model 
output as a practical indicator of the performance and reliability 
of the model. 

Material  changes  in  a  portfolio  composition  may  invalidate 
the  conceptual  soundness  of  the  model.  We  therefore  perform 
regular  analyses  of  the  evolution  of  portfolios  to  identify  such 

changes  in  the  structure  and  credit  quality  of  portfolios.  This 
includes  analyses  of  changes  in  key  attributes,  changes  in 
portfolio concentration measures, as well as changes in RWA. 

  Refer to “Risk measurement” in this section for more 

information about our approach to model confirmation 

procedures 

Backtesting 
We monitor the performance of our models by backtesting and 
benchmarking  them,  whereby  model  outcomes  are  compared 
with  actual  results,  based  on  our  internal  experience  and 
externally observed results. To assess the predictive power of our 
credit  exposure  models  for  traded  products  such  as  OTC 
derivatives  and  ETD  products,  we  statistically  compare  the 
predicted  future  exposure  distributions  at  different  forecast 
horizons with the realized values. 

For  PD,  we  use  statistical  modeling  to  derive  a  predicted 
distribution of the number of defaults. The observed number of 
defaults  is  then  compared  with  this  distribution,  allowing  us  to 
derive a statistical level of confidence in the model conservatism. 
In addition, we derive a lower and upper bound for the average 
default rate. If the portfolio average PD lies outside the derived 
interval, the rating tool is, as a general rule, recalibrated. 

For LGD, the backtesting statistically tests whether the mean 
difference  between  the  observed  and  predicted  LGD  is  zero.  If 
the test fails, there is evidence that our predicted LGD is too low. 
In  such  cases,  and  where  these  differences  are  outside 
expectations, models are recalibrated. 

Main credit models backtesting by regulatory asset class 

Length of time series 
used for the calibration 
(in years) 

Actual rates in % 

Average of last 
5 years1 

Min. of last 
5 years2 

Max. of last 
5 years2 

Estimated average rates 
at the start of 
2019 in % 

Probability of default3 
Probability of default3

Central governments and central banks 

Banks and securities dealers 

Public-sector entities, multilateral development banks 

Corporates: specialized lending 

Corporates: other lending 

Retail: residential mortgages 

Retail: other 

Loss given default
Loss given default 

Central governments and central banks 

Banks and securities dealers 

Public-sector entities, multilateral development banks 

Corporates: specialized lending 

Corporates: other lending 

Retail: residential mortgages 

Retail: other 

Credit conversion factors
Credit conversion factors 

Corporates 

>104 

>10 

>10 

>10 

>10 

>20 

>10 

>10 

>10 

>10 

>10 

>10 

>20 

>10 

0.00 

0.03 

0.15 

0.32 

0.25 

0.21 

0.00 

7.40 

26.40 

0.80 

29.20 

0.00 

0.00 

0.00 

0.15 

0.21 

0.12 

0.00 

0.00 

8.00 

0.20 

17.90 

0.00 

0.21 

0.53 

0.60 

0.29 

0.28 

0.01 

34.60 

28.00 

1.70 

65.30 

0.17 

0.19 

0.64 

1.21 

0.46 

0.56 

0.30 

51.00 

27.50 

48.70 

23.20 

37.70 

20.70 

27.40 

>10 

15.80 

6.90 

44.30 

40.20 

2 Minimum / maximum annual average of observations in any single year from the last five years. Yearly averages are only calculated where five or more 
1 Average of all observations over the last five years. 
1
2
observations occurred during that year.  3 Average PD estimation is based on all rated clients in the portfolio.  4 Sovereign PD model is calibrated to UBS masterscale, length of time series shows span of internal 
history for this portfolio. 

3

4

134 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit  conversion  factors  (CCFs),  used  for  the  calculation  of 
EAD  for  undrawn  facilities  with  corporate  counterparties,  are 
dependent  on  several  contractual  dimensions  of  the  credit 
facility. We compare the predicted amount drawn with observed 
for  defaulted 
historical  utilization  of 
such 
is 
counterparties. 
observed, the relevant CCFs are redefined. 

If  any  statistically  significant  deviation 

facilities 

The  “Main  credit  models  backtesting  by  regulatory  asset 
class”  table  on  the  previous  page  compares  the  current  model 
calibration for PD, LGD and CCFs with historical observed values 
over the last five years. 

Changes to models and model parameters during the period 
As  part  of  our  continuous  efforts  to  enhance  models  to  reflect 
market  developments  and  newly  available  data,  we  updated 
several models in the course of 2019. 

In  Personal  &  Corporate  Banking  and  Global  Wealth 
Management,  we  completed  the  phasing-in  of  RWA  increases 
related to PD and LGD changes of the revised models for Swiss 
residential  mortgages  that  were  implemented  in  2017.  With 
regard  to  the  EAD,  the  CCF  for  zero-balance  securities-backed 
lending  and  margin  loans  in  Global  Wealth  Management  was 
changed from 5% to 15%. 

Within  the  Investment  Bank,  selected  portfolios  with  lower 
materiality  levels  and  exposures  rated  by  expert  judgment  were 
moved to the Standardized Approach for the RWA calculation. 

Where  required,  changes  to  models  and  model  parameters 
were  approved  by  the  Swiss  Financial  Market  Supervisory 
Authority (FINMA) prior to implementation. 

  Refer to “Risk-weighted assets” in the “Capital management” 
section of this report for more information about the effect of 

the changes to models and model parameters on credit risk 

RWA 

Future credit risk-related regulatory capital developments 
In December 2017, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision 
announced the finalization of the Basel III framework, which we 
currently expect FINMA to introduce into national law later than 
the  originally  communicated  effective  date  of  1  January  2022. 
The updated framework has made a number of revisions to the 

internal ratings-based (IRB) approaches, namely: (i) removing the 
possibility of using the advanced IRB (A-IRB) approach for certain 
asset  classes  (including  large  and  medium-sized  corporate 
clients,  banks  and  other  financial  institutions);  (ii) placing  floors 
on certain model inputs under the IRB approach, such as for PD 
and  LGD;  and  (iii)  introducing  various  requirements  to  reduce 
RWA variability (for example, for LGD). 

The published framework has a number of requirements that 
are  subject  to  national  discretion.  In  addition,  revisions  to  the 
credit  valuation  adjustment  (CVA)  framework  were  published, 
including the removal of the advanced CVA (A-CVA) approach. 
UBS  maintains  a  close  dialog  with  FINMA  to  discuss  in  more 
detail  the  implementation  objectives  and  to  prepare  for  a 
smooth transition of the capital regime for credit risk. 

  Refer to “Capital management objectives, planning and 

activities” in the “Capital management” section of this report 

for more information about the development of RWA 
  Refer to “Risk measurement” in this section for more 

information about our approach to model confirmation 

procedures 

  Refer to the “Regulatory and legal developments” and “Risk 

factors” sections of this report for more information 

Credit policies for distressed assets 

The “Exposure categorization” chart on the next page illustrates 
how  we  categorize  banking  products  and  securities  financing 
transactions  as  non-performing,  defaulted,  credit-impaired  and 
purchased or originated credit-impaired. 

Non-performing 
Audited | In line with the regulatory definition, we report a claim as 
non-performing when: (i) it is more than 90 days past due; (ii) it 
is  subject  to  restructuring  proceedings,  where  preferential 
conditions  concerning  interest  rates,  subordination,  tenor,  etc. 
have been granted in order to avoid default of the counterparty 
(forbearance); or (iii) the counterparty is subject to bankruptcy / 
enforced  liquidation  proceedings  in  any  form,  even  if  there  is 
sufficient  collateral  to  cover  the  due  payment  or  there  is  other 
evidence that payment obligations will not be fully met without 
recourse to collateral. 

135 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Default and credit-impaired 
UBS  applies  a  single  definition  of  default  for  classifying  assets 
and  determining  the  PD  of  its  obligors  for  risk  modeling 
purposes. The definition of default is based on quantitative and 
qualitative  criteria.  A  counterparty  is  classified  as  defaulted  at 
the  latest  when  material  payments  of  interest,  principal  or  fees 
are overdue for more than 90 days, or more than 180 days for 
certain exposures in relation to loans to private and commercial 
clients in Personal & Corporate Banking, and to private clients of 
Global  Wealth  Management  Region  Switzerland.  UBS  does  not 
consider the general 90-day presumption for default recognition 
appropriate  for  those  latter  portfolios  based  on  an  analysis  of 
the cure rates, which demonstrated that strict application of the 
90-day criterion would not accurately reflect the inherent credit 
risk.  Counterparties  are  also  classified  as  defaulted  when: 
bankruptcy, insolvency proceedings or enforced liquidation have 
commenced; obligations have been restructured on preferential 
terms  (forbearance);  or  there  is  other  evidence  that  payment 
obligations  will  not  be  fully  met  without  recourse  to  collateral. 

(cid:39)(cid:90)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:92)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80) 

The  latter  may  be  the  case  even  if,  to  date,  all  contractual 
payments  have  been  made  when  due.  If  one  claim  against  a 
counterparty  is  defaulted  on,  generally  all  claims  against  the 
counterparty are treated as defaulted. 

if 

An 

instrument 

is  classified  as  credit-impaired 

the 
counterparty  is  classified  as  defaulted,  and/or  the  instrument  is 
identified as purchased or originated credit-impaired (POCI). An 
instrument is POCI if it has been purchased at a deep discount to 
its  carrying  amount  following  a  risk  event  of  the  issuer  or 
originated with a defaulted counterparty. Once a financial asset 
is  classified  as  defaulted  /  credit-impaired  (except  POCI),  it  is 
reported as a stage 3 instrument and remains as such unless all 
past due amounts have been rectified, additional payments have 
been  made  on  time,  the  position  is  not  classified  as  credit-
restructured, and there is general evidence of credit recovery. A 
three-month  probation  period  is  applied  before  a  transfer  back 
to  stages  1  or  2  can  be  triggered.  However,  most  instruments 
remain in stage 3 for a longer period. 

(cid:50)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73) 

(cid:48)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:15)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:19) 

(cid:53)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:19) 

(cid:53)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:20)(cid:2)(cid:10)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:11) 

(cid:53)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:21)(cid:2)(cid:10)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:15)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:19)  (cid:2) 

(cid:37)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:80)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:2) 
(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:67)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80) 

(cid:37)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:386)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:71) 
(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:67)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80) 

(cid:37)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:386)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2) 
(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:67)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:2) 

(cid:18)(cid:115)(cid:21)(cid:18)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:67)(cid:91)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:71) 

(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:115)(cid:27)(cid:18)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:67)(cid:91)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:71) 

(cid:27)(cid:19)(cid:115)(cid:19)(cid:26)(cid:18)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:67)(cid:91)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:71)(cid:2) 
(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2) 
(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:11) 

(cid:47)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:27)(cid:18)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:67)(cid:91)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:10)(cid:79)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:2) 
(cid:19)(cid:26)(cid:18)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:67)(cid:91)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:11) 

(cid:40)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:68)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:17)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:87)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:20) 

(cid:37)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:386)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:80)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:15)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2) 
(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2) 
(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:80)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:82)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:83)(cid:87)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:70) 

(cid:37)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:88)(cid:71) 
(cid:68)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:87)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:91)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2) 
(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:67)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:67)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:86) 

(cid:50)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:15)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:10)(cid:50)(cid:49)(cid:37)(cid:43)(cid:11) 

(cid:37)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:386)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:50)(cid:49)(cid:37)(cid:43)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2) 
(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:83)(cid:87)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:78)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:70) 

(cid:37)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:89)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80) 
(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:85) 
(cid:68)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2) 

(cid:19)(cid:2)(cid:39)(cid:90)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:15)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:87)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:16)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:20)(cid:2)(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:87)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:15)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:87)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:16) 

136 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forbearance (credit restructuring) 
Audited  |  Under  imminent  payment  default  or  where  default  has 
already  occurred,  we  may  grant  concessions  to  borrowers  in 
financial difficulties that we would otherwise not consider in the 
normal  course  of  our  business,  such  as  offering  preferential 
interest  rates,  extending  maturity,  modifying  the  schedule  of 
repayments,  debt  /  equity  swap,  subordination,  etc.  When  a 
forbearance  measure  takes  place,  each  case  is  considered 
individually and the exposure is generally classified as defaulted. 
Forbearance  classification  will  remain  until  the  loan  is  collected 
or  written  off,  non-preferential  conditions  are  granted  that 
supersede  the  preferential  conditions  or  until  the  counterparty 
has  recovered  and  the  preferential  conditions  no  longer  exceed 
our risk tolerance. 

Contractual  adjustments  when  there  is  no  evidence  of 
imminent  payment  default,  or  where  changes  to  terms  and 
conditions are within our usual risk tolerance, are not considered 
to be forborne. 

Loss history statistics 
An instrument is classified as credit-impaired if the counterparty 
has  defaulted.  This  also  includes  credit-impaired  exposures  for 
which no loss has occurred or for which no allowance has been 
recognized 
(e.g.,  because  they  are  expected  to  be  fully 
recoverable through the collateral held). 

The  “Loss  history  statistics”  table  below  provides  a  five-year 
history  of  our  credit  loss  experience  for  loans  and  advances  to 
banks and customers, and ratios of those credit losses relative to 
our  credit-impaired  and  non-performing  loans  and  advances  to 
banks and customers. For the years 2015 to 2017, the amounts 
are  based  on  IAS  37  and  IAS  39;  for  2018  and  2019,  the 
amounts are based on IFRS 9. 

Credit-impaired  loans  and  advances  to  banks  and  customers 
were  USD 2.3  billion  as  of  31  December  2019,  unchanged 
compared with 31 December 2018. 

The majority of the credit-impaired exposure relates to loans 
and advances in our Swiss domestic business. The ratio of credit-
impaired  loans  and  advances  to  banks  and  customers  to  total 
loans  and  advances  to  banks  and  customers  was  0.7%, 
unchanged compared with 31 December 2018. 

  Refer “Note 10 Financial assets at amortized cost and other 

positions in scope of expected credit loss measurement” and 

“Note 23 Expected credit loss measurement” in the 

“Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for 

more information about ECL measurement 

  Refer to “Note 17a Other financial assets measured at 

amortized cost” in the “Consolidated financial statements” 

section of this report for more details 

Loss history statistics 

USD million, except where indicated 
Loans and advances to banks and customers (gross) 
Credit-impaired loans and advances to banks and customers 
Non-performing loans and advances to banks and customers 
ECL allowances and provisions for credit losses1,2 

of which: allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers 1 

Write-offs3 

of which: write-offs for loans and advances to banks and customers 

3311..1122..1199 
IIFFRRSS 99 
334400,,000033 
22,,330099 
22,,446666 
11,,002299 
777700 
114422 
112222 
((7788)) 

31.12.18 
IFRS 9 
338,000 
2,300 
2,419 
1,054 
780 
210 
192 
(118) 

31.12.17 
IAS 37, IAS 39 
342,604 
1,104 
2,149 
712 
678 
101 
101 
(131) 

31.12.16 
IAS 37, IAS 39 
314,485 
958 
2,357 
642 
589 
121 
121 
(38) 

31.12.15 
IAS 37, IAS 39 
324,059 
1,224 
1,627 
726 
691 
116 
116 
(118) 

Credit loss (expense) / recovery4 
RRaattiiooss 
Credit-impaired loans and advances to banks and customers as a percentage of loans and advances to banks 
and customers (gross) 
Non-performing loans and advances to banks and customers as a percentage of loans and advances to banks 
and customers (gross) 
ECL allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers as a percentage of loans and advances to 
banks and customers (gross) 
Net write-offs as a percentage of average loans and advances to banks and customers (gross) outstanding 
during the period 
0.0 
11 Includes collective loan loss allowances (until 31 December 2017). Until 31 December 2017 did not include allowances for other receivables (31 December 2017: USD 19 million; 31 December 2016: USD 0 
33  Includes  net  write-offs  for  loan 
million;  31  December  2015:  USD  0  million). 
commitments and securities financing transactions.    44 Includes credit loss (expense) / recovery for other financial assets at amortized cost, guarantees, loan commitments, and securities financing transactions. 

22  Includes  provisions  for  ECL  of  guarantees  and  loan  commitments  and  allowances  for  securities  financing  transactions.   

00..22 

00..77 

00..77 

0.7 

0.3 

0.3 

0.7 

0.6 

0.7 

0.2 

00..00 

0.2 

0.2 

0.1 

0.0 

0.0 

0.4 

0.5 

0.2 

137 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
   
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Market risk 

Key developments 

Market  risk  remained  at  low  levels  as  a  result  of  our  continued 
focus on managing tail risks. Average management VaR (1-day, 
95% confidence level) decreased to USD 11 million from USD 12 
million in the prior year, mainly driven by the Investment Bank’s 
Equities  business.  The  number  of  negative  backtesting 
exceptions within a 250-business-day window decreased from 2 
to  0  by  the  end  of  the  year.  The  FINMA  VaR  multiplier  for 
market risk RWA remained unchanged at 3 as of 31 December 
2019. 

Audited | Main sources of market risk 

Market  risks  arise  from  both  our  trading  and  non-trading 
business activities. 
–  Trading  market  risks  arise  mainly  in  connection  with  primary 
debt and equity underwriting, securities and derivatives trading 
for market-making and client facilitation within our Investment 
Bank,  as  well  as  the  remaining  positions  within  Non-core  and 
Legacy  Portfolio  in  Corporate  Center  and  our  municipal 
securities trading business within Global Wealth Management. 
–  Non-trading  market  risks  arise  predominantly  in  the  form  of 
interest  rate  and  foreign  exchange  risks  in  connection  with 
personal  banking  and  lending  in  our  wealth  management 
businesses,  our  personal  and  corporate  banking  business  in 
Switzerland  and  the  Investment  Bank’s  lending  business,  in 
addition to treasury activities. 

–  Group  Treasury  assumes  market  risks  in  the  process  of 
managing  interest  rate  risk,  structural  foreign  exchange  risk 
and  the  liquidity  and  funding  profile  (including  high-quality 
liquid assets) of the Group. 

–  Equity and debt investments can also give rise to market risks, 
as  can  some  aspects  of  our  employee  benefits,  such  as 
defined benefit pension schemes. 

Audited | Overview of measurement, monitoring and 
management techniques 

–  Market risk limits are set for the Group, the business divisions, 
Group  Treasury  and  Non-core  and  Legacy  Portfolio  at 
granular levels within the various business lines, reflecting the 
nature and magnitude of the market risks. 

–  Management VaR measures exposures under the market risk 
framework.  This  includes  trading  market  risks  and  parts  of 
non-trading  market  risks.  Non-trading  market  risks  not 
included  in  VaR  are  also  covered  in  the  risks  controlled  by 
Market & Treasury Risk Control as set out further below. 
–  Our  primary  portfolio  measures  of  market  risk  are  liquidity-
adjusted  stress  (LAS)  loss  and  VaR.  Both  are  common  to  all 
our business divisions and subject to limits that are approved 
by the Board of Directors (the BoD). 

138 

–  These  measures  are  complemented  by  concentration  and 
granular  limits  for  general  and  specific  market  risk  factors. 
Our  trading  businesses  are  subject  to  multiple  market  risk 
limits.  These  limits  take  into  account  the  extent  of  market 
liquidity  and  volatility,  available  operational  capacity, 
valuation uncertainty and, for our single-name exposures, the 
credit quality of issuers. 

–  Trading market risks are managed on an integrated basis at a 
portfolio  level.  As  risk  factor  sensitivities  change  due  to  new 
transactions, transaction expiries or changes in market levels, 
risk factors are dynamically rehedged to remain within limits. 
Accordingly,  in  the  trading  portfolio,  we  do  not  generally 
seek to distinguish between specific positions and associated 
hedges. 

–  Issuer  risk  is  controlled  by  limits  applied  at  the  business 
division 
jump-to-zero  measures,  which 
estimate our maximum default exposure (the loss in the case 
of a default event assuming zero recovery). 

level  based  on 

–  Non-trading  foreign  exchange  risks  are  managed  under 
market  risk  limits,  with  the  exception  of  Group  Treasury 
management of consolidated capital activity. 

Our Market & Treasury Risk Control function applies a holistic 
risk framework, which sets the appetite for treasury-related risk-
taking  activities  across  the  Group.  A  key  element  of  the 
framework is an overarching economic value sensitivity limit, set 
by  the  BoD.  This  limit  is  linked  to  the  level  of  Basel  III  common 
equity  tier  1  (CET1)  capital,  and  takes  into  account  risks  arising 
from  interest  rates,  foreign  exchange  and  credit  spreads.  In 
addition,  the  sensitivity  of  net  interest  income  to  changes  in 
interest rates is monitored against targets set by the Group Chief 
Executive Officer, in order to analyze the outlook and volatility of 
net  interest  income  based  on  market-expected  interest  rates. 
Limits  are  also  set  by  the  BoD  to  balance  the  effect  of  foreign 
exchange  movements  on  our  CET1  capital  and  CET1  capital 
ratio.  Non-trading  interest  rate  and  foreign  exchange  risks  are 
included in our Group-wide statistical and stress testing metrics, 
which flow into our risk appetite framework. 

Equity  and  debt  investments  are  subject  to  a  range  of  risk 
controls,  including  preapproval  of  new  investments  by  business 
management  and  Risk  Control  and  regular  monitoring  and 
reporting.  They  are  also  included  in  our  Group-wide  statistical 
and  stress  testing  metrics,  which  flow  into  our  risk  appetite 
framework. 

  Refer to “Currency management” in the “Treasury 

management” section of this report for more information about 

Group Treasury’s management of foreign exchange risks 
  Refer to the “Capital management” section of this report for 

more information about the sensitivity of our CET1 capital and 

CET1 capital ratio to currency movements 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Market risk stress loss 

In  addition  to  VaR,  which  is  discussed  below,  we  measure  and 
manage  our  market  risks  through  a  comprehensive  framework 
of  non-statistical  measures  and  related  limits.  This  includes  an 
extensive  series  of  stress  tests  and  scenario  analyses,  which  we 
continuously  evaluate  with  the  intention  of  ensuring  that  any 
losses  resulting  from  an  extreme  yet  plausible  event  do  not 
exceed our risk appetite. 

Liquidity-adjusted stress 
Our primary measure of stress loss for Group-wide market risk is 
LAS.  The  LAS  framework  is  designed  to  capture  the  economic 
losses that could arise under specified stress scenarios. This is in 
part  achieved  by  replacing  the  standard  one-day  and  10-day 
holding  period  assumptions  used 
for  management  and 
regulatory  VaR,  with  liquidity-adjusted  holding  periods,  as 
explained below. Shocks are then applied to positions based on 
the  expected  market  movements  over  the  liquidity-adjusted 
holding periods resulting from the specified scenario. 

The holding periods used in LAS are calibrated to reflect the 
amount  of  time  it  would  take  to  reduce  or  hedge  the  risk  of 
positions  in  each  major  risk  factor  in  a  stressed  environment, 
assuming maximum utilization of the relevant position limits. We 
also  apply  minimum  holding  periods,  regardless  of  observed 
liquidity  levels,  reflecting  the  fact  that  identification  of  and 
reaction to a crisis may not always be immediate. 

The  expected  market  movements  are  derived  using  a 
combination of historical market behavior, based on an analysis 
of  historical  events,  and  forward-looking  analysis  that  includes 
consideration  of  defined  scenarios  that  have  not  occurred 
historically. 

LAS-based  limits  are  applied  at  a  number  of  levels:  Group, 
business  division,  Group  Treasury  and  Non-core  and  Legacy 
Portfolio;  business  area;  and  sub-portfolio.  In  addition,  LAS 
forms  the  core  market  risk  component  of  our  combined  stress 
test  framework  and  is  therefore  integral  to  our  overall  risk 
appetite framework. 

  Refer to “Risk appetite framework” in this section for more 

information 

  Refer to “Stress testing” in this section for more information 

about our stress testing framework 

Value-at-risk 

VaR definition 
Audited  |  VaR  is  a  statistical  measure  of  market  risk,  representing 
the  market  risk  losses  that  could  potentially  be  realized  over  a 
set  time  horizon  (holding  period)  at  an  established  level  of 
confidence.  The  measure  assumes  no  change  in  the  Group’s 
trading positions over the set time horizon. 

We  calculate  VaR  on  a  daily  basis.  The  profit  or  loss 
distribution  from  which  VaR  is  derived  is  generated  by  our 
internally  developed  VaR  model.  The  VaR  model  simulates 
returns over the holding period of those risk factors to which our 
trading  positions  are  sensitive,  and  subsequently  quantifies  the 
profit  or  loss  effect  of  these  risk  factor  returns  on  the  trading 
positions.  Risk  factor  returns  associated  with  the  risk  factor 
classes  of  general 
interest  rates,  foreign  exchange  and 
commodities are based on a pure historical simulation approach, 
taking  into  account  a  five-year  look-back  window.  Risk  factor 
returns for selected issuer-based risk factors, such as equity price 
and  credit  spreads,  are  decomposed  into  systematic  and 
residual, 
issuer-specific  components  using  a  factor  model 
approach. Systematic returns are based on historical simulation, 
and residual returns are based on a Monte Carlo simulation. The 
VaR model profit or loss distribution is derived from the sum of 
the  systematic  and  residual  returns  in  such  a  way  that  we 
consistently  capture  systematic  and  residual  risk.  Correlations 
among  risk  factors  are  implicitly  captured  via  the  historical 
simulation  approach.  In  modeling  the  risk  factor  returns,  we 
consider the stationarity properties of the historical time series of 
risk factor changes. Depending on the stationarity properties of 
the  risk  factors  within  a  given  risk  factor  class,  we  choose  to 
model  the  risk  factor  returns  using  absolute  returns  or 
logarithmic  returns.  The  risk  factor  return  distributions  are 
updated on a fortnightly basis. 

Although  our  VaR  model  does  not  have  full  revaluation 
capability, we source full revaluation grids and sensitivities from 
our  front-office  systems,  enabling  us  to  capture  material  non-
linear profit or loss effects. 

We  use  a  single  VaR  model  for  both  internal  management 
purposes  and  determining  market  risk  risk-weighted  assets 
(RWA),  although  we  consider  different  confidence  levels  and 
time  horizons.  For  internal  management  purposes,  we  establish 
risk  limits  and  measure  exposures  using  VaR  at  the  95% 
confidence  level  with  a  one-day  holding  period,  aligned  to  the 
way we consider the risks associated with our trading activities. 
The  regulatory  measure  of  market  risk  used  to  underpin  the 
market  risk  capital  requirement  under  Basel  III  requires  a 
measure  equivalent  to  a  99%  confidence  level  using  a  10-day 
holding  period.  In  the  calculation  of  a  10-day  holding  period 
VaR,  we  employ  10-day  risk  factor  returns,  whereby  all 
observations are equally weighted. 

Additionally, 

the  population  of 

the  portfolio  within 
management  and  regulatory  VaR  is  slightly  different.  The 
population within regulatory VaR meets regulatory requirements 
for  inclusion  in  regulatory  VaR.  Management  VaR  includes  a 
broader  population  of  positions.  For  example,  regulatory  VaR 
excludes the credit spread risks from the securitization portfolio, 
which are treated instead under the securitization approach for 
regulatory purposes. 

139 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

We also use stressed VaR (SVaR) for the calculation of market risk  Management VaR for the period 

RWA.  SVaR  adopts  broadly  the  same  methodology  as  regulatory  The  tables  below  show  minimum,  maximum,  average  and 
VaR  and  is  calculated  using  the  same  population,  holding  period  period-end management VaR by business division and Corporate 
(10-day)  and  confidence  level  (99%).  However,  unlike  regulatory  Center,  and  by  general  market  risk  type.  We  continued  to 
VaR, the historical data set for SVaR is not limited to five years, but  manage  management  VaR  at  low  levels  with  average  VaR 
instead spans the time period from 1 January 2007 to the present.  decreasing  to  USD 11  million  from  USD 12  million  in  the  prior 
In  deriving  SVaR,  we  search  for  the  largest  10-day  holding  period 
VaR  for  the  current  Group  portfolio  across  all  one-year  look-back 
windows  that  fall  into  the  interval  from  1  January  2007  to  the 
present. SVaR is computed weekly. 

year. 

  Refer to the 31 December 2019 Pillar 3 report, available under 
“Pillar 3 disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors, for more 

information about the regulatory capital calculation under the 

advanced internal ratings-based approach 

Audited | 
Management value-at-risk (1-day, 95% confidence, 5 years of historical data) of our business divisions and Corporate 
Center by general market risk type1 

For the year ended 31.12.19 
For the year ended 31.12.19

USD million 

Total management VaR, Group
Total management VaR, Group 

Global Wealth Management 
Personal & Corporate Banking 
Asset Management 
Investment Bank 
Corporate Center 
Diversification effect2,3 

USD million 

Min.
Min. 

6
6 

0
0 
0 
0
0
0 
4
4 
4 
4

Min. 

Max.
Max. 

Average
Average 

18
18 

1
1 
0 
0
0
0 
17
17 
8 
8

31.12.19
31.12.19 
9
9 

1
1 
0 
0
0
0 
7
7 
5
5 
(4) 
(4)

11
11 

1
1 
0 
0
0
0 
9
9 
5
5 
(5) 
(5)

Equity
Equity 
2
2 
14
14 
6
6 
5
5 

0
0 
0 
0
0
0 
6
6 
1
1 
(1) 
(1)

Interest
Interest 
rates
rates 
6
6 
12
12 
9
9 
8
8 

Credit
Credit 
spreads
spreads 
3
3 
8
8 
5
5 
5
5 
Average (per business division and risk type) 
Average(perbusinessdivisionandrisktype)

Foreign
Foreign 
exchange
exchange 
2
2 
8
8 
3
3 
3
3 

Commodities
Commodities 
1
1 
6
6 
2
2 
3
3 

1
1 
0 
0
0
0 
7
7 
5
5 
(4) 
(4)

1
1 
0 
0
0
0 
4
4 
2
2 
(2) 
(2)

0
0 
0 
0
0
0 
3
3 
1
1 
(1) 
(1)

0
0 
0 
0
0
0 
2
2 
0
0 
0 
0

For the year ended 31.12.18 

Max. 

Average 

31.12.18 
12 

Equity 
3 
22 
8 
5 

Interest 
rates 
5 
11 
8 
7 

Credit 
spreads 
5 
9 
7 
5 
Average (per business division and risk type) 

Foreign 
exchange 
1 
13 
3 
6 

Commodities 
1 
4 
2 
2 

5 

26 

12 

Total management VaR, Group
Total management VaR, Group 
0 
Global Wealth Management 
0 
Personal & Corporate Banking 
0 
Asset Management 
2 
Investment Bank 
0 
Corporate Center 
Diversification effect2,3 
0 
1 Statistics at individual levels may not be summed to deduce the corresponding aggregate figures. The minima and maxima for each level may well occur on different days, and likewise, the VaR for each business 
1
line or risk type, being driven by the extreme loss tail of the corresponding distribution of simulated profits and losses for that business line or risk type, may well be driven by different days in the historical time 
series, rendering invalid the simple summation of figures to arrive at the aggregate total.  2 Difference between the sum of the standalone VaR for the business divisions and Corporate Center and the VaR for the 
Group as a whole.  3 As the minimum and maximum occur on different days for different business divisions and Corporate Center, it is not meaningful to calculate a portfolio diversification effect. 

0 
0 
0 
3 
1 
(1) 

2 
0 
0 
6 
2 
(3) 

0 
0 
0 
8 
1 
(1) 

1 
0 
0 
6 
4 
(4) 

1 
0 
0 
10 
6 
(5) 

1 
0 
0 
11 
5 
(5) 

2 
0 
0 
25 
7 

0 
0 
0 
4 
4 

3

2



140 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
        
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
                             
VaR limitations 
Audited  |  Actual  realized  market  risk  losses  may  differ  from  those 
implied by our VaR for a variety of reasons. 
–  The  VaR  measure  is  calibrated  to  a  specified  level  of 
confidence and may not indicate potential losses beyond this 
confidence level. 

–  The  one-day  time  horizon  used  for  VaR  for 

internal 
management  purposes,  or  10-day  in  the  case  of  the 
regulatory VaR measure, may not fully capture the market risk 
of positions  that  cannot be closed out or hedged within the 
specified period. 

–  In  certain  cases,  VaR  calculations  approximate  the  effect  of 
changes  in  risk  factors  on  the  values  of  positions  and 
portfolios.  This  may  happen  because  the  number  of  risk 
factors included in the VaR model is necessarily limited. 

–  The  effect  of  extreme  market  movements  is  subject  to 
estimation  errors,  which  may  result  from  non-linear  risk 
sensitivities,  as  well  as  the  potential  for  actual  volatility  and 
correlation  levels  to  differ  from  assumptions  implicit  in  the 
VaR calculations. 

–  The use of a five-year window means that sudden increases in 
market  volatility  will  tend  not  to  increase  VaR  as  quickly  as 
the  use  of  shorter  historical  observation  periods,  but  the 
increase  will  affect  our  VaR  for  a  longer  period  of  time. 
Similarly, following a period of increased volatility, as markets 
stabilize, VaR predictions will remain more conservative for a 
period  of  time  influenced  by  the  length  of  the  historical 
observation period. 

SVaR  is  subject  to  the  same  limitations  as  noted  for  VaR 
above,  but  the  use  of  one-year  data  sets  avoids  the  smoothing 
effect of the five-year data set used for VaR, and the absence of 
the  five-year  window  provides  a  longer  history  of  potential 

loss  events.  Therefore,  although  the  significant  period  of  stress 
during  the  financial  crisis  of  2007–2009  is  no  longer  contained 
in  the  historical  five-year  period  used  for  management  and 
regulatory  VaR,  SVaR  will  continue  to  use  this  data.  This 
approach  is  intended  to  reduce  the  procyclicality  of  the 
regulatory capital requirements for market risks. 

We  recognize  that  no  single  measure  may  encompass  the 
entirety  of  risks  associated  with  a  position  or  portfolio. 
Consequently,  we  employ  a  suite  of  various  metrics  with  both 
overlapping and complementary characteristics in order to create 
a holistic framework that seeks to ensure material completeness 
of risk identification and measurement. As a statistical aggregate 
risk  measure,  VaR  supplements  our  liquidity-adjusted stress  and 
comprehensive stress testing frameworks. 

We also have a framework to identify and quantify potential 
risks that are not fully captured by our VaR model. We refer to 
these  risks  as  risks-not-in-VaR.  This  framework  is  used  to 
underpin these potential risks with regulatory capital, calculated 
as a multiple of regulatory VaR and stressed VaR. 

Backtesting of VaR 
VaR backtesting is a performance measurement process in which 
the  1-day  VaR  prediction  is  compared  with  the  realized  1-day 
profit  or  loss  (P&L).  We  compute  backtesting  VaR  using  a  99% 
confidence level and one-day holding period for the population 
included  within  regulatory  VaR.  Since  99%  VaR  at  UBS  is 
defined as a risk measure that operates on the lower tail of the 
P&L  distribution,  99%  backtesting  VaR  is  a  negative  number. 
Backtesting  revenues  exclude  non-trading  revenues,  such  as 
valuation  reserves,  fees  and  commissions  and  revenues  from 
intraday  trading,  to  provide  for  a  like-for-like  comparison.  A 
backtesting  exception  occurs  when  backtesting  revenues  are 
lower than the previous day’s backtesting VaR. 

(cid:41)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:28)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:87)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:19)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:87)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:20)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:56)(cid:67)(cid:52)(cid:21) 
(cid:10)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:70)(cid:67)(cid:91)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:27)(cid:27)(cid:7)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:386)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:11) 

(cid:55)(cid:53)(cid:38)(cid:2)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80) 

(cid:44)(cid:67)(cid:80) 

(cid:40)(cid:71)(cid:68) 

(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:84) 

(cid:35)(cid:82)(cid:84) 

(cid:47)(cid:67)(cid:91) 

(cid:44)(cid:87)(cid:80) 

(cid:44)(cid:87)(cid:78) 

(cid:35)(cid:87)(cid:73) 

(cid:53)(cid:71)(cid:82) 

(cid:49)(cid:69)(cid:86) 

(cid:48)(cid:81)(cid:88) 

(cid:38)(cid:71)(cid:69) 

(cid:19)(cid:23)(cid:18) 

(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:23) 

(cid:19)(cid:18)(cid:18) 

(cid:25)(cid:23) 

(cid:23)(cid:18) 

(cid:20)(cid:23) 

(cid:18) 

(cid:20)(cid:23)(cid:11) 

(cid:23)(cid:18)(cid:11) 

(cid:36)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:87)(cid:71)(cid:85) 

(cid:27)(cid:27)(cid:7)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:56)(cid:67)(cid:52)(cid:2)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:75)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80) 

(cid:35)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:87)(cid:71)(cid:85) 

(cid:36)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:56)(cid:67)(cid:52)(cid:2)(cid:10)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:70)(cid:67)(cid:91)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:27)(cid:27)(cid:7)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:386)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:31)(cid:2)(cid:19)(cid:7)(cid:2)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:75)(cid:78)(cid:11) 

(cid:19) (cid:39)(cid:90)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:80)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:15)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:87)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:88)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:84)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:87)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:67)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:16)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:20)(cid:2)(cid:43)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:68)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:86)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:87)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:87)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:81)(cid:79)(cid:2)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:67)(cid:91)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:80)(cid:73)(cid:16)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:21)(cid:2)(cid:36)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:2)(cid:36)(cid:67)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:2)(cid:43)(cid:43)(cid:43)(cid:2)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:87)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:91)(cid:2) 
(cid:56)(cid:67)(cid:52)(cid:14)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:90)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:56)(cid:35)(cid:2)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:75)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:75)(cid:84)(cid:2)(cid:71)(cid:78)(cid:75)(cid:73)(cid:75)(cid:68)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:2)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:70)(cid:67)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:2)(cid:37)(cid:56)(cid:35)(cid:2)(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:67)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:16) 

141 

Risk, treasury and capital managementRisk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Statistically, given the confidence level of 99%, two or three 
backtesting  exceptions  per  year  can  be  expected.  More  than 
four  exceptions  could  indicate  that  the  VaR  model  is  not 
performing  appropriately,  as  could  too  few  exceptions  over  a 
prolonged  period  of  time.  However,  as  noted  in  the  VaR 
limitations  above,  a  sudden  increase  or  decrease  in  market 
volatility relative to the five-year window could lead to a higher 
or  lower  number  of  exceptions,  respectively.  Accordingly, 
Group-level  backtesting  exceptions  are  investigated,  as  are 
exceptional  positive  backtesting  revenues,  with  results  being 
reported  to  senior  business  management,  the  Group  Chief  Risk 
Officer  and  the  Group  Chief  Market  &  Treasury  Risk  Officer. 
Backtesting exceptions are also reported to internal and external 
auditors and to the relevant regulators. 

The “Group: development of regulatory backtesting revenues 
and  actual  trading  revenues  against  backtesting  VaR”  chart  on 
the  previous  page  shows  the  12-month  development  of 
backtesting  VaR  against  the  Group’s  backtesting  revenues  and 
actual  trading  revenues  for  2019.  The  chart  shows  both  the 
99% and the 1% backtesting VaR. The asymmetry between the 
negative and positive tails is due to the long gamma risk profile 
that has been run historically in the Investment Bank. 

VaR model developments in 2019 
Audited | We did not make any material changes to the VaR model 
in 2019. 

Future market risk-related regulatory capital developments 
In  January  2019,  the  Basel  Committee  on  Banking  Supervision 
published  the  final  rules  on  the  minimum  capital  requirements 
for  market  risk  (the  Fundamental  Review  of  the  Trading  Book). 
As per the Swiss timelines for adopting Basel III, the new accord 
is expected to enter into force on 1 January 2023 at the earliest. 
Key  elements  of  the  revised  market  risk  framework  include: 
(i)  changes  to  the  internal  model-based  approach,  including 
changes  to  the  model  approval  and  performance  measurement 
process; (ii) changes to the standardized approach with the aim 
of  it  being  a  credible  fallback  method  for  an  internal  model-
based  approach;  and  (iii)  a  revised  boundary  between  trading 
book  and  banking  book.  UBS  maintains  a  close  dialog  with 
FINMA  to  discuss  the  implementation  objectives  in  more  detail 
and  to  provide  a  smooth  transition  of  the  capital  regime  for 
market risk. 

  Refer to “Capital management objectives, planning and 

activities” in the “Capital management” section of this report 

in  addition 

to 

for more information about the development of RWA 

  Refer to “Risk measurement” in this section for more 

information about our approach to model confirmation 

procedures 

  Refer to the “Regulatory and legal developments” and “Risk 

factors” sections of this report for more information 

The  actual 

trading 
backtesting revenues, intraday revenues. 

revenues 

include, 

The  number  of  negative  backtesting  exceptions  within  a 
250-business-day window decreased from 2 to 0 by the end of 
the  year.  The  FINMA  VaR  multiplier  for  market  risk  RWA 
remained unchanged at 3 as of 31 December 2019. 

VaR model confirmation 
In addition to backtesting performed for regulatory purposes as 
described above, we also conduct extended backtesting for our 
internal  model  confirmation  purposes.  This  includes  observing 
model  performance  across  the  entire  P&L  distribution,  not  just 
the  tails,  and  at  multiple  levels  within  the  business  division  and 
Corporate Center hierarchies. 

  Refer to “Risk measurement” in this section for more 

information about our approach to model confirmation 

procedures 

142 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate risk in the banking book 

– 

Changes to our interest rate risk in the banking book disclosure 
Based on the 2016 standards of the Basel Committee on Banking 
Supervision,  FINMA  published  the  revised  Circular  “2019/2 
Interest Rate Risk – Banks,” which sets out minimum standards for 
the  measurement,  management,  monitoring  and  control  of 
interest rate risks in the banking book (IRRBB). This circular came 
into  effect  in  January  2019,  with  the  first  enhanced  Pillar  3 
disclosure provided in our 30 June 2019 Pillar 3 report. 

We have aligned the IRRBB disclosure in our financial reports 
to  the  new  Pillar  3  requirements.  In  particular,  the  economic 
value  of  equity  (EVE)  sensitivity  is  assessed  under  six  regulatory 
rate-shock scenarios defined by FINMA in the circular, which are 
currency-specific and not subject to flooring. 

Sources of interest rate risk in the banking book 
Audited  |  IRRBB arises from balance sheet positions such as Loans 
and  advances  to  banks,  Loans  and  advances  to  customers, 
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading, Financial assets 
measured  at  amortized  cost,  Customer  deposits,  Debt  issued 
measured  at  amortized  cost,  and  derivatives,  including  those 
used for cash flow hedge accounting purposes. These positions 
may  affect  other  comprehensive  income  (OCI)  or  the  income 
statement, depending on their accounting treatment. 

Our  largest  banking  book  interest  rate  exposures  arise  from 
customer  deposits  and  lending  products  in  Global  Wealth 
Management  and  Personal  &  Corporate  Banking.  The  inherent 
interest  rate  risks  are  generally  transferred  from  Global  Wealth 
Management  and  Personal  &  Corporate  Banking  to  Group 
Treasury,  to  manage  them  centrally  within  Corporate  Center. 
This  allows  for  the  netting  of  interest  rate  risks  across  different 
sources,  while 
the  originating  businesses  with 
commercial  margin  and  volume  management.  The  residual 
interest  rate  risk  is  mainly  hedged  with  interest  rate  swaps,  to 
the  vast  majority  of  which  we  apply  hedge  accounting.  Short-
term  exposures  and  high-quality  liquid  assets  classified  as 
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading are hedged with 
derivatives accounted for on a mark-to-market basis. Long-term 
fixed-rate  debt  issued  is  hedged  with  interest  rate  swaps 
designated in fair value hedge accounting relationships. 

leaving 

Risk management and governance 
IRRBB is measured using a number of metrics, the most relevant 
of which are the following: 
– 

Interest  rate  sensitivities  to  parallel  shifts  in  yield  curves, 
calculated  as  changes  in  the  present  value  of  future  cash 
flows irrespective of accounting treatment. These are also the 
key risk factors for statistical and stress-based measures, such 
as value-at-risk and stress scenarios (including EVE sensitivity), 
and  are  measured  and  reported  with  a  daily  frequency.  EVE 
sensitivity  is  the  exposure  arising  from  the  most  adverse 
regulatory 
rate  scenario  after  netting  across 
currencies. In addition to the regulatory measure, we apply an 
internal  EVE  sensitivity  metric  that  includes  equity,  goodwill, 
real estate and additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments. 

interest 

Net interest income (NII) sensitivity assesses the change in NII 
over a set time horizon compared with the baseline NII, which 
we  internally  calculate  by  assuming  that  interest  rates  in  all 
currencies develop according to their market-implied forward 
rates and under the assumption of constant business volumes 
and  no  specific  management  actions.  The  internal  NII 
sensitivity, which includes the contribution from cash held at 
central  banks,  unlike  the  Pillar  3  disclosure  requirements,  is 
measured and reported on a monthly basis. 

We actively manage IRRBB, with the objective of reducing the 
volatility of NII, while keeping the EVE sensitivity within set internal 
risk limits. 

EVE and NII sensitivity are monitored against limits and triggers, 
both at consolidated and at significant legal entity levels. We also 
assess  the  sensitivity  of  EVE  and  NII  under  stressed  market 
conditions by applying a suite of parallel and non-parallel interest 
rate scenarios, as well as specific economic scenarios. 

The 

Interest  Rate  Risk 

in  the  Banking  Book  Strategy 
Committee,  which  is  a  sub-committee  of  the  Group  Asset  and 
Liability  Committee  (ALCO),  and,  where  relevant,  ALCOs  at  a 
legal  entity  level,  perform  independent  oversight  over  the 
management  of  IRRBB.  IRRBB  is  also  subject  to  Group  Internal 
Audit and model governance. 

  Refer to “Group Internal Audit” in the “Corporate governance” 
section of this report and to “Risk measurement” in this section 

for more information 

Key modeling assumptions 
The  cash  flows  from  customer  deposits  and  lending  products 
used  in  the  calculation  of  EVE  sensitivity  exclude  commercial 
margins and other spread components, are aggregated for each 
business  day  and  are  discounted  using  risk-free  rates.  Our 
external issuances are discounted using UBS’s senior debt curve, 
and  capital  instruments  are  modeled  to  the  first  call  date.  NII 
sensitivity  is  calculated  over  a  one-year  time  horizon,  assuming 
constant balance sheet structure and volumes, and considers the 
flooring effect of embedded interest rate options. 

The average repricing maturity of non-maturing deposits and 
loans  is  determined  via  replication  portfolio  strategies  that  are 
designed  to  protect  product  margin.  Optimal  replicating 
portfolios  are  determined  at  a  granular  currency-  and  product-
specific level by simulating and applying a real-world market rate 
model to historically calibrated client rate and volume models. 

We  use  an  econometric  prepayment  model  to  forecast 
prepayment  rates  on  US  mortgage  loans  in  UBS  Bank  USA,  as 
well  as  agency  mortgage-backed  securities  (MBSs)  held  in 
various 
liquidity  portfolios  of  UBS  Americas  Holding  LLC 
consolidated. These prepayment rates are used to forecast both 
mortgage loan and MBS balances under various macroeconomic 
scenarios.  The  prepayment  model  is  used  for  a  variety  of 
purposes,  including  risk  management  and  regulatory  stress 
testing.  Mortgages  in  Switzerland  and  fixed-term  deposits 
generally do not carry similar optionality, due to prepayment and 
early redemption penalties. 

143 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Effect of interest rate changes on shareholders’ equity and 
CET1 capital 
The “Accounting and capital effect of changes in interest rates” 
table  below  illustrates  the  effects  on  shareholders’  equity  and 
CET1  capital  of  gains  and  losses  resulting  from  changes  in 
in  the  main  banking  book  positions.  For 
interest  rates 
instruments  held  at  fair  value,  a  change  in  interest  rates  results 
in  an  immediate  fair  value  gain  or  loss  recognized  either  in  the 
income  statement  or  through  OCI.  Typically,  increases  in 
interest  rates  would  lead  to  an  immediate  reduction  in  the 
value of our long-term assets held at fair value, but we would 
expect such reduction to be offset over time through higher NII 
on our core banking products. 

For assets and liabilities measured at amortized cost, a change 
in  interest  rates  does  not  result  in  a  change  in  the  carrying 
amount  of  the  instruments,  but  could  affect  the  amount  of 
interest  income  or  expense  recognized  over  time  in  the  income 
statement. 

In  addition  to  the  differing  accounting  treatments,  our 
banking  book  positions  have  different  sensitivities  to  different 
points  on  yield  curves.  For  example,  our  portfolios  of  debt 

Accounting and capital effect of changes in interest rates1 

securities, whether measured at amortized cost or at fair value, 
and  interest  rate  swaps,  whether  designated  as  cash  flow 
hedges  or  transacted  as  economic  hedges,  are,  on  the  whole, 
more  sensitive  to  changes  in  longer-duration  interest  rates, 
whereas  our  deposits  and  a  significant  portion  of  our  loans 
contributing to NII are more sensitive to short-term rates. These 
factors are important, as yield curves may not shift on a parallel 
basis  and  could,  for  example,  exhibit  an  initial  steepening, 
followed by a flattening over time. 

By  virtue  of  the  accounting  treatment  and  yield  curve 
sensitivities  outlined  above,  in  a  rising  rate  scenario,  we  would 
expect to recognize an initial decrease in shareholders’ equity as 
a  result  of  fair  value  losses  recognized  in  OCI.  This  would  be 
compensated  over  time  by  increased  NII  as  increases  in  interest 
rates affect the shorter end of the yield curve in particular. The 
effect on CET1 capital would be less pronounced, as gains and 
losses on interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges are 
not recognized for regulatory capital purposes. Fair value losses 
on instruments designated at fair value are expected to be offset 
by economic hedges. 

Recognition 
Recognition

Shareholders’ equity 
Shareholders’ equity

CET1 capital 
CET1 capital

Loans and deposits at amortized cost2,3 

Other financial assets and liabilities measured at amortized cost2 

Debt issued measured at amortized cost2,3 

Receivables and payables from securities financing transactions2 

Timing 
Timing

Gradual 

Gradual 

Gradual 

Gradual 

Income statement / OCI 
Income statement / OCI

Income statement 

Income statement 

Income statement 

Income statement 

Financial assets at fair value not held for trading 

Immediate 

Income statement 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges 

Derivatives transacted as economic hedges 

Immediate 

Immediate 

OCI 

OCI4 

Immediate 

Income statement 

Gains 









Losses 









Gains 






Losses 











1 Refer to the “Reconciliation of IFRS equity to Swiss SRB common equity tier 1 capital” table in the “Capital management” section of this report for more information on the differences between shareholders’ 
1
3  For hedge accounted items, a fair value 
equity and CET1 capital. 
3
adjustment is applied in line with the treatment of the hedging derivatives.  4 Excluding hedge ineffectiveness that is recognized in the income statement in accordance with IFRS. 

2  For fixed-rate financial instruments, changes in interest rates affect the income statement when these instruments roll over and reprice. 
2

4

Net interest income sensitivity 
At the end of 2019, the net interest income sensitivity of Global 
Wealth  Management  and  Personal  &  Corporate  Banking  was 
assessed under the following scenarios: 
–  Negative Interest Rates: Yield curves drop 100 basis points in 

–  Rates  Bear  Steepener:  Yield  curves  across  all  currencies 
undergo  a  sharp  increase  for  long  tenors,  with  a  lower 
increase  at  the  short  end  of  the  curve:  +70  basis  points  for 
tenors up to 3 months, +100 basis points for the 3-year tenor 
and +130 basis points for +10-year tenors. 

parallel with no zero-floor applied and therefore can become  –  Rates  Bear  Flattener:  Yield  curves  across  all  currencies 
negative, or more negative. 
undergo  a  sharp  increase  for  short  tenors,  with  a  lower 
increase  at  the  long  end  of  the  curve:  +130  basis  points  for 
tenors up to 3 months, +100 basis points for the 3-year tenor 
and +70 basis points for +10-year tenors. 

–  Rates Bull Flattener: Yield curves across all currencies undergo 
a sharp decrease for long tenors, with a lower decrease at the 
short  end  of  the  curve:  –70  basis  points  for  tenors  up  to  3 
months,  –100  basis  points  for  the  3-year  tenor  and  –130  –  Parallel  +100  basis  points:  All  yield  curves  rise  100  basis 
basis points for +10-year tenors. 

points in parallel. 

–  Rates  Bull  Steepener:  Yield  curves  across  all  currencies  –  Constant Rates: All rates stay at current levels. 

undergo  a  sharp  decrease  for  short  tenors,  with  a  lower 
decrease at the long end of the curve: –130 basis points for 
tenors up to 3 months, –100 basis points for the 3-year tenor 
and –70 basis points for +10-year tenors. 

144 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With 

the  exception  of 

the  Constant  Rates  scenario, 
immediately  after  the  shock,  interest  rates  evolve  according  to 
market-implied forward rates of that scenario. 

The  results  are  compared  with  a  baseline  NII,  which  is 
calculated  assuming  that  interest  rates  in  all  currencies  develop 
according  to  their  market-implied  forward  rates  and  under  the 
assumption  of  constant  business  volumes  and  no  specific 
management actions. Over a one-year horizon, the most adverse 
scenario is the Rates Bull Steepener, resulting in a deterioration 
in  Baseline  NII  of  approximately  9%,  while  the  most  beneficial 
scenario  is  the  Rates  Bear  Flattener,  which  would  lead  to  an 
improvement  in  Baseline  NII  of  approximately  10%.  In  addition 
to the above scenario analysis, we also monitor the sensitivity of 
NII to immediate parallel shocks of –200 and +200 basis points 
against  the  defined  thresholds,  under  the  assumption  of  a 
constant balance sheet volume and structure. 

As  of  31  December  2019,  the  baseline  NII  would  have  been 
approximately  16%  lower  under  a  parallel  shock  of  –200  basis 
points,  whereas  under  a  parallel  +200-basis-point  shock,  the 
baseline NII would have been approximately 23% higher. 

To  shelter  the  level  of  our  NII  from  the  persistently  low  and 
negative  interest  rate  environment  in  Swiss  francs  in  particular, 
we  rely  on  the  self-funding  of  our  lending  businesses  through 
our deposit base in Global Wealth Management and Personal & 
Corporate  Banking,  along  with  appropriate  additional 
adjustments to our interest rate-linked product pricing. The loss 
of  such  equilibrium  on  the  balance  sheet,  for  example,  due  to 
unattractive  pricing  relative  to  our  peers  for  either  our 
mortgages  or  deposits,  could  lead  to  a  decrease  in  our  NII  in  a 
persistently  low  and  negative  interest  rate  environment.  As  we 
assume constant business volumes, these risks do not appear in 
the aforementioned interest rate scenarios. 

low  and  negative 

Moreover,  should  the 

interest  rate 
environment  persist  or  worsen,  this  could  lead  to  additional 
pressure  on  our  NII  and  we  could  face  additional  costs  for 
holding  our  Swiss  franc  high-quality  liquid  asset  portfolio.  A 
reduction  of  the  Swiss  National  Bank’s  deposit  exemption 
threshold for banks would also reduce our NII as we might not 
be  able  to  offset  the  higher  costs  for  our  cash  holdings,  for 
example,  by  passing  on  some  of  the  costs  to  our  depositors. 
Should  euro  interest  rates  also  decline  significantly  further  into 
negative territory, this could likewise increase our liquidity costs 
and  put  our  NII  generated  from  euro-denominated  loans  and 
deposits  under  pressure.  Depending  on  the  overall  economic 
and  market  environment,  sustained  and  significant  negative 
rates  could  also  lead  to  our  Global  Wealth  Management  and 
Personal  &  Corporate  Banking  clients  paying  down  their  loans 
together  with  reducing  any  excess  cash  they  hold  with  us  as 
deposits. This would reduce the underlying business volume and 
lower our NII accordingly. 

The NII impact of a net decrease in deposits would depend on 
various  factors  including  the  currency,  its  interest  rate  level,  as 
well as the balance sheet situation, as this could be offset by a 
reduction  in  negative-yielding  liquidity  portfolios  or  require 
alternative  funding.  In  the  latter  case,  the  cost  would  also 
significantly depend on the term and nature of the replacement 
funding,  whether  such  funding  is  raised  in  the  wholesale 
markets  or  from  swapping  with  available  funding  denominated 
in  another  currency.  On  the  other  hand,  imbalances  leading  to 
an  excess  deposit  position  could  require  additional  investments 
at  negative  yields,  which  we  might  not  be  able  to  compensate 
for  sufficiently  through  our  excess  deposit  balance  charging 
mechanisms. 

Economic value sensitivity 

Audited  |.  Interest  rate  risk  in  the  banking  book  is  subject  to  a 
regulatory  threshold  of  15%  of  tier  1  capital  to  identify  outlier 
banks.  The  exposure  is  calculated  as  the  theoretical  change  in 
the  present  value  of  the  banking  book  under  the  most  adverse 
of the six FINMA interest rate scenarios. 

As  of  31  December  2019,  the  interest  rate  sensitivity  of  our 
banking  book  to  a  +1-basis-point  parallel  shift  in  yield  curves 
was  negative  USD 25.1  million.  The  reported  interest  rate 
sensitivity  excludes  the  AT1  capital  instruments,  as  per  FINMA 
Pillar  3  disclosure  requirements,  and  our  equity,  goodwill  and 
real  estate  with  a  modeled  sensitivity  of  approximately  USD 4 
million  per  basis  point  in  Swiss  francs  and  USD 15  million  per 
basis point in US dollars. 

The  most  adverse  of  the  six  FINMA  interest  rate  scenarios 
with regard to EVE was the “Parallel up” scenario, resulting in a 
change  of  the  economic  value  of  equity  of  negative  USD 5.0 
billion,  representing  a  pro  forma  reduction  of  9.6%  of  tier  1 
capital, which is well below the regulatory outlier test of 15% of 
tier 1 capital. The immediate effect of the “Parallel up” scenario 
on tier 1 capital as of 31 December 2019 would be a reduction 
of 1.3%, or USD 0.7 billion, arising from the part of our banking 
book  that  is  measured  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  and 
from  the  financial  assets  measured  at  fair  value  through  other 
comprehensive income. This scenario would, however, have had 
a positive effect on net interest income. 

  Refer to “Note 14 Financial assets measured at fair value 

through other comprehensive income” in the “Consolidated 

financial statements” section of this report for more 

information 

  Refer to the “Group performance” section of this report for 

more information about sensitivity to interest rate movements 

145 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Audited | 
Interest rate risk – banking book 

USD million 

CHF 

EUR 

GBP 

USD 

Other 
Total effect on economic value of equity as per Pillar 3 requirement as of
Total effect on economic value of equity as per Pillar 3 requirement as of 
31.12.19
31.12.19 
Additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments 

Total including AT1 capital instruments as of 31.12.19
Total including AT1 capital instruments as of 31.12.19 

+1 bp 
+1 bp

Parallel up1  Parallel down1  Steepener2 
Parallel up1 Parallel down1
Steepener2

Flattener3  Short-term up4  Short-term down5 
Flattener3 Short-term up4 Short-term down5

(3.3) 
(3.3)

(0.4)
(0.4) 

0.1
0.1 

(463.1) 
(463.1)

(73.6)
(73.6) 

8.9
8.9 

519.6 
519.6

79.3
79.3 

(23.0)
(23.0) 

(235.7) 
(235.7)

143.9 
143.9

(5.3)
(5.3) 

(6.7)
(6.7) 

(7.3)
(7.3) 

6.4
6.4 

(44.7) 
(44.7)

(28.0)
(28.0) 

11.5
11.5 

(20.8)
(20.8) 

(4,317.5)
(4,317.5) 

3,570.0
3,570.0 

(566.9)
(566.9) 

(450.5)
(450.5) 

(2,019.7)
(2,019.7) 

(0.8)
(0.8) 

(157.9)
(157.9) 

169.9
169.9 

(1.4)
(1.4) 

(29.8)
(29.8) 

(85.0)
(85.0) 

(25.1)
(25.1) 
5.0
5.0 

(20.1)
(20.1) 

(5,003.2)
(5,003.2) 
954.3
954.3 

(4,048.9)
(4,048.9) 

4,315.9
4,315.9 
(1,024.6)
(1,024.6) 

3,291.2
3,291.2 

(816.1)
(816.1) 
(42.2)
(42.2) 

(858.3)
(858.3) 

(337.2)
(337.2) 
253.5
253.5 

(83.7)
(83.7) 

(2,166.0)
(2,166.0) 
610.8
610.8 

(1,555.2)
(1,555.2) 

47.6 
47.6

29.5
29.5 

(11.0)
(11.0) 

2,132.4
2,132.4 

93.5
93.5 

2,292.0
2,292.0 
(638.5)
(638.5) 

1,653.5
1,653.5 

3 Short-term rates 
3



1 Rates across all tenors move by ±150 bps for Swiss franc, ±200 bps for euro and US dollar and ±250 bps for pound sterling. 
1
increase and long-term rates decrease.  4 Short-term rates increase more than long-term rates.  5 Short-term rates decrease more than long-term rates. 

4

5

2 Short-term rates decrease and long-term rates increase. 
2

Other market risk exposures 

Own credit 
We  are  exposed  to  changes  in  UBS’s  own  credit  that  are 
reflected in the valuation of financial liabilities designated at fair 
value  when  UBS’s  own  credit  risk  would  be  considered  by 
market  participants.  We  also  estimate  debit  valuation 
adjustments (DVA) to incorporate own credit in the valuation of 
derivatives. 

  Refer to “Note 24 Fair value measurement” in the “Consolidated 

financial statements” section of this report for more 

information about own credit 

Structural foreign exchange risk 
Upon  consolidation,  assets  and 
in  foreign 
operations  are  translated  into  US  dollars  at  the  closing  foreign 
exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Value changes (in US 
dollars)  of  non-US  dollar  assets  or  liabilities  due  to  foreign 
exchange movements are recognized in OCI and therefore affect 
shareholders’ equity and CET1 capital. 

liabilities  held 

Group  Treasury  employs  strategies  to  manage  this  foreign 
currency  exposure,  including  matched  funding  of  assets  and 
liabilities and net investment hedging. 

  Refer to the “Treasury management” section of this report for 
more information about our exposure to and management of 

structural foreign exchange risk 

  Refer to “Note 11 Derivative instruments” in the “Consolidated 

financial statements” section of this report for more 

information about our hedges of net investments in foreign 

operations 

Equity investments 
Audited  |  Under  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRS) 
effective  on  31  December  2019,  equity  investments  not  in  the 
trading  book  may  be  classified  as  Financial  assets  at  fair  value 
not held for trading or Investments in associates. 

We  make  direct  investments  in  a  variety  of  entities  and  buy 
equity  holdings  in  both  listed  and  unlisted  companies  for  a 
variety of purposes. This includes investments such as exchange 
and  clearing  house  memberships  held  to  support  our  business 
activities.  We  may  also  make  investments  in  funds  that  we 
manage  in  order  to  fund  or  seed  them  at  inception  or  to 
demonstrate that our interests align with those of investors. We 
also  buy,  and  are  sometimes  required  by  agreement  to  buy, 
securities and units from funds that we have sold to clients. 

146 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The fair value of equity investments tends to be influenced by 
factors specific to the individual investments. Equity investments 
are generally intended to be held for the medium or long term 
and  may  be  subject  to  lock-up  agreements.  For  these  reasons, 
we generally do not control these exposures by using the market 
risk measures applied to trading activities. However, such equity 
investments  are  subject  to  a  different  range  of  controls, 
including  preapproval  of  new 
investments  by  business 
management  and  Risk  Control,  portfolio  and  concentration 
to  senior 
limits,  and 
management.  They  are  also  included  in  our  Group-wide 
statistical  and  stress  testing  metrics,  which  flow  into  our  risk 
appetite framework. 

regular  monitoring  and 

reporting 

As of 31 December 2019, we held equity investments totaling 
USD 2.4  billion,  of  which  USD 1.3  billion  was  classified  as 
Financial  assets  at  fair  value  not  held  for  trading  and  USD 1.1 
billion as Investments in associates. This was broadly unchanged 
from the prior year. 

  Refer to “Note 24 Fair value measurement” and “Note 31 

Interests in subsidiaries and other entities” in the “Consolidated 

financial statements” section of this report for more 

information 

  Refer to “Note 1 Summary of significant accounting policies” in 

the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report 

for more information about the classification of financial 

instruments 

Debt investments 
Audited  |  Debt investments classified as  Financial  assets measured 
at  fair  value  through  OCI  as  of  31  December  2019  were 
measured  at  fair  value  with  changes  in  fair  value  recorded 
through  Equity,  and  can  broadly  be  categorized  as  money 
market  instruments  and  debt  securities  primarily  held  for 
statutory, regulatory or liquidity reasons. 

The  risk  control  framework  applied  to  debt  instruments 
classified as Financial assets measured at fair value through OCI 
depends  on  the  nature  of  the  instruments  and  the  purpose  for 
which we hold them. Our exposures may be included in market 
risk  limits  or  be  subject  to  specific  monitoring  and  interest  rate 
sensitivity  analysis.  They  are  also  included  in  our  Group-wide 
statistical  and  stress  testing  metrics,  which  flow  into  our  risk 
appetite framework. 

Debt  instruments  classified  as  Financial  assets  measured  at 
fair  value  through  OCI  had  a  fair  value  of  USD 6.3  billion  as  of 
31 December  2019  compared  with  USD 6.7  billion  as  of 
31 December 2018. 

  Refer to “Note 24 Fair value measurement” in the “Consolidated 

financial statements” section of this report for more 

information 

  Refer to “Economic value sensitivity” in this section for more 

information 

  Refer to “Note 1 Summary of significant accounting policies” in 

the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report 

for more information about the classification of financial 

instruments 

Pension risk 
We  provide  a  number  of  pension  plans  for  past  and  current 
employees,  some  of  which  are  classified  as  defined  benefit 
pension plans under IFRS. These defined benefit plans can have 
a material effect on our IFRS equity and CET1 capital. 

In  order  to  meet  the  expected  future  benefit  payments,  the 
plans  invest  employee  and  employer  contributions  in  various 
asset  classes.  The  funded  status  of  the  plan  is  the  difference 
between the fair value of these assets and the present value of 
the expected future benefit payments to plan members, i.e., the 
defined benefit obligation. 

Pension  risk  is  the  risk  that  the  funded  status  of  defined 
benefit  plans  might  decrease,  negatively  affecting  our  IFRS 
equity and/or our CET1 capital. This can arise from a fall in the 
value of a plan’s assets or in the investment returns, an increase 
in defined benefit obligations, or a combination of the above. 

Important  risk  factors  affecting  the  fair  value  of  the  plan 
assets  are,  among  other  things,  equity  market  returns,  interest 
rates,  bond  yields  and  real  estate  prices.  Important  risk  factors 
affecting  the  present  value  of  the  expected  future  benefit 
payments include high-grade bond yields, interest rates, inflation 
rates and life expectancy. 

Pension  risk  is  included  in  our  Group-wide  statistical  and 
stress  testing  metrics,  which  flow  into  our  risk  appetite 
framework.  The  potential  effects  are  thus  captured  in  the 
calculation of our post-stress CET1 capital ratio. 

  Refer to “Note 1 Summary of significant accounting policies” 
and “Note 29 Pension and other post-employment benefit 

plans” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this 

report for more information about defined benefit plans 

UBS own share exposure 
Group  Treasury  holds  UBS  Group  AG  shares  to  hedge  future 
share  delivery  obligations  related  to  employee  share-based 
compensation  and  participation  plans. 
the 
Investment  Bank  holds  a  limited  number  of  UBS  Group  AG 
shares, primarily in its capacity as a market-maker with regard to 
UBS  Group  AG  shares  and  related  derivatives  and  to  hedge 
certain issued structured debt instruments. 

In  addition, 

We  began  a  share  repurchase  program  in  March  2018.  We 
may  repurchase  up  to  an  aggregate  of  CHF 2  billion  of  UBS 
Group  AG  shares  until  March  2021  under  the  repurchase 
program in accordance with Swiss regulations. During 2019, we 
have acquired shares for an aggregate consideration of CHF 800 
million  (USD 806  million).  The  total  consideration  for  shares 
repurchased in 2018 and 2019 amounted to CHF 1,550 million 
(USD 1,567  million).  Consistent  with  our  capital  returns  policy, 
we  intend  to  establish  an  additional  share  repurchase  program 
when we have completed the current program. Shares acquired 
through  the  share  repurchase  program  are  purchased  for  the 
purpose  of  capital  reduction.  Until  the  shareholders  of  UBS 
Group  AG  approve  cancelation  of  such  shares,  shares  acquired 
in the repurchase program will be held in Group Treasury. 

  Refer to “UBS shares” in the “Capital management” section of 

this report for more information 

147 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Country risk 

Country risk framework 

Country risk includes all country-specific events that occur within 
a sovereign jurisdiction and may lead to an impairment of UBS’s 
exposures.  Country  risk  may  take  the  form  of:  sovereign  risk, 
which  refers  to  the  ability  and  willingness  of  a  government  to 
honor its financial commitments; transfer risk, which would arise 
if an issuer or counterparty could not acquire foreign currencies 
following  a  moratorium  of  a  central  bank  on  foreign  exchange 
transfers;  or  “other”  country  risk.  “Other”  country  risk  may 
manifest itself through increased and multiple counterparty and 
issuer default risk (systemic risk), on the one hand, and, on the 
other  hand,  through  events  that  may  affect  the  standing  of  a 
country, such as adverse shocks affecting political stability or the 
legal  framework.  We  maintain  a  well-
institutional  and 
established risk control framework, through which we assess the 
risk profile of all countries where we have exposure. 

We  attribute  a  sovereign  rating  to  each  foreign  country, 
which expresses the probability of the sovereign defaulting on its 
own  financial  obligations  in  foreign  currency.  Our  ratings  are 
expressed  by  statistically  derived  default  probabilities  as 
described under “Probability of default” in this section. Based on 
this internal analysis, we also define the probability of a transfer 
event occurring, and we establish rules as to how the aspects of 
“other” country risk should be incorporated into the analysis of 
the  counterparty  rating  of  entities  that  are  domiciled  in  the 
respective country. 

Our  risk  exposure  to  foreign  countries  considers  the  credit 
ratings  assigned  to  those  countries.  A  country  risk  ceiling  (i.e., 
maximum  aggregate  exposure)  applies  to  our  exposures  to 
counterparties  or  issuers  of  securities  and  financial  investments 
in the respective foreign country. We may limit the extension of 
credit,  transactions  in  traded  products  or  positions  in  securities 
based  on  a  country  risk  ceiling,  even  if  our  exposure  to  a 
counterparty is otherwise acceptable. 

For internal measurement and control of country risk, we also 
consider  the  financial  effect  of  market  disruptions  arising  prior 
to, during and after a country crisis. These may take the form of 
a severe deterioration in a country’s debt, equity or other asset 
markets, or a sharp depreciation of the currency. We use stress 
testing to assess the potential financial effect of a severe country 
or  sovereign  crisis.  This  involves  the  developing  of  plausible 
stress scenarios for combined stress testing and the identification 

148 

of  countries  that  may  potentially  be  subject  to  a  crisis  event, 
determining  potential  losses  and  making  assumptions  about 
recovery  rates  depending  on  the  types  of  credit  transactions 
involved  and  their  economic 
importance  to  the  affected 
countries. 

Our  exposures  to  market  risks  are  also  subject  to  regular 
stress  tests  that  cover  major  global  scenarios,  which  are  also 
used  for  combined  stress  testing,  whereby  we  apply  market 
shock factors to equity indices, interest rates and currency rates 
in  all  relevant  countries  and  consider  the  potential  liquidity  of 
the instruments. 

Country risk exposure 

Country risk exposure measure 
The  presentation  of  country  risk  follows  our  internal  risk  view, 
whereby  the  basis  for  measurement  of  exposures  depends  on 
the  product  category  into  which  we  have  classified  our 
exposures.  In  addition  to  the  classification  of  exposures  into 
banking products and traded products, as defined in “Credit risk 
profile of the Group” in this section, within trading inventory we 
classify  issuer  risk  on  securities  such  as  bonds  and  equities,  as 
well  as  the  risk  relating  to  the  underlying  reference  assets  for 
derivative  positions.  This 
linked  to  credit 
protection  that  we  buy  or  sell,  loan  or  security  underwriting 
commitments pending distribution and single-stock margin loans 
for syndication. 

includes  those 

As  we  manage  the  trading  inventory  on  a  net  basis,  we  net 
the value of long positions against short positions with the same 
underlying  issuer.  Net  exposures  are,  however,  floored  at  zero 
per issuer in the figures presented in the following tables.  As a 
result, we do not recognize the potentially offsetting benefit of 
certain hedges and short positions across issuers. 

We  do  not  recognize  any  expected  recovery  values  when 
reporting  country  exposures  as  exposure  before  hedges,  except 
for  the  risk-reducing  effects  of  master  netting  agreements  and 
collateral  held  in  the  form  of  either  cash  or  portfolios  of 
diversified  marketable  securities,  which  we  deduct  from  the 
basic  positive  exposure  values.  Within  banking  products  and 
traded products, the risk-reducing effect of any credit protection 
is taken into account on a notional basis when determining the 
net of hedge exposures. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Country risk exposure allocation 
In  general,  exposures  are  shown  against  the  country  of 
domicile  of  the  contractual  counterparty  or  the  issuer  of  the 
security.  For  some  counterparties  whose  economic  substance 
in terms of assets or source of revenues is primarily located in a 
different country, the exposure is allocated to the risk domicile 
of that issuer. 

This is the case with, for example, legal entities incorporated 
in  financial  offshore  centers,  which  have  their  main  assets  and 
revenue  streams  outside  the  country  of  domicile.  The  same 
principle  applies  to  exposures  for  which  we  hold  third-party 
guarantees  or  collateral,  where  we  report  the  exposure  against 
the country of domicile of either the guarantor or the issuer of 
the  underlying  security,  or  against  the  country  where  pledged 
physical assets are located. 

We  apply  a  specific  approach  for  banking  products 
exposures  to  branches  of  banks  that  are  located  in  a  country 
other than the legal entity’s domicile. In such cases, exposures 
are  recorded  in  full  against  the  country  of  domicile  of  the 
counterparty  and  additionally  in  full  against  the  country  in 
which the branch is located. 

In  the  case  of  derivatives,  we  show  the  counterparty  risk 
associated with the positive replacement value (PRV) against the 
country  of  domicile  of  the  counterparty  (presented  within 
traded  products).  In  addition,  the  risk  associated  with  the 
instantaneous  fall in value of the underlying reference asset to 
zero  (assuming  no  recovery)  is  shown  against  the  country  of 
domicile  of  the  issuer  of  the  reference  asset  (presented  within 
trading inventory). This approach allows us to capture both the 
counterparty  and,  where  applicable,  issuer  elements  of  risk 
arising  from  derivatives  and  applies  comprehensively  for  all 
derivatives,  including  single-name  credit  default  swaps  (CDSs) 
and other credit derivatives. 

As a basic example: if CDS protection for a notional value of 
100  bought  from  a  counterparty  domiciled  in  country  X 
referencing debt of an issuer domiciled in country Y has a PRV of 
20, we record (i) the fair value of the CDS (20) against country X 
(within  traded  products)  and  (ii)  the  hedge  benefit  (notional 
minus fair value) of the CDS (100 – 20 = 80) against country Y 
(within trading inventory). In the example of protection bought, 
the  80  hedge  benefit  would  offset  any  exposure  arising  from 
securities  held  and  issued  by  the  same  entity  as  the  reference 
asset,  floored  at  zero  per  issuer.  In  the  case  of  protection  sold, 
this  would  be  reflected  as  a  risk  exposure  of  80  in  addition  to 

any exposure arising from securities held and issued by the same 
entity  as  the  reference  asset.  In  the  case  of  derivatives 
referencing  a  basket  of  assets,  the  issuer  risk  against  each 
reference entity is calculated as the expected change in fair value 
of  the  derivative  given  an  instantaneous  fall  in  value  to  zero  of 
the  corresponding  reference  asset  (or  assets)  issued  by  that 
entity. Exposures are then aggregated by country across issuers, 
although floored at zero per issuer. 

Exposures to selected eurozone countries 
Our exposure to peripheral European countries remains limited, 
but  we  nevertheless  remain  watchful  regarding  the  potential 
broader implications of adverse developments in the eurozone. 
As  noted  under  “Stress  testing”  in  this  section,  a  eurozone 
crisis  remains  a  core  part  of  the  new  binding  Global  Crisis 
scenario for combined stress test purposes, making it central to 
the  regular  monitoring  of  risk  exposure  against  the  minimum 
capital,  earnings  and  leverage  ratio  objectives  in  our  risk 
appetite framework. 

The “Exposures to eurozone countries rated lower than AAA / 
Aaa by at least one major rating agency” table on the next page 
provides an overview of our exposures to such rated countries as 
of 31 December 2019. 

CDSs  are  primarily  bought  and  sold  in  relation  to  our 
trading businesses, but are also used to hedge parts of our risk 
exposure, including that related to certain eurozone countries. 
As of 31 December 2019, and not taking into account the risk-
reducing  effect  of  master  netting  agreements,  we  had 
purchased  USD 6  billion  gross  notional  of  single-name  CDS 
protection  on  issuers  domiciled  in  Greece,  Italy,  Ireland, 
Portugal  and  Spain  (GIIPS)  and  had  sold  USD 7  billion  gross 
notional  of  single-name  CDS  protection  for  these  same 
countries. On a net basis, taking into account the risk-reducing 
effect  of  master  netting  agreements,  this  equates  to  USD 1 
billion  notional  purchased  and  USD 2  billion  notional  sold.  All 
investment  grade 
gross  protection  purchased  was  from 
counterparties  (based  on  our  internal  ratings)  and  on  a 
collateralized basis. The vast majority of this was from financial 
institutions  domiciled  outside 
the  eurozone.  The  gross 
protection purchased from counterparties domiciled in a GIIPS 
country  was  USD 50  million,  with  no  protection  purchased 
from  counterparties  domiciled  in  the  same  country  as  the 
reference entity. 

149 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Exposures to eurozone countries rated lower than AAA / Aaa by at least one major rating agency 

USD million 

Total 
Total

Banking products 
(loans, guarantees, loan commitments) 
Exposure 
before 
hedges 
125 
125
0 

Net of 
hedges1 
124 
124
0 

of which: 
unfunded 
84 
84

Net of 
hedges1 
3,148 
3,148
183 
0 
438 
2,527 
609 
609

3 
3

88 
88

405 
405

342 
39 
7 
7

342 
39 
7 
7

64 
60 
382 
382

64 
61 
382 
382

7 
0 
490 
490

7 
0 
494 
494

188 
306 
12 
12

414 
195 
965 
965
112 

414 
195 
965 
965
112 

3,183 
3,183
216 
0 
438 
2,529 
609 
609

39 
814 
3,353 
3,353
1,355 
0 
845 
1,152 
8 
8
0 

39 
814 
3,473 
3,473
1,472 
0 
847 
1,154 
16 
16
0 

31.12.19 
Austria 
Austria
Sovereign, agencies and central bank 
Local governments 
Banks 
Other2 
Belgium 
Belgium
Sovereign, agencies and central bank 
Local governments 
Banks 
Other2 
Finland 
Finland
Sovereign, agencies and central bank 
Local governments 
Banks 
Other2 
France 
France
Sovereign, agencies and central bank 
Local governments 
Banks 
Other2 
Greece 
Greece
Sovereign, agencies and central bank 
Local governments 
Banks 
Other2 
Ireland3
Ireland3 
Sovereign, agencies and central bank 
Local governments 
Banks 
Other2 
Italy 
Italy
Sovereign, agencies and central bank 
Local governments 
Banks 
Other2 
Portugal 
Portugal
Sovereign, agencies and central bank 
Local governments 
Banks 
Other2 
Spain 
Spain
Sovereign, agencies and central bank 
Local governments 
Banks 
Other2 
Other4
Other4 
Total
Total 
1 Before deduction of IFRS 9 ECL allowances and provisions. 
1
4 Represents aggregate exposures to Andorra, Cyprus, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Monaco, Montenegro, San Marino, Slovakia and Slovenia. 
4

33 
50 
358 
700 
9
9 
72
72 
2,451
11,310
2,451 
11,310 
2 Includes corporates, insurance companies and funds. 
2

58 
826 
1,240 
1,240
25 
53 
422 
739 
94 
94
47 

58 
826 
1,139 
1,139
11 
52 
422 
654 
94 
94
47 

50 
671 
56
56 
11,001
11,001 

33 
387 
26
26 
2,594
2,594 

18 
29 
745 
745
24 

18 
29 
774 
774
24 

9 
17 
420 
420

9 
17 
391 
391

186 
305 
4 
4

394 
286 
26 
26

394 
371 
26 
26

43 
205 
765 
765

43 
295 
680 
680

5 
3 
884 
884

13 
3 
884 
884

12 
0 
338 
338

4 
0 
338 
338

360 
360

625 
625

26 
26

51 
51

4 
4

Traded products 
(counterparty risk from derivatives and 
securities financing) 
after master netting agreements 
and net of collateral 

Trading inventory 
(securities and potential 
benefits / remaining 
exposure from 
derivatives) 

Exposure 
before hedges 
446
446 
216 

Net of 
hedges 
412
412 
183 

Net long 
per issuer 
2,612 
2,612

28 
201 
182 
182

69 
112 
614 
614

16 
599 
951
951 
402 

100 
449 

58 
58

9 
49 
150
150 
18 
53 
20 
59 
59
59 
47 

3 
9 
17 
17

28 
201 
182 
182

69 
112 
614 
614

16 
599 
834
834 
285 

100 
449 

58 
58

9 
49 
135
135 
4 
52 
20 
59 
59
59 
47 

3 
9 
17 
17

0 
346 
2,266 
46 
46

3 
43 
344
344 
112 

17 
215 
2,029
2,029 
1,070 
0 
560 
399 
4
4 
0 

1 
3 
488 
488

6 
482 
324
324 
7 

8 
309 
9 
9

6 
3 
337
337 
24 

3 

14 
299 
28
28 
6,221 
6,221
3 The majority of the Ireland exposure relates to funds and foreign bank subsidiaries. 
3

4 
14 
18
18 
2,495 
2,495

4 
14 
18
18 
2,328 
2,328

1,649 
1,649

150 

 
 
 
 
  
  
Exposure from single-name credit default swaps referencing Greece, Italy, Ireland, Portugal or Spain (GIIPS) 
Net position 
(after application of counterparty master netting 
agreements) 

PPrrootteeccttiioonn ssoolldd 

PPrrootteeccttiioonn bboouugghhtt 
of which: counterparty 
domiciled in GIIPS 
country 

of which: counterparty 
domicile is the same as the 
reference entity domicile 

USD million 

31.12.19 
Greece 

Italy 

Ireland 

Portugal 

Spain 

TToottaall 

Notional 
33 

55,,558855 

114422 

111166 

446622 

66,,331100 

RV 
00 

((2277)) 

((77)) 

((22)) 

((1111)) 

((4488)) 

Notional 
00 

00 

00 

00 

5500 

5500 

RV 
00 

00 

00 

00 

00 

00 

Notional 
00 

00 

00 

00 

00 

00 

RV 
00 

00 

00 

00 

00 

00 

Notional 
((88)) 

RV 
11 

((66,,009944)) 

((2222)) 

((2277)) 

((114466)) 

((558866)) 

((66,,886622)) 

33 

22 

1177 

11 

Buy 
notional 
00 

779911 

112211 

6622 

117733 

Sell 
notional 
((55)) 

((11,,330000)) 

((66)) 

((9911)) 

((229977)) 

11,,114477 

((11,,669999)) 

PRV 
11 

2233 

00 

11 

1100 

3355 

NRV 
00 

((7722)) 

((55)) 

((11)) 

((44)) 

((8822)) 

Holding  CDSs  for  credit  default  protection  does  not 
necessarily protect the buyer of protection against losses, as the 
contracts  will  only  pay  out  under  certain  scenarios.  The 
effectiveness of our CDS protection as a hedge of default risk is 
influenced  by  a  number  of  factors,  including  the  contractual 
terms  under  which  the  CDS  was  written.  Generally,  only  the 
occurrence of a credit event as defined by the CDS terms (which 
may include, among other events, failure to pay, restructuring or 
bankruptcy)  results  in  a  payment  under  the  purchased  credit 
protection contracts. For CDS contracts on sovereign obligations, 
repudiation  can  also  be  deemed  as  a  default  event.  The 
determination as to whether a credit event has occurred is made 
by  the  relevant  International  Swaps  and  Derivatives  Association 
(ISDA)  determination  committees  (comprised  of  various  ISDA 
member firms) based on the terms of the CDS and the facts and 
circumstances surrounding the event. 

Exposure to emerging market countries 
The  “Emerging  market  net  exposure  by  major  geographical 
region and product type” table on the following page shows the 
five  largest  emerging  market  country  exposures  in  each  major 
geographical  area  by  product  type  as  of  31  December  2019 
compared  with  31  December  2018.  Based  on  the  sovereign 
rating  categories,  as  of  31  December  2019,  79%  of  our 
emerging market country exposure was rated investment grade, 
compared with 84% as of 31 December 2018. 

Our  direct  net  exposure  to  China  was  USD 4.7  billion,  a 
decrease of USD 1.6 billion compared with the prior year, mainly 
in the trading book. Trading inventory, which is measured at fair 
value, continues to account for the majority of our exposure to 
China. 

Emerging markets net exposure¹ by internal UBS country rating category 

USD million 

Investment grade 

Sub-investment grade 

TToottaall 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

1133,,669933 

33,,772211 

1177,,441144 

15,763 

3,039 

18,803 

11 Net of credit hedges (for banking products and for traded products); net long per issuer (for trading inventory). Before deduction of IFRS 9 ECL allowances and provisions. 

151 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

Emerging market net exposures by major geographical region and product type 

USD million 

Emerging America 
Emerging America

Brazil 

Mexico 

Colombia 

Argentina 

Chile 

Other 

Emerging Asia
Emerging Asia 

China 

Hong Kong 

South Korea 

India 

Thailand 

Other 

Emerging Europe
Emerging Europe 

Russia 

Turkey 

Azerbaijan 

Ukraine 

Bulgaria 

Other 

Middle East and Africa
Middle East and Africa 

South Africa 

United Arab Emirates 

Saudi Arabia 

Kuwait 

Israel 

Other 

Total
Total 

Total
Total 
Net of hedges1 

Banking products 
(loans, guarantees, loan 
commitments) 
Net of hedges1 

Traded products 
(counterparty risk from derivatives 
and securities financing) 
after master netting agreements 
and net of collateral 
Net of hedges 

Trading inventory 
(securities and potential 
benefits / remaining 
exposure from derivatives) 
Net long per issuer 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

1,512 
1,512

1,262 
1,262

121
121 

45
45 

22
22 

20
20 

42
42 

11,627
11,627 

4,717
4,717 

2,850
2,850 

1,118
1,118 

895
895 

616
616 

1,431
1,431 

1,382
1,382 

547
547 

398
398 

186
186 

76
76 

47
47 

128
128 

2,893
2,893 

668
668 

624
624 

556
556 

277
277 

190
190 

578
578 

1,505 

1,137 

174 

30 

27 

28 

108 

13,890 

6,302 

2,920 

1,282 

909 

1,176 

1,301 

1,189 

400 

434 

145 

53 

76 

82 

613 
613

498 
498

22
22 

28
28 

17
17 

9
9 

39
39 

3,306
3,306 

1,140
1,140 

1,000
1,000 

60
60 

492
492 

62
62 

552
552 

820 

573 

102 

22 

10 

13 

101 

4,307 

1,060 

1,377 

523 

553 

147 

647 

1,076
1,076 

1,015 

380
380 

359
359 

184
184 

66
66 

44
44 

42
42 

270 

413 

139 

50 

76 

67 

2,219 

1,316
1,316 

1,245 

362 

572 

275 

379 

113 

519 

176
176 

404
404 

147
147 

56
56 

37
37 

497
497 

6,311
6,311 

73 

418 

166 

71 

42 

476 

7,387 

17,414
17,414 

18,803 

368 
368

288 
288

56
56 

14
14 

0
0 

8
8 

1
1 

262 

183 

56 

7 

0 

11 

5 

2,235
2,235 

1,693 

456
456 

823
823 

403
403 

125
125 

26
26 

402
402 

138
138 

93
93 

4
4 

0
0 

0
0 

0
0 

40
40 

1,027
1,027 

129
129 

215
215 

401
401 

222
222 

51
51 

9
9 

473 

442 

391 

144 

25 

218 

125 

111 

4 

1 

0 

0 

10 

659 

60 

142 

108 

308 

5 

34 

3,767
3,767 

2,739 

531 
531

476 
476

43
43 

3
3 

5
5 

2
2 

2
2 

6,086
6,086 

3,121
3,121 

1,027
1,027 

655
655 

277
277 

528
528 

478
478 

169
169 

74
74 

34
34 

2
2 

10
10 

4
4 

46
46 

550
550 

363
363 

5
5 

7
7 

0
0 

102
102 

72
72 

7,335
7,335 

422 

381 

16 

1 

17 

4 

3 

7,890 

4,769 

1,101 

368 

212 

1,005 

435 

49 

19 

16 

5 

3 

0 

6 

315 

229 

11 

0 

0 

66 

9 

8,676 

1 Before deduction of IFRS 9 ECL allowances and provisions. 
1

152 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Operational risk 

Key developments 

The  key  risk  themes  for  UBS  and  the  financial  industry  overall 
continue  to  be  operational  resilience,  conduct  and  financial 
crime. 

risk  management 

Operational  resilience  remains  a  key  focus  for  the  firm.  Our 
regulators have recently released consultation papers and set up 
working  groups  focused  on  the  topic  and  the  industry  is 
preparing  for  new  regulations  over  the  coming  years.  We 
continually  enhance  our  ability  to  maintain  effective  day-to-day 
business  activities  through  the  anticipation  of,  preparation  for 
and  response  to  changes  in  business  conditions,  disruption  and 
stress  scenarios.  Cybersecurity,  technology,  data  protection, 
third-party 
continuity 
management  are  critical  elements  of  operational  resilience.  Our 
cybersecurity  objectives  are  set 
international 
standards  and  our  data  protection  and  privacy  standards  are 
designed to align with applicable regulations and standards. We 
continue  to  invest  in  preemptive  and  detective  measures  to 
defend  UBS  against  evolving  and  highly 
sophisticated 
cyberattacks.  We  focus  on:  (i)  increasing  readiness  to  identify 
and respond to cyber threats and data loss; (ii) employee training 
and  behaviors;  and  (iii)  application  and  infrastructure  security 
(including vulnerability management). 

and  business 

line  with 

in 

Global policies and improved risk-based frameworks for third-
party  risk  management  have  been  developed  and  are  being 
rolled out to all regions and business divisions. UBS has not been 
affected  by  any  significant  business  continuity  or  operational 
resilience event in 2019. Where local events have occurred, our 
business  continuity  procedures  have  allowed  us  to  ensure  the 
safety  of  staff  and  to  continue  our  operations  with  minimal 
disruption. 

Achieving  fair  outcomes  for  our  clients,  upholding  market 
integrity  and  cultivating  the  highest  standards  of  employee 
conduct  are  of  critical  importance  to  the  firm.  Management  of 
conduct  risks  is  an  integral  part  of  our  operational  risk 
framework. We continue to focus on effectively embedding the 
framework  across  our  activities,  enhancing 
conduct 
risk 
management 
information  and  maintaining  momentum  on 
fostering  a  strong  culture.  Conduct-related  management 
information is reviewed at the business and regional governance 
level,  providing  metrics  on  employee  conduct,  clients  and 
markets.  Employee  conduct  is  a  central  consideration  in  the 
annual compensation process. Our incentive schemes distinguish 
clearly  between  quantitative  performance  and  conduct-related 
behaviors,  so  that  achievement  against  financial  targets  is  not 
the  only  determinant  of  our  employees’  performance 
assessment.  Furthermore,  we  continue  to  pursue  behavioral 
initiatives,  such  as  the  “Principles  of  Good  Supervision,”  and 
provide mandatory compliance and risk training. 

Suitability  risk,  product  selection,  cross-divisional  service 
offerings,  quality  of  advice  and  price  transparency  also  remain 

areas  of  heightened  focus  for  UBS  and  for  the  industry  as  a 
whole,  as  low  interest  rates  and  major  legislative  change 
programs, such as Fidleg in Switzerland, Regulation Best Interest 
in  the  US,  and  the  Markets  in  Financial  Instruments  Directive II 
(MiFID II) in the EU, continue to significantly impact the industry 
control  processes  on  a 
to 
and 
geographically  aligned  basis.  We 
regularly  monitor  our 
suitability,  product  and  conflicts  of  interest  control  frameworks 
to assess whether they are reasonably designed to facilitate our 
adherence to applicable laws and regulatory expectations. 

require  adjustments 

laundering, 

Financial  crime 

terrorist 
(including  money 
financing,  sanctions  violations,  fraud,  bribery  and  corruption) 
continues  to  present  a  major  risk,  as  technological  innovation 
and geopolitical developments increase the complexity of doing 
business  and  heightened  regulatory  attention  persists.  An 
effective  financial  crime  prevention  program  remains  essential 
for  the  firm.  Money  laundering  and  financial  fraud  techniques 
are  becoming 
increasingly  sophisticated,  while  geopolitical 
volatility  makes  the  sanctions  landscape  more  complex.  New 
risks  are  emerging,  such  as  virtual  currencies  and  related 
activities or investments. 

The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency issued a Cease 
and  Desist  Order  against  the  firm  in  May  2018  relating  to  this 
risk category. As a response, the firm initiated a comprehensive 
program for the purpose of ensuring sustainable remediation of 
US-relevant  Bank  Secrecy  Act  /  anti-money  laundering  (AML) 
issues  across  all  US  legal  entities.  UBS  has  implemented 
significant  improvement  measures  in  2019  and  expects  to 
continue implementing these measures in 2020. 

We have also been focusing on strategic enhancements in the 
areas of AML, know your client (KYC) and sanctions on a global 
scale  to  cope  with  the  evolving  risk  profile  and  regulatory 
expectations.  This  includes  our  significant  investments  in  our 
detection  capabilities  and  core  systems  as  part  of  our  financial 
crime  prevention  program.  We  are  exploring  new  technologies 
to combat financial crime, and implementing more sophisticated 
rule-based  monitoring  by  applying  self-learning  systems  to 
identify  potentially  suspicious  transactions.  Furthermore,  we 
continue 
in  AML  public–private 
partnerships  with  public-sector  stakeholders,  including  law 
enforcement,  to  improve  information  sharing  and  better  detect 
financial crimes. 

to  actively  participate 

Cross-border risk remains an area of regulatory attention for 
global  financial  institutions,  with  a  strong  focus  on  fiscal 
transparency.  There  is  evolving  risk  related  to  permanent 
establishment (PE) as a result of changes to the global economy 
and political pressure under which tax authorities are becoming 
increasingly  demanding  in  asserting  PEs,  including  retrospective 
application  of  current  and  future  potential  law  concepts.  The 
firm  is  actively  assessing  if  and  what  further  measures  are 
required to respond to this recent focus area for authorities. 

153 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
discharge  of  this  responsibility  by  confirming  the  end-to-end 
completeness and effectiveness of the control environment and 
the  operational  risk  management  within  their  Group  function. 
Collectively,  divisional  Presidents,  Group  function  heads  and 
accountable 
in  charge  of 
legal  entity  executives  are 
implementing the operational risk framework. 

(C&ORC) 

Compliance  &  Operational  Risk  Control 

is 
responsible  for  providing  an  independent  and  objective  view  of 
the adequacy of operational risk management across the Group, 
and  for  ensuring  that  operational  risks  are  understood,  owned 
and  managed  in  accordance  with  the  firm’s  risk  appetite. 
C&ORC  sits  within  the  Group  Compliance,  Regulatory  & 
Governance  (GCRG)  function,  reporting  to  the  Group  Chief 
Compliance  and  Governance  Officer,  who  is  a  member  of  the 
Group  Executive  Board.  C&ORC  is  an  integrated  function 
covering  both  operational  risk  as  well  as  compliance  and 
conduct  topics.  The  operational  risk  framework  forms  the 
common  basis  for  managing  and  assessing  operational  risk; 
however, there are additional C&ORC activities that are intended 
to  ensure  the  firm  is  able  to  demonstrate  compliance  with 
applicable laws, rules and regulations. 

In 2019, we further improved our operational risk framework, 
remediating  control 
for  sustainably 
enhancing  processes 
deficiencies,  risk  management  processes  for  UBS  entities,  and 
senior  management  reporting  tools  to  better  embed  the 
framework as a key tool used by the businesses to manage their 
risks day to day. 

All functions within the firm are required to assess the design 
and operating effectiveness of their internal controls periodically. 
The  output  of  these  assessments  forms  the  basis  for  the 
assessment  and  testing  of  internal  controls  over  financial 
reporting  as  required  by  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act,  Section  404 
(SOX 404). 

Key control deficiencies identified during the internal control 
and  risk  assessment  processes  must  be  reported 
in  the 
operational risk inventory, and sustainable remediation must be 
defined and executed. These control deficiencies are assigned to 
owners  at  senior  management  level  and  the  remediation 
progress 
in  the  respective  manager’s  annual 
performance  measurement  and  management  objectives.  To 
assist with prioritizing the most material control deficiencies and 
measuring  aggregated  risk  exposure,  irrespective  of  origin,  a 
common  rating  methodology  is  applied  across  all  three  lines  of 
defense, as well as by external audit. 

is  reflected 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
Risk management and control 

During  2018  and  2019,  the  firm  performed  a  systematic 
review of risk themes and initiated programs to drive sustainable 
remediation,  which  have  contributed  to  a  reduction  in  the 
overall  portfolio  of  operational  risk  issues  and  the  number  of 
new  deficiencies  being  discovered.  This  trend  indicates  a  more 
holistic  approach  to  identification  of  operational  risk  issues, 
accountability  for  ownership,  and  focus  on  resolution  of  the 
underlying root causes. 

Operational risk framework 

Operational risk is an inherent part of the firm’s business. Losses 
can  result  from  inadequate  or  failed  internal  processes,  people 
and  systems,  or  from  external  causes.  The  operational  risk 
definition  incorporates both conduct and compliance risks. UBS 
defines  a  Group-wide  framework  that  supports  identifying, 
managing, assessing and mitigating operational risks to achieve 
an agreed balance between risk and return. 

The  operational  risk  framework  establishes  requirements  for 
managing and controlling operational risks at UBS. It is built on 
the following pillars: 
–  classifying 

risk 
taxonomy, which defines the universe of material operational 
risks  that  can  arise  as  a  consequence  of  the  firm’s  business 
activities and external factors; 

the  operational 

inherent 

through 

risks 

–  assessing  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  controls 

through the control assessment process; 

–  proactively  and  sustainably  remediating  identified  control 

deficiencies; 

–  defining  operational  risk  appetite  (including  a  financial 
operational  risk  appetite  statement  at  Group  and  business 
division level for operational risk events) through quantitative 
metrics  and  thresholds  and  qualitative  measures,  and 
assessing risk exposure against appetite; and 

–  assessing  inherent  and  residual  risk  through  risk  assessment 
processes,  and  assessing  whether  additional  remediation 
plans are required to address identified deficiencies. 

Divisional  Presidents  and  accountable  legal  entity  executives 
are  responsible  for  the  effectiveness  of  operational  risk 
management and for the robustness of the front-to-back control 
environment within their respective areas. Group function heads 
are  accountable  for  supporting  the  divisional  Presidents  and 
accountable  legal  entity  executives  of  our  legal  entities  in  the 

154 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Advanced measurement approach model 

AMA model calibration and review 

The  operational  risk  framework  detailed  above  underpins  the 
calculation  of  regulatory  capital  for  operational  risk,  which 
enables  us  to  quantify  operational  risk  and  to  define  effective 
risk  mitigating  management  incentives  as  part  of  the  related 
operational  risk  capital  allocation  approach  to  the  business 
divisions. 

A  key  assumption  when  calibrating  the  data-driven  frequency 
and  severity  distributions  is  that  historical  losses  form  a 
reasonable  proxy  for  future  events.  In  line  with  regulatory 
expectations,  the  AMA  methodology  utilizes  both  historical 
internal  losses  and  external  losses  suffered  by  the  broader 
industry for the model calibration. 

We  measure  Group  operational  risk  exposure  and  calculate 
operational  risk  regulatory  capital  by  using  the  advanced 
measurement  approach  (AMA)  in  accordance  with  FINMA 
requirements. 

An  entity-specific  AMA  model  has  been  applied  for  UBS 
Switzerland  AG,  while  for  other  regulated  entities  the  basic 
for 
indicators  or  standardized  approaches  are  adopted 
regulatory capital in agreement with local regulators. In addition, 
the  methodology  of  the  Group  AMA  is  leveraged  for  entity-
specific Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Processes. 

Currently,  the  model  includes  15  AMA  units  of  measure 
(UoM), which are aligned with our operational risk taxonomy as 
closely as possible. For each of the model’s UoM, frequency and 
severity  distributions  are  calibrated.  The  modeled  distribution 
functions  for  both  frequency  and  severity  are  then  used  to 
generate  the  annual  loss  distribution.  The  resulting  99.9% 
quantile  of  the  overall  annual  operational  risk  loss  distribution 
across  all  UoM  determines  the  required  regulatory  capital. 
Currently, we do not reflect mitigation through insurance or any 
other risk transfer mechanism in our AMA model. 

in  business 

Initial  model  outputs  driven  by  loss  history  are  reviewed  and 
adjusted to reflect fast-changing external developments such as 
new  regulations,  geopolitical  change,  volatile  market  and 
economic  conditions,  as  well  as  internal  factors  including 
changes 
framework 
enhancements. The resulting baseline data-driven frequency and 
severity distributions are reviewed by subject matter experts and 
where  necessary  adjusted  based  on  a  review  of  qualitative 
information about the business environment and internal control 
factors  as  well  as  expert  judgment  with  the  aim  of  forecasting 
losses. 

strategy  and 

control 

To  maintain  risk  sensitivity,  our  model  is  reviewed  regularly 
and  is  recalibrated  at  least  annually.  Any  changes  to  regulatory 
capital as a result of a recalibration or methodology changes are 
presented  to  FINMA  for  approval  prior  to  their  utilization  for 
disclosure purposes. 

AMA model governance 
The  Group  and  entity-specific  AMA  models  are  subject  to  an 
independent  validation  performed  by  Model  Risk  Management 
&  Control  (MRMC)  in  line  with  the  Group’s  model  risk 
management framework. 

  Refer to “Capital management objectives, planning and 

activities” in the “Capital management” section of this report 

for more information about the development of risk-weighted 

assets 

  Refer to “Risk measurement” in this section for more 

information about our approach to model confirmation 

procedures 

  Refer to the “Regulatory and legal developments” and “Risk 

factors” sections of this report for more information 

155 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Treasury management 

Treasury management 

Balance sheet, liquidity and funding management 

measures  to  be  invoked,  Group  Treasury  is  responsible  for 
coordinating  liquidity  generation  with  representatives  of  the 
relevant  business  areas.  Group  Treasury  reports  on  the  Group’s 
overall  liquidity  and  funding  position,  including  funding  status 
and  concentration  risks,  at  least  monthly,  to  the  Group  ALCO 
and the Risk Committee of the BoD. 

Audited  | Liquidity and funding limits, triggers and targets are 
set  at  Group  and,  where  appropriate,  at  legal  entity  and 
business  division  levels,  and  are  reviewed  and  reconfirmed  at 
least  once  a  year  by  the  BoD,  the  Group  ALCO,  the  Group 
Chief  Financial  Officer,  the  Group  Treasurer  and  the  business 
divisions,  taking  into  consideration  current  and  projected 
business  strategy  and  risk  tolerance.  The  principles  underlying 
our limit and target framework are designed to maximize and 
sustain  the  value  of  our  business  franchise  and  maintain  an 
appropriate  balance 
liability  structure. 
Structural  limits,  triggers  and  targets  focus  on  the  structure 
and  composition  of  the  balance  sheet,  while  supplementary 
limits, triggers and targets are designed to drive the utilization, 
diversification  and  allocation  of 
resources.  To 
complement  and  support  this  framework,  Group  Treasury 
monitors the markets for early warning indicators reflecting the 
current  liquidity  situation.  These  liquidity  status  indicators  are 
used  at  Group  level  to  assess  both  the  overall  global  and 
regional situations for potential threats. Market & Treasury Risk 
Control  provides  independent  oversight  over  liquidity  and 
funding risks. 

in  the  asset  and 

funding 

  Refer to the “Corporate governance” section of this report for 

more information 

  Refer to the “Risk management and control” section of this 

report for more information 

Strategy, objectives and governance 

We  manage  the  structural  risk  of  our  balance  sheet,  including 
interest  rate  risk  (e.g.,  investment  of  equity,  banking  book 
exposures  from  Global  Wealth  Management  and  Personal  & 
Corporate  Banking),  structural  foreign  exchange  risk  and 
collateral  risk,  as  well  as  the  risks  associated  with  our  liquidity 
and funding portfolios. 

Audited  |  Our  management  of  the  balance  sheet,  liquidity  and 
funding  positions  serves  the  overall  objective  of  optimizing  the 
value of our franchise across a broad range of market conditions 
while considering current and future regulatory constraints. We 
employ a number of measures to monitor these positions under 
normal  and  stressed  conditions.  In  particular,  we  use  stress 
scenarios  to  apply  behavioral  adjustments  to  our  balance  sheet 
and  calibrate  the  results  from  these  internal  stress  models  with 
external measures, primarily the liquidity coverage ratio and the 
net  stable  funding  ratio.  Our  liquidity  and  funding  strategy  is 
proposed by Group Treasury, approved by the Group Asset and 
Liability Committee (the Group ALCO), which is a committee of 
the  Group  Executive  Board,  and  is  overseen  by  the  Risk 
Committee of the Board of Directors (the BoD). 

This  section  provides  more  detailed 

information  about 
regulatory  requirements,  our  governance  structure,  our  balance 
sheet, liquidity and funding management (including our sources 
of  liquidity  and  funding),  and  our  contingency  planning  and 
stress  testing.  The  balances  disclosed  in  this  section  represent 
year-end  positions,  unless  indicated  otherwise.  Intra-period 
balances  fluctuate  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  and  may 
differ from year-end positions. 

Group  Treasury  monitors  and  oversees  the  implementation 
and  execution  of  our  liquidity  and  funding  strategy  and  is 
responsible for adherence to policies, limits, triggers and targets. 
This  enables  close  control  of  both  our  cash  and  collateral, 
including  our  high-quality  liquid  assets,  and  centralizes  the 
Group’s  general  access  to  wholesale  cash  markets  in  Group 
Treasury. In addition, should a crisis require contingency funding 

156 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets and liquidity management 

Audited | Our liquidity risk management aims to maintain a sound 
liquidity  position  to  meet  all  our  liabilities  when  due  and  to 
provide  adequate  time  and  financial  flexibility  to  respond  to  a 
firm-specific  liquidity  crisis  in  a  generally  stressed  market 
environment,  without  incurring  unacceptable  losses  or  risking 
sustained damage to our businesses. 

Our  liquid  assets  are  managed  using  limits,  triggers  and 
targets to maintain an appropriate level of diversification (issuer, 
tenor  and  other  risk  characteristics) 
in  response  to  any 
anticipated  or  unanticipated  volatility  in  funding  availability  or 
requirements  caused  by  adverse  market,  operational  or  other 
firm-specific events. The liquid asset portfolio size is managed to 
operate  within  the  risk  appetite  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and 
relevant Group and subsidiary liquidity requirements. 

Assets 

% change from 
31.12.18 
USD billion 
 (1) 
Cash and balances at central banks 
Lending1 
 1 
Securities financing transactions at amortized cost 
 (12) 
Trading portfolio2 
 22 
Derivatives and cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments 
 (3) 
Brokerage receivables 
 7 
Other financial assets measured at amortized cost and fair value3 
 (5) 
Non-financial assets and financial assets for unit-linked investment contracts 
 17 
TToottaall aasssseettss 
 1 
11 Consists of loans and advances to banks and customers.   22 Consists of financial assets at fair value held for trading.  33 Consists of financial assets at fair value not held for trading, financial assets measured at 
fair value through other comprehensive income and other financial assets measured at amortized cost, but excludes financial assets for unit-linked investment contracts. 

31.12.18 
 108.4
 337.2
 95.3
 104.4
 149.8
 16.8
 90.5
 56.1
 958.5

3311..1122..1199 
110077..11
333399..22
8844..22
112277..55
114455..11
1188..00
8855..66
6655..44
997722..22

As of 

Balance sheet assets 

Group 
As of 31 December 2019, balance sheet assets totaled USD 972 
billion,  an  increase  of  USD 14  billion  from  31 December  2018, 
driven mainly by increases in trading portfolio assets as well as in 
non-financial  assets  and 
for  unit-linked 
investment  contracts.  These  effects  were  partly  offset  by 
decreases  in  securities  financing  transactions  at  amortized  cost, 
in  other  financial  assets  measured  at  amortized  cost  and  fair 
value, as well as in derivatives and cash collateral receivables on 
derivative instruments. 

financial  assets 

Total  assets  excluding  derivatives  and  cash  collateral 
receivables on derivative instruments increased by USD 18 billion 
to USD 827 billion as of 31 December 2019. Excluding currency 
effects,  total  assets  excluding  derivatives  and  cash  collateral 
receivables  on  derivative  instruments  increased  by  USD 13 
billion. 

Trading portfolio assets increased by USD 23 billion, mainly in 
our  Equities  business  in  the  Investment  Bank,  largely  reflecting 
market-driven  movements  and  increased  hedging  requirements 
resulting from client activity. 

Non-financial  assets  and  financial  assets  for  unit-linked 
investment contracts increased by USD 9 billion, mainly driven by 
an  increase  of  USD 6  billion  in  assets  held  to  hedge  unit-linked 
investment  contracts  in  Asset  Management,  with  a  related 
increase  in  the  associated  liabilities,  reflecting  mainly  market-
driven movements and net new money inflows. In addition, the 
adoption of IFRS 16 resulted in a USD 3 billion increase following 
the recognition of right-of-use assets as of 1 January 2019. 
securities 

transactions  at 
amortized cost decreased by USD 11 billion, driven by increased 
funding  consumption  by  the  business  divisions  and  lower 
collateral sourcing requirements. 

Receivables 

financing 

from 

Other  financial  assets  at  amortized  cost  and  fair  value 
decreased  by  USD 5  billion,  mainly  as  a  result  of  movements 
within our high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) portfolio from debt 
securities to cash and balances at central banks. 

Derivatives  and  cash  collateral  receivables  on  derivative 
instruments  decreased  by  USD 5  billion,  mainly  driven  by  lower 
client  activity  levels  in  Global  Wealth  Management  and  in  our 
Equities  business  in  the  Investment  Bank.  This  was  partly  offset 
by  an  increase  in  our  Foreign  Exchange,  Rates  and  Credit 
business in the Investment Bank, mainly reflecting market-driven 
movements. 

  Refer to the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this 

report for more information 

157 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset Management 
Asset  Management  total  assets  increased  by  USD 6  billion  to 
USD 35 billion, reflecting an increase in financial assets for unit-
linked 
investment  contracts  mainly  due  to  market-driven 
movements and net new money inflows, with an increase in the 
corresponding liabilities. 

Corporate Center 
Corporate  Center  total  assets  decreased  by  USD 11  billion  to 
USD 103  billion,  primarily  reflecting  a  reduction  in  Group 
Treasury to fund the redemption of short-term borrowings. 

High-quality liquid assets 
High-quality  liquid  assets  (HQLA)  are  low-risk  unencumbered 
assets  under  the  control  of  Group  Treasury  that  are  easily  and 
immediately convertible into cash at little or no loss of value, in 
order  to  meet  liquidity  needs.  Our  HQLA  predominantly  consist 
of  assets  that  qualify  as  Level  1  in  the  liquidity  coverage  ratio 
(LCR)  framework,  including  cash,  central  bank  reserves  and 
government  bonds.  Group  HQLA  are  held  by  UBS  AG  and  its 
subsidiaries, and may include amounts that are available to meet 
funding and collateral needs in certain jurisdictions, but are not 
readily  available  for  use  by  the  Group  as  a  whole.  These 
local 
limitations  are 
regulatory 
requirements, 
large  exposure 
requirements.  Funds  that  are  effectively  restricted  are  excluded 
from  the  calculation  of  Group  HQLA  to  the  extent  they  exceed 
the  outflow  assumptions  for  the  subsidiary  that  holds  the 
relevant  HQLA.  On  this  basis,  USD 28  billion  of  assets  were 
excluded  from  our  daily  average  Group  HQLA  for  the  fourth 
quarter  of  2019.  Amounts  held  in  excess  of  local  liquidity 
requirements  that  are  not  subject  to  other  restrictions  are 
generally available for transfer within the Group. 

the 
result  of 
local  LCR  and 

typically 
including 

The  total  weighted  liquidity  value  of  HQLA  decreased  by 

USD 7 billion to USD 166 billion. 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
Treasury management 

Changes in Corporate Center cost and resource allocation to 
business divisions 
Effective  1 January  2019,  UBS  has  increased  the  allocation  of 
balance  sheet  resources  from  Corporate  Center  to  the  business 
divisions.  Prior-period  information  has  been  restated.  As  of 
31 December  2018,  the  restatement  resulted  in  an  increase  of 
total assets in Global Wealth Management of USD 114 billion, in 
Personal  &  Corporate  Banking  of  USD 62  billion,  in  Asset 
Management  of  USD 4  billion  and  in  the  Investment  Bank  of 
USD 44  billion,  with  a  corresponding  decrease  of  assets  in 
Corporate Center of USD 223 billion. 

These  changes  had  no  effect  on  the  reported  results  or 

financial position of the Group. 

  Refer to “Note 2 Segment reporting” in the “Consolidated 

financial statements” section of this report for more 

information 

Investment Bank 
Investment  Bank  total  assets  increased  by  USD 14  billion  to 
USD 316  billion,  driven  by  a  USD 23  billion  increase  in  trading 
portfolio assets, largely reflecting market-driven movements and 
increased  hedging  requirements  resulting  from  client  activity. 
This  increase  was  partly  offset  by  an  USD 8  billion  decrease  in 
HQLA requirements. 

Global Wealth Management 
Global  Wealth  Management  total  assets  decreased  by  USD 4 
billion  to  USD 310  billion,  mainly  reflecting  a  USD 7  billion 
decrease  in  HQLA  requirements.  This  was  partly  offset  by  an 
increase of USD 3 billion in lending assets, as a result of higher 
mortgage and Lombard loans. 

Personal & Corporate Banking 
Personal  &  Corporate  Banking  total  assets  increased  by  USD 9 
billion  to  USD 209  billion,  mainly  driven  by  a  USD 5  billion 
increase in HQLA requirements, as well as an increase of USD 3 
billion in lending assets, reflecting currency effects and increases 
in mortgage loans. 

158 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity coverage ratio 
The LCR measures the short-term resilience of a bank’s liquidity 
profile  by  comparing  whether  sufficient  HQLA  are  available  to 
survive  expected  net  cash  outflows  from  a  significant  liquidity 
stress scenario, as defined by the relevant regulator. 

The  Basel  Committee  on  Banking  Supervision  standards 
require an LCR of at least 100%. UBS is required to maintain a 
minimum  total  Group  LCR  of  110%  as  communicated  by  the 
Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA), as well as 
a Swiss franc LCR of 100%. In addition, both UBS AG and UBS 
Switzerland AG are subject to minimum LCR requirements on a 
standalone  basis.  In  a  period  of  financial  stress,  FINMA  may 
allow banks to use their HQLA and let their LCR temporarily fall 
below  the  minimum  threshold.  We  monitor  the  LCR  in  all 
in  order  to  manage  any  currency 
significant  currencies 
mismatches between HQLA and the net expected cash outflows 
in times of stress. 

Our  daily  average  LCR  for  the  fourth  quarter  of  2019  was 
134%,  compared  with  136%  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2018, 
remaining above the 110% Group LCR minimum communicated 
by FINMA. 

The  decrease  in  the  LCR  mainly  reflected  reduced  HQLA, 
primarily driven by higher funding consumption by the business 
divisions and reductions in issued debt that were partly offset by 
higher  deposit  balances  and  a  reduction  in  assets  subject  to 
transfer  restrictions  in  the  European  entities.  In  addition,  net 
cash  outflows  decreased,  mainly  driven  by  a  net  reduction  of 
securities financing transactions, partly offset by higher outflows 
caused by increased customer deposits. 

  Refer to the 31 December 2019 Pillar 3 report, available under 
“Pillar 3 disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors, for more 

information about the LCR 

  Refer to the “Significant regulated subsidiary and sub-group 

information” section of this report for more information about 

the LCR of UBS AG and UBS Switzerland AG 

Liquidity coverage ratio 

USD billion, except where indicated 

High-quality liquid assets2 
Cash balances3 

Securities (on- and off-balance sheet) 
TToottaall hhiigghh qquuaalliittyy lliiqquuiidd aasssseettss44 

--

Cash outflows5 
Retail deposits and deposits from small business customers 

Unsecured wholesale funding 

Secured wholesale funding 

Other cash outflows 
TToottaall ccaasshh oouuttfflloowwss 

Cash inflows5 
Secured lending 

Inflows from fully performing exposures 

Other cash inflows 
TToottaall ccaasshh iinnfflloowwss 

Liquidity coverage ratio 
High-quality liquid assets 

AAvveerraaggee 44QQ11991 

Average 4Q181 

110000

6666
116666

2288

110066

7744

4400
224488

8811

2299

1133
112233

116666

 96 

 78 
 173 

 26 

 102 

 76 

 42 
 246 

 79 

 29 

 10 
 119 

 173 

Net cash outflows 
 127 
 136 
LLiiqquuiiddiittyy ccoovveerraaggee rraattiioo ((%%)) 
11 Calculated based on an average of 64 data points in the fourth quarter of 2019 and 64 data points in the fourth quarter of 2018.   22 Calculated after the application of haircuts.   33 Includes cash and balances at 
central banks and other eligible balances as prescribed by FINMA.  44 Calculated in accordance with FINMA requirements.  55 Calculated after the application of inflow and outflow rates. 

112244
113344

159 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
    
 
      
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Treasury management 

Asset encumbrance 
The  table  on  the  next  page  provides  a  breakdown  of  on-  and 
off-balance 
sheet  assets  between  encumbered  assets, 
unencumbered  assets  and  assets  that  cannot  be  pledged  as 
collateral. 

Assets  are  presented  as  Encumbered  if  they  have  been 
pledged  as  collateral  against  an  existing  liability  or  if  they  are 
otherwise  not  available  for  the  purpose  of  securing  additional 
funding. Included within the latter category are assets protected 
under  client  asset  segregation  rules,  financial  assets  for  unit-
linked investment contracts, assets held in certain jurisdictions to 
comply  with  explicit  minimum 
local  asset  maintenance 
requirements and assets held in consolidated bankruptcy remote 
entities,  such  as  certain  investment  funds  and  other  structured 
entities. 

  Refer to “Note 26 Restricted and transferred financial assets” in 
the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report 

for more information 

Assets  that  cannot  be  pledged  as  collateral  represent  those 
assets  that  are  not  encumbered  but  by  their  nature  are  not 
considered  available  to  secure  funding  or  to  meet  collateral 
needs.  These  mainly  include  collateral  trading  assets,  derivative 
financial  assets,  cash  collateral 
receivables  on  derivative 
instruments,  deferred  tax  assets,  goodwill  and  intangible  assets 
and other assets. 

All other assets are presented as Unencumbered. Assets that 
are  considered  to  be  readily  available  to  secure  funding  on  a 
Group and/or legal entity level are shown separately and consist 
of  cash  and  securities  readily  realizable  in  the  normal  course  of 
business. These include our HQLA and unencumbered positions 
in  our  trading  portfolio.  Unencumbered  assets  that  are 
considered  to  be  available  to  secure  funding  on  a  legal  entity 
level may be subject to restrictions that limit the total amount of 
assets  that  is  available  to  the  Group  as  a  whole.  Other 
unencumbered assets, which are not considered readily available 
to secure funding on a Group and/or legal entity level, primarily 
consist of loans and amounts due from banks. 

160 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset encumbrance as of 31 December 2019 

-
-

USD million 
OOnn bbaallaannccee sshheeeett aasssseettss 
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Receivables from securities financing transactions
of which: cash collateral on securities borrowed
of which: reverse repurchase agreements

Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments
Loans and advances to customers
of which: mortgage loans

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost
TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt 
FFiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee hheelldd ffoorr ttrraaddiinngg 

of which: trading assets – treasury bills / bonds
of which: trading assets – mortgage-backed securities
of which: trading assets – other asset-backed securities
of which: trading assets – other bonds
of which: trading assets – investment fund units
of which: trading assets – equity instruments
of which: loans

DDeerriivvaattiivvee ffiinnaanncciiaall iinnssttrruummeennttss 
BBrrookkeerraaggee rreecceeiivvaabblleess 

of which: customer brokerage
of which: prime brokerage

FFiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee nnoott hheelldd ffoorr ttrraaddiinngg 
TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee tthhrroouugghh pprrooffiitt oorr lloossss 
FFiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee tthhrroouugghh ootthheerr ccoommpprreehheennssiivvee iinnccoommee 
Investments in associates
Property, equipment and software
Goodwill and intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Other non-financial assets
TToottaall nnoonn ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss 
TToottaall oonn bbaallaannccee sshheeeett 

-
-

-
-

-
-

USD million 
OOffff bbaallaannccee sshheeeett aasssseettss 
FFaaiirr vvaalluuee ooff sseeccuurriittiieess aacccceepptteedd aass ccoollllaatteerraall 
of which: money market paper as collateral
of which: other debt instruments as collateral
of which: equity instruments as collateral
of which: investment fund units as collateral
of which: other

TToottaall oonn aanndd ooffff bbaallaannccee sshheeeett aasssseettss aass ooff 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 22001199 

--

--

of which: high-quality liquid assets

11 Includes USD 41,285 million of assets pledged as collateral that may be sold or repledged by counterparties. 

Encumbered 

Assets 
otherwise 
restricted and 
not available 
to secure 
funding 

Assets 
pledged 
as collateral 

Unencumbered 
Cash and 
securities 
available to 
secure funding 
on a Group 
and/or legal 
entity level 

Other 
realizable 
assets 

 107,068

 3,131

 9,316

 18,399
 18,399
 1,212
1199,,661111 
5566,,44115511 
 2,700

 2
 1,947
 2,671
 49,096

 2,986
 620

 377
77,,111144 
224422 
 4

 42
 96
 100

 12,863
111199,,993311 
6688,,888866 
 8,760
 365
 145
 5,925
 6,100
 47,590

118888 
5566,,660044 

2299,,667766 
2299,,991177 
117766 

3344,,440011 
110033,,228866 
66,,116699 

 303,306
 159,749
 1,444
331144,,006666 
11,,997711 

 1,971

1133,,008822 
1155,,005533 

 1,051
 12,804

 2
22 
3377,,221100 

 4,597
44,,559977 
223333,,998844 

1133,,885555 
334422,,997744 

Assets that 
cannot be 
pledged as 
collateral 

Total Group 
assets (IFRS) 

 107,068 
 12,447 
 84,245 
 9,507 
 74,738 
 23,289 
 326,786 
 178,149 
 22,980 
557766,,881155 
112277,,551144 
 11,464 
 365 
 147 
 7,914 
 8,867 
 96,786 
 1,971 
112211,,884411 
1188,,000077 
 4,877 
 13,131 
8833,,994444 
335511,,330077 
66,,334455 
 1,051 
 12,804 
 6,469 
 9,537 
 7,856 
3377,,771177 
997722,,118833 

 84,245
 9,507
 74,738
 20,303
 4,460

 7,085
111166,,009922 

112211,,884411 
1188,,000077 
 4,877
 13,131
66,,559988 
114466,,444466 

 6,469
 9,537
 3,256
1199,,226622 
228811,,880011 

7766,,221155 

Encumbered 

Assets 
otherwise 
restricted and 
not available 
to secure 
funding 

77,,000033 
 248
 5,914
 833
 8

Assets 
pledged 
as collateral 

335500,,447777 
 6,857
 198,540
 140,312
 4,750
 18

442266,,669911 

4444,,221133 

Unencumbered 
Cash and 
securities 
available to 
secure funding 
on a Group 
and/or legal 
entity level 

Other 
realizable 
assets 

Assets that 
cannot be 
pledged as 
collateral 

Total Group 
assets (IFRS) 

111122,,004400 
 3,502
 86,138
 21,685
 716

334466,,002244 
 178,641 

66,,220066 

 6,206

447755,,772266 
 10,606 
 290,591 
 162,830 
 5,474 
 6,224 

334499,,118800 

228811,,880011 

161 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Treasury management 

Asset encumbrance as of 31 December 2018 

USD million 
On-balance sheet assets 
On-balance sheet assets
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Receivables from securities financing transactions
of which: cash collateral on securities borrowed
of which: reverse repurchase agreements

Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments
Loans and advances to customers
of which: mortgage loans

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost
Total financial assets measured at amortized cost 
Total financial assets measured at amortized cost
Financial assets at fair value held for trading 
Financial assets at fair value held for trading

of which: trading assets – treasury bills / bonds
of which: trading assets – mortgage-backed securities
of which: trading assets – other asset-backed securities
of which: trading assets – other bonds
of which: trading assets – investment fund units
of which: trading assets – equity instruments
of which: loans

Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments 
Brokerage receivables 
Brokerage receivables

of which: customer brokerage
of which: prime brokerage

Financial assets at fair value not held for trading 
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading
Total financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss 
Total financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
Investments in associates
Property, equipment and software
Goodwill and intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Other non-financial assets
Total non-financial assets 
Total non-financial assets
Total on-balance sheet 
Total on-balance sheet

USD million 
Off-balance sheet assets 
Off-balance sheet assets
Fair value of securities accepted as collateral 
Fair value of securities accepted as collateral
of which: money market paper as collateral
of which: other debt instruments as collateral
of which: equity instruments as collateral
of which: investment fund units as collateral
of which: other

Assets 
otherwise 
restricted and 
not available 
to secure 
funding 

14,954 
14,954
390
 11,204
 3,356
 4

Assets 
pledged 
as collateral 

356,745 
356,745
10,110
 211,156
 130,853
 4,621
 5

Total on- and off-balance sheet assets as of 31 December 2018 
Total on- and off-balance sheet assets as of 31 December 2018

418,841 
418,841

51,712 
51,712

of which: high-quality liquid assets

1 Includes USD 32,121 million of assets pledged as collateral that may be sold or repledged by counterparties. 
1

162 

Encumbered 

Assets 
otherwise 
restricted and 
not available 
to secure 
funding 

Assets 
pledged 
as collateral 

Unencumbered 
Cash and 
securities 
available to 
secure funding 
on a Group 
and/or legal 
entity level 

Other 
realizable 
assets 

 108,370

 5,140

 11,703

 18,804
 18,804

18,804 
18,804
43,2921
43,2921 
 4,776

 1,660
 3,541
 33,315

 3,205
 935

 197
9,477 
9,477
3,589 
3,589

 187
 898
 2,504

 13,446
121,816 
121,816
53,924
53,924 
 6,385
 258
 134
 4,921
 5,277
 36,949

43,292 
43,292

23,514 
23,514
27,104 
27,104
171 
171

39,186 
39,186
93,110 
93,110
6,495 
6,495

 294,307
 151,301
 1,091
307,101 
307,101
3,566 
3,566

 3,566

9,826 
9,826
13,392 
13,392

 1,099
 9,348

 6
6 
6
36,758 
36,758

 4,298
4,298 
4,298
225,719 
225,719

10,447 
10,447
330,940 
330,940

62,096 
62,096

Encumbered 

Assets that 
cannot be 
pledged as 
collateral 

Total Group 
assets (IFRS) 

 25
 95,349
 13,061
 82,288
 20,397
 6,306

 7,828
129,905 
129,905

126,210
126,210 
16,840 
16,840
 4,384
 12,457
10,163 
10,163
153,213 
153,213

 6,647
 10,105
 3,106
19,858 
19,858
302,976 
302,976

 108,370 
 16,868 
 95,349 
 13,061 
 82,288 
 23,602 
 320,352 
 170,105 
 22,563 
587,104 
587,104
104,370
104,370 
 11,161 
 258 
 134 
 6,768 
 9,716 
 72,768 
 3,566 
126,210
126,210 
16,840 
16,840
 4,384 
 12,457 
82,690 
82,690
330,110 
330,110
6,667 
6,667
 1,099 
 9,348 
 6,647 
 10,105 
 7,410 
34,608 
34,608
958,489 
958,489

Unencumbered 
Cash and 
securities 
available to 
secure funding 
on a Group 
and/or legal 
entity level 

Other 
realizable 
assets 

Assets that 
cannot be 
pledged as 
collateral 

Total Group 
assets (IFRS) 

109,310 
109,310
3,922
 87,788
 16,598
 1,003

335,029 
335,029
184,361 

2,678 
2,678

2,678

483,688 
483,688
14,421 
310,148 
150,807 
5,628 
2,683 

333,618 
333,618

302,976 
302,976

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Assets available to secure funding on a Group and/or legal entity level by currency 

USD million 

Swiss franc 

US dollar 

Euro 

Other 

TToottaall 

Stress testing 
Audited |  We perform stress testing to determine the optimal asset 
and liability structure that allows us to maintain an appropriately 
balanced liquidity and funding position under various scenarios. 
Liquidity  crisis  scenario  analysis  and  contingency  funding 
planning  support  the  liquidity  management  process  and  aim  to 
ensure  that  immediate  corrective  measures  to  absorb  potential 
sudden liquidity shortfalls can be put into effect. 

We  model  our  liquidity  exposures  under  two  main  potential 
scenarios  that  encompass  stressed  market  conditions,  including 
considering  the  possible  effect  on  our  access  to  markets  from 
stress  events  affecting  all  parts  of  our  business.  These  models 
and their assumptions are reviewed regularly to incorporate the 
latest  business  and  market  developments.  We  continuously 
refine  the  assumptions  used  to  maintain  a  robust,  actionable 
and tested contingency plan. 

  Refer to “Risk measurement” in the “Risk management and 

control” section of this report for more information about stress 

testing 

Stressed scenario 
As  a  liquidity  crisis  could  have  a  myriad  of  causes,  the  stressed 
scenario encompasses potential stress effects across all markets, 
currencies  and  products,  but  it  is  typically  not  firm-specific.  In 
addition to the loss of the ability to replace maturing wholesale 
funding,  it  assumes  a  gradual  decline  of  otherwise  stable  client 
deposits  and  liquidity  outflows  corresponding  to  a  two-notch 
downgrade in our long-term credit rating, and a corresponding 
downgrade in our short-term rating. 

We  use  a  cash  capital  model  that  incorporates  the  stress 
scenario  and  measures  the  amount  of  long-term  funding 
available to fund illiquid assets. The illiquid portion of an asset is 
the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and its 
effective cash value when used as collateral in a secured funding 
transaction.  Long-term  funding  used  as  cash  capital  to  support 
illiquid  assets  is  comprised  of  unsecured  funding  with  a 
remaining  time  to  maturity  of  at  least  one  year,  shareholders’ 

3311..1122..1199 

7799,,881199

114466,,660011

3322,,880011

8866,,880033

334466,,002244

31.12.18 

 79,595 

 131,838 

 36,874 

 86,720 

 335,029 

equity and core deposits, which are the portion of our customer 
deposits  that  are  deemed  to  have  a  behavioral  maturity  of  at 
least one year. 

Combined scenario 
The  combined  scenario  represents  an  extreme  stress  event  that 
combines  a  firm-specific  crisis  with  market  disruption.  This 
scenario  assumes:  (i)  substantial  outflows  on  otherwise  stable 
client deposits, mainly due on demand; (ii) inability to renew or 
replace  maturing  unsecured  wholesale  funding;  (iii)  unusually 
large drawdowns on loan commitments; (iv) reduced capacity to 
generate  liquidity  from  trading  assets;  (v)  liquidity  outflows 
corresponding  to  a  three-notch  downgrade  in  our  long-term 
credit rating, and a corresponding downgrade in our short-term 
rating; 
to  unwind 
triggering  contractual  obligations 
derivative  positions  or  to  deliver  additional  collateral;  and 
(vii) additional 
adverse 
movements  in  the  market  values  of  derivatives.  The  combined 
scenario  is  run  daily  to  project  potential  cash  outflows  under  it 
and is assessed as part of ongoing risk management activities. 

requirements  due 

collateral 

(vi) 

to 

Contingency Funding Plan 
Audited  |  Our Group Contingency Funding Plan is an integral part 
of  our  global  crisis  management  framework,  which  covers 
various  types  of  crisis  events.  This  Contingency  Funding  Plan 
contains  an  assessment  of  contingent  funding  sources  in  a 
stressed environment, liquidity status indicators and metrics, and 
contingency  procedures.  Our  funding  diversification  and  global 
scope help protect our liquidity position in the event of a crisis. 
We  regularly  assess  and  test  all  material  known  and  expected 
cash  flows,  as  well  as  the  level  and  availability  of  high-grade 
collateral  that  could  be  used  to  raise  additional  funding  if 
required.  Our  contingent  funding  sources  include  our  HQLA 
portfolios,  available  and  unutilized  liquidity  facilities  at  several 
major  central  banks,  contingent  reductions  of  liquid  trading 
portfolio assets and other available management actions. 

163 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Treasury management 

Liabilities and funding management 

Audited | Group Treasury regularly monitors our funding status, 
including  concentration  risks,  aiming  to  ensure  that  we 
maintain  a  well-balanced  and  diversified  liability  structure. 
Our funding risk management aims for the optimal asset and 
liability  structure  to  finance  our  businesses  reliably  and  cost-
efficiently,  and  our  funding  activities  are  planned  by 
analyzing  the  overall  liquidity  and  funding  profile  of  our 
balance  sheet,  taking  into  account  the  amount  of  stable 
funding  that  would  be  needed  to  support  ongoing  business 
activities through periods of difficult market conditions. 

The funding strategy of UBS Group AG is set annually in the 
Funding  Plan  and  is  reviewed  on  a  quarterly  basis  under  its 
Funding  Management  Policy  governance  framework.  The 
Funding  Plan  is  developed  by  Group  Treasury  and  approved  by 
the  Group  ALCO.  In  the  execution  of  the  Funding  Plan,  Group 
Treasury  considers  factors  such  as  currency,  market  and  tenor 
diversification.  For  specific  product  types,  the  operational 
execution of funding transactions defined in the Funding Plan is 
delegated to the business divisions (e.g., structured notes to the 
Investment  Bank).  Nevertheless,  Group  Treasury  retains  overall 
responsibility and oversight over all product types. 

Group  Treasury  proposes,  sets  and  oversees  limits,  triggers 
and  targets  for  funding  generation  including  concentration 
limits,  weighted  average  maturity  floors  and  volume.  Funding 
diversification  is  monitored  continuously,  with  a  focus  on 
product  type,  single-counterparty  exposure  (as  a  percentage  of 
the total), maturity profile, as well as the overall contribution of 
a particular funding source to the liability mix. 

Our  business  activities  generate  asset  and  liability  portfolios 
that are highly diversified with respect to market, product, tenor 
and  currency.  This  reduces  our  exposure  to  individual  funding 
sources, provides a broad range of investment opportunities and 
reduces liquidity risk. 

Global  Wealth  Management  and  Personal  &  Corporate 
Banking provide significant, cost-efficient and reliable sources of 
funding.  These  include  core  deposits  and  Swiss  covered  bonds, 
which  use  (as  a  pledge)  a  portion  of  our  portfolio  of  Swiss 
residential  mortgages  as  collateral  to  generate 
long-term 
funding. In addition, we have several short-, medium- and long-
term funding programs under which we issue senior unsecured 
debt  and  structured  notes,  as  well  as  short-term  debt.  These 
programs  enable  institutional  and  private  investors  who  are 
active  in  the  markets  of  Europe,  the  US  and  Asia  Pacific  to 
customize  their  investments  in  UBS’s  debt.  Collectively,  these 
broad product offerings and funding sources, together with the 
global  scope  of  our  business  activities,  support  our  funding 
stability. 

Balance sheet liabilities 
Total liabilities increased by USD 12 billion to USD 917 billion as 
of  31 December  2019,  driven  mainly  by  increases  in  customer 
deposits,  in  non-financial  liabilities  and  in  financial  liabilities 

164 

related  to  unit-linked  investment  contracts,  as  well  as  in  long-
term  debt  issued.  These  effects  were  partly  offset  by  decreases 
in short-term borrowings and in securities financing transactions 
at amortized cost. Total liabilities excluding derivatives and cash 
collateral  payables  on  derivative 
increased  by 
USD 14  billion  to  USD 765  billion  as  of  31 December  2019. 
Excluding  currency  effects,  total  liabilities  excluding  derivatives 
and cash collateral payables on derivative instruments increased 
by USD 12 billion. 

instruments 

Customer  deposits  increased  by  USD 28  billion,  mainly  in 
Switzerland and Asia Pacific. As of 31 December 2019, our ratio 
of  customer  deposits  to  outstanding  loan  balances  was  137% 
(31 December 2018: 131%). 

Non-financial liabilities and financial liabilities related to unit-
linked investment contracts increased by USD 6 billion, driven by 
an 
investment  contracts,  with  a 
in  unit-linked 
corresponding increase in associated assets. 

increase 

Long-term  debt  issued  increased  by  USD 5  billion.  This  was 
the result of a USD 10 billion increase in debt issued designated 
at  fair  value,  mainly  reflecting  market-driven  movements,  partly 
offset  by  a  USD 5  billion  decrease  in  long-term  debt  held  at 
amortized cost. The aforementioned decrease was primarily as a 
result  of  the  maturing  and  early  redemption  of  USD 9.7  billion 
equivalent  of  senior  unsecured  debt  and  the  maturing  of 
USD 1.1 
The 
aforementioned instances of maturities were partly offset by the 
issuance of USD 3.8 billion equivalent of US dollar-, Swiss franc-, 
Australian  dollar-  and  Singapore  dollar-denominated  high-
trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments 
and  the  issuance  of  USD 1.9  billion  equivalent  of  Swiss  franc- 
and  US  dollar-denominated  senior  unsecured  debt 
that 
contributes to our total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC). 

equivalent 

covered 

bonds. 

billion 

of 

During the financial year 2020, USD 1.8 billion equivalent of 
TLAC-eligible  benchmark  instruments  will  mature  and  USD 1.3 
billion  equivalent  of  AT1  capital  was  called  in  February  2020. 
UBS is already compliant with its 2020 going and gone concern 
capital 
rationally  and 
opportunistically  with  respect  to  refinancing  of  any  callable 
capital 
incremental 
issuances. 

instruments  as  well  as  any  potential 

requirements  and  expects 

to  act 

Short-term  borrowings  decreased  by  USD 22  billion,  mainly 
reflecting net maturities of commercial papers and certificates of 
deposit. 

Derivatives  and  cash  collateral  payables  on  derivative 
instruments  decreased  by  USD 2  billion,  in  line  with  the 
aforementioned  increase  in  derivative  assets  and  cash  collateral 
receivables. 

  Refer to the document titled “UBS Group AG consolidated 

capital instruments and TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt,” 

available under “Bondholder information” at 

www.ubs.com/investors, for more information 

  Refer to the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this 

report for more information 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and equity 

As of 

% change from 
31.12.19
31.12.19 
31.12.18 
USD billion 
Short-term borrowings1
28.4
 (43) 
28.4
Securities financing transactions at amortized cost
7.8
 (24) 
7.8
Customer deposits
448.3
448.3
 7 
Long-term debt issued2
155.5
155.5
 3 
Trading portfolio3
30.6
30.6
 6 
152.3
Derivatives and cash collateral payables on derivative instruments
152.3
 (2) 
37.2
Brokerage payables
37.2
 (3) 
Other financial liabilities measured at amortized cost and fair value4
17.5
17.5
 (7) 
39.9
Non-financial liabilities and financial liabilities related to unit-linked investment contracts
39.9
 17 
917.5
Total liabilities
917.5
 1 
Total liabilities
0.3
Share capital
0.3
 0 
18.1
Share premium
18.1
 (13) 
(3.3)
Treasury shares
(3.3)
 26 
34.2
Retained earnings
34.2
 12 
Other comprehensive income5
5.3
5.3
 35 
54.5
Total equity attributable to shareholders
54.5
 3 
Total equity attributable to shareholders
0.2
0.2
 (1) 
Equity attributable to non-controlling interests
54.7
54.7
 3 
Total equity
Total equity
 1 
972.2
972.2
Total liabilities and equity
Total liabilities and equity
2  Consists  of  long-term  debt  issued  measured  at  amortized  cost  and  debt  issued  designated  at  fair  value.  The 
1  Consists  of  short-term  debt  issued  measured  at  amortized cost  and amounts  due  to  banks. 
1
2
classification  of  debt  issued  into short-term  and  long-term  does  not  consider  any  early  redemption  features.  Long-term  debt  issued  also  includes  debt  with  a  remaining  time  to  maturity  of  less  than  one  year.  
3 Consists of financial liabilities at fair value held for trading.    4 Consists of financial liabilities at fair value not held for trading, financial liabilities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and 
3
other financial liabilities measured at amortized cost, but excludes financial liabilities related to unit-linked investment contracts.    5 Excludes defined benefit plans and own credit that are recorded directly in 
Retained earnings. 

31.12.18 
 50.0
 10.3
 419.8
 150.3
 28.9
 154.6
 38.4
 18.8
 34.2
 905.4
 0.3
 20.8
 (2.6)
 30.4
 3.9
 52.9
 0.2
 53.1
 958.5

5

4

Asset funding 

USD billion, except where indicated 
As of 31.12.19 

120 

Cash and balances at central banks 
Loans and advances to banks 

84 

Securities fnancing transactions 

128 

Trading portfolio 

18 
327 

Brokerage receivables 
Loans and advances to customers 

175 

Other (including net derivative assets) 

Short-term borrowings 
Securities fnancing transactions 
Trading portfolio 

Brokerage payables 

Demand deposits 

USD 76 billion 
collateral 
surplus 

Retail savings/deposits 

Time deposits 

Fiduciary deposits 

137% coverage 
USD 121 billion surplus 

s
t
i
s
o
p
e
d
r
e
m
o
t
s
u
C

¹
d
e
u
s
s
i

t
b
e
d

m
r
e
t
-
g
n
o
L

Debt issued designated at fair value 

67 

156 

Debt issued measured at amortized cost 

28 
8
31 
37 

176 

448 

169

62

41 

89 

89 

55 

165 

1 Long-term debt issued also includes debt with a remaining time to maturity of less than one year. 

Assets 

Liabilities and equity 

Other 

Total equity 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Treasury management 

Liabilities by product and currency 

Short-term borrowings 

of which: due to banks 
of which: short-term debt issued1 

Securities financing transactions 
Customer deposits 

of which: demand deposits 
of which: retail savings / deposits 
of which: time deposits 
of which: fiduciary deposits 

Long-term debt issued2 

of which: senior unsecured debt 
of which: covered bonds 
of which: subordinated debt 
of which: debt issued through the 
Swiss central mortgage institutions 
of which: other long-term debt 
of which: debt issued measured at 
fair value 
Trading portfolio 
Derivatives and cash collateral 
payables on derivative instruments 
Brokerage payables 
Other financial liabilities measured at 
amortized cost and fair value3 
Non-financial liabilities and financial 
liabilities related to unit-linked 
investment contracts 
Total liabilities 
Total liabilities

USD billion 
USD billion
All currencies 
All currencies
31.12.19  31.12.18 
31.12.19
50.0 
28.4 
28.4
11.0 
6.6 
6.6
21.8
39.0 
21.8 
7.8
10.3 
7.8 
448.3
419.8 
448.3 
176.0
176.0  181.9 
168.6
168.6  165.8 
62.3
53.6 
62.3 
41.4
18.6 
41.4 
150.3 
155.5
155.5 
63.0 
55.7 
55.7
2.6
3.9 
2.6 
21.8
17.7 
21.8 

USD 
USD
31.12.19  31.12.18 
31.12.19
3.1 
1.6 
1.6
0.4 
0.2 
0.2
2.7 
1.4
1.4 
0.9 
0.8
0.8 
17.0
15.8 
17.0 
4.5 
4.4
4.4 
6.0 
6.0 
6.0
3.8 
4.8
4.8 
1.5 
1.7
1.7 
9.5 
10.0
10.0 
3.7 
3.5 
3.5
0.0 
0.0 
0.0
1.5 
1.8 
1.8

CHF 
CHF
31.12.19  31.12.18 
31.12.19
0.3 
0.3 
0.3
0.3 
0.3 
0.3
0.0 
0.0
0.0 
0.0 
0.0
0.0 
21.4
20.0 
21.4 
7.6 
7.6
7.6 
11.7 
11.8 
11.8
0.6 
0.3
0.3 
0.1 
1.8
1.8 
1.4 
1.6
1.6 
0.1 
0.1 
0.1
0.0 
0.0 
0.0
0.0 
0.0 
0.0

As a percentage of total liabilities 
As a percentage of total liabilities
EUR 
EUR
31.12.19  31.12.18 
31.12.19
1.3 
0.6 
0.6
0.2 
0.1 
0.1
1.1 
0.5
0.5 
0.0 
0.0
0.0 
5.8
6.2 
5.8 
5.2 
4.4
4.4 
0.6 
0.5 
0.5
0.1 
0.0
0.0 
0.3 
0.8
0.8 
4.0 
3.4
3.4 
2.4 
1.9 
1.9
0.4 
0.3 
0.3
0.4 
0.4 
0.4

Other 
Other
31.12.19  31.12.18 
31.12.19
0.8 
0.7 
0.7
0.3 
0.2 
0.2
0.5 
0.5
0.5 
0.2 
0.0
0.0 
4.6
4.4 
4.6 
2.8 
2.7
2.7 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0
1.4 
1.7
1.7 
0.2 
0.2
0.2 
1.7 
1.9
1.9 
0.6 
0.5 
0.5
0.0 
0.0 
0.0
0.1 
0.2 
0.2

8.6
8.6 
0.0 
0.0

8.6 
0.1 

66.8
66.8 
30.6 
30.6

57.0 
28.9 

0.0
0.0 
0.0 
0.0

4.8
4.8 
1.1 
1.1

0.0 
0.0 

4.2 
1.5 

152.3 
152.3
37.2 
37.2

154.6 
38.4 

13.7 
13.7
3.0 
3.0

14.2 
2.9 

17.5 
17.5

18.8 

1.2 
1.2

1.3 

0.9
0.9 
0.0 
0.0

0.5
0.5 
0.1 
0.1

0.2 
0.2
0.1 
0.1

0.2 
0.2

0.9 
0.0 

0.4 
0.1 

0.2 
0.1 

0.2 

0.0
0.0 
0.0 
0.0

0.8
0.8 
0.5 
0.5

1.8 
1.8
0.3 
0.3

0.2 
0.2

0.0 
0.0 

0.7 
0.4 

1.0 
0.3 

0.5 

0.0
0.0 
0.0 
0.0

1.2
1.2 
1.7 
1.7

0.9 
0.9
0.6 
0.6

0.3 
0.3

0.0 
0.0 

0.9 
1.2 

1.7 
0.9 

0.2 

All currencies 
All currencies
31.12.19  31.12.18 
31.12.19
5.5 
3.1 
3.1
1.2 
0.7 
0.7
4.3 
2.4
2.4 
1.1 
0.8
0.8 
48.9
46.4 
48.9 
20.1 
19.2
19.2 
18.3 
18.4 
18.4
5.9 
6.8
6.8 
2.0 
4.5
4.5 
16.6 
16.9
16.9 
6.9 
6.1 
6.1
0.4 
0.3 
0.3
1.9 
2.4 
2.4

0.9
0.9 
0.0 
0.0

7.3
7.3 
3.3 
3.3

0.9 
0.0 

6.2 
3.2 

16.6 
16.6
4.1 
4.1

17.1 
4.2 

1.9 
1.9

2.0 

39.9 
39.9
917.5 
917.5

34.2 
905.4 

0.6 
0.6
49.0 
49.0

0.6 
49.9 

0.2 
0.2
24.1 
24.1

0.2 
22.5 

0.1 
0.1
12.7 
12.7

0.2 
13.9 

3.4 
3.4
14.2 
14.2

2.7 
13.7 

4.4 
4.4
100.0 
100.0

3.7 
100.0 

2 Consists of long-term debt issued measured at amortized 
1 Short-term debt issued is comprised of certificates of deposit, commercial paper, acceptances and promissory notes, and other money market paper. 
1
2
cost and debt issued designated at fair value. The classification of debt issued into short-term and long-term does not consider any early redemption features. Long-term debt issued also includes debt with a 
3 Consists of financial liabilities at fair value not held for trading, financial liabilities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and other 
remaining time to maturity of less than one year. 
3
financial liabilities measured at amortized cost, but excludes financial liabilities related to unit-linked investment contracts. 

166 

 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
funding, 

short-term  wholesale 

Net stable funding ratio 
The  net  stable  funding  ratio  (NSFR)  framework  is  intended  to 
limit  overreliance  on 
to 
encourage a better assessment of funding risk across all on- and 
off-balance  sheet  items  and  to  promote  funding  stability.  The 
NSFR  has  two  components:  available  stable  funding  (ASF)  and 
required  stable  funding  (RSF).  ASF  is  the  portion  of  capital  and 
liabilities  expected  to  be  available  over  the  period  of  one  year. 
RSF is a measure of the stable funding requirement of an asset 
based on its maturity, encumbrance and other characteristics, as 
well  as  the  potential  for  contingent  calls  on  funding  liquidity 
from  off-balance  sheet  exposures.  The  Basel  Committee  on 
Banking Supervision (BCBS) NSFR regulatory framework requires 
a ratio of at least 100% from 2018. 

is 

in 

completed 

Switzerland, 

We  report  our  estimated  pro  forma  NSFR  based  on  current 
guidance  from  FINMA  and  will  adjust  our  NSFR  reporting 
according  to  the  final  implementation  of  the  BCBS  NSFR 
disclosure  standards  in  Switzerland.  The  calculation  of  our  pro 
forma  NSFR  includes  interpretation  and  estimates  of  the  effect 
of the NSFR rules. It will continue to be refined when NSFR rule-
making 
regulatory 
interpretations  evolve  and  as  new  models  and  associated 
systems  are  enhanced.  After  delaying  the  introduction  of  the 
NSFR framework in Switzerland for the past two years in order 
to  align  with  developments  in  the  EU  and  the  US,  the  Swiss 
Federal Council has decided to adopt the associated ordinance 
amendments  in  early  summer  2020,  and  to  bring  them  into 
force  by  mid-2021.  The  Federal  Department  of  Finance  has 
been mandated to finalize the necessary regulatory texts jointly 
with relevant stakeholders, including those from industry, in the 
upcoming months. 

as 

As of 31 December 2019, our estimated pro forma NSFR was 
111%,  an  increase  of  1  percentage  point  compared  with 
31 December  2018.  This  mainly  reflected  a  USD 19  billion 
increase in available stable funding, mainly driven by an increase 
in  deposits.  This  effect  was  largely  offset  by  a  USD 16  billion 
increase in required stable funding, mainly due to an increase in 
trading assets and calculation refinements. 

Pro forma net stable funding ratio 

USD billion, except where indicated 

Available stable funding 

Required stable funding 

PPrroo ffoorrmmaa nneett ssttaabbllee ffuunnddiinngg rraattiioo ((%%)) 

Internal funding and funds transfer pricing 
We  utilize  an  integrated  liquidity  and  funding  framework  to 
govern  the  liquidity  management  of  all  our  branches  and 
subsidiaries,  and  our  major  sources  of  liquidity  are  channeled 
through  entities  that  are  fully  consolidated.  Group  Treasury 
meets  internal  demands  for  funding  by  channeling  funds  from 
entities  generating  surplus  cash  to  those  in  need  of  financing, 
except in those circumstances where transfer restrictions exist. 

Funding  costs  and  benefits  are  allocated  to  our  business 
divisions according to our liquidity and funding risk management 
framework.  Our  internal  funds  transfer  pricing  system,  which  is 
governed  by  Group  Treasury,  is  designed  to  provide  the  proper 
liability structure to support the assets and planned activities of 
each  business  division.  The  funds  transfer  pricing  mechanisms 
aim  to  allocate  funding  and  liquidity  costs  to  the  activities 
generating  the  liquidity  and  funding  risks,  and  deals  with  the 
movement  of  funds  from  those  businesses  in  surplus  to  those 
that  have  a  shortfall.  Funding  is  internally  transferred  or 
allocated among businesses at rates and tenors that reflect each 
business’s  asset  composition,  liquidity  and  reliable  external 
funding,  and  is,  for  major  subsidiaries,  entity-specific.  We 
regularly  review  our  internal  funds  transfer  pricing  mechanisms 
and  make  enhancements  where  appropriate  to  help  better 
accomplish our liquidity and funding management objectives. 

Credit ratings 
Credit  ratings  can  affect  the  cost  and  availability  of  funding, 
especially funding from wholesale unsecured sources. Our credit 
ratings  can  also  influence  the  performance  of  some  of  our 
businesses and the levels of client and counterparty confidence. 
Rating  agencies  take  into  account  a  range  of  factors  when 
assessing  creditworthiness  and  setting  credit  ratings.  These 
include  the  company’s  strategy,  its  business  position  and 
franchise  value,  stability  and  quality  of  earnings,  capital 
adequacy,  risk  profile  and  management,  liquidity  management, 
diversification  of  funding  sources,  asset  quality  and  corporate 
governance.  Credit  ratings  reflect  the  opinions  of  the  rating 
agencies and can change at any time. 

In  evaluating  our  liquidity  and  funding  requirements,  we 
consider  the  potential  effect  of  a  reduction  in  UBS’s  long-term 
credit  ratings  and  a  corresponding  reduction  in  short-term 
ratings. 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

448888

444422

111111

 469 

 426 

 110 

167 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Treasury management 

If  our  credit  ratings  were  to  be  downgraded,  rating  trigger 
clauses could result in an immediate cash settlement or the need 
to deliver additional collateral to counterparties from contractual 
obligations related to over-the-counter (OTC) derivative positions 
and  other  obligations.  Based  on  our  credit  ratings  as  of 
31 December 2019, USD 0.0 billion, USD 0.5 billion and USD 0.9 
billion  would  have  been 
for  such  contractual 
obligations  in  the  event  of  a  one-notch,  two-notch  and  three-
notch  reduction  in  long-term  credit  ratings,  respectively.  Of 
these,  the  portion  related  to  additional  collateral  is  USD 0.0 
billion, USD 0.3 billion and USD 0.6 billion, respectively. 

required 

There  was  one  main  rating  action  on  UBS  Group  AG’s  and 
UBS  AG’s  solicited  credit  ratings  in  2019.  On  21  November 
2019,  Rating  and  Investment  Information  (R&I)  upgraded  UBS 
Group AG’s issuer rating to A+ from A, while revising its outlook 
from positive to stable. 

  Refer to “Liquidity and funding management are critical to 

UBS’s ongoing performance” in the “Risk factors” section of this 

report for more information 

Equity 
Equity  attributable  to  shareholders  increased  by  USD 1,605 
million to USD 54,533 million as of 31 December 2019. 

Total comprehensive income attributable to shareholders was 
positive  USD 5,089  million,  reflecting  net  profit  of  USD 4,304 
million  and  positive  other  comprehensive  income  (OCI)  of 
USD 785 million. OCI consisted of positive cash flow hedge OCI 
of  USD 1,143  million,  positive  OCI  related  to  financial  assets 
measured  at  fair  value  through  OCI  of  USD 117  million  and 
positive  foreign  currency  translation  OCI  of  USD 104  million, 
partly  offset  by  negative  OCI  related  to  own  credit  of  USD 392 
million  and  negative  defined  benefit  plan  OCI  of  USD 186 
million. 

Share  premium  decreased  by  USD 2,779  million,  mainly  due 
to the dividend distribution of USD 2,544 million to shareholders 
out of the  capital contribution reserve of UBS Group AG and a 
reduction of USD 886 million from the delivery of treasury shares 
under  share-based  compensation  plans,  partly  offset  by  an 
increase of USD 619 million due to the amortization of deferred 
equity compensation awards in the income statement. 

Net  treasury  share  activity  decreased  equity  attributable  to 
shareholders  by  USD 695  million,  mainly  as  a  result  of  share 
repurchases  of  USD 806  million  in  2019  under  our  share 
repurchase program, partly offset by the net disposal of treasury 
shares related to employee share-based compensation awards. 

The effect of adopting IFRIC 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax 
Treatments,  decreased  equity  attributable  to  shareholders  by 
USD 11 million. 

Equity  attributable  to  non-controlling  interests  decreased  by 

USD 2 million to USD 174 million. 

  Refer to the “Group performance” and “Consolidated financial 

statements” sections of this report for more information 
  Refer to “UBS shares” in the “Capital management” section of 
this report for more information about the share repurchase 

program 

  Refer to “Note 1b Changes in accounting policies, comparability 

and other adjustments” in the “Consolidated financial 

statements” section of this report for more information about 

the adoption of IFRIC 23 

Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities 

The tables on the following pages provide an analysis of on- and 
off-balance  sheet  assets  and  liabilities  by  residual  contractual 
maturity as of the balance sheet date. The contractual maturity 
of  liabilities  is  based  on  carrying  amounts  and  the  earliest  date 
on which we could be required to pay. The contractual maturity 
of assets is based on carrying amounts and includes the effect of 
callable  features.  The  presentation  of  liabilities  at  carrying 
amount  in  this  table  differs  from  “Note  27  Maturity  analysis  of 
financial  liabilities”  in  the  “Consolidated  financial  statements” 
section of this report, where these liabilities are presented on an 
undiscounted  basis,  as  required  by 
International  Financial 
Reporting Standards. 

Derivative  financial  instruments  and  financial  assets  and 
liabilities at fair value held for trading are assigned to the column 
Due  within  1  month,  noting  that  the  respective  contractual 
maturities may extend over significantly longer periods. 

Assets  held  to  hedge  unit-linked 

investment  contracts 
(presented  within  Financial  assets  at  fair  value  not  held  for 
trading)  are  assigned  to  the  column  Due  within  1  month, 
consistent  with  the  maturity  assigned  to  the  related  amounts 
due  under  unit-linked  investment  contracts  (presented  within 
Other financial liabilities designated at fair value). 

Other  financial  assets  and  liabilities  with  no  contractual 
maturity, such as equity securities, are included in the Perpetual / 
Not  applicable  time  bucket.  Undated  or  perpetual  instruments 
are  classified  based  on  the  contractual  notice  period  that  the 
counterparty of the instrument is entitled to give. Where there is 
no contractual notice period, undated or perpetual contracts are 
included in the Perpetual / Not applicable time bucket. 

Non-financial  assets  and 

liabilities  with  no  contractual 
maturity are generally included in the Perpetual / Not applicable 
time bucket. 

Loan  commitments  are  classified  on  the  basis  of  the  earliest 

date they can be drawn down. 

168 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Due 
within 
1 month 

Due 
between 
1 and 3 
months 

Due 
between 
3 and 6 
months 

Due 
between 
6 and 9 
months 

Due 
between 
9 and 12 
months 

Due 
between 
1 and 2 
years 

Due 
between 
2 and 5 
years 

Due over 
5 years 

Perpetual / 
Not 
applicable 

Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities 

USD billion 

Assets 
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Receivables from securities financing transactions
Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other financial assets measured at amortized cost
TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt
Financial assets at fair value held for trading

of which: assets pledged as collateral that may be sold or 
repledged by counterparties
Derivative financial instruments
Brokerage receivables
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading
TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee tthhrroouugghh 
pprrooffiitt oorr lloossss
FFiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee tthhrroouugghh ootthheerr 
ccoommpprreehheennssiivvee iinnccoommee
Investments in associates
Property, equipment and software
Goodwill and intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Other non-financial assets
TToottaall aasssseettss aass ooff 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 22001199 
TToottaall aasssseettss aass ooff 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 22001188

Liabilities 
Amounts due to banks 
Payables from securities financing transactions
Cash collateral payables on derivative instruments
Customer deposits
Debt issued measured at amortized cost
Other financial liabilities measured at amortized cost
TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt
Financial liabilities at fair value held for trading
Derivative financial instruments
Brokerage payables designated at fair value
Debt issued designated at fair value
Other financial liabilities designated at fair value
TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess mmeeaassuurreedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee tthhrroouugghh 
pprrooffiitt oorr lloossss
Provisions
Other non-financial liabilities
TToottaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess aass ooff 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 22001199 
TToottaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess aass ooff 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 22001188

GGuuaarraanntteeeess,, ccoommmmiittmmeennttss aanndd ffoorrwwaarrdd ssttaarrttiinngg ttrraannssaaccttiioonnss 
Loan commitments
Guarantees
Reverse repurchase agreements
Securities borrowing agreements 
TToottaall aass ooff 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 22001199 
TToottaall aass ooff 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 22001188

 107.0
 11.2
 57.2
 23.3
 118.9
 5.1
 322.6
 127.5

 41.3
 121.8
 18.0
 36.6

 303.9

 0.2

 6.6
663333..44 
 626.5

 5.3
 7.4
 31.4
 422.9
 4.3
 5.8
 477.2
 30.6
 120.9
 37.2
 20.4
 34.1

 243.2
 3.0
 3.7
772277..11 
 699.7

 33.1
 19.1
 21.9

7744..11 
 63.0

 0.6
 16.8

 36.7
 0.6
 54.8

 4.8

 4.8

 0.1

 0.2
 4.3

 14.0
 0.4
 18.9

 5.2

 5.2

 0.3

 0.2
 4.0

 8.3
 0.7
 13.2

 2.8

 2.8

 0.2

 0.1
 1.0

 9.1
 0.6
 10.7

 0.0
 0.8

 27.1
 1.9
 29.7

 0.2
 0.2

 60.6
 5.9
 66.8

 0.1
 0.0

 52.0
 7.8
 60.0

 4.7

 4.7

 0.3

 15.2

 11.4

 15.2

 11.4

 0.4

 0.2

 1.9

 1.9

 4.7

5599..88 
 63.0

2244..44 
 24.2

1166..22 
 17.0

1155..77 
 18.9

4455..33 
 37.4

 1.3
7799..66 
 80.6

 0.0
6666..66 
 62.2

 0.3
 0.1

 16.0
 4.4
 0.1
 21.0

 17.3
 0.4

 17.7

 2.6
4411..22 
 41.4

 0.5

00..55 
 0.3

 0.1
 0.3

 4.3
 13.8
 0.1
 18.6

 3.9
 0.2

 4.1

 0.2
 0.0

 0.9
 8.6
 0.1
 9.9

 4.1
 0.2

 4.4

 0.1

 0.3

 0.2

 0.0

 1.8
 6.5
 0.1
 8.6

 2.1
 0.0

 2.1

 1.1
 9.9
 0.5
 11.7

 10.2
 0.0

 10.3

 1.2
 28.4
 1.2
 30.9

 2.0
 0.4

 2.3

 0.0
 20.3
 1.8
 22.1

 6.7
 0.6

 7.3

2222..77 
 28.6

1144..33 
 17.6

1100..77 
 11.7

2222..00 
 23.6

3333..33 
 37.7

2299..44 
 32.7

 0.2

 0.0

00..22 
 0.2

 0.1

 0.0

 0.0

 0.0

00..11 
 0.1

00..00 
 0.2

00..00 
 0.0

00..00 
 0.0

00..00 
 0.0

Total 

 107.1 
 12.4 
 84.2 
 23.3 
 326.8 
 23.0 
 576.8 
 127.5 

 41.3 
 121.8 
 18.0 
 83.9 

 1.3

 1.3

 351.3 

 0.0
 1.1
 12.8
 6.5
 9.5

3311..22 
 28.6

 14.3

 14.3

 2.5
1166..88 
 12.5

 6.3 
 1.1 
 12.8 
 6.5 
 9.5 
 7.9 
997722..22 
 958.5 

 6.6 
 7.8 
 31.4 
 448.3 
 110.5 
 9.7 
 614.3 
 30.6 
 120.9 
 37.2 
 66.8 
 35.9 

 291.5 
 3.0 
 8.8 
991177..55 
 905.4 

 33.9 
 19.1 
 21.9 

7744..99 
 63.6 

169 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Treasury management 

Off-balance sheet 

Off-balance sheet arrangements 

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  enter  into  transactions 
where,  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting 
Standards,  the  maximum  contractual  exposure  may  not  be 
recognized  in  whole  or  in  part  on  our  balance  sheet.  These 
transactions  include  derivative  instruments,  guarantees  and 
similar  arrangements,  as  well  as  some  purchased  and  retained 
interests  in  non-consolidated  structured  entities,  which  are 
transacted  for  a  number  of  reasons,  including  hedging  and 
market-making activities, to meet specific needs of our clients or 
to offer investment opportunities to clients through entities that 
are not controlled by us. 

When we incur an obligation or become entitled to an asset 
through these arrangements, we recognize them on the balance 
sheet.  It  should  be  noted  that  in  certain  instances  the  amount 
recognized on the balance sheet does not represent the full gain 
or loss potential inherent in such arrangements. 

  Refer to “Note 1a Significant accounting policies,” items 1, 3a 
and 3d, and “Note 31 Interests in subsidiaries and other 

entities” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of 

this report for more information 

Off-balance sheet 

The  following  paragraphs  provide  more  information  about 
several  distinct  off-balance  sheet  arrangements.  Additional  off-
balance sheet information is primarily provided in Notes 10, 11, 
21,  23,  24i,  26,  31  and  34  in  the  “Consolidated  financial 
statements” section of this report, as well as in the 31 December 
report  under  “Pillar  3  disclosures”  at 
2019  Pillar  3 
www.ubs.com/investors. 

Off-balance sheet development in 2019 
Forward  starting  reverse  repurchase  agreements  increased  by 
USD 13  billion,  mainly  reflecting  higher  client  activity  levels 
related  to  forward  starting  transactions  in  the  repo  market. 
Forward  starting  repurchase  agreements  were  stable  at  USD 8 
billion  and  guarantees  were  also  stable  at  USD 16  billion.  Loan 
commitments  decreased  by  USD 1  billion,  primarily  reflecting  a 
decrease  in  our  Corporate  Client  Solutions  business  in  the 
Investment  Bank,  resulting  from  commitments  that  were 
funded,  canceled  or  syndicated  during  the  year.  Committed 
unconditionally revocable credit lines decreased by USD 2 billion. 

% change from 
31.12.18 
USD billion 
Total guarantees1 
 (3) 
Loan commitments1 
 (3) 
Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements1 
 143 
Forward starting repurchase agreements1 
 (2) 
Committed unconditionally revocable credit lines2 
 (4) 
1 These lines are aligned with the scope disclosed in “Note 34 Guarantees, commitments and forward starting transactions” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report. Total guarantees and 
1
2 Refer to “Note 10 Financial assets at amortized cost and other positions in scope of expected credit loss measurement” in the “Consolidated financial 
Loan commitments are shown net of sub-participations. 
2
statements” section of this report for more information. 

31.12.18 
 17.0
 34.1
 9.0
 8.3
 36.6

31.12.19
31.12.19 
16.5
16.5
33.1
33.1
21.9
21.9
8.1
8.1
35.1
35.1

As of 

170 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
Risk disclosures, including our involvement with off-balance 
sheet vehicles 
Refer  to  the  “Risk  management  and  control”  section  of  this 
report  for  comprehensive  credit,  market  and  liquidity  risk 
information  related  to  our  exposures,  which  includes  exposures 
to off-balance sheet vehicles. 

Support provided to non-consolidated investment funds 
In 2019, the Group did not provide material support, financial or 
otherwise, to unconsolidated investment funds when the Group 
was  not  contractually  obligated  to  do  so,  nor  does  the  Group 
have an intention to do so. 

Guarantees and similar arrangements 
In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  issue  various  forms  of 
guarantees,  commitments  to  extend  credit,  standby  and  other 
letters  of  credit  to  support  our  clients,  commitments  to  enter 
into  forward  starting  transactions,  note  issuance  facilities  and 
revolving  underwriting  facilities.  With  the  exception  of  related 
premiums, generally these guarantees and similar obligations are 
kept  as  off-balance  sheet  items  unless  a  provision  to  cover 
probable losses or expected credit losses is required. 

Guarantees  represent  irrevocable  assurances  that,  subject  to 
the satisfaction of certain conditions, we will make payments in 
the  event  that  our  clients  fail  to  fulfill  their  obligations  to  third 
parties. As of 31 December 2019, the net exposure (gross values 
less sub-participations) from guarantees and similar instruments 
was  USD 16.5  billion  compared  with  USD 17.0  billion  as  of 
31 December  2018.  Fee  income  from  issuing  guarantees  was 
not significant to total revenues in 2019 and 2018. 

We also enter into commitments to extend credit in the form 
of credit lines that are available to secure the liquidity needs of 
our clients. The majority of these unutilized credit lines range in 
maturity  from  one  month  to  five  years.  The  committed 
unconditionally revocable credit lines are generally open-ended. 
If  customers  fail  to  meet  their  obligations,  our  maximum 
exposure  to  credit  risk  is  the  contractual  amount  of  these 
instruments.  The  risk  is  similar  to  the  risk  involved  in  extending 
loan  facilities  and  is  subject  to  the  same  risk  management  and 
control  framework.  In  2019,  we  recognized  net  credit  loss 
recoveries  of  USD 6  million  related  to  loan  commitments, 
guarantees and other credit facilities in scope of expected credit 
loss  measurement  compared  with  net  credit  loss  expenses  of 
USD 12  million  in  2018.  Provisions  recognized  for  guarantees 
loan  commitments  were  USD 114  million  as  of 
and 
31 December  2019  and  USD 116  million  as  of  31 December 
2018. 

  Refer to “Note 10 Financial assets at amortized cost and other 
positions in scope of expected credit loss measurement” and 

“Note 23 Expected credit loss measurement” in the “Consolidated 

financial statements” section of this report for more information 

about provisions for loan commitments and guarantees 

into  partial 

For  certain  obligations,  we  enter 

sub-
participations to mitigate various risks from guarantees and loan 
commitments.  A  sub-participation  is  an  agreement  by  another 
party to take a share of the loss in the event that the obligation 
is  not  fulfilled  by  the  obligor  and,  where  applicable,  to  fund  a 
part of the credit facility. We retain the contractual relationship 
with  the  obligor,  and  the  sub-participant  has  only  an  indirect 
relationship.  We  only  enter  into  sub-participation  agreements 
with banks to which we ascribe a credit rating equal to or better 
than that of the obligor. 

Furthermore,  we  provide  representations,  warranties  and 
indemnifications  to  third  parties  in  the  normal  course  of 
business. 

Clearing house and exchange memberships 
We  are  a  member  of  numerous  securities  and  derivative 
exchanges  and  clearing  houses.  In  connection  with  some  of 
those  memberships,  we  may  be  required  to  pay  a  share  of  the 
financial  obligations  of  another  member  who  defaults  or  we 
may  be  otherwise  exposed  to  additional  financial  obligations. 
While  the  membership  rules  vary,  obligations  generally  would 
arise  only  if  the  exchange  or  clearing  house  had  exhausted  its 
resources. We consider the probability of a material loss due to 
such obligations to be remote. 

Deposit insurance 
Swiss  banking  law  and  the  deposit  insurance  system  require 
Swiss  banks  and  securities  dealers  to  jointly  guarantee  an 
amount  of  up  to  CHF 6  billion  for  privileged  client  deposits  in 
the  event  that  a  Swiss  bank  or  securities  dealer  becomes 
insolvent.  FINMA  estimates  our  share  in  the  deposit  insurance 
system to be CHF 0.9 billion. 

As  a  member  of  the  Deposit  Protection  Fund  of  the 
Association  of  German  Banks  (the  Fund),  we  are  required  to 
provide  an  indemnity  to  the  Fund  related  to  its  coverage  of 
above 
certain  non-institutional  deposits 
EUR 100,000  and  below  EUR 235  million  per  depositor  until 
31 December  2019,  from  1 January  2020  above  EUR 100,000 
and  below  EUR 176  million)  in  the  event  that  UBS  Europe  SE 
becomes unable to meet its obligations. 

amounts 

(for 

The 

aforementioned  deposit 

requirements 
represent  a  contingent  payment  obligation  and  expose  us  to 
additional  risk.  As  of  31  December  2019,  we  considered  the 
probability of a material loss from our obligations to be remote. 

insurance 

171 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Treasury management 

Contractual obligations 

USD million 

Long-term debt obligations

Lease obligations

Purchase obligations

Total as of 31 December 2019
Total as of 31 December 2019 

Contractual obligations 
The  table  above  summarizes  payments  due  by  period  under 
contractual obligations as of 31 December 2019. 

All  contractual  obligations  included  in  this  table,  with  the 
exception  of  purchase  obligations  (i.e.,  those  in  which  we  are 
committed  to  purchasing  goods  and  services),  and  lease 
commitments  included  within  Lease  obligations,  are  recognized 
as  liabilities  on  our  balance  sheet.  Amounts  in  the  table  above 
are presented on an undiscounted basis. 

Long-term  debt  obligations  as  of  31  December  2019  were 
USD 169 billion. They consisted of debt issued designated at fair 
value  (USD 68  billion)  and  long-term  debt  issued  measured  at 
amortized cost (USD 101 billion) and represent estimated future 
interest and principal payments on an undiscounted basis. 

  Refer to “Note 27 Maturity analysis of financial liabilities” in the 
“Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for 

more information 

More  than  half  of  total  long-term  debt  obligations  had  a 
fixed-rate of interest. Amounts due on interest rate swaps used 
to  hedge  interest  rate  risk  inherent  in  floating-rate  debt  issued, 
and designated in fair value hedge accounting relationships, are 
not  included  in  the  table  above.  The  notional  amount  of  these 
interest rate swaps was USD 65 billion as of 31 December 2019. 

Payment due by period 

Within 1 year 

1–3 years 

3–5 years 

Over 5 years 

 66,652

 658

 1,069

68,379
68,379 

 37,534

 1,107

 780

39,421
39,421 

 21,519

 898

 301

22,717
22,717 

 43,622

 2,073

 111

45,806
45,806 

Total 

 169,327 

 4,736 

 2,260 

176,323
176,323 

Debt issued designated at fair value mainly consists of structured 
notes and is generally economically hedged, but it would not be 
practicable  to  estimate  the  amount  and/or  timing  of  the 
payments on interest swaps used to hedge these instruments as 
interest rate risk inherent in respective liabilities is generally risk-
managed on a portfolio level. 

Within  purchase  obligations,  obligations  to  employees  under 
mandatory notice periods are excluded (i.e., the periods in which 
we must pay contractually agreed salaries to employees leaving 
the firm). 

Our  liabilities  recognized  on  the  balance  sheet  as  Amounts 
due  to  banks,  Payables  from  securities  financing  transactions, 
Cash  collateral  payables  on  derivative  instruments,  Customer 
deposits,  Other  financial  liabilities  measured  at  amortized  cost, 
Financial  liabilities  at  fair  value  held  for  trading,  Derivative 
financial  instruments,  Brokerage  payables  designated  at  fair 
value,  Other  financial 
liabilities  designated  at  fair  value, 
Provisions  and  Other  non-financial  liabilities  are  excluded  from 
the table above. 

  Refer to the respective Notes, including “Note 28 Hedge 

accounting,” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section 

of this report for more information 

172 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Currency management 

Strategy, objectives and governance 

Group Treasury focuses on three principal areas of currency risk 
management:  (i)  currency-matched  funding  and  investment  of 
non-US dollar assets and liabilities; (ii) sell-down of non-US dollar 
profits and losses; and (iii) selective hedging of anticipated non-
US  dollar  profits  and  losses  to  further  mitigate  the  effect  of 
structural  imbalances  in  the  balance  sheet.  Non-trading  foreign 
exchange  risks  arising  from  transactions  denominated  in  a 
currency other than the reporting entity’s functional currency are 
managed under market risk limits. Activities performed by Group 
Treasury  include  the  management  of  the  structural  currency 
composition at the consolidated Group level. 

Currency-matched funding and investment of non-US dollar 
assets and liabilities 
For monetary balance sheet items and other investments, as far 
as  it  is  practical  and  efficient,  we  follow  the  principle  of 
matching  the  currencies  of  our  assets  and  liabilities  for  funding 
purposes.  This  avoids  profits  and  losses  arising  from  the 
translation of non-US dollar assets and liabilities. 

Net investment hedge accounting is applied to non-US dollar 
core  investments  to  balance  the  effect  of  foreign  exchange 
movements  on  both  common  equity  tier  1  (CET1)  capital  and 
the CET1 capital ratio. 

Hedging of anticipated non-US dollar profits and losses 
The  Group  ALCO  may  at  any  time  instruct  Group  Treasury  to 
execute hedges to protect anticipated future profits and losses in 
foreign  currencies  against  possible  adverse  trends  of  foreign 
exchange  rates.  Although  intended  to  hedge  future  earnings, 
these transactions are accounted for as open currency positions 
and are subject to internal market risk limits for value-at-risk and 
stress loss limits. 

  Refer to the “Capital management” section of this report for 

more information about our active management of sensitivity 

to currency movements and its effect on our key ratios 

Dividend distribution 
Following the change in functional currency of UBS Group AG to 
the  US  dollar,  effective  from  1 October  2018,  dividends  were 
accrued  in  US  dollars  over  the  course  of  2019  to  align  the 
dividend  declaration  currency  to  the  functional  currency.  As  a 
result, starting with the dividend for the financial year 2019, UBS 
Group  AG  will  declare  dividends  in  US  dollars  going  forward. 
Shareholders  whose 
SIX 
(ISIN: CH0244767585)  will  receive  dividends  in  Swiss  francs, 
based  on  a  published  exchange  rate  calculated  up  to  five 
decimal  places,  on  the  day  prior  to  the  ex-dividend  date. 
Shareholders holding shares through DTC (ISIN: CH0244767585; 
CUSIP: H42097107) will be paid dividends in US dollars. 

through 

shares 

held 

are 

  Refer to “Note 1a Significant accounting policies” and “Note 11 

Derivative instruments” in the “Consolidated financial 

  Refer to the “Standalone financial statements” section of this 
report for more information about the proposed dividend 

statements” section of this report for more information 

distribution of UBS Group AG 

Sell-down of non-US dollar reported profits and losses 
Income statement items of foreign subsidiaries and branches of 
UBS AG with a functional currency other than the US dollar are 
translated  into  US  dollars  at  average  rates.  To  reduce  earnings 
volatility  on  the  translation  of  previously  recognized  earnings  in 
foreign  currencies,  Group  Treasury  centralizes  the  profits  and 
losses  arising  in  UBS  AG  and  its  branches  and  sells  or  buys  the 
profit  or  loss  for  US  dollars.  Our  foreign  subsidiaries  follow  a 
similar  monthly  sell-down  process  into  their  own  functional 
currencies.  Retained  earnings  in  foreign  subsidiaries  with  a 
functional currency other than the US dollar are integrated and 
managed  as  part  of  our  net  investment  hedge  accounting 
program. 

173 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Treasury management 

Cash flows 

As a global financial institution, our cash flows are complex and 
often may bear little relation to our net earnings and net assets. 
Consequently, we believe that a traditional cash flow analysis is 
less  meaningful  when  evaluating  our  liquidity  position  than  the 
liquidity,  funding  and  capital  management  frameworks  and 
measures described elsewhere in the “Risk, treasury and capital 
management” section of this report. 

Cash and cash equivalents 

As  of  31  December  2019,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  totaled 
USD 119.9  billion,  a  decrease  of  USD 6.2  billion 
from 
31 December 2018, driven by net cash outflows from financing 
and  investing  activities,  partly  offset  by  net  cash  inflows  from 
operating activities. 

Operating activities 

Net cash inflows from operating activities were USD 19.7 billion 
in  2019.  Net  operating  cash  flow,  before  changes  in  operating 
assets  and  liabilities  and  income  taxes  paid,  was  an  inflow  of 
USD 14.3  billion.  Changes  in  operating  assets  and  liabilities 
resulted in net cash inflows of USD 5.4 billion, mainly driven by a 
USD 23.2 billion net inflow related to customer deposits and an 
USD 8.7  billion  inflow  from  securities  financing  transactions. 
These inflows were partly offset by a net outflow from financial 
assets and liabilities at fair value held for trading and derivative 
financial instruments of USD 18.8 billion and net outflows from 
loans and advances to banks of USD 4.3 billion and from lending 
balances to customers of USD 3.1 billion. 

In  2018,  net  cash  inflows  from  operating  activities  were 
USD 28.9  billion.  Net  operating  cash  flow,  before  changes  in 
operating  assets  and  liabilities  and  income  taxes  paid,  was  an 
outflow  of  USD 0.2  billion.  Changes  in  operating  assets  and 
liabilities resulted in net cash inflows of USD 29.1 billion, mainly 
driven  by  an  USD 11.4  billion  net  inflow  related  to  brokerage 
receivables  and  payables,  an  USD 11.1  billion  net  inflow  from 
financial  assets  at  fair  value  not  held  for  trading  and  other 
financial  assets  and  liabilities,  an  USD 11.1  billion  inflow  from 
financial  assets  and  liabilities  at  fair  value  held  for  trading  and 

derivative  financial  instruments,  and  a  USD 9.1  billion  inflow 
from  customer  deposits.  These  inflows  were  partly  offset  by  a 
net  outflow  from  securities  financing  transactions  of  USD 11.2 
billion and a net outflow from lending balances to customers of 
USD 5.2 billion. 

Investing activities 

Investing  activities  resulted  in  a  net  cash  outflow  of  USD 1.6 
billion in 2019, primarily related to net cash outflows of USD 3.4 
billion  from  the  purchase  of  financial  assets  measured  at  fair 
value  through  other  comprehensive  income  and  a  USD 1.6 
billion  outflow  from  the  purchase  of  property,  equipment  and 
software. These outflows were partly offset by a net inflow from 
the disposal and redemption of financial assets measured at fair 
value through other comprehensive income of USD 3.9 billion. 

In 2018, investing activities resulted in a net cash outflow of 
USD 6.1  billion,  primarily  related  to  net  cash  outflows  of 
USD 3.8  billion  from  the  purchase  and  redemption  of  debt 
securities measured at amortized cost. 

Financing activities 

Financing  activities  resulted  in  a  net  cash  outflow  of  USD 25.6 
billion  in  2019,  mainly  due  to  the  net  repayment  of  USD 17.1 
billion  of  short-term  debt  and  the  net  repayment  of  USD 3.8 
billion of long-term debt, which includes debt issued designated at 
fair  value.  In  addition,  a  dividend  distribution  to  shareholders  of 
USD 2.5  billion  and  net  cash  used  to  acquire  treasury  shares  of 
USD 1.6 billion contributed to the net cash outflow. 

In  2018,  financing  activities  resulted  in  a  net  cash  inflow  of 
USD 0.2  billion,  mainly  due  to  the  net  issuance  of  USD 16.3 
billion of long-term debt, which includes debt issued designated 
at  fair  value,  partly  offset  by  the  net  repayment  of  USD 12.2 
billion of short-term debt, a dividend distribution to shareholders 
of  USD 2.4  billion  and  net  cash  used  to  acquire  treasury  shares 
of USD 1.4 billion. 

  Refer to “Primary financial statements” in the “Consolidated 

financial statements” section of this report for more 

information about cash flows 

Statement of cash flows (condensed) 

USD million 

Net cash flow from / (used in) operating activities 

Net cash flow from / (used in) investing activities 

Net cash flow from / (used in) financing activities 

Effects of exchange rate differences on cash and cash equivalents 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

174 

For the year ended 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

19,705
19,705

(1,558)
(1,558)

(25,614)
(25,614) 

1,261
1,261

(6,207)
(6,207)

31.12.18 

 28,913 

 (6,132) 

 190 

 (1,726) 

 21,245 

119,873
119,873

 126,079 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
Capital management 

Capital management objectives, planning and activities 

Capital management objectives 

Audited | An adequate level of total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC) 
in accordance with both our internal assessment and regulatory 
requirements  is  a  prerequisite  for  conducting  our  business 
activities. We are therefore committed to maintaining a strong 
TLAC  position  and  sound  TLAC  ratios  at  all  times,  in  order  to 
meet  regulatory  capital  requirements  and  our  target  capital 
ratios, and to support the growth of our businesses. 

increases 

We  expect  to  meet  known  future 

in  TLAC 
requirements  mainly  through  a  combination  of  retaining 
earnings and issuing high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 
(AT1) capital instruments, including Deferred Contingent Capital 
Plan  (DCCP)  employee  compensation  awards,  as  well  as  issuing 
senior unsecured debt that contributes to our TLAC. 

As  of  31  December  2019,  our  common  equity  tier  1  (CET1) 
capital ratio and our CET1 leverage ratio were 13.7% and 3.9%, 
respectively,  each  of  which  is  above  our  capital  guidance  and 
above  the  requirements  for  Swiss  systemically  relevant  banks 
(SRBs)  as  well  as  the  Basel  Committee  on  Banking  Supervision 
(BCBS)  requirements.  We  believe  that  our  capital  strength  is  a 
source  of  confidence  for  our  stakeholders,  contributes  to  our 
strong  credit  ratings  and  is  one  of  the  foundations  of  our 
success. 

The  BCBS  announced  the  finalization  of  the  Basel III 
framework  in  December  2017  and  published  the  final  rules  on 
(the 
the  minimum  capital  requirements  for  market  risk 
Fundamental Review of the Trading Book) in January 2019. We 
currently expect the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority 
(FINMA) to implement these regulations later than the originally 
communicated  effective  date  of  1 January  2022.  We  will 
monitor implementation and assess the effect on UBS once the 
final national law is available. In the absence of the final national 

law,  we  continue  to  make  progress  on  our  internal  assessment 
of 
to 
infrastructure  design  and  operational  governance 
anticipate  the  upcoming  adoption  of  these  rules.  We  have 
previously  provided  guidance  on  the  approximate  impact  of 
Basel  III  finalization  on  RWA.  As  the  implementation  has  now 
been  extended  by  at  least  a  year,  the  day-1  impact  could  be 
lower  than  we  originally  believed,  but  there  is  still  too  much 
uncertainty for an update to be provided. 

  Refer to the “Our strategy” and “Performance targets and 
measurement” sections of this report for more information 

about our capital and resource guidelines 2020–2022 

  Refer to “Our stated capital returns objective is based, in part, 
on capital ratios that are subject to regulatory change and may 

fluctuate significantly” in the “Risk factors” section of this 

report for more information about the risks related to our 

capital ratios 

Capital planning and activities 

Audited  | We manage our balance sheet, RWA, the leverage ratio 
denominator (the LRD) and TLAC ratio levels within our internal 
limits  and  targets  and  on  the  basis  of  our  regulatory  TLAC 
requirements.  Our  strategic  focus  is  to  achieve  an  optimal 
attribution and use of financial resources between our business 
divisions  and  Corporate  Center,  as  well  as  between  our  legal 
entities, while remaining within the limits defined for the Group 
and allocated to the business divisions by the Board of Directors 
(the  BoD).  These  resource  allocations,  in  turn,  affect  business 
plans and earnings projections, which are reflected in our capital 
plans. 

The  annual  strategic  planning  process  includes  a  capital-
planning component that is key in defining medium- and longer-
term capital targets. It is based on an attribution of Group RWA 
and LRD internal limits to the business divisions. 

175 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Capital management 

Limits  and  targets  are  established  at  both  the  Group  and 
business  division  levels,  and  are  submitted  to  the  BoD  for 
approval at least annually. In the target-setting process, we take 
into  account 
future  TLAC 
the  current  and  potential 
requirements, our aggregate risk exposure in terms of capital-at-
risk, the assessment by rating agencies, comparisons with peers 
and  the  effect  of  expected  accounting  policy  changes.
Monitoring  is  based  on  these  internal  limits  and  targets  and 
provides  indications  if  changes  are  required.  Any  breach  of  the 
limits  in  place  triggers  the  imposition  of  a  series  of  required 
remediating actions. 

Group  Treasury  plans  for,  and  monitors,  consolidated  TLAC 
information on an ongoing basis, also considering developments 
in  capital  regulations. 
In  addition,  capital  planning  and 
monitoring  are  performed  at  the  legal  entity  level  for  our 
significant  subsidiaries  and  sub-groups  that  are  subject  to 
prudential  supervision  and  must  meet  capital  and  other 
supervisory requirements. 

  Refer to “Capital and capital ratios of our significant regulated 

subsidiaries” in this section for more information 

Audited | In 2019, we continued to focus on meeting the Swiss 
SRB capital requirements applicable as of 1 January 2020, based 
on the Capital Adequacy Ordinance effective until 31 December 
2019. Therefore we executed a series of transactions, including: 
 the  issuances  of  USD 2.5  billion,  USD 0.5  billion,  USD 0.5 
billion  and  USD 0.3  billion  equivalent  of  high-trigger  loss-
absorbing AT1 capital instruments denominated in US dollars, 
Australian  dollars,  Singapore  dollars  and  Swiss  francs, 
respectively; 

 the issuances of USD 1.6 billion, USD 0.4 billion and USD 0.1 
billion  equivalent  of  TLAC-eligible  senior  unsecured  debt 
denominated in US dollars, Swiss francs and Australian dollars, 
respectively; and 

 the  call  of  USD 0.2  billion  equivalent  of  low-trigger  loss-

absorbing tier 2 capital instruments. 

As of 31 December 2019, these transactions had an effect on 
our  TLAC  ratio,  which  amounted  to  34.6%  of  our  RWA  and 
9.8%  of  our  LRD  compared  with  the  respective  minimum 
requirements  of  24.3%,  excluding  countercyclical  buffer 
requirements,  and  8.6%,  which  are  applicable  as  of  1 January 
2020.  These  minimum  requirements  include  the  currently 
applicable rebates. 

  Refer to the “Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements – 

time series” table in this section for more information 

176 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swiss SRB total loss-absorbing capacity framework 

The disclosures in this section are provided for UBS Group AG on 
a consolidated basis and focus on key developments during the 
reporting period and information in accordance with the Basel III 
framework,  as  applicable  to  Swiss  systemically  relevant  banks 
(SRBs). 

Additional  regulatory  disclosures  for  UBS  Group  AG  on  a 
consolidated  basis  are  provided  in  our  31 December  2019 
Pillar 3  report.  The  Pillar  3  report  further  includes  information 
relating to our significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups 
(UBS  AG  standalone,  UBS  Switzerland  AG  standalone,  UBS 
Europe  SE  consolidated  and  UBS  Americas  Holding  LLC 
consolidated)  as  of  31 December  2019  and  is  available  under 
“Pillar 3 disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors. 

Capital  and  other  regulatory 

information  for  UBS AG 
consolidated  in  accordance  with  the  Basel III  framework,  as 
applicable to Swiss SRBs, is provided in the combined UBS Group 
AG  and  UBS  AG  Annual  Report  2019  available  under  “Annual 
reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors. 

Capital and other instruments contributing to our total 
loss-absorbing capacity 
In addition to CET1 capital, the following instruments contribute 
to our loss-absorbing capacity: 
– 
– 
– 
– 

loss-absorbing AT1 capital instruments (high- and low-trigger); 
loss-absorbing tier 2 capital instruments (high- and low-trigger); 
non-Basel III-compliant tier 2 capital instruments; and 
TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt instruments. 

Under  the  Swiss  SRB  rules  applicable  as  of  1 January  2020, 
going  concern  capital  includes  CET1  and  high-trigger  loss-
absorbing  AT1  capital  instruments.  Under  the  transitional  rules 
for  the  Swiss  SRB  framework,  outstanding  low-trigger  loss-
absorbing  AT1  capital  instruments  are  available  to  meet  the 
going  concern  capital  requirements  until  their  first  call  date, 
even if the first call date is after 31 December 2019. As of their 
first  call  date,  these  instruments  are  eligible  to  meet  the  gone 
concern requirements. 

Regulatory framework 

The  Basel  III  framework  came  into  effect  in  Switzerland  on 
1 January 2013 and is embedded in the Swiss Capital Adequacy 
Ordinance (the CAO). The CAO also includes the too-big-to-fail 
provisions  applicable  to  Swiss  SRBs,  which  became  effective  on 
1 July 2016 subject to phasing in until 1 January 2020. 

Under  the  Swiss  SRB  framework,  going  and  gone  concern 
requirements  represent  the  total  loss-absorbing  capacity  (TLAC) 
requirement  of  the  Group.  TLAC  encompasses  regulatory 
capital,  such  as  common  equity  tier  1  (CET1),  loss-absorbing 
additional tier 1 (AT1) and tier 2 capital instruments, as well as 
liabilities  that  can  be  written  down  or  converted  into  equity  in 
case of resolution or for the purpose of restructuring measures. 

low-trigger 

Outstanding  high-  and 

loss-absorbing  tier 2 
capital  instruments  are  available  to  meet  the  going  concern 
capital requirements until the earlier of (i) their maturity or first 
call  date  or  (ii)  31 December  2019,  and  to  meet  gone  concern 
requirements thereafter. Outstanding low-trigger loss-absorbing 
tier 2 capital instruments are subject to amortization starting five 
years  prior  to  their  maturity,  with  the  amortized  portion 
qualifying as gone concern loss-absorbing capacity. 

Non-Basel  III-compliant  tier  2  capital  instruments  and  TLAC-
eligible  senior  unsecured  debt  instruments  are  eligible  to  meet 
gone concern requirements. 

  Refer to “Bondholder information,” available at 

www.ubs.com/investors, for more information about the 

eligibility of capital and senior unsecured debt instruments and 

about key features and terms and conditions of capital 

instruments 

  Refer to the “Regulatory and legal developments” section of 

this report for information about changes to the gone concern 

capital requirements 

177 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Capital management 

Total loss-absorbing capacity and leverage ratio requirements 

Going concern capital requirements 
Following  the  Swiss  SRB  requirements  being  fully  implemented 
by  1 January  2020,  total  going  concern  minimum  requirements 
for  all  Swiss  SRBs  are  a  capital  ratio  requirement  of  12.86%  of 
RWA  and  a  leverage  ratio  requirement  of  4.5%.  In  addition  to 
these  minimum  requirements,  an  add-on  reflecting  the  degree 
of systemic importance is applied based on market share and the 
leverage  ratio  denominator  (the  LRD).  The  add-on  for  UBS  is 
expected to be 1.08% of RWA and 0.375% of our LRD. Finally, 
the  Swiss  Federal  Council  has  activated  a  countercyclical  buffer 
requirement  of  2%  of  RWA  for  mortgage  loans  on  residential 
property  in  Switzerland,  applicable  since  30  June  2014,  and  we 
countercyclical  buffer 
are 
requirements  implemented  in  other  Basel  Committee  member 
jurisdictions,  which  result  in  an  additional  buffer  requirement  of 
0.31%. The total going concern capital requirements applicable 
starting  as  of  1 January  2020  are  14.25%  of  RWA  (including 
countercyclical  buffer  requirements)  and  4.875%  of  the  LRD. 
Furthermore,  of  the  total  going  concern  capital  requirement  of 
14.25% of RWA, at least 9.95% must be met with CET1 capital, 
while  a  maximum  of  4.3%  can  be  met  with  high-trigger  loss-
absorbing  AT1  capital  instruments.  Similarly,  of  the  total  going 
concern leverage ratio requirement of 4.875%, 3.375% must be 
met  with  CET1  capital,  while  a  maximum  of  1.5%  can  be  met 
with high-trigger loss-absorbing AT1 capital instruments. 

to  apply  additional 

required 

The  applicable  market  share  add-on  requirements  as  of 
31 December  2018  were  0.72%  for  RWA  and  0.25%  for  LRD 
purposes.  These  add-ons  were  reduced  to  0.36%  of  RWA  and 
0.125% of LRD from November 2019, reflecting a reduction in 
UBS’s  market  share  in  the  Swiss  credit  business  to  less  than 
17%.  The  applicable  LRD  add-on  requirements  remained 
unchanged at 0.72% for RWA and 0.25% for LRD purposes, as 
our Group LRD remained within the same range. 

Gone concern loss-absorbing capacity requirements 
As  an  internationally  active  Swiss  SRB,  UBS  is  also  subject  to 
gone  concern  loss-absorbing  capacity  requirements.  The  gone 

concern requirements also include add-ons for market share and 
the  LRD,  and  may  be  met  with  senior  unsecured  debt  that  is 
TLAC eligible. 

tier  2 

Under  the  Swiss  SRB  framework,  banks  are  eligible  for  a 
rebate  on  the  gone  concern  requirement  if  they  take  actions 
that  facilitate  recovery  and  resolvability  beyond  the  minimum 
requirements  to  ensure  the  integrity  of  systemically  important 
functions in the case of an impending insolvency. In addition, in 
the  event  that  CET1  capital,  low-trigger  loss-absorbing  AT1  or 
certain  low-trigger  tier  2  capital  instruments  are  used  to  meet 
the  gone  concern  requirements,  such  requirements  may  be 
reduced  by  up  to  2.86 percentage  points  for  the  RWA-based 
requirement  and  up  to  1 percentage  point  for  the  LRD-based 
requirement.  The  combined  reduction  applied  for  resolvability 
measures  and  the  aforementioned  gone  concern  requirement 
reduction for the use of low-trigger loss-absorbing AT1 and low-
trigger 
exceed 
5.34 percentage  points  for  the  RWA-based  requirement  of 
13.94%  and  1.875 percentage  points  for  the  LRD-based 
requirement of 4.875%. The amount of the rebate for improved 
resolvability  is  assessed  annually  by  FINMA,  and  was  phased  in 
until  1  January  2020.  Based  on  actions  we  completed  up  to 
December  2018  to  improve  resolvability,  FINMA  granted  a 
rebate  on  the  gone  concern  requirement  of  42.5%  of  the 
aforementioned  maximum  rebate  in  the  third  quarter  of  2019, 
which resulted in a reduction of 2.27 percentage points for the 
RWA-based  requirement  and  0.80 percentage  points  for  the 
LRD-based  requirement.  UBS  also  qualifies  for  an  additional 
rebate  for  the  use  of  low-trigger  tier  2  capital  instruments  to 
fulfill  gone  concern  requirements,  allowing  a  further  reduction 
of  1.33  percentage  points  for  the  RWA-based  requirement  and 
0.38 percentage points for the LRD-based requirements. 

instruments  may  not 

capital 

In  this  report,  we  refer  to  the  RWA-based  gone  concern 
requirements  as  gone 
capacity 
concern 
requirements, and the RWA-based gone concern ratio is referred 
to as the gone concern loss-absorbing capacity ratio. 

loss-absorbing 

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements – time series 

Risk-weighted assets (%)
Risk-weighted assets (%) 
Requirements 
Requirements

Leverage ratio (%)
Leverage ratio (%) 
Requirements 
Requirements

31.12.19 
31.12.19

1.1.20 
1.1.20

31.12.19 
31.12.19

1.1.20 
1.1.20

Going concern 
Going concern
Minimum capital 
Buffer capital1 
Total going concern
Total going concern 

of which: common equity tier 1 capital 1 
of which: maximum additional tier 1 capital 

Gone concern
Gone concern 
Base requirement including applicable add-ons and reductions 

of which: rebate granted (equivalent to 42.5% of maximum rebate) 
of which: reduction for usage of low-trigger tier 2 capital instruments 

8.00 
5.71 
13.71
13.71 
9.81 
3.90 

11.33 
(1.82) 

Total gone concern
Total gone concern 
Total loss-absorbing capacity
Total loss-absorbing capacity 
1 Going concern buffer capital requirements as of 31 December 2019 include applicable add-ons based on market share and LRD as well as a countercyclical buffer requirement of 0.31%. 
1

9.51
9.51 
23.23
23.23 

3.27
3.27 
7.77
7.77 

8.00 
6.25 
14.25
14.25 
9.95 
4.30 

13.94 
(2.27) 
(1.33) 
10.34
10.34 
24.59
24.59 

3.00 
1.50 
4.50
4.50 
3.20 
1.30 

3.91 
(0.64) 

3.00 
1.88 
4.88
4.88 
3.38 
1.50 

4.88 
(0.80) 
(0.38) 
3.70
3.70 
8.58
8.58 

178 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information 

AAss ooff 3311..1122..1199 
USD million, except where indicated 
RReeqquuiirreedd ggooiinngg ccoonncceerrnn ccaappiittaall 
TToottaall ggooiinngg ccoonncceerrnn ccaappiittaall 
CCoommmmoonn eeqquuiittyy ttiieerr 11 ccaappiittaall 
of which: minimum capital
of which: buffer capital
of which: countercyclical buffer
MMaaxxiimmuumm aaddddiittiioonnaall ttiieerr 11 ccaappiittaall 

of which: additional tier 1 capital
of which: additional tier 1 buffer capital

EElliiggiibbllee ggooiinngg ccoonncceerrnn ccaappiittaall 
TToottaall ggooiinngg ccoonncceerrnn ccaappiittaall 
Common equity tier 1 capital
TToottaall lloossss aabbssoorrbbiinngg aaddddiittiioonnaall ttiieerr 11 ccaappiittaall22 

-
-

of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital
of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital
of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital 

RReeqquuiirreedd ggoonnee ccoonncceerrnn ccaappiittaall 
TToottaall ggoonnee ccoonncceerrnn lloossss aabbssoorrbbiinngg ccaappaacciittyy 

-
-

of which: base requirement
of which: additional requirement for market share and LRD 3
of which: applicable reduction on requirements

of which: rebate granted (equivalent to 42.5% of maximum 
rebate)
of which: reduction for usage of low-trigger tier 2 capital 
instruments

EElliiggiibbllee ggoonnee ccoonncceerrnn ccaappiittaall 
TToottaall ggoonnee ccoonncceerrnn lloossss--aabbssoorrbbiinngg ccaappaacciittyy 
TToottaall ttiieerr 22 ccaappiittaall 

of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital
of which: non-Basel III-compliant tier 2 capital

TTLLAACC eelliiggiibbllee sseenniioorr uunnsseeccuurreedd ddeebbtt 

-
-

SSwwiissss SSRRBB,, iinncclluuddiinngg ttrraannssiittiioonnaall aarrrraannggeemmeennttss 

SSwwiissss SSRRBB aass ooff 11..11..2200 

RRWWAA 

iinn %% 

LLRRDD 

iinn %% 

RRWWAA 

iinn %% 

LLRRDD 

iinn %% 

1133..7711 
99..8811 
 4.90
 4.60
 0.31
33..9900 
 3.10
 0.80

2222..0011 
 13.73
88..2288 
 5.36
 0.93
1.99

3355,,554433 
2255,,443344 
 12,701
 11,924
 810
1100,,110099 
 8,035
 2,074

5577,,005566 
 35,582
2211,,447744 
 13,892
 2,414
 5,168

99..5511 
 10.52
 0.81
 (1.82)

2244,,666622 
 27,269
 2,100
 (4,706)

44..5500 
33..2200 
 1.70
 1.50

11..3300 
 1.30

66..2266 
 3.90
22..3366 
 1.52
 0.26
 0.57 

33..2277 
 3.63
 0.28
 (0.64)

4411,,001100 
2299,,116622 
 15,493
 13,670

1111,,884477 
 11,847

5577,,005566 
 35,582
2211,,447744 
 13,892
 2,414
5,168 

2299,,778899 
 33,036
 2,563
 (5,810)

1144..225511 
99..9955 
 4.50
 5.14
 0.31
44..3300 
 3.50
 0.80

2200..0022 
 13.73
66..2299 
 5.36
 0.93

3366,,994433 
2255,,779977 
 11,664
 13,323
 810 
1111,,114466 
 9,072
 2,074 

5511,,888888 
 35,582
1166,,330066 
 13,892
 2,414

44..888811 
33..3388 
 1.50
 1.88

11..5500 
 1.50

55..6699 
 3.90
11..7799 
 1.52
 0.26

4444,,442277 
3300,,775577 
 13,670 
 17,087 

1133,,667700 
 13,670 

5511,,888888 
 35,582 
1166,,330066 
 13,892 
 2,414 

1100..3344 
 12.86
 1.08
 (3.60)

2266,,880055 
 33,334
 2,799
 (9,329)

33..7700 
 4.50
 0.38
 (1.17)

3333,,771199 
 41,010 
 3,417 
 (10,708) 

 (1.82)

 (4,706)

 (0.64)

 (5,810)

 (2.27)

 (5,883)

 (0.80)

 (7,262) 

 (1.33)

 (3,446)

 (0.38)

 (3,446) 

1122..5577 
00..8877 
 0.67
 0.21
1111..7700 

3322,,558855 
22,,226633 
 1,724
 540
3300,,332222 

33..5588 
00..2255 
 0.19
 0.06
33..3333 

3322,,558855 
22,,226633 
 1,724
 540
3300,,332222 

1144..5566 
22..8877 
 2.66
 0.21
1111..7700 

3377,,775533 
77,,443311 
 6,892
 540
3300,,332222 

44..1144 
00..8822 
 0.76
 0.06
33..3333 

3377,,775533 
77,,443311 
 6,892 
 540 
3300,,332222 

-
-

TToottaall lloossss aabbssoorrbbiinngg ccaappaacciittyy 
-
RReeqquuiirreedd ttoottaall lloossss aabbssoorrbbiinngg ccaappaacciittyy 
7788,,114466 
6600,,220055 
-
-
EElliiggiibbllee ttoottaall lloossss aabbssoorrbbiinngg ccaappaacciittyy 
8899,,664411 
8899,,664411 
-
11 Includes applicable add-ons of 1.08% for RWA and 0.375% for LRD.    22 Includes outstanding low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 and tier 2 capital instruments, which are available under the transitional 
rules  of  the  Swiss  SRB  framework  to  meet  the  going  concern  requirements  until  their  first  call  date,  even  if  the  first  call  date  is  after  31  December  2019,  limited  to  31  December  2019  for  tier  2  instruments. 
Thereafter,  these  instruments  are  eligible  to  meet  the  gone  concern  requirements.  Outstanding  low-trigger  loss-absorbing  tier  2  capital  instruments  are  subject  to  amortization  starting  five  years  prior  to  their 
maturity, with the amortized portion qualifying as gone concern loss-absorbing capacity. Instruments available to meet gone concern requirements are eligible until one year before maturity, with a haircut of 50% 
applied in the last year of eligibility, as reflected in this table. Under the revised Capital Adequacy Ordinance issued in November 2019, effective 1 January 2020, the 50% haircut is no longer applied; refer to the 
33 A lower add-on requirement for market share was applied in the fourth quarter of 2019, of which 0.27% was applied for RWA 
“Regulatory and legal developments” section of this report for more information. 
and 0.09% for LRD under the transitional rules, 0.36% was applied for RWA and 0.125% for LRD under the final rules as of 1 January 2020. 

7700,,779999 
8899,,664411 

6633,,774488 
8899,,664411 

2244..5599 
3344..5588 

2233..2233 
3344..5588 

88..5588 
99..8844 

77..7777 
99..8844 

179 

Risk, treasury and capital management  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Capital management 

Total loss-absorbing capacity 

Swiss SRB going and gone concern information 

USD million, except where indicated 

Eligible going concern capital 
Eligible going concern capital
Total going concern capital 
Total going concern capital
Total tier 1 capital 
Total tier 1 capital
Common equity tier 1 capital 
Total loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital
Total loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 

of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 
of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 

Total tier 2 capital 
Total tier 2 capital

of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital1 

Eligible gone concern capital2
Eligible gone concern capital2 
Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity 
Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity
Total tier 2 capital
Total tier 2 capital 

of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital1 
of which: non-Basel III-compliant tier 2 capital3 

TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt 
TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt

Total loss-absorbing capacity
Total loss-absorbing capacity 
Total loss-absorbing capacity 
Total loss-absorbing capacity

Risk-weighted assets / leverage ratio denominator
Risk-weighted assets / leverage ratio denominator 
Risk-weighted assets 
Leverage ratio denominator 

Capital and loss-absorbing capacity ratios (%)
Capital and loss-absorbing capacity ratios (%) 
Going concern capital ratio 

of which: common equity tier 1 capital ratio 

Gone concern loss-absorbing capacity ratio 
Total loss-absorbing capacity ratio
Total loss-absorbing capacity ratio 

Swiss SRB, including transitional 
Swiss SRB, including transitional
arrangements 
arrangements

Swiss SRB as of 1.1.20 
Swiss SRB as of 1.1.20

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

57,056 
57,056
51,888 
51,888
35,582
35,582 
16,306
16,306 
13,892
13,892 
2,414
2,414 
5,168
5,168 
5,168 
5,168

32,585 
32,585
2,263
2,263 
1,724
1,724 
540
540 
30,322 
30,322

52,287 
46,279 
34,119 
12,160 
9,790 
2,369 
6,008 
6,008 

31,452 
1,464 
771 
693 
29,988 

51,888 
51,888
51,888 
51,888
35,582
35,582 
16,306
16,306 
13,892
13,892 
2,414
2,414 

37,753 
37,753
7,431
7,431 
6,892
6,892 
540
540 
30,322 
30,322

46,279 
46,279 
34,119 
12,160 
9,790 
2,369 

37,460 
7,471 
6,779 
693 
29,988 

89,641 
89,641

83,738 

89,641 
89,641

83,738 

259,208 
259,208
911,325
911,325 

263,747 
904,598 

259,208 
259,208
911,325
911,325 

263,747 
904,598 

22.0
22.0 
13.7 
13.7
12.6 
12.6
34.6
34.6 

19.8 
12.9 
11.9 
31.7 

20.0
20.0 
13.7 
13.7
14.6 
14.6
34.6
34.6 

17.5 
12.9 
14.2 
31.7 

Leverage ratios (%)
Leverage ratios (%) 
Going concern leverage ratio 

of which: common equity tier 1 leverage ratio 

5.1 
3.77 
4.1 
Gone concern leverage ratio 
Total loss-absorbing capacity leverage ratio
9.3 
Total loss-absorbing capacity leverage ratio 
1 Under the transitional rules of the Swiss SRB framework, outstanding low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital instruments are subject to amortization starting five years prior to their maturity, with the amortized 
1
portion qualifying as gone concern loss-absorbing capacity.  2 Instruments available to meet gone concern requirements are eligible until one year before maturity, with a haircut of 50% applied in the last year of 
eligibility, as reflected in this table. Under the revised Capital Adequacy Ordinance issued in November 2019, effective 1 January 2020, the 50% haircut is no longer applied; refer to the “Regulatory and legal 
developments” section of this report for more information.  3 Non-Basel III-compliant tier 2 capital instruments qualify as gone concern instruments. 

5.8 
3.77 
3.5 
9.3 

6.3
6.3 
3.90 
3.90
3.6
3.6 
9.8
9.8 

5.7
5.7 
3.90 
3.90
4.1
4.1 
9.8
9.8 

3

2

180 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
Audited | 
Reconciliation of IFRS equity to Swiss SRB common equity tier 1 capital 

USD million 

TToottaall IIFFRRSS eeqquuiittyy 

Equity attributable to non-controlling interests 

Defined benefit plans, net of tax 

Deferred tax assets recognized for tax loss carry-forwards 

Deferred tax assets on temporary differences, excess over threshold 

Goodwill, net of tax1 

Intangible assets, net of tax 

Compensation-related components (not recognized in net profit) 

Expected losses on advanced internal ratings-based portfolio less provisions 

Unrealized (gains) / losses from cash flow hedges, net of tax 

Own credit related to (gains) / losses on financial liabilities measured at fair value that existed at the balance sheet date, net of tax 

Prudential valuation adjustments 

Accruals for proposed dividends to shareholders 

Other 

TToottaall ccoommmmoonn eeqquuiittyy ttiieerr 11 ccaappiittaall 

3311..1122..1199 

5544,,770077

((117744))

((99))

((66,,112211))

((222211))

((66,,117788))

((119955))

((11,,771177))

((449955))

((11,,226600))

4488

((110044))

((22,,662288))

((7722))

3355,,558822

31.12.18 

 53,103 

 (176) 

 0 

 (6,107) 

 (586) 

 (6,514) 

 (251) 

 (1,652) 

 (368) 

 (109) 

 (397) 

 (120) 

 (2,648) 

 (56) 

 34,119 

11 Includes goodwill related to significant investments in financial institutions of USD 178 million as of 31 December 2019 (31 December 2018: USD 176 million) presented on the balance sheet line Investments in 
associates. 



Total loss-absorbing capacity and movement under Swiss 
SRB rules applicable as of 1 January 2020 

Going concern capital and movement 
Audited  | Our CET1 capital mainly consists of: share capital; share 
premium,  which  primarily  consists  of  additional  paid-in  capital 
related  to  shares  issued;  and  retained  earnings.  A  detailed 
reconciliation  of  IFRS  equity  to  CET1  capital  is  provided  in  the 
“Reconciliation of IFRS equity to Swiss SRB common equity tier 1 
capital” table. 

Our  CET1  capital  increased  by  USD 1.5  billion  to  USD 35.6 
billion as of 31 December 2019, mainly as a result of operating 
profit  before  tax  and  foreign  currency  translation  effects,  partly 
offset  by  accruals  for  capital  returns  to  shareholders,  our  share 
repurchase  program,  current 
in 
compensation-related  regulatory  capital  accruals  and  defined 
benefit plans. 

tax  expenses,  changes 

  Refer to “UBS shares” in this section for more information 

about the share repurchase program 

Our loss-absorbing additional tier 1 (AT1) capital increased by 
USD 4.1  billion  to  USD 16.3  billion  as  of  31 December  2019, 
primarily  due  to  four  issuances  of  USD 3.8  billion  equivalent  of 
AT1  capital  instruments  denominated  in  US  dollars,  Australian 
dollars,  Singapore  dollars  and  Swiss  francs,  as  well  as  currency 
effects. 

Gone concern loss-absorbing capacity and movement 
Audited  | Our total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity included 
USD 30.3  billion  of  TLAC-eligible  senior  unsecured  debt,  and 
increased  by  USD 0.3  billion  to  USD 37.8  billion  as  of 
31 December 2019. The increase was due to a USD 2.1 billion 
issuance  of  TLAC-eligible  senior  unsecured  debt  and  hedge 
effects  of  USD  0.8  billion,  partly  offset  by  a  USD 2.3  billion 
decrease in the eligibility of two TLAC-eligible senior unsecured 
bonds due to the shortening of the residual tenor and the call of 
a low-trigger tier 2 capital instrument, as well as currency effects 
of USD 0.2 billion. 

Loss-absorbing capacity and leverage ratios 
Our  CET1  capital  ratio  increased  0.8  percentage  points  to 
13.7%,  reflecting  the  USD 1.5  billion  increase  in  CET1  capital 
and a USD 4.5 billion decrease in risk-weighted assets (RWA). 

Our CET1 leverage ratio increased from 3.77% to 3.90% as 
of 31 December 2019, reflecting the aforementioned increase in 
CET1 capital, partly offset by a USD 7 billion increase in LRD. 

Our  gone  concern  loss-absorbing  capacity  ratio  increased 
0.4 percentage  points 
the 
aforementioned  decrease  in  RWA.  Our  gone  concern  leverage 
ratio remained stable at 4.1%. 

to  14.6%,  mainly  driven  by 

181 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Capital management 

Swiss SRB total loss-absorbing capacity movement 

USD million 

Going concern capital 
Common equity tier 1 capital as of 31.12.18 
Common equity tier 1 capital as of 31.12.18

Operating profit before tax 
Current tax (expense) / benefit 
Foreign currency translation effects 
Compensation- and own shares-related capital components (including share premium) 
Defined benefit plans 
Share repurchase program1 
Accruals for proposed dividends to shareholders 
Other 

Common equity tier 1 capital as of 31.12.19
Common equity tier 1 capital as of 31.12.19 
Loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital as of 31.12.18 
Loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital as of 31.12.18

Issuance of high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 
Foreign currency translation and other effects 

Loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital as of 31.12.19
Loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital as of 31.12.19 
Tier 2 capital as of 31.12.18 
Tier 2 capital as of 31.12.18

Amortization due to shortening of residual tenor 
Foreign currency translation and other effects 

Tier 2 capital as of 31.12.19
Tier 2 capital as of 31.12.19 
Total going concern capital as of 31.12.18 
Total going concern capital as of 31.12.18
Total going concern capital as of 31.12.19 
Total going concern capital as of 31.12.19

Gone concern loss-absorbing capacity 
Tier 2 capital as of 31.12.18 
Tier 2 capital as of 31.12.18

Amortized portion, which qualifies as gone concern loss-absorbing capacity 
Call of a low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital instrument 
Foreign currency translation and other effects 

Tier 2 capital as of 31.12.19 
Tier 2 capital as of 31.12.19
TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt as of 31.12.18 
TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt as of 31.12.18

Issuance of TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt instruments 
Decrease in eligibility due to shortening of residual tenor 
Foreign currency translation and other effects 
TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt as of 31.12.19 
TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt as of 31.12.19
Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity as of 31.12.18 
Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity as of 31.12.18
Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity as of 31.12.19 
Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity as of 31.12.19

Total loss-absorbing capacity 
Total loss-absorbing capacity as of 31.12.18 
Total loss-absorbing capacity as of 31.12.18
Total loss-absorbing capacity as of 31.12.19 
Total loss-absorbing capacity as of 31.12.19
1 Refer to “UBS shares” in this section for more information about the publicly announced share repurchase program. 
1

Swiss SRB, including 
Swiss SRB, including
transitional arrangements 
transitional arrangements

Swiss SRB as of 1.1.20 
Swiss SRB as of 1.1.20

34,119 
34,119
5,577 
(791) 
105 
(216) 
(195) 
(806) 
(2,628) 
416 
35,582 
35,582
12,160 
12,160
3,815 
331 
16,306 
16,306
6,008 
6,008
(953) 
113 
5,168 
5,168
52,287 
52,287
57,056 
57,056

1,464 
1,464
953 
(160) 
7 
2,263 
2,263
29,988 
29,988
2,078 
(2,330) 
585 
30,322 
30,322
31,452 
31,452
32,585 
32,585

83,738 
83,738
89,641 
89,641

34,119 
34,119
5,577 
(791) 
105 
(216) 
(195) 
(806) 
(2,628) 
416 
35,582 
35,582
12,160 
12,160
3,815 
331 
16,306 
16,306

46,279 
46,279
51,888 
51,888

7,471 
7,471

(160) 
120 
7,431 
7,431
29,988 
29,988
2,078 
(2,330) 
585 
30,322 
30,322
37,460 
37,460
37,753 
37,753

83,738 
83,738
89,641 
89,641

182 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Additional information 

Active management of sensitivity to currency movements 
Group  Treasury  is  mandated  to  minimize  adverse  effects  from 
changes in currency rates on our CET1 capital and CET1 capital 
ratio.  A  significant  portion  of  our  capital  and  RWA  are 
denominated  in  Swiss  francs,  euros,  pounds  sterling  and  other 
currencies. In order to hedge the CET1 capital ratio, CET1 capital 
needs  to  have  foreign  currency  exposure,  leading  to  currency 
sensitivity of CET1 capital. As a consequence, it is not possible to 
simultaneously  fully  hedge  the  capital  and  the  capital  ratio.  As 
the  proportion  of  RWA  denominated  in  non-USD  currencies 
outweighs 
these  currencies,  a  significant 
appreciation  of  the  US  dollar  against  these  currencies  could 
benefit our capital ratios, while a significant depreciation of the 
US  dollar  against  these  currencies  could  adversely  affect  our 
capital  ratios.  The  Group  Asset  and  Liability  Committee  (the 
ALCO),  a  committee  of  the  Group  Executive  Board,  can  adjust 
the  currency  mix  in  capital,  within  limits  set  by  the  Board  of 
Directors, to balance the effect of foreign exchange movements 
on the CET1 capital and capital ratio. Limits are in place for the 
sensitivity  of  both  CET1  capital  and  the  capital  ratio  to  an 
appreciation  or  depreciation  of  10%  in  the  value  of  the  US 
dollar against other currencies. 

the  capital 

in 

Sensitivity to currency movements 

Risk-weighted assets 
We estimate that a 10% depreciation of the US dollar against 
other  currencies  would  have  increased  our  RWA  by  USD 11 
billion  and  our  CET1  capital  by  USD 1.1 billion  as  of 
31 December 2019  (31 December  2018:  USD 11  billion  and 
USD 1.2  billion,  respectively)  and  decreased  our  CET1  capital 
ratio  14  basis  points  (31 December  2018:  9  basis  points). 
Conversely,  we  estimate  that  a  10%  appreciation  of  the  US 
dollar against other currencies would have decreased our RWA 
by  USD 10  billion  and  our  CET1  capital  by  USD 1.0 billion 
(31 December  2018:  USD 10  billion  and  USD 1.1  billion, 
respectively)  and  increased  our  CET1  capital  ratio  14 basis 
points (31 December 2018: 9 basis points). 

Leverage ratio denominator 
is  also  sensitive  to  foreign  exchange 
leverage  ratio 
Our 
movements  as  a  result  of  the  currency  mix  of  our  capital  and 
LRD.  When  adjusting  the  currency  mix  in  capital,  potential 
effects  on  the  going  concern  leverage  ratio  are  taken  into 
account  and  the  sensitivity  of  the  going  concern  leverage  ratio 
to an appreciation or depreciation of 10% in the value of the US 
dollar against other currencies is actively monitored. 

We estimate that a 10% depreciation of the US dollar against 
other currencies would have increased our LRD by USD 57 billion 
(31 December  2018:  USD 57  billion)  and  decreased  our  Swiss 
SRB going concern leverage ratio 18 basis points (31 December 
2018:  15  basis  points).  Conversely,  we  estimate  that  a  10% 
appreciation  of  the  US  dollar  against  other  currencies  would 
have decreased our LRD by USD 51 billion (31 December  2018: 
USD 51  billion)  and  increased  our  Swiss  SRB  going  concern 
leverage  ratio  18  basis  points  (31 December  2018:  16  basis 
points). 

The  aforementioned  sensitivities  do  not  consider  foreign 
currency  translation  effects  related  to  defined  benefit  plans 
other  than  those  related  to  the  currency  translation  of  the  net 
equity of foreign operations. 

Estimated effect on capital from litigation, regulatory and similar 
matters subject to provisions and contingent liabilities 
We  have  estimated  the  loss  in  capital  that  we  could  incur  as  a 
result of the risks associated with the matters described in “Note 
21  Provisions  and  contingent  liabilities”  in  the  “Consolidated 
financial  statements”  section  of  this  report.  We  have  employed 
for  this  purpose  the  advanced  measurement  approach  (AMA) 
methodology  that  we  use  when  determining  the  capital 
requirements  associated  with  operational  risks,  based  on  a 
level  over  a  12-month  horizon.  The 
99.9%  confidence 
methodology 
industry 
into  consideration  UBS  and 
takes 
experience  for  the  AMA  operational  risk  categories  to  which 
those  matters  correspond,  as  well  as  the  external  environment 
affecting  risks  of  these  types,  in  isolation  from  other  areas.  On 
this  standalone  basis,  we  estimate  the  loss  in  capital  that  we 
could  incur  over  a  12-month  period  as  a  result  of  our  risks 
associated  with 
at 
USD 4.3 billion as of 31 December 2019, a reduction of USD 0.2 
billion  from  31 December  2018.  This  estimate  is  not  related  to 
and  does  not  take  into  account  any  provisions  recognized  for 
any  of  these  matters  and  does  not  constitute  a  subjective 
assessment of our actual exposure in any of these matters. 
  Refer to “Operational risk” in the “Risk management and 
control” section of this report for more information 

these  operational 

categories 

risk 

  Refer to “Note 21 Provisions and contingent liabilities” in the 
“Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for 

more information 

183 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Capital management 

Capital and capital ratios of our significant regulated subsidiaries 
UBS Group AG is a holding company and conducts substantially 
all  operations  through  UBS  AG  and  subsidiaries  thereof.  UBS 
Group AG and UBS AG have contributed a significant portion of 
their  respective  capital  and  provide  substantial  liquidity  to 
subsidiaries. Many of these subsidiaries are subject to regulations 
requiring compliance with minimum capital, liquidity and similar 
requirements.  Regulatory  capital  components  and  capital  ratios 
of  our  significant  regulated  subsidiaries  determined  under  the 
regulatory framework of each subsidiary’s home jurisdiction are 
provided  in  the  “Financial  and  regulatory  key  figures  for  our 
significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups” section of this 
report.  Supervisory  authorities  generally  have  discretion  to 
impose higher requirements or to otherwise limit the activities of 
subsidiaries.  Supervisory  authorities  also  may  require  entities  to 
measure capital and leverage ratios on a stressed basis and may 
limit the ability of the entity to engage in new activities or take 
capital actions based on the results of those tests. 

Joint liability of UBS AG and UBS Switzerland AG 
In  June  2015,  upon  the  transfer  of  the  Personal  &  Corporate 
Banking and Global Wealth  Management businesses booked  in 
Switzerland from UBS AG to UBS Switzerland AG, UBS AG and 
UBS  Switzerland  AG  assumed  joint  liability  for  obligations 
transferred  to  UBS  Switzerland  AG  and  existing  at  UBS  AG, 
respectively. Under certain circumstances, the Swiss Banking Act 
and FINMA’s Banking Insolvency Ordinance authorize FINMA to 
modify,  extinguish  or  convert  to  common  equity  liabilities  of  a 
bank in connection with a resolution or insolvency of such bank. 
The  joint  liability  amounts  have  declined  as  obligations 
matured,  terminated  or  were  novated  following  the  transfer 
date.  As  of  31 December  2019,  the  liability  of  UBS  Switzerland 
AG  amounted  to  CHF 16.8  billion  (the  US  dollar  equivalent  of 
17.4 billion). We expect further reductions in 2020 in addition to 
the  contractual  redemptions  due  to  an  ongoing  actively 
managed reduction program. The respective liability of UBS AG 
has been substantially extinguished. 

  Refer to the 31 December 2019 Pillar 3 report, available under 
“Pillar 3 disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors, for more 

capital and other regulatory information about our significant 

regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups 

184 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk-weighted assets 

RWA development in 2019 

As of 31 December 2019, RWA decreased by USD 4.5 billion to 
USD 259.2  billion,  mainly  driven  by  a  USD 13.4  billion  decrease 
in market risk, partly offset by a USD 5.1 billion increase in credit 
and  counterparty  credit  risk  and  a  USD 3.8  billion  increase  in 
non-counterparty-related risk. 

The  total  RWA  decrease  was  primarily  driven  by  an  USD 8.0 
billion  decrease  from  asset  size  and  other  movements  and  a 

USD 0.7  billion  decrease  in  regulatory  add-ons  primarily  related 
to market risk. This decrease was partly offset by increases from 
methodology  and  policy  changes  of  USD 2.0  billion,  model 
updates  of  USD 1.2  billion  and  currency  effects  of  USD 0.9 
billion. 

  Refer to the 31 December 2019 Pillar 3 report, available under 
“Pillar 3 disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors, for more 

information about RWA movements and definitions of RWA 

movement key drivers 

Movement in risk-weighted assets by key driver 

USD billion 
Credit and counterparty credit risk2 

Non-counterparty-related risk 

Market risk 

Operational risk 

TToottaall 

RWA as of 
31.12.18 
147.9 

18.3 

20.0 

77.6 

226633..77 

Currency 
effects 
0.8 

Methodology 
and policy 
changes 
(1.5) 

Model 
updates / 
changes 
2.8 

Regulatory 
add-ons 
0.6 

Asset size 
and Other1 
2.4 

RRWWAA aass ooff 
3311..1122..1199 
115533..00 

0.1 

0.0 

0.0 

00..99 

3.5 

0.0 

0.0 

22..00 

0.0 

(1.6) 

0.0 

11..22 

0.0 

(1.3) 

0.0 

((00..77)) 

0.2 

(10.6) 

0.0 

((88..00)) 

2222..11 

66..66 

7777..55 

225599..22 

11  Includes  the  Pillar  3  categories  “Asset  size,”  “Credit  quality  of  counterparties,”  “Acquisitions  and  disposals”  and  “Other.”  Refer  to  the  31  December  2019  Pillar  3  report  under  “Pillar  3  disclosures”  at 
www.ubs.com/investors for more information.    22 Includes settlement risk, credit valuation adjustments, equity exposures in the banking book and securitization exposures in the banking book. 

Credit and counterparty credit risk 
Credit  and  counterparty  credit  risk  RWA  increased  by  USD 5.1 
billion  to  USD 153.0  billion  as  of  31 December  2019.  This 
increase  was  primarily  driven  by  increases  from  model  updates 

of  USD 2.8  billion,  asset  size  and  other  movements  of  USD 2.4 
billion,  currency  effects  of  USD 0.8  billion  and  regulatory  add-
ons  of  USD 0.6  billion,  partly  offset  by  decreases  from 
methodology and policy changes of USD 1.5 billion. 

Movement in credit and counterparty credit risk RWA by key driver1 

USD billion 
TToottaall ccrreeddiitt aanndd ccoouunntteerrppaarrttyy ccrreeddiitt rriisskk RRWWAA aass ooff 3311..1122..1188 

Asset size 

Asset quality 

Model updates 

Methodology and policy changes 

Regulatory add-ons 

Acquisitions and disposals 

Foreign exchange movements 

Other 

TToottaall mmoovveemmeenntt 

TToottaall ccrreeddiitt aanndd ccoouunntteerrppaarrttyy ccrreeddiitt rriisskk RRWWAA aass ooff 3311..1122..1199 

Global 
Wealth 
Management 
3322..55 

Personal & 
Corporate 
Banking 
5544..77 

Asset 
Management 
11..88 

Investment 
Bank 
5511..33 

Corporate 
Center 
77..77 

0.6 

0.7 

1.1 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.2 

0.0 

22..55 

3355..00 

2.0 

(1.1) 

1.6 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.6 

(0.4) 

22..77 

5577..33 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

00..11 

11..88 

1.5 

(0.5) 

0.1 

(1.8) 

0.1 

0.0 

0.0 

(0.1) 

((00..77)) 

5500..66 

0.1 

(0.3) 

0.0 

0.3 

0.5 

(0.1) 

0.1 

0.0 

00..66 

88..33 

GGrroouupp 
114477..99 

44..22 

((11..22)) 

22..88 

((11..55)) 

00..66 

((00..11)) 

00..88 

((00..55)) 

55..11 

115533..00 

11 Refer to the 31 December 2019 Pillar 3 report under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors for the definitions of credit and counterparty credit risk RWA movement categories. 

185 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Capital management 

loss  given  default 

Model updates 
The  increase  in  credit  and  counterparty  credit  risk  RWA  from 
model  updates  of  USD 2.8  billion  was  driven  by  the  continued 
phasing-in  of  RWA  increases  related  to  probability  of  default 
(PD)  and 
the 
from 
residential 
implementation  of 
mortgages, which resulted in an RWA increase of USD 1.6 billion 
in Personal & Corporate Banking and of USD 0.4 billion in Global 
Wealth  Management. 
In  addition,  changes  of  the  credit 
conversion factor for zero-balance securities-backed lending and 
margin  loans  exposures  increased  RWA  in  Global  Wealth 
Management by USD 0.8 billion. 

(LGD)  changes 
for  Swiss 

revised  models 

In  the  first  quarter  of  2020,  we  expect  further  regulatory-
driven increases in credit risk RWA of around USD 2.0 billion to 
USD 3.0 billion, predominantly relating to the implementation of 
the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR). 
  Refer to “Credit risk models” in the “Risk management and 
control” section of this report for more information about 

model updates 

Regulatory add-ons 
A regulatory add-on of USD 0.6 billion was agreed with FINMA 
for certain portfolios awaiting the development of a formalized 
rating  tool,  resulting  in  an  RWA  increase  of  USD 0.5  billion  in 
Corporate Center, and USD 0.1 billion in the Investment Bank. 

Methodology changes 
The decrease from methodology and policy changes of USD 1.5 
billion  was  predominantly  driven  by  the  exclusion  of  certain 
collar  financing  transactions  from  credit  risk  RWA  in  the 
Investment Bank, due to their non-credit bearing nature. 

  Refer to the “Risk management and control” section of this 
report and the 31 December 2019 Pillar 3 report, available 

Non-counterparty credit risk 
Non-counterparty  credit  risk  RWA  increased  by  USD 3.8  billion 
to USD 22.1 billion as of 31 December 2019, primarily driven by 
an  increase  of  USD 3.5  billion  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS 16, 
Leases. 

Market risk 
Market  risk  RWA  decreased  by  USD 13.4  billion  to  USD 6.6 
billion  as  of  31 December  2019,  mainly  driven  by  a  USD 10.6 
billion decrease in asset size and other movements, a reduction 
of  USD 1.6  billion  related  to  the  ongoing  parameter  update  of 
the  VaR  model  and  USD 1.3  billion  lower  regulatory  add-ons 
reflecting  updates  from  the  monthly  risks-not-in-VaR  (RniV) 
assessment. 

A  USD 10.6  billion  decrease  in  other  movements  was 
primarily  driven  by  lower  average  VaR  and  stressed  VaR  levels 
observed  in  the  Investment  Bank’s  Equities  business,  resulting 
from decreased market volatility and continued management of 
tail risks. 

  Refer to the “Risk management and control” section of this 
report and the 31 December 2019 Pillar 3 report, available 

under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors for more 

information about market risk developments 

Operational risk 
Operational  risk  RWA  remained  largely  unchanged  at  USD 77.5 
billion as of 31 December 2019. An increase in the first quarter 
of  2019  driven  by  an  update  to  model  inputs  related  to  the 
verdict in the French cross-border matter, was completely offset 
by  the  effect  of  the  annual  recalibration  of  the  advanced 
measurement approach (AMA) model used for the calculation of 
operational risk capital in the fourth quarter of 2019. 

  Refer to “Advanced measurement approach model” in the “Risk 

under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors, for 

management and control” section of this report for more 

more information about credit and counterparty credit risk 

information about the AMA model 

developments 

186 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk-weighted assets by business division and Corporate Center 

USD billion 

Credit and counterparty credit risk1 

Non-counterparty-related risk2 

Market risk 

Operational risk 

TToottaall 

Credit and counterparty credit risk1 

Non-counterparty-related risk2 

Market risk 

Operational risk 

TToottaall 

Credit and counterparty credit risk1 

Non-counterparty-related risk2 

Market risk 

Operational risk 

TToottaall 

GGlloobbaall WWeeaalltthh 
MMaannaaggeemmeenntt 

PPeerrssoonnaall && 
CCoorrppoorraattee 
BBaannkkiinngg 

AAsssseett 
--
MMaannaaggee
mmeenntt 
3311..1122..1199 

IInnvveessttmmeenntt 
BBaannkk 

CCoorrppoorraattee 
CCeenntteerr 

TToottaall 
RRWWAA 

35.0 

6.4 

0.8 

35.9 

7788..11 

32.5 

4.5 

1.3 

36.0 

7744..33 

2.5 

1.8 

(0.5) 

0.0 

33..99 

57.3 

2.1 

0.0 

7.7 

6677..11 

54.7 

1.5 

0.0 

7.7 

6633..99 

2.7 

0.6 

0.0 

0.0 

33..33 

1.8 

0.8 

0.0 

2.0 

44..66 

31.12.18 

1.8 

0.6 

0.0 

2.0 

44..33 

50.6 

3.4 

4.6 

22.5 

8811..11 

51.3 

2.5 

16.8 

22.5 

9933..22 

31.12.19 vs 31.12.18 

0.1 

0.2 

0.0 

0.0 

00..22 

(0.7) 

0.8 

(12.2) 

0.0 

((1122..11)) 

8.3 

9.5 

1.1 

9.4 

2288..33 

7.7 

9.2 

1.9 

9.4 

2288..11 

0.6 

0.3 

(0.7) 

0.0 

00..22 

153.0 

22.1 

6.6 

77.5 

225599..22 

147.9 

18.3 

20.0 

77.6 

226633..77 

5.1 

3.8 

(13.4) 

0.0 

((44..55)) 

11  Includes  settlement  risk,  credit  valuation  adjustments,  equity  exposures  in  the  banking  book  and  securitization  exposures  in  the  banking  book.    22  Non-counterparty-related  risk  includes  deferred  tax  assets 
recognized  for  temporary  differences  (31  December  2019:  USD 9.0  billion;  31  December  2018:  USD 8.8  billion),  property,  equipment  and  software  (31  December  2019:  USD 12.8  billion;  31  December  2018: 
USD 9.3 billion) and other items (31 December 2019: USD 0.4 billion; 31 December 2018: USD 0.2 billion). 

187 

Risk, treasury and capital management  
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Capital management 

Leverage ratio denominator 

The  leverage  ratio  denominator  (LRD)  increased  by  USD 7  billion  to  USD 911  billion  as  of  31 December  2019,  primarily  driven  by 
increases from currency effects of USD 5 billion and policy changes of USD 4 billion, partly offset by a decrease of USD 2 billion from 
asset size and other movements. 

Movement in leverage ratio denominator by key driver 

USD billion 
On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivative exposures and SFTs)1 

Derivative exposures 

Securities financing transactions 

Off-balance sheet items 

Deduction items 

LRD as of 
LRD as of
31.12.18 
31.12.18
663.1 

95.4 

130.9 

29.0 

(13.8) 

Currency 
effects 
4.4 

Policy changes 
3.5 

Asset size and 
other 
19.3 

0.1 

0.3 

0.1 

0.0 

(6.5) 

(13.8) 

(1.2) 

0.6 

LRD as of 
LRD as of
31.12.19 
31.12.19
690.3 
690.3

89.0 
89.0

117.5
117.5 

27.9
27.9 

(13.3)
(13.3) 

911.3
Total
911.3 
Total 
1 Excludes positive replacement values, cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments, cash collateral on securities borrowed, reverse repurchase agreements, margin loans and prime brokerage receivables 
1
related to securities financing transactions, which are presented separately under Derivative exposures and Securities financing transactions in this table. 

904.6
904.6 

(1.6)
(1.6) 

4.8
4.8 

3.5
3.5 

The LRD movements described below exclude currency effects. 

On-balance  sheet  exposures  (excluding  derivative  exposures 
and securities financing transactions (SFTs)) increased by USD 23 
billion,  primarily  driven  by  higher  trading  portfolio  assets  in  the 
Investment Bank’s Equities business as a result of market-driven 
movements  and  increased  hedging  activities  against  client 
positions  and  notes  sold,  as  well  as  an  increase  of  USD 3.5 
billion from the adoption of IFRS 16, Leases. 

Derivative  exposures  decreased  by  USD 7  billion,  reflecting 
lower  client  activity  levels  in  Global  Wealth  Management  and 
the Investment Bank’s Equities business, as well as a reduction in 
the derivatives portfolio in Corporate Center. 

SFTs  decreased  by  USD 14  billion  as  a  result  of  increased 
funding  consumption  by  the  business  divisions,  lower  collateral 
sourcing  requirements,  and  client-driven  decreases  in  other 
financial assets at fair value not held for trading. 

  Refer to “Balance sheet, liquidity and funding management” in 
the “Treasury management” section of this report for more 

information about balance sheet movements 

188 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Leverage ratio denominator by business division and Corporate Center 

USD billion 

-
-

Total IFRS assets 
Difference in scope of consolidation1 
Less: derivative exposures and SFTs2 
OOnn bbaallaannccee sshheeeett eexxppoossuurreess 
Derivative exposures 
Securities financing transactions 
Off-balance sheet items 
Items deducted from Swiss SRB tier 1 capital 
TToottaall 

-
-

Total IFRS assets 
Difference in scope of consolidation1 
Less: derivative exposures and SFTs2 
OOnn bbaallaannccee sshheeeett eexxppoossuurreess 
Derivative exposures 
Securities financing transactions 
Off-balance sheet items 
Items deducted from Swiss SRB tier 1 capital 
TToottaall 

GGlloobbaall WWeeaalltthh 
MMaannaaggeemmeenntt 

PPeerrssoonnaall && 
CCoorrppoorraattee 
BBaannkkiinngg 

AAsssseett 
MMaannaaggeemmeenntt 

IInnvveessttmmeenntt 
BBaannkk 

CCoorrppoorraattee 
CCeenntteerr 

3311..1122..1199 

309.8 
(0.1) 
(34.9) 
227744..77 
6.4 
32.1 
4.7 
(5.2) 
331122..77 

313.7 
(0.2) 
(41.6) 
227722..00 
8.6 
35.5 
5.0 
(5.3) 
331155..88 

209.4 
0.0 
(20.6) 
118888..88 
1.4 
19.6 
14.8 
(0.4) 
222244..22 

200.7 
0.0 
(18.9) 
118811..88 
1.2 
18.1 
13.0 
(0.3) 
221133..77 

34.6 
(28.2) 
(0.9) 
55..55 
0.0 
0.9 
0.0 
(1.4) 
55..00 

31.12.18 

28.1 
(21.7) 
(1.0) 
55..44 
0.0 
1.0 
0.0 
(1.4) 
55..00 

315.9 
0.0 
(141.9) 
117733..99 
73.2 
38.9 
7.3 
(0.2) 
229933..22 

302.1 
(0.4) 
(148.1) 
115533..66 
75.2 
44.3 
10.6 
(0.2) 
228833..44 

31.12.19 vs 31.12.18 

102.6 
0.1 
(55.3) 
4477..44 
8.0 
26.0 
1.0 
(6.2) 
7766..22 

113.7 
0.0 
(63.4) 
5500..33 
10.3 
32.0 
0.5 
(6.7) 
8866..55 

TToottaall 

972.2 
(28.3) 
(253.6) 
669900..33 
89.0 
117.5 
27.9 
(13.3) 
991111..33 

958.4 
(22.3) 
(273.0) 
666633..11 
95.4 
130.9 
29.0 
(13.8) 
990044..66 

-
-

13.8 
Total IFRS assets 
Difference in scope of consolidation1 
(6.0) 
Less: derivative exposures and SFTs2 
19.4 
2277..22 
OOnn bbaallaannccee sshheeeett eexxppoossuurreess 
(6.4) 
Derivative exposures 
(13.5) 
Securities financing transactions 
(1.1) 
Off-balance sheet items 
Items deducted from Swiss SRB tier 1 capital 
0.5 
TToottaall 
66..77 
11  Represents  the  difference  between  the  IFRS  and  the  regulatory  scope  of  consolidation,  which  is  the  applicable  scope  for  the  LRD  calculation.      22  Consists  of  derivative  financial  instruments,  cash  collateral 
receivables on derivative instruments, receivables from securities financing transactions, and margin loans as well as prime brokerage receivables and financial assets at fair value not held for trading, both related to 
securities financing transactions, in accordance with the regulatory scope of consolidation, which are presented separately under Derivative exposures and Securities financing transactions.    

(11.1) 
0.0 
8.0 
((33..00)) 
(2.4) 
(6.0) 
0.5 
0.5 
((1100..33)) 

13.7 
0.4 
6.2 
2200..44 
(2.0) 
(5.4) 
(3.2) 
0.1 
99..77 

8.7 
0.0 
(1.6) 
77..11 
0.2 
1.4 
1.9 
(0.1) 
1100..55 

(4.0) 
0.0 
6.6 
22..77 
(2.2) 
(3.4) 
(0.3) 
0.1 
((33..22)) 

6.4 
(6.5) 
0.1 
00..00 
0.0 
(0.1) 
0.0 
0.0 
((00..11)) 

189 

Risk, treasury and capital management  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Capital management 

Equity attribution and return on attributed equity 

We  have  updated  our  equity  attribution  framework  as  of 
1 January 2019. Specifically, we have revised the capital ratio for 
risk-weighted assets (RWA) from 11% to 12.5% to better align 
with  actual  group  capital  levels  and  incrementally  allocated  to 
business  divisions  USD 2  billion  of  attributed  equity  that  is 
related to certain common equity tier 1 (CET1) deduction items, 
previously held centrally. 

In  aggregate  we  allocated  USD 7  billion  of  additional 
attributed  equity  to  the  business  divisions.  Prior  periods  have 
been restated to reflect this change. 

  Refer to the “Significant accounting and financial reporting 

changes” section of this report for more information about the 

changes to our equity attribution framework 

Under  our  equity  attribution  framework,  tangible  equity  is 
attributed based on a weighting of 50% each for average RWA 
and  average  leverage  ratio  denominator  (LRD),  which  both 
include  resource  allocations  from  Corporate  Center  to  the 
business divisions. Average RWA and LRD are converted to their 
CET1  capital  equivalents  based  on  capital  ratios  of  12.5%  and 
3.75%,  respectively.  If  the  attributed  tangible  equity  calculated 
under the weighted-driver approach is less than the CET1 capital 
equivalent  of  risk-based  capital  (RBC)  for  any  business  division, 
the  CET1  capital  equivalent  of  RBC  is  used  as  a  floor  for  that 
business division. 

Furthermore,  we  allocate  to  business  divisions  attributed 
equity  that  is  related  to  certain  CET1  deduction  items,  such  as 
compensation-related  components  and  the  expected  losses  on 
advanced internal ratings-based portfolio less general provisions. 
In  addition  to  tangible  equity,  we  allocate  equity  to  our 

businesses to support goodwill and intangible assets. 

We attribute all remaining Basel III capital deduction items to 
Corporate  Center  Group  items.  These  deduction  items  include 
deferred tax assets (DTAs) recognized for tax loss carry-forwards 
and  DTAs  on  temporary  differences  in  excess  of  the  threshold, 
which  together  constitute  the  largest  component  of  Corporate 
Center Group items, dividend accruals and unrealized gains from 
cash flow hedges. 

Average equity attributed to business divisions and Corporate 
Center increased by USD 1.8 billion to USD 54.2 billion in 2019, 
primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  attributed  equity  for  Corporate 
Center, mainly reflecting higher unrealized gains from cash flow 
hedges and the recognition of the Swiss pension plan surplus on 
the  balance  sheet  at  the  end  of  the  third  quarter  of  2019, 
resulting in higher equity attributable to shareholders. The Swiss 
pension  plan  surplus  was  subsequently  derecognized  in  the 
fourth quarter of 2019. 

  Refer to “Balance sheet, liquidity and funding management” in 
the “Treasury management” section of this report for more 

information about movements in equity attributable to 

shareholders 

190 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average attributed equity 

USD billion 
Global Wealth Management 
Personal & Corporate Banking 
Asset Management 
Investment Bank 
Corporate Center 

31.12.17 
15.4 
7.5 
1.8 
12.0 
17.2 
10.1 
3.0 
0.0 
4.1 
AAvveerraaggee eeqquuiittyy aattttrriibbuutteedd ttoo bbuussiinneessss ddiivviissiioonnss aanndd CCoorrppoorraattee CCeenntteerr 
53.9 
11 Includes average attributed equity related to the Basel III capital deduction items for deferred tax assets (deferred tax assets recognized for tax loss carry-forwards and deferred tax assets on temporary differences, 
excess over threshold) as well as retained RWA and LRD related to deferred tax assets.  22 Excludes average attributed equity related to retained RWA and LRD related to deferred tax assets. 

of which: deferred tax assets1 
of which: related to retained RWA and LRD2 
of which: defined benefit plans 
of which: dividend accruals and others 

3311..1122..1199 
1166..66 
88..44 
11..88 
1122..33 
1155..11 
77..11 
22..88 
00..55 
44..66 
5544..22 

For the year ended 
31.12.18 
16.3 
8.0 
1.8 
13.0 
13.3 
7.1 
3.0 
0.0 
3.2 
52.4 

Return on attributed equity1 

In % 

RReeppoorrtteedd 

Global Wealth Management 

Personal & Corporate Banking 
Asset Management 
Investment Bank 

AAddjjuusstteedd 
Global Wealth Management 

Personal & Corporate Banking 

Asset Management 

Investment Bank 
11 Return on attributed equity for Corporate Center is not shown, as it is not meaningful. 

For the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

2200..55 

1177..11 
2299..77 
66..44 

2200..99 

1177..33 

3311..55 

88..66 

20.0 

22.5 
23.5 
11.5 

20.5 

18.1 

26.6 

12.9 

20.9 

19.5 
30.8 
9.1 

24.7 

20.9 

28.0 

11.2 

191 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Capital management 

UBS shares 

UBS Group AG shares 

Audited  |  As  of  31  December  2019,  IFRS  equity  attributable  to 
shareholders  amounted  to  USD 54,533  million,  represented  by 
3,859,055,395  shares 
increased  by 
issued.  Shares 
3,420,646 shares in 2019, reflecting the issuance of shares out of 
conditional share capital upon exercise of employee share options. 

issued 

Each  share  has  a  par  value  of  CHF 0.10,  carries  one  vote  if 
entered  into  the  share  register  as  having  the  right  to  vote,  and 
also  entitles  the  holder  to  a  proportionate  share  of  distributed 
dividends.  All  shares  are  fully  paid  up.  As  the  articles  of 
association of UBS Group AG indicate, there are no other classes 
of shares and no preferential rights for shareholders. 

  Refer to the “Corporate governance” section of this report for 

more information about UBS shares 

UBS Group share information 

Shares issued 

Treasury shares 

of which: related to share repurchase program 

Shares outstanding 
Basic earnings per share (USD)1 

Diluted earnings per share (USD)1 

Basic earnings per share (CHF)2 

Diluted earnings per share (CHF)2 

Equity attributable to shareholders (USD million) 

Less: goodwill and intangible assets (USD million) 

Tangible equity attributable to shareholders (USD million) 

Total book value per share (USD) 

Tangible book value per share (USD) 

Share price (USD)3 

Market capitalization (USD million) 

As of or for the year ended 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

3,859,055,395 
3,859,055,395

3,855,634,749 

243,021,296 
243,021,296

117,706,540 
117,706,540

166,467,802 

48,318,800 

3,616,034,099 
3,616,034,099

3,689,166,947 

1.17 
1.17

1.14 
1.14

1.17
1.17 

1.14
1.14 

54,533
54,533 

6,469
6,469 

48,064
48,064 

15.08
15.08 

13.29
13.29 

12.63
12.63 

45,661
45,661 

1.21 

1.18 

1.18 

1.14 

52,928 

6,647 

46,281 

14.35 

12.55 

12.44 

45,907 

% change from 

31.12.18 

0 

46 

144 

(2) 

(3) 

(3) 

(1) 

0 

3 

(3) 

4 

5 

6 

2 

(1) 

1 Refer to “Note 9 Earnings per share (EPS) and shares outstanding” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for more information. 
1
are calculated based on a translation of net profit / (loss) under our US dollar presentation currency. 
spot rate. 

2 Basic and diluted earnings per share in Swiss francs 
2
3 Represents the share price as listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, translated to US dollars using the respective 
3

192 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
Share  delivery  obligations  related  to  employee  share-based 
totaled  156  million  shares  as  of 
compensation  awards 
31 December  2019  (31 December  2018:  146  million).  Share 
delivery  obligations  are  calculated  on  the  basis  of  undistributed 
notional  share  awards,  options  and  stock  appreciation  rights, 
taking applicable performance conditions into account. Treasury 
shares  held  are  delivered  to  employees  at  exercise  or  vesting. 
However,  share  delivery  obligations  related  to  certain  options 
and  stock  appreciation  rights  can  also  be  satisfied  by  shares 
issued  out  of  conditional  capital.  As  of  31 December  2019,  the 
number  of  UBS  Group  AG  shares  that  could  have  been  issued 
out  of  conditional  capital  for  this  purpose  was  122  million 
(31 December 2018: 125 million). 

The table below outlines the market purchases of UBS Group 
AG shares by Group Treasury. It does not include the activities of 
the Investment Bank. 

Holding of UBS Group AG shares 

Group  Treasury  holds  UBS  Group  AG  shares  to  hedge  future 
share  delivery  obligations  related  to  employee  share-based 
compensation  awards  and  also  holds  shares  purchased  under 
the  share  repurchase  program,  which  will  be  canceled  by 
means  of  a  capital  reduction  to  be  proposed  at  future  annual 
general  meetings.  In  addition,  the  Investment  Bank  holds  a 
limited  number  of  UBS  Group  AG  shares,  primarily  in  its 
capacity  as  a  market-maker  with  regard  to  UBS  Group  AG 
shares  and  related  derivatives  and  to  hedge  certain  issued 
structured  debt  instruments.  As  of  31 December  2019,  we 
held  a  total  of  243,021,296  treasury  shares  (31 December 
2018:  166,467,802),  or  6.3%  (31 December  2018:  4.3%)  of 
issued.  Treasury  shares  acquired  under  our  share 
shares 
repurchase  program  totaled  117.7  million  as  of  31 December 
2019 (31 December 2018: 48.3 million) for a total consideration 
of CHF 1,550  million (USD 1,567  million). The remaining  shares 
were  primarily  held  to  hedge  our  share  delivery  obligations 
related  to  employee  share-based  compensation  awards  and 
totaled  125.2 million 
shares  as  of  31 December  2019 
(31 December 2018: 117.9 million).  

Treasury share purchases 

Month of purchase3 
January 2019 

February 2019 

March 2019 

April 2019 

May 2019 

June 2019 

July 2019 

August 2019 

September 2019 

October 2019 

November 2019 

December 2019 

Share repurchase program1 

Other treasury shares purchased2 

Number of shares 

Average price in CHF 

Remaining volume of 
share repurchase 
program in CHF million 
1,250 

4,000,000 

11,570,700 

8,545,700 

6,000,000 

22,253,000 

14,000,000 

3,018,340 

13.72 

12.54 

11.70 

11.30 

10.43 

11.73 

11.85 

1,250 

1,250 

1,195 

1,050 

950 

882 

650 

650 

486 

450 

4504 

Number of shares 

Average price in USD 

25,000,000 

7,200,000 

21,800,000 

12.19 

11.64 

11.72 

11 UBS has an active share repurchase program to buy back up to CHF 2 billion of its own shares over the three-year period starting from March 2018. The share repurchase information in this table is disclosed in 
Swiss francs as the share buybacks are transacted in Swiss francs on a separate trading line on the SIX Swiss Exchange.    22 This table excludes purchases for the purpose of hedging derivatives linked to UBS Group 
AG shares and for market-making in UBS Group AG shares. The table also excludes UBS Group AG shares purchased by pension and retirement benefit funds for UBS employees, which are managed by a board of 
UBS  management  and  employee  representatives  in  accordance  with  Swiss  law.  UBS’s  pension  and  other  post-employment  benefit  funds  purchased  966,902  UBS  Group  AG  shares  during  the  year  and  held 
15,701,125  UBS  Group  AG  shares  as  of  31  December  2019.        33  Based  on  the  transaction  date  of  the  respective  treasury  share  purchases. 
44  The  remaining  volume  of  the  share  repurchase  program  as  of 
31 December 2019 was USD 465 million. This was calculated based on the remaining volume of CHF 450 million as of 31 December 2019 and the respective currency translation rate as of this date. 

Trading volumes 

1,000 shares 

SIX Swiss Exchange total 

SIX Swiss Exchange daily average 

New York Stock Exchange total 

New York Stock Exchange daily average 

Source: Reuters 

For the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

44,,116611,,555555 

3,277,995 

3,084,804 

1166,,771133 

220033,,996677 

880099 

13,165 

166,728 

664 

12,290 

146,902 

585 

193 

Risk, treasury and capital management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
Risk, treasury and capital management 
Capital management 

Listing of UBS Group AG shares 

UBS Group AG shares are listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX). 
They are also listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE) 
as  global  registered  shares.  As  such,  they  can  be  traded  and 
transferred  across  applicable  borders,  without  the  need  for 
conversion,  with  identical  shares  traded  on  different  stock 
exchanges in different currencies. 

During 2019, the average daily trading volume of UBS Group 
AG shares was 16.7 million shares on SIX and 0.8 million shares 
on  the  NYSE.  SIX  is  expected  to  remain  the  main  venue  for 
determining  the  movement  in  our  share  price,  because  of  the 
high volume traded on this exchange. 

During  the  hours  in  which  both  SIX  and  the  NYSE  are 
simultaneously  open  for  trading  (generally  3:30  p.m.  to  5:30 
p.m.  Central  European  Time),  price  differences  between  these 
exchanges  are  likely  to  be  arbitraged  away  by  professional 
market-makers.  Accordingly,  the  share  price  will  typically  be 
similar  between  the  two  exchanges  when  considering  the 
prevailing  US  dollar  /  Swiss  franc  exchange  rate.  When  SIX  is 
closed  for  trading,  globally  traded  volumes  will  typically  be 
lower.  However,  the  specialist  firm  making  a  market  in  UBS 
Group AG shares on the NYSE is required to facilitate sufficient 
liquidity  and  maintain  an  orderly  market  in  UBS  Group  AG 
shares throughout normal NYSE trading hours. 

Ticker symbols UBS Group AG 

Security identification codes 

Trading exchange 
Trading exchange

SIX Swiss Exchange 

New York Stock Exchange 

SIX/NYSE 
SIX/NYSE

Bloomberg 
Bloomberg

UBSG 

UBS 

UBSG SW 

UBS UN 

Reuters 
Reuters

UBSG.S 

UBS.N 

ISIN 

Valoren 

CUSIP 

CH0244767585 
CH0244767585

24 476 758
24 476 758 

CINS H42097 10 7
CINS H42097 10 7 

194 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Corporate 
governance and 
compensation 

Management report 

Audited information according to the Swiss law and applicable regulatory 
requirements and guidance 

Disclosures  provided  are  in  line  with  the  requirements  of  article  663c  para.  1  and  3  of  the  Swiss  Code  of  Obligations 
(supplementary  disclosures  for  companies  whose  shares  are  listed  on  a  stock  exchange:  shareholdings)  and  the  Ordinance 
against  Excessive  Compensation  in  Listed  Stock  Corporations  (tables  containing  such  information  are  marked  as  “Audited” 
throughout this section), as well as other applicable regulations and guidance. 

 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

Corporate governance 

UBS  Group  AG  is  subject  to,  and  complies  with,  all  relevant 
Swiss  legal  and  regulatory  requirements  regarding  corporate 
governance,  including  the  SIX  Swiss  Exchange’s  Directive  on 
Information  Relating  to  Corporate  Governance,  as  well  as  the 
standards  established  in  the  Swiss  Code  of  Best  Practice  for 
Corporate  Governance,  including  the  appendix  on  executive 
compensation. 

In  addition,  as  a  foreign  company  with  shares  listed  on  the 
New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE), UBS Group AG complies 
with  all  relevant  corporate  governance  standards  applicable  to 
foreign private issuers. 

The Organization Regulations of UBS Group AG, adopted by 
the  Board  of  Directors  (the  BoD)  based  on  article  716b  of  the 
Swiss Code of Obligations and articles 25 and 27 of the Articles 
of  Association  of  UBS  Group  AG,  constitute  our  primary 
corporate governance guidelines. 

To  the  extent  practicable,  the  governance  structures  of  UBS 
Group  AG  and  UBS  AG  are  aligned.  UBS  AG  complies  with  all 
relevant  Swiss 
legal  and  regulatory  corporate  governance 
requirements.  As  a  foreign  private  issuer  with  debt  securities 
listed  on  the  NYSE,  UBS  AG  also  complies  with  the  relevant 
NYSE  corporate  governance  standards.  The  discussion  in  this 
section  refers  to  both  UBS  Group  AG  and  UBS  AG,  unless 
specifically  noted  otherwise  or  unless  the  information  discussed 
is  relevant  only  to  companies  with  listed  shares  and  therefore 
only  applicable  to  UBS  Group  AG.  This  is  in  line  with  US 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  regulations  and  NYSE 
listing standards. 

  Refer to the Articles of Association of UBS Group AG and of 

UBS AG, and to the Organization Regulations of UBS Group AG, 

available at www.ubs.com/governance and www.ubs.com/ 

ubs-ag-governance, for more information 

  The SIX Swiss Exchange’s Directive on Information Relating to 

Corporate Governance is available at 

www.six-exchange-regulation.com/en/home/regulation/ 

issuer.html, the Swiss Code of Best Practice for Corporate 

Governance is available at 

www.economiesuisse.ch/en/publications/ 

swiss-code-best-practice-corporate-governance and the NYSE 

rules are available at www.nyse.com/publicdocs/nyse/ 

listing/NYSE_Corporate_Governance_Guide.pdf 

196 

Differences from corporate governance standards relevant 
to US-listed companies 

According to the NYSE listing standards on corporate governance, 
foreign private issuers are required to disclose any significant ways 
in  which  their  corporate  governance  practices  differ  from  those 
that  have  to  be  followed  by  domestic  companies.  These 
differences are discussed in the following paragraphs. 

Responsibility of the Audit Committee with regard to 
independent auditors 
Our  Audit  Committee  is  responsible  for  the  compensation, 
retention and oversight of the independent auditors. It assesses 
the  performance  and  qualification  of  the  external  auditors  and 
submits its proposal for appointment, reappointment or removal 
of the independent auditors to the full BoD. As required by the 
Swiss Code of Obligations, the BoD then submits its proposal to 
the  shareholders  for  their  vote  at  the  Annual  General  Meeting 
(the AGM). Under NYSE standards, the Audit Committee is also 
responsible for the appointment of the independent auditors. 

Discussion of risk assessment and risk management policies by 
the Risk Committee 
In  accordance  with  the  respective  Organization  Regulations  of 
UBS Group AG and UBS AG, the Risk Committee, instead of the 
Audit  Committee,  oversees  our  risk  principles  and  risk  capacity 
on  behalf  of  the  BoD.  The  Risk  Committee  is  responsible  for 
monitoring  our  adherence  to  those  risk  principles  and  for 
monitoring  whether  business  divisions  and  control  units 
maintain appropriate systems of risk management and control. 

Supervision of the internal audit function 
The  Chairman  of  the  BoD  (the  Chairman)  and  the  Audit 
Committee  share  the  supervisory  responsibility  and  authority 
with  respect  to  the  internal  audit  function.  Under  NYSE 
standards,  only  the  Audit  Committee  supervises  the  internal 
audit function. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Responsibility of the Compensation Committee for performance 
evaluations of senior management of UBS Group AG 
In  line  with  Swiss  law,  our  Compensation  Committee,  together 
with  the  BoD,  proposes  for  shareholder  approval  at  the  AGM 
the maximum aggregate amount of compensation for the BoD, 
the maximum aggregate amount of fixed compensation for the 
Group Executive Board (the GEB) and the aggregate amount of 
variable  compensation  for  the  GEB.  The  shareholders  elect  the 
members  of  the  Compensation  Committee  at  the  AGM.  Under 
NYSE  standards,  it  is  the  responsibility  of  the  Compensation 
Committee to evaluate senior management performance and to 
determine  and  approve,  as  a  committee  or  together  with  the 
other independent directors, the compensation thereof. 

Proxy statement reports of the Audit Committee and the 
Compensation Committee 
NYSE  listing  standards  would  require  the  aforementioned 
committees  to  submit  their  reports  directly  to  shareholders. 
However,  under  Swiss  law,  all  our  reports  addressed  to 
the  aforementioned 
shareholders, 
committees,  are  provided  to  and  approved  by  the  BoD,  which 
has ultimate responsibility to the shareholders. 

including 

those 

from 

Shareholders’ votes on equity compensation plans 
While  the  NYSE  standards  would  require  shareholder  approval 
for  the  establishment  of  and  material  revisions  to  all  equity 
compensation  plans,  Swiss  law  authorizes  the  BoD  to  approve 
compensation  plans.  Shareholder  approval  is  only  mandatory  if 
equity-based  compensation  plans  require  an  increase  in  capital. 
No shareholder approval is required if shares for such plans are 
purchased in the market. 

  Refer to “Board of Directors” in this section for more 

information about the Board of Directors’ committees 

  Refer to “Share capital structure” in this section for more 

information about UBS Group AG’s capital 

197 

Corporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

Group structure and shareholders 

Operational Group structure 

Significant shareholders 

General rules 
Under the Swiss Federal Act on Financial Market Infrastructures 
and  Market  Conduct  in  Securities  and  Derivatives  Trading  of 
19 June 2015 (the FMIA), anyone directly or indirectly, or acting 
in concert with third parties, holding shares in a company listed 
in  Switzerland  or  holding  derivative  rights  related  to  shares  of 
such  a  company  must  notify  the  company  and  the  SIX  Swiss 
Exchange (the SIX) if the holding reaches, falls below or exceeds 
one of the following thresholds: 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 331⁄3, 50 or 
662⁄3% of voting rights, regardless of whether or not such rights 
may  be  exercised.  Nominee 
cannot 
autonomously  decide  how  voting  rights  are  exercised  are  not 
required to notify the company and the SIX if they reach, exceed 
or fall below the threshold percentages. 

companies 

that 

Pursuant  to  the  Swiss  Code  of  Obligations,  we  disclose  in 
“Note  24  Significant  shareholders”  to  the  UBS  Group  AG 
standalone  financial  statements  the  identity  of  any  shareholder 
with  a  holding  of  more  than  5%  of  the  total  share  capital  of 
UBS Group AG. 

As of 31 December 2019, the operational structure of the Group 
is  comprised  of  the  Global  Wealth  Management,  Personal  & 
Corporate  Banking,  Asset  Management  and  Investment  Bank 
business divisions, as well as Corporate Center. 

  Refer to the “Our businesses” section on page 20 of this report 

for more information about our business divisions and 

Corporate Center 

  Refer to “Financial and operating performance” on page 71 and 
to “Note 2 Segment reporting” in the “Consolidated financial 

statements” section on page 347 of this report for more 

information 

  Refer to the “Our evolution” section on page 14 of this report 

for more information 

Listed and non-listed companies belonging to the Group 

The Group includes a number of consolidated entities, of which 
only UBS Group AG shares are listed. 

UBS  Group  AG’s  registered  office  is  at  Bahnhofstrasse  45, 
CH-8001 Zurich, Switzerland. UBS Group AG shares are listed on 
the SIX Swiss Exchange (ISIN: CH0244767585) and on the NYSE 
(CUSIP: H42097107). 

  Refer to “UBS shares” in the “Capital management” section on 
page 192 of this report for information about UBS Group AG’s 

market capitalization and shares held by Group entities 

  Refer to “Note 31 Interests in subsidiaries and other entities” in 

the “Consolidated financial statements” section on page 458 of 

this report for more information about the significant 

subsidiaries of the Group 

198 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders subject to FMIA disclosure notifications 
According  to  the  mandatory  FMIA  disclosure  notifications  filed 
with UBS Group AG and the SIX, as of 31 December 2019, the 
following  entities  held  more  than  3%  of  the  total  share  capital 
of  UBS  Group  AG:  Artisan  Partners  Limited  Partnership, 
Milwaukee,  disclosed  a  holding  of  3.02%  of  the  total  share 
capital of UBS Group AG on 20 September 2019; Norges Bank, 
Oslo,  disclosed  a  holding  of  3.01%  on  24 July  2019;  Dodge  & 
Cox,  San  Francisco,  disclosed  a  holding  of  3.03%  on 
30 November  2018;  BlackRock  Inc.,  New  York,  disclosed  a 
holding  of  4.99%  on  28 August  2018;  and  MFS  Investment 
Management,  Boston,  disclosed  a  holding  of  3.05%  on 
10 February  2016.  As  registration  in  the  UBS  share  register  is 
optional,  shareholders  crossing  the  aforementioned  thresholds 
requiring SIX notification under FMIA, do not necessarily appear 
in the below table. 

The  above  disclosures  have  not  been 

subsequently 
superseded, and no new disclosures of significant shareholdings 
have been made since 31 December 2019. 

In  accordance  with  the  FMIA,  the  aforementioned  holdings 
are calculated in relation to the total share capital of UBS Group 
AG  reflected  in  its  Articles  of  Association  at  the  time  of  the 
respective disclosure notification. 

Information  on  disclosures  under  the  FMIA  is  available  at 

www.six-exchange-regulation.com/en/home/publications/ 
significant-shareholders.html. 

Shareholders registered in the UBS share register with 3% or 
more of the share capital of UBS Group AG 
As  a  supplement  to  the  mandatory  disclosure  requirements 
according  to  the  SIX  Swiss  Exchange  Corporate  Governance 
Directive, we disclose in the table below the shareholders (acting 
in  their  own  name  or  in  their  capacity  as  nominees  for  other 
investors or beneficial owners), who were registered in the UBS 
share register with 3% or more of the total share capital of UBS 
Group AG as of 31 December 2019. 

  Refer to “Shareholders’ participation rights” on page 205 of this 

section for more information about “Voting rights, restrictions 

and representation” 

Cross-shareholdings 

UBS  Group  AG  has  no  cross-shareholdings  where  reciprocal 
ownership would be in excess of 5% of capital or voting rights 
with any other company. 

Audited | 
Shareholders registered in the UBS share register with 3% or more of the total share capital 

% of share capital 
Chase Nominees Ltd., London1 

DTC (Cede & Co.), New York1,2 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

1100..9944

77..5577

 12.08

 7.23

 11.16 

 6.64 

Nortrust Nominees Ltd., London1 
11 Nominee companies and securities clearing organization cannot autonomously decide how voting rights are exercised and are therefore not obligated to notify UBS and the SIX if they reach, exceed or fall below 
the threshold percentages according to the FMIA disclosure notification. Consequently, they do not appear in the above section “Shareholders subject to FMIA disclosure notifications.”    22 DTC (Cede & Co.), New 
York, “The Depository Trust Company,” is a US securities clearing organization. 

 4.11 

 4.14

44..9900



199 

Corporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

Share capital structure 

Ordinary share capital 

At  year-end  2019,  UBS  Group  AG  had  3,859,055,395  issued 
shares  with  a  par  value  of  CHF 0.10  each,  leading  to  a  share 
capital of CHF 385,905,539.50. 

Under  Swiss  company  law,  shareholders  must  approve  in  a 
general  meeting  of  shareholders  an  ordinary  share  capital 
increase  or  the  creation  of  conditional  or  authorized  share 

capital. In 2019, our shareholders were not asked to approve an 
ordinary  share  capital  increase  or  the  creation  of  conditional  or 
authorized share capital. 

Share capital increased during the year by 3,420,646 shares, 
as  shares  were  issued  out  of  existing  conditional  capital  due  to 
the exercise of employee options. 

Issued share capital of UBS Group AG 

As of 31 December 2018 
As of 31 December 2018

Issue of shares out of conditional capital due to employee options exercised in 2019

As of 31 December 2019 
As of 31 December 2019

Share capital in CHF 
Share capital in CHF

Number of shares 
Number of shares

Par value in CHF 

385,563,475 
385,563,475

 342,065

385,905,540 
385,905,540

3,855,634,749 
3,855,634,749

 3,420,646

3,859,055,395 
3,859,055,395

0.10 
0.10

 0.10 

0.10 
0.10

Distribution of UBS shares 

As of 31 December 2019 
As of 31 December 2019

Number of shares registered 

1–100

101–1,000

1,001–10,000

10,001–100,000

100,001–1,000,000

1,000,001–5,000,000

5,000,001–38,590,553 (1%)

1–2%

2–3%

3–4%

4–5%

Over 5%

Total registered

Unregistered3

Total 
Total

Shareholders registered 
Shareholders registered

Shares registered 
Shares registered

Number 

% of shares issued 

Number 

 23,723

 112,996

 75,672

 7,953

 617

 86

 26

 1

 0

 0

 1

 21 

% 

 10.7

 51.1

 34.2

 3.6

 0.3

 0.0

 0.0

 0.0

 0.0

 0.0

 0.0

0.0

 1,326,318

 54,147,606

 222,934,423

 190,968,118

 180,530,257

 192,076,612

 333,943,353

 62,176,439

 0

 0

 189,027,452

 714,426,618

 221,077

 100.0

 2,141,557,1962 

221,077 
221,077

100.0 
100.0

3,859,055,395 
3,859,055,395

 1,717,498,199

 0.0 

 1.4 

 5.8 

 4.9 

 4.7 

 5.0 

 8.7 

 1.6 

 0.0 

 0.0 

 4.9 

 18.5 

55.5 

 44.5 

100.0 
100.0

1 On 31 December 2019, Chase Nominees Ltd., London, entered as a fiduciary / nominee, was registered with 10.94% of all UBS shares issued. However, according to the provisions of UBS Group AG, voting rights 
1
of fiduciaries / nominees are limited to a maximum of 5% of all UBS shares issued. The US securities clearing organization DTC (Cede & Co.), New York, was registered with 7.57% of all UBS shares issued and is 
3 Shares not entered in the UBS share register as of 
not subject to this 5% voting limit as a securities clearing organization. 
3
31 December 2019. 

2  Of the total shares registered, 374,219,777 shares did not carry voting rights. 
2

200 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
    
Conditional share capital 

– 

At  year-end  2019,  the  following  conditional  share  capital  was 
available to UBS Group AG’s BoD: 
– 

A  maximum  of  CHF 38,000,000  represented  by  up  to 
380,000,000 fully paid registered shares with a nominal value 
of  CHF 0.10  each,  to  be  issued  through  the  voluntary  or 
mandatory  exercise  of  conversion  rights  and/or  warrants 
granted  in  connection  with  the  issuance  of  bonds  or  similar 
financial  instruments  on  national  or  international  capital 
markets.  This  conditional  capital  allowance  was  approved 
at  the  Extraordinary  General  Meeting 
(EGM)  held  on 
26 November  2014,  originally  approved  at  the  AGM  of  UBS 
AG  on  14 April  2010.  The  BoD  has  not  made  use  of  such 
allowance. 

represented  by 
A  maximum  of  CHF 12,170,583.00 
121,705,830  fully  paid  registered  shares  with  a  par  value  of 
CHF 0.10  each,  to  be  issued  upon  exercise  of  employee 
options 
the 
management  and  of  the  BoD  of  UBS  Group  AG  and  its 
subsidiaries. This conditional capital allowance was approved 
by the shareholders at the same EGM in 2014. 
  Refer to article 4a of the Articles of Association of UBS Group 

to  employees  and  members  of 

issued 

AG for more information about the terms and conditions of the 

issue of shares out of existing conditional capital. The Articles 

of Association are available at www.ubs.com/governance 

Conditional capital of UBS Group AG 

AAss ooff 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 22001199 
Employee equity participation plans

Conversion rights / warrants granted in connection with bonds

TToottaall 

MMaaxxiimmuumm nnuummbbeerr ooff sshhaarreess ttoo 
bbee iissssuueedd 
 121,705,830 

Year approved by Extraor-
dinary General Meeting 
2014

 380,000,000 

550011,,770055,,883300 

2014

%% ooff sshhaarreess iissssuueedd 
 3.15 

 9.85 

1133..0000 

Authorized share capital 

Ownership 

UBS  Group  AG  had  no  authorized  capital  available  to  issue  on 
31 December 2019. 

Changes in capital 

In  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards, 
Group  equity  attributable  to  shareholders  was  USD 54.5  billion 
as  of  31  December  2019  (2018:  USD 52.9  billion;  and  2017: 
USD 52.5  billion).  UBS  Group  AG  shareholders’  equity  was 
represented by 3,859,055,395 issued shares as of 31 December 
2019  (2018:  3,855,634,749  shares;  and  2017:  3,853,096,603 
shares). 

  Refer to “Statement of changes in equity” in the “Consolidated 
financial statements” section on page 304 of this report for 

more information about changes in shareholders’ equity over 

the last three years 

Ownership of UBS Group AG shares is widely spread. The tables in 
this  section  provide  information  about  the  distribution  of  UBS 
Group  AG  shareholders  by  category  and  geographic  location.  This 
information relates only to shareholders registered in the UBS share 
register and cannot be assumed to be representative of UBS Group 
AG’s  entire  investor  base  or  the  actual  beneficial  ownership.  Only 
shareholders  registered  in  the  share  register  as  “shareholders  with 
voting rights” are entitled to exercise voting rights. 

  Refer to “Shareholders’ participation rights” in this section for 

more information 

As  of  31  December  2019,  1,767,337,419  UBS  Group  AG 
shares were registered in the share register and carried voting rights, 
374,219,777  shares  were  registered  in  the  share  register  without 
voting rights, and 1,717,498,199 shares were not registered in the 
UBS  share  register.  All  shares  were  fully  paid  up  and  eligible  for 
dividends. There are no preferential rights for shareholders, and no 
other classes of shares have been issued by UBS Group AG. 

201 

Corporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

Shareholders, legal entities and nominees: type and geographical distribution 

As of 31 December 2019 
As of 31 December 2019
Individual shareholders
Legal entities
Nominees, fiduciaries
Total registered shares 
Unregistered shares 
Total
Total 

Americas 
Americas

of which: USA

Asia Pacific 
Asia Pacific
Europe, Middle East and Africa 
Europe, Middle East and Africa

of which: Germany
of which: UK
of which: rest of Europe
of which: Middle East and Africa

Switzerland 
Switzerland
Total registered shares 
Unregistered shares 
Total
Total 

Shareholders registered 
Shareholders registered

Number 
 216,339
 4,537
 201

% 
 97.9 
 2.0 
 0.1 

221,077 
221,077

100.0 
100.0

Individual shareholders
Individual shareholders 

Legal entities
Legal entities 

Nominees
Nominees 

Total
Total 

Number 
1,959 
1,959
 1,406
5,195 
5,195
12,548 
12,548
 4,036
 4,652
 3,560
 300
196,637 
196,637

% 
0.9 
0.9
 0.6
2.3 
2.3
5.7 
5.7
 1.8
 2.1
 1.6
 0.1
88.9 
88.9

Number 
118 
118
 60
111 
111
230 
230
 29
 8
 189
 4
4,078 
4,078

% 
0.1 
0.1
 0.0
0.1 
0.1
0.1 
0.1
 0.0
 0.0
 0.1
 0.0
1.8 
1.8

Number 
93 
93
 87
18 
18
55 
55
 4
 6
 44
 1
35 
35

% 
0.0 
0.0
 0.0
0.0 
0.0
0.0 
0.0
 0.0
 0.0
 0.0
 0.0
0.0 
0.0

Number 
2,170 
2,170
 1,553
5,324 
5,324
12,833 
12,833
 4,069
 4,666
 3,793
 305
200,750 
200,750

% 
1.0 
1.0
 0.7 
2.4 
2.4
5.8 
5.8
 1.8 
 2.1 
 1.7 
 0.1 
90.8 
90.8

216,339 
216,339

97.9 
97.9

4,537 
4,537

2.0 
2.0

201 
201

0.1 
0.1

221,077 
221,077

100.0 
100.0

portion of the granted EOP award if an employee commits certain 
harmful  acts,  and 
in  most  cases  trigger  forfeiture  where 
employment has been terminated. To encourage our employees to 
develop and manage the business in a way that delivers sustainable 
returns, EOP awards granted to certain senior employees  will only 
vest if both Group and business division performance conditions are 
met. 

As of 31 December 2019, UBS employees held an estimated 
6%  of  UBS  shares  outstanding  (including  approximately  4%  in 
from  our 
unvested/blocked  actual  and  notional 
compensation  programs).  These  figures  are  based  on  known 
shareholding  information  from  employee  participation  plans, 
personal  holdings  with  UBS  and  selected  individual  retirement 
plans. At the end of 2019, an estimated 31% of all employees 
held UBS shares through the firm’s employee share participation 
plans. 

shares 

  Refer to the “Compensation” section on page 236 of this report 

for more information 

Shares and participation certificates 

UBS Group AG has a single class of shares, which are registered 
shares in the form of uncertificated securities (in the sense of the 
Swiss  Code  of  Obligations)  and  intermediary-held  securities  (in 
the sense of the Swiss Federal Act on Intermediated Securities). 
Each  registered  share  has  a  par  value  of  CHF 0.10  and  carries 
set  out  under 
one  vote 
“Transferability,  voting  rights  and  nominee  registration”  on  the 
following page. 

restrictions 

subject 

the 

to 

We have no participation certificates outstanding. 

At  year-end  2019,  UBS  owned  243,021,296  UBS  Group  AG 
registered shares, which corresponded to 6.30% of the total share 
capital of UBS Group AG. At the same time, we had acquisition and 
disposal positions relating to 270,270,154 and 177,652,614 voting 
rights  of  UBS  Group  AG,  corresponding  to  7.01%  and  4.61%  of 
the  total  voting  rights  of  UBS  Group  AG,  respectively.  Of  the 
disposal  positions,  4.03%  consisted  of  voting  rights  on  shares 
deliverable 
in  respect  of  employee  awards.  The  calculation 
methodology for the acquisition and disposal positions is based on 
the  Swiss  Financial  Market  Supervisory  Authority  Ordinance  on 
Financial  Market  Infrastructure,  which  sets  forth  that  all  future 
potential  share  delivery  obligations,  irrespective  of  the  contingent 
nature of the delivery, must be taken into account. 

Employee share ownership 

Employee  share  ownership  is  encouraged  and  made  possible  in  a 
variety  of  ways.  One  example  is  our  Equity  Plus  Plan.  This  is  a 
voluntary plan that provides eligible employees with the opportunity 
to purchase UBS Group AG shares at market value and receive, at 
no  additional  cost,  one  notional  UBS  Group  AG  share  for  every 
three  shares purchased. If the shares purchased  are held for  three 
years and the employee remains in employment, the notional shares 
vest. Another example is the Equity Ownership Plan (EOP). This is a 
mandatory deferral plan for all employees excluding GEB members, 
Group  Managing  Directors  (GMDs)  and  Group  or  Divisional  Vice 
Chair  role  holders,  with  total  compensation  greater  than  USD / 
CHF 300,000.  These  employees  receive  60%  of  their  deferred 
performance  award  under  the  EOP  in  notional  shares  (variations 
apply  for  Asset  Management).  The  plan  includes  provisions  that 
allow  the  firm  to  reduce  or  fully  forfeit  the  unvested  deferred 

202 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SShhaarreess rreeggiisstteerreedd 

Number 
 491,586,703
 510,091,779
 1,139,878,714
 2,141,557,196
 1,717,498,199
33,,885599,,005555,,339955 

IInnddiivviidduuaall sshhaarreehhoollddeerrss 

LLeeggaall eennttiittiieess 

NNoommiinneeeess 

TToottaall 

Number of shares 
22,,889933,,996622 
 1,473,734
2244,,777755,,005544 
4488,,119900,,669977 
 13,583,401
 23,463,495
 9,829,854
 1,313,947
441155,,772266,,999900 
 491,586,703
 0
449911,,558866,,770033 

% 
00..11 
 0.0
00..66 
11..22 
 0.4
 0.6
 0.3
 0.0
1100..88 
 12.7

1122..77 

Number of shares 
3322,,776688,,883377 
 12,917,654
1177,,664400,,550099 
2255,,333388,,552255 
 435,407
 698,369
 24,002,859
 201,890
443344,,334433,,990088 
 510,091,779
 0
551100,,009911,,777799 

% 
00..88 
 0.3
00..55 
00..77 
 0.0
 0.0
 0.6
 0.0
1111..33 
 13.2

1133..22 

Number of shares 
339955,,667733,,776600 
 395,320,657
1111,,112266,,551155 
770077,,661122,,116633 
 15,106,719
 661,504,543
 30,950,329
 50,572
2255,,446666,,227766 
 1,139,878,714
 0
11,,113399,,887788,,771144 

% 
1100..33 
 10.2
00..33 
1188..33 
 0.4
 17.1
 0.8
 0.0
00..77 
 29.5

2299..55 

Number of shares 
443311,,333366,,555599 
 409,712,045
5533,,554422,,007788 
778811,,114411,,338855 
 29,125,527
 685,666,407
 64,783,042
 1,566,409
887755,,553377,,117744 
 2,141,557,196
 1,717,498,199
33,,885599,,005555,,339955 

%
 12.7
 13.2
 29.5
 55.5
 44.5 
110000..00 

% 
1111..22
 10.6 
11..44 
2200..22
 0.8
 17.8
 1.7
 0.0 
2222..77
 55.5
 44.5 
110000..00 

Our shares are listed on the NYSE as global registered shares. 
As  such,  they  can  be  traded  and  transferred  across  applicable 
borders,  without  the  need  for  conversion,  with  identical  shares 
traded on different stock exchanges in different currencies. 

  Refer to “UBS shares” in the “Capital management” section on 

page 192 of this report for more information 

Distributions to shareholders 

Provided  that  the  proposed  dividend  distribution  out  of 
retained earnings and out of the capital contribution reserve will 
be  approved  at  the  2020  AGM,  the  payment  of  USD 0.73  per 
share will be made on 7 May 2020 to holders of shares on the 
record  date  6  May  2020.  The  shares  will  be  traded  ex-dividend 
as  of  5  May  2020  and,  accordingly,  the  last  day  on  which  the 
shares  may  be  traded  with  entitlement  to  receive  the  dividend 
will be 4 May 2020. 

The decision to pay a dividend and the amount of any dividend 
depend  on  a  variety  of  factors,  including  our  profits,  cash  flow 
generation and capital ratios. 

At  the  2020  AGM,  the  BoD 

intends  to  propose  to 
shareholders  for  approval  a  dividend  of  USD 0.73  per  share  for 
the  financial  year  2019.  Shareholders  whose  shares  are  held 
through SIX SIS AG will receive dividends in Swiss francs, based 
on  a  public  exchange  rate  on  the  day  prior  to  the  ex-dividend 
date. Shareholders holding shares through The Depository Trust 
Company  in  New  York  and  Computershare  will  be  paid 
dividends in US dollars. 

As newly required under Swiss tax law, 50% of the dividend 
will  be  paid  out  of  retained  earnings  and  the  balance  will  be 
paid  out  of  capital  contribution  reserves.  Dividends  paid  out  of 
capital contribution reserves are not subject to Swiss withholding 
tax.  The  portion  of  the  dividend  paid  out  of  retained  earnings 
will  be  subject  to  a  35%  Swiss  withholding  tax.  For  US  federal 
income  tax  purposes,  we  expect  that  the  dividend  will  be  paid 
out of current or accumulated earnings and profits. 

In March 2018, UBS initiated a share repurchase program of 
up  to  CHF 2  billion  over  a  three-year  period.  The  UBS  shares 
repurchased under the program will be canceled by means of a 
capital  reduction,  to  be  proposed  at  future  annual  general 
meetings.  Under  the  program,  UBS  repurchased  shares  totaling 
In  2019,  we 
USD 1.567  billion  during  2018  and  2019. 
purchased  a  total  of  USD 0.8  billion  of  shares  under  our  share 
repurchase  program.  For  the  first  half  of  2020,  we  expect  to 
repurchase  an  additional  USD 0.45  billion  of  shares.  We  will 
in  the  second  half  of  2020 
assess  further  repurchases 
idiosyncratic 
any 
considering  business 
developments. 

conditions 

and 

  Refer to “UBS shares” in the “Capital management” section on 
page 192 of this report for more information about the share 

repurchase program 

203 

Corporate governance and compensation  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

Transferability, voting rights and nominee registration 

Convertible bonds and options 

We  do  not  apply  any  restrictions  or 
limitations  on  the 
transferability of shares. Voting rights may be exercised without 
any restrictions by shareholders entered into the share register if 
they  expressly  render  a  declaration  of  beneficial  ownership 
according to the provisions of the Articles of Association. 

We  have  special  provisions  for  the  registration  of  fiduciaries 
and nominees. Fiduciaries and nominees are entered in the share 
register with voting rights up to a total of 5% of all issued UBS 
Group  AG  shares  if  they  agree  to  disclose,  upon  our  request, 
beneficial owners holding 0.3% or more of all issued UBS Group 
AG shares. An exception to the 5% voting limit rule is in place 
for  securities  clearing  organizations,  which  applied  as  of 
31 December  2019  to  The  Depository  Trust  Company  in  New 
York. 

  Refer to “Shareholders’ participation rights” in this section for 

more information 

As  of  31  December  2019,  there  were  no  contingent  capital 
securities  or  convertible  bonds  outstanding  requiring  the 
issuance of new shares. 

  Refer to the “Capital management” section on page 175 of this 
report for more information about our outstanding capital 

instruments 

As  of  31  December  2019,  there  were  no  employee  options 
and  stock  appreciation  rights  outstanding.  The  last  remaining 
option  awards  and  stock  appreciation  rights  expired  during 
2019. Option-based compensation plans are sourced by issuing 
new shares out of conditional capital. As of 31 December 2019, 
121,705,830  unissued  UBS  Group  AG  shares  in  conditional 
share  capital  were  available  for  the  issuance  of  new  shares  for 
this purpose. 

  Refer to “Conditional share capital” in this section for more 

information 

  Refer to “Note 30 Employee benefits: variable compensation” in 
the “Consolidated financial statements” section on page 450 of 

this report for more information about outstanding options and 

stock appreciation rights 

204 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ participation rights 

We  are  committed  to  shareholder  participation  in  our  decision-
making  process.  During  2019,  we  continued  to  enhance  the 
online  voting  platform  to  offer  our  registered  shareholders  a 
more  convenient  log-in  and  online  voting  process.  Registered 
shareholders  are  sent  personal  invitations  to  the  general 
meetings of shareholders. Together with the invitation materials, 
they  receive  a  personal  one-time  password  and  a  QR  code  to 
easily login to our online voting platform, where they can enter 
their  voting  instructions  or  order  an  admission  card  for  the 
general meeting. For the 2019 general meeting, we introduced 
various  technological  measures  to  be  more  environmentally 
friendly. 

Shareholders  who  choose  not  to  receive  the  comprehensive 
invitation  materials  are  informed  of  the  upcoming  general 
meeting  by  a  short  letter  containing  a  personal  one-time 
password and a QR code for online voting as well as a reference 
to  www.ubs.com/agm, where  all information  for the upcoming 
general meeting is available. 

All shareholders registered with voting rights are entitled to 
participate in general meetings of shareholders. If they do not 
wish  to  attend  in  person,  they  may  issue  instructions  to 
support,  reject  or  abstain  for  each  individual  item  on  the 
meeting  agenda,  either  by  giving 
to  an 
independent proxy in accordance with article 14 of the Articles 
of  Association  (the  AoA)  or  by  appointing  another  registered 
shareholder  of 
their  behalf. 
Alternatively,  registered  shareholders  may  issue  their  voting 
instructions  to  the  independent  proxy  electronically  through 
our  online  voting  platform.  Nominee  companies  normally 
submit the proxy material to the beneficial owners and forward 
the collected votes to the independent proxy. 

to  vote  on 

their  choice 

instructions 

  Refer to the article 14 of the Articles of Association of UBS 

Group AG for more information about the issuing of 

instructions to independent voting right representatives. The 

Articles of Association are available at 

www.ubs.com/governance 

Relations with shareholders 

Statutory quorums 

We regularly inform all our shareholders about our activities and 
performance, as well as other developments. 

  Refer to “Information policy” in this section for more 

information 

The  Annual  General  Meeting  of  shareholders  (the  AGM) 
offers shareholders the opportunity to raise any questions to the 
Board of Directors (the BoD) and the Group Executive Board, as 
well as to our internal and external auditors. 

Voting rights, restrictions and representation 

We  place  no  restrictions  on  share  ownership  and  voting  rights. 
However, pursuant to general principles formulated by the BoD, 
nominee companies and fiduciaries, which normally represent a 
large  number  of  individual  shareholders  and  may  hold  an 
unlimited  number  of  shares,  have  voting  rights  limited  to  a 
maximum of 5% of all issued UBS Group AG shares in order to 
avoid the risk of unknown shareholders with large stakes being 
entered  in  the  share  register.  Securities  clearing  organizations, 
such  as  The  Depository  Trust  Company  in  New  York,  are  not 
subject to this 5% voting limit. 

Shareholders can exercise their voting rights conferred by the 
shares only if they are registered in our share register with voting 
rights.  To  register,  shareholders  must  confirm  that  they  have 
acquired UBS Group AG shares in their own name and for their 
own  account.  Nominee  companies  and  fiduciaries  are  required 
to  sign  an  agreement  confirming  their  willingness  to  disclose, 
upon  our  request,  individual  beneficial  owners  holding  more 
than 0.3% of all issued UBS Group AG shares. 

Motions,  including  those  regarding  the  election  and  re-election 
of BoD members and the election of the auditors, are decided at 
a general meeting of shareholders by an absolute majority of the 
votes cast, excluding blank and invalid ballots. For the approval 
of certain specific issues, the Swiss Code of Obligations requires 
a  positive  vote  from  a  two-thirds  majority  of  the  votes 
represented  at  the  given  general  meeting  of  shareholders,  and 
from  the  absolute  majority  of  the  par  value  of  shares 
represented at the meeting. Such issues include the creation of 
shares  with  privileged  voting  rights,  the 
introduction  of 
restrictions on the transferability of registered shares, conditional 
and authorized capital increases, and restrictions or exclusions of 
shareholders’ preemptive rights. 

The  AoA  also  require  a  two-thirds  majority  of  votes 
represented  for  approval  of  any  change  to  their  provisions 
regarding the number of BoD members, any decision to remove 
one-quarter or more of the BoD members, and any modification 
to the provision establishing this qualified quorum. 

Votes  and  elections  are  normally  conducted  electronically  to 
ascertain  the  exact  number  of  votes  cast.  Voting  by  a  show  of 
hands  remains  possible  if  a  clear  majority  is  predictable. 
Shareholders representing at least 3% of the votes represented 
may request that a vote or election be carried out electronically 
or  by  written  ballot.  In  order  to  allow  shareholders  to  clearly 
express  their  views  on  all  individual  topics,  each  item  on  the 
agenda is put to a vote separately and BoD members are elected 
on a person-by-person basis. 

205 

Corporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

Convocation of general meetings of shareholders 

Registrations in the share register 

The  AGM  must  be  held  within  six  months  of  the  close  of  the 
financial year (31 December) and normally takes place after the 
publication  of  the  first  quarter  results.  In  2020,  the  AGM  will 
take place on 29 April. 

Extraordinary  General  Meetings  (EGMs)  may  be  convened 
whenever  the  BoD  or  the  auditors  consider  it  necessary. 
Shareholders individually or jointly representing at least 10% of 
the  share  capital  may  at  any  time,  including  during  an  AGM, 
require,  by  way  of  a  written  statement,  that  an  EGM  be 
convened to address a specific issue they put forward. 

A  personal  invitation  including  a  detailed  agenda  is  made 
available to every registered shareholder at least 20 days ahead 
of  the  scheduled  general  meeting.  The  agenda  items  are  also 
published in the Swiss Official Gazette of Commerce, as well as 
at www.ubs.com/agm. 

Placing of items on the agenda 

Pursuant  to  our  AoA,  shareholders 
jointly 
representing  shares  with  an  aggregate  minimum  par  value  of 
CHF 62,500  may  submit  proposals  for  matters  to  be  placed  on 
the  agenda  for  consideration  at  the  next  general  meeting  of 
shareholders. 

individually  or 

At the end of January, the invitation to submit such proposals 
is  published  in  the  Swiss  Official  Gazette  of  Commerce  and  at 
www.ubs.com/agm.  Requests  for  items  to  be  placed  on  the 
agenda  must  include  the  actual  motions  to  be  put  forward, 
together  with  a  short  explanation.  Such  requests  must  be 
submitted  to  the  BoD  50  days  prior  to  the  general  meeting  of 
shareholders,  including  a  statement  from  the  depository  bank 
confirming  the  number  of  shares  held  by  the  requesting 
shareholder(s) and that these shares are blocked from sale until 
the  end  of  the  general  meeting  of  shareholders.  The  BoD 
formulates  opinions  on  the  proposals,  which  are  published 
together with the motions. 

Around 220,000 shareholders are directly registered in the UBS 
share register and some 145,000 US shareholders are registered 
via nominee companies. 

The share register of UBS Group AG is an internal, non-public 
register  subject  to  statutory  confidentiality,  secrecy,  privacy  and 
data  protection  regulations,  which  are  imposed  on  UBS  Group 
AG  to  protect  shareholders  registered  therein.  In  general,  third 
parties  and  shareholders  have  no  inspection  rights  with  regard 
to data related to other shareholders. Disclosure of such data is 
permitted only in specific and limited instances. In line with the 
Swiss Federal Act on Data Protection, the disclosure of personal 
data as defined thereunder is only allowed with the consent of 
the  registered  shareholder  and  in  cases  where  there  is  an 
overriding private or public interest or if explicitly provided for by 
Swiss law. The law contains specific reporting duties, such as in 
relation  to  significant  shareholders  (refer  to  the  “Significant 
shareholders”  section  of  this  report  for  more  information). 
Disclosure  may  also  be  required  or  requested  by  a  court  of  a 
competent jurisdiction, by any regulatory body that regulates the 
conduct of UBS Group AG or by other statutory provisions. 

The general rules for entry into our Swiss share register with 
voting  rights  as  described  in  article  5  of  our  AoA  also  apply 
before  general  meetings  of  shareholders.  The  same  rules  apply 
to our US transfer agent that operates the US share register for 
all  UBS  Group  AG  shares  in  a  custodian  account  in  the  US.  In 
order  to  determine  the  voting  rights  of  each  shareholder,  our 
share  register  generally  closes  two  business  days  prior  to  a 
general  meeting  of  shareholders.  Our  independent  proxy  agent 
processes  voting  instructions  from  shareholders  as  long  as 
technically possible, generally also until two business days before 
a general meeting of shareholders. Such technical closure of our 
share  register  only  facilitates  the  determination  of  the  actual 
voting  rights  of  every  shareholder  that 
issued  a  voting 
instruction.  Irrespective  of  the  technical  closure,  shares  that  are 
registered  in  our  share  register  are  never  immobilized  and  are 
freely  tradable  at  any  time,  irrespective  of  any  issued  voting 
instructions. 

206 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board of Directors 

The  Board  of  Directors  (the  BoD)  of  UBS  Group  AG,  under  the 
leadership of the Chairman of the BoD (the Chairman), consists 
of between 6 and 12 members as per our Articles of Association 
(the AoA). 

Additionally,  ADB  Altorfer  Duss  &  Beilstein  AG  was  elected  as 
independent  proxy  agent.  Following  their  election,  the  BoD 
appointed  David  Sidwell  as  Vice  Chairman  and  Senior 
Independent Director of UBS Group AG. 

The  BoD  decides  on  the  strategy  of  the  Group  upon 
recommendation  by  the  Group  Chief  Executive  Officer  (the 
Group  CEO)  and  is  responsible  for  the  overall  direction, 
supervision  and  control  of  the  Group  and  its  management,  as 
well  as  for  supervising  compliance  with  applicable  laws,  rules 
and  regulations.  The  BoD  exercises  oversight  over  UBS  Group 
AG and its subsidiaries and is responsible for establishing a clear 
Group  governance  framework  to  provide  effective  steering  and 
supervision of the Group, taking into account the material risks 
to  which  UBS  Group  AG  and  its  subsidiaries  are  exposed.  The 
BoD has ultimate responsibility for the success of the Group and 
for delivering sustainable shareholder value within a framework 
of  prudent  and  effective  controls.  It  also  approves  all  financial 
statements  for  issue  and  appoints  and  removes  all  Group 
Executive Board (GEB) members. 

The  BoD  of  UBS  AG,  under  the  leadership  of  the  Chairman, 
decides  on  the  strategy  of  UBS  AG  upon  recommendation  by 
the  President  of  the  Executive  Board  and  exercises  the  ultimate 
supervision  on  management.  Its  ultimate  responsibility  for  the 
success of UBS AG is exercised subject to the parameters set by 
the Group. 

Members of the Board of Directors 

At  the  AGM  on  2  May  2019,  David  Sidwell,  Jeremy  Anderson, 
Reto  Francioni,  Fred  Hu,  Julie G.  Richardson,  Isabelle  Romy, 
Robert W. Scully, Beatrice Weder di Mauro and Dieter Wemmer 
were  re-elected  as  members  of  the  BoD.  Michel  Demaré  and 
Ann F.  Godbehere  did  not  stand  for  re-election,  as  they  both 
retired  after  serving  for  the  BoD  since  2009  and  reaching  their 
10-year  term  limit;  the  biographies  of  Mr.  Demaré  and  Ms. 
Godbehere  can  be  found  on  pages  227  and  228  of  the  UBS 
Group  AG  Annual  Report  2018  available  under  “Annual 
reporting”  at  www.ubs.com/investors.  William C.  Dudley  and 
Jeanette  Wong  were  elected  for  their  first  term.  At  the  same 
time,  Axel A.  Weber  was  re-elected  Chairman  of  the  BoD,  and 
Julie G. Richardson, Dieter Wemmer, Reto Francioni and Fred Hu 
were  elected  as  members  of  the  Compensation  Committee. 

On  10  January  2020,  the  BoD  announced  that  Nathalie 
Rachou  and  Mark  Hughes  would  be  nominated  for  election  to 
the UBS Group AG and UBS AG BoD at the forthcoming annual 
general meetings. Nathalie Rachou is a senior advisor at Rouvier 
Associés  and  Mark  Hughes  was  Group  Chief  Risk  Officer  of 
Royal  Bank  of  Canada  until  2018.  David  Sidwell  and  Isabelle 
Romy  will  not  stand  for  re-election,  after  completing  terms  of 
office on the BoD of twelve and eight years, respectively. 

Article  31  of  our  AoA  limits  the  number  of  mandates  that 
members  of  the  BoD  may  hold  outside  the  UBS  Group  to  four 
board  memberships  in  listed  companies  and  five  additional 
mandates in non-listed companies. Mandates in companies that 
are  controlled  by  us  or  that  control  us  are  not  subject  to  this 
limitation.  In  addition,  members  of  the  BoD  may  hold  no  more 
than  10  mandates  at  UBS’s  request  and  10  mandates  in 
associations,  charitable  organizations,  foundations,  trusts,  and 
employee  welfare  foundations.  On  31  December  2019,  no 
member  of  the  BoD  reached  the  thresholds  described  in  article 
31 of our AoA. 

The  following  biographies  provide  information  on  the  BoD 
members  and  the  Group  Company  Secretary.  In  addition  to 
information  on  mandates,  the  biographies  include  information 
on  memberships  or  other  activities  or  functions,  as  required  by 
the SIX Swiss Exchange Corporate Governance Directive. 

No member of the BoD currently carries out or has carried out 
over  the  past  three  years  operational  management  tasks  within 
the Group; all members of the BoD are therefore non-executive 
members. 

All  members  of  UBS  Group  AG’s  BoD  are  also  members  of 
UBS AG’s BoD, and committee membership is the same for both 
entities. The Senior Independent Director function relates only to 
UBS Group AG. 

In 2019, UBS AG’s BoD had three permanent committees: the 
Audit  Committee,  the  Compensation  Committee  and  the  Risk 
Committee. 
In  addition  to  the  aforementioned  permanent 
committees,  UBS  Group  AG  also  had  the  Corporate  Culture  and 
Responsibility  Committee,  as  well  as  the  Governance  and 
Nominating Committee. 

207 

Corporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

Axel A. Weber 

Chairman, non-executive member of the Board 

Year of initial election 
UBS: 2012 (UBS Group AG: 2014, UBS AG: 2012) 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1957 | German 

Professional history and education 
Axel A. Weber was elected to the Board of Directors (BoD) of UBS AG at 
the  2012  AGM  and  of  UBS  Group  AG  in  2014.  He  is  Chairman  of  the 
BoD  of  both  UBS  AG  and  UBS  Group  AG.  He  has  chaired  the 
Governance  and  Nominating  Committee  since  2012  and  became 
Chairperson  of  the  Corporate  Culture  and  Responsibility  Committee  in 
2013.  Mr.  Weber  was  President  of  the  German  Bundesbank  between 
2004  and  2011,  during  which  time  he  also  served  as  a  member  of  the 
Governing  Council  of  the  European  Central  Bank,  as  a  member  of  the 
Board of Directors of the Bank for International Settlements, as German 
governor  of  the  International  Monetary  Fund,  and  as  a  member  of  the 
G7 and G20 Ministers and Governors. He was a member of the steering 
committees  of  the  European  Systemic  Risk  Board  in  2011  and  the 
Financial  Stability  Board  from  2010  to  2011.  From  2002  to  2004,  Mr. 
Weber served as a member of the German Council of Economic Experts. 
His  academic  career  encompasses  professorships 
international 
economics, monetary economics and economic theory at the universities 
of Cologne, Frankfurt am Main, Bonn and Chicago. Mr. Weber holds a 
master’s  degree  in  economics  from  the  University  of  Constance  and  a 
PhD in economics from the University of Siegen, where he also received 
his  habilitation.  He  holds  honorary  doctorates  from  the  universities  of 
Duisburg-Essen and Constance. 

in 

Other activities and functions 
–  Member of the Board of the Swiss Bankers Association 
–  Member of the Board of Trustees of Avenir Suisse 
–  Member of the Board of the Swiss Finance Council 
–  Chairman of the Board of the Institute of International Finance 
–  Member of the European Financial Services Round Table 
–  Member of the European Banking Group 
–  Member of the International Advisory Councils of the China Banking 

and Insurance Regulatory Commission and China Securities Regulatory 
Commission 

–  Member of the International Advisory Panel, Monetary Authority of 

Singapore 

–  Member of the Group of Thirty, Washington, DC 
–  Chairman of the Board of Trustees of DIW Berlin 
–  Member of the Advisory Board of the Department of Economics, 

University of Zurich 

–  Member of the Trilateral Commission 

Key competencies 
–  Finance, audit, accounting 
–  Risk management 
–  Regulatory authority, central bank 
–  ESG (environment, social and governance) 

Leadership experience 
–  CEO, Chairman 

208 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
David Sidwell 

Vice Chairman, Senior Independent Director, 
non-executive member of the Board 

Year of initial election 
UBS: 2008 (UBS Group AG: 2014, UBS AG: 2008) 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1953 | American (US) and British 

Jeremy Anderson 

Non-executive member of the Board 

Year of initial election 
UBS: 2018 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1958 | British 

Professional history and education 
David Sidwell was elected to the BoD of UBS AG at the 2008 AGM and 
of UBS Group AG in 2014. He is Vice Chairman and Senior Independent 
Director. He has chaired the Risk Committee since 2008 and has been a 
member of the Governance and Nominating Committee since 2011. Mr. 
Sidwell  was  Executive  Vice  President  and  CFO  of  Morgan  Stanley 
between 2004 and 2007. Before joining Morgan Stanley, he worked for 
JPMorgan  Chase  &  Co.,  where,  in  his  20  years  of  service,  he  held  a 
number  of  different  positions,  including  controller  and,  from  2000  to 
2004,  CFO  of  the  Investment  Bank.  Prior  to  this,  he  was  with  Price 
Waterhouse in both London and New York. Mr. Sidwell graduated from 
Cambridge  University  and  qualified  as  a  chartered  accountant  with  the 
Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. 

Other activities and functions 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Senior advisor at Oliver Wyman, New York 
Member of the Board of Chubb Limited 
Member of the Board of GAVI Alliance 
Member of the Board of Village Care, New York 

Key competencies 
– 

Banking (wealth management, asset management, personal and 
corporate banking; insurance) 
Investment banking, capital markets 
Finance, audit, accounting 
Risk management 

– 
– 
– 

Leadership experience 
–

Executive board leadership 

Professional history and education 
Jeremy Anderson was elected to the BoD of UBS AG and UBS Group AG 
at the 2018 AGM. He has chaired the Audit Committee and has been a 
member  of  the  Corporate  Culture  and  Responsibility  Committee  since 
2018.  Since  2019,  he  has  been  a  member  of  the  Governance  and 
Nominating Committee. He was Chairman of Global Financial Services at 
KPMG  International  from  2010  to  2017.  He  has  spent  over  30  years 
working with the banking and insurance industry in an advisory capacity, 
covering  a  broad  range  of  topics,  including  strategy,  audit  and  risk 
management,  technology-enabled  transformation,  mergers  and  bank 
restructuring.  Mr.  Anderson  was  the  founding  sponsor  of  KPMG’s 
Global  Fintech  Network  in  2014  and  is  a  regular  participant  at  FinTech 
events across Europe, the US and Asia. He joined KPMG International in 
2004  and  was  Head  of  Financial  Services  KPMG  Europe  from  2006  to 
2011 as well as Head of Clients and Markets KPMG Europe from 2008 
to  2011.  From  2004  to  2008  he  was  in  charge  of  its  UK  Financial 
Services  Practice.  Prior  to  that,  he  served  as  a  member  of  the  Group 
Management  Board  of  Atos  Origin  and  as  Head  of  its  UK  operations 
after  Atos  acquired  KPMG  Consulting  UK  in  2002.  In  this  capacity  he 
managed  Atos’  consulting,  systems  integration  and  IT  outsourcing 
services in the UK. Mr. Anderson joined KPMG’s UK consulting business 
in 1985 and led the firm as CEO from 2000 to 2002, having previously 
been a partner in its financial services business. He started his career as a 
in  1980. 
software  developer  with  Triad  Computing  Systems 
Mr. Anderson  holds  a  bachelor’s  degree  in  economics  from  University 
College London. 

Other activities and functions 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Member of the Board of Prudential plc 
Trustee of the UK’s Productivity Leadership Group 
Trustee of Kingham Hill Trust 
Trustee of St. Helen’s Bishopsgate 

Key competencies 
– 

Banking (wealth management, asset management, personal and 
corporate banking; insurance) 
Finance, audit, accounting 
Risk management 
Technology, cybersecurity 

– 
– 
– 

Leadership experience 
– 

Executive board leadership 

209 

Corporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

William C. Dudley 

Reto Francioni 

Non-executive member of the Board 

Non-executive member of the Board 

Year of initial election 
UBS: 2019 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1953 | American (US) 

Year of initial election 
UBS: 2013 (UBS Group AG: 2014, UBS AG: 2013) 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1955 | Swiss 

Professional history and education 
William C. Dudley was elected to the BoD of UBS AG and UBS Group AG 
at the 2019 AGM. He has been a member of the Corporate Culture and 
Responsibility  Committee  and  of  the  Risk  Committee  since  2019. 
Currently,  Mr.  Dudley  is  a  Senior  Research  Scholar  at  the  Griswold 
Center  for  Economic  Policy  Studies  at  Princeton  University.  He  became 
CEO of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the NY Fed) in 2009 and 
held that position until 2018. During this time, his focus areas included 
cultural behavior and social and governance topics in the financial world. 
As CEO, he served as the vice chairman and a permanent member of the 
Federal  Open  Market  Committee.  Previously,  Mr.  Dudley  served  as 
Executive Vice President of the Markets Group at the NY Fed and Head 
of the Markets Group from 2007 to 2009. Prior to his time with the NY 
Fed, Mr. Dudley joined Goldman Sachs in 1986 and held several senior 
management positions. He was a Partner and Managing Director and for 
a  decade  the  Chief  US  Economist.  In  2012,  Mr.  Dudley  was  appointed 
chairman of the Committee on the Global Financial System of the Bank 
for International Settlements (BIS). Prior to that, he served as chairman of 
the  former  Committee  on  Payment  and  Settlement  Systems  of  the  BIS 
from 2009 to 2012. He was a member of the Board of Directors of the 
BIS from 2009 to 2018. He holds a bachelor’s degree from New College 
of Florida and received his doctorate in economics from the University of 
California, Berkeley in 1982. 

Other activities and functions 
–  Member of the Group of Thirty 
–  Member of the Council on Foreign Relations 
–  Member of the Bretton Woods Committee’s Advisory Council 

Professional history and education 
Reto Francioni was elected to the BoD of UBS AG at the 2013 AGM and 
of  UBS  Group  AG  in  2014.  He  has  been  a  member  of  the  Risk 
Committee since 2015 and of the Compensation Committee since 2019. 
He was CEO of Deutsche Börse AG from 2005 to 2015. Since 2006, he 
has  been  a  professor  of  Financial  Market  Research  at  the  University  of 
Basel.  From  2002  to  2005,  Mr.  Francioni  was  Chairman  of  the 
Supervisory Board and President of the SWX Group, Zurich, placing him 
at the heart of digitalization within the industry. Mr. Francioni was Co-
CEO  and  Spokesman  for  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Consors  AG, 
Nuremberg,  from  2000  to  2002.  Between  1993  and  2000,  he  held 
various  management  positions  at  Deutsche  Börse  AG,  including  that  of 
Deputy  CEO  from  1999  to  2000.  There  he  drove  a  fundamental 
transformation to shape it as a world leader in technology. From 1992 to 
1993, he served in the corporate finance division of Hoffmann-La Roche, 
Basel.  Prior  to  this,  he  was  on  the  Executive  Board  of  Association 
Tripartite  Bourses  for  several  years.  From  1985  to  1988,  he  worked  for 
Credit  Suisse,  holding  positions 
legal 
departments. He started his professional career in 1981 in the commerce 
division  of  Union  Bank  of  Switzerland.  Mr.  Francioni  completed  his  law 
degree at the University of Zurich in 1981 and earned his PhD from that 
same university in 1987. 

in  the  equity  sales  and 

Other activities and functions 
–  Member of the Board of Coca-Cola HBC AG (Senior Independent 

Non-Executive Director, chair of the nomination committee) 

–  Chairman of the Board of Swiss International Air Lines AG 
–  Member of the Board of MedTech Innovation Partners AG 
–  Executive Director and member of myTAMAR GmbH 

Key competencies 
–  Investment banking, capital markets 
–  Risk management 
–  Regulatory authority central bank 
–  ESG (environment, social and governance) 

Leadership experience 
–  CEO, Chairman 

Key competencies 
–  Investment banking, capital markets 
–  Risk management 
–  Human resources management, including compensation 
–  Technology, cybersecurity 

Leadership experience 
–  CEO, Chairman 

210 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fred Hu 

Julie G. Richardson 

Non-executive member of the Board 

Non-executive member of the Board 

Year of initial election 
UBS: 2018 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1963 | Chinese 

Year of initial election 
UBS: 2017 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1963 | American (US) 

in  the  areas  of  mobile 

Professional history and education 
Fred Hu was elected to the BoD of UBS AG and UBS Group AG at the 
2018  AGM.  He  has  been  a  member  of  the  Compensation  Committee 
since  2019.  Mr.  Hu  has  been  chairman  of  Primavera  Capital  Group,  a 
China-based global investment firm, since 2010. Through his numerous 
investments  in  leading  technology  companies  over  the  years,  he  has 
obtained  profound  knowledge 
internet, 
digitalization and cybersecurity. Prior to founding Primavera, Mr. Hu held 
various senior positions at Goldman Sachs from 1997 to 2010, where he 
was instrumental in building the firm’s franchise in the region. He was a 
Partner and chairman of Greater China from 2008 to 2010 and a Partner 
and  Co-Head  of  Investment  Banking  China  from  2004  to  2008.  Before 
that,  he  held  the  position  of  Goldman  Sachs’  Chief  Economist.  From 
1991 to 1996, he served as an economist at the International Monetary 
Fund in Washington, DC, and after that was Co-Director of the National 
Center  for  Economic  Research  and  a  professor  at  Tsinghua  University. 
Mr. Hu holds a master’s in engineering science from Tsinghua University, 
and a master’s and a PhD in economics from Harvard University. 

Other activities and functions 
– 

Non-executive Chairman of the Board of Yum China Holdings 
(chair of the nomination and governance committee) 
Member of the Board of ICBC 
Member of the Board of Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Ltd. 
Member of the Board of China Asset Management 
Member of the Board of Minsheng Financial Leasing Co. 
Trustee of the China Medical Board 
Governor of the Chinese International School in Hong Kong 
Co-Chairman of the Nature Conservancy Asia Pacific Council 
Director and member of the Executive Committee of China Venture 
Capital and Private Equity Association Ltd. 
Member of the Global Advisory Board of the Council on Foreign 
Relations 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Key competencies 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Investment banking, capital markets 
Risk management 
Technology, cybersecurity 
Regulatory authority, central bank 

Leadership experience 
– 

CEO, Chairman 

investments 

Professional history and education 
Julie G. Richardson was elected to the BoD of UBS AG and UBS Group 
AG  at  the  2017  AGM.  She  has  been  a  member  of  the  Compensation 
Committee  since  2018  and  its  Chairperson  since  2019.  She  also  has 
been  a  member  of  the  Risk  Committee  since  2017  and  of  the 
Governance  and  Nominating  Committee  since  2019.  From  2003  to 
2012, Ms. Richardson was a Partner and Head of the New York Office of 
Providence  Equity  Partners,  a  global  private  equity  firm  specializing  in 
in  media,  communications,  education  and 
equity 
information companies. She acted as a senior advisor to the partnership 
until 2014. From 1998 to 2003, Ms. Richardson served as Vice Chairman 
of the Investment Banking division of JPMorgan Chase & Co. and Head 
of  its  Global  Telecommunications,  Media  and  Technology  group. 
Throughout  her  career,  she  has  spent  significant  time  with  both 
incumbent  and  new  technology  companies,  including  being  a  board 
member of a digital knowledge management company since 2015. After 
graduating,  she  started  with  Merrill  Lynch  in  1986,  where  she  worked 
until  1998,  in  her  last  position  as  Managing  Director  Media  and 
Communications  Investment  Banking.  Ms.  Richardson  graduated  from 
the University of Wisconsin-Madison with a bachelor’s degree in business 
administration. 

Other activities and functions 
– 
– 

Member of the Board of Yext (chair of the audit committee) 
Member of the Board of Vereit, Inc. (chair of the compensation 
committee) 
Member of the Board of Datadog (chair of the audit committee) 
Member of the Board of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc 
(resignation effective 1 April 2020) 

– 
– 

Key competencies 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Investment banking, capital markets 
Risk management 
Human resources management, including compensation 
Technology, cybersecurity 

211 

Corporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

Isabelle Romy 

Robert W. Scully 

Non-executive member of the Board 

Non-executive member of the Board 

Year of initial election 
UBS: 2012 (UBS Group AG: 2014, UBS AG: 2012) 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1965 | Swiss 

Year of initial election 
UBS: 2016 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1950 | American (US) 

Professional history and education 
Isabelle Romy was elected to the BoD of UBS AG at the 2012 AGM and 
of  UBS  Group  AG  in  2014.  She  has  been  a  member  of  the  Audit 
Committee  and  of  the  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee  since 
2012. Ms. Romy is a partner at Froriep Legal AG, a large Swiss business 
law firm. From 1995 to 2012, she worked for another major Swiss law 
firm based in Zurich, where she was a partner from 2003 to 2012. Her 
legal practice includes litigation and arbitration in cross-border cases. Ms. 
Romy  has  been  a  professor  at  the  University  of  Fribourg  and  at  the 
Federal Institute of Technology in Lausanne (EPFL) since 1996. Between 
2003  and  2008,  she  served  as  a  deputy  judge  at  the  Swiss  Federal 
Supreme  Court.  From  1999  to  2006,  she  was  a  member  of  the  Ethics 
Commission at the EPFL. Ms. Romy earned her doctorate in law (Dr. iur.) 
at the University of Lausanne in 1990 and has been a qualified attorney-
at-law  admitted  to  the  bar  since  1991.  From  1992  to  1994,  she  was  a 
visiting  scholar  at  Boalt  Hall  School  of  Law,  University  of  California, 
Berkeley,  and  completed  her  professorial  thesis  at  the  University  of 
Fribourg in 1996. 

Professional history and education 
Robert W. Scully was elected to the BoD of UBS AG and UBS Group AG 
at the 2016 AGM. He has been a member of the Risk Committee since 
2016.  Mr.  Scully  served  as  a  member  of  the  Office  of  the  Chairman  of 
Morgan Stanley from 2007 to 2009 and was its Co-President responsible 
for Asset Management, Discover Credit Cards from 2006 to 2007. Prior 
to  assuming  the  position  of  Co-President,  he  was  Chairman  of  Global 
Capital  Markets  from  2004  to  2006,  Vice  Chairman  of  Investment 
Banking  from  1999  to  2006,  and  Managing  Director  from  1996  to 
2009. Mr. Scully was Managing Director at Lehman Brothers from 1993 
to 1996, having worked for Scully Brothers Foss & Wight from 1989 to 
1993  as  Managing  Director  and  for  Salomon  Brothers  in  Investment 
Banking  and  Capital  Markets  from  1980  to  1989,  where  he  became  a 
Managing Director in 1984. He began his career in the banking industry 
with Chase Manhattan Bank in 1972 and then worked as an investment 
banker  for  Blyth  Eastman  Dillon  &  Co.  from  1977  to  1980.  Mr.  Scully 
graduated from Princeton University in 1972 with a bachelor’s degree in 
psychology and holds an MBA from Harvard University. 

Other activities and functions 
–  Member of the Board of Froriep Legal AG 
–  Chair of the Board of Central Real Estate Holding AG 
–  Chair of the Board of Central Real Estate Basel AG 
–  Vice Chairman of the Sanction Commission of the SIX Swiss Exchange 
–  Member of the Fundraising Committee of the Swiss National 

Committee for UNICEF 

–  Member of the Supervisory Board of the CAS program Financial 
Regulation of the University of Bern and University of Geneva 

Key competencies 
–  Finance, audit, accounting 
–  Legal, compliance 
–  Regulatory authority, central bank 
–  ESG (environment, social and governance) 

Other activities and functions 
–  Member of the Board of Chubb Limited (chair of the audit committee) 
–  Member of the Board of Zoetis, Inc. 
–  Member of the Board of KKR & Co. Inc. 
–  Member of the Board of Teach For All 

Key competencies 
–  Banking (wealth management, asset management, personal and 

corporate banking; insurance) 

–  Investment banking, capital markets 
–  Finance, audit, accounting 
–  Risk management 

Leadership experience 
–  Executive board leadership 

212 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beatrice Weder di Mauro 

Dieter Wemmer 

Non-executive member of the Board 

Non-executive member of the Board 

Year of initial election 
UBS: 2012 (UBS Group AG: 2014, UBS AG: 2012) 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1965 | Swiss and Italian 

Year of initial election 
UBS: 2016 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1957 | Swiss and German 

Professional history and education 
Beatrice Weder di Mauro was elected to the BoD of UBS AG at the 2012 
AGM  and  of  UBS  Group  AG  in  2014.  She  has  been  a  member  of  the 
Audit  Committee  since  2012  and  became  a  member  of  the  Corporate 
Culture and Responsibility Committee in 2017. She was a member of the 
Risk  Committee  from  2013  to  2017.  Since  2019,  Ms. Weder  di  Mauro 
has  been  a  professor  of  international  economics  at  the  Graduate 
Institute Geneva (IHEID) and since 2018 has been President of the Centre 
for  Economic  Policy  Research  in  London.  Since  2016,  she  has  been  a 
research  professor  and  distinguished  fellow  at  the  Emerging  Markets 
Institute at INSEAD in Singapore. From 2001 to 2018, she held the Chair 
of  International  Macroeconomics  at  the  Johannes  Gutenberg  University 
of Mainz and was a member of the German Council of Economic Experts 
from  2004  to  2012.  She  held  visiting  positions  at  the  International 
Monetary  Fund  (IMF)  in  Washington,  DC,  at  the  National  Bureau  of 
Economic  Research  in  Cambridge,  MA,  and  at  the  United  Nations 
University in Tokyo. Prior to that, she worked as an economist at the IMF 
and  the  World  Bank  in  Washington,  DC.  She  received  a  PhD  and  a 
habilitation  in  economics  from  the  University  of  Basel.  Since  2005, 
Ms. Weder  di  Mauro  has  served  as  an  independent  director  on  the 
boards  of  globally 
finance, 
leading  companies 
pharmaceuticals, technology and insurance. 

in  development 

Other activities and functions 
– 
– 
– 

Member of the Supervisory Board of Robert Bosch GmbH 
Member of the Board of Bombardier Inc. 
Member of the Foundation Board of the International Center for 
Monetary and Banking Studies (ICMB) 

Key competencies 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Finance, audit, accounting 
Risk management 
Regulatory authority, central bank 
ESG (environment, social and governance) 

Professional history and education 
Dieter Wemmer was elected to the BoD of UBS AG and UBS Group AG 
at  the  2016  AGM.  He  has  been  a  member  of  the  Compensation 
Committee  since  2018  and  of  the  Audit  Committee  since  2019. 
Mr. Wemmer was Chief Financial Officer (CFO) of Allianz SE from 2013 
to  2017.  He  joined  Allianz  SE  in  2012  as  a  member  of  the  Board  of 
Management, responsible for the insurance business in France, Benelux, 
Italy,  Greece  and  Turkey  and  for  the  “Global  Property  &  Casualty” 
Center  of  Competence.  He  was  CFO  of  Zurich  Insurance  Group  from 
2007 to 2011. From 2010 to 2011, he was Zurich’s Regional Chairman 
of  Europe.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Wemmer  was  CEO  of  the  Europe  General 
Insurance business and member of Zurich’s Group Executive Committee 
from 2004 to 2007. He held various other management positions in the 
Zurich  Group,  such  as  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  the  Europe  General 
Insurance  business  from  2003  to  2004,  Head  of  Mergers  and 
Acquisitions from 1999 to 2003 and Head of Financial Controlling from 
1997 to 1999. Mr. Wemmer began his career in the insurance industry 
within the Zurich Group in 1986 in Cologne, after graduating from the 
University of Cologne with a master’s degree and acquiring his doctorate 
in mathematics in 1985. 

Other activities and functions 
– 

Member of the Board of Ørsted A/S (chair of the audit and risk 
committee) 
Member of the Berlin Center of Corporate Governance 

– 

Key competencies 
– 

Banking (wealth management, asset management, personal and 
corporate banking; insurance) 
Investment banking, capital markets 
Finance, audit, accounting 
Risk management 

– 
– 
– 

Leadership experience 
– 

Executive board leadership 

213 

Corporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

Jeanette Wong 

Non-executive member of the Board 

Year of initial election 
UBS: 2019 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1960 | Singaporean 

Professional history and education 
Jeanette Wong was elected to the BoD of UBS AG and UBS Group AG at 
the 2019 AGM. She has been a member of the Audit Committee since 
2019.  Ms.  Wong  was  Group  Executive  responsible  for  the  Institutional 
Banking  business  at  the  Singapore-based  DBS  Group  from  2008  to 
March  2019,  encompassing  Corporate  Banking,  Global  Transaction 
Services,  Strategic  Advisory  and  Mergers  &  Acquisitions.  Previously,  she 
served  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the  DBS  Group  between  2003  and 
2008.  Ms.  Wong  has  spent  more  than  30  years  working  in  different 
senior management roles within the financial industry in Singapore. She 
started  her  career  in  1982  with  positions  at  Banque  Paribas  and 
Citibank,  before  helping  to  build  up  JP  Morgan’s  Asia  and  emerging 
markets business over a sixteen-year career with the firm. She holds an 
MBA  from  the  University  of  Chicago  and  a  bachelor’s  in  business 
administration from the National University of Singapore. 

Other activities and functions 
–  Member of the Board of Essilor International / EssilorLuxottica 
–  Member of the Board of Jurong Town Corporation 
–  Member of the Board of PSA International 
–  Member of the Board of FFMC Holdings Pte. Ltd. and of Fullerton 

Fund Management Company Ltd. 

–  Member of the Management Advisory Board of NUS Business School 
–  Member of the Global Advisory Board, Asia, University of Chicago 

Booth School of Business 

–  Member of the Securities Industry Council 

Key competencies 
–  Banking (wealth management, asset management, personal and 

corporate banking; insurance) 

–  Investment banking, capital markets 
–  Finance, audit, accounting 
–  ESG (environment, social and governance) 

Leadership experience 
–  Executive board leadership 

214 

Markus Baumann 

Group Company Secretary 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1963 | Swiss 

Professional history and education 
Markus  Baumann  was  appointed  Group  Company 
Secretary of UBS Group AG and Company Secretary 
of  UBS  AG  by  the  BoD  in  2017.  He  has  been  with 
UBS  for  40  years  and  has  held  a  broad  range  of 
leadership roles across the Group in Switzerland, the 
US  and  Japan,  including  Chief  of  Staff  to  the 
Chairman  of  the  BoD  since  2015  and  Chief 
Operating Officer of Group Internal Audit from 2006 
to 2015. Before this, he worked as Chief Operating 
Officer EMEA for UBS Asset Management. Earlier in 
his  career,  Mr.  Baumann  worked  in  Japan  for  four 
years as Corporate Planning Officer and assistant to 
the  CEO.  He  joined  UBS  in  1979  as  a  banking 
apprentice,  covering  the  full  range  of  universal 
banking activities. Mr. Baumann holds an MBA from 
INSEAD  Fontainebleau  and  a  Swiss  Federal  Diploma 
as a Business Analyst. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Elections and terms of office 

Shareholders  annually  elect  each  member  of 
the  BoD 
individually,  as  well  as  the  Chairman  and  the  members  of  the 
Compensation Committee, based on proposals from the BoD. 

As set out in the Organization Regulations, BoD members are 
normally  expected  to  serve  for  a  minimum  of  three  years.  No 
BoD member may serve for more than 10 consecutive terms of 
office.  In  exceptional  circumstances,  the  BoD  may  extend  this 
limit. 

  Refer to “Skills, expertise and training of the Board of 

Directors” in this section for more information 

Organizational principles and structure 

Following  each  AGM,  the  BoD  meets  to  appoint  one  or  more 
Vice  Chairmen,  a  Senior 
Independent  Director,  the  BoD 
committee  members  (other  than  the  Compensation  Committee 
members,  who  are  elected  by  the  shareholders)  and  the 
respective  committee  Chairpersons.  At  the  same  meeting,  the 
BoD appoints a Group Company Secretary, who acts as secretary 
to the BoD and its committees. 

According to the Articles of Association and the Organization 
Regulations, the BoD meets as often as business requires, but it 
must  meet  at  least  six  times  a  year.  During  2019,  a  total  of  23 
BoD  meetings  and  calls  were  held,  15  of  which  were  attended 
by  GEB  members.  Average  participation  in  the  BoD  meetings 
and calls was 98%. In addition to the BoD meetings attended by 
GEB  members,  the  Group  CEO  attended  some  of  the  meetings 
of  the  BoD  without  GEB  participation.  The  average  duration  of 
the meetings and calls was 145 minutes. In 2019, the frequency 
and  length  of  the  combined  meetings  were  the  same  for  UBS 
Group  AG  and  UBS  AG.  Additionally,  eight  ad  hoc  calls  were 
held, two of which were without GEB members. Furthermore, a 
two-day crisis management and simulation exercise was held. 

At every BoD meeting, each committee Chairperson provides 
the  BoD  with  an  update  on  current  activities  of  his  or  her 
committee as well as important committee issues. 

In  response  to  the  growing  importance  of  legal  entity 
governance, standalone meetings of the UBS AG BoD were held. 
In 2019, four UBS AG meetings were held with members of the 
Executive Board in attendance. Standalone meetings are held on 
a  regular  basis  to  discuss  and  agree  on  legal  entity  governance 
and other topics related to UBS AG. Furthermore, we enhanced 
the  coordination  and  exchange  of  information  between  UBS 
Group  AG  and  its  significant  group  entities.  Joint  meetings 
between  the  Group  BoD  and  the  boards  of  directors  of  all 
significant  group  entities  have  been  introduced.  In  addition,  a 
two-day annual workshop attended by all independent members 
of  the  boards  of  the  Group  and  significant  group  entities  was 
held, for the third time, to strengthen entity governance. 

215 

Corporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

Performance assessment 
An  external  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  BoD  was 
started  at  the  end  of  2018  and  concluded  in  May  2019.  This 
external  review  was  commissioned  in  line  with  the  regular 
schedule  of  performing  an  independent  external  assessment 
every  third  year.  In  each  year  when  there  is  no  independent 
external assessment, a thorough self-assessment is completed at 
the  level  of  the  BoD,  while  the  committees  perform  self-
assessments  every  year.  All  BoD  members,  the  Group  CEO, 
selected  members  of  the  GEB,  the  Head  Group  Internal  Audit 
and lead audit partner were interviewed as part of the external 
review. The external appraisers also attended BoD meetings and 
selected  committee  meetings  as  observers  and  reviewed 
governance-related documentation. 

The  results  of  the  in-depth  external  assessment  concluded 
that  the  BoD  and  its  committees  were  operating  effectively,  in 
line  with  best  practice  and  best  in  class  in  comparison  with 
leading  European  peers.  The  final  report  did  not  raise  any 
material issues, but did make a number of recommendations for 
consideration by the BoD. These led to minor adjustments in the 
BoD  agenda  and  served  as  a  source  for  the  definition  of  the 
BoD’s priorities for 2019/2020. Areas of particular focus for the 
BoD  were  strategy,  growth  and  value  creation,  as  well  as 
succession  planning.  Furthermore,  a  particular  focus  remained 

on the oversight of the regulatory, risk and legal issues as well as 
on  digital  transformation.  Environment,  social  and  governance 
topics, in particular sustainability and the continued emphasis on 
cultural values were other key priorities. 

BoD Committees 
The  committees  listed  on  the  following  pages  assist  the  BoD  in 
the  performance  of  its  responsibilities.  These  committees  and 
their  charters  are  described  in  the  Organization  Regulations, 
published  at  www.ubs.com/governance.  The  committees  meet 
as often as their business requires, but at least four times a year 
each  for  the  Audit  Committee,  the  Risk  Committee  and  the 
Compensation  Committee,  and  twice  a  year  each  for  the 
Corporate  Culture  and  Responsibility  Committee  and  the 
Governance  and  Nominating  Committee.  Topics  of  common 
interest or affecting more than one committee are discussed at 
joint  committee  meetings.  The  Audit  Committee  and  the  Risk 
Committee hold at least four joint meetings a year. 

During  2019,  a  total  of  ten  joint  committee  meetings  were 
held  for  UBS  Group  AG  (nine  joint  committee  meetings  were 
held  for  UBS  AG).  The  Risk  Committee  held  one  meeting  with 
the  Compensation  Committee,  one  with  the  Corporate  Culture 
and  Responsibility  Committee,  and  eight  with  the  Audit 
Committee. 

Board of Directors 

Members in 2019 

Axel A. Weber, Chairman 

Michel Demaré¹ 

David Sidwell 

Jeremy Anderson 

William C. Dudley² 

Reto Francioni 

Ann F. Godbehere¹ 

Fred Hu 

Julie G. Richardson 

Isabelle Romy 

Robert W. Scully 

Beatrice Weder di Mauro 

Dieter Wemmer 

Jeanette Wong² 

Meeting attendance  Meeting and call 
without GEB3 

attendance with GEB4  Key responsibilities include: 

8/8 

2/2 

8/8 

8/8 

6/6 

8/8 

2/2 

7/8 

8/8 

8/8 

8/8 

8/8 

8/8 

6/6 

100% 

15/15 

100% 

5/5 

100% 

15/15 

100% 

15/15 

100% 

8/10 

80% 

The Board has ultimate responsibility for the success of the Group and for 
delivering sustainable shareholder value within a framework of prudent and 
effective controls. It decides on the Group’s strategy and the necessary financial 
and human resources upon recommendation of the Group CEO and sets 
the Group’s values and standards to ensure that its obligations to shareholders 
and other stakeholders are met. 

 Refer to the Organization Regulations of UBS Group AG, 

15/15 

100% 

available at www.ubs.com/governance, for more information 

5/5 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

88% 

13/15 

87% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

15/15 

100% 

15/15 

100% 

15/15 

100% 

15/15 

100% 

15/15 

100% 

10/10 

100% 

1 Michel Demaré and Ann F. Godbehere did not stand for re-election at the 2019 AGM; indicated are their attended and total meetings up to the 2019 AGM.  2 William C. Dudley and Jeanette Wong were elected to the 
Board at the 2019 AGM; indicated are their attended and total meetings after their election.  3 Additionally, two ad hoc calls took place in 2019.  4 Additionally, six ad hoc calls took place in 2019. 

216 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
      
      
Audit Committee 
five  BoD  members 
The  Audit  Committee  consisted  of 
throughout 2019, all of whom were determined by the BoD to 
be  fully  independent.  As  a  group,  members  of  the  Audit 
Committee  must  have  the  necessary  qualifications  and  skills  to 
perform  all  of  their  duties  and  together  must  possess  financial 
literacy and experience in banking and risk management. 

The  Audit  Committee  itself  does  not  perform  audits  but 
oversees  the  work  of  the  external  auditors,  Ernst  &  Young  Ltd, 
who  in  turn  are  responsible  for  auditing  UBS  Group  AG’s  and 
UBS  AG’s  annual  financial  statements  and  for  reviewing  the 
quarterly financial statements. 

In  particular,  the  Audit  Committee  monitors  the  integrity  of 
the financial statements of UBS Group AG and UBS AG and any 
announcements  related  to  financial  performance,  and  reviews 
significant  financial  reporting  judgments  contained  in  them, 
before  recommending  their  approval  to  the  BoD  or  proposing 
any adjustments the Audit Committee considers appropriate. 

the 

expertise, 

qualifications, 

The  Audit  Committee  oversees  the  relationship  with  and 
assesses 
effectiveness, 
independence  and  performance  of  the  external  auditors  and 
their  lead  audit  partner,  and  supports  the  BoD  in  reaching  a 
decision  in  relation  to  the  appointment,  reappointment  or 
dismissal of the external auditors and to the rotation of the lead 
audit  partner.  The  BoD  then  submits  these  proposals  to  the 
shareholders for approval at the AGM. 

meetings  and  eight  calls  with  a  participation  rate  of  98%.  The 
average  duration  of  each  of  the  meetings  and  calls  was 
approximately  150  minutes.  In  2019,  for  both  UBS  Group  AG 
and  UBS  AG,  the  frequency  and  length  of  meetings  were  the 
same.  All  of  the  meetings  and  calls  of  the  Audit  Committee 
were  attended  by  the  Group  Chief  Financial  Officer  as  well  as 
the Group Controller and Chief Accounting Officer. In 2019, the 
Chairperson and the committee met on a regular basis with core 
supervisory authorities. 

All  Audit  Committee  members  have  accounting  or  related 
financial  management  expertise  and,  in  compliance  with  the 
rules  established  pursuant  to  the  US  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of 
2002,  at  least  one  member  qualifies  as  a  financial  expert.  The 
New  York  Stock  Exchange  (the  NYSE)  listing  standards  on 
corporate  governance  and  Rule  10A-3  under  the  US  Securities 
Exchange Act set more stringent independence requirements for 
members  of  audit  committees  than  for  the  other  members  of 
the  BoD.  Throughout  2019,  all  members  of  the  Audit 
Committee,  in  addition  to  satisfying  our  independence  criteria, 
satisfied these requirements, in that they did not receive, directly 
or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or compensatory fees from 
any member of the Group other than in their capacity as a BoD 
member,  did  not  hold,  directly  or  indirectly,  UBS  Group  AG 
shares  in  excess  of  5%  of  the  outstanding  capital,  and  did  not 
serve  on  the  audit  committees  of  more  than  two  other  public 
companies. 

During  2019,  the  Audit  Committee  held  eight  committee 

Audit Committee 

Members in 2019 

Meeting and 
call attendance 

Key responsibilities include: 

Jeremy Anderson (Chairperson) 

16/16 

Michel Demaré¹ 

Ann F. Godbehere¹ 

Isabelle Romy 

100%  The function of the Audit Committee is to support the Board in fulfilling its oversight duty relating to 
financial reporting and internal controls over financial reporting, the effectiveness of the external and 
internal audit functions, and the effectiveness of whistleblowing procedures. 

100% 

100% 

8/8 

8/8 

16/16 

100% 

Management is responsible for the preparation, presentation and integrity of the financial statements, 
while the external auditors are responsible for auditing financial statements. The Audit Committee’s 
responsibility is one of oversight and review.  

Beatrice Weder di Mauro 

14/16 

88% 

Dieter Wemmer² 

Jeanette Wong² 

8/8 

8/8 

100% 

100% 

 Refer to the Organization Regulations of UBS Group AG, 

available at www.ubs.com/governance, for more information 

1 Michel Demaré and Ann F. Godbehere did not stand for re-election at the 2019 AGM; indicated are their attended and total meetings up to the 2019 AGM.  2 Following the 2019 AGM, Dieter Wemmer and Jeanette 
Wong became members of this committee; indicated are their attended and total meetings after their election. 

217 

Corporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

Compensation Committee 
The  Compensation  Committee  consisted  of  four  independent 
BoD members throughout 2019 as indicated in the table below. 
In addition to the key responsibilities indicated in the same table, 
the  Compensation  Committee 
the  compensation 
disclosures included in this report. 

reviews 

During  2019, 

the  Compensation  Committee  held  six 
meetings  and  two  calls  with  a  participation  rate  of  97%.  The 
average  duration  of  each  of  the  meetings  and  calls  was 
approximately  135  minutes.  All  meetings  were  held  in  the 
presence  of  the  Chairman  and  most  were  attended  by  the 
Group CEO and external advisors. In 2019, the Chairperson met 
on a regular basis with core supervisory authorities. 
  Refer to “Board of Directors compensation” in the 

“Compensation” section on page 267 of this report for more 

information about the Compensation Committee’s decision-

making procedures 

Corporate Culture and Responsibility Committee 
Throughout  2019,  the  Corporate  Culture  and  Responsibility 
Committee consisted of the Chairperson and three independent 
BoD members as listed in the table below. The Group CEO and 
the Head UBS in society are permanent guests of the Corporate 
Culture  and  Responsibility  Committee,  while  senior  regional 
representatives  (chairmen  or  Presidents)  attended  one  of  the 
meetings  as  guests.  During  2019,  six  meetings  were  held,  with 
an  average  participation  rate  of  96%.  The  average  duration  of 
each of the meetings was approximately 100 minutes. 

Compensation Committee 

Members in 2019 

Ann F. Godbehere (Chairperson)¹ 

Julie G. Richardson (Chairperson) 

Michel Demaré¹ 

Reto Francioni² 

Fred Hu² 

Dieter Wemmer 

Meeting and 
call attendance 

Key responsibilities include: 

2/2 

8/8 

2/2 

6/6 

5/6 

8/8 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

83% 

100% 

The Compensation Committee is responsible for: 
(i)  supporting the Board in its duties to set guidelines on compensation and benefits; 
(ii)  approving the total compensation for the Chairman and the non-independent Board members; 
(iii) establishing, together with the Chairman, financial and non-financial performance targets for the Group 

CEO and reviewing, upon the recommendation from the Group CEO, financial and non-financial 
per formance targets for the other GEB members; 

(iv) reviewing, in consultation with the Chairman, the performance of the Group CEO in meeting agreed 

targets, as well as informing the Board of the individual performance assessments of the GEB members; 

(v)  proposing, together with the Chairman, total individual compensation for the independent Board 

members and Group CEO for approval by the Board; and 

(vi) proposing to the Board for approval, upon recommendation from the Group CEO, the total individual 

compensation for GEB members. 

 Refer to the Organization Regulations of UBS Group AG, 

available at www.ubs.com/governance, for more information 

1 Michel Demaré and Ann F. Godbehere did not stand for re-election at the 2019 AGM; indicated are their attended and total meetings up to the 2019 AGM.  2 Reto Francioni and Fred Hu were elected to this commit-
tee at the 2019 AGM; indicated are their attended and total meetings after their election. 

Corporate Culture and Responsibility Committee 

Members in 2019 

Axel A. Weber (Chairperson) 

Jeremy Anderson 

William C. Dudley¹ 

Reto Francioni² 

Beatrice Weder di Mauro 

Meeting 
attendance 

Key responsibilities include: 

6/6 

100% 

6/6 

3/4 

100% 

75% 

2/2 

100% 

6/6 

100% 

The Corporate Culture and Responsibility Committee supports the Board in its duties to safeguard and 
advance the Group’s reputation for responsible and sustainable conduct. Its function is forward-looking in 
that it monitors and reviews societal trends and transformational developments and assesses their 
potential relevance for the Group. 

In undertaking this assessment, it reviews stakeholder concerns and expectations pertaining to the societal 
performance of UBS and to the development of its corporate culture. The Corporate Culture and Responsi bility 
Committee’s function also encompasses the monitoring of the current state and implementation of 
the programs and initiatives within the Group pertaining to corporate culture and corporate responsibility. 

 Refer to the Organization Regulations of UBS Group AG, 

available at www.ubs.com/governance, for more information 

1 Following the 2019 AGM, William C. Dudley became a member of this committee; indicated are his attended and total meetings after his election.  2 After the 2019 AGM, Reto Francioni was no longer member of this 
committee, instead he was elected member of the Compensation Committee; indicated are his attended and total meetings up to the 2019 AGM. 

218 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Governance and Nominating Committee 
In 2019, the Governance and Nominating Committee consisted 
of the Chairperson and three independent members as listed in 
the  table  below;  after  the  AGM,  there  were  four  independent 
members.  During  2019,  nine  meetings  were  held  with  a 
participation rate of 100%. The average duration of each of the 
meetings  was  approximately  130  minutes  and,  additionally, 
three  ad  hoc  calls  took  place.  The  Group  CEO  attended  all 
meetings. 

Risk Committee 
In  2019,  the  Risk  Committee  comprised  five  independent  BoD 
members  as  listed  in  the  table  below.  During  2019,  the  Risk 
Committee  held  nine  committee  meetings  and  six  calls  with  a 
participation rate of 100%. The average duration of each of the 
meetings and calls was approximately 190 minutes. In 2019, the 
frequency  and  length  of  the  meetings  were  the  same  for  both 
UBS Group AG and UBS AG. Usually, the Group CEO, the Group 
CFO,  the  Group  Chief  Risk  Officer  and  the  Group  General 
Counsel  attended  the  meetings  and  calls. 
In  2019,  the 
Chairperson and the committee met on a regular basis with core 
supervisory authorities. 

Ad hoc committees 
The Special Committee and the Strategy Committee are two ad 
hoc committees that have a standing composition and that hold 
meetings as and when required. 

The  Special  Committee  is  composed  of  four  BoD  members 
and  its  primary  purpose  is  to  oversee  activities  related  to  key 
litigation  and  investigation  matters,  review  management’s 
respective proposals and submit recommendations for decision 
to  the  BoD.  For  2019,  the  key  focus  was  the  French  cross-
border  matter,  following  the  first  court  verdict  in  February 
2019.  Jeremy  Anderson  chaired  the  Special  Committee,  with 
Julie  G.  Richardson,  David  Sidwell  and  Axel  A.  Weber  as 
additional  members.  The  Group  CEO  was  a  permanent  guest. 
During  2019,  a  half-day  workshop,  two  meetings  and  three 
calls  were  held.  The  frequency  and  length  of  the  meetings 
were the same for both UBS Group AG and UBS AG. 

The Strategy Committee is composed of four BoD members 
and  its  primary  purpose  is  to  support  management  and  the 
BoD with regard to the assessment of strategic considerations, 
as  well  as  to  assist  the  planning  of  the  annual  strategy 
meetings  for  the  BoD  and  the  GEB.  The  committee  submits 
recommendations  for  decision  to  the  BoD.  Axel  A.  Weber 
chaired  the  Strategy  Committee,  with  Fred  Hu,  Robert 
W. Scully  and  Dieter  Wemmer  as  additional  members.  The 
Group  CEO,  the  Group  CFO  and  the  Head  of  Strategy  were 
permanent  guests.  During  2019,  two  meetings  and  six  calls 
were held. The frequency and length of the meetings were the 
same for both UBS Group AG and UBS AG. 

Governance and Nominating Committee 

Members in 2019 

Axel A. Weber (Chairperson) 

Jeremy Anderson¹ 

Michel Demaré² 

Julie G. Richardson¹ 

Isabelle Romy 

David Sidwell 

Meeting 
attendance 

Key responsibilities include: 

The function of the Governance and Nominating Committee is to support the Board in fulfilling its duty to 
establish best practices in corporate governance across the Group, including conducting a Board assessment, 
establishing and maintaining a process for appointing new Board and GEB members as well as for the 
annual performance assessment of the Board. 

 Refer to the Organization Regulations of UBS Group AG, 

available at www.ubs.com/governance, for more information 

9/9 

6/6 

3/3 

6/6 

9/9 

9/9 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

1  Following the 2019 AGM, Jeremy Anderson and Julie G. Richardson became members of this committee; indicated are their attended and total meetings after their election.  2 Michel Demaré did not stand for 
re-election at the 2019 AGM; indicated are his attended and total meetings up to the 2019 AGM. 

Risk Committee 

Members in 2019 

Meeting and 
call attendance 

Key responsibilities include: 

David Sidwell (Chairperson) 

15/15 

100%  The function of the Risk Committee is to oversee and support the Board in fulfilling its duty to set and 

William C. Dudley¹ 

11/11 

100% 

supervise an appropriate risk management and control framework in the areas of: 
(i) risk management and control, including credit, market and treasury risks as well as legal, compliance 

Reto Francioni 

Julie G. Richardson 

Robert W. Scully 

Dieter Wemmer ² 

15/15 

100% 

and operational risks, including conduct risks; and 

15/15 

100% 

15/15 

100% 

4/4 

100% 

(ii) balance sheet, treasury and capital management, including funding, liquidity and equity attribution. 
The Risk Committee considers the potential effects of the aforementioned risks on the Group’s reputation. 

 Refer to the Organization Regulations of UBS Group AG, 

available at www.ubs.com/governance, for more information 

1 Following the 2019 AGM, William C. Dudley became a member of this committee; indicated are his attended and total meetings after his election.  2 After the 2019 AGM, Dieter Wemmer was no longer a member of 
this committee, instead he became a member of the Audit Committee; indicated are his attended and total meetings up to the 2019 AGM. 

219 

Corporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
      
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

Roles and responsibilities of the Chairman of the Board of 
Directors 

independent  BoD  members  and  acts  as  a  point  of  contact  for 
shareholders  and  stakeholders  seeking  discussions  with  an 
independent BoD member. 

Axel A. Weber serves as a full-time Chairman of the BoD, in line 
with his employment contract. 

communication  with 

The  Chairman  coordinates  tasks  within  the  BoD,  calls  BoD 
meetings  and  sets  their  agendas.  He  presides  over  all  general 
meetings  of  shareholders  and  works  with  the  committee 
Chairpersons  to  coordinate  the  work  of  all  BoD  committees. 
Together  with  the  Group  CEO,  the  Chairman  is  responsible  for 
effective 
shareholders  and  other 
stakeholders,  including  government  officials,  regulators  and 
public  organizations.  This  is  in  addition  to  establishing  and 
maintaining  a  close  working  relationship  with  the  Group  CEO 
and  other  GEB  members,  and  providing  advice  and  support 
when  appropriate,  including  continuing  to  support  the  firm’s 
cultural  change  as  a  key  priority  on  the  basis  of  our  Pillars, 
Principles and Behaviors. 

  Refer to “Employees” in the “How we create value for our 

stakeholders” section on page 43 and to the foldout pages of 

this report for more information about our Pillars, Principles 

and Behaviors 

In  2019,  the  Chairman  met  on  a  regular  basis  with  core 
supervisory  authorities  in  all  major  regions  where  UBS  is  active. 
Meetings with important supervisory authorities in other regions 
were scheduled on an ad hoc or needs-driven basis. 

Roles and responsibilities of the Vice Chairmen and the 
Senior Independent Director 

The  BoD  appoints  one  or  more  Vice  Chairmen  and  a  Senior 
Independent  Director.  If  the  BoD  appoints  more  than  one  Vice 
Chairman,  one  of  them  must  be  independent.  Both  the  Vice 
Chairman  and  the  Senior  Independent  Director  support  the 
Chairman  with  regard  to  his  responsibilities  and  authorities  and 
provide him with advice. In conjunction with the Chairman and the 
Governance  and  Nominating  Committee,  they  facilitate  good 
Group-wide corporate governance, as well as balanced leadership 
and  control  within  the  Group,  the  Board  and  the  committees. 
David  Sidwell  has  been  appointed  as  Vice  Chairman  and  Senior 
Independent  Director.  The  Vice  Chairman  is  required  to  lead  and 
has  led  meetings  of  the  BoD  in  the  temporary  absence  of  the 
Chairman.  Together  with  the  Governance  and  Nominating 
Committee,  he  is  tasked  with  the  ongoing  monitoring  and  the 
annual  evaluation  of  the  Chairman.  Furthermore,  he  represents 
UBS  on  behalf  of  the  Chairman  in  meetings  with  internal  or 
external stakeholders. The Senior Independent Director enables and 
supports  communication  and  the  flow  of  information  among  the 
independent BoD members. At least twice a year, he organizes and 
leads  a  meeting  of  the  independent  BoD  members  without  the 
participation  of  the  Chairman.  In  2019,  two  independent  BoD 
meetings  were  held  for  UBS  Group  AG  and  UBS  AG,  with  an 
average  participation  rate  of  77%  and  an  average  duration  of 
approximately 160 minutes. The Senior Independent Director also 
relays  to  the  Chairman  any  issues  or  concerns  raised  by  the 

Important business connections of independent members of 
the Board of Directors 

As a global financial services provider and a major Swiss bank, we 
enter  into  business  relationships  with  many  large  companies, 
including  some in which  our  BoD  members  assume management 
or 
independent  board  responsibilities.  The  Governance  and 
Nominating  Committee  determines  in  each  instance  whether  the 
nature  of  the  Group’s  business  relationship  with  such  a  company 
might  compromise  our  BoD  members’  capacity  to  express 
independent judgment. 

Our Organization Regulations require three-quarters of the UBS 
Group AG BoD members and one-third of those at UBS AG to be 
independent.  For  this  purpose,  independence  is  determined  in 
the  FINMA  Circular  2017/1  “Corporate 
accordance  with 
governance – banks” and the NYSE rules. 

In  2019,  our  BoD  met  the  standards  of  the  Organization 
Regulations  for  the  percentage  of  directors  that  are  considered 
independent  under  the  criteria  described  above.  Since  our 
Chairman  is  employed  full-time  by  UBS  Group  AG,  he  is  not 
considered  independent.  No  other  BoD  member  has  a  significant 
business connection to UBS or any of its subsidiaries. 

All  relationships  and  transactions  with  UBS  Group  AG’s 
independent  BoD  members  are  conducted  in  the  ordinary  course 
of business and are on the same terms as those prevailing at the 
time  for  comparable  transactions  with  non-affiliated  persons.  All 
relationships  and  transactions  with  BoD  members’  associated 
companies are conducted at arm’s length. 

  Refer to “Note 35 Related parties” in the “Consolidated financial 

statements” section on page 467 of this report for more 

information 

Checks and balances: Board of Directors and Group 
Executive Board 

We operate under a strict dual board structure, as mandated by 
Swiss  banking  law.  The  separation  of  responsibilities  between 
the  BoD  and  the  GEB  is  clearly  defined  in  the  Organization 
Regulations. The BoD decides on the strategy of the Group upon 
recommendations  by  the  Group  CEO  and  exercises  ultimate 
supervision over management, whereas the GEB, headed by the 
Group  CEO,  has  executive  management  responsibility.  The 
functions of Chairman of the BoD and Group CEO are assigned 
to  two  different  people,  leading  to  a  separation  of  power.  This 
structure  establishes  checks  and  balances  and  preserves  the 
institutional  independence  of  the  BoD  from  the  day-to-day 
management of the Group, for which responsibility is delegated 
to the GEB, under the leadership of the Group CEO. No member 
of one board may simultaneously be a member of the other. 

Supervision  and  control  of  the  GEB  remains  with  the  BoD. 
The  authorities  and  responsibilities  of  the  two  bodies  are 
governed  by  the  Articles  of  Association  and  the  Organization 
Regulations. 

220 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Skills, expertise and training of the Board of Directors 

The  BoD  is  composed  of  members  with  a  broad  spectrum  of 
skills, educational backgrounds, experience and expertise from a 
range of  sectors that reflect the nature  and  scope of the firm’s 
business.  With  a  view  to  recruiting  needs,  the  Governance  and 
Nominating  Committee  uses  a  competencies  and  experience 
matrix  as  a  tool  to  identify  any  gaps  in  the  competencies 
considered  most  relevant  to  the  BoD,  taking  into  consideration 
risk  profile,  strategy  and 
the 
geographic reach. 

firm’s  business  exposure, 

We  asked  our  BoD  members  to  rate  their  four  key 
competencies  from  the  following  nine  categories  and  to  rate 
one  of  the  two  categories  indicating  the  experience  in  a  held 
senior position: 

Key competencies 
– 

banking  (wealth  management,  asset  management,  personal 
and corporate banking; insurance) 
investment banking, capital markets 
finance, audit, accounting 
risk management 
human resources management, including compensation 
legal, compliance 
technology, cybersecurity 
regulatory authority, central bank 
environment, social and governance (ESG) 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Leadership experience 
– 
– 

experience as chief executive officer or chairman 
executive board leadership experience (e.g., as chief financial 
officer,  chief  risk  officer  or  chief  operating  officer  of  a  listed 
company) 

The  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee  reviews  these 
categories  and  ratings  annually  to  confirm  that  the  BoD 
continues  to  possess  the  most  relevant  experience  and 
competencies to perform BoD duties. 

For 2019, competencies in all 11 categories were represented 
in our BoD. Particularly strong levels of experience and expertise 
existed in these areas: 
financial services 
– 
finance, audit, accounting 
– 
risk management 
– 

Furthermore,  nine  of  the  12  BoD  members  have  held  or 
currently  hold  chairman,  CEO  or  other  executive  board-level 
leadership positions. 

Moreover,  education  remained  an  important  priority  for  our 
BoD  members.  In  addition  to  a  comprehensive  induction 
program for new BoD members, continuous training and topical 
deep dives are part of the BoD agenda. 

  Refer to “Risk governance” in the “Risk management and 

control” section on page 109 of this report for information 

about our risk governance framework 

Terms of office 

Geographic diversity1 

Gender 

Competencies and experience2 

Key competences 

0 

2 

4 

6 

8 

10 

4  <3  years 
3  3   6  years 
4  7   9  years 
1  >9  years 

– 
– 

33%  Switzerland 
17%  Europe 
33%  USA / Canada 
17%  Asia 

67%  male 
33%  female 

Banking3 

Investment banking, capital markets 

Finance, audit, accounting 

Risk management 

HR management, incl. compensation 

Legal, compliance 

Technology, cybersecurity 

Regulatory authority, central bank 

ESG4 

Leadership experience 

0 

2 

4 

6 

8 

10 

Chief executive officer or chairman 

Executive board5 

1 In the case of dual-nationals, the domicile applies. 
ment, personal and corporate banking; insurance.  4 Environmental, social and governance. 

2 The bars represent the main strengths of the BoD, up to a maximum of four key competencies and one leadership experience. 

3 Wealth management, asset manage-

5 For example a chief financial officer, chief risk officer or chief operating officer of a listed company. 

221 

Corporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
    
     
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

Succession planning 

Succession planning is one of the key responsibilities of both the 
BoD  and  the  GEB.  Across  all  divisions  and  regions,  an  inclusive 
talent  development  and  succession  planning  process  is  in  place 
that is intended to foster the personal development and Group-
wide mobility of our employees. While the recruiting process for 
BoD and GEB members takes into account a broad spectrum of 
factors,  such  as  skills,  backgrounds,  experience  and  expertise, 
our  approach  with  regard  to  diversity  considerations  does  not 
constitute  a  diversity  policy  within  the  meaning  of  the  EU 
Directive  on  Non-Financial  Reporting  and  Swiss  law  does  not 
require UBS to maintain such a policy. 

The succession plans for the GEB and the management layer 
below are managed under the lead of the Group CEO. The BoD 
reviews and approves the succession plans of the GEB. 

For  the  BoD,  the  Chairman  leads  a  systematic  succession 

planning process as illustrated in the chart below. 

Board of Directors’ succession planning process 

Strategy / environment 

Information and control instruments with regard to the 
Group Executive Board 

The  BoD  is  kept  informed  of  the  activities  of  the  GEB  in 
various  ways, 
including  regular  meetings  between  the 
Chairman,  the  Group  CEO  and  GEB  members.  The  Group 
CEO  and  other  GEB  members  also  participate  in  BoD 
meetings  to  update  its  members  on  all  significant  issues. 
Furthermore,  the  BoD  receives  comprehensive  reports  on  a 
regular  basis,  covering  financial,  capital,  funding,  liquidity, 
regulatory,  compliance  and  legal  developments,  as  well  as 
performance against plan  and forecasts for the remainder of 
the year. For important developments, BoD members are also 
updated  by  the  GEB  in  between  meetings.  In  addition,  the 
Chairman  receives  the  meeting  material  and  minutes  of  the 
GEB meetings. 

BoD members may request from other BoD or GEB members 
any  information  about  matters  concerning  the  Group  that  they 
require  in  order  to  fulfill  their  duties.  When  these  requests  are 
raised  outside  of  BoD  meetings,  such  requests  must  be  routed 
through  the  Group  Company  Secretary  and  addressed  to  the 
Chairman. 

The  BoD 

is  supported 

in  discharging 

its  governance 
responsibilities by Group Internal Audit (GIA), which assesses the 
reliability  of  financial  and  operational  information  and  the 
effectiveness  of  processes  for  compliance  with  legal,  regulatory 
and statutory requirements. 

The  Head  GIA  reports  directly  to  the  Chairman.  In  addition, 
GIA  has  a  functional  reporting  line  to  the  Audit  Committee  in 
accordance  with 
in  our 
Organization  Regulations.  The  Audit  Committee  monitors  and 
assesses  the  effectiveness,  independence  and  performance  of 
the Head GIA and GIA, approves GIA’s audit plan and objectives 
for the year and monitors GIA’s discharge of these objectives. 

its  responsibilities  as  set  forth 

The committee is also in regular contact with the Head GIA. 
GIA  issues  quarterly  reports  that  provide:  a  broad  overview  of 
significant  audit  results  and  key  issues;  control  themes  and 
trends  based  on 
individual  audit  results;  continuous  risk 
assessment;  and  assurance  results.  The  reports  are  provided  to 
the  Chairman  of  the  BoD,  the  members  of  the  Audit  and  the 
Risk Committees, the GEB and other stakeholders. Furthermore, 
GIA  issues  an  annual  activity  report  providing  an  assessment  of 
its  activities,  processes,  audit  plan  and  resourcing  requirements 
and  other  important  developments  affecting  GIA.  The  activity 
report is provided to the Chairman of the BoD and to the Audit 
Committee,  and  is  an  element  for  their  assessment  of  GIA’s 
effectiveness. 

  Refer to “Group Internal Audit” in this section for more 

information 

  Refer to “Internal risk reporting” in the “Risk management and 
control” section on page 115 of this report for information 

about reporting to the BoD 

Onboarding 

Existing board 
composition 

AGM 
election 

Search 

Selection 

tenure  of 

Our  strategy  and  the  business  environment  constitute  the 
main  drivers  in  our  succession  planning  process  for  new  BoD 
members, as they define the key competencies required on the 
BoD.  Taking  diversity  and 
the  existing  BoD 
composition  into  account,  the  Governance  and  Nominating 
Committee  defines  the  recruiting  profile  for  the  search.  Both 
external  and  internal  sources  contribute  to  identifying  suitable 
candidates. The Chairman and the members of the Governance 
and Nominating Committee meet with potential candidates and, 
with the support of the full BoD, nominations are submitted to 
the  AGM  for  approval.  New  BoD  members  follow  an  in-depth 
onboarding process that is designed to enable them to integrate 
efficiently and become effective in their new role. As a result of 
this succession planning process, the composition of the BoD is 
in  line  with  the  demanding  requirements  of  a  leading  global 
financial services firm. 

222 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Executive Board 

The Board of Directors (the BoD) delegates the management of 
the business to the Group Executive Board (the GEB). 

Responsibilities, authorities and organizational principles 
of the Group Executive Board 

The GEB, under the leadership of the Group CEO, is comprised 
of  13  members.  It  has  executive  management  responsibility  for 
the  steering  of  the  Group  and  its  business  and  assumes  overall 
responsibility for developing and implementing the strategies of 
the  Group,  business  divisions  and  Group  functions  as  approved 
by the BoD. The GEB is also the risk council of the Group, with 
overall  responsibility  for  establishing  and  supervising  the 
implementation  of  risk  management  and  control  principles,  as 
well  as  for  managing  the  risk  profile  of  the  Group,  as 
determined by the BoD and the Risk Committee. 

At  UBS  AG  management  of  the  business  is  also  delegated, 
and  its  Executive  Board,  under  the  leadership  of  its  President, 
has  executive  management  responsibility  for  UBS  AG  and  its 
business. All members of the GEB are also members of UBS AG’s 
Executive  Board,  with  the  exception  of  Axel  P.  Lehmann,  as 
President UBS Switzerland AG. 

In  2019,  the  GEB  held  29  meetings  for  UBS  Group  AG  and 
for  UBS  AG.  Of  these,  five  were  strategy  workshops  and  seven 
were  supplementary  meetings  dedicated  to  risk  remediation 
oversight. In addition, four standalone Executive Board meetings 
were held for UBS AG. 

  Refer to the Organization Regulations of UBS Group AG, 

available at www.ubs.com/governance, for more information 

about the authorities of the Group Executive Board 

Members of the Group Executive Board 

On 29 August 2019, we announced that Suni Harford and Iqbal 
Khan were to join the GEB. Suni Harford, former internal Head 
Investments in Asset Management, was to succeed Ulrich Körner 
as  President  Asset  Management.  Iqbal  Khan,  formerly  an 
executive board member at Credit Suisse, was to succeed Martin 
Blessing as Co-President Global Wealth Management, alongside 
Tom  Naratil.  Martin  Blessing  and  Ulrich  Körner  stepped  down 
from  the  GEB.  The  biographies  of  Martin  Blessing  and  Ulrich 
Körner can be found on pages 240 and 242 of the UBS Group 
AG  Annual  Report  2018  at  www.ubs.com/annualreport.  Group 
Chief  Operating  Officer  Sabine  Keller-Busse  was  given  the 
additional role of President UBS Europe, Middle East and Africa. 
These changes were effective as per 1 October 2019. 

On 19 February 2020, the Board of Directors appointed Ralph 
Hamers  as  the  new  Group  CEO,  succeeding  Sergio  P.  Ermotti 
effective  1  November  2020.  Mr.  Hamers  will  join  UBS  as  a 
member of the Group Executive Board on 1 September 2020. 

The  biographies  on  the  following  pages  provide  information 
about  the  GEB  members  in  office  as  at  31  December  2019.  In 
addition  to  information  on  mandates,  the  biographies  include 
memberships and other activities or functions, as required by the 
SIX Swiss Exchange Corporate Governance Directive. 

In line with Swiss law, article 36 of UBS Group AG’s Articles 
of Association limits the number of mandates that GEB members 
may hold outside the UBS Group to one board membership in a 
listed  company  and  five  additional  mandates  in  non-listed 
companies.  Mandates  in  companies  that  are  controlled  by  UBS 
or that control UBS are not subject to this limitation. In addition, 
GEB members may not hold more than 10 mandates at a time at 
the request of the company and eight mandates in associations, 
charitable  organizations,  foundations,  trusts  and  employee 
welfare foundations. On 31 December 2019, no member of the 
GEB reached the aforementioned thresholds. 

Responsibilities and authorities of the Group Asset and 
Liability Committee 

in 

line  with 

the  Group’s  strategy, 

The  Group  Asset  and  Liability  Committee  (the  Group  ALCO), 
established by the GEB, is responsible for supporting the GEB in 
its responsibility to promote the usage of the Group’s assets and 
regulatory 
liabilities 
commitments  and  the  interests  of  shareholders  and  other 
stakeholders.  The  Group  ALCO  proposes  the  framework  for 
capital  management,  capital  allocation,  funding  and  liquidity 
risk,  and  proposes  limits  and  targets  for  the  Group  to  the  BoD 
for  approval.  It  oversees  the  balance  sheet  management  of  the 
Group, 
its  business  divisions  and  Corporate  Center.  The 
Organization  Regulations  additionally  specify  which  powers  of 
the GEB are delegated to the Group ALCO. In 2019, the Group 
ALCO held 10 meetings for UBS Group AG. At  the  same  time, 
10 meetings were held by the Asset and Liability Committee of 
UBS  AG,  a  committee  responsible  for  managing  UBS  AG’s 
assets  and  liabilities  in  line  with  the  UBS  AG  and  Group 
strategy and regulatory requirements. 

Management contracts 

We  have  not  entered  into  management  contracts  with  any 
companies or natural persons that do not belong to the Group. 

223 

Corporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

224 

Sergio P. Ermotti 

Group Chief Executive Officer 

Year of initial appointment 
UBS: 2011 (UBS Group AG: 2014, UBS AG: 2011) 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1960 | Swiss 

Professional history and education 
Sergio P. Ermotti has been Group Chief Executive Officer of UBS Group 
AG  since  2014,  having  held  the  same  position  at  UBS  AG  since  2011. 
Mr. Ermotti  became  a  member  of  the  GEB  in  2011  and  was  Chairman 
and  CEO  of  UBS  Group  Europe,  Middle  East  and  Africa  before  taking 
over  as  Group  CEO.  From  2007  to  2010,  he  was  Group  Deputy  Chief 
Executive  Officer  at  UniCredit,  and  was  responsible  for  the  strategic 
business  areas  of  Corporate  and  Investment  Banking,  and  Private 
Banking.  He  joined  UniCredit  in  2005  as  Head  of  the  Markets  & 
Investment Banking Division. His career began at Merrill Lynch in 1987, 
where  he  held  various  positions  within  equity  derivatives  and  capital 
markets until 2003. In his last two years there, he served as Co-Head of 
Global  Equity  Markets  and  as  a  member  of  the  Executive  Management 
Committee  for  Global  Markets  &  Investment  Banking.  Mr. Ermotti  is  a 
Swiss-certified  banking  expert  and  is  a  graduate  of  the  Advanced 
Management Program at Oxford University. 

Other activities and functions 
–  Member of the Board of UBS Switzerland AG 
–  Chairman of the Board of UBS Optimus Foundation 
–  Chairman of the Fondazione Ermotti, Lugano 
–  Member of the Board of the Swiss-American Chamber of Commerce 
–  Member of the Board of the Global Apprenticeship Network 
–  Member of the Institut International d’Etudes Bancaires 
–  Member of the Saïd Business School Global Leadership Council, 

University of Oxford 

 
 
 
 
Christian Bluhm 

Group Chief Risk Officer 

Year of initial appointment 
UBS: 2016 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1969 | German 

Markus U. Diethelm 

Group General Counsel 

Year of initial appointment 
UBS: 2008 (UBS Group AG: 2014, UBS AG: 2008) 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1957 | Swiss 

responsible 

Professional history and education 
Christian  Bluhm  became  a  member  of  the  GEB  and  was  appointed 
Group  Chief  Risk  Officer  of  UBS  Group  AG  and  UBS  AG  in  2016.  He 
joined UBS from FMS Wertmanagement, where he had been Chief Risk 
&  Financial  Officer  since  2010  and  Spokesman  of  the  Executive  Board 
from  2012  to  2015.  From  2004  to  2009,  he  worked  for  Credit  Suisse, 
where  he  was  Managing  Director 
for  Credit  Risk 
Management in Switzerland and Private Banking worldwide. Mr. Bluhm 
was Head of Credit Portfolio Management until 2008 and then Head of 
Credit Risk Management Analytics & Instruments after the financial crisis 
in 2008. From 2001 to 2004, he worked for Hypovereinsbank in Munich 
in Group Credit Portfolio Management, heading a team that specialized 
in  Structured  Finance  Analytics.  Before  starting  his  banking  career  with 
Deutsche  Bank  in  Credit  Risk  Management  in  1999,  he  worked  as  a 
postdoctoral  fellow  at  Cornell  University  and  as  a  scientific  assistant  at 
the  University  of  Greifswald.  Mr. Bluhm  holds  a  degree  in  mathematics 
and informatics from the University of Erlangen-Nuremberg and received 
his PhD in mathematics from the same university in 1996. 

Professional history and education 
Markus U. Diethelm has been Group General Counsel of UBS Group AG 
since 2014, having held the same position at UBS AG since 2008, when 
he  became  a  member  of  the  GEB.  He  was  a  member  of  the  Executive 
Board of UBS Business Solutions AG from 2015 to 2016. From 1998 to 
2008,  he  served  as  Group  Chief  Legal  Officer  at  Swiss  Re,  and  he  was 
appointed  to  that  company’s  Group  Executive  Board  in  2007.  Prior  to 
that, he was with Los Angeles-based law firm Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher 
and focused on corporate matters, securities transactions, litigation and 
regulatory  investigations  while  working  out  of  the  firm’s  Brussels  and 
Paris offices. From 1989 to 1992, he practiced at Shearman & Sterling in 
New York, specializing in mergers and acquisitions. In 1988, he worked 
at Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison in New York. After starting 
his  career  in  1983  with  Bär  &  Karrer,  he  served  as  a  law  clerk  at  Uster 
District  Court  in  Switzerland  from  1984  to  1985.  Mr. Diethelm  holds  a 
law  degree  from  the  University  of  Zurich  and  a  master’s  degree  and  a 
PhD  from  Stanford  Law  School.  He  is  a  qualified  attorney-at-law 
admitted to the bar in Zurich, Geneva and in New York State. 

Other activities and functions 
–
– 

Member of the Board of UBS Switzerland AG 
Chairman of the Foundation Board – International Financial Risk 
Institute 

Other activities and functions 
– 

Chairman of the Swiss-American Chamber of Commerce’s legal 
committee 
Chairman of the Swiss Advisory Council of the American Swiss 
Foundation 
Member of the Foundation Council of the UBS International Center of 
Economics in Society 
Member of the Supervisory Board of the Fonds de Dotation LUMA / 
Arles 

– 

– 

– 

225 

Corporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

Kirt Gardner 

Suni Harford 

Group Chief Financial Officer 

President Asset Management 

Year of initial appointment 
UBS: 2016 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1959 | American (US) 

Year of initial appointment 
UBS: 2019 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1962 | American (US) 

Professional history and education 
Kirt  Gardner  became  a  member  of  the  GEB  and  was  appointed  Group 
Chief Financial Officer of UBS Group AG and UBS AG in 2016. He was 
CFO  Wealth  Management  from  2013  to  2015.  Prior  to  that,  he  held  a 
number of leadership positions at Citigroup, including CFO and Head of 
Strategy within Global Transaction Services from 2010 to 2013, Head of 
Strategy, Planning and Risk Strategy for the Corporate and Institutional 
Division  from  2006  to  2010  and  Head  of  Global  Strategy  and  Cost 
Management for the Consumer Bank from 2004 to 2006. Prior to that, 
Mr. Gardner  held  the  position  of  Global  Head  of  Financial  Services 
Strategy for BearingPoint, for which he worked in Asia and New York for 
four  years.  From  1994  to  2000,  he  was  Managing  Director  at  Barents 
Group, working in the US, Asia, Latin America and Europe. Mr. Gardner 
holds  a  bachelor’s  degree  in  economics  from  Williams  College,  a 
master’s  degree  from  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  and  an  MBA  in 
finance from Wharton School. 

Other activities and functions 
–  Member of the Board of UBS Business Solutions AG 

Professional history and education 
Suni Harford became a member of the GEB and was appointed President 
Asset Management of UBS Group AG and UBS AG in October 2019. She 
has been with UBS since 2017 and joined as Group Managing Director 
and  Head  Investments  in  the  Asset  Management  business  division. 
Before joining UBS, Ms. Harford worked for almost 25 years at Citigroup 
Inc. in various senior management positions: she was Regional Head of 
Markets  for  North  America  from  2008  to  2017,  with  responsibility  for 
income, 
sales,  trading,  origination  and  research  across  all  fixed 
currencies, commodities, equities and municipal businesses. She was also 
a  member  of  Citi’s  Pension  Plan  Investment  Committee  and  a  Director 
on the Board of Citibank Canada. From 2004 to 2008, Ms. Harford was 
Global  Head  of  Fixed  Income  Research  and,  from  1995  to  2004,  Co-
Head Debt Capital Markets, Origination, Financial Institutions Group. She 
started  her  career  as  an  investment  banker  at  Merrill  Lynch  &  Co  in 
1988.  Ms. Harford  holds  an  MBA  from  Tuck  School  of  Business  at 
Dartmouth  and  a  bachelor’s  degree  in  physics  and  mathematics  from 
Denison University, Ohio. 

Other activities and functions 
–  Chairman of the Board of Directors of UBS Asset Management AG 
–  Member of the Leadership Council of the Bob Woodruff Foundation 
–  Member of the Board of UBS Optimus Foundation 

226 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Robert Karofsky 

Co-President Investment Bank 

Year of initial appointment 
UBS: 2018 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1967 | American (US) 

Professional history and education 
Robert Karofsky is Co-President Investment Bank at UBS Group AG and 
UBS AG and became a member of the GEB in October 2018. He joined 
UBS  in  2014  as  Global  Head  Equities  and  has  been  President  UBS 
Securities  LLC  since  2015.  From  2011  to  2014,  he  was  Global  Head  of 
Equity  Trading  at  AllianceBernstein.  He  began  his  career  at  Morgan 
Stanley  in  1994  and  joined  Deutsche  Bank  as  Head  of  North  American 
Equities  in  2005,  later  taking  over  as  Co-Head  of  Global  Equities  from 
2008  to  2010.  Mr. Karofsky  holds  a  bachelor’s  degree  in  economics 
from  Hobart  and  William  Smith  Colleges  and  an  MBA  in  finance  and 
statistics from the University of Chicago’s Booth School of Business. 

Other activities and functions 
– 
– 

Member of the Board of UBS Securities LLC 
Trustee of the UBS Americas Inc. Political Action Committee 

Sabine Keller-Busse 

Group Chief Operating Officer and 
President UBS Europe, Middle East and Africa 

Year of initial appointment 
UBS: 2016 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1965 | Swiss and German 

Professional history and education 
Sabine  Keller-Busse  was  appointed  Group  Chief  Operating  Officer  of 
UBS Group AG and UBS AG as well as President of the Executive Board 
of  UBS  Business  Solutions  AG  in  2018.  In  addition,  she  was  appointed 
President UBS Europe, Middle East and Africa in October 2019. She was 
Group  Head  Human  Resources  from  2014  to  2017.  Ms. Keller-Busse 
became a member of the GEB in 2016. Having joined UBS in 2010, she 
served  as  Chief  Operating  Officer  UBS  Switzerland  until  2014.  Prior  to 
that, she led Credit Suisse’s Private Clients Region Zurich division for two 
years. From 1995 to 2008, she worked for McKinsey & Company, where 
she  was  a  Partner  from  2002.  Ms. Keller-Busse  holds  a  PhD  and  a 
master’s degree, both in business administration, from the University of 
St. Gallen. 

Other activities and functions 
– 
– 
– 

Member of the Supervisory Board of UBS Europe SE 
Member of the Board of UBS Business Solutions AG 
Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors of SIX Group (Chairman of 
the nomination & compensation committee) 
Member of the Foundation Board of the UBS Pension Fund 
Member of the Board of the University Hospital Zurich Foundation 

– 
– 

227 

Corporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

Iqbal Khan 

Edmund Koh 

Co-President Global Wealth Management 

President UBS Asia Pacific 

Year of initial appointment 
UBS: 2019 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1976 | Swiss 

Year of initial appointment 
UBS: 2019 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1960 | Singaporean 

Professional history and education 
Iqbal  Khan  became  a  member  of  the  GEB  and  was  appointed  Co-
President Global Wealth Management of UBS Group AG and UBS AG in 
October  2019.  Mr. Khan  joined  UBS  from  Credit  Suisse,  where  he  was 
CEO  International  Wealth  Management  from  2015  to  2019  and  CFO 
Private  Banking  &  Wealth  Management  from  2013  to  2015.  Prior  to 
that, he worked for Ernst & Young (EY), Switzerland, which he joined in 
2001. At EY he was Managing Partner Assurance and Advisory Services – 
Financial Services, as well as being a member of the Swiss management 
committee from 2011 to 2013. Before that, from 2009 to 2011, he held 
the  position  of  Industry  Lead  Partner  Banking  and  Capital  Markets, 
Switzerland  and  EMEA  Private  Banking.  Mr. Khan  holds  an  Advanced 
Master of International Business Law degree (LLM) from the University of 
Zurich.  In  addition,  he  is  a  Certified  International  Investment  Analyst,  a 
Swiss Certified Public Accountant and a Swiss Certified Trustee. 

Professional history and education 
Edmund  Koh  became  a  member  of  the  GEB  and  was  appointed 
President  UBS  Asia  Pacific  at  UBS  Group  AG  and  UBS  AG  in  January 
2019.  He  was  Head  Wealth  Management  Asia  Pacific  from  2016  to 
2018  and  Country  Head  Singapore  from  2012  to  2018.  Mr. Koh  has 
more  than  30  years’  experience  in  senior  roles  in  financial  services.  He 
joined  UBS  in  2012  as  Head  Wealth  Management  South  East  Asia  and 
Asia  Pacific  Hub  and  Country  Head  Singapore  from  Taiwan-based  Ta 
Chong  Bank,  where  he  served  as  President  and  Director  from  2008  to 
2011.  From  2001  to  2008,  Mr. Koh  was  Managing  Director  and 
Regional  Head  Consumer  Banking  of  DBS  Bank  in  Singapore.  In  2001, 
he  became  CEO  of  Alverdine  Pte  Ltd  and  two  years  earlier  he  held  the 
same  position  for  Prudential  Assurance,  both  companies  based  in 
Singapore.  Mr. Koh  holds  a  bachelor  of  science  degree  in  psychology 
from the University of Toronto. 

Other activities and functions 
–  Member of the Board of Room to Read Switzerland 

Other activities and functions 
–  Member of the Wealth Management Institute at Nanyang 

Technological University, Singapore 

–  Member of the Singapore Ministry of Finance’s Committee on the 

Future Economy Sub-Committee 

–  Member of the Financial Centre Advisory Panel 
–  Member of the Board of Next50 Limited 
–  Trustee of the Cultural Matching Fund 
–  Member of the Board of Medico Suites (S) Pte Ltd 
–  Member of the Board of Medico Republic (S) Pte Ltd 
–  Council member of the Asian Bureau of Finance and Economic 

Research 

228 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Axel P. Lehmann 

Tom Naratil 

President Personal & Corporate Banking and President UBS Switzerland 

Co-President Global Wealth Management and President UBS Americas 

Year of initial appointment 
UBS: 2016 (UBS Group AG: 2016, UBS AG: 2016-2017) 

Year of initial appointment 
UBS: 2011 (UBS Group AG: 2014, UBS AG: 2011) 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1959 | Swiss 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1961 | American (US) 

Professional history and education 
Axel P. Lehmann was appointed President Personal & Corporate Banking 
at UBS Group AG and President UBS Switzerland in 2018, in addition to 
taking over as President of the Executive Board of UBS Switzerland AG. 
He  became  a  member  of  the  GEB  and  was  appointed  Group  Chief 
Operating  Officer  of  UBS  Group  AG  and  UBS  AG  in  2016.  He  was  a 
member of the BoD of UBS AG from 2009 to 2015 and of UBS Group 
AG  from  2014  to  2015.  Mr. Lehmann  became  a  member  of  the  group 
executive committee of Zurich Insurance Group in 2002, holding various 
management  positions,  including  CEO  for  the  European  and  North 
America businesses. From 2008 to 2015, he was Chief Risk Officer with 
additional  responsibilities  for  Group  IT,  Regional  Chairman  for  Europe, 
Middle  East  and  Africa  as  well  as  Chairman  for  Farmers  Group  Inc.  In 
2001, he was appointed CEO for Northern, Central and Eastern Europe 
and  Zurich  Group  Germany,  having  served  as  a  member  of  the 
company’s Group Management Board since 2000 with responsibility for 
group-wide  business  development  functions.  In  1996,  he  joined  Zurich 
as a member of the Executive Committee Switzerland, and previously, he 
was  Head  of  Corporate  Planning  and  Controlling  at  SwissLife,  Vice 
President of the Institute of Insurance Economics and a visiting professor 
at Bocconi University in Milan. Mr. Lehmann holds a PhD and a master’s 
degree in business administration and economics from the University of 
St. Gallen. He is also a graduate of the Advanced Management Program 
of the Wharton School. 

Other activities and functions 
– 

Co-Chair of the Global Future Council on Financial and Monetary 
Systems of WEF 
Adjunct professor and Chairman of the Board of the Institute of 
Insurance Economics at the University of St. Gallen 
Member of the HSG Advisory Board of the University of St. Gallen 
Vice Chairman of the Swiss Finance Institute Foundation Board 
Member of the IMD Foundation Board, Lausanne 
Member of the Board and Board Committee, Zurich Chamber of 
Commerce 
Member of the Swiss-American Chamber of Commerce Chapter 
Doing Business in USA 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Professional history and education 
Tom  Naratil  became  Co-President  Global  Wealth  Management  at  UBS 
Group AG and UBS AG as well as CEO of UBS Americas Holding LLC in 
2018. He was appointed President UBS Americas at UBS Group AG and 
UBS AG in 2016 and served as President Wealth Management Americas 
from 2016 to 2018. He became a member of the GEB in 2011 and was 
Group  CFO  of  UBS  AG  from  2011  to  2015.  He  held  the  same  position 
for UBS Group AG from 2014 to 2015. In addition to the role of Group 
CFO,  he  was  Group  Chief  Operating  Officer  from  2014  to  2015. 
Mr. Naratil  was  President  of  the  Executive  Board  of  UBS  Business 
Solutions  AG  from  2015  to  March  2016.  He  served  as  CFO  and  Chief 
Risk  Officer  of  Wealth  Management  Americas  from  2009  until  his 
appointment as Group CFO in 2011. Before 2009, he held various senior 
management  positions  within  UBS,  including  heading  the  Auction  Rate 
Securities Solutions Group during the financial crisis in 2008. Mr. Naratil 
was named Global Head of Marketing, Segment & Client Development 
in  2007,  Global  Head  of  Market  Strategy  &  Development  in  2005,  and 
Director  of  Banking  and  Transactional  Solutions,  Wealth  Management 
USA,  in  2002.  During  this  time,  he  was  a  member  of  the  Group 
Managing  Board.  He  joined  Paine  Webber  Incorporated  in  1983  and 
after  the  merger  with  UBS  became  Director  of  the  Investment  Products 
Group. Mr. Naratil holds an MBA in economics from New York University 
and a bachelor’s degree in history from Yale University. 

Other activities and functions 
– 
– 
– 

Member of the Board of UBS Americas Holding LLC 
Member of the Board of the American Swiss Foundation 
Member of the Board of Consultors for the College of Nursing at 
Villanova University 

229 

Corporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

Piero Novelli 

Markus Ronner 

Co-President Investment Bank 

Group Chief Compliance and Governance Officer 

Year of initial appointment 
UBS: 2018 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1965 | Italian 

Year of initial appointment 
UBS: 2018 

Year of birth | Nationality 
1965 | Swiss 

Professional history and education 
Piero Novelli is Co-President Investment Bank at UBS Group AG and UBS 
AG  and  became  a  member  of  the  GEB  in  October  2018.  He  was 
appointed Co-Executive Chairman Global Investment Banking, Corporate 
Client Solutions in 2017 and in 2016 became sole Global Head Advisory 
Services  including  Global  Mergers  and  Acquisitions  (M&A).  Mr. Novelli 
rejoined  UBS  in  2013  as  Chairman  Global  M&A  and  Group  Managing 
Director.  From  2011  to  2012,  he  was  Global  Co-Head  of  M&A  at 
Nomura, having worked as Global Head M&A at UBS between 2004 and 
2009. Before that he worked for Merrill Lynch and held the position of 
Head  of  European  M&A  and  Head  of  European  Industrials.  Mr. Novelli 
holds  a  master‘s  degree  in  management  from  the  MIT  Sloan  School  of 
Management  and  a  master’s  degree  in  mechanical  engineering  from 
Università degli Studi di Roma. 

Professional history and education 
Markus  Ronner  is  Group  Chief  Compliance  and  Governance  Officer  at 
UBS  Group  AG  and  UBS  AG  and  became  a  member  of  the  GEB  in 
November  2018.  In  this  role,  he  is  responsible  at  the  Group  level  for 
compliance  and  operational  risk  control,  governmental  and  regulatory 
affairs  as  well  as  investigations  and  governance  matters.  He  became 
Head  Group  Regulatory  and  Governance  in  2012.  During  his  38  years 
with  UBS,  Mr. Ronner  has  held  various  positions  across  the  bank, 
including: Group-wide program manager “too big to fail” (2011–2013); 
Chief  Operating  Officer  (COO)  Wealth  Management  &  Swiss  Bank 
(2010–2011);  Head  Products  and  Services  of  Wealth  Management  & 
Swiss  Bank  (2009–2010);  COO  Asset  Management  (2007–2009);  and 
Head  Group  Internal  Audit  (2001–2007).  Mr. Ronner  joined  the  firm  as 
an apprentice in 1981 and holds a Swiss Banking Diploma. 

Other activities and functions 
None 

Other activities and functions 
None 

230 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change of control and defense measures 

Our  Articles  of  Association  do  not  provide  any  measures  for 
delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control. 

Clauses on change of control 

Duty to make an offer 

Pursuant  to  the  Swiss  Financial  Market  Infrastructure  Act,  an 
investor  who  has  acquired  more  than  331⁄3%  of  all  voting 
rights  of  a  company  listed  in  Switzerland  (whether  directly, 
indirectly  or  in  concert  with  third  parties),  whether  such 
rights are exercisable or not, is required to submit a takeover 
offer for all listed shares outstanding. We have not elected to 
change or opt out of this rule. 

Neither  the  employment  agreement  with  the  Chairman  of  the 
BoD  nor  any  employment  contracts  with  the  GEB  members  or 
employees  holding  key  functions  within  the  company  (Group 
Managing Directors) contain change of control clauses. 

All  employment  contracts  with  GEB  members  stipulate  a 
notice  period  of  six  months.  During  the  notice  period,  GEB 
members  are  entitled  to  their  salaries  and  the  continuation  of 
existing  employment  benefits  and  may  be  eligible  to  be 
considered for a discretionary performance award based on their 
contribution during their tenure. 

In  case  of  a  change  of  control,  we  may,  at  our  discretion, 
accelerate  the  vesting  of  and/or  relax  applicable  forfeiture 
provisions of employees’ awards. 

  Refer to the “Compensation” section of this report on page 236 

for more information 

231 

Corporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

Auditors 

Audit  is  an  integral  part  of  corporate  governance.  While 
safeguarding  their  independence,  the  external  auditors  closely 
coordinate  their  work  with  Group  Internal  Audit.  The  Audit 
Committee  and,  ultimately,  the  Board  of  Directors  (BoD) 
supervise the effectiveness of audit work. 

  Refer to “Board of Directors” in this section for more 


information about the Audit Committee 

based  on  interviews  with  senior  management  as  well  as  survey 
feedback  from  stakeholders  across  the  Group.  Assessment 
criteria 
include  quality  of  service  delivery,  quality  and 
competence of the audit team, value added as part of the audit, 
insightfulness and the overall relationship with EY. Based on its 
own  analysis  and  the  assessment  results,  the  Audit  Committee 
concluded that EY’s audit has been effective. 

External independent auditors 

The Annual General Meeting (the AGM) in 2019 re-elected Ernst 
& Young Ltd (EY) as auditors for the Group for a one-year term 
of office. EY assumes virtually all auditing functions according to 
laws, regulatory requests and the Articles of Association. The EY 
lead  partner  in  charge  of  the  Group  financial  audit  since  2015 
has  been  Marie-Laure  Delarue.  Due  to  a  five-year  rotation 
requirement, she will be succeeded in 2020 by Bob Jacob. Since 
2016,  Ira  S.  Fitlin  has  been  the  co-signing  partner  for  the 
financial  statement  audit,  with  an  incumbency  limit  of  seven 
years. Patrick Schwaller has been the Lead Auditor to the Swiss 
Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) since 2015, with 
an incumbency limited to six years because of prior audit service 
to  the  Group  in  another  role.  Daniel  Martin  has  been  the  co-
signing  partner  for  the  FINMA  audit  since  2019,  with  an 
incumbency limit of seven years. 

During  2019,  the  Audit  Committee  held  eight  meetings  and 
three  calls  with  the  external  auditors.  The  Audit  Committee 
assesses  the  performance,  effectiveness  and  independence  of 
the  external  auditors  on  an  annual  basis.  The  assessment  is 

Fees paid to external independent auditors 

Special auditors for potential capital increases 
At  the  AGM  on  3  May  2018,  BDO  AG  was  reappointed  as 
special  auditors  for  a  three-year  term  of  office.  Special  auditors 
provide  audit  opinions  in  connection  with  potential  capital 
increases independently from other auditors. 

Fees paid to external independent auditors 
The fees (including expenses) paid to EY are set forth in the table 
below.  In  addition,  EY  received  USD 30.2  million  in  2019 
(USD 30.3  million  in  2018)  for  services  performed  on  behalf  of 
our  investment  funds,  many  of  which  have  independent  fund 
boards or trustees. 

Audit  work  includes  all  services  necessary  to  perform  the 
audit  for  the  Group  in  accordance  with  applicable  laws  and 
generally  accepted  auditing  standards,  as  well  as  other 
assurance  services  that  conventionally  only  the  auditor  can 
provide.  These 
regulatory  audits, 
attestation services and the review of documents to be filed with 
regulatory  bodies.  The  additional  services  classified  as  audit  in 
2019 included several engagements for which EY was mandated 
at the request of FINMA. 

include  statutory  and 

UBS  Group  AG  and  its  subsidiaries  (including  UBS  AG)  paid  the  following  fees  (including  expenses)  to  its  external  independent 
auditors. 

USD thousand 

Audit 

Global audit fees 

Additional services classified as audit (services required by law or statute, including work of a non-recurring nature mandated by regulators) 
Total audit1 
Total audit1

Non-audit 

Audit-related fees 

of which: assurance and attestation services 

of which: control and performance reports 

of which: consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards 

Tax fees 

31.12.19
31.12.19 

31.12.18 

52,448
52,448

12,808
12,808

65,255
65,255

8,722
8,722

4,155
4,155

4,314
4,314

253
253

1,966
1,966

 54,716 

 16,595 

 71,310 

 8,711 

 5,390 

 3,261 

 60 

 1,212 

All other fees 
Total non-audit1 
Total non-audit1
1 Total audit and non-audit fees amounted to USD 78,234 thousand for UBS Group AG consolidated as of 31 December 2019 (31 December 2018: USD 81,770 thousand), of which USD 51,926 thousand related to 
1
UBS AG consolidated (31 December 2018: USD 56,493 thousand). 

 10,459 

12,978
12,978

2,291
2,291

 536 

232 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Audit-related  work  comprises  assurance  and  related  services 
that  are  traditionally  performed  by  the  auditor,  such  as 
attestation services related to financial reporting, internal control 
reviews  and  performance  standard 
reviews,  as  well  as 
consultation  concerning  financial  accounting  and  reporting 
standards. 

Tax work involves services performed by professional staff in 
includes  tax  compliance  and  tax 

EY’s  tax  division  and 
consultation with respect to our own affairs. 

“Other”  services  are  permitted  services,  which 

include 

technical IT security control reviews and assessments. 

Preapproval procedures 
To ensure EY’s independence, all services provided by EY have to 
be preapproved by the Audit Committee. A preapproval may be 
granted either for a specific mandate or in the form of a blanket 
preapproval  authorizing  a  limited  and  well-defined  type  and 
amount of services. 

The Audit Committee has delegated preapproval authority to 
its  Chairperson.  The  Group  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  the 
Group  Controller  and  Chief  Accounting  Officer  submit  all 
proposals  for  services  by  EY  to  the  Chairperson  of  the  Audit 
Committee  for  approval,  unless  there  is  an  agreed  preapproval 
in  place.  At  each  quarterly  meeting,  the  Audit  Committee  is 
informed  of  the  approvals  granted  by  its  Chairperson  and  of 
services authorized under blanket preapprovals. 

Group Internal Audit 

Group  Internal  Audit  (GIA)  performs  the  internal  auditing 
function  for  the  Group,  and  in  2019  operated  with  an  average 
headcount  of  539  full-time  equivalent  employees.  It  is  an 
independent  and  objective  function  that  supports  the  Group  in 
achieving  its  strategic,  operational,  financial  and  compliance 
objectives,  and 
its  governance 
responsibilities. 

in  discharging 

the  BoD 

To  support  the  achievement  of  UBS’s  objectives,  GIA 

independently, objectively and systematically assesses the: 
(i) 
(ii) 

soundness of the Group’s risk and control culture; 
reliability  and 
financial  and  operational 
information,  including  whether  activities  are  properly, 
accurately  and  completely  recorded,  and  the  quality  of 
underlying data and models; and 

integrity  of 

(iii)  design, operating effectiveness and sustainability of: 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

including  whether 

processes to define strategy and risk appetite, as well as 
the overall adherence to the approved strategy; 
governance processes; 
risk  management, 
appropriately identified and managed; 
internal  controls, 
commensurate with the risks taken; 
remediation activities; and 
processes 
requirements, 
internal  policies,  and 
constitutional documents and contracts. 

regulatory 
the  Group's 

specifically  whether 

to  comply  with 

legal  and 

risks  are 

they  are 

Audit  reports  that  include  significant  issues  are  provided  to 
the  Group  CEO,  relevant  GEB  members  and  other  responsible 
management. The Chairman, the Audit Committee and the Risk 
Committee  of  the  BoD  are  also  regularly  informed  of  such 
issues. 

In  addition,  GIA  reviews  whether  issues  with  moderate  to 
significant  impact  have  been  successfully  remediated.  This 
responsibility applies to issues identified by all sources: business 
management  (first  line  of  defense),  control  functions  (second 
line of defense), GIA (third line of defense), external auditors and 
regulators.  GIA  also  cooperates  closely  with  risk  control 
functions  and 
legal  advisors  on 
investigations into major control issues. 

internal  and  external 

To  maximize  GIA’s  independence  from  management,  the 
Head GIA reports to the Chairman of the BoD and to the Audit 
Committee, which assesses annually whether GIA has sufficient 
resources  to  perform  its  function,  as  well  as  its  independence 
and  performance.  In  the  Audit  Committee’s  assessment,  GIA  is 
sufficiently  resourced  to  fulfill  its  mandate  and  complete  its 
auditing  objectives.  GIA’s  role,  position,  responsibilities  and 
accountability  are  set  out  in  our  Organization  Regulations  and 
the  Charter 
Internal  Audit,  published  at 
www.ubs.com/governance.  The  latter  also  applies  to  UBS  AG’s 
internal  audit  function.  GIA  has  unrestricted  access  to  all 
accounts, books, records, systems, property and personnel, and 
must be provided with all information and data that it needs to 
fulfill  its  auditing  responsibilities.  GIA  also  conducts  special 
audits  at  the  request  of  the  Audit  Committee,  or  other  BoD 
members,  committees  or  the  Group  CEO  in  consultation  with 
the Audit Committee. 

for  Group 

GIA enhances the efficiency of its work through coordination 

and close cooperation with the external auditors. 

233 

Corporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Corporate governance 

Information policy 

We  provide  regular  information  to  our  shareholders  and  to  the 
financial community. 

Financial disclosure principles 

Financial reports for UBS Group AG are expected to be 
published on the following dates: 

First quarter 2020 
Second quarter 2020 
Third quarter 2020 

28 April 2020 
21 July 2020 
20 October 2020 

The Annual General Meetings of shareholders of UBS 
Group AG will take place on the following dates: 

2020 
2021 

29 April 2020 
28 April 2021 

We  fully  support  transparency,  and  consistent  and  informative 
disclosure. We aim to communicate our strategy and results in a 
manner  that  allows  stakeholders  to  gain  a  good  understanding 
of  how  our  Group  works,  what  our  growth  prospects  are,  and 
the  risks  that  our  businesses  and  our  strategy  entail.  We  assess 
feedback  from  analysts  and  investors  on  a  regular  basis  and, 
where  appropriate,  reflect  this  in  our  disclosures.  To  continue 
achieving  these  goals,  we  apply  the  following  principles  in  our 
financial reporting and disclosure: 
–  transparency  that  enhances  the  understanding  of  economic 

drivers and builds trust and credibility; 

–  consistency  within  each  reporting  period  and  between 

reporting periods; 

–  simplicity that allows readers to gain a good understanding of 

  Refer to the corporate calendar at www.ubs.com/investors for 

the performance of our businesses; 

–  relevance  by  focusing  not  only  on  what  is  required  by 
regulation  or  statute  but  also  on  what  is  relevant  to  our 
stakeholders; and 

–  best practice that leads to improved standards. 

Consistent  with  our  financial  reporting  and  disclosure 
principles, we continue to benchmark disclosures in our financial 
reports against recommendations issued by the Financial Stability 
Board’s Enhanced Disclosure Task Force in 2012. We regard the 
improvement of our disclosures as an ongoing commitment. 

future financial report publication and other key dates, 

including UBS AG’s financial report publication dates 

We  meet  with  institutional  investors  worldwide  throughout 
the  year  and  regularly  hold  results  presentations,  attend  and 
present  at  investor  conferences,  and,  from  time  to  time,  host 
investor  days.  When  appropriate,  investor  meetings  are  hosted 
by  senior  management  and  are  attended  by  members  of  our 
Investor  Relations  team.  We  use  various  technologies,  such  as 
webcasting, audio links and cross-location videoconferencing, to 
widen  our  audience  and  maintain  contact  with  shareholders 
globally. 

We  make  our  publications  available  to  all  shareholders 
simultaneously  to  provide  them  with  equal  access  to  our 
financial information. 

Shareholders  can  download  all  our  financial  publications  at 
www.ubs.com/investors.  Shareholders  may  opt  to  receive  a 
printed  copy  of  our  annual  report  or  our  annual  review,  which 
reflects  on  specific  initiatives  and  achievements  of  the  Group 
and  provides  an  overview  of  the  Group’s  activities  during  the 
year, as well as key financial information. 

  Refer to www.ubs.com/investors for a complete set of 

published reporting documents and a selection of senior 

management industry conference presentations 

  Refer to the “Information sources” section on page 507 of this 

report for more information 

  Refer to “Corporate information” and “Contacts” in the 
introductory part of this report for more information 

234 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial reporting policies 

We  report  our  Group’s  results  for  each  financial  quarter, 
including  a  breakdown  of  results  by  business  division  and 
disclosures  or  key  developments  relating  to  risk  management 
and  control,  capital,  liquidity  and  funding  management.  Each 
quarter,  we  publish  quarterly  financial  reports  for  UBS  Group 
AG, on the same day as the earnings releases. 

The consolidated financial statements of UBS Group AG and 
UBS AG are prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting  Standards  as  issued  by  the  International  Accounting 
Standards Board. 

  Refer to “Note 1 Summary of significant accounting policies” in 
the “Consolidated financial statements” section on page 311 of 

this report for more information about the basis of accounting 

We  are  committed  to  maintaining  the  transparency  of  our 
reported results and to allowing analysts and investors to make 
meaningful  comparisons  with  prior  periods.  If  there  is  a  major 
reorganization  of  our  business  divisions  or  if  changes  to 
accounting  standards  or  interpretations  lead  to  a  material 
change  in  the  Group’s  reported  results,  our  results  are  restated 
for  previous  periods  as  required  by  applicable  accounting 
standards. These restatements show how our results would have 
been  reported  on  the  new  basis  and  provide  clear  explanations 
of all relevant changes. 

US disclosure requirements 
As  a  foreign  private  issuer,  we  must  file  reports  and  other 
information,  including  certain  financial  reports,  with  the  US 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  SEC)  under  the  US 
federal  securities  laws.  We  file  an  annual  report  on  Form  20-F 
and  furnish  our  quarterly  financial  reports  and  other  material 
information under cover of Form 6-K to the SEC. These reports 
are  available  at  www.ubs.com/investors  and  on  the  SEC’s 
website at www.sec.gov. 

An  evaluation  was  carried  out,  under  the  supervision  of 
management, including the Group CEO, the Group CFO and the 
Group  Controller  and  Chief  Accounting  Officer,  of  the 
effectiveness  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as 
defined in Rule 13a–15e) under the US Securities Exchange Act 
of  1934.  Based  on  that  evaluation,  the  Group  CEO  and  the 
Group  CFO  concluded  that  our  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  were  effective  as  of  31  December  2019.  No 
significant  changes  have  been  made  to  our  internal  controls  or 
to  other  factors  that  could  significantly  affect  these  controls 
subsequent to the date of their evaluation. 

  Refer to the “Consolidated financial statements” section on 

page 300 of this report for more information 

235 

Corporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation 

Julie G. Richardson 
Chair of the 

Compensation Committee 

of the Board of Directors 

Dear Shareholders, 

The  Board  of  Directors  and  I  wish  to  thank  you  for  your 
support  once  again  at  last  year’s  Annual  General  Meeting 
(AGM)  and  for  sharing  your  views  on  our  compensation 
practices over the past year. 

Throughout 2019, the BoD Compensation Committee continued 
to  oversee  compensation  and  ensure  that  reward  reflects 
the 
performance,  appropriate 
alignment of employee interests with those of our shareholders. 
As the new Chair of the Compensation Committee, I am pleased 
to present our Compensation Report for 2019. 

risk-taking  and 

supports 

Shareholder engagement 

including 

Over  the  course  of  2019,  we  continued  proactively  engaging 
with  shareholders  and  considered  the  feedback  we  received  at 
the 2019 AGM. While shareholders value the consistency of our 
long  delivery  of  our  deferred 
approach 
compensation  over  five  years,  the  feedback  also  highlighted 
opportunities  to  further  evolve  our  approach.  Our  revised 
compensation framework supports us in achieving our ambitions 
for  the  Group  and  greater  alignment  with  shareholders’ 
interests. 

the 

We  conducted  a  holistic  review  of  all  elements  of  our 
compensation  framework  for  our  employees,  most  senior 
leaders  including  the  Group  Executive  Board  (the  GEB),  the 
Chairman and independent Board members. We heard feedback 
requesting stronger alignment and we have taken that feedback 
seriously.  While  we  have  maintained  the  most  important 
elements of our compensation framework, our review has led to 
some significant changes, as summarized in the table below and 
further detailed throughout this report. 

Key changes to our compensation framework and related disclosures 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Effective for the performance year 2019, we replaced the Equity Ownership Plan (the EOP) with the new equity-based Long-Term Incentive Plan (the LTIP) 
new equity-based Long-Term Incentive Plan (the LTIP)
for our most senior leaders (i.e., Group Executive Board (GEB) members, Group Managing Directors (GMDs) and Group or Divisional Vice Chair role 
holders). This supports the alignment of compensation with the execution of our strategy, financial performance and long-term growth. 

The LTIP features an absolute and a relative performance condition based on reported return on CET1 capital (RoCET1) and relative total shareholder 
reported return on CET1 capital (RoCET1) and relative total shareholder
return (rTSR) metrics, creating a strong sensitivity of realized compensation to UBS’s financial performance and share price, and supports alignment with 
return (rTSR) metrics
shareholders. 

Achieving the maximum payout under the LTIP requires both a three-year average RoCET1 of 18% and, over a three-year period, for our TSR to 
outperform the peer index by 25 percentage points. 

The use of reported RoCET1 as a performance metric supports the focus on ensuring the cost of litigation matters has a direct impact on the 
compensation awarded and realized by our most senior leaders. 

For the Group CEO and certain other GEB members, the vesting of a portion (30%) of the 2019 LTIP award is, in addition to RoCET1 and rTSR 
performance conditions, directly linked to the final resolution of the French cross-border matter. This portion is entirely at risk and subject to forfeiture 
based on the final cost associated with the resolution of the matter. The same vesting condition also applies to a portion of the Chairman’s 2019 share 
award. 

directly linked to the final resolution of the French cross-border matter

a portion (30%) of the 2019 LTIP

This is consistent with our approach to align the interests of management with those of shareholders to resolve this matter in the best interests of all 
shareholders, even though the underlying issue is a legacy matter. 

align the interests of management with those of shareholders

Reflecting our holistic review, we have made a number of adjustments that also contribute toward our cost reduction efforts; starting with the current 
period from the 2019 AGM to the 2020 AGM, the Chairman’s fixed compensation was reduced by 14%. 
the Chairman’s fixed compensation was reduced by 14%

In the same spirit, and effective from the 2020 AGM onward, the BoD will reduce fees for all its members and eliminate the share price discount. 
.

BoD will reduce fees for all its members

The adjustments in Board fees reflect our commitment to sustainable results while maintaining competitive fee levels aligned with the demands on our 
Board members. 

commitment to sustainable results while maintaining competitive fee levels

–  We have enhanced the transparency of the major elements of the performance assessment for the Group CEO. 

enhanced the transparency

– 

The disclosure brings further clarity on the overall achievement, weighting and the scale of the assessment. 
further clarity on the overall achievement, weighting and the scale of the assessment

Introduction of the
Introduction of the 
Long-Term Incentive 
Long-Term Incentive
Plan 
Plan

Additional vesting 
Additional vesting
condition in connection 
condition in connection
with the resolution of 
with the resolution of
the French cross-border 
the French cross-border
matter 
matter

Rebalancing of fees for 
Rebalancing of fees for
members of the Board 
members of the Board
of Directors 
of Directors

Enhanced disclosure for 
Enhanced disclosure for
CEO performance 
CEO performance
assessment 
assessment

Cornerstones of our compensation framework 

Consistent approach to 
Consistent approach to
key elements has been 
key elements has been
maintained 
maintained

– 

–

–

– 

– 

Strong alignment between compensation and rriisskk aaddjjuusstteedd ffiinnaanncciiaall ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee 

-
-

Consideration of bbeehhaavviioorrss aanndd ccoonndduucctt in performance assessment and compensation 

High mandatory deferral rates into UUBBSS sshhaarreess and UBS ccoonnttiinnggeenntt ccaappiittaall 

LLoonngg ddeeffeerrrraall ppeerriiooddss over five years 

FFoorrffeeiittuurree aanndd ccllaawwbbaacckk provisions 

236 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
2019 financial highlights and performance award pool 

2019 compensation philosophy and framework 

In  2019,  we  delivered  solid  financial  results  in  mixed  market 
conditions, demonstrating the strength of our business model. 
Reported  profit  before  tax  was  USD 5.6  billion,  a  decrease  of 
7%  compared  with  2018,  while  adjusted  profit  before  tax 
decreased  slightly  to  USD 6.0  billion.  We  maintained  our 
strong  capital  position  with  a  common  equity  tier  1  (CET1) 
capital  ratio  of  13.7%  and  a  CET1  leverage  ratio  of  3.9%  at 
year-end, both above our capital guidance. Reported return on 
CET1  capital  was  12.4%.  For  2019,  the  BoD  intends  to 
propose a dividend of USD 0.73 per share and we repurchased 
USD 806  million  (CHF 800  million)  of  UBS  shares  over  the 
course of the year. 

In  2019,  interest  rate  headwinds  intensified,  global  growth 
slowed and geopolitical concerns persisted, impacting the overall 
Group results and, consequently, the Group performance award 
pool.  In  determining  the  final  pool  and  consistent  with  prior 
years, we have considered a range of factors. These include risk-
adjusted  profit,  returns  and  capital  strength,  as  well  as  relative 
performance, progress on ESG, regulatory and litigation matters, 
including  the  impact  of  the  French  cross-border  matter  on  the 
firm and the resulting share price development. The year-on-year 
development  of  the  performance  award  pool  reflected  a 
reduction beyond that implied by underlying performance. 

Based on these considerations, the performance award pool for 
the  Group  decreased  14%  to  USD 2.7  billion  (compared  with 
USD 3.1 billion in the prior year). This decrease demonstrates our 
disciplined  approach  in  managing  compensation  over  business 
cycles  and  alignment  to  shareholder  interests,  and  we  believe 
without significantly impacting our competitive pay position. 

The  GEB  performance  award  pool,  which  includes  the  Group 
CEO  performance  award  and  is  part  of  the  Group  pool,  was 
CHF 70.3 million, a reduction of 14% on a per capita basis and 
4% overall. As a percentage of adjusted Group profit before tax, 
the GEB performance award pool was 1.2%, well below the cap 
of  2.5%.  The  overall  pool  also  reflects  the  changes  in  the 
composition  of  the  GEB,  including  new  GEB  members  and  the 
elevation  of  certain  roles  to  the  GEB  that  were  previously  not 
included,  and  therefore  the  adjustments  do  not  reflect  a 
meaningful  change  in  the  total  cost  to  shareholders.  These 
changes  were  made  to  optimize  our  governance  structure  and 
execute on our strategic priorities. 

Our  compensation  philosophy  and  framework  support  the 
alignment of employee interests with those of our shareholders 
and  clients.  The  consistency  of  our  approach  reinforces  our 
culture  of  sustainable  performance,  while  also  supporting  our 
growth  ambitions,  sound  governance,  accountability  and 
appropriate  risk-taking. The recognition of behaviors and culture 
is  an  important  element  of  our  framework.  To  reinforce  the 
behaviors  framework  established  by  the  BoD  and  the  GEB,  we 
reward  not  only  what  was  achieved,  but  also  how  those  results 
were  achieved.  We  reward  doing  the  right  thing,  collaborating 
across  the  bank  and  speaking  up  to  identify  opportunities  and 
risks.  We  penalize  instances  of  behavior  that  do  not  reflect  our 
values. 

Variable compensation is earned over the performance year and 
many  employees  have  a  significant  portion  of  their  annual 
performance  award  deferred.  We  believe  UBS  has  one  of  the 
most  rigorous  deferral  regimes  in  the  industry,  with  a  deferral 
period  of  up  to  five  years,  or  longer  for  certain  regulated 
employees.  This  long  deferral  period,  in  conjunction  with  our 
(DCCP)  awards,  has  been  a 
deferred  contingent  capital 
cornerstone  of  our  compensation  framework  to  support 
sustainability. Since 2012, our most senior leaders have received 
50% of their performance award in equity, linking a significant 
portion  of  compensation  to  the  UBS  share  price.  We  have 
enhanced  this  feature  by  adding  a  connection  to  rTSR  in  the 
new LTIP. 

Litigation  and  regulatory  matters,  and  their  resolution  and 
remediation, are taken into consideration in the compensation 
decision-making  process.  Share  price  movements  affect  all 
employees  receiving  deferred  equity-based  awards.  With 
respect  to  the  performance  conditions  on  LTIP  awards, 
provisions for legal, regulatory and similar matters will directly 
affect  the  reported  RoCET1  metric  and  thus  also  the  final 
vesting  amount.  This  metric  accounts  for  50%  of  the  final 
payout under the 2019 LTIP. The use of reported RoCET1 as a 
performance metric supports the focus on ensuring the cost of 
litigation  matters  has  a  direct  effect  on  the  compensation 
awarded to and realized by our most senior leaders, including 
the GEB. 

237 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For  2019,  to  further  enhance  alignment  with  shareholders  on 
the French cross-border matter, we have also introduced a new 
additional vesting condition for the Chairman, the Group CEO 
and certain other GEB members, which links a portion of their 
2019 equity compensation to the final resolution of the French 
cross-border matter. This underlines their accountability for the 
successful  resolution  of  the  matter  in  the  best  interest  of 
shareholders  even  though  the  underlying  issue  is  a  legacy 
matter. 

Board fees and Chairman compensation 

In  our  review  of  the  remuneration  framework  for  independent 
Board  members,  we  concluded  that  our  fundamental  approach 
remains  appropriate.  However,  effective  from  the  2020  AGM 
onward,  a  number  of  adjustments  will  be  made  to  reduce  the 
level  of  the  Board’s  compensation  while  still  maintaining 
competitive fee levels. 

The  Chairman’s  fixed  compensation  has  been  reduced  by 
CHF 0.8  million,  or  14%,  to  CHF 4.9  million.  This  change  is 
already  effective  for  the  current  period  from  the  2019  AGM  to 
the  2020  AGM.  As  noted  above,  a  portion  of  the  Chairman’s 
2019 share award remains entirely at risk due to a new vesting 
condition  linked  to  the  final  resolution  of  the  French  cross-
border  matter.  This  further  demonstrates  the  Chairman’s 
alignment  with 
this  matter  and  his 
accountability  to  resolve  this  matter  in  the  best  interest  of 
shareholders. 

shareholders  on 

In  the  same  spirit,  the  BoD  will  reduce  their  base  fee  and 
eliminate  their  share  price  discount,  resulting  in  a  total  fee 
reduction  of  approximately  14%  (depending  on  committee 
memberships)  and  a  10%  reduction  in  our  proposed  maximum 
amount of compensation for the BoD. 

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) 

We  are  fully  committed  to  ESG  topics  and  reflect  them  in  our 
compensation  processes.  ESG-related  objectives  have  been 
in  our  Pillars  and  Principles  since  they  were 
embedded 
established  in  2011.  Our  contribution  to  supporting  the  planet, 
our  workforce,  our  clients  and  society  are  important  to  our 
success.  ESG  matters  are  considered  in  the  performance  and 
compensation  determination  process  in  different  aspects  as 
described later in this report. 

UBS  continued  to  make  progress  in  2019  toward  meeting  its 
ambitions  to  be  a  leader  in  sustainable  finance,  in  philanthropy 
and  in  sustainable  business  practices,  as  well  as  being  an 
employer of choice. We were recognized as the industry leader, 
for  the  fifth  time  in  a  row,  in  the  Dow  Jones  Sustainability 
Indices  (the  DJSI),  the  most  widely  recognized  sustainability 
ranking,  and  received  other  valuable  recognition  from  MSCI, 
Sustainalytics and CDP. 

238 

Gender-related aspects in compensation 

UBS remains committed to hiring, retaining and promoting more 
women  at  all  levels  across  the  firm.  With  two  female  GEB 
members  and  four  female  independent  Board  members,  we 
have a leading position with regard to this topic. 

The Compensation Committee systematically reviews any gender 
pay  gap  for  equivalent  roles  across  the  workforce.  Our  policies 
and  practices  are  impartial  and  support  equal  pay,  and  we  are 
committed to ensuring that all employees are paid fairly. 

Pay  equity  is  embedded  into  our  compensation  policies  and 
practices  and  we  conduct  regular  reviews  to  ensure  that  all 
employees  are  paid  fairly.  In  2019,  an  independent  third  party 
conducted  an  analysis  across  the  globe  that  shows  that  the 
unexplained  salary  differential  between  female  and  male 
employees  is  less  than  1%  at  UBS.  We  continue  to  review  the 
root  causes  and  address  any  issue  that  cannot  be  explained  by 
business  factors  such  as  experience,  role  /  job,  responsibility, 
performance or location. 

Overall, we continue to make progress toward our aspiration of 
increasing  the  ratio  of  women  in  management  roles  to  one-
third,  but  progress  takes  time  and  we  are  committed  to 
accelerating our efforts to progress women at all ranks. 

Compensation Committee membership 

In 2019, Dieter Wemmer and I welcomed Reto Francioni back to 
the committee and Fred Hu to the committee for the first time. 

2020 Annual General Meeting 

At the 2020 AGM on 29 April, we will seek your support on the 
following compensation-related items: 
– 

the  maximum  aggregate  amount  of  compensation  for  the 
BoD for the period from the 2020 AGM to the 2021 AGM; 
the  maximum  aggregate  amount  of  fixed  compensation  for 
the GEB for 2021; 
the aggregate amount of variable compensation for the GEB 
for 2019; and 
shareholder  endorsement 
Compensation Report. 

in  an  advisory  vote  for  this 

– 

– 

– 

On  behalf  of  the  Compensation  Committee  and  the  BoD,  I 
would  like  to  thank  you  again  for  your  feedback.  The  changes 
made  have  enhanced  our  compensation  framework  in  the 
interests  of  shareholders,  and  we  respectfully  ask  for  your 
continued support at the upcoming AGM. 

Julie G. Richardson 
Chair of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance and compensation at a glance 

Financial achievements and strategic highlights1 

–

– 

results 

financial 

We  delivered  solid 
in  mixed  market 
conditions,  reflecting  the  strength  of  our  business  model. 
Profit  before  tax  decreased  7%  to  USD 5.6  billion,  as  a  4% 
decrease  in  operating  income  was  not  fully  offset  by  lower 
operating  expenses.  Adjusted  profit  before  tax  decreased 
slightly  to  USD 6.0  billion,  as  reduced  adjusted  operating 
expenses nearly offset lower adjusted operating income. 
Net  profit  attributable  to  shareholders  decreased  5%  to 
USD 4.3  billion.  Return  on  common  equity  tier  1  (CET1) 
capital  was  12.4%.  Our  reported  cost  /  income  ratio 
increased  62  basis  points 
reflecting  cost 
management  measures  that  partly  offset  lower  revenues, 
while  our  adjusted  cost  /  income  ratio  saw  a  51  basis  point 

to  80.5%, 

– 

– 

improvement  to  78.9%,  reflecting  4%  lower  expenses  and 
3% lower revenues. 
Our  capital  position  remained  strong,  with  a  CET1  capital 
ratio  of  13.7%  and  a  CET1  leverage  ratio  of  3.9%,  both 
above  our  capital  guidance  of  around  13%  and  3.7%, 
respectively.  We  increased  our  total  loss-absorbing  capacity 
by USD 5.9 billion to USD 89.6 billion. 
For the financial year 2019, the Board of Directors intends to 
propose  a  dividend  of  USD 0.73  per  share,  an  increase 
compared with 2018. During 2019, we repurchased USD 806 
million (CHF 800 million) of UBS shares and our tangible book 
value per share increased 6% to USD 13.29. 
  Refer to the “Financial and operating performance” section of 
this report for further details about our Group and business 

division performance 

Adjusted Group profit before tax1 

Return on CET1 capital 

Adjusted cost / income ratio1 

USD billion 

in % 

in % 

(0.5%) 

(76 bps) 

(51 bps) improvement 

6.1 

2018 

6.0 

2019 

13.1 

2018 

12.4 

2019 

79.5 

2018 

78.9 

2019 

11 Adjusted results are alternative performance measures (APMs) and non-GAAP financial measures. Refer to “Group Performance” in the “Financial and operating performance” section of this report for further 
information and a reconciliation of adjusted results to reported results. 

Performance award pool year-on-year development 

Group performance award pool 

Group CEO performance award 

Per capita GEB performance award pool 

CHF billion 

CHF million 

CHF million 

(14%) 

(14%) 

(14%) 

3.1 

2018 

2.7 

2019 

11.3 

2018 

9.7 

2019 

6.3 

2018 

5.4 

2019 

– 

– 

– 

The Group performance award pool for 2019 decreased 14% 
compared  with  the  previous  year.  This  significant  decrease, 
which  is  a  greater  reduction  than  the  change  in  underlying 
performance,  demonstrates  our  disciplined  approach 
in 
managing  compensation  over  business  cycles  and  alignment 
to shareholder interests, and we believe without significantly 
impacting  our  competitive  pay  position.  It  also  considers  the 
impact of the French cross-border matter on the firm and the 
resulting share price development. 
The  Group  CEO  performance  award  for  2019  was  CHF 9.7 
million, a decrease of 14% compared with 2018. The award is 
comprised of 20% in cash (CHF 1.9 million) with the remaining 
80% (CHF 7.8 million) deferred over three to five years. 
The GEB performance award pool, which includes the Group 
is  part  of  the  Group 
CEO  performance  award  and 
performance award pool, was CHF 70.3 million, a decrease of 

14%  on  a  per  capita  basis  and  4%  overall.  The  overall  pool 
also  reflects  the  changes  in  the  composition  of  the  GEB, 
including  new  GEB  members  and  the  elevation  of  certain 
roles  to  the  GEB  that  were  previously  not  included,  and 
therefore the adjustments do not reflect a meaningful change 
in  the  total  cost  to  shareholders.  These  changes  were  made 
to  optimize  our  governance  structure  and  execute  on  our 
strategic priorities. 
The  new  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  introduced  for  2019 
performance  awards  increases  the  GEB’s  exposure  to  the 
links 
future  performance  of 
compensation to relative total shareholder return. 
In  addition,  CHF 7.3  million  of  the  GEB  performance  award 
pool is entirely at risk, contingent upon the final resolution of 
the French cross-border matter. 

the  Group  and  directly 

– 

– 

239 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

Shareholder engagement and say on pay 

The feedback we seek from our shareholders on compensation-
related matters is very important to us, as we are committed to 
maintaining  a  strong 
interests  of  our 
employees and those of our shareholders. 

link  between  the 

At  the  2019  AGM,  we  committed  to  conducting  a  holistic 
review  of  all  elements  of  the  compensation  framework  for  our 
employees,  our  most  senior  leaders  including  the  Group 

Executive  Board  (the  GEB),  the  Chairman  and  independent 
Board  members.  We  heard  feedback  requesting  stronger 
alignment  with  shareholder  interests,  which  we  implemented 
while  maintaining  the  most 
important  elements  of  our 
compensation framework. 

Below  we  provide  responses  to  the  questions  we  most 

frequently receive from stakeholders. 

Responses to frequent questions 

What has changed in the compensation framework for 
your most senior leaders? 
The  most  important  elements  of  our  compensation  framework 
remain  unchanged.  In  particular,  performance  awards  continue 
to be based on the employee’s annual performance assessment 
and  we  are  maintaining 
long-term  nature  of  our 
the 
compensation  framework  through  mandatory  deferrals  into 
equity  and  contingent  capital  instruments.  For  GEB  members, 
shares  are  delivered  in  equal  installments  in  years  3,  4  and  5 
after the grant year, and contingent capital awards continue to 
vest in year 5. 

However,  we  have  modified  the  delivery  of  the  deferred 
equity  portion  for  our  most  senior  leaders  (i.e.,  GEB  members, 
GMDs and Group or Divisional Vice Chair role holders) with the 
new  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (the  LTIP)  replacing  the  Equity 
Ownership Plan (the EOP) to enhance focus on delivering on our 
return targets and increasing alignment with shareholders. 

How are share price developments reflected in 
compensation? 
Beyond  the  factors  described  elsewhere  in  this  report,  we 
consider rTSR as well as valuation relative to other banks. 

Our mandatory share-based deferral plans create a direct link 
with  shareholder  returns  and  therefore  many  employees  are 
directly  impacted  by  the  share  price.  In  addition,  the  new  LTIP 
features  rTSR  as  a  performance  condition,  which  further 
supports 
realized  employee  pay  with 
shareholder returns. 

the  alignment  of 

While we are disappointed with our share price performance, 
we  believe  the  share  price  movement  in  2019  was  significantly 
impacted by the outcome of the French cross-border matter and 
does  not  reflect  the  significant  progress  made  during  the  year 
and our absolute financial performance. We continue to expect 
that  the  value  of  our  business  and  the  quality  of  our  earnings 
will ultimately be positively reflected in our share price. 

The  LTIP 

performance 

features  absolute  and 

relative  performance 
conditions  based  on  reported  return  on  CET1  capital  (RoCET1) 
and  relative  total  shareholder  return  (rTSR)  metrics,  creating  a 
strong  sensitivity  of  realized  compensation  to  UBS’s  financial 
performance and share price. The final number of vesting shares 
is  based  on  the  achievements  against  these  two  equally-
weighted 
three-year 
performance  period.  Achieving  the  maximum  payout  under  the 
LTIP  requires  both  a  three-year  average  RoCET1  of  18%  and, 
over  a  three-year  period,  for  our  TSR  to  outperform  the  peer 
index  by  25  percentage  points.  The  RoCET1  performance  level 
required for a maximum payout is substantially above our stated 
long-term  target,  and  we  believe  this  further  strengthens  the 
alignment with our strategy and supports delivering sustainable, 
profitable  growth  to  drive  higher  returns,  creating  long-term 
value for our shareholders. 

conditions 

after 

a 

At  the  same  time,  the  linear  vesting  between  minimum 
threshold  and  performance  required  for  maximum  payout  does 
not  encourage  excessive  risk-taking,  which  might  be  the  case 
with  a  non-linear  payout  geared  toward  high  performance 
levels.  This  approach  balances  the  importance  of  sustainable 
performance  with  our  ambitions  to  deliver  higher  returns  and 
outperform our peers. 

240 

How is ESG considered in the compensation process? 
ESG is considered in the compensation determination process in 
different  stages  through  the  objective  setting,  performance 
award pool funding, performance assessment and compensation 
decision. 

In  the  performance  award  pool  funding,  ESG  is  reflected 
through  the  assessment  of  regulatory  compliance,  as  well  as 
legal, compliance, reputational and operational risks. In addition, 
ESG-related  objectives  have  been  embedded  in  our  Pillars  and 
Principles  since  they  were  established  in  2011.  Achievements 
versus ESG-related goals are taken into account in the qualitative 
performance  assessment  and  affect  the  final  compensation 
decision  for  each  individual.  ESG-related  goals  are  reflected  in 
governance  and  risk  management,  talent  management  and 
diversity,  client  satisfaction,  and  corporate 
responsibility, 
including goals for reducing our carbon footprint and corporate 
waste, and progressing our philanthropic efforts. Therefore, ESG 
is  taken  in  consideration  when  the  Compensation  Committee 
applies  its  discretion  to  reflect  not  only  what  results  were 
achieved, but also how they were achieved. 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
How is litigation considered in the compensation process? 
Litigation  and  regulatory  matters,  and  their  resolution  and 
remediation,  are  taken  into  consideration  throughout  the 
compensation  decision-making  process.  The  Compensation 
Committee  distinguishes  between  current  matters,  where  the 
underlying  issues  are  within  the  responsibility  of  management, 
and  legacy  matters,  where  management  is  accountable  for 
resolving them but not responsible for the underlying issue. 

Current  matters  have  a  direct  impact  on  the  performance 
award  pool,  individual  performance  assessments  and  resulting 
compensation  decisions,  as  well  as  the  payout  of  deferred 
awards. 

and 

For  legacy  matters,  the  Compensation  Committee  seeks  to 
incentivize  management  to  resolve  these  matters  in  the  best 
interest  of  shareholders  and  we  hold  management accountable 
for  the  effective  and  efficient  resolution  thereof.  Therefore  the 
performance 
reflects 
compensation 
management’s  responsibility  for  achieving  a  resolution  without 
take 
creating  an 
inappropriate risks on such matters. The use of reported RoCET1 
supports the focus on ensuring the cost of litigation matters has 
a  direct  impact  on  the  compensation  awarded  and  realized  by 
our most senior leaders including the GEB. 

inappropriately  settle  or 

assessment 

incentive 

to 

How is the French cross-border matter reflected in the 
2019 compensation of the GEB? 
For  the  2019  compensation  decisions  for  the  GEB,  the 
Compensation  Committee  has  considered  the  outcome  of  the 
French  cross-border  decision, 
reflecting  alignment  with 
shareholders  on  this  matter.  Additionally,  the  final  outcome  of 
the  matter  will  impact  the  payout  of  the  2019  LTIP  award 
through the RoCET1 metric. 

For  GEB  members  active 

in  March  2017,  when  the 
investigating judges issued the trial order, as an added measure 
the  2019  LTIP  award  will  further  be  subject  to  the  following 
considerations impacting their 2019 compensation. 
– 

Up to an additional CHF 7.9 million, or 30% of the 2019 LTIP 
awards  at  grant  for  relevant  GEB  members  as  well  as  the 
Chairman’s  unvested  share  award,  are  at  risk  and  directly 
linked  to  the  final  resolution  of  the  French  matter.  The 
portion at risk is subject to forfeiture based on the final cost 
associated with the resolution of the matter. 
A new malus clause allows the Compensation Committee to 
assess  any  new  information  that  becomes  available  in  the 
future and to retrospectively reduce the 2019 LTIP award by 
up  to  the  full  amount  if  such  new  information  would  have 
impacted our compensation decision in 2019. 

– 

reviews 

regularly 

Why has UBS adjusted Board fees and compensation for 
the Chairman? 
The  Compensation  Committee 
the 
remuneration  framework  for  independent  Board  members  to 
confirm  it  remains  competitive  and  appropriately  reflects  their 
work  on  the  Board  of  UBS.  In  this  review,  the  Compensation 
Committee  considered  the  feedback  from  shareholders  and 
other  stakeholders.  In  our  2019  review,  we  concluded  that  our 
fundamental  approach 
independent  Board  member 
compensation remains appropriate. However, effective from the 
2020 AGM onward, a number of adjustments have been made 
to  reduce  the  level  of  the  Board  compensation  while  still 
maintaining competitive fee levels. 

for 

We  will  reduce  the  fixed  base  fee  by  CHF 25,000  (i.e., 
approximately 8%) for each board member and will also reduce 
the  additional  fees  for  the  Risk  and  Compensation  Committee 
Chair  roles.  Furthermore,  we  will  reduce  the  additional  fee  for 
the  Senior  Independent  Director  and  Vice  Chairman  roles  to 
CHF 150,000,  a  reduction  of  CHF 100,000.  In  case  these  two 
roles  are  allocated  to  one  Board  member,  the  fee  will  only  be 
paid  once.  Moreover, 
independent  Board  members  must 
continue  to  use  a  minimum  of  50%  of  their  fees  to  purchase 
UBS  shares,  which  are  blocked  for  four  years,  and  we  will 
eliminate the 15% discount for these purchases. 

The  Chairman’s  fixed  compensation  has  been  reduced  by 
CHF 0.8 million, starting with the current period from the 2019 
AGM to the 2020 AGM. In addition, to further demonstrate the 
Chairman’s alignment with shareholder interests, a portion of up 
to CHF 0.6 million of the share award is subject to the same new 
vesting  condition  linked  to  the  resolution  of  the  French  cross-
border matter that has been introduced for the Group CEO and 
certain other GEB members. 

How does the Compensation Committee use its discretion 
to determine the performance award pool? 
The performance award pool funding begins with a direct link to 
risk-adjusted  profit.  The  Compensation  Committee,  based  on  a 
proposal  from  the  Group  CEO,  then  applies  discretionary 
adjustments  that  reflect  a  range  of  factors,  such  as  capital 
returns  to  investors,  risk  profile,  strategic  initiatives,  and  labor 
market  position  and  trends.  Consequently,  the  performance 
award pool balances consideration of financial performance with 
a  range  of  qualitative  factors,  including  discretion  to  consider 
the quality of earnings and year-on-year performance, as well as 
progress with regard to delivering on our ambitions. 

these 

Reflecting 

the  Compensation 
considerations, 
Committee applied a negative discretionary adjustment for 2019 
on  the  overall  Group  performance  award  pool  and  the  GEB 
performance award pool, including the Group CEO performance 
award. Over the past seven years, the Compensation Committee 
applied  discretionary  adjustments  to  the  performance  award 
pool  of  between  –6%  and  +2%,  resulting  in  downward 
adjustments in all but one year. 

241 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

Say-on-pay votes at the AGM 

Audited | 
Approved fixed compensation 

In line with the Swiss Ordinance against Excessive Compensation 
in  Listed  Stock  Corporations,  we  seek  binding  shareholder 
approval for the aggregate compensation awarded for the GEB 
and for the BoD. The BoD believes that prospective approval for 
the  fixed  remuneration  for  the  BoD  and  the  GEB  provides  the 
firm  and  its  governing  bodies  with  the  certainty  necessary  to 
operate  effectively.  Furthermore,  retrospective  approval  for  the 
GEB’s  variable  compensation  awards  aligns  total  compensation 
for  the  GEB  to  performance  and  contribution,  and  to 
developments in the marketplace and across peers. 

The  combination  of  the  binding  votes  on  compensation  and 
the  advisory  vote  on  the  compensation  framework  reflects  our 
commitment to our shareholders having their say on pay. 

  Refer to “Provisions of the Articles of Association related to 
compensation” in the “Supplemental information” section of 

this report for more information 

At  the  2018  AGM,  shareholders  approved  a  maximum 
aggregate  fixed  compensation  amount  of  CHF 31.5  million  for 
the  members  of  the  GEB  for  the  performance  year  2019.  This 
includes  base  salaries,  role-based  allowances  in  response  to 
Capital  Requirements  Directive 
standard 
contribution  to  retirement  benefit  plans,  other  benefits  and  a 
buffer. 

IV,  estimated 

As a result of the changes in the GEB in 2019, the aggregate 
fixed  compensation  paid  in  2019  to  current  and  former  GEB 
members  exceeded  the  approved  amount  for  2019.  As 
authorized by article 46 para. 5 of the Articles of Association, an 
amount of CHF 8.4 million  was used  to pay the amount  of the 
fixed compensation of the new GEB members that exceeded the 
approved amount. This additional amount was used to fund the 
new  appointments  to  the  GEB:  Iqbal  Khan,  as  Co-President 
Global  Wealth  Management,  was  awarded  CHF 8.2  million 
(including replacement awards), Suni Harford, as President Asset 
Management, was awarded CHF 0.1 million, and Edmund Koh, 
as President UBS Asia Pacific, was awarded CHF 0.1 million. 

  Refer to “2019 total compensation for the GEB members” in the 
“Compensation for the Group CEO and the other GEB members” 

section of this report 

  Refer to “Replacement awards for new GEB members and 
forfeitures of former GEB members” in the “Compensation 

philosophy and framework” section of this report 

Say on pay – compensation-related votes at the 2019 AGM 

--
22001199 AAGGMM ssaayy oonn ppaayy vvoottiinngg sscchheemmeess 

--

22001199 AAGGMM aaccttuuaall sshhaarreehhoollddeerr vvootteess 

BBiinnddiinngg vvoottee oonn GGEEBB vvaarriiaabbllee ccoommppeennssaattiioonn 

Shareholders approved CHF 73,300,000 for the financial year 20181, 2, 3 

BBiinnddiinngg vvoottee oonn GGEEBB ffiixxeedd ccoommppeennssaattiioonn 

Shareholders approved CHF 33,000,000 for the financial year 20201, 2, 3 

BBiinnddiinngg vvoottee oonn BBooDD ccoommppeennssaattiioonn 

Shareholders approved CHF 14,500,000 for the period from the 2019 AGM to the 2020 AGM1, 2, 4 

” 
”
“
VVoottee  ffoorr
“

81.4% 

86.7% 

85.3% 

AAddvviissoorryy vvoottee oonn tthhee CCoommppeennssaattiioonn RReeppoorrtt 
11 Local currencies are converted into Swiss francs at the exchange rates stated in “Note 37 Currency translation rates” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report.   22 Excludes the portion related 
33 Thirteen GEB members were in office on 31 December 2019 including three new GEB members, one appointed on 1 January 2019 and two on 
to the legally required employer’s social security contributions. 
1 October 2019; three GEB members stepped down, one on 31 December 2018 and two on 30 September 2019. Thirteen GEB members were in office on 31 December 2018 including two new GEB members 
appointed on 1 October 2018 and one on 1 November 2018; two GEB members stepped down on 31 December 2017 and 30 September 2018, respectively.    44 Twelve BoD members were in office on 31 December 
2019. 

Shareholders approved the UBS Group AG Compensation Report 2018 in an advisory vote 

79.4 % 

242 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
  
Compensation-related proposals for 2020 

valuation methodology. 

At the 2020 AGM, we will ask our shareholders to vote on the 
variable  compensation  for  the  GEB  for  2019,  the  fixed 
compensation  for  the  GEB  for  2021  and  the  compensation  for 
the  BoD  from  the  2020  AGM  to  the  2021  AGM.  The  variable 
compensation for the GEB for 2019 includes the total amount of 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) awards granted to GEB members 
at  fair  value,  which  is  based  on  the  methodology  used  to 
determine  the  expense  to  the  organization  under  IFRS  2 
standards.  The  value  was  independently  calculated  to  support 
the  robustness  of  the  approach,  which  uses  a  well-established 

In addition, we will also ask our shareholders for an advisory 
vote  on  our  Compensation  Report,  which  describes  our 
compensation  framework,  governance  and  policy.  Both  the 
advisory vote on our compensation policy and the binding votes 
on compensation reflect our commitment to transparent say on 
pay for our shareholders. 

The  table  below  outlines  our  compensation  proposals, 
including supporting rationales, that we intend to submit to the 
2020  AGM  for  binding  votes  (in  line  with  the  Swiss  Ordinance 
against  Excessive  Compensation  in  Listed  Stock  Corporations 
and our Articles of Association). 

Compensation-related proposals for binding votes at the 2020 AGM 

Item 
Item

Proposal 
Proposal

Rationale 
Rationale

GEB variable
GEB variable 
compensation 
compensation

The Board of Directors proposes an aggregate amount of 
variable compensation of CHF 70,250,000 for the members 
of the GEB for the financial year 2019. 

GEB fixed 
GEB fixed
compensation 
compensation

The Board of Directors proposes a maximum aggregate 
amount of fixed compensation of CHF 33,000,000 for the 
members of the GEB for the financial year 2021. 

BoD compensation 
BoD compensation

The Board of Directors proposes a maximum aggregate 
amount of compensation of CHF 13,000,000 for the 
members of the Board of Directors for the period from the 
2020 AGM to the 2021 AGM. 

The proposed amount reflects the overall solid financial results in mixed market conditions, 
continued strong capital position and increased capital distributions to shareholders. Further, 
the BoD also considered other factors including the impact of the French cross-border matter 
on the firm and the resulting share price development. The proposed amount is a substantial 
reduction of 14% on a per capita basis compared to the previous year, and is equivalent to the 
14% decrease in the overall Group performance award pool. The pool also reflects the 
changes in the composition of the GEB, including new GEB members and the elevation of 
certain roles to the GEB that were previously not included, and therefore the adjustments do 
not reflect a meaningful change in the total cost to shareholders. These changes were made to 
optimize our governance structure and execute on our strategic priorities. 

The proposed amount is unchanged from the previous year, reflecting stable base salaries for
the Group CEO and other GEB members since 2011. As noted above, it further reflects the 
changes in the composition of the GEB, including new GEB members and the elevation of 
certain roles to the GEB that were previously not included, and therefore the adjustments do 
not reflect a meaningful change in the total cost to shareholders. These changes were made to 
optimize our governance structure and execute on our strategic priorities. The proposed 
amount hence reduces the reserve amount while still providing the necessary flexibility in light 
of evolving EU regulations, Brexit and competitive considerations for a potential additional 
role-based allowance. 

The proposed amount is a decrease of 10%, or CHF 1,500,000, compared with the previous 
year. The amount includes the Chairman’s compensation, which decreased by 14% effective 
from the 2019 AGM, as well as the reduced fees for independent Board members, which will 
be adjusted effective from the 2020 AGM. This includes a reduction of the fixed base fees for 
all independent Board members and other fee reductions. The adjustments in Board fees 
reflect our commitment to sustainable results while maintaining competitive fee levels aligned 
with the demands on our Board members. 

243 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

Compensation philosophy and framework 

Our compensation philosophy 

Total Reward Principles 

Our  compensation  philosophy  is  to  align  the  interests  of  our 
employees  with  those  of  our  investors  and  clients,  building  on 
our  three  keys  to  success:  our  Pillars,  Principles  and  Behaviors. 
Our Total Reward Principles establish a framework that balances 
sustainable performance as well as supporting growth ambitions 
and prudent risk-taking with a focus on conduct and sound risk 
management practices. 

Our  compensation  structure  is  aligned  with  our  strategic 

priorities.  It  aligns  the  interests  of  our  employees  with  those  of 
our stakeholders and encourages our employees to focus on our 
clients, create sustainable value, deliver on our growth ambitions 
and  achieve  the  highest  standards  of  performance.  Moreover, 
we  reward  behaviors  that  help  build  and  protect  the  firm’s 
reputation, specifically integrity, collaboration and challenge. We 
strive for client focus, excellence and sustainable performance in 
everything we do. Compensation for each employee is based on 
individual,  team,  business  division  and  Group  performance, 
within the context of the markets in which we operate. 

Total Reward Principles 

Our Total Reward Principles apply to all employees globally. They may vary in certain locations according to local legal requirements 
and regulations. The table below provides a summary of our Total Reward Principles. 

Attract and retain a diverse, talented workforce 
Attract and retain a diverse, talented workforce

We provide employees with pay that is fair, reflecting equal treatment of employees, appropriately balanced between 
fixed and variable elements, competitive in the market and delivered over an appropriate period. 

Foster effective individual performance management and
Foster effective individual performance management and 
communication 
communication

Thorough evaluation of individual performance and adherence to our Behaviors, combined with effective 
communication, aims to ensure there is a direct connection between achievement of business objectives and 
compensation across the firm. 

Align reward with sustainable performance as well as support 
Align reward with sustainable performance as well as support
growth ambitions 
growth ambitions

We embrace a culture of inclusiveness and collaboration within the firm. Our approach to compensation fosters 
engagement among employees, and serves to align their long-term interests with those of clients and stakeholders. 

Support appropriate and controlled risk-taking 
Support appropriate and controlled risk-taking

Compensation is structured such that employees behave in a manner consistent with the firm’s risk framework and 
tolerance, thereby protecting our capital and reputation, and enhancing the quality of our financial results, in line with 
what our stakeholders expect from us. 

Our commitment to pay fairness 

Pay  fairness  principles  are  embedded  into  our  compensation 
policies  and  practices  and  we  conduct  regular  reviews  with  the 
aim  of  ensuring  that  we  appropriately  evaluate  and  reward 
employees. 

From  a  pay  equity  perspective,  if  we  uncover  any  gaps  that 
cannot  be  explained  by  business  factors,  such  as  experience, 
role / job, responsibility, performance or location, we explore the 
root  causes  of  those  gaps  and  address  them.  In  2019,  an 
independent  third  party  conducted  a  pay  analysis  across  the 
globe which showed less than 1% of unexplained differential in 
salaries between female and male employees across the firm. 

Pay  equity  is  not  the  same  as  the  gender  pay  gap,  which 
looks  at  the  average  pay  for  all  women  versus  all  men.  Our 
gender pay gap reflects a representation gap brought about by 
having  unequal  numbers  of  men  and  women  at  each  level  at 
UBS,  with  a  greater  proportion  of  men  in  more  senior,  higher-
paying roles. The gender representation gap is being addressed 
through our global gender strategy to hire more, promote more 
and retain more women at all levels of the organization. 

Addressing gender representation is a priority we share with 
many  other  organizations,  both  within  financial  services  and 
other  sectors.  To  share  best  practices,  learn  from  peers  and 
receive feedback, we are actively involved with initiatives such as 
the Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index. 

244 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Total Reward approach 

At UBS, we apply a holistic approach to compensation. Our Total 
Reward  approach  consists  of  fixed  compensation  (base  salary 
and  role-based  allowances,  if  applicable),  performance  awards 
as well as pension contributions and benefits. 

For 

total 

compensation 

employees  whose 

exceeds 
USD / CHF 300,000,  performance  awards  are  delivered  in  a 
combination  of  cash  and  a  deferral  into  contingent  capital 
awards  (the  DCCP)  and  equity  awards  (the  LTIP  and  the  EOP). 
For  our  most  senior 
i.e.,  GEB  members,  Group 
Managing  Directors  (GMDs)  and  Group  or  Divisional  Vice  Chair 
role holders, the equity awards are delivered under the LTIP. All 
other  employees  eligible  for  deferred  equity  awards  receive 
these awards under our EOP. 

leaders, 

Our  Total  Reward  approach 

is  structured  to  support 
sustainable  results  and  growth  ambitions.  A  substantial  portion 
of our performance award is deferred and vests over a period of 
five  years,  or  longer  for  certain  regulated  employees.  This 
deferral approach supports alignment of employee and investor 
interests,  our  capital  base  and  the  creation  of  sustainable 
shareholder value. 

Total Reward 

Total compensation 

Performance award 

Deferred Contingent Capital Plan 

Deferred equity-based awards: 
•  Long-Term Incentive Plan 

(GEB, GMDs, Group or Divisional 
Vice Chair role holders) 
•  Equity Ownership Plan 

(all other employees, as applicable) 

Base salary / 
fixed 
compensation 

Cash 

Note: illustrative, not drawn to scale 

Pension 
and 
benefits 

m
r
e
t
-
r
e
g
n
o
L

-
r
e
t
r
o
h
S

m
r
e
t

245 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

Performance award pool funding 

Our compensation philosophy focuses on balancing performance 
with appropriate risk-taking and retaining talented employees. To 
achieve  this,  as  performance  increases  we  reduce  our  overall 
performance  award  funding  percentage.  In  years  of  strong 
performance, this prevents excessive compensation, resulting in an 
increased  proportion  of  profit  before  performance  award  being 
available  for  distribution  to  shareholders  or  growing  the  Group’s 
capital.  In  years  where  performance  declines,  the  performance 
award  pool  will  generally  decrease;  however,  the  funding 
percentage may increase. 

and 

business 

performance, 

Our performance award pool funding framework is based on 
Group 
including 
division 
achievement  against  a  set  of  performance  targets.  We  also 
consider  performance  relative  to  industry  peers,  general  market 
competitiveness  and  progress  against  our  strategic  objectives, 
including returns, capital growth, as well as risk-weighted assets 
and cost efficiency. We look at the firm’s risk profile and culture, 
the extent to which operational risks and audit issues have been 
identified  and  resolved,  and  the  success  of  risk  reduction 
initiatives.  Corporate  Center  funding  is  linked  to  overall  Group 
performance  and  reflects  headcount,  workforce  location  and 
demographics.  For  each  functional  area,  quantitative  and 

qualitative 
assessments 
management and financial achievements. 

evaluate 

service 

quality, 

risk 

Before  making  its  final  recommendation  to  the  BoD,  the 
Compensation  Committee  considers  the  CEO’s  proposals  and 
can apply a positive or negative discretionary adjustment to the 
performance  award  pool,  including  recommending  a  zero 
award.  The  Compensation  Committee  decision  balances 
consideration  of  financial  performance  with  a  range  of 
qualitative factors and takes into account the quality of earnings, 
progress  against  our  ambitions,  impact  of  risk  management, 
litigation,  regulatory  costs,  the  effect  of  changes  in  financial 
accounting 
and  market 
capital 
competitiveness, as well as relative total shareholder return. 

standards, 

returns 

reflecting 

As  described  above, 

the  aforementioned 
considerations,  over  the  past  seven  years,  the  Compensation 
Committee  based  on  the  Group  CEO  proposal  applied 
discretionary  adjustments  to  the  performance  award  pool  of 
between –6% and +2%, resulting in downward adjustments in 
all but one year. 

  Refer to “Group performance” in the “Financial and operating 

performance” section of this report for more information about 

adjusted results 

Performance award pool funding process – illustrative overview 

Financial 
performance 

Risk 
adjustment 

1 

Adjusted 
business 
division 
financial 
performance 

2 

Risk-adjusted 
business 
division 
performance 
award pool 

Quantitative and qualitative adjustments 

3 

Business 
division 
measures 

Qualitative, 
risk and 
regulatory 
assessment 

Relative 
performance 
versus peers 

Market 
position 
and trends 

Consultation of 
Group CEO with 
the business 
division Presidents 

Compensation 
Committee / BoD 
governance and 
decision 

4 

5 

Recommended 
business 
division 
performance 
award pools 

Final 
Group 
performance 
award pool 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Adjusted business division  
financial performance 

The starting point for the funding process is the adjusted business division financial performance, which excludes items that are not 
reflective of the underlying business performance. 

Risk-adjusted business 
division performance 
award pool 

Predetermined business  division-specific funding rates are applied to risk-adjusted performance, incorporating market, 
credit, liquidity and operational (including conduct) risk. 

Business division measures  Each division is assessed based on specific measures (e.g., net new money growth rate, return on attributed equity). 

Qualitative, risk and 
regulatory assessment 

Qualitative assessment (e.g., quality of earnings, ESG factors), assessment of regulatory compliance and risk  assessment 
(such as legal, compliance, reputational and operational risk) support alignment to our Total Reward Principles. 

Relative performance 
versus peers 

Market position 
and trends 

Performance is assessed relative to our peers, including financial performance, returns and relative total shareholder return. 

Market intelligence, based on external advisors, helps assess the competitiveness of our pay levels and compensation structure. 
It also provides a prospective view of market trends in terms of absolute compensation levels, compensation framework and 
industry practice. 

Recommended business 
division performance 
award pools 

The business division performance award pool determination process, based on quantitative and qualitative assessments, 
results in a recommendation from the Group CEO  (after consultation with the GEB) to the Compensation Committee 
for consideration. 

Final Group performance 
award pool 

The Compensation Committee considers the recommendation in the context of the factors outlined above and verifies it is in line 
with our strategy and our Total Reward Principles to create sustainable shareholder value and support our growth ambitions. 
The Committee may alter the recommendations of the Group CEO (upward or downward, including  recommending a zero award) 
before making its fi nal recommendation to the BoD. 

246 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) at UBS 

industry 

UBS  made  very  good  progress  in  2019  toward  enhancing  its 
position as a leader in sustainable finance, and toward meeting 
its ambitions to be a recognized innovator and thought leader in 
in  sustainable  business 
philanthropy,  an 
practices,  and  an  employer  of  choice.  We  are  pleased  that  our 
efforts  and  accomplishments  continue  to  be  recognized.  We 
were  recognized  as  the  industry  leader,  for  the  fifth  time  in  a 
row, in the Dow Jones Sustainability Indices (the DJSI), the most 
widely  recognized  sustainability  ranking,  and  received  other 
valuable recognition from MSCI, Sustainalytics and CDP. 

leader 

UBS  continues  to  maintain  an  industry-leading  position  in 
developing  sustainable  finance  products  and  services:  we  are  a 
leader  in  sustainable  investing,1  with  a  global  footprint  and  a 
network  of  resources  to  deliver  a  wide  range  of  research, 
advisory  and  product  capabilities  that  continue  to  grow.  An 
important  part  of  our  sustainable  activities  encompasses 
engagement  in  client  philanthropy:  for  example  through  UBS 
Optimus  Foundation  we  drive  impactful  philanthropy  that 
delivers breakthrough solutions to pressing social needs. 

We  are  widely  recognized  as  an  employer  of  choice  and 
received  various  top-employer  honors  in  2019.  Our  diverse 

11 Euromoney Private Banking and Wealth Management Survey 2019: Global Results. 

workforce  and  inclusive  culture  are  critical  to  our  long-term 
success.  We  are  committed  to  further  increasing  our  diversity 
and  to  ensuring  equal  opportunities  for  all  employees.  We 
continue  to  make  progress  toward  our  stated  aspiration  to 
increase  the  representation  of  women  in  management  roles  to 
one-third.  In  addition  to  our  global  gender  diversity  ambitions, 
every  year  we  sponsor  numerous  activities  to  promote  greater 
diversity and inclusiveness. 

We  measure  our  culture-building  progress  through  regular 
employee  surveys.  We  have  an  ongoing  focus  on  inclusive 
leadership  and,  in  2019,  our  in-house  UBS  University  further 
updated  its  curriculum  to  emphasize  future-skills  development 
and  personal  growth  for  all  employees.  The  table  below 
summarizes  our  key  achievements  and  the  following  section 
the  compensation 
explains  how  we  consider  ESG 
determination process. 

in 

  Refer to “Our focus on ESG,” “Employees” and “Society” in the 
“How we create value for our stakeholders” section of this 

report for more information 

  Refer to www.ubs.com/gri for more information about 

ESG-related topics 

OOuurr aacchhiieevveemmeennttss 

SSuussttaaiinnaabbllee ffiinnaannccee 

PPhhiillaanntthhrrooppyy 

SSuussttaaiinnaabbllee bbuussiinneessss 
pprraaccttiicceess 

EEmmppllooyyeerr ooff cchhooiiccee 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

Achieved our goal one year early, reaching USD 488.5 billion in core SI assets, representing 13.5% of total invested assets 
USD 3.9 billion of client assets directed into Sustainable Development Goals (SDG)-related impact investments 

38% of global workforce volunteered and 48% of volunteer hours were skills based 
280,858 beneficiaries as a result of our community investments 
UBS Optimus Foundation: USD 89.5 million in donations raised; USD 109.5 million in grants approved 
Well-being of 3.3 million children globally improved with help of the work of UBS Optimus Foundation 

Industry leadership position maintained (Dow Jones Sustainability Indices / DJSI) 
AA rating maintained (MSCI ESG Research) 
Industry leader rank maintained (Sustainalytics) 
A-rating and included in Leadership band (CDP) 
First TCFD reporting introduced for financial year 2017, continuous improvements ever since 
Among the founding signatories of the Principles for Responsible Banking (September 2019) 

Included in Global Universum ranking of Top 50 World’s Most Attractive Employers 
Peer-leading position in human resources elements of DJSI 
Score above financial services norm in employee engagement and work environment (based on employee survey results) 
Included in the Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index 

ESG in the compensation determination process 

ESG is considered in the compensation determination process in 
different  phases  through  objective  setting,  performance  award 
pool  funding,  performance  assessment  and  compensation 
decision. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  year,  objectives  relative  to  Group, 
business  divisions,  Pillars,  Principles  and  Behaviors  are  set.  ESG-
related  objectives  have  been  embedded  in  our  Pillars  and 
Principles  since  they  were  established  in  2011.  This  long-term 
focus  on  ESG  topics  is  reflected  in  the  achievements  outlined 
above. To maintain the focus on these important ESG topics, our 
Group  CEO  and  other  GEB  members  have  specific  ESG-aligned 

talent  management  and  diversity, 

goals under Pillars and Principles, including governance and risk 
management, 
client 
satisfaction and corporate responsibility. These include goals for 
reducing  our  carbon  footprint  and  corporate  waste,  and 
progressing our philanthropic efforts. 

In  the  performance  award  pool  funding,  ESG  is  reflected 
through  the  assessment  of  risks,  such  as  legal,  compliance, 
reputational  and  operational  risks.  Therefore  ESG  is  taken  into 
consideration  when  the  Compensation  Committee  assesses  not 
only  what  results  were  achieved,  but  also  how  they  were 
achieved.  The  achievements  versus  the  ESG-related  goals  are 
reflected  in  the  qualitative  performance  assessment  and  affect 
the final compensation decision. 

247 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

Compensation framework for GEB members 

The chart below illustrates the compensation elements, pay mix and key features for GEB members. 

2019 compensation framework for GEB members (illustrative example) 

With regard to annual performance awards, 20% is paid in the form of cash and 80% will be deferred over a period of five years,1 
with 50% of the annual performance awards granted under the LTIP and 30% under the DCCP. 

GEB¹ 

DCCP 
30% 

LTIP 
50% 

three-year 
performance 
period 

~17% 

~17% 

Key features 

30% 

~17% 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

Notional additional tier 1 (AT1) instruments 
30% of the performance award is granted under the DCCP 
Award vests in year 5 after grant year, subject to write-down if a trigger or viability event occurs 
Award is subject to 20% forfeiture for each financial year if UBS does not achieve a reported Group profit 
before tax, adjusted for disclosed items generally not representative of underlying business performance 
Notional interest payments (granted where applicable regulations permit) will be made annually, 
subject to review and  confirmation by the firm 
Award is subject to continued employment and harmful acts provisions 

Notional shares 
50% of the performance award is granted under the LTIP 
Award vests in equal installments in years 3, 4 and 5 after grant year, depending on the achievement 
of RoCET1 and rTSR measured over a three-year performance period2 
Dividend equivalents (granted where applicable regulations permit) are subject to the same terms as 
the underlying LTIP award 
Award is subject to continued employment and harmful acts provisions 

– 

20% of the performance award is paid out in cash3 

Cash 
20% 

20% 

Base 
salary4 

2019 

2020 
grant 
year 

year 1  year 2  year 3  year 4  year 5 

11 Senior Management Functions Holders (SMFs) have extended deferral periods, with the deferred performance awards vesting no faster than pro rata between years 3 and 7. SMFs and Material Risk Takers (MRTs) 
22 Due to regulatory requirements, LTIP awards granted to UK MRTs and SMFs will be subject to an additional non-financial conduct-related 
have an additional 12-month blocking period on their awards post vest. 
33 SMFs and MRTs receive 50% in the form of immediately vested shares which are blocked for 12 months.    44 May include role-based 
metric with a downward adjustment of up to 100% of the entire award. 
allowances in line with market practice and regulatory requirements. 

Pay for performance safeguards for GEB members 

Cap on total GEB performance award pool (2.5% of adjusted profit before tax) 
Caps on individual performance awards (for the Group CEO capped at five times the fixed compensation and at seven times for 
the other GEB members) 
Cap of 20% of performance award in cash 

80% of performance awards are at risk of forfeiture 
Long-term deferral over five years (or longer for certain regulated GEB members) 
Alignment with shareholders (through the LTIP) and bondholders (through the DCCP) 
Final payout of equity-based LTIP award (50% of performance award) subject to absolute and relative performance conditions 
(three-year performance period) 
For certain GEB members, a portion of their 2019 compensation is additionally at risk and directly linked to the final resolution of 
the French cross-border matter 

No severance terms 
Six-month notice period 

Share ownership requirements 
No hedging strategies allowed 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

Performance award caps 

Delivery and deferral 

Contract terms 

Other safeguards 

248 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
      
       
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GEB share ownership requirements 

To  align  the  interests  of  GEB  members  with  those  of  our 
shareholders  and  to  demonstrate  commitment  to  the  firm,  we 
require  the  Group  CEO  and  the  other  GEB  members  to  hold  a 
substantial number of UBS shares. GEB members must build up 
their  minimum  shareholding  within  five  years  from  their 
appointment  and  retain  it  throughout  their  tenure.  The  total 
number  of  UBS  shares  held  by  a  GEB  member  consists  of  any 
vested  or  unvested  shares  and  any  privately  held  shares.  GEB 

members  may  not  sell  any  UBS  shares  before  they  reach  the 
minimum ownership thresholds mentioned below. At the end of 
2019,  GEB  members  met  their  share  ownership  requirements, 
except for those appointed within the last four years, who need 
to build up and meet the required share ownership level within 
five years from appointment. 

Our GEB member holdings represent approximately USD 169 
million  in  shareholder  value.  This  ownership  level  demonstrates 
their  commitment 
to  our  strategy  and  alignment  with 
shareholders. 

Share ownership requirements 

Group CEO 

min. 1,000,000 shares 

Other GEB members 

min.    500,000 shares 

Must be built up within five years from their appointment and retained throughout 
their tenure. 

Caps on the GEB performance award pool 

Benchmarking for the Group CEO and other GEB members 

The  size  of  the  GEB  performance  award  pool  may  not  exceed 
2.5%  of  the  adjusted  Group  profit  before  tax.  This  limits  the 
overall GEB compensation based on the firm’s profitability. 

For 2019, the Group’s adjusted profit before tax was USD 6.0 
billion and the total GEB performance award pool was USD 70.7 
million.  The  GEB  performance  award  pool  as  a  percentage  of 
adjusted Group profit before tax was 1.2%, which is well below 
the cap of 2.5%. 

In  line  with  the  individual  compensation  caps  on  the 
proportion  of  fixed  pay  to  variable  pay  for  all  GEB  members 
(introduced  in  2013),  the  Group  CEO’s  granted  performance 
award  is  capped  at  five  times  his  fixed  compensation.  Granted 
performance awards of other GEB members are capped at seven 
times their fixed compensation (or two times for GEB members 
who  are  also  Material  Risk  Takers 
(MRTs)).  For  2019, 
performance  awards  granted  to  GEB  members  and  the  Group 
CEO  were,  on  average,  2.5  times  their  fixed  compensation 
(excluding  one-time 
replacement  awards,  benefits  and 
contributions to retirement benefit plans). 

the 

reviews 

respective 

When  recommending  performance  awards  for  the  Group  CEO 
and the other GEB members, as one dimension to consider, the 
total 
Compensation  Committee 
compensation  for  each  role  against  a  financial  industry  peer 
group.  The  peer  group  is  selected  based  on  comparability  of 
their  size,  business  mix,  geographic  presence  and  the  extent  to 
which  they  compete  with  us  for  talent.  The  Compensation 
Committee  considers  our  peers’  strategies,  practices  and  pay 
levels, as well as their regulatory environment; it also periodically 
refers  to  other  firms’  pay  levels  or  practices,  including  both 
financial  and  non-financial  sector  peers  as  applicable.  The  total 
compensation  for  a  GEB  member’s  specific  role  considers  the 
compensation  paid  by  our  peers  for  a  comparable  role  and 
performance  within  the  context  of  our  organizational  profile. 
The Compensation Committee periodically reviews and approves 
the peer group for executive compensation. 

The table below presents the composition of our peer group 
for  2019,  which  has  been  reviewed  and  approved  by  the 
Compensation Committee for the performance year 2019. 

GEB employment contracts and severance terms 

Bank of America 

Goldman Sachs 

The employment contracts of the GEB members do not include 
severance  terms  or  supplementary  pension  plan  contributions. 
All  employment  contracts  for  GEB  members  are  subject  to  a 
notice  period  of  six  months.  A  GEB  member  leaving  the  firm 
before the end of a performance year may be considered for a 
performance  award  during  that  performance  year  included  in 
the  GEB  performance  award  pool  approved  by  shareholders. 
Such  awards  are  subject  to  approval  by  the  BoD,  which  may 
decide  not  to  grant  any  awards,  and  ultimately  by  the 
shareholders at the AGM. 

Barclays 

BlackRock 

BNP Paribas 

Citigroup 

Credit Suisse 

HSBC 

JPMorgan Chase 

Julius Baer 

Morgan Stanley 

Standard Chartered 

Deutsche Bank 

State Street 

249 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

How the French cross-border litigation matter affects our 
compensation decisions for 2019 

In February 2019, the Paris Court of First Instance imposed fines 
of  EUR 3.7  billion  on  UBS,  and  awarded  the  French  state  civil 
damages  of  EUR 800  million.  This  judgment  was  issued  in 
connection  with  a  litigation  matter  related  to  cross-border 
business  activities  with  French  residents  between  2004  and 
2011/2012. UBS has appealed the decision of the Court of First 
Instance,  and  it  will  still  take  time  for  this  matter  to  be  finally 
concluded. 

The BoD and the GEB continue to focus on progressing and 
resolving the French matter. Both of them are accountable for a 
resolution  of  this 
interest  of 
shareholders. 

legacy  matter 

in  the  best 

When  determining  the  2019  performance  award  pool,  the 
impact  of  the  French  matter  on  the  firm  was  taken  into 
consideration. Additionally, this was also considered in individual 
performance  assessments  and  compensation  decisions  as 
applicable. 

  Refer to “Note 21 Provisions and contingent liabilities” in the 
“Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for 

more information about litigation, regulatory and similar 

matters 

Existing principles and approach for considering litigation 
in the performance and compensation process 

Litigation  and  regulatory  matters,  and  their  remediation  and 
resolution,  are  taken  into  consideration  in  the  compensation 
decision-making  process.  The  Compensation  Committee 
distinguishes  between  current  matters,  where  the  underlying 
issues  are  within  the  responsibility  of  management,  and  legacy 
matters,  where  management  is  accountable  for  resolving  them 
but not responsible for the underlying issues. 

Current  matters  have  a  direct  impact  on  the  performance 
award  pool, 
resulting 
the  performance  assessment  and 
compensation  decision,  as  well  as  the  payout  of  deferred 
awards. For legacy matters, current management is incentivized 
to  effectively  and  efficiently  resolve  these  matters  in  the  best 
interest  of  the  shareholders.  In  this  regard,  it  is  important  to 
distinguish between legacy matters, and financial and operating 
performance for the year. At the same time, we are mindful of 
the  potential  costs  of  such  matters,  the  prudent  management 
thereof,  and  the  effect  on  our  share  price.  Therefore  the 
reflect 
compensation 
performance 
management’s  impact  on  achieving  an  effective  resolution 
without  creating  an  incentive  to  inappropriately  settle  or  take 
risks with regard to such matters. 

assessment 

and 

250 

Enhancements to our approach 

For  2019,  the  Compensation  Committee  has  taken  additional 
measures to demonstrate the accountability of management and 
their alignment with shareholders regarding the outcome of the 
French cross-border matter. 

to 

respect 

Share  price  movements  affect  all  employees  with  deferred 
the  performance 
equity-based  awards.  With 
conditions  on  the  LTIP  awards,  provisions  for  legal,  regulatory 
and  similar  matters  will  directly  impact  the  reported  RoCET1 
metric  and  thus  also  the  final  vesting  amount  subject  to  this 
performance  condition.  This  metric  accounts  for  50%  of  the 
final  payout  under  the  2019  LTIP.  The  use  of  reported  RoCET1 
supports the focus on ensuring the cost of litigation matters has 
a  direct  impact  on  the  compensation  realized  by  our  senior 
leaders including the GEB. 

For  GEB  members  active 

in  March  2017,  when  the 
investigating judges issued the trial order, as an added measure, 
the  2019  LTIP  awards  will  be  subject  to  the  following 
considerations impacting their 2019 compensation. 
–  Up to an additional CHF 7.9 million or 30% of the 2019 LTIP 
awards  at  grant  for  relevant  GEB  members  as  well  as  the 
Chairman’s  unvested  share  award  are  at  risk  and  directly 
linked  to  the  final  resolution  of  the  French  matter.  The 
portion at risk is subject to forfeiture based on the final cost 
associated  with  the  resolution  of  the  matter.  If  the  French 
matter is unresolved at the time the 2019 award is expected 
to  vest,  30%  of  the  LTIP  shares  will  continue  to  be  at  risk, 
contingent upon the final resolution of this matter. 

–  Finally,  a  new  malus  clause  has  been  introduced,  which 
provides the Compensation Committee with the opportunity 
to assess any new information that becomes available in the 
future.  If  the  Compensation  Committee  determines  that  the 
new information would have impacted its 2019 performance 
award decisions had the information been known at the time, 
it can retrospectively reduce the 2019 LTIP grant by up to the 
full amount. 

Impact of litigation matters on the Long-Term 
Incentive Plan 

)
P
I
T
L
(
n
a
l
P

e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n

I

m
r
e
T
-
g
n
o
L

LTIP 
performance 
metric 

Reported RoCET1 directly 
impacted by litigation cost 

Fact-based 
adjustment 

Up to CHF 7.3 million of the 
2019 LTIP award at grant 
is directly linked to the final 
resolution of the French 
matter 

Malus 
adjustment 

2019 LTIP award 
may be reduced 
based on new 
information that 
would have 
impacted the 
compensation 
for 2019 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation framework for employees other than GEB members 

Employees  other  than  GEB  members  that  receive  performance 
awards  with  total  compensation  exceeding  USD / CHF 300,000 
are  subject  to  a  mandatory  deferral  framework,  under  which  a 
significant portion of the performance award is deferred over a 
period  of  five  years,  or  longer  for  certain  regulated  employees. 
The  deferred  amount  increases  at  higher  marginal  rates  in  line 
with the value of the performance award. The effective deferral 
rate  therefore  depends  on  the  amount  of  the  performance 
award and the amount of total compensation. 

The  deferred  compensation  is  delivered  through  three  plans, 
which  are  described  in  detail  later  in  this  section:  the  DCCP 
(notional additional tier 1 capital instruments), the LTIP and the 
EOP (notional shares). 

For Group Managing Directors (GMDs), 50% of the deferred 
performance  award  is  granted  under  the  LTIP  and  50%  under 
the  DCCP.  The  LTIP  award  vests  in  year  3  after  the  grant  year, 
while  the  DCCP  award  vests  in  year  5  after  the  grant  year,  the 
same as for GEB members. For below-GMD employees, 60% of 
the  deferred  performance  award  is  granted  under  the  EOP  and 
40%  under  the  DCCP.  The  EOP  award  vests 
in  equal 
installments  in  years  2  and  3  after  the  grant  year,  while  the 
DCCP award vests in year 5 after the grant year. 

Asset Management (AM) GMDs and employees in investment 
areas  have  a  different  deferral  and  plan  mix  to  align  their 
compensation  more  closely  with  industry  standards.  Therefore 
AM GMDs receive 50% of their deferred performance awards in 
notional  funds  under  the  AM  EOP,  25%  under  the  LTIP  and 
25% under the DCCP. AM employees below GMD in investment 
areas  continue  to  receive  75%  of  their  deferred  performance 
awards in notional funds under the AM EOP and 25% under the 
DCCP,  while  AM  employees  below  GMD  in  non-investment 
areas  continue  to  receive  50%  of  their  deferral  under  the  AM 
EOP plus 25% under the EOP and 25% under the DCCP. 

requirements 

Certain  regulated  employees,  such  as  Senior  Management 
Functions (SMFs) and Material Risk Takers (MRTs), are subject to 
(e.g.,  an  additional  non-financial 
additional 
conduct-related  performance  metric  under  the  LTIP,  more 
stringent  deferral  requirements,  additional  blocking  periods).  In 
addition,  SMFs  and  MRTs  receive  50%  of  their  cash  portion  in 
the  form  of  immediately  vested  shares  which  are  blocked  for  6 
to 12 months. 

Benchmarking for employees other than GEB members 

We generally consider market practice in our pay decisions and 
framework.  Our  market  review  reflects  a  number  of  factors, 
including  the  comparability  of  the  business  division,  location, 
scope and the diversity of our businesses. For certain businesses 

or  roles,  we  may  take  into  account  practices  at  other  major 
international  banks,  other  large  Swiss  private  banks,  private 
equity firms, hedge funds and non-financial firms. Furthermore, 
we  also  benchmark  employee  compensation  internally  for 
comparable  roles  within  and  across  business  divisions  and 
locations. 

Employee share purchase program 

The Equity Plus Plan is our employee share purchase program. It 
allows  employees  below  the  rank  of  Managing  Director  to 
voluntarily  defer  up  to  30%  of  their  base  salary  and/or  up  to 
35%  of  their  performance  award  (up  to  USD / CHF 20,000 
annually) for the purchase of UBS shares. Eligible employees may 
buy UBS shares at market price and receive one additional share 
for  every  three  shares  purchased  through  the  program.  The 
additional shares vest after a maximum of three years, provided 
the employee remains employed with the firm and has retained 
the purchased shares throughout the holding period. 

Considering  available  records  on  employee  shareholdings 
including  unvested  deferred  compensation,  as  of  31 December 
2019, employees held at least USD 2.5 billion of UBS shares (of 
approximately  USD 1.8  billion  were  unvested), 
which 
representing  approximately  6%  of  our  total  shares  issued.  Our 
senior  leaders  (GEB  members  and  GMDs)  held  approximately 
USD 410 million of UBS shares (of which approximately USD 272 
million were unvested). 

  Refer to “Note 30 Employee benefits: variable compensation” in 
the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report 

for more information 

Compensation for US financial advisors in Global Wealth 
Management 

In  line  with  market  practice  for  US  wealth  management 
businesses, the compensation for US financial advisors in Global 
Wealth  Management  is  comprised  of  production  payout  and 
deferred  compensation  awards.  Production  payout,  paid 
monthly,  is  primarily  based  on  compensable  revenue.  Financial 
advisors  may  also  qualify  for  deferred  compensation  awards, 
which  generally  vest  over  a  six-year  period.  The  awards  are 
based on strategic performance measures, including production, 
length of service with the firm and net new business. Production 
payout  rates  and  deferred  compensation  awards  may  be 
reduced  for,  among  other  things,  errors,  negligence  or 
carelessness,  or  a  failure  to  comply  with  the  firm’s  rules, 
standards,  practices,  policies  and/or  applicable 
laws  and 
regulations. 

251 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

Compensation elements for all employees 

Overall,  we  look  across  all  elements  of  pay  when  making  our 
decisions  on  total  compensation.  We  regularly  review  our 
principles  and  compensation  framework  to  remain  competitive 
and  aligned  with  stakeholders.  For  2019,  we  enhanced  our 
framework  by  introducing  the  LTIP,  the  details  of  which  are 
outlined in this section. We will continue to review our approach 
to  salaries  and  performance  awards 
light  of  market 
developments, our performance and our commitment to deliver 
sustainable returns to our shareholders. 

in 

At  the  AGM,  shareholders  are  asked  to  approve  the 
maximum  aggregate  amount  of  fixed  compensation  for  the 
members  of  the  GEB  for  the  following  financial  year.  The 
amount requested includes a reserve to consider potential future 
changes  in  GEB  composition  or  role  changes,  and  potential 
additional role-based allowances. 

  Refer to the “Supplemental information” section of this report 

for more information about MRTs and SMFs 

  Refer to the “Shareholder engagement and say on pay” section 
of this report for more information about the shareholders’ 

Base salary and role-based allowance 

vote on GEB compensation 

Employees’  fixed  compensation  (e.g.,  base  salary)  reflects  their 
level  of  skill,  role  and  experience,  as  well  as  local  market 
practice.  Base  salaries  are  usually  paid  monthly  or  fortnightly  in 
line  with  local  market  practice.  We  offer  our  employees 
competitive base salaries that reflect their location, function and 
role.  Salary  increases  generally  consider  promotions,  skill  set, 
performance and overall responsibility. 

Each  GEB  member  receives  a  fixed  base  salary,  which  is 
reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee. The Group 
CEO’s annual base salary for 2019 was CHF 2.5 million and has 
remained  unchanged  since  his  appointment  in  2011.  The  other 
GEB members each received a base salary of CHF 1.5 million (or 
local currency equivalent), also unchanged since 2011. 

In  addition  to  a  base  salary  and  as  part  of  fixed 
compensation,  some  employees  may  receive  a  role-based 
allowance. This allowance represents a shift in the compensation 
mix  between  fixed  and  variable  compensation  and  not  an 
increase in total compensation. It reflects the market value of a 
specific  role  and  is  fixed,  non-forfeitable  compensation.  Unlike 
salary,  a  role-based  allowance  is  paid  only  as  long  as  the 
employee  is  in  a  specific  role.  Similar  to  previous  years,  2019 
role-based  allowances  consisted  of  a  cash  portion  and,  where 
applicable, a blocked UBS share award. 

Two  GEB  members  are  considered  Material  Risk  Takers 
(MRTs),  including  one  UK  Senior  Management  Function  (SMF), 
for  UK  /  EU  entities  due  to  their  impact  on  those  entities 
regardless of personal domicile. In addition to base salary, role-
based allowances are part of their fixed compensation. 

Pensions and benefits 

We  offer  certain  benefits  for  all  employees,  such  as  health 
insurance  and 
retirement  benefits.  These  benefits  vary 
depending  on  the  employee’s  location  and  are  intended  to  be 
competitive in each of the markets in which we operate. Pension 
contributions  and  pension  plans  also  vary  across  locations  and 
countries  in  accordance  with  local  requirements  and  market 
practice.  However,  pension  plan  rules  in  any  one  location  are 
generally the same for all employees, including management. 

For  GEB  members,  pension  contributions  and  benefits  are  in 
line  with  local  practices  for  other  employees.  No  enhanced  or 
supplementary pension contributions exist for the GEB. 

Performance award 

Most  of  our  employees  are  eligible  for  an  annual  performance 
award.  The  level  of  the  award,  where  applicable,  generally 
depends  on  the  firm’s  overall  performance,  the  employee’s 
individual  performance,  and 
business  division,  team  and 
behavior,  reflecting  their  overall  contribution  to  the  firm’s 
results.  They  are  awarded 
local 
in 
employment conditions and at the discretion of the firm. 

line  with  applicable 

In  addition  to  the  firm’s  Pillars  and  Principles,  Behaviors 
related  to  integrity,  collaboration  and  challenge  are  part  of  the 
performance management approach. Therefore, when assessing 
performance, we take into account not only what was achieved, 
but also how those results were achieved. 

252 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our deferred compensation plans 

To  reinforce  our  emphasis  on  sustainable  performance,  risk 
management and focus on achieving our growth ambitions, we 
deliver  part  of  our  annual  variable  compensation  through  a 
deferral.  We  believe  our  approach  with  a  single  incentive 
decision and a deferral is simple, transparent, and is best suited 
to  implementing  our  compensation  philosophy  and  delivering 
interests  of  our 
sustainable  performance.  This  aligns  the 
links 
shareholders 
employees 
compensation to longer-term sustainable performance. 

appropriately 

and 

and 

Deferred compensation is delivered through a combination of 
equity-based  plans  and  a  contingent  capital  plan.  The  equity- 
based  plans  are:  (i)  the  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (the  LTIP), 
which  is  for  the  most  senior  leaders  of  our  organization,  i.e., 
GEB  members,  GMDs  and  Group  or  Divisional  Vice  Chair  role 
holders,  and  supports  delivering  profitable  growth  to  drive 
higher returns and create long-term value for our shareholders; 
and  (ii)  the  Equity  Ownership  Plan  (the  EOP),  which  is  for  all 
other employees, and which primarily aligns employees’ interests 
with those of our shareholders. The Deferred Contingent Capital 
Plan  (the  DCCP)  aligns  employees’  interests  with  those  of  debt 

holders.  We  believe  our  deferral  regime  has  one  of  the  longest 
vesting periods in the industry. The average deferral period is 4.4 
years  for  GEB  members,  4  years  for  GMDs  and  3.5  years  for 
employees below GEB / GMD level. 

To  further  promote  sustainable  performance,  our  deferred 
compensation  components  include  malus  conditions.  These 
enable  the  firm  to  forfeit  unvested  deferred  awards  under 
certain  circumstances,  pursuant  to  performance  and  harmful 
acts provisions. 

Deferred  awards  granted  to  our  most  senior  employees  and 
to Highly Paid Employees (employees with a total compensation 
exceeding  USD / CHF 2.5  million),  Key  Risk  Takers  (KRTs)  and 
other selected employees are subject to performance conditions. 
  Refer to “Note 30 Employee benefits: variable compensation” in 
the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report 

for more information 

  Refer to the “Supplemental information” section of this report 

for more information about MRTs and SMFs 

  Refer to “Vesting of outstanding awards granted in prior years 

subject to performance conditions” in the “Supplemental 

information” section of this report for more information 

253 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

Long-Term Incentive Plan 

The  rTSR  performance  metric  over  the  three-year  period 

The Long-Term Incentive Plan (the LTIP) is a mandatory deferral 
plan for senior leaders of the Group (i.e., GEB members, GMDs 
and  Group  or  Divisional  Vice  Chair  role  holders).  For  the 
performance  year  2019,  we  granted  LTIP  awards  to  119 
employees  at  a  fair  value  of  62.25%  of  maximum,  which  is 
based  on  the  methodology  used  to  determine  the  expense  to 
the  organization  under  IFRS  2  standards.  The  value  was 
independently  calculated  to  support  the  robustness  of  the 
approach, which uses a well-established valuation methodology. 
The performance metrics of the equity-based LTIP awards are 
average  reported  return  on  CET1  capital  (RoCET1)  and  relative 
total  shareholder  return  (rTSR)  over  a  three-year  performance 
period starting in the year of grant. Performance outcomes and 
actual  payout  levels  will  be  disclosed  at  the  end  of  the 
performance period. 

further aligns the interests of employees with shareholders: 
– 

selected  because 

they  are 
reflect  companies  with  a 

the metric compares the TSR of UBS with the TSR of an index 
consisting of Global Systemically Important Banks (G-SIBs) as 
determined by the Financial Stability Board; 
the  G-SIBs  have  been 
independently  defined  and 
comparable risk profile and impact on the global economy; 
the  index,  which  includes  publicly  traded  G-SIBs,  is  equal 
weighted,  calculated  in  Swiss  francs,  and  maintained  by  an 
independent  index  provider  to  increase  transparency  and 
ensure independence of the TSR calculation; and 
the payout interval of ±25 percentage points versus the index 
performance  demonstrates  our  ambition  to  deliver  attractive 
relative returns to our shareholders. The linear payout and the 
threshold  level  set  below  index  performance  further  support 
sustainability of results and prudent risk-taking. 

– 

– 

– 

PPeerrffoorrmmaannccee mmeettrriicc 

WWeeiigghhtt 

TThhrreesshhoolldd 

MMaaxxiimmuumm 

GGlloobbaall SSyysstteemmiiccaallllyy IImmppoorrttaanntt BBaannkkss ((GG SSIIBBss)) lliisstteedd ccoommppaanniieess ppeeeerr ggrroouupp11 

-
-

RoCET1 

rTSR vs G-SIBs Index 

Payout level 

50% 

50% 

6% 

–25 pps 

33% 

18% 

+25 pps 

100% 

Note: Linear payout between threshold and maximum performance. SMFs and UK MRTs 
are subject to an additional non-financial metric based on a conduct assessment. 

The  three-year  average  reported  RoCET1  performance  metric 
reflects our strategic return ambitions: 
– 

the required RoCET1 performance for a maximum payout is set 
at  18%,  which  represents  a  stretch  objective  relative  to  our 
communicated ambitions; 
the  required  performance  threshold  of  6%  for  the  minimum 
payout supports our focus on delivering sustainable results and 
appropriate risk-taking; 
this  approach  significantly  increases  the  level  of  RoCET1 
performance required to achieve a payout that is equal to the 
award  value  relative  to  our  legacy  approach  under  the  EOP; 
and 
the  linear  payout  design  between  the  threshold  and  the 
maximum level reflects our focus on sustainable performance 
while also supporting our growth ambitions. This design does 
not  encourage  excessive  risk-taking,  as  might  be  the  case 
with  a  non-linear  payout  geared  toward  high  performance 
levels. 

– 

– 

– 

Agricultural Bank of China 

Goldman Sachs 

Santander 

Bank of America 

Groupe Crédit Agricole 

Société Générale 

Bank of China 

HSBC 

Standard Chartered 

Bank of New York Mellon 

ING Bank 

State Street 

Barclays 

BNP Paribas 

ICBC 

Sumitomo Mitsui FG 

JPMorgan Chase 

Toronto-Dominion 

China Construction Bank 

Mitsubishi UFJ FG 

UniCredit 

Citigroup 

Credit Suisse 

Mizuho FG 

Wells Fargo 

Morgan Stanley 

Deutsche Bank 

Royal Bank of Canada 

11 As of November 2019. 

The  LTIP  award  reflects  the 

long-term  focus  of  our 
compensation  framework.  The  final  number  of  shares  as 
determined at the end of the three-year performance period will 
vest  in  three  equal  installments  in  each  of  the  three  years 
following  the  performance  period  for  GEB  members,  and  cliff-
vest in the first year following the performance period for GMDs 
and Group or Divisional Vice Chair role holders. 

LTIP payout illustration 

– 

The final number of notional shares  
vesting will vary based on the achievement 
versus the performance metrics. 

– 

Vesting levels are a percentage of the 
maximum opportunity of the LTIP and 
cannot exceed 100%. 

Average reported RoCET1 

Below threshold 
(<6%) 

Threshold (6%) up to 
maximum (18%) 

Maximum and above 
(≥18%) 

Maximum and above 
(+25 pps) 

Full vest 

– 

Full forfeiture for performance below the 
predefined threshold levels. 

rTSR 

Threshold (–25 pps) up to 
maximum ( +25 pps) 

Partial vest 

Below threshold 
(–25 pps) 

Full forfeiture 

254 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Ownership Plan 

The  Equity  Ownership  Plan  (the  EOP)  is  a  mandatory  deferral 
plan  for  all  employees  with  total  compensation  greater  than 
USD / CHF 300,000,  other  than  GEB  members,  GMDs  and 
Group or Divisional Vice Chair role holders. For the performance 
year 2019, we granted EOP awards to 3,558 employees. 

The plan includes provisions that allow the firm to reduce or 
fully  forfeit  the  unvested  deferred  portion  of  a  granted  EOP 
award if an employee commits certain harmful acts, and in most 
cases trigger forfeiture where employment has been terminated. 
The  award  vests  in  equal  installments  in  years  2  and  3  after 
grant  year.  For  Key  Risk  Takers  (KRTs)  (including  Highly  Paid 
Employees)  and  Senior  Management  Functions  (SMFs),  the  EOP 
awards granted will only vest if both Group and business division 
performance  conditions  are  met.  The  Group  performance 
condition  is  based  on  the  average  reported  return  on  CET1 
capital  (RoCET1)  over  the  applicable  performance  period.  The 
future 
Compensation  Committee 
performance  thresholds  at  levels  to  demonstrate  that  the  long-
term quality of the past year’s performance is sustainable. Once 
set, the thresholds remain in place for that particular award year. 
The  Compensation  Committee  also  determines  whether  the 
performance conditions have been met. 

the  minimum 

sets 

The  Group  performance  condition  is  based  on  the  average 
reported  RoCET1.  If  the  outcome  is  equal  to  or  above  the 
threshold, the award will vest in full, or if it is between 0% and 
the  threshold,  it  will  vest  on  a  linear  basis  at  0–100%.  In  both 

cases,  vesting  is  contingent  on  the  relevant  business  division 
performance condition also being met. If the outcome is 0% or 
negative, the installment will be fully forfeited regardless of any 
business division performance. 

Similarly,  business  division  performance  is  measured  on  the 
basis  of  their  average  return  on  attributed  equity  (RoAE) 
adjusted  for  disclosed  items  generally  not  representative  of 
underlying  business  performance.  For  Corporate  Center 
employees, it is measured on the basis of the average operating 
businesses’  RoAE  adjusted  for  disclosed  items  generally  not 
representative  of  underlying  business  performance. 
If  the 
threshold  is  met,  the  award  will  vest  in  line  with  the  Group 
performance  achievement.  If  the  outcome  is  0%  or  below,  the 
respective awards are fully forfeited. If it is between 0% and the 
respective  threshold,  the  awards  are  subject  to  forfeiture  of  up 
to 40%. Finally, the Compensation Committee retains discretion 
to adjust the award if the performance metric does not reflect a 
fair measure of performance. 

is 

One  of  our  key  objectives 

to  deliver  sustainable 
performance, and therefore we link the EOP award vesting with 
minimum  performance  thresholds  over  a  multi-year  time 
horizon.  Our  EOP  awards  have  no  upward  leverage,  and  this 
approach  promotes  sustainable  performance  by  establishing  a 
minimum level of performance, below which awards are subject 
to full or partial forfeiture. 

  Refer to “Vesting of outstanding awards granted in prior years 

subject to performance conditions” in the “Supplemental 

information” section of this report for more information 

255 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

Deferred Contingent Capital Plan 

The Deferred Contingent Capital Plan (the DCCP) is a mandatory 
deferral  plan  for  all  employees  with  total  compensation  greater 
than  USD / CHF 300,000.  For  the  performance  year  2019,  we 
granted DCCP awards to 3,654 employees. 

Employees  are  awarded  notional  additional  tier  1  (AT1) 
capital instruments, which, at the discretion of the firm, can be 
settled as either a cash payment or a perpetual, marketable AT1 
capital  instrument.  Prior  to  granting,  employees  can  elect  to 
have  their  DCCP  awards  denominated  in  either  Swiss  francs  or 
US dollars. 

DCCP  awards  vest  in  full  after  five  years  and  up  to  seven 
years  for  SMFs,  unless  there  is  a  trigger  event.  Awards  are 
forfeited if a viability event occurs, i.e., if FINMA notifies the firm 
in  writing  that  the  DCCP  awards  must  be  written  down  to 
prevent  an  insolvency,  bankruptcy  or  failure  of  UBS,  or  if  the 
firm  receives  a  commitment  of  extraordinary  support  from  the 
public  sector  that  is  necessary  to  prevent  such  an  event. 
Additionally,  they  are  written  down  for  GEB  members  if  the 
Group’s  common  equity  tier  1  (CET1)  capital  ratio  falls  below 
10% and for all other employees if it falls below 7%. 

As an additional performance condition, GEB members forfeit 
20% of their award for each loss-making year during the vesting 
period. This means that 100% of the award is subject to risk of 
forfeiture. Like the EOP, the DCCP also has provisions that allow 

the  firm  to  apply  malus  conditions  on  some,  or  all,  of  the 
unvested  deferred  portion  of  a  granted  award  if  an  employee 
commits certain harmful acts, or, in most cases, trigger forfeiture 
where employment has been terminated. 

Under  the  DCCP,  employees  who  are  not  MRTs  may  receive 
discretionary  annual  notional  interest  payments.  The  notional 
interest  rate  for  grants  in  2020  was  1.50%  for  awards 
denominated 
for  awards 
denominated in US dollars. These interest rates are based on the 
current market rates for similar AT1 capital instruments. Notional 
interest  will  be  paid  out  annually,  subject  to  review  and 
confirmation by the Compensation Committee. 

francs  and  3.90% 

in  Swiss 

Over the last five years, USD 2.0 billion of DCCP awards were 
issued, contributing to the Group’s total loss-absorbing capacity 
(TLAC).  Therefore,  DCCP  awards  not  only  support  competitive 
pay,  but  also  provide  a  loss  absorption  buffer  that  protects  the 
firm’s  capital  position.  The  following  table  illustrates  the 
contribution of the DCCP to our AT1 and tier 2 capital as well as 
to our TLAC ratio. 

  Refer to the “Supplemental information” section of this report 

for more information about performance award- and 

personnel-related expenses 

  Refer to the “Supplemental information” section of this report 
for more information about longer vesting and clawback 

periods for MRTs and SMFs 

Contribution of the Deferred Contingent Capital Plan to our loss-absorbing capacity1 
USD million, except where indicated 

DDeeffeerrrreedd CCoonnttiinnggeenntt CCaappiittaall PPllaann ((DDCCCCPP)) 

3311..1122..1199 

11,,996622 

11,,996622 

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

2,005 

2,005 

2,160 

1714 

of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 
of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital2 

447 
0.9 
DCCP contribution to the total loss-absorbing capacity ratio (%) 
11 Refer to “Bondholder information” at www.ubs.com/investors for more information about the capital instruments of UBS Group AG and UBS AG both on a consolidated and a standalone basis.    22 Relates to 
DCCP awards granted for the performance year 2013 – based on Swiss SRB framework including transitional arrangements (phase-in) as of 31 December 2017. As of 31 December 2019 these DCCP awards no 
longer met the grandfathering treatment under Swiss TBTF capital requirements. 

00..88 

0.8 

256 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Other variable compensation components 

To support hiring and retention, particularly at senior levels, we 
may  offer  certain  other  compensation  components.  These 
include: 
– 

replacement payments to compensate employees for deferred 
awards  forfeited  as  a  result  of  joining  the  firm  –  such 
payments  are  industry  practice  and  are  often  necessary  to 
attract  senior  candidates,  who  generally  have  a  significant 
portion  of  their  awards  deferred  at  their  current  employer, 
where continued employment is required to avoid forfeiture; 
retention  payments  made  to  key  employees  to  induce  them 
to stay, particularly during critical periods for the firm, such as 
a sale or wind-down of business; 
on  a  limited  basis,  guarantees  may  be  required  to  attract 
individuals  with  certain  skills  and  experience  –  these  awards 
are fixed incentives subject to our standard deferral rules and 
are limited to the first full year of employment; 
award  grants  to  employees  hired  late  in  the  year  to  replace 
performance  awards  that  they  would  have  earned  at  their 
previous  employers,  but  have  foregone  by  joining  the  firm  – 
these awards are generally structured with the same level of 
deferral as for employees at a similar level at UBS; and 
in  exceptional  cases,  candidates  may  be  offered  a  sign-on 
award to increase the chances of them accepting our offer. 

– 

– 

– 

– 

These other variable compensation components are subject to 
a  comprehensive  governance  process.  Authorization  and 
responsibility  may  go  up  to  the  Compensation  Committee, 
depending on the amount or type of such payments. 

No  severance  payments  are  made  to  members  of  the  GEB. 
Below-GEB  level  employees  who  are  made  redundant  may 
receive  severance  payments.  Our  severance  terms  comply  with 
the applicable local laws (legally obligated severance). In certain 
locations,  we  may  provide  severance  packages  that  are 
negotiated with our local social partners and may go beyond the 
applicable  minimum  legal  requirements  (standard  severance). 
Such  payments  are  governed  by  location-specific  severance 
policies.  In  addition,  we  may  make  severance  payments  that 
exceed 
legally  obligated  or  standard  severance  payments 
(supplemental severance) where we believe that they are aligned 
with market practice and appropriate under the circumstances. 

257 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

Replacement awards for new GEB members and 
forfeitures of former GEB members 

Our  compensation  framework  and  plans  include  provisions 
whereby  the  firm  generally  reduces  or  fully  forfeits  an 
employee’s unvested or deferred awards where employment has 
been  terminated  and  in  particular  where  they  join  another 
financial 
restrictive 
covenants,  such  as  solicitation  of  clients  or  employees,  in  line 
with industry practice. 

services  organization  and/or 

violate 

Conversely,  also  consistent  with  industry  practice  to  support 
talent  acquisition,  in  particular  at  senior  levels,  we  may  offer 
certain  other  compensation  components  such  as  replacement 
payments  to  offset  compensation  being  forfeited  as  a  result  of 
joining  UBS.  In  making  such  replacement  awards,  we  aim  to 
match  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  awards  granted  by  an 
employee’s  previous  employer  that  are  forfeited  upon  the 
employee joining UBS. 

In  2019,  Iqbal  Khan  joined  UBS  and  was  appointed  to  the 
GEB  on  1  October  2019  as  Co-President  Global  Wealth 
Management. He received awards as replacements for deferred 
compensation  awarded  by  his  previous  employer  that  was 
forfeited as a result of him joining UBS. Mr. Khan’s replacement 
payment  consists  of  deferred  EOP  share  awards  representing 
712,342 UBS shares (denominated in Swiss francs) with a grant 
date total fair market value of USD 8.1 million. The award vests 
in  various  installments  between  2020  and  2024.  All  of  these 
awards  are  subject  to  the  firm’s  harmful  acts  provisions.  This 
one-time replacement award to Mr. Khan is more than offset by 
the  total  2019  forfeitures  of  USD 16.2  million  by  former  GEB 
members,  as  shown  in  the  table  below.  The  total  2019 
forfeitures  of  USD 173  million  of  previously  awarded  deferred 
total  sign-on  payments, 
the  2019 
compensation  offset 
replacement payments and guarantees of USD 114 million. 

Sign-on payments, replacement payments, guarantees and severance payments 

USD million, except where indicated 
TToottaall ssiiggnn oonn ppaayymmeennttss11 

--

of which: Key Risk Takers2 
TToottaall rreeppllaacceemmeenntt ppaayymmeennttss33 
of which: Key Risk Takers2 

TToottaall gguuaarraanntteeeess33 

of which: Key Risk Takers2 
TToottaall sseevveerraannccee ppaayymmeennttss11,,44 
of which: Key Risk Takers2 

TToottaall 22001199 

ooff wwhhiicchh:: eexxppeennsseess 
rreeccooggnniizzeedd iinn 2200119955 

of which: expenses 
to be recognized in 
2020 and later5 

TToottaall 22001188 

NNuummbbeerr ooff bbeenneeffiicciiaarriieess 

3311 

99 
5577 

2222 
2277 

66 
114444 

1188

55
66

11
1144

22
11664466

 13

 5
 51

 21
 12

 3
 0

 30 

 7 
 72 

 19 
 48 

 12 
 165 

22001199 

664444

66
117788

1122
3322

33
11,,44444477

2018 

 178 

 6 
 299 

 11 
 54 

 5 
 1,5247 

 18 
11 GEB members are not eligible for sign-on or severance payments.    22 Expenses for Key Risk Takers are full-year amounts for individuals in office on 31 December 2019. Key Risk Takers as defined by UBS, 
including  all  employees with  a  total  compensation  exceeding  USD  / CHF  2.5  million  (Highly  Paid  Employees).      33  For  2019,  includes a  replacement  payment to one  GEB  member.  No GEB  member  received  a 
guarantee for 2019, and no GEB member received replacement payments or guarantees for 2018.  44 Includes legally obligated and standard severance payments as well as payments in lieu of notice.    55 Expenses 
before post-vesting transfer restrictions.    66 Represents expense recognized in 2019 associated with payments made in 2019 as well as provisions for expected payments in 2020.    77 Relates only to payments 
expensed in the year. 

1188

 4 

33 

 0

33

Forfeitures1 

USD million, except where indicated 

TToottaall ffoorrffeeiittuurreess 

of which: former GEB members 

TToottaall 22001199 

Total 2018 

Population affected 

117733

1166

 179 

 0 

22001199 

665533

11

2018 

 661 

 0 

of which: Key Risk Takers2 

 8 
11  Forfeitures  are  calculated  as  units  forfeited  during  the  year,  valued  at  the  share  price  on  31  December  2019  (USD  12.58)  for  2019.  The  2018  data  is  valued  using  the  share  price  on  31  December  2018 
(USD 12.38).  For  the  notional  funds  awarded  to  Asset  Management  employees  under  the  EOP,  this  represents  the  forfeiture  credits  recognized in  2019 and  2018.  For  the  DCCP,  the  fair value  at  grant  of  the 
forfeited awards during the year is reflected.  22 Key Risk Takers as defined by UBS, including all employees with a total compensation exceeding USD / CHF 2.5 million (Highly Paid Employees) and excluding former 
GEB members who have forfeited awards in 2019 or 2018. 

 30 

66

66

258 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Compensation governance 

Board of Directors and Compensation Committee 

the  compensation  strategy  proposed  by 

The  Board  of  Directors  (the  BoD)  is  ultimately  responsible  for 
approving 
the 
Compensation  Committee,  which  determines  compensation-
related matters in line with the principles set forth in the Articles 
of Association. 

As  determined  in  the  Articles  of  Association  and  the  firm’s 
Organization  Regulations, 
the  Compensation  Committee 
supports the BoD in its duties to set guidelines on compensation 
and benefits, to approve certain compensation and to scrutinize 
executive compensation. It is responsible for the governance and 
oversight  of  our  compensation  process  and  practices,  including 
considering  the  alignment  between  pay  and  performance  and 
that our compensation system does not encourage inappropriate 
risk-taking.  Our  Compensation  Committee  consists  of  four 
independent  BoD  members,  who  are  elected  annually  by 
shareholders at the Annual General Meeting (the AGM). 

Among other responsibilities, the Compensation Committee, 

on behalf of the BoD, annually: 
– 
– 

reviews our Total Reward Principles; 
reviews  and  approves  the  design  of  the  compensation 
framework; 
reviews performance award funding throughout the year and 
proposes  the  final  performance  award  pool  to  the  BoD  for 
approval; 
together  with  the  Group  CEO,  reviews  performance  targets 
and performance assessments and proposes base salaries and 
annual  performance  awards  for  the  other  Group  Executive 
Board  (GEB)  members  to  the  BoD,  which  approves  the  total 
compensation of each GEB member; 
together  with  the  Chairman  of  the  BoD,  establishes 
performance  targets,  evaluates  performance  and  proposes 
the compensation for the Group CEO to the BoD; 
approves  the  total  compensation  for  the  Chairman  of  the 
BoD; 
together  with  the  Chairman,  proposes  the  total  individual 
compensation for independent BoD members for approval by 
the BoD; 
together  with  the  BoD,  proposes  the  maximum  aggregate 
amounts of compensation for the BoD and for the GEB, to be 
submitted for approval by shareholders at the AGM; 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

/  fee  frameworks  for  external 
approves  remuneration 
supervisory board members of Significant Group Entities and 
periodically  reviews  remuneration  /  fee  frameworks  for 
external  supervisory  board  members  of  Significant  Regional 
Entities; and 
reviews  the  compensation  report  and  approves  any  material 
public disclosures on compensation matters. 

The  Compensation  Committee  meets  at  least  four  times  a 
year.  In  2019,  the  Compensation  Committee  held  six  meetings 
and two conference calls, with a participation rate of 97%. The 
Chairman  of  the  BoD  attended  all  meetings  and  calls,  and  the 
Group CEO all but one meeting. The Chairman of the BoD and 
the  Group  CEO  were  not  present  during  discussions  related  to 
their  own  compensation  or  performance  evaluations.  The  Chair 
of  the  Compensation  Committee  may  also 
invite  other 
executives  to  join  the  meeting  in  an  advisory  capacity.  No 
individual whose compensation is reviewed is allowed to attend 
meetings  during  which  specific  decisions  are  made  about  that 
same  individual’s  compensation.  Such  decisions  are  subject  to 
approval of the Compensation Committee and the BoD. 

After  the  meetings,  the  Chair  of  the  Compensation 
Committee  reports  to  the  BoD  on  the  activities  of  the 
Compensation  Committee  and  the  matters  discussed. 
In 
addition,  where  necessary,  the  Chairperson  submits  proposals 
for  approval  by  the  full  BoD.  The  minutes  of  Compensation 
Committee meetings are sent to all members of the BoD. 

On  31  December  2019,  the  members  of  the  Compensation 
Committee were Julie G. Richardson, who chairs the committee, 
Reto Francioni, Fred Hu and Dieter Wemmer. 

External advisors 

The  Compensation  Committee  may  retain  external  advisors  to 
support it in fulfilling its duties. In 2019, HCM International Ltd. 
provided  independent  advice  on  compensation  matters.  HCM 
International  Ltd.  holds  no  other  mandates  with  UBS.  The 
compensation  consulting  firm  Willis  Towers  Watson  provided 
the  Compensation  Committee  with  data  regarding  market 
trends  and  pay  levels,  including  in  relation  to  GEB  and  BoD 
compensation.  Various  subsidiaries  of  Willis  Towers  Watson 
provide  similar  data  to  Human  Resources 
in  relation  to 
compensation  for  employees  below  the  BoD  and  GEB  level. 
Willis  Towers  Watson  holds  no  other  compensation-related 
mandates with UBS. 

259 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

The Risk Committee’s role in compensation 

The Risk Committee, a committee of the BoD, works closely with 
the Compensation Committee to reinforce that our approach to 
compensation reflects proper risk management and control. The 
risk 
Risk  Committee 

sets  appropriate 

supervises  and 

management  and  risk  control  principles  and  receives  regular 
briefings on how risk is factored into the compensation process. 
in 
It  also  monitors  Group  Risk  Control’s 
compensation  and 
the 
compensation process. 

risk-related  aspects  of 

involvement 

reviews 

  Refer to www.ubs.com/governance for more information 

Compensation Committee 2019 / 2020 key activities and timeline 

The table below provides an overview of the Compensation Committee’s key activities from the 2019 AGM to the 2020 AGM. 

SSttrraatteeggyy,, ppoolliiccyy aanndd ggoovveerrnnaannccee 

Total Reward Principles 

Three-year strategic plan on variable compensation 

Compensation disclosure and stakeholder communication matters 

AGM reward-related items 

Compensation Committee governance 

AAnnnnuuaall ccoommppeennssaattiioonn rreevviieeww 

Accruals and full-year forecast of the performance award pool funding 

Performance targets and performance assessment of the Group CEO and GEB members 

Group CEO and GEB members’ salaries and individual performance awards 

Update on market practice, trends and peer group matters 
Pay for performance, including governance on certain higher-paid employees, and 
non-standard compensation arrangements 
Board of Directors remuneration 

CCoommppeennssaattiioonn ffrraammeewwoorrkk 

Compensation framework and deferred compensation matters 

RRiisskk aanndd rreegguullaattoorryy 
Risk management in the compensation approach and joint meeting with 
BoD Risk Committee 
Regulatory activities impacting employees and engagement with regulators 

11 The Compensation Committee held two meetings in December 2019. 

Compensation governance 

July 

Sept 

Oct 

Nov 

Dec¹ 

Jan 

Feb 
















































































The table below provides an overview of compensation governance by specific role. 

RReecciippiieennttss 

CCoommppeennssaattiioonn rreeccoommmmeennddaattiioonnss pprrooppoosseedd bbyy 

AApppprroovveedd bbyy 

CChhaaiirrmmaann ooff tthhee BBooDD 

Chairperson of the Compensation Committee 

Compensation Committee1 

IInnddeeppeennddeenntt BBooDD mmeemmbbeerrss 
((rreemmuunneerraattiioonn ssyysstteemm aanndd ffeeeess)) 

Compensation Committee and Chairman of the BoD 

GGrroouupp CCEEOO 

Compensation Committee and Chairman of the BoD 

OOtthheerr GGEEBB mmeemmbbeerrss 

Compensation Committee and Group CEO 

BoD1 

BoD1 

BoD1 

KKeeyy RRiisskk TTaakkeerrss ((KKRRTTss)) // 
((sseenniioorr)) eemmppllooyyeeeess 

Respective GEB member together with functional management 
team 

Individual compensation for KRTs and senior employees: Group CEO 

Performance award pool for all employees: BoD 

11 Aggregate compensation for the GEB and aggregate remuneration for the BoD are subject to shareholder approval. 

260 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
     
  
  
 
 
Compensation for the Group CEO and the 
other GEB members 

Performance assessment 

Annual  performance  awards  for  the  Group  CEO  and  the  other 
Group  Executive  Board  (GEB)  members  are  based  on  the  GEB 
compensation  determination  process  as  outlined  below  and,  in 
aggregate, subject to shareholder approval at the AGM. 

We assess the GEB members’ performance against a number 
of  financial  targets  and  goals  related  to  Pillars,  Principles  and 
Behaviors. The financial measures for the Group CEO are based 
on  overall  Group  performance.  For  the  other  GEB  members, 
such  measures  are  based  on  both  Group  performance  and  the 
performance  of  the  relevant  business  division  and/or  region; 
the 
those  who 
performance of the Group and the function they oversee. 

functions  are  assessed  on 

lead  Group 

The  weighting  between  Group,  business  division,  regional 
and  functional  measures  varies  depending  on  a  GEB  member’s 
role. A significant weight is given to Group measures for all GEB 
members.  The  achievements  relative  to  goals  related  to  Pillars 
and  Principles  are  additional  factors  for  assessing  the  overall 
quality  and  sustainability  of  the  financial  results.  We  have 
adjusted  the  metric  and  goal  weightings  and  enhanced  the 
transparency  of  the  respective  disclosure.  New  for  2019,  the 
financial  measures  account  for  70%  of  the  assessment  while 
Pillars and Principles account for 15% and Behaviors account for 
the remaining 15%. 

Overview of the GEB compensation determination process 

The  compensation  for  the  Group  CEO  and  the  other  GEB  members  is  governed  by  a  rigorous  process  under  Compensation 
Committee and BoD oversight. The chart below shows how compensation for all GEB members is determined. 

The Compensation Committee is involved at all stages of the performance and total compensation decision-making process for  the Group CEO 
and the other GEB members, for review and approval by the BoD. 

Objective setting 

Performance assessment 

Delivery and deferral 

Financial results are assessed quantitatively. 

Achievements relative to goals related to Pillars 
and Principles (including ESG-related goals) and 
Behaviors are assessed qualitatively, based on a 
five-point scale. 

When determining actual pay levels, the 
Compensation Committee factors in: 
•  financial performance 
•  performance assessment 
•  relative performance versus peers 
•  compensation market value and trends 
•  other parameters deemed relevant 

Financial targets are based on Group, business 
division, regional and/or functional performance 
measures (depending on the role of the GEB 
member). 

Financial targets and goals related to Pillars, 
Principles (including ESG-related goals) and 
Behaviors reflect the strategic priorities 
determined by the Chairman and the BoD. 

Financial targets weight: 70% 
Pillars and Principles weight: 15% 
Behaviors weight: 15% 

s
s
e
c
o
r
p

i

g
n
k
a
m
-
n
o
i
s
i
c
e
D

e
h
t

f
o
e
o
R

l

e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
C

•  Together with the BoD Chairman establishes the 

objectives for the Group CEO. 

•  Together with the Group CEO reviews objectives 

•  Together with the BoD Chairman evaluates the 
performance of the Group CEO and determines 
the overall assessment. 

for the other GEB members. 

•  Together with the Group CEO reviews the 
performance assessment for the other 
GEB members. 

Final compensation decisions for GEB members 
consider the Group CEO’s recommendation  
(the Group CEO makes no recommendation on 
his own awards). 

Proposes to the BoD: 
•  together with the BoD Chairman, the total 

individual compensation for the Group CEO; and 
•  together with the Group CEO, the total individual 

compensation for the other GEB members. 

The final decision on the aggregrate amount is 
subject to shareholder approval. 

261 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

The  performance  assessment 

is  the  starting  point  for 
determining  a  GEB  member’s  annual  performance  award. 
Financial measures are assessed quantitatively based on full-year 
financial  results  versus  predetermined  targets  and  plan  figures. 
The  outcome  for  each  financial  measure  is  expressed  as  an 
achievement.  Pillars,  Principles  and  Behaviors  are  assessed 
qualitatively based on the five-point scale outlined below, which 
requires  a  “significantly  exceeded  expectations”  goal  rating  to 
provide  a  100%  achievement  score.  The  total  of  all  weighted 
achievement  scores  across  financial  measures  and  qualitative 
goals cannot exceed 100%. 

Overview of the performance assessment measures 

The Compensation Committee can still exercise its judgment 
with  respect  to  the  performance  achieved  relative  to  the  prior 
year,  the  strategic  plan  and  competitors,  and  considers  the 
Group CEO’s recommendation. The Compensation Committee’s 
recommendations are then reviewed and subject to approval by 
the BoD. 

The Compensation Committee, and then the full BoD, follows 
a  similar  process  in  setting  the  compensation  for  the  Group 
CEO, except that the recommendation is from the Chairman of 
the BoD. 

The table below presents the measures for the 2019 performance assessment of the Group CEO and GEB members. 

Group measures 
Group measures

A range of financial measures including adjusted Group profit before tax, adjusted Group cost / income ratio, reported return on 
CET1 capital, CET1 ratios. 

Business division, regional and/or functional 
Business division, regional and/or functional
measures (if applicable)1 
measures (if applicable)1

Business division and/or regional measures vary but may include: net new money growth rate, adjusted divisional / regional profit 
before tax, adjusted cost / income ratio, net new business volume growth rate, net interest margin, adjusted RoAE, Basel III RWA 
and LRD expectations. 
Specific functional measures for Corporate Center GEB members. 

Pillars 
Pillars

Capital strength 

Establishes and maintains capital. Generates efficiencies and deploys our capital more efficiently and effectively. 

Efficiency and effectiveness 

Contributes to the development and execution of our strategy and success across all business lines, functions and regions. 
Considers market conditions, relative performance and other factors. 

Risk management 

Reinforces risk management through an effective control framework. Captures the degree to which risks are self-identified and 
focuses on the individual’s success to comply with all the various regulatory frameworks. Helps shape the firm’s relationship with 
regulators through ongoing dialog. 

Principles 
Principles

Client focus 

Excellence 

Sustainable performance 

Increases client satisfaction and maintains high levels of satisfaction over the long term. This includes promoting collaboration 
across business divisions and fostering the delivery of the whole firm to our clients. 

Human Capital Management – develops successors for the most senior positions, facilitates talent mobility within the firm and 
promotes a diverse and inclusive workforce. 
Product and Service Quality – strives for excellence in the products and services we offer to our clients. 

Brand and Reputation – protects the Group’s reputation and reinforces full compliance with our standards and principles. 
Culture and Growth – takes a personal role in making Principles and Behaviors front and center of the business requirements, 
including a focus on sustainable growth. Furthermore, this measure evaluates the individual’s ability to reinforce a culture of 
accountability and responsibility, demonstrating our commitment to be a responsible corporate citizen and reinforcing our collective 
behaviors. 

BBeehhaavviioorrss 

Integrity 

Is responsible and accountable for what they say and do; cares about clients, investors, and colleagues; acts as a role model. 

Collaboration 

Places the interests of clients and the firm before their own and those of their business; works across the firm; respects and values 
diverse perspectives. 

Challenge 

Encourages self and others to constructively challenge the status quo; learns from mistakes and experiences. 

11 Both regional and functional measures may include qualitative measures. 

Qualitative performance assessment scale 

The table below presents the five-point scale used for the qualitative assessment of the performance against goals related to Pillars, 
Principles and Behaviors. 

BBeellooww eexxppeeccttaattiioonnss 

MMeett mmoosstt eexxppeeccttaattiioonnss 

MMeett eexxppeeccttaattiioonnss 

EExxcceeeeddeedd eexxppeeccttaattiioonnss 

SSiiggnniiff.. eexxcceeeeddeedd eexxppeeccttaattiioonnss 

Performance failed to meet the 
standard expected, immediate 
improvement required 

Reasonable performance, but not 
consistently up to the standard 
expected, some improvement 
required 

Performance consistently met 
standard expected, may have 
exceeded a few goals 

Performance exceeded most 
expectations on a regular basis 

Consistently achieved truly 
exceptional results 

Achievement score: 0–30% 

Achievement score: 40% 

Achievement score: 60% 

Achievement score: 80% 

Achievement score: 100% 

262 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019 compensation for the Group Chief Executive Officer 

The performance award for the Group CEO, Sergio P. Ermotti, is 
based on the achievement of financial performance targets and 
qualitative  goal  achievements  relative  to  Pillars,  Principles  and 
Behaviors, as described earlier in this section. These targets and 
goals  were  set  to  reflect  the  strategic  priorities  determined  by 
judge  the  quality  and 
the  Chairman  and  the  BoD.  To 
sustainability  of 
the  Compensation 
Committee considers in the qualitative goal assessment a range 
of  additional  factors  including  relative  performance  and  market 
conditions,  as  well  as  ESG-related  aspects,  such  as  client 
satisfaction, employee satisfaction, talent management, diversity 
and inclusion, sustainable business practice, sustainable finance, 
and philanthropy. 

financial 

results, 

the 

the  presentation 

The  table  below  illustrates  the  assessment  criteria  used  to 
evaluate  the  achievements  of  Mr.  Ermotti  as  Group  CEO  for 
2019.  We  enhanced 
these 
disclosures  by  outlining  the  annual  target,  the  results,  the 
achievement and the weighted assessment. With respect to the 
non-financial  targets,  we  have  also  aligned  100%  with 
“significantly  exceeded  expectations.”  As  a  result,  a  “met 
expectations”  results  in  60%  versus  100%  for  “significantly 
exceeded expectations.” 

regarding 

  Refer to the “Compensation philosophy and framework” 

section of this report for more information 

Performance assessment for the Group CEO 

The  BoD  recognized  Mr.  Ermotti’s  successful  leadership  in  preparing  and  positioning  the  Group  for  the  future  while 
effectively  navigating  it  through  another  challenging  year  marked  by  geopolitical  and  macro  uncertainty  as  well  as  difficult 
external  conditions  including  sustained  negative  interest  rates  and  significant  efforts  to  mitigate  the  impact  of  the  French  cross-
border matter on the firm.  

Weight 

Performance 
measures 

2019 
Annual 
target 

2019 
Results 

Achieve-
ment 

Weighted 
assess-
ment 

2019 Commentary 

30% 

Return on CET1 
capital 

15% 

12.4% 

83% 

25% 

20% 

Adjusted Group 
profit before tax 

USD 6.9 
billion 

USD 6.0 
billion 

88% 

18% 

Financial 
perfor-
mance 

10% 

Adjusted cost / 
income ratio 

77% 

78.9% 

81%2 

8%2 

10% 

Capital management 
CET1 capital ratio 
CET1 leverage ratio 
Post-stress CET1 
capital ratio 

13.0% 
3.7% 
Above 
target 

13.7% 
3.9% 
Achieved 

100% 
100% 
100% 

10% 

– 

The Group achieved a reported 
return on CET1 capital of 12.4% 
(versus 13.1% in 2018). 

– 

The Group achieved an adjusted1 
profit before tax of USD 6 billion, 
in line with 2018 results. 

– 

Despite additional regulatory cost  pressure, 
costs were effectively managed down but 
did not completely offset  revenue 
shortfalls, resulting in a cost / income 
ratio of 78.9% (versus 79.5% in 2018). 

– 

The capital position was successfully 
managed, allowing for increased 
capital distributions / buybacks to 
shareholders while maintaining a 
strong CET1 capital ratio of 13.7% 
and a CET1 leverage ratio of 3.9%. 

11 Refer to “Group performance” in the “Financial and operating performance” section of this report for more information on adjusted results. 
between actual and target affects the score by 10%. 

22 For the assessment of the cost / income ratio,  each 1% difference 

263 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

Performance assessment for the Group CEO (continued) 

-
Perfor 
mance 
measures 

Achieve-
ment 

Weighted 
assess-
ment 

Weight 

2019 Commentary 

– 

Under Mr. Ermotti’s leadership, capital distribution targets were deliv-
ered upon while maintaining the firm’s balance sheet strength. While 
progress was achieved on a number of growth and synergy initia-
tives across divisions, functions and regions, the Group did not 
fully deliver on growth and return targets, in particular in the 
Global Wealth Management and Investment Bank divisions. 
Mr. Ermotti further increased the focus on positioning UBS for the 
future through various efforts including entering into strategic partner-
ships and executed on the defined technology strategy.  
Mr. Ermotti continued his dedication to and personal engagement 
with clients and ensured further progress was made throughout the 
firm in enhancing client centricity, providing high-quality, state-of-
the-art products and services, leveraging new technologies and 
strengthening the digital offering. 
Mr. Ermotti led the organization in its continued focus on ESG topics, 
demonstrated by the Group’s recognition as industry leader in the 
Dow Jones Sustainability Indices for the fifth consecutive year, 
confirming the progress made toward achieving the ambitions in sus-
tainable finance, philanthropy, sustainable business practices 
and being an employer of choice. 
Mr. Ermotti further enhanced the focus on improvements in the Group’s 
risk profile and progressed initiatives to meet regulatory require-
ments. 
In 2019, Mr. Ermotti integrated new GEB members into his leadership 
team and made changes through internal promotion as well as attracting 
external talent. He also continued to drive talent development, succes-
sion planning and internal mobility throughout the organization. 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Mr. Ermotti set a clear and consistent tone from the top and 
role-modeled the UBS behaviors. He continued to encourage 
constructive challenge, displaying his strong commitment for continuous 
improvement, and drove the organization toward stronger collaboration 
in the interest of clients. 
He remained the most important ambassador to the Group’s culture 
and behavior program and continued to personally champion the 
behavior principles across the organization. 

15% 

Pillars and 
Principles 

Met 
expecta-
tions 

(60%) 

9% 

Quali-
tative 
goals 

15% 

Behaviors 

Exceeded 
expecta-
tions 

(80%) 

12% 

Total weighted assessment 
(maximum 100%) 

81% 

in  2019  and 
In  addition  to  Mr.  Ermotti’s  achievements 
underlying performance, the BoD also considered other factors, 
including  the  impact  of  the  French  cross-border  matter  on  the 
firm and the resulting share price development. 

The  BoD  approved  the  proposal  by  the  Compensation 
Committee  to  grant  Mr.  Ermotti  a  performance  award  of 
CHF 9.7 million (down 14% from CHF 11.3 million in 2018), 
resulting  in  a  total  compensation  for  the  year  of  CHF 12.2 
million  (excluding  benefits  and  contributions  to  his  retirement 
benefit plan). 

The performance award is subject to shareholder approval as 
part of the aggregate GEB 2019 variable compensation and will 
be  delivered  20%  (CHF 1.9  million)  in  cash  and  the  remaining 
80% 
(CHF 7.8  million)  subject  to  deferral  and  forfeiture 
provisions,  as  well  as  meeting  performance  conditions  over  five 
years. 

Furthermore,  CHF 1.5  million  of  the  2019  LTIP  award  for 
Mr. Ermotti is entirely at risk and subject to forfeiture based on 
the final cost associated with the resolution of the French cross-
border matter, as noted in other sections of this report. 

264 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019 total compensation for the GEB members 

The GEB performance awards are subject to approval by the BoD 
based  on  the  assessment  of  financial  targets,  as  well  as  goals 
related  to  Pillars,  Principles  and  Behaviors  and,  in  aggregate, 
subject  to  shareholder  approval.  The  aggregate  performance 
award pool for the GEB was CHF 70.3 million (USD 70.7 million) 
for 2019, a decrease of 14% compared with the prior year on a 
per capita basis. This decrease is in line with the decrease in the 
overall performance award pool of the firm. Group profit before 
tax decreased 7% to USD 5.6 billion while adjusted profit before 
tax decreased slightly to USD 6.0 billion. 

The Compensation Committee has confirmed that performance 
conditions for all GEB members’ awards due to vest in March 2020 
have been satisfied, and thus the awards will vest in full. 

At  the  2020  AGM,  shareholders  will  vote  on  the  aggregate 
2019  total  variable  compensation  for  the  GEB  in  Swiss  francs. 
Therefore, the tables below provide the awarded compensation 
for  the  Group  CEO  and  the  GEB  members  in  Swiss  francs  and, 
for  reference,  the  total  amounts  in  US  dollars  for  comparability 
with financial performance. The individual variable performance 
awards  for  each  GEB  member  will  only  be  confirmed  upon 
shareholder approval at the AGM. 

  Refer to “Provisions of the Articles of Association related to 
compensation” in the “Supplemental Information” section of 

this report for more information 

Audited | 
Total compensation for GEB members1 

Group CEO Sergio P. Ermotti (highest paid) 

CHF, except where indicated 

USD (for reference)2 

FFoorr tthhee 
yyeeaarr 
22001199 

Base salary 
2,500,000 

Contribution 
to retirement 
benefit 
plans3 
244,353 

Benefits4 
65,048 

TToottaall ffiixxeedd 
--
ccoommppeennssaa
ttiioonn 
22,,880099,,440011 

Cash5 
1,940,000 

Performance 
award 
under LTIP6/ 
EOP7 
4,850,000 

Performance 
award 
under 
DCCP8 
2,910,000 

TToottaall 
vvaarriiaabbllee 
--
ccoommppeennssaa
ttiioonn 
99,,770000,,000000 

TToottaall ffiixxeedd 
-
aanndd vvaarrii
-
--
aabbllee ccoomm
ppeennssaattiioonn99 
1122,,550099,,440011 

Total fixed 
compensa-
tion 
2,826,303 

Total 
variable 
compensa-
tion 
9,758,356 

Total fixed 
and vari-
able com-
pensation9 
12,584,659 

22001188 

2,500,000 

261,181 

62,813 

22,,882233,,999944 

2,000,000 

5,910,000 

3,390,000 

1111,,330000,,000000 

1144,,112233,,999944 

Aggregate of all GEB members10,11,12,13 

CHF, except where indicated 

FFoorr tthhee 
yyeeaarr 
22001199 

Base 
salary14 
28,169,646 

Contribution 
to retirement 
benefit 
plans3 
2,333,935 

Benefits4 
1,350,439 

TToottaall ffiixxeedd 
--
ccoommppeennssaa
ttiioonn 

Performance 
award 
under 
DCCP8 
3311,,885544,,002200  14,050,000  35,125,000  21,075,000 

Performance 
award 
under LTIP6/ 
EOP7 

Cash5 

USD (for reference)2 

TToottaall 
vvaarriiaabbllee 
--
ccoommppeennssaa
ttiioonn 
7700,,225500,,000000 

TToottaall ffiixxeedd 
-
aanndd vvaarrii
-
--
aabbllee ccoomm
ppeennssaattiioonn99 
110022,,110044,,002200 

Total fixed 
compensa-
tion 
32,045,656 

Total 
variable 
compensa-
tion 

Total fixed 
and vari-
able com-
pensation9 
70,672,629  102,718,285 

22001188 

22,948,016 

2,540,085 

2,042,509 

2277,,553300,,661100  14,269,889  37,040,111  21,990,000 

7733,,330000,,000000 

110000,,883300,,661100 

11 Local currencies have been translated into Swiss francs at the relevant year-end closing exchange rates, or at the performance award currency exchange rate.  22 Swiss franc amounts have been translated into US 
dollars for reference at the 2019 performance award currency exchange rate of CHF / USD 1.006.   33 Includes the portion related to the employer’s contribution to the statutory pension scheme.   44 All benefits are 
valued at market price.   55 For GEB members who are also MRTs or SMFs, the cash portion includes blocked shares.   66 LTIP awards for performance year 2019 were awarded at a value of 62.25% of maximum 
which reflects our best estimate of the fair value of the award. The maximum number of shares is determined by dividing the awarded amount by the fair value of the award at the date of grant, divided by CHF 
77 For EOP awards for the performance year 2018, the number of shares 
12.919 or USD 13.141, the average closing price of UBS shares over the last ten trading days leading up to and including the grant date. 
was determined by dividing the amount by CHF 12.622 or USD 12.610, the average closing price of UBS shares over the last ten trading days leading up to and including the grant date.    88 The amounts reflect the 
amount  of  the  notional  additional  tier  1  (AT1)  capital  instrument  excluding  future  notional  interest.  For  DCCP  awards  for  the  performance  year  2019,  the  notional  interest  rate  is  set  at  3.90%  for  awards 
denominated in US dollars and 1.50% for awards denominated in Swiss francs. For DCCP awards for the performance year 2018, the notional interest rate is set at 6.85% for awards denominated in US dollars and 
99 Excludes the portion related to the legally required employer’s social security contributions for 2019 and 2018, which are estimated at grant at CHF 4,969,844 
3.40% for awards denominated in Swiss francs. 
and CHF 5,175,418, respectively, of which CHF 797,938 and CHF 886,455, respectively, for the highest-paid GEB member. The legally required employees’ social security contributions are included in the amounts 
shown in the table above, as appropriate.    1100 Thirteen GEB members were in office on 31 December 2019 including three new GEB members, one appointed on 1 January 2019 and two on 1 October 2019; three 
GEB members stepped down, one on 31 December 2018 and two on 30 September 2019. Thirteen GEB members were in office on 31 December 2018 including two new GEB members appointed on 1 October 
2018 and one on 1 November 2018; two GEB members stepped down on 31 December 2017 and 30 September 2018.    1111 2019 includes compensation for three months paid under the employment contract 
during the notice period for one GEB member who stepped down on 30 September 2018 as well as compensation for two GEB members who stepped down on 30 September 2019 for nine months in office as GEB 
members plus for three months paid under the employment contract during the notice period. 2018 includes compensation for six months paid under the employment contract during the notice period for one GEB 
member who stepped down on 31 December 2017, as well as compensation for one GEB member who stepped down on 30 September 2018 for nine months in office as a GEB member plus for three months paid 
under the employment contract during the notice period.     1122  2019 includes compensation for one newly appointed GEB member for 12 months in office as a GEB member and for two newly appointed GEB 
members for three months in office as GEB members. 2018 includes compensation for two newly appointed GEB members for three months in office as GEB members, and for one newly appointed GEB member for 
two months in office as a GEB member.    1133 For 2019, Iqbal Khan received a one-time replacement award of CHF 8,053,022. This replacement award is not included in the above table; including this, the 2019 total 
aggregate compensation of all GEB members is CHF 110,157,042.    1144 Includes role-based allowances in line with market practice in response to regulatory requirements. 



265 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
    
  
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

Total realized compensation for Sergio P. Ermotti 

To  further  illustrate  the  effect  of  our  lengthy  deferral  approach 
realized 
in  place  since  2012,  we  disclose 
compensation  of  Sergio  P.  Ermotti,  including  a  multi-year 
comparison with his total awarded compensation. 

the  annual 

The realized compensation reflects the total amount paid out 
in the year. It includes the base salary, cash performance award 

payments,  and  all  deferred  performance  awards  vested  in  the 
year. As such, realized pay is the natural culmination of awards 
granted and approved by shareholders in previous years. 

The  table  below  provides  information  on  the  total  awarded 
and realized compensation paid out to Sergio P. Ermotti since his 
appointment (excluding 2011 salary earned). 

Total realized compensation vs awarded compensation for Sergio P. Ermotti¹ 
CHF 

FFoorr tthhee yyeeaarr 
22001199
22001188
22001177
22001166
22001155
22001144
22001133
22001122
11 Appointed on 24 September 2011 as Group CEO ad interim and confirmed on 15 November 2011. 
(discontinued in 2012).    33 Cash Balance Plan installments. For 2012, due to applicable UK FSA regulations, deferred cash includes blocked shares. 
installments paid out under the EOP, Senior Executive Equity Ownership Plan (SEEOP, discontinued in 2012) and Performance Equity Plan (PEP, discontinued in 2012). 
benefit plans and benefits. Includes social security contributions paid by Sergio P. Ermotti but excludes the portion related to the legally required social security contributions paid by UBS.  

AAwwaarrddeedd 
Total awarded 
fixed and variable 
compensation6 
 12,200,000 
 13,800,000 
 13,900,000 
 13,400,000 
 14,000,000 
 10,900,000 
 10,400,000 
 8,600,000 
22 Paid out based on previous performance year. For 2012 this includes Cash Balance Plan installments 
44  Excludes dividend / interest payments.    55  Includes all 
66  Excludes contributions to retirement 

RReeaalliizzeedd 
TToottaall rreeaalliizzeedd 
ffiixxeedd aanndd vvaarriiaabbllee 
ccoommppeennssaattiioonn66 
1111,,440033,,774411
 11,926,563
 6,451,043
 5,167,128
 3,518,440
 4,410,658
 3,273,245
 3,606,400

Performance 
award under 
equity plans4,5 
 4,533,741
 4,986,563
 2,951,043
 1,667,128
 1,018,440
 537,217
 423,623
 0

Performance 
award under 
DCCP4 
 2,370,000 
 2,440,000
 0
 0
 0
 0
 0
 0

Deferred cash 
award3,4 
 0
 0
 0
 0
 0
 373,441
 349,622
 553,200

Cash award2 
 2,000,000
 2,000,000
 1,000,000
 1,000,000
 0
 1,000,000
 0
 553,2003 

Base salary 
 2,500,000
 2,500,000
 2,500,000
 2,500,000
 2,500,000
 2,500,000
 2,500,000
 2,500,000

The  chart  below  further  illustrates  the  effect  of  our  deferral 
approach  over  time.  The  bars  for  realized  pay  show  which 
components  (base  salary,  cash,  equity  plans,  DCCP)  deliver  the 
realized  compensation  in  the  year  indicated  and  for  which  year 
the respective component was initially awarded. 

The  bars  for  awarded  compensation  show  the  split  between 
fixed  compensation  (base  salary)  and  variable  compensation 
(cash  component  and  deferred  awards)  and  highlight  that  a 
significant portion of the variable compensation is deferred. 

CHF million1 

14.0 

13.4 

13.9 

13.8 

10.4 

10.9 

Deferred 

Deferred 

8.6 

Deferred 

3.6 

2011 

Base 
salary 

2012 

3.3 
2011 
2011 

2013 

Cash 

Base 
salary 

Base 
salary 

4.4 
2011 

2013 

2011 

2014 

3.5 

2011 

2015 

Cash 

Base 
salary 

Deferred 

Deferred 

Deferred 

Deferred 

5.2 

2012 

2011 

2015 

Cash 

Cash 

6.5 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2016 

11.9 

2012 

2014 

2013 

2012 

12.2 

11.4 

2013 

Deferred 

2015 

2014 

2013 

Cash 

2017 

Cash 

2018 

Base 
salary 

2016 

Base 
salary 

2017 

Base 
salary 

2018 

Base 
salary 

2019 

Awarded  Realized 

Awarded 

Realized 

Awarded 

Realized 

Awarded 

Realized 

Awarded 

Realized 

Awarded 

Realized 

Awarded 

Realized 

Awarded 

Realized 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

Base salary 

Cash2 

Equity plans3 vesting from previous years 

DCCP vesting from previous years 

11 Excludes contributions to retirement benefit plans and benefits. Includes social security contributions paid by Sergio P. Ermotti but excludes the portion related to the legally required social security contributions paid 
by UBS.   22 Paid out based on previous performance year. 2012, 2013 and 2014 include Cash Balance Plan installments. 
33 Includes all installments paid out under respective EOP, SEEOP and PEP plans, excludes 
dividend payments. 

266 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
      
   
Board of Directors compensation 

Chairman of the BoD 

Under the leadership of the Chairman, Axel A. Weber, the Board 
of  Directors  (the  BoD)  determines,  among  other  things,  the 
strategy for the Group based on recommendations by the Group 
CEO,  exercises  ultimate  supervision  over  management  and 
appoints all GEB members. 

communication  with 

The  Chairman  presides  over  all  general  meetings  of 
shareholders  and  the  BoD,  and  works  with  the  committee 
chairpersons  to  coordinate  the  work  of  all  BoD  committees. 
Together  with  the  Group  CEO,  the  Chairman  is  responsible  for 
effective 
shareholders  and  other 
stakeholders,  including  clients,  government  officials,  regulators 
and  public  organizations.  This  is  in  addition  to  establishing  and 
maintaining  a  close  working  relationship  with  the  Group  CEO 
and  other  GEB  members,  and  providing  advice  and  support 
when  appropriate,  as  well  as  continuing  to  strengthen  and 
promote  our  culture  through  the  three  keys  to  success  –  our 
Pillars, Principles and Behaviors. 

The Chairman’s total compensation for the period from AGM 
to  AGM  is  contractually  fixed  without  any  variable  component. 
For  the  current  period  from  the  2019  AGM  to  the  2020  AGM 
and in line with the reduction of the fees for independent Board 
members effective from the 2020 AGM, as explained later in this 
section, his total compensation has been reduced by 14% from 
CHF 5.7  million  to  CHF 4.9  million,  excluding  benefits  and 
pension fund contributions. The Chairman’s total compensation 
for  the  current  period  consisted  of  a  cash  payment  of  CHF 3.5 
million and a share component of CHF 1.4 million consisting of 
108,367 UBS shares at CHF 12.919 per share. 

Accordingly, his total reward, including benefits and pension 
fund  contributions  for  his  service  as  Chairman  for  the  current 
period, was CHF 5,235,143. 

  Refer to “Board of Directors” in the “Corporate governance” 

section of this report for more information about the 

responsibilities of the Chairman 

The  share  component  aligns  the  Chairman’s  pay  with  the 
Group’s  long-term  performance.  While  the  size  of  the  share 
award  continues  to  be  contractually  fixed,  the  vesting  of  a 
portion of the share award for the current period is linked to the 
final resolution of the French cross-border matter. This portion is 
entirely  at  risk  and  subject  to  forfeiture  based  on  the  final  cost 
associated with the resolution of the matter. If the French cross-
border  matter  is  unresolved  at  the  time  the  2019  award  is 
expected to vest, this portion continues to be at risk, contingent 
upon the final resolution of this matter. This vesting condition is 
identical  with  the  new  vesting  condition  introduced  for  the 
Group  CEO  and  certain  other  GEB  members  on  a  portion  of 
their 2019 LTIP award. This further demonstrates the Chairman’s 
alignment with shareholders on this matter. The remaining share 
award is fully vested but blocked for four years. 

Contractually fixed total compensation of the Chairman 

Unvested share 
award 
CHF 0.6 million 

•  Up to CHF 0.6 million: final vesting amount is linked 
to final resolution of the French cross-border matter 

•  Entire portion is fully at risk and subject to 

forfeiture based on the final cost associated with 
the resolution of the matter 

Blocked share award 
CHF 0.8 million 

•  Fully vested but blocked for 4 years 

Cash payment 
CHF 3.5 million 

The  Chairman’s  employment  agreement  does  not  provide  for 
severance  terms  or  supplementary  contributions  to  pension 
plans.  Benefits  for  the  Chairman  are  in  line  with  local  practices 
for UBS employees. The Chair of the Compensation Committee 
proposes  and  the  Compensation  Committee  approves  the 
Chairman’s  compensation  annually  for  the  upcoming  AGM  to 
AGM  period,  taking  into  consideration  fee  or  compensation 
levels for comparable roles based on our core financial industry 
peers  as  well  as  other  relevant  leading  Swiss  companies  as 
included in the Swiss Market Index. 

Audited | 
Compensation details and additional information for non-independent BoD members 

CHF, except where indicated 

Name, function1 
Axel A. Weber, Chairman 

FFoorr tthhee ppeerriioodd 
AAGGMM ttoo AAGGMM22 
22001199//22002200

Base salary 
 3,500,000

Annual share 
award3 
 1,400,000

22001188//22001199

 3,500,000

 2,200,000

Contributions 
to retirement 
benefit plans5 
 244,353 

 255,572 

Benefits4 
 90,790

 69,230

TToottaall66 
55,,223355,,114433

66,,002244,,880022 

USD 
(for reference) 

Total6,7 
 5,266,638 

11 Axel A. Weber was the only non-independent member in office on 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018.    22 The change in reporting period from “financial year” to “AGM to AGM” results in a different 
total compensation for the period from the 2018 AGM to the 2019 AGM than previously reported for “financial year 2018”, which was CHF 6,033,422. The difference in the total compensation is due to varying 
benefits and contributions to retirement benefit plans.  33 These shares are blocked for four years.    44 Benefits are all valued at market price. For the period from the 2019 AGM to the 2020 AGM, benefits amount 
is an estimate.    55 Includes the portion related to UBS’s contribution to the statutory pension scheme. For the period from the 2019 AGM to the 2020 AGM, contribution to retirement benefit plans amount is an 
66 Excludes the portion related to the legally required social security contributions paid by UBS, which for the period from the 2019 AGM to the 2020 AGM is estimated at grant at CHF 323,677 and for 
estimate. 
the period from the 2018 AGM to the 2019 AGM at CHF 369,772. The legally required social security contributions paid by the non-independent BoD members are included in the amounts shown in this table, as 
appropriate.    77 Swiss franc amounts have been translated into US dollars for reference at the 2019 performance award currency exchange rate of CHF / USD 1.006. 



267 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

Independent BoD members 

All BoD members except the Chairman are deemed independent 
directors and receive a fixed base fee and additional committee 
fees for their services on the firm’s various board committees as 
outlined  in  the  below  table.  For  the  current  period  from  the 
2019  AGM  to  the  2020  AGM  the  remuneration  framework 
remains unchanged. 

In the current period, the roles of Senior Independent Director 
and Vice Chairman are both held by one Board member, hence 
the  additional  payment  for  both  roles  is  only  paid  once. 
Independent  BoD  members  must  use  a  minimum  of  50%  of 
their  fees  to  purchase  UBS  shares,  which  are  blocked  for  four 
years.  They  may  elect  to  use  up  to  100%  of  their  fees  to 
purchase blocked UBS shares. In all cases, the number of shares 
is calculated at a discount of 15% on the average closing price 
of  the  10  trading  days  leading  up  to  and  including  the  grant 
date.  Independent  BoD  members  do  not  receive  performance 
awards, severance payments or benefits. 

At  each  AGM,  shareholders  are  invited  to  approve  the 
aggregate  amount  of  BoD  remuneration  in  Swiss  francs, 
including compensation of the Chairman, which applies until the 
next AGM. The tables on the following page provide details on 
the  compensation  for  the  independent  BoD  members  in  Swiss 
francs, and, for reference, the total amounts in US dollars. 

The remuneration framework for independent BoD members 
is subject to an annual review based on a proposal submitted by 
the  Chairman  of  the  BoD  to  the  Compensation  Committee, 
which  in  turn  submits  a  recommendation  to  the  BoD  for 
approval. 

Remuneration framework for independent BoD members 

In  our  2019  review  of  all  elements  of  our  compensation 
framework  we  also  reflected  on  our  BoD  remuneration 
framework.  We  concluded  that  our  overall  approach  for 
independent Board member compensation remains appropriate. 
However, a number of adjustments have been made to simplify 
and  rebalance  the  fee  structure  while  maintaining  it  at  a 
competitive level. These changes led to a total fee reduction of 
approximately  14%  (depending  on  allocation  of  committee 
membership).  The  below  summarizes  the  adjustments  which 
become  effective  for  the  period  from  the  2020  AGM  to  the 
2021 AGM. 
– 

The fixed base fees, which had been broadly flat since 1998, 
have been reduced from CHF 325,000 to CHF 300,000. 
While the additional committee fees reflect the work required 
on these committees, the fees for the Chairs of the Risk and 
the  Compensation  Committees  have  been  reduced  by 
CHF 50,000 and CHF 100,000, respectively. 
We have substantially reduced the additional payment for the 
Senior  Independent  Director  and  Vice  Chairman  roles  to 
CHF 150,000, a reduction of CHF 100,000. In case both roles 
are allocated to one Board member, the fee will only be paid 
once.  
Independent BoD members must still use a minimum of 50% 
of  their  fees  to  purchase  UBS  shares,  which  are  blocked  for 
four years, and they may continue to elect to use up to 100% 
of  their  fees  to  purchase  blocked  UBS  shares.  We  have, 
however, eliminated the 15% discount at which independent 
Board  members  were  previously  entitled  to  purchase  these 
shares. 

– 

– 

– 

CHF 

Fixed base fee 

Additional fees 

2019 AGM 
to 2020 AGM1 
325,000 

2020 AGM 
to 2021 AGM2 

300,000 

Pay mix 

Delivery 

Senior Independent Director / Vice Chairman 

250,000 

150,000 

Blocked 
shares 

At least 
50% 

Additional committee fees 

Chair 

Member 

Chair  Member 

Audit Committee 

Compensation Committee 

300,000  200,000 

300,000  200,000 

300,000  100,000 

200,000  100,000 

Governance and Nominating Committee 

Corporate Culture and Responsibility Committee 

100,000 

50,000 

100,000 

50,000 

Cash 

Risk Committee 

400,000  200,000 

350,000  200,000 

AGM-
to-AGM 
period 

Up to 
50% 

grant 
 year 

year 1 

year 2 

year 3 

year 4 

1  UBS shares (at least 50% of fees) are granted with a price discount of 15% and are blocked for four years.  2 The share price  discount of 15% will be eliminated effective from the 2020 AGM onwards; the 
requirement to use at least 50% of the fees to purchase UBS shares blocked for four years remains unchanged. 

268 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Audited | 
Total payments to BoD members 
CHF, except where indicated 

Aggregate of all BoD members 

FFoorr tthhee ppeerriioodd AAGGMM ttoo AAGGMM11 

TToottaall22 

USD (for reference) 
Total2,3 

22001199//22002200 

1122,,551100,,114433

 12,585,405 

22001188//22001199 

1133,,444499,,880022 

11 The change in reporting period from “financial year” to “AGM to AGM” for the Chairman results in a different total compensation for the period from the 2018 AGM to the 2019 AGM than previously reported 
for “financial year 2018”, which was CHF 13,458,422. The difference in the total compensation is due to varying benefits and contributions to retirement benefit plans for the Chairman.  22 Includes social security 
contributions paid by the BoD members but excludes the portion related to the legally required social security contributions paid by UBS, which for the period from the 2019 AGM to the 2020 AGM is estimated at 
grant at CHF 662,357 and for the period from the 2018 AGM to the 2019 AGM at CHF 831,552.    33 Swiss franc amounts have been translated into US dollars for reference at the 2019 performance award currency 
exchange rate of CHF / USD 1.006. 



Audited | 
Remuneration details and additional information for independent BoD members 
CHF, except where indicated 

e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C
y
t
i
l
i

b
i
s
n
o
p
s
e
R

d
n
a

e
r
u
t
l
u
C
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C
t
i
d
u
A

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
C

e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

M 

M 

M 
M 
M 

M 

M 
M 

C 
C 

M 

M 
M 

M 
M 
M 

M 

M 

C 
M 

C 
M 

M 
M 

e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C
g
n
i
t
a
n
m
o
N

i

d
n
a

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

M 
M 

M 
M 

M 

M 
M 

e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C
k
s
i
R

C 

C 

M 

M 
M 

M 
M 

M 
M 

M 

Name, function1 
Michel Demaré, 
former Vice Chairman 

David Sidwell, 
Vice Chairman and Senior 
Independent Director 
Jeremy Anderson, 
member 

William C. Dudley, 
member 

Reto Francioni, 
member 

Ann F. Godbehere, 
former member 

Fred Hu, 
member 

Julie G. Richardson, 
member 

Isabelle Romy, 
member 

Robert W. Scully, 
member 

Beatrice Weder di Mauro, 
member 

Dieter Wemmer, 
member 

Jeanette Wong, 
member 

Additional 
payments2 
– 
 250,000 
 250,000 

 250,000 

FFoorr tthhee ppeerriioodd 
AAGGMM ttoo AAGGMM 
22001199//22002200 
22001188//22001199
22001199//22002200

22001188//22001199
22001199//22002200
22001188//22001199
22001199//22002200
22001188//22001199 
22001199//22002200
22001188//22001199
22001199//22002200 
22001188//22001199
22001199//22002200
22001188//22001199
22001199//22002200
22001188//22001199
22001199//22002200
22001188//22001199
22001199//22002200
22001188//22001199
22001199//22002200
22001188//22001199
22001199//22002200
22001188//22001199
22001199//22002200
22001188//22001199 

Base fee 
–
 325,000
 325,000

 325,000
 325,000
 325,000
 325,000
–
 325,000
 325,000
–
 325,000
 325,000
 325,000 
 325,000
 325,000
 325,000
 325,000
 325,000
 325,000
 325,000
 325,000
 325,000
 325,000
 325,000
–

Committee 
fee(s) 
–
 400,000
 500,000

 500,000
 450,000 
 350,000 
 250,000 
– 
 300,000 
 250,000 
– 
 500,000 
 100,000 
– 
 600,000 
 300,000 
 300,000 
 300,000 
 200,000 
 200,000 
 250,000 
 250,000 
 300,000 
 300,000 
 200,000 
– 

TToottaall 22001199//22002200 
Total 2019/2020 in USD 
(for reference)7
TToottaall 22001188//22001199 
Legend: C = Chairperson of the respective Committee, M Member of the respective Committee 

 = 

Share 
percentage4 
–
 100
 50

Number of 
shares5,6 
– 
 86,010 
 48,948 

 50
 50
 50
 50
–
 50
 50
–
 50
 100
 50
 50
 50
 50
 50
 50
 50
 50
 50
 50
 50
 100
–

 50,097 
 35,288 
 31,456 
 26,181 
– 
 28,458 
 26,796 
– 
 38,447 
 27,283 
 15,145 
 42,118 
 29,126 
 28,458 
 29,126 
 23,904 
 24,466 
 26,181 
 26,796 
 28,458 
 29,126 
 33,722 
–

TToottaall33 
– 
–
997755,,000000
11,,007755,,000000

11,,007755,,000000
777755,,000000
667755,,000000
557755,,000000
– 
–
662255,,000000
557755,,000000
– 
–
882255,,000000
442255,,000000
332255,,000000
992255,,000000
662255,,000000
662255,,000000
662255,,000000
552255,,000000
552255,,000000
557755,,000000
557755,,000000
662255,,000000
662255,,000000
552255,,000000
– 
–
77,,227755,,000000 

 7,318,766 
77,,442255,,000000 

11 Eleven independent BoD members were in office on 31 December 2019. At the 2019 AGM, William C. Dudley and Jeanette Wong were newly elected and Michel Demaré and Ann F. Godbehere did not stand for 
re-election. Eleven independent BoD members were in office on 31 December 2018.    22 These payments are associated with the Vice Chairman and/or the Senior Independent Director function.    33 Excludes UBS’s 
portion related to the legally required social security contributions, which for the period from the 2019 AGM to the 2020 AGM is estimated at grant at CHF 338,680 and which for the period from the 2018 AGM to 
the 2019 AGM was estimated at grant at CHF 461,780. The legally required social security contributions paid by the independent BoD members are included in the amounts shown in this table, as appropriate. 
44 Fees are paid 50% in cash and 50% in blocked UBS shares. However, independent BoD members may elect to have 100% of their remuneration paid in blocked UBS shares.    55 For 2019, UBS shares, valued at 
CHF 12.919 (average closing price of UBS shares over the last 10 trading days leading up to and including the grant date), were granted with a price discount of 15%. These shares are blocked for four years. For 
2018, UBS shares, valued at CHF 12.622 (average closing price of UBS shares at the SIX Swiss Exchange over the last 10 trading days leading up to and including the grant date), were granted with a price discount 
of 15%. These shares are blocked for four years.    66 Number of shares is reduced in case of the 100% election to deduct legally required contributions. All remuneration payments are, where applicable, subject to 
social security contributions and/or withholding tax.  77 Swiss franc amounts have been translated into US dollars for reference at the 2019 performance award currency exchange rate of CHF / USD 1.006. 



269 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

Supplemental information 

Fixed and variable compensation for GEB members 

Fixed and variable compensation for GEB members1,2,3 

CHF million, except where indicated 

AAmmoouunntt 

%% 

AAmmoouunntt 

TToottaall ffoorr 22001199 

NNoott ddeeffeerrrreedd 

TToottaall ccoommppeennssaattiioonn 

Amount5 

Number of beneficiaries 

FFiixxeedd ccoommppeennssaattiioonn55,,66 

Cash-based 

Equity-based 

VVaarriiaabbllee ccoommppeennssaattiioonn 

9988 

1166

2288 

2244 

44 

7700 

110000 

2299 

2255 

44 

7711 

4422 

2288 

2244 

44 

1144 

%% 

4433 

110000 

2200 

DDeeffeerrrreedd44 

AAmmoouunntt 

5566 

00 

00

00

5566 

Total for 2018 
Amount 

 96 

 15 

 23 

 21 

 2 

 73 

%% 

5577

00

8800

00

1144 

1144 

1144 

3366 
2211 

3355 
2211 

Cash7 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) / Equity Ownership 
Plan (EOP)8 
Deferred Contingent Capital Plan (DCCP)8 
11 The figures relate to all GEB members in office during 2019. Thirteen GEB members were in office on 31 December 2019 including three new GEB members, one appointed on 1 January 2019 and two on 
1 October 2019; three GEB members stepped down, one on 31 December 2018 and two on 30 September 2019. Thirteen GEB members were in office on 31 December 2018 including two new GEB members 
appointed on 1 October 2018 and one on 1 November 2018; two GEB members stepped down on 31 December 2017 and 30 September 2018. 
22 2019 includes compensation for three months paid under the 
employment contract during the notice period for one GEB member who stepped down on 30 September 2018 as well as compensation for two GEB members who stepped down on 30 September 2019 for nine 
months in office as GEB member plus for three months paid under the employment contract during the notice period. 2018 includes compensation for six months paid under the employment contract during the 
notice period to one GEB member who stepped down on 31 December 2017, as well as compensation for one GEB member who stepped down on 30 September 2018 for nine months in office as a GEB member 
plus for three months paid under the employment contract during the notice period.    33 2019 includes compensation for one newly appointed GEB member for 12 months in office as a GEB member and for two 
newly appointed GEB members for three months in office as  GEB members. 2018 includes compensation for two newly appointed GEB members for three months in office as GEB members, and for one newly 
appointed GEB member for two months in office as a GEB member.    44 Based on the specific plan vesting and reflecting the total award value at grant, which may differ from the accounting expenses.    55 Excludes 
benefits and employer’s contributions to retirement benefit plans. Includes social security contributions paid by GEB members but excludes the portion related to the legally required social security contributions paid 
by UBS. For 2019, Iqbal Khan received a one-time replacement award of CHF 8 million. This replacement payment is not included in the above table; including this, the 2019 total compensation of GEB members is 
CHF 106 million.   66 Includes base salary and role-based allowances, rounded to the nearest million.  77 Includes allocation of vested but blocked shares, in line with the remuneration section of the UK Prudential 
Regulation  Authority  Rulebook.      88 For  the  GEB  members  who  are  also  MRTs  (or  SMFs),  the  awards  starting  with  performance  year  2017  are  no  longer  permitted  to  include  dividend  and  interest  payments. 
Accordingly, the amounts reflect for the LTIP / EOP the fair value of the non-dividend-bearing awards and for the DCCP the fair value of the granted non-interest-bearing awards. 

 37 
 22 

3355
2211

00 
00 

 14 

270 

Advisory vote 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
Regulated staff 

Key Risk Takers 

Key Risk Takers (KRTs) are defined as those employees who, by 
the nature of their roles, have been determined to materially set, 
commit  or  control  significant  amounts  of  the  firm’s  resources 
and/or  exert  significant  influence  over  its  risk  profile.  This 
includes employees who work in front-office roles, logistics and 
control  functions.  Identifying  KRTs  globally  is  part  of  our  risk 
control  framework  and  an  important  element  in  ensuring  we 
incentivize only appropriate risk-taking. For 2019, in addition to 
GEB  members,  661  employees  were  classified  as  KRTs 
throughout the UBS Group globally, including all GMDs and all 
employees  with  a  total  compensation  exceeding  USD / CHF 2.5 
million  (Highly  Paid  Employees)  who  may  not  have  been 
identified as KRTs during the performance year. 

functions. 

the  control 

In  line  with  regulatory  requirements,  the  performance  of 
employees  identified  as  KRTs  during  the  performance  year  is 
evaluated  by 
In  addition,  KRTs’ 
performance awards are subject to a mandatory deferral rate of 
at  least  50%,  regardless  of  whether  the  deferral  threshold  has 
been met. A KRT’s deferred compensation award will only vest if 
the  relevant  Group  and/or  business  division  performance 
conditions  are  met.  Consistent  with  all  other  employees,  the 
deferred  portion  of  a  KRT’s  compensation  is  also  subject  to 
forfeiture or reduction if the KRT commits harmful acts. 

Fixed and variable compensation for Key Risk Takers1 

USD million, except where indicated 

AAmmoouunntt 

%% 

AAmmoouunntt 

TToottaall ffoorr 22001199 

NNoott ddeeffeerrrreedd 

TToottaall ccoommppeennssaattiioonn 

Amount 

Number of beneficiaries 

FFiixxeedd ccoommppeennssaattiioonn33,,44 

Cash-based 

Equity-based 

VVaarriiaabbllee ccoommppeennssaattiioonn 

11,,005566 

110000 

666611

338888 

338833 

66 

666677 

3377 

3366 

11 

6633 

667700 

338888 

338833 

66 

228822 

%% 

6644 

110000 

4422 

DDeeffeerrrreedd22 

AAmmoouunntt 

338855 

00 

00

00

338855 

Total for 2018 
Amount 

 1,250 

 675 

 417 

 395 

 22 

 833 

%% 

3366

00

5588

228822 

Cash5 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) / Equity Ownership 
Plan (EOP) 6 
Deferred Contingent Capital Plan (DCCP)6 
11  Includes  employees  with  a  total  compensation  exceeding  USD  /  CHF 2.5  million  (Highly  Paid  Employees),  excluding  GEB  members  who  were  in  office  during  the  performance  year  2019,  except  the  new  GEB 
member appointed during 2019, who is included for compensation received in their role as a KRT prior to being appointed to the GEB.    22 Based on the specific plan vesting and reflecting the total value at grant, 
which may differ from the accounting expenses.    33 Excludes benefits and employer's contributions to retirement benefits plan. Includes social security contributions paid by KRTs but excludes the portion related to 
the legally required social security contributions paid by UBS.    44 Includes base salary and role-based allowances.    55 Includes allocation of vested but blocked shares, in line with regulatory requirements where 
applicable.   66 Starting with performance year 2017, KRTs who are also MRTs are no longer permitted to receive dividend and interest payments. Accordingly, the amounts for the EOP/LTIP reflect the fair value of 
the non-dividend-bearing awards and for the DCCP the fair value of the granted non-interest-bearing awards. 

 305 
 186 

223300 
115555 

223300
115555

2222 
1155 

 341 

00 
00 

228822 

2277 

00

271 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

Material Risk Takers 

UK Senior Managers and Certification Regime 

The  Senior  Managers  and  Certification  Regime  (the  SMCR)  of 
the  UK  Prudential  Regulation  Authority  and  Financial  Conduct 
Authority requires that individuals with specified responsibilities, 
performing  certain  significant  functions  and/or  those  in  certain 
other identified categories be designated as Senior Management 
Functions (SMFs). 

SMFs  are  subject  to  specific  compensation  requirements, 
including  longer  deferral,  blocking  and  clawback  periods.  The 
deferral  period  for  SMFs  is  seven  years,  with  the  deferred 
performance awards vesting no faster than pro rata from years 3 
to  7.  Additionally,  these  awards  are  subject  to  a  12-month 
blocking  period  post  vesting.  The  clawback  policy  for  SMFs 
permits  clawback  for  up  to  10  years  from  the  date  of 
performance  award  grants  (applicable  if  an  individual  is  subject 
to  an  investigation  at  the  end  of  the  initial  UK  seven-year 
clawback  period).  All  SMFs  are  also  identified  as  MRTs  and  as 
such  subject  to  the  same  prohibitions  on  dividend  and  interest 
payments. 

Control functions and Group Internal Audit 

Our  control  functions  must  be  independent  in  order  to  monitor 
risk  effectively.  Therefore  their  compensation  is  determined 
separately  from  the  revenue  producers  that  they  oversee, 
supervise or monitor. Their performance award pool is based not 
on the performance of these businesses, but on the performance 
of  the  Group  as  a  whole.  In  addition,  we  consider  other  factors, 
such  as  how  effectively  the  function  has  performed,  and  our 
market  position.  Decisions  on  individual  compensation  for  the 
senior managers of the control functions are made by the function 
heads  and  approved  by  the  Group  CEO.  Decisions  on  individual 
compensation for the members of Group Internal Audit (GIA) are 
made  by  the  Head  GIA  and  approved  by  the  Chairman  of  the 
BoD. Upon proposal by the Chairman, total compensation for the 
Head  GIA  is  approved  by  the  Compensation  Committee  in 
consultation with the Audit Committee. 

the 

requirements, 

For  relevant  EU-regulated  entities,  we  identify  individuals  who 
are  deemed  to  be  Material  Risk  Takers  (MRTs)  based  on  local 
regulatory 
respective  EU  Commission 
Delegated Regulation and the EU Capital Requirements Directive 
of  2013  (CRD  IV).  This  group  consists  of  senior  management, 
risk  takers,  selected  staff  in  control  or  support  functions  and 
certain  employees  whose  total  compensation 
is  above  a 
specified threshold. For 2019, UBS identified 755 MRTs across its 
EU entities. 

Variable compensation awarded to MRTs is subject to specific 
requirements from local regulators, such as a maximum variable 
to  fixed  compensation  ratio,  which  is  set  at  100%  unless 
approved  to  be  increased  to  200%  by  the  shareholders  of  the 
respective legal entity. UBS has obtained approval as appropriate 
through  relevant  shareholder  votes  to  increase  the  variable  to 
fixed  compensation  ratio  to  200%.  Other  applicable  regulatory 
requirements  for  this  population  include  a  minimum  deferral 
rate  of  40–60%  on  performance  awards  and  the  delivery  of  at 
least 50% of any upfront performance award in UBS shares that 
vest immediately but are blocked for 12 months. 

Any notional shares granted to MRTs under the LTIP, EOP and 
notional DCCP awards for their performance in 2019 are subject 
to  a  six-  or  12-month  blocking  period  post  vesting  and  do  not 
pay out dividends or interest during the deferral period. 

Performance  awards  granted  to  MRTs  are  also  subject  to 
clawback provisions which allow the firm to claim repayment of 
both  the  immediate  and  the  vested  deferred  element  of  any 
performance award if an individual is found to have contributed 
substantially  to  significant  financial  losses  for  the  Group  or 
corporate  structure  in  scope,  a  material  downward  restatement 
of  disclosed  results,  or  engaged  in  misconduct  and/or  failed  to 
take expected actions that contributed to significant reputational 
harm. 

Due  to  UK  regulatory  requirements,  LTIP  awards  granted  to 
UK MRTs and SMFs will be subject to an additional non-financial 
conduct-related metric. 

272 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019 performance award pool and expenses 

Performance awards granted for the 2019 performance year 

The “Variable compensation” table below shows the amount of 
variable  compensation  awarded 
the 
the  number  of 
performance  year  2019, 

together  with 

to  employees 

for 

beneficiaries  for  each  type  of  award  granted.  In  the  case  of 
deferred awards, the final amount paid to an employee depends 
on  performance  conditions  and  consideration  of  relevant 
forfeiture provisions. The deferred share award amount is based 
on the market value of these awards on the date of grant. 

Variable compensation1 

USD million, except where indicated 

Non-deferred cash 

Deferred compensation awards 

of which: Equity Ownership Plan 

of which: Deferred Contingent Capital Plan 

of which: Long-Term Incentive Plan 

of which: Asset Management EOP 

Expenses recognized 
in the IFRS income 
statement 

22001199 

2018 

11,,889944

 2,089 

229999

112222

111133

3399

2255

 373 

 217 

 131 

 0 

 25 

TToottaall vvaarriiaabbllee ccoommppeennssaattiioonn  ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee aawwaarrdd ppooooll 

–– 

22,,119933

 2,461 

Variable compensation – other2 

115599

 162 

Expenses deferred to 
future periods4 
22001199 

2018 

00

442299

220055

117733

2255

2266

442299

111177

 0 

 585 

 325 

 238 

 0 

 22 

 585 

 180 

Adjustments4 
22001199 

2018 

Total 

22001199 

2018 

Number of beneficiaries 
2018 

22001199 

00

5511

3355 55

00

1166 55

00

5511

 0 

 71 

 71 5 

 0 

 0 

 0 

11,,889944

 2,089 

5544,,117799

 51,809 

777799

336622

228866

8800

5511

 1,029 

 613 

 369 

 0 

 47 

33,,557722

33,,222288

33,,555522

111199

330077

 3,967 

 3,768 

 3,934 

 0 

 284 

 71 

22,,667733

 3,118 

5544,,221100

 51,819 

((5500))66

 (96)6 

222266

 246 

33,,226655

 3,266 

Financial advisor (FA) variable compensation3 
TToottaall vvaarriiaabbllee ccoommppeennssaattiioonn iinncclluuddiinngg FFAA vvaarriiaabbllee 
ccoommppeennssaattiioonn 
 (25) 
55,,661177
11  Expenses  under  “Variable  compensation  –  other”  and  “Financial  advisor  variable  compensation”  are  not  part  of  UBS’s  performance  award  pool. 
22  Comprised  of  replacement  payments,  forfeiture  credits, 
severance  payments,  retention  plan  payments  and  interest  expense  related  to  the  Deferred  Contingent  Capital  Plan.      33  Financial  advisor  compensation  consists  of  formulaic  compensation  based  directly  on 
compensable  revenues  generated  by  financial  advisors  and  supplemental  compensation  calculated  based  on  financial  advisor  productivity,  firm  tenure,  new  assets  and  other  variables.  It  also  includes  expenses 
related to compensation commitments with financial advisors entered into at the time of recruitment that are subject to vesting requirements.  44 Estimates as of 31 December 2019 and 2018. Actual amounts to be 
66  Included in expenses deferred to future 
expensed in future periods may vary, e.g., due to forfeiture of awards. 
periods is an amount of USD 50 million (2018: USD 96 million) in interest expense related to the Deferred Contingent Capital Plan. As the amount recognized as performance award represents the present value of 
the award at the date it is granted to the employee, this amount is excluded. 

55 Represents estimated post-vesting transfer restriction and permanent forfeiture discounts. 

 3,750 

 5,889 

 1,250 

 7,114 

 6,850 

66,,771111

11,,009933

33,,881133

66,,554499

 484 

554488

 0 

22

00

2019 performance award pool and expenses 

The  performance  award  pool,  which  includes  performance-
based variable awards for 2019, was USD 2.7 billion, reflecting a 
decrease of 14% compared with 2018. 

Performance  award  expenses  for  2019  decreased  8%  to 
USD 2.8  billion,  reflecting  the  reduction  of  the  performance 
award  pool  for  2019.  The  “Performance  award  pool  and 
expenses”  table  below  compares  the  performance  award  pool 
with performance award expenses. 

Performance award pool and expenses 

USD million, except where indicated 
Performance award pool1 

of which: expenses deferred to future periods and accounting adjustments 2,3 

Performance award expenses accrued in the performance year 

22001199 

22,,667733

448800

22,,119933

2018 

 3,118

 657

 2,461

% change 

 (14) 

 (27) 

 (11) 

Performance award expenses related to prior performance years 
TToottaall ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee aawwaarrdd eexxppeennsseess rreeccooggnniizzeedd ffoorr tthhee yyeeaarr44 
11 Excluding employer-paid taxes and social security.    22 Estimate as of the end of the performance year. Actual amounts expensed in future periods may vary, e.g., due to forfeiture of awards.   33 Accounting 
44 Refer to “Note 30 Employee benefits: variable compensation” in the “Consolidated financial statements” 
adjustments represent estimated post-vesting transfer restriction and permanent forfeiture discounts. 
section of this report for more information. 

 2,995

22,,775555

 534

 (8) 

556622

 5 

273 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
        
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

GEB and KRTs deferred compensation 

The “GEB and KRTs deferred compensation” table below shows 
the  current  economic  value  of  unvested  outstanding  deferred 
variable  compensation  awards  subject  to  ex-post  adjustments. 
For  share-based  plans,  the  economic  value  is  determined  based 

GEB and KRTs deferred compensation1,2,3 

on  the  closing  share  price  on  31  December  2019.  For  notional 
funds, it is determined using the latest available market price for 
the  underlying  funds  at  year-end  2019,  and  for  deferred  cash 
plans, it is determined based on the outstanding amount of cash 
owed to award recipients. 

USD million, except where indicated 
GGEEBB 

Deferred Contingent Capital Plan 
Equity Ownership Plan (including notional 
funds) 
Long-Term Incentive Plan 

KKRRTTss 

Deferred Contingent Capital Plan 
Equity Ownership Plan (including notional 
funds) 
Long-Term Incentive Plan 

RReellaattiinngg ttoo aawwaarrddss 
ffoorr 2200119944 

Relating to 
awards for prior 
years5 

of which: exposed to 
ex-post explicit and / 
or implicit adjustments 

Total 

Total deferred 
compensation 
year-end 2018 

Total amount of 
deferred compensation 
paid out in 20196 

2211

00
3355

115555

118822
4488

 99

 129
 0

 834

 698
 0

 120

 129
 35

 989

 880
 48

 100%

 100%
 100%

 100%

 100%
 100%

 119

 145
 0

 1,051

 979
 0

 11 

 25 
 0 

 133 

 274 
 0 

444422

TToottaall GGEEBB aanndd KKRRTTss 
 442 
11 Based on the specific plan vesting and reflecting the economic value of the outstanding awards, which may differ from the accounting expenses. Year-to-year reconciliations would also need to consider the 
impacts  of  additional  items  including  off-cycle  awards,  FX  movements,  population  changes,  and  dividend  equivalent  reinvestments.      22  Refer  to  “Note  30  Employee  benefits:  variable  compensation”  in  the 
“Consolidated financial statements” section of the Annual Report 2019 for more information.    33 Starting with performance year 2017, GEB members and KRTs who are also MRTs are no longer permitted to 
receive dividend and interest payments. Accordingly, the amounts for the EOP/LTIP reflect the fair value of the non-dividend-bearing awards and for the DCCP the fair value of the granted non-interest-bearing 
awards.  44 Where applicable, amounts are translated into US dollars at the performance award currency exchange rate. For GEB members who were appointed to the GEB during 2019, awards have been pro-rated 
between KRT and GEB entries accordingly.  55 Takes into account the ex-post implicit adjustments, given the share price movements since grant. For GEB members who were appointed to the GEB part way through 
2019, awards have been fully reflected in the GEB entries. Where applicable, amounts are translated from award currency into US dollars using FX rates as at 31 December 2019.  66 Valued at distribution price and 
FX rate for all awards distributed in 2019. For GEB members who were appointed to the GEB during 2019, value of the awards paid out according to their role at the time of distribution. 

 1,760

 2,202

 2,294

The “GEB and KRTs ex-post explicit and implicit adjustments to 
deferred  compensation”  table  below  shows  the  value  of  actual 
ex-post explicit and implicit adjustments to outstanding deferred 
compensation  in  the  financial  year  2019  for  GEB  members  and 
KRTs. 

Ex-post adjustments occur after an award has been granted. 
Explicit  adjustments  occur  when  we  adjust  compensation  by 

forfeiting deferred awards. Implicit adjustments are unrelated to 
any  action  taken  by  the  firm  and  occur  as  a  result  of  price 
movements that affect the value of an award. 

The  total  value  of  ex-post  explicit  adjustments  made  to  UBS 
share  awards  in  2019,  based  on  the  approximately  7.0  million 
shares forfeited during 2019, is a reduction of USD 88.4 million. 

GEB and KRTs ex-post explicit and implicit adjustments to deferred compensation 

USD million 
GGEEBB 

Deferred Contingent Capital Plan 

Equity Ownership Plan (including notional funds, if applicable) 

KKRRTTss 

Deferred Contingent Capital Plan 

Equity Ownership Plan (including notional funds) 

--

EExx ppoosstt eexxpplliicciitt aaddjjuussttmmeennttss 
ttoo uunnvveesstteedd aawwaarrddss11 
3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

--

EExx ppoosstt iimmpplliicciitt aaddjjuussttmmeennttss 
ttoo uunnvveesstteedd aawwaarrddss22 
3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

00

00

((33))

((33))

 0 

 0 

 (17) 

 (13) 

00

((1111))

00

((4444))

 0 

 (28) 

 0 

 (166) 

TToottaall GGEEBB aanndd KKRRTTss 
 (194) 
11 Ex-post explicit adjustments are calculated as units forfeited during the year, valued at the share price on 31 December 2019 (USD 12.58) for 2019. The 2018 data is valued using the share price on 31 December 
2018 (USD 12.38). For the notional funds awarded to Asset Management employees under the EOP, this represents the forfeiture credits recognized in 2019 and 2018. For the DCCP, the fair value at grant of the 
forfeited awards during the year is reflected. For GEB members who were appointed to the GEB during 2019, awards have been fully reflected in the GEB entries.    22 Ex-post implicit adjustments for UBS shares are 
calculated based on the difference between the weighted average grant date fair value and the share price at year-end. The amount for notional funds is calculated using the mark-to-market change during 2019 
and 2018. For GEB members who were appointed to the GEB during 2019, awards have been fully reflected in the GEB entries. 

 (30) 

((5555))

((66))

274 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
      
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total personnel expenses for 2019 

We  employed  68,601  personnel  (full-time  equivalents)  as  of 
31 December  2019.  The  net  increase  of  1,713  compared  with 
31 December 2018 was largely driven by a 2,583 FTE increase in 
Corporate  Center,  mainly  as  a  result  of  the  ongoing  insourcing 
of  certain  activities  from  third-party  vendors  to  our  Business 
Solutions  Centers,  resulting  in  a  decrease  of  approximately 
2,200  outsourced  staff.  This  was  partly  offset  by  a  944  FTE 
decrease in Global Wealth Management, reflecting the effect of 
cost management initiatives and a review of advisor portfolios. 

The  “Personnel  expenses”  table  below  shows  our  total 
personnel  expenses  for  2019.  It  includes  salaries,  pension 
expenses,  social  security  contributions,  variable  compensation 
and other personnel costs. Variable compensation includes cash 
performance  awards  paid  in  2020  for  the  2019  performance 
year,  the  amortization  of  unvested  deferred  awards  granted  in 
previous  years  and  the  cost  of  deferred  awards  granted  to 
employees who are eligible for retirement in the context of the 
compensation framework at the date of grant. 
reflects 

The  performance  award  pool 

the  value  of 

Personnel expenses 

USD million 
SSaallaarriieess11 

Non-deferred cash 

Deferred compensation awards 

of which: Equity Ownership Plan 

of which: Deferred Contingent Capital Plan 

of which: Long-Term Incentive Plan 

of which: Asset Management EOP 

of which: Other performance awards 

TToottaall vvaarriiaabbllee ccoommppeennssaattiioonn  ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee aawwaarrddss22 

– 
–

of which: guarantees for new hires 

Replacement payments3 

Forfeiture credits 

Severance payments4 

Retention plan and other payments 

Deferred Contingent Capital Plan: interest expense 
TToottaall vvaarriiaabbllee ccoommppeennssaattiioonn  ootthheerr22 

– 
–

CCoonnttrraaccttoorrss 

SSoocciiaall sseeccuurriittyy 

PPeennssiioonn aanndd ootthheerr ppoosstt eemmppllooyymmeenntt bbeenneeffiitt ppllaannss55 

-
-

FFiinnaanncciiaall aaddvviissoorr vvaarriiaabbllee ccoommppeennssaattiioonn22,,66 

OOtthheerr ppeerrssoonnnneell eexxppeennsseess 

TToottaall ppeerrssoonnnneell eexxppeennsseess 

performance  awards  granted  relating  to  the  2019  performance 
year, including awards that are paid out immediately and those 
that  are  deferred.  To  determine  our  variable  compensation 
expenses,  the  following  adjustments  are  required  in  order  to 
reconcile  the  performance  award  pool  to  the  expenses 
recognized  in  the  Group’s  financial  statements  prepared  in 
accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards 
(IFRS): 
– 

reduction 
future  periods 
(amortization  of  unvested  awards  granted  in  2020  for  the 
performance year 2019) and accounting adjustments; and 
addition  for  the  2019  amortization  of  unvested  deferred 
awards granted in prior years. 

for  expenses  deferred 

to 

– 

As a large part of compensation consists of deferred awards, 
the  amortization  of  unvested  deferred  awards  granted  in  prior 
years forms a significant part of the IFRS expenses in both 2018 
and 2019. 

  Refer to “Note 6 Personnel expenses” and “Note 30 Employee 

benefits: variable compensation” in the “Consolidated financial 

statements” section of this report for more information 

Expenses recognized in the IFRS income statement 

RReellaatteedd ttoo tthhee 
ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee yyeeaarr 22001199 
66,,551188 

RReellaatteedd ttoo pprriioorr 
ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee yyeeaarrss 
00 

TToottaall eexxppeennsseess 
rreeccooggnniizzeedd iinn 
22001199 

Total expenses 
recognized in 
2018 

66,,551188

11,,886688

888877

442222

337755

3399

5511

00

 6,448

 2,057

 938

 526

 357

 0

 53

 2

Total expenses 
recognized in 
2017 
 6,154 

 2,062 

 1,088 

 583 

 444 

 0 

 57 

 4 

22,,775555

 2,995

 3,151 

2299

5566

((8866))

112255

5566

9944

224466

338811

779999

778877

 43

 72

 (136)

 123

 66

 119

 243

 489

 791

 457

 36 

 72 

 (107) 

 113 

 63 

 111 

 252 

 460 

 814 

 723 
 4,064 

 581 

 16,199 

777788 

2277 

11,,447700 

44,,004433

555555

1166,,008844

 4,054

 654

 16,132

((2266)) 

558888 

330000 

226622 

00 

2266 

00 

556622 

1144 

5511 

((8866)) 

00 

2288 

9944 

8888 

00 

1155 

00 

11,,889944 

229999 

112222 

111133 

3399 

2255 

00 

22,,119933 

1155 

55 

00 

112255 

2288 

00 

115599 

338811 

778833 

778877 

33,,226655 

552288 

1144,,661144 

22 Refer to “Note 30 Employee benefits: variable compensation” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for more information.    33 Payments made to 
11 Includes role-based allowances. 
44 Includes legally obligated and standard severance payments.    55 Refer to “Note 29 Pension and other post-employment benefit 
compensate employees for deferred awards forfeited as a result of joining UBS. 
66 Consists of formulaic compensation based directly on compensable revenues generated by financial advisors and 
plans” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for more information. 
supplemental compensation calculated based on financial advisor productivity, firm tenure, new assets and other variables. It also includes expenses related to compensation commitments with financial advisors 
entered into at the time of recruitment that are subject to vesting requirements. 

275 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

Vesting of outstanding awards granted in prior years subject to performance conditions 

The tables below show the extent to which the performance conditions for awards granted in prior years have been met and the 
percentage of the awards that vest in 2020. 

Equity Ownership Plan (EOP) 2014 / 2015, EOP 2015 / 2016,
Equity Ownership Plan (EOP) 2014 / 2015, EOP 2015 / 2016, 
EOP 2016 / 2017 and EOP 2017 / 2018 
EOP 2016 / 2017 and EOP 2017 / 2018

Performance conditions
Performance conditions 

Performance achieved
Performance achieved 

Adjusted return on tangible equity1 and divisional return on 
attributed equity 

The Group and divisional performance conditions have been satisfied. For EOP 
2014 / 2015, the third and final installment for the Group Executive Board (GEB) 
members vests in full. For EOP 2015 / 2016, the second installment for the GEB 
members vests in full. For EOP 2016 / 2017, the first installment for the GEB 
members and the second installment for all other employees covered under the 
plan vest in full. For EOP 2017 / 2018, the first installment for all other employees 
covered under the plan vests in full. 

% of installment vesting
% of installment vesting 

100% 

1 The assessment for vesting purposes excludes the effect of deferred tax assets (DTAs). Furthermore, DTAs, when positive, have never had an impact on the performance award vesting. 
1

Deferred Contingent Capital Plan (DCCP) 2014 / 2015 
Deferred Contingent Capital Plan (DCCP) 2014 / 2015

Performance conditions 
Performance conditions

Performance achieved 
Performance achieved

% of installment vesting 
% of installment vesting

Common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio, viability event and, 
additionally for GEB, Group adjusted profit before tax 

The performance conditions have been satisfied. DCCP 2014 / 2015 vests in full. 

100% 

Discontinued deferred compensation plans 

As  of  31  December  2019,  there  were  no  discontinued  compensation  plans  with  outstanding  balances.  The  firm  has  not  granted  any 
options since 2009. 

  Refer to “Note 30 Employee benefits: variable compensation” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report for more 

information 

276 

Advisory vote 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
List of tables 

Share and option ownership / entitlements of GEB members 

Total of all vested and unvested shares of GEB members 

Number of shares of BoD members 

Total of all blocked and unblocked shares of BoD members 

Loans granted to GEB members 

Loans granted to BoD members 

Compensation paid to former BoD and GEB members 

PPaaggee 

227788 

227788 

227799 

227799 

228800 

228800 

228800 

277 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

Audited | 
Share and option ownership / entitlements of GEB members1 

Name, function 
Sergio P. Ermotti, Group Chief Executive Officer 

Martin Blessing, former Co-President Global Wealth Management 

Christian Bluhm, Group Chief Risk Officer 

Markus U. Diethelm, Group General Counsel 

Kirt Gardner, Group Chief Financial Officer 

Suni Harford, President Asset Management 

Robert Karofsky, Co-President Investment Bank 

Sabine Keller-Busse, Group Chief Operating Officer and President UBS EMEA 

Iqbal Khan, Co-President Global Wealth Management 

Edmund Koh, President Asia Pacific 

Ulrich Körner, former President Asset Management and President UBS EMEA 

Axel P. Lehmann, President Personal & Corporate Banking and President UBS Switzerland 

Tom Naratil, Co-President Global Wealth Management and President UBS Americas 

Piero Novelli, Co-President Investment Bank 

Markus Ronner, Group Chief Compliance and Governance Officer 

TToottaall 

oonn 
3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 
22001199

Number of 
unvested 
shares / at risk2 
 1,862,480

Number of 
vested shares 
 2,150,003 

TToottaall nnuummbbeerr ooff 
sshhaarreess 
44,,001122,,448833

Potentially 
conferred 
voting 
rights in % 
 0.227 

22001188
22001199 

22001188
22001199

22001188
22001199

22001188
22001199

22001188
22001199

22001188 
22001199

22001188
22001199

22001188
22001199

22001188 
22001199

22001188 
22001199 

22001188
22001199

22001188
22001199

22001188
22001199

22001188
22001199

22001188

22001199

 1,715,430
–

 1,757,766 
– 

 256,356
 440,953

 259,745
 698,402

 614,222
 532,643

 343,120
 63,211

–
 577,606

 500,902
 423,778

 259,762
 712,342

–
 380,340

–
–

 910,951
 522,202

 307,090
 1,307,554

 1,132,938
 599,156

 471,049
 214,850

 161,152

 0 
 0 

 0 
 458,426 

 317,516 
 129,807 

 107,472 
 0 

– 
 492,476 

 254,119 
 315,922 

 263,362 
 0 

– 
 183,104 

– 
– 

 95,597 
 277,978 

 277,978 
 609,477 

 484,075 
 429,652 

 256,367 
 68,097 

 173 

33,,447733,,119966
– 
–

225566,,335566
444400,,995533

225599,,774455
11,,115566,,882288

993311,,773388
666622,,445500

445500,,559922
6633,,221111

–
– 
11,,007700,,008822

775555,,002211
773399,,770000

552233,,112244
771122,,334422

–
– 
556633,,444444

–
– 
– 
–

11,,000066,,554488
880000,,118800

558855,,006688
11,,991177,,003311

11,,661177,,001133
11,,002288,,880088

772277,,441166
228822,,994477

116611,,332255

 8,335,517

 5,114,942 

1133,,445500,,445599

 0.191 
– 

 0.014 
 0.025 

 0.014 
 0.065 

 0.051 
 0.037 

 0.025 
 0.004 

– 
 0.061 

 0.042 
 0.042 

 0.029 
 0.040 

– 
 0.032 

– 
– 

 0.055 
 0.045 

 0.032 
 0.108 

 0.089 
 0.058 

 0.040 
 0.016 

 0.009 

 0.761 

 0.591 
11 Includes all vested and unvested shares of GEB members, including those held by related parties. No options were held in 2019 and 2018 by any GEB member or any of its related parties. Refer to “Note 30 
Employee benefits: variable compensation” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of the Annual Report 2019 for more information.  22 Includes shares granted under variable compensation plans with 
forfeiture provisions. The actual number of shares vesting in the future will be calculated under the terms of the plans. Refer to the “Compensation philosophy and framework” section of this report for more 
information about the plans. 

 3,814,425 

1100,,774477,,114422

 6,932,717

22001188

Audited | 
Total of all vested and unvested shares of GEB members1,2 

SShhaarreess oonn 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 22001199 

1133,,445500,,445599

 5,114,942

 1,798,389

 1,811,721

 2,199,926

 1,517,110

 1,008,371 

TToottaall  of which: vested 

of which: vesting 

2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

SShhaarreess oonn 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 22001188 

1100,,774477,,114422

 3,814,425

 1,745,323

 1,761,048

 1,738,595

 1,146,636

 541,112 

11 Includes shares held by related parties. 
terms of the plans. Refer to the “Compensation philosophy and framework” section of this report for more information. 

22 Includes shares granted under variable compensation plans with forfeiture provisions. The actual number of shares vesting in the future will be calculated under the 

2019 

2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 





278 

Advisory vote  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
 
Audited | 
Number of shares of BoD members1 
Name, function 
Axel A. Weber, Chairman 

Michel Demaré, former Vice Chairman2 

David Sidwell, Vice Chairman and Senior Independent Director 

Jeremy Anderson, member 

William C. Dudley, member2 

Reto Francioni, member 

Ann F. Godbehere, former member2 

Fred Hu, member 

Julie G. Richardson, member 

Isabelle Romy, member 

Robert W. Scully, member 

Beatrice Weder di Mauro, member 

Dieter Wemmer, member 

Jeanette Wong, member2 

TToottaall 

oonn 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 
22001199 

NNuummbbeerr ooff sshhaarreess hheelldd 
993388,,662277

Voting rights in % 
 0.053 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 

22001199 

776644,,332299
– 
–

332222,,555588
116677,,559955

118899,,880055
3311,,445566

00
00

–
– 
112255,,662288

9988,,883322
– 
–

225599,,222255
1155,,114455

00
4466,,228833

1177,,115577
114433,,992288

111144,,880022
7711,,554400

4477,,007744
117722,,339977

114455,,660011
6600,,228855

3311,,115599
00

–
– 

11,,777722,,888844

 0.042 
– 

 0.018 
 0.009 

 0.010 
 0.002 

 0.000 
 0.000 

– 
 0.007 

 0.005 
– 

 0.014 
 0.001 

 0.000 
 0.003 

 0.001 
 0.008 

 0.006 
 0.004 

 0.003 
 0.010 

 0.008 
 0.003 

 0.002 
 0.000 

– 

 0.100 

 0.109 
11 Includes blocked and unblocked shares held by BoD members, including those held by related parties. No options were granted in 2019 and 2018.    22 At the 2019 AGM, William C. Dudley and Jeanette Wong 
were newly elected and Michel Demaré and Ann F. Godbehere did not stand for re-election. 

11,,999900,,554422

22001188 

Audited | 
Total of all blocked and unblocked shares of BoD members1 

TToottaall 

of which: 
unblocked 

of which: blocked until 

2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

SShhaarreess oonn 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 22001199 

11,,777722,,888844

 502,095

 264,889

 299,357

 270,111

 436,432 

SShhaarreess oonn 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 22001188 

11 Includes shares held by related parties. 

11,,999900,,554422

 636,397

 323,051

 335,587

 366,570

 328,937 

2019 

2020 

2021 

2022 





279 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

Audited | 
Loans granted to GEB members1 

In line with article 38 of the Articles of Association of UBS Group 
AG,  Group  Executive  Board  (GEB)  members  may  be  granted 
loans. Such loans are made in the ordinary course of business on 
substantially  the  same  terms  as  those  granted  to  other 
employees,  including  interest  rates  and  collateral,  and  neither 

involve  more  than  the  normal  risk  of  collectability  nor  contain 
any other unfavorable features for the firm. The total amount of 
such loans must not exceed CHF 20 million per GEB member. 

CHF, except where indicated2 
Name, function 

Axel P. Lehmann, President Personal & Corporate Banking and President UBS Switzerland (highest loan in 2019) 

Ulrich Körner, former President Asset Management and President UBS EMEA (highest loan in 2018) 
Aggregate of all GEB members4 

oonn 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 

22001199 

22001188 

22001199 

22001188 

USD 
(for reference) 
Loans3 

 9,440,889 

LLooaannss33 

99,,114400,,000000

88,,224400,,000000 

3300,,770000,,335544

 31,711,010 

3333,,220044,,000000 

11 No loans have been granted to related parties of the GEB members at conditions not customary in the market.    22 Swiss franc and US dollar amounts disclosed represent local currency amounts translated at the 
relevant year-end closing exchange rate.   33 All loans granted are secured loans.   44 No unused uncommitted credit facilities in 2019. Excludes unused uncommitted credit facilities of CHF 2,949,690 in 2018 that 
had been granted to one GEB member. 



Audited | 
Loans granted to BoD members1 

In line with article 33 of the Articles of Association of UBS Group 
AG, loans to independent Board of Directors (BoD) members are 
made  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  at  general  market 
conditions.  The Chairman, as  a  non-independent  member,  may 
be  granted  loans  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  on 

substantially  the  same  terms  as  those  granted  to  employees, 
including  interest  rates  and  collateral,  neither  involving  more 
than  the  normal  risk  of  collectability  nor  containing  any  other 
unfavorable  features  for  the  firm.  The  total  amount  of  such 
loans must not exceed CHF 20 million per BoD member. 

CHF, except where indicated2 

Aggregate of all BoD members 

oonn 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 

22001199 

22001188 

LLooaannss33,,44 

889900,,443399

660000,,000000 

USD 
(for reference) 
Loans3,4 

 919,752 

11 No loans have been granted to related parties of the BoD members at conditions not customary in the market.    22 Swiss franc and US dollar amounts disclosed represent local currency amounts translated at the 
relevant year-end closing exchange rate.  33 All loans granted are secured loans.    44 CHF 600,000 for Reto Francioni and CHF 290,439 for Dieter Wemmer in 2019 and CHF 600,000 for Reto Francioni in 2018. 

Audited | 
Compensation paid to former BoD and GEB members1 

CHF, except where indicated2 

Former BoD members 

Aggregate of all former GEB members3 

Aggregate of all former BoD and GEB members 

FFoorr tthhee yyeeaarr 

Compensation 

Benefits 

22001199

22001188

22001199

22001188

22001199

22001188

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0 

 0 

 51,912 

 45,556 

 51,912 

 45,556 



USD 
(for reference) 
Total 

 0 

 53,621 

 53,621 

TToottaall 

00

00 

5511,,991122

4455,,555566 

5511,,991122

4455,,555566 

11 Compensation or remuneration that is related to the former members’ activity on the BoD or GEB or that is not at market conditions.    22 Swiss franc and US dollar amounts disclosed represent local currency 
amounts translated at the relevant year-end closing exchange rate.   33 Includes a payment in 2019 and 2018 to one former GEB member. 



280 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
     
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Provisions of the Articles of Association related to compensation 

Under the say-on-pay provisions in 
Switzerland, shareholders of companies 
listed in Switzerland have significant 
influence over board and management 
compensation. At UBS, this is achieved by 
means of an annual binding say-on-pay 
vote in accordance with the following 
provisions of the Articles of Association 
related to compensation. 

Say on pay 
In line with article 43 of the Articles of 
Association of UBS Group AG, the 
General Meeting shall approve the 
proposals of the Board of Directors in 
relation to: 
a) the maximum aggregate amount of 
compensation of the Board of Directors 
for the period until the next Annual 
General Meeting; 
b) the maximum aggregate amount of 
fixed compensation of the Group 
Executive Board for the following financial 
year; and 
c) the aggregate amount of variable 
compensation of the Group Executive 
Board for the preceding financial year. 

The Board of Directors may submit for 
approval by the General Meeting 
deviating or additional proposals relating 
to the same or different periods. In the 
event the General Meeting does not 
approve a proposal from the Board of 
Directors, the Board of Directors shall 
determine, taking into account all 
relevant factors, the respective (maximum) 
aggregate amount or (maximum) partial 
amounts and submit the amount(s) so 
determined for approval by the General 
Meeting. UBS Group AG or companies 

controlled by it may pay or grant 
compensation prior to approval by the 
General Meeting, subject to subsequent 
approval. 

Principles of compensation 
In line with articles 45 and 46 of the 
Articles of Association of UBS Group AG, 
compensation of the members of the 
Board of Directors shall comprise a base 
remuneration and may comprise other 
compensation elements and benefits. 
Compensation of the members of the 
Board of Directors is intended to 
recognize the responsibility and 
governance nature of their role, to attract 
and retain qualified individuals and to 
ensure alignment with shareholders’ 
interests. 

Compensation of the members of the 
Group Executive Board shall comprise 
fixed and variable compensation 
elements. Fixed compensation shall 
comprise the base salary and may 
comprise other compensation elements 
and benefits. Variable compensation 
elements shall be governed by financial 
and non-financial performance measures 
that take into account the performance of 
UBS Group AG and/or parts thereof, 
targets in relation to the market, other 
companies or comparable benchmarks, 
short- and long-term strategic objectives 
and/or individual targets. The Board of 
Directors or, where delegated to it, the 
Compensation Committee determines the 
respective performance measures, the 
overall and individual performance 
targets, and their achievements. The 
Board of Directors or, where delegated to 

it, the Compensation Committee aims to 
ensure alignment with sustainable 
performance and appropriate risk-taking 
through adequate deferrals, forfeiture 
conditions, caps on compensation, 
harmful acts provisions and similar means 
with regard to parts of or all of the 
compensation. Parts of variable 
compensation shall be subject to a multi-
year vesting period. 

Additional amount for GEB members 
appointed after the vote on the 
aggregate amount of compensation by 
the AGM 
In line with article 46 of the Articles of 
Association of UBS Group AG, if the 
maximum aggregate amount of 
compensation already approved by the 
General Meeting is not sufficient to also 
cover the compensation of a person who 
becomes a member of or is being 
promoted within the Group Executive 
Board after the General Meeting has 
approved the compensation, UBS Group 
AG or companies controlled by it shall be 
authorized to pay or grant each such 
Group Executive Board member a 
supplementary amount during the 
compensation period(s) already approved. 
The aggregate pool for such 
supplementary amounts per 
compensation period shall not exceed 
40% of the average of total annual 
compensation paid or granted to the 
Group Executive Board during the 
previous three years. 

  Refer to www.ubs.com/governance for 

more information 

281 

Advisory voteCorporate governance and compensation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance and compensation 
Compensation 

Ernst & Young Ltd 
Aeschengraben 9 
P.O. Box 
CH-4002 Basel 

Phone 
Fax 
www.ey.com/ch 

+41 58 286 86 86 
+41 58 286 86 00 

To the General Meeting of 
UBS Group AG, Zurich 

Basel, 27 February 2020 

Report of the statutory auditor on the compensation report 

We have audited the compensation report dated 27 February 2020 of UBS Group AG for the year ended 31 
December 2019. The audit was limited to the information according to articles 14  16 of the Ordinance against 
Excessive Compensation in Stock Exchange Listed Companies (Ordinance) contained in the following tables 
labeled  “audited”  of  the  compensation  report:  Approved  fixed  compensation,  Total  compensation  for  GEB 
members,  Compensation  details  and  additional  information  for  non-independent  BoD  members,  Total 
payments to BoD members, Remuneration details and additional information for independent BoD members, 
Loans granted to GEB members, Loans granted to BoD members and Compensation paid to former BoD and 
GEB members. 

– 

Board of Directors’ responsibility 
The  Board of Directors is responsible  for the  preparation and  overall fair presentation of  the compensation 
report  in  accordance  with  Swiss  law  and  the  Ordinance.  The  Board  of  Directors  is  also  responsible  for 
designing the compensation system and defining individual compensation packages. 

Auditor’s responsibility 
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the compensation report. We conducted our audit in accordance 
with Swiss Auditing Standards. Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan 
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the compensation report complies with 
Swiss law and articles 14 

 16 of the Ordinance. 

– 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence on the disclosures made in the compensation 
report with regard to compensation, loans and credits in accordance with articles 14 – 16 of the Ordinance. 
The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material 
misstatements in the compensation report, whether due to fraud or error. This audit also includes evaluating 
the reasonableness of the methods applied to value components of compensation, as well as assessing the 
overall presentation of the compensation report. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
opinion. 

Opinion 
In our opinion, the compensation report for the year ended 31 December 2019 of UBS Group AG  complies 
with Swiss law and articles 14  16 of the Ordinance. 

– 

Ernst & Young Ltd 

Marie-Laure Delarue 
Licensed audit expert 
(Auditor in charge) 

Bruno Patusi 
Licensed audit expert 

282 

Advisory vote 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated 
financial 
statements 

 
284

Table of contents 

286  Management’s report on internal control over financial 

reporting 

287  Report of the independent registered public accounting 

firm on internal control over financial reporting 

289  Report of the independent registered public accounting 

firm on the consolidated financial statements 
294  Statutory auditor’s report on the audit of the 

consolidated financial statements 

300  UBS Group AG consolidated financial statements 

Income statement 

300  Primary financial statements 
300 
301  Statement of comprehensive income 
303  Balance sheet 
304  Statement of changes in equity 
309  Statement of cash flows 

311  Notes to the UBS Group AG consolidated financial 

statements 

311  1 

347  2 

Summary of significant accounting policies 
Segment reporting 

352 

Income statement notes 

352  3 

353  4 

353  5 

354  6 

354  7 

355  8 

359  9 

Net interest income and other net income from 
financial instruments measured at fair value through 
profit or loss 
Net fee and commission income 
Other income 
Personnel expenses 
General and administrative expenses 
Income taxes 
Earnings per share (EPS) and shares outstanding 

365 

371 

371 

372 

372 

373 

376 

376 

377 

378 

380 

389 

404 

424 

426 

429 

430 

436 

450 

458 

464 

466 

466 

467 

469 

470 

471 

360  Balance sheet notes 
360 

10 

Financial assets at amortized cost and other 
positions in scope of expected credit loss 
measurement 
Derivative instruments 
Financial assets and liabilities at fair value held for 
trading 
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading 
Financial assets measured at fair value through 
other comprehensive income 
Property, equipment and software 

15 
16  Goodwill and intangible assets 
17  Other assets 
18 

Amounts due to banks and customer deposits 
Debt issued designated at fair value 
Debt issued measured at amortized cost 
Provisions and contingent liabilities 

21 
22  Other liabilities 

11 

12 

13 

14 

19 

20 

390  Additional information 
390 

23 

Expected credit loss measurement 
Fair value measurement 

24 
25  Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities 
Restricted and transferred financial assets 
26 
27  Maturity analysis of financial liabilities 
28 

Hedge accounting 
Pension and other post-employment benefit plans 
Employee benefits: variable compensation 
Interests in subsidiaries and other entities 
Changes in organization and acquisitions and 
disposals of subsidiaries and businesses 
Finance lease receivables 

33 
34  Guarantees, commitments and forward starting 

29 

30 

31 

32 

35 

36 

transactions 
Related parties 
Invested assets and net new money 
Currency translation rates 

37 
38  Main differences between IFRS and Swiss GAAP 

285 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s assessment of internal control over financial 
reporting as of 31 December 2019 
UBS  management  has  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  UBS’s 
internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2019 
based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO)  in  Internal 
Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013  Framework).  Based  on 
this assessment, management believes that, as of 31 December 
2019,  UBS’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was 
effective. 

The  effectiveness  of  UBS’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  as  of  31  December  2019  has  been  audited  by  Ernst  & 
Young Ltd, UBS’s independent registered public accounting firm, 
as  stated  in  their  report  appearing  on  pages  287  to  288,  which 
expresses  an  unqualified  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  UBS’s 
internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2019. 

Reports of the statutory auditor / independent registered 
public accounting firm 

The accompanying reports of the independent registered public 
accounting  firm  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements  (refer 
to  pages  289  to  293)  and  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  (refer  to  pages  287  to  288)  of  UBS  Group  AG  are 
included  in  our  filing  on  28  February  2020  with  the  Securities 
and  Exchange  Commission  on  Form  20-F  pursuant  to  US 
reporting obligations. 

The  accompanying  statutory  auditor’s  report  on  the  audit  of 
the consolidated financial statements (refer to pages 294 to 299) 
of UBS Group AG, in addition to the aforementioned reports, is 
included  in  our  Annual  Report  2019  available  on  our  website 
and  filed  on  28  February  2020  with  all  other  relevant  non-US 
exchanges. 

Management’s report on internal control over financial 
reporting 

Management’s responsibility for internal control over financial 
reporting 
The  Board  of  Directors  and  management  of  UBS  Group  AG 
(UBS) are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  UBS’s  internal  control 
over  financial  reporting  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable 
assurance  regarding  the  preparation  and  fair  presentation  of 
published  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  International 
Financial  Reporting  Standards 
the 
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). 

issued  by 

(IFRS),  as 

UBS’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those 

policies and procedures that: 
 pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable 
transactions  and 
fairly 

reflect 

detail,  accurately  and 
dispositions of assets; 

 provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded 
as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  and  fair  presentation  of 
financial  statements,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of 
the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with 
authorizations of UBS management; and 

 provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely 
detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or  disposition  of 
the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the 
financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements. 
Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future 
periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree 
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

286 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ernst & Young Ltd 
Aeschengraben 9 
P.O. Box 
4002 Basel 

Phone: +41 58 286 86 86 
Fax: +41 58 286 86 00 
www.ey.com/ch 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of UBS Group AG 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We  have  audited  UBS  Group  AG  and  subsidiaries’  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
31 December 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by 
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO 
criteria).  In  our  opinion,  UBS  Group  AG  and  subsidiaries  (“the  Company”)  maintained,  in  all  material 
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2019, based on the COSO 
criteria. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of 31 December 
2019  and  2018,  the  related  consolidated  income  statements,  statements  of  comprehensive  income, 
statements of changes in equity and statements of cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended 31 December 2019, and the related notes and our report dated 27 February 2020 expressed an 
unqualified opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included 
in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.  Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based 
on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be 
independent  with  respect  to  the  Company in  accordance  with  the  U.S. federal  securities laws  and the 
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that 
we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about  whether effective internal control 
over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the 
risk  that  a material  weakness  exists,  testing  and evaluating  the design  and operating  effectiveness  of 
internal  control  based  on  the assessed  risk,  and performing  such  other  procedures  as we considered 
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable 
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external  purposes in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting principles.  A  company’s  internal 
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance 
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the 
assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, 
and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations 
of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets 
that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

287 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the 
risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of 
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Ernst & Young Ltd 

Basel, 27 February 2020 

288 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ernst & Young Ltd 
Aeschengraben 9 
P.O. Box 
4002 Basel 

Phone: +41 58 286 86 86 
Fax: +41 58 286 86 00 
www.ey.com/ch 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of UBS Group AG 

Opinion on the Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of UBS Group AG and subsidiaries (“the 
Company”) as of 31 December 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated income statements, statements of 
comprehensive income, statements of changes in equity and statements of cash flows for each of the three 
years  in  the  period  ended  31  December  2019,  and  the  related  notes  (collectively  referred  to  as  the 
“consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all 
material respects, the financial position of the Company at 31 December 2019 and 2018, and the results of 
its  operations  and  its  cash  flows  for each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  31  December  2019,  in 
conformity with the  International Financial Reporting  Standards as issued by the  International Accounting 
Standards Board. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2019, 
based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated 27 February 
2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s Board of Directors. Our responsibility is 
to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting 
firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in 
accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities 
and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we 
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free 
of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess 
the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing 
procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence 
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the 
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matters 

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial 
statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and  that: (1) 
relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially 
challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in 
any  way  our  opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  taken  as  a  whole,  and  we  are  not,  by 
communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on 
the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. 

289 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 

Valuation of complex or illiquid instruments at fair value in accordance with IFRS 9 and IFRS 13 

Description of 
the Matter 

At 31 December 2019, as explained in notes 1-3f and note 24 to the consolidated financial 
statements, the Company held financial instruments that did not trade in active markets. 
These  instruments  are  reported  within  the  following  accounts:  financial  assets  and 
liabilities at fair value held for trading, derivative financial instruments, financial assets and 
liabilities at fair  value  not held for trading,  and  debt issued designated  at  fair  value.  In 
determining  the  fair  value  of  these  financial  instruments,  the  Company  used  valuation 
techniques, modelling assumptions, and estimates of unobservable market inputs which 
required complex and significant judgment. 

Auditing management’s judgments and  assumptions used in the estimation  of  the fair 
value of complex or illiquid instruments was complex due to the highly judgmental nature 
of  valuation  techniques,  modelling  assumptions  and  significant  unobservable  inputs. 
Judgmental valuation techniques were comprised of discounted cash flow and earnings-
based valuation techniques. Judgmental modelling assumptions result from a range of 
different models or model calibrations used by market participants. Judgmental valuation 
inputs include volatility, correlation, credit spreads and bond  price equivalent inputs to 
the  valuation  of  certain  financial  instruments  where  there  is  a  limited  degree  of 
observability, and where there is judgmental extrapolation or interpolation and calibration 
of curves using limited data points, as well as judgmental use of proxy data points. 

How We 
Addressed the 
Matter in Our 
Audit 

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effective-
ness  of  the  controls  over  management’s  financial  instruments  valuation  processes, 
including controls over market data inputs into valuation models, model governance, and 
valuation adjustments. 

We tested the valuation techniques, models and methodologies, and the inputs used in 
those models,  as  outlined  above, by performing  an  independent revaluation  of  certain 
complex or  illiquid  financial assets  and liabilities  with the support of  a  specialist, using 
independent models and inputs, and comparing inputs to available market data among 
other procedures. 

In  addition,  we  evaluated  the  methodology  and  inputs  used  by  management  in 
determining funding and credit fair value adjustments on uncollateralized derivatives and 
fair value option liabilities. 

We also assessed management’s disclosures regarding fair value measurement (within 
notes 1-3f and 24 to the consolidated financial statements). 

Recognition of deferred tax assets 

Description of 
the Matter 

At 31  December 2019, the Company’s  Deferred Tax Assets (“DTA”)  were USD  9,537 
million  (see  Note  8  to  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements).  DTAs  are 
recognized to the extent it is probable that taxable profits will be available, against which, 
the deductible temporary differences or the carryforward of unused tax losses within the 
loss carryforward  period  can be  utilized. There  is  significant judgment exercised when 
estimating the future taxable income that is not based on the reversal of taxable temporary 
differences. Management’s estimate of future taxable profits is based on the legal entity 
strategic  plans  and  is  sensitive  to  the  assumptions  made  in  estimating  future  taxable 

290 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3 

income.  Additionally, management supports a  portion of the net DTA position  with  tax 
planning strategies. 

Auditing  management’s  assessment  of  the  realizability  of  the  Company’s  DTAs  was 
complex due to the highly judgmental nature of estimating future taxable profits over the 
life  of  the  underlying  tax  loss  carryforwards.  Estimating  future profitability  is  inherently 
subjective  and is  sensitive to future economic, market and other conditions, which are 
difficult to predict.  Specifically, some of the more subjective macro-economic assump-
tions  used  included  gross  domestic  product,  equity  market  performance,  and  interest 
rates. Additionally, auditing tax planning strategies requires specific  tax knowledge and 
understanding of the applicable tax laws, which are complex and require judgment in the 
interpretation of such laws and the related application. 

How We 
Addressed the 
Matter in Our 
Audit 

We  evaluated  the  design  and  tested  the  operational  effectiveness  of  management’s 
controls over DTA valuation, which included the assumptions used in developing the legal 
entity strategic plans, tax planning strategies and estimating future taxable income. 
We  assessed  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  the  data  used  for  the  estimations  of 
future taxable income. This included recalculating the outputs of the models applied to the 
recognition process for DTAs. 

We involved specialists to assist in assessing the key economic assumptions embedded 
in the legal entity strategic plans. We compared key inputs used to forecast future taxable 
income  to  externally  available  historical  and  prospective  data  and  assumptions;  and 
assessed  the  sensitivity  of  the  outcomes  using  reasonably  possible  changes  in 
assumptions. 

In addition, we assessed the appropriateness and impact of management’s tax planning 
strategies  by evaluating  whether  these strategies  were reasonable, available,  feasible, 
and prudent. This evaluation  was based on  applicable tax laws and an  assessment of 
management’s  interpretations  of  such  tax  laws,  our  understanding  of  the  Company’s 
business and industry, and the Company’s ability to implement the strategies. 

We  also  assessed  management’s  disclosure  regarding  recognized  and  unrecognized 
DTAs (within note 8 to the consolidated financial statements). 

Legal Provisions & Contingent Liabilities 

Description of 
the Matter 

At  31  December  2019,  the  Company’s  provisions  for  litigation,  regulatory  and  similar 
matters  (legal  provisions)  were  USD  2,475  million.  As  explained  in  note  21  to  the 
consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  operates  in  a  legal  and  regulatory 
environment that is exposed to significant litigation and similar risks arising from disputes 
and  regulatory  proceedings.  Such  matters  are  subject  to  many  uncertainties  and  the 
outcomes may be difficult to predict. These uncertainties inherently affect the amount and 
timing  of  potential  outflows  with  respect  to  the  legal  provisions  which  have  been 
established and contingent liabilities. 

291 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4 

Auditing  management’s  assessment  of  legal  provisions  and  contingent  liabilities  was 
complex  and  judgmental  due  to  the  significant  estimation  required  to  evaluate 
management’s estimate of the probability that an outflow of resources will be required for 
existing legal matters. In particular, these legal provisions are based on management’s 
estimation of the likelihood of the occurrence of certain scenarios and related impact on 
the Company’s financial position. 

How We 
Addressed the 
Matter in Our 
Audit 

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operational effective-
ness of management’s controls over the legal provision and contingencies process. Our 
procedures included testing of management’s review of the accuracy of the inputs to the 
estimation of the likelihood of the occurrence of certain scenarios and related impact on 
the Company’s financial position. 

We  assessed the methodologies on  which the provision amounts were based with the 
involvement  of  specialists,  recalculated  the  provisions,  and  tested  the  underlying 
information. We read the legal analyses of the matters supporting the judgmental aspects 
impacted  by  legal  interpretations.  We  obtained  correspondence  directly  from  external 
legal counsel to assess the information provided by management and performed inquiries 
with external counsel as deemed necessary. 

We also assessed management’s disclosure regarding legal provisions and contingent 
liabilities (within note 21 to the consolidated financial statements). 

Expected Credit Losses 

Description of 
the Matter 

At  31  December  2019,  the  Company’s  allowances  and  provisions  for  expected  credit 
losses (“ECL”) was USD 1,029 million. As explained in note 1-3g, note 10 and note 23 to 
the consolidated financial statements, ECL is recognized for financial assets measured at 
amortized cost, financial assets measured at Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive 
Income, fee and lease receivables, financial guarantees and loan commitments. ECL are 
also recognized on the undrawn portion of revolving revocable credit lines, which include 
the  Company’s  credit  card  limits  and  master  credit  facilities.  The  allowance  for  ECL 
consists of exposures that are in default which are individually evaluated for impairment 
(stage 3), as well as losses inherent in the loan portfolio that are not specifically identified 
(stage 1 and stage 2). Management’s estimates for ECL represent the difference between 
contractual  cash  flows  and  those  the  Company  expects  to  receive,  discounted  at  the 
effective interest rate. The method used to calculate ECL is based on a combination of 
the following principal factors: probability of default (“PD”), loss given default (“LGD”) and 
exposure at default (“EAD”). 

Auditing management’s estimate of the allowances and provisions for ECL was complex 
due  to  the  highly  judgmental  nature  of  forward-looking  economic  scenarios,  their 
probability weightings and  the credit risk models used to estimate stage 1 and stage 2 
ECL. 

292 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
How We 
Addressed the 
Matter in Our 
Audit 

5 

Auditing  the measurement of  individual  ECL for  stage 3 was  complex due  to  the  high 
degree of judgment involved in management’s process for estimating ECL based on LGD 
assumptions. These LGD assumptions take into account expected future cash flows from 
collateral  and  other  credit  enhancements  or  expected  payouts  from  bankruptcy 
proceedings for unsecured claims and, where applicable, time to realization of collateral 
and the seniority of claims. 

We  obtained  an  understanding,  evaluated  the  design  and  tested  the  operational 
effectiveness of management’s controls over the ECL estimate, including management’s 
choice  of,  and  the  probability  weighting  assigned  to,  the  forward-looking  economic 
scenarios  used  in  measuring  ECL.  We  evaluated  management’s  methodologies  and 
governance controls for developing and monitoring the economic scenarios used and the 
probability weightings assigned to them. Supported by specialists, we assessed the key 
macroeconomic variables used in the forward-looking scenarios, such as gross domestic 
product, unemployment rate, interest rates and house price indexes. 

We  obtained  an  understanding,  evaluated  the  design  and  tested  the  operating 
effectiveness  of  controls,  over  credit  risk  models  used  in  the  ECL  estimate,  including 
controls  over  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  input  data  for  those  models,  the 
calculation  logic  of  the  models,  and  the  model’s  output  data  used  in  the  overall  ECL 
calculation. With the support of specialists, we performed an evaluation of management’s 
models  and  tested  the  model  outcomes  by  inspecting  model  documentation  and 
reperforming model calculations among other procedures. 

For the measurement of stage 3, we obtained an  understanding, evaluated  the design 
and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company’s process, including 
an evaluation of the assumptions used by management regarding the future cash flows 
from the debtors’ continuing operations and/or the liquidation  of  collateral. Additionally, 
we tested collateral valuation, cash flow assumptions and exit strategies, by performing 
inquiries  of  management,  inspecting  underlying  documents,  such  as  loan  contracts, 
financial  statements,  covenants,  budgets  and  business  plans,  and  by  re-performing 
discounted cash flow calculations among other procedures. 

We also assessed management’s disclosure regarding financial assets at amortized cost 
and other positions in scope of expected credit loss measurement (note 1-3g, note 10 
and note 23 to the consolidated financial statements). 

Ernst & Young Ltd 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1998. 

Basel, 27 February 2020 

293 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ernst & Young Ltd 
Aeschengraben 9 
P.O. Box 
CH-4002 Basel 

Phone: 
Fax: 
www.ey.com/ch 

+41 58 286 86 86 
+41 58 286 86 00 

To the General Meeting of 

UBS Group AG, Zurich 

Basel, 27 February 2020 

Statutory auditor’s report on the audit of the consolidated financial statements 

Opinion 

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of UBS Group AG and its subsidiaries (the Group), 
which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of  31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018, and the 
consolidated  income  statements,  consolidated  statements  of  comprehensive  income,  consolidated 
statements of changes in equity and consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the three years in 
the  period  ended  31  December  2019,  and  notes  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  including  a 
summary of significant accounting policies in note 1. 

In  our  opinion,  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the 
consolidated financial  position  of  the  Group  as at  31  December  2019  and  31  December  2018,  and  the 
consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended  31  December  2019  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRS)  and 
comply with Swiss law. 

Basis for opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Swiss law, International Standards on Auditing (ISAs) and Swiss 
Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under those provisions and standards are further described in the 
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the Group in accordance with the provisions of Swiss law and the requirements of 
the Swiss audit profession, as well as the IESBA Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants, and we have 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
opinion. 

Key audit matters 

Key audit matters  are  those matters  that, in our  professional  judgment,  were  of most  significance  in our 
audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the 
context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, 
and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how 
our audit addressed the matter is provided in that context. 

We  have  fulfilled  the  responsibilities  described  in  the  Auditor’s  responsibilities  for  the  audit  of  the 
consolidated financial statements section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, 
our audit included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks of 
material  misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  results  of  our  audit  procedures, 
including the procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on 
the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

294 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 

Valuation of complex or illiquid instruments at fair value in accordance with IFRS 9 and IFRS 13 

Area of focus 

At  31  December  2019,  as  explained  in  notes  1-3f  and  note  24  to  the  consolidated 
financial  statements,  the Group  held financial  instruments  that  did  not  trade in  active 
markets. These instruments are reported within the following accounts: financial assets 
and  liabilities  at  fair  value  held  for  trading,  derivative  financial  instruments,  financial 
assets and liabilities at fair value not held for trading, and debt issued designated at fair 
value.  In  determining  the  fair  value  of  these  financial  instruments,  the  Group  used 
valuation  techniques,  modelling  assumptions,  and  estimates  of  unobservable  market 
inputs which required complex and significant judgment. 

Auditing management’s judgments and assumptions used in the estimation of the fair 
value of complex or illiquid instruments was complex due to the highly judgmental nature 
of  valuation  techniques,  modelling  assumptions  and  significant  unobservable  inputs. 
Judgmental  valuation  techniques  were  comprised  of  discounted  cash  flow  and 
earnings-based valuation techniques. Judgmental modelling assumptions result from a 
range of different models or model calibrations used by market participants. Judgmental 
valuation inputs include volatility, correlation, credit spreads and bond price equivalent 
inputs to the valuation of certain financial instruments where there is a limited degree of 
observability, and where there is judgmental extrapolation or interpolation and calibra-
tion of curves using limited data points, as well as judgmental use of proxy data points. 

Our audit 
response 

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effective-
ness  of  the  controls  over  management’s  financial  instruments  valuation  processes, 
including controls over market data inputs into valuation models, model governance, and 
valuation adjustments. 

We tested the valuation techniques, models and methodologies, and the inputs used in 
those models, as outlined above, by performing an independent revaluation of  certain 
complex or illiquid financial assets and liabilities with the support of a specialist, using 
independent models and inputs, and comparing inputs to available market data among 
other procedures. 

In  addition,  we  evaluated  the  methodology  and  inputs  used  by  management  in 
determining funding and credit fair value adjustments on uncollateralized derivatives and 
fair value option liabilities. 

We also assessed management’s disclosures regarding fair value measurement (within 
notes 1-3f and 24 to the consolidated financial statements). 

Recognition of deferred tax assets 

Area of focus 

At 31 December 2019, the Group’s Deferred Tax Assets (“DTA”) were USD 9,537 million 
(see Note 8 to the Group’s consolidated financial statements). DTAs are recognized to 
the extent it is probable that taxable profits will be available, against which, the deductible 
temporary differences or the carryforward of unused tax losses within the loss carryfor-
ward period can be utilized. There is significant judgment exercised when estimating the 
future taxable income that is not based on the reversal of taxable temporary differences. 
Management’s  estimate  of  future  taxable  profits  is  based  on  the  legal  entity  strategic 
plans  and  is  sensitive  to  the  assumptions  made  in  estimating  future  taxable  income. 
Additionally, management supports a portion of the net DTA position with tax planning 
strategies. 

295 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3 

Auditing management’s assessment of the realizability of the Group’s DTAs was complex 
due to the highly judgmental nature of estimating future taxable profits over the life of the 
underlying tax loss carryforwards.  Estimating future profitability is inherently  subjective 
and is  sensitive to future economic, market  and other  conditions,  which  are  difficult to 
predict.  Specifically,  some  of  the  more  subjective  macro-economic  assumptions  used 
included  gross  domestic  product,  equity  market  performance,  and  interest  rates. 
Additionally,  auditing  tax  planning  strategies  requires  specific  tax  knowledge  and 
understanding of the applicable tax laws, which are complex and require judgment in the 
interpretation of such laws and the related application. 

Our audit 
response 

We  evaluated  the  design  and  tested  the  operational  effectiveness  of  management’s 
controls over DTA valuation, which included the assumptions used in developing the legal 
entity strategic plans, tax planning strategies and estimating future taxable income. 

We  assessed  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  the data  used  for the  estimations  of 
future taxable income. This included recalculating the outputs of the models applied to 
the recognition process for DTAs. 

We involved specialists to assist in assessing the key economic assumptions embedded 
in the legal entity strategic plans. We compared key inputs used to forecast future taxable 
income  to  externally  available  historical  and  prospective  data  and  assumptions;  and 
assessed  the  sensitivity  of  the  outcomes  using  reasonably  possible  changes  in 
assumptions. 

In addition, we assessed the appropriateness and impact of management’s tax planning 
strategies  by evaluating  whether these strategies  were  reasonable,  available, feasible, 
and prudent. This evaluation  was  based  on  applicable  tax laws  and an  assessment  of 
management’s  interpretations  of  such  tax  laws,  our  understanding  of  the  Group’s 
business and industry, and the Group’s ability to implement the strategies. 

We  also  assessed  management’s  disclosure  regarding  recognized  and  unrecognized 
DTAs (within note 8 to the consolidated financial statements). 

Legal Provisions & Contingent Liabilities 

Area of focus 

At 31 December 2019, the Group’s provisions for litigation, regulatory and similar matters 
(legal provisions) were USD 2,475 million. As explained in note 21 to the consolidated 
financial  statements, the Group operates  in a legal  and regulatory  environment  that  is 
exposed  to  significant  litigation  and  similar  risks  arising  from  disputes  and  regulatory 
proceedings. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties and the outcomes may be 
difficult to predict. These uncertainties inherently affect the amount and timing of potential 
outflows with respect to the legal provisions which have been established and contingent 
liabilities. 

Auditing  management’s  assessment  of  legal  provisions  and  contingent  liabilities  was 
complex  and  judgmental  due  to  the  significant  estimation  required  to  evaluate 
management’s estimate of the probability that an outflow of resources will be required for 
existing legal matters. In particular, these legal provisions are based on management’s 
estimation of the likelihood of the occurrence of certain scenarios and related impact on 
the Group’s financial position. 

296 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4 

Our audit 
response 

We  obtained  an  understanding,  evaluated  the  design  and  tested  the  operational 
effectiveness of management’s controls over the legal provision and contingencies 
process. Our procedures included testing of management’s review of the accuracy of 
the inputs to the estimation of the likelihood of the occurrence of certain scenarios 
and related impact on the Group’s financial position. 

We  assessed  the methodologies  on  which the provision amounts  were  based  with 
the involvement of specialists, recalculated the provisions, and tested the underlying 
information. We  read  the legal  analyses  of  the  matters  supporting  the  judgmental 
aspects impacted by legal interpretations. We obtained correspondence directly from 
external  legal  counsel  to  assess  the  information  provided  by  management  and 
performed inquiries with external counsel as deemed necessary. 

We  also  assessed  management’s  disclosure  regarding  legal  provisions  and 
contingent liabilities (within note 21 to the consolidated financial statements). 

Expected Credit Losses 

Area of focus 

Our audit 
response 

At 31 December 2019, the Group’s allowances and provisions for expected credit losses 
(“ECL”) was USD 1,029 million. As explained in note 1-3g, note 10 and note 23 to the 
consolidated financial statements, ECL is recognized for financial assets measured at 
amortized cost, financial assets measured at Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive 
Income, fee  and lease receivables, financial  guarantees  and loan commitments.  ECL 
are also recognized on the undrawn portion of  revolving revocable credit lines,  which 
include  the Group’s  credit card limits  and master  credit facilities.  The allowances  and 
provisions  for  ECL  consists  of  exposures  that  are  in  default  which  are  individually 
evaluated for impairment (stage 3), as well as losses inherent in the loan portfolio that 
are not specifically identified (stage 1 and stage 2). Management’s estimates for ECL 
represent the difference between contractual cash flows and those the Group expects 
to receive, discounted at the effective interest rate. The method used to calculate ECL 
is based on a combination of the following principal factors: probability of default (“PD”), 
loss given default (“LGD”) and exposure at default (“EAD”). 

Auditing management’s estimate of the allowances and provisions for ECL was complex 
due to the highly judgmental nature of forward-looking economic scenarios, their prob-
ability weightings and the credit risk models used to estimate stage 1 and stage 2 ECL. 

Auditing the measurement of individual ECL for stage 3 was complex  due to the high 
degree  of  judgment  involved in management’s  process  for  estimating  ECL  based  on 
LGD  assumptions.  These  LGD  assumptions  take  into  account  expected  future  cash 
flows  from  collateral  and  other  credit  enhancements  or  expected  payouts  from 
bankruptcy proceedings for unsecured claims and, where applicable, time to realization 
of collateral and the seniority of claims. 

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operational effec-
tiveness  of  management’s  controls  over  the  ECL  estimate,  including  management’s 
choice  of,  and  the  probability  weighting  assigned  to,  the  forward-looking  economic 
scenarios  used  in  measuring  ECL.  We  evaluated  management’s  methodologies  and 
governance controls for  developing  and monitoring the economic  scenarios  used  and 
the probability weightings assigned to them. Supported by specialists, we assessed the 
key  macroeconomic  variables  used  in  the  forward-looking  scenarios,  such  as  gross 
domestic product, unemployment rate, interest rates and house price indexes. 

297 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5 

We  obtained  an  understanding,  evaluated  the  design  and  tested  the  operating 
effectiveness  of  controls,  over  credit  risk models  used  in the ECL  estimate, including 
controls  over  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  input  data  for  those  models,  the 
calculation  logic  of  the models,  and the model’s  output  data  used  in the  overall  ECL 
calculation.  With  the  support  of  specialists,  we  performed  an  evaluation  of  manage-
ment’s models and tested the model outcomes by inspecting model documentation and 
reperforming model calculations among other procedures. 

For the measurement of stage 3, we obtained an understanding, evaluated the design 
and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Group’s process, including 
an evaluation of the assumptions used by management regarding the future cash flows 
from the debtors’ continuing operations and/or the liquidation of collateral. Additionally, 
we tested collateral valuation, cash flow assumptions and exit strategies, by performing 
inquiries  of  management,  inspecting  underlying  documents,  such  as  loan  contracts, 
financial  statements,  covenants,  budgets  and  business  plans,  and  by  re-performing 
discounted cash flow calculations among other procedures. 

We  also  assessed  management’s  disclosure  regarding financial  assets  at  amortized 
cost and other positions in scope of expected credit loss measurement (note 1-3g, note 
10 and note 23 to the consolidated financial statements). 

IT access and change management controls relevant to financial reporting 

Area of focus 

The Group is highly dependent on its IT systems for business processes and financial 
reporting.  The  Group  continues  to  invest  in  its  IT  systems  to  meet  client  needs  and 
business  requirements  including  the  effectiveness  of  its  logical  access  and  change 
management IT controls. 

Auditing management’s  IT  controls  relevant  to  access  and  change management  was 
complex as the Group is a multi-location organization and has a significant number of IT 
systems and applications relevant to financial reporting. 

Our audit 
response 

In assessing the reliability of electronic data processing, we included IT auditors as part 
of our audit team. Our audit procedures focused on the IT infrastructure and applications 
relevant to financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an  understanding  and evaluating  the 
design and testing of the operating effectiveness of key IT access management, change 
management, IT operations, and IT automated controls. 

Our audit procedures related to logical access included tests of user access manage-
ment, privileged user access, periodic access right recertifications, and user authentica-
tion controls. Our audit procedures related to IT change management included tests of 
management’s program change test approach, approval of change requests, as well as 
segregation of duties. 

Other information in the annual report 

The Board of Directors is responsible for the other information in the annual report. The other information 
comprises  all  information  included  in  the  annual  report,  but  does  not  include  the  consolidated  financial 
statements,  the  stand-alone  financial  statements  of  UBS  Group  AG,  the  compensation  report  (pages 
278-279), disclosures denoted with an “audited” signpost, and our auditor’s reports thereon. 

298 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6 

Our opinions on the consolidated financial statements, the standalone financial statements of UBS Group 
AG  and the compensation  report  do  not  cover the other information in the annual  report  and we do  not 
express  any  form  of  assurance  conclusion  thereon  other  than  the  disclosures  denoted  with  an  audited 
“signpost”. 

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other 
information  in  the  annual  report  and,  in  doing  so,  consider  whether  the  other information  is  materially 
inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise 
appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a 
material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report 
in this regard. 

Responsibility of the Board of Directors for the consolidated financial statements 

The Board of Directors is responsible for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements that give 
a true and fair view in accordance with IFRS and the provisions of Swiss law, and for such internal control 
as  the  Board  of  Directors  determines  is  necessary  to  enable  the  preparation  of  consolidated  financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Board of Directors is responsible for assessing the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern 
and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Board of Directors either intends to liquidate 
the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as 
a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report 
that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an 
audit  conducted in  accordance  with  Swiss  law,  ISAs and  Swiss  Auditing Standards  will  always  detect  a 
material  misstatement  when  it  exists.  Misstatements  can  arise  from  fraud  or  error  and  are  considered 
material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements is located 
at  the  website  of  EXPERTsuisse:  http://www.expertsuisse.ch/en/audit-report-for-public-companies.  This 
description forms part of our auditor’s report. 

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements 

In accordance with article 728a para. 1 item 3 CO and the Swiss Auditing Standard 890, we confirm that an 
internal  control  system  exists,  which  has  been  designed  for  the  preparation  of  consolidated  financial 
statements according to the instructions of the Board of Directors. 

We recommend that the consolidated financial statements submitted to you be approved. 

Ernst & Young Ltd 

Marie-Laure Delarue 
Licensed audit expert 
(Auditor in charge) 

Ira S. Fitlin 
Certified Public Accountant (U.S.) 

299 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

UBS Group AG consolidated financial 
statements 

Primary financial statements 

Audited | 
Income statement 

USD million 
Interest income from financial instruments measured at amortized cost and fair value through 
other comprehensive income
Interest expense from financial instruments measured at amortized cost

Interest income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss

Interest expense from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss

Net interest income

Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss

Credit loss (expense) / recovery

Fee and commission income

Fee and commission expense

Net fee and commission income

Other income

Total operating income 

Personnel expenses

General and administrative expenses

Depreciation and impairment of property, equipment and software

Amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

Total operating expenses 

Operating profit / (loss) before tax 

Tax expense / (benefit)

Net profit / (loss) 

Net profit / (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests 

Net profit / (loss) attributable to shareholders
Net profit / (loss) attributable to shareholders 

Earnings per share (USD) 

Basic

Diluted

Note 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

For the year ended 

 3 
 3 

 3 

 3 

 3 

 3 

 23 

 4 

 4 

 4 

 5 

 6 

 7 

 15 

 16 

 8 

 9 

 9 

10,684
10,684
(7,194)
(7,194)

4,714
4,714

(3,703)
(3,703)

4,501
4,501

6,842
6,842

(78)
(78)

19,110
19,110

(1,696)
(1,696)

17,413
17,413

212
212

28,889
28,889

16,084
16,084

5,288
5,288

1,765
1,765

175
175

23,312
23,312

5,577
5,577

1,267
1,267

4,310
4,310

6
6

4,304
4,304

 10,100
 (6,391)

 4,660

 (3,322)

 5,048

 6,960

 (118)

 19,598

 (1,703)

 17,895

 428

 30,213

 16,132

 6,797

 1,228

 65

 24,222

 5,991

 1,468

 4,522

 7

 4,516

 10,422 
 (5,404) 

 2,281 

 (1,228) 

 6,070 

 5,637 

 (131) 

 19,362 

 (1,840) 

 17,522 

 524 

 29,622 

 16,199 

 6,949 

 1,053 

 71 

 24,272 

 5,351 

 4,305 

 1,046 

 77 

 969 

1.17
1.17

1.14
1.14

 1.21

 1.18

 0.26 

 0.25 

300 

  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
Statement of comprehensive income 

USD million 

Comprehensive income attributable to shareholders 

NNeett pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) 

OOtthheerr ccoommpprreehheennssiivvee iinnccoommee tthhaatt mmaayy bbee rreeccllaassssiiffiieedd ttoo tthhee iinnccoommee ssttaatteemmeenntt 

FFoorreeiiggnn ccuurrrreennccyy ttrraannssllaattiioonn 

Foreign currency translation movements related to net assets of foreign operations, before tax 

Effective portion of changes in fair value of hedging instruments designated as net investment hedges, before tax 

Foreign currency translation differences on foreign operations reclassified to the income statement 
Effective portion of changes in fair value of hedging instruments designated as net investment hedges reclassified to 
the income statement 
Income tax relating to foreign currency translations, including the effect of net investment hedges 

Subtotal foreign currency translation, net of tax 

FFiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee tthhrroouugghh ootthheerr ccoommpprreehheennssiivvee iinnccoommee 

Net unrealized gains / (losses), before tax 

Impairment charges reclassified to the income statement from equity 

Realized gains reclassified to the income statement from equity 

Realized losses reclassified to the income statement from equity 

Income tax relating to net unrealized gains / (losses) 

Subtotal financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of tax 

CCaasshh ffllooww hheeddggeess ooff iinntteerreesstt rraattee rriisskk 

Effective portion of changes in fair value of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, before tax 

Net (gains) / losses reclassified to the income statement from equity 

Income tax relating to cash flow hedges 

Subtotal cash flow hedges, net of tax 

TToottaall ootthheerr ccoommpprreehheennssiivvee iinnccoommee tthhaatt mmaayy bbee rreeccllaassssiiffiieedd ttoo tthhee iinnccoommee ssttaatteemmeenntt,, nneett ooff ttaaxx 

OOtthheerr ccoommpprreehheennssiivvee iinnccoommee tthhaatt wwiillll nnoott bbee rreeccllaassssiiffiieedd ttoo tthhee iinnccoommee ssttaatteemmeenntt 

DDeeffiinneedd bbeenneeffiitt ppllaannss 

Gains / (losses) on defined benefit plans, before tax 

Income tax relating to defined benefit plans 

Subtotal defined benefit plans, net of tax 

OOwwnn ccrreeddiitt oonn ffiinnaanncciiaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess ddeessiiggnnaatteedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee 

Gains / (losses) from own credit on financial liabilities designated at fair value, before tax 

Income tax relating to own credit on financial liabilities designated at fair value 

Subtotal own credit on financial liabilities designated at fair value, net of tax 

TToottaall ootthheerr ccoommpprreehheennssiivvee iinnccoommee tthhaatt wwiillll nnoott bbee rreeccllaassssiiffiieedd ttoo tthhee iinnccoommee ssttaatteemmeenntt,, nneett ooff ttaaxx 

TToottaall ootthheerr ccoommpprreehheennssiivvee iinnccoommee 

TToottaall ccoommpprreehheennssiivvee iinnccoommee aattttrriibbuuttaabbllee ttoo sshhaarreehhoollddeerrss 

Table continues on the next page. 

For the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

44,,330044

 4,516

 969 

220000

((113344))

5522

((1144))
00

110044

118899

00

((3333))

22

((4411))

111177

11,,557711

((117755))

((225533))

11,,114433

11,,336633

((114466))

((4411))

((118866))

((440000))

88

((339922))

((557788))

 (725)

 181

 3

 2
 (2)

 1,595 

 (55) 

 32 

 (6) 
 (2) 

 (541)

 1,564 

 (56)

 0

 0

 0

 12

 (45)

 (42)

 (294)

 67

 (269)

 (855)

 (220)

 276

 56

 517

 (8)

 509

 565

 96 

 15 

 (209) 

 14 

 (6) 

 (91) 

 45 

 (843) 

 163 

 (635) 

 838 

 286 

 11 

 296 

 (315) 

 (2) 

 (317) 

 (20) 

778855

55,,008899

 (290)

 4,225

 818 

 1,787 

301 

Financial statements 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Consolidated financial statements 

Statement of comprehensive income (continued) 

Table continued from previous page. 

USD million 

Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests 

Net profit / (loss)
Net profit / (loss) 

Other comprehensive income that will not be reclassified to the income statement
Other comprehensive income that will not be reclassified to the income statement 

Foreign currency translation movements, before tax 

Income tax relating to foreign currency translation movements 

Subtotal foreign currency translation, net of tax 

Total other comprehensive income that will not be reclassified to the income statement, net of tax
Total other comprehensive income that will not be reclassified to the income statement, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests
Total comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests 

Total comprehensive income 

Net profit / (loss)
Net profit / (loss) 

Other comprehensive income
Other comprehensive income 

of which: other comprehensive income that may be reclassified to the income statement 

of which: other comprehensive income that will not be reclassified to the income statement 

Total comprehensive income 
Total comprehensive income

For the year ended 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

6
6

(4)
(4)

0
0

(4)
(4)

(4)
(4)

2
2

 7

 (1)

 0

 (1)

 (1)

 5

4,310
4,310

781
781

1,363
1,363

(582)
(582)

5,091
5,091

 4,522

 (292)

 (855)

 563

 4,231

 77 

 250 

 0 

 250 

 250 

 326 

 1,046 

 1,068 

 838 

 229 

 2,113 

302 

 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Balance sheet 
USD million 

Assets 
Cash and balances at central banks 
Loans and advances to banks
Receivables from securities financing transactions 
Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments 
Loans and advances to customers
Other financial assets measured at amortized cost 
TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt 
Financial assets at fair value held for trading 

of which: assets pledged as collateral that may be sold or repledged by counterparties 

Derivative financial instruments 
Brokerage receivables
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading 
TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee tthhrroouugghh pprrooffiitt oorr lloossss 
FFiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee tthhrroouugghh ootthheerr ccoommpprreehheennssiivvee iinnccoommee 
Investments in associates 
Property, equipment and software
Goodwill and intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Other non-financial assets 
TToottaall aasssseettss 

Liabilities 
Amounts due to banks 
Payables from securities financing transactions
Cash collateral payables on derivative instruments
Customer deposits
Debt issued measured at amortized cost
Other financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 
TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt 
Financial liabilities at fair value held for trading 
Derivative financial instruments 
Brokerage payables designated at fair value
Debt issued designated at fair value 
Other financial liabilities designated at fair value 
TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess mmeeaassuurreedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee tthhrroouugghh pprrooffiitt oorr lloossss 
Provisions 
Other non-financial liabilities 
TToottaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess 

Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium 
Treasury shares 
Retained earnings 
Other comprehensive income recognized directly in equity, net of tax 
EEqquuiittyy aattttrriibbuuttaabbllee ttoo sshhaarreehhoollddeerrss 
Equity attributable to non-controlling interests 
TToottaall eeqquuiittyy 
TToottaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess aanndd eeqquuiittyy 

Note 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

 10 
10, 25 
10, 25 
 10 
10, 17a 

12, 24 

11, 24, 25 
 24 
13, 24 

14, 24 
31b 
 15 
 16 
 8 
17b 

 18 
 25 
 25 
 18 
 20 
22a 

12, 24 
11, 24, 25 
 24 
19, 24 
22b, 24 

21a 
22c 

110077,,006688
1122,,444477
8844,,224455
2233,,228899
332266,,778866
2222,,998800
557766,,881155
112277,,551144
4411,,228855
112211,,884411
1188,,000077
8833,,994444
335511,,330077
66,,334455
11,,005511
1122,,880044
66,,446699
99,,553377
77,,885566
997722,,118833

66,,557700
77,,777788
3311,,441155
444488,,228844
111100,,449977
99,,771122
661144,,225566
3300,,559911
112200,,888800
3377,,223333
6666,,880099
3355,,994400
229911,,445522
22,,997744
88,,779944
991177,,447766

333388
1188,,006644
((33,,332266))
3344,,115544
55,,330033
5544,,553333
117744
5544,,770077
997722,,118833

 108,370 
 16,868 
 95,349 
 23,602 
 320,352 
 22,563 
 587,104 
 104,370 
 32,121 
 126,210 
 16,840 
 82,690 
 330,110 
 6,667 
 1,099 
 9,348 
 6,647 
 10,105 
 7,410 
 958,489 

 10,962 
 10,296 
 28,906 
 419,838 
 132,271 
 6,885 
 609,158 
 28,943 
 125,723 
 38,420 
 57,031 
 33,594 
 283,711 
 3,494 
 9,022 
 905,386 

 338 
 20,843 
 (2,631) 
 30,448 
 3,930 
 52,928 
 176 
 53,103 
 958,489 

303 

Financial statements 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Consolidated financial statements 

Statement of changes in equity 

USD million 
Balance as of 1 January 2017 
Balance as of 1 January 2017

Issuance of share capital 

Acquisition of treasury shares

Delivery of treasury shares under share-based compensation plans

Other disposal of treasury shares

Premium on shares issued and warrants exercised

Share-based compensation expensed in the income statement

Tax (expense) / benefit

Dividends

Preferred notes 

Translation effects recognized directly in retained earnings

New consolidations / (deconsolidations) and other increases / (decreases)

Total comprehensive income for the year

of which: net profit / (loss)

of which: other comprehensive income (OCI) that may be reclassified to the income statement, net of tax 

of which: OCI that will not be reclassified to the income statement, net of tax – defined benefit plans

of which: OCI that will not be reclassified to the income statement, net of tax – own credit

of which: OCI that will not be reclassified to the income statement, net of tax – foreign currency translation 

Balance as of 31 December 2017 
Balance as of 31 December 2017

Effect of adoption of IFRS 9

Effect of adoption of IFRS 15

Balance as of 1 January 2018 after the adoption of IFRS 9 and IFRS 15
Balance as of 1 January 2018 after the adoption of IFRS 9 and IFRS 15 

Issuance of share capital

Acquisition of treasury shares

Delivery of treasury shares under share-based compensation plans

Other disposal of treasury shares

Premium on shares issued and warrants exercised

Share-based compensation expensed in the income statement

Tax (expense) / benefit

Dividends

Translation effects recognized directly in retained earnings

New consolidations / (deconsolidations) and other increases / (decreases)

Total comprehensive income for the year

of which: net profit / (loss)

of which: other comprehensive income (OCI) that may be reclassified to the income statement, net of tax 

of which: OCI that will not be reclassified to the income statement, net of tax – defined benefit plans

of which: OCI that will not be reclassified to the income statement, net of tax – own credit

of which: OCI that will not be reclassified to the income statement, net of tax – foreign currency translation 

Share 
capital 
338 
338

Share 

premium  Treasury shares 
(2,362) 
(2,362)
25,958 
25,958

Retained 
earnings 
25,029 
25,029

 (908)3 

 994 

 663 

 (879)

 1

 19 

 735 

 21 

 (2,259)2 

 1 

 (46) 

 949 

 969 

 296 

 (317) 

338 
338

23,598 
23,598

(2,210) 
(2,210)

25,932 
25,932

 (518) 

 (25) 

338 
338

 0 

23,598 
23,598

(2,210) 
(2,210)

25,389 
25,389

 (1,608)3 

 1,137 

 503 

 (1,009)

 22 

 676 

 4 

 (2,440)2 

 (7) 

 (21) 

 5,080 

 4,516 

 56 

 509 

Balance as of 31 December 2018
Balance as of 31 December 2018 

338
338 

20,843
20,843 

(2,631)
(2,631) 

30,448
30,448 

304 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Other comprehensive 
income recognized 
directly in equity, 
net of tax1 
33,,995533 

of which: 
foreign currency 
translation 
22,,990011 

of which: 
financial assets at 
fair value through 
other comprehensive 
income 
9966 

of which: 
cash flow 
hedges 
995555 

Total equity 
attributable to 
shareholders 
5522,,991166 

Non-controlling 
interests 
667700 

Total equity 
5533,,558866

 46

 838

 838

44,,883388 

 (74)

44,,776644 

 21

 (855)

 (855)

 1,564

 1,564

44,,446666 

44,,446666 

 (541)

 (541)

 7

 (91)

 (91)

1133 

 (74)

((6611)) 

 3

 (45)

 (45)

 39

 (635)

 (635)

336600 

336600 

 18

 (269)

 (269)

33,,993300 

33,,992244 

((110033)) 

110099 

 0

 (908)

 115

 67

 19

 735

 21

 (2,259)

 0

 0

 1

 1,787

 969

 838

 296

 (317)

 0

5522,,449955 

 (591)

 (25)

5511,,887799 

 0

 (1,608)

 128

 50

 22

 676

 4

 (2,440)

 0

 (7)

 4,225

 4,516

 (855)

 56

 509

 0

5522,,992288 

 (77)

 (878)

 17

 326

 77

 250

5599 

5599 

 (10)

 122

 5

 7

 (1)

117766 

 0

 (908)

 115

 67

 19

 735

 21

 (2,337)

 (878)

 0

 18

 2,113

 1,046

 838

 296

 (317)

 250 

5522,,555544

 (591)

 (25) 

5511,,993388

 0

 (1,608)

 128

 50

 22

 676

 4

 (2,450)

 0

 115

 4,231

 4,522

 (855)

 56

 509

 (1) 

5533,,110033 

305 

Financial statements 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Consolidated financial statements 

Statement of changes in equity (continued) 

USD million 
Balance as of 31 December 2018 
Balance as of 31 December 2018

Effect of adoption of IFRIC 23

Balance as of 1 January 2019 after the adoption of IFRIC 23
Balance as of 1 January 2019 after the adoption of IFRIC 23 

Issuance of share capital 

Acquisition of treasury shares 

Delivery of treasury shares under share-based compensation plans 

Other disposal of treasury shares 

Premium on shares issued and warrants exercised 

Share-based compensation expensed in the income statement 

Tax (expense) / benefit 

Dividends 

Translation effects recognized directly in retained earnings 

New consolidations / (deconsolidations) and other increases / (decreases) 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

of which: net profit / (loss) 

of which: other comprehensive income (OCI) that may be reclassified to the income statement, net of tax 

of which: OCI that will not be reclassified to the income statement, net of tax – defined benefit plans 

of which: OCI that will not be reclassified to the income statement, net of tax – own credit 

of which: OCI that will not be reclassified to the income statement, net of tax – foreign currency translation 

Share 
capital 
338 
338

338
338 

0
0 

Share 

premium  Treasury shares 
(2,631) 
(2,631)
20,843 
20,843

Retained 
earnings 
30,448 
30,448

 (11) 

20,843
20,843 

(2,631)
(2,631) 

30,437
30,437 

(1,771)3 
(1,771)3

983 
983

943 
943

(886) 
(886)

(2)
(2) 

29 
29

619
619 

11
11 

(2,544)2 
(2,544)2

(6)
(6) 

(9) 
(9)

3,726
3,726 

4,304 
4,304

(186)
(186) 

(392)
(392) 

Balance as of 31 December 2019 
Balance as of 31 December 2019

338 
338

18,064 
18,064

(3,326) 
(3,326)

34,154 
34,154

1 Excludes defined benefit plans and own credit that are recorded directly in Retained earnings. 
1
bearing  share  out  of  the  capital  contribution  reserve. 
derivatives, and to hedge certain issued structured debt instruments. These acquisitions and disposals are reported based on the sum of the net monthly movements. 

2 Reflects the payment of an ordinary cash dividend of CHF 0.70 (2018: CHF 0.65; 2017: CHF 0.60) per dividend-
2
3  Includes  treasury  shares  acquired  and  disposed  of  by  the  Investment  Bank  in  its  capacity  as  a  market-maker  with  regard  to  UBS  shares  and  related 
3

306 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive 
income recognized 
directly in equity, 
net of tax1 
33,,993300 

of which: 
foreign currency 
translation 
33,,992244 

of which: 
financial assets at 
fair value through 
other comprehensive 
income 
((110033)) 

of which: 
cash flow 
hedges 
110099 

Total equity 
attributable to 
shareholders 
5522,,992288 

Non-controlling 
interests 
117766 

33,,993300 

33,,992244 

((110033)) 

110099 

99 

11,,336633 

11,,336633 

00 

111177 

111177 

99 

11,,114433 

11,,114433 

110044 

110044 

55,,330033 

44,,002288 

1144 

11,,226600 

 (11)

5522,,991177 

00 

((11,,777711)) 

9977 

9922 

2299 

661199 

1111 

((22,,554444)) 

00 

((66)) 

55,,008899 

44,,330044 

11,,336633 

((118866)) 

((339922)) 

00 

5544,,553333 

117766 

((88)) 

55 

22 

66 

((44)) 

117744 

Total equity 
5533,,110033

 (11) 

5533,,009922 

00 

((11,,777711)) 

9977 

9922 

2299 

661199 

1111 

((22,,555522)) 

00 

((11)) 

55,,009911 

44,,331100 

11,,336633 

((118866)) 

((339922)) 

((44)) 

5544,,770077 

307 

Financial statements 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Consolidated financial statements 

UBS Group AG shares issued and treasury shares held 

Number of shares 

Shares issued 

Balance at the beginning of the year 

Issuance of shares 

Balance at the end of the year
Balance at the end of the year 

Treasury shares 

Balance at the beginning of the year 

Acquisitions 

Disposals 

Balance at the end of the year
Balance at the end of the year 

2019 
2019

2018 

3,855,634,749
3,855,634,749

3,420,646
3,420,646

3,859,055,395
3,859,055,395

 3,853,096,603 

 2,538,146 

 3,855,634,749 

166,467,802
166,467,802

146,876,692
146,876,692

(70,323,198)
(70,323,198)

243,021,296
243,021,296

 132,301,550 

 103,979,927 

 (69,813,675) 

 166,467,802 

Conditional share capital 

Authorized share capital 

As  of  31  December  2019,  a  maximum  of  CHF 12,170,583, 
represented  by  121,705,830  fully  paid  registered  shares  with  a 
par value of CHF 0.10 each, was available to be issued to fund 
UBS’s employee share option programs. 
Additional  conditional  capital  up 

to  a  maximum  of 
CHF 38,000,000,  represented  by  up  to  380,000,000  fully  paid 
registered  shares  with  a  nominal  value  of  CHF 0.10  each,  was 
available  as  of  31 December 2019  for  conversion  rights  and 
warrants  granted  in  connection  with  the  issuance  of  bonds  or 
similar financial instruments. 

UBS  Group  AG  had  no  authorized  capital  available  to  issue  on 
31 December 2019. 

Share repurchase program 

UBS has an active share repurchase program to buy back up to 
CHF 2  billion  of  its  own  shares  over  the  three-year  period 
starting  from  March  2018.  Under  this  program,  UBS  purchased 
69  million  shares  totaling  USD 806  million  in  2019  (2018: 
48 million shares totaling USD 762 million). 

308 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of cash flows 

USD million 

Cash flow from / (used in) operating activities 
Net profit / (loss) 

NNoonn ccaasshh iitteemmss iinncclluuddeedd iinn nneett pprrooffiitt aanndd ootthheerr aaddjjuussttmmeennttss:: 

--

Depreciation and impairment of property, equipment and software 

Impairment of goodwill 

Amortization and impairment of intangible assets 

Credit loss expense / (recovery) 

Share of net profits of associates / joint ventures and impairment of associates 

Deferred tax expense / (benefit) 

Net loss / (gain) from investing activities 

Net loss / (gain) from financing activities 

Other net adjustments 

NNeett cchhaannggee iinn ooppeerraattiinngg aasssseettss aanndd lliiaabbiilliittiieess:: 

Loans and advances to banks / amounts due to banks 

Securities financing transactions 

Cash collateral on derivative instruments 

Loans and advances to customers 

Customer deposits 

Financial assets and liabilities at fair value held for trading and derivative financial instruments 

Brokerage receivables and payables 

Financial assets at fair value not held for trading, other financial assets and liabilities 

Provisions, other non-financial assets and liabilities 

Income taxes paid, net of refunds 
NNeett ccaasshh ffllooww ffrroomm // ((uusseedd iinn)) ooppeerraattiinngg aaccttiivviittiieess 

Cash flow from / (used in) investing activities 
Purchase of subsidiaries, associates and intangible assets 
Disposal of subsidiaries, associates and intangible assets1 

Purchase of property, equipment and software 

Disposal of property, equipment and software 

Purchase of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 

Disposal and redemption of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 

Net (purchase) / redemption of debt securities measured at amortized cost 

Net (purchase) / redemption of financial assets held to maturity
NNeett ccaasshh ffllooww ffrroomm // ((uusseedd iinn)) iinnvveessttiinngg aaccttiivviittiieess 

Table continues on the next page. 

For the year ended 
31.12.18 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.17 

44,,331100

 4,522

 1,046 

 1,228

 1,053 

11,,776655

111100

6655

7788

((4455))

447777

222200

66,,449933

885544

((44,,333366))

88,,667788

22,,883399

((33,,112288))

2233,,221177

((1188,,882299))

((22,,334477))

3333

5555

((880044))
1199,,770055

((2266))

111144

((11,,558844))

1111

((33,,442244))

33,,991133

((556622))

 0

 65

 118

 (528)

 425

 (46)

 (4,828)

 (1,179)

 3,504

 (11,230)

 (1,447)

 (5,213)

 9,138

 11,107

 11,432 

 11,115

 1,682

 (951)
 28,913

 (287)

 137

 (1,688)

 114

 (1,999)

 1,361

 (3,770) 

((11,,555588))

 (6,132)

 0 

 71 

 131 

 (69) 

 3,414 

 (198) 

 2,109 

 (855) 

 (3,234) 

 (111) 

 (2,454) 

 (14,471) 

 (12,962) 

 (23,544) 

 (1,978) 

 996 

 (1,044) 
 (52,099) 

 (106) 

 339 

 (1,627) 

 47 

 (8,626) 

 15,250 

 (91) 
 5,186 

309 

Financial statements 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
Consolidated financial statements 

Statement of cash flows (continued) 

Table continued from previous page. 

USD million 

Cash flow from / (used in) financing activities 
Net short-term debt issued / (repaid) 

Net movements in treasury shares and own equity derivative activity 

Distributions paid on UBS shares 
Repayment of lease liabilities2 

Issuance of long-term debt, including debt issued designated at fair value 

Repayment of long-term debt, including debt issued designated at fair value 

Net changes in non-controlling interests and preferred notes 
Net cash flow from / (used in) financing activities
Net cash flow from / (used in) financing activities 

Total cash flow 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 

Net cash flow from / (used in) operating, investing and financing activities 

Effects of exchange rate differences on cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year3
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year3 
of which: cash and balances at central banks 4 

of which: loans and advances to banks 
of which: money market paper 5 

For the year ended 
31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.17 

(17,149)
(17,149)

(1,559)
(1,559)

(2,544)
(2,544)

(518)
(518) 

65,047
65,047

(68,883)
(68,883)

(8)
(8)
(25,614)
(25,614)

126,079
126,079

(7,467)
(7,467)

1,261
1,261
119,873
119,873

106,957
106,957

11,386
11,386

1,530
1,530

 (12,245)

 (1,431)

 (2,440)

 60,682

 (44,344)

 (31)
 190

 104,834

 22,971

 (1,726)
 126,079

 108,268

 15,678

 2,133

 24,500 

 (730) 

 (2,259) 

 51,450 

 (45,187) 

 (787) 
 26,988 

 119,014 

 (19,925) 

 5,745 
 104,834 

 89,968 

 12,773 

 2,093 

Additional information 
Net cash flow from / (used in) operating activities includes: 
Interest received in cash6 
Interest paid in cash6 
Dividends on equity investments, investment funds and associates received in cash7 
 1,828 
1 Includes dividends received from associates.  2 Upon adoption of IFRS 16 on 1 January 2019, cash payments for the principal portion of the lease liability previously classified within operating activities have been 
1
reclassified to financing activities.  3 USD 3,192 million, USD 5,245 million and USD 2,497 million of cash and cash equivalents (mainly reflected in Loans and advances to banks) were restricted as of 31 December 
2019, 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2017, respectively. Refer to “Note 26 Restricted and transferred financial assets” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of the Annual Report 2019 for more 
5 Money  market  paper  is  included  in  the  balance  sheet  under  Financial  assets  at  fair  value  held  for  trading 
information. 
5
(31 December 2019: USD 235 million; 31 December 2018: USD 366 million; 31 December 2017: USD 135 million), Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (31 December 2019: 
USD 24  million;  31 December 2018: USD 8 million; 31 December 2017:  USD 17  million),  Financial  assets  at  fair  value  not  held  for  trading  (31 December 2019:  USD 920  million; 31 December 2018:  USD 1,556 
million;  31 December 2017:  USD 1,941  million)  and  Other  financial  assets  measured  at  amortized  cost  (31 December 2019:  USD 351  million;  31 December 2018:  USD 204  million;  31 December 2017:  USD 0 
million). 
6 Interest received and paid in cash was restated to represent the total of interest on financial instruments measured at amortized cost / fair value through other comprehensive income (31 December 
6
2018:  USD  9,997  million  interest  received  and  USD  6,382  million  interest  paid  and  31  December  2017:  USD  10,455  million  interest  received  and  USD  5,425  million  interest  paid)  and  interest  on  financial 
instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss (31 December 2018: USD 4,648 million interest received and USD 2,823 million interest paid and 31 December 2017: USD 2,254 million interest received 
and USD 1,264 million interest paid).  7 Includes dividends received from associates reported within Net cash flow from / (used in) investing activities. 

4  Includes  only  balances  with  an  original  maturity  of  three  months  or  less. 
4

 12,708 

 14,645

10,769
10,769

15,315
15,315

 6,689 

 2,322

 9,206

3,145
3,145

2

3

7

Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities 

USD million 
Balance as of 1 January 2018
Balance as of 1 January 2018
Cash flows
Non-cash changes

of which: foreign currency translation
of which: fair value changes
of which: other

Balance as of 31 December 2018
Balance as of 31 December 2018
Cash flows
Non-cash changes

of which: foreign currency translation
of which: fair value changes
of which: other

Debt issued 
measured at 
amortized 
cost 

 143,160
 (7,402)
 (3,488)
 (3,155)

 (332)

 132,271
 (22,704)
 930
 (476)

of which: 
short-term 
 52,270
 (12,245)
 (1,000)
 (1,000)

 0
 39,025
 (17,149)
 (39)
 (39)

of which:  designated at fair 
long-term 
value 
 90,890
 4,843
 (2,487)
 (2,155)

 (332) 1 

 93,246
 (5,555)
 969
 (438)

Over-the-
Debt issued  counter (OTC) 
debt 
instruments2 
 4,428
 (1,838)
 (140)
 (59)
 (82)
 0
 2,450
 (425)
 (3)
 (6)
 3
 0
2,022 
2,022

 50,782
 13,332
 (7,083)
 309
 (7,392)
0
 57,031
 2,144
 7,634
 212
 7,421
0
66,809 
66,809

Total 
 198,371 
 4,092 
 (10,711) 
 (2,905) 
 (7,475) 
 (332) 

 191,752 
 (20,985) 
 8,560 
 (270) 
 7,424 
 1,406 
179,327 
179,327

Balance as of 31 December 2019
Balance as of 31 December 2019 
1 Includes the effect of fair value hedges on long-term debt. Refer to Note 1a item 3j and Note 20 for more information.  2 Included in balance sheet line Other financial liabilities designated at fair value. 
1

2

 1,406
110,497
110,497 

 0
21,837 
21,837

 1,406 1 
88,660 
88,660

310 

 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
      
 
   
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Notes to the UBS Group AG consolidated financial statements 

Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies 

The following table provides an overview of information included in this Note. 

312 

312 

312 

312 

313 

314 

315 

315 

315 

322 

322 

323 

323 

324 

330 

331 

331 

332 

333 

333 

333 

333 

334 

a)  Significant accounting policies 
Basis of accounting 
1)  Consolidation 

a.  Consolidation principles 
b.  Structured entities 

2)  Segment reporting 
3)  Financial instruments 
a.  Recognition 
b.  Classification, measurement and presentation 
c. 
d.  Derecognition 
e.  Securities borrowing / lending and repurchase / 

Interest income and expense 

reverse repurchase transactions 
f.  Fair value of financial instruments 
g.  Allowances and provisions for expected 

credit losses 

h.  Restructured and modified financial assets 
i.  Offsetting 
j.  Hedge accounting 
k.  Embedded derivatives in financial liabilities 
l.  Financial liabilities 
m.  Own credit 
n.  Loan commitments 
o.  Financial guarantee contracts 
p.  Other net income from financial instruments 
measured at fair value through profit or loss 

334 

336 

336 

336 

337 

338 

338 

339 

339 

340 

341 

4)  Fee and commission income and expenses 
5)  Cash and cash equivalents 
6)  Share-based and other deferred compensation plans 
7)  Pension and other post-employment benefit plans 
8)  Income taxes 
9)  Investments in associates 
10) Property, equipment and software 
11) Goodwill and intangible assets 
12) Provisions and contingent liabilities 
13) Foreign currency translation 
14) Equity, treasury shares and contracts 

on UBS Group AG shares 

342 

15) Leasing 

343 

b)  Changes in accounting policies, comparability 

and other adjustments 

346 

c)  International Financial Reporting Standards and 
Interpretations to be adopted in 2020 and later 
and other changes 

Accounting policies applicable to prior periods 

The accounting policies described in Note 1a have been applied consistently in 2019, 2018 and 2017 unless otherwise stated in Note 1b. Exceptions 
include IFRS 9, Financial Instruments (effective from 1 January 2018), IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (effective from 1 January 2018), 
and IFRS 16, Leases (effective from 1 January 2019). 

Within Note 1a, policies applied in 2018 and 2017, or only in 2017 that differ from those applied to the financial year ended 31 December 2019 are 
identified with a Comparative policy | signpost. A triangle symbol –  – indicates the end of these comparative policy sections. 

311 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

a) Significant accounting policies 

This Note describes the significant accounting policies applied in 
the  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  (the 
Financial Statements) of UBS Group AG and its subsidiaries (UBS 
or  the  Group).  On  27  February  2020,  the  Financial  Statements 
were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors. 

Basis of accounting 

The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with 
International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRS),  as  issued  by 
the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board  (IASB),  and  are 
presented  in  US  dollars  (USD),  which  is  also  the  functional 
currency  of:  UBS  Group  AG;  UBS  AG’s  Head  Office;  UBS  AG, 
London Branch; and UBS’s US-based operations. 

Disclosures  provided  in  the  “Risk,  treasury  and  capital 
management” section of this report that are marked as audited 
form  an  integral  part  of  the  Financial  Statements.  These 
disclosures  relate  to  requirements  under  IFRS  7,  Financial 
Instruments:  Disclosures,  and  IAS  1,  Presentation  of  Financial 
Statements, and are not repeated in this section. 

in  Note  1b.  Exceptions 

The  accounting  policies  described  in  this  Note  have  been 
applied  consistently  in  2019,  2018  and  2017  unless  otherwise 
IFRS  9,  Financial 
stated 
Instruments  (effective  from  1  January  2018),  IFRS  15,  Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers (effective from 1 January 2018), 
and IFRS 16, Leases (effective from 1 January 2019). Within this 
Note,  policies  applied  in  2018  and  2017  or  only  in  2017  that 
differ  from  those  applied  to  the  financial  year  ended  31 
December 2019 are identified as “Comparative policy.” 

include 

Critical accounting estimates and judgments 
Critical accounting estimates and judgments

Preparation of these Financial Statements under IFRS requires management 
to  apply  judgment  and  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect 
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses and disclosure 
of contingent assets and liabilities, and may involve significant uncertainty at 
the time they are made. Such estimates and assumptions are based on the 
best  available  information.  UBS  regularly  reassesses  the  estimates  and 
assumptions,  which  encompass  historical  experience,  expectations  of  the 
future and other pertinent factors, to determine their continuing relevance 
based on current conditions, updating them as necessary. Changes in those 
estimates  and  assumptions  may  have  a  significant  effect  on  the  Financial 
Statements.  Furthermore,  actual  results  may  differ  significantly  from  UBS’s 
estimates,  which  could  result  in  significant  losses  to  the  Group,  beyond 
what was anticipated or provided for. 

The  following  areas  contain  estimation  uncertainty  or  require  critical 
judgment and have a significant effect on the amounts recognized in the 
Financial Statements: 
fair value measurement (refer to item 3f in this Note and to Note 24); 
– 
–  expected credit loss measurement (refer to item 3g in this Note and to 

Note 23); 

–  assessment  of  the  business  model  and  certain  contractual  features 
when classifying financial instruments (refer to item 3b in this Note); 
–  pension  and  other  post-employment  benefit  plans  (refer  to  item  7  in 

this Note and to Note 29); 
income taxes (refer to item 8 in this Note and to Note 8); 

– 
–  goodwill (refer to item 11 in this Note and to Note 16); 
–  provisions and contingent liabilities (refer to item 12 in this Note and 

to Note 21); 

–  consolidation of structured entities (refer to item 1 in this Note and to 

Note 31); and 

–  determination  of  the  functional  currency  and  assessing  the  earliest 
date  from  which  it  is  practical  to  perform  a  restatement  following  a 
change  in  presentational  currency  for  the  year  ended  31 December 
2018 (refer to item 13 in this Note). 

1) Consolidation 

a. Consolidation principles 
The  Financial  Statements  comprise  the  financial  statements  of 
the  parent  company  (UBS  Group  AG)  and  its  subsidiaries, 
presented  as  a  single  economic  entity,  whereby  intercompany 
transactions  and  balances  have  been  eliminated.  UBS 
consolidates  all  entities  that  it  controls,  including  controlled 
structured entities (SEs), which is the case when it has: (i) power 
over  the  relevant  activities  of  the  entity;  (ii)  exposure  to  an 
entity‘s  variable  returns;  and  (iii)  the  ability  to  use  its  power  to 
affect its own returns. 

Where  an  entity  is  governed  by  voting  rights,  control  is 
generally  indicated  by  a  direct  shareholding  of  more  than  one-
half of the voting rights. 

312 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

the  entity, 

rights  held 

In other cases, the assessment of control is more complex and 
requires greater use of judgment. Where UBS has an interest in 
an entity that exposes it to variability, UBS considers whether it 
has power over the relevant activities of the entity that allows it 
to affect the variability of its returns. Consideration is given to all 
facts  and  circumstances  to  determine  whether  the  Group  has 
power  over  another  entity,  i.e.,  the  current  ability  to  direct  the 
relevant  activities  of  an  entity  when  decisions  about  those 
activities  need  to  be  made.  Factors  such  as  the  purpose  and 
design  of 
through  contractual 
arrangements (such as call rights, put rights or liquidation rights) 
as  well  as  potential  decision-making  rights  are  all  considered  in 
this  assessment.  Where  the  Group  has  power  over  the  relevant 
activities,  a  further  assessment  is  made  to  determine  whether, 
through that power, it has the ability to affect its own returns by 
assessing whether power is held in a principal or agent capacity. 
Consideration  is  given  to:  (i)  the  scope  of  decision-making 
authority;  (ii)  rights  held  by  other  parties,  including  removal  or 
other  participating  rights;  and  (iii)  exposure  to  variability, 
including remuneration, relative to total variability of the entity, 
as well as whether that exposure is different from that of other 
investors. If, after reviewing these factors, UBS concludes that it 
can  exercise  its  power  to  affect  its  own  returns,  the  entity  is 
consolidated. 

Subsidiaries,  including  SEs,  are  consolidated  from  the  date 
when control is obtained and are deconsolidated from the date 
when control ceases. Control, or the lack thereof, is reassessed if 
facts and circumstances indicate that there is a change to one or 
more  of  the  elements  required  to  establish  that  control  is 
present. 

  Refer to Note 31 for more information 

b. Structured entities 
UBS  sponsors  the  formation  of  SEs  and  interacts  with  non-
sponsored SEs for a variety of reasons, including allowing clients 
to  obtain  or  be  exposed  to  particular  risk  profiles,  to  provide 
funding or to sell or purchase credit risk. An SE is an entity that 
has  been  designed  so  that  voting  or  similar  rights  are  not  the 
dominant  factor  in  deciding  who  controls  the  entity.  Such 
entities generally have a narrow and well-defined objective and 
include  those  historically  referred  to  as  special-purpose  entities, 
as  well  as  some  investment  funds.  UBS  assesses  whether  an 
entity is an SE by considering the nature of the activities of the 
entity  as  well  as  the  substance  of  voting  or  similar  rights 
afforded  to  other  parties,  including  investors  and  independent 
boards  or  directors.  UBS  considers  rights  such  as  the  ability  to 
liquidate the entity or remove the decision maker to be similar to 
voting  rights  when  the  holder  has  the  substantive  ability  to 
exercise such rights without cause. In the absence of such rights 
or  in  cases  where  the  existence  of  such  rights  cannot  be  fully 
established, the entity is considered to be an SE. 

The  classes  of  SEs  with  which  UBS  is  involved  include  the 

following: 
–  Securitization  structured  entities  are  established  to  issue 
securities to investors that are backed by assets held by the SE 
and  whereby  (i)  significant  credit  risk  associated  with  the 
securitized  exposures  has  been  transferred  to  third  parties 
and (ii) there is more than one risk position or tranche issued 
by  the  securitization  vehicle  in  line  with  the  Basel  III 
securitization  definition.  All 
securitization  entities  are 
classified as SEs. 

–  Client 

investment 

structured  entities  are  established 
predominantly  for  clients  to  invest  in  specific  assets  or  risk 
exposures  through  purchasing  notes  issued  by  the  SE, 
predominantly  on  a  fixed-term  basis.  The  SE  may  source 
assets via a transfer from UBS or through an external market 
transaction.  In  some  cases,  UBS  may  enter  into  derivatives 
with  the  SE  to  either  align  the  cash  flows  of  the  entity  with 
the  investor’s  intended  investment  objective  or  to  introduce 
other  desired  risk  exposures.  In  certain  cases,  UBS  may  have 
interests in a third-party-sponsored SE to hedge specific risks 
or participate in asset-backed financing. 

–  Investment 

fund  structured  entities  have  a  collective 
investment  objective,  are  managed  by  an 
investment 
manager  and  are  either  passively  managed,  so  that  any 
decision  making  does  not  have  a  substantive  effect  on 
variability,  or  are  actively  managed,  and  investors  or  their 
governing  bodies  do  not  have  substantive  voting  or  similar 
rights. UBS creates and sponsors a large number of funds in 
which it may have an interest through the receipt of variable 
management  fees  and/or  a  direct  investment.  In  addition, 
UBS  has  interests  in  a  number  of  funds  created  and 
sponsored  by  third  parties,  including  exchange-traded  funds 
and hedge funds, to hedge issued structured products. 

When UBS does not consolidate an SE, but has an interest in 
an  SE  or  has  sponsored  an  SE,  disclosures  are  provided  on  the 
nature of these interests and sponsorship activities. 

Critical accounting estimates and judgments 
Critical accounting estimates and judgments

Each  individual  entity  is  assessed  for  consolidation  in  line  with  the 
aforementioned  consolidation  principles.  The  assessment  of  control  can 
be  complex  and  requires  the  use  of  significant  judgment.  As  the  nature 
and  extent  of  UBS’s  involvement  are  unique  to  each  entity,  there  is  no 
uniform  consolidation  outcome  by  entity.  Certain  entities  within  a  class 
may  be  consolidated  while  others  may  not.  When  carrying  out  the 
consolidation  assessment,  judgment  is  exercised  considering  all  the 
relevant facts and circumstances, including the nature and activities of the 
investee, as well as the substance of voting and similar rights. 

  Refer to Note 31 for more information 

313 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

is  presented  in  these  Financial  Statements  alongside  Personal  & 
Corporate  Banking,  Asset  Management,  the  Investment  Bank 
and Corporate Center. Following the change in the composition 
of  UBS’s  operating  segments  and  corresponding  reportable 
segments,  previously  reported  segment  information  has  been 
restated.  This  change  had  no  material  effect  on  the  former 
segments, including recognized goodwill. 

  Refer to item 11 in this Note and Note 16 for more information 

UBS’s 

internal 

Effective  from  2019,  UBS  has  operationally  combined  Group 
Treasury  activities  with  Group  Asset  and  Liability  Management 
(Group  ALM)  and  calls  this  combined  unit  Group  Treasury.  In 
addition,  UBS  provides  results  for  total  Corporate  Center  only 
and  does  not  separately  report  Corporate  Center  –  Services, 
Group  Treasury  and  Non-core  and  Legacy  Portfolio  due  to  the 
substantial  reduction  in  the  size  and  resource  consumption  of 
these units. Prior-period information has been restated. 
policies,  which 
accounting 

include 
management  accounting  policies  and  service  level  agreements, 
determine  the  revenues  and  expenses  directly  attributable  to 
each  reportable  segment.  Transactions  between  the  reportable 
segments  are  carried  out  at  internally  agreed  rates  and  are 
reflected  in  the  operating  results  of  the  reportable  segments. 
Revenue-sharing agreements are used to allocate external client 
revenues  to  reportable  segments  where  several  reportable 
segments are involved in the value creation chain. Commissions 
are  credited  to  the  reportable  segments  based  on  the 
corresponding  client  relationship.  Total  intersegment  revenues 
for the Group are immaterial, as the majority of the revenues are 
allocated  across  the  segments  by  means  of  revenue-sharing 
agreements.  Interest  income  earned  from  managing  UBS’s 
consolidated  equity  is  allocated  to  the  reportable  segments 
based  on  average  attributed  tangible  equity  and  currency 
composition. Assets and liabilities of the reportable segments are 
funded  through  and  invested  with  Corporate  Center,  and  the 
net interest margin is reflected in the results of each reportable 
segment. 

2) Segment reporting 

UBS’s  businesses  are  organized  globally  into  four  business 
divisions:  Global  Wealth  Management,  Personal  &  Corporate 
Banking,  Asset  Management  and  the  Investment  Bank.  All  four 
business divisions are supported by Corporate Center and qualify 
as  reportable  segments  for  the  purpose  of  segment  reporting. 
Together  with  Corporate  Center,  the  four  business  divisions 
reflect  the  management  structure  of  the  Group.  Financial 
information  about  the  four  business  divisions  and  Corporate 
Center  is  presented  separately  in  internal  management  reports 
to  the  Group  Executive  Board,  which  is  considered  the  “chief 
operating  decision  maker”  pursuant  to  IFRS  8,  Operating 
Segments. 

Prior to 2018, UBS‘s businesses were organized globally into 
five  business  divisions:  Wealth  Management,  Wealth 
Management  Americas,  Personal  &  Corporate  Banking,  Asset 
Management  and  the  Investment  Bank,  all  of  which  were 
supported  by  Corporate  Center.  The  five  business  divisions 
qualified  as  reportable  segments  for  the  purpose  of  segment 
reporting  and,  together  with  Corporate  Center,  reflected  the 
management  structure  of  the  Group.  Corporate  Center  –  Non-
core  and  Legacy  Portfolio  was  managed  and  reported  as  a 
separate  reportable  unit  within  Corporate  Center.  Financial 
information  about  the  five  business  divisions  and  Corporate 
Center was presented separately in internal management reports 
to the Group Executive Board. 

Effective from 2018, UBS combined its Wealth Management 
and  Wealth  Management  Americas  business  divisions  into  a 
single  Global  Wealth  Management  business  division.  Global 
Wealth Management is managed on an integrated basis, with a 
single  set  of  performance  targets  and  an  integrated  operating 
plan  and  management  structure.  Consistent  with  this,  the 
operating  results  of  Global  Wealth  Management  are  presented 
and  assessed  on  an  integrated  basis  in  internal  management 
reports to the Group Executive Board. Consequently, from 2018, 
Global  Wealth  Management  qualifies  as  an  operating  and 
reportable  segment  for  the  purposes  of  segment  reporting  and 

314 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Segment  assets  are  based  on  a  third-party  view  and  do  not 
include intercompany balances. This view is in line with internal 
reporting to the Group Executive Board. Certain assets managed 
centrally  by  Corporate  Center  may  be  allocated  to  other 
segments  on  a  basis  different 
the 
corresponding  costs  or  revenues  are  allocated.  For  example, 
certain  assets  are  reported  on  the  balance  sheet  of  Corporate 
Center,  notwithstanding  that  the  costs  or  revenues  associated 
with  these  assets  may  be  entirely  or  partly  allocated  to  the 
operating segments. Similarly, certain assets are reported in the 
business divisions, whereas the corresponding costs or revenues 
are entirely or partly allocated to Corporate Center. 

that  on  which 

to 

Non-current  assets  disclosed  for  segment  reporting  purposes 
represent assets that are expected to be recovered more than 12 
months after the reporting date, excluding financial instruments, 
deferred tax assets and post-employment benefits. 
  Refer to Notes 1b and 2 for more information 

3) Financial instruments 

– 

Policy applicable from 1 January 20181 
On initial recognition, financial assets are classified as measured 
at  amortized  cost,  FVOCI  or  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss 
(FVTPL). 

A  debt  instrument  is  measured  at  amortized  cost  if  it  meets 

both of the following conditions: 
– 

– 

it  is  held  within  a  business  model  that  has  an  objective  to 
hold financial assets to collect contractual cash flows; and 
the  contractual  terms  of  the  financial  asset  result  in  cash 
flows that are solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) 
on the principal amount outstanding. 

A  debt  instrument  is  measured  at  FVOCI  if  it  meets  both  of 

the following conditions: 
– 

it is held within a business model whose objective is achieved 
by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial 
assets; and 
the  contractual  terms  of  the  financial  asset  result  in  cash 
flows that are SPPI on the principal amount outstanding. 

a. Recognition 
UBS recognizes financial instruments when it becomes a party to 
the  contractual  provisions  of  the  instrument.  UBS  applies 
settlement  date  accounting  to  all  regular  way  purchases  and 
sales of non-derivative financial instruments. 

In  transactions  in  which  UBS  acts  as  a  transferee,  to  the 
extent that the transfer of a financial asset does not qualify for 
derecognition  by  the  transferor,  UBS  does  not  recognize  the 
transferred instrument as its asset. 

UBS  also  acts  in  a  fiduciary  capacity,  which  results  in  the 
holding  or  placing  of  assets  on  behalf  of  individuals,  trusts, 
retirement  benefit  plans  and  other  institutions.  Unless  these 
items meet the definition of an asset and the recognition criteria 
are  satisfied,  such  assets  are  not  recognized  on  UBS’s  balance 
sheet. Consequently, the related income is excluded from these 
Financial Statements. 

Client  cash  balances  associated  with  derivatives  clearing  and 
execution  services  are  not  recognized  on  the  balance  sheet  if, 
through  contractual  agreement,  regulation  or  practice,  the 
Group neither obtains benefits from nor controls the client cash 
balances. 

b. Classification, measurement and presentation 
All  financial  instruments  are  on  initial  recognition  measured  at 
fair  value.  In  the  case  of  financial  instruments  subsequently 
measured  at  amortized  cost  or  fair  value  through  other 
comprehensive  income  (FVOCI),  the  initial  fair  value  is  adjusted 
for directly attributable transaction costs. 

11 The accounting policy in this section applies from 1 January 2018, the effective date of IFRS 9. 

All other financial assets are measured at FVTPL and consist of 
held  for  trading  assets,  assets  mandatorily  measured  on  a  fair 
value  basis  and  derivatives,  except  to  the  extent  that  they  are 
designated  in  a  hedging  relationship,  in  which  case  the  IAS  39 
hedge accounting requirements continue to apply. 

Business model assessment 
UBS determines the nature of the business model, for example if 
the  objective  is  to  hold  the  financial  asset  and  collect  the 
contractual  cash  flows,  by  considering  the  way  in  which  the 
financial  assets  are  managed  to  achieve  a  particular  business 
objective as determined by management. 

Financial assets that are held for trading or managed on a fair 
value  basis  are  measured  at  FVTPL  insofar  as  the  associated 
business  model  is  neither  to  hold  the  financial  assets  to  collect 
contractual  cash  flows  nor  to  hold  to  collect  contractual  cash 
flows and sell. 

The Group originates loans to hold to maturity and to sell or 
sub-participate  to  other  parties,  resulting  in  a  transfer  of 
substantially all the risks and rewards, and derecognition of the 
loan  or  portions  of  it.  The  Group  considers  the  activities  of 
lending  to  hold  and  lending  to  sell  or  sub-participate  as  two 
separate business models, with financial assets within the former 
considered to be within a business model that has an objective 
of  holding  assets  to  collect  contractual  cash  flows,  and  those 
within the latter included in a trading portfolio. In certain cases, 
it  may  not  be  possible  on  origination  to  identify  whether  loans 
or portions of loans will be sold or sub-participated and certain 
loans  may  be  managed  on  a  fair  value  basis  through,  for 
instance,  using  credit  derivatives.  These  financial  assets  are 
mandatorily measured at FVTPL. 

315 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Critical accounting estimates and judgments 
Critical accounting estimates and judgments

UBS exercises judgment in determining the appropriate level at which to 
assess its business models. In general, the assessment is performed at the 
product  level,  e.g.,  retail  and  commercial  mortgages.  In  other  cases,  the 
assessment is carried out at a more granular level, e.g., loan portfolios by 
region,  and,  if  required,  further  disaggregation  is  performed  by  business 
strategy.  A  detailed  assessment  is  carried  out  considering  how  the 
financial assets are evaluated and reported to UBS’s key management, the 
risks  that  affect  the  performance  of  the  business  and  the  way  that 
management  is  compensated.  In  addition,  UBS  exercises  judgment  in 
determining  the  effect  of  sales  of  financial  instruments  on  the  business 
model assessment. In particular, an assessment is made on whether and 
the extent to which sales are consistent with the objective of the business 
model. 

Contractual cash flow characteristics 
In  assessing  whether  the  contractual  cash  flows  are  SPPI,  the 
Group  considers  whether  the  contractual  terms  of  the  financial 
asset contain a term that could change the timing or amount of 
contractual  cash  flows  arising  over  the  life  of  the  instrument, 
which could affect whether the instrument is considered to meet 
the SPPI criterion. 

For example, the Group holds portfolios of private mortgage 
contracts  and  corporate  loans  in  Personal  &  Corporate  Banking 
that  commonly  contain  clauses  that  provide  for  two-way 
compensation 
if  prepayment  occurs.  The  amount  of 
compensation paid by or to UBS reflects the effect of changes in 
market  interest  rates.  The  Group  has  determined  that  the 
inclusion  of  the  change  in  market  interest  rates  in  the 
compensation amount is reasonable for the early termination of 
the contract, and therefore results in contractual cash flows that 
are SPPI. 

Critical accounting estimates and judgments 
Critical accounting estimates and judgments

UBS  applies  judgment  when  considering  whether  certain  contractual 
features,  such  as  interest  rate  reset  frequency  or  non-recourse  features, 
significantly  affect  future  cash  flows  and  whether  compensation  paid  or 
received  on  early  termination  of  lending  arrangements  results  in  cash 
flows  that  are  not  SPPI.  A  thorough  analysis  of  all  relevant  facts  and 
circumstances  is  assessed  before  concluding  whether  contractual  cash 
flows  of  the  financial 
instrument  are  consistent  with  payments 
representing principal and interest. 

After initial recognition, UBS classifies, measures and presents 
its  financial  assets  and  liabilities  in  accordance  with  IFRS  9,  as 
described in the table on the following pages. 

316 

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Classification, measurement and presentation of financial assets from 1 January 2018 

Financial assets
Financial assets 
classification 
classification

Measured at amortized cost
Measured at amortized cost 

Significant items included 
Significant items included

Measurement and presentation 
Measurement and presentation

This classification includes: 
–  cash and balances at central banks; 
–  loans and advances to banks; 
–  cash collateral receivables on securities borrowed; 
–  receivables on reverse repurchase agreements; 
–  cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments; 
–  residential and commercial mortgages; 
–  corporate loans; 
–  secured loans, including Lombard loans, and unsecured loans; 
–  loans to financial advisors; and 
–  debt securities held as high-quality liquid assets (HQLA). 

Measured at
Measured at 
FVOCI 
FVOCI

Debt 
instruments 
measured at 
FVOCI 

This classification primarily includes debt securities and certain asset-
backed securities held as HQLA. 

Measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate (EIR) method 
less allowances for expected credit losses (ECL) (refer to items 3c and 3g in 
this Note for more information). 

The following items are recognized in the income statement: 
–  interest income, which is accounted for in accordance with item 3c in 

this Note; 

–  ECL and reversals; and 
–  foreign exchange translation gains and losses. 

Upfront fees and direct costs relating to loan origination, refinancing or 
restructuring as well as to loan commitments – when it is probable that 
UBS will enter into a specific lending relationship – are deferred and 
amortized over the life of the loan using the EIR method. 

When the financial asset at amortized cost is derecognized, the gain or 
loss is recognized in the income statement. 

Amounts arising from exchange-traded derivatives (ETD) and certain over-
the-counter (OTC) derivatives cleared through central clearing 
counterparties that are either considered to be daily settled or in substance 
net settled on a daily basis (refer to items 3d and 3i in this Note) are 
presented within Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments. 

Measured at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in 
Other comprehensive income, net of applicable income taxes, until such 
investments are derecognized (when sold, collected or otherwise 
disposed). Upon derecognition, any accumulated balances in Other 
comprehensive income are reclassified to the income statement and 
reported within Other income. 

The following items are recognized in the income statement: 
– 

interest income, which is accounted for in accordance with item 3c in 
this Note; 
ECL and reversals; and 
foreign exchange translation gains and losses. 

– 
– 

The amounts recognized in the income statement are determined on the 
same basis as for financial assets measured at amortized cost. 

317 

Financial statements 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Classification, measurement and presentation of financial assets from 1 January 2018 (continued) 

Financial assets
Financial assets 
classification 
classification

Significant items included 
Significant items included

Measurement and presentation 
Measurement and presentation

Measured at 
Measured at
FVTPL 
FVTPL

Held for 
trading 

Financial assets held for trading include: 
–  all derivatives with a positive replacement value, except those that 

Measured at fair value with changes recognized in profit or loss. 

are designated and effective hedging instruments; and 

–  other financial assets acquired principally for the purpose of selling 
or repurchasing in the near term, or that are part of a portfolio of 
identified financial instruments that are managed together and for 
which there is evidence of a recent actual pattern of short-term 
profit taking. Included in this category are debt instruments 
(including those in the form of securities, money market paper, 
and traded corporate and bank loans) and equity instruments. 

Changes in fair value, initial transaction costs, dividends and gains and 
losses realized on disposal or redemption are recognized in Other net 
income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or 
loss, except interest income on instruments other than derivatives (refer to 
item 3c in this Note and Note 1b for more information), interest on 
derivatives designated as hedging instruments in certain types of hedge 
accounting relationships and forward points on certain short- and long-
duration foreign exchange contracts, which are reported in Net interest 
income. 

Derivative assets (including derivatives that are designated and effective
hedging instruments) are generally presented as Derivative financial 
instruments, except those exchange-traded and OTC-cleared derivatives 
that are considered to be settled on a daily basis or in substance net 
settled on a daily basis, which are presented within Cash collateral 
receivables on derivative instruments. 

The presentation of fair value changes on derivatives that are designated 
and effective hedging instruments depends on the type of hedge 
relationship (refer to item 3j in this Note for more information). 

Financial assets held for trading (other than derivatives) are presented as 
Financial assets at fair value held for trading. 

Other financial assets mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or 
loss are presented as Financial assets at fair value not held for trading, 
except for brokerage receivables, which are presented as a separate line 
item on the Group’s balance sheet. 

Mandatorily 
measured at 
FVTPL – Other 

A financial asset is mandatorily measured at FVTPL if: 
–  it is not held in a business model whose objective is to hold assets 

to collect contractual cash flows or to hold them to collect 
contractual cash flows and sell; and/or 

–  the contractual terms give rise to cash flows that are not SPPI; 

and/or 

–  it is not held for trading. 

The following financial assets are mandatorily measured at FVTPL: 
–  certain structured loans, certain commercial loans, receivables 
under reverse repurchase and cash collateral on securities 
borrowing agreements that are managed on a fair value basis; 

–  loans managed on a fair value basis and hedged with credit 

derivatives; 

–  certain debt securities held as HQLA and managed on a fair value 

basis; 

–  certain investment fund holdings and assets held to hedge delivery 
obligations related to cash-settled employee compensation plans – 
these assets represent holdings in investment funds, whereby the 
contractual cash flows do not meet the SPPI criterion because the 
entry and exit price is based on the fair value of the fund’s assets; 

–  brokerage receivables, for which contractual cash flows do not 
meet the SPPI criterion because the aggregate balance is 
accounted for as a single unit of account, with interest being 
calculated on the individual components; 

–  auction rate securities, for which contractual cash flows do not 

meet the SPPI criterion because interest may be reset at rates that 
contain leverage; 

–  equity instruments; and 
–  assets held under unit-linked investment contracts. 

318 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Classification, measurement and presentation of financial liabilities 

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities 
classification 
classification

Measured at amortized cost 
Measured at amortized cost

Significant items included 
Significant items included

Measurement and presentation 
Measurement and presentation

This classification includes: 
–  demand and time deposits; 
–  retail savings / deposits; 
–  amounts payable under repurchase agreements; 
–  cash collateral on securities lent; 
–  non-structured fixed-rate bonds; 
–  subordinated debt; 
–  certificates of deposit and covered bonds; and 
–  cash collateral payables on derivative instruments. 

Measured at amortized cost using the EIR method. 

Upfront fees and direct costs relating to the issuance or origination of the 
liability are deferred and amortized over the life of the liability using the 
EIR method. 

When the financial liability at amortized cost is derecognized, the gain or 
loss is recognized in the income statement. 

Amortized cost liabilities are presented on the balance sheet primarily as 
Amounts due to banks, Customer deposits, Payables from securities 
financing transactions and Debt issued measured at amortized cost. 

Amounts arising from ETD and certain OTC derivatives cleared through 
central clearing counterparties that are either considered to be daily settled 
or in substance net settled on a daily basis (refer to items 3d and 3i in this 
Note for more information) are presented within Cash collateral payables 
on derivative instruments. 

Measured at fair 
Measured at fair
value through 
value through
profit or loss 
profit or loss

Held for 
trading 

Financial liabilities held for trading include: 
–  all derivatives with a negative replacement value (including certain 
loan commitments), except those that are designated and effective 
hedging instruments; and 

Measurement of financial liabilities classified at FVTPL follows the same 
principles as for financial assets classified at FVTPL, except that the 
amount of change in the fair value of the financial liability that is 
attributable to changes in UBS’s own credit risk is presented in OCI. 

–  obligations to deliver financial instruments, such as debt and 

equity instruments, that UBS has sold to third parties, but does not 
own (short positions). 

Designated at 
FVTPL 

UBS designates at FVTPL the following financial liabilities: 
–  issued hybrid debt instruments that primarily include equity-linked, 

credit-linked and rates-linked bonds or notes; 

–  issued debt instruments managed on a fair value basis; 
–  certain payables under repurchase agreements and cash collateral 
on securities lending agreements that are managed in conjunction 
with associated reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral 
on securities borrowed (from 1 January 2018); 

–  amounts due under unit-linked investment contracts whose cash 
flows are linked to financial assets measured at FVTPL and 
eliminate an accounting mismatch (from 1 January 2018); and 
–  brokerage payables, which arise in conjunction with brokerage 

receivables and are measured at FVTPL to achieve measurement 
consistency (from 1 January 2018). 

Financial liabilities measured at FVTPL are presented as Financial liabilities 
at fair value held for trading and Other financial liabilities designated at 
fair value, respectively, except for brokerage payables and debt issued, 
which are presented separately on the Group’s balance sheet. 

Derivative liabilities (including derivatives that are designated and effective 
hedging instruments) are generally presented as Derivative financial 
instruments, except those exchange-traded and OTC-cleared derivatives 
that are considered to be settled on a daily basis or in substance net 
settled on a daily basis, which are presented within Cash collateral 
payables on derivative instruments. 

Bifurcated embedded derivatives are measured at fair value, but are 
presented on the same balance sheet line as the host contract measured at 
amortized cost. 

Derivatives that are designated and effective hedging instruments are also 
measured at fair value. The presentation of fair value changes differs 
depending on the type of hedge relationship (refer to item 3j in this Note 
for more information). 

319 

Financial statements 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

substantially  retained  by  IFRS  9  and  are  detailed  in  the 
Comparative policy | Policy applicable prior to 1 January 2018 
Prior  to  1  January  2018,  on  initial  recognition,  UBS  classified,  “Classification,  measurement  and  presentation  of  financial 
measured  and  presented  its  financial  assets  and  liabilities  in 
instruments  from  1  January  2018”  table.  The  following  table 
accordance with IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and 
sets  out  details  of  classification,  measurement  and  presentation 
Measurement.  Classification,  measurement  and  presentation  of financial assets prior to 1 January 2018. 
requirements 

in  respect  of  financial 

liabilities  have  been 

Classification, measurement and presentation of financial assets prior to 1 January 2018 

Financial assets
Financial assets 
classification 
classification

Held for trading 
Held for trading

Significant items included 
Significant items included

Measurement and presentation1 
Measurement and presentation1

Financial assets held for trading include: 
–  all derivatives with a positive replacement value, except those that are 

designated and effective hedging instruments; and 

–  any other financial asset acquired principally for the purpose of selling 
or repurchasing in the near term, or part of a portfolio of identified 
financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is 
evidence of a recent actual pattern of short-term profit taking. Included 
in this category are debt instruments (including those in the form of 
securities, money market paper and traded corporate and bank loans), 
equity instruments, and assets held under unit-linked investment 
contracts. 

Measured at fair value with changes recognized in profit or loss. 

Changes in fair value, initial transaction costs and gains and losses realized 
on disposal or redemption are recognized in Other net income from 
financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss (prior to 
1 January 2019: Other net income from fair value changes on financial 
instruments), except interest and dividend income on instruments other 
than derivatives (refer to item 3c in this Note), interest on derivatives 
designated as hedging instruments in certain types of hedge accounting 
relationships and forward points on certain short duration foreign exchange 
contracts, which are reported in Net interest income. 

Designated at fair value 
Designated at fair value
through profit or loss 
through profit or loss

A financial asset may be designated at fair value through profit or loss only 
upon initial recognition and this designation is irrevocable. 

Derivative assets are generally presented as Derivative financial
instruments. 

Bifurcated embedded derivatives are measured at fair value, but presented on 
the same balance sheet line as the host contract measured at amortized cost. 

The presentation of fair value changes on derivatives that are designated 
and effective hedging instruments differs depending on the type of hedge 
relationship (refer to item 3j in this Note for more information). 

Financial assets held for trading (other than derivatives) are presented as 
Financial assets at fair value held for trading. 

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss are 
presented as Financial assets at fair value not held for trading. 

The fair value option can be applied only if one of the following criteria is met: 
–  the financial instrument is a hybrid instrument that includes a 

substantive embedded derivative; 

–  the financial instrument is part of a portfolio that is risk managed on a 
fair value basis and reported to senior management on that basis; or 

–  the application of the fair value option eliminates or significantly 
reduces an accounting mismatch that would otherwise arise. 

UBS designated at fair value through profit or loss the following financial 
assets: 
–  certain structured loans, reverse repurchase and securities borrowing 

agreements that are managed on a fair value basis; 

–  loans that are hedged predominantly with credit derivatives – these 
instruments are designated at fair value to eliminate an accounting 
mismatch; 

–  certain debt securities held as high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) and 

managed by Corporate Center – Group Treasury on a fair value basis; 
and 

–  assets held to hedge delivery obligations related to cash-settled 

employee compensation plans – these assets are designated at fair 
value in order to eliminate an accounting mismatch that would 
otherwise arise as a result of the liability being measured on a
 fair value basis. 

1 Presentation categories in this table reflect retrospective amendments to UBS Group balance sheet presentation carried out upon transition to IFRS 9 to facilitate comparability. 
1

320 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Classification, measurement and presentation of financial assets prior to 1 January 2018 (continued) 

SSiiggnniiffiiccaanntt iitteemmss iinncclluuddeedd 

MMeeaassuurreemmeenntt aanndd pprreesseennttaattiioonn 

FFiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss 
ccllaassssiiffiiccaattiioonn 

Loans and receivables 
Loans and receivables
(amortized cost) 
(amortized cost)

Non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that 
are not quoted in an active market and are not assets for which the Group 
may not recover substantially all of its initial net investment for reasons 
other than credit deterioration. This classification includes: 
–  cash and balances with central banks; 
–  cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments; 
–  residential and commercial mortgages; 
–  secured loans, including reverse repurchase agreements, receivables 
under stock borrowing and Lombard loans, and unsecured loans; 

Measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method less 
allowances for credit losses (refer to items 3c and 3g in this Note). 

Upfront fees and direct costs relating to loan origination, refinancing or 
restructuring as well as to loan commitments are deferred and amortized 
over the life of the loan using the effective interest rate method. 

Loans and receivables are presented on the balance sheet primarily as Cash 
and balances with central banks, Loans and advances to banks, Loans and 
–  certain securities held within Corporate Center – Non-core and Legacy  advances to customers, Receivables from securities financing transactions 

Portfolio; and 

–  trade and lease receivables. 

and Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments. 

Amounts arising from exchange-traded derivatives (ETD) and certain over-
the-counter (OTC) derivatives cleared through central clearing 
counterparties that are either considered to be daily settled or qualify for 
offsetting (refer to items 3d and 3i in this Note) are presented within Cash 
collateral receivables on derivative instruments. 

Available for sale 
Available for sale

Financial assets classified as available for sale are non-derivative financial  Measured at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in Other 
assets that are not classified as held for trading, designated at fair value 
through profit or loss, or loans and receivables. This classification mainly 
includes debt securities held as HQLA and managed by Corporate Center – 
Group Treasury, certain asset-backed securities managed by Corporate 
Center – Group Treasury, investment fund holdings and strategic and 
commercial equity investments. 

comprehensive income, net of applicable income taxes, until such 
investments are sold, collected or otherwise disposed of, or until any such 
investment is determined to be impaired (refer to item 3g in this Note). 
Upon disposal, any accumulated balances in Other comprehensive income 
are reclassified to the income statement and reported within Other income. 

Held to maturity 
Held to maturity

Non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and 
fixed maturities for which UBS has the positive intention and ability to hold 
to maturity. 

This classification mainly includes debt securities held as HQLA and 
managed by Corporate Center – Group Treasury. 

Interest and dividend income are recognized in the income statement in 
accordance with item 3c in this Note. Refer to item 13 in this Note for 
information about the treatment of foreign exchange translation gains and 
losses. 

Measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method less 
allowances for credit losses (refer to items 3c and 3g in this Note). 



321 

Financial statements 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

c. Interest income and expense 
Interest  income  and  expense  are  recognized  in  the  income 
statement  applying  the  effective  interest  rate  (EIR)  method. 
When  calculating  the  EIR  for  financial  instruments  (other  than 
credit-impaired financial instruments), UBS estimates future cash 
flows  considering  all  contractual  terms  of  the  instrument,  but 
not expected credit losses. 

In determining interest income and expense, the EIR is applied 
to  the  gross  carrying  amount  of  the  financial  asset  (unless  the 
asset  is  credit-impaired)  or  the  amortized  cost  of  a  financial 
liability  (prior  to  1  January  2018:  the  amortized  cost  of  a 
financial  asset  or  financial  liability).  However,  when  a  financial 
asset  becomes  credit-impaired  after  initial  recognition,  interest 
income is determined by applying the EIR to the amortized cost 
of  the  instrument,  which  represents  the  gross  carrying  amount 
adjusted for any credit loss allowance. Furthermore, for financial 
assets that were credit-impaired on initial recognition, interest is 
determined  by  applying  a  credit-adjusted  EIR  to  the  amortized 
cost of the instrument. 

Upfront fees, including loan commitment fees where a loan is 
expected  to  be  issued,  and  direct  costs  are  included  within  the 
initial  measurement  of  a  financial  instrument  measured  at 
amortized cost or FVOCI (prior to 1 January 2018: the financial 
asset  classified  as  available  for  sale).  Such  fees  and  costs  are 
therefore recognized over the expected life of the instrument as 
part of its EIR. 

Fees related to loan commitments where no loan is expected 
to  be  issued,  as  well  as  loan  syndication  fees  where  UBS  does 
not  retain  a  portion  of  the  syndicated  loan  or  where  UBS  does 
retain  a  portion  of  the  syndicated  loan  at  the  same  effective 
yield  for  comparable  risk  as  other  participants,  are  included  in 
Net fee and commission income. 

  Refer to item 4 in this Note for more information 

Presentation of interest in the income statement 
Effective  from  1  January  2018,  interest  income  or  expense  on 
financial  instruments  measured  at  amortized  cost  and  financial 
assets  measured  at  FVOCI  (prior  to  1  January  2018:  financial 
assets  classified  as  available  for  sale)  are  presented  separately 
within  Interest  income  from  financial  instruments  measured  at 
amortized  cost  and  fair  value  through  other  comprehensive 
income  and 
instruments 
measured at amortized cost. 

Interest  expense 

financial 

from 

UBS  also  presents  interest  income  and  expense  on  financial 
instruments (excluding derivatives)  measured at FVTPL including 
forward  points  on  certain  short-  and  long-duration  foreign 
exchange  contracts  separately  in  Interest  income  (or  Interest 
expense)  from  financial  instruments  measured  at  fair  value 
through profit or loss. Furthermore, interest income and expense 
on  derivatives  designated  as  hedging  instruments  in  effective 
hedge  relationships  are  presented  consistently  with  the  interest 
income and expense of the respective hedged item. 

Interest  income  on  financial  assets,  excluding  derivatives,  is 
included  in  interest  income  when  positive  and  in  Interest 
expense  when  negative,  because  negative  interest  income 
arising  on  a  financial  asset  does  not  meet  the  definition  of 
revenue.  Similarly, 
liabilities, 
excluding  derivatives,  is  included  in  interest  expense,  except 
when interest rates  are  negative, in which case it  is included in 
interest income. 

interest  expense  on  financial 

  Refer to item 3j in this Note and Note 3 for more information 

d. Derecognition 

Financial assets 
UBS  derecognizes  a  financial  asset,  or  a  portion  of  a  financial 
asset, from its balance sheet when the contractual rights to cash 
flows  from  the  asset  have  expired,  or  have  been  transferred, 
usually  by  sale,  thus  exposing  the  purchaser  to  either 
substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset or a significant 
part of the risks and rewards combined with a practical ability to 
sell or pledge the asset. 

A financial asset is considered to have been transferred when 
UBS: (i) transfers the contractual rights to receive the cash flows 
of  the  financial  asset;  or  (ii)  retains  the  contractual  rights  to 
receive  the  cash  flows  of  that  asset,  but  assumes  a  contractual 
obligation to pay the cash flows to one or more entities. 

Where  financial  assets  have  been  pledged  as  collateral  or  in 
similar  arrangements,  they  are  considered  to  have  been 
transferred if the counterparty has received the contractual right 
to  the  cash  flows  of  the  pledged  assets,  as  may  be  evidenced, 
for  example,  by  the  counterparty’s  right  to  sell  or  repledge  the 
assets.  Where  the  counterparty  to  the  pledged  financial  assets 
has  not  received  the  contractual  right  to  the  cash  flows,  UBS 
does  not  consider  this  to  be  a  transfer  for  the  purposes  of 
derecognition. 

322 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

In transactions where substantially all of the risks and rewards 
of  ownership  of  a  financial  asset  are  neither  retained  nor 
transferred,  UBS  derecognizes  the  financial  asset  if  control  over 
the asset is surrendered, and the rights and obligations retained 
following  the  transfer  are  recognized  separately  as  assets  and 
liabilities,  respectively.  In  transfers  where  control  over  the 
financial asset is retained, UBS continues to recognize the asset 
to  the  extent  of  its  continuing  involvement,  determined  by  the 
extent  to  which  it  is  exposed  to  changes  in  the  value  of  the 
transferred asset following the transfer. 

Certain over-the-counter (OTC) derivative contracts and most 
exchange-traded  futures  and  option  contracts  cleared  through 
central clearing counterparties and exchanges are considered to 
be settled on a daily basis through the daily margining process, 
as  the  payment  or  receipt  of  the  variation  margin  represents 
legal  or  economic  settlement  of  a  derivative  contract,  which 
results  in  derecognition  of  the  associated  positive  and  negative 
replacement values. 

  Refer to item 3h of this Note and Note 25 for more information 

Financial liabilities 
UBS  derecognizes  a  financial  liability  from  its  balance  sheet 
when it is extinguished; i.e., when the obligation specified in the 
contract  is  discharged,  canceled  or  expires.  When  an  existing 
financial  liability  is  exchanged  for  a  new  one  from  the  same 
lender  on  substantially  different  terms,  or  the  terms  of  an 
existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or 
modification results in derecognition of the original liability and 
the  recognition  of  a  new  liability  with  any  difference  in  the 
respective  carrying  amounts  being  recognized  in  the  income 
statement. 

e. Securities borrowing / lending and repurchase / reverse 
repurchase transactions 
/  reverse 
Securities  borrowing 
/ 
repurchase  transactions  are  generally  entered 
into  on  a 
collateralized  basis.  In  such  transactions,  UBS  typically  borrows 
or lends equity and debt securities in exchange for securities or 
cash collateral. 

lending  and  repurchase 

These  transactions  are  treated  as  collateralized  financing 
transactions  where  the  securities  transferred  /  received  are  not 
derecognized  or  recognized  on  the  balance  sheet.  Securities 
transferred  /  received  with  the  right  to  resell  or  repledge  are 
disclosed separately. 

In  reverse  repurchase  and  securities  borrowing  agreements, 
the  cash  delivered 
is  derecognized  and  a  corresponding 
receivable, including accrued interest, is recorded in the balance 
sheet  line  Receivables  from  securities  financing  transactions, 
representing  UBS’s  right  to  receive  the  cash.  Similarly,  in 
repurchase and securities lending agreements, the cash received 
is recognized and a corresponding obligation, including accrued 
interest,  is  recorded  in  Payables  from  securities  financing 
transactions. Additionally, the sale of securities that is settled by 
delivering  securities  received  in  reverse  repurchase  or  securities 
borrowing  transactions  triggers  the  recognition  of  a  trading 
liability. 

Repurchase  and  reverse  repurchase  transactions  with  the 
same  counterparty,  maturity,  currency  and  central  securities 
depository  are  generally  presented  net,  subject  to  meeting  the 
offsetting requirements described in item 3i of this Note. 

  Refer to Notes 26 and 25 for more information 

f. Fair value of financial instruments 
UBS accounts for a significant portion of its assets and liabilities 
at  fair  value.  Fair  value  is  the  price  on  the  measurement  date 
that  would  be  received  for  the  sale  of  an  asset  or  paid  to 
transfer  a  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market 
participants in the principal market, or in the most advantageous 
market in the absence of a principal market. 

All 

financial 

fair  value  are 
instruments  measured  at 
categorized into one of three fair value hierarchy levels. Level 1 
financial  instruments  are  those  for  which  fair  values  can  be 
derived  from  quoted  prices  in  active  markets.  Level  2  financial 
instruments  are  those  for  which  fair  values  must  be  derived 
using valuation techniques for which all significant inputs are, or 
are  based  on,  observable  market  data.  Level  3  financial 
instruments  are  those  for  which  fair  values  can  only  be  derived 
on the basis of valuation techniques for which significant inputs 
are not based on observable market data. 

323 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Recognition of expected credit losses 
ECL  represent  the  difference  between  contractual  cash  flows 
and those UBS expects to receive, discounted at the EIR. For loan 
commitments  and  other  credit  facilities  in  scope  of  ECL, 
expected cash shortfalls are determined by considering expected 
future drawdowns. 

ECL are recognized on the following basis: 

from 

–  Maximum  12-month  ECL  are 

recognized 

initial 
recognition,  reflecting  the  portion  of  lifetime  cash  shortfalls 
that  would  result  if  a  default  occurs  in  the  12  months  after 
the  reporting  date,  weighted  by  the  risk  of  a  default 
occurring.  Instruments  in  this  category  are  referred  to  as 
instruments  in  stage  1.  For  instruments  with  a  remaining 
maturity of less than 12 months, ECL are determined for this 
shorter period. 

–  Lifetime  ECL  are  recognized  if  a  significant  increase  in  credit 
risk  (SICR)  is  observed  subsequent  to  the  instrument’s  initial 
recognition,  reflecting  lifetime  cash  shortfalls  that  would 
result from all possible default events over the expected life of 
a  financial  instrument,  weighted  by  the  risk  of  a  default 
occurring.  Instruments  in  this  category  are  referred  to  as 
instruments in stage 2. Where an SICR is no longer observed, 
the instrument will move back to stage 1. 

–  Lifetime  ECL  are  always  recognized  for  credit-impaired 
financial  instruments,  referred  to  as  instruments  in  stage  3. 
The IFRS 9 determination of whether an instrument is credit-
impaired  is  based  on  the  occurrence  of  one  or  more  loss 
events,  with  lifetime  ECL  generally  derived  by  estimating 
expected  cash  flows  based  on  a  chosen  recovery  strategy. 
Credit-impaired exposures may include positions for which no 
loss  has  occurred  or  no  allowance  has  been  recognized,  for 
example,  because  they  are  expected  to  be  fully  recoverable 
through the collateral held. 

–  Changes  in  lifetime  ECL  since  initial  recognition  are  also 
recognized for assets that are purchased or originated credit-
impaired  (POCI).  POCI  financial  assets  are  initially  recognized 
at  fair  value,  with  interest  income  subsequently  being 
recognized  based  on  a  credit-adjusted  EIR.  POCI  financial 
instruments 
recognized 
following  a  substantial  restructuring  and  remain  a  separate 
category until derecognition. 

that  are  newly 

include 

those 

UBS  does  not  apply  the  low-credit-risk  practical  expedient 
that  allows  a  lifetime  ECL  for  lease  or  fee  receivables  to  be 
recognized irrespective of whether a significant increase in credit 
risk  has  occurred.  Instead,  UBS  has  incorporated  lease  and  fee 
receivables into the standard ECL calculation. 

Critical accounting estimates and judgments 
Critical accounting estimates and judgments

The use of valuation techniques, modeling assumptions and estimates of 
unobservable  market  inputs  in  the  fair  valuation  of  financial  instruments 
requires significant judgment and could affect the amount of gain or loss 
recorded  for  a  particular  position.  Valuation  techniques  that  rely  more 
heavily  on  unobservable  inputs  inherently  require  a  higher  level  of 
judgment than those entirely based on observable inputs. 

Valuation  techniques,  including  models,  that  are  used  to  determine 
fair values are periodically reviewed and validated by qualified personnel, 
independent of those who created them. Models are calibrated with the 
objective of ensuring that outputs reflect observable market data, to the 
extent  possible.  Also,  UBS  prioritizes  the  use  of  observable  inputs,  when 
available,  over  unobservable  inputs.  Judgment  is  required  in  selecting 
appropriate  models  as  well  as  inputs  for  which  observable  data  is  less 
readily available. 

UBS‘s  governance  framework  over  fair  value  measurement 

is 

described in Note 24b. 

The  level  of  subjectivity  and  the  degree  of  management  judgment 
involved 
in  the  development  of  estimates  and  the  selection  of 
assumptions are more significant for instruments valued using specialized 
and sophisticated models and where some or all of the parameter inputs 
are  less  observable  (Level  3  instruments)  and  may  require  adjustment  to 
reflect  factors  that  market  participants  would  consider  in  estimating  fair 
value,  such  as  close-out  costs,  credit  exposure,  model-driven  valuation 
uncertainty,  funding  costs  and  benefits,  trading  restrictions  and  other 
factors, which are presented in Note 24d. The Group provides a sensitivity 
analysis  of  the  estimated  effects  arising  from  changing  significant 
unobservable inputs in Level 3 financial instruments to reasonably possible 
alternative assumptions within Note 24g. 

  Refer to Note 24 for more information 

g. Allowances and provisions for expected credit losses 

lease  receivables,  financial  guarantees  and 

Policy applicable from 1 January 20181 
Expected  credit  losses  (ECL)  are  recognized  for  financial  assets 
measured at amortized cost, financial assets measured at FVOCI, 
fee  and 
loan 
commitments. ECL are also recognized on the undrawn portion 
of  revolving  revocable  credit  lines,  which  include  UBS’s  credit 
card  limits  and  master  credit  facilities,  which  are  customary  in 
the  Swiss  market  for  corporate  and  commercial  clients.  UBS 
refers  to  both  as  “other  credit  lines,”  with  clients  allowed  to 
draw  down  on-demand  balances  (with  the  Swiss  master  credit 
facilities  also  allowing  for  term  products)  and  which  can  be 
terminated by UBS at any time. Though these other credit lines 
are  revocable,  UBS  is  exposed  to  credit  risk  because  the  client 
has  the  ability  to  draw  down  funds  before  UBS  can  take  credit 
risk mitigation actions. 

1 The accounting policy in this section applies from 1 January 2018, the effective date of IFRS 9. 
1

324 

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

A  write-off  is  made  when  all  or  part  of  a  financial  asset  is 
deemed uncollectible or forgiven. Write-offs reduce the principal 
amount  of  a  claim  and  are  charged  against  previously 
established allowances for credit losses. Recoveries, in part or in 
full,  of  amounts  previously  written  off  are  generally  credited  to 
Credit loss (expense) / recovery. Write-offs and partial write-offs 
represent derecognition / partial derecognition events. 

ECL are recognized in profit or loss with a corresponding ECL 
allowance  reported  as  a  decrease  in  the  carrying  amount  of 
financial  assets  measured  at  amortized  cost  on  the  balance 
sheet.  For  financial  assets  measured  at  fair  value  through  OCI, 
the carrying amount is not reduced, but an accumulated amount 
is recognized in OCI. For off-balance sheet financial instruments 
and  other  credit  lines,  provisions  for  ECL  are  reported  in 
Provisions.  ECL  are  recognized  within  the  income  statement  in 
Credit loss (expense) / recovery. 

Default and credit impairment 
UBS  applies  a  single  definition  of  default  for  classifying  assets 
and determining the probability of default of its obligors for risk 
modeling  purposes.  The  definition  of  default  is  based  on 
quantitative  and  qualitative  criteria.  A  counterparty  is  classified 
as  defaulted  at  the  latest  when  material  payments  of  interest, 
principal  or  fees  are  overdue  for  more  than  90  days,  or  more 
than  180  days  for  certain  exposures  in  relation  to  loans  to 
private and commercial clients in Personal & Corporate Banking, 
and  to  private  clients  of  Global  Wealth  Management  Region 
Switzerland.  UBS  does  not  consider  the  general  90-day 
presumption for default recognition appropriate for these latter 
portfolios  based  on  an  analysis  of  the  cure  rates,  which 
demonstrated  that  strict  application  of  the  90-day  criterion 
would  not  accurately 
risk. 
Counterparties are also classified as defaulted when bankruptcy, 
have 
insolvency 
commenced; obligations have been restructured on  preferential 
terms  (forbearance);  or  there  is  other  evidence  that  payment 
obligations  will  not  be  fully  met  without  recourse  to  collateral. 
The  latter  may  be  the  case  even  if,  to  date,  all  contractual 
payments  have  been  made  when  due.  If  a  counterparty  is 
defaulted,  generally  all  claims  against  the  counterparty  are 
treated as defaulted. 

inherent  credit 

proceedings 

liquidation 

enforced 

reflect 

the 

or 

if 

An 

instrument 

is  classified  as  credit-impaired 

the 
counterparty  is  defaulted,  and/or  the  instrument  is  identified  as 
POCI. An instrument is POCI if it has been purchased at a deep 
discount  to  its  carrying  amount  following  a  risk  event  of  the 
issuer  or  originated  with  a  defaulted  counterparty.  Once  a 
financial asset is classified as defaulted / credit-impaired (except 
when  it  is  POCI),  it  is  reported  as  a  stage  3  instrument  and 
remains as such unless all past due amounts have been rectified, 
additional  payments  have  been  made  on  time,  the  position  is 
not  classified  as  credit-restructured,  and  there  is  general 
evidence  of  credit  recovery.  A  three-month  probation  period  is 
applied before a transfer back to stages 1 or 2 can be triggered. 

However,  most  instruments  remain  in  stage  3  for  a  longer 
period. 

Measurement of expected credit losses 
IFRS  9  ECL  reflect  an  unbiased,  probability-weighted  estimate 
based  on  either  loss  expectations  resulting  from  default  events 
over  a  maximum  12-month  period  from  the  reporting  date  or 
over  the  remaining  life  of  a  financial  instrument.  The  method 
used to calculate individual probability-weighted unbiased ECL is 
based  on  a  combination  of  the  following  principal  factors: 
probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and exposure 
at  default  (EAD).  Parameters  are  generally  determined  on  an 
individual  financial  asset  level.  Based  on  the  materiality  of  the 
portfolio,  for  credit  card  exposures  and  personal  account 
overdrafts in Switzerland, and certain loans to financial advisors 
of  Global  Wealth  Management  Region  Americas,  a  portfolio 
approach is applied that derives an average PD and LGD for the 
entire  portfolio.  PDs  and  LGDs  used  in  the  ECL  calculation  are 
point  in  time  (PIT)-based  for  key  portfolios  and  consider  both 
current  conditions  and  expected  cyclical  changes.  For  each 
instrument  or  group  of  instruments,  parameter  time  series  are 
generated  consisting  of  the  instruments’  PD,  LGD  and  EAD 
profiles  considering  the  respective  period  of  exposure  to  credit 
risk. For material portfolios, PD and LGD are determined for four 
different  scenarios,  whereas  EAD  projections  are  treated  as 
scenario independent. 

For the purpose of determining the ECL-relevant parameters, 
UBS leverages its Pillar 1 internal ratings-based (IRB) models that 
are  also  used  in  determining  expected  loss  (EL)  and  risk-
weighted assets under the Basel III framework and Pillar 2 stress 
loss models. Adjustments have been made to these models and 
new  IFRS  9-related  models  have  been  developed  that  consider 
the  complexity,  structure  and  risk  profile  of  relevant  portfolios 
and take account of the fact that PDs and LGDs used in the ECL 
calculation  are  PIT-based,  as  opposed  to  the  corresponding 
Basel III through-the-cycle (TTC) parameters. All models that are 
relevant for measuring expected credit losses have been subject 
to  the  existing  model  validation  and  oversight  processes.  The 
assignment  of  internal  counterparty  rating  grades  and  the 
determination  of  default  probabilities  for  the  purposes  of  Basel 
III are not affected by the IFRS 9 ECL calculation. 

Probability of default (PD): The PD represents the likelihood of 
a  default  over  a  specified  time  period.  A  12-month  PD 
represents  the  likelihood  of  default  determined  for  the  next  12 
months  and  a  lifetime  PD  represents  the  probability  of  default 
over  the  remaining  lifetime  of  the  instrument.  The  lifetime  PD 
calculation  is  based  on  a  series  of  12-month  PIT  PDs  that  are 
derived  from  TTC  PDs  and  scenario  forecasts.  This  modeling  is 
region-, industry- and client segment-specific and considers both 
macroeconomic  scenario-dependencies  and  client-idiosyncratic 
information.  To  derive  the  cumulative  lifetime  PD  per  scenario, 
the series of 12-month PIT PDs are transformed into marginal PIT 
PDs,  taking  any  assumed  default  events  from  prior  periods  into 
account. 

325 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Loss  given  default  (LGD):  The  LGD  represents  an  estimate  of 
the loss at the time of a potential default occurring during the life 
of a financial instrument. The determination of the LGD takes into 
account  expected  future  cash  flows  from  collateral  and  other 
credit  enhancements,  or  expected  payouts  from  bankruptcy 
proceedings  for  unsecured  claims  and,  where  applicable,  time  to 
realization  of  collateral  and  the  seniority  of  claims.  The  LGD  is 
commonly expressed as a percentage of the EAD. 

repayments, 

Exposure at default (EAD): The EAD represents an estimate of 
the  exposure  to  credit  risk  at  the  time  of  a  potential  default 
occurring  during  the  life  of  a  financial  instrument.  It  represents 
the  cash  flows  outstanding  at  the  time  of  default,  considering 
expected 
interest  payments  and  accruals, 
discounted  at  the  EIR.  Future  drawdowns  on  facilities  are 
considered  through  a  credit  conversion  factor  (CCF)  that  is 
reflective  of  historical  drawdown  and  default  patterns  and  the 
characteristics  of  the  respective  portfolios.  ECL-specific  CCFs 
have  been  modeled  to  capture  client  segment-  and  product-
specific  patterns  after  removing  Basel 
III  standard-specific 
elements,  i.e.,  conservatism  and  focus  on  a  12-month  period 
prior to default. 

Estimation of expected credit losses 

Number of scenarios and estimation of scenario weights 
The  determination  of  the  probability-weighted  ECL  requires 
evaluating  a  range  of  diverse  and  relevant  future  economic 
conditions,  especially  with  a  view  to  modeling  the  non-linear 
effect  of  assumptions  about  macroeconomic  factors  on  the 
estimate. 

To  accommodate  this  requirement,  UBS  uses  four  different 
economic scenarios in the ECL calculation: an upside, a baseline, 
a mild downside and a severe downside scenario. Each scenario 
is represented by a specific scenario narrative, which is relevant 
considering  the  exposure  of  key  portfolios  to  economic  risks, 
and  for  which  a  set  of  consistent  macroeconomic  variables  is 
determined.  Those  variables  range  from  above-trend  economic 
growth  to  severe  recession.  The  baseline  scenario  is  aligned  to 
the  economic  and  market  assumptions  used  for  UBS  business 
planning purposes. An econometric model is used to provide an 
input into the scenario weight assessment process giving a first 
indication of the probability that the GDP forecast used for each 
scenario  would  materialize,  if  historically  observed  deviations  of 
GDP  growth  from  trend  growth  were  representative.  As  such 
historical  analyses  of  GDP  development  do  not  include  an 
assessment  of  the  underlying  economic  or  political  causes, 
management  positions  the  model  output  into  the  context  of 
current  conditions  and  future  expectations  and  applies  material 
judgment  in  determining  the  final  scenario  weights.  The 
determined  weights  constitute  the  probabilities  that  the 
respective  set  of  macroeconomic  conditions  will  occur  and  not 
that 
related 
macroeconomic variables will materialize. 

the  chosen  particular  narratives  with 

the 

Macroeconomic and other factors 
The  range  of  macroeconomic,  market  and  other  factors  that  is 
modeled  as  part  of  the  scenario  determination  is  wide,  and 
historical information is used to support the identification of the 
key factors. As the forecast horizon increases, the availability of 
information  decreases  and 
increases.  For  cycle-
sensitive PD and LGD determination purposes, UBS projects the 
relevant  economic  factors  for  a  period  of  three  years  before 
reverting, over a specified period, to a cycle-neutral PD and LGD 
for longer-term projections. 

judgment 

Factors  relevant  for  the  ECL  calculation  vary  by  type  of 
exposure  and  are  determined  during  the  credit  cycle  index 
model  development  process  in  close  alignment  with  expert 
judgment.  Certain  variables  may  only  be  relevant  for  specific 
types  of  exposures,  such  as  house  price  indices  for  mortgage 
loans,  while  other  variables  have  key  relevance  in  the  ECL 
calculation  for  all  exposures.  Regional  and  client  segment 
characteristics  are  generally  taken  into  account,  with  specific 
focus  on  Switzerland  and  the  US  considering  UBS’s  key  ECL-
relevant portfolios. 

For  UBS,  the  following  forward-looking  macroeconomic 
variables  represent  the  most  relevant  factors  in  the  ECL 
calculation: 
–  GDP growth rates, given their significant effect on borrowers’ 

performance; 

–  house price indices, given their significant effect on mortgage 

collateral valuations; 

–  unemployment  rates,  given  their  significant  effect  on  private 

clients’ ability to meet contractual obligations; 

–  interest 

rates,  given 

their 

significant  effect  on 

the 

counterparties’ abilities to service debt; 

–  consumer  price  indices,  given  their  overall  relevance  for 
companies’  performance,  private  clients’  purchasing  power 
and economic stability; and 

–  equity indices, given that they are an important factor in our 

corporate rating tools. 

The forward-looking macroeconomic assumptions used in the 
ECL  calculation  are  developed  by  UBS  economists,  risk 
methodology personnel and credit risk officers. Assumptions and 
scenarios  are  validated  and  approved  through  a  Scenario 
Committee  and  an  Operating  Committee,  which  also  aim  to 
information 
ensure  a  consistent  use  of 
throughout UBS, including in the business planning process. ECL 
inputs  are  tested  and  reassessed  for  appropriateness  at  least 
once  a  quarter  and  appropriate  adjustments  are  made  when 
needed. 

forward-looking 

Scenario generation, review process and governance 
All  aspects  of  the  scenario  selection,  including  the  specific 
narratives,  their  weight  for  the  ECL  estimation,  and  the  key 
macroeconomic  and  other  factors,  are  subject  to  a  formal 
governance and approval process. 

326 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

A  team  of  economists,  who  are  part  of  Group  Risk  Control, 
provide  the  basic  analysis  taking  into  account  information 
obtained  through  established  risk  identification  and  assessment 
processes, which involve a broad range of experts, in particular, 
risk specialists and other in-house economists. Material risks with 
a  high  likelihood  of  materializing  are  then  factored  into  the 
scenario 
selection  process.  Once  narratives  have  been 
developed,  key  macroeconomic  factors  that  are  consistent  with 
the severity of the case and interdependencies are determined. 

The scenarios, their weight and the key macroeconomic and 
other factors are subject to a critical assessment by members of 
the  Scenario  Committee,  where  senior  credit  officers  from  the 
divisions  and  representatives  from  Group  Risk  Control  are 
represented. Important aspects for the review are the extent to 
which  the  selected  scenarios  reflect  the  vulnerabilities  of  the 
relevant portfolios; whether their transformation into PIT PD and 
LGD  values  is  in  line  with  credit  risk  officers’  expectations;  and 
whether  there  may  be  pockets  of  exposures,  where  particular 
credit  risk  concerns  may  not  be  capable  of  being  addressed 
systematically  and  require  an  expert-based  overlay  for  stage 
allocation and ECL allowance. This also ensures a consistent use 
of  forward-looking 
information  throughout  UBS  and  an 
alignment with the business planning process. 

The  Operating  Committee  is  jointly  chaired  by  the  Group 
Controller  and  Chief  Accounting  Officer,  and  the  Risk  Chief 
Operating  Officer  and  Group  Chief  Risk  Model  Officer,  and  is 
comprised  of  the  divisional  Chief  Risk  Officers  and  divisional 
Chief  Financial  Officers  as  well  as  senior  Corporate  Center  Risk 
the  proposals 
and  Finance 
submitted  by  the  Scenario  Committee  and  approve  the  final 
selection of scenarios and factors and any expert-based overlays 
as they may be required to cover temporary issues, either related 
to  specific  risk  elements  in  a  portfolio,  or  due  to  identified 
technical deficiencies pending remediation (model updates, data 
quality, etc.). 

representatives.  They 

review 

The Group Model Governance Board, as the highest authority 
under UBS’s model governance framework, ratifies the decisions 
by the Operating Committee. 

ECL measurement period 
The  period  for  which  lifetime  ECL  are  determined  is  based  on 
the  maximum  contractual  period  that  UBS  is  exposed  to  credit 
risk, taking into account contractual extension, termination and 
prepayment  options.  For  irrevocable  loan  commitments  and 
financial  guarantee  contracts, 
the  measurement  period 
represents  the  maximum  contractual  period  for  which  UBS  has 
an obligation to extend credit. 

Additionally,  some  financial  instruments  include  both  an  on-
demand loan and a revocable undrawn commitment, where the 
contractual  cancelation  right  does  not  limit  UBS’s  exposure  to 
credit risk to the contractual notice period, as the client has the 
ability to draw down funds before UBS can take risk-mitigating 
actions.  In  such  cases,  UBS  is  required  to  estimate  the  period 

over which it is exposed to credit risk. This applies to UBS’s credit 
card  limits,  which  do  not  have  a  defined  contractual  maturity 
date,  are  callable  on  demand  and  where  the  drawn  and 
undrawn  components  are  managed  as  one  unit.  The  exposure 
arising  from  UBS’s  credit  card  limits  is  not  significant  and  is 
managed at a portfolio level, with credit actions triggered when 
balances  are  past  due.  An  ECL  measurement  period  of  seven 
years  is  applied  for  credit  card  limits,  capped  at  12  months  for 
stage 1 balances, as a proxy for the period that UBS is exposed 
to credit risk. 

Customary  master  credit  agreements  in  the  Swiss  corporate 
market  also  include  on-demand  loans  and  revocable  undrawn 
commitments.  For  smaller  commercial  facilities,  a  risk-based 
monitoring  (RbM)  approach  is  in  place  that  highlights  negative 
trends  as  risk  events,  at  an  individual  facility  level,  based  on  a 
combination  of  continuously  updated  risk  indicators.  The  risk 
events trigger additional credit reviews by a risk officer, allowing 
for  informed  credit  decisions  to  be  taken.  Larger  corporate 
facilities  are  not  subject  to  RbM,  but  are  reviewed  at  least 
annually through a formal credit review. UBS has assessed these 
credit  risk  management  practices  and  considers  both  the  RbM 
approach and formal credit review as substantive credit reviews 
resulting  in  a  re-origination  of  the  facility.  Following  this,  a  12-
month measurement period from the reporting date is used for 
both types of facilities as an appropriate proxy of the period over 
which UBS is exposed to credit risk, with 12 months also used as 
a 
look-back  period  for  assessing  SICR,  always  from  the 
respective reporting date. 

Significant increase in credit risk 
Financial  instruments  subject  to  ECL  are  monitored  on  an 
ongoing  basis.  To  determine  whether  the  recognition  of  a 
maximum  12-month  ECL  continues  to  be  appropriate,  an 
assessment is made as to whether an SICR has occurred since 
initial  recognition  of  the  financial  instrument.  The  assessment 
criteria  include  both  quantitative  and  qualitative  factors.  UBS 
does  not  make  use  of  the  expedient  that  no  particular  SICR 
test  is  required  for  instruments  that  have  low  credit  risk  at 
reporting date. 

Primarily,  UBS  assesses  changes  in  an  instrument’s  risk  of 
default  on  a  quantitative  basis  by  comparing  the  annualized 
forward-looking  and  scenario-weighted 
lifetime  PD  of  an 
instrument determined at two different dates: 
– 
– 

at the reporting date; and 
at inception of the instrument. 

In  both  cases,  the  respective  PDs  are  determined  for  the 
residual lifetime of the instrument, i.e., the period between the 
reporting  date  and  maturity.  If,  based  on  UBS’s  quantitative 
modeling,  an  increase  exceeds  a  set  threshold,  an  SICR  is 
deemed  to  have  occurred  and  the  instrument  is  transferred  to 
stage 2 with lifetime ECL being recognized. 

327 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Additionally,  based  on 

individual  counterparty-specific 
indicators,  external  market  indicators  of  credit  risk  or  general 
economic  conditions,  counterparties  may  be  moved  to  a  watch 
list, which is used as a secondary qualitative indicator for an SICR 
and  hence  for  a  transfer  to  stage  2.  Exception  management  is 
individual  and  collective 
further  applied,  allowing 
for 
adjustments  on  exposures  sharing 
risk 
the  same  credit 
characteristics to take account of specific situations that are not 
otherwise  fully  reflected.  Instruments  for  which  an  SICR  since 
initial  recognition  is  determined  based  on  criteria  other  than 
changed  default  probabilities  or  watch  list  items  remain  in 
stage 2  for  at  least  six  months  post  resolution  of  the  stage  2 
trigger event. 

In  general,  the  overall  SICR  determination  process  does  not 
apply  to  Lombard  loans,  securities  financing  transactions  and 
certain  other  asset-based  lending  transactions,  because  of  the 
risk  management  practices  adopted,  including  daily  monitoring 
processes  with  strict  margining  requirements  that  often  require 
the delivery of collateral within a number of days. If margin calls 
are  not  satisfied,  a  position  is  closed  out  and  classified  as  a 
stage 3 position.  In  exceptional  cases,  an  individual  adjustment 
and  a  transfer  into  stage  2  may  be  made  to  take  account  of 
specific facts. 

credit 

Credit risk officers are responsible for ensuring that the stage 
allocation  of  instruments  reflects  the  identification  of  an  SICR, 
which for accounting purposes is in some aspects different from 
internal  credit  risk  management  processes  for  loans  with 
increased 
risk,  mainly  because  ECL  accounting 
requirements  are  instrument-specific,  such  that  a  borrower  can 
have  multiple  exposures  allocated  to  different  stages,  and  that 
maturing loans in stage 2 will migrate to stage 1 upon renewal 
irrespective  of  the  actual  credit  risk  at  that  time.  Under  a  risk-
based  approach,  a  holistic  counterparty  credit  assessment  and 
the absolute level of risk at any given date will determine what 
risk mitigating actions may be warranted. 

  Refer to the “Risk management and control” section of this 

report for more information 

initially 

instruments  with 

The threshold applied varies depending on the original credit 
quality  of  the  borrower.  For  instruments  with  lower  default 
probabilities  at  inception  due  to  good  credit  quality  of  the 
counterparty, the SICR threshold is set at a higher level than for 
instruments  with  higher  default  probabilities  at  inception.  This 
implies  that  for 
lower  default 
probabilities,  a  relatively  higher  deterioration  in  credit  quality  is 
needed  to  trigger  an  SICR  than  for  those  instruments  with 
originally higher PDs. The SICR assessment based on PD changes 
is  made  at  an  individual  financial  asset  level.  A  high-level 
overview  of  the  SICR  trigger,  which  is  a  multiple  of  the 
annualized  remaining  lifetime  PIT  PD  expressed  in  rating 
downgrades that entail the same multiple of PD values, together 
with the corresponding ratings at origination of an instrument, is 
provided  in  the  “SICR  thresholds”  table  below.  This  simplified 
view  is  aligned  to  internal  ratings  as  disclosed  in  “Internal  UBS 
rating  scale  and  mapping  of  external  ratings”  presented  in 
“Credit  risk”  in  the  “Risk  management  and  control”  section  of 
this report. The actual SICR thresholds applied are defined on a 
more  granular  level  interpolating  between  the  values  shown  in 
the table below. 

SICR thresholds 

IInntteerrnnaall rraattiinngg aatt oorriiggiinnaattiioonn ooff tthhee iinnssttrruummeenntt 

RRaattiinngg ddoowwnnggrraaddeess // SSIICCRR ttrriiggggeerr 

0–3 

4–8 

9–13 

3 

2 

1 

  Refer to the “Risk management and control” section of this 
report for more details about the bank’s internal grading 

system 

Irrespective  of  the  SICR  assessment  based  on  default 
probabilities, credit risk is generally deemed to have significantly 
increased  for  an  instrument  if  the  contractual  payments  are 
more than 30 days past due. For certain less material portfolios, 
specifically  the  Swiss  credit  card  portfolio  and  the  loans  to 
financial  advisors  of  Global  Wealth  Management  Region 
Americas,  the  30-day  past  due  criterion  is  used  as  the  primary 
indicator of an SICR. Where instruments are transferred to stage 
2 due to the 30-day past due criterion, a minimum period of six 
months  is  applied  before  a  transfer  back  to  stage  1 can  be 
triggered. For instruments in Personal & Corporate Banking and 
Global  Wealth  Management  Region  Switzerland  that  are 
between  90  and  180  days  past  due  but  have  not  been 
reclassified  to  stage  3,  a  one-year  period  is  applied  before  a 
transfer back to stage 1 can be triggered. 

328 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Comparative policy | Policy applicable prior to 1 January 2018 
A  claim  is  impaired  and  an  allowance  or  provision  for  credit 
losses is recognized when objective evidence demonstrates that 
a  loss  event  has  occurred  after  the  initial  recognition  and  that 
the loss event has an effect on the future cash flows that can be 
reliably estimated (incurred loss approach). UBS considers a claim 
to  be  impaired  if  it  will  be  unable  to  collect  all  amounts  due 
thereon  based  on  the  original  contractual  terms  as  a  result  of 
credit deterioration of the issuer or counterparty. A claim can be 
a 
loan  or  receivable  measured  at  amortized  cost,  or  a 
commitment, such as a letter of credit, a guarantee or a similar 
instrument. 

An allowance for credit losses is reported as a decrease in the 
carrying  amount  of  a  financial  asset.  For  an  off-balance  sheet 
item,  such  as  a  commitment,  a  provision  for  credit  losses  is 
reported in Provisions. Changes to allowances and provisions for 
credit losses are recognized in Credit loss (expense) / recovery. 

Critical accounting estimates and judgments 
Critical accounting estimates and judgments

Allowances  and  provisions  for  credit  losses  are  evaluated  at  both  a 
counterparty-specific  level  and  collectively.  Judgment  is  used  in  making 
assumptions about the timing and amount of impairment losses. 

Counterparty-specific allowances and provisions 
Loans  are  evaluated  individually  for  impairment  if  objective 
evidence indicates that a loan may be impaired. Individual credit 
exposures  are  evaluated  on  the  basis  of  the  borrower’s  overall 
financial condition, resources and payment record, the prospects 
of  support  from  contractual  guarantors  and,  where  applicable, 
the  realizable  value  of  any  collateral.  The  impairment  loss  for  a 
loan  is  the  excess  of  the  carrying  amount  of  the  financial  asset 
over 
recoverable  amount.  The  estimated 
recoverable  amount  is  the  present  value,  calculated  using  the 
loan’s  original  effective  interest  rate,  of  expected  future  cash 
flows,  including  amounts  that  may  result  from  restructuring  or 
the liquidation of collateral. If a loan has a variable interest rate, 
the  discount  rate  for  calculating  the  recoverable  amount  is  the 
current effective interest rate. Upon impairment, interest income 
is  accrued  by  applying  the  original  effective  interest  rate  to  the 
impaired carrying amount of the loan. 

the  estimated 

Critical accounting estimates and judgments 
Critical accounting estimates and judgments

The  calculation  of  ECL  requires  management  to  apply  significant 
judgment  and  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  involve  significant 
uncertainty  at  the  time  they  are  made.  Changes  to  these  estimates  and 
assumptions can result in significant changes to the timing and amount of 
ECL to be recognized. 

Determination of a significant increase in credit risk 
IFRS  9  does  not  include  a  definition  of  what  constitutes  an  SICR.  UBS’s 
assessment  of  whether  an  SICR  has  occurred  since  initial  recognition  is 
based on reasonable and supportable forward-looking information, both 
qualitative  and  quantitative,  and 
includes  significant  management 
judgment. More stringent criteria could significantly increase the number 
of instruments migrating to stage 2. An IFRS 9 Operating Committee has 
been  established  to  review  and  challenge  the  SICR  approach  and  any 
potential changes and determinations made in the quarter. 

Scenarios, scenario weights and macroeconomic factors 
ECL  reflect  an  unbiased  and  probability-weighted  amount,  which  UBS 
determines  by  evaluating  a  range  of  possible  outcomes.  Management 
selects  forward-looking  scenarios  and  judges  the  suitability  of  respective 
weights  to  be  applied.  Each  of  the  scenarios  is  based  on  management’s 
in  the  form  of 
assumptions  around  future  economic  conditions 
macroeconomic, market and other factors. Changes in the scenarios and 
weights,  the  corresponding  set  of  macroeconomic  variables  and  the 
assumptions made around those variables for the forecast horizon would 
have  a  significant  effect  on  the  ECL.  An  IFRS  9  Scenario  Committee,  in 
addition  to  the  Operating  Committee,  has  been  established  to  derive, 
review and challenge the selection and weights. 

ECL measurement period 
Lifetime  ECL  are  generally  determined  based  upon  the  contractual 
maturity  of  the  transaction,  which  significantly  affects  ECL.  The  ECL 
calculation is therefore sensitive to any extension of contractual maturities 
triggered  by  business  decisions,  consumer  behaviors  and  an  increased 
number of stage 2 positions. In addition, for credit card limits and Swiss 
callable  master  credit  facilities,  judgment  is  required  as  UBS  must 
determine the period over which it is exposed to credit risk. A seven-year 
period  has  been  applied  for  credit  card  limits,  capped  at  12  months  for 
stage  1  positions,  and  a  12-month  period  has  been  applied  for  master 
credit facilities. 

Modeling and management adjustments 
A  number  of  complex  models  have  been  developed  or  modified  to 
calculate ECL, with additional management adjustments required. Internal 
counterparty rating changes, new or revised models and changes to data 
may  significantly  affect  ECL.  The  models  are  governed  by  UBS’s  model 
validation controls, which aim to ensure independent verification, and are 
approved  by  the  Group  Model  Governance  Board  (the  GMGB).  The 
management  adjustments  are  approved  by  the  IFRS  9  Operating 
Committee and endorsed by the GMGB. 

The  Group  provides  a  sensitivity  analysis  of  the  effect  of  scenario 
selection, scenario weights and SICR trigger points on ECL measurement 
within Note 23g. 

329 

Financial statements  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

All  impaired  loans  are  reviewed  and  analyzed  at  least 
annually. Any subsequent changes to the amounts and timing of 
the  expected  future  cash  flows  compared  with  prior  estimates 
result  in  a  change  in  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  and  are 
charged  or  credited  to  Credit  loss  (expense)  /  recovery.  An 
allowance  for  impairment  is  reversed  only  when  the  credit 
quality has improved to such an extent that there is reasonable 
assurance  of  timely  collection  of  principal  and  interest  in 
accordance  with 
the 
instrument, or the equivalent value thereof. A write-off is made 
when  all  or  part  of  a  financial  asset  is  deemed  uncollectible  or 
forgiven. Write-offs reduce the principal amount of a claim and 
are  charged  against  previously  established  allowances  for  credit 
losses.  Recoveries,  in  part  or  in  full,  of  amounts  previously 
written off are credited to Credit loss (expense) / recovery. 

the  original  contractual 

terms  of 

Collective allowances and provisions 
Collective allowances and provisions are calculated for portfolios 
with  similar  credit  risk  characteristics,  taking  into  account 
historical 
loss  experience  and  current  conditions.  The 
methodology  and  assumptions  used  are  reviewed  regularly  to 
reduce  any  differences  between  estimated  and  actual  loss 
experience.  For  all  of  its  portfolios,  UBS  also  assesses  whether 
there have been any unforeseen developments that might result 
in  impairments  that  are  not  immediately  observable  at  a 
counterparty  level.  To  determine  whether  an  event-driven 
collective  allowance  for  credit  losses  is  required,  UBS  considers 
global economic drivers to assess the most vulnerable countries 
and  industries.  As  the  allowance  cannot  be  allocated  to 
individual loans, the loans are not considered to be impaired and 
interest  is  accrued  on  each  loan  according  to  its  contractual 
terms. If objective evidence becomes available that indicates that 
an  individual  financial  asset  is  impaired,  it  is  removed  from  the 
group of financial assets assessed for impairment on a collective 
basis and is assessed separately as counterparty-specific. 

Impairment of financial assets classified as available for sale 
At each balance sheet date, UBS assesses whether indicators of 
impairment  are  present.  Available-for-sale  debt  instruments  are 
impaired  when  there  is  objective  evidence,  using  the  same 
criteria described on the previous page, that, as a result of one 
or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the 
asset, the estimated future cash flows have decreased. 

Objective evidence that there has been an impairment of an 
available-for-sale equity instrument is a significant or prolonged 
decline  in  the  fair  value  of  the  asset.  UBS  uses  a  rebuttable 
presumption that such instruments are impaired where there has 
been a decline in fair value of more than 20% below its original 
cost or fair value has been below original cost for more than six 
months. 

330 

To the extent a financial asset classified as available for sale is 
determined  to  be 
impaired,  the  related  cumulative  net 
unrealized  loss  previously  recognized  in  Other  comprehensive 
income  is  reclassified  to  the  income  statement  within  Other 
income.  For  equity  instruments,  any  further  loss  is  recognized 
directly in the income statement, whereas for debt instruments, 
any  further  loss  is  recognized  in  the  income  statement  only  if 
there  is  additional  objective  evidence  of  impairment.  After  the 
recognition  of  an  impairment  on  a  financial  asset  classified  as 
available for sale, increases in the fair value of equity instruments 
are  reported 
income.  For  debt 
instruments,  such  increases  in  the  fair  value,  up  to  amortized 
cost in the transaction currency, are recognized in Other income, 
provided  that  the  fair  value  increase  is  related  to  an  event 
occurring  after  the  impairment  loss  was  recorded.  Increases  in 
excess  of  that  amount  are  reported  in  Other  comprehensive 
income. 

in  Other  comprehensive 

h. Restructured and modified financial assets 
When payment default is expected or where default has already 
occurred,  UBS  may  grant  concessions  to  borrowers  in  financial 
difficulties  that  it  would  otherwise  not  consider  in  the  normal 
course  of  its  business,  such  as  preferential  interest  rates, 
extension  of  maturity,  modifying  the  schedule  of  repayments, 
debt  /  equity  swap,  subordination,  etc.  When  a  concession  or 
forbearance  measure  is  granted,  each  case  is  considered 
individually  and  the  exposure  is  generally  classified  as  being  in 
default.  Forbearance  classification  will  remain  until  the  loan  is 
collected or written off, non-preferential conditions are granted 
the 
that  supersede 
counterparty  has  recovered  and  the  preferential  conditions  no 
longer exceed our risk tolerance. 

the  preferential  conditions  or  until 

Contractual  adjustments  when  there  is  no  evidence  of 
imminent  payment  default,  or  where  changes  to  terms  and 
conditions  are  within  UBS’s  usual  risk  tolerance,  are  not 
considered  to  be 
in  forbearance.  Modifications  represent 
contractual  amendments  that  result  in  an  alteration  of  future 
contractual  cash  flows  and  that  can  occur  within  UBS’s  normal 
risk  tolerance  or  as  part  of  a  credit  restructuring  where  a 
counterparty is in financial difficulties. 

A restructuring or modification of a financial asset could lead 
to a substantial change in the terms and conditions, resulting in 
the  original  financial  asset  being  derecognized  and  a  new 
financial  asset  being  recognized.  Where  the  modification  does 
not  result  in  a  derecognition,  any  difference  between  the 
modified  contractual  cash  flows  discounted  at  the  original  EIR 
and  the  existing  gross  carrying  amount  of  a  financial  asset  is 
recognized  in  profit  or  loss  as  a  modification  gain  or  loss. 
Furthermore,  the  subsequent  SICR  assessment  is  made  by 
comparing the risk of default at the reporting date based on the 
modified contractual terms of the financial asset with the risk of 
default  at  initial  recognition  based  on  the  original,  unmodified 
contractual terms of the financial asset. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

i. Offsetting 
UBS nets financial assets and liabilities on its balance sheet if (i) it 
has the unconditional and legally enforceable right to set off the 
recognized amounts, both in the normal course of business and 
in the event of default, bankruptcy or insolvency of UBS and all 
of  the  counterparties,  and  (ii)  intends  either  to  settle  on  a  net 
basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. 
Netted  positions  include,  for  example,  certain  derivatives  and 
repurchase  and  reverse  repurchase  transactions  with  various 
counterparties, exchanges and clearing houses. 

to 

the 

realize 

they  may  be 

the  asset  and  settle 

In  assessing  whether  UBS  intends  to  either  settle  on  a  net 
liability 
basis,  or 
simultaneously,  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  effectiveness  of 
operational  settlement mechanics  in  eliminating  substantially all 
credit  and  liquidity  exposure  between  the  counterparties.  This 
condition  precludes  offsetting  on  the  balance  sheet  for 
substantial amounts of UBS’s financial assets and liabilities, even 
though 
to  enforceable  netting 
subject 
arrangements.  For  OTC  derivative  contracts,  balance  sheet 
offsetting is generally only permitted in circumstances in which a 
market  settlement  mechanism  exists  via  an  exchange  or  central 
clearing 
that  effectively  accomplishes  net 
settlement  through  a  daily  exchange  of  collateral  via  a  cash 
margining  process.  For  repurchase  arrangements  and  securities 
transactions,  balance  sheet  offsetting  may  be 
financing 
permitted  only  to  the  extent  that  the  settlement  mechanism 
eliminates, or results in insignificant, credit and liquidity risk, and 
processes  the  receivables  and  payables  in  a  single  settlement 
process or cycle. 

counterparty 

  Refer to Note 25 for more information 

j. Hedge accounting 
The  Group  uses  derivative  and  non-derivative  instruments  to 
manage  exposures  to  interest  rate  and  foreign  currency  risks, 
including  exposures  arising  from  forecast  transactions.  The 
Group continues to apply hedge accounting requirements as set 
out  in  IAS  39.  Qualifying  instruments  may  be  designated  as 
hedging instruments in: (i) hedges of the change in fair value of 
recognized  assets  or  liabilities  (fair  value  hedges);  (ii)  hedges  of 
the  variability  in  future  cash  flows  attributable  to  a  recognized 
asset  or  liability  or  highly  probable  forecast  transactions  (cash 
flow  hedges);  or  (iii)  hedges  of  a  net  investment  in  a  foreign 
operation (net investment hedges). 

At  the  time  a  financial  instrument  is  designated  in  a  hedge 
relationship,  UBS  formally  documents  the  relationship  between 
the hedging instrument(s) and hedged item(s), including the risk 
management  objectives  and  strategy  in  undertaking  the  hedge 
transaction  and  the  methods  that  will  be  used  to  assess  the 
effectiveness  of  the  hedging  relationship.  Accordingly,  UBS 
assesses, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing 
basis,  whether  the  hedging  instruments,  primarily  derivatives, 
have  been  “highly  effective”  in  offsetting  changes  in  the  fair 
value  or  cash  flows  associated  with  the  designated  risk  of  the 
hedged items. 

A hedge is considered highly effective if the following criteria 
are met: (i) at inception of the hedge and throughout its life, the 
hedge  is  expected  to  be  highly  effective  in  achieving  offsetting 
changes  in  fair  value  or  cash  flows  attributable  to  the  hedged 
risk; and (ii) actual results of the hedge are within a range of 80– 
125%.  In  the  case  of  hedging  forecast  transactions,  the 
transaction must have a high probability of occurring and must 
present  an  exposure  to  variations  in  cash  flows  that  could 
ultimately affect the reported net profit or loss. UBS discontinues 
hedge  accounting  when:  (i)  it  determines  that  a  hedging 
instrument  is  not,  or  has  ceased  to  be,  highly  effective  as  a 
hedge;  (ii)  the  derivative  expires  or  is  sold,  terminated  or 
exercised; (iii) the hedged item matures, is sold or repaid; or (iv) 
forecast transactions are no longer deemed highly probable. The 
Group may also discontinue hedge accounting voluntarily. 

Hedge  ineffectiveness  represents  the  amount  by  which  the 
changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  hedging  instrument  differ  from 
changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  hedged  item  attributable  to  the 
hedged risk, or the amount by which changes in the present value 
of future cash flows of the hedging instrument exceed changes in 
the present value of expected cash flows of the hedged item. Such 
ineffectiveness is recorded in current-period earnings in Other net 
income  from  financial  instruments  measured  at  fair  value 
through  profit  or  loss  (prior  to  1 January  2018:  Net  trading 
income). 

Interest  from  derivatives  designated  as  hedging  instruments  in 
effective fair value hedge relationships is presented within Interest 
income  from  loans  and  deposits  and  Interest  expense  on  debt 
issued,  within  Net  interest  income.  Interest  from  derivatives 
designated  as  hedging  instruments  in  effective  cash  flow  hedge 
relationships that is reclassified from other comprehensive income 
when  the  hedged  transaction  affects  profit  or  loss  is  presented 
within Interest income from derivative instruments designated as 
cash flow hedges. 

  Refer to Note 3 for more information 

331 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

changes in equity and statement of comprehensive income under 
Foreign  currency  translation),  while  any  gains  or  losses  relating  to 
the  ineffective  and/or  undesignated  portion  (for  example,  the 
interest  element  of  a  forward  contract)  are  recognized  in  the 
income statement. Upon disposal or partial disposal of the foreign 
operation,  the  cumulative  value  of  any  such  gains  or  losses 
recognized  in  Equity  associated  with  the  entity  is  reclassified  to 
Other income. 

Economic hedges that do not qualify for hedge accounting 
Derivative instruments that are transacted as economic hedges but 
do not qualify for hedge accounting are treated in the same way as 
derivative instruments used for trading purposes; i.e., realized and 
unrealized  gains  and  losses  are  recognized  in  Other  net  income 
from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit 
or  loss (prior  to  1 January  2018: Net trading income), except for 
the  forward  points  on  certain  short-  and  long-duration  foreign 
exchange contracts, which are reported in Net interest income. 

  Refer to Note 11 for more information 

k. Embedded derivatives in financial liabilities 
Derivatives  may  be  embedded  in  other  financial  instruments 
(host contracts). For example, they could be represented by the 
conversion feature embedded in a convertible bond. Such hybrid 
instruments  arise  predominantly  from  the  issuance  of  certain 
structured  debt  instruments.  An  embedded  derivative  in  a 
financial  liability  is  generally  required  to  be  separated  from  the 
host  contract  and  accounted  for  as  a  standalone  derivative 
instrument  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  if:  (i)  the  host 
contract is not measured at fair value with changes in fair value 
reported 
the  economic 
characteristics  and  risks  of  the  embedded  derivative  are  not 
closely  related  to  the  economic  characteristics  and  risks  of  the 
host  contract;  and  (iii)  the  terms  of  the  embedded  derivative 
would meet the definition of a standalone derivative, were they 
contained in a separate contract. 

statement; 

income 

the 

(ii) 

in 

Typically,  UBS  applies  the  fair  value  option  to  hybrid 
instruments (refer to item 3b in this Note for more information), 
in which case bifurcation of an embedded derivative component 
is not required. 

item. 

If  the  hedge  accounting  relationship 

Fair value hedges 
For qualifying fair value hedges, the change in the fair value of the 
hedging  instrument  is  recognized  in  the  income  statement  along 
with  the  change  in  the  fair  value  of  the  hedged  item  that  is 
attributable to the hedged risk. In fair value hedges of interest rate 
risk,  the  fair  value  change  of  the  hedged  item  attributable  to  the 
hedged risk is reflected as an adjustment to the carrying amount of 
is 
the  hedged 
terminated for reasons other than the derecognition of the hedged 
item,  the  adjustment  to  the  carrying  amount  is  amortized  to  the 
income  statement  over  the  remaining  term  to  maturity  of  the 
hedged  item  using  the  effective  interest  rate  method.  For  a 
portfolio  hedge  of  interest  rate  risk,  the  equivalent  change  in  fair 
value  is  reflected  within  Other  financial  assets  measured  at 
amortized cost or Other financial liabilities measured at amortized 
cost.  If  the  portfolio  hedge  relationship  is  terminated  for  reasons 
other  than  the  derecognition  of  the  hedged  item,  the  amount 
included  in  Other  financial  assets  measured  at  amortized  cost  or 
Other  financial  liabilities  measured  at  amortized  cost  is  amortized 
to  the  income  statement  over  the  remaining  term  to  maturity  of 
the hedged items using the straight-line method. 

Cash flow hedges 
Fair  value  gains  or  losses  associated  with  the  effective  portion  of 
derivatives designated as cash flow hedges for cash flow repricing 
risk are recognized initially in Other comprehensive income within 
Equity. When the hedged forecast cash flows affect profit or loss, 
the  associated  gains  or  losses  on  the  hedging  derivatives  are 
reclassified from Equity to the income statement. 

If  a  cash  flow  hedge  of  forecast  transactions  is  no  longer 
considered effective, or if the hedge relationship is terminated, the 
cumulative  gains  or  losses  on  the  hedging  derivatives  previously 
reported  in  Equity  remain  there  until  the  committed  or  forecast 
transactions  occur  and  affect  profit  or  loss.  If  the  forecast 
transactions are no longer expected to occur, the deferred gains or 
losses are reclassified immediately to the income statement. 

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations 
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for 
similarly  to  cash  flow  hedges.  Gains  or  losses  on  the  hedging 
instrument  relating  to  the  effective  portion  of  the  hedge  are 
recognized  directly  in  Equity  (and  presented  in  the  statement  of 

332 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

l. Financial liabilities 
Debt  issued  measured  at  amortized  cost  includes  contingent 
capital  instruments  that  contain  contractual  provisions  under 
which the principal amounts would be written down upon either 
a specified CET1 ratio breach or a determination by FINMA that 
a  viability  event  has  occurred.  Such  contractual  provisions  are 
not derivatives as the underlying is deemed to be a non-financial 
variable specific to a party to the contract. Where there is a legal 
bail-in mechanism for write-down or conversion into equity (as is 
the case, for instance, with senior unsecured debt issued by the 
Group  that  is  subject  to  write-down  or  conversion  under 
resolution authority granted to FINMA under Swiss law), such a 
mechanism  does  not  form  part  of  the  contractual  terms  and, 
therefore,  does  not  affect  the  amortized  cost  accounting 
treatment  applied  to  these  instruments.  If  the  debt  were  to  be 
written  down  or  converted  into  equity  in  a  future  period,  the 
financial  liability  would  be  partially  or  fully  derecognized,  with 
the difference between the carrying amount of the debt written 
down  or  converted  into  equity  and  the  fair  value  of  any  equity 
shares issued recognized in the income statement. 

In  cases  where,  as  part  of  the  Group’s  risk  management 
activity, fair value hedge accounting is applied to fixed-rate debt 
instruments  measured  at  amortized  cost,  their  carrying  amount 
is  adjusted  for  changes  in  fair  value  related  to  the  hedged 
exposure.  Refer  to  item  3j  for  more  information  about  hedge 
accounting. 

Debt  issued  and  subsequently  repurchased  in  relation  to 
market-making or other activities is treated as redeemed. A gain 
or  loss  on  redemption  (depending  on  whether  the  repurchase 
price of the bond is lower or higher than its carrying amount) is 
recorded  in  Other  income.  A  subsequent  sale  of  own  bonds  in 
the market is treated as a reissuance of debt. 

UBS  uses  the  fair  value  option  to  designate  certain  issued 
debt  instruments  as  financial  liabilities  designated  at  fair  value 
through  profit  or  loss,  on  the  basis  that  such  financial 
instruments  include  embedded  derivatives  and/or  are  managed 
on  a  fair  value  basis  (refer  to  item  3b  in  this  Note  for  more 
information). 

m. Own credit 
Changes in the fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair 
value through profit or loss related to own credit are recognized 
income  directly  within  Retained 
in  Other  comprehensive 
earnings and will not be reclassified to the income statement in 
future periods. 

n. Loan commitments 

Policy applicable from 1 January 20181 
Loan  commitments  are  arrangements  under  which  clients  can 
borrow stipulated amounts under defined terms and conditions. 

11 The accounting policy in this section applies from 1 January 2018, the effective date of IFRS 9. 

Loan commitments that can be canceled at any time by UBS 
at its discretion are neither recognized on the balance sheet nor 
included in off-balance sheet disclosures. 

Loan commitments that cannot be canceled by UBS once the 
commitments  have  been  communicated  to  the  beneficiary  or 
that  are  revocable  only  because  of  automatic  cancelation  upon 
deterioration  in  a  borrower’s  creditworthiness  are  considered 
irrevocable and are classified as: (i) derivative loan commitments 
measured  at  fair  value  through  profit  or 
loan 
commitments designated at fair value through profit or loss; or 
(iii) other loan commitments. 

loss; 

(ii) 

The  Group  recognizes  ECL  on  non-cancelable  other  loan 
commitments and those that can be canceled at any time if UBS 
is  exposed  to  credit  risk  (refer  to  item  3g  in  this  Note). 
Corresponding  ECL  are  presented  within  Provisions  on  the 
Group’s  balance  sheet.  ECL  relating  to  these  other  loan 
commitments  are  recorded  in  the  income  statement  in  Credit 
loss (expense) / recovery. 

When a client draws on a commitment, the resulting loan is 
presented within Financial assets at fair value held for trading, or 
within Financial assets at fair value not held for trading when the 
associated loan commitments are measured at fair value through 
profit or loss, and within Loans and advances to customers when 
the  associated  loan  commitment  is  not  measured  at  fair  value 
through profit or loss. 

through  profit  or 

loss,  consistent  with 

Comparative policy | Policy applicable prior to 1 January 2018 
When  a  client  draws  on  a  commitment,  the  resulting  loan  is 
classified  as  a:  (i)  trading  asset,  consistent  with  the  associated 
derivative loan commitment; (ii) financial asset designated at fair 
value 
loan 
commitment designated at fair value through profit or loss; or as 
a  (iii)  loan  when  the  associated  loan  commitment  is  accounted 
for  as  other  loan  commitments  which  are  not  measured  at  fair 
value  through  profit  or  loss.  Consistent  with  item  3g  above, 
claims  under  other  loan  commitments  are  impaired  and  an 
allowance  or  provision  for  credit  losses  is  recognized  when 
objective  evidence  demonstrates  that  a  loss  event  has  occurred 
after the initial recognition and that the loss event has an effect 
on the future cash flows that can be reliably estimated (incurred 
loss approach).

the 

o. Financial guarantee contracts 

Policy applicable from 1 January 20181 
Financial  guarantee  contracts  are  contracts  that  require  the 
issuer  to  make  specified  payments  to  reimburse  the  holder  for 
an  incurred  loss  because  a  specified  debtor  fails  to  make 
payments when due in accordance with the terms of a specified 
debt instrument. UBS issues such financial guarantees to banks, 
financial  institutions  and  other  parties  on  behalf  of  clients  to 
secure loans, overdrafts and other banking facilities. 

333 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Performance obligations satisfied over time 
Fees earned from services that are provided over a certain period 
of  time  are  recognized  on  a  pro  rata  basis  over  the  service 
period,  provided  the  fees  are  not  contingent  on  successfully 
meeting  specified  performance  criteria  that  are  beyond  the 
control of UBS (see measurement below). 

Costs  to  fulfill  services  over time are  recorded  in  the income 
statement immediately, because such services are considered to 
be a series of services that are substantially the same from day to 
day  and  have  the  same  pattern  of  transfer.  The  costs  to  fulfill 
neither generate nor enhance the resources of UBS that will be 
used  to  satisfy  future  performance  obligations  and  cannot  be 
distinguished  between  those  that  relate  to  satisfied  and 
unsatisfied  performance  obligations.  Therefore,  these  costs  do 
not  qualify  to  be  recognized  as  an  asset.  Where  costs  incurred 
relate  to  contracts  that  include  variable  consideration  that  is 
constrained  by  factors  beyond  UBS’s  control  (e.g.,  successful 
mergers  and  acquisitions  (M&A)  activity),  or  where  UBS  has  a 
history of not recovering such costs on similar transactions, such 
costs are expensed immediately as incurred. 

Performance obligations satisfied at a point in time 
Fees  earned  from  providing  transaction-type  services  are 
recognized when the service has been completed, provided such 
fees  are  not  subject  to  refund  or  another  contingency  beyond 
the control of UBS. 

Incremental costs to fulfill services provided at a point in time 
are  typically  incurred  and  recorded  at  the  same  time  as  the 
performance  obligation  is  satisfied  and  revenue  is  earned,  and 
are therefore not recognized as an asset, e.g., brokerage. Where 
recovery  of  costs  to  fulfill  relates  to  an  uncompleted  point-in-
time  service  for  which  the  satisfaction  of  the  performance 
obligation in the contract is dependent upon factors beyond the 
control  of  UBS,  such  as  underwriting  a  successful  securities 
issuance,  or  where  UBS  has  a  history  of  not  recovering  such 
costs  through  reimbursement  on  similar  transactions,  the  costs 
are expensed immediately as incurred. 

Certain  issued  financial  guarantees  that  are  managed  on  a 
fair value basis are designated at fair value through profit or loss. 
Financial guarantees that are not managed on a fair value basis 
are  initially  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  at  fair  value 
and are subsequently measured at the higher of: 
–  the amount of ECL (refer to item 3g in this Note); and 
–  the amount initially recognized less the cumulative amount of 

income recognized as of the reporting date. 

ECL  resulting  from  guarantees  is  recorded  in  the  income 

statement in Credit loss (expense) / recovery. 

Comparative policy | Policy applicable prior to 1 January 2018 
Financial guarantees that are not managed on a fair value basis 
are  initially  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  at  fair  value 
and  are  subsequently  measured  at  the  higher  of  the  amount 
initially  recognized  less  cumulative  amortization  and,  to  the 
extent  a  payment  under  the  guarantee  has  become  probable, 
the  present  value  of  the  expected  payment.  Any  change  in  the 
liability  relating  to  probable  expected  payments  resulting  from 
guarantees  is  recorded  in  the  income  statement  in  Credit  loss 
(expense) / recovery. 

p. Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair 
value through profit or loss 
The  line  item  Other  net  income  from  financial  instruments 
measured  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  includes  fair  value 
gains  and  losses  on  financial  instruments  at  fair  value  through 
profit  or  loss  other  than  interest  income  and  expense  on  non-
derivatives  (refer  to  item  3c  in  this  Note).  In  addition,  effective 
1 January  2019,  the  line  item  includes  dividends  (prior  to  1 
January  2019,  dividends  were  included  within  Net  interest 
income), intermediation income arising from certain client-driven 
Global Wealth Management and Personal & Corporate Banking 
financial  transactions,  foreign  currency  translation  effects  and 
income and expenses from exposures to precious metals. 

4) Fee and commission income and expenses 

Policy applicable from 1 January 20181 
UBS earns fee income from a diverse range of services it provides 
to  its  clients.  Fee  income  can  be  divided  into  two  broad 
categories:  fees  earned  from  services  that  are  provided  over  a 
certain  period  of  time,  such  as  asset  or  portfolio  management, 
custody  services  and  certain  advisory  services;  and  fees  earned 
from  point-in-time  services,  such  as  underwriting  fees  and 
brokerage  fees  (e.g.,  securities  and  derivative  execution  and 
clearing). 

  Refer to Note 4 for more information, including the 

disaggregation of revenues 

1 The accounting policy in this section applies from 1 January 2018, the effective date of IFRS 15. 
1

334 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

recognizes 

revenue  when 

Measurement 
Fee and commission income is measured based on consideration 
specified  in  a  legally  enforceable  contract  with  a  customer, 
excluding  amounts  such  as  taxes  collected  on  behalf  of  third 
parties.  Consideration  can  include  both  fixed  and  variable 
amounts.  Variable  consideration  includes  refunds,  discounts, 
performance bonuses and other amounts that are contingent on 
the  occurrence  or  non-occurrence  of  a  future  event.  Variable 
consideration that is contingent on an uncertain event can only 
be  recognized  to  the  extent  that  it  is  highly  probable  that  a 
significant  reversal  in  the  amount  of  cumulative  revenue  for  a 
contract  will  not  occur.  This  is  referred  to  as  the  variable 
consideration  constraint.  UBS  does  not  consider  the  highly 
probable  criterion  to  be  met  where  the  contingency  on  which 
income  is  dependent  is  beyond  the  control  of  UBS.  In  such 
the 
circumstances,  UBS  only 
contingency  has  been  resolved  or  an  uncertain  event  has 
occurred.  Examples  include  asset  management  performance-
linked  fees,  which  are  only  payable  if  the  returns  of  a  fund 
exceed  a  benchmark  and  are  only  recognized  after  the 
performance  period  has  elapsed.  Similarly,  M&A  advisory  fees 
that  are  dependent  on  a  successful  client  transaction  are  not 
recognized  until  the  transaction  on  which  the  fees  are 
dependent  has  been  executed.  Asset  management 
fees 
(excluding performance-based fees) received on a periodic basis, 
typically  quarterly,  that  are  determined  based  on  a  fixed 
percentage  of  net  asset  value  that  has  not  been  established  at 
the  reporting  date,  are  estimated  and  accrued  ratably  over  the 
period to the next invoice date, except during periods in which 
market  volatility  indicates  there  is  a  risk  of  significant  reversal. 
Research  revenues  earned  by  the  Investment  Bank  under 
commission-sharing  or  research  payment  account  agreements 
are  not  recognized  until  the  client  has  provided  a  definitive 
allocation  of  amounts  between  research  providers,  as  prior  to 
this  UBS  generally  does  not  have  an  enforceable  right  to  a 
specified amount of consideration. 

to 

received 

is  allocated 

Consideration 

the  separately 
identifiable performance obligations in a contract. Owing to the 
nature  of  UBS’s  business,  contracts  that  include  multiple 
performance  obligations  are  typically  those  that  are  considered 
to  include  a  series  of  similar  performance  obligations  fulfilled 
over  time  with  the  same  pattern  of  transfer  to  the  client,  e.g., 
asset  management.  As  a  consequence,  UBS  is  not  required  to 
apply  significant  judgment  in  allocating  the  consideration 
received  across  the  various  performance  obligations.  UBS  has 
taken  the  practical  expedient  to  not  disclose  information  about 
the allocation of the transaction price to remaining performance 
obligations  in  contracts.  This  is  because  contracts  are  typically 
less  than  one  year  in  duration.  Where  contracts  have  a  longer 
duration,  they  are  either  subject  to  the  variable  consideration 
constraint, with fees calculated on future net asset value, which 
cannot be included within the transaction price for the contract, 
or  result  in  revenue  being  recognized  ratably  using  the  output 

method  corresponding  directly  to  the  value  of  the  services 
completed  to  date  and  to  which  UBS  would  be  entitled  to 
loan 
invoice  upon 
commitments. 

the  contract,  e.g., 

termination  of 

Presentation of fee and commission income and expense 
Fee and commission income and expense are presented gross on 
the face of  the income statement when UBS is considered  to be 
principal in the contractual relationship with its customer and any 
suppliers used to fulfill such contracts. This occurs where UBS has 
control over such services and its relationship with suppliers prior 
to provision of the service to the client. UBS only considers itself to 
be an agent in relation to services provided by third parties, e.g., 
third-party  execution  costs  for  exchange-traded  derivatives  and 
fees  payable  to  third-party  research  providers,  where  the  client 
controls both the choice of supplier and the scope of the services 
to be provided. Furthermore, in order to be considered an agent 
UBS should generally not take responsibility for the quality of the 
service, transform or integrate the services into a UBS product. In 
such circumstances, UBS is essentially acting as a payment agent 
for its client. When UBS is acting as an agent, any costs incurred 
are directly offset against the associated income. 

Presentation of expenses in the income statement 
UBS  presents  expenses  primarily  in  line  with  their  nature  in  the 
income  statement,  differentiating  between  expenses  that  are 
directly  attributable  to  the  satisfaction  of  specific  performance 
obligations  associated  with  the  generation  of  revenues,  which 
are presented within Total operating income, and those that are 
related to personnel, general and administrative expenses, which 
are presented within Total operating expenses. 

Contract assets, contract liabilities and capitalized expenses 
UBS  has  applied  the  practical  expedient  of  allowing  for  costs 
incurred to obtain a contract to be expensed as incurred where 
the  amortization  period  for  any  asset  recognized  would  be  less 
than 12 months. 

Where  UBS  provides  services  to  clients,  consideration  is  due 
immediately upon satisfaction of a point-in-time service or at the 
end  of  a  prespecified  period  for  a  service  performed  over  time; 
e.g.,  certain  asset  management  fees  are  collected  monthly  or 
quarterly,  through  deduction  from  a  client  account,  deduction 
invoicing.  Where 
from  fund  assets  or  through  separate 
receivables  are  recorded,  they  are  presented  within  Other 
financial assets measured at amortized cost. 

Contract  liabilities  relate  to  prepayments  received  from 
customers where UBS is yet to satisfy its performance obligation. 
Contract  assets  are  recorded  when  an  entity’s  right  to 
consideration  in  exchange  for  services  transferred  is  conditional 
on something other than the passage of time, e.g., the entity’s 
future performance. 

UBS has not recognized any material contract assets, contract 
liabilities  or  capitalized  expenses  during  the  period  and  has 
therefore not provided a contract balances reconciliation. 

335 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Share-based compensation expense is measured by reference 
to the fair value of the equity instruments on the date of grant, 
taking  into  account  the  terms  and  conditions  inherent  in  the 
award,  including,  where  relevant,  dividend  rights,  transfer 
restrictions in effect beyond the vesting date, market conditions, 
and  non-vesting  conditions.  For  equity-settled  awards,  the  fair 
value  is  not  remeasured  unless  the  terms  of  the  award  are 
modified such that there is an incremental increase in value. No 
adjustments are made for modification that results in a decrease 
in value. Any increase in fair value resulting from a modification 
is  recognized  as  compensation  expense,  either  over  the 
remaining service period or, for vested awards, immediately. For 
cash-settled awards, fair value is re-measured at each reporting 
date  such  that  the  cumulative  expense  recognized  equals  the 
cash distributed. 

  Refer to Note 30 for more information 

Other compensation plans 
UBS  has  established  deferred  compensation  plans  that  are 
settled  in  cash  or  financial  instruments  other  than  UBS  equity, 
the  amount  of  which  may  be  fixed  or  may  vary  based  on  the 
achievement of specified performance conditions or the value of 
specified underlying assets. Compensation expense is recognized 
over  the  period  that  the  employee  provides  services  to  become 
entitled to the award. Where the service period is shortened, for 
example  in  the  case  of  employees  affected  by  restructuring 
programs or mutually agreed termination provisions, recognition 
of  expense  is  accelerated  to  the  termination  date.  Where  no 
future service is required, such as for employees who are eligible 
for  retirement  or  who  have  met  certain  age  and  length-of-
service criteria, the services are presumed to have been received 
and  compensation  expense  is  recognized  immediately  on,  or 
prior to, the date of grant. The amount recognized is based on 
the present value of the amount expected to be paid under the 
plan  and  is  remeasured  at  each  reporting  date,  so  that  the 
cumulative expense recognized equals the cash or the fair value 
of respective financial instruments distributed. 
  Refer to Note 30 for more information 

7) Pension and other post-employment benefit plans 

UBS  sponsors  various  post-employment  benefit  plans  for  its 
employees  worldwide,  which  include  defined  benefit  and 
defined contribution pension plans, and other post-employment 
benefits,  such  as  medical  and  life  insurance  benefits  that  are 
payable after the completion of employment. 
  Refer to Note 29 for more information 

Comparative policy | Policy applicable prior to 1 January 2018 
Fees earned from services that are provided over a certain period 
of time are recognized ratably over the service period, with the 
exception  of  performance-linked  fees  or  fee  components  with 
specific performance criteria. Such fees are recognized when, as 
of  the  reporting  date,  the  performance  benchmark  has  been 
met and when collectibility is reasonably assured. 

Fees  earned  from  providing  transaction-type  services  are 
recognized when the service has been completed and the fee is 
fixed or determinable, i.e., not subject to refund or adjustment. 

Fee income generated from providing a service that does not 
result  in  the  recognition  of  a  financial  instrument  is  presented 
within Net fee and commission income. Fees generated from the 
acquisition,  issue  or  disposal  of  a  financial  instrument  are 
presented in the income statement in line with the balance sheet 
classification of that financial instrument. 
  Refer to Note 4 for more information 

5) Cash and cash equivalents 

For  the  purpose  of  the  statement  of  cash  flows,  cash  and  cash 
equivalents comprise balances with an original maturity of three 
months  or  less,  including  cash,  money  market  paper  and 
balances at central and other banks. 

6) Share-based and other deferred compensation plans 

specified 

Share-based compensation plans 
UBS  has  established  share-based  compensation  plans  that  are 
settled  in  UBS‘s  equity  instruments  or  an  amount  that  is  based 
on  the  value  of  such  instruments.  These  awards  are  generally 
subject to vesting conditions that require employees to complete 
a  specified  period  of  service  and,  for  performance  shares,  to 
Share-based 
satisfy 
compensation  expense  is  recognized,  on  a  per-tranche  basis, 
over the service period  based on  an estimate of the number of 
instruments  expected  to  vest  and  is  adjusted  to  reflect  actual 
outcomes  of  service  or  performance  conditions.  Where  the 
vesting  period  is  shortened,  for  example  in  the  case  of 
employees  affected  by  restructuring  programs  or  mutually 
agreed  termination  provisions,  the  expense  is  recognized  on  an 
accelerated basis to the termination date. 

performance 

conditions. 

the  share-based  compensation  expense 

Where  no  future  service  is  required,  such  as  for  employees 
who are eligible for retirement or who have met certain age and 
length-of-service criteria, the services are presumed to have been 
received  and 
is 
recognized immediately on, or prior to, the date of grant. Such 
awards  may  remain  forfeitable.  For  equity-settled  awards, 
forfeiture  events  resulting  from  a  breach  of  a  non-vesting 
condition  (i.e.,  one  that  does  not  relate  to  a  service  or 
performance  condition)  do  not  result  in  an  adjustment  to  the 
share-based compensation expense. 

336 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Defined benefit plans 
UBS  offers  defined  benefit  plans,  such  as  pension  and  medical 
insurance benefit plans. Defined benefit plans specify an amount 
of benefit that an employee will receive, which usually depends 
on  one  or  more  factors,  such  as  age,  years  of  service  and 
compensation.  The  defined  benefit  liability  recognized  in  the 
balance  sheet  is  the  present  value  of  the  defined  benefit 
obligation  less  the  fair  value  of  the  plan  assets  at  the  balance 
sheet  date,  with  changes  resulting  from  remeasurements 
recorded immediately in Other comprehensive income. If the fair 
value  of the plan assets is  higher  than the  present  value of  the 
defined  benefit  obligation,  the  recognition  of  the  resulting  net 
defined benefit asset is limited to the present value of economic 
benefits  available  in  the  form  of  refunds  from  the  plan  or 
reductions  in  future  contributions  to  the  plan.  UBS  applies  the 
projected  unit  credit  method  to  determine  the  present  value  of 
its  defined  benefit  obligations,  the  related  current  service  cost 
and,  where  applicable,  past  service  cost.  The  projected  unit 
credit  method  sees  each  period  of  service  as  giving  rise  to  an 
additional  unit  of  benefit  entitlement  and  measures  each  unit 
separately to build up the final obligation. These amounts, which 
take  into  account  the  specific  features  of  each  plan,  including 
risk  sharing  between  employee  and  employer,  are  calculated 
periodically by independent qualified actuaries. 

Critical accounting estimates and judgments 
Critical accounting estimates and judgments

The net defined benefit liability or asset at the balance sheet date and the 
related personnel expense depend on the expected future benefits to be 
provided,  determined  using  a  number  of  economic  and  demographic 
assumptions.  A  range  of  assumptions  could  be  applied,  and  different 
assumptions  could  significantly  alter  the  defined  benefit  liability  or  asset 
and  pension  expense  recognized.  The  most  significant  assumptions 
include  life  expectancy,  the  discount  rate,  expected  salary  increases, 
pension  increases  and,  in addition  for  the Swiss  plan  and  one of  the US 
defined  benefit  pension  plans,  interest  credits  on  retirement  savings 
account balances. Life expectancy is determined by reference to published 
mortality tables. The discount rate is determined by reference to the rates 
of  return  on  high-quality  fixed-income  investments  of  appropriate 
currency  and  term  at  the  measurement  date.  The  assumption  for  salary 
increases reflects the long-term expectations for salary growth and takes 
into  account  historical  salary  development  by  age  groups,  expected 
inflation  and  expected  supply  and  demand  in  the  labor  market.  A 
sensitivity  analysis  for  reasonable  possible  movements  in  each  significant 
assumption  for  UBS‘s  post-employment  obligations  is  provided  within 
Note 29. 

Defined contribution plans 
A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which UBS 
pays fixed contributions into a separate entity from which post-
employment  and  other  benefits  are  paid.  UBS  has  no  legal  or 
constructive  obligation  to  pay  further  contributions  if  the  plan 
does  not  hold  sufficient  assets  to  pay  employees  the  benefits 
relating  to  employee  service  in  the  current  and  prior  periods. 
UBS’s  contributions  are  expensed  when  the  employees  have 
rendered  services  in  exchange  for  such  contributions.  This  is 
generally  in  the  year  of  contribution.  Prepaid  contributions  are 
recognized  as  an  asset  to  the  extent  that  a  cash  refund  or  a 
reduction in future payments is available. 

8) Income taxes 

UBS is subject to the income tax laws of Switzerland and those 
of  the  non-Swiss  jurisdictions  in  which  UBS  has  business 
operations. 

The  Group’s  provision  for  income  taxes  is  composed  of 
current and deferred taxes. Current income taxes represent taxes 
to  be  paid  or  refunded  for  the  current  period  or  previous 
periods. 

Deferred  taxes  are  recognized  for  temporary  differences 
between  the  carrying  amounts  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and 
liabilities  that  will  result  in  taxable  or  deductible  amounts  in 
future  periods  and  are  measured  using  the  applicable  tax  rates 
and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the 
end  of  the  reporting  period  and  which  will  be  in  effect  when 
such differences are expected to reverse. 

in  future  years;  and 

Deferred  tax  assets  arise  from  a  variety  of  sources,  the  most 
significant being: (i) tax losses that can be carried forward to be 
used  against  profits 
(ii)  temporary 
differences that will result in deductions against profits in future 
years. Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that 
it  is  probable  that  sufficient  taxable  profits  will  be  available 
against which these differences can be used. When an entity or 
tax group has a history of recent losses, deferred tax assets are 
only  recognized  to  the  extent  there  are  sufficient  taxable 
temporary differences or there is convincing other evidence that 
sufficient  taxable  profit  will  be  available  against  which  the 
unused tax losses can be utilized. 
liabilities  are 
tax 

temporary 
differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and 
liabilities  in  the  balance  sheet  that  reflect  the  expectation  that 
certain items will give rise to taxable income in future periods. 

recognized 

Deferred 

for 

Deferred and current tax assets and liabilities are offset when: 
(i)  they  arise  in  the  same  tax  reporting  group;  (ii)  they  relate  to 
the same tax authority; (iii) the legal right to offset exists; and (iv) 
they are intended to be settled net or realized simultaneously. 

337 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

9) Investments in associates 

Interests in entities where UBS has significant influence over the 
financial and operating policies of the entity, but does not have 
control, are classified as investments in associates and accounted 
for  under  the  equity  method  of  accounting.  Typically,  UBS  has 
significant  influence  when  it  holds  or  has  the  ability  to  hold 
between  20%  and  50%  of  a  company’s  voting  rights. 
Investments in associates are initially recognized at cost, and the 
carrying  amount  is  increased  or  decreased  after  the  date  of 
acquisition  to  recognize  the  Group’s  share  of  the  investee’s 
comprehensive income and any impairment losses. 

The  net  investment  in  an  associate  is  impaired  if  there  is 
objective  evidence  of  a  loss  event  and  the  carrying  amount  of 
the investment in the associate exceeds its recoverable amount. 

  Refer to Note 31 for more information 

10) Property, equipment and software 

for 

for 

indication 

Property, equipment and software includes own-used properties, 
leasehold  improvements,  information  technology  hardware, 
externally  purchased  and  internally  generated  software,  as  well 
as  communication  and  other  similar  equipment.  Property, 
equipment  and  software  is  measured  at  cost  less  accumulated 
depreciation  and  impairment  losses  and  is  reviewed  at  each 
reporting  date 
impairment.  Software 
development  costs  are  capitalized  only  when  the  costs  can  be 
measured  reliably  and  it  is  probable  that  future  economic 
benefits  will  arise.  Depreciation  of  property,  equipment  and 
software begins when they are available for use (i.e., when they 
are  in  the  location  and  condition  necessary  for  them  to  be 
capable of operating in the manner intended by management). 
Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over an asset‘s 
estimated  useful  life.  The  estimated  useful  economic  lives  of 
UBS‘s property, equipment and software are: 
–  properties, excluding land: ≤ 67 years 
–  IT hardware and communication equipment: ≤ 7 years 
–  other machines and equipment: ≤ 10 years 
–  software: ≤ 10 years 
–  leased properties and leasehold improvements: the shorter of 
the  lease  term  or  the  economic  life  of  asset  (typically  ≤  20 
years). 

Current  and  deferred  taxes  are  recognized  as  income  tax 
benefit  or  expense  in  the  income  statement,  except  for  current 
and  deferred  taxes  recognized:  (i)  upon  the  acquisition  of  a 
subsidiary (for which such amounts would affect the amount of 
goodwill arising from the acquisition); (ii) for gains and losses on 
the  sale  of  treasury  shares  (for  which  the  tax  effects  are 
recognized  directly  in  Equity);  (iii)  for  unrealized  gains  or  losses 
on  financial  instruments  that  are  classified  at  FVOCI  (prior  to 
1 January  2018:  financial  assets  classified  as  available  for  sale); 
(iv) for changes in fair value of derivative instruments designated 
as cash flow hedges; (v) for remeasurements of defined benefit 
plans;  or  (vi)  for  certain  foreign  currency  translations  of  foreign 
operations.  Amounts  relating  to  points  (iii)  through  (vi)  are 
recognized in Other comprehensive income within Equity. 

UBS reflects the potential effect of uncertain tax positions for 
which acceptance by the relevant tax authority is not considered 
probable  by  adjusting  current  or  deferred  taxes,  as  applicable, 
using either the most likely amount or expected value methods, 
depending on which method is deemed a better predictor of the 
basis  on  which  and  extent  to  which  the  uncertainty  will  be 
resolved. 

Critical accounting estimates and judgments 
Critical accounting estimates and judgments

Tax  laws  are  complex,  and  judgment  and  interpretations  about  the 
application of such laws are required when accounting for income taxes. 
UBS  considers  the  performance  of  its  businesses  and  the  accuracy  of 
historical forecasts and other factors in evaluating the recoverability of its 
deferred tax assets, including the remaining tax loss carry-forward period, 
and  its  assessment  of  expected  future  taxable  profits  in  the  forecast 
period  used  for  recognizing  deferred  tax  assets.  Estimating  future 
profitability  is  inherently  subjective  and  is  particularly  sensitive  to  future 
economic, market and other conditions, which are difficult to predict. 

is 

The 

level  of  deferred  tax  asset  recognition 

influenced  by 
management’s assessment of UBS’s future profitability based on relevant 
business  plan  forecasts.  Existing  assessments  are  reviewed  and,  if 
necessary,  revised  to  reflect  changed  circumstances.  This  review  is 
conducted  annually,  generally  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  each  year,  but 
adjustments may be made at other times, if required. In a situation where 
recent  losses  have  been  incurred,  convincing  other  evidence  that  there 
will be sufficient future profitability is required. 

If  profit  forecast  assumptions  in  future  periods  deviate  from  the 
current outlook, the value of UBS’s deferred tax assets may be affected. 
Any  increase  or  decrease  in  the  carrying  amount  of  deferred  tax  assets 
would primarily be recognized through the income statement but would 
not affect cash flows. 

In  addition,  judgment  is  required  to  assess  the  expected  value  of 
uncertain tax positions that are incorporated into the estimate of income 
and deferred tax and the assessment of the related probabilities, including 
in relation to the interpretation of tax laws, the resolution of any income 
tax-related  appeals  or  litigation  and  the  assessment  of  the  related 
probabilities. 

  Refer to Note 8 for more information 

338 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Property,  equipment  and  software  are  generally  tested  for 
impairment at the appropriate cash-generating unit (CGU) level, 
alongside goodwill and intangible assets as described in item 11 
of this Note. An impairment charge is however only recognized 
for such assets if both the asset’s fair value less costs of disposal 
and value in use (if determinable) is below its carrying amount. 
The fair value of such an asset, other than property which has a 
market  price,  is  generally  determined  using  a  replacement  cost 
approach  that  reflects  the  amount  that  would  be  currently 
required  by  a  market  participant  to  replace  the  service  capacity 
of  the  asset.  If  such  assets  are  no  longer  used,  they  are  tested 
individually for impairment. 

  Refer to Note 15 for more information 

Intangible  assets  are  comprised  of  separately  identifiable 
intangible items arising from business combinations and certain 
purchased  trademarks  and  similar  items.  Intangible  assets  are 
recognized at cost. The cost of an intangible asset acquired in a 
business  combination  is  its  fair  value  at  the  date  of  acquisition. 
Intangible assets with a finite useful life are amortized using the 
straight-line  method  over  their  estimated  useful  life,  generally 
not exceeding 20 years. In rare cases, intangible assets can have 
an indefinite useful life, in which case they are not amortized. At 
each  reporting  date, 
intangible  assets  are  reviewed  for 
indications of impairment. If such indications exist, the intangible 
assets  are  analyzed  to  assess  whether  their  carrying  amount  is 
fully  recoverable.  An  impairment  loss  is  recognized  if  the 
carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount. 

11) Goodwill and intangible assets 

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over 
the fair value of the Group‘s share of net identifiable assets of the 
acquired  entity  at  the  date  of  the  acquisition.  Goodwill  is  not 
amortized,  but  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period  or  when 
indicators of impairment exist, UBS assesses whether there is any 
indication that goodwill is impaired. If such indicators exist, UBS is 
required  to  test  the  goodwill  for  impairment.  Irrespective  of 
whether there is any indication of impairment, UBS tests goodwill 
for impairment annually. 

Following the integration in 2018 of the Wealth Management 
and  Wealth  Management  Americas  business  divisions  into  the 
single  reportable  segment  Global  Wealth  Management,  UBS 
continued to separately monitor the goodwill previously allocated 
to  the  two  former  business  divisions.  As  a  consequence,  for  the 
purpose  of  goodwill  impairment  testing,  the  former  Wealth 
Management  and  Wealth  Management  Americas  business 
divisions are considered to be two separate cash-generating units 
referred  to  in  Note  16  as  Global  Wealth  Management  Americas 
and  Global  Wealth  Management  ex  Americas.  The  remaining 
goodwill  balances  are  tested  at  the  level  of  Asset  Management 
and  the  Investment  Bank,  with  each  segment  considered  a 
separate cash-generating unit. 

The impairment test is performed for each cash-generating unit 
to  which  goodwill  is  allocated  by  comparing  the  recoverable 
amount, based on its value-in-use, to the carrying amount of the 
respective  cash-generating  unit.  An 
is 
recognized  in  the  income  statement  if  the  carrying  amount 
exceeds the recoverable amount. 

impairment  charge 

If  the  estimated  earnings  and  other  assumptions  in  future 
periods  deviate  from  the  current  outlook,  the  value  of  UBS‘s 
goodwill  may  become  impaired  in  the  future,  giving  rise  to 
losses  in  the  income  statement.  Recognition  of  any  impairment 
of  goodwill  would  reduce  net  profit  and  equity,  but  would  not 
affect cash flows. 

Critical accounting estimates and judgments 
Critical accounting estimates and judgments

UBS‘s methodology for goodwill impairment testing is based on a model 
that  is  most  sensitive  to  the  following  key  assumptions:  (i)  forecasts  of 
earnings available to shareholders in years one to three; (ii) changes in the 
discount rates; and (iii) changes in the long-term growth rate. 

The key assumptions are linked to external market information, where 
applicable.  Earnings  available  to  shareholders  are  estimated  on  the  basis 
of  forecast  results,  which  are  part  of  the  business  plan  approved  by  the 
BoD. The discount rates are determined by applying a capital asset pricing 
model-based approach, as well as considering quantitative and qualitative 
inputs from both internal and external analysts, the view of management 
and regional differences in risk-free rates, at the level of individual cash-
generating units. Long-term growth rates are determined in a consistent 
manner based on nominal or real GDP growth rate forecasts, considering 
different  regions  worldwide  as  incorporated  in  the  business  plan 
approved by the BoD. 

The  key  assumptions  used  to  determine  the  recoverable  amounts  of 
each cash-generating unit are tested for sensitivity by applying reasonably 
possible changes to those assumptions. Refer to Note 16 for details about 
how  the  reasonably  possible  changes  may  affect  the  results  of  UBS‘s 
model for goodwill impairment testing. 

  Refer to Notes 2 and 16 for more information 

12) Provisions and contingent liabilities 

Provisions  are  liabilities  of  uncertain  timing  or  amount,  and  are 
generally  recognized  in  accordance  with  IAS  37,  Provisions, 
Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, when: (i) UBS has a 
present  obligation  as  a  result  of  a  past  event;  (ii)  it  is  probable 
that  an  outflow  of  resources  will  be  required  to  settle  the 
obligation;  and  (iii)  a  reliable  estimate  of  the  amount  of  the 
obligation can be made. 

The  Group  recognizes  IAS  37  provisions  for  litigation, 
regulatory  and  similar  matters  when, 
in  the  opinion  of 
management  after  seeking  legal  advice,  the  requirements  for 
recognition have been met. A provision may also be established 
for  claims  that  have  not  yet  been  asserted  against  the  Group, 
but  are  nevertheless  expected  to  be,  based  on  the  Group’s 
experience with similar asserted claims. 

339 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

IAS 37 provisions are measured considering the best estimate 
of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at 
the balance sheet date. Such estimates are based on all available 
information  and  are  revised  over  time  as  more  information 
becomes  available.  If  the  effect  of  the  time  value  of  money  is 
material, provisions are discounted and measured at the present 
value  of  the  expenditure  expected  to  settle  or  discharge  the 
obligation,  using  a  rate  that  reflects  the  current  market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to 
the obligation. 

Provisions that are similar in nature are aggregated to form a 
class,  while  the  remaining  provisions,  including  those  of  less 
significant  amounts,  are  disclosed  under  Other  provisions. 
Provisions  are  presented  separately  on  the  balance  sheet  and, 
when  they  are  no  longer  considered  uncertain  in  timing  or 
lines 
amount,  are  reclassified  to  their  respective 
depending on their nature. 

liability 

When all conditions required to recognize a provision are not 
met, a contingent liability is disclosed, unless the likelihood of an 
outflow  of  resources  is  remote.  Contingent  liabilities  are  also 
disclosed  for  possible  obligations  that  arise  from  past  events 
whose  existence  will  be  confirmed  only  by  uncertain  future 
events not wholly within the control of UBS. Such disclosures are 
not made if it is not practicable to do so. 

The majority of UBS’s provisions relate to litigation, regulatory 
and  similar  matters,  restructuring,  and  employee  benefits. 
Restructuring  provisions  are  generally 
recognized  as  a 
consequence of management agreeing to materially change the 
scope  of  the  business  or  the  manner  in  which  it  is  conducted, 
including  changes  in  the  management  structure.  Provisions  for 
employee  benefits  relate  mainly  to  service  anniversaries  and 
sabbatical 
in  accordance  with 
measurement  principles  set  out  in  item  7  of  this  Note.  In 
addition,  UBS  presents  expected  credit  loss  allowances  within 
Provisions  if  they  relate  to  a  loan  commitment,  financial 
guarantee contract or a revolving revocable credit line. 

leave,  and  are  recognized 

Critical accounting estimates and judgments 
Critical accounting estimates and judgments

Recognition of provisions often involves significant judgment in assessing 
the  existence  of  an  obligation  that  results  from  past  events  and  in 
estimating  the  probability,  timing  and  amount  of  any  outflows  of 
resources. This is particularly the case for litigation, regulatory and similar 
matters,  which,  due  to  their  nature,  are  subject  to  many  uncertainties 
making  their  outcome  difficult  to  predict.  Such  matters  may  involve 
unique fact patterns or novel legal theories, proceedings that have not yet 
been initiated or are at early stages of adjudication, or as to which alleged 
damages  have  not  been  quantified  by  the  claimants.  Determining 
whether an obligation exists as a result of a past event and estimating the 
probability,  timing  and  amount  of  any  potential  outflows  is  based  on  a 
variety of assumptions, variables, and known and unknown uncertainties. 
is  sensitive  to  the 
assumptions used and there could be a wide range of possible outcomes 
for any particular matter. 

The  amount  of  any  provision  recognized 

Statistical or other quantitative analytical tools are generally of limited 
use  in  determining  whether  to  establish  or  determine  the  amount  of 
provisions  in  the  case  of  litigation,  regulatory  or  similar  matters. 
Furthermore,  information  currently  available  to  management  may  be 
incomplete  or  inaccurate,  increasing  the  risk  of  erroneous  assumptions 
with  regard  to  the  future  development  of  such  matters.  Management 
regularly  reviews  all  the  available  information  regarding  such  matters, 
including  legal  advice,  which  is  a  significant  consideration,  to  assess 
whether the recognition criteria for provisions have been satisfied and to 
determine the timing and amount of any potential outflows. 

  Refer to Note 21 for more information 

13) Foreign currency translation 

Transactions  denominated  in  a  foreign  currency  are  translated 
into  the  functional  currency  of  the  reporting  entity  at  the  spot 
exchange  rate  on  the  date  of  the  transaction.  At  the  balance 
sheet  date,  all  monetary  assets,  including  those  at  FVOCI  (prior 
to  1  January  2018:  monetary  financial  assets  classified  as 
available  for  sale),  and  monetary  liabilities  denominated  in 
foreign currency are translated into the functional currency using 
the  closing  exchange  rate.  Translation  differences  (which  for 
monetary  financial  assets  at  FVOCI  are  determined  as  if  they 
were  financial  assets  measured  at  amortized  cost)  are  reported 
in Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair 
value through profit or loss (prior to 1 January 2018: Net trading 
income). 

Non-monetary items measured at historical cost are translated 
at  the  exchange  rate  on  the  date  of  the  transaction.  Prior  to 
1 January 2018, foreign currency translation differences on non-
monetary  financial  assets  classified  as  available  for  sale  were 
recorded directly in Equity until the asset was derecognized. 

340 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Upon consolidation, assets and liabilities of foreign operations 
(which from 1 October 2018 also include UBS’s Switzerland-based 
operations with Swiss franc functional currency) are translated into 
US  dollars,  UBS’s  presentation  currency,  at  the  closing  exchange 
rate  on  the  balance  sheet  date,  and  income  and  expense  items 
and  other  comprehensive  income  are  translated  at  the  average 
rate  for  the  period.  The  resulting  foreign  currency  translation 
differences attributable to shareholders are recognized in Foreign 
currency  translation  within  Equity,  which  forms  part  of  Total 
equity attributable to shareholders, whereas the foreign currency 
translation differences attributable to non-controlling interests are 
included  within  Equity  attributable  to  non-controlling  interests. 
Share capital issued, share premium and treasury shares held are 
translated  at  the  historic  average  rate,  whereby  the  difference 
between the historic average rate and the spot rate realized upon 
repayment  of  share  capital  or  disposal  of  treasury  shares  is 
reported  as  Share  premium.  Cumulative  amounts  recognized  in 
OCI in respect of cash flow hedges and financial assets measured 
at  FVOCI  (prior  to  1  January  2018:  financial  assets  classified  as 
available for sale) are translated at the closing exchange rate as of 
the  balance  sheet  dates,  with  any  translation  effects  adjusted 
through Retained earnings. 

When  a  foreign  operation  is  disposed  or  partially  disposed  of 
and UBS no longer controls the foreign operation, the cumulative 
amount  of  foreign  currency  translation  differences  within  Total 
equity attributable to shareholders and Equity attributable to non-
controlling interests related to that foreign operation is reclassified 
to  the  income  statement  as  part  of  the  gain  or  loss  on  disposal. 
Similarly, if an investment in an associate becomes an investment 
in  a  subsidiary,  the  cumulative  amount  of  foreign  currency 
translation  differences  is  reclassified  to  profit  or  loss.  When  UBS 
disposes of a portion of its interest in a subsidiary that includes a 
foreign  operation  but  retains  control,  the  related  portion  of  the 
cumulative  currency  translation  balance  is  reclassified  to  Equity 
attributable to non-controlling interests. 

  Refer to Note 37 for more information 

Critical accounting estimates and judgments 
Critical accounting estimates and judgments

The determination of an entity’s functional currency and the trigger for a 
judgment  and 
change  requires  management  to  apply  significant 
assumptions.  IAS  21,  The  Effects  of  Changes  in  Foreign  Exchange  Rates, 
requires management to consider the underlying transactions, events and 
conditions  that  are  relevant  to  the  entity  when  determining  the 
appropriate functional currency and any changes. UBS’s conclusion, in the 
fourth  quarter  of  2018,  that  the  functional  currency  of  UBS  Group  AG, 
UBS  AG’s  Head  Office  in  Switzerland  and  UBS  AG,  London  Branch  had 
changed  from  the  Swiss  franc  to  the  US  dollar  was  based  on  a  detailed 
assessment  of  the  primary  currencies  affecting  and  influencing  the 
economics  of  each  entity,  considering  revenue-generating 
income 
streams, expenses, funding and risk management activities. 

In addition, determining the earliest date from which it is practicable 
to perform a restatement following a voluntary change in presentational 
currency  also  requires  management  to  apply  significant  judgment  and 
make  estimates  and  assumptions.  UBS’s  decision  in  2018  to  change  the 
presentation  currency  of  UBS  Group  AG’s  consolidated  financial 
statements  from  the  Swiss  franc  to  the  US  dollar  was  made  in  line  with 
IAS  8,  Accounting  Policies,  Changes  in  Accounting  Estimates  and  Errors, 
by assessing the earliest date from which it was practicable to perform a 
restatement,  taking  into  consideration  whether  sufficiently  reliable  data 
was  available  for  earlier  periods  and  whether  any  assumptions  on 
management  intent  or  significant  estimates  of  amounts  were  required. 
UBS carried out a detailed and extensive data analysis before concluding 
that  1  January  2004  represented  the  earliest  date  available,  with  the 
consequence  that  foreign  currency  translation  gains  and  losses  prior  to 
2004 were disregarded, and foreign currency translation effects were first 
calculated from 1 January 2004 onward. 

14) Equity, treasury shares and contracts on UBS Group AG 
shares 

Non-controlling interests 
Net profit is split into Net profit attributable to shareholders and 
Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests (including net 
profit  attributable  to  preferred  noteholders,  if  any).  Similarly, 
Equity is split into Equity attributable to shareholders and Equity 
(including  equity 
interests 
attributable 
attributable to preferred noteholders, if any). 

to  non-controlling 

Non-controlling interests subject to option arrangements, e.g., 
written  puts,  are  generally  deemed  to  be  acquired  by  UBS.  As  a 
result,  the  amounts  allocated  to  non-controlling  interests  are 
reduced  accordingly  and  a  liability  equivalent  to  each  option’s 
exercise  price  is  recognized,  with  any  difference  between  these 
two amounts recorded in Share premium. 

UBS Group AG shares held (treasury shares) 
UBS  Group  AG  shares  held  by  the  Group,  including  those 
purchased  as  part  of  market-making  activities,  are  presented  in 
Equity  as  Treasury  shares  at  their  acquisition  cost  and  are 
deducted  from  Equity  until  they  are  canceled  or  reissued.  The 
difference  between  the  proceeds  from  sales  of  treasury  shares 
and their weighted average cost (net of tax, if any) is reported as 
Share premium. 

341 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

expected  rental  payments  or  costs  of  termination  are  included 
within  the  lease  payments  used  to  generate  the  lease  liability. 
UBS does not typically enter into leases with purchase options or 
residual value guarantees. 

Where UBS acts as a lessor or sub-lessor under a finance lease, 
a  receivable  is  recognized  in  Other  financial  assets  measured  at 
amortized  cost  at  an  amount  equal  to  the  present  value  of  the 
aggregate of the lease payments plus any unguaranteed residual 
value  that  UBS  expects  to  recover  at  the  end  of  the  lease  term. 
Initial  direct  costs  are  also  included  in  the  initial  measurement  of 
the  lease  receivable.  Lease  payments  received  during  the  lease 
term  are  allocated  as  repayments  of  the  outstanding  receivable. 
Interest income reflects a constant periodic rate of return on UBS’s 
net investment using the interest rate implicit in the lease (or, for 
sub-leases, the rate for the head lease). UBS reviews the estimated 
unguaranteed  residual  value  annually,  and  if  the  estimated 
residual  value  to  be  realized  is  less  than  the  amount  assumed  at 
lease  inception,  a  loss  is  recognized  for  the  expected  shortfall. 
Where  UBS  acts  as  a  lessor  or  sub-lessor  in  an  operating  lease, 
UBS recognizes the operating lease income on a straight-line basis 
over the lease term. 

receivables  are  determined 

Lease  receivables  are  subject  to  impairment  requirements  as 
set  out  in  item  3g  of  this  Note.  Expected  credit  losses  (ECL)  on 
lease 
the  general 
impairment  model  within  IFRS  9,  Financial  Instruments,  without 
utilizing 
simplified  approach  of  always  measuring 
impairment at the amount of lifetime ECL. 

following 

the 

Comparative policy | Policy applicable prior to 1 January 2019 
Leases that transfer substantially all the risks and rewards, but not 
necessarily  legal  title  in  the  underlying  assets,  are  classified  as 
finance  leases.  All  other  leases  are  classified  as  operating  leases. 
Lease contracts classified as operating leases where UBS is the lessee 
include non-cancelable long-term leases of office buildings in most 
UBS locations. Operating lease rentals payable are recognized as an 
expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  lease  term,  which 
commences with control of the physical use of the property. Lease 
incentives  are  treated  as  a  reduction  of  rental  expense  and  are 
recognized on a consistent basis over the lease term. 
  Refer to Note 15 and 33 for more information 

Net cash settlement contracts 
Contracts  on  UBS  Group  AG  shares  that  require  net  cash 
settlement, or provide the counterparty or UBS with a settlement 
option that includes a choice of settling net in cash, are classified 
as  held  for  trading  derivatives,  with  changes  in  fair  value 
reported  in  the  income  statement  as  Other  net  income  from 
financial  instruments  measured  at  fair  value  through  profit  or 
loss. 

15) Leasing 

Policy applicable from 1 January 20191 
UBS  predominantly  enters  into  lease  contracts,  or  contracts  that 
include  lease  components,  as  a  lessee  of  real  estate,  including 
offices, retail branches and sales offices, with a small number of IT 
hardware  leases.  UBS  identifies  non-lease  components  of  a 
contract  and  accounts 
lease 
components. 

separately 

them 

from 

for 

When UBS is a lessee in a lease arrangement, UBS recognizes a 
lease  liability  and  corresponding  right-of-use  (RoU)  asset  at  the 
commencement  of  the  lease  term  when  UBS  acquires  control  of 
the physical use of the asset. Lease liabilities are presented within 
Other  financial  liabilities  measured  at  amortized  cost  and  RoU 
assets within Property, equipment and software. The lease liability 
is  measured  based  on  the  present  value  of  the  lease  payments 
over the lease term, discounted using UBS’s unsecured borrowing 
rate,  given  that  the  rate  implicit  in  a  lease  is  generally  not 
observable  to  the  lessee.  Interest  expense  on  the  lease  liability  is 
presented  within  Interest  expense  from  financial  instruments 
measured  at  amortized  cost.  The  RoU  asset  is  recorded  at  an 
amount  equal  to  the  lease  liability  but  is  adjusted  for  rent 
prepayments, initial direct costs, any costs to refurbish the leased 
asset  and/or 
is 
depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or the useful life 
of the  underlying  asset,  with  the  depreciation  presented  within 
Depreciation  and  impairment  of  property,  equipment  and 
software. 

incentives  received.  The  RoU  asset 

lease 

Lease payments generally include fixed payments and variable 
payments that depend on an index (such as an inflation index). 
When  a  lease  contains  an  extension  or  termination  option  that 
the  Group  considers  reasonably  certain  to  be  exercised,  the 

1 The accounting policy in this section applies from 1 January 2019, the effective date of IFRS 16. 
1

342 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

b) Changes in accounting policies, comparability and other adjustments 

New or amended accounting standards 

– 

interest 

risk-free 

Amendments to IAS 39, IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 (Interest Rate 
Benchmark Reform) 
In  September  2019,  the  IASB  issued  Interest  Rate  Benchmark 
Reform  Amendments  to  IFRS  9,  IAS  39  and  IFRS  7,  enabling 
hedge  accounting  to  continue  during  the  period  of  uncertainty 
before  existing  interest  rate  benchmarks  are  replaced  with 
alternative 
rates.  The  amendments  are 
mandatorily effective from 1 January 2020, with early adoption 
permitted,  and  apply  to  hedge  relationships  that  exist  at  the 
beginning  of  the  reporting  period  or  are  designated  thereafter, 
and  to  the  gains  or  losses  that  exist  in  OCI  on  adoption.  As 
permitted  by  the  transitional  provisions,  UBS  early  adopted  the 
revisions  in  2019.  Adopting  these  amendments  allows  UBS  to 
maintain  its  existing  hedge  accounting  relationships  and  to 
assume that the current benchmark rates will continue to exist, 
such that the hedge relationships are considered highly effective 
on a retrospective and prospective basis, with no consequential 
impact  on  the  financial  statements.  Further,  the  amendments 
bring in additional disclosure requirements on the effects arising 
from  the  change  in  interest  rate  benchmarks,  which  are 
presented in Note 28. 

IFRS 16, Leases 
Effective  from  1  January  2019,  UBS  adopted  IFRS  16,  Leases, 
which replaced IAS 17, Leases, and sets out the principles for the 
recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases. 
IFRS  16  introduces  a  single  lessee  accounting  model  and 
fundamentally  changes  how  UBS  accounts  for  operating  leases 
when acting as a lessee, with a requirement to record a right-of-
use (RoU) asset and lease liability on the balance sheet. UBS is a 
lessee  in  a  number  of  leases,  primarily  of  real  estate,  including 
offices, retail branches and sales offices, with a smaller number 
of IT hardware leases. As permitted by the transitional provisions 
of  IFRS  16,  UBS  elected  to  apply  the  modified  retrospective 
approach  and  has  not  restated  comparative  figures.  Overall, 
adoption of IFRS 16 resulted in a USD 3.5 billion increase in both 
total  assets  and  total  liabilities  in  UBS’s  consolidated  financial 

statements.  The  newly  recognized  right-of-use  assets  and 
finance  lease  receivables  were  fully  allocated  to  the  business 
divisions. There was no effect on equity. 

  Refer to the tables below and on the following page, and 

Note 2 for more information 

UBS  applied  the  following  practical  expedients  that  are 
permitted  on  transition  to  IFRS  16  where  UBS  is  a  lessee  in  a 
lease previously classified as an operating lease: 
– 
– 

to not reassess whether or not a contract contained a lease; 
to  rely  on  previous  assessments  of  whether  such  contracts 
were considered onerous; 
to rely on previous sale-and-leaseback assessments; 
to  adjust  lease  terms  with  the  benefit  of  hindsight  with 
respect  to  whether  extension  or  termination  options  are 
reasonably certain of being exercised; 
to  discount  lease  liabilities  using  the  Group’s  incremental 
borrowing rate in each currency as of 1 January 2019; 
to initially measure the RoU asset at an amount equal to the 
lease  liability  for  leases  previously  classified  as  operating 
leases,  adjusted  for  existing  lease  balances,  such  as  rent 
prepayments,  rent  accruals,  lease  incentives  and  onerous 
lease provisions, but excluding initial direct costs; and 
to  not  apply  IFRS  16  to  leases  the  remaining  term  of  which 
will end within 12 months from the transition date. 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

The  measurement  of  leases  previously  classified  as  finance 
leases where UBS acts as a lessee has not changed on transition 
to IFRS 16. Similarly, UBS has made no adjustments where UBS 
acts as a lessor, in either a finance or operating lease, of physical 
assets  it  owns.  Where  UBS  acts  as  an  intermediate  lessor,  i.e., 
where UBS enters into a head lease and sub-leases the asset to a 
third party, the sub-lease has been classified as either a finance 
or  operating  lease  based  primarily  on  whether  the  sub-lease 
term  consumes  the  majority  of  the  remaining  useful  life  of  the 
RoU asset arising from the head lease as of the transition date. 

The  following  table  reconciles  the  obligations  in  respect  of 
operating  leases  as  of  31 December  2018  to  the  opening  lease 
liabilities recognized on 1 January 2019. 

Reconciliation between operating lease commitments disclosed under IAS 17 and lease liabilities recognized under IFRS 16 

USD million 
TToottaall uunnddiissccoouunntteedd ooppeerraattiinngg lleeaassee ccoommmmiittmmeennttss aass ooff 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 22001188 
Leases with a remaining term of less than one year as of 1 January 2019 
Excluded service components 
Reassessment of lease term for extension or termination options 
TToottaall uunnddiissccoouunntteedd lleeaassee ppaayymmeennttss 
Discounted at a weighted average incremental borrowing rate of 3.07% 
IIFFRRSS 1166 ttrraannssiittiioonn aaddjjuussttmmeenntt 
Finance lease liabilities as of 31 December 2018 
CCaarrrryyiinngg aammoouunntt ooff ttoottaall lleeaassee lliiaabbiilliittiieess aass ooff 11 JJaannuuaarryy 22001199 

44,,668888 
((1188)) 
((229966)) 
440033 
44,,777777 
((774444)) 
44,,003333 
2244 
44,,005577 

343 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

The following table provides details about the determination of RoU assets on transition. 

Determination of RoU assets on transition 

USD million 

Recognition of gross RoU assets upon adoption of IFRS 16 (IFRS 16 transition adjustment) 
Recognition of gross RoU assets upon adoption of IFRS 16 (IFRS 16 transition adjustment)

Offset by liabilities recognized as of 31 December 2018 

of which: other non-financial liabilities (lease incentives) 

of which: other financial liabilities measured at amortized cost (rent accruals) 

of which: provisions (onerous lease provisions) 

Increase in total assets resulting from the adoption of IFRS 16 on 1 January 20191 
Increase in total assets resulting from the adoption of IFRS 16 on 1 January 20191

Reclassification of assets recognized as of 31 December 2018 as an addition to RoU assets 

of which: other financial assets measured at amortized cost (finance lease assets recognized under IAS 17 as of 31 December 2018) 

of which: other non-financial assets (prepaid rent) 

Reclassification of finance lease receivables from sub-leases to other financial assets measured at amortized cost resulting in a reduction of RoU assets 

Carrying amount 
Carrying amount

4,033 
4,033

(521) 
(521)

(204) 
(204)

(185)
(185) 

(132)
(132) 

3,512 
3,512

43
43 

24 
24

19
19 

(176) 
(176)

3,378
3,378 

Upon  adoption  of  IFRIC  23  on  1  January  2019,  UBS 
recognized  a  net  tax  expense  of  USD 11  million  in  retained 
earnings. 

Amendments to IAS 19, Employee Benefits 
Effective from 1 January 2019, UBS adopted amendments to IAS 
19,  Employee  Benefits,  which  address  the  accounting  when  a 
plan  amendment,  curtailment  or  settlement  occurs  during  the 
reporting  period.  The  amendments  require  entities  to  use  the 
updated  actuarial  assumption  to  determine  current  service  cost 
and  net  interest  for  the  remainder  of  the  annual  reporting 
period after such an event. The amendments also clarify how the 
accounting  requirements  for  a  plan  amendment,  curtailment  or 
settlement  affect 
requirements.  The 
amendments  are  effective  prospectively  for  plan  amendments, 
curtailments  or  settlements  that  occur  on  or  after  1 January 
2019.  Adoption  on  1  January  2019  had  no  effect  on  the 
Group’s financial statements. 

the  asset 

ceiling 

from  1 

Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2015–2017 Cycle 
Effective 
January  2019,  UBS  adopted  Annual 
Improvements  to  IFRS  Standards  2015–2017  Cycle,  which 
resulted  in  amendments  to  IFRS  3,  Business  Combinations, 
IFRS 11, Joint Arrangements, IAS 12, Income Taxes, and IAS 23, 
Borrowing  Costs.  Adoption  of  these  amendments  on  1 January 
2019  had  no  material  effect  on  the  Group’s  financial 
statements. 

Total RoU assets as of 1 January 2019 presented within Property, equipment and software
Total RoU assets as of 1 January 2019 presented within Property, equipment and software 

1 Total liabilities increased by the same amount upon adoption of IFRS 16. 
1

Lease  liabilities  are  presented  within  Other  financial  liabilities 
measured  at  amortized  cost  and  RoU  assets  within  Property, 
equipment and software. Finance lease receivables are included 
within Other financial assets measured at amortized cost. Due to 
the practical expedients taken on transition, there was no effect 
on equity. The weighted average lease term on 1 January 2019 
was approximately nine years. 

The  2019  depreciation  expense  for  RoU  assets,  which  is 
presented  within  Depreciation  and  impairment  of  property, 
equipment  and  software,  was  USD 487  million.  The  2019 
interest  expense  on  lease  liabilities,  which  is  presented  within 
instruments  measured  at 
Interest  expense  from  financial 
amortized  cost,  was  USD 122  million.  Occupancy  expenses, 
which  are  presented  within  General  and  administrative 
expenses,  decreased  by  USD 533  million  between  2018  and 
2019, which primarily reflected the adoption of IFRS 16. The full 
year  effect  of  the  application  of  IFRS  16  was  a  net  decrease  in 
profit before tax of approximately USD 60 million. 

IFRIC 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments 
Effective from 1 January 2019, UBS adopted IFRIC Interpretation 
23,  Uncertainty  over  Income  Tax  Treatments  (IFRIC  23),  which 
addresses  how  uncertain  tax  positions  should  be  accounted  for 
under IFRS. IFRIC 23 requires that, where acceptance of the tax 
treatment by the relevant tax authority is considered probable, it 
should  be  assumed  as  an  accounting  recognition  matter  that 
treatment of the item will ultimately be accepted. Therefore no 
tax  provision  would  be  required  in  such  cases.  However,  if 
acceptance of the tax treatment is not considered probable, the 
entity  is  required  to  reflect  that  uncertainty  using  an  expected 
value  (i.e.,  a  probability-weighted  approach)  or  the  single  most 
likely amount. 

344 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
     
     
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Other changes to presentation or segment reporting 

Presentation of dividend income and expense from financial 
instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss 
Effective  from  1  January  2019,  UBS  refined  the  presentation  of 
dividend  income  and  expense.  This  resulted  in  a  reclassification 
of  dividends  from  Interest  income  (expense)  from  financial 
instruments  measured  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  into 
Other  net  income  from  financial  instruments  measured  at  fair 
value through profit or loss (prior to 1 January 2019: Other net 

income  from  fair  value  changes  on  financial  instruments).  The 
change  aligns  the  presentation  of  dividends  with  related  fair 
value  changes  from  equity  instruments  and  economic  hedges, 
removing  volatility  that  has  historically  arisen  within  both  Net 
interest income and Other net income from financial instruments 
measured at fair value through profit or loss. There is no effect 
on  Total  operating  income  or  Net  profit  /  (loss).  Prior  periods 
have been restated for this presentational change and the effect 
on the respective reporting lines is outlined in the table below. 

Changes to the presentation of dividend income and expense from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss 
For the year ended 
31.12.18 
 (2,308) 
 1,331 
((997766)) 
997766 

USD million 
Interest income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss
Interest expense from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss
NNeett iinntteerreesstt iinnccoommee 
OOtthheerr nneett iinnccoommee ffrroomm ffiinnaanncciiaall iinnssttrruummeennttss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee tthhrroouugghh pprrooffiitt oorr lloossss 

31.12.17 
(1,762) 
1,190 
((557722)) 
557722 

Changes to Corporate Center 
As  of  1  January  2019,  UBS  has  operationally  combined  Group 
Treasury activities with Group ALM and calls this combined unit 
Group Treasury. 

In  order  to  further  align  Group  and  divisional  performance, 
UBS  adjusted  the  methodology  for  the  allocation  of  Group 
Treasury  and  Corporate  Center  –  Services  funding  costs  and 
expenses  to  the  business  divisions.  At  the  same  time,  UBS 
updated  its  funds  transfer  pricing  framework  to  better  reflect 
the sources and usage of funding. All of these changes became 
effective  as  of  1  January  2019  and  prior-period  segment 
information  has  been  restated.  Together,  these  changes 
decreased  the  operating  results  of  the  business  divisions  and 
thereby  increased  their  adjusted  cost  /  income  ratios  1–2 
percentage points, with an offsetting effect of USD 0.7 billion in 
Corporate Center’s operating profit / (loss) before tax. Corporate 
Center  has  retained  funding  costs  for  deferred  tax  assets,  costs 
relating to UBS’s legal entity transformation program and other 
costs  not  attributable  to,  or  representative  of  the  performance 
of, the business divisions. 

Alongside the update to allocations and UBS’s funds transfer 
pricing  framework,  the  Group  has  increased  the  allocation  of 
balance  sheet  resources  from  Corporate  Center  to  the  business 
divisions,  resulting  in  USD 223  billion  of  assets  allocated  from 
Corporate  Center  to  the  business  divisions  in  restated  2018 
numbers,  predominantly  from  high-quality  liquid  assets  and 
certain other assets centrally managed on behalf of the business 
divisions. 

Further,  due  to  the  aforementioned  changes  to  UBS’s 
methodology  for  allocating  funding  costs  and  expenses  and  a 
substantial  reduction  in  the  size  and  resource  consumption  of 
the various Corporate Center units, UBS provides results for total 
Corporate Center only and does not separately report Corporate 
Center  –  Services,  Group  Treasury  and  Non-core  and  Legacy 
Portfolio, in compliance with IFRS 8, Operating Segments. Prior-
period information has been restated. 

  Refer to Note 2 for more information 

345 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

c) International Financial Reporting Standards and Interpretations to be adopted in 2020 and later and other changes 

Adoption of hedge accounting requirements of IFRS 9, Financial 
Instruments 
Effective 1 January 2020, UBS will adopt the hedge accounting 
requirements  of  IFRS  9,  Financial  Instruments  for  most  of  its 
existing hedge accounting programs, including fair value hedges 
of  interest  rate  risk  related  to  debt  instruments,  cash  flow 
hedges  of  forecast  transactions  and  hedges  of  net  investments 
in foreign operations. As permitted by IFRS 9, UBS will continue 
to account for its fair value hedges of portfolio interest rate risk 
related to loans under IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition 
and Measurement. 

Conceptual Framework 
In  March  2018,  the  IASB  issued  a  revised  version  of  its 
Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting (the Framework). 
The  Framework  sets  out  the  fundamental  concepts  of  financial 
reporting  and  will  be  used  by  the  IASB  in  developing  IFRS 
standards. Preparers use the Framework as a point of reference 
to  develop  accounting  policies  in  rare  instances  where  a 
particular  business  transaction  is  not  covered  by  existing  IFRS 
standards. 

The  adoption  of  the  Framework  by  UBS  on  1  January  2020 

will have no effect on the Group’s financial statements. 

Amendments to IFRS 3, Business Combinations 
In  October  2018,  the  IASB  issued  Definition  of  a  Business 
(Amendments to IFRS 3). The amendments clarify the definition 
of a business, with the objective of assisting in the determination 
of whether a transaction should be accounted for as a business 
combination  or  an  asset  acquisition.  The  amendments  apply  to 
transactions with an acquisition date on or after 1 January 2020. 
The adoption of these amendments on 1 January 2020 will have 
no effect on the Group’s financial statements. 

IFRS 17, Insurance Contracts 
In  May  2017,  the  IASB  issued  IFRS  17,  Insurance  Contracts, 
which  sets  out  the  accounting  requirements  for  contractual 
rights and obligations that arise from insurance contracts issued 
and  reinsurance  contracts  held.  IFRS  17  is  effective  from 
1 January  2021;  however,  as  part  of  the  targeted  amendments 
to  IFRS  17,  the  IASB  is  considering  delaying  the  mandatory 
implementation date by one year. UBS is assessing the standard, 
but does not expect it to have a material effect on the Group’s 
financial statements. 

items, 

including 

IFRS  9’s  hedge  accounting  model  further  aligns  accounting 
with  risk  management  practices,  amends  hedge  effectiveness 
requirements  and  prohibits  voluntary  de-designations.  IFRS  9 
permits  certain  additional  hedged 
layer 
components,  net  positions,  or  aggregated  exposures,  such  as  a 
combination  of  a  non-derivative  and  derivative, 
to  be 
designated.  IFRS  9  also  introduces  the  concept  of  “cost  of 
hedging,”  under  which  the  time  value  of  options,  the  forward 
element of a forward contract or foreign currency basis spreads 
in a cross-currency swap can be deferred in other comprehensive 
income  and,  depending  on  the  nature  of  the  hedged 
transaction,  released  to  the  income  statement  either  when  the 
hedged item impacts the income statement or over the term of 
the hedged item. 

these 

The  adoption  of 

requirements  will  have  no 
consequential  financial  impact  on  UBS’s  financial  statements. 
However,  the  adoption  will  allow  UBS  to  designate  more 
effective  hedge  accounting 
forward, 
including  fair  value  hedges  of  foreign  currency  risk  using  cross-
currency  swaps,  and  reduce  income  statement  volatility  caused 
by foreign currency basis spreads. 

relationships  going 

346 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 2a  Segment reporting 

The operational structure of the Group as of 31 December 2019 
was comprised of Corporate Center and four business divisions: 
Global  Wealth  Management,  Personal  &  Corporate  Banking, 
Asset Management and the Investment Bank. 

  Refer to “Segment reporting” in Note 1a for more information 

Global Wealth Management 
Global  Wealth  Management  provides  investment  advice  and 
solutions  to  private  clients,  in  particular  in  the  ultra  high  net 
worth and high net worth segments. Clients benefit from Global 
Wealth  Management’s  comprehensive  set  of  capabilities, 
including  wealth  planning,  investing,  lending,  asset  protection, 
philanthropy,  corporate  and  banking  services,  as  well  as  family 
office  services  in  collaboration  with  the  Investment  Bank  and 
Asset  Management.  Global  Wealth  Management  has  a  global 
footprint, with the US representing its largest market. Clients are 
served  through  local  offices  and  dedicated  advisors.  The  ultra 
high net worth business is managed globally across the regions. 

Personal & Corporate Banking 
Personal & Corporate Banking provides comprehensive financial 
products  and  services  to  private,  corporate  and  institutional 
clients and operates in Switzerland in the private and corporate 
loan  market.  Personal  &  Corporate  Banking  is  central  to  UBS’s 
universal  bank  model  in  Switzerland  and  it  works  with  Global 
Wealth  Management, 
Investment  Bank  and  Asset 
Management  to  help  clients  receive  the  best  products  and 
solutions  for  their  specific  financial  needs.  While  Personal  & 
Corporate  Banking  operates  primarily  in  its  home  market  of 
Switzerland,  it  also  provides  capabilities  to  support  the  growth 
of  the  international  business  activities  of  UBS’s  corporate  and 
institutional  clients  through  local  hubs  in  Frankfurt,  New  York, 
Hong Kong and Singapore. The business is divided into Personal 
Banking and Corporate & Institutional Clients (CIC). 

the 

Asset Management 
Asset  Management  is  a  large-scale  and  diversified  global  asset 
manager.  It  offers  investment  capabilities  and  styles  across  all 
major traditional and alternative asset classes, as well as advisory 
support  to  institutions,  wholesale  intermediaries  and  Global 
Wealth  Management  clients  around 
the  world.  Asset 
Management offers clients a wide range of investment products 
and services in different asset classes in the form of segregated, 
pooled  or  advisory  mandates,  as  well  as  registered  investment 
funds 
It  covers  the  main  asset 
management  markets  globally,  and  has  a  local  presence  in  22 
markets, grouped in four regions: the Americas; Europe, Middle 
East and Africa; Switzerland; and Asia Pacific. 

jurisdictions. 

in  various 

Investment Bank 
The Investment Bank provides a range of services to institutional, 
corporate  and  wealth  management  clients  to  help  them  raise 
capital,  grow  their  businesses,  invest  and  manage  risks.  It  is 
focused  on  its  traditional  strengths  in  advisory  services,  capital 
markets,  equities  and  foreign  exchange,  complemented  by  a 
targeted rates and credit platform. The Investment Bank uses its 
research and technology capabilities to support its clients as they 
adapt  to  the  evolving  market  structures  and  changes  in  the 
regulatory, technological, economic and competitive landscapes. 
The  Investment  Bank  delivers  solutions  to  clients,  using  its 
intellectual  capital  and  electronic  platforms.  It  also  provides 
services  to  Global  Wealth  Management,  Personal  &  Corporate 
Banking  and  Asset  Management.  It  has  a  global  reach,  with  a 
presence  in  more  than  30  countries  and  principal  offices  in  the 
major financial hubs. 

Corporate Center 
Corporate Center consists of the Group Chief Operating Officer 
area  (Group  Technology,  Group  Corporate  Services,  Group 
Human  Resources  and  Group  Operations),  Group  Treasury, 
Group  Finance,  Group  Legal,  Group  Risk  Control,  Group 
Communications  &  Branding,  Group  Compliance,  Regulatory  & 
Governance, UBS in society, and Non-core and Legacy Portfolio 
(NCL).  Over  recent  years,  UBS  has  progressively  aligned  its 
support  functions  with  the  business  divisions.  The  majority  of 
these functions are either fully aligned or shared among business 
divisions, where they have full management responsibility. 

Group Treasury manages the structural risk of UBS’s balance 
sheet,  including  interest  rate  risk,  structural  foreign  exchange 
risk  and  collateral  risk,  as  well  as  the  risks  associated  with  the 
Group’s  liquidity  and  funding  portfolios.  Group  Treasury  serves 
all business divisions through two main risk management areas, 
and its risk management is fully integrated into the Group’s risk 
governance framework. 

NCL manages legacy positions from businesses exited by the 
Investment  Bank.  It  is  overseen  by  a  committee  chaired  by  the 
Group  Chief  Risk  Officer.  The  portfolio  also  includes  positions 
relating  to  legal  matters  arising  from  businesses  that  were 
transferred to it at the time of its formation. 

Beginning with the first quarter 2019 and in compliance with 
IFRS  8,  Operating  Segments,  UBS  provides  results  for  total 
Corporate Center only and does not separately report Corporate 
Center – Services, Group Treasury and NCL. 

347 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 2a  Segment reporting (continued) 

Changes  in  Corporate  Center  cost  and  resource  allocation  to 
business divisions 
In order to further align Group and divisional performance, UBS 
has  adjusted  its  methodology  for  the  allocation  of  Corporate 
Center funding costs and expenses to the business divisions. At 
the  same  time,  it  has  updated  its  funds  transfer  pricing 
framework  to  better  reflect  the  sources  and  usage  of  funding. 
Additionally,  UBS  has  increased  the  allocation  of  balance  sheet 
resources from Corporate Center to the business divisions. Prior 
periods  have  been  restated  and  the  effect  on  the  respective 
reporting lines is outlined in the table below. 

These  changes  had  no  effect  on  the  reported  results  or 

financial position of the Group. 

Upon  adoption  of  IFRS  16,  Leases,  on  1  January  2019,  UBS 
additionally  allocated  approximately  USD 3.5  billion  of  newly 
recognized  right-of-use  assets  and  finance  lease  receivables  to 
the business divisions. 

  Refer to Note 1b for more information 

Effects of changes in Corporate Center cost and resource allocation to business divisions on prior-period information 

USD million increase / (reduction) 

For the year ended 31 December 2018 
For the year ended 31 December 2018

Operating profit / (loss) before tax

Total assets

For the year ended 31 December 2017 
For the year ended 31 December 2017

Operating profit / (loss) before tax

Total assets

Segment reporting 

USD million 

For the year ended 31 December 20191 
Net interest income2

Non-interest income2

Income

Credit loss (expense) / recovery

Total operating income

Personnel expenses

General and administrative expenses

Services (to) / from Corporate Center and other business divisions

of which: services from Corporate Center

Depreciation and impairment of property, equipment and software

Amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets3

Total operating expenses

Operating profit / (loss) before tax 
Operating profit / (loss) before tax

Tax expense / (benefit)

Net profit / (loss)
Net profit / (loss) 

Additional information
Additional information 

Total assets

Global Wealth 
Management 

Personal & 
Corporate 
Banking 

Asset 
Management 

Investment 
Bank 

Corporate 
Center 

 (374)

 113,702

 (351)

 102,641

 (116)

 61,894

 (133)

 58,196

 (25)

 3,769

 (24)

 3,329

 (163)

 677 

 43,562

 (222,927)

 (180)

 689

 41,628

 (205,795) 

Global Wealth 
Management 

Personal & 
Corporate 
Banking 

Asset 
Management 

Investment 
Bank 

Corporate 
Center 

 3,947

 12,426

 16,373

 (20)

 16,353

 7,621

 1,217

 4,056

 3,922

 5

 56

 12,955

3,397 
3,397

 1,992

 1,744

 3,736

 (21)

 3,715

 856

 224

 1,181

 1,294

 13

 0

 2,274

1,441 
1,441

 (25)

 1,962

 1,938

 0

 1,938

 722

 197

 486

 531

 1

 0

 1,406

532 
532

 (669)

 7,968

 7,299

 (30)

 7,269

 2,748

 688

 2,926

 2,980

 8

 115

 6,485

784 
784

 (744)

 367

 (378)

 (7)

 (385)

 4,137

 2,962

 (8,648) 

 (8,727) 

 1,738

 4

 192

(577) 
(577)

UBS 

 0 

 0 

 0 

 0 

UBS 

 4,501 

 24,467 

 28,967 

 (78) 

 28,889 

 16,084 

 5,288 

 0 

 0 

 1,765 

 175 

 23,312 

5,577 
5,577

 1,267 

4,310
4,310 

 309,766

 209,405

 34,565

 315,855

 102,592

 972,183 

Additions to non-current assets4
1 Comparative figures in this table have been restated for the changes in Corporate Center cost and resource allocation to the business divisions and the changes in the equity attribution framework. Refer to further 
1
2 Effective 1 January 2019, UBS refined the presentation of dividend income and expense, reclassifying dividends from financial instruments measured at fair value through 
discussion in this note and in Note 1b. 
2
profit or loss from Net interest income to Non-interest income. Prior-period information was restated accordingly, with virtually all of the effect on the Group arising from the Investment Bank. Refer to Note 1b for 
4 Upon adoption of IFRS 16 on 1 January 2019, UBS additionally allocated approximately USD 3.5 billion of newly recognized assets to the business 
more information. 
4
divisions, of which USD 3.4 billion related to non-current assets. Refer to Note 1b for more information. 

3 Refer to Note 16 for more information. 
3

 5,297 

 5,217

 68

 10

 1

 0

348 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
     
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
Note 2a  Segment reporting (continued) 

USD million 

For the year ended 31 December 20181 
Net interest income2

Non-interest income2

Income

Credit loss (expense) / recovery

Total operating income

Personnel expenses

General and administrative expenses

Services (to) / from Corporate Center and other business divisions

of which: services from Corporate Center

Depreciation and impairment of property, equipment and software

Amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets3

Total operating expenses

OOppeerraattiinngg pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) bbeeffoorree ttaaxx 

Tax expense / (benefit)

NNeett pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) 

AAddddiittiioonnaall iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn 

Total assets

Additions to non-current assets

Global Wealth 
Management 

Personal & 
Corporate 
Banking 

Asset 
Management 

Investment 
Bank 

Corporate 
Center 

UBS 

 4,101

 12,700

 16,800

 (15)

 16,785

 7,683

 1,724

 4,070

 3,936

 4

 50

 13,531

33,,225544 

 2,049

 2,168

 4,217

 (56)

 4,161

 803

 285

 1,263

 1,367

 14

 0

 2,365

11,,779966 

 (29)

 1,881

 1,852

 0

 1,852

 703

 202

 518

 563

 2

 1

 1,426

442266 

 (459)

 8,538

 8,079

 (38)

 8,041

 2,941

 651

 2,942

 2,995

 8

 12

 6,554

11,,448866 

 (613)

 (4)

 (617)

 (8)

 (626)

 4,002

 3,935

 (8,793)

 (8,861)

 1,199

 2

 346

((997711)) 

 5,048 

 25,283 

 30,330 

 (118) 

 30,213 

 16,132 

 6,797 

 0 

 0 

 1,228 

 65 

 24,222 

55,,999911 

 1,468 

44,,552222 

 313,737

 200,703

 28,140

 302,253

 196

 23

 1

 89

 113,656

 1,666

 958,489 

 1,975 

11 Comparative figures in this table have been restated for the changes in Corporate Center cost and resource allocation to the business divisions and the changes in the equity attribution framework. Refer to further 
22 Effective 1 January 2019, UBS refined the presentation of dividend income and expense, reclassifying dividends from financial instruments measured at fair value through 
discussion in this note and in Note 1b. 
profit or loss from Net interest income to Non-interest income. Prior-period information was restated accordingly, with virtually all of the effect on the Group arising from the Investment Bank. Refer to Note 1b for 
more information.   33 Refer to Note 16 for more information. 

349 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
     
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 2a  Segment reporting (continued) 

USD million 

For the year ended 31 December 20171 
Net interest income2 

Non-interest income2 
Income3 

Credit loss (expense) / recovery

Total operating income

Personnel expenses

General and administrative expenses

Services (to) / from Corporate Center and other business divisions

of which: services from Corporate Center

Depreciation and impairment of property, equipment and software

Amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets4 

Total operating expenses

Operating profit / (loss) before tax 
Operating profit / (loss) before tax

Tax expense / (benefit)

Net profit / (loss)
Net profit / (loss) 

Additional information
Additional information 

Total assets

Additions to non-current assets

Global Wealth 
Management 

Personal & 
Corporate 
Banking 

Asset 
Management 

Investment 
Bank 

Corporate 
Center 

UBS 

3,880

12,265

16,144

 (8)

 16,136

 7,674

 1,263

 3,926

 3,803

 4

49

 12,917

3,219 
3,219

 2,044

 1,814

 3,859

 (20)

 3,839

 852

 296

 1,203

 1,321

 13

 0

 2,364

1,475 
1,475

 (23)

 2,100

 2,077

 0

 2,077

 731

 235

 543

 582

 1

 3

 1,514

563 
563

 234

 7,508

 7,742

 (92)

 7,650

 3,006

 675

 2,860

 2,894

 10

 12

 6,563

1,087 
1,087

 (64)

 (4)

 (68)

 (11)

 (80)

 3,935

 4,479

 (8,532) 

 (8,601) 

 1,024

 7

 913

(993) 
(993)

 6,070 

 23,683 

 29,754 

 (131) 

 29,622 

 16,199 

 6,949 

 0 

 0 

 1,053 

 71 

 24,272 

5,351 
5,351

 4,305 

1,046
1,046 

 297,631

 197,258

 17,968

 311,359

 120

 15

 1

 3

 115,064

 1,607

 939,279 

 1,746 

1 Comparative figures in this table have been restated for the changes in Corporate Center cost and resource allocation to the business divisions and the changes in the equity attribution framework. Refer to further 
1
2 Effective 1 January 2019, UBS refined the presentation of dividend income and expense, reclassifying dividends from financial instruments measured at fair value through 
discussion in this note and in Note 1b. 
2
profit or loss from Net interest income to Non-interest income. Prior-period information was restated accordingly, with virtually all of the effect on the Group arising from the Investment Bank. Refer to Note 1b for 
3 Includes impairments of financial assets classified at fair value through other comprehensive income (prior to 2018 classified as financial assets available for sale) for the year ended 31 
more information. 
3
December 2017 of USD 15 million, of which USD 12 million was recorded in Asset Management.  4 Refer to Note 16 for more information. 

4

350 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
     
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
Note 2b  Segment reporting by geographic location 

The  operating  regions  shown  in  the  table  below  correspond  to 
the regional management structure of the Group. The allocation 
of  operating  income  to  these  regions  reflects,  and  is  consistent 
with,  the  basis  on  which  the  business  is  managed  and  its 
performance is evaluated. These allocations involve assumptions 
and  judgments  that  management  considers  to  be  reasonable, 
and  may  be  refined  to  reflect  changes 
in  estimates  or 
management  structure.  The  main  principles  of  the  allocation 
methodology  are  that  client  revenues  are  attributed  to  the 

domicile  of  the  client  and  trading  and  portfolio  management 
revenues  are  attributed  to  the  country  where  the  risk  is 
managed.  This  revenue  attribution  is  consistent  with  the 
mandate  of  the  regional  Presidents.  Certain  revenues,  such  as 
those  related  to  Non-core  and  Legacy  Portfolio  in  Corporate 
Center,  are  managed  at  a  Group  level.  These  revenues  are 
included in the Global line. 

The geographic analysis of non-current assets is based on the 

location of the entity in which the assets are recorded. 

For the year ended 31 December 2019 

Americas 

of which: USA 

Asia Pacific 

Europe, Middle East and Africa (excluding Switzerland) 

Switzerland 

Global 

TToottaall 

For the year ended 31 December 20181 

Americas

of which: USA

Asia Pacific

Europe, Middle East and Africa (excluding Switzerland)

Switzerland

Global

TToottaall 

For the year ended 31 December 20171 

Americas

of which: USA

Asia Pacific

Europe, Middle East and Africa (excluding Switzerland)

Switzerland

Global

TToottaall 

TToottaall ooppeerraattiinngg iinnccoommee 

TToottaall nnoonn ccuurrrreenntt aasssseettss 

--

UUSSDD bbiilllliioonn 

SShhaarree %% 

UUSSDD bbiilllliioonn 

SShhaarree %% 

1122..00 

1100..99 

44..77 

55..88 

66..77 

((00..44)) 

2288..99 

4422 

3388 

1166 

2200 

2233 

((11)) 

110000 

88..99 

88..55 

11..44 

33..00 

77..11 

00..00 

2200..33 

4444 

4422 

77 

1155 

3355 

00 

110000 

Total operating income 

Total non-current assets 

USD billion 

Share % 

USD billion 

Share % 

 12.6

 11.5

 4.9

 6.2

 7.2

 (0.7)

3300..22 

 42

 38

 16

 21

 24

 (2)

110000 

 7.4

 7.0

 0.9

 2.0

 6.8

 0.0

1177..11 

 43 

 41 

 5 

 12 

 40 

 0 

110000 

Total operating income 

Total non-current assets 

USD billion 

Share % 

USD billion 

Share % 

 12.0

 11.2

 4.8

 6.1

 6.9

 (0.2)

2299..66 

 41

 38

 16

 21

 23

 (1)

110000 

 7.4

 6.9

 0.8

 2.0

 6.5

 0.0

1166..77 

 44 

 41 

 5 

 12 

 40 

 0 

110000 

11 Comparative figures in this table have been restated for the changes in Corporate Center cost and resource allocation to the business divisions and the changes in the equity attribution framework. Refer to further 
discussion in this note and in Note 1b. 

351 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Income statement notes 

Note 3  Net interest income and other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss 

For the year ended 

USD million 
Net interest income from financial instruments measured at amortized cost and fair value through other comprehensive income 
Net interest income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss 
Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss 
Total 
Total

Global Wealth Management 

of which: net interest income 
of which: transaction-based income from foreign exchange and other intermediary activity 1 

Personal & Corporate Banking 
of which: net interest income 
of which: transaction-based income from foreign exchange and other intermediary activity 1 

Asset Management 
Investment Bank 

Corporate Client Solutions 
Investor Client Services 

Corporate Center 

Net interest income2,3 
Net interest income from financial instruments measured at amortized cost and fair value through other comprehensive income
Net interest income from financial instruments measured at amortized cost and fair value through other comprehensive income 
Interest income from loans and deposits4 
Interest income from securities financing transactions5 
Interest income from other financial instruments measured at amortized cost 
Interest income from debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 
Interest income from derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges 
Total interest income from financial instruments measured at amortized cost and fair value through other comprehensive income
Total interest income from financial instruments measured at amortized cost and fair value through other comprehensive income 
Interest expense on loans and deposits6 
Interest expense on securities financing transactions7 
Interest expense on debt issued 
Interest expense on lease liabilities8 
Total interest expense from financial instruments measured at amortized cost
Total interest expense from financial instruments measured at amortized cost 
Total net interest income from financial instruments measured at amortized cost and fair value through other comprehensive income
Total net interest income from financial instruments measured at amortized cost and fair value through other comprehensive income 
Net interest income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss
Net interest income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss 
Net interest income from financial instruments at fair value held for trading 
Net interest income from brokerage balances 
Interest income from financial instruments at fair value not held for trading 
Other interest income 
Interest expense on financial instruments designated at fair value 
Total net interest income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss
Total net interest income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss 
Total net interest income
Total net interest income 

31.12.19
31.12.19 
3,490
3,490
1,011
1,011
6,842
6,842
11,343
11,343
4,913
4,913
3,947
3,947
966
966
2,436
2,436
1,992
1,992
443
443
(13)
(13)
4,189
4,189
716
716
3,473
3,473
(182)
(182)

8,008
8,008
2,005
2,005
364
364
120
120
188
188
10,684
10,684
2,634
2,634
1,152
1,152
3,285
3,285
122
122 
7,194
7,194
3,490
3,490

1,214
1,214
339
339
2,274
2,274
185
185
(3,000)
(3,000)
1,011
1,011
4,501
4,501

31.12.18 
 3,710
 1,338
 6,960
 12,008
 5,049
 4,101
 948
 2,451
 2,049
 402
 (35)
 4,756
 1,051
 3,705
 (214)

 7,801
 1,567
 266
 142
 324
 10,100
 1,980
 1,130
 3,281

 6,391
 3,710

 1,105
 575 
 1,757 
 215
 (2,314)
 1,338
 5,048

31.12.17 
 5,018 
 1,052 
 5,637 
 11,707 
 4,941 
 3,880 
 1,062 
 2,420 
 2,044 
 376 
 (34) 
 4,272 
 1,076 
 3,196 
 107 

 7,752 
 1,573 
 99 
 152 
 846 
 10,422 
 1,404 
 1,473 
 2,528 

 5,404 
 5,018 

 1,374 

 0 
 (322) 
 1,052 
 6,070 

of which: net gains / (losses) from financial liabilities designated at fair value 9 

Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss 
Investment Bank Corporate Client Solutions 
Investment Bank Investor Client Services 
Other business divisions and Corporate Center 
Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss
Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss 

 633 
 3,405 
 1,599 
 5,637 
 (3,979) 
1 Mainly includes spread-related income in connection with client-driven transactions, foreign currency translation effects and income and expenses from precious metals, which are included in the income statement 
1
line Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss.  2 Effective 1 January 2018, UBS adopted IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, which resulted in a prospective change in the 
classification of certain financial instruments. Refer to “Note 1c Changes in accounting policies and comparability and transition effects from the adoption of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments” in the “Consolidated 
3 Effective 1 January 2019, UBS refined the presentation of dividend income and expense, reclassifying dividends from Interest 
financial statements” section of the Annual Report 2018 for more information. 
3
income  (expense)  from  financial  instruments  measured  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  to  Other  net  income  from  financial  instruments  measured  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss.  Prior-year  comparative 
information was restated accordingly. Refer to Note 1b for more information. 
4 Consists of interest income from cash and balances at central banks, loans and advances to banks and customers, cash collateral 
4
receivables on derivative instruments, and negative interest on amounts due to banks and customer deposits.  5 Includes interest income on receivables from securities financing transactions and negative interest, 
6  Consists of interest expense on amounts due to banks, cash collateral payables on derivative instruments, customer deposits, and negative 
including fees, on payables from securities financing transactions. 
6
7 Includes interest expense on payables from securities financing transactions and negative interest, including fees, on receivables 
interest on cash and balances at central banks, loans and advances to banks. 
7
9 Excludes fair value changes of hedges 
8 Relates to lease liabilities recognized upon adoption of IFRS 16 on 1 January 2019. Refer to Note 1b for more information. 
from securities financing transactions. 
9
8
related to financial liabilities designated at fair value and foreign currency translation effects arising from translating foreign currency transactions into the respective functional currency, both of which are reported 
within Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss. 2019 included a net loss of USD 1,830 million (2018: net gain of USD 2,152 million) related to financial liabilities 
related to unit-linked investment contracts, which are designated at fair value through profit or loss. This was offset by a net gain of USD 1,830 million (2018: net loss of USD 2,134 million) related to financial 
assets for unit-linked investment contracts that are mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss not held for trading. 

229
229
4,630
4,630
1,984
1,984
6,842
6,842
(8,748)
(8,748)

 552
 4,663
 1,744
 6,960
 9,382

2

5

352 

 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
   
 
    
    
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
Note 4  Net fee and commission income1 

USD million 

FFeeee aanndd ccoommmmiissssiioonn iinnccoommee 

Underwriting fees 

of which: equity underwriting fees 

of which: debt underwriting fees 

M&A and corporate finance fees 

Brokerage fees 

Investment fund fees 

Portfolio management and related services 

Other 
TToottaall ffeeee aanndd ccoommmmiissssiioonn iinnccoommee11 

of which: recurring 

of which: transaction-based 

of which: performance-based 

FFeeee aanndd ccoommmmiissssiioonn eexxppeennssee 

Brokerage fees paid 

Distribution fees paid 

Other 

TToottaall ffeeee aanndd ccoommmmiissssiioonn eexxppeennssee 

NNeett ffeeee aanndd ccoommmmiissssiioonn iinnccoommee 

of which: net brokerage fees 

For the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

774411

336600

338822

777744

33,,224488

44,,885588

77,,665566

11,,883322

1199,,111100

1122,,554444

66,,440022

116633

331100

559900

779977

11,,669966

1177,,441133

22,,993388

 811

 431

 380

 768

 3,521

 4,954

 7,756

 1,786

 19,598

 12,911 

 6,594 

 93 

 316

 580

 807

 1,703

 17,895

 3,205

 1,003 

 573 

 429 

 698 

 3,820 

 4,322 

 7,666 

 1,854 

 19,362 

 673 

 514 

 653 

 1,840 

 17,522 

 3,147 

11 For the year ended 31 December 2019, reflects third-party fee and commission income of USD 11,694 million for Global Wealth Management, USD 3,355 million for the Investment Bank, USD 2,659 million for 
Asset Management, USD 1,307 million for Personal & Corporate Banking and USD 94 million for Corporate Center (for the year ended 31 December 2018: USD 12,059 million for Global Wealth Management, 
USD 3,525 million for the Investment Bank, USD 2,579 million for Asset Management, USD 1,338 million for Personal & Corporate Banking and USD 97 million for Corporate Center). 

Note 5  Other income 

USD million 

AAssssoocciiaatteess,, jjooiinntt vveennttuurreess aanndd ssuubbssiiddiiaarriieess 

Net gains / (losses) from acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries1 

Net gains / (losses) from disposals of investments in associates 

Share of net profits of associates and joint ventures 

Impairments related to associates 

TToottaall 

Net gains / (losses) from disposals of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 

Impairment of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 

Net gains / (losses) from disposals of financial assets measured at amortized cost 

Income from properties6 

Net gains / (losses) from properties held for sale 

Other 

TToottaall ootthheerr iinnccoommee 

For the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

((3366))

44

4466

((11))

1133

3311

00

00

2277

((1199))

116600

221122

 (290)2,3

 464

 5295

 0

 284

 0

 0

 0

 24

 40

 80

 428

 32 

 0 

 76 

 (7) 

 101 

 195 

 (15) 

 14 

 24 

 0 

 204 

 524 

11 Includes foreign exchange gains / (losses) reclassified from other comprehensive income related to the disposal or closure of foreign operations. 
22 Includes a remeasurement loss of USD 270 million related to 
UBS Securities China. Refer to Note 32 for more information.  33 Includes a USD 25 million gain on sale of subsidiaries and a USD 31 million pre-tax gain on sale of real estate related to the Widder Hotel. Refer to 
Note 32 for more information.    44 Reflects a net foreign currency translation gain related to UBS Securities China. Refer to Note 32 for more information.    55 Includes a USD 460 million valuation gain on our equity 
ownership in SIX related to the sale of SIX Payment Services to Worldline.  66 Includes rent received from third parties. 

353 

Financial statements 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 6  Personnel expenses 

USD million 
Salaries1 

Variable compensation – performance awards2 

of which: guarantees for new hires 

Variable compensation – other2 

of which: replacement payments 3 

of which: forfeiture credits 

of which: severance payments 4 

of which: retention plan and other payments 

of which: Deferred Contingent Capital Plan – interest expense 

Financial advisor compensation2,5 

Contractors 

Social security 

Pension and other post-employment benefit plans 

Other personnel expenses 

Total personnel expenses
Total personnel expenses 

For the year ended 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

6,518
6,518

2,755
2,755

29
29

246
246

56
56

(86)
(86)

125
125

56
56

94
94

 6,448

 2,995

 43

 243

 72

 (136)

 123

 66

 119

 6,154 

 3,151 

 36 

 252 

 72 

 (107) 

 113 

 63 

 111 

4,043
4,043

 4,054

 4,064 

381
381

799
799

787
787

555
555

 489

 791

 4576 

 654

 460 

 814 

723 

 581 

16,084
16,084

 16,132

 16,199 

2 Refer to Note 30 for more information. 
2

3 Replacement payments are payments made to compensate employees for deferred awards forfeited as a result of joining UBS. 
1 Includes role-based allowances. 
3
1
5 Financial advisor compensation consists of grid-based compensation based directly on compensable revenues generated by financial advisors and 
4 Includes legally obligated and standard severance payments. 
4
5
supplemental compensation calculated on the basis of financial advisor productivity, firm tenure, assets and other variables. It also includes expenses related to compensation commitments with financial advisors 
6 Changes to the pension fund of UBS in Switzerland in 2018 resulted in a reduction in the pension obligation recognized by UBS. 
entered into at the time of recruitment that are subject to vesting requirements. 
6
As a consequence, a pre-tax gain of USD 241 million was recognized in the income statement in 2018, with no overall effect on total equity. Refer to Note 29 for more information. 

Note 7  General and administrative expenses 

USD million 
Occupancy1 

Rent and maintenance of IT and other equipment 

Communication and market data services 

Administration 

of which: UK and German bank levies 2 

Marketing and public relations 

Travel and entertainment 

Professional fees 

Outsourcing of IT and other services 

Litigation, regulatory and similar matters3 

Other 

Total general and administrative expenses
Total general and administrative expenses 

For the year ended 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

381
381

718
718

627
627

551
551

41
41

317
317

378
378

882
882

1,158
1,158

165
165

111
111

5,288
5,288

 914

 654

 638

 590

 58

 366

 425

 1,015

 1,427

 657

 110

 6,797

 908 

 570 

 622 

 612 

 20 

 419 

 425 

 1,227 

 1,597 

 434 

 135 

 6,949 

2 The UK bank levy expenses of USD 30 million (USD 40 
1 Occupancy expenses decreased following the application of IFRS 16, which was adopted on 1 January 2019. Refer to Note 1b for more information. 
1
2
million for 2018 and USD 17 million for 2017) included a credit of USD 31 million (USD 45 million and USD 85 million, respectively) related to prior years. 
3 Reflects the net increase in provisions for litigation, 
3
regulatory and similar matters recognized in the income statement. Refer to Note 21 for more information. Also includes recoveries from third parties of USD 11 million, USD 29 million and USD 55 million for the 
years ended 31 December 2019, 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2017, respectively. 

354 

  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 8  Income taxes 

USD million 

Tax expense / (benefit) 
SSwwiissss 

Current 
Deferred 
TToottaall SSwwiissss 
-
-
NNoonn SSwwiissss 
Current 
Deferred 
TToottaall nnoonn SSwwiissss 
TToottaall iinnccoommee ttaaxx eexxppeennssee // ((bbeenneeffiitt)) rreeccooggnniizzeedd iinn tthhee iinnccoommee ssttaatteemmeenntt 

-
-

For the year ended 
31.12.18 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.17 

336655
226655
663300 

442266
221111
663377 
11,,226677 

 469
 2,377
22,,884466 

 575
 (1,953)
((11,,337788)) 
11,,446688 

 455 
 107 
556622 

 435 
 3,308 
33,,774433 
44,,330055 

Income tax recognized in the income statement 

Income  tax  expenses  of  USD 1,267  million  were  recognized  for 
the Group in 2019, representing an effective tax rate of 22.7%. 
This included net Swiss tax expenses of USD 630 million and net 
non-Swiss tax expenses of USD 637 million. 

The  Swiss  tax  expenses  included  current  tax  expenses  of 
USD 365  million  related  to  taxable  profits  earned  by  Swiss 
subsidiaries. In addition, they included deferred tax expenses of 
USD 265  million,  which  primarily  reflect  the  amortization  of 
deferred  tax  assets  (DTAs)  previously  recognized  in  relation  to 
deductible temporary differences. 

The non-Swiss tax expenses included current tax expenses of 
USD 426  million  related  to  taxable  profits  earned  by  non-Swiss 
subsidiaries and branches. In addition, they included deferred tax 
expenses  of  USD 211  million.  These  included  expenses  of 
USD 471  million  that  primarily  reflected  the  amortization  of 
DTAs  previously  recognized  in  relation  to  tax  losses  carried 
forward  and  deductible  temporary  differences,  including  the 
amortization  of  US  tax  loss  DTAs  at  the  level  of  UBS  Americas 
Inc. These were partly offset by a benefit of USD 260 million in 
respect  of  additional  DTA  recognition  that  resulted  from  the 
contribution  of  real  estate  assets  by  UBS  AG  to  UBS  Americas 
Inc.  in  the  year.  The  additional  DTA  recognition  related  to  the 
elections  that  were  made  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2018  to 
capitalize certain historic real estate costs. 

USD million 
Operating profit / (loss) before tax 

of which: Swiss 
of which: non-Swiss 

Income taxes at Swiss tax rate of 20.5% for 2019 and 21% for 2018 and 2017 
Increase / (decrease) resulting from: 
Non-Swiss tax rates differing from Swiss tax rate 
Tax effects of losses not recognized 
Previously unrecognized tax losses now utilized 
Non-taxable and lower taxed income 
Non-deductible expenses and additional taxable income 
Adjustments related to prior years – current tax 
Adjustments related to prior years – deferred tax 
Change in deferred tax recognition 
Adjustments to deferred tax balances arising from changes in tax rates 
Other items 
IInnccoommee ttaaxx eexxppeennssee // ((bbeenneeffiitt)) 

For the year ended 
31.12.18 
 5,991
 1,843
 4,148
 1,258

3311..1122..1199 
55,,557777
22,,557711
33,,000066
11,,114433

8822
113311
((226655))
((335511))
773322
((55))
((66))
((229944))
((99))
110077
11,,226677

 55
 223
 (25)
 (430)
 905
 114
 26
 (795)
 0
 137
 1,468

31.12.17 
 5,351 
 2,093 
 3,258 
 1,124 

 217 
 173 
 (368) 
 (309) 
 606 
 (13) 
 4 
 (165) 
 2,897 
 139 
 4,305 

355 

Financial statements 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 8  Income taxes (continued) 

The  components  of  operating  profit  before  tax,  and  the 
differences  between  income  tax  expense  reflected  in  the 
financial statements and the amounts calculated at the Swiss tax 
rate,  are  provided  in  the  table  on  the  previous  page  and 
explained below. 

Non-Swiss tax rates differing from Swiss tax rate 
To  the  extent  that  Group  profits  or  losses  arise  outside 
Switzerland,  the  applicable  local  tax  rate  may  differ  from  the 
Swiss tax rate. This item reflects, for such profits, an adjustment 
from  the  tax  expense  that  would  arise  at  the  Swiss  tax  rate  to 
the tax expense that would arise at the applicable local tax rate. 
Similarly, it reflects, for such losses, an adjustment from the tax 
benefit that would arise at the Swiss tax rate to the tax benefit 
that would arise at the applicable local tax rate. 

Tax effects of losses not recognized 
This item relates to tax losses of entities arising in the year that 
are not recognized as DTAs. Consequently, no tax benefit arises 
in  relation  to  those  losses.  Therefore,  the  tax  benefit  calculated 
by applying the local tax rate to those losses as described above 
is reversed. 

Previously unrecognized tax losses now utilized 
This item relates to taxable profits of the year that are offset by 
tax  losses  of  previous  years  for  which  no  DTAs  were  previously 
recorded. Consequently, no current tax or deferred tax expense 
arises  in  relation  to  those  taxable  profits.  Therefore,  the  tax 
expense calculated by applying the local tax rate on those profits 
is reversed. 

Non-taxable and lower taxed income 
This  item  relates  to  tax  deductions  for  the  year  in  respect  of 
permanent  differences.  These  include  deductions  in  respect  of 
profits that are either not taxable or are taxable at a lower rate 
of tax than the local tax rate. They also include deductions made 
for tax purposes, which are not reflected in the accounts. 

356 

Non-deductible expenses and additional taxable income 
This  item  relates  to  additional  taxable  income  for  the  year  in 
respect  of  permanent  differences.  These  include  income  that  is 
recognized for tax purposes by an entity, but is not included in 
its profit that is reported in the financial statements. In addition, 
they  include  expenses  for  the  year  that  are  non-deductible.  For 
example,  the  costs  of  entertaining  clients  are  not  deductible  in 
certain locations. 

Adjustments related to prior years – current tax 
This item relates to adjustments to current tax expense for prior 
years,  e.g.,  if  the  tax  payable  for  a  year  is  agreed  with  the  tax 
authorities in an amount that differs from the amount previously 
reflected in the financial statements. 

Adjustments related to prior years – deferred tax 
This  item  relates  to  adjustments  to  deferred  tax  positions 
recognized  in  prior  years,  e.g.,  if  a  tax  loss  for  a  year  is  fully 
recognized and the amount of the tax loss agreed with the tax 
authorities  is  expected  to  differ  from  the  amount  previously 
recognized as DTAs in the accounts. 

Change in deferred tax recognition 
This item relates to changes in DTAs, including those previously 
recognized  resulting  from  reassessments  of  expected  future 
taxable profits. It also includes changes in temporary differences 
in the year, for which deferred tax is not recognized. 

Adjustments to deferred tax balances arising from changes in tax 
rates 
This  item  relates  to  remeasurements  of  DTAs  and  liabilities 
recognized due to changes in tax rates. These have the effect of 
changing  the  future  tax  saving  that  is  expected  from  tax  losses 
or deductible tax differences and therefore the amount of DTAs 
recognized  or,  alternatively,  changing  the  tax  cost  of  additional 
taxable 
temporary  differences  and 
taxable 
therefore the deferred tax liability. 

income 

from 

Other items 
Other  items  include  other  differences  between  profits  or  losses 
at the local tax rate and the actual local tax expense or benefit, 
including  movements  in  provisions  for  uncertain  positions  in 
relation to the current year and other items. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 8  Income taxes (continued) 

Income tax recognized directly in equity 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities 

Certain  tax  expenses  and  benefits  were  recognized  directly  in 
equity during the year. These included the following items: 
– 

a  net  tax  expense  of  USD 326  million  recognized  in  other 
comprehensive  income  (OCI)  (2018:  net  benefit  of  USD 345 
million),  which  included  a  tax  expense  of  USD 253  million 
related  to  cash  flow  hedges  (2018:  benefit  of  USD 67 
million),  a  tax  expense  of  USD 41  million  related  to  financial 
assets recognized at fair value through OCI (2018: benefit of 
USD 12  million),  a  tax  expense  of  zero  related  to  foreign 
currency translation gains and losses (2018: expense of USD 2 
million),  a  tax  expense  of  USD 41  million  related  to  defined 
benefit pension plans (2018: benefit of USD 276 million) and 
a  tax  benefit  of  USD 8  million  related  to  own  credit  (2018: 
expense of USD 8 million); 
a  net  tax  benefit  of  USD 11  million  recognized  in  share 
premium (2018: benefit of USD 4 million). 

– 

The Group has gross DTAs, valuation allowances and recognized 
DTAs  related  to  tax 
loss  carry-forwards  and  deductible 
temporary  differences  and  also  deferred  tax  liabilities  in  respect 
of  taxable  temporary  differences  as  shown  in  the  table  below. 
The valuation allowances reflect DTAs that were not recognized 
because  it  was  not  considered  probable  that  future  taxable 
profits  will  be  available  to  utilize  the  related  tax  loss  carry-
forwards and deductible temporary differences. 

Of  the  recognized  DTAs  as  of  31 December  2019,  USD 9.3 
billion  related  to  the  US  and  USD 0.2  billion  related  to  other 
locations  (as  of  31 December  2018,  USD 9.5  billion  related  to 
the US and USD 0.6 billion related to other locations). 

The recognition of DTAs is supported by forecasts of taxable 
profits  for  the  entities  concerned.  In  addition,  tax  planning 
opportunities are available that would result in additional future 
taxable income and these would be utilized, if necessary. 

As of 31 December 2019, the Group has recognized DTAs of 
USD 75  million  (31 December  2018:  USD 53  million)  in  respect 
of entities that incurred losses in either the current or preceding 
year. 

USD million 

Deferred tax assets1 
Tax loss carry-forwards 
Temporary differences 

of which: related to real estate costs capitalized for US tax 
purposes 
of which: related to compensation and benefits 
of which: related to trading assets 
of which: related to investments in subsidiaries and goodwill 
of which: other 

TToottaall ddeeffeerrrreedd ttaaxx aasssseettss 

Deferred tax liabilities 
Goodwill and intangible assets 
Cash flow hedges 
Other 
TToottaall ddeeffeerrrreedd ttaaxx lliiaabbiilliittiieess 
11 Less deferred tax liabilities as applicable. 

3311..1122..1199 

VVaalluuaattiioonn 
aalllloowwaannccee 
((88,,886611)) 
((661133)) 

00 
((117799)) 
((55)) 
00 
((442299)) 
((99,,447744)) 

GGrroossss 
1144,,882266 
44,,118866 

22,,221199 
11,,008800 
9999 
66 
778822 
1199,,001111 

RReeccooggnniizzeedd 
55,,996655
33,,557722

22,,221199
990011
9933
66
335533
99,,553377

2299
115566
112266
331111

31.12.18 

Valuation 
allowance 
 (8,989)
 (565)

 (25)
 (192)
 (50)
 0
 (298)
 (9,554)

Gross 

 15,088
 4,571

 2,159
 1,150
 390
 202
 670
 19,659

Recognized 
 6,099 
 4,006 

 2,134 
 959 
 339 
 202 
 372 
 10,105 

 26 
 0 
 62 
 88 

357 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 8  Income taxes (continued) 

Unrecognized tax loss carry-forwards 
USD million 
Within 1 year 
From 2 to 5 years 
From 6 to 10 years 
From 11 to 20 years 
No expiry 
Total
Total 

As of 31 December 2019, USD 17.8 billion of the unrecognized 
tax  losses  carried  forward  related  to  the  US,  USD 14.9  billion 
related to the UK and USD 5.0 billion related to other locations 
(as  of  31 December  2018,  USD 20.0  billion  related  to  the  US, 
USD 14.2 billion related to the UK and USD 4.2 billion related to 
other locations). 

losses 

federal 

incurred  prior 

In  general,  US 

to 
tax 
31 December 2017 can be carried forward for 20 years, and US 
federal  tax  losses  incurred  after  31 December  2017  and  UK  tax 
losses can be carried forward indefinitely. The amounts of US tax 
loss  carry-forwards  that  are  included  in  the  above  table  are 
based  on  their  amount  for  federal  tax  purposes  rather  than  for 
state and local tax purposes. 

31.12.19 
31.12.19
13 
13
609
609 
14,712
14,712
4,030
4,030
18,364
18,364
37,728
37,728

31.12.18 
 0 
 464 
 16,297 
 4,457 
 17,210 
 38,428 

in 

recognized 

liabilities  are 

respect  of 
tax 
Deferred 
investments 
in  subsidiaries,  branches  and  associates  and 
interests  in  joint  arrangements,  except  to  the  extent  that  the 
Group  can  control  the  timing  of  the  reversal  of  the  associated 
taxable  temporary  difference  and  it  is  probable  that  it  will  not 
reverse  in  the  foreseeable  future.  However,  as  of  31 December 
2019, this exception was not considered to apply to any taxable 
temporary differences. 

358 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 9  Earnings per share (EPS) and shares outstanding 

Basic earnings (USD million) 

Net profit / (loss) attributable to shareholders 

Diluted earnings (USD million) 

Net profit / (loss) attributable to shareholders 

Less: (profit) / loss on own equity derivative contracts 

Net profit / (loss) attributable to shareholders for diluted EPS 

Weighted average shares outstanding 
Weighted average shares outstanding for basic EPS1 

As of or for the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

44,,330044

 4,516

 969 

44,,330044

00

44,,330044

 4,516

 (2)

 4,514

 969 

 0 

 969 

33,,666633,,227788,,223388

 3,730,297,877

 3,716,174,261 

Effect of dilutive potential shares resulting from notional shares, in-the-money options and warrants outstanding 

110033,,888811,,660000

 111,271,269

 120,540,272 

Weighted average shares outstanding for diluted EPS 

33,,776677,,115599,,883388

 3,841,569,146

 3,836,714,533 

Earnings per share (USD) 

Basic 

Diluted 

Shares outstanding 

Shares issued 

Treasury shares 

Shares outstanding 

11..1177

11..1144

 1.21

 1.18

 0.26 

 0.25 

33,,885599,,005555,,339955

 3,855,634,749

 3,853,096,603 

224433,,002211,,229966

 166,467,802

 132,301,550 

33,,661166,,003344,,009999

 3,689,166,947

 3,720,795,053 

11 The weighted average shares outstanding for basic EPS are calculated by taking the number of shares at the beginning of the period, adjusted by the number of shares acquired or issued during the period, 
multiplied by a time-weighted factor for the period outstanding. As a result, balances are affected by the timing of acquisitions and issuances during the period. 

The table below outlines the potential shares which could dilute basic earnings per share in the future, but were not dilutive for the 
periods presented. 

Number of shares 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

Potentially dilutive instruments 
Employee share-based compensation awards1

Other equity derivative contracts 

TToottaall 

11 The last remaining option awards and stock appreciation rights expired during 2019. 

2211,,663322,,887799

2211,,663322,,887799

 3,605,198

 11,912,450

 15,517,648

 24,124,341 

 9,122,496 

 33,246,837 

359 

Financial statements 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Balance sheet notes 

Note 10  Financial assets at amortized cost and other positions in scope of expected credit loss measurement 

The  tables  on  the  following  pages  provide  information  about  on  the  same  or  similar  rating  methods  applied.  The  key 
financial  instruments  and  certain  other  credit  lines  that  are 
subject  to  expected  credit  loss  (ECL)  requirements.  UBS  has 
established  ECL  disclosure  segments  or  “ECL  segments”  to 
disaggregate  portfolios  based  on  shared  risk  characteristics  and 

  Refer to Note 23 for more information about expected credit 

segments are presented in the table below. 

loss measurement 

Segment 

Segment description 

Description of credit risk sensitivity 

Business division / 
Corporate Center 

Private clients with 
mortgages 

Lending to private clients secured by 
owner-occupied real estate and personal 
account overdrafts of those clients 

Sensitive to the interest rate environment, 
employment status and influence from 
regional effects (e.g., property values) 

–  Personal & Corporate Banking 
–  Global Wealth Management 

Real estate financing 

Rental or income-producing real estate 
financing to private and corporate clients 
secured by real estate 

Sensitive to GDP development, the 
interest rate environment and regional 
effects (e.g., property values) 

–  Personal & Corporate Banking 
–  Global Wealth Management 
–  Investment Bank 

Large corporate clients 

Lending to large corporate and 
multinational clients 

SME clients 

Lending to small and medium-sized 
corporate clients 

–  Personal & Corporate Banking 
–  Investment Bank 

–  Personal & Corporate Banking 

Sensitive to GDP development, 
seasonality, business cycles and collateral 
values (diverse collateral including real 
estate and other collateral types) 

Sensitive to GDP development, the 
interest rate environment and, to some 
extent, seasonality, business cycles and 
collateral values (diverse collateral 
including real estate and other collateral 
types) 

Lombard 

Credit cards 

Loans secured by pledges of marketable 
securities, guarantees and other forms of 
collateral 

Sensitive to the market (e.g., changes in 
collateral as well as in invested assets) 

–  Global Wealth Management 

Credit card solutions in Switzerland and the 
US 

Sensitive to the interest rate 
environment and employment status 

–  Personal & Corporate Banking 
–  Global Wealth Management 

Commodity trade finance 

Working capital financing of commodity 
traders, generally extended on a self-
liquidating transactional basis 

–  Personal & Corporate Banking 

Sensitive primarily to the strength of 
individual transaction structures and 
collateral values (price volatility of 
commodities) as the primary source for 
debt service is directly linked to the 
shipments financed 

Financial intermediaries 
and hedge funds 

Lending to financial institutions and 
pension funds, including exposures to 
broker-dealers and clearing houses 

Sensitive to GDP development, the 
interest rate environment, regulatory 
changes and political risk 

–  Personal & Corporate Banking 
–  Investment Bank 
–  Corporate Center 

  Refer to Note 23g for more details regarding sensitivity 

360 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 10  Financial assets at amortized cost and other positions in scope of expected credit loss measurement (continued) 

For  amortized  cost  instruments,  the  net  carrying  amount 
represents  the  maximum  exposure  to  credit  risk,  taking  into 
losses.  Financial  assets 
account  the  allowance  for  credit 
measured  at  fair  value  through  other  comprehensive  income 
(FVOCI)  are  also  subject  to  ECL;  however,  unlike  for  amortized 
cost  instruments,  the  allowance  does  not  reduce  the  carrying 
amount of these financial assets. Rather, the carrying amount of 
financial  assets  measured  at  FVOCI  represents  the  maximum 
exposure to credit risk. 

No  purchased  credit-impaired  financial  assets  have  been 
recognized  in  the  period.  Originated  credit-impaired  financial 
assets  were  not  material  and  are  not  presented  in  the  table 
below and on the following page. 

In  addition  to  on-balance  sheet  financial  assets,  certain  off-
balance  sheet  financial  instruments  and  other  credit  lines  are 
also subject to ECL. The maximum exposure to credit risk for off-
balance  sheet  financial  instruments  is  calculated  based  on  the 
maximum contractual amounts. 

USD million 

3311..1122..1199 

FFiinnaanncciiaall iinnssttrruummeennttss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt 
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Receivables from securities financing transactions
Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments
Loans and advances to customers

of which: Private clients with mortgages
of which: Real estate financing
of which: Large corporate clients
of which: SME clients
of which: Lombard
of which: Credit cards
of which: Commodity trade finance

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost

of which: Loans to financial advisors

TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt 
FFiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee tthhrroouugghh ootthheerr ccoommpprreehheennssiivvee iinnccoommee 
TToottaall oonn bbaallaannccee sshheeeett ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss iinn ssccooppee ooff EECCLL rreeqquuiirreemmeennttss 

-
-

-
-

OOffff bbaallaannccee sshheeeett ((iinn ssccooppee ooff EECCLL)) 
Guarantees

of which: Large corporate clients
of which: SME clients
of which: Financial intermediaries and hedge funds 
of which: Lombard
of which: Commodity trade finance

Irrevocable loan commitments

of which: Large corporate clients

Forward starting reverse repurchase and securities borrowing agreements
Committed unconditionally revocable credit lines

of which: Real estate financing
of which: Large corporate clients
of which: SME clients
of which: Lombard
of which: Credit cards
of which: Commodity trade finance

CCaarrrryyiinngg aammoouunntt11 
SSttaaggee 11 

TToottaall 

 107,068
 107,068
 12,367
 12,447
 84,245
 84,245
 23,289
 23,289
 326,786
 309,499
 132,646  124,063
 38,481  32,932
 9,184
 9,703
 11,786
 9,817
 112,893  112,796
 1,314
 2,826
 21,953
 2,341
555588,,442200 
66,,334455 
556644,,776655 

 1,661
 2,844
 22,980
 2,877
557766,,881155 
66,,334455 
558833,,115599 

 17,757
 18,142
 3,461
 3,687
 1,055
 1,180
 7,950
 7,966
 622
 622
 2,320
 2,334
 27,547
 27,078
 18,735  18,349
 1,657
 33,848
 4,934
 4,188
 4,589
 7,975
 7,535
 344
 3,285
8833,,662266 

 1,657
 35,092
 5,242
 4,274
 4,787
 7,976
 7,890
 344
 3,289
8855,,772288 

SSttaaggee 22 
 0
 80
 0
 0
 15,538
 7,624
 5,532
 424
 1,449
 0
 325
 8
 451
 334
1166,,006699 
00 
1166,,006699 

SSttaaggee 22 
 304
 203
 67
 16
 0
 13
 419
 359
 0
 1,197
 307
 69
 171
 0
 355
 0
 0
11,,992200 

TToottaall eexxppoossuurree 
SSttaaggee 11 

TToottaall 

SSttaaggee 33 
 0
 0
 0
 0
 1,749
 959
 17
 94
 521
 98
 22
 10
 576
 202
22,,332266 
00 
22,,332266 

SSttaaggee 33 
 82
 24
 58
 0
 0
 0
 50
 27
 0
 46
 0
 17
 27
 1
 0
 0
 4
118822 

TToottaall 
 0
 (6)
 (2)
 0
 (764)
 (110)
 (43)
 (117)
 (303)
 (22)
 (35)
 (81)
 (143)
 (109)
((991155)) 
00 
((991155)) 

TToottaall 
 (42)
 (10)
 (24)
 (5)
 (1)
 (1)
 (35)
 (27)
 0
 (34)
 (16)
 (1)
 (9)
 0
 (6)
 0
 (3)
((111144)) 
((11,,002299)) 

EECCLL aalllloowwaanncceess 
SSttaaggee 11 
 0
 (4)
 (2)
 0
 (82)
 (15)
 (5)
 (15)
 (17)
 (4)
 (8)
 (5)
 (35)
 (29)
((112244)) 
00 
((112244)) 

SSttaaggee 22 
 0
 (1)
 0
 0
 (123)
 (55)
 (34)
 (4)
 (15)
 0
 (14)
 0
 (13)
 (11)
((113377)) 
00 
((113377)) 

EECCLL pprroovviissiioonnss 
SSttaaggee 11 
 (8)
 (1)
 0
 (4)
 0
 (1)
 (30)
 (24)
 0
 (17)
 (3)
 (1)
 (8)
 0
 (4)
 0
 (3)
((5588)) 
((118811)) 

SSttaaggee 22 
 (1)
 0
 0
 0
 0
 0
 (5)
 (3)
 0
 (17)
 (13)
 0
 (1)
 0
 (2)
 0
 0
((2233)) 
((116600)) 

SSttaaggee 33 
 0 
 (1) 
 0 
 0 
 (559) 
 (41) 
 (4) 
 (98) 
 (271) 
 (18) 
 (13) 
 (77) 
 (95) 
 (70) 
((665555)) 
00 
((665555)) 

SSttaaggee 33 
 (33) 
 (9) 
 (23) 
 0 
 (1) 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
((3333)) 
((668888)) 

361 

-
-

Irrevocable committed prolongation of existing loans
TToottaall ooffff bbaallaannccee sshheeeett ffiinnaanncciiaall iinnssttrruummeennttss aanndd ootthheerr ccrreeddiitt lliinneess 
TToottaall aalllloowwaanncceess aanndd pprroovviissiioonnss 
11 The carrying amount of financial assets measured at amortized cost represents the total gross exposure net of the respective ECL allowances. 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 10  Financial assets at amortized cost and other positions in scope of expected credit loss measurement (continued) 

USD million 

31.12.18 

Financial instruments measured at amortized cost 
Financial instruments measured at amortized cost
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Receivables from securities financing transactions
Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments
Loans and advances to customers

of which: Private clients with mortgages
of which: Real estate financing
of which: Large corporate clients
of which: SME clients
of which: Lombard
of which: Credit cards
of which: Commodity trade finance

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost

of which: Loans to financial advisors

Total financial assets measured at amortized cost 
Total financial assets measured at amortized cost
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
Total on-balance sheet financial assets in scope of ECL requirements 
Total on-balance sheet financial assets in scope of ECL requirements

Off-balance sheet (in scope of ECL) 
Off-balance sheet (in scope of ECL)
Guarantees

of which: Large corporate clients
of which: SME clients
of which: Financial intermediaries and hedge funds 
of which: Lombard
of which: Commodity trade finance

Irrevocable loan commitments

of which: Large corporate clients

Forward starting reverse repurchase and securities borrowing agreements
Committed unconditionally revocable credit lines

of which: Real estate financing
of which: Large corporate clients
of which: SME clients
of which: Lombard
of which: Credit cards
of which: Commodity trade finance

Carrying amount1 
Stage 1 

Total 

 108,370
 108,370
 16,666
 16,868
 95,349
 95,349
 23,602
 23,602
 320,352
 298,248
 126,335  115,679
 36,474  28,578
 11,390  10,845
 8,029
 9,924
 111,722  111,707
 1,216
 2,798
 21,862
 3,104
564,096 
564,096
6,667 
6,667
570,763 
570,763

 1,529
 3,260
 22,563
 3,291
587,104 
587,104
6,667 
6,667
593,770 
593,770

 17,321
 18,146
 3,599
 3,862
 1,057
 1,298
 7,125
7,193
 834
 834
 1,851
 2,097
 31,212
 30,590
 22,019  21,492
 937
 35,121
 2,150
 4,152
 4,163
 7,402
 7,035
 3,209
 2,861
86,830 
86,830

 937
 36,634
 2,562
 4,260
 4,505
 7,402
 7,343
 3,467
 3,339
90,268 
90,268

Stage 2 
 0
 202
 0
 0
 20,357
 9,859
 7,858
 457
 1,263
 0
 297
 445
 223
 62
20,782 
20,782
0 
0
20,782 
20,782

Stage 2 
 611
 136
 164
 67
 0
 236
 568
 519
 0
 1,420
 401
 91
 285
 0
 309
 254
 456
3,055 
3,055

Total exposure 
Stage 1 

Total 

Stage 3 
 0
 0
 0
 0
 1,748
 796
 38
 88
 632
 14
 16
 16
 478
 125
2,226 
2,226
0 
0
2,226 
2,226

Stage 3 
 215
 127
 77
 0
 0
 11
 53
 7
 0
 93
 11
 17
 57
 0
 0
 4
 22
383 
383

Total 
 0
 (7)
 (2)
 0
 (772)
 (138)
 (59)
 (95)
 (281)
 (21)
 (30)
 (86)
 (155)
 (113)
(937) 
(937)
0 
0
(937) 
(937)

Total 
 (43)
 (8)
 (26)
 (4)
 0
 (1)
 (37)
 (31)
 0
 (36)
 (17)
 (2)
 (7)
 0
 (6)
 (2)
 (1)
(116) 
(116)
(1,054) 
(1,054)

ECL allow
Stage 1 
 0
 (4)
 (2)
 0
 (69)
 (16)
 (3)
 (9)
 (13)
 (4)
 (6)
 (5)
 (43)
 (34)
(117) 
(117)
0 
0
(117) 
(117)

ances 

Stage 2 
 0
 (1)
 0
 0
 (155)
 (83)
 (40)
 (4)
 (12)
 0
 (13)
 (3)
 (4)
 (2)
(159) 
(159)
0 
0
(159) 
(159)

ECL provisions 
Stage 1 
 (7)
 (1)
 0
 (3)
 0
 (1)
 (32)
 (26)
 0
 (19)
 (4)
 (1)
 (6)
 (1)
 (4)
 (2)
 (1)
(59) 
(59)
(176) 
(176)

Stage 2 
 (2)
 (1)
 0
 0
 0
 0
 (5)
 (4)
 0
 (16)
 (12)
 0
 (1)
 0
 (2)
 0
 0
(23) 
(23)
(183) 
(183)

Stage 3 
 0 
 (3) 
 0 
 0 
 (549) 
 (39) 
 (16) 
 (82) 
 (256) 
 (17) 
 (11) 
 (78) 
 (109) 
 (77) 
(660) 
(660)
0 
0
(660) 
(660)

Stage 3 
 (34) 
 (6) 
 (25) 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
(34) 
(34)
(695) 
(695)

Irrevocable committed prolongation of existing loans
Total off-balance sheet financial instruments and other credit lines 
Total off-balance sheet financial instruments and other credit lines
Total allowances and provisions 
Total allowances and provisions
1 The carrying amount of financial assets measured at amortized cost represents the total gross exposure net of the respective ECL allowances. 
1

362 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Note 10  Financial assets at amortized cost and other positions in scope of expected credit loss measurement (continued) 

Coverage ratios are calculated by taking ECL allowances and 
provisions  divided  by  the  gross  carrying  amount  of  the 
exposures.  These  ratios  have  remained  broadly  unchanged  in 
2019 and are influenced by the following key factors: 
– 

significant asset balances are held with central banks as part 
of the requirement to hold high-quality liquid assets; 
Lombard  loans  are  secured  with  marketable  securities  in 
portfolios  which  are  in  general  highly  diversified  with  strict 
lending policies that are intended to ensure that credit risk is 
minimal under most circumstances; 
mortgage loans to private clients and real estate financing are 
controlled  by  conservative  eligibility  criteria,  including  low 
loan-to-value  ratios  and  strong  debt  service  capabilities.  The 
risk of rising interest rates has been taken into account in the 
scenario selection process; 
the  amount  of  unsecured  retail  lending  (including  credit 
cards) in Switzerland is insignificant; 
contractual maturities in the loan portfolio, which are a factor 
in  the  calculation  of  ECLs,  are  generally  short,  with  a  large 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

part of the loan portfolio having contractual maturities of 12 
month or less; 
for  example,  the  carrying  amount  of  Swiss  residential 
mortgage  loans  would  continue  to  be  fully  covered  or  98% 
covered  by  real  estate  collateral,    even  if  the  value  of  that 
collateral decreased by 20% or 30%, respectively. 

Certain  assets  reported  in  stage  2  within  the  Private  clients 
with mortgages and Real estate financing segments did not have 
a  comparable  rating  on  origination  upon  which  to  base  the 
assessment of whether a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) 
IFRS  9  transition 
has  occurred. 
requirements,  a  lifetime  ECL  has  been  recognized  for  these 
assets. In the medium term and based on the current economic 
outlook,  UBS  expects  the  proportion  of  these  stage  2  assets  to 
reduce to some extent. 

In  accordance  with  the 

3311..1122..1199 

FFiinnaanncciiaall iinnssttrruummeennttss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt 
Loans and advances to customers

of which: Private clients with mortgages
of which: Real estate financing
of which: Large corporate clients
of which: SME clients
of which: Lombard
of which: Credit cards
of which: Commodity trade finance

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost

of which: Loans to financial advisors

TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt 
FFiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee tthhrroouugghh ootthheerr ccoommpprreehheennssiivvee iinnccoommee 
TToottaall oonn bbaallaannccee sshheeeett ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss iinn ssccooppee ooff EECCLL rreeqquuiirreemmeennttss 

-
-

-
-

OOffff bbaallaannccee sshheeeett ((iinn ssccooppee ooff EECCLL)) 
Guarantees
Irrevocable loan commitments
Forward starting reverse repurchase and securities borrowing agreements
Committed unconditionally revocable credit lines
Irrevocable committed prolongation of existing loans
TToottaall ooffff bbaallaannccee sshheeeett ffiinnaanncciiaall iinnssttrruummeennttss aanndd ootthheerr ccrreeddiitt lliinneess 
TToottaall aalllloowwaanncceess aanndd pprroovviissiioonnss 

-
-

GGrroossss ccaarrrryyiinngg aammoouunntt ((UUSSDD mmiilllliioonn)) 
SSttaaggee 11 
TToottaall 
 327,550
 309,581
 132,756  124,077
 38,524  32,937
 9,199
 9,819
 12,089
 9,834
 112,915  112,799
 1,322
 2,831
 21,988
 2,370
555588,,554444 
66,,334455 
556644,,888888 

SSttaaggee 22 
 15,661
 7,679
 5,567
 429
 1,464
 0
 339
 8
 463
 344
1166,,220066 
00 
1166,,220066 

 1,696
 2,925
 23,123
 2,987
557777,,773300 
66,,334455 
558844,,007755 

SSttaaggee 33 
 2,308
 1,000
 21
 192
 791
 116
 35
 87
 672
 272
22,,998811 
00 
22,,998811 

GGrroossss eexxppoossuurree ((UUSSDD mmiilllliioonn)) 

TToottaall 
 18,142
 27,547
 1,657
 35,092
 3,289
8855,,772288 

SSttaaggee 11 
 17,757
 27,078
 1,657
 33,848
 3,285
8833,,662266 

SSttaaggee 22 
 304
 419
 0
 1,197
 0
11,,992200 

SSttaaggee 33 
 82
 50
 0
 46
 4
118822 

EECCLL ccoovveerraaggee ((bbppss)) 
SSttaaggee 11 
 3
 1
 2
 16
 18
 0
 60
 17
 16
 122
22 
00 
22 

SSttaaggee 22 
 79
 72
 62
 100
 104
 0
 404
 3
 274
 305
8844 
00 
8844 

EECCLL ccoovveerraaggee ((bbppss)) 
SSttaaggee 11 
 4
 11
 0
 5
 8
77 
99 

SSttaaggee 22 
 30
 120
 0
 143
 0
112200 
220044 

TToottaall 
 23
 8
 11
 119
 251
 2
 205
 278
 62
 366
1166 
00 
1166 

TToottaall 
 23
 13
 0
 10
 8
1133 
2299 

SSttaaggee 33 
 2,420 
 406 
 1,765 
 5,088 
 3,420 
 1,566 
 3,718 
 8,844 
 1,420 
 2,570 
22,,119988 
00 
22,,119988 

SSttaaggee 33 
 4,032 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
11,,882222 
44,,002200 

363 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 10  Financial assets at amortized cost and other positions in scope of expected credit loss measurement (continued) 

As explained in Note 1a, the assessment of an SICR considers 

rating  analyses  and  economic  outlook. 
a number of qualitative and quantitative factors to determine if  Additionally, UBS considers counterparties that have moved to a 
a  stage  transfer  between  stage  1  and  stage  2  is  required.  The 
credit watch list and those with payments that are 30 days past 
primary  assessment  considers  changes  in  probability  of  default  due. 

(PD)  based  on 

USD million 

Financial instruments measured at amortized cost
Financial instruments measured at amortized cost 
Mortgages, business loans and related off-balance sheet commitments in the region 
Switzerland

of which: Private clients with mortgages
of which: Real estate financing
of which: Large corporate clients
of which: SME clients
of which: Lombard
of which: Leasing
of which: Credit cards
of which: Other

ECL allowances / provisions 
ECL allowances / provisions

Total
Total 

Stage 1
Stage 1 

Stage 2
Stage 2 

of which: 
of which:  of which:  ≥30 days 
PD layer  watch list  past due 

Stage 3
Stage 3 

 723
 90
 59
 57
 310
 3
 42
 33
 130

 89
 11
 8
 6
 25
 2
 6
 9
 23

 137
 53
 47
 4
 9
 0
 12
 11
 2

 93
 40
 36
 0
 6
 0
 11
 0
 2

 6
 0
 0
 4
 2
 0
 0
 0
 0

 38
 13
 11
 0
 1
 0
 1
 11
 0

 497 
 27 
 4 
 47 
 276 
 1 
 24 
 12 
 106 

364 

 
 
 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Note 11  Derivative instruments 

Derivatives: overview 

A  derivative  is  a  financial  instrument  for  which  the  value  is 
derived  from  one  or  more  variables  (underlyings).  Underlyings 
may  be  indices,  foreign  currency  exchange  or  interest  rates,  or 
the  value  of  shares,  commodities,  bonds  or  other  financial 
instruments.  A  derivative  commonly  requires  little  or  no  initial 
net investment by either counterparty to the trade. 

The  majority  of  derivative  contracts  are  negotiated  with 
respect  to  notional  amounts,  tenor,  price  and  settlement 
mechanisms, as is customary with other financial instruments. 

Over-the-counter (OTC) derivative contracts are usually traded 
under  a  standardized  International  Swaps  and  Derivatives 
Association  (ISDA)  master  agreement  between  UBS  and  its 
counterparties. Terms are negotiated directly with counterparties 
and the contracts have industry standard settlement mechanisms 
prescribed  by  ISDA.  Beginning  in  2016,  regulators  in  various 
jurisdictions  began  a  phased  introduction  of  rules  requiring  the 
payment and collection of initial and variation margin on certain 
OTC  derivative  contracts,  which  may  have  a  bearing  on  their 
price and other relevant terms. Under the final rules of the Basel 
Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) and the Board of the 
International  Organization  of  Securities  Commissions  (IOSCO) 
promulgated  in  July  2019,  the  final  phase-in  of  margin 
requirements  for  non-centrally  cleared  derivatives  will  be 
completed on 1 September 2021. 

The  industry  continues  to  promote  the  use  of  central 
counterparties  (CCPs)  to  clear  OTC  trades.  The  trend  toward 
CCP  clearing  and  settlement  will  generally  facilitate  the 
reduction of systemic credit exposures. 

Other  derivative  contracts  are  standardized  in  terms  of  their 
amounts  and  settlement  dates,  and  are  bought  and  sold  on 
regulated  exchanges.  These  are  commonly  referred  to  as 
exchange-traded derivatives (ETD) contracts. Exchanges offer the 
benefits of pricing transparency, standardized daily settlement of 
changes in value and consequently reduced credit risk. 

For  presentation  purposes,  the  Group’s  derivative  contracts 
are subject to IFRS netting provisions. Derivative instruments are 
measured  at  fair  value  and  generally  classified  on  the  balance 
sheet  as  Derivative  financial  instruments  within  Assets  when 
having  positive  replacement  values  and  Derivative  financial 
instruments within Liabilities when having negative replacement 
values.  However,  ETD  that  are  economically  settled  on  a  daily 
basis  and  OTC  derivatives  that  are  either  legally  settled  or  in 
substance  net  settled  on  a  daily  basis  are  classified  as  Cash 
collateral receivables on derivative instruments or Cash collateral 
payables on derivative instruments. Changes in the replacement 
values  of  derivatives  are  recorded  in  Other  net  income  from 
financial  instruments  measured  at  fair  value  through  profit  or 
loss,  except  for  interest  on  derivatives  designated  as  hedging 
instruments  in  effective  hedge  accounting  relationships  and 
forward  points  on  certain  short-  and  long-duration  foreign 
exchange contracts, which are recorded in Net interest income. 

  Refer to Note 1a items 3j and 3k for more information 
  Refer to Note 25 for more information about derivative 

financial assets and liabilities after consideration of netting 

potential allowed under enforceable netting arrangements 

The  Group  uses  various  derivative  instruments  for  both 
trading  and  hedging  purposes.  Derivative  product  types  as  well 
as valuation principles and techniques applied by the Group are 
described in Note 24. Positive replacement values represent the 
estimated  amount  the  Group  would  receive  if  the  derivative 
contract  were  sold  on  the  balance  sheet  date.  Negative 
replacement  values  indicate  the  estimated  amount  the  Group 
would pay to transfer its obligations in respect of the underlying 
contract  were  it  required  or  entitled  to  do  so  on  the  balance 
sheet date. 

Derivatives  embedded  in  other  financial  instruments  are  not 
included  in  the  “Derivative  instruments”  table  within  this  Note. 
Bifurcated  embedded  derivatives  are  presented  on  the  same 
balance  sheet  line  as  the  host  contract.  In  cases  where  UBS 
applies the fair value option to hybrid instruments, bifurcation of 
an embedded derivative component is not required and as such 
this  component 
in  the  “Derivative 
instruments” table. 

is  also  not 

included 

  Refer to Notes 19 and 24 for more information 

365 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 11  Derivative instruments (continued) 

Risks of derivative instruments 

Derivative instruments are transacted in many trading portfolios, 
which  generally  include  several  types  of  instruments,  not  just 
derivatives.  The  market  risk  of  derivatives  is  predominantly 
managed and controlled as an integral part of the market risk of 
these  portfolios.  The  Group’s  approach  to  market  risk  is 
described  in  the  audited  portions  of  “Market  risk”  in  the  “Risk 
management and control” section of this report. 

Derivative instruments are also transacted with many different 
counterparties, most of whom are also counterparties for other 
types  of  business.  The  credit  risk  of  derivatives  is  managed  and 
controlled  in  the  context  of  the  Group’s  overall  credit  exposure 
to  its  counterparties.  The  Group’s  approach  to  credit  risk  is 
described  in  the  audited  portions  of  “Credit  risk”  in  the  “Risk 
management  and  control”  section  of  this  report.  It  should  be 

noted that, although the derivative financial assets shown on the 
balance  sheet  can  be  an  important  component  of  the  Group’s 
credit  exposure,  the  positive  replacement  values  related  to  a 
respective  counterparty  are  rarely  an  adequate  reflection  of  the 
Group’s  credit  exposure  in  its  derivatives  business  with  that 
counterparty.  This  is  generally  the  case  because,  on  the  one 
hand,  replacement  values  can  increase  over  time  (potential 
future  exposure),  while  on  the  other  hand,  exposure  may  be 
mitigated  by  entering  into  master  netting  agreements  and 
bilateral  collateral  arrangements.  Both  the  exposure  measures 
used internally by the Group to control credit risk and the capital 
requirements  imposed  by  regulators  reflect  these  additional 
factors. 

  Refer to Note 25 for more information about derivative 

financial assets and liabilities after consideration of netting 

potential allowed under enforceable netting arrangements 

366 

 
 
 
 
 
Note 11  Derivative instruments (continued) 

Derivative instruments¹,² 

USD billion 
IInntteerreesstt rraattee ccoonnttrraaccttss 

Over-the-counter (OTC) contracts 

Forward contracts 

Swaps 

Options 

Exchange-traded contracts 

Futures 

Options 

Agency transactions5 

TToottaall 

CCrreeddiitt ddeerriivvaattiivvee ccoonnttrraaccttss 

Over-the-counter (OTC) contracts 

Credit default swaps 

Total return swaps 

Options and warrants 

TToottaall 

FFoorreeiiggnn eexxcchhaannggee ccoonnttrraaccttss 

Over-the-counter (OTC) contracts 

Forward contracts 

Interest and currency swaps 

Options 

Exchange-traded contracts 

Futures 

Options 

Agency transactions5 

TToottaall 

EEqquuiittyy // iinnddeexx ccoonnttrraaccttss 

Over-the-counter (OTC) contracts 

Forward contracts 

Swaps 

Options 

Exchange-traded contracts 

Futures 

Options 

Agency transactions5 

TToottaall 

Table continues on the next page. 

NNoottiioonnaall 
vvaalluueess 
rreellaatteedd ttoo 
ddeerriivvaattiivvee 
ffiinnaanncciiaall 
aasssseettss33 

3311..1122..1199 

DDeerriivvaattiivvee 
ffiinnaanncciiaall 
lliiaabbiilliittiieess 

NNoottiioonnaall 
vvaalluueess 
rreellaatteedd ttoo 
ddeerriivvaattiivvee 
ffiinnaanncciiaall 
lliiaabbiilliittiieess33 

DDeerriivvaattiivvee 
ffiinnaanncciiaall 
aasssseettss 

Notional 
values 
related to 
derivative 
financial 
assets3 

31.12.18 

Derivative 
financial 
liabilities 

Notional 
values 
related to 
derivative 
financial 
liabilities3 

OOtthheerr 
nnoottiioonnaall 
vvaalluueess33,, 44 

Derivative 
financial 
assets 

Other 
notional 
values3, 4 

 2,873.9 

 7,189.1 

 3.1

 441.8

 550.0 

 516.1 

 199.7 

 26.3

22..88 

445544..77 

446644..88 

8844..44 

00..00 

3344..33 

88..11 

00..00 

00..11 

4422..66 

11,,000066..66 

6655..00 

22..00 

33..33 

7700..22 

993355..33 

11,,557733..22 

666600..99 

44..00 

11..77 

00..33 

00..00 

22..00 

2222..44 

2222..88 

77..33 

00..00 

00..00 

00..33 

2266..22 

1100..00 

00..00 

00..11

3366..66 

22..22 

00..88 

00..00 

33..00 

2233..44 

2233..88 

66..88 

00..00 

00..00

55..11 

440022..99 

448866..11

6666..66 

33,,113366..88

88,,008866..00

554466..99

222299..55

 1.4

 459.8

 562.2

 27.7

 0.0

 29.5

 7.6

 0.0

 0.0

 0.1

 23.5

 9.0

 0.0

 0.1 

996600..77 

1111,,999999..22

 37.1

 1,051.1

 32.7

 1,021.3

 10,778.8 

6666..00

33..33

00..66

6699..99

996666..66

11,,441188..55

660044..99

33..88

 1.7

 0.2

 0.0

 1.9

 20.3

 24.8

 8.3

 0.0

 0.0

11..22

 68.8

 3.0

 2.7

 74.5

 2.1

 0.6

 0.0

 2.7

 73.2 

 3.7 

 1.4 

 78.3 

 708.7

 1,299.7

 613.8

 20.9

 24.6

 7.8

 731.2 

 1,203.5 

 577.4 

 3.6

 0.0

 0.1 

 5.3 

 0.4 

5522..55 

33,,117733..44 

5544..00 

22,,999933..88 

11..22

 53.5

 2,625.7

 53.4

 2,517.3

 0.4 

00..00 

44..00 

55..00 

77..22 

66..66 

2222..88 

00..00 

8811..33 

8888..66 

225500..44 

442200..33 

00..00 

55..55 

66..88 

77..88 

55..44

2255..55 

00..00

9966..33

114444..11

229944..11 

8844..99

3377..22

553344..55 

112222..11

 0.0

 4.7

 5.5

 10.1

 11.2

 31.4

 0.0

 78.5

 97.6

 232.8

 408.9

 0.0

 5.6

 7.2

 9.0

 13.3 

 35.0

 0.0 

 86.3 

 139.6 

 262.8

 71.7 

 34.1 

 488.8

 105.9 

367 

Financial statements  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 11  Derivative instruments (continued) 

Derivative instruments (continued)¹,² 

Table continued from the previous page. 

USD billion 
Commodity contracts
Commodity contracts 
Over-the-counter (OTC) contracts 

Forward contracts 
Swaps 
Options 

Exchange-traded contracts 

Futures 
Forward contracts 
Options 
Agency transactions5 

Derivative 
Derivative
financial 
financial
assets 
assets

0.1 
0.1
0.4
0.4 
1.0
1.0 

0.0
0.0 
0.1
0.1 
0.3
0.3 
1.8
1.8 

Notional
Notional 
values
values 
related to
related to 
derivative 
derivative
financial 
financial
assets3 
assets3

31.12.19 
31.12.19

Derivative 
Derivative
financial 
financial
liabilities 
liabilities

Notional
Notional 
values
values 
related to
related to 
derivative 
derivative
financial 
financial
liabilities3 
liabilities3

Notional 
values 
related to 
derivative 
financial 
assets3 

31.12.18 

Derivative 
financial 
liabilities 

Notional 
values 
related to 
derivative 
financial 
liabilities3 

Other 
notional 
values3, 4 

Other  Derivative 
Other
notional 
financial 
notional
values3, 4 
values3, 4
assets 

4.2 
4.2
13.8
13.8 
27.4
27.4 

5.9
5.9 
4.8
4.8 

0.2 
0.2
0.6
0.6 
0.4
0.4 

0.0
0.0 
0.1
0.1 
0.5
0.5
1.7
1.7 

5.7
5.7
15.1
15.1
23.6
23.6

4.9
4.9
10.7
10.7 

12.0
12.0

0.6
0.6

 3.2
 15.2
 18.6

 6.6
 2.9

 0.1
 0.7
 0.4

 0.0
 0.1
 0.4
 1.8

 0.1
 0.4
 0.3

 0.0
 0.0
 0.7 
 1.5

 3.4 
 9.9 
 16.1 

 5.4 
 3.7

 8.5 

 0.1 

6.9
6.9

0.1 
0.1

0.1 
0.1

0.1 
0.1

12.6
12.6

16.6 
16.6

15.4 
15.4

 46.4

60.0
60.0 

56.1
56.1 

Total
Total 
Unsettled purchases of non-derivative
Unsettled purchases of non-derivative 
financial instruments6
financial instruments6 
Unsettled sales of non-derivative
Unsettled sales of non-derivative 
financial instruments6
financial instruments6 
Total derivative instruments, based on
Total derivative instruments, based on 
IFRS netting7 
IFRS netting7
10,893.6 
1 Derivative financial liabilities as of 31 December 2019 include USD 17 million related to derivative loan commitments (31 December 2018: USD 17 million). No notional amounts related to these commitments are 
1
2 Includes certain forward starting repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements that are classified as measured at fair value 
included in this table, but they are disclosed in Note 34 under Loan commitments. 
2
through profit or loss and are recognized within derivative instruments. The fair value of these derivative instruments was not material as of 31 December 2019 or 31 December 2018. No notional amounts related 
to these instruments are included in this table, but they are disclosed in Note 34 under Forward starting transactions.  3 In cases where derivative financial instruments are presented on a net basis on the balance 
3
4  Other  notional  values  relate  to  derivatives  that  are  cleared  through  either  a  central 
sheet,  the  respective  notional  values  of  the  netted  derivative  financial  instruments  are  still  presented  on  a  gross  basis. 
4
counterparty  or  an  exchange.  The  fair  value  of  these  derivatives  is  presented  on  the  balance  sheet  net  of  the  corresponding  cash  margin  under  Cash  collateral  receivables  on  derivative  instruments  and  Cash 
5  Notional values of exchange-traded agency transactions and OTC-cleared transactions entered into on behalf of 
collateral payables on derivative instruments and was not material for all periods presented. 
5
6  Changes in the fair value of purchased and sold non-derivative financial instruments between trade date and settlement date are 
clients are not disclosed as they have a significantly different risk profile. 
6
7 Financial assets and liabilities are presented net on the balance sheet if UBS has the unconditional and legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts, 
recognized as derivative financial instruments. 
7
both in the normal course of business and in the event of default, bankruptcy or insolvency of the entity and all of the counterparties, and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the 
liability simultaneously. Refer to Note 25 for more information on netting arrangements. 

12,135.1
12,135.1

4,758.6 
4,758.6

4,635.4 
4,635.4

 4,238.6

 4,163.4

120.9 
120.9

121.8 
121.8

 126.2

 125.7

 13.2 

 38.5

 17.0

 15.1

 6.0 

 8.6 

 0.2

0.1 
0.1

 0.4

 0.1

 0.2

9.7
9.7

The notional amount of a derivative is generally the quantity 
of the underlying instrument on which the derivative contract is 
based and is the reference against which changes in the value of 
the  derivative  are  measured.  Notional  values  in  themselves  are 
generally not a direct indication of the values that are exchanged 
between parties, and are therefore not a direct measure of risk 
or financial exposure but are viewed as an indication of the scale 
of the different types of derivatives entered into by the Group. 

On a notional value basis, approximately 54% of OTC interest 
rate  contracts  held  as  of  31  December  2019  (31  December 
2018: 56%) mature within one year, 28% (31 December 2018: 
28%)  within  one  to  five  years  and  18%  (31  December  2018: 
16%)  after  five  years.  Notional  values  of  interest  rate  contracts 
cleared with a clearing house that qualify for IFRS balance sheet 
netting or are legally settled on a daily basis are presented under 
Other notional values and are categorized into maturity buckets 
on  the  basis  of  contractual  maturities  of  the  cleared  underlying 
derivative contracts. 

Derivatives transacted for sales and trading purposes 

Most  of  the  Group’s  derivative  transactions  relate  to  sales  and 
trading  activities.  Sales  activities  include  the  structuring  and 
marketing of derivative products to customers to enable them to 
take,  transfer,  modify  or  reduce  current  or  expected  risks. 
Trading  activities  include  market-making  to  directly  support  the 
facilitation  and  execution  of  client  activity.  Market-making 
involves  quoting  bid  and  offer  prices  to  other  market 
participants with the intention of generating revenues based on 
spread and volume. 

Credit derivatives 
UBS  is  an  active  dealer  in  the  fixed  income  market,  including 
credit default swaps (CDS) and related products, with respect to 
a  large  number  of  issuers’  securities.  The  primary  objectives  of 
these  activities  are  ongoing  hedging  of  trading  book  exposures 
and market-making, primarily on behalf of clients. 

368 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 11  Derivative instruments (continued) 

Market-making  activity,  which  is  undertaken  within  the 
Investment  Bank,  consists  of  buying  and  selling  single-name 
CDS,  index  CDS,  loan  CDS  and  related  referenced  cash 
instruments  to  facilitate  client  trading  activity.  UBS  also  actively 
utilizes  CDS  to  economically  hedge  specific  counterparty  credit 
risks  in  its  accrual  and  traded  loan  portfolios  (including  off-
balance  sheet  loan  commitments)  with  the  aim  of  reducing 
concentrations in individual names, sectors or specific portfolios. 
In  addition,  UBS  actively  utilizes  CDS  to  economically  hedge 
specific counterparty credit risks in its OTC derivative portfolios, 
including  financial  instruments  that  are  designated  at  fair  value 
through profit or loss. 

The  tables  below  provide  more  information  about  credit 
protection bought and sold, including replacement and notional 
value information by instrument type and counterparty type. The 
value  of  protection  bought  and  sold  is  not,  in  isolation,  a 
measure  of  UBS’s  credit  risk.  Counterparty  relationships  are 
viewed  in  terms  of  the  total  outstanding  credit  risk,  which 
relates  to  other  instruments  in  addition  to  CDS,  and  in 
connection with collateral arrangements in place. On a notional 
value basis, approximately 27% of credit protection bought and 
sold  as  of  31  December  2019  matures  within  one  year  (31 
December  2018:  14%),  approximately  63%  within  one  to  five 
years  (31 December  2018:  74%)  and  approximately  10%  after 
five years (31 December 2018: 12%). 

Credit derivatives by type of instrument 

USD billion 
Single-name credit default swaps 

Multi-name index-linked credit default swaps 

Multi-name other credit default swaps 

Total rate of return swaps 

Options and warrants 

TToottaall 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 22001199 

of which: credit derivatives related to economic hedges 

of which: credit derivatives related to market-making 

USD billion 
Single-name credit default swaps

Multi-name index-linked credit default swaps

Multi-name other credit default swaps

Total rate of return swaps

Options and warrants

TToottaall 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 22001188

of which: credit derivatives related to economic hedges

of which: credit derivatives related to market-making

DDeerriivvaattiivvee 
ffiinnaanncciiaall 
aasssseettss 
00..33 

PPrrootteeccttiioonn bboouugghhtt 
DDeerriivvaattiivvee 
ffiinnaanncciiaall 
lliiaabbiilliittiieess 
00..77 

NNoottiioonnaall vvaalluueess 
3377..55 

DDeerriivvaattiivvee 
ffiinnaanncciiaall 
aasssseettss 
00..88 

PPrrootteeccttiioonn ssoolldd 

DDeerriivvaattiivvee 
ffiinnaanncciiaall 
lliiaabbiilliittiieess 
00..77 

NNoottiioonnaall vvaalluueess 
3388..66 

00..11 

00..00 

00..22 

00..00 

00..77 

00..66 

00..11 

00..88 

00..00 

00..66 

00..00 

22..11 

11..77 

00..44 

2299..33 

00..44 

33..77 

33..88 

7744..66 

5566..11 

1188..66 

00..55 

00..00 

00..11 

00..00 

11..33 

00..99 

00..55 

00..11 

00..00 

00..22 

00..00 

00..99 

00..88 

00..11 

2244..99 

00..33 

11..66 

00..11 

6655..44 

4455..77 

1199..77 

Derivative 
financial 
assets 
 0.6

Protection bought 
Derivative 
financial 
liabilities 
 0.6

Notional values 
 43.3

Derivative 
financial 
assets 
 0.5

Protection sold 

Derivative 
financial 
liabilities 
 1.0

Notional values 
 44.9 

 0.3

 0.0

 0.2

 0.0

 1.1

 0.9

 0.2

 0.3

 0.0

 0.7

 0.0

 1.6

 1.3

 0.4

 29.1

 0.1

 4.7

 4.1

 81.3

 59.2

 22.1

 0.3

 0.0

 0.0

 0.0

 0.8

 0.5

 0.3

 0.2

 0.0

 0.0

 0.0

 1.2

 1.1

 0.2

 24.4 

 0.1 

 2.0 

 0.1 

 71.4 

 48.9 

 22.6 

369 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 11  Derivative instruments (continued) 

Credit derivatives by counterparty 

USD billion 
Broker-dealers 

Banks 

Central clearing counterparties 

Other 

Total 31 December 2019
Total 31 December 2019 

USD billion 
Broker-dealers

Banks

Central clearing counterparties

Other

Total 31 December 2018
Total 31 December 2018

Derivative 
Derivative
financial 
financial
assets 
assets
0.1 
0.1

Protection bought 
Protection bought
Derivative 
Derivative
financial 
financial
liabilities 
liabilities
0.2 
0.2

0.2
0.2 

0.1
0.1 

0.3
0.3 

0.7
0.7 

0.4
0.4 

0.9
0.9 

0.7
0.7 

2.1
2.1 

Derivative 
financial 
assets 
 0.2

Protection bought 
Derivative 
financial 
liabilities 
 0.1

 0.4

 0.2

 0.3

 1.1

 0.4

 0.4

 0.7

 1.6

Notional values 
Notional values
10.5 
10.5

23.6
23.6 

34.7
34.7 

5.8
5.8 

74.6
74.6 

Notional values 
 13.0

 29.2

 31.9

 7.2

 81.3

Derivative 
Derivative
financial 
financial
assets 
assets
0.2 
0.2

Protection sold 
Protection sold
Derivative 
Derivative
financial 
financial
liabilities 
liabilities
0.1 
0.1

0.4
0.4 

0.7
0.7 

0.1
0.1 

1.3
1.3 

0.3
0.3 

0.2
0.2 

0.3
0.3 

0.9
0.9 

Derivative 
financial 
assets 
 0.1

Protection sold 

Derivative 
financial 
liabilities 
 0.2

 0.3

 0.4

 0.0

 0.8

 0.5 

 0.3 

 0.3 

 1.2 

Notional values 
Notional values
99..44 

2211..55 

3311..66 

22..99 

6655..44 

Notional values 
 11.5 

 25.6 

 30.8 

 3.5 

 71.4 

UBS’s  CDS  trades  are  documented  using  industry  standard 
forms  of  documentation  or  equivalent  terms  documented  in  a 
bespoke agreement. The agreements that govern CDS generally 
do  not  contain  recourse  provisions  that  would  enable  UBS  to 
recover from third parties any amounts paid out by UBS. 

The types of credit events that would require UBS to perform 
under  a  CDS  contract  are  subject  to  agreement  between  the 
parties  at  the  time  of  the  transaction.  However,  nearly  all 
transactions  are  traded  with  reference  to  credit  events  that  are 
applicable  under  certain  market  conventions  based  on  the  type 
of  reference  entity  to  which  the  transaction  relates.  Applicable 
credit  events  according 
include 
bankruptcy, failure to pay, restructuring, obligation acceleration 
and repudiation / moratorium. 

to  market  conventions 

Contingent collateral features of derivative liabilities 

Certain  derivative  instruments  contain  contingent  collateral  or 
termination  features  triggered  upon  a  downgrade  of  the 
published  credit  ratings  of  the  Group  in  the  normal  course  of 
business. Based on UBS’s credit ratings as of 31 December 2019, 
USD 0.0 billion, USD 0.3 billion and USD 0.8 billion would have 
been  required  for  contractual  obligations  related  to  OTC 
derivatives  in  the  event  of  a  one-notch,  two-notch  and  three-
notch  reduction  in  long-term  credit  ratings,  respectively.  In 
evaluating UBS’s liquidity requirements, UBS considers additional 
collateral or termination payments that would be required in the 
event  of  a  reduction  in  UBS’s  long-term  credit  ratings,  and  a 
corresponding reduction in UBS’s short-term ratings. 

370 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 12  Financial assets and liabilities at fair value held for trading 

USD million 
FFiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee hheelldd ffoorr ttrraaddiinngg11 

Equity instruments 

Government bills / bonds 

Investment fund units 

Corporate and municipal bonds 

Loans 

Asset-backed securities 

TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee hheelldd ffoorr ttrraaddiinngg 

FFiinnaanncciiaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee hheelldd ffoorr ttrraaddiinngg11 

Equity instruments 

Corporate and municipal bonds 

Government bills / bonds 

Investment fund units 

Other 

TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee hheelldd ffoorr ttrraaddiinngg 

11 Refer to Note 24c for more information on product type and fair value hierarchy categorization. 

Note 13  Financial assets at fair value not held for trading 

USD million 
FFiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee nnoott hheelldd ffoorr ttrraaddiinngg11 

Financial assets for unit-linked investment contracts 

Corporate and municipal bonds 

Government bills / bonds 

Loans 

Securities financing transactions 

Auction rate securities 

Investment fund units 

Equity instruments 

Other 
TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee nnoott hheelldd ffoorr ttrraaddiinngg 
11 Refer to Note 24c for more information on product type and fair value hierarchy categorization. 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

9966,,778877

1111,,446644

88,,886677

77,,991144

11,,997711

551122

 72,768 

 11,161 

 9,716 

 6,768 

 3,566 

 392 

112277,,551144

 104,370 

2222,,773344

33,,666611

33,,446666

669988

3322

 21,886 

 3,530 

 2,839 

 689 

 0 

3300,,559911

 28,943 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

2277,,668866

1199,,338855

1155,,779900

1111,,443388

66,,229944

11,,553366

774400

555599

551155
8833,,994444

 21,446 

 17,236 

 22,493 

 8,132 

 9,937 

 1,664 

 710 

 702 

 369 
 82,690 

371 

Financial statements  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 14  Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 

USD million 
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income1
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income1 
Debt instruments 
Debt instruments

Government and government agencies 

of which: USA 

Banks 

Corporates and other 
Total financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 
Total financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Unrealized gains – before tax 

Unrealized (losses) – before tax 

Net unrealized gains / (losses) – before tax
Net unrealized gains / (losses) – before tax 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

6,162
6,162

5,814
5,814

178
178

4
4
6,345
6,345

41
41

(25)
(25)

16
16

 6,463 

 6,101 

 149 

 54 
 6,667 

 4 

 (146) 

 (143) 

 (104) 

15
Net unrealized gains / (losses) – after tax
15
Net unrealized gains / (losses) – after tax 
1 Refer to Note 24c for more information on product type and fair value hierarchy categorization. Refer also to Note 10 and Note 23 for more information on expected credit loss measurement. 
1

Note 15  Property, equipment and software 

At historical cost less accumulated depreciation 

USD million 
Historical cost 
Historical cost
Balance at the end of the previous year
Adjustment from adoption of IFRS 16
Balance at the beginning of the year
Additions
Disposals / write-offs1
Reclassifications
Foreign currency translation
Balance at the end of the year
Accumulated depreciation
Accumulated depreciation 
Balance at the end of the previous year
Adjustment from adoption of IFRS 16
Balance at the beginning of the year
Depreciation
Impairment2
Disposals / write-offs1
Reclassifications
Foreign currency translation
Balance at the end of the year

Owned 
properties 

Leased 
properties5 

Leasehold  IT hardware and 
communication 
improve-
equipment 
ments 

Internally 
generated  Purchased 
software 

software 

Other 
machines 
and 
equipment 

 7,679
 (20)
 7,659
 15
 (15)
 (130)
 122
 7,650

 4,500
 (1)
 4,499
 161
 1
 (15)
 (256)
 75
 4,466

 3,407
 3,407
 345
 (22)
 0
 14
 3,745

 29
 29
 487
 2
 (2)
 0
 4
 519

 3,122

 3,122
 21
 (314)
 164
 10
 3,004

 1,873

 1,873
 194
 1
 (312)
 2
 9
 1,768

 1,568
 (32)
 1,535
 178
 (170)
 0
 16
 1,559

 1,077
 (28)
 1,049
 165
 0
 (169)
 0
 9
 1,053

 5,173

 469

 5,173
 73
 (28)
 943
 15
 6,176

 469
 30
 (20)
 2
 4
 485

 2,291

 316

 2,291
 603
 30
 (28)
 0
 9
 2,906

 316
 56
 3
 (20)
 0
 3
 358

 799
 0 
 799
 23
 (68)
 41
 4
 799

 561 
 0 
 561
 62
 0
 (68)
 0
 3
 559

Projects in 
progress 

2019 
2019

2018 

 1,157 

 1,157 
 1,246 
 0 
 (1,418) 
 28 
 1,014 

19,966
19,966
3,354
3,354 
23,321
23,321
1,931
1,931
(636)
(636)
(398)4
(398)4
213
213
24,431
24,431

 19,522 

 19,522 
 1,702 
 (849) 
 (195) 
 (213) 
 19,966 

10,619
10,619

 10,465 

 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 0 

10,619
10,619
1,728
1,728
37
37
(614)
(614)
(254)4
(254)4
112
112
11,628
11,628

 10,465 
 1,153 
 75 
 (840) 
 (124) 
 (111) 
 10,619 

 3,179

Net book value
Net book value 
Net book value at the end of the previous 
year
Net book value at the beginning of the 
 2,882
year
 9,057 
3,270
Net book value at the end of the year
 9,348 
3,270 
Net book value at the end of the year 
2 Impairment charges recorded in 2019 generally relate to assets that are no longer used for which the recoverable amount based on a fair value approach was 
1 Includes write-offs of fully depreciated assets. 
2
1
4 Reflects 
determined to be zero. 
4
5 Represents right-of-use assets recognized by UBS as lessee. Includes immaterial leased IT equipment. The total cash outflow for leases during the year was USD 641 
reclassifications to Properties held for sale. 
5
million. Interest expense on lease liabilities is included within Interest expense from financial instruments measured at amortized cost and Lease liabilities are included within Other financial liabilities measured at 
amortized cost. Refer to Notes 3 and 22a, respectively. Also refer to Note 1 for more information about the nature of UBS’s leasing activities. 

3 Consists of USD 787 million related to Internally generated software, USD 126 million related to Owned properties and USD 100 million related to Leasehold improvements. 
3

 1,157 
1,0143 
1,0143

12,702
12,702
12,804
12,804

 1,249
1,236
1,236 

 3,378
3,226
3,226 

 3,160
3,184
3,184 

 486
506
506 

 153
126
126 

 238
241
241 

 1,157 

 9,057 

 1,249

 2,882

9,348
9,348

 491

 153

 238

 0

372 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
       
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
 
 
 
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Note 16  Goodwill and intangible assets 

Introduction 

Methodology for goodwill impairment testing 

UBS  performs  an  impairment  test  on  its  goodwill  assets  on  an 
annual basis or when indicators of impairment exist. 

UBS  considers  Asset  Management  and  the  Investment  Bank, 
as  they  are  reported  in  Note  2a,  as  separate  cash-generating 
units,  as  that  is  the  level  at  which  the  performance  of 
investments (and the related goodwill) is reviewed and assessed 
by  management.  The  goodwill  for  Global  Wealth  Management 
is separately monitored, and therefore separately considered for 
impairment,  at  the  level  of  the  two  former  business  divisions 
Wealth Management and Wealth Management Americas. These 
business divisions were integrated in 2018 and are referred to in 
this  Note  as  Global  Wealth  Management  Americas  and  Global 
Wealth Management ex Americas. 

The  impairment  test  is  performed  for  each  cash-generating 
unit to which goodwill is allocated by comparing the recoverable 
amount, based on its value-in-use, with the carrying amount of 
the  respective  cash-generating  unit.  An  impairment  charge  is 
recognized  if  the  carrying  amount  exceeds  the  recoverable 
amount. 

As  of  31  December  2019,  total  goodwill  recognized  on  the 
balance sheet was USD 6.3 billion, of which USD 3.7 billion was 
carried  by  the  Global  Wealth  Management  Americas  cash-
generating  unit,  USD 1.2  billion  was  carried  by  the  Global 
Wealth  Management  ex  Americas  cash-generating  unit  and 
USD 1.4 billion was carried by Asset Management. Based on the 
impairment 
testing  methodology  described  below,  UBS 
concluded  that  the  goodwill  balances  as  of  31  December  2019 
allocated to these cash-generating units are not impaired. 

Impairment of the Investment Bank goodwill 

UBS is continuing to realign its Investment Bank and execute on 
a number of strategic initiatives to drive profitable growth. As a 
consequence, IAS 36, Impairment of Assets, requires UBS to give 
consideration  to  the  range  of  possible  forecast  cash  flows  and 
uncertainties in macroeconomic factors that currently exist when 
determining  the  recoverability  of  goodwill  in  the  Investment 
Bank.  Following  this,  UBS  estimated  a  recoverable  amount  for 
the  Investment  Bank  cash-generating  unit  of  USD 11.7  billion. 
As  this  was  lower  than  the  carrying  amount  of  the  Investment 
Bank cash-generating unit of USD 12.1 billion (actual attributed 
equity as of 31 December 2019), UBS wrote down the goodwill 
previously recognized by the Investment Bank (USD 110 million) 
and  recognized  that  charge  in  the  income  statement  within 
Amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets. 

UBS also reviewed intangible assets, property, equipment and 
software  assets,  allocated  to  the  Investment  Bank.  Overall,  UBS 
confirmed  that  no  further  impairment  charges  were  required, 
with the fair value of such assets (generally determined using a 
cost replacement approach) being equal to or higher than their 
respective carrying amounts. 

The  recoverable  amounts  are  determined  using  a  discounted 
cash  flow  model,  which  has  been  adapted  to  use  inputs  that 
consider  features  of  the  banking  business  and  its  regulatory 
environment. The recoverable amount of a cash-generating unit 
is  the  sum  of  the  discounted  earnings  attributable  to 
shareholders from the first three forecast years and the terminal 
value,  adjusted  for  the  effect  of  the  capital  assumed  to  be 
needed over the next three years and to support growth beyond 
this period. The terminal value, which covers all periods beyond 
the third year, is calculated on the basis of the forecast of third-
year profit, the discount rate and the long-term growth rate, as 
well as the implied perpetual capital growth. 

The  carrying  amount  for  each  cash-generating  unit 
is 
determined  by  reference  to  the  Group’s  equity  attribution 
framework.  Within  this  framework,  which  is  described  in  the 
“Capital  management”  section  of  this  report,  UBS  attributes 
equity  to  the  businesses  on  the  basis  of  their  risk-weighted 
assets  and  leverage  ratio  denominator,  their  goodwill  and 
intangible assets as well as equity directly associated with activity 
that  Corporate  Center  –  Group  Treasury  manages  centrally  on 
behalf of the business divisions. The framework is primarily used 
for  purposes  of  measuring  the  performance  of  the  businesses 
and  includes  certain  management  assumptions.  Attributed 
equity equals the capital that a cash-generating unit requires to 
conduct  its  business  and  is  currently  considered  a  reasonable 
approximation  of  the  carrying  amount  of  the  cash-generating 
units.  The  attributed  equity  methodology  is  aligned  with  the 
business  planning  process,  the  inputs  from  which  are  used  in 
calculating  the  recoverable  amounts  of  the  respective  cash-
generating unit. 

  Refer to the “Capital management” section of this report for 
more information about the equity attribution framework 

Assumptions 

linked  to  external  market 

Valuation  parameters  used  within  the  Group’s  impairment  test 
model  are 
information,  where 
applicable.  The  model  used  to  determine  the  recoverable 
amount  is  most  sensitive  to  changes  in  the  forecast  earnings 
available to shareholders in years one to three, to changes in the 
discount rates and to changes in the long-term growth rate. The 
applied  long-term  growth  rate  is  based  on  long-term  economic 
growth rates for different regions worldwide. Earnings available 
to  shareholders  are  estimated  on  the  basis  of  forecast  results, 
which  are  part  of  the  business  plan  approved  by  the  Board  of 
Directors. 

The discount rates are determined by applying a capital asset 
pricing  model-based  approach,  as  well  as  considering 
quantitative  and  qualitative  inputs  from  both  internal  and 
external analysts and the view of management. 

373 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 16  Goodwill and intangible assets (continued) 

In addition, they take into account regional differences in risk-
free  rates,  at  the  level  of  individual  cash-generating  units. 
Consistently,  long-term  growth  rates  are  determined  based  on 
nominal  or  real  GDP  growth  rate  forecasts,  depending  on  the 
region. 

Key assumptions used to determine the recoverable amounts 
of  each  cash-generating  unit  are  tested  for  sensitivity  by 
applying  a  reasonably  possible  change  to  those  assumptions. 
Forecast  earnings  available  to  shareholders  were  changed  by 
20%,  the  discount  rates  were  changed  by  1.5  percentage 
points  and  the  long-term  growth  rates  were  changed  by  0.75 
percentage  points.  Under  all  scenarios,  reasonably  possible 
changes in key assumptions did not result in an impairment of 

goodwill  or  intangible  balances  reported  by  Global  Wealth 
Management  Americas,  Global  Wealth  Management  ex 
Americas and Asset Management. 

If  the  estimated  earnings  and  other  assumptions  in  future 
periods deviate from the current outlook, the value of goodwill 
attributable  to  Global  Wealth  Management  Americas,  Global 
Wealth  Management  ex  Americas  and  Asset  Management  may 
become  impaired  in  the  future,  giving  rise  to  losses  in  the 
income  statement.  Recognition  of  any  impairment  of  goodwill 
would reduce IFRS equity and net profit. It would not affect cash 
flows  and,  as  goodwill  is  required  to  be  deducted  from  capital 
under  the  Basel  III  capital  framework,  no  effect  would  be 
expected on the Group’s capital ratios. 

Discount and growth rates 

In % 
Global Wealth Management Americas 
Global Wealth Management ex Americas 
Asset Management 
Investment Bank 

Discount rates 

Growth rates 

31.12.19
31.12.19 
9.5
9.5
8.5
8.5
9.0
9.0
11.0
11.0

31.12.18 
 9.5 
 8.5 
 9.0 
 11.0 

31.12.19
31.12.19 
4.2
4.2
3.4
3.4
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0

31.12.18 
 3.2 
 3.0 
 2.7 
 3.5 

Goodwill 

Intangible assets 

Customer 
relationships, 
contractual 
rights and other 

 760

Infrastructure1 

Total 

Total 

2019
2019 

2018 

 6,392
 0
 (1)
 0
 (9)
 6,382

USD million 
Historical cost
Historical cost 
Balance at the beginning of the year
Additions
Disposals
Write-offs
Foreign currency translation
Balance at the end of the year
Accumulated amortization and impairment
Accumulated amortization and impairment 
 1,325 
Balance at the beginning of the year
Amortization
 62 
Impairment2
 4 
Disposals
 (1) 
Write-offs
 (7) 
Foreign currency translation
 (12) 
 1,371 
Balance at the end of the year
Net book value at the end of the year
 6,647 
Net book value at the end of the year
2 Impairment charges recorded in 2019 and 2018 relate to assets for which the 
1 Consists of the branch network intangible asset recognized in connection with the acquisition of PaineWebber Group, Inc. 
1
2
recoverable amount was determined considering their value-in-use (recoverable amount of the impaired intangible assets in 2018 was USD 18 million, recoverable amount for the Investment Bank cash-generating 
unit in 2019 was USD 11.7 billion). 

 1,371 
 65 
 0 
 (8) 
 (75) 
 (2) 
 1,351 
 197 

1,371
1,371
65
65
110
110
(8)
(8)
(75)
(75)
(2)
(2)
1,461
1,461
6,469
6,469

 7,888 
 270 
 (45) 
 (7) 
 (88) 
 8,018 

 1,625 
 11 
 (10) 
 (75) 
 (3) 
 1,548 

 679
 27
 0
 (8)
 (75)
 (2)
 621
 167

8,018
8,018
11
11
(11)
(11)
(75)
(75)
(12)
(12)
7,930
7,930

 865
 11
 (10)
 (75)
 (3)
 788

 110
 6,272

 730
 30

 691
 38

 760

 110

374 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Note 16  Goodwill and intangible assets (continued) 

The table below presents goodwill and intangible assets by cash-generating unit for the year ended 31 December 2019. 

USD million 
GGooooddwwiillll 
Balance at the beginning of the year
Additions
Disposals
Impairment
Foreign currency translation
BBaallaannccee aatt tthhee eenndd ooff tthhee yyeeaarr 
IInnttaannggiibbllee aasssseettss 
Balance at the beginning of the year
Additions / transfers
Disposals
Amortization
Impairment
Foreign currency translation
BBaallaannccee aatt tthhee eenndd ooff tthhee yyeeaarr 

Global Wealth 
Management 
Americas 

Global Wealth 
Management 
ex Americas 

Asset 
Management 

Investment 
Bank 

Corporate Center 

Total 

 3,721

 1,206

 1,354

 112

 (1)

 (6)
11,,119988 

 104

 (2)
 (12)
 0
 1
9922 

 (2)
33,,771199 

 138
 1

 (45)

 (1)
9922 

 1
11,,335544 

 0

 0
00 

 (110)
 (2)
00 

 11
 0
 0
 (5)
 0
 0
55 

 0

 0
00 

 1
 10

 (4)

 0
77 

 6,392 
 0 
 (1) 
 (110) 
 (9) 
66,,227722 

 254 
 11 
 (2) 
 (65) 
 0 
 (1) 
119977 

The table below presents estimated aggregated amortization expenses for intangible assets. 

USD million 

EEssttiimmaatteedd,, aaggggrreeggaatteedd aammoorrttiizzaattiioonn eexxppeennsseess ffoorr:: 

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

Thereafter

Not amortized due to indefinite useful life

TToottaall

Intangible assets 

 53 

 22 

 18 

 17 

 13 

 70 

 2 

 197 

375 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 17  Other assets 

a) Other financial assets measured at amortized cost 

USD million 

Debt securities 

of which: government bills / bonds 

Loans to financial advisors1 

Fee- and commission-related receivables 

Finance lease receivables2 

Settlement and clearing accounts 

Accrued interest income 

Other 

Total other financial assets measured at amortized cost
Total other financial assets measured at amortized cost 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

14,141
14,141

8,492
8,492

2,877
2,877

1,521
1,521

1,444
1,444

587
587

742
742 

1,669
1,669

22,980
22,980

31.12.18 

 13,562 

 8,778 

 3,291 

 1,643 

 1,091 

 1,050 

 694 

 1,233 

 22,563 

1 Related to financial advisors in the US and Canada.  2 Upon adoption of IFRS 16 on 1 January 2019, Finance lease receivables increased by USD 176 million. Refer to Note 1 for more information. 
1

2

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

4,597
4,597

1,293
1,293

927
927 

493
493 

199
199 

346
346 

 4,298 

 1,312 

 990 

 334 

 82 

 395 

7,856
7,856

 7,410 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

6,570
6,570

448,284
448,284

176,010
176,010

168,581
168,581

62,315
62,315

41,378
41,378

454,854
454,854

31.12.18 

 10,962 

 419,838 

 181,869 

 165,790 

 53,624 

 18,556 

 430,801 

b) Other non-financial assets 

USD million 

Precious metals and other physical commodities 

Bail deposit1 

Prepaid expenses 

VAT and other tax receivables 

Properties and other non-current assets held for sale 

Other 

Total other non-financial assets
Total other non-financial assets 

1 Refer to item 1 in Note 21b for more information. 
1

Note 18  Amounts due to banks and customer deposits 

USD million 

Amounts due to banks 

Customer deposits 

of which: demand deposits 

of which: retail savings / deposits 

of which: time deposits 

of which: fiduciary deposits 

Total amounts due to banks and customer deposits 
Total amounts due to banks and customer deposits

376 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Note 19  Debt issued designated at fair value 

USD million 
IIssssuueedd ddeebbtt iinnssttrruummeennttss 
Equity-linked1 

Rates-linked 

Credit-linked 

Fixed-rate 

Commodity-linked 

Other 

of which: debt that contributes to total loss-absorbing capacity 

TToottaall ddeebbtt iissssuueedd ddeessiiggnnaatteedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee 

of which: issued by UBS AG with original maturity greater than one year 2 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

4411,,772222

1166,,331188

11,,991166

44,,663366

11,,556677

664499

221177
6666,,880099

5511,,003311

 34,392 

 12,073 

 3,282 

 5,099 

 1,785 

 401 

 0 
 57,031 

 40,289 

of which: life-to-date own credit (gain) / loss 
11 Includes investment fund unit-linked instruments issued. 
balance as of 31 December 2019 was unsecured (31 December 2018: more than 99% of the balance was unsecured). 

 (270) 
22 Issued by the legal entity UBS AG. Based on original contractual maturity without considering any early redemption features. More than 99% of the 

9922

As  of  31  December  2019  and  31  December  2018,  the 
contractual  redemption  amount  at  maturity  of  debt  issued 
designated at fair value through profit or loss was not materially 
different from the carrying amount. 

The  table  below  shows  the  residual  contractual  maturity  of 
the carrying amount of debt issued designated at fair value, split 
between  fixed-rate  and  floating-rate  instruments  based  on  the 
contractual  terms,  and  does  not  consider  any  early  redemption 
features. Interest rate ranges for future interest payments related 

to debt issued designated at fair value have not been included in 
the table below as a majority of the debt instruments issued are 
structured products, and therefore the future interest payments 
are  highly  dependent  upon  the  embedded  derivative  and 
prevailing  market  conditions  at  the  point  in  time  that  each 
interest payment is made. 

  Refer to Note 27 for maturity information on an undiscounted 

cash flow basis 

Contractual maturity of carrying amount 

USD million 
UUBBSS GGrroouupp AAGG11 

Non-subordinated debt 

Fixed-rate

UUBBSS AAGG22 

Non-subordinated debt 

Fixed-rate

Floating-rate

Subtotal

OOtthheerr ssuubbssiiddiiaarriieess33 

Non-subordinated debt 

Fixed-rate

Floating-rate

Subtotal

TToottaall

2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025–2029 

Thereafter 

TToottaall 
3311..1122..1199 

Total 
31.12.18 

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

 217 

221177

 0 

 3,648

 21,547

 25,195

 1,778

 10,748

 12,526

 755

 3,435

 4,190

 288

 2,608

 2,897

 334

 3,290

 3,624

 48

 102

 150

 92

 43

 134

 6

 197

 203

 0

 27

 27

 0

 0

 0

 386

 8,109

 8,495

 345

 0

 345

 3,178 

 5,562 

 8,740 

1100,,336688

5555,,229999

6655,,666688

 11,807 

 43,562 

 55,370 

 29 

 35 

 64 

552200

440044

992244

 1,230 

 431 

 1,662 

 25,345

 12,661

 4,394

 2,924

 3,624

 8,840

 9,021 

6666,,880099

 57,031 

11 Comprises instruments issued by the legal entity UBS Group AG.   22 Comprises instruments issued by the legal entity UBS AG.  33 Comprises instruments issued by subsidiaries of UBS AG.   

377 

Financial statements  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
     
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 20  Debt issued measured at amortized cost 

USD million 

Certificates of deposit 

Commercial paper 

Other short-term debt 
Short-term debt1 
Short-term debt1

Senior unsecured debt that contributes to total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC) 

Senior unsecured debt other than TLAC 

of which: issued by UBS AG with original maturity greater than one year2 

Covered bonds 

Subordinated debt 

of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital instruments 

of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital instruments 

of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital instruments 

of which: non-Basel III-compliant tier 2 capital instruments 

Debt issued through the Swiss central mortgage institutions 

Other long-term debt 

of which: issued by UBS AG with original maturity greater than one year2 

Long-term debt3 
Long-term debt3

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

5,190
5,190

14,413
14,413

2,235
2,235

21,837
21,837

30,105
30,105

25,569
25,569

22,349
22,349

2,633
2,633

21,775
21,775

11,931
11,931

2,414
2,414

6,892
6,892

540
540

8,574
8,574

4
4

0
0

 7,980 

 27,514 

 3,531 

 39,025 

 29,988 

 33,018 

 32,133 

 3,947 

 17,665 

 7,785 

 2,369 

 6,808 

 703 

 8,569 

 58 

 52 

88,660
88,660

 93,246 

Total debt issued measured at amortized cost4 
Total debt issued measured at amortized cost4
1 Debt with an original contractual maturity of less than one year.  2 Issued by the legal entity UBS AG. Based on original contractual maturity without considering any early redemption features. As of 31 December 
1
3 Debt with an original maturity greater than or equal to one year. The classification of debt issued into 
2019, 100% of the balance was unsecured (31 December 2018: 100% of the balance was unsecured). 
3
short-term and long-term does not consider any early redemption features.  4 Net of bifurcated embedded derivatives, the fair value of which was not material for the periods presented. 

 132,271 

110,497
110,497

4

2

The Group uses interest rate and foreign exchange derivatives to 
to-date  adjustment  to  the  carrying  amount  of  debt  issued  was 
manage  the  risks  inherent  in  certain  debt  instruments  held  at  an increase of USD 1,099 million as of 31 December 2019 and a 
amortized  cost.  In  certain  cases,  the  Group  applies  hedge  decrease of USD 298 million as of 31 December 2018, reflecting 
accounting for interest rate risk as discussed in Note 1a item 3j 
and Note 28. As a result of applying hedge accounting, the life-

changes in fair value due to interest rate movements. 

378 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
Note 20  Debt issued measured at amortized cost (continued) 

Subordinated  debt  consists  of  unsecured  debt  obligations 
that  are  contractually  subordinated  in  right  of  payment  to  all 
other  present  and  future  non-subordinated  obligations  of  the 
respective 
the  subordinated  debt 
instruments  outstanding  as  of  31  December  2019  pay  a  fixed 
rate of interest. 

issuing  entity.  All  of 

The  table  below  shows  the  residual  contractual  maturity  of 
the carrying amount of debt issued, split between fixed-rate and 
floating-rate  based  on  the  contractual  terms,  and  does  not 
consider any early redemption features. The effects from interest 
rate  swaps,  which  are  used  to  hedge  various  fixed-rate  debt 
issuances  by  changing  the  repricing  characteristics  into  those 
similar to floating-rate debt, are also not considered in the table 
below. 

  Refer to Note 27 for maturity information on an undiscounted 

cash flow basis 

Contractual maturity of carrying amount 

USD million 
UUBBSS GGrroouupp AAGG11 

Non-subordinated debt 

Fixed-rate

Floating-rate

Subordinated debt 

Fixed-rate

Subtotal

UUBBSS AAGG22 

Non-subordinated debt 

Fixed-rate

Floating-rate

Subordinated debt 

Fixed-rate

Subtotal

OOtthheerr ssuubbssiiddiiaarriieess33 

Non-subordinated debt 

Fixed-rate

Floating-rate

Subordinated debt 

Fixed-rate

Subtotal

TToottaall

2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025–2029 

Thereafter 

TToottaall 
3311..1122..1199 

Total 
31.12.18 

 1,442

 299

 1,943

 1,001

 3,720

 2,462

 4,008

 2,249

 0

 0

 0

 0

 3,890

 10,832

 0

 0

 0

 0

 1,741

 2,944

 6,182

 6,257

 3,890

 10,832

 24,334

 10,819

 3,978

 1,932

 0

 0

 35,153

 5,910

 2,618

 0

 2,007

 4,626

 1,621

 368

 0

 1,989

 0

 0

 0

 0

 2,597

 2,597

 2,827

 2,827

 1,471 

 0 

 14,344 

 15,815 

 1,145 

 0 

 0 

 1,145 

2277,,33006644

66,,00112244

1144,,33444444

4477,,666622

3333,,669966

1133,,111199

77,,443311

5544,,224477

 758

 1,029

 851

 951

 1,013

 3,327

 660 

88,,558888

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

 758

 37,651

 1,029

 9,883

 851

 11,659

 951

 9,197

 1,013

 7,500

 3,327

 16,987

 0 

 0 

00

00

 660 

88,,558888

 0 

 0 

 0 

 0 

 40,108 

 35,035 

 7,511 

 82,654 

 33,5294 

 5,9334 

 10,1544 

 49,616 

 17,620 

111100,,449977

 132,271 

11 Comprises debt issued by the legal entity UBS Group AG. 
of UBS AG.  44 TLAC and additional tier 1 capital instruments were originally issued by UBS Group Funding (Switzerland) AG, the issuer was replaced by UBS Group AG in 2019. 

22 Comprises debt issued by the legal entity UBS AG. 

33 Comprises debt issued by other direct subsidiaries of UBS Group AG and by subsidiaries 

379 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
    
 
     
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 21  Provisions and contingent liabilities 

a) Provisions 

The table below presents an overview of total provisions. 
USD million 
Provisions other than provisions for expected credit losses 
Provisions for expected credit losses 
Total provisions
Total provisions 

31.12.19
31.12.19 
2,861
2,861
114
114
2,974
2,974

31.12.18 
 3,377 
 116 
 3,494 

The following table presents additional information for provisions other than provisions for expected credit losses. 

Litigation, 
regulatory and 
similar 

Real estate 

Total 2018 
USD million 
Balance at the end of the previous year
 3,180 
 131
Balance at the end of the previous year
Adjustment from adoption of IFRS 161
 0 
 (29)
 3,180 
 102
Balance at the beginning of the year
Balance at the beginning of the year
 0
Additions from acquired companies
 2 
 4
Increase in provisions recognized in the income statement
 1,155 
 0
Release of provisions recognized in the income statement
 (311) 
 (7)
Provisions used in conformity with designated purpose
 (628) 
 1
Capitalized reinstatement costs
 1 
 1
Foreign currency translation / unwind of discount
 (21) 
1005 
1005
Balance at the end of the year
 3,377 
Balance at the end of the year 
3  Comprises  provisions  for  losses  resulting  from  legal,  liability  and 
1  Refer  to  Note  1  for  more  information. 
1
3
4 Primarily consists of personnel-related restructuring provisions of USD 40 million as of 31 December 2019 (31 December 2018: USD 50 million) and provisions for onerous contracts of USD 61 
compliance risks. 
4
5 Consists of reinstatement costs for leasehold improvements of USD 89 million as of 31 December 2019 (31 December 2018: USD 89 
million as of 31 December 2019 (31 December 2018: USD 170 million). 
5
million) and provisions for onerous contracts of USD 11 million as of 31 December 2019 (31 December 2018: USD 42 million).  6 Includes provisions for sabbatical and anniversary awards. 

matters3  Restructuring 
 2,827
 0
 2,827
 0
 258
 (81)
 (518)
 0
 (12)
2,475
2,475 

Total 2019
Total 2019 
 3,377
 (132)
 3,245
0
0
404
404
(123)
(123)
(659)
(659)
1
1
(8)
(8)
2,861
2,861

Other 
 78
 0
 78
 0 
 16 
 (12) 
 (18) 
 0 
 1 
66 
66

 224
 (103)
 121
 0
 105
 (22)
 (99)
 0
 1
1064 
1064

2  Comprises  provisions  for  losses  resulting  from  security  risks  and  transaction  processing  risks. 
2

6

Operational 
risks2 
 46
 0
 46
 0
 15
 0
 (16)
 0
 (1)
44
44 

Employee 
benefits6 
 70
 0
 70
 0
 6
 (7)
 0
 0
 1
70 
70

Restructuring  provisions  primarily  relate  to  onerous  contracts 
and  severance  payments.  Onerous  contracts  for  property  are 
recognized  when  UBS  is  committed  to  pay  for  non-lease 
components, such as utilities, when a property is vacated or not 
fully  recovered  from  sub-tenants.  Severance-related  provisions 
are  used  within  a  short  time  period,  usually  within  six  months,  associated with the other classes of provisions. 
but potential changes in amount may be triggered when natural 

Information  about  provisions  and  contingent  liabilities  in 
respect of litigation, regulatory and similar matters, as a class, is 
included in Note 21b. There are no material contingent liabilities 

staff  attrition  reduces  the  number  of  people  affected  by  a 
restructuring event and therefore the estimated costs. 

380 

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
       
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
Note 21  Provisions and contingent liabilities (continued) 

b) Litigation, regulatory and similar matters 

The  Group  operates  in  a  legal  and  regulatory  environment  that 
exposes  it  to  significant  litigation  and  similar  risks  arising  from 
disputes and regulatory proceedings. As a result, UBS (which for 
purposes of this Note may refer to UBS Group AG and/or one or 
more  of  its  subsidiaries,  as  applicable)  is  involved  in  various 
disputes  and  legal  proceedings,  including  litigation,  arbitration, 
and regulatory and criminal investigations. 

reputational 

Such  matters  are  subject  to  many  uncertainties,  and  the 
outcome  and  the  timing  of  resolution  are  often  difficult  to 
predict, particularly in the earlier stages of a case. There are also 
situations  where  the  Group  may  enter  into  a  settlement 
agreement.  This  may  occur  in  order  to  avoid  the  expense, 
management  distraction  or 
implications  of 
continuing to contest liability, even for those matters for which 
the  Group  believes  it  should  be  exonerated.  The  uncertainties 
inherent in all such matters affect the amount and timing of any 
potential  outflows  for  both  matters  with  respect  to  which 
provisions have been established and other contingent liabilities. 
The Group makes provisions for such matters brought against it 
when, in the opinion of management after seeking legal advice, 
it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  Group  has  a  present  legal  or 
constructive  obligation  as  a  result  of  past  events,  it  is  probable 
that  an  outflow  of  resources  will  be  required,  and  the  amount 
can  be  reliably  estimated.  Where  these  factors  are  otherwise 
satisfied, a provision may be established for claims that have not 

yet  been  asserted  against  the  Group,  but  are  nevertheless 
expected  to  be,  based  on  the  Group’s  experience  with  similar 
asserted  claims.  If  any  of  those  conditions  is  not  met,  such 
matters  result  in  contingent  liabilities.  If  the  amount  of  an 
obligation  cannot  be  reliably  estimated,  a  liability  exists  that  is 
not  recognized  even  if  an  outflow  of  resources  is  probable. 
Accordingly,  no  provision  is  established  even  if  the  potential 
outflow  of  resources  with  respect  to  such  matters  could  be 
significant.  Developments  relating  to  a  matter  that  occur  after 
the  relevant  reporting  period,  but  prior  to  the  issuance  of 
financial statements, which affect management’s assessment of 
the  provision  for  such  matter  (because,  for  example,  the 
developments provide evidence of conditions that existed at the 
end  of  the  reporting  period),  are  adjusting  events  after  the 
reporting  period  under  IAS  10  and  must  be  recognized  in  the 
financial statements for the reporting period. 

Specific litigation, regulatory and other matters are described 
below, including all such matters that management considers to 
be  material  and  others  that  management  believes  to  be  of 
significance  due  to  potential  financial,  reputational  and  other 
effects.  The  amount  of  damages  claimed,  the  size  of  a 
transaction or other information is provided where available and 
appropriate in order to assist users in considering the magnitude 
of potential exposures. 

381 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 21  Provisions and contingent liabilities (continued) 

to  confidentiality  obligations 

In  the  case  of  certain  matters  below,  we  state  that  we  have 
established a provision, and for the other matters, we make no 
such  statement.  When  we  make  this  statement  and  we  expect 
disclosure of the amount of a provision to prejudice seriously our 
position with other parties in the matter because it would reveal 
what  UBS  believes  to  be  the  probable  and  reliably  estimable 
outflow, we do not disclose that amount. In some cases we are 
that  preclude  such 
subject 
disclosure.  With  respect  to  the  matters  for  which  we  do  not 
state  whether  we  have  established  a  provision,  either  (a)  we 
have  not  established  a  provision,  in  which  case  the  matter  is 
treated as a contingent liability under the applicable accounting 
standard;  or  (b)  we  have  established  a  provision  but  expect 
disclosure  of  that  fact  to  prejudice  seriously  our  position  with 
other parties in the matter because it would reveal the fact that 
UBS believes an outflow of resources to be probable and reliably 
estimable. 

With  respect  to  certain  litigation,  regulatory  and  similar 
matters for which we have established provisions, we are able to 
estimate  the  expected  timing  of  outflows.  However,  the 
aggregate  amount  of  the  expected  outflows  for  those  matters 
for which we are able to estimate expected timing is immaterial 
relative  to  our  current  and  expected  levels  of  liquidity  over  the 
relevant time periods. 

The  aggregate  amount  provisioned  for  litigation,  regulatory 
and  similar  matters  as  a  class  is  disclosed  in  the  “Provisions” 
table  in  Note  21a  above.  It  is  not  practicable  to  provide  an 
aggregate  estimate  of  liability  for  our  litigation,  regulatory  and 
similar matters as a class of contingent liabilities. Doing so would 
require  us  to  provide  speculative  legal  assessments  as  to  claims 
and proceedings that involve unique fact patterns or novel legal 
theories, that have not yet been initiated or are at early stages of 
adjudication,  or  as  to  which  alleged  damages  have  not  been 
quantified  by  the  claimants.  Although  we  therefore  cannot 

provide a numerical estimate of the future losses that could arise 
from  litigation,  regulatory  and  similar  matters,  we  believe  that 
the  aggregate  amount  of  possible  future  losses  from  this  class 
that  are  more  than  remote  substantially  exceeds  the  level  of 
current provisions. 

Litigation,  regulatory  and  similar  matters  may  also  result  in 
non-monetary  penalties  and  consequences.  For  example,  the 
non-prosecution  agreement  described  in  item  5  of  this  Note, 
which we entered into with the US Department of Justice (DOJ), 
Criminal  Division,  Fraud  Section 
in  connection  with  our 
submissions  of  benchmark  interest  rates,  including,  among 
Interbank 
others,  the  British  Bankers’  Association  London 
Offered  Rate  (LIBOR),  was  terminated  by  the  DOJ  based  on  its 
determination that we had committed a US crime in relation to 
foreign  exchange  matters.  As  a  consequence,  UBS  AG  pleaded 
guilty  to  one  count  of  wire  fraud  for  conduct  in  the  LIBOR 
matter,  paid  a  fine  and  was  subject  to  probation,  which  ended 
in early January 2020. 

limit,  suspend  or 

A guilty plea to, or conviction of, a crime could have material 
consequences  for  UBS.  Resolution  of  regulatory  proceedings 
may  require  us  to  obtain  waivers  of  regulatory  disqualifications 
to maintain certain operations, may entitle regulatory authorities 
to 
regulatory 
terminate 
authorizations, and may permit financial market utilities to limit, 
suspend or terminate our participation in such utilities. Failure to 
obtain such waivers, or any limitation, suspension or termination 
of licenses, authorizations or participations, could have material 
consequences for UBS. 

licenses  and 

The  risk  of  loss  associated  with  litigation,  regulatory  and 
similar  matters  is  a  component  of  operational  risk  for  purposes 
of determining our capital requirements. Information concerning 
our  capital  requirements  and  the  calculation  of  operational  risk 
for  this  purpose  is  included  in  the  “Capital  management” 
section of this report. 

Provisions for litigation, regulatory and similar matters by business division and in Corporate Center1 

USD million 
Balance at the beginning of the year
Balance at the beginning of the year
Increase in provisions recognized in the income statement

Release of provisions recognized in the income statement

Provisions used in conformity with designated purpose

Foreign currency translation / unwind of discount

Balance at the end of the year
Balance at the end of the year 

Global 
Wealth 
Manage-
ment 

 1,003
 188

 (49)

 (350)

 (10)

782
782 

Personal & 
Corporate 
Banking
 117
 1

Asset 
Manage-
ment 
 0
 0

Investment 
Bank 
 269
 60

Corporate 
Center 
 1,438 
 10 

Total 2019 
Total 2019
2,827
2,827
258
258

Total 2018 
 2,508 
 905 

 0

 (4)

 (1)

113
113 

 0

 0

 0

0
0 

 (6)

 (66)

 (2)

255
255 

 (27) 

 (97) 

 0 

(81)
(81)

(518)
(518)

(12)
(12)

 (220) 

 (350) 

 (16) 

1,325
1,325 

2,475
2,475

 2,827 

1 Provisions, if any, for the matters described in this Note are recorded in Global Wealth Management (items 3, item 4 and item 7) and Corporate Center (item 2). Provisions, if any, for the matters described in 
1
items 1 and 6 of this disclosure are allocated between Global Wealth Management and Personal & Corporate Banking, and provisions, if any, for the matters described in this disclosure in item 5 are allocated 
between the Investment Bank and Corporate Center. 

382 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Note 21  Provisions and contingent liabilities (continued) 

1. Inquiries regarding cross-border wealth management 
businesses 
Tax  and  regulatory  authorities  in  a  number  of  countries  have 
made  inquiries,  served  requests  for  information  or  examined 
employees located in their respective jurisdictions relating to the 
cross-border wealth management services provided by UBS and 
other financial institutions. It is possible that the implementation 
of  automatic  tax  information  exchange  and  other  measures 
relating to cross-border provision of financial services could give 
rise to further inquiries in the future. UBS has received disclosure 
orders  from  the  Swiss  Federal  Tax  Administration  (FTA)  to 
international 
transfer 
administrative assistance in tax matters. The requests concern a 
number  of  UBS  account  numbers  pertaining  to  current  and 
former clients and are based on data from 2006 and 2008. UBS 
the 
has 
administrative  assistance  proceedings  and  their  procedural 
rights, including the right to appeal. The requests are based on 
data  received  from  the  German  authorities,  who  seized  certain 
data  related  to  UBS  clients  booked  in  Switzerland  during  their 
investigations  and  have  apparently  shared  this  data  with  other 
European  countries.  UBS  expects  additional  countries  to  file 
similar requests. 

information  based  on  requests  for 

inform  affected  clients  about 

taken  steps 

to 

The Swiss Federal Administrative Court ruled in 2016 that, in 
the  administrative  assistance  proceedings  related  to  a  French 
bulk request, UBS has the right to appeal all final FTA client data 
disclosure  orders.  On  30 July  2018, 
the  Swiss  Federal 
Administrative  Court  granted  UBS’s  appeal  by  holding  the 
French  administrative  assistance  request  inadmissible.  The  FTA 
filed  a  final  appeal  with  the  Swiss  Federal  Supreme  Court.  On 
26 July  2019,  the  Supreme  Court  reversed  the  decision  of  the 
Federal  Administrative  Court.  In  December  2019,  the  court 
released  its  written  decision.  The  decision  requires  the  FTA  to 
obtain confirmation from the French authorities that transmitted 
data  will  be  used  only  for  the  purposes  stated  in  their  request 
before transmitting any data. The stated purpose of the original 
request  was  to  obtain  information  relating  to  taxes  owed  by 
account holders. Accordingly, any information transferred to the 
French authorities must not be passed to criminal authorities or 
used in connection with the ongoing case against UBS discussed 
in this item. 

Since  2013,  UBS  (France)  S.A.,  UBS  AG  and  certain  former 
employees  have  been  under  investigation  in  France  for  alleged 
complicity  in  unlawful  solicitation  of  clients  on  French  territory, 
regarding the laundering of proceeds of tax fraud, and banking 
and financial solicitation by unauthorized persons. In connection 
with this investigation, the investigating judges ordered UBS AG 
to  provide  bail  (“caution”)  of  EUR 1.1  billion  and  UBS  (France) 
S.A.  to  post  bail  of  EUR 40  million,  which  was  reduced  on 
appeal to EUR 10 million. 

A  trial  in  the  court  of  first  instance  took  place  from 
8 October 2018 until 15 November 2018. On 20 February 2019, 
the court announced a verdict finding UBS AG guilty of unlawful 

solicitation  of  clients  on  French  territory  and  aggravated 
laundering  of  the  proceeds  of  tax  fraud,  and  UBS  (France)  S.A. 
guilty of aiding and abetting unlawful solicitation and laundering 
the proceeds of tax fraud. The court imposed fines aggregating 
EUR 3.7  billion  on  UBS  AG  and  UBS  (France)  S.A.  and  awarded 
EUR 800  million  of  civil  damages  to  the  French  state.  UBS  has 
appealed  the  decision.  Under  French  law,  the  judgment  is 
suspended while the appeal is pending. The trial in the Court of 
Appeal  is  scheduled  for  June  2020.  The  Court  of  Appeal  will 
retry the case de novo as to both the law and the facts, and the 
fines  and  penalties  can  be  greater  than  or  less  than  those 
imposed  by  the  court  of  first  instance.  A  subsequent  appeal  to 
the  Cour  de  Cassation,  France’s  highest  court,  is  possible  with 
respect to questions of law. 

UBS  believes  that  based  on  both  the  law  and  the  facts  the 
judgment of the court of first instance should be reversed. UBS 
believes it followed its obligations under Swiss and French law as 
well  as  the  European  Savings  Tax  Directive.  Even  assuming 
liability,  which  it  contests,  UBS  believes  the  penalties  and 
damage  amounts  awarded  greatly  exceed  the  amounts  that 
could be supported by the law and the facts. In particular, UBS 
believes  the  court  incorrectly  based  the  penalty  on  the  total 
regularized  assets  rather  than  on  any  unpaid  taxes  on  those 
assets  for  which  a  fraud  has  been  characterized  and  further 
incorrectly  awarded  damages  based  on  costs  that  were  not 
proven  by  the  civil  party.  Notwithstanding  that  UBS  believes  it 
should  be  acquitted,  our  balance  sheet  at  31  December  2019 
reflected provisions with respect to this matter in an amount of 
EUR  450  million  (USD 505  million  at  31  December  2019).  The 
wide  range  of  possible  outcomes  in  this  case  contributes  to  a 
high degree of estimation uncertainty. The provision reflected on 
our  balance  sheet  at  31  December  2019  reflects  our  best 
estimate  of  possible  financial 
is 
reasonably possible that actual penalties and civil damages could 
exceed the provision amount. 

implications,  although 

it 

In 2016, UBS was notified by the Belgian investigating judge 
that  it  is  under  formal  investigation  (“inculpé”)  regarding  the 
laundering  of  proceeds  of  tax  fraud,  of  banking  and  financial 
solicitation by unauthorized persons, and of serious tax fraud. In 
2018,  tax  authorities  and  a  prosecutor’s  office  in  Italy  asserted 
that UBS is potentially liable for taxes and penalties as a result of 
its  activities  in  Italy  from  2012  to  2017.  In  June  2019,  UBS 
entered  into  a  settlement  agreement  with  the  Italian  tax 
authorities  under  which  it  paid  EUR 101  million  to  resolve  the 
claims  asserted  by  the  authority  related  to  UBS  AG’s  potential 
permanent establishment in Italy. In October 2019, the Judge of 
Preliminary  Investigations  of  the  Milan  Court  approved  an 
agreement with the Milan prosecutor under Article 63 of Italian 
Administrative  Law  231  under  which  UBS  AG,  UBS  Switzerland 
AG  and  UBS  Monaco  have  paid  an  aggregate  of  EUR  10.3 
million to resolve claims premised on the alleged inadequacy of 
historical  internal  controls.  No  admission  of  wrongdoing  was 
required in connection with this resolution. 

383 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 21  Provisions and contingent liabilities (continued) 

Our balance sheet at 31 December 2019 reflected provisions 
with  respect  to  matters  described  in  this  item  1  in  an  amount 
that  UBS  believes  to  be  appropriate  under  the  applicable 
accounting standard. As in the case of other matters for which 
we have established provisions, the future outflow of resources 
in respect of such matters cannot be determined with certainty 
based  on  currently  available  information  and  accordingly  may 
ultimately prove to be substantially greater (or may be less) than 
the provision that we have recognized. 

2. Claims related to sales of residential mortgage-backed 
securities and mortgages 
From 2002 through 2007, prior to the crisis in the US residential 
loan market, UBS was a substantial issuer and underwriter of US 
residential  mortgage-backed  securities 
(RMBS)  and  was  a 
purchaser and seller of US residential mortgages. A subsidiary of 
UBS, UBS Real Estate Securities Inc. (UBS RESI), acquired pools of 
residential  mortgage  loans  from  originators  and  (through  an 
affiliate)  deposited  them  into  securitization  trusts.  In  this 
manner,  from  2004  through  2007,  UBS  RESI  sponsored 
approximately  USD 80  billion  in  RMBS,  based  on  the  original 
principal balances of the securities issued. 

UBS RESI also sold pools of loans acquired from originators to 
third-party purchasers. These whole loan sales during the period 
2004  through  2007  totaled  approximately  USD 19  billion  in 
original principal balance. 

UBS was not a significant originator of US residential loans. A 
branch  of  UBS  originated  approximately  USD 1.5  billion  in  US 
residential  mortgage  loans  during  the  period  in  which  it  was 
active from 2006 to 2008 and securitized less than half of these 
loans. 

to 

related 

Lawsuits 

contractual 

representations  and 
warranties  concerning  mortgages  and  RMBS:  When  UBS  acted 
as  an  RMBS  sponsor  or  mortgage  seller,  it  generally  made 
certain  representations  relating  to  the  characteristics  of  the 
underlying  loans.  In  the  event  of  a  material  breach  of  these 
representations,  UBS  was  in  certain  circumstances  contractually 
obligated  to  repurchase  the  loans  to  which  the  representations 
related  or  to  indemnify  certain  parties  against  losses.  In  2012, 
certain  RMBS  trusts  filed  an  action  in  the  US  District  Court  for 
the Southern District of New York seeking to enforce UBS RESI’s 
obligation  to  repurchase  loans  in  the  collateral  pools  for  three 
RMBS  securitizations  issued  and  underwritten  by  UBS  with  an 
original  principal  balance  of  approximately  USD 2  billion.  In 
July 2018, UBS and the trustee entered into an agreement under 
which  UBS  will  pay  USD 850  million  to  resolve  this  matter.  A 
significant portion of this amount will be borne by other parties 
that  indemnified  UBS.  In  January  2020,  the  settlement  was 
approved  by  the  court.  Proceedings  to  determine  how  the 
settlement  funds  will  be  distributed  to  RMBS  holders  are 

384 

ongoing.  After  giving  effect  to  this  settlement,  UBS  considers 
claims  relating  to  substantially  all  loan  repurchase  demands  to 
be  resolved  and  believes  that  new  demands  to  repurchase  US 
residential  mortgage  loans  are  time-barred  under  a  decision 
rendered by the New York Court of Appeals. 

Mortgage-related  regulatory  matters:  Since  2014,  the  US 
Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of New York has sought 
information  from  UBS  pursuant  to  the  Financial  Institutions 
Reform,  Recovery  and  Enforcement  Act  of  1989  (FIRREA), 
related  to  UBS’s  RMBS  business  from  2005  through  2007.  On 
8 November 2018, the DOJ filed a civil complaint in the District 
Court for the Eastern District of New York. The complaint seeks 
unspecified  civil  monetary  penalties  under  FIRREA  related  to 
UBS’s  issuance,  underwriting  and  sale  of  40  RMBS  transactions 
in 2006 and 2007. UBS moved to dismiss the civil complaint on 
6  February  2019.  On  10  December  2019,  the  district  court 
denied UBS’s motion to dismiss. 

Our balance sheet at 31 December 2019 reflected a provision 
with  respect  to  matters  described  in  this  item  2  in  an  amount 
that  UBS  believes  to  be  appropriate  under  the  applicable 
accounting standard. As in the case of other matters for which 
we have established provisions, the future outflow of resources 
in  respect  of  this  matter  cannot  be  determined  with  certainty 
based  on  currently  available  information  and  accordingly  may 
ultimately prove to be substantially greater (or may be less) than 
the provision that we have recognized. 

3. Madoff 
In  relation  to  the  Bernard  L.  Madoff  Investment  Securities  LLC 
(BMIS) investment fraud, UBS AG, UBS (Luxembourg) S.A. (now 
UBS  Europe  SE,  Luxembourg  branch)  and  certain  other  UBS 
subsidiaries  have  been  subject  to  inquiries  by  a  number  of 
regulators,  including  the  Swiss  Financial  Market  Supervisory 
(FINMA)  and  the  Luxembourg  Commission  de 
Authority 
Surveillance du Secteur Financier. Those inquiries concerned two 
third-party 
law, 
established  under 
substantially  all  assets  of  which  were  with  BMIS,  as  well  as 
certain  funds  established  in  offshore  jurisdictions  with  either 
direct  or  indirect  exposure  to  BMIS.  These  funds  faced  severe 
losses,  and  the  Luxembourg  funds  are  in  liquidation.  The 
documentation establishing both funds identifies UBS entities in 
various  roles,  including  custodian,  administrator,  manager, 
distributor  and  promoter,  and  indicates  that  UBS  employees 
serve as board members. 

Luxembourg 

funds 

In  2009  and  2010,  the  liquidators  of  the  two  Luxembourg 
funds  filed  claims  against  UBS  entities,  non-UBS  entities  and 
certain individuals, including current and former UBS employees, 
seeking  amounts  totaling  approximately  EUR 2.1  billion,  which 
includes  amounts  that  the  funds  may  be  held  liable  to  pay  the 
trustee for the liquidation of BMIS (BMIS Trustee). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 21  Provisions and contingent liabilities (continued) 

A  large  number  of  alleged  beneficiaries  have  filed  claims 
against UBS entities (and non-UBS entities) for purported losses 
relating  to  the  Madoff  fraud.  The  majority  of  these  cases  have 
been  filed  in  Luxembourg,  where  decisions  that  the  claims  in 
eight  test  cases  were  inadmissible  have  been  affirmed  by  the 
Luxembourg  Court  of  Appeal,  and  the  Luxembourg  Supreme 
Court has dismissed a further appeal in one of the test cases. 

In the US, the BMIS Trustee filed claims against UBS entities, 
among others, in relation to the two Luxembourg funds and one 
of  the  offshore  funds.  The  total  amount  claimed  against  all 
defendants  in  these  actions  was  not  less  than  USD 2  billion.  In 
2014, the US Supreme Court rejected the BMIS Trustee’s motion 
for  leave  to  appeal  decisions  dismissing  all  claims  except  those 
for  the  recovery  of  approximately  USD 125  million  of  payments 
alleged to be fraudulent conveyances and preference payments. 
In 2016, the bankruptcy court dismissed these claims against the 
UBS  entities.  In  February  2019,  the  Court  of  Appeals  reversed 
the dismissal of the BMIS Trustee’s remaining claims. In August 
2019,  the  defendants,  including  UBS,  filed  a  petition  to  the  US 
Supreme  Court  requesting  that  it  review  the  Court  of  Appeals’ 
decision. The bankruptcy proceedings have been stayed pending 
a decision with respect to the defendants’ petition. 

4. Puerto Rico 
Declines  since  2013  in  the  market  prices  of  Puerto  Rico 
municipal  bonds  and  of  closed-end  funds  (funds)  that  are  sole-
managed  and  co-managed  by  UBS  Trust  Company  of  Puerto 
Rico  and  distributed  by  UBS  Financial  Services  Incorporated  of 
Puerto Rico (UBS PR) have led to multiple regulatory inquiries, as 
well  as  customer  complaints  and  arbitrations  with  aggregate 
claimed  damages  of  USD 3.4  billion,  of  which  claims  with 
aggregate  claimed  damages  of  USD 2.4  billion  have  been 
resolved  through  settlements,  arbitration  or  withdrawal  of  the 
claim.  The  claims  have  been  filed  by  clients  in  Puerto  Rico  who 
own the funds or Puerto Rico municipal bonds and/or who used 
their UBS account assets as collateral for UBS non-purpose loans; 
customer  complaint  and  arbitration  allegations  include  fraud, 
misrepresentation  and  unsuitability  of  the  funds  and  of  the 
loans. 

A  shareholder  derivative  action  was  filed  in  2014  against 
various UBS entities and current and certain former directors of 
the funds, alleging hundreds of millions of US dollars in losses in 
the  funds.  In  2015,  defendants’  motion  to  dismiss  was  denied 
and a request for permission to appeal that ruling was denied by 
the  Puerto  Rico  Supreme  Court.  In  2014,  a  federal  class  action 
complaint  also  was  filed  against  various  UBS  entities,  certain 
members of UBS PR senior management and the co-manager of 
certain of the funds, seeking damages for investor losses in the 
funds  during  the  period  from  May  2008  through  May  2014. 
Following  denial  of  the  plaintiffs’  motion  for  class  certification, 
the case was dismissed in October 2018. 

In  2014  and  2015,  UBS  entered  into  settlements  with  the 
Office  of  the  Commissioner  of  Financial  Institutions  for  the 
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the US Securities and Exchange 
Commission 
Industry  Regulatory 
Authority in relation to their examinations of UBS’s operations. 

(SEC)  and  the  Financial 

In 2011, a purported derivative action was filed on behalf of 
the  Employee  Retirement  System  of  the  Commonwealth  of 
Puerto Rico (System) against over 40 defendants, including UBS 
PR,  which  was  named  in  connection  with  its  underwriting  and 
consulting  services.  Plaintiffs  alleged  that  defendants  violated 
their  purported  fiduciary  duties  and  contractual  obligations  in 
connection with  the issuance  and  underwriting  of USD 3 billion 
of  bonds  by  the  System  in  2008  and  sought  damages  of  over 
USD 800  million.  In  2016,  the  court  granted  the  System’s 
request  to  join  the  action  as  a  plaintiff,  but  ordered  that 
plaintiffs  must  file  an  amended  complaint.  In  2017,  the  court 
denied defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint. 

Beginning  in  2015,  and  continuing  through  2017,  certain 
agencies  and  public  corporations  of  the  Commonwealth  of 
Puerto  Rico  (Commonwealth)  defaulted  on  certain  interest 
payments on Puerto Rico bonds. In 2016, US federal legislation 
created an oversight board with power to oversee Puerto Rico’s 
finances  and  to  restructure  its  debt.  The  oversight  board  has 
imposed  a  stay  on  the  exercise  of  certain  creditors’  rights.  In 
2017,  the  oversight  board  placed  certain  of  the  bonds  into  a 
bankruptcy-like  proceeding  under  the  supervision  of  a  Federal 
District  Judge.  These  events,  further  defaults  or  any  further 
legislative  action  to  create  a  legal  means  of  restructuring 
Commonwealth obligations or to impose additional oversight on 
the  Commonwealth’s  finances,  or  any  restructuring  of  the 
Commonwealth’s  obligations,  may  increase  the  number  of 
claims against UBS concerning Puerto Rico securities, as well as 
potential damages sought. 

In  May  2019,  the  oversight  board  filed  complaints  in  Puerto 
Rico federal district court bringing claims against financial, legal 
and  accounting  firms  that  had  participated  in  Puerto  Rico 
municipal  bond  offerings,  including  UBS,  seeking  a  return  of 
underwriting  and  swap  fees  paid  in  connection  with  those 
offerings. UBS estimates that it received approximately USD 125 
million in fees in the relevant offerings. 

In  August  2019  and  February  2020,  three  US  insurance 
companies  that  insured  issues  of  Puerto  Rico  municipal  bonds 
sued UBS and seven other underwriters of Puerto Rico municipal 
bonds.  The  two  actions  seek  recovery  of  an  aggregate  of  USD 
955  million  in  damages  from  the  defendants.  The  plaintiffs  in 
these  cases  claim 
reasonably 
investigate financial statements in the offering materials for the 
insured  Puerto  Rico  bonds  issued  between  2002  and  2007, 
which plaintiffs argue they relied upon in agreeing to insure the 
bonds notwithstanding that they had no contractual relationship 
with the underwriters. 

that  defendants 

failed 

to 

385 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 21  Provisions and contingent liabilities (continued) 

Our balance sheet at 31 December 2019 reflected provisions 
with respect to matters described in this item 4 in amounts that 
UBS believes to be appropriate under the applicable accounting 
standard.  As  in  the  case  of  other  matters  for  which  we  have 
established provisions, the future outflow of resources in respect 
of  such  matters  cannot  be  determined  with  certainty  based  on 
currently  available  information  and  accordingly  may  ultimately 
prove  to  be  substantially  greater  (or  may  be  less)  than  the 
provisions that we have recognized. 

5. Foreign exchange, LIBOR and benchmark rates, and other 
trading practices 
Foreign exchange-related regulatory matters: Beginning in 2013, 
numerous  authorities  commenced  investigations  concerning 
possible manipulation of foreign exchange markets and precious 
metals prices. In 2014 and 2015, UBS reached settlements with 
the  UK  Financial  Conduct  Authority 
(FCA)  and  the  US 
Commodity  Futures  Trading  Commission  (CFTC)  in  connection 
with  their  foreign  exchange  investigations,  FINMA  issued  an 
order concluding its formal proceedings relating to UBS’s foreign 
exchange  and  precious  metals  businesses,  and  the  Board  of 
Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board) 
and the Connecticut Department of Banking issued a Cease and 
Desist  Order  and  assessed  monetary  penalties  against  UBS  AG. 
In  2015,  the  DOJ’s  Criminal  Division  terminated  the  2012 
non-prosecution  agreement  with  UBS  AG  related  to  UBS’s 
submissions  of  benchmark  interest  rates,  and  UBS  AG  pleaded 
guilty to one count of wire fraud, paid a fine and was subject to 
probation,  which  ended  in  early  January  2020.  In  2019  the 
European Commission announced two decisions with respect to 
foreign  exchange  trading.  UBS  was  granted  immunity  by  the 
European  Commission  in  these  matters  and  therefore  was  not 
fined.  UBS  has  ongoing  obligations  to  cooperate  with  these 
authorities and to undertake certain remediation measures. UBS 
has  also  been  granted  conditional  immunity  by  the  Antitrust 
Division  of  the  DOJ  and  by  authorities  in  other  jurisdictions  in 
connection with potential competition law violations relating to 
foreign exchange and precious metals businesses. Investigations 
relating  to  foreign  exchange  matters  by  certain  authorities 
remain ongoing notwithstanding these resolutions. 

Foreign exchange-related civil litigation: Putative class actions 
have  been  filed  since  2013  in  US  federal  courts  and  in  other 
jurisdictions  against  UBS  and  other  banks  on  behalf  of  putative 
classes of persons who engaged in foreign currency transactions 
with  any  of  the  defendant  banks.  UBS  has  resolved  US  federal 
court class actions relating to foreign currency transactions with 
the  defendant  banks  and  persons  who  transacted  in  foreign 
exchange futures contracts and options on such futures under a 

386 

settlement agreement that provides for UBS to pay an aggregate 
of  USD 141  million  and  provide  cooperation  to  the  settlement 
classes.  Certain  class  members  have  excluded  themselves  from 
that  settlement  and  have  filed  individual  actions  in  US  and 
English  courts  against  UBS  and  other  banks,  alleging  violations 
of US and European competition laws and unjust enrichment. 

In  2015,  a  putative  class  action  was  filed  in  federal  court 
against  UBS  and  numerous  other  banks  on  behalf  of  persons 
and  businesses  in  the  US  who  directly  purchased  foreign 
currency  from  the  defendants  and  alleged  co-conspirators  for 
their own end use. In March 2017, the court granted UBS’s (and 
the other banks’) motions to dismiss the complaint. The plaintiffs 
filed an amended complaint in August 2017. In March 2018, the 
court  denied  the  defendants’  motions  to  dismiss  the  amended 
complaint. 

In 2017, two putative class actions were filed in federal court 
in New York against UBS and numerous other banks on behalf 
of  persons  and  entities  who  had  indirectly  purchased  foreign 
exchange instruments from a defendant or co-conspirator in the 
US,  and  a  consolidated  complaint  was  filed  in  June  2017.  In 
March 2018, the court dismissed the consolidated complaint. In 
October 2018, the court granted plaintiffs’ motion seeking leave 
to  file  an  amended  complaint.  In  January  2020,  UBS  and  11 
other  banks  agreed  in  principle  with  the  plaintiffs  to  settle  the 
class  action  for  a  total  of  USD 10  million.  The  settlement  is 
subject to final documentation and court approval. 

LIBOR  and  other  benchmark-related  regulatory  matters: 
Numerous  government  agencies,  including  the  SEC,  the  CFTC, 
the  DOJ,  the  FCA,  the  UK  Serious  Fraud  Office,  the  Monetary 
Authority  of  Singapore,  the  Hong  Kong  Monetary  Authority, 
FINMA, various state attorneys general in the US and competition 
authorities in various jurisdictions, have conducted investigations 
regarding potential improper attempts by UBS, among others, to 
manipulate  LIBOR  and  other  benchmark  rates  at  certain  times. 
UBS  reached  settlements  or  otherwise  concluded  investigations 
relating  to  benchmark  interest  rates  with  the  investigating 
authorities.  UBS  has  ongoing  obligations  to  cooperate  with  the 
authorities  with  whom  we  have  reached  resolutions  and  to 
undertake  certain 
to 
benchmark  interest  rate  submissions.  UBS  has  been  granted 
conditional  leniency  or  conditional  immunity  from  authorities  in 
certain  jurisdictions,  including  the  Antitrust  Division  of  the  DOJ 
and  the  Swiss  Competition  Commission  (WEKO),  in  connection 
with  potential  antitrust  or  competition  law  violations  related  to 
certain  rates.  However,  UBS  has  not  reached  a  final  settlement 
with  WEKO,  as  the  Secretariat  of  WEKO  has  asserted  that  UBS 
does not qualify for full immunity. 

remediation  measures  with 

respect 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 21  Provisions and contingent liabilities (continued) 

LIBOR and other benchmark-related civil litigation: A number 
of  putative  class  actions  and  other  actions  are  pending  in  the 
federal  courts  in  New  York  against  UBS  and  numerous  other 
banks on behalf of parties who transacted in certain interest rate 
benchmark-based  derivatives.  Also  pending  in  the  US  and  in 
other jurisdictions are a number of other actions asserting losses 
related  to  various  products  whose  interest  rates  were  linked  to 
rate 
LIBOR  and  other  benchmarks, 
mortgages,  preferred  and  debt  securities,  bonds  pledged  as 
collateral,  loans,  depository  accounts,  investments  and  other 
interest-bearing 
allege 
manipulation,  through  various  means,  of  certain  benchmark 
interest  rates,  including  USD LIBOR,  Euroyen  TIBOR,  Yen  LIBOR, 
EURIBOR,  CHF LIBOR,  GBP  LIBOR,  SGD  SIBOR  and  SOR  and 
Australian BBSW, and seek unspecified compensatory and other 
damages under varying legal theories. 

including  adjustable 

instruments. 

complaints 

The 

USD LIBOR class and individual actions in the US: In 2013 and 
2015,  the  district  court  in  the  USD LIBOR  actions  dismissed,  in 
whole  or  in  part,  certain  plaintiffs’  antitrust  claims,  federal 
racketeering claims, CEA claims, and state common law claims. 
Although  the  Second  Circuit  vacated  the  district  court’s 
judgment  dismissing  antitrust  claims,  the  district  court  again 
dismissed antitrust claims against UBS in 2016. Certain plaintiffs 
have appealed that decision to the Second Circuit. Separately, in 
2018,  the  Second  Circuit  reversed  in  part  the  district  court’s 
2015 decision dismissing certain individual plaintiffs’ claims and 
certain  of  these  actions  are  now  proceeding.  UBS  entered  into 
an  agreement  in  2016  with  representatives  of  a  class  of 
bondholders  to  settle  their  USD LIBOR  class  action.  The 
agreement has received preliminary court approval and remains 
subject  to  final  approval.  In  2018,  the  district  court  denied 
plaintiffs’ motions for class certification in the USD class actions 
for claims pending against UBS, and plaintiffs sought permission 
to  appeal  that  ruling  to  the  Second  Circuit.  In  July  2018,  the 
Second  Circuit  denied  the  petition  to  appeal  of  the  class  of 
USD lenders  and  in  November  2018  denied  the  petition  of  the 
USD exchange  class.  In  December  2019,  UBS  entered  into  an 
agreement  with  representatives  of  the  class  of  USD lenders  to 
settle their USD LIBOR class action. The agreement has received 
preliminary court approval and remains subject to final approval. 
In January 2019, a putative class action was filed in the District 
Court  for  the  Southern  District  of  New  York  against  UBS  and 
numerous  other  banks  on  behalf  of  US  residents  who,  since 
1 February  2014,  directly  transacted  with  a  defendant  bank  in 
USD LIBOR  instruments.  The  complaint  asserts  antitrust  claims. 
The defendants moved to dismiss the complaint in August 2019. 
Other benchmark class actions in the US: In 2014, the court 
in  one  of  the  Euroyen  TIBOR  lawsuits  dismissed  certain  of  the 
plaintiffs’  claims,  including  a  federal  antitrust  claim,  for  lack  of 
standing.  In  2015,  this  court  dismissed  the  plaintiffs’  federal 

racketeering claims on the same basis and affirmed its previous 
dismissal of the plaintiffs’ antitrust claims against UBS. In 2017, 
this  court  also  dismissed  the  other  Yen  LIBOR  /  Euroyen  TIBOR 
action in its entirety on standing grounds, as did the court in the 
CHF LIBOR  action.  Also  in  2017,  the  court  in  the  EURIBOR 
lawsuit  dismissed  the  case  as  to  UBS  and  certain  other  foreign 
defendants for lack of personal jurisdiction. Plaintiffs in the other 
Yen  LIBOR,  Euroyen  TIBOR  and  the  EURIBOR  actions  have 
appealed the dismissals. In October 2018, the court in the SIBOR 
/  SOR  action  dismissed  all  but  one  of  plaintiffs’  claims  against 
UBS.  Plaintiffs  in  the  CHF LIBOR  and  SIBOR  /  SOR  actions  filed 
amended  complaints  following  the  dismissals,  and  the  courts 
granted renewed motions to dismiss in July 2019 (SIBOR / SOR) 
and  in  September  2019  (CHF  LIBOR).  Plaintiffs  in  both  actions 
have  appealed.  In  November  2018,  the  court  in  the  BBSW 
lawsuit  dismissed  the  case  as  to  UBS  and  certain  other  foreign 
defendants  for  lack  of  personal  jurisdiction.  Following  that 
dismissal,  plaintiffs  in  the  BBSW  action  filed  an  amended 
complaint  in  April  2019,  which  UBS  and  other  defendants 
named  in  the  amended  complaint  have  moved  to  dismiss.  In 
February 2020, the court in the BBSW action granted in part and 
denied  in  part  defendants’  motions  to  dismiss  the  amended 
complaint. The court dismissed the GBP LIBOR action in August 
2019, and plaintiffs appealed the dismissal in September 2019. 

Government bonds: Putative class actions have been filed since 
2015 in US federal courts against UBS and other banks on behalf 
of persons who participated in markets for US Treasury securities 
since 2007. A consolidated complaint was filed in 2017 in the US 
District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging that 
the banks colluded with respect to, and manipulated prices of, US 
Treasury  securities  sold  at  auction  and  in  the  secondary  market 
and  asserting  claims  under  the  antitrust  laws  and  for  unjust 
enrichment.  Defendants’  motions  to  dismiss  the  consolidated 
complaint  are  pending.  Similar  class  actions  have  been  filed 
concerning  European  government  bonds  and  other  government 
bonds. 

UBS  and 

reportedly  other  banks  are 

to 
information  from  various 
investigations  and  requests  for 
authorities  regarding  government  bond  trading  practices.  As  a 
result of its review to date, UBS has taken appropriate action. 

responding 

Government  sponsored  entities  (GSE)  bonds:  Starting  in 
February 2019, class action complaints were filed in the US District 
Court  for  the  Southern  District  of  New  York  against  UBS  and 
other  banks  on  behalf  of  plaintiffs  who  traded  GSE  bonds.  A 
consolidated  complaint  was  filed  alleging  collusion  in  GSE  bond 
trading  between  1  January  2009  and  1  January  2016.  In 
December  2019,  UBS  and  eleven  other  defendants  agreed  to 
settle  the  class  action  for  a  total  of  USD 250  million.  The 
settlement is subject to court approval. 

387 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 21  Provisions and contingent liabilities (continued) 

With  respect  to  additional  matters  and  jurisdictions  not 
encompassed  by  the  settlements  and  orders  referred  to  above, 
our balance sheet at 31 December 2019 reflected a provision in 
an  amount  that  UBS  believes  to  be  appropriate  under  the 
applicable accounting standard. As in the case of other matters 
for which we have established provisions, the future outflow of 
resources in respect of such matters cannot be determined with 
information  and 
certainty  based  on  currently  available 
accordingly  may  ultimately  prove  to  be  substantially  greater  (or 
may be less) than the provision that we have recognized. 

6. Swiss retrocessions 
The  Federal  Supreme  Court  of  Switzerland  ruled  in  2012,  in  a 
test  case  against  UBS,  that  distribution  fees  paid  to  a  firm  for 
distributing  third-party  and  intra-group  investment  funds  and 
structured products must be disclosed and surrendered to clients 
who have entered into a discretionary mandate agreement with 
the firm, absent a valid waiver. 

FINMA  has  issued  a  supervisory  note  to  all  Swiss  banks  in 
response  to  the  Supreme  Court  decision.  UBS  has  met  the 
FINMA  requirements  and  has  notified  all  potentially  affected 
clients. 

The Supreme Court decision has resulted, and may continue 
to result, in a number of client requests for UBS to disclose and 
potentially  surrender  retrocessions.  Client  requests  are  assessed 
on a case-by-case basis. Considerations taken into account when 
assessing these cases include, among other things, the existence 
of  a  discretionary  mandate  and  whether  or  not  the  client 
documentation  contained  a  valid  waiver  with  respect  to 
distribution fees. 

Our balance sheet at 31 December 2019 reflected a provision 
with  respect  to  matters  described  in  this  item  6  in  an  amount 
that  UBS  believes  to  be  appropriate  under  the  applicable 
accounting  standard.  The  ultimate  exposure  will  depend  on 
client  requests  and  the  resolution  thereof,  factors  that  are 
difficult  to  predict  and  assess.  Hence,  as  in  the  case  of  other 
matters  for  which  we  have  established  provisions,  the  future 
outflow  of  resources  in  respect  of  such  matters  cannot  be 
determined  with  certainty  based  on  currently  available 
information  and  accordingly  may  ultimately  prove  to  be 
substantially greater (or may be less) than the provision that we 
have recognized. 

7. Securities transaction pricing and disclosure 
UBS identified and reported to the relevant authorities instances 
in  which  some  Global  Wealth  Management  clients  booked  in 
Hong  Kong  and  Singapore  may  have  been  charged 
inappropriate  spreads  on  debt  securities  transactions  between 
2008  and  2015.  In  November  2019,  UBS  AG  entered  into  a 
settlement  with  the  Hong  Kong  Securities  and  Futures 
Commission  (SFC)  under  which  it  was  reprimanded  and  fined 
HKD  400  million  (USD 51  million)  and  a  settlement  with  the 
Monetary  Authority  of  Singapore  (MAS)  under  which  it  was 
fined  SGD  11  million  (USD 8.3  million).  In  addition,  UBS  has 
commenced  reimbursing  affected  customers  an  aggregate 
amount equivalent to USD 47 million, including interest. 

Our balance sheet at 31 December 2019 reflected a provision 
with respect to the matter described in this item 7 in an amount 
that  UBS  believes  to  be  appropriate  under  the  applicable 
accounting standard. 

388 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 22  Other liabilities 

a) Other financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 

USD million 

Other accrued expenses 

Accrued interest expenses 

Settlement and clearing accounts 

Lease liabilities1 

Other 

TToottaall ootthheerr ffiinnaanncciiaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt 

11 Relates to the adoption of IFRS 16 on 1 January 2019. Refer to Note 1 for more information. 

b) Other financial liabilities designated at fair value 

USD million 

Financial liabilities related to unit-linked investment contracts 

Securities financing transactions 

Over-the-counter debt instruments 

of which: life-to-date own credit (gain) / loss 

Other 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

11,,992288

11,,556622

11,,337799

33,,994433 

990000

99,,771122

 2,192 

 1,544 

 1,486 

 1,663 

 6,885 

3311..1122..1199 

2288,,114455

55,,774422

22,,002222

((44))

3311

31.12.18 

 21,679 

 9,461 

 2,450 

 (51) 

 5 

TToottaall ootthheerr ffiinnaanncciiaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess ddeessiiggnnaatteedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee11 
11 As of 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018, the contractual redemption amount at maturity of other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss was not materially different from the 
carrying amount. 

 33,594 

3355,,994400

c) Other non-financial liabilities 

USD million 

Compensation-related liabilities 

of which: Deferred Contingent Capital Plan 

of which: financial advisor compensation plans 

of which: other compensation plans 

of which: net defined benefit pension and post-employment liabilities 

of which: other compensation-related liabilities 1 

Current and deferred tax liabilities 

VAT and other tax payables 

Deferred income 

Other 

TToottaall ootthheerr nnoonn ffiinnaanncciiaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess 

--

11 Includes liabilities for payroll taxes and untaken vacation. 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

66,,881122

11,,885555

11,,446633

22,,331100

663333

555522

11,,116633

447755

114411

220022

 7,278 

 1,983 

 1,458 

 2,480 

 775 

 581 

 1,002 

 431 

 215 

 98 

88,,779944

 9,022 

389 

Financial statements  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Additional information 

Note 23  Expected credit loss measurement 

a) Expected credit losses in the period 

Total  net  credit  loss  expenses  were  USD 78  million  in  2019, 
reflecting net credit loss expenses of USD 100 million related to 
credit-impaired  (stage  3)  positions,  partly  offset  by  USD 22 
million of net releases in expected credit loss expense allowances 
from stage 1 and 2 positions. 

In  the  Investment  Bank,  increased  stage  1  and  2  ECL 
allowances  and  provisions  recognized  over  the  year  primarily 
related to loans and credit facilities originated during 2019 and 
to changes in credit quality of existing assets, partly offset by a 
change in the applied credit risk models. In Personal & Corporate 

Banking  and  Global  Wealth  Management,  ECL  allowances  and 
provisions slightly decreased over the year, primarily attributable 
to  a  minor  improvement  in  book  quality  following  continued 
positive developments of selected economic input data. 

Stage 3 net losses of USD 100 million were recognized across 
a number of defaulted positions, mainly in Personal & Corporate 
Banking  (USD 44  million)  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  in  the 
Investment  Bank 
(USD 26  million)  and  Global  Wealth 
Management (USD 23 million). 

390 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 23  Expected credit loss measurement (continued) 

b) Changes to ECL models, scenarios, scenario weights and key inputs 

Refer to Note 1a for information about the principles governing 
ECL models, scenarios, scenario weights and key inputs applied. 
In  addition  to  the  quarterly  updates  of  market  and  behavioral 
data,  which  are  relevant  input  factors  to  the  credit  rating 
methodology  and  the  estimation  of  the  probability  of  default 
(PD)  and  the  loss  given  default  (LGD),  one  significant  change 
was  applied  to  the  models  used  to  calculate  ECLs  for  large 
corporate clients in the Investment Bank. During 2019, the data 
set  was  refreshed  and  aligned  with  the  process  applied  to 
regulatory  stress  testing  in  the  US,  which  resulted  in  a  net 
release in expected credit loss expense allowances and provisions 
from  stage 1  and  2  positions  of  USD 20  million.  For  portfolios 
where internal default data is insufficient for modeling purposes, 
UBS relies on external data providers. 

three  hypothetical 

Four  scenarios  and  the  related  macroeconomic  factors  were 
reviewed in the fourth quarter of 2019 in light of the economic 
and  political  conditions  prevailing  at  year-end.  The  selection  of 
the 
essentially 
unchanged,  although  the  narrative  of  the  severe  downside 
scenario was updated to include additional risks. The key aspects 
of the narrative for the scenarios are summarized below. 
– 

remained 

scenarios 

The  baseline  scenario  assumes  continued  growth  in  all  key 
markets,  albeit  at  a  slower  rate  than  in  2019.  As  a 
consequence,  unemployment  rates  are  not  expected  to  fall 
noticeably,  except  in  the  US.  Interest  rates  remain  at  low 
levels  in  line  with  the  central  bank  policies  pursued  in  the 
eurozone, Switzerland and in the US. 
The  upside  scenario  assumes  continued  accommodative 
central  bank  policies  in  developed  economies  and  a  gradual 
decline  of  geopolitical  and  economic  uncertainty.  Underlying 
macroeconomic conditions improve, and asset values increase 
substantially. 
The  mild  downside  scenario  is  based  on  a  monetary  policy 
tightening  assumption,  implemented  by  major  central  banks 
to deflate a potential asset price bubble, thus causing a mild 
recession. 
The narrative for the severe downside scenario, which during 
2019 focused primarily on developments in the eurozone, has 
been  broadened  to  cover  a  severe  recessionary  phase 
affecting  all  major  economies.  A  wide-ranging  slowdown  is 
mainly caused by global trade tensions and debt sustainability 
concerns  in  Europe.  Trade  and  business  confidence  are 
affected, being particularly felt in the key export markets for 
Swiss industry. 

– 

– 

– 

31 December  2019  are  summarized  in  the  table  on  the 
following page. 

The  determination  of  scenario  weights  is  subject  to  the 
process  and  governance  outlined  in  Note  1a  item  3g.  An 
econometric  model  is  used  to  provide  input  into  the  scenario 
weight  assessment  process.  The  model  output  gives  a  first 
estimate  of  the  probability  that  the  GDP  assumptions  used  for 
each scenario materialize, according to the historically observed 
deviations  of  GDP  growth  from  trend  growth.  Since  the 
probability  estimates  produced  by  the  model  do  not  include  an 
assessment  of  the  underlying  economic  or  political  causes, 
management  positions  the  model  output  into  the  context  of 
current  conditions  and 
future  expectations,  and  applies 
judgment in determining the final scenario weights. The reviews 
during 2019 reflected the increasing probability of a weakening 
economy  in  key  markets,  after  a  long  spell  of  substantial 
expansion, and the uncertainties about the influence that several 
political  developments  with  unforeseeable  outcomes  may  have 
on  future  growth.  At  year-end  2019,  management  reflected 
these  developments  by  giving  more  weight  to  the  severe 
downside scenario compared with 31 December 2018. 

Non-linearity  of  credit  losses  in  relation  to  macroeconomic 
factors  is  usually  most  pronounced  in  portfolios  that  are  most 
sensitive  to  interest  rates,  especially  in  the  areas  of  mortgage 
loans  to  private  clients  and  real  estate  financing.  The  mild 
downside scenario therefore reflects a significant rise in interest 
rates  as  a  key  component  and  is  also  particularly  relevant  for 
credit risk management purposes. 

As  noted  above,  scenario  weights  are  a  reflection  of  risks 
identified  during  management’s  assessment  of  economic  and 
geopolitical risks and not a specific expectation that a particular 
narrative  with  its  defined  macroeconomic  factors  (e.g.,  interest 
rates) will materialize. Other scenarios for a mild downside with 
less  focus  on  interest  rates  would,  however,  not  have  been 
representative  of  the  potential  asymmetry  of  loan  losses  in  a 
downturn. A more severe recession can be triggered by political 
factors that cannot be modeled based on observed history; given 
this  consideration,  the  weight  assigned  to  the  severe  downside 
case  was  also  based  on  management’s  assessment  of  the 
geopolitical  risks  that  might  affect  all  of  our  key  markets  and 
portfolios. 

EECCLL sscceennaarriioo 

AAssssiiggnneedd wweeiigghhttss iinn %% 

31.12.19 

31.12.18 

In each quarter the bases to which scenario-specific forecasts 
are applied, and the baseline forecast itself, were updated using 
the  most  recently  available  information  (key  macroeconomic 
data  and  relevant  market  indicators).  The  key  forward-looking 
macroeconomic  variables  applied  to  the  four  scenarios  as  of 

Upside 

Baseline 

Mild downside 

Severe downside 

7.5 

42.5 

35.0 

15.0 

10.0 

45.0 

35.0 

10.0 

391 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 23  Expected credit loss measurement (continued) 

Key parameters
Key parameters 
Real GDP growth (% change)
Real GDP growth (% change) 

United States
Eurozone
Switzerland

Consumer price index (% change)
Consumer price index (% change) 

United States
Eurozone
Switzerland

Unemployment rate (change, percentage points)
Unemployment rate (change, percentage points) 

United States
Eurozone
Switzerland

Fixed income: 10-year government bonds (change in yields, basis points)
Fixed income: 10-year government bonds (change in yields, basis points) 

USD
EUR
CHF

Equity indices (% change)
Equity indices (% change) 

S&P 500
EuroStoxx 50
SPI

Swiss real estate (% change)
Swiss real estate (% change) 
Single-Family Homes 
Other real estate (% change)
Other real estate (% change) 

United States (S&P/Case-Shiller)
Eurozone (House Price Index)

One year 
One year

Upside
Upside 

Severe
Mild
Severe 
Mild 
Baseline
downside
downside
Baseline  downside  downside 

Three years cumulative
Three years cumulative 
Mild
Mild 

Severe
Severe 
Baseline downside downside
Baseline  downside  downside 

Upside
Upside 

 4.3
 3.6
 4.2

 3.1
 2.1
 1.5

 (0.9)
 (1.4)
 (0.3)

 61.0
 65.0
 73.0

 14.8
 17.0
 13.9

4.5

 6.2
 4.9

 1.9
 1.0
 1.5

 1.8
 1.3
 0.8

 (0.4)
 (0.1)
 0.1

 0.2
 8.4
 9.5

 3.5
 0.5
 1.4

 0.1

 4.0
 1.2

 (0.5)
 (0.3)
 (0.8)

 4.9
 2.8
 1.8

 0.3
 0.6
 0.5

 (6.4)
 (9.1)
 (7.0)

 (1.2)
 (1.3)
 (1.8)

 5.7
 5.6
 2.6

 187.5
 112.5
 187.5

 (20.3)
 (15.5)
 (19.0)

 (100.0)
 (30.0)
 (70.0)

 (53.0)
 (60.0)
 (56.2)

 10.9
 9.5
 10.4

 8.6
 6.7
 5.5

 (0.9)
 (1.9)
 (0.8)

 274.1
 221.7
 283.0

 42.7
 44.3
 42.2

 6.4
 2.8
 4.8

 6.2
 4.3
 2.7

 (0.5)
 (0.2)
 0.3

 10.1
 28.2
 30.0

 9.5
 4.4
 5.3

 0.0
 0.7
 (0.1)

 (4.3) 
 (10.8) 
 (6.2) 

 11.1
 6.2
 4.2

 0.7
 1.0
 1.2

 262.5
 225.0
 262.5

 (23.5)
 (14.7)
 (24.0)

 0.4 
 (1.7) 
 (1.6) 

 5.6 
 7.9 
 3.6 

 (75.0) 
 (20.0) 
 (35.0) 

 (42.9) 
 (52.9) 
 (46.8) 

 (7.3)

 (15.2)

 14.1

 2.3

 (15.8)

 (27.0) 

 (4.0)
 (1.2)

 (13.3)
 (23.0)

 17.7
 15.4

 16.7
 2.2

 (11.9)
 (6.8)

 (23.4) 
 (33.2) 

c) Development of ECL allowances and provisions 

The ECL allowances and provisions recognized in the period are 
impacted by a variety of factors, such as: 
–  origination of new instruments during the period; 
–  effect  of  passage  of  time  as  the  ECLs  on  an  instrument  for 
the remaining lifetime reduces (all other factors remaining the 
same); 

–  movements  from  a  “maximum  12-month  ECL”  to  the 
recognition  of  “lifetime  ECLs”  (and  vice  versa)  following 
transfers between stages 1 and 2; 

–  movements  from  stages  1  and  2  to  stage  3  (credit-impaired 
status)  when  default  has  become  certain  and  probability  of 
default (PD) increases to 100% (or vice versa); 

–  discount  unwind  within  ECLs  as  it  is  measured  on  a  present 

–  changes in credit risk and/or economic forecasting models or 

value basis; 

–  derecognition of instruments in the period; 
–  change in individual asset quality of instruments; 
–  portfolio  effect  of  updating  forward-looking  scenarios  and 

the respective weights; 

updates to model parameters; and 

–  foreign  exchange  translations  for  assets  denominated  in 

foreign currencies and other movements. 

392 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 23  Expected credit loss measurement (continued) 

The following table explains the changes in the ECL allowances and provisions for on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments 
and other credit lines in scope of ECL requirements between the beginning and the end of the period due to the factors listed on the 
previous page. 

of which: Private clients with mortgages
of which: Real estate financing
of which: Large corporate clients
of which: SME clients

USD million 
BBaallaannccee aass ooff 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 22001188 
EECCLL mmoovveemmeennttss dduuee ttoo ssttaaggee ttrraannssffeerr11 
NNeett mmoovveemmeenntt ffrroomm nneeww aanndd ddeerreeccooggnniizzeedd ttrraannssaaccttiioonnss22 

of which: Private clients with mortgages
of which: Real estate financing
of which: Large corporate clients
of which: SME clients
BBooookk qquuaalliittyy mmoovveemmeennttss 
RReemmeeaassuurreemmeennttss dduuee ttoo ssttaaggee ttrraannssffeerrss33 

SSttaaggee 33 
SSttaaggee 11 
((669955)) 
((117766)) 
((88)) 
((9966)) 
33 
((6666)) 
 0 
 (4)
 0 
 (5)
 0 
 (14)
 0 
 (14)
((9966)) 
114411 
((9977)) 
111100 
 (1) 
 70
 0 
 21
 (35) 
 1
 (53) 
 6
11 
3311 
 (9) 
 2
 1 
 0
 (14) 
 (10)
 17 
 9
MMooddeell aanndd mmeetthhooddoollooggyy cchhaannggeess55 
00 
1177 
TToottaall EECCLL mmoovveemmeennttss wwiitthh pprrooffiitt oorr lloossss iimmppaacctt66 
((110000)) 
((44)) 
110088 
((11)) 
OOtthheerr aalllloowwaannccee aanndd pprroovviissiioonn mmoovveemmeennttss 
Write-offs / recoveries7
 130 
 0
Reclassifications8
 0 
 0
Foreign exchange movements9
 (4) 
 (1)
 (18) 
 0
Other
BBaallaannccee aass ooff 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 22001199 
((668888)) 
((118811)) 
11 Represents ECL allowances and provisions prior to ECL remeasurement due to stage transfer. 
22 Represents the increase and decrease in allowances and provisions resulting from financial instruments (including 
guarantees and facilities) that were newly originated, purchased or renewed and from the final derecognition of loans or facilities on their maturity date or earlier.    33 Represents the remeasurement between 12-
month and lifetime ECL due to stage transfers.    44 Represents the change in allowances and provisions related to changes in model inputs or assumptions, including changes in forward-looking macroeconomic 
conditions, changes in the exposure profile, PD and LGD changes, and unwinding of the time value.   55 Represents the change in the allowances and provisions related to changes in models and methodologies. 
Refer to Note 23b for more information.    66 Includes ECL movements due to stage transfers, ECL movements from new and derecognized transactions, book quality changes and model and methodology changes. 
77 Represents the decrease in allowances and provisions resulting from write-offs of the ECL allowance against the gross carrying amount when all or part of a financial asset is deemed uncollectible or forgiven. 
88 Represents reclassifications to Other assets measured at amortized cost.  99 Represents the change in allowances and provisions related to movements in foreign exchange rates. 

DDeevveellooppmmeenntt ooff EECCLL aalllloowwaanncceess aanndd pprroovviissiioonnss 
SSttaaggee 22 
((118833)) 
110033 
1100 
 3
 2
 8
 (2)
((9977)) 
((113388)) 
 (74)
 (16)
 (11)
 (17)
4411 
 30
 0
 0
 10
99 
2255 
((22)) 
 0
 0
 (2)
 0
((116600)) 

TToottaall 
((11,,005544)) 
00 
((5533)) 
 (1)
 (3)
 (6)
 (16)
((5522)) 
((112255)) 
 (5)
 5
 (45)
 (64)
7733 
 22
 1
 (24)
 35
2266 
((7788)) 
110055 
 130
 0
 (8)
 (19)
((11,,002299)) 

RReemmeeaassuurreemmeennttss wwiitthhoouutt ssttaaggee ttrraannssffeerrss44 
of which: Private clients with mortgages
of which: Real estate financing
of which: Large corporate clients
of which: SME clients

393 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
      
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 23  Expected credit loss measurement (continued) 

The  following  table  explains  the  changes  in  the  ECL  allowances  and  provisions  for  Loans  and  advances  to  customers,  Loans  to 
financial  advisors  and  off-balance  sheet  financial  instruments  and  other  credit  lines  between  the  beginning  and  the  end  of  the 
period. 

of which: Private clients with mortgages
of which: Real estate financing
of which: Large corporate clients
of which: SME clients

USD million 
Balance as of 1 January 2018 
Balance as of 1 January 2018
ECL movements due to stage transfer1
ECL movements due to stage transfer1 
Net movement from new and derecognized transactions2 
Net movement from new and derecognized transactions2

of which: Private clients with mortgages
of which: Real estate financing
of which: Large corporate clients
of which: SME clients
Book quality movements 
Book quality movements
Remeasurements due to stage transfers3 
Remeasurements due to stage transfers3

Stage 3 
Stage 1 
(783) 
(141) 
(783)
(141)
2 
2
(97) 
(97)
19 
19
(44) 
(44)
 0 
 (6)
 0 
 (8)
 8 
 (6)
 0 
 (14)
(114) 
(114)
112 
112
(7)
(7) 
95
95 
 (1) 
 54
 0 
 24
 1 
 0
 0 
 7
(106) 
(106)
17
17 
 (7) 
 2
 (8) 
 4
 (48) 
 (2)
 (70) 
 9
Model and methodology changes5
Model and methodology changes5 
0
0 
(2)
(2) 
Subtotal ECL movements with profit or loss impact6
Subtotal ECL movements with profit or loss impact6 
(86)
(86) 
(30)
(30) 
Other allowance and provision movements
216
10
Other allowance and provision movements 
216 
10 
Write-offs / recoveries7
 199 
 1
Reclassifications8
 15 
 7
Foreign exchange movements9
 8 
 0
Other
 (6) 
 2
Balance as of 31 December 2018
Balance as of 31 December 2018 
(661) 
(661)
(162) 
(162)
1 Represents ECL allowances and provisions prior to ECL remeasurement due to stage transfer. 
2 Represents the increase and decrease in allowances and provisions resulting from financial instruments (including 
1
2
3 Represents the remeasurement between 12-
guarantees and facilities) that were newly originated, purchased or renewed and from the final derecognition of loans or facilities on their maturity date or earlier. 
3
4 Represents the change in allowances and provisions related to changes in model inputs or assumptions, including changes in forward-looking macroeconomic 
month and lifetime ECL due to stage transfers. 
4
5 Represents the change in the allowances and provisions related to changes in models and methodologies. 
conditions, changes in the exposure profile, PD and LGD changes, and unwinding of the time value. 
5
6 UBS has restated ECL movements with profit or loss (P&L) impact to include ECL movements due to stage transfer. This aligns with a change in approach adopted in 2019 to allow for the total ECL P&L impacts by 
6
stage to be disclosed, including ECL movements due to stage transfers, ECL movements from new and derecognized transactions, book quality changes, model and methodology changes and foreign exchange rates. 
7 Represents the decrease in allowances and provisions resulting from write-offs of the ECL allowance against the gross carrying amount when all or part of a financial asset is deemed uncollectible or forgiven. 
7
8 Represents reclassifications to Other assets measured at amortized cost.  9 Represents the change in allowances and provisions related to movements in foreign exchange rates. 
8

Development of ECL allowances and provisions 
Stage 2 
(193) 
(193)
95 
95
15 
15
 4
 5
 1
 4
(87) 
(87)
(103)
(103) 
 (63)
 (19)
 (3)
 (7)
16
16 
 (3)
 12
 (6)
 6
(11)
(11) 
11
11 
1
1 
 0
 3
 0
 (1)
(180) 
(180)

Total 
(1,117) 
(1,117)
0 
0
(10) 
(10)
 (3)
 (3)
 2
 (10)
(89) 
(89)
(16)
(16) 
 (11)
 5
 (1)
 1
(73)
(73) 
 (9)
 8
 (56)
 (55)
(13)
(13) 
(104)
(104) 
227
227 
 200
 25
 8
 (6)
(1,002) 
(1,002)

Remeasurements without stage transfers4 
Remeasurements without stage transfers4
of which: Private clients with mortgages
of which: Real estate financing
of which: Large corporate clients
of which: SME clients

9

394 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
      
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
Note 23  Expected credit loss measurement (continued) 

d) Maximum exposure to credit risk 

The  tables  on  the  following  pages  provide  the  Group’s 
maximum  exposure  to  credit  risk  for  financial  instruments 
subject  to  ECL  requirements  and  the  respective  collateral  and 
other credit enhancements mitigating credit risk for these classes 
of financial instruments. 

The  maximum  exposure  to  credit  risk  includes  the  carrying 
amounts  of  financial  instruments  recognized  on  the  balance 
sheet  subject  to  credit  risk  and  the  notional  amounts  for  off-
balance  sheet  arrangements.  Where  information  is  available, 

collateral is presented at fair value. For other collateral, such as 
real  estate,  a  reasonable  alternative  value  is  used.  Credit 
enhancements, 
such  as  credit  derivative  contracts  and 
guarantees,  are  included  at  their  notional  amounts.  Both  are 
capped  at  the  maximum  exposure  to  credit  risk  for  which  they 
serve as security. The “Risk management and control” section of 
this  report  describes  management’s  view  of  credit  risk  and  the 
related exposures, which can differ in certain respects from the 
requirements of IFRS. 

Maximum exposure to credit risk 

USD billion 
FFiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt oonn tthhee 
bbaallaannccee sshheeeett 
Cash and balances at central banks 

Loans and advances to banks2 

Receivables from securities financing transactions 

Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments3,4 

Loans and advances to customers5 

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost 

TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt 
FFiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee tthhrroouugghh ootthheerr 
ccoommpprreehheennssiivvee iinnccoommee  ddeebbtt 
TToottaall mmaaxxiimmuumm eexxppoossuurree ttoo ccrreeddiitt rriisskk rreefflleecctteedd oonn tthhee 
bbaallaannccee sshheeeett iinn ssccooppee ooff EECCLL 
Guarantees6 

–– 

Loan commitments6 
Forward starting transactions, reverse repurchase and 
securities borrowing agreements 
Committed unconditionally revocable credit lines 
TToottaall mmaaxxiimmuumm eexxppoossuurree ttoo ccrreeddiitt rriisskk nnoott rreefflleecctteedd oonn 
tthhee bbaallaannccee sshheeeett,, iinn ssccooppee ooff EECCLL 

3311..1122..1199 

CCoollllaatteerraall 

CCrreeddiitt eennhhaanncceemmeennttss 

MMaaxxiimmuumm 
eexxppoossuurree ttoo 
ccrreeddiitt rriisskk 

CCaasshh 
ccoollllaatteerraall 
rreecceeiivveedd 

CCoollllaatteerraalliizzeedd 
bbyy sseeccuurriittiieess 

SSeeccuurreedd bbyy 
rreeaall eessttaattee 

OOtthheerr 
ccoollllaatteerraall11 

NNeettttiinngg 

CCrreeddiitt 
ddeerriivvaattiivvee 
ccoonnttrraaccttss  GGuuaarraanntteeeess 

EExxppoossuurree ttoo 
ccrreeddiitt rriisskk 
aafftteerr ccoollllaatteerraall 
aanndd ccrreeddiitt 
eennhhaanncceemmeennttss 

110077..11 

1122..44 

8844..22 

2233..33 

332266..88 

2233..00 

557766..88 

66..33 

558833..22 
1188..11 

2277..55 

11..77 
3355..11 

8822..33 

00..00 

7777..66 

110011..44 

00..44 

117799..44 

117799..44 
33..00 

11..99 

11..77 
88..33 

1144..99 

117744..77 

00..00 

117744..77 

117744..77 
00..11 

11..33 

44..99 

66..33 

1188..44 

00..11 

1188..66 

1188..66 
11..00 

00..22 

00..33 

11..55 

1144..44 

1144..44 

00..00 

1144..44 

00..00 

00..22 

55..88 

1177..11 

11..33 

2244..33 

2244..33 
11..77 

55..88 

33..66 

1111..00 

00..00 

00..22 

11..11 

11..11 

11..11 
22..55 

00..22 

00..00 

22..88 

110077..11 

1122..44 

00..88 

88..99 

1144..00 

2211..11 

116644..44 

66..33 

117700..77 
99..88 

1188..00 

00..00 
1177..99 

4455..77 

395 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 23  Expected credit loss measurement (continued) 

Maximum exposure to credit risk (continued) 

31.12.18 

Collateral 

USD billion 
Financial assets measured at amortized cost on the 
Financial assets measured at amortized cost on the
balance sheet 
balance sheet
Cash and balances at central banks

Loans and advances to banks2

Receivables from securities financing transactions

Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments3,4

Loans and advances to customers5

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost

Total financial assets measured at amortized cost 
Total financial assets measured at amortized cost

Financial assets measured at fair value through other 
Financial assets measured at fair value through other
comprehensive income – debt 
comprehensive income – debt
Total maximum exposure to credit risk reflected on the 
Total maximum exposure to credit risk reflected on the
balance sheet in scope of ECL 
balance sheet in scope of ECL
Guarantees6

Maximum 
exposure to 
credit risk 

Cash 

collateral  Collateralized  Secured by 
real estate 
by securities 
received 

Other 
collateral1 

Netting 

Credit enhancements 

Exposure to 
credit risk 
after collateral 
Credit 
derivative 
and credit 
contracts  Guarantees  enhancements 

 108.4 

 16.9

 95.3

 23.6

 320.4

 22.6

587.1 
587.1

6.7 
6.7

593.8 
593.8
 18.1

 0.1 

 92.5

 104.4

 0.4

197.4 
197.4

 2.5

 16.2

 1.1 

19.9 
19.9

 167.1

 0.0

167.2 
167.2

 17.0

 0.1

17.2 
17.2

 14.5

 0.0

 1.2 

14.5 
14.5

0.0 
0.0

1.2 
1.2

17.2 
17.2
 1.3

197.4 
197.4
 2.5

167.2 
167.2
 0.1

19.9 
19.9
 1.2

14.5 
14.5

0.0 
0.0

1.2 
1.2
 2.7

 108.4 

 16.8 

 0.3 

 9.1 

 14.3 

 20.9 

169.8 
169.8

6.7 
6.7

176.5 
176.5
 10.2 

 0.4

 2.8

 31.2

Loan commitments6
Forward starting transactions, reverse repurchase and 
securities borrowing agreements
Committed unconditionally revocable credit lines
Total maximum exposure to credit risk not reflected on 
Total maximum exposure to credit risk not reflected on
51.0 
12.7 
the balance sheet, in scope of ECL 
51.0
12.7
the balance sheet, in scope of ECL
2 Loans and advances to banks include amounts held with third-party banks on behalf of clients. 
1 Includes but is not limited to life insurance contracts, inventory, mortgage loans, gold and other commodities. 
2
1
3 Included within Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments are margin balances due from exchanges or clearing houses. 
The credit risk associated with these balances may be borne by those clients. 
3
4 The amount shown in the “Netting” column represents the netting potential not recognized 
Some of these margin balances reflect amounts transferred on behalf of clients who retain the associated credit risk. 
4
on the balance sheet. Refer to Note 25 for more information.  5 Collateral arrangements generally incorporate a range of collateral, including cash, securities, property and other collateral.  6 The amount shown in 
the “Guarantees” column largely relates to sub-participations. Refer to Note 34 for more information. 

 0.0 
 21.0 

 0.9
 36.6

 0.9
 6.5

 19.8 

10.8 
10.8

86.8 
86.8

 0.7 

3.4 
3.4

5.8 
5.8

2.8 
2.8

0.2 
0.2

0.0 
0.0

 3.9

 1.1

 5.7

 4.2

 1.5

 0.2

6

5

396 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
     
 
      
 
 
 
   
 
  
Note 23  Expected credit loss measurement (continued) 

e) Financial assets subject to credit risk by rating category 

The  table  below  shows  the  credit  quality  and  the  maximum 
exposure  to  credit  risk  based  on  the  Group’s  internal  credit 
rating  system  and  year-end  stage  classification.  With  the 
transition  to  IFRS  9,  the  credit  risk  rating  reflects  the  Group’s 
assessment  of 
individual 
counterparties,  prior  to  substitutions.  The  amounts  presented 
are gross of impairment allowances. 

the  probability  of  default  of 

  Refer to the “Risk management and control” section of this 

report for more details regarding the Group’s internal grading 

system 

Financial assets subject to credit risk by rating category 

USD million 

3311..1122..1199 

Rating category1 
FFiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt 

CCaasshh aanndd bbaallaanncceess aatt cceennttrraall bbaannkkss 

of which: stage 1 

LLooaannss aanndd aaddvvaanncceess ttoo bbaannkkss 

of which: stage 1

of which: stage 2

of which: stage 3

– 
00 11 
–

– 
22 33 
–

– 
44 55 
–

–
66 88 
–

– 
99 1133 
–

110055,,119955 

11,,887733 

105,195  1,873

00 

 0

330099 

99,,883322 

11,,332266 

 309  9,832  1,326

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

00 

 0

668877 

 677

 10

 0

00 

 0

229988 

 228

 71

 0

RReecceeiivvaabblleess ffrroomm sseeccuurriittiieess ffiinnaanncciinngg ttrraannssaaccttiioonnss 

2211,,008899 

1166,,888899 

1144,,336666 

2288,,881155 

33,,008888 

of which: stage 1

 21,089  16,889  14,366  28,815  3,088

CCaasshh ccoollllaatteerraall rreecceeiivvaabblleess oonn ddeerriivvaattiivvee iinnssttrruummeennttss 

44,,889999 

1100,,555533 

55,,003333 

22,,776655 

of which: stage 1

LLooaannss aanndd aaddvvaanncceess ttoo ccuussttoommeerrss 

of which: stage 1

of which: stage 2

of which: stage 3

 4,899  10,553  5,033  2,765

11,,774444  117744,,998822 

5599,,224400 

7700,,552288 

1188,,774488 

22,,330088 

332277,,555500 

 1,744  174,328  56,957  62,435  14,117

 655  2,283  8,093  4,631

 0

 0

 0

 0

339900 

 0

77,,115588 

OOtthheerr ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt 

1133,,003311 

11,,556600 

of which: stage 1

of which: stage 2

of which: stage 3

 13,031  1,549

 381  6,747

 0

 0

 11

 0

 9

 0

 412

 0

TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt 

114466,,226677  221155,,669900 

8800,,335544  110099,,995522 

2222,,448855 

22,,998811 

557777,,773300 

OOnn bbaallaannccee sshheeeett ffiinnaanncciiaall iinnssttrruummeennttss 

-
-

FFiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt FFVVOOCCII  ddeebbtt iinnssttrruummeennttss 

– 
–

55,,885544 

445500 

00 

4411 

00 

00 

66,,334455 

TToottaall oonn bbaallaannccee sshheeeett ffiinnaanncciiaall iinnssttrruummeennttss 

-
-

115522,,112200  221166,,113399 

8800,,335544  110099,,999944 

2222,,448855 

22,,998811 

558844,,007755 

11 Refer to the “Internal UBS rating scale and mapping of external ratings” table in the “Risk management and control” section of this report for more information on rating categories. 

-
-
CCrreeddiitt
iimmppaaiirreedd 
((ddeeffaauulltteedd)) 

TToottaall ggrroossss 
ccaarrrryyiinngg 
aammoouunntt 

EECCLL 
aalllloowwaanncceess 

00 

110077,,006688 

 0  107,068

11 

1122,,445544 

 0  12,371

 0

 1

00 

 81

 1

8844,,224466 

 0  84,246

00 

2233,,228899 

 0  23,289

 0  309,581

 0  15,661

 2,308

667722 

 2,308

2233,,112233 

 0  21,988

 0

 672

 463

 672

3399 

 39

 0

331122 

 280

 32

 0

00 

 0

((66)) 

 (4)

 (1)

 (1)

((22)) 

 (2)

00 

 0

((776644)) 

 (82)

 (123)

 (559)

((114433)) 

 (35)

 (13)

 (95)

((991155)) 

00 

((991155)) 

NNeett ccaarrrryyiinngg 
aammoouunntt 
((mmaaxxiimmuumm 
eexxppoossuurree ttoo 
ccrreeddiitt rriisskk)) 

110077,,006688 

 107,068 

1122,,444477 

 12,367 

 80 

 0 

8844,,224455 

 84,245 

2233,,228899 

 23,289 

332266,,778866 

 309,499 

 15,538 

 1,749 

2222,,998800 

 21,953 

 451 

 576 

557766,,881155 

66,,334455 

558833,,115599 

397 

Financial statements 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 23  Expected credit loss measurement (continued) 

Off-balance sheet positions subject to expected credit loss by rating category 

USD million 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

Rating category1 
Off-balance sheet financial instruments 
Off-balance sheet financial instruments

Guarantees 
Guarantees

of which: stage 1

of which: stage 2

of which: stage 3

Irrevocable loan commitments 
Irrevocable loan commitments

of which: stage 1

of which: stage 2

of which: stage 3

Forward starting reverse repurchase and securities borrowing agreements 
Forward starting reverse repurchase and securities borrowing agreements

0–1 
0–1

2–3 
2–3

4–5 
4–5

6–8 
6–8

9–13 
9–13

857 
857

4,932 
4,932

6,060 
6,060

5,450 
5,450

 857  4,931  6,048  5,218

 0

 0

 1

 0

 12

 0

 233

 0

761 
761

 704

 57

 0

2,548 
2,548

10,068 
10,068

4,862 
4,862

5,859 
5,859

4,160 
4,160

 2,548  10,068  4,862  5,722  3,878

 0

 0

0 
0

 0

 0

672 
672

 0

 0

50 
50

 137

 0

936 
936

 282

 0

0 
0

Total off-balance sheet financial instruments 
Total off-balance sheet financial instruments

3,405 
3,405

15,672 
15,672

10,972 
10,972

12,245 
12,245

4,922 
4,922

Other credit lines 
Other credit lines

Committed unconditionally revocable credit lines 
Committed unconditionally revocable credit lines

of which: stage 1

of which: stage 2

of which: stage 3

Irrevocable committed prolongation of existing loans 
Irrevocable committed prolongation of existing loans

of which: stage 1

of which: stage 2

of which: stage 3

Total other credit lines 
Total other credit lines

632 
632

12,459 
12,459

6,231 
6,231

7,169 
7,169

8,554 
8,554

 628  12,422  6,120  6,789  7,889

 4

 0

25 
25

 37

 0

1,399 
1,399

 25  1,399

 0

 0

 0

 0

 111

 0

870 
870

 870

 0

 0

 380

 0

633 
633

 633

 0

 0

 665

 0

359 
359

 359

 0

 0

657 
657

13,858 
13,858

7,101 
7,101

7,801 
7,801

8,913 
8,913

Total carrying
Total carrying 
amount
amount 
(maximum
(maximum 
exposure to 
exposure to
credit risk)  ECL provision 
ECL provision
credit risk)

Credit-
Credit-
impaired 
impaired
(defaulted) 
(defaulted)

82 
82

 0

 0

 82

50 
50

 0

 0

 50

0 
0

132 
132

46 
46

 0

 0

 46

4 
4

 0

 0

 4

50 
50

18,142 
18,142

 17,757

 304

 82

27,547 
27,547

 27,078

 419

 50

1,657 
1,657

47,347 
47,347

35,092 
35,092

 33,848

 1,197

 46

3,289 
3,289

 3,285

 0

 4

38,381 
38,381

(42) 
(42)

 (8) 

 (1) 

 (33) 

(35) 
(35)

 (30) 

 (5) 

 0 

0 
0

(77) 
(77)

(34) 
(34)

 (17) 

 (17) 

 0 

(3) 
(3)

 (3) 

 0 

 0 

(37) 
(37)

1 Refer to the “Internal UBS rating scale and mapping of external ratings” table in the “Risk management and control” section of this report for more information on rating categories. 
1

398 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Note 23  Expected credit loss measurement (continued) 

Financial assets subject to credit risk by rating category 

USD million 

31.12.18 

0–1 

2–3 

4–5 

6–8 

9–13 

Credit-
impaired 
(defaulted) 

Total gross 
carrying 
amount 

ECL 
allowances 

Rating category1 
FFiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt 

CCaasshh aanndd bbaallaanncceess aatt cceennttrraall bbaannkkss 

of which: stage 1

LLooaannss aanndd aaddvvaanncceess ttoo bbaannkkss 

of which: stage 1

of which: stage 2

of which: stage 3

110033,,663355 

 103,635

882299 

44,,773355 

 4,735

1133,,446622 

 829  13,462

 0

 0

 0

 0

00 

 0

11,,334477 

 1,347

 0

 0

00 

 0

992277 

 763

 164

 0

RReecceeiivvaabblleess ffrroomm sseeccuurriittiieess ffiinnaanncciinngg ttrraannssaaccttiioonnss 

2299,,006655 

2244,,665533 

1133,,660022 

2266,,886655 

of which: stage 1

 29,065  24,653  13,602  26,865

CCaasshh ccoollllaatteerraall rreecceeiivvaabblleess oonn ddeerriivvaattiivvee iinnssttrruummeennttss 

55,,113366 

1100,,004422 

of which: stage 1

LLooaannss aanndd aaddvvaanncceess ttoo ccuussttoommeerrss 

 5,136  10,042

33,,664422 

117722,,774422 

55,,228822 

 5,282

5522,,556666 

33,,004400 

 3,040

7733,,886633 

00 

 0

330077 

 268

 39

 0

11,,116655 

 1,165

110011 

 101

00 

110088,,337700 

 0  108,370

33 

1166,,887755 

 0  16,669

 0

 3

00 

 203

 3

9955,,335500 

 0  95,350

00 

2233,,660011 

 0  23,601

1166,,001144 

22,,229977 

332211,,112244 

of which: stage 1

of which: stage 2

of which: stage 3

OOtthheerr ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt 

of which: stage 1

of which: stage 2

of which: stage 3

 3,621  172,002  49,277  62,305  11,111

 20

 0

1133,,440099 

 13,409

 0

 0

 740

 3,289  11,558

 4,903

 0

667766 

 676

 0

 0

 0

331133 

 313

 0

 0

 0

77,,446600 

 7,235

 225

 0

 0

227744 

 272

 2

 0

 0  298,316

 0  20,510

 2,297

558866 

 2,297

2222,,771188 

 0  21,905

 0

 586

 227

 586

TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt 

115555,,771166 

222266,,331100 

7733,,111100 

111122,,115555 

1177,,886611 

22,,888866 

558888,,003399 

OOnn bbaallaannccee sshheeeett ffiinnaanncciiaall iinnssttrruummeennttss 

-
-

FFiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt FFVVOOCCII  ddeebbtt iinnssttrruummeennttss 

– 
–

33,,888899 

22,,770022 

00 

7766 

00 

00 

66,,666677 

TToottaall oonn bbaallaannccee sshheeeett ffiinnaanncciiaall iinnssttrruummeennttss 

-
-

115599,,660055 

222299,,001122 

7733,,111100 

111122,,223311 

1177,,886611 

22,,888866 

559944,,770066 

11 Refer to the “Internal UBS rating scale and mapping of external ratings” table in the “Risk management and control” section of this report for more information on rating categories. 

00 

 0

((77)) 

 (4)

 (1)

 (3) 

((22)) 

 (2)

00 

 0

((777722)) 

 (69)

 (155)

 (549)

((115555)) 

 (43)

 (4)

 (109)

((993377)) 

00 

((993377)) 

Net carrying 
amount 
(maximum 
exposure to 
credit risk) 

110088,,337700 

 108,370 

1166,,886688 

 16,666 

 202 

9955,,334499 

 95,349 

2233,,660022 

 23,602 

332200,,335522 

 298,248 

 20,357 

 1,748 

2222,,556633 

 21,862 

 223 

 478 

558877,,110044 

66,,666677 

559933,,777711 

399 

Financial statements 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 23  Expected credit loss measurement (continued) 

Off-balance sheet positions subject to expected credit loss by rating category 

USD million 

31.12.18 

0–1 

2–3 

4–5 

6–8 

9–13 

Total carrying 
amount 
(maximum 
exposure to 
credit risk)  ECL provision 

Credit-
impaired 
(defaulted) 

Rating category1 
Off-balance sheet financial instruments
Off-balance sheet financial instruments 

Guarantees 
Guarantees

of which: stage 1

of which: stage 2

of which: stage 3

Irrevocable loan commitments 
Irrevocable loan commitments

of which: stage 1

of which: stage 2

of which: stage 3

Forward starting reverse repurchase and securities borrowing agreements 
Forward starting reverse repurchase and securities borrowing agreements

979 
979

6,673 
6,673

3,859 
3,859

5,415 
5,415

1,006 
1,006

215 
215

 978  6,670  3,849  5,012

 3

 0

 10

 0

 402

 0

 0

 811

 195

2,088 
2,088

11,667 
11,667

6,519 
6,519

6,479 
6,479

4,404 
4,404

 2,088  11,667  6,519  6,296  4,019

 0

 0

25 
25

 0

 0

 0

 0

510 
510

150 
150

 183

 0

251 
251

 385

0 
0

Total off-balance sheet financial instruments 
Total off-balance sheet financial instruments

3,092 
3,092

18,850 
18,850

10,528 
10,528

12,145 
12,145

5,410 
5,410

Other credit lines 
Other credit lines

Committed unconditionally revocable credit lines 
Committed unconditionally revocable credit lines

of which: stage 1

of which: stage 2

of which: stage 3

Irrevocable committed prolongation of existing loans 
Irrevocable committed prolongation of existing loans

of which: stage 1

of which: stage 2

of which: stage 3

Total other credit lines 
Total other credit lines

 8

 0

27 
27

776 
776

10,899 
10,899

5,282 
5,282

11,499 
11,499

8,084 
8,084

 768  10,871  5,152  10,727  7,603

 28

 130

 772

1,346 
1,346

 27  1,315

 0

 0

 31

 0

902 
902

 701

 200

889 
889

 680

 209

 0

803 
803

12,245 
12,245

6,171 
6,171

12,401 
12,401

8,238 
8,238

 481

 0

154 
154

 137

 17

18,147 
18,147

 17,320

 610

 215

31,212 
31,212

 30,590

 568

 53

936 
936

50,295 
50,295

36,633 
36,633

 35,121

 1,419

 93 

3,339 
3,339

 2,860

 457

 21

39,972 
39,972

(43) 
(43)

 (7) 

 (2) 

 (34) 

(37) 
(37)

 (32) 

 (5) 

 0 

0 
0

(80) 
(80)

(35) 
(35)

 (19) 

 (16) 

(1) 
(1)

 (1) 

 0 

 0 

(36) 
(36)

 0

 215

55 
55

 1

 0

 53

0 
0

270 
270

93 
93

 0

 93

21 
21

 0

 0

 21

114 
114

1 Refer to the “Internal UBS rating scale and mapping of external ratings” table in the “Risk management and control” section of this report for more information on rating categories. 
1

400 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Note 23  Expected credit loss measurement (continued) 

f) Credit-impaired financial instruments at amortized cost 

The  credit  risk  in  the  Group’s  portfolio  is  actively  managed  by 
taking  collateral  against  exposures  and  by  utilizing  credit 
hedging.  Collateral  held  against  credit-impaired  loan  exposures 
(stage 3)  mainly  consisted  of  real  estate  and  securities.  It  is  the 
Group’s  policy  to  dispose  of  foreclosed  real  estate  as  soon  as 
practicable.  The  carrying  amount  of  foreclosed  property 
recorded  in  our  balance  sheet  at  the  end  of  2019  and  2018 

amounted  to  USD 86  million  and  USD 60  million,  respectively. 
The firm seeks to liquidate collateral held in the form of financial 
assets  expeditiously  and  at  prices  considered  fair.  This  may 
require  us  to  purchase  assets  for  our  own  account,  where 
permitted  by  law,  pending  orderly  liquidation.  Financial  assets 
that  are  credit-impaired  and  related  collateral  held  in  order  to 
mitigate potential losses are shown in the table below. 

USD million 

Loans and advances to banks 
Loans and advances to customers 

of which: Private clients with mortgages 
of which: Real estate financing 
of which: Large corporate clients 
of which: SME clients 
of which: Lombard 

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost 
TToottaall ccrreeddiitt iimmppaaiirreedd ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt 

-
-

GGrroossss ccaarrrryyiinngg 
aammoouunntt 
11 
22,,330088 
11,,000000 
2211 
119922 
779911 
111166 
667722 
22,,99881111 

3311..1122..1199 

AAlllloowwaannccee ffoorr 

eexxppeecctteedd ccrreeddiitt lloosssseess  NNeett ccaarrrryyiinngg aammoouunntt 
00 
11,,774499 
995599 
1177 
9944 
552211 
9988 
557766 
22,,332266 

((11)) 
((555599)) 
((4411)) 
((44)) 
((9988)) 
((227711)) 
((1188)) 
((9955)) 
((665555))11 

CCoollllaatteerraall // ccrreeddiitt 
eennhhaanncceemmeennttss 
00 
11,,669988 
995599 
1133 
7777 
446611 
8899 
2222 
11,,772200 

Guarantees 

of which: Large corporate clients 
of which: SME clients 

1100 
88 
22 
1122 
Loan commitments 
55 
Committed unconditionally revocable credit lines 
00 
Irrevocable committed prolongation of existing loans 
TToottaall ooffff bbaallaannccee sshheeeett ffiinnaanncciiaall iinnssttrruummeennttss aanndd ootthheerr ccrreeddiitt lliinneess 
2277 
11 Under IFRS 9, adopted on 1 January 2018, an instrument is classified as credit-impaired if the counterparty is defaulted, and/or the instrument is purchased or originated credit-impaired and includes credit-
impaired exposures for which no loss has occurred or no allowance has been recognized (e.g., because they are expected to be fully recoverable through the collateral held). 

((3333)) 
((99)) 
((2233)) 
00 
00 
00 
((3333))11 

8822 
2244 
5588 
5500 
4466 
44 
11882211 

-
-

USD million 

Loans and advances to banks
Loans and advances to customers

of which: Private clients with mortgages
of which: Real estate financing
of which: Large corporate clients
of which: SME clients
of which: Lombard

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost
TToottaall ccrreeddiitt iimmppaaiirreedd ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt 

-
-

Gross carrying 
amount 
 3
 2,297
 836
 54
 170
 888
 31
 586
22,,88886611 

31.12.18 

Allowance for 

expected credit losses  Net carrying amount 

 (3)
 (549)
 (39)
 (16)
 (82)
 (256)
 (17)
 (109)
((666600))11 

 0
 1,748
 796
 38
 88
 632
 14
 478
22,,222266 

Collateral / credit 
enhancements 
 0 
 1,654 
 796 
 30 
 79 
 561 
 14 
 12 
11,,666666 

Guarantees

of which: Large corporate clients
of which: SME clients

 84 
 79 
 5 
 8 
Loan commitments
 9 
Committed unconditionally revocable credit lines
 0 
Irrevocable committed prolongation of existing loans
TToottaall ooffff bbaallaannccee sshheeeett ffiinnaanncciiaall iinnssttrruummeennttss aanndd ootthheerr ccrreeddiitt lliinneess 
110022 
11 Under IFRS 9, adopted on 1 January 2018, an instrument is classified as credit-impaired if the counterparty is defaulted, and/or the instrument is purchased or originated credit-impaired and includes credit-
impaired exposures for which no loss has occurred or no allowance has been recognized (e.g., because they are expected to be fully recoverable through the collateral held). 

 215
 127
 77
 53
 93
 22
33883311 

 (34)
 (6)
 (25)
 0
 0
 0
((3344))11 

-
-

401 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 23  Expected credit loss measurement (continued) 

g) Sensitivity information 

As  outlined  in  Note  1a,  ECL  estimates  involve  significant 
uncertainties at the time they are made. 

ECL model 
The  models  applied  to  determine  point  in  time  probability  of 
default  (PD)  and  loss  given  default  (LGD)  rely  on  market  and 
statistical  data,  which  have  been  found  to  correlate  well  with 
historically  observed  defaults 
in  sufficiently  homogeneous 
segments.  The  risk  sensitivities  for  each  of  the  IFRS  9  reporting 
segments to such factors have been summarized in Note 10. 

Emerging new systematic risk factors may not be sufficiently 
taken  into  account  by  existing  models  and  may  affect  the 
responsiveness thereof to a changing environment. This risk is 
deemed  to  be  immaterial  and  is  monitored  through  regular 
model review processes. It is deemed to be of less importance 
in particular for the large books of mortgage loans, where risk 
drivers tend to be stable. 

Statistically  derived  models,  which  perform  well  on  a 
reasonably  sized  and  homogeneous  portfolio,  may  show 
weakness  in  smaller-sized  sub-portfolios,  for  which  other  or 
differently  weighted  factors  may  be  more  relevant  criteria. 
Where risk experts conclude that the output of a general model 
is not in line with what they would have expected for a specific 
portfolio segment, and that this would be material for ECL, the 
use of overlays would be recommended, based on management 
judgment. 

ECL estimations for segments where the PD is homogeneous, 
but  the  credit  exposure  is  not,  may  prove  to  be  inaccurate  – 
even though all parameters have been accurately predicted – as 

the  actual  amount  of  loss  depends  on  the  exposure  of  the 
position  that  defaulted.  This  observation  is  less  relevant  for 
retail-type  portfolios  with  smaller  individual  exposures  from 
mortgage 
loans  or  financing  of  small  and  medium-sized 
corporate clients (SME), but may become important for the large 
corporate  client  portfolios  in  the  Investment  Bank  and  Personal 
& Corporate Banking. 

Forward-looking scenarios 
Depending  on  the  scenario  selection  and  related  macro-
economic  assumptions  for  the  risk  factors,  the  components  of 
the  relevant  weighted  average  ECL  change.  This  is  particularly 
relevant for interest rates, which can take both directions under 
a given growth assumption (for example, low growth with high 
interest  rates  in  a  stagflation  scenario,  versus  low  growth  and 
falling  interest  rates  in  a  recession).  Management  will  look  for 
scenario  narratives  that  reflect  the  key  risk  drivers  of  a  credit 
portfolio. 

As  forecasting  models  are  complex,  due  to  the  combination 
of multiple factors, simple what-if analyses involving a change of 
individual  parameters  do  not  necessarily  provide  realistic 
information  on  the  exposure  of  segments  to  changes  in  the 
macroeconomy.  Portfolio-specific  analyses  based  on  their  key 
risk  factors  would  also  not  be  meaningful,  as  potential 
compensatory effects in other segments would be ignored. The 
table  below  indicates  some  sensitivities  to  ECLs  if  a  key 
macroeconomic  variable  for  the  forecasting  period  is  amended 
across all scenarios with all other factors remaining unchanged. 

Potential effect on stage 1 and stage 2 positions from changing key parameters as at 31 December 2019 

USD million 
Change in key parameters 
Change in key parameters
Fixed income: 10-year government bonds (absolute change) 
Fixed income: 10-year government bonds (absolute change)

–1.00%
–0.25%
+0.25%
+1.00%

Unemployment rate (absolute change)
Unemployment rate (absolute change) 

–1.00%
–0.25%
+0.25%
+1.00%

Real GDP growth (relative change)
Real GDP growth (relative change) 

–1.00%
+1.00%

House Price Index (relative change)
House Price Index (relative change) 

–5.00%
–1.00%
+1.00%
+5.00%

402 

Baseline 
Baseline

Upside 
Upside

Mild downside 
Mild downside

Severe downside  Weighted average 
Severe downside Weighted average

 0.34
 0.06
 (0.02)
 3.34

 (6.72)
 (2.00)
 2.26
 8.56

 2.50
 (2.79)

 1.00
 0.21
 (0.16)
 (0.25)

 (0.52)
 (0.31)
 0.47
 4.03

 (4.79)
 (1.45)
 1.65
 5.93

 2.42
 (1.47)

 0.59
 0.13
 (0.09)
 (0.42)

 (25.25)
 (7.72)
 7.75
 36.65

 (26.41)
 (7.79)
 8.74
 36.27

 2.42
 (2.47)

 4.67
 0.85
 (0.90)
 (4.66)

 (0.21)
 (0.11)
 0.12
 0.11

 (54.97)
 (16.20)
 17.31
 73.04

 1.01
 (1.01)

 9.50
 1.89
 (2.16)
 (8.51)

 (7.69) 
 (2.31) 
 2.18 
 13.35 

 (18.02) 
 (5.43) 
 5.99 
 24.36 

 2.19 
 (2.37) 

 3.06 
 0.56 
 (0.54) 
 (2.52) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Note 23  Expected credit loss measurement (continued) 

Sensitivities  at  a  Group  level  can  be  more  meaningfully 
assessed  in  the  context  of  coherent  scenarios  with  consistently 
developed  macroeconomic  factors.  The  table  on  the  previous 
page  outlines  favorable  and  unfavorable  effects  based  on 
reasonably  possible  alternative  changes  to  the  economic 
conditions on ECL for stage 1 and stage 2 positions by disclosing 
for each scenario (see item b in this Note) and material portfolio 
the  corresponding  ECL  output.  The  effect  of  applying  scenarios 
is  not  linear  across  the  portfolio,  with  a  significant  impact 
observed in the mortgage loan books, as the potential effect of 
rising  interest  rates  manifests  itself  in  the  mild  downside 
scenario,  while  high  unemployment  rates  combined  with  a 
marked  correction  of  house  prices  contribute  to  high  expected 
losses in the severe downside scenario. 

The  forecasting  horizon  is  limited  to  three  years,  with  a 
model-based  mean  reversion  of  PD  and  LGD  assumed 
thereafter.  Changes  to  these  timelines  may  have  an  effect  on 
ECLs:  depending  on  the  cycle,  a  longer  or  shorter  forecasting 
horizon  will  lead  to  different  annualized  lifetime  PD  and 
average  LGD  estimations.  This  is  currently  not  deemed  to  be 
material  for  UBS,  as  a  large  proportion  of  loans,  including 
mortgages  in  Switzerland,  have  maturities  that  are  within  the 
forecasting horizon. 

Scenario weights 
ECL  is  sensitive  to  changing  scenario  weights,  in  particular  if 
narratives and parameters are selected that are not close to the 
baseline scenario, highlighting the non-linearity of credit losses. 

As shown in the table on the bottom of this page, the ECL for 
stage 1 and stage 2 positions would have been USD 234 million 
(31 December  2018:  USD 237  million)  instead  of  USD 341 
million  (31 December  2018:  USD 359  million)  if  ECL  had  been 
determined  solely  on  the  baseline  scenario.  The  weighted 
average  ECL  therefore  amounts  to  149%  (31 December  2018: 
152%) of the baseline value. 

Stage allocation and SICR 
The  determination  of  what  constitutes  a  significant  increase  in 
credit  risk  (SICR)  is  based  on  management  judgment  as 
explained  in  Note  1a.  Changing  the  SICR  trigger  will  have  a 
direct  effect  on  ECLs,  as  more  or  fewer  positions  would  be 
subject to lifetime ECLs under any scenario. 

The  relevance  of  the  SICR  trigger  on  overall  ECL 
is 
demonstrated  in  the  table  below  with  the  indication  that  the 
ECL for stage 1 and stage 2 positions would have been USD 713 
million  if  all  non-impaired  positions  across  the  portfolio  had 
been measured for lifetime ECLs irrespective of their actual SICR 
status. 

Maturity profile 
The  maturity  profile  of  the  assets  is  an  important  driver  for 
changes in ECL due to transfers to stage 2. The current maturity 
profile  of  most  lending  books  is  relatively  short;  hence  a 
movement  to  stage  2  may  have  a  limited  effect  on  ECLs. 
A significant  portion  of  our  lending  to  SMEs  is  documented 
under frame credit agreements, which allow for various forms of 
utilization but are unconditionally cancelable by UBS at any time. 
The relevant maturity for drawings under such agreements with 
a  fixed  maturity  is  the  respective  term,  or  a  maximum  of  12 
months in stage 1. For unused credit lines and all drawings that 
have  no  fixed  maturity  (e.g.,  current  accounts),  UBS  generally 
applies a 12-month maturity from the reporting date, given the 
credit 
require  either  continuous 
monitoring of key indicators and behavioral patterns for smaller 
positions  or  an  annual  formal  review  for  any  other  limit.  The 
ECLs  for  these  products  is  sensitive  to  shortening  or  extending 
the maturity assumption. 

review  policies,  which 

Potential effect on stage 1 and stage 2 positions from changing scenario weights or moving to a ECL lifetime calculation as at 31 December 2019 

Scenarios 

USD million, except where 
indicated 
SSeeggmmeennttaattiioonn 
Private clients with mortgages 
Real estate financing 
Large corporate clients 
SME clients 
Other segments 
TToottaall 

Actual ECL allowances 
and provisions (as per 
Note 10) 
WWeeiigghhtteedd aavveerraaggee 

in % of 
baseline 

 248 
 169 
 151 
 112 
 127 
114499 

ECL 

7733
5555
4488
5511
111133
334411 

Pro forma ECL allowances and provisions, assuming application of 100% weighting 
BBaasseelliinnee 

Mild downside 

Upside 

Severe downside 

in % of 
baseline 

 100
 100
 100
 100
 100
110000 

ECL 

3322
3355
3322
4455
9900
223344 

in % of 
baseline 

 84
 81
 87
 93
 87
8877 

ECL 

 27
 28
 28
 42
 78
220033 

in % of 
baseline 

 336
 175
 120
 121
 140
116666 

ECL 

 107
 61
 39
 55
 126
338877 

in % of 
baseline 

 562 
 368 
 329 
 147 
 185 
227766 

ECL 

 179
 128
 106
 67
 166
664466 

Pro forma ECL 
allowances and 
provisions, assuming 
all positions being 
subject to lifetime ECL 
WWeeiigghhtteedd aavveerraaggee 

in % of 
baseline 

 646 
 251 
 296 
 205 
 283 
331122 

ECL 

119911
8822
9955
9933
225522
771133 

403 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 24  Fair value measurement 

This Note provides fair value measurement information for both 
financial  and  non-financial  instruments  and  is  structured  as 
follows: 
a)  Valuation principles 
b)  Valuation governance 
c)  Fair value hierarchy 
d)  Valuation adjustments 

e)  Transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 
f)  Level 3 instruments: valuation techniques and inputs 
g)  Level 3 instruments: sensitivity to changes in unobservable 

input assumptions 

h)  Level 3 instruments: movements during the period 
i)  Maximum exposure to credit risk for financial instruments 

measured at fair value 

j)  Financial instruments not measured at fair value 

a) Valuation principles 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for the 
sale  of  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  in  an  orderly 
transaction between market participants in the principal market 
(or  most  advantageous  market,  in  the  absence  of  a  principal 
market)  as  of  the  measurement  date.  In  measuring  fair  value, 
the  Group  uses  various  valuation  approaches  and  applies  a 
hierarchy  for  prices  and  inputs  that  maximizes  the  use  of 
observable market data, if available. 

All  financial  and  non-financial  assets  and  liabilities  measured 
or  disclosed  at  fair  value  are  categorized  into  one  of  three  fair 
value  hierarchy  levels  in  accordance  with  IFRS.  The  fair  value 
hierarchy is based on the transparency of inputs to the valuation 
of  an  asset  or  liability  as  of  the  measurement.  In  certain  cases, 

the  inputs  used  to  measure  fair  value  may  fall  within  different 
levels  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy.  For  disclosure  purposes,  the 
level in the hierarchy within which the instrument is classified in 
its entirety is based on the lowest level input that is significant to 
the position’s fair value measurement: 
–  Level  1  –  quoted  prices  (unadjusted)  in  active  markets  for 

identical assets and liabilities; 

–  Level 2 – valuation techniques for which all significant inputs 

are, or are based on, observable market data; or 

–  Level 3 – valuation techniques for which significant inputs are 

not based on observable market data. 

404 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 24  Fair value measurement (continued) 

Fair  values  are  determined  using  quoted  prices  in  active 
markets  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities,  where  available.  An 
active  market  is  one  in  which  transactions  for  the  asset  or 
liability  take  place  with  sufficient  frequency  and  volume  to 
provide  pricing  data  on  an  ongoing  basis.  Assets  and  liabilities 
that are quoted and traded in an active market are valued at the 
currently quoted price multiplied by the number of units of the 
instrument held. 

technique, 

Where the market for a financial instrument or non-financial 
asset  or  liability  is  not  active,  fair  value  is  established  using  a 
valuation 
including  pricing  models.  Valuation 
techniques  involve  the  use  of  estimates,  the  extent  of  which 
depends on the complexity of the instrument and the availability 
of  market-based  data.  Valuation  adjustments  may  be  made  to 
allow for additional factors, including model, liquidity, credit and 
funding  risks,  which  are  not  explicitly  captured  within  the 
valuation 
technique,  but  which  would  nevertheless  be 
considered by market participants when establishing a price. The 
limitations  inherent  in  a  particular  valuation  technique  are 
considered  in  the  determination  of  an  asset  or  liability’s 
classification within the fair value hierarchy. 

Many cash instruments and over-the-counter (OTC) derivative 
contracts have bid and offer prices that can be observed in the 
marketplace.  Bid  prices  reflect  the  highest  price  that  a  party  is 

b) Valuation governance 

UBS’s fair value measurement and model governance framework 
includes  numerous  controls  and  other  procedural  safeguards 
that  are  intended  to  maximize  the  quality  of  fair  value 
measurements  reported 
in  the  financial  statements.  New 
products  and  valuation  techniques  must  be  reviewed  and 
approved  by  key  stakeholders  from  risk  and  finance  control 
functions.  Responsibility  for  the  ongoing  measurement  of 
financial and non-financial instruments at fair value resides with 
the  business  divisions. 
their  valuation 
responsibilities,  the  businesses  are  required  to  consider  the 
availability  and  quality  of  external  market  data  and  to  provide 
justification and rationale for their fair value estimates. 

In  carrying  out 

willing  to  pay  for  an  asset.  Offer  prices  represent  the  lowest 
price  that  a  party  is  willing  to  accept  for  an  asset.  In  general, 
long positions are measured at a bid price and short positions at 
an  offer  price,  reflecting  the  prices  at  which  the  instruments 
could be transferred under normal market conditions. Offsetting 
positions  in  the  same  financial  instrument  are  marked  at  the 
mid-price within the bid–offer spread. 

Generally, the unit of account for a financial instrument is the 
individual instrument, and UBS applies valuation adjustments at 
an  individual  instrument  level,  consistent  with  that  unit  of 
account.  However,  if  certain  conditions  are  met,  UBS  may 
estimate  the  fair  value  of  a  portfolio  of  financial  assets  and 
liabilities  with  substantially  similar  and  offsetting  risk  exposures 
on the basis of the net open risks. 

For  transactions  where  the  valuation  technique  used  to 
measure fair value requires significant inputs that are not based 
on  observable  market  data,  the  financial  instrument  is  initially 
recognized  at  the  transaction  price.  This  initial  recognition 
amount  may  differ  from  the  fair  value  obtained  using  the 
valuation  technique.  Any  such  difference  is  deferred  and  not 
recognized in the income statement and referred to as deferred 
day-1 profit or loss. 

  Refer to Note 24d for more information 

Fair value estimates are validated by risk  and finance control 
functions,  which  are  independent  of  the  business  divisions. 
Independent  price  verification  is  performed  by  Finance  through 
benchmarking  the  business  divisions’  fair  value  estimates  with 
observable  market  prices  and  other  independent  sources. 
Controls  and  a  governance  framework  are  in  place  and  are 
intended  to  ensure  the  quality  of  third-party  pricing  sources 
where used. For instruments where valuation models are used to 
determine  fair  value,  independent  valuation  and  model  control 
groups  within  Finance  and  Risk  Control  evaluate  UBS’s  models 
on  a  regular  basis,  including  valuation  and  model  input 
parameters  as  well  as  pricing.  As  a  result  of  the  valuation 
controls  employed,  valuation  adjustments  may  be  made  to  the 
business  divisions’  estimates  of  fair  value  to  align  with 
independent market data and the relevant accounting standard. 

  Refer to Note 24d for more information 

405 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 24  Fair value measurement (continued) 

c) Fair value hierarchy 

The table below provides the fair value hierarchy classification of 
financial and non-financial assets and liabilities measured at fair 
value. The narrative that follows describes the different product  hierarchy. 
types,  valuation  techniques  used  in  measuring  their  fair  value, 

including significant valuation inputs and assumptions used, and 
the  factors  determining  their  classification  within  the  fair  value 

Determination of fair values from quoted market prices or valuation techniques1 

USD million 

Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis 
Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

Level 1 
Level 1

Level 2 
Level 2

Level 3 
Level 3

Total 
Total

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

Financial assets at fair value held for trading 

113,634 
113,634

12,068 
12,068

1,812 
1,812

127,514
127,514

 88,452

 13,956

 1,962  104,370 

of which: 
Equity instruments 
Government bills / bonds 
Investment fund units 
Corporate and municipal bonds 
Loans 
Asset-backed securities 

Derivative financial instruments 

of which: 
Foreign exchange contracts 
Interest rate contracts 
Equity / index contracts 
Credit derivative contracts 
Commodity contracts 

Brokerage receivables 

96,161
96,161 
9,630 
9,630
7,088 
7,088
755
755 
0
0 
0
0 

400
400 
1,770 
1,770
1,729 
1,729
6,617
6,617 
1,180
1,180 
372
372 

226
226  96,787  72,266
96,787
64  11,464
11,464
64
8,867
50 
8,867
50
7,914
542
7,914
542 
1,971
791
1,971
791 
512
140
512
140 

 455
 9,554  1,607
 6,074  3,200
 558  5,559
 0  2,886
 248
 0

 46  72,768 
 0  11,161 
 442  9,716 
 651  6,768 
 680  3,566 
 392 
 144

356 
356

120,222 
120,222

1,264 
1,264

121,841
121,841

 753  124,033

 1,424  126,210 

52,227
240  52,227 
240
6
6  42,288 
42,288
22,220
7
7  22,220 
1,612
0
1,612 
0 
1,820
0
1,820 
0 

8  52,474
8
52,474
263
263  42,558
42,558
22,825
597
597  22,825
2,007
394
2,007
394 
1,821
0
1,821
0 

 311  53,148
 0  36,658
 3  30,905
 0  1,444
 0  1,768

 30  53,489 
 418  37,076 
 496  31,404 
 476  1,920 
 2  1,769 

0 
0

18,007 
18,007

0 
0

18,007
18,007

 0

 16,840

 0

 16,840 

Financial assets at fair value not held for trading 

40,608 
40,608

39,373 
39,373

3,963 
3,963

83,944
83,944

 40,204

 38,073

 4,413

 82,690 

of which: 
Financial assets for unit-linked investment contracts2 
Corporate and municipal bonds 
Government bills / bonds 
Loans 
Securities financing transactions 
Auction rate securities 
Investment fund units 
Equity instruments 
Other 

118
118 
27,568 
27,568
18,732
653
653  18,732 
3,700
12,089
3,700 
12,089 
10,206
0
0  10,206 
6,148
0
6,148 
0 
0
0
0 
0 
448
194
448 
194 
4
103
4 
103 
16
0
16 
0 

 5
0
0  27,686  21,440
27,686
0
19,385
 781  16,455
0  19,385
15,790
0
0  15,790  17,687  4,806
1,231
11,438
1,231  11,438
6,294
147
6,294
147 
1,536
1,536
1,536
1,536 
740
98
740
98 
559
452
559
452 
515
499
515
499 

 0  21,446 
 0  17,236 
 0  22,493 
 0  6,380  1,752  8,132 
 39  9,937 
 0  9,899
 0  1,664  1,664 
 0
 710 
 173
 702 
 123
 369 
 0

 428
 62
 38

 109
 517
 331

Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income on a recurring basis 
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income on a recurring basis

Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 

1,906
1,906 

4,439
4,439 

of which: 
Asset-backed securities 
Government bills / bonds 
Corporate and municipal bonds 

Non-financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis 
Non-financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

Precious metals and other physical commodities 

Non-financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis
Non-financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis 

Other non-financial assets3 

0 
0
1,859
1,859 
47
47 

3,955 
3,955
16
16 
468
468 

4,597
4,597 

0
0 

0
0 

0
0 

0
0 

0 
0
0
0 
0
0 

6,345
6,345

 2,319

 4,347

 0

 6,667 

3,955
3,955
1,875
1,875
515
515

 0  3,931
 69
 348

 2,171
 149

 0  3,931 
 0  2,239 
 497 
 0

0
0 

4,597
4,597

 4,298

 0

 0

 4,298 

199
199 

199
199

 0

 82

 0 

 82 

Total assets measured at fair value
Total assets measured at fair value 

161,101
161,101 

194,110
194,110 

7,237
7,237 

362,448
362,448

 136,026  197,331

 7,800  341,156 

406 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Note 24  Fair value measurement (continued) 

Determination of fair values from quoted market prices or valuation techniques (continued)1 

USD million 

FFiinnaanncciiaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess mmeeaassuurreedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee oonn aa rreeccuurrrriinngg bbaassiiss 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

LLeevveell 11 

LLeevveell 22 

LLeevveell 33 

TToottaall 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

Financial liabilities at fair value held for trading 

2255,,779911 

44,,772266 

7755 

3300,,559911

 24,406

 4,468

 69

 28,943 

of which: 
Equity instruments 
Corporate and municipal bonds 
Government bills / bonds 
Investment fund units 

Derivative financial instruments 

of which: 
Foreign exchange contracts 
Interest rate contracts 
Equity / index contracts 
Credit derivative contracts 
Commodity contracts 

FFiinnaanncciiaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess ddeessiiggnnaatteedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee oonn aa rreeccuurrrriinngg bbaassiiss 

Brokerage payables designated at fair value 

Debt issued designated at fair value 

Other financial liabilities designated at fair value 

of which: 
Financial liabilities related to unit-linked investment contracts 
Securities financing transactions 
Over-the-counter debt instruments 

2222,,552266 
4400 
22,,882200 
440044 

114499 
33,,660066 
664466 
229944 

5599  2222,,773344
33,,666611
1166 
33,,446666
00 
669988
00 

 21,306

 537
 126  3,377
 416
 137

 2,423
 551

 42  21,886 
 27  3,530 
 0  2,839 
 689 
 0

338855 

111188,,449988 

11,,999966 

112200,,888800

 580  122,933

 2,210  125,723 

224488  5533,,770055 
77  3366,,443344 
33  2244,,117711 
00 
22,,444488 
00 
11,,770077 

6600  5544,,001133
113300  3366,,557711
11,,229933  2255,,446688
22,,996600
11,,770077

551122 
00 

 86  53,372 
 322  52,964
 7  32,511
 226  32,743 
 1  33,669  1,371  35,041 
 519  2,722 
 0  2,203
 0  1,487 
 0  1,487

00 

00 

00 

3377,,223333 

00 

3377,,223333

5566,,994433 

99,,886666 

6666,,880099

3355,,111199 

882222 

3355,,994400

 0

 0

 0

 38,420

 0

 38,420 

 46,074

 10,957

 57,031 

 32,569

 1,025

 33,594 

00  2288,,114455 
00 
55,,774422 
00 
11,,223311 

00  2288,,114455
55,,774422
00 
22,,002222
779911 

 0  21,679
 0  21,679 
 0  9,461 
 0  9,461
 0  1,427  1,023  2,450 

TToottaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess mmeeaassuurreedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee 
 14,260  283,711 
11 Bifurcated embedded derivatives are presented on the same balance sheet lines as their host contracts and are not included in this table. The fair value of these derivatives was not material for the periods 
presented.    22 Fair value hierarchy information for Financial assets for unit-linked investment contracts in the comparative period has been restated, resulting in an increase in Level 1 assets of USD 4,746 million as 
33 Other non-financial assets primarily consist of properties and other non-current assets held for sale, which are measured at the lower of 
of 31 December 2018, with a corresponding decrease in Level 2 assets. 
their net carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. 

 24,986  244,465

225522,,551188 

229911,,445522

2266,,117766 

1122,,775599 

407 

Financial statements  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
      
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 24  Fair value measurement (continued) 

Valuation techniques 

Valuation  techniques  are  used  to  value  positions  for  which  a 
market  price  is  not  available  from  active  market  sources.  This 
includes  certain  less  liquid  debt  and  equity  instruments,  certain 
exchange-traded derivatives and all derivatives transacted in the 
OTC  market.  UBS  uses  widely  recognized  valuation  techniques 
for  determining  the  fair  value  of  financial  and  non-financial 
instruments  that  are  not  actively  traded  and  quoted.  The  most 
frequently applied valuation techniques include discounted value 
of  expected  cash  flows,  relative  value  and  option  pricing 
methodologies. 

Discounted  value  of  expected  cash  flows  is  a  valuation 
technique  that  measures  fair  value  using  estimated  expected 
future  cash  flows  from  assets  or  liabilities  and  then  discounts 
these  cash  flows  using  a  discount  rate  or  discount  margin  that 
reflects the credit and/or funding spreads required by the market 
for instruments with similar risk and liquidity profiles to produce 
a  present  value.  When  using  such  valuation  techniques, 
expected  future  cash  flows  are  estimated  using  an  observed  or 
implied  market  price  for  the  future  cash  flows  or  by  using 
industry  standard  cash  flow  projection  models.  The  discount 
factors  within  the  calculation  are  generated  using  industry 
standard yield curve modeling techniques and models. 

Relative value models measure fair value based on the market 
prices  of  equivalent  or  comparable  assets  or  liabilities,  making 
adjustments  for  differences  between  the  characteristics  of  the 
observed instrument and the instrument being valued. 

Option pricing models incorporate assumptions regarding the 
behavior of future price movements of an underlying referenced 
asset  or  assets  to  generate  a  probability-weighted  future 
expected  payoff  for  the  option.  The  resulting  probability-
weighted  expected  payoff  is  then  discounted  using  discount 
factors  generated  from  industry  standard  yield  curve  modeling 
techniques  and  models.  The  option  pricing  model  may  be 
implemented  using  a  closed-form  analytical  formula  or  other 
mathematical  techniques  (e.g.,  binomial  tree  or  Monte  Carlo 
simulation). 

Where available, valuation techniques use market-observable 
assumptions and inputs. If such data is not available, inputs may 
be derived by reference to similar assets in active markets, from 
recent  prices  for  comparable  transactions  or  from  other 
observable  market  data.  In  such  cases,  the  inputs  selected  are 
based  on  historical  experience  and  practice  for  similar  or 
analogous  instruments,  derivation  of  input  levels  based  on 
similar  products  with  observable  price  levels  and  knowledge  of 
current market conditions and valuation approaches. 

For  more  complex  instruments,  fair  values  may  be  estimated 
using  a  combination  of  observed  transaction  prices,  consensus 
pricing services and relevant quotes. Consideration is given to the 
nature of the quotes (e.g., indicative or firm) and the relationship 
of  recently  evidenced  market  activity  to  the  prices  provided  by 
consensus  pricing  services.  UBS  also  uses  internally  developed 

408 

models,  which  are  typically  based  on  valuation  methods  and 
techniques recognized as standard within the industry. 

Assumptions  and  inputs  used  in  valuation  techniques  include 
benchmark interest rate curves, credit and funding spreads used in 
estimating  discount  rates,  bond  and  equity  prices,  equity  index 
prices,  foreign  exchange  rates,  levels  of  market  volatility  and 
correlation. Refer to Note 24f for more information. The discount 
curves  used  by  the  Group  incorporate  the  funding  and  credit 
characteristics of the instruments to which they are applied. 

Financial instruments excluding derivatives: product 
description, valuation and classification in the fair value 
hierarchy 

Government bills and bonds 
Product  description:  government  bills  and  bonds  include  fixed-
rate,  floating-rate  and  inflation-linked  bills  and  bonds  issued  by 
sovereign governments. 

Valuation: these instruments are generally valued using prices 
obtained  directly  from  the  market.  Instruments  that  cannot  be 
priced  directly  using  active-market  data  are  valued  using 
discounted  cash  flow  valuation  techniques  that  incorporate 
market data for similar government instruments. 

Fair value hierarchy: government bills and bonds are generally 
traded in active markets with prices that can be obtained directly 
from  these  markets,  resulting  in  classification  as  Level  1,  while 
the remaining positions are classified as Level 2 and Level 3. 

Corporate and municipal bonds 
Product  description:  corporate  bonds  include  senior,  junior  and 
subordinated debt issued by corporate entities. Municipal bonds 
are 
local  governments.  While  most 
instruments  are  standard  fixed- or  floating-rate  securities,  some 
may have more complex coupon or embedded option features. 

issued  by  state  and 

Valuation:  corporate  and  municipal  bonds  are  generally 
valued  using  prices  obtained  directly  from  the  market  for  the 
security, or similar securities, adjusted for seniority, maturity and 
liquidity.  When  prices  are  not  available,  instruments  are  valued 
using  discounted  cash  flow  valuation  techniques  incorporating 
the credit spread of the issuer or similar issuers. For convertible 
bonds where no directly comparable price is available, issuances 
may be priced using a convertible bond model. 

Fair  value  hierarchy:  corporate  and  municipal  bonds  are 
generally classified as Level 1 or Level 2 depending on the depth 
of trading activity behind price sources. Level 3 instruments have 
no  suitable  pricing  information  available  and  also  cannot  be 
referenced  to  other  securities  issued  by  the  same  issuer. 
Therefore, such instruments are measured based on price levels 
for similar issuers adjusted for relative tenor and issuer quality. 

Traded loans and loans designated at fair value 
Product  description:  these  instruments  include  fixed-rate  loans, 
corporate loans, recently originated commercial real estate loans 
and contingent lending transactions. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 24  Fair value measurement (continued) 

Valuation:  loans  are  valued  directly  using  market  prices  that 
reflect  recent  transactions  or  quoted  dealer  prices,  where 
available.  Where  no  market  price  data  is  available,  loans  are 
valued  by  relative  value  benchmarking  using  pricing  derived 
from  debt  instruments  in  comparable  entities  or  different 
products  in  the  same  entity,  or  by  using  a  credit  default  swap 
valuation  technique,  which  requires  inputs  for  credit  spreads, 
credit  recovery  rates  and  interest  rates.  Recently  originated 
commercial real estate loans are measured using a securitization 
approach  based  on  rating  agency  guidelines.  The  valuation  of 
the  contingent  lending  transactions  is  dependent  on  actuarial 
mortality  levels  and  actuarial  life  insurance  policy  lapse  rates. 
Mortality  and  lapse  rate  assumptions  are  based  on  external 
actuarial  estimations  for 
large  homogeneous  pools,  and 
contingencies are derived from a range relative to the actuarially 
expected amount. 

Fair value hierarchy: instruments with suitably deep and liquid 
pricing information are classified as Level 2, while any positions 
requiring the use of valuation techniques, or for which the price 
sources have insufficient trading depth, are classified as Level 3. 

Investment fund units 
Product  description:  investment  fund  units  are  pools  of  assets, 
generally  equity  instruments  and  bonds,  broken  down  to 
redeemable units. 
Valuation: 

fund  units  are  predominantly 
exchange-traded,  with  readily  available  quoted  prices  in  liquid 
markets.  Where  market  prices  are  not  available,  fair  value  may 
be measured using net asset values (NAVs), taking into account 
any restrictions imposed upon redemption. 

investment 

Fair  value  hierarchy:  listed  units  are  classified  as  Level 1, 
provided  there  is  sufficient  trading  activity  to  justify  active-
market  classification,  while  other  positions  are  classified  as 
Level 2.  Positions  for  which  NAVs  are  not  available  or  that  are 
not  redeemable  at  the  measurement  date  or  shortly  thereafter 
are classified as Level 3. 

Asset-backed securities 
include 
Product  description:  asset-backed  securities 
(RMBS),  commercial 
residential  mortgage-backed  securities 
mortgage-backed 
collateralized  debt 
(CMBS), 
obligations  (CDO)  and  other  ABS  and  are  instruments  generally 
issued  through  the  process  of  securitization  of  underlying 
interest-bearing assets. 

securities 

(ABS) 

Valuation:  for  liquid  securities,  the  valuation  process  will  use 
trade  and  price  data,  updated  for  movements  in  market  levels 
between  the  time  of  trading  and  the  time  of  valuation.  Less 
liquid instruments are measured using discounted expected cash 
flows  incorporating  price  data  for  instruments  or  indices  with 
similar  risk  profiles.  Inputs  to  discounted  expected  cash  flow 
techniques  include  asset  prepayment  rates,  discount  margin  or 
discount yields and asset default and recovery rates. 

Fair  value  hierarchy:  RMBS,  CMBS  and  other  ABS  are 
generally classified as Level 2. However, if significant inputs are 
unobservable, or if market or fundamental data is not available, 
they are classified as Level 3. 

Auction rate securities 
Product  description:  auction  rate  securities  (ARS)  are  debt  or 
preferred equity securities that have interest rates that are reset 
through a periodic auction and, in the event of a failed auction, 
to  a  maximum  rate  as  defined  by  each  deal’s  prospectus.  ARS 
are generally structured as bonds with long-term maturities (20– 
30 years) or preferred shares (issued by closed-end funds). 

Valuation:  ARS  are  valued  using  market  prices  that  reflect 
recent transactions after applying an adjustment for trade size or 
quoted dealer prices, where available. 

Fair  value  hierarchy:  suitably  deep  and 

liquid  pricing 
information is generally not available for ARS. As a result, these 
securities are classified as Level 3. 

Equity instruments 
Product  description:  equity  instruments  include  stocks  and 
shares, private equity positions and units held in hedge funds. 

Valuation: listed equity instruments are generally valued using 
prices  obtained  directly  from  the  market.  Unlisted  equity 
holdings,  including  private  equity  positions,  are  initially  marked 
at  their  transaction  price  and  are  revalued  when  reliable 
evidence  of  price  movement  becomes  available  or  when  the 
position  is  deemed  to  be  impaired.  Fair  value  for  units  held  in 
hedge funds is measured based on their published NAVs, taking 
into account any restrictions imposed upon redemption. 

readily  and 

Fair  value  hierarchy:  the  majority  of  equity  securities  are 
actively  traded  on  public  stock  exchanges  where  quoted  prices 
are 
in  Level 1 
classification. Units held in hedge funds are classified as Level 2, 
except for positions for which published NAVs are not available 
or that are not redeemable at the measurement date or shortly 
thereafter, in which case such positions are classified as Level 3. 

regularly  available, 

resulting 

Financial assets for unit-linked investment contracts 
Product  description:  unit-linked  investment  contracts  allow 
investors to invest in a pool of assets through issued investment 
units. 

Valuation: the majority of assets are listed on exchanges and 

fair values are determined using quoted prices. 

Fair  value  hierarchy:  most  assets  are  classified  as  Level 1  if 
actively  traded,  or  Level  2  if  trading  is  not  active.  However, 
instruments  for  which  prices  are  not  readily  available  are 
classified as Level 3. 

409 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 24  Fair value measurement (continued) 

Securities financing transactions 
Product  description:  securities  financing  transactions  include 
(reverse)  repurchase  agreements  (securities  purchased  under 
resale  agreements  and  securities  sold  under 
repurchase 
agreements) that are managed on a fair value basis. 

Valuation:  these  instruments  are  valued  using  discounted 
expected  cash  flow  techniques.  The  discount  rate  applied  is 
based  on  funding  curves  that  are  relevant  to  the  collateral 
eligibility terms for the contract in question. 

Fair  value  hierarchy:  collateral  funding  curves  for  these 
instruments  are  generally  observable  and,  as  a  result,  these 
positions are classified as Level 2. Where the collateral terms are 
non-standard, 
considered 
unobservable and these positions are classified as Level 3. 

curve  may  be 

funding 

the 

Brokerage receivables and payables 
Product description: brokerage receivables and payables include 
callable, on-demand balances, including long cash credits, short 
cash debits, margin debit balances and short sale proceeds. 

Valuation: fair value is determined based on the value of the 

underlying balances. 

Fair  value  hierarchy:  due  to  their  on-demand  nature,  these 

receivables and payables are designated as Level 2. 

Financial liabilities designated at fair value 
Product  description:  debt  instruments,  primarily  comprised  of 
equity-,  rates-  and  credit-linked  issued  notes,  which  are  held  at 
fair  value  under  the  fair  value  option.  These  instruments  are 
tailored  specifically  to  the  holder’s  risk  or  investment  appetite 
with structured coupons or payoffs. 

Valuation:  the  risk  management  and  the  valuation  approaches 
for  these  instruments  are  closely  aligned  with  the  equivalent 
derivatives  business  and  the  underlying  risk,  and  the  valuation 
techniques  used  for  this  component  are  the  same  as  the  relevant 
valuation  techniques  described  below.  For  example,  equity-linked 
notes  should  be  referenced  to  equity  /  index  contracts  and  credit-
linked notes should be referenced to credit derivative contracts. 

Fair  value  hierarchy:  observability  is  closely  aligned  with  the 

equivalent derivatives business and the underlying risk. 

  Refer to Notes 19 and 22 for information about debt issued 

designated at fair value and other financial liabilities 

designated at fair value 

  Refer to Note 24d for more information about own credit 

adjustments related to financial liabilities designated at fair 

value 

Amounts due under unit-linked investment contracts 
Product description: the financial liability represents the amounts 
due to unit holders. 

Valuation:  the  fair  values  of  investment  contract  liabilities  are 
determined  by  reference  to  the  fair  value  of  the  corresponding 
assets. 

Fair value hierarchy: the liabilities themselves are not actively 
traded,  but  are  mainly  referenced  to  instruments  that  are 
actively traded and are therefore classified as Level 2. 

410 

Derivative instruments: product description, valuation and 
classification in the fair value hierarchy 

The  curves  used  for  discounting  expected  cash  flows  in  the 
valuation  of  collateralized  derivatives  reflect  the  funding  terms 
associated  with  the  relevant  collateral  arrangement  for  the 
instrument  being  valued.  These  collateral  arrangements  differ 
across  counterparties  with  respect  to  the  eligible  currency  and 
interest  terms  of  the  collateral.  The  majority  of  collateralized 
derivatives are measured using a discount curve that is based on 
funding  rates  derived  from  overnight  interest  in  the  cheapest 
eligible  currency  for  the  respective  counterparty  collateral 
agreement. 

Uncollateralized  and  partially  collateralized  derivatives  are 
discounted using the LIBOR (or equivalent) curve for the currency 
of  the  instrument.  As  described  in  Note  24d,  the  fair  value  of 
uncollateralized  and  partially  collateralized  derivatives  is  then 
adjusted  by  CVA,  DVA  and  FVA  as  applicable,  to  reflect  an 
estimation  of  the  effect  of  counterparty  credit  risk,  UBS’s  own 
credit risk and funding costs and benefits. 

Interest rate contracts 
Product description: interest rate swap contracts include interest 
rate  swaps,  basis  swaps,  cross-currency  swaps,  inflation  swaps 
and  interest  rate  forwards,  often  referred  to  as  forward  rate 
agreements  (FRA).  Interest  rate  option  contracts  include  caps 
and  floors,  swaptions,  swaps  with  complex  payoff  profiles  and 
other more complex interest rate options. 

Valuation: 

interest  rate  swap  contracts  are  valued  by 
estimating future interest cash flows and discounting those cash 
flows using a rate that reflects the appropriate funding rate for 
the  position  being  measured.  The  yield  curves  used  to  estimate 
future  index  levels  and  discount  rates  are  generated  using 
interest  rates 
market  standard  yield  curve  models  using 
associated  with  current  market  activity.  The  key  inputs  to  the 
models  are  interest  rate  swap  rates,  FRA  rates,  short-term 
interest  rate  futures  prices,  basis  swap  spreads  and  inflation 
swap  rates.  Interest  rate  option  contracts  are  valued  using 
various  market  standard  option  models,  using  inputs  that 
include interest rate yield curves, inflation curves, volatilities and 
correlations.  The  volatility  and  correlation  inputs  within  the 
models are implied from market data based on market-observed 
prices  for  standard  option  instruments  trading  within  the 
market. Option models used to value more exotic products have 
a number of model parameter inputs that require calibration to 
enable the exotic model to price standard option instruments to 
the  price  levels  observed  in  the  market.  When  the  maturity  of 
the  interest  rate  swap  or  option  contract  exceeds  the  term  for 
which  standard  market  quotes  are  observable  for  a  significant 
input parameter, the contracts are valued by extrapolation from 
the  last  observable  point  using  standard  assumptions  or  by 
reference to another observable comparable input parameter to 
represent a suitable proxy for that portion of the term. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 24  Fair value measurement (continued) 

Fair  value  hierarchy:  the  majority  of  interest  rate  swaps  are 
classified as Level 2 as the standard market contracts that form 
the  inputs  for  yield  curve  models  are  generally  traded  in  active 
and observable markets. Options are generally treated as Level 2 
as  the  calibration  process  enables  the  model  output  to  be 
validated  to  active-market  levels.  Models  calibrated  in  this  way 
are then used to revalue the portfolio of both standard options 
and  more  exotic  products.  In  most  cases,  there  are  active  and 
observable  markets  for  the  standard  market  instruments  that 
form  the  inputs  for  yield  curve  models  as  well  as  the  financial 
instruments  from  which  volatility  and  correlation  inputs  are 
derived.  Exotic  options  for  which  appropriate  volatility  or 
correlation  input  levels  cannot  be  implied  from  observable 
market data are classified as Level 3. Interest rate swap or option 
contracts  are  classified  as  Level  3  when  the  term  exceeds 
standard market-observable quotes. 

Credit derivative contracts 
Product  description:  a  credit  derivative  is  a  financial  instrument 
that  transfers  credit  risk  related  to  a  single  underlying  entity,  a 
portfolio  of  underlying  entities  or  a  pool  of  securitized 
referenced  assets.  Credit  derivative  products  include  credit 
default  swaps  (CDSs)  on  single  names,  indices  and  securitized 
products,  plus  first  to  default  swaps  and  certain  total  return 
swaps. 

Valuation:  credit  derivative  contracts  are  valued  using 
industry  standard  models  based  primarily  on  market  credit 
spreads,  upfront  pricing  points  and  implied  recovery  rates. 
Where a derivative credit spread is not directly available, it may 
be  derived  from  the  price  of  the  reference  cash  bond.  Asset-
backed  credit  derivatives  are  valued  using  a  valuation 
technique  similar  to  that  of  the  underlying  security  with  an 
adjustment  to  reflect  the  funding  differences  between  cash 
and  synthetic  form.  Inputs  include  prepayment  rates,  default 
rates, loss severity, discount margin / rate. 

Fair  value  hierarchy  classification:  single-entity  and  portfolio 
credit  derivative  contracts  are  classified  as  Level  2  when  credit 
spreads  and  recovery  rates  are  determined  from  actively  traded 
observable  market  data.  Where  the  underlying  reference 
name(s)  are  not  actively  traded  and  the  correlation  cannot  be 
directly  mapped  to  actively  traded  tranche  instruments,  these 
contracts are classified as Level 3. Asset-backed credit derivatives 
follow  the  characteristics  of  the  underlying  security  and  are 
therefore distributed across Level 2 and Level 3. 

Foreign exchange contracts 
Product description: this includes open spot and forward foreign 
exchange  (FX)  contracts  and  OTC  FX  option  contracts.  OTC  FX 
option  contracts  include  standard  call  and  put  options,  options 
with  multiple  exercise  dates,  path-dependent  options,  options 
with  averaging  features,  options  with  discontinuous  payoff 
characteristics, options on a number of underlying FX rates and 
contracts,  which  have  a 
FX  option 
multi-dimensional 
dependency on multiple FX pairs. 

Valuation:  open  spot  FX  contracts  are  valued  using  the  FX 
spot  rate  observed  in  the  market.  Forward  FX  contracts  are 
valued using the FX spot rate adjusted for forward pricing points 
observed  from  standard  market-based  sources.  OTC  FX  option 
contracts  are  valued  using  market  standard  option  valuation 
models.  The  models  used  for  shorter-dated  options  (i.e., 
maturities  of  five  years  or  less)  tend  to  be  different  than  those 
used  for  longer-dated  options  because  the  models  needed  for 
longer-dated  OTC  FX  contracts  require  additional  consideration 
of  interest  rate  and  FX  rate  interdependency.  Inputs  to  the 
option  valuation  models  include  spot  FX  rates,  FX  forward 
points,  FX  volatilities,  interest  rate  yield  curves,  interest  rate 
volatilities  and  correlations.  The 
inputs  for  volatility  and 
correlation are implied through the calibration of observed prices 
for  standard  option  contracts  trading  within  the  market.  The 
valuation  for  multi-dimensional  FX  options  uses  a  multi-local 
volatility model, which is calibrated to the observed FX volatilities 
for all relevant FX pairs. 

Fair  value  hierarchy:  the  markets  for  both  FX  spot  and  FX 
forward  pricing  points  are  both  actively  traded  and  observable 
and  therefore  such  FX  contracts  are  generally  classified  as 
Level 2. A significant proportion of OTC FX option contracts are 
classified  as  Level  2  as  inputs  are  derived  mostly  from  standard 
market  contracts  traded  in  active  and  observable  markets.  OTC 
include  multi-
FX  option  contracts  classified  as  Level  3 
dimensional  FX  options  and  long-dated  FX  exotic  option 
contracts where there is no active market from which to derive 
volatility or correlation inputs. 

Equity / index contracts 
Product  description:  equity  /  index  contracts  are  equity  forward 
contracts  and  equity  option  contracts.  Equity  option  contracts 
include market standard single or basket stock or index call and 
put  options  as  well  as  equity  option  contracts  with  more 
complex features. 

411 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 24  Fair value measurement (continued) 

Valuation:  equity  forward  contracts  have  a  single  stock  or 
index underlying and are valued using market standard models. 
The  key  inputs  to  the  models  are  stock  prices,  estimated 
dividend rates and equity funding rates (which are implied from 
prices  of  forward  contracts  observed  in  the  market).  Estimated 
cash  flows  are  then  discounted  using  market  standard 
discounted  cash  flow  models  using  a  rate  that  reflects  the 
appropriate funding rate for that portion of the portfolio. When 
no market data is available for the instrument maturity, they are 
valued  by  extrapolation  of  available  data,  use  of  historical 
dividend data, or use of data for a related equity. Equity option 
contracts are valued using market standard models that estimate 
the  equity  forward  level  as  described  for  equity  forward 
contracts  and  incorporate  inputs  for  stock  volatility  and  for 
correlation  between  stocks  within  a  basket.  The  probability-
weighted  expected  option  payoff  generated  is  then  discounted 
using  market  standard  discounted  cash  flow  models  applying  a 
rate that reflects the appropriate funding rate for that portion of 
the  portfolio.  When  volatility,  forward  or  correlation  inputs  are 
not  available,  they  are  valued  using  extrapolation  of  available 
data,  historical  dividend,  correlation  or  volatility  data,  or  the 
equivalent data for a related equity. 

Fair  value  hierarchy:  as  inputs  are  derived  mostly  from 
standard  market  contracts  traded  in  active  and  observable 
markets, a significant proportion of equity forward contracts are 

d) Valuation adjustments 

The  output  of  a  valuation  technique  is  always  an  estimate  of  a 
fair value that cannot be measured with complete certainty. As a 
result,  valuations  are  adjusted,  where  appropriate  and  when 
such  factors  would  be  considered  by  market  participants  in 
estimating  fair  value,  to  reflect  close-out  costs,  credit  exposure, 
model-driven  valuation  uncertainty,  funding  costs  and  benefits, 
trading restrictions and other factors. Valuation adjustments are 
an  important  component  of  fair  value  for  assets  and  liabilities 
that are measured using valuation techniques. Such adjustments 
are  applied  to  reflect  uncertainties  within  the  fair  value 
measurement  process,  to  adjust  for  an 
identified  model 
simplification  or  to  incorporate  an  aspect  of  fair  value  that 
requires  an  overall  portfolio  assessment  rather  than  an 
evaluation based on an individual instrument level characteristic. 

412 

classified as Level 2. Equity option positions for which inputs are 
derived  from  standard  market  contracts  traded  in  active  and 
observable  markets  are  also  classified  as  Level  2.  Level 3 
positions  are  those  for  which  volatility,  forward  or  correlation 
inputs are not observable. 

Commodity contracts 
Product  description:  commodity  derivative  contracts  include 
forward,  swap  and  option  contracts  on  individual  commodities 
and on commodity indices. 

Valuation:  commodity  forward  and  swap  contracts  are 
measured  using  market  standard  models  that  use  market 
forward  levels  on  standard  instruments.  Commodity  option 
contracts  are  measured  using  market  standard  option  models 
that  estimate  the  commodity  forward  level  as  described  for 
commodity forward and swap contracts, incorporating inputs for 
the  volatility  of  the  underlying  index  or  commodity.  For 
commodity  options  on  baskets  of  commodities  or  bespoke 
commodity  indices,  the  valuation  technique  also  incorporates 
inputs  for  the  correlation  between  different  commodities  or 
commodity indices. 

Fair  value  hierarchy:  individual  commodity  contracts  are 
typically classified as Level 2 because active forward and volatility 
market data is available. 

  Refer to Note 11 for more information about derivative 

instruments 

Deferred day-1 profit or loss reserves 
For  new  transactions  where  the  valuation  technique  used  to 
measure fair value requires significant inputs that are not based 
on  observable  market  data,  the  financial  instrument  is  initially 
recognized  at  the  transaction  price.  The  transaction  price  may 
differ  from  the  fair  value  obtained  using  a  valuation  technique, 
where  any  such  difference 
initially 
recognized  in  the  income  statement.  These  day-1  profit  or  loss 
reflected,  where  appropriate,  as  valuation 
reserves  are 
adjustments. 

is  deferred  and  not 

Deferred  day-1  profit  or  loss  is  generally  released  into  Other 
net  income  from  financial  instruments  measured  at  fair  value 
through profit or loss when pricing of equivalent products or the 
underlying  parameters  become  observable  or  when 
the 
transaction is closed out. 

The  table  on  the  next  page  summarizes  the  changes  in 
deferred  day-1  profit  or  loss  reserves  during  the  respective 
period. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 24  Fair value measurement (continued) 

Deferred day-1 profit or loss reserves 

USD million 

RReesseerrvvee bbaallaannccee aatt tthhee bbeeggiinnnniinngg ooff tthhee yyeeaarr 

Profit / (loss) deferred on new transactions 

(Profit) / loss recognized in the income statement 

Foreign currency translation 

RReesseerrvvee bbaallaannccee aatt tthhee eenndd ooff tthhee yyeeaarr 

Own credit 
The  valuation  of  financial  liabilities  designated  at  fair  value 
requires  consideration  of  the  own  credit  component  of  fair 
value.  Own  credit  risk  is  reflected  in  the  valuation  of  UBS’s  fair 
value  option  liabilities  where  this  component  is  considered 
relevant  for  valuation  purposes  by  UBS’s  counterparties  and 
other  market  participants.  However,  own  credit  risk  is  not 
reflected  in  the  valuation  of  UBS’s  liabilities  that  are  fully 
collateralized  or  for  other  obligations  for  which  it  is  established 
market practice not to include an own credit component. 

Changes in the fair value of financial liabilities designated at 
fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  related  to  own  credit  are 
recognized  in  Other  comprehensive  income  directly  within 
Retained  earnings.  As  the  Group  does  not  hedge  changes  in 
own credit arising on financial liabilities designated at fair value, 
presenting own credit within Other comprehensive income does 
not  create  or  increase  an  accounting  mismatch  in  the  income 
statement.  The  unrealized  and  any  realized  own  credit 
recognized 
income  will  not  be 
in  Other  comprehensive 
reclassified to the income statement in future periods. 

Own credit adjustments on financial liabilities designated at fair value 

USD million 

RReeccooggnniizzeedd dduurriinngg tthhee yyeeaarr:: 

Realized gain / (loss) 

Unrealized gain / (loss) 

TToottaall ggaaiinn // ((lloossss)),, bbeeffoorree ttaaxx 

USD million 

RReeccooggnniizzeedd oonn tthhee bbaallaannccee sshheeeett aass ooff tthhee eenndd ooff tthhee yyeeaarr:: 

Unrealized life-to-date gain / (loss) 

22001199 

225555

117711

((227788))

((22))

114466

2018 

 338

 341

 (417)

 (6)

 255

2017 

 365 

 247 

 (279) 

 6 

 338 

Own  credit  is  estimated  using  an  Own  Credit  Adjustment 
(OCA)  curve,  which  incorporates  observable  market  data, 
including market-observed secondary prices for UBS senior debt, 
UBS credit default swap (CDS) spreads and senior debt curves of 
peers.  The  table  below  summarizes  the  effects  of  own  credit 
adjustments  related  to  financial  liabilities  designated  at  fair 
value.  The  change  in  unrealized  own  credit  consists  of  changes 
in  fair  value  that  are  attributable  to  the  change  in  UBS’s  credit 
spreads,  as  well  as  the  effect  of  changes  in  fair  values 
attributable  to  factors  other  than  credit  spreads,  such  as 
redemptions,  effects  from  time  decay  and  changes  in  interest 
and other market rates. Realized own credit is recognized when 
an 
instrument  with  an  associated  unrealized  own  credit 
adjustment is repurchased prior to the contractual maturity date. 
Life-to-date  amounts  reflect  the  cumulative  unrealized  change 
since initial recognition. 

  Refer to Note 19 for more information about debt issued 

designated at fair value 

For the year ended 
Included in 
Other comprehensive income 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

88

((440088))

((440000))

 (3)

 519

 517

As of 

 22 

 (337) 

 (315) 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

((8888))

 320

 (200) 

413 

Financial statements  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 24  Fair value measurement (continued) 

inherent 

Credit valuation adjustments 
In order to measure the fair value of OTC derivative instruments, 
including  funded  derivative  instruments  that  are  classified  as 
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading, credit valuation 
adjustments (CVAs) are necessary to reflect the credit risk of the 
counterparty 
instruments.  This  amount 
represents  the  estimated  fair  value  of  protection  required  to 
hedge the counterparty credit risk of such instruments. A CVA is 
determined  for  each  counterparty,  considering  all  exposures  to 
that  counterparty,  and  is  dependent  on  the  expected  future 
value  of  exposures,  default  probabilities  and  recovery  rates, 
applicable  collateral  or  netting  arrangements,  break  clauses, 
funding spreads and other contractual factors. 

in  these 

Funding valuation adjustments 
Funding  valuation  adjustments  (FVAs)  reflect  the  costs  and 
benefits of funding associated with uncollateralized and partially 
collateralized  derivative  receivables  and  payables  and  are 
calculated  as  the  valuation  effect  from  moving  the  discounting 
of the uncollateralized derivative cash flows from LIBOR to OCA 
including  the  probability  of 
using  the  CVA  framework, 
counterparty  default.  An  FVA  is  also  applied  to  collateralized 
derivative assets in cases where the collateral cannot be sold or 
repledged. 

Debit valuation adjustments 
A  debit  valuation  adjustment  (DVA)  is  estimated  to  incorporate 
own  credit  in  the  valuation  of  derivatives,  effectively  consistent 
with  the  CVA  framework.  A  DVA  is  determined  for  each 

Valuation adjustments on financial instruments 

Life-to-date gain / (loss), USD million 
Credit valuation adjustments1 
Credit valuation adjustments1

Funding valuation adjustments 
Funding valuation adjustments

Debit valuation adjustments 
Debit valuation adjustments

Other valuation adjustments 
Other valuation adjustments

of which: liquidity 

of which: model uncertainty 

1 Amounts do not include reserves against defaulted counterparties. 

e) Transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 

counterparty,  considering  all  exposures  with  that  counterparty 
and taking into account collateral netting agreements, expected 
future  mark-to-market  movements  and  UBS’s  credit  default 
spreads. 

Other valuation adjustments 
Instruments  that  are  measured  as  part  of  a  portfolio  of 
combined  long  and  short  positions  are  valued  at  mid-market 
levels  to  ensure  consistent  valuation  of  the  long-  and  short-
component  risks.  A  liquidity  valuation  adjustment  is  then  made 
to the overall net long or short exposure to move the fair value 
to bid or offer as appropriate, reflecting current levels of market 
liquidity.  The  bid–offer  spreads  used  in  the  calculation  of  this 
valuation adjustment are obtained from market transactions and 
other relevant sources and are updated periodically. 

Uncertainties  associated  with  the  use  of  model-based 
valuations  are  incorporated  into  the  measurement  of  fair  value 
through  the  use  of  model  reserves.  These  reserves  reflect  the 
amounts  that  the  Group  estimates  should  be  deducted  from 
valuations  produced  directly  by  models 
incorporate 
uncertainties in the relevant modeling assumptions, in the model 
and  market  inputs  used,  or  in  the  calibration  of  the  model 
output  to  adjust  for  known  model  deficiencies.  In  arriving  at 
these  estimates,  the  Group  considers  a  range  of  market 
practices,  including  how  it  believes  market  participants  would 
assess  these  uncertainties.  Model  reserves  are  reassessed 
periodically in light of data from market transactions, consensus 
pricing services and other relevant sources. 

to 

As of 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

(48)
(48)

(50)
(50)

1
1

(566)
(566)

(300)
(300)

(266)
(266)

 (90) 

 (85) 

 1 

 (716) 

 (388) 

 (327) 

The  amounts  disclosed  in  this  section  reflect  transfers  between  Assets  and  liabilities  transferred  from  Level  2  to  Level  1  during 
Level 1 and Level 2 for instruments that were held for the entire  2019  were  not  material.  Assets  and  liabilities  transferred  from 
reporting period. 

Level 1 to Level 2 during 2019 were also not material. 

414 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 24  Fair value measurement (continued) 

f) Level 3 instruments: valuation techniques and inputs 

The  table  below  presents  material  Level  3  assets  and  liabilities 
together  with  the  valuation  techniques  used  to  measure  fair 
value, the significant inputs used in a given valuation technique 
that  are  considered  unobservable  and  a  range  of  values  for 
those  unobservable  inputs.  Several  inputs  disclosed  in  prior 
periods  are  not  disclosed  in  the  table  below  because  they  are 
not  considered  significant  to  the  respective  valuation  technique 
as of 31 December 2019. 

The  range  of  values  represents  the  highest-  and  lowest-level 
input  used  in  the  valuation  techniques.  Therefore,  the  range 

does  not  reflect  the  level  of  uncertainty  regarding  a  particular 
input  or  an  assessment  of  the  reasonableness  of  the  Group’s 
estimates  and  assumptions,  but  rather  the  different  underlying 
characteristics  of  the  relevant  assets  and  liabilities  held  by  the 
Group. The ranges will therefore vary from period to period and 
parameter  to  parameter  based  on  characteristics  of  the 
instruments  held  at  each  balance  sheet  date.  Furthermore,  the 
ranges  of  unobservable  inputs  may  differ  across  other  financial 
institutions, reflecting the diversity of the products in each firm’s 
inventory. 

Valuation techniques and inputs used in the fair value measurement of Level 3 assets and liabilities 

FFaaiirr vvaalluuee 

AAsssseettss 

LLiiaabbiilliittiieess 

VVaalluuaattiioonn 
tteecchhnniiqquuee((ss)) 

SSiiggnniiffiiccaanntt 
uunnoobbsseerrvvaabbllee 
iinnppuutt((ss))11 

3311..1122..1199  31.12.18  3311..1122..1199  31.12.18 

USD billion 
FFiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss aanndd lliiaabbiilliittiieess aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee hheelldd ffoorr ttrraaddiinngg aanndd FFiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee nnoott hheelldd ffoorr ttrraaddiinngg 
Corporate and municipal 
bonds 
Traded loans, loans 
designated at fair value, 
loan commitments and 
guarantees 

Relative value to 
market comparable 

 0.7 

 2.7 

 0.0 

 0.0 

22..44

00..55

00..00

00..00

Bond price equivalent 

RRaannggee ooff iinnppuuttss 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

llooww 

hhiigghh 

wweeiigghhtteedd 
aavveerraaggee22 

low 

high 

weighted 
average2 

unit1 

00 

114433 

110011

 0

 134

 89 

points 

Relative value to 
market comparable 
Discounted expected 
cash flows 
Market comparable 
and securitization 
model 
Relative value to 
market comparable 
Relative value to 
market comparable 
Relative value to 
market comparable 

Loan price equivalent 

00 

110011 

9999

 0

 100

 99 

Credit spread 

222255 

553300

 301

 513 

Discount margin 

00 

Bond price equivalent 

7799 

1144 

9988 

22

8888

 1

 14

 2 

% 

 79

 99

 89 

points 

Net asset value 

Price 

Auction rate securities 

11..55

 1.7 

Investment fund units 3 

00..11

 0.6 

00..00

 0.0 

Equity instruments 3 
DDeebbtt iissssuueedd ddeessiiggnnaatteedd aatt 
ffaaiirr vvaalluuee44 
OOtthheerr ffiinnaanncciiaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess 
ddeessiiggnnaatteedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee44 
DDeerriivvaattiivvee ffiinnaanncciiaall iinnssttrruummeennttss 

00..77

 0.6 

00..11

 0.0 

99..99

 11.0 

00..88

 1.0 

Interest rate contracts 

00..33

 0.4 

00..11

 0.2  Option model 

Credit derivative contracts 

00..44

 0.5 

00..55

 0.5 

Discounted expected 
cash flows 

Equity / index contracts 

00..66

 0.5 

11..33

 1.4  Option model 

Volatility of interest 
rates 

1155 

6633

 50

 81 

Credit spreads 
Bond price equivalent 
Equity dividend yields 
Volatility of equity 
stocks, equity and 
other indices 
Equity-to-FX 
correlation 
Equity-to-equity 
correlation 

11 
00 
00 

770000
110000
1144

 4
 3
 0

 545 
 99 
 12 

44 

110055

 4

 93 

((4455)) 

7711

 (39)

 67 

% 
11 The ranges of significant unobservable inputs are represented in points, percentages and basis points. Points are a percentage of par (e.g., 100 points would be 100% of par).    22 Weighted averages are provided 
for non-derivative financial instruments and were calculated by weighting inputs based on the fair values of the respective instruments. Weighted averages are not provided for inputs related to derivative contracts as 
this would not be meaningful.  33 The range of inputs is not disclosed as there is a dispersion of values given the diverse nature of the investments.    44 Valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs and the 
respective  input  ranges  for  Debt  issued  designated  at  fair  value  and  Other  financial  liabilities  designated  at  fair  value,  which  are  primarily  comprised  of  over-the-counter  debt  instruments,  are  the  same  as  the 
equivalent derivative or structured financing instruments presented elsewhere in this table. 

 (50)

((1177)) 

 97 

9988

points 
basis 
points 

basis 
points 
basis 
points 
points 
% 

% 

% 

415 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 24  Fair value measurement (continued) 

Significant unobservable inputs in Level 3 positions 

This section discusses the significant unobservable inputs used in 
the  valuation  of  Level  3  instruments  and  assesses  the  potential 
effect that a change in each unobservable input in isolation may 
have  on  a  fair  value  measurement,  including  information  to 
facilitate an understanding of factors that give rise to the input 
shown.  Relationships  between  observable  and 
ranges 
unobservable  inputs  have  not  been  included  in  the  summary 
below. 

Factors 

instruments. 

Bond price equivalent 
Where  market  prices  are  not  available  for  a  bond,  fair  value  is 
measured  by  comparison  with  observable  pricing  data  from 
similar 
selecting 
comparable  instruments  include  credit  quality,  maturity  and 
industry  of  the  issuer.  Fair  value  may  be  measured  either  by  a 
direct price comparison or by conversion of an instrument price 
into a yield (either as an outright yield or as a spread to LIBOR). 
Bond prices are expressed as points of the nominal, where 100 
represents a fair value equal to the nominal value (i.e., par). 

considered  when 

For corporate and municipal bonds, the range represents the 
range of prices from reference issuances used in determining fair 
value.  Bonds  priced  at  0  are  distressed  to  the  point  that  no 
recovery is expected, while prices significantly in excess of 100 or 
par  relate  to  inflation-linked  or  structured  issuances  that  pay  a 
coupon 
in  excess  of  the  market  benchmark  as  of  the 
measurement date. 

For  credit  derivatives,  the  bond  price  range  represents  the 
range  of  prices  used  for  reference  instruments,  which  are 
typically converted to an equivalent yield or credit spread as part 
of the valuation process. 

Loan price equivalent 
Where  market  prices  are  not  available  for  a  traded  loan,  fair 
value  is  measured  by  comparison  with  observable  pricing  data 
for  similar  instruments.  Factors  considered  when  selecting 
comparable  instruments  include  industry  segment,  collateral 
quality, maturity and issuer-specific covenants. Fair value may be 
measured either by a direct price comparison or by conversion of 
an instrument price into a yield. The range represents the range 
of  prices  derived  from  reference  issuances  of  a  similar  credit 
quality  used  in  measuring  fair  value  for  loans  classified  as  Level 
3. Loans priced at 0 are distressed to the point that no recovery 
is expected, while a current price of 100 represents a loan that is 
expected to be repaid in full. 

416 

Credit spread 
Valuation models for many credit derivatives require an input for 
the credit spread, which is a reflection of the credit quality of the 
associated  referenced  underlying.  The  credit  spread  of  a 
particular  security  is  quoted  in  relation  to  the  yield  on  a 
benchmark security or reference rate, typically either US Treasury 
or LIBOR, and is generally expressed in terms of basis points. An 
increase / (decrease) in credit spread will increase / (decrease) the 
value  of  credit  protection  offered  by  CDS  and  other  credit 
derivative  products.  The  income  statement  effect  from  such 
changes  depends  on  the  nature  and  direction  of  the  positions 
held.  Credit  spreads  may  be  negative  where  the  asset  is  more 
creditworthy  than  the  benchmark  against  which  the  spread  is 
calculated.  A  wider  credit  spread 
represents  decreasing 
creditworthiness.  The  range  represents  a  diverse  set  of 
underlyings,  with  the  lower  end  of  the  range  representing 
credits  of  the  highest  quality  (e.g.,  approximating  the  risk  of 
LIBOR)  and  the  upper  end  of  the  range  representing  greater 
levels of credit risk. 

Discount margin (DM) 
The  DM  spread  represents  the  discount  rates  used  to  present 
value cash flows of an asset to reflect the market return required 
for  uncertainty  in  the  estimated  cash  flows.  DM  spreads  are  a 
rate  or  rates  applied  on  top  of  a  floating  index  (e.g.,  LIBOR)  to 
discount  expected  cash  flows.  Generally,  a  decrease  /  (increase) 
in  the  DM  in  isolation  would  result  in  a  higher  /  (lower)  fair 
value. 

The high end of the range relates to securities that are priced 
low  within  the  market  relative  to  the  expected  cash  flow 
schedule.  This  indicates  that  the  market  is  pricing  an  increased 
risk  of  credit  loss  into  the  security  that  is  greater  than  what  is 
being  captured  by  the  expected  cash  flow  generation  process. 
The  low  ends  of  the  ranges  are  typical  of  funding  rates  on 
better-quality instruments. 

Funding spread 
Structured  financing  transactions  are  valued  using  synthetic 
funding curves that best represent the assets that are pledged as 
collateral  for  the  transactions.  They  are  not  representative  of 
where UBS can fund itself on an unsecured basis, but provide an 
estimate  of  where  UBS  can  source  and  deploy  secured  funding 
with  counterparties  for  a  given  type  of  collateral.  The  funding 
spreads  are  expressed  in  terms  of  basis  points  over  or  under 
LIBOR, and if funding spreads widen, this increases the effect of 
discounting. 

A  small  proportion  of  structured  debt  instruments  and  non-
structured fixed-rate bonds within financial liabilities designated 
at fair value had an exposure to funding spreads that was longer 
in duration than the actively traded market. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 24  Fair value measurement (continued) 

Volatility 
Volatility measures the variability of future prices for a particular 
instrument and is generally expressed as a percentage, where a 
higher  number  reflects  a  more  volatile  instrument,  for  which 
future price movements are more likely to occur. The minimum 
level  of  volatility  is  0%  and  there  is  no  theoretical  maximum. 
Volatility  is  a  key  input  into  option  models,  where  it  is  used  to 
derive  a  probability-based  distribution  of  future  prices  for  the 
underlying  instrument.  The  effect  of  volatility  on  individual 
positions within the portfolio is driven primarily by whether the 
option contract is a long or short position. In most cases, the fair 
value of an option increases as a result of an increase in volatility 
and  is  reduced  by  a  decrease  in  volatility.  Generally,  volatility 
used  in  the  measurement  of  fair  value  is  derived  from  active-
market  option  prices  (referred  to  as  implied  volatility).  A  key 
feature  of  implied  volatility  is  the  volatility  “smile”  or  “skew,” 
which represents the effect of pricing options of different option 
strikes at different implied volatility levels. 

The  volatility  of 

interest  rates  reflects  the  range  of 
unobservable  volatilities  across  different  currencies  and  related 
underlying  interest  rate  levels.  Volatilities  of  low  interest  rates 
tend to be much higher than volatilities of high interest rates. In 
addition,  different  currencies  may  have  significantly  different 
implied  volatilities.  The  volatility  of  equity  stocks,  equity  and 
other indices reflects the range of underlying stock volatilities. 

Correlation 
Correlation  measures 
the 
movements  of  two  variables.  It  is  expressed  as  a  percentage 
between  –100%  and  +100%,  where  +100%  represents 

interrelationship  between 

the 

perfectly  correlated  variables  (meaning  a  movement  of  one 
variable  is  associated  with  a  movement  of  the  other  variable  in 
the  same  direction)  and  –100%  implies  that  the  variables  are 
inversely  correlated  (meaning  a  movement  of  one  variable  is 
associated  with  a  movement  of  the  other  variable  in  the 
opposite  direction).  The  effect  of  correlation  on 
the 
measurement of fair value depends on the specific terms of the 
instruments  being  valued,  reflecting  the  range  of  different 
payoff features within such instruments. 

Equity-to-FX correlation is important for equity options based 
on  a  currency  different  than  the  currency  of  the  underlying 
stock.  Equity-to-equity  correlation  is  particularly  important  for 
complex  options  that  incorporate,  in  some  manner,  different 
equities in the projected payoff. 

Equity dividend yields 
The derivation of a forward price for an individual stock or index 
is  important  for  measuring  fair  value  for  forward  or  swap 
contracts  and  for  measuring  fair  value  using  option  pricing 
models.  The  relationship  between  the  current  stock  price  and 
the forward price is based on a combination of expected future 
dividend levels and payment timings, and, to a lesser extent, the 
relevant  funding  rates  applicable  to  the  stock  in  question. 
Dividend  yields  are  generally  expressed  as  an  annualized 
percentage  of  the  share  price  with  the  lowest  limit  of  0% 
representing  a  stock  that  is  not  expected  to  pay  any  dividend. 
The  dividend  yield  and  timing  represents  the  most  significant 
parameter  in  determining  fair  value  for  instruments  that  are 
sensitive to an equity forward price. 

417 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 24  Fair value measurement (continued) 

g) Level 3 instruments: sensitivity to changes in unobservable input assumptions 

The table below summarizes those financial assets and liabilities 
classified  as  Level  3  for  which  a  change  in  one  or  more  of  the 
unobservable  inputs  to  reflect  reasonably  possible  alternative 
assumptions  would  change  fair  value  significantly,  and  the 
estimated effect thereof. 

reasonably possible changes to assumptions used within the fair 
value  measurement  process.  The  sensitivity  ranges  are  not 
always symmetrical around the fair values as the inputs used in 
valuations are not always precisely in the middle of the favorable 
and unfavorable range. 

The  table  shown  presents  the  favorable  and  unfavorable 
effects for each class of financial assets and liabilities for which 
the  potential  change  in  fair  value  is  considered  significant.  The 
sensitivity data shown below presents an estimation of valuation 
uncertainty  based  on  reasonably  possible  alternative  values  for 
Level 3 inputs at the balance sheet date and does not represent 
the estimated effect of stress scenarios. Typically, these financial 
assets and liabilities are sensitive to a combination of inputs from 
Levels  1–3.  Although  well-defined  interdependencies  may  exist 
between  Levels  1–2  and  Level  3  parameters  (e.g.,  between 
interest  rates,  which  are  generally  Level  1  or  Level  2,  and 
prepayments, which are generally Level 3), these have not been 
incorporated  in  the  table.  Furthermore,  direct  interrelationships 
between  the  Level  3  parameters  discussed  below  are  not  a 
significant element of the valuation uncertainty. 

Sensitivity  data  is  estimated  using  a  number  of  techniques, 
including  the  estimation  of  price  dispersion  among  different 
market  participants,  variation  in  modeling  approaches  and 

Sensitivity data is determined at a product or parameter level 
and  then  aggregated  assuming  no  diversification  benefit.  The 
calculated sensitivity is applied to both the outright position and 
any related Level 3 hedge. The main interdependencies between 
sensitivities of different Level 3 products to a single unobservable 
input  parameter  have  been  included  in  the  basis  of  netting 
exposures  within  the  calculation.  Aggregation  without  allowing 
for  diversification  involves  the  simple  summation  of  individual 
results with the total sensitivity, therefore representing the effect 
of all unobservable inputs that, if moved to a reasonably possible 
favorable or unfavorable level at the same time, would result in 
a  significant  change  in  the  valuation.  Diversification  would 
incorporate  estimated  correlations  across  different  sensitivity 
results  and,  as  such,  would  result  in  an  overall  sensitivity  that 
would  be  less  than  the  sum  of  the  individual  component 
sensitivities.  The  Group  believes 
there  are 
diversification  benefits  within  the  portfolios  representing  these 
sensitivity numbers, they are not significant to this analysis. 

that,  while 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

Favorable 
Favorable
changes 
changes
46 
46

Unfavorable 
Unfavorable
changes 
changes
(21)
(21)

Favorable 
changes 
 99

Unfavorable 
changes 
 (44) 

11
11 

87
87 

35
35 

140
140 

8
8 

31
31 

12
12 

183
183 

47
47 

600
600 

(11)
(11)

(87)
(87)

(40)
(40)

(80)
(80)

(17)
(17)

(35)
(35)

(8)
(8)

(197)
(197)

(51)
(51)

(547)
(547)

 17

 81

 27

 155

 8

 33

 10

 213

 19

 661

 (11) 

 (81) 

 (23) 

 (94) 

 (39) 

 (37) 

 (5) 

 (225) 

 (19) 

 (578) 

Sensitivity of fair value measurements to changes in unobservable input assumptions 

USD million 
Traded loans, loans designated at fair value, loan commitments and guarantees 

Securities financing transactions 

Auction rate securities 

Asset-backed securities 

Equity instruments 

Interest rate derivative contracts, net 

Credit derivative contracts, net 

Foreign exchange derivative contracts, net 

Equity / index derivative contracts, net 

Other 

Total
Total 

418 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Note 24  Fair value measurement (continued) 

h) Level 3 instruments: movements during the period 

The table on the following pages presents additional information 
about  material  Level  3  assets  and  liabilities  measured  at  fair 
value  on  a  recurring  basis.  Level  3  assets  and  liabilities  may  be 
hedged  with  instruments  classified  as  Level  1  or  Level  2  in  the 
fair value hierarchy and, as a result, realized and unrealized gains 
and  losses  included  in  the  table  may  not  include  the  effect  of 
related  hedging  activity.  Furthermore, 
realized  and 
unrealized  gains  and  losses  presented  within  the  table  are  not 
limited solely to those arising from Level 3 inputs, as valuations 
are  generally  derived  from  both  observable  and  unobservable 
parameters. 

the 

Assets  and  liabilities  transferred  into  or  out  of  Level  3  are 
presented as if those assets or liabilities had been transferred at 
the beginning of the year. 

Upon adoption of IFRS 9 on 1 January 2018, certain financial 
assets  and  liabilities  were  newly  classified  at  fair  value  through 
profit  or  loss  and  were  designated  as  Level  3  in  the  fair  value 

hierarchy.  Certain  assets  were  also  reclassified  from  Financial 
assets  measured  at  fair  value  through  other  comprehensive 
income to Financial assets at fair value not held for trading. 

Assets  transferred  into  and  out  of  Level  3  totaled  USD 1.1 
billion  and  USD 1.9  billion,  respectively.  Transfers  into  Level  3 
mainly  consisted  of  loans,  investment  fund  units  and  equity  / 
index  contracts,  reflecting  decreased  observability  of  the 
relevant  valuation  inputs.  Transfers  out  of  Level  3  mainly 
consisted  of  loans,  reflecting  increased  observability  of  the 
relevant valuation inputs. 

Liabilities transferred into and out of Level 3 totaled USD 1.4 
billion and USD 3.4 billion, respectively. Transfers into and out of 
Level 3 mainly consisted of debt issued designated at fair value, 
to 
issued  debt 
primarily  equity-linked 
decreased  or 
increased  observability,  respectively,  of  the 
embedded derivative inputs. 

instruments,  due 

419 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 24  Fair value measurement (continued) 

Movements of Level 3 instruments 

Total gains / losses 
included in 
comprehensive income 

Balance 
Balance

Reclassifi-
Reclassifi-
cations and 
cations and
remeasure-
remeasure-
as of  ments upon 
as of ments upon
31 December  adoption of 
31 December adoption of
IFRS 9 
IFRS 9

2017 
2017

of which: 
related to 
Level 3 
instruments 
Balance  Net gains /  held at the 
Balance
as of 
losses  end of the 
as of
1 January 
included in  reporting 
1 January
2018 
2018

income1 

period  Purchases 

Sales 

Issuances  Settlements 

Transfers 
into 
Level 3 

Foreign 
Transfers 
out of 
currency 
Level 3  translation 

2.0 
2.0

0.4 
0.4

2.4 
2.4

(0.2) 
(0.2)

(0.2) 
(0.2)

2.1 
2.1

(7.1) 
(7.1)

4.2 
4.2

0.0 
0.0

0.7 
0.7

(0.2) 
(0.2)

00..00 

 0.6

 0.6
 0.5

 0.4

1.6
1.6 

 0.1
 0.7

 0.6
 0.2

 0.4

 0.6

 0.6
 0.9

 0.4

1.6
1.6 

 0.1
 0.7

 0.6
 0.2

 (0.1)

 (0.1)

 0.2

 (0.3)

 0.0

 0.0

 0.1

 (0.1)

 0.0 

 0.0
 0.1

 (0.1)

 0.0
 0.0

 (0.1)

 0.6
 0.9

 0.4

 (0.9)
 (5.6)

 (0.4)

 0.0
 4.2

 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0

 0.5
 0.1

 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0

 0.0 
 0.0 

 0.0 

0.0
0.0 

0.0 
0.0

0.0 
0.0

0.0 
0.0

1.0 
1.0

(1.5) 
(1.5)

0.5 
0.5

(0.1) 
(0.1)

0.0 
0.0

 0.1
 0.0

 0.0
 (0.1)

 0.1
 0.0

 0.0
 (0.1)

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 0.8

 0.3
 0.0

 (0.1)
 (1.0)

 (0.4)
 0.0

 0.3
 0.1

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 (0.1)

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0 
 0.0 

 0.0 
 0.0 

1.5
1.5 

3.0
3.0 

4.4
4.4 

0.0
0.0 

0.0 
0.0

1.7 
1.7

(1.9) 
(1.9)

0.0 
0.0

0.0 
0.0

0.1 
0.1

(0.1) 
(0.1)

00..11 

 0.8

 0.7

 0.6
 1.9

 0.4
 0.1

 1.4
 1.9

 0.4
 0.8

 (0.2)
 0.1

 0.1
 0.0

 (0.2)
 0.1

 0.1
 0.0

 1.5
 0.0

 0.2
 0.0

 (1.0)
 (0.4)

 (0.2)
 (0.4)

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

 0.1
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 (0.1)

 0.0 
 0.1 

 0.0 
 0.0 

0.5 
0.5

(0.5) 
(0.5)

2.9 
2.9

0.0 
0.0

2.9 
2.9

(0.3) 
(0.3)

(0.2) 
(0.2)

0.0 
0.0

0.0 
0.0

1.3 
1.3

(1.5) 
(1.5)

0.3 
0.3

(0.5) 
(0.5)

00..00 

 2.0

 0.6
 0.3

11.2 
11.2

 2.0

 0.6
 0.3

 0.0

 (0.3)

 (0.2)

 0.0

 0.0

 1.2

 (1.2)

 0.3

 (0.5)

 0.0 

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 0.1

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

 0.1
 0.0

 (0.2)
 (0.1)

 0.1
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0 
 0.0 

11.2 
11.2

0.5 
0.5

0.0 
0.0

0.0 
0.0

0.0 
0.0

5.8 
5.8

(4.3) 
(4.3)

2.2 
2.2

(4.3) 
(4.3)

(0.2) 
(0.2)

USD billion 

Financial assets at fair 
Financial assets at fair
value held for trading 
value held for trading

of which: 

Investment fund units
Corporate and 
municipal bonds
Loans

Other

Derivative financial
Derivative financial 
instruments – assets
instruments – assets 

of which: 
Interest rate contracts
Equity / index contracts
Credit derivative 
contracts
Other

Financial assets at fair
Financial assets at fair 
value not held for trading
value not held for trading 

of which: 

Loans
Auction rate securities
Equity instruments

Other

Financial assets measured 
Financial assets measured
at fair value through other 
at fair value through other
comprehensive income 
comprehensive income

Derivative financial 
Derivative financial
instruments – liabilities 
instruments – liabilities

of which: 
Equity / index contracts
Credit derivative 
contracts
Other

Debt issued designated at
Debt issued designated at 
fair value 
fair value

Other financial liabilities 
Other financial liabilities
0.0
0.0 
designated at fair value 
designated at fair value
2 Total 
1 Net gains / losses included in comprehensive income are comprised of Net interest income, Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and Other income. 
1
2
Level 3 assets as of 31 December 2019 were USD 7.2 billion (31 December 2018: USD 7.8 billion). Total Level 3 liabilities as of 31 December 2019 were USD 12.8 billion (31 December 2018: USD 14.3 billion). 

(2.0) 
(2.0)

0.0 
0.0

0.0 
0.0

2.0 
2.0

2.0 
2.0

1.1 
1.1

0.0 
0.0

0.0 
0.0

0.0 
0.0

0.0 
0.0

420 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
Note 24  Fair value measurement (continued) 

Total gains / losses 
included in 
comprehensive income 

of which: 
related to 
Level 3 
instruments 
held at the 
end of the 
reporting 
period 

BBaallaannccee 
aass ooff 
3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 
2200118822 

Net gains / 
losses 
included in 
income1 

22..00 

((00..22)) 

00..00 

 0.4

 0.0

 0.0

 0.7
 0.7

 0.2

 0.0
 (0.1)

 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

 (0.1)

11..44 

((00..33)) 

00..00 

 0.4
 0.5

 0.5
 0.0

 (0.1)
 (0.1)

 (0.1)
 0.0

 0.0
 0.1

 (0.1)
 0.0

44..44 

00..00 

00..00 

 1.8
 1.7

 0.5
 0.5

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

22..22 

00..00 

00..00 

 1.4

 0.3

 0.2

 0.5
 0.3

 (0.1)
 (0.1)

 (0.1)
 0.0

1111..00 

11..11 

00..77 

11..00 

00..22 

00..11 

Purchases 

Sales 

Issuances 

Settlements 

Transfers 
into 
Level 3 

Transfers 
out of 
Level 3 

Foreign 
currency 
translation 

BBaallaannccee 
aass ooff 
3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 
2200119922 

11..22 

 0.0

 0.6
 0.2

 0.3

00..00 

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

11..22 

 0.7
 0.0

 0.1
 0.5

00..00 

 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

00..00 

00..00 

((55..77)) 

 (0.4)

 (0.6)
 (4.4)

 (0.3)

00..00 

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

((00..88)) 

 (0.2)
 (0.1)

 (0.2)
 (0.2)

00..00 

 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

00..00 

00..00 

44..44 

 0.0

 0.0
 4.4

 0.0

11..00 

 0.1
 0.6

 0.2
 0.0

00..00 

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

00..88 

 0.6

 0.2
 0.1

77..22 

00..33 

00..00 

 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0

((00..88)) 

 0.0
 (0.5)

 (0.2)
 0.0

00..00 

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

((11..00)) 

 (0.9)

 (0.1)
 0.0

((77..33)) 

((00..88)) 

00..66 

 0.2

 0.1
 0.1

 0.2

00..22 

 0.0
 0.1

 0.1
 0.0

00..33 

 0.3
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

00..33 

 0.2

 0.1
 0.0

11..00 

00..11 

((00..44)) 

 (0.2)

 (0.2)
 0.0

 0.0

((00..33)) 

 (0.2)
 (0.1)

 (0.1)
 0.0

((11..22)) 

 (1.2)
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

((00..33)) 

 (0.2)

 (0.1)
 (0.1)

((33..11)) 

00..00 

00..00 

 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0

00..00 

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

00..00 

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

00..00 

 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

00..00 

00..00 

11..88

 0.0

 0.5
 0.8

 0.4 

11..33

 0.3
 0.6

 0.4
 0.0 

44..00

 1.2
 1.5

 0.5
 0.7 

22..00

 1.3

 0.5
 0.2 

99..99 

00..88 

421 

Financial statements  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 24  Fair value measurement (continued) 

i) Maximum exposure to credit risk for financial instruments measured at fair value 

The  tables  below  provide  the  Group’s  maximum  exposure  to 
credit  risk  for  financial  instruments  measured  at  fair  value  and 
the 
respective  collateral  and  other  credit  enhancements 
mitigating credit risk for these classes of financial instruments. 

The  maximum  exposure  to  credit  risk  includes  the  carrying 
amounts  of  financial  instruments  recognized  on  the  balance 
sheet  subject  to  credit  risk  and  the  notional  amounts  for  off-
balance  sheet  arrangements.  Where  information  is  available, 
collateral is presented at fair value. For other collateral, such as 

real  estate,  a  reasonable  alternative  value  is  used.  Credit 
enhancements, 
such  as  credit  derivative  contracts  and 
guarantees,  are  included  at  their  notional  amounts.  Both  are 
capped  at  the  maximum  exposure  to  credit  risk  for  which  they 
serve as security. The “Risk management and control” section of 
this  report  describes  management’s  view  of  credit  risk  and  the 
related exposures, which can differ in certain respects from the 
requirements of IFRS. 

Maximum exposure to credit risk 

USD billion 
Financial assets measured at fair value on the balance 
Financial assets measured at fair value on the balance
sheet 
sheet
Financial assets at fair value held for trading – debt 
instruments2,3 
Derivative financial instruments4 
Brokerage receivables 
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading – 
debt instruments5 
Total financial assets measured at fair value 
Total financial assets measured at fair value
Guarantees6 
Loan commitments6 
Forward starting transactions, reverse repurchase and 
securities borrowing agreements 
Total maximum exposure to credit risk not reflected on 
Total maximum exposure to credit risk not reflected on
the balance sheet 
the balance sheet

31.12.19 
31.12.19

Collateral 
Collateral

Maximum 
Maximum
exposure to 
exposure to
credit risk 
credit risk

Cash 
Cash
collateral 
collateral
received 
received

Collateral-
Collateral-
ized by  Secured by 
Secured by
ized by
real estate 
securities 
real estate
securities

Other 
Other
collateral1 
collateral1

Netting 
Netting

Credit enhancements 
Credit enhancements

Exposure to 
Exposure to
credit risk 
credit risk
after collateral 
Credit 
after collateral
Credit
and credit 
derivative 
derivative
and credit
contracts  Guarantees  enhancements 
contracts Guarantees enhancements

21.9 
21.9
121.8 
121.8
18.0 
18.0

55.0 
55.0
216.7 
216.7
1.0 
1.0
6.3 
6.3

20.3 
20.3

27.6 
27.6

3.3 
3.3
17.8 
17.8

16.3 
16.3
37.4 
37.4

20.3 
20.3

20.3 
20.3

0.1 
0.1
0.1 
0.1

0.0 
0.0

107.4 
107.4

107.4 
107.4

0.0 
0.0

0.1 
0.1
0.1 
0.1

3.0 
3.0

0.0 
0.0

0.1 
0.1

0.0 
0.0
0.3 
0.3
0.9 
0.9

0.0 
0.0

3.0 
3.0

0.0 
0.0

0.1 
0.1

1.2 
1.2

21.9 
21.9
11.1 
11.1
0.2 
0.2

38.6 
38.6
71.7 
71.7
0.7 
0.7
2.3 
2.3

0.0 
0.0

3.0 
3.0

Maximum 
exposure to 
credit risk 

Cash 
collateral 
received 

31.12.18 

Collateral 

Collateral-

ized by  Secured by 
real estate 

Other 
collateral1 

Credit enhancements 

Exposure to 
credit risk 
after collateral 
Credit 
derivative 
and credit 
contracts  Guarantees  enhancements 

Netting 

securities 

 21.9
 126.2
 16.8

USD billion 
Financial assets measured at fair value on the balance 
Financial assets measured at fair value on the balance
sheet
sheet 
Financial assets at fair value held for trading – debt 
instruments2,3
Derivative financial instruments4
Brokerage receivables
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading – 
debt instruments5
Total financial assets measured at fair value
Total financial assets measured at fair value 
Guarantees6
Loan commitments6
Forward starting transactions, reverse repurchase and 
securities borrowing agreements
Total maximum exposure to credit risk not reflected on
Total maximum exposure to credit risk not reflected on 
the balance sheet
2.1
8.1
2.1 
the balance sheet 
8.1 
1 Includes but is not limited to life insurance contracts, inventory, mortgage loans, gold and other commodities.  2 These positions are generally managed under the market risk framework. For the purpose of this 
2
1
4 The amount shown in the “Netting” column represents the netting potential not recognized on 
disclosure, collateral and credit enhancements were not considered. 
4
5  Financial assets at fair  value not held for  trading collateralized by  securities consisted of structured  loans and reverse repurchase and securities 
the balance sheet. Refer to Note 25 for more information. 
5
borrowing agreements.  6 The amount shown in the “Guarantees” column largely relates to sub-participations. Refer to Note 34 for more information. 

 59.8
224.8
224.8 
 1.6
 3.5

3 Does not include investment fund units. 
3

 43.1 
76.6
76.6 
 1.4 
 0.7 

 21.9 
 11.4 
 0.3 

0.0
0.0 
 0.2
 0.1

 16.7
37.3
37.3 

 4.1
 16.5

 0.1
0.1
0.1 

110.8
110.8 

 110.8

13.3
13.3 

 0.0 

0.4
0.4 

0.0
0.0 

0.0
0.0 

0.0
0.0 

2.4
2.4 

0.0
0.0 

0.2
0.2 

0.0
0.0 

0.0
0.0 

 8.1

 2.4

 0.0

 0.2

 8.1

6

422 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
     
Note 24  Fair value measurement (continued) 

j) Financial instruments not measured at fair value 

The table below provides the estimated fair values of financial instruments not measured at fair value. 

Financial instruments not measured at fair value1 

CCaarrrryyiinngg 
aammoouunntt 

3311..1122..1199 

FFaaiirr vvaalluuee 

Carrying 
amount 

31.12.18 

Fair value 

USD billion 
AAsssseettss33 

Cash and balances at central banks 

Loans and advances to banks 
Receivables from securities financing 
transactions 
Cash collateral receivables on derivative 
instruments 
Loans and advances to customers 
Other financial assets measured at amortized 
cost 
LLiiaabbiilliittiieess 

Amounts due to banks 
Payables from securities financing 
transactions 
Cash collateral payables on derivative 
instruments 
Customer deposits 

TToottaall 

110077..11 

1122..44 

8844..22 

2233..33 
332266..88 

2233..00 

66..66 

77..88 

3311..44 
444488..33 

CCaarrrryyiinngg 
aammoouunntt 
aapppprrooxxiimmaatteess 
ffaaiirr vvaalluuee22 

LLeevveell 11 

LLeevveell 22 

LLeevveell 33 

TToottaall 

Total 

Carrying 
amount 
approximates 
fair value2 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

110077..00 

1111..88 

7744..00 

2233..33 
115511..66 

00..11 

00..00 

00..00 

00..00 
00..00 

00..00 

00..55 

00..00 

00..22 

110077..11

1122..44

 108.4

 16.9

88..66 

11..66 

8844..22

 95.3

00..00 
2255..44 

00..00 
115522..22 

2233..33
332299..11

 23.6
 320.4

 108.3

 16.2

 85.0

 23.6
 153.4

 0.1

 0.0

 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0

 0.6

 0.0

 0.0

 108.4 

 16.9 

 6.9

 3.4

 95.4 

 0.0
 18.0

 0.0
 149.5

 23.6 
 320.9 

55..77 

88..44 

66..44 

22..88 

2233..22

 22.6

 5.9

 8.4

 5.2

 2.9

 22.4 

55..66 

00..00 

00..99 

00..00 

77..55 

3311..44 
443399..11 

00..00 

00..00 
00..00 

00..33 

00..00 
99..33 

00..00 

00..00 
00..00 

66..66

77..88

3311..44
444488..44

 11.0

 10.3

 28.9
 419.8

 8.8

 0.0

 1.9

 0.2

 11.0 

 10.0

 28.9
 409.5

 0.0

 0.0
 0.0

 0.3

 0.0

 10.3 

 0.0
 10.3

 0.0
 0.1

 28.9 
 419.9 

88..77 

111100..55 

Debt issued measured at amortized cost 
Other financial liabilities measured at 
amortized cost4 
 6.9 
11 In line with IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures, effective 2019, UBS no longer discloses a fair value hierarchy level for financial instruments where the carrying amount approximates fair value. Prior periods 
have been restated for this change.   22 Includes certain financial instruments where the carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of the fair value due to the instruments’ short-term nature (instruments that are 
receivable or payable on demand, or with a remaining maturity (excluding the effects of callable features) of three months or less).  33 As of 31 December 2019, USD 0 billion of Loans and advances to banks, USD 1 
billion of Receivables from securities financing transactions, USD 140 billion of Loans and advances to customers and USD 16 billion of Other financial assets measured at amortized cost are expected to be recovered 
or settled after 12 months. As of 31 December 2018, USD 0 billion of Loans and advances to banks, USD 1 billion of Receivables from securities financing transactions, USD 139 billion of Loans and advances to 
customers and USD 15 billion of Other financial assets measured at amortized cost were expected to be recovered or settled after 12 months.  44 Excludes lease liabilities. 

 135.0 

110044..99 

 130.7

 132.3

111133..66

55..77 

55..88 

 2.8

 1.4

 0.0

00..00 

00..00 

 0.0

00..00 

00..00 

00..00 

 6.9

 6.8

 0.0

 0.1

55..77

The  fair  values  included  in  the  table  above  were  calculated  for 
disclosure  purposes  only.  The  valuation 
techniques  and 
assumptions  described  below  relate  only  to  the  fair  value  of 
UBS’s  financial  instruments  not  measured  at  fair  value.  Other 
institutions may use different methods and assumptions for their 
fair  value  estimation,  and  therefore  such  fair  value  disclosures 
cannot necessarily be compared from one financial institution to 
another.  The 
following  principles  were  applied  when 
determining  fair  value  estimates  for  financial  instruments  not 
measured at fair value: 
– 

For  financial  instruments  with  remaining  maturities  greater 
than  three  months,  the  fair  value  was  determined  from 
quoted market prices, if available. 

– 

– 

Where  quoted  market  prices  were  not  available,  the  fair 
values  were  estimated  by  discounting  contractual  cash  flows 
using current market interest rates or appropriate yield curves 
for  instruments  with  similar  credit  risk  and  maturity.  These 
estimates  generally  include  adjustments  for  counterparty 
credit risk or UBS’s own credit. 
For short-term financial instruments with remaining maturities 
of three months or less, the carrying amount, which is net of 
credit  loss  allowances,  is  generally  considered  a  reasonable 
estimate of fair value. 

423 

Financial statements 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 25  Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities 

UBS  enters  into  netting  agreements  with  counterparties  to 
manage the credit risks associated primarily with repurchase and 
reverse  repurchase  transactions,  securities  borrowing  and 
lending,  over-the-counter  derivatives  and  exchange-traded 
derivatives. These netting agreements and similar  arrangements 
generally  enable  the  counterparties  to  set  off  liabilities  against 
available  assets  received  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business 
and/or in the event that the counterparties to the transaction are 
unable to fulfill their contractual obligations. The right of setoff 
is a legal right to settle or otherwise eliminate all or a portion of 
an amount due by applying an amount receivable from the same 
counterparty against it, thus reducing credit exposure. 

The  table  below  provides  a  summary  of  financial  assets 
subject  to  offsetting,  enforceable  master  netting  arrangements 
and similar agreements, as well as financial collateral received to 
mitigate  credit  exposures  for  these  financial  assets.  The  gross 

financial  assets  of  the  Group  that  are  subject  to  offsetting, 
enforceable  netting  arrangements  and  similar  agreements  are 
reconciled  to  the  net  amounts  presented  within  the  associated 
balance  sheet  line,  after  giving  effect  to  financial  liabilities  with 
the  same  counterparties  that  have  been  offset  on  the  balance 
sheet  and  other  financial  assets  not  subject  to  an  enforceable 
netting arrangement or similar agreement, as well as other out-
of-scope  items.  Furthermore,  related  amounts  for  financial 
liabilities  and  collateral  received  that  are  not  offset  on  the 
balance  sheet  are  shown  to  arrive  at  financial  assets  after 
consideration of netting potential. 

The  Group  engages  in  a  variety  of  counterparty  credit 
mitigation  strategies  in  addition  to  netting  and  collateral 
arrangements.  Therefore,  the  net  amounts  presented  in  the 
tables on this and on the next page do not purport to represent 
their actual credit exposure. 

Financial assets subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements and similar agreements 

Assets subject to netting arrangements 
Assets subject to netting arrangements

Netting recognized on the balance sheet 

Netting potential not recognized on 
the balance sheet3 

Gross assets 

Netting with 
before netting  gross liabilities2 

Net assets 
Net assets
recognized 
recognized
on the 
on the
balance 
balance
sheet 
sheet

Assets after 
Assets after
consideration 
consideration
of 
of
netting 
netting
potential 
potential

Financial  Collateral 
received 
liabilities 

Assets not 
Assets not
subject to netting 
subject to netting
arrangements4
arrangements4 
Assets 
Assets
recognized 
recognized
on the 
on the
balance 
balance
sheet 
sheet

Total assets 
Total assets

Total assets 
Total assets
after 
after
consideration 
consideration
of netting 
of netting
potential 
potential

Total assets 
Total assets
recognized 
recognized
on the 
on the
balance 
balance
sheet 
sheet

 83.2
120.2

 26.4

 83.1

 83.0
313.0 
313.0

 88.5

124.3

 24.6

 85.4

 85.3
322.9 
322.9

 (14.0) 
 (3.4) 

69.2
69.2
116.8
116.8

 (1.2)
 (89.3)

 (68.0) 
 (21.4) 

 (4.0) 

22.4
22.4

 (13.3)

 (1.1) 

 (77.5) 

5.6
5.6

 0.0

 (5.6) 

0.0 
0.0
6.1 
6.1

8.0 
8.0

0.0 
0.0

 (77.5) 
(98.9) 
(98.9)

5.4
5.4
214.0 
214.0

 0.0
(103.8) 
(103.8)

 (5.4) 
(96.1) 
(96.1)

0.0
0.0 
14.1 
14.1

 (13.0) 

 (4.3) 

75.5
75.5

120.0
120.0

 (4.4)

 (90.8)

 (71.2) 

 (24.0) 

 (2.3) 

22.3
22.3

 (13.5)

 (1.0) 

 (77.5) 

7.8
7.8

 (1.4)

 (6.4) 

0.0
0.0 

5.2
5.2 

7.8 
7.8

0.0
0.0 

15.0 
15.0
5.0 
5.0

0.9 
0.9

78.3 
78.3

0.9
0.9 
99.3 
99.3

19.8
19.8 

6.2
6.2 

1.3 
1.3

74.9
74.9 

15.0 
15.0
11.1 
11.1

8.9 
8.9

78.3 
78.3

0.9
0.9 
113.4 
113.4

19.8
19.8 

11.4
11.4 

9.1 
9.1

74.9
74.9 

 (77.5) 
(97.2) 
(97.2)

7.8
7.8
225.7 
225.7

 (1.4)
(110.0) 
(110.0)

 (6.4) 
(102.6) 
(102.6)

0.0
0.0 
13.0 
13.0

2.1
2.1 
102.2 
102.2

2.1
2.1 
115.2 
115.2

84.2 
84.2
121.8 
121.8

23.3 
23.3

83.9 
83.9

6.3
6.3 
313.3 
313.3

95.3
95.3 

126.2
126.2 

23.6 
23.6

82.7
82.7 

9.9
9.9 
327.9 
327.9

As of 31.12.19, USD billion 
Receivables from securities financing 
transactions
Derivative financial instruments 

Cash collateral receivables on 
derivative instruments1

Financial assets at fair value not held for 
trading

of which: reverse repurchase 
agreements

Total assets 
Total assets

As of 31.12.18, USD billion 
Receivables from securities financing 
transactions

Derivative financial instruments 

Cash collateral receivables on 
derivative instruments1

Financial assets at fair value not held for 
trading

of which: reverse repurchase 
agreements

Total assets 
Total assets

1 The net amount of Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments recognized on the balance sheet includes certain OTC derivatives that are net settled on a daily basis either legally or in substance under 
1
2 The logic of the table results in amounts presented in the “Netting with gross liabilities” column corresponding 
IAS 32 principles and exchange-traded derivatives that are economically settled on a daily basis. 
2
directly to the amounts presented in the “Netting with gross assets” column in the liabilities table presented on the following page. Netting in this column for reverse repurchase agreements presented within the 
lines “Receivables from securities financing transactions” and “Financial assets at fair value not held for trading” taken together corresponds to the amounts presented for repurchase agreements in the “Payables 
3 For the purpose of this disclosure, the amounts of 
from securities financing transactions” and “Other financial liabilities designated at fair value” lines in the liabilities table presented on the following page. 
3
financial  instruments  and  cash  collateral  presented  have  been  capped  so  as  not  to  exceed  the  net  amount  of  financial  assets  presented  on  the  balance  sheet;  i.e.,  over-collateralization,  where  it  exists,  is  not 
reflected in the table.  4 Includes assets not subject to enforceable netting arrangements and other out-of-scope items. 

4

424 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Note 25  Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities (continued) 

The  table  below  provides  a  summary  of  financial  liabilities 
subject  to  offsetting,  enforceable  master  netting  arrangements 
and similar agreements, as well as financial collateral pledged to 
mitigate credit exposures for these financial liabilities. The gross 
financial  liabilities  of  UBS  that  are  subject  to  offsetting, 
enforceable  netting  arrangements  and  similar  agreements  are 
reconciled  to  the  net  amounts  presented  within  the  associated 

balance sheet line, after giving effect to financial assets with the 
same counterparties that have been offset on the balance sheet 
and  other  financial  liabilities  not  subject  to  an  enforceable 
netting arrangement or similar agreement. Furthermore, related 
amounts for financial assets and collateral pledged that are not 
offset  on  the  balance  sheet  are  shown  to  arrive  at  financial 
liabilities after consideration of netting potential. 

Financial liabilities subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements and similar agreements 

LLiiaabbiilliittiieess ssuubbjjeecctt ttoo nneettttiinngg aarrrraannggeemmeennttss 

Netting recognized on the balance sheet 
NNeett 
lliiaabbiilliittiieess 
rreeccooggnniizzeedd 
oonn tthhee 
bbaallaannccee 
sshheeeett 

Gross 
liabilities 
before 
netting 

Netting with 
gross assets2 

Netting potential not recognized 
on the balance sheet3 

LLiiaabbiilliittiieess 
aafftteerr 
ccoonnssiiddeerraattiioonn ooff 
nneettttiinngg 
ppootteennttiiaall 

Financial 
assets 

Collateral 
pledged 

LLiiaabbiilliittiieess nnoott 
ssuubbjjeecctt 
ttoo nneettttiinngg 
aarrrraannggeemmeennttss44 

LLiiaabbiilliittiieess 
rreeccooggnniizzeedd 
oonn tthhee 
bbaallaannccee 
sshheeeett 

TToottaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess 

TToottaall 
lliiaabbiilliittiieess 
aafftteerr 
ccoonnssiiddeerraattiioonn 
ooff nneettttiinngg 
ppootteennttiiaall 

TToottaall 
lliiaabbiilliittiieess 
rreeccooggnniizzeedd 
oonn tthhee 
bbaallaannccee 
sshheeeett 

 19.8
 118.1

 (14.0) 
 (3.4) 

55..88
111144..88

 (0.8)
 (89.3)

 (5.0) 
 (16.8) 

 34.2

 (4.0) 

3300..11

 (16.5)

 (1.7) 

 83.5
 83.1
225555..66 

 (77.6) 
 (77.6) 
((9988..99)) 

55..99
55..55
115566..66 

 (0.4)
 (0.4)
((110077..00)) 

 (5.6) 
 (5.2) 
((2299..00)) 

 20.6
 124.1

 (12.4) 
 (4.3) 

88..33
111199..88

 (3.6)
 (90.8)

 (4.7) 
 (20.9) 

 29.0

 (2.3) 

2266..77

 (14.2)

 (1.2) 

 86.6
 86.1
226600..44 

 (78.2) 
 (78.2) 
((9977..22)) 

88..44
77..99
116633..22 

 (2.1)
 (2.1)
((111100..77)) 

 (5.9) 
 (5.9) 
((3322..66)) 

00..00 
88..66 

1122..00 

00..00 
00..00 
2200..66 

00..00 
88..11 

1111..33 

00..44 
00..00 
1199..88 

22..00 
66..11 

11..33 

3300..00 
00..22 
3399..44 

22..00 
55..99 

22..22 

2255..22 
11..66 
3355..44 

22..00 
1144..88 

1133..33 

3300..00 
00..22 
6600..00 

22..00 
1144..00 

1133..55 

2255..66 
11..66 
5555..22 

77..88 
112200..99 

3311..44 

3355..99 
55..77 
119966..00 

1100..33 
112255..77 

2288..99 

3333..66 
99..55 
119988..55 

As of 31.12.19, USD billion 
Payables from securities financing 
transactions

Derivative financial instruments 

Cash collateral payables on 
derivative instruments1

Other financial liabilities designated at 
fair value

of which: repurchase agreements

TToottaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess 

As of 31.12.18, USD billion 
Payables from securities financing 
transactions

Derivative financial instruments 

Cash collateral payables on 
derivative instruments1

Other financial liabilities designated at 
fair value

of which: repurchase agreements

TToottaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess 

11 The net amount of Cash collateral payables on derivative instruments recognized on the balance sheet includes certain exchange-traded derivatives that are net settled on a daily basis either legally or in substance 
under  IAS 32  principles  and  exchange-traded  derivatives  that  are  economically  settled  on  a  daily  basis.        22  The  logic  of  the  table  results  in  amounts  presented  in  the  “Netting  with  gross  assets”  column 
corresponding to the amounts presented in the “Netting with gross liabilities” column in the assets table presented on the previous page. Netting in this column for repurchase agreements presented within the lines 
“Payables  from  securities  financing  transactions”  and  “Other  financial  liabilities  designated  at  fair  value”  taken  together  corresponds  to  the  amounts  presented  for  reverse  repurchase  agreements  in  the 
“Receivables from securities financing transactions” and “Financial assets at fair value not held for trading” lines in the assets table presented on the previous page.    33 For the purpose of this disclosure, the 
amounts of financial instruments and cash collateral presented have been capped so as not to exceed the net amount of financial liabilities presented on the balance sheet; i.e., over-collateralization, where it exists, 
is not reflected in the table.   44 Includes liabilities not subject to enforceable netting arrangements and other out-of-scope items.   

425 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 26  Restricted and transferred financial assets 

This  Note  provides  information  about  restricted  financial  assets  (Note  26a),  transfers  of  financial  assets  (Note  26b  and  26c)  and 
financial assets that are received as collateral with the right to resell or repledge these assets (Note 26d). 

a) Restricted financial assets 

Restricted  financial  assets  consist  of  assets  pledged  as  collateral 
against an existing liability or contingent liability and other assets 
that  are  otherwise  explicitly  restricted  such  that  they  cannot  be 
used to secure funding. 

Financial  assets  are  mainly  pledged  as  collateral  in  securities 
lending  transactions,  in  repurchase  transactions,  against  loans 
from  Swiss  mortgage  institutions  and  in  connection  with  the 
issuance  of  covered  bonds.  The  Group  generally  enters  into 
repurchase and securities lending arrangements under standard 
market  agreements.  For  securities  lending,  the  cash  received  as 
collateral  may  be  more  or  less  than  the  fair  value  of  the 
securities  loaned,  depending  on  the  nature  of  the  transaction. 
For  repurchase  agreements,  the  fair  value  of  the  collateral  sold 
under  an  agreement  to  repurchase  is  generally  in  excess  of  the 
cash  borrowed. Pledged  mortgage  loans  serve  as  collateral  for 

existing liabilities against Swiss central mortgage institutions and 
for existing covered bond issuances of USD 11,206 million as of 
31 December 2019 (31 December 2018: USD 12,516 million). 

Other  restricted  financial  assets  include  assets  protected 
under  client  asset  segregation  rules,  assets  held  by  the  Group’s 
insurance entities to back related liabilities to the policy holders, 
assets  held  in  certain  jurisdictions  to  comply  with  explicit 
minimum local asset maintenance requirements and assets held 
in  consolidated  bankruptcy  remote  entities,  such  as  certain 
investment  funds  and  other  structured  entities.  The  carrying 
amount  of  the  liabilities  associated  with  these  other  restricted 
financial assets is generally equal to the carrying amount of the 
assets,  with  the  exception  of  assets  held  to  comply  with  local 
asset  maintenance  requirements,  for  which  the  associated 
liabilities are greater. 

Restricted financial assets 
USD million 
Financial assets pledged as collateral 
Financial assets pledged as collateral
Financial assets at fair value held for trading 

of which: assets pledged as collateral that may be sold or repledged by counterparties 

Loans and advances to customers1 
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading 
Debt securities classified as Other financial assets measured at amortized cost 

of which: assets pledged as collateral that may be sold or repledged by counterparties 

Total financial assets pledged as collateral2 
Total financial assets pledged as collateral2

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

56,415
56,415
41,285
41,285
18,399
18,399
188
188
1,212
1,212
1,212
1,212
76,215
76,215

 43,292 
 32,121 
 18,804 
 0 
 0 
 0 
 62,096 

Other restricted financial assets
Other restricted financial assets 
 5,140 
Loans and advances to banks 
Financial assets at fair value held for trading 
 3,589 
Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments 
 3,205 
Loans and advances to customers 
 935 
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading 
 23,514 
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 
 171 
Other 
 203 
Total other restricted financial assets
 36,758 
Total other restricted financial assets 
Total financial assets pledged and other restricted financial assets
 98,854 
Total financial assets pledged and other restricted financial assets 
1 All related to mortgage loans that serve as collateral for existing liabilities against Swiss central mortgage institutions and for existing covered bond issuances. Of these pledged mortgage loans, approximately 
1
USD 6.3  billion  for  31  December  2019  (31  December  2018:  approximately  USD  3.2  billion)  could  be  withdrawn  or  used  for  future  liabilities  or  covered  bond  issuances  without  breaching  existing  collateral 
requirements. 
2 Does not include assets placed with central banks related to undrawn credit lines and for payment, clearing and settlement purposes (31 December 2019: USD 0.6 billion; 31 December 2018: 
2
USD 0.3 billion). 

3,131
3,131
242
242
2,986
2,986
620
620
29,676
29,676
176
176
379
379
37,210
37,210
113,425
113,425

In addition to restrictions on financial assets, UBS Group AG 

leverage  ratios  on  a  stressed  basis,  such  as  the  Federal  Reserve 
and  its  subsidiaries  are,  in  certain  cases,  subject  to  regulatory  Board’s  Comprehensive  Capital  Analysis  and  Review  (CCAR) 
requirements  that  affect  the  transfer  of  dividends  and  capital  process,  which  may  limit  the  relevant  subsidiaries’  ability  to 
within  the  Group,  as  well  as  intercompany  lending.  Supervisory  make distributions of capital based on the results of those tests. 
authorities  also  may  require  entities  to  measure  capital  and 

426 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 26  Restricted and transferred financial assets (continued) 

Supervisory  authorities  generally  have  discretion  to  impose 
higher  requirements  or  to  otherwise  limit  the  activities  of 
subsidiaries. 

Non-regulated  subsidiaries  are  generally  not  subject  to  such 
requirements and transfer restrictions. However, restrictions can 
also  be  the  result  of  different  legal,  regulatory,  contractual, 
entity- or country-specific arrangements and/or requirements. 

  Refer to “Financial and regulatory key figures for our significant 

regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups” in the “Significant 

regulated subsidiary and sub-group information” section of this 

report for financial information about significant regulated 

subsidiaries of the Group 

b) Transferred financial assets that are not derecognized in their entirety 

The table below presents information for financial assets that have been transferred but are subject to continued recognition in full, 
as well as recognized liabilities associated with those transferred assets. 

Transferred financial assets subject to continued recognition in full 

USD million 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

Financial assets at fair value held for trading that may be sold or repledged by counterparties 

relating to securities lending and repurchase agreements in exchange for cash received 

relating to securities lending agreements in exchange for securities received 

relating to other financial asset transfers 

Financial assets at fair value not held for trading that may be sold or repledged by 
counterparties 

TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall aasssseettss ttrraannssffeerrrreedd 

Transactions  in  which  financial  assets  are  transferred,  but 
continue  to  be  recognized  in  their  entirety  on  UBS’s  balance 
sheet  include  securities  lending  and  repurchase  agreements  as 
well as other financial asset transfers. Repurchase and securities 
lending  arrangements  are,  for  the  most  part,  conducted  under 
standard  market  agreements  and  are  undertaken  with 
counterparties  subject  to  UBS’s  normal  credit  risk  control 
processes. 

  Refer to Note 1a item 3e for more information about 

repurchase and securities lending agreements 

As  of  31  December  2019,  approximately  40%  of  the 
transferred  financial  assets  were  assets  held  for  trading 
transferred  in  exchange  for  cash,  in  which  case  the  associated 
recognized  liability  represents  the  amount  to  be  repaid  to 
counterparties. 
repurchase 
agreements,  a  haircut  between  0%  and  15%  is  generally 
applied  to  the  transferred  assets,  which  results  in  associated 
liabilities  having  a  carrying  amount  below  the  carrying  amount 
of  the  transferred  assets.  The  counterparties  to  the  associated 
liabilities presented in the table above have full recourse to UBS. 

securities 

lending 

and 

For 

CCaarrrryyiinngg aammoouunntt 
ooff ttrraannssffeerrrreedd 
aasssseettss 
4411,,228855 

CCaarrrryyiinngg aammoouunntt ooff 
aassssoocciiaatteedd lliiaabbiilliittiieess 
rreeccooggnniizzeedd 
oonn bbaallaannccee sshheeeett 
1166,,667711

Carrying amount 
of transferred 
assets 
 32,121

Carrying amount of 
associated liabilities 
recognized 
on balance sheet 
 4,674 

1166,,994455 

2244,,008822 

225588 

118888 
4411,,447733 

1166,,667711

00

00

118877
1166,,885588

 4,726

 26,234

 1,161

 0
 32,121

 4,674 

 0 

 0 

 0 
 4,674 

In  securities  lending  arrangements  entered  into  in  exchange 
for  the  receipt  of  other  securities  as  collateral,  neither  the 
securities  received  nor  the  obligation  to  return  them  are 
recognized on UBS’s balance sheet, as the risks and rewards of 
ownership  are  not  transferred  to  UBS.  In  cases  where  such 
financial  assets  received  are  subsequently  sold  or  repledged  in 
another  transaction,  this  is  not  considered  to  be  a  transfer  of 
financial assets. 

Other  financial  asset  transfers  primarily  include  securities 
transferred to collateralize derivative transactions, for which the 
carrying  amount  of  associated  liabilities  is  not  provided  in  the 
table above because those replacement values are managed on 
a  portfolio  basis  across  counterparties  and  product  types,  and 
therefore  there  is  no  direct  relationship  between  the  specific 
collateral pledged and the associated liability. 

Transferred 

financial  assets 

to 
derecognition  in  full,  but  remain  on  the  balance  sheet  to  the 
extent of the Group’s continuing involvement, were not material 
as of 31 December 2019 and as of 31 December 2018. 

that  are  not  subject 

427 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 26  Restricted and transferred financial assets (continued) 

c) Transferred financial assets that are derecognized in their entirety with continuing involvement 

Continuing  involvement  in  a  transferred  and  fully  derecognized 
financial  asset  may  result  from  contractual  provisions  in  the 
transfer  agreement  or  from  a  separate  agreement  with  the 
counterparty or a third party entered into in connection with the 
transfer. 

Purchased and retained interests in securitization vehicles 
In  cases  where  UBS  has  transferred  assets  into  a  securitization 
vehicle  and  retained  or  purchased  interests  therein,  UBS  has  a 
continuing involvement in those transferred assets. 

for 

fair  value  held 

As  of  31  December  2019,  the  majority  of  the  retained 
continuing  involvement  related  to  securitization  positions  held  as 
financial  assets  at 
trading,  primarily 
collateralized  debt  obligations,  US  commercial  mortgage-backed 
securities  and  residential  mortgage-backed  securities.  The  fair 
value  and  carrying  amount  of  UBS’s  continuing  involvement 
related  to  these  purchased  and  retained  interests  was  USD 351 
million  as  of  31  December  2019,  and  UBS  recognized  gains  of 
in  2019  related  to  these  positions.  As  of 
USD 0  million 
31 December 2019, life-to-date losses of USD 1,198 million were 
recorded related to the positions held as of 31 December 2019. 

As of 31 December 2018, the fair value and carrying amount 
of  UBS’s  continuing  involvement  related  to  purchased  and 
retained  interests  in  securitization  vehicles  was  USD 6  million, 
and  UBS  recognized  gains  of  USD 3  million  in  2018  related  to 
these  positions.  As  of  31  December  2018,  life-to-date  losses  of 
USD 1,198 million were recorded related to the positions held as 
of 31 December 2018. 

The  maximum  exposure  to  loss  related  to  purchased  and 
retained  interests  in  securitization  structures  was  USD 8  million 
as  of  31  December  2019,  compared  with  USD 10  million  as  of 
31 December 2018. 

Undiscounted cash outflows of USD 3 million may be payable 
to the transferee in future periods as a consequence of holding 
the  purchased  and  retained  interests.  The  earliest  period  in 
which payment may be required is less than one month. 

d) Off-balance sheet assets received 

The table below presents assets received from third parties that can be sold or repledged and that are not recognized on the balance 
sheet, but that are held as collateral, including amounts that have been sold or repledged. 

Off-balance sheet assets received 

USD million 

Fair value of assets received that can be sold or repledged 

received as collateral under reverse repurchase, securities borrowing and lending arrangements, derivative and other transactions1 

received in unsecured borrowings 

Thereof sold or repledged2 

in connection with financing activities 

to satisfy commitments under short sale transactions 

in connection with derivative and other transactions1 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

475,726
475,726

31.12.18 

 483,688 

466,045
466,045

 473,302 

9,681
9,681

 10,385 

350,477
350,477

 356,745 

305,362
305,362

 315,402 

30,591
30,591

14,524
14,524

 28,943 

 12,400 

1 Includes securities received as initial margin from its clients that UBS is required to remit to central counterparties, brokers and deposit banks through its exchange-traded derivative clearing and execution services. 
1
2 Does not include off-balance sheet securities (31 December 2019: USD 19.6 billion; 31 December 2018: USD 24.5 billion) placed with central banks related to undrawn credit lines and for payment, clearing and 
2
settlement purposes for which there are no associated liabilities or contingent liabilities. 

428 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Note 27  Maturity analysis of financial liabilities 

The  contractual  maturities  for  non-derivative  and  non-trading 
financial  liabilities  as  of  31  December  2019  are  based  on  the 
earliest  date  on  which  UBS  could  be  contractually  required  to 
pay.  The  total  amounts  that  contractually  mature  in  each  time 
band are also shown for 31 December 2018. Derivative positions 

and  trading  liabilities,  predominantly  made  up  of  short  sale 
transactions, are assigned to the column Due within 1 month, as 
this  provides  a  conservative  reflection  of  the  nature  of  these 
trading  activities.  The  contractual  maturities  may  extend  over 
significantly longer periods. 

Maturity analysis of financial liabilities 

USD billion 

FFiinnaanncciiaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess rreeccooggnniizzeedd oonn bbaallaannccee sshheeeett11 
Amounts due to banks 
Payables from securities financing transactions
Cash collateral payables on derivative instruments
Customer deposits
Debt issued measured at amortized cost2
Other financial liabilities measured at amortized cost

 of which: lease liabilities

TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt
Financial liabilities at fair value held for trading3,4
Derivative financial instruments3
Brokerage payables designated at fair value
Debt issued designated at fair value5
Other financial liabilities designated at fair value
TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess mmeeaassuurreedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee tthhrroouugghh pprrooffiitt oorr lloossss
TToottaall 

GGuuaarraanntteeeess,, ccoommmmiittmmeennttss aanndd ffoorrwwaarrdd ssttaarrttiinngg ttrraannssaaccttiioonnss66 
LLooaann ccoommmmiittmmeennttss77
GGuuaarraanntteeeess77
FFoorrwwaarrdd ssttaarrttiinngg ttrraannssaaccttiioonnss 
Reverse repurchase agreements7
Securities borrowing agreements
TToottaall 

Due within 
1 month 

Due between 
1 and 3 months 

Due between 
3 and 12 months 

Due between 
1 and 5 years 

Due after 
5 years 

3311..1122..1199 

 5.4
 7.4
 31.4
 423.0
 4.5
 4.5
 0.1
 476.1
 30.6
 120.9
 37.2
 21.3
 34.0
 244.0
772200..11 

 33.1
 19.1

 21.9

7744..11 

 0.3
 0.1

 16.1
 5.3
 0.1
 0.1
 22.0

 17.4
 0.4
 17.8
3399..99 

 0.5

00..55 

 0.4
 0.3

 7.3
 30.5
 0.5
 0.5
 38.9

 9.5
 0.5
 9.9
4488..88 

 0.3

 0.0

00..33 

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 36.0
 2.0
 2.0
 38.1

 7.6
 0.9
 8.5
4466..66 

 0.5

 2.5
 46.3
 2.0
 2.0
 51.3

 12.7
 0.4
 13.1
6644..55 

 0.0

00..00 

00..00 

Total 

 6.6 
 7.8 
 31.4 
 448.9 
 122.7 
 9.0
 4.6 
 626.4 
 30.6 
 120.9 
 37.2 
 68.5 
 36.1 
 293.3 
991199..88 

 33.9 
 19.1 

 21.9 
 0.0 
7744..99 

429 

Financial statements 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 27  Maturity analysis of financial liabilities (continued) 

USD billion 

Financial liabilities recognized on balance sheet1 
Financial liabilities recognized on balance sheet1
Amounts due to banks 
Payables from securities financing transactions
Cash collateral payables on derivative instruments
Customer deposits
Debt issued measured at amortized cost2
Other financial liabilities measured at amortized cost
Total financial liabilities measured at amortized cost
Total financial liabilities measured at amortized cost
Financial liabilities at fair value held for trading3,4
Derivative financial instruments3
Brokerage payables designated at fair value
Debt issued designated at fair value5
Other financial liabilities designated at fair value
Total financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss
Total financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss
Total
Total 

Due within 
1 month 

Due between 
1 and 3 months 

Due between 
3 and 12 months 

Due between 
1 and 5 years 

Due after 
5 years 

31.12.18 

7.9
 9.5
 28.9
 395.8
 4.6
 5.6
 452.4
 28.9
 125.7
 38.4
 15.7
 30.0
 238.8
691.2
691.2 

 1.0
 0.6

 13.1
 6.3

 21.0

 18.1
 0.4
 18.5
39.5
39.5 

 1.6
 0.3

 7.0
 39.9

 48.8

 10.2
 1.1
 11.3
60.1
60.1 

 0.5

 4.4
 57.6

 62.6

 7.4
 1.2
 8.6
71.2
71.2 

 0.0
 0.0

 0.0
 37.8

 37.8

 8.0
 1.0
 9.0
46.8
46.8 

Total 

 11.0 
 10.4 
 28.9 
 420.4 
 146.2 
 5.6 
 622.6 
 28.9 
 125.7 
 38.4 
 59.4 
 33.7 
 286.2 
908.8
908.8 

 34.1
 19.8

Guarantees, commitments and forward starting transactions6 
Guarantees, commitments and forward starting transactions6
Loan commitments7
Loan commitments7
Guarantees7
Guarantees7
Forward starting transactions
Forward starting transactions 
Reverse repurchase agreements7
 9.0 
 9.0
 0.0 
 0.0
Securities borrowing agreements
63.6 
62.9 
Total 
Total
63.6
62.9
1 Except for financial liabilities at fair value held for trading and derivative financial instruments (see footnote 3), the amounts presented generally represent undiscounted cash flows of future interest and principal 
1
3 Carrying amount is fair value. Management believes that this best represents the cash 
payments. 
3
4 Contractual 
flows that would have to be paid if these positions had to be settled or closed out. Refer to Note 28 for undiscounted cash flows of derivatives designated in hedge accounting relationships. 
4
maturities of financial liabilities at fair value held for trading are: USD 30 billion due within 1 month (2018: USD 28.3 billion), USD 0.6 billion due between 1 month and 1 year (2018: USD 0.6 billion) and USD 0 
billion due between 1 and 5 years (2018: USD 0 billion).  5 Future interest payments on variable-rate liabilities are determined by reference to the applicable interest rate prevailing as of the reporting date. Future 
6 Comprises the maximum irrevocable amount of guarantees, commitments and forward starting 
principal payments that are variable are determined by reference to the conditions existing at the reporting date. 
6
7  Loan commitments measured at fair value of USD 6.3 billion (2018: USD 3.5 billion), guarantees measured at fair value of USD 1.0 billion (2018: USD 1.6 billion) and forward starting reverse 
transactions. 
7
repurchase agreements measured at fair value of USD 20.3 billion (2018: USD 8.1 billion) are under the time bucket Due within 1 month. 

2 The time bucket Due after 5 years includes perpetual loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital instruments. 
2

 34.7 
 19.8 

0.4 
0.4

0.3 
0.3

0.0 
0.0

0.0 
0.0

 0.0

 0.0

 0.3

 0.3

5

The  Group  has  also  executed  various  hedging  strategies 
utilizing  derivatives  for  which  hedge  accounting  has  not  been 
applied. These economic hedges include interest rate swaps and 
other  interest  rate  derivatives  (e.g.,  futures)  for  day-to-day 
economic  interest  rate  risk  management  purposes.  In  addition, 
the  Group  has  used  equity  futures,  options  and,  to  a  lesser 
extent,  swaps  in  a  variety  of  equity  trading  strategies  to  offset 
underlying  equity  and  equity  volatility  exposure.  The  Group  has 
also  entered  into  credit  default  swaps  that  provide  economic 
hedges for credit risk exposures (refer to “Credit derivatives” in 
Note  11).  The  Group’s  accounting  policies  for  derivatives 
designated  and  accounted  for  as  hedging  instruments  or 
economic  hedges  that  do  not  qualify  for  hedge  accounting  are 
described in Note 1a item 3j, where terms used in the following 
sections are explained. 

Note 28  Hedge accounting 

Derivatives transacted for hedging purposes 

risks 

inherent 

The Group enters into derivative transactions for the purpose of 
hedging 
forecast 
in  assets, 
transactions.  The  accounting  treatment  of  hedge  transactions 
varies  according  to  the  nature  of  the  instrument  hedged  and 
whether the hedge qualifies as such for accounting purposes. 

liabilities  and 

Derivative  transactions  that  qualify  and  are  designated  as 
hedges  for  accounting  purposes  are  described  under  the 
corresponding  risk  category  headings  in  this  Note  (interest  rate 
risk  hedge  accounting  and  structural  foreign  exchange  risk 
hedge  accounting).  In  addition,  UBS  designates  certain  non-
derivative  financial  assets  and  liabilities  as  hedging  instruments 
in  structural  foreign  exchange  risk  hedge  accounting,  as 
described under the corresponding risk category headings of this 
Note. 

430 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
 
      
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 28  Hedge accounting (continued) 

Interest rate risk hedge accounting 

Fair value hedges: interest rate risk related to debt instruments 
The Group issues various long-term, fixed-rate debt instruments 
measured  at  amortized  cost,  such  as  senior  unsecured  debt, 
covered  bonds  and  subordinated  debt,  that  are  exposed  to 
changes in fair value due to movements in market interest rates. 
Interest  rate  swaps  are  used  as  fair  value  hedges  to  protect 
against changes in the fair value of the issued debt. 

Fair  value  hedges  of  interest  rate  risk  related  to  debt 
instruments  involve  swapping  fixed  cash  flows  associated  with 
the  debt  issued  to  floating  cash  flows  by  entering  into  interest 
rate  swaps  that  receive  fixed  and  pay  floating  cash  flows.  The 
variable future cash flows are based on the following benchmark 
rates: USD LIBOR, CHF LIBOR, EURIBOR, GBP LIBOR, AUD LIBOR, 
JPY LIBOR and SGD LIBOR. 

The  issued  debt  and  interest  rate  swaps  are  designated  in  a 
fair  value  hedge  relationship.  The  notional  of  the  designated 
hedging instrument matches the notional of the hedged item. 

Hedging instruments and hedged items 

USD million 

HHeeddggiinngg iinnssttrruummeennttss:: iinntteerreesstt rraattee sswwaappss 

Nominal amount 

Carrying amount 

Derivative financial assets 

Derivative financial liabilities

HHeeddggeedd iitteemmss:: ddeebbtt iissssuueedd mmeeaassuurreedd aatt aammoorrttiizzeedd ccoosstt 

Carrying amount 

 of which: accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustment 

Hedge ineffectiveness 

USD million 

Changes in fair value of hedging instruments 

Changes in fair value of hedged items 

The hedged risk is determined as the change in the fair value 
of the debt issued arising solely from changes in the designated 
benchmark  interest  rate  (e.g.,  one-month  or  three-month 
LIBOR).  Such  change  is  usually  the  largest  component  of  the 
overall  change  in  the  fair  value  of  the  hedged  position  in 
transaction currency. 

Hedge effectiveness is assessed by comparing changes in the 
fair  value  of  the  debt  issued  attributable  to  changes  in  the 
designated benchmark interest rate with the changes in the fair 
value of the interest rate swaps. 

Hedge ineffectiveness can arise from different curves used for 
the  discounting  of  the  hedging  instruments  and  the  hedged 
items,  or  from  mismatches  of  critical  terms  between  fixed-term 
lending products and hedging interest rate swaps. 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

6655,,225577

 63,816 

3333

6677,,337799

11,,009999

 27 

 1 

 63,785

 (298) 

For the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

11,,442277

((11,,440088))

1199

 (341)

 329

 (11)

NNeett ggaaiinnss // ((lloosssseess)) rreellaatteedd ttoo hheeddggee iinneeffffeeccttiivveenneessss rreeccooggnniizzeedd iinn OOtthheerr nneett iinnccoommee ffrroomm ffiinnaanncciiaall iinnssttrruummeennttss 
mmeeaassuurreedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee tthhrroouugghh pprrooffiitt oorr lloossss 

Profile of the timing of the nominal amount of the hedging instrument 

USD billion 
Interest rate swaps

USD billion 
Interest rate swaps

3311..1122..1199 

DDuuee wwiitthhiinn 
11 mmoonntthh 

DDuuee bbeettwweeeenn 
11 aanndd 33 mmoonntthhss 

DDuuee bbeettwweeeenn 
33 aanndd 1122 mmoonntthhss 

DDuuee bbeettwweeeenn 
11 aanndd 55 yyeeaarrss 

 3

 9

 40

Due within 
1 month 

Due between 
1 and 3 months 

31.12.18 
Due between 
3 and 12 months 

Due between 
1 and 5 years 

 4

 43

DDuuee aafftteerr 
55 yyeeaarrss 
 14

Due after 
5 years 
 17

 (16) 

 (4) 

 (20) 

TToottaall 
 65 

Total 
 64 

431 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 28  Hedge accounting (continued) 

Fair value hedges: portfolio interest rate risk related to loans 
The  Group  has  a  portfolio  of  long-term  fixed-rate  mortgage 
loans in CHF that are measured at amortized cost and exposed 
to changes in the fair value attributable to movements in market 
interest rates. Interest rate swaps that pay a fixed rate of interest 
and  receive  a  floating  rate  of  interest  are  used  as  fair  value 
hedges  to  protect  against  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the 
originated loans. 

is designated. Changes in the portfolio are driven by new loans 
originated or existing loans repaid. 

The hedged risk is determined as the change in the fair value 
of  the  loans  arising  solely  from  changes  in  the  designated 
benchmark  interest  rate  (e.g.,  one-month  or  three-month 
LIBOR).  Such  change  is  usually  the  largest  component  of  the 
overall  change  in  the  fair  value  of  the  hedged  position  in 
transaction currency. 

The  portfolio  of  mortgage  loans  and  interest  rate  swaps  are 
designated in a fair value hedge relationship. The notional of the 
designated  hedging  instrument  matches  the  notional  of  the 
hedged item. 

Hedge effectiveness is assessed by comparing changes in the 
fair  value  of  the  hedged  portfolio  of  loans  attributable  to 
changes  in  the  designated  benchmark  interest  rate  with  the 
changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps. 

The  hedging  strategy  involves  an  open  portfolio  of  hedged 
items,  i.e.,  mortgage  loans.  Both  the  hedged  items  and  the 
hedging  instruments  are  adjusted  on  a  monthly  basis  to  reflect 
changes in size and the maturity profile of the hedged portfolio. 
The existing hedging relationship is discontinued and a new one 

Hedge ineffectiveness can arise from different curves used for 
the  discounting  of  the  hedging  instruments  and  the  hedged 
items,  or  from  mismatches  of  critical  terms  between  fixed-term 
lending products and hedging interest rate swaps. 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

4,493
4,493

 10,318 

14 
14

4,494
4,494

117
117

172
172

 0 

 31 

 10,299 

200 

89 

For the year ended 

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

 (22)

 16

 (6)

 (10) 

 3 

 (7) 

Hedging instruments and hedged items 

USD million 

Hedging instruments: interest rate swaps 
Hedging instruments: interest rate swaps

Nominal amount 

Carrying amount 

Derivative financial assets 

Derivative financial liabilities 

Hedged items: loans and advances to customers 
Hedged items: loans and advances to customers

Carrying amount 

of which: accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustment on the portfolio that was subject to hedge accounting 1 
of which: accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustment, subject to amortization attributable to the portion of the portfolio that 
ceased to be part of hedge accounting 1 

1 Amounts presented within Other financial assets measured at amortized cost and Other financial liabilities measured at amortized cost. 
1

Hedge ineffectiveness 

USD million 
Changes in fair value of hedging instruments1 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

(38)
(38)

Changes in fair value of hedged items1 
Net gains / (losses) related to hedge ineffectiveness recognized in Other net income from financial instruments
Net gains / (losses) related to hedge ineffectiveness recognized in Other net income from financial instruments 
measured at fair value through profit or loss
measured at fair value through profit or loss 
1 For the year ended 31 December 2017, the amounts included offsetting accrued interest, which had no effect on net gains / (losses) related to hedge ineffectiveness. 
1

(6)
(6)

32
32

432 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Note 28  Hedge accounting (continued) 

Cash flow hedges of forecast transactions 
The Group is exposed to variability in future interest cash flows 
on non-trading financial assets and liabilities that bear interest at 
variable  rates  or  are  expected  to  be  refinanced  or  reinvested  in 
the  future,  due  to  movements  in  future  market  rates.  The 
amounts  and  timing  of  future  cash  flows,  representing  both 
principal  and  interest  flows,  are  projected  on  the  basis  of 
contractual terms and other relevant factors, including estimates 
of  prepayments  and  defaults.  The  aggregate  principal  balances 
and  interest  cash  flows  across  all  portfolios  over  time  form  the 
basis  for  identifying  the  non-trading  interest  rate  risk  of  the 
Group, which is hedged with interest rate swaps, the maximum 
maturity of which is 10 years. 

The group of forecast cash flows and interest rate swaps are 
designated in cash flow hedge relationships. The notional of the 
designated  hedging  instrument  matches  the  notional  of  the 
hedged item for newly transacted swaps. For swaps that are re-
designated, the ratio of the designation is determined based on 
the swap sensitivity. 

The  hedging  strategy  involves  designation  of  each  interest 
rate  swap  in  a  separate  hedge  relationship  against  a  group  of 
hedged items that share the same risk. The hedged items giving 
rise  to  the  hedged  cash  flows  are  fungible  and  could  be 
substituted for each other over the lifetime of the hedge. Cash 
flow forecasts and risk exposures are monitored and adjusted on 
an  ongoing  basis,  and  consequently  hedging  instruments  are 
added or taken out of the program accordingly. 

The hedged risk is determined as the variability of future cash 
flows  arising  solely  from  changes  in  the  designated  benchmark 
interest  rate,  i.e.,  overnight  index  swap  rate  /  one-month  or 
is  assessed  by 
three-month  LIBOR.  Hedge  effectiveness 
comparing  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  hedged  cash  flows 
attributable  to  changes  in  the  designated  benchmark  interest 
rate with the changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps. 
Hedge  ineffectiveness  can  arise  from  differences  in  the 
reference  index  of  the  hedging  instruments  and  hedged  items, 
or from inception of the hedge relationship after the trade date 
of the hedging derivative. 

Hedging instruments 

USD million 

HHeeddggiinngg iinnssttrruummeennttss:: iinntteerreesstt rraattee sswwaappss 

Nominal amount 

Carrying amount 

Derivative financial assets 

Derivative financial liabilities

Hedge ineffectiveness 

USD million 
Changes in fair value of hedging instruments1 

Changes in fair value of hedged items1 

EEffffeeccttiivvee ppoorrttiioonn ooff cchhaannggeess iinn ffaaiirr vvaalluuee ooff hheeddggiinngg iinnssttrruummeennttss rreeccooggnniizzeedd aass OOtthheerr ccoommpprreehheennssiivvee iinnccoommee 
IInneeffffeeccttiivveenneessss rreeccooggnniizzeedd aass OOtthheerr nneett iinnccoommee ffrroomm ffiinnaanncciiaall iinnssttrruummeennttss mmeeaassuurreedd aatt ffaaiirr vvaalluuee tthhrroouugghh pprrooffiitt oorr 
lloossss 
11 This Note addresses the requirement of IFRS 7 effective from 1 January 2018, for which data is provided prospectively. 

Other comprehensive income recognized directly in equity related to cash flow hedges  

USD million 

BBaallaannccee aatt tthhee bbeeggiinnnniinngg ooff tthhee yyeeaarr 

Effective portion of changes in fair value of hedging instruments recognized in OCI 
Amount reclassified to Net interest income when the hedged item affected profit / (loss), for the year ended 
31 December 

of which: reclassified to interest income on amortized-cost instruments 1 

of which: reclassified to interest income on FVTPL instruments 1 

Translation effects recognized directly in retained earnings 

Income tax related to cash flow hedges 

BBaallaannccee aatt tthhee eenndd ooff tthhee yyeeaarr 

of which: related to hedging relationships for which hedge accounting continues to be applied 1,2 

of which: related to hedging relationships for which hedge accounting is no longer applied 1,2 

11 This Note addresses the requirement of IFRS 7 effective from 1 January 2018, for which data is provided prospectively.  22 Amounts are disclosed on a pre-tax basis. 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

6699,,444433

 70,149 

1166

 24 

 1 

For the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

11,,663399

((11,,557711))

11,,557711

6688

22001199 

110099

11,,557711

((117755))
((117755))

00

99

((225533))

11,,226600

11,,559966

((4433))

 97 

 (73) 

 (42)

 25

2018 

 360

 (42)

 (294)
 (293) 

 (1) 

 18

 67

 109

 74 

 73 

 45 

 8 

2017 

 955 

 45 

 (843) 

 39 

 163 

 360 

433 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 28  Hedge accounting (continued) 

Structural foreign exchange risk hedge accounting 

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations 
The Group applies hedge accounting for certain net investments 
in  foreign  operations.  For  this  purpose,  foreign  exchange  (FX) 
derivatives,  mainly  FX  forwards  and  FX  swaps,  as  well  as  non-
derivative financial assets or liabilities are used and designated as 
hedging  instruments.  The  notional  of  the  designated  hedging 
instrument matches the notional of the hedged item. 

Based  on  UBS’s  risk  management  strategy,  the  hedges  are 
adjusted on at least a monthly basis to reflect the changes in the 
hedged position. 

The  hedged  risk  is  determined  as  the  change  in  the  carrying 
amount  of  net  assets  of  foreign  operations  arising  solely  from 
changes in spot foreign exchange rates. Consequently, the Group 
only  designates  the  spot  element  of  the  FX  forwards  as  hedging 
instruments. Changes in the fair value of the hedging instruments 
attributable  to  changes  in  forward  points  and  the  effect  of 
discounting are not part of a hedge accounting designation. These 
amounts,  therefore,  do  not  form  part  of  the  effectiveness 
assessment and are recognized directly in profit or loss. 

Hedging instruments 

USD million 

Hedging instruments: derivative financial instruments 
Hedging instruments: derivative financial instruments

Nominal amount 

Carrying amount 

Derivative financial assets 

Derivative financial liabilities 

Hedging instruments: non-derivative foreign currency assets and liabilities
Hedging instruments: non-derivative foreign currency assets and liabilities 

Nominal amount 

Carrying amount 

Receivables from securities financing transactions 

Payables from securities financing transactions 

Hedge ineffectiveness 

USD million 

Changes in fair value of hedging instruments 

Changes in fair value of hedged items 

Effective portion of changes in fair value of hedging instruments recognized in Foreign currency translation OCI
Effective portion of changes in fair value of hedging instruments recognized in Foreign currency translation OCI 

Ineffectiveness recognized as Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss
Ineffectiveness recognized as Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss 

434 

The  effective  portion  of  gains  and  losses  of  these  FX  swaps, 
i.e.,  the  spot  element,  is  transferred  directly  to  OCI  to  offset 
foreign  currency  translation  (FCT)  gains  and  losses  on  the  net 
investments in foreign branches and subsidiaries. As such, these 
FX  swaps  hedge  the  structural  FX  exposure,  resulting  in  the 
accumulation  of  FCT  movements  at  the  level  of  individual 
foreign branches and subsidiaries, which make up the total FCT 
OCI of the Group. 

When  UBS  designates  as  hedging  instruments  certain  non-
derivative  foreign  currency  financial  assets  and  liabilities  of 
foreign  branches  or  subsidiaries,  the  FX  translation  difference 
recorded in FCT OCI of the non-derivative hedging instrument of 
one foreign entity offsets the structural FX exposure of another 
foreign entity. Therefore, the aggregated FCT OCI of the Group 
is unchanged from this hedge designation. 

is 

in 

designated 

Due  to  the  fact  that  only  the  spot  element  of  hedging 
instruments 
relationships, 
ineffectiveness is unlikely unless the hedged net assets fall below 
the  designated  hedged  amount.  The  exceptions  are  hedges 
where the hedging currency is not the same as the currency of 
the  foreign  operation,  where  the  currency  basis  may  cause 
ineffectiveness. 

hedging 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

11,992
11,992

 11,537 

9 
9

171 
171

217
217 

109
109 

109
109 

 56 

 48 

 229 

 115 

 115 

For the year ended 

31.12.19
31.12.19 

31.12.18 

(142)
(142) 

134
134

(134)
(134) 

(8)
(8) 

 205 

 (205) 

 181 

 24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Note 28  Hedge accounting (continued) 

Foreign currency translation reserve 

USD million 
FFoorreeiiggnn ccuurrrreennccyy ttrraannssllaattiioonn rreesseerrvvee 

of which: effective portion of changes in fair value of hedging instruments related to investment in subsidiaries 1 

of which: for which hedge accounting continues to be applied 1 
of which: for which hedge accounting is no longer applied 1 

EEffffeeccttiivvee ppoorrttiioonn ooff cchhaannggeess iinn ffaaiirr vvaalluuee ooff hheeddggiinngg iinnssttrruummeennttss rreeccllaassssiiffiieedd ttoo OOtthheerr iinnccoommee uuppoonn ddiissppoossaall ooff 
iinnvveessttmmeenntt ffoorr tthhee yyeeaarr eennddeedd11 
11 This Note addresses the requirement of IFRS 7 effective from 1 January 2018, for which data is provided prospectively. 

Undiscounted cash flows 

31.12.17 
 4,466 

3311..1122..1199 
44,,002288
664433
338866
225577

((1144))

31.12.18 
 3,924

 777 
 521 
 255 

 2 

The  table  below  provides  undiscounted  cash  flow  information  for  derivative  instruments  designated  in  hedge  accounting 
relationships. 

Derivatives designated in hedge accounting relationships (undiscounted cash flows) 

USD billion 
IInntteerreesstt rraattee sswwaappss11 
FFXX sswwaappss // ffoorrwwaarrddss 
Cash inflows
Cash outflows
NNeett ccaasshh fflloowwss 

OOnn ddeemmaanndd 

DDuuee wwiitthhiinn 
11 mmoonntthh 

DDuuee bbeettwweeeenn 
11 aanndd 33 mmoonntthhss 

22001199 
DDuuee bbeettwweeeenn 
33 aanndd 1122 mmoonntthhss 

DDuuee bbeettwweeeenn 
11 aanndd 55 yyeeaarrss 

DDuuee aafftteerr 
55 yyeeaarrss 

 6
 6
00 

 5
 5
00 

 0
 0
00 

Due within 
1 month 

Due between 
1 and 3 months 

2018 
Due between 
3 and 12 months 

Due between 
1 and 5 years 

Due after 
5 years 

On demand 

USD billion 
IInntteerreesstt rraattee sswwaappss11 
FFXX sswwaappss // ffoorrwwaarrddss 
Cash inflows
Cash outflows
NNeett ccaasshh fflloowwss
11 Undiscounted cash inflows and cash outflows of interest rate swaps were not material as the majority of interest rate swaps designated in hedge accounting relationships are legally settled on a daily basis. 

 2
 2
 0

 9
 9
 0

TToottaall 

 11 
 11 
00 

Total 

 11 
 11 
 0 

Interest rate benchmark reform 

As  of  1  October  2019,  the  Group  early  adopted  the 
amendments  to  IAS  39  and  IFRS  7  related  to  interest  rate 
benchmark reform published by the IASB in September 2019. 

As  all  fair  value  hedges  are  directly  affected  by  the  interest 
rate  benchmark  reform,  the  relief  is  applied  to  all  of  the 
disclosed fair value hedges in this Note. 

The significant interest rate benchmarks to which the Group’s 
hedging relationships are exposed are stated in the “Interest rate 
risk hedge accounting” section of this Note. 

The  Group  established  a  cross-divisional,  cross-regional 
governance  structure  and  change  program  to  address  the  scale 
and  complexity  of  the  transition  to  alternative  reference  rates 
(ARRs). 

Hedges  of  net  investments  in  foreign  operations  are  not 

affected by the amendments. 

UBS  also  applies  the  amendments  to  those  cash  flow  hedge 
relationships where the hedged risk is LIBOR. The following table 
provides details on the nominal amount and carrying amount of 
in  those  hedging  relationships. 
the  hedging 

instruments 

Cash flow hedges of forecast transactions referencing LIBOR 
USD million 
HHeeddggiinngg iinnssttrruummeennttss:: iinntteerreesstt rraattee sswwaappss 
Nominal amount 
Carrying amount 

Derivative financial assets 
Derivative financial liabilities 

3311..1122..1199 

1166,,446622 

00 
00 

435 

Financial statements  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 29  Pension and other post-employment benefit plans 

The table below provides a breakdown of expenses related to pension and other post-employment benefit plans recognized in the 
income statement within Personnel expenses. 

Income statement – expenses related to pension and other post-employment benefit plans 

USD million 

Net periodic expenses for defined benefit plans 

of which: related to major pension plans 1 

of which: Swiss plan 2 

of which: UK plan 

of which: US and German plans 

of which: related to post-employment medical insurance plans 3 

of which: related to remaining plans and other expenses 4 

Expenses for defined contribution plans5 

of which: UK plans 

of which: US plan 

of which: remaining plans 

Total pension and other post-employment benefit plan expenses6 
Total pension and other post-employment benefit plan expenses6
1 Refer to Note 29a for more information. 
1
changes. 
Note 6. 

3 Refer to Note 29b for more information. 
3

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

461
461

440
440

417
417

3
3

21
21

2
2

18
18

326
326

82
82

173
173

71
71

787
787

 188

 186

 153

 11

 22

 (11)

 13

 268

 80

 127

 61

 457

 481 

 460 

 414 

 15 

 31 

 3 

 17 

 243 

 72 

 110 

 61 

 723 

2 Changes to the Swiss pension plan in 2018 resulted in a pre-tax gain of USD 241 million related to past service. Refer to Note 29a for more information on these 
2
6 Refer to 
6

4 Other expenses include differences between actual and estimated performance award accruals. 
4

5 Refer to Note 29c for more information. 
5

The table below provides a breakdown of amounts recognized in Other comprehensive income for defined benefit plans. 

Other comprehensive income – gains / (losses) on defined benefit plans 

USD million 
Major pension plans1 

of which: Swiss plan 

of which: UK plan 

of which: US and German plans 

Post-employment medical insurance plans2 

Remaining plans 

Gains / (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income, before tax 

Tax (expense) / benefit relating to defined benefit plans recognized in other comprehensive income 

Gains / (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax3 
Gains / (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax3
1 Refer to Note 29a for more information.  2 Refer to Note 29b for more information.  3 Refer to the “Statement of comprehensive income.” 
1

2

3

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

(135)
(135)

(22)
(22)

(78)
(78)

(35)
(35)

(3)
(3)

(8)
(8)

(146)
(146)

(41)
(41)

(186)
(186)

 (230)

 (352)

 130

 (8)

 7

 3

 (220)

 276

 56

 253 

 (79) 

 304 

 28 

 1 

 31 

 286 

 11 

 296 

436 

 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
    
    
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 29  Pension and other post-employment benefit plans (continued) 

UBS  recognizes  assets  and  liabilities  with  respect  to  defined 
benefit  plans  within  Other  non-financial  assets  and  Other  non-
financial liabilities. 

As of 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018, the Swiss 
pension  plan  was  in  a  surplus  situation.  However,  a  surplus  is 

only recognized on the balance sheet to the extent that it does 
not  exceed  the  estimated  future  economic  benefit.  Since  the 
estimated future economic benefit was zero as of 31 December 
2019  and  31  December  2018,  no  net  defined  benefit  pension 
asset was recognized on the balance sheet. 

The table below provides a breakdown of the assets and liabilities recognized on the balance sheet within Other non-financial assets and 
Other non-financial liabilities related to defined benefit plans. 

Balance sheet – net defined benefit pension and post-employment asset 

USD million 
Major pension plans1 

of which: Swiss plan 

of which: UK plan 

of which: US and German plans 

TToottaall nneett ddeeffiinneedd bbeenneeffiitt ppeennssiioonn aanndd ppoosstt eemmppllooyymmeenntt aasssseett22 
11 Refer to Note 29a for more information.  22 Refer to Note 17. 

-
-

Balance sheet – net defined benefit pension and post-employment liability 

USD million 
Major pension plans1 

of which: Swiss plan 

of which: UK plan 

of which: US and German plans2 

Post-employment medical insurance plans3 

Remaining plans 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

99

00

44

55

99

 0 

 0 

 0 

 0 

 0 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

552277

00

00

552277

6622

4444

 671 

 0 

 160 

 511 

 62 

 42 

TToottaall nneett ddeeffiinneedd bbeenneeffiitt ppeennssiioonn aanndd ppoosstt eemmppllooyymmeenntt lliiaabbiilliittyy44 
11 Refer to Note 29a for more information.   22 Of the total liability recognized as of 31 December 2019, USD 111 million related to US plans and USD 416 million related to German plans (31 December 2018: 
USD 137 million and USD 374 million, respectively).  33 Refer to Note 29b for more information.    44 Refer to Note 22. 

 775 

663333

-
-

437 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
     
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
     
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 29  Pension and other post-employment benefit plans (continued) 

a) Defined benefit pension plans 

UBS  has  established  defined  benefit  pension  plans  for  its 
employees  in  various  jurisdictions  in  accordance  with  local 
regulations  and  practices.  The  major  plans  are  located  in 
Switzerland,  the  UK,  the  US  and  Germany.  The  plans’  benefits 
include  retirement,  disability  and  survivor  benefits.  The  level  of 
benefits  provided  depends  on  the  specific  plan  rules  and  the 
level of employee compensation. 

The  overall  investment  policy  and  strategy  for  UBS’s  defined 
benefit pension plans is guided by the objective of achieving an 
investment return that, together with contributions, is intended 
to  ensure  that  there  will  be  sufficient  assets  to  pay  pension 
benefits as they fall due, while also mitigating various risks. For 
the  plans  with  assets,  i.e.,  funded  plans,  the  investment 
strategies are managed under local laws and regulations in each 
jurisdiction.  The  asset  allocation 
the 
governance  body  with  reference  to  the  current  and  expected 
economic and market conditions and in consideration of specific 
asset  class  risk  in  the  risk  profile.  Within  this  framework,  UBS 
ensures  that  the  fiduciaries  consider  how  the  asset  investment 
strategy correlates with the maturity profile of the plan liabilities 
and  the  respective  potential  effect  on  the  funded  status  of  the 
plans, including potential short-term liquidity requirements. 

is  determined  by 

investment 

The  defined  benefit  obligations  (DBOs)  for  all  of  UBS’s 
defined benefit pension plans are directly affected by changes in 
yields  of  high-quality  corporate  bonds  quoted  in  an  active 
market  in  the  currency  of  the  respective  pension  plan,  as  the 
applicable discount rate used to determine the DBO is based on 
these  yields.  For  the  funded  plans,  the  pension  assets  are 
invested  in  a  diversified  portfolio  of  financial  assets,  including 
real  estate,  bonds, 
funds  and  cash,  across 
geographic  regions,  to  achieve  a  balance  of  risk  and  return. 
Under  IFRS,  volatility  arises  in  each  pension  plan’s  net  asset  / 
liability  position  because  the  fair  value  of  the  plan’s  financial 
assets  is  not  fully  correlated  to  movements  in  the  value  of  the 
plan’s  DBO.  Specific  asset-liability  matching  strategies  for  each 
pension  plan  are  independently  determined  by  the  responsible 
governance body. The net asset / liability volatility for each plan 
is  dependent  on  the  specific  financial  assets  chosen  by  each 
plan’s  governance  body.  For  certain  pension  plans,  a  liability-
driven  investment  approach  is  applied  to  a  portion  of  the  plan 
assets to reduce potential volatility. UBS’s general principle is to 
ensure  that  the  plans  are  adequately  funded  on  the  basis  of 
actuarial  valuations.  Local  pension  regulations  are  the  primary 
drivers for determining when contributions are required. 

Swiss pension plan 
The  Swiss  pension  plan  covers  employees  of  UBS  AG  and 
employees of companies having close economic or financial ties 
with  UBS  AG,  and  exceeds  the  minimum  benefit  requirements 
under Swiss pension law. 

Contributions  to  the  pension  plan  are  paid  by  both  the 
employer  and  the  employees.  The  Swiss  pension  plan  allows 

employees  to  choose  the  level  of  contributions  paid  by  them. 
Employee  contributions  are  calculated  as  a  percentage  of  the 
contributory  salary  and  are  deducted  monthly.  The  percentages 
deducted from salary depend on age and choice of contribution 
category  and  vary  between  2.5%  and  13.5%  of  contributory 
base  salary  and  between  0%  and  9%  of  contributory  variable 
compensation.  Depending  on  the  age  of  the  employee,  UBS 
pays  a  contribution  that  ranges  between  6.5%  and  27.5%  of 
contributory  base  salary  and  between  2.8%  and  9%  of 
risk 
contributory  variable  compensation.  UBS  also  pays 
contributions  that  are  used  to  finance  benefits  paid  out  in  the 
event of death and disability. 

The  plan  benefits  include  retirement,  disability  and  survivor 
benefits.  The  pension  plan  offers  to  members  at  the  normal 
retirement  age  of  65  a  choice  between  a  lifetime  pension  with 
or  without  full  restitution  and  a  partial  or  full  lump  sum 
payment.  Participants  can  choose  to  continue  employment  and 
correspondingly remain active members in the pension plan until 
the  age  of  70  at  the  latest  or  draw  early  retirement  benefits 
starting from the age of 58. Employees have the opportunity to 
make  additional  purchases  of  benefits  to  fund  early  retirement 
benefits (Plan 58+). 

The pension amount payable is a result of the conversion rate 
applied  on  the  accumulated  balance  of  the  individual  plan 
participant’s  pension  account  at  the  retirement  date.  The 
accumulated balance of each individual plan participant’s pension 
account  is  based  on  credited  vested  benefits  transferred  from 
previous employers, purchases of benefits, and the employee and 
employer  contributions  that  have  been  made  to  the  pension 
account of each individual plan participant, as well as the interest 
accrued on the accumulated balance. The interest rate accrued is 
defined annually by the Pension Foundation Board. 

Although  the  Swiss  pension  plan  is  based  on  a  defined 
contribution  promise  under  Swiss  pension  law,  it  is  accounted 
for as a defined benefit plan under IFRS, primarily because of the 
obligation  to  accrue  interest  on  the  pension  accounts  and  the 
payment of lifetime pension benefits. 

The Swiss pension plan is governed by a Pension Foundation 
Board.  The  responsibilities  of  this  board  are  defined  by  Swiss 
pension law and by the plan rules. An actuarial valuation under 
Swiss  pension  law  is  performed  regularly.  According  to  Swiss 
pension  law,  a  temporary  limited  underfunding  is  permitted. 
However,  should  an  underfunded  situation  occur,  the  Pension 
Foundation  Board  is  required  to  take  the  necessary  measures 
such  that  full  funding  can  be  expected  to  be  restored  within  a 
maximum  period  of  10  years.  If  a  Swiss  pension  plan  were  to 
become significantly underfunded on a Swiss pension law basis, 
additional  employer  and  employee  contributions  could  be 
required.  In  this  situation,  the  risk  is  shared  between  employer 
and employees, and the employer is not legally obliged to cover 
more  than  50%  of  the  additional  contributions  required.  As  of 
31 December  2019,  the  Swiss  pension  plan  had  a  technical 
funding ratio under Swiss pension law of 127.1% (31 December 
2018: 124.2%). 

438 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 29  Pension and other post-employment benefit plans (continued) 

The investment strategy of the Swiss plan is implemented on the 
basis of a multi-level investment and risk management process and 
complies with Swiss pension law, including the rules and regulations 
relating to diversification of plan assets. These rules, among others, 
specify restrictions on the composition of plan assets; e.g., there is a 
limit of 50% for investments in equities. The investment strategy of 
the Swiss plan is aligned with the defined risk budget set out by the 
Pension  Foundation  Board.  The  risk  budget  is  determined  on  the 
basis  of  regularly  performed  asset  and  liability  management 
analyses. In order to implement the risk budget, the Swiss plan may 
use  direct  investments,  investment  funds  and  derivatives.  To 
mitigate foreign currency risk, a specific currency hedging strategy is 
in place. The Pension Foundation Board strives for a medium- and 
long-term balance between assets and liabilities. 

As  of  31  December  2019,  the  Swiss  pension  plan  was  in  a 
surplus situation on an IFRS measurement basis, as the fair value of 
plan assets exceeded the DBO by USD 3,724 million (31 December 
2018:  surplus  of  USD 3,274  million).  However,  a  surplus  is  only 
recognized  on  the  balance  sheet  to  the  extent  that  it  does  not 
exceed  the  estimated  future  economic  benefit,  which  equals  the 
difference between the present value of the estimated future service 
cost  and  the  present  value  of  the  estimated  future  employer 
contributions.  The  maximum  future  economic  benefit  is  highly 
variable  based  on  changes  in  the  discount  rate.  As  of  both 
31 December  2019  and  31  December  2018,  the  estimated  future 
economic benefit was zero and hence no net defined benefit asset 
was recognized on the balance sheet. As of 31 December 2019, the 
difference  between  the  pension  plan  surplus  and  the  estimated 
i.e.,  the  asset  ceiling  effect,  was 
future  economic  benefit, 
USD 3,724 million (31 December 2018: USD 3,274 million). 

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2019,  UBS  established  an  enhanced 
methodology for measuring the estimated future economic benefits 
available under the Swiss pension plan, which limits the amount of 
any surplus recognized in accordance with IFRS, i.e., the asset ceiling 
calculation. Under the revised approach, which will come into effect 
in  the  first  quarter  of  2020,  future  service  cost  is  measured 
individually  for  each  future  year,  considering  the  individually 
applicable  discount  rate.  In  addition,  an  enhanced  discount  curve 
methodology  will  be  adopted,  utilizing  the  FINMA-published 
ultimate  forward  rate,  which  represents  the  average  long-term 
historical  real  rate  plus  expected  inflation  over  the  long-dated 
periods  where  discount  rates  are  unobservable.  Application  of  this 
approach is expected to reduce the sensitivity in the quarterly asset 
ceiling  calculation  to  short-term  interest  rates,  resulting  in  lower 
variability in the calculation and accordingly the resulting recognition 
/  derecognition  of  the  Swiss  pension  plan  surplus  in  Other 
comprehensive  income.  No  changes  have  been  made  to  the 
methodology for measuring the defined benefit obligation. 

Changes to the Swiss pension plan 
As  a  result  of  the  effects  of  continuing  low  and  in  some  cases 
return 
rates,  diminished 
negative 

investment 

interest 

expectations and increasing life expectancy, the pension fund of 
UBS in Switzerland and UBS agreed to measures that have taken 
effect from the start of 2019 to support the long-term financial 
stability  of  the  Swiss  pension  fund.  As  a  result,  the  conversion 
rate was lowered, the regular retirement age was increased from 
64  to  65,  employee  contributions  were  increased  from  a  range 
of 1% and 13.5% of the contributory base salary to a range of 
2.5%  and  13.5%  of  the  contributory  base  salary,  and  savings 
contributions start from age 20 instead of the previous starting 
age of 25. Pensions already in payment on 1 January 2019 were 
not affected by these measures. 

To mitigate the effects of the reduction of the conversion rate 
on  future  pensions,  UBS  will  make  a  payment  to  employees’ 
retirement  assets  in  the  Swiss  pension  fund  of  up  to  USD 746 
million in three installments in 2020, 2021 and 2022. 

In accordance with IFRS, these measures led to a reduction in 
the pension obligation recognized by UBS, resulting in a pre-tax 
gain of USD 241 million in 2018. In addition, 2018 service costs 
were  lower  by  USD 59  million  due  to  the  decrease  in  benefits. 
These  effects  were  recognized  as  a  reduction  in  Personnel 
expenses  within  the  income  statement  across  the  business 
divisions  and  Corporate  Center,  with  a  corresponding  effect  in 
Other comprehensive income, as the Swiss pension plan was in a 
surplus  situation  that  could  not  be  recognized  due  to  the  IFRS 
asset  ceiling  restriction.  If  the  Swiss  pension  plan  remains  in  an 
asset  ceiling  position,  the  three  payments  in  2020,  2021  and 
2022, adjusted for expected forfeitures, are expected to reduce 
total  equity  by  USD 641  million,  with  no  effect  on  the  income 
statement. 

The  first  installment  and  the  regular  employer  contributions 
expected  to  be  made  to  the  Swiss  pension  plan  in  2020  are 
estimated to be USD 234 million and USD 466 million, respectively. 

UK pension plan 
The  UK  plan  is  a  career-average  revalued  earnings  scheme,  and 
benefits  increase  automatically  based  on  UK  price  inflation.  The 
normal  retirement  age  for  participants  in  the  UK  plan  is  60.  Since 
2000,  the  UK  plan  has  been  closed  to  new  entrants  and,  since 
2013, pension plan participants are no longer accruing benefits for 
current  or  future  service.  Employees  instead  participate  in  the  UK 
defined contribution plan. 

The governance responsibility for the UK plan lies jointly with the 
Pension Trustee Board, which is required under local pension laws, 
and  UBS.  The  employer  contributions  to  the  pension  fund  reflect 
agreed-upon deficit funding contributions, which are determined on 
the  basis  of  the  most  recent  actuarial  valuation  using  assumptions 
agreed  by  the  Pension  Trustee  Board  and  UBS.  In  the  event  of 
underfunding, UBS and the Pension Trustee Board must agree on a 
deficit recovery plan within statutory deadlines. In 2019, UBS made 
deficit funding contributions of USD 242 million to the UK plan. In 
2018, UBS did not make any deficit funding contributions. 

439 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 29  Pension and other post-employment benefit plans (continued) 

As  required  under  local  state  pension  laws,  both  plans  have 
fiduciaries  who,  together  with  UBS,  are  responsible  for  the 
governance of the plans. UBS regularly reviews the contribution 
strategy for these plans, considering local statutory funding rules 
and the cost of any premiums that must be paid to the Pension 
Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  for  having  an  underfunded  plan. 
In  2019,  the  contributions  made  by  UBS  were  USD 29  million 
(2018: USD 42 million). 

The  plan  assets  for  both  plans  are  invested  in  a  diversified 
portfolio  of  financial  assets.  Each  pension  plan’s  fiduciaries  are 
responsible for the investment decisions with respect to the plan 
investment 
assets.  Both  US  plans  apply  a 
approach to support the volatility management in the net asset / 
liability  position.  Derivative  instruments  may  be  employed  to 
manage volatility. 

liability-driven 

The  employer  contributions  expected  to  be  made  to  the  US 
defined  benefit  pension  plans  in  2020  are  estimated  at  USD 9 
million. 

German pension plans 
There  are  two  different  defined  benefit  pension  plans  in 
Germany, and both are contribution-based plans. No plan assets 
are set aside to fund these plans, and benefits are paid directly 
by  UBS.  The  normal  retirement  age  for  the  participants  in  the 
German  plans  is  65.  Within  the  larger  of  the  two  plans,  each 
participant accrues a percentage of salary in a pension account. 
The  accumulated  account  balance  of  the  plan  participant  is 
credited on an annual basis with guaranteed interest at a rate of 
5%. In the other plan, amounts are accrued annually based on 
employee  elections  related  to  variable  compensation.  For  this 
plan, the accumulated account balance is credited on an annual 
basis with a guaranteed interest rate of 6% for amounts accrued 
before  2010,  of  4%  for  amounts  accrued  from  2010  to  2017 
and  of  0.9%  for  amounts  accrued  after  2017.  Both  plans  are 
regulated  under  German  pension 
law,  under  which  the 
responsibility  to  pay  pension  benefits  when  they  are  due  rests 
entirely  with  UBS.  For  these  plans,  a  portion  of  the  pension 
payments is directly increased in line with price inflation. 

The benefits expected to be paid by UBS to the participants of 

the German plans in 2020 are estimated at USD 10 million. 

Financial information by plan 
The  tables  on  the  following  pages  provide  an  analysis  of  the 
movement  in  the  net  asset  /  liability  recognized  on  the  balance 
sheet for defined benefit pension plans, as well as an analysis of 
amounts  recognized  in  net  profit  and  in  Other  comprehensive 
income. 

The plan assets are invested in a diversified portfolio of financial 
assets. A liability-driven investment approach is applied, as a portion 
of the plan assets is invested in inflation-indexed bonds that provide 
a partial hedge against price inflation. If price inflation increases, the 
DBO is likely to increase by more than the change in the fair value of 
plan  assets,  which  would  result  in  an  increase  in  the  net  defined 
benefit liability. Plan rules and local pension legislation cap the level 
of inflationary increase that can be applied to plan benefits. 

As the plan is obligated to provide guaranteed lifetime pension 
benefits  to  plan  participants  upon  retirement,  increases  in  life 
expectancy  will  result  in  an  increase  in  the  plan’s  liabilities.  The 
sensitivity to changes in life expectancy is particularly high in the UK 
plan as the pension benefits are indexed to price inflation. 

As  of  31  December  2019,  the  UK  plan  was  in  a  surplus 
situation on an IFRS measurement basis as the fair value of plan 
assets exceeded the DBO by USD 4 million (31 December 2018: 
deficit of USD 160 million). 

Total  contributions  expected  to  be  made  to  the  UK  defined 
benefit  pension  plan  in  2020  are  estimated  at  USD 13  million, 
subject to regular funding reviews during the year. 

In addition, UBS and the Pension Trustee Board have entered 
into  an  arrangement  whereby  a  collateral  pool  was  established 
to  provide  security  for  the  pension  fund.  The  value  of  the 
collateral  pool  as  of  31  December  2019  was  USD 364  million 
and  includes  corporate  bonds  and  government-related  debt 
instruments.  The  Pension  Trustee  Board  and  UBS  may  agree 
adjustments 
future.  The 
arrangement  provides  the  Pension  Trustee  Board  dedicated 
access to a pool of assets in the event of UBS’s insolvency or not 
paying a required deficit funding contribution. 

the  collateral  pool 

the 

to 

in 

US pension plans 
There are two distinct major defined benefit pension plans in the 
US,  both  with  a  normal  retirement  age  of  65.  Since  1998  and 
2001, respectively, the plans have been closed to new entrants, 
who instead can participate in defined contribution plans. 

One  of  the  major  defined  benefit  pension  plans  is  a 
contribution-based  plan  in  which  each  participant  accrues  a 
percentage of salary in a pension account. The pension account 
is credited annually with interest based on a rate that is linked to 
the  average  yield  on  one-year  US  government  bonds.  For  the 
other  major  defined  benefit  pension  plan,  retirement  benefits 
accrue  based  on  the  career-average  earnings  of  each  individual 
plan  participant.  Former  employees  with  vested  benefits  have 
the  option  to  take  a  lump  sum  payment  or  a  lifetime  annuity 
commencing early or at retirement age. 

440 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 29  Pension and other post-employment benefit plans (continued) 

Defined benefit pension plans 
USD million 

Defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the year 
Current service cost 
Interest expense 
Plan participant contributions 
Remeasurements 

of which: actuarial (gains) / losses due to changes in demographic assumptions 
of which: actuarial (gains) / losses due to changes in financial assumptions 
of which: experience (gains) / losses 1 

Past service cost related to plan amendments 
Curtailments 
Benefit payments 
Foreign currency translation 
DDeeffiinneedd bbeenneeffiitt oobblliiggaattiioonn aatt tthhee eenndd ooff tthhee yyeeaarr 
of which: amounts owed to active members 
of which: amounts owed to deferred members 
of which: amounts owed to retirees 

Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year 
Return on plan assets excluding amounts included in interest income 
Interest income 
Employer contributions 
Plan participant contributions 
Benefit payments 
Administration expenses, taxes and premiums paid 
Foreign currency translation 
FFaaiirr vvaalluuee ooff ppllaann aasssseettss aatt tthhee eenndd ooff tthhee yyeeaarr 
Asset ceiling effect at the beginning of the year 
Interest expense on asset ceiling effect 
Asset ceiling effect excluding interest expense and foreign currency translation on 
asset ceiling effect 
Foreign currency translation 
AAsssseett cceeiilliinngg eeffffeecctt aatt tthhee eenndd ooff tthhee yyeeaarr 
NNeett ddeeffiinneedd bbeenneeffiitt aasssseett // ((lliiaabbiilliittyy)) 

MMoovveemmeenntt iinn tthhee nneett aasssseett // ((lliiaabbiilliittyy)) rreeccooggnniizzeedd oonn tthhee bbaallaannccee sshheeeett 
NNeett aasssseett // ((lliiaabbiilliittyy)) rreeccooggnniizzeedd oonn tthhee bbaallaannccee sshheeeett aatt tthhee bbeeggiinnnniinngg ooff tthhee yyeeaarr 
Net periodic expenses recognized in net profit 
Gains / (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income 
Employer contributions 
Foreign currency translation 
NNeett aasssseett // ((lliiaabbiilliittyy)) rreeccooggnniizzeedd oonn tthhee bbaallaannccee sshheeeett aatt tthhee eenndd ooff tthhee yyeeaarr 

FFuunnddeedd aanndd uunnffuunnddeedd ppllaannss 
Defined benefit obligation from funded plans 

Defined benefit obligation from unfunded plans 

Plan assets 
SSuurrpplluuss // ((ddeeffiicciitt)) 

AAsssseett cceeiilliinngg eeffffeecctt 

Swiss plan 

UK plan 

22001199 
2222,,556666
440099
220000
224400
11,,772288

2018 
 23,419 
 405 
 151 
 218 
 (242) 

00

 0 
((119966))
 (639) 
11,,664411
 397 
228844
 (241) 
00
 (20) 
00
 (954) 
((11,,004466))
 (170) 
339999
2244,,449966
 22,566 
1111,,557777  10,452 
 0 
1122,,991188  12,114 
 26,656 
2255,,883399
22,,005599
 (523) 
 177 
223333
 505 
445522
 218 
224400
 (954) 
((11,,004466))
((1111))
 (11) 
 (228) 
445533
 25,839 
2288,,221199
 3,237 
33,,227744
 23 
3300

335533
6677
33,,772244
00

 71 
 (58) 
 3,274 
 0 

00
((441177))
((2222))
445522
((1133))
00

 0 
 (153) 
 (352) 
 505 
 0 
 0 

22001199 
33,,119922
00
9922
00
336611

2018 
 3,744 
 0 
 93 
 0 
 (266) 

((2266))
442211
((3344))
00
00
((113355))
114444
33,,665544
116644

 (18) 
 (257) 
 8 
 4 
 0 
 (202) 
 (181) 
 3,192 
 146 
11,,555599  1,434 
11,,993311  1,612 
 3,469 
33,,003322
 (136) 
228844
 86 
8899
 0 
224422
00
 0 
 (202) 
((113355))
00
 0 
 (185) 
114466
 3,032 
33,,665588
 0 
00
 0 
00

00
00
00
44

((116600))
((33))
((7788))
224422
22
44

 0 
 0 
 0 
 (160) 

 (275) 
 (11) 
 130 
 0 
 (4) 
 (160) 

US and German plans 
2018 
 1,816 
 7 
 55 
 0 
 (69) 

22001199 
11,,667799
66
5599
00
118855

33
117799
44
00
00
((110022))
((88))
11,,882200
223355
667755
991111
11,,116688
115500
4477
3388
00
((110022))
((22))
00
11,,229999
00
00

00
00
00
((552211))

((551111))
((2211))
((3355))
3388
88
((552211))

 (5) 
 (69) 
 5 
 0 
 0 
 (112) 
 (18) 
 1,679 
 226 
 606 
 847 
 1,265 
 (77) 
 44 
 51 
 0 
 (112) 
 (3) 
 0 
 1,168 
 0 
 0 

 0 
 0 
 0 
 (511) 

 (550) 
 (22) 
 (8) 
 51 
 18 
 (511) 

Total 

22001199 
2277,,443377
441155
335511
224400
22,,227755

2018 
 28,978 
 413 
 299 
 218 
 (577) 

 (23) 
((222200))
 (964) 
22,,224411
 410 
225544
 (237) 
00
 (20) 
00
 (1,268) 
((11,,228833))
 (369) 
553355
2299,,997700
 27,437 
1111,,997766  10,823 
22,,223333  2,040 
1155,,776600  14,574 
 31,390 
3300,,003399
 (736) 
22,,449922
 306 
336699
 556 
773322
 218 
224400
 (1,268) 
((11,,228833))
 (14) 
((1133))
 (412) 
559999
 30,039 
3333,,117766
 3,237 
33,,227744
 23 
3300

335533
6677
33,,772244
((551188))

 71 
 (58) 
 3,274 
 (671) 

((667711))
((444400))
((113355))
773322
((33))
((551188))

 (825) 
 (186) 
 (230) 
 556 
 14 
 (671) 

2244,,449966

 22,566 

33,,665544

 3,192 

00

 0 

2288,,221199
33,,772244

 25,839 
 3,274 

33,,772244

 3,274 

00

33,,665588
44

00

 0 

 3,032 
 (160) 

 0 

11,,331199

550011

11,,229999
((552211))

00

 1,219 

2299,,446699

 26,976 

 460 

 1,168 
 (511) 

 0 

550011

3333,,117766
33,,220066

33,,772244

 460 

 30,039 
 2,603 

 3,274 

NNeett ddeeffiinneedd bbeenneeffiitt aasssseett // ((lliiaabbiilliittyy)) 
 (671) 
11 Experience (gains) / losses are a component of actuarial remeasurements of the defined benefit obligation that reflect the effects of differences between the previous actuarial assumptions and what has actually 
occurred. 

 (160) 

 (511) 

((552211))

((551188))

 0 

00

44

441 

Financial statements 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 29  Pension and other post-employment benefit plans (continued) 

Analysis of amounts recognized in net profit
Analysis of amounts recognized in net profit 
USD million 
For the year ended 
Current service cost 

Interest expense related to defined benefit obligation 

Interest income related to plan assets 

Interest expense on asset ceiling effect 

Administration expenses, taxes and premiums paid 

Past service cost related to plan amendments 

Curtailments 
Net periodic expenses recognized in net profit
Net periodic expenses recognized in net profit 

Swiss plan 
31.12.19  31.12.18 
31.12.19
 405 
409
409

UK plan 
31.12.19  31.12.18 
31.12.19
 0 
0
0

US and German plans 
31.12.19  31.12.18 
31.12.19
 7 
6
6

Total 
31.12.19  31.12.18 
31.12.19
 413 
415
415

200
200

(233)
(233)

30
30

11
11

0
0

0
0
417
417

 151 

 (177) 

 23 

 11 

 (241) 

 (20) 
 153 

92
92

(89)
(89)

0
0

0
0

0
0

0
0
3
3

 93 

 (86) 

 0 

 0 

 4 

 0 
 11 

59
59

(47)
(47)

0
0

2
2

0
0

0
0
21
21

 55 

 (44) 

 0 

 3 

 0 

 0 
 22 

351
351

(369)
(369)

30
30

13
13

0
0

0
0
440
440

 299 

 (306) 

 23 

 14 

 (237) 

 (20) 
 186 

Analysis of amounts recognized in other comprehensive income (OCI)
Analysis of amounts recognized in other comprehensive income (OCI) 
USD million 
For the year ended 
Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation 

Return on plan assets excluding amounts included in interest income 
Asset ceiling effect excluding interest expense and foreign currency translation on 
asset ceiling effect 
Total gains / (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income, before tax 
Total gains / (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income, before tax

Swiss plan 
31.12.19  31.12.18 
31.12.19
 242 
(1,728)
(1,728)

UK plan 
31.12.19  31.12.18 
31.12.19
 266 
(361)
(361)

US and German plans 
31.12.19  31.12.18 
31.12.19
 69 
(185)
(185)

Total 
31.12.19  31.12.18 
31.12.19
 577 
(2,275)
(2,275)

2,059
2,059

 (523) 

284
284

 (136) 

150
150

 (77) 

2,492
2,492

 (736) 

(353)
(353)
(22)
(22)

 (71) 
 (352) 

0
0
(78)
(78)

 0 
 130 

0
0
(35)
(35)

 0 
 (8) 

(353)
(353)
(135)
(135)

 (71) 
 (230) 

The table below provides information about the duration of the DBO and the timing for expected benefit payments. 

Duration of the defined benefit obligation (in years) 
Duration of the defined benefit obligation (in years)

Maturity analysis of benefits expected to be paid 
Maturity analysis of benefits expected to be paid

USD million 

Benefits expected to be paid within 12 months 

Benefits expected to be paid between 1 and 3 years 

Benefits expected to be paid between 3 and 6 years 

Benefits expected to be paid between 6 and 11 years 

Benefits expected to be paid between 11 and 16 years 

Benefits expected to be paid in more than 16 years 

1 The duration of the defined benefit obligation represents a weighted average across US and German plans. 
1

Swiss plan 

UK plan 

US and German plans1 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

14.9
14.9

 14.5 

20.2
20.2

 19.5 

10.1 
10.1

 9.8 

1,232
1,232

2,483
2,483

3,670
3,670

5,761
5,761

5,070
5,070

 1,153 

 2,356 

 3,554 

 5,643 

 5,142 

93
93

209
209

384
384

748
748

807
807

 82 

 187 

 345 

 701 

 770 

15,517
15,517

 16,792 

3,913
3,913

 3,927 

121 
121

228 
228

346
346 

548
548 

455
455 

721
721 

 108 

 216 

 336 

 566 

 494 

 798 

442 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Note 29  Pension and other post-employment benefit plans (continued) 

Actuarial assumptions 
The  measurement  of  each  pension  plan’s  DBO  considers 
different  actuarial  assumptions.  Changes  in  those  assumptions 
lead  to  volatility  in  the  DBO.  The  following  significant  actuarial 
assumptions are applied: 
– 

Discount rate: the discount rate is based on the yield of high-
quality  corporate  bonds  quoted  in  an  active  market  in  the 
currency  of  the  respective  pension  plan.  Consequently,  a 
decrease 
in  the  yield  of  high-quality  corporate  bonds 
increases  the  DBO.  Conversely,  an  increase  in  the  yield  of 
high-quality corporate bonds decreases the DBO. 
Rate  of  salary  increase:  an  increase  in  the  salary  of  plan 
participants  generally  increases  the  DBO,  specifically  for  the 
Swiss  and  German  plans.  For  the  UK  plan,  as  the  plan  is 
closed  for  future  service,  UBS  employees  no  longer  accrue 
future  service  benefits  and  thus  salary  increases  have  no 
effect on the DBO. For the US plans, only a small percentage 
of the total population continues to accrue benefits for future 
service  and  therefore  the  effect  of  a  salary  increase  on  the 
DBO is minimal. 
Rate  of  pension  increase:  for  the  Swiss  plan,  there  is  no 
automatic  indexing  of  pensions.  Any  increase  would  be 
decided by the Pension Foundation Board. For the US plans, 
there is also no automatic indexing of pensions. For the UK 
plan, pensions are automatically indexed to price inflation as 
per  plan  rules  and  local  pension  legislation.  The  German 
plans  are  also  automatically  indexed  and  a  portion  of  the 
pensions  are  directly  increased  by  price  inflation.  An 
increase  in  price  inflation  in  the  UK  or  Germany  increases 
the respective plan’s DBO. 
Rate  of  interest  credit  on  retirement  savings:  the  Swiss  plan 
and one of the US plans have retirement saving balances that 
are  increased  annually  by an  interest credit  rate. For  each of 
these  plans,  an  increase  in  the  interest  credit  rate  increases 
the plan’s DBO. 
Life expectancy: most of UBS’s defined benefit pension plans 
are obligated to provide guaranteed lifetime pension benefits. 
The  DBO  for  all  plans  is  calculated  using  an  underlying  best 
estimate  of  the  life  expectancy  of  plan  participants.  An 
increase  in  the  life  expectancy  of  plan  participants  increases 
the plan’s DBO. 

– 

– 

– 

– 

The  actuarial  assumptions  used  for  the  pension  plans  are 
based on the economic conditions prevailing in the jurisdiction in 
which they are offered. 

  Refer to Note 1a item 7 for a description of the accounting 

policy for defined benefit pension plans 

Changes in actuarial assumptions 
UBS  regularly  reviews  the  actuarial  assumptions  used 
calculating its DBO to determine their continuing relevance. 

in 

Swiss pension plan 
In  2019,  a  loss  of  USD 1,728  million  was  recognized  in  Other 
comprehensive income (OCI) related to the remeasurement of the 
DBO.  This  was  primarily  due  to  a  market-driven  decrease  in  the 
discount rate, which resulted in an OCI loss of USD 1,887 million 
and an experience loss of USD 284 million, reflecting the effects of 
differences between the previous actuarial assumptions and what 
actually  occurred.  These  losses  were  partly  offset  by  gains  of 
USD 243 million resulting from a decrease in the expected rate of 
interest  credit  on  retirement  savings,  USD 103  million  due  to  an 
update in the disability assumption and USD 94 million due to an 
update in the turnover assumption. 

In 2018, a net gain of USD 242 million was recognized in OCI 
related  to  the  remeasurement  of  the  DBO.  This  was  primarily 
due  to  a  market-driven  increase  in  the  discount  rate,  which 
resulted  in  an  OCI  gain  of  USD 776  million.  This  effect  was 
losses  of  USD 397  million, 
partially  offset  by  experience 
reflecting  differences  between 
actuarial 
assumptions  and  what  actually  occurred,  and  market-driven 
changes  to  the  assumed  rate  of  interest  credit  on  retirement 
savings, which resulted in a loss of USD 124 million. Changes in 
other assumptions were not significant. 

the  previous 

UK pension plan 
In 2019, a loss of USD 361 million was recognized in OCI related 
to  the  remeasurement  of  the  DBO  for  the  UK  plan.  This  was 
primarily  due  to  a  market-driven  decrease  in  the  discount  rate, 
which resulted in an OCI loss of USD 552 million. This loss was 
partially offset by a gain of USD 132 million due to a decrease in 
the  expected  rate  of  pension  increase,  experience  gains  of 
USD 34  million  which  reflect  differences  between  the  previous 
actuarial assumptions and what actually occurred, and a gain of 
USD 21 million due to an update of the mortality improvement 
assumption. 

In 2018, a net gain of USD 266 million was recognized in OCI 
related to the remeasurement of the DBO for the UK plan. This 
was  primarily  due  to  a  market-driven  increase  in  the  discount 
rate, which resulted in an  OCI gain of  USD 219 million, as  well 
as  changes  in  the  pension  increase  assumption,  which  resulted 
in an OCI gain of USD 37 million. 

US and German pension plans 
In 2019, a loss of USD 185 million was recognized in OCI related 
to the remeasurement of the DBO for the US and German plans, 
compared with a net gain of USD 69 million in 2018. OCI gains 
and losses in both years were primarily driven by market-driven 
movements in discount rates. 

443 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 29  Pension and other post-employment benefit plans (continued) 

The tables below show the significant actuarial assumptions used in calculating the DBO at the end of the year. 

Significant actuarial assumptions 

In % 

Discount rate 

Rate of salary increase 

Rate of pension increase 

Rate of interest credit on retirement savings 

1 Represents weighted average assumptions across US and German plans. 
1

Mortality tables and life expectancies for major plans 

Country
Country 

Switzerland 

UK 

USA 

Mortality table
Mortality table 

BVG 2015 G with CMI 2016 projections 

S2PA with CMI 2018 projections1 

RP2014 WCHA with MP2019 projection scale2 

Germany 

Dr. K. Heubeck 2018 G 

Country
Country 

Switzerland 

UK 

USA 

Mortality table
Mortality table 

BVG 2015 G with CMI 2016 projections 

S2PA with CMI 2018 projections1 

RP2014 WCHA with MP2019 projection scale2 

Germany 

Dr. K. Heubeck 2018 G 

Swiss plan 

UK plan 

US and German plans1 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

0.29
0.29

1.50
1.50

0.00
0.00

0.49
0.49

 0.92 

 1.50 

 0.00 

 0.92 

2.07
2.07

0.00
0.00

2.92
2.92

0.00
0.00

 2.90 

 0.00 

 3.10 

 0.00 

2.58
2.58

2.37
2.37

1.80
1.80

2.57
2.57

 3.69 

 2.81 

 1.50 

 3.70 

Life expectancy at age 65 for a male member currently 

aged 65 

aged 45 

31.12.19
31.12.19 

31.12.18 

31.12.19
31.12.19 

31.12.18 

21.6
21.6

23.3
23.3

22.8
22.8

20.7
20.7

 21.6 

 23.4 

 22.8 

 20.5 

23.1
23.1

24.5
24.5

24.3
24.3

23.5
23.5

 23.1 

 24.6 

 24.3 

 23.3 

Life expectancy at age 65 for a female member currently 

aged 65 

aged 45 

31.12.19
31.12.19 

31.12.18 

31.12.19
31.12.19 

31.12.18 

23.6
23.6

25.1
25.1

24.4
24.4

24.2
24.2

 23.5 

 25.2 

 24.4 

 24.1 

25.1
25.1

26.4
26.4

25.9
25.9

26.4
26.4

 25.0 

 26.5 

 26.0 

 26.3 

1 In 2018, the mortality table S2PA with CMI 2017 projections was used.  2 In 2018, the mortality table RP2014 WCHA with MP2018 projection scale was used. 

2

Sensitivity analysis of significant actuarial assumptions 
circumstances may arise, which could result in variations that are 
The table below presents a sensitivity analysis for each significant  outside  the  range  of  alternatives  deemed  reasonably  possible. 
actuarial  assumption,  showing  how  the  DBO  would  have  been  Caution  should  be  used  in  extrapolating  the  sensitivities  below 
affected  by  changes  in  the  relevant  actuarial  assumption  that  on the DBO as the sensitivities may not be linear. 
were reasonably possible at the balance sheet date. Unforeseen 

Sensitivity analysis of significant actuarial assumptions1 
Increase / (decrease) in defined benefit obligation 
USD million 
Discount rate 
Discount rate

Increase by 50 basis points 
Decrease by 50 basis points 

Rate of salary increase
Rate of salary increase 

Increase by 50 basis points 
Decrease by 50 basis points 

Rate of pension increase
Rate of pension increase 

Increase by 50 basis points 
Decrease by 50 basis points 

Rate of interest credit on retirement savings
Rate of interest credit on retirement savings 

Increase by 50 basis points 
Decrease by 50 basis points 

Life expectancy
Life expectancy 

Swiss plan 

UK plan 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

US and German plans 
31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

(1,505)
(1,505)
1,710
1,710

76
76
(73)
(73)

1,221
1,221
–3 
–3

175
175
(102)5
(102)5

 (1,327) 
 1,503 

 68 
 (65) 

 1,090 
–3 

 231 
 (219) 

(346)
(346)
395
395

–2 
–2
–2 
–2

331
331
(299)
(299)

–4
–4 
–4 
–4

 (292) 
 333 

–2 
–2 

 260 
 (262) 

–4 
–4 

(86)
(86)
93
93

1
1
(1)
(1)

7
7
(7)
(7)

9
9
(9)
(9)

 (77) 
 84 

 1 
 (1) 

 6 
 (6) 

 9 
 (9) 

Increase in longevity by one additional year 

51
 42 
51
2 As the plan is closed for 
1 The sensitivity analyses are based on a change in one assumption while holding all other assumptions constant, so that interdependencies between the assumptions are excluded. 
2
1
3 As  the assumed rate of pension increase  was  0%  as  of  31 December  2019  and  as of  31 December 2018,  a downward change  in  assumption  is 
future service,  a  change  in  assumption  is not applicable. 
3
not applicable.  4 As the UK plan does not provide interest credits on retirement savings, a change in assumption is not applicable.  5 As of 31 December 2019, 21% of retirement savings were subject to a legal 
minimum rate of 1.00%. 

 751 

 122 

886
886

154
154

4

5

444 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
      
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
Note 29  Pension and other post-employment benefit plans (continued) 

Fair value of plan assets 
The tables below provide information about the composition and fair value of plan assets of the Swiss, the UK and the US pension plans. 

Composition and fair value of plan assets 

Swiss plan 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

FFaaiirr vvaalluuee 

PPllaann aasssseett 
aallllooccaattiioonn %% 

Fair value 

Plan asset 
allocation % 

USD million 
CCaasshh aanndd ccaasshh eeqquuiivvaalleennttss 

RReeaall eessttaattee // pprrooppeerrttyy 

Domestic 

Foreign 

IInnvveessttmmeenntt ffuunnddss 

Equity    

Domestic 

Foreign 

Bonds1 

Domestic, AAA to BBB– 

Foreign, AAA to BBB– 

Foreign, below BBB– 

Real estate 

Foreign 

Other 

OOtthheerr iinnvveessttmmeennttss 

TToottaall ffaaiirr vvaalluuee ooff ppllaann aasssseettss 

TToottaall ffaaiirr vvaalluuee ooff ppllaann aasssseettss 
of which:2 

Bank accounts at UBS 

UBS debt instruments 

UBS shares 

Securities lent to UBS3 

Property occupied by UBS 

Derivative financial instruments, counterparty UBS3 

11

1111

11

22

2277

1111

2211

44

00

2200

33

110000

QQuuootteedd 
iinn aann aaccttiivvee 
mmaarrkkeett 
115599 

OOtthheerr 
00 

TToottaall 
115599 

00 

00 

33,,005500 

116600 

33,,005500 

116600 

770011 

00 

66,,009911 

11,,665533 

33,,223388 

55,,888800 

999999 

00 

00 

00 

00 

00 

11,,660044 

33,,995566 

553355 

119944 

770011 

77,,774433 

33,,223388 

55,,888800 

999999 

00 

55,,556600 

772299 

1199,,220066 

99,,001144 

2288,,221199 

3311..1122..1199 

2288,,221199

115599

77

2211

11,,332288

8888

1100

Other 
 0

Total 
 137

 2,963

 2,963

Quoted 
in an active 
market 
 137

 0

 0

 628

 0

 0

 5,721

 1,515

 2,570

 6,194

 892

 0

 0

 0

 0

 518

 531

 11

 4,142

 18

 0

 628

 7,237

 2,570

 6,194

 892

 11

 4,659

 549

 17,190

 8,649

 25,839

31.12.18 

 25,839 

 132 

 13 

 25 

 1,567 

 88 

 34 

 1 

 11 

 0 

 2 

 28 

 10 

 24 

 3 

 0 

 18 

 2 

 100 

11 The bond credit ratings are primarily based on Standard & Poor’s credit ratings. Ratings AAA to BBB– and below BBB– represent investment grade and non-investment grade ratings, respectively. In cases where 
credit ratings from other rating agencies were used, these were converted to the equivalent rating in Standard & Poor’s rating classification.    22 Bank accounts at UBS encompass accounts in the name of the Swiss 
pension fund. The other positions disclosed in the table encompass both direct investments in UBS instruments and indirect investments, i.e., those made through funds that the pension fund invests in.  33 Securities 
lent  to  UBS  and  derivative  financial  instruments  are  presented  gross  of  any  collateral.  Securities  lent  to  UBS  were  fully  covered  by  collateral  as  of  31  December  2019  and  31  December  2018.  Net  of 
collateral, derivative financial instruments amounted to USD 6 million as of 31 December 2019 (31 December 2018: USD 10 million). 

445 

Financial statements 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 29  Pension and other post-employment benefit plans (continued) 

Composition and fair value of plan assets (continued) 

UK plan 

USD million 
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents 

Bonds1 
Bonds1

Domestic, AAA to BBB– 

Investment funds
Investment funds 

Equity 

Domestic 

Foreign 

Bonds1 

Domestic, AAA to BBB– 

Domestic, below BBB– 

Foreign, AAA to BBB– 

Foreign, below BBB– 

Real estate 

Domestic 

Foreign 

Insurance contracts
Insurance contracts 

Derivatives
Derivatives 

Asset-backed securities
Asset-backed securities 

Other investments2 
Other investments2

Total fair value of plan assets
Total fair value of plan assets 

31.12.19
31.12.19 

31.12.18 

Fair value
Fair value 

Plan asset
Plan asset 
allocation %
allocation % 

Fair value 

Plan asset 
allocation % 

Quoted
Quoted 
in an active
in an active 
market
market 
141
141 

Other
Other 
0
0 

Total
Total 
141
141 

1,810 
1,810

0 
0

1,810 
1,810

33
33

916
916 

610
610 

22
22

310
310 

108
108 

103
103 

0
0

0
0 

3
3 

0
0 

(572) 
(572)

3,483
3,483 

0
0

0
0

117
117 

0
0

0
0

0
0

18
18

19
19

7
7 

0
0 

6
6 

7 
7

33 
33

916
916 

727
727 

22
22 

310
310 

108
108 

122
122 

19
19 

7
7 

3
3 

6
6 

(565) 
(565)

175
175 

3,658
3,658 

Quoted 
in an active 
market 
 143

Other 
 0

Total 
 143 

 1,604

 0

 1,604 

 26

 658

 587

 15

 258

 51

 102

 0

 0

 0

 21

 (565)

 0

 0

 93

 0

 0

 0

 28

 0

 0

 0

 2

 9

 26 

 658 

 680 

 15 

 258 

 51 

 131 

 0 

 0 

 0 

 22 

 (556)

 2,900

 132

 3,032

4
4

49
49

1
1

25
25

20
20

1
1

8
8

3
3

3
3

1
1

0
0

0
0

0
0

(15)
(15)

100
100

 5 

 53 

 1 

 22 

 22 

 0 

 9 

 2 

 4 

 0 

 0 

 0 

 1 

 (18) 

 100 

1 The bond credit ratings are primarily based on Standard & Poor’s credit ratings. Ratings AAA to BBB– and below BBB– represent investment grade and non-investment grade ratings, respectively. In cases where 
1
credit ratings from other rating agencies were used, these were converted to the equivalent rating in Standard & Poor’s rating classification.  2 Mainly relates to repurchase arrangements on UK treasury bonds. 

2

446 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
Note 29  Pension and other post-employment benefit plans (continued) 

Composition and fair value of plan assets (continued) 

US plans 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

FFaaiirr vvaalluuee 

PPllaann aasssseett 
aallllooccaattiioonn %% 

Fair value 

Plan asset 
allocation % 

QQuuootteedd 
iinn aann aaccttiivvee 
mmaarrkkeett 
2277 

OOtthheerr 
00 

TToottaall 
2277 

Quoted 
in an active 
market 
 27

Other 
 0

Total 
 27

USD million 
CCaasshh aanndd ccaasshh eeqquuiivvaalleennttss 

BBoonnddss11 

Domestic, AAA to BBB– 

Domestic, below BBB– 

Foreign, AAA to BBB– 

Foreign, below BBB– 

IInnvveessttmmeenntt ffuunnddss 

Equity    

Domestic 

Foreign 

Bonds1 

Domestic, AAA to BBB– 

Domestic, below BBB– 

Foreign, AAA to BBB– 

Foreign, below BBB– 

Real estate 

Domestic 

Other 

IInnssuurraannccee ccoonnttrraaccttss 

TToottaall ffaaiirr vvaalluuee ooff ppllaann aasssseettss 

447755 

22 

9999 

33 

220088 

116611 

117766 

2288 

1177 

33 

00 

6699 

00 

11,,226688 

00 

00 

00 

00 

00 

00 

00 

00 

00 

00 

1133 

00 

1188 

3311 

447755 

22 

9999 

33 

220088 

116611 

117766 

2288 

1177 

33 

1133 

6699 

1188 

22

3377

00

88

00

1166

1122

1144

22

11

00

11

55

11

 462

 2

 92

 3

 143

 157

 104

 23

 56

 6

 0

 64

 0

 462

 2

 92

 3

 143

 157

 104

 23

 56

 6

 13

 64

 17

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

 0

 13

 0

 17

 29

 2 

 40 

 0 

 8 

 0 

 12 

 13 

 9 

 2 

 5 

 1 

 1 

 5 

 1 

11,,229999 

110000

 1,139

 1,168

 100 

11 The bond credit ratings are primarily based on Standard & Poor’s credit ratings. Ratings AAA to BBB– and below BBB– represent investment grade and non-investment grade ratings, respectively. In cases where 
credit ratings from other rating agencies were used, these were converted to the equivalent rating in Standard & Poor’s rating classification. 

447 

Financial statements 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 29  Pension and other post-employment benefit plans (continued) 

b) Post-employment medical insurance plans 

In  the  US  and  the  UK,  UBS  offers  post-employment  medical 
insurance benefits that contribute to the health care coverage of 
certain  employees  and  their  beneficiaries  after  retirement.  The 
UK  post-employment  medical  insurance  plan  is  closed  to  new 
entrants. In the US, retiree medical premiums are subsidized for 
eligible  participants  who  retired  before  2014.  These  plans  are 
not prefunded. 

In  2018,  UBS  announced  changes  to  one  of  the  US  post-
employment  medical  insurance  plans  that  replaced  the  UBS 
retiree medical subsidy with a new subsidy to purchase medical 
coverage  through  a  private  Medicare  exchange.  This  change 
reduced  the  post-employment  benefit  obligation  by  USD 14 
million,  resulting  in  a  corresponding  gain  recognized  in  the 
income statement in 2018. 

c) Defined contribution plans 

As of 31 December 2019, the net liability recognized for post-
employment  medical 
insurance  plans  was  USD 62  million 
(31 December  2018:  USD 62  million).  An  expense  of  USD 2 
million was recognized in the income statement in 2019 (2018: 
gain  of  USD 11  million;  2017:  expense  of  USD 3  million)  and  a 
loss  of  USD 3  million  in  Other  comprehensive  income  in  2019 
(2018: gain of USD 7 million; 2017: gain of USD 1 million). 

The benefits expected to be paid to participants in 2020 are 

estimated at USD 5 million. 

The  measurement  of  each  medical  insurance  plan’s  post-
employment  benefit  obligation  considers  different  actuarial 
assumptions.  Reasonably  possible 
in  actuarial 
assumptions  would  not  lead  to  material  movements  in  the  net 
liability recognized as of 31 December 2019 and as of December 
2018. 

changes 

UBS  sponsors  a  number  of  defined  contribution  plans  in  other contributions from UBS. Employer contributions to defined 
locations  outside  Switzerland.  The  locations  with  significant 
contribution  plans  are  recognized  as  an  expense,  which,  for 
defined contribution plans are the US and the UK. Certain plans  2019, 2018 and 2017, amounted to USD 326 million, USD 268 
allow  employees  to  make  contributions  and  earn  matching  or  million and USD 243 million, respectively. 

448 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 29  Pension and other post-employment benefit plans (continued) 

d) Related-party disclosure 

UBS is the principal provider of banking services for the pension 
fund of UBS in  Switzerland. In this capacity, UBS  is  engaged to 
execute  most  of  the  pension  fund’s  banking  activities.  These 
activities  can  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  trading,  securities 
lending  and  borrowing  and  derivative  transactions.  The  non-
Swiss  UBS  pension  funds  do  not  have  a  similar  banking 
relationship with UBS. 

Also,  UBS  leases  certain  properties  that  are  owned  by  the 
Swiss  pension  fund.  As  of  31  December  2019,  the  minimum 
commitment  toward  the  Swiss  pension  fund  under  the  related 

leases  was  approximately  USD 14  million  (31  December  2018: 
USD 17 million). 

  Refer to the “Composition and fair value of plan assets” table in 
Note 29a for more information about fair value of investments 

in UBS instruments held by the Swiss pension fund 

The  following  amounts  have  been  received  or  paid  by  UBS 
from  and  to  the  pension  and  other  post-employment  benefit 
plans  located  in  Switzerland,  the  UK  and  the  US  in  respect  of 
these banking activities and arrangements. 

Related-party disclosure 

USD million 

RReecceeiivveedd bbyy UUBBSS 

Fees 

PPaaiidd bbyy UUBBSS 

Rent 

Dividends, capital repayments and interest 

For the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

3344

44

1111

 35

 4

 10

 36 

 5 

 10 

The transaction volumes in UBS shares and UBS debt instruments and the balances of UBS shares held as of 31 December were: 

Transaction volumes – UBS shares and UBS debt instruments 

FFiinnaanncciiaall iinnssttrruummeennttss bboouugghhtt bbyy ppeennssiioonn ffuunnddss 

UBS shares (in thousands of shares) 

UBS debt instruments (par values, USD million) 

FFiinnaanncciiaall iinnssttrruummeennttss ssoolldd bbyy ppeennssiioonn ffuunnddss oorr mmaattuurreedd 

UBS shares (in thousands of shares) 

UBS debt instruments (par values, USD million) 

UBS shares held by pension and other post-employment benefit plans 

Number of shares (in thousands of shares) 

Fair value (USD million) 

For the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

996677

22

11,,997777

88

 889 

 13 

 547 

 3 

3311..1122..1199 

1155,,770011

119988

31.12.18 

 16,712 

 207 

449 

Financial statements 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 30  Employee benefits: variable compensation 

a) Plans offered 

The  Group  has  several  share-based  and  other  compensation 
plans  that  align  the  interests  of  Group  Executive  Board  (GEB) 
members  and  other  employees  with  the  interests  of  investors. 
These compensation plans are also designed to meet regulatory 
requirements.  The  most  significant  compensation  plans  are 
described below. 

  Refer to Note 1a item 6 for a description of the accounting policy 
related to share-based and other deferred compensation plans 

Mandatory deferred compensation plans 

Equity Ownership Plan (EOP) 
The  EOP  is  a  mandatory  deferred  share-based  compensation  plan 
for  all  employees  with  total  annual  compensation  greater  than 
USD /  CHF 300,000.  Starting  with  performance  year  2019,  GEB 
members,  Group  Managing  Directors  (GMDs)  and  Vice  Chairs 
receive Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) awards instead of EOP. 

EOP awards granted to GEB members and GMDs in 2019 and 
prior  years,  as  well  as  EOP  awards  granted  to  certain  other 
employees,  will  only  vest  if  both  Group  and  business  division 
performance  conditions  are  met.  For  awards  granted  in  2019 
and  2020,  related  to  the  performance  years  2018  and  2019, 
respectively,  the  Group  performance  condition  is  based  on  the 
average  reported  return  on  common  equity  tier  1  capital 
(RoCET1).  For  awards  granted  in  2018  and  before,  the  Group 
performance  condition  is  based  on  the  average  adjusted  return 
on tangible equity (RoTE) excluding deferred tax assets over the 
performance  period.  Business  division  performance  is  measured 
on the basis of their average adjusted return on attributed equity 
(RoAE).  For  Corporate  Center  employees,  it  is  measured  on  the 
basis of the average operating businesses’ adjusted RoAE. 

Certain  awards,  such  as  replacement  awards  issued  outside 
the  normal  performance  year  cycle,  may  take  the  form  of 
deferred cash under the EOP plan rules. 

Notional  shares  represent  a  promise  to  receive  UBS  shares  at 
vesting  and  do  not  carry  voting  rights  during  the  vesting  period. 
Awards  granted  generally  carry  a  dividend  equivalent  that  may  be 
paid  in  notional  shares  or  cash  and  that  vests  on  the  same  terms 
and  conditions  as  the  awards.  However,  starting  with  awards 
granted in 2018 for the performance year 2017, European Banking 
Authority guidelines do not permit individuals who are deemed to 
be  Material  Risk  Takers  (MRTs)  to  receive  dividend  or  interest 
payments  on 
variable 
compensation.  Where  dividend  payments  are  not  permitted,  the 
grant price of the EOP award is adjusted for the expected dividend 
yield  over  the  vesting  period  to  reflect  the  fair  value  of  the  non-
dividend-bearing award. 

instruments  awarded  as  deferred 

450 

Awards are settled by delivering UBS shares at vesting, except in 
jurisdictions where this is not permitted for legal or tax reasons. EOP 
awards generally vest in equal installments after two and three years 
following  the  granting  of  such  awards.  Awards  granted  to  GEB 
members in 2019 and prior years generally vest after three, four and 
five years. The awards are generally forfeitable upon, among other 
circumstances, voluntary termination of employment with UBS. 

Long-Term Incentive Plan 
The  LTIP  is  a  mandatory  deferred  share-based  compensation  plan 
for senior leaders of the Group (i.e., GEB members, GMDs and Vice 
Chairs). LTIP awards are granted for the first time in 2020 as part of 
the performance award pool for 2019. 

(rTSR),  which  measures  UBS's 

The  final  number  of  notional  shares  delivered  at  vesting 
depends on two equally weighted performance metrics: average 
reported  return  on  CET1  capital  (RoCET1)  and  relative  total 
shareholder 
total 
return 
index  consisting  of  global 
shareholder  return  against  an 
systemically  important  banks  as  determined  by  the  Financial 
Stability Board. These performance metrics are separately valued 
as  of  the  date  of  grant  and  (re-)assessed  over  a  three-year 
performance  period  starting  in  the  year  of  grant.  For  both 
metrics  there  is  a  threshold  level,  which  would  result  in  a  33% 
payout,  and  a  maximum  level,  which  would  result  in  a  100% 
payout.  Any  performance  between  the  threshold  and  the 
maximum  level  would  result  in  a  linear  payout  between  33% 
and 100%. 

in  each  of 

The  final  number  of  shares  as  determined  at  the  end  of  the 
three  equal 
three-year  performance  period  will  vest 
installments 
the 
performance period for GEB members, and cliff-vest in the first 
year  following  the  performance  period  for  GMDs  and  Vice 
Chairs.  The  awards  are  generally  forfeitable  upon,  among  other 
circumstances, voluntary termination of employment with UBS. 

three  years 

following 

the 

in 

In general, the form of the equity awards (notional shares), the 
entitlement  to  dividend  equivalents  and  the  settlement  method  is 
the same as for EOP awards. 

Deferred Contingent Capital Plan (DCCP) 
The  DCCP  is  a  mandatory  deferred  compensation  plan  for  all 
employees  with 
than 
USD / CHF 300,000. 

total  annual  compensation  greater 

DCCP awards take the form of notional additional tier 1 (AT1) 
capital  instruments,  which,  at  the  discretion  of  UBS,  can  be 
settled in either a cash payment or a perpetual, marketable AT1 
capital instrument. DCCP awards vest in full after five years, and 
up  to  seven  years  for  UK  senior  management  functions,  unless 
there is a trigger event. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 30  Employee benefits: variable compensation (continued) 

Awards are forfeited if a viability event occurs, i.e., if FINMA 
notifies  the  firm  in  writing  that  the  DCCP  awards  must  be 
written down to prevent an insolvency, bankruptcy or failure of 
UBS,  or  if  UBS  receives  a  commitment  of  extraordinary  support 
from  the  public  sector  that  is  necessary  to  prevent  such  an 
event.  Additionally,  they  are  also  written  down  if  the  Group’s 
common  equity  tier  1  capital  ratio  falls  below  10%  for  GEB 
members  and  below  7%  for  all  other  employees.  As  an 
additional performance condition, GEB members forfeit 20% of 
their award for each loss-making year during the vesting period. 
Interest payments on DCCP awards are paid at the discretion 
of UBS. Where interest payments are not permitted, such as for 
MRTs,  the  DCCP  award  reflects  the  fair  value  of  the  granted 
non-interest-bearing award. 

The  awards  are  generally  forfeitable  upon,  among  other 

circumstances, voluntary termination of employment with UBS. 

Asset Management EOP 
In  order  to  align  deferred  compensation  of  certain  Asset 
Management  employees  with 
the 
investment  funds  they  manage,  awards  are  granted  to  such 
employees  in  the  form  of  cash-settled  notional  investment 
funds.  The  amount  delivered  depends  on  the  value  of  the 
underlying investment funds at the time of vesting. The awards 
are  generally  forfeitable  upon,  among  other  circumstances, 
voluntary termination of employment with UBS. 

the  performance  of 

Financial advisor variable compensation 

In  line  with  market  practice  for  US  wealth  management 
businesses, the compensation for US financial advisors in Global 
Wealth  Management  is  comprised  of  production  payout  and 
deferred  compensation  awards.  Production  payout  is  primarily 
based on compensable revenue and is paid monthly. 

Financial advisors may also qualify for deferred compensation 
awards, which generally vest over a six-year period. The awards 
are  based  on  strategic  performance  measures, 
including 
production,  length  of  service  with  the  firm  and  net  new 
business.  Production  payout  rates  and  deferred  compensation 

awards  may  be  reduced  for,  among  other  things,  errors, 
negligence or carelessness, or a failure to comply with the firm’s 
rules,  standards,  practices  and  policies  or  applicable  laws  and 
regulations. 

Strategic objective awards 
Strategic  objective  awards  are  deferred  compensation  awards 
based on strategic performance measures, including production, 
length  of  service  with  the  firm  and  net  new  business.  These 
awards  are  granted  in  the  form  of  both  deferred  share-based 
and deferred cash-based awards, with a vesting period of up to 
six years. 

Other compensation plans 

Equity Plus Plan (Equity Plus) 
Equity  Plus  is  a  voluntary  share-based  compensation  plan  that 
provides  eligible  employees  with  the  opportunity  to  purchase 
UBS  shares  at  market  value  and  receive  one  notional  share  for 
every  three  shares  purchased,  up  to  a  maximum  annual  limit. 
Share  purchases  may  be  made  annually  from  the  performance 
award  and/or  monthly  through  deductions  from  salary.  If  the 
shares purchased are held until three years from the start of the 
associated  plan  year  and,  in  general,  if  the  employee  remains 
employed  by  UBS,  the  notional  shares  vest.  Employees  are 
entitled  to  receive  a  dividend  equivalent  which  may  be  paid  in 
notional shares and/or cash. 

Role-based allowances (RBA) 
Certain  employees  of  legal  entities  regulated  in  the  EU  may 
receive  an  RBA  in  addition  to  their  base  salary.  This  allowance 
reflects  the  market  value  of  a  specific  role  and  is  fixed,  non-
forfeitable  compensation.  Unlike  salary,  an  RBA  is  paid  only  as 
long  as  the  employee  is  in  such  a  role.  RBA  consist  of  a  cash 
portion and, where applicable, a blocked UBS share award. Such 
shares  will  be  unblocked  in  equal  installments  after  two  and 
three years. The compensation expense is recognized in the year 
of grant. 

451 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 30  Employee benefits: variable compensation (continued) 

Discontinued deferred compensation plans 

The following plans have been discontinued. 

Key Employee Stock Appreciation Rights Plan (KESAP) and Key 
Employee Stock Option Plan (KESOP) 
Until  2009,  certain  key  and  high-potential  employees  were 
granted  discretionary  share-settled  stock  appreciation  rights 
(SARs) or options on UBS shares with a strike price not less than 
the market value of a UBS share on the date of grant. SARs gave 
employees the right to receive a number of UBS shares equal to 
the increase in market price of the UBS share between the grant 
date  and  the  exercise  date.  One  option  entitled  the  holder  to 
acquire  one  registered  UBS  share  at  the  option’s  strike  price. 
SARs and options were settled by delivering UBS shares, except 
in  jurisdictions  where  this  was  not  permitted  for  legal  reasons. 
All  unexercised  options  and  stock  appreciation  rights  under 
these awards expired in 2019. 

PartnerPlus 
Through  performance  year  2016,  financial  advisor  strategic 
objective  awards  were  partly  granted  under  the  PartnerPlus 
deferred  cash  plan.  In  addition  to  such  granted  awards  (UBS 
company contributions), participants were allowed to voluntarily 
contribute  additional  amounts  otherwise  payable  as  production 
payout  up  to  a  certain  percentage,  which  vested  upon 
contribution. 
voluntary 
contributions were credited with interest in accordance with the 
terms  of  the  plan.  Rather  than  being  credited  with  interest,  a 
participant  could  elect  to  have  voluntary  contributions,  along 

contributions 

Company 

and 

with  vested  company  contributions,  credited  with  notional 
earnings  based  on  the  performance  of  various  mutual  funds. 
Company  contributions  and  interest  on  both  company  and 
voluntary contributions ratably vest in 20% installments six to 10 
years following grant date. Company contributions and interest 
on  notional  earnings  on  both  company  and  voluntary 
contributions are forfeitable under certain circumstances. 

GrowthPlus 
GrowthPlus  is  a  compensation  plan  for  selected  financial 
advisors  whose  revenue  production  and  length  of  service 
exceeded  defined  thresholds  from  2010  to  2017.  Awards  were 
granted  in  2010,  2011,  2015  and  2018.  The  awards  are  cash-
based  and  are  distributed  over  seven  years,  with  the  exception 
of 2018 awards, which are distributed over five years. 

Share delivery obligations 

Share  delivery  obligations  related  to  employee  share-based 
compensation  awards  were  156  million 
shares  as  of 
31 December  2019  (31  December  2018:  146  million  shares). 
Share  delivery  obligations  are  calculated  on  the  basis  of 
undistributed  notional  share  awards,  options  and  stock 
appreciation  rights,  taking  applicable  performance  conditions 
into account. 

As  of  31  December  2019,  UBS  held  125  million  treasury 
shares  (31  December  2018:  118  million)  that  were  available  to 
satisfy  share  delivery  obligations.  Treasury  shares  held  are 
delivered to employees at exercise or vesting. 

452 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 30  Employee benefits: variable compensation (continued) 

b) Effect on the income statement 

Effect on the income statement for the financial year and future 
periods 
The table below provides information about compensation expenses 
related  to  total  variable  compensation,  including  financial  advisor 
variable  compensation,  that  were  recognized  in  the  financial  year 
ended 31 December 2019, as well as expenses that were deferred 
and will be recognized in the income statement for 2020 and later. 

The majority of expenses deferred to 2020 and later that are related 
to the performance year 2019 relates to awards granted in February 
2020.  The  total  unamortized  compensation  expense  for  unvested 
share-based  awards  granted  up  to  31  December  2019  will  be 
recognized in future periods over a weighted average period of 2.4 
years. 

Variable compensation including financial advisor variable compensation 

EExxppeennsseess rreeccooggnniizzeedd iinn 22001199 

EExxppeennsseess ddeeffeerrrreedd ttoo 22002200 aanndd llaatteerr11 

USD million 
Non-deferred cash

Deferred compensation awards

of which: Equity Ownership Plan

of which: Deferred Contingent Capital Plan

of which: Long-Term Incentive Plan

of which: Asset Management EOP

TToottaall vvaarriiaabbllee ccoommppeennssaattiioonn  ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee aawwaarrddss 

– 
–

Replacement payments

Forfeiture credits

Severance payments

Retention plan and other payments

Deferred Contingent Capital Plan: interest expense

TToottaall vvaarriiaabbllee ccoommppeennssaattiioonn  ootthheerr 

–
– 

Financial advisor variable compensation

of which: non-deferred cash

of which: deferred share-based awards

of which: deferred cash-based awards

Compensation commitments with recruited financial advisors2

TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall aaddvviissoorr vvaarriiaabbllee ccoommppeennssaattiioonn 

TToottaall vvaarriiaabbllee ccoommppeennssaattiioonn iinncclluuddiinngg FFAA vvaarriiaabbllee ccoommppeennssaattiioonn 

RReellaatteedd ttoo tthhee 
ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee 
yyeeaarr 22001199 
 1,894

RReellaatteedd ttoo pprriioorr 
ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee 
yyeeaarrss 
 (26)

 299

 122

 113

 39

 25

22,,119933 

 5

 0

 125

 28

 0

115599 

 3,233

 3,064

 57

 112

 32

33,,226655 

55,,661177 

 588

 300

 262

 0

 26

556622 

 51

 (86)

 0

 28

 94

8888 

 268

 0

 48

 219

 510

777788 

11,,442288 

RReellaatteedd ttoo tthhee 
ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee 
yyeeaarr 22001199 

 0

 429

 205

 173

 25

 26

442299 

 44

 0

 0

 23

 50

111177 

 197

 0

 54

 144

 350

554488 

11,,009933 

TToottaall 

 1,868

 887

 422

 375

 39

 51

22,,775555 

 56

 (86)

 125

 56

 94

224466 

 3,501

 3,064

 106

 331

 542

44,,004433 

77,,00445533 

RReellaatteedd ttoo pprriioorr 
ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee 
yyeeaarrss 
 0

 608

 219

 365

 0

 23

660088 

 30

 0

 0

 29

 172

223322 

 710

 0

 130

 580

 1,617

22,,332277 

33,,116666 

TToottaall 
 0 

 1,036 

 424 

 538 

 25 

 49 

11,,003366 

 75 

 0 

 0 

 52 

 222 

334499 

 907 

 0 

 183 

 724 

 1,967 

22,,887744 

44,,225599 

11 Estimate as of 31 December 2019. Actual amounts to be expensed in future periods may vary, e.g., due to forfeiture of awards.   22 Reflects expenses related to compensation commitments with financial advisors 
entered into at the time of recruitment that are subject to vesting requirements. Amounts reflected as deferred expenses represent the maximum deferred exposure as of the balance sheet date.     33 Includes 
USD 610 million in expenses related to share-based compensation (performance awards: USD 461 million; other variable compensation: USD 43 million; financial advisor compensation: USD 106 million). A further 
USD 61 million in expenses related to share-based compensation was recognized within other expense categories included in Note 6 (salaries: USD 10 million, related to role-based allowances; social security: 
USD 25 million; other personnel expenses: USD 27 million related to the Equity Plus Plan). Total personnel expense related to share-based equity-settled compensation excluding social security was USD 619 million. 

453 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 30  Employee benefits: variable compensation (continued) 

Variable compensation including financial advisor variable compensation (continued) 

Expenses recognized in 2018 

Expenses deferred to 2019 and later1 

USD million 
Non-deferred cash

Deferred compensation awards

of which: Equity Ownership Plan

of which: Deferred Contingent Capital Plan

of which: Asset Management EOP

of which: other performance awards

Total variable compensation – performance awards 
Total variable compensation – performance awards

Replacement payments

Forfeiture credits

Severance payments

Retention plan and other payments

Deferred Contingent Capital Plan: interest expense

Total variable compensation – other
Total variable compensation – other 

Financial advisor variable compensation

of which: non-deferred cash

of which: deferred share-based awards

of which: deferred cash-based awards

Compensation commitments with recruited financial advisors2

Total financial advisor variable compensation 
Total financial advisor variable compensation

Total variable compensation including FA variable compensation 
Total variable compensation including FA variable compensation

Related to the  Related to prior 
performance 
years 
 (32)

performance 
year 2018 
 2,089

 373

 217

 131

 25

 0

2,461 
2,461

 7

 0

 123

 33

 0

162
162 

 3,233

 3,089

 51

 93

 33

3,266 
3,266

5,889 
5,889

 565

 309

 226

 28

 2

534 
534

 64

 (136)

 0

 33

 119

80
80 

 237

 0

 44

 193

 551

789 
789

1,403 
1,403

Total 

 2,057

 938

 526

 357

 53

 2

2,995 
2,995

 72

 (136)

 123

 66

 119

243
243 

 3,470

 3,089

 95

 286

 584

4,054 
4,054

7,2923 
7,2923

Related to the  Related to prior 
performance 
years 
 0

performance 
year 2018 

 0

 585

 325

 238

 22

 0

585 
585

 60

 0

 0

 24

 96

180
180 

 128

 0

 52

 76

 357

484 
484

1,250 
1,250

 653

 244

 382

 26

 1

653 
653

 41

 0

 0

 33

 195

269
269 

 639

 0

 131

 507 

 1,883

2,522 
2,522

3,444 
3,444

Total 
 0 

 1,238 

 570 

 620 

 48 

 1 

1,238 
1,238

 102 

 0 

 0 

 57 

 291 

450
450 

 767 

 0 

 183 

 584 

 2,240 

3,006 
3,006

4,694 
4,694

2 Reflects expenses related to compensation commitments with financial advisors entered into at the 
1 Estimate as of 31 December 2018. Actual amounts expensed may vary, e.g., due to forfeiture of awards. 
2
1
3  Includes  USD  634  million  in 
time  of  recruitment  that  are  subject  to  vesting  requirements.  Amounts  reflected  as  deferred  expenses  represent  the  maximum  deferred  exposure  as  of  the  balance  sheet  date. 
3
expenses related to share-based compensation (performance awards: USD 526 million; other variable compensation: USD 12 million; financial advisor compensation: USD 95 million). A further USD 49 million in 
expenses related to share-based compensation was recognized within other expense categories included in Note 6 (salaries: USD 15 million, related to role-based allowances; social security: USD 8 million; other 
personnel expenses: USD 26 million, related to the Equity Plus Plan). Total personnel expense related to share-based equity-settled compensation excluding social security was USD 676 million. 

454 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 30  Employee benefits: variable compensation (continued) 

Variable compensation including financial advisor variable compensation (continued) 

Expenses recognized in 2017 

Expenses deferred to 2018 and later1 

USD million 
Non-deferred cash

Deferred compensation awards

of which: Equity Ownership Plan

of which: Deferred Contingent Capital Plan

of which: Asset Management EOP

of which: other performance awards

TToottaall vvaarriiaabbllee ccoommppeennssaattiioonn  ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee aawwaarrddss 

– 
–

Replacement payments

Forfeiture credits

Severance payments

Retention plan and other payments

Deferred Contingent Capital Plan: interest expense

TToottaall vvaarriiaabbllee ccoommppeennssaattiioonn  ootthheerr 

–
– 

Financial advisor variable compensation

of which: non-deferred cash

of which: deferred share-based awards

of which: deferred cash-based awards

Compensation commitments with recruited financial advisors2

TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall aaddvviissoorr vvaarriiaabbllee ccoommppeennssaattiioonn 

TToottaall vvaarriiaabbllee ccoommppeennssaattiioonn iinncclluuddiinngg FFAA vvaarriiaabbllee ccoommppeennssaattiioonn 

Related to the 
performance 
year 2017 
 2,088

Related to prior 
performance 
years 
 (25)

 399

 239

 135

 25

 0

22,,448877 

 13

 0

 113

 25

 0

115511 

 3,050

 2,891

 54

 104

 31

33,,008800 

55,,771188 

 689

 344

 310

 32

 4

666644 

 59

 (107)

 0

 38

 111

110011 

 260

 0

 48

 212

 723

998844 

11,,774499 

Related to the 
performance 
year 2017 

 0

 594

 329

 238

 27

 0

559944 

 86

 0

 0

 30

 80

119966 

 156

 0

 70

 86

 369

552266 

11,,331166 

Total 

 2,062

 1,088

 583

 444

 57

 4

33,,115511 

 72

 (107)

 113

 63

 111

225522 

 3,310

 2,891

 102

 316

 754

44,,006644 

77,,44667733 

Related to prior 
performance 
years 
 0

 697

 291

 376

 27

 3

669977 

 44

 0

 0

 33

 222

229988 

 795

 0

 121

 674

 2,058

22,,885533 

33,,884488 

Total 
 0 

 1,291 

 620 

 614 

 54 

 3 

11,,229911 

 130 

 0 

 0 

 63 

 301 

449944 

 951 

 0 

 191 

 760 

 2,428 

33,,337799 

55,,116644 

11 Estimate as of 31 December 2017. Actual amounts expensed may vary, e.g., due to forfeiture of awards.   22 Reflects expenses related to compensation commitments with financial advisors entered into at the 
33  Includes  USD  711  million  in 
time  of  recruitment  that  are  subject  to  vesting  requirements.  Amounts  reflected  as  deferred  expenses  represent  the  maximum  deferred  exposure  as  of  the  balance  sheet  date. 
expenses related to share-based compensation (performance awards: USD 583 million; other variable compensation: USD 26 million; financial advisor compensation: USD 102 million). A further USD 101 million in 
expenses related to share-based compensation was recognized within other expense categories included in Note 6 (salaries: USD 25 million, related to role-based allowances; social security: USD 51 million; other 
personnel expenses: USD 25 million, related to the Equity Plus Plan). Total personnel expense related to share-based equity-settled compensation excluding social security was USD 735 million. 

455 

Financial statements 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 30  Employee benefits: variable compensation (continued) 

c) Outstanding share-based compensation awards 

Share and performance share awards 
Movements in outstanding share-based awards under the EOP during 2019 and 2018 are provided in the table below. 

Movements in outstanding share-based compensation awards 

Outstanding, at the beginning of the year 

Awarded during the year 

Distributed during the year 

Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding, at the end of the year 

of which: shares vested for accounting purposes 

Number of shares
Number of shares 
2019
2019 
146,845,027
146,845,027 

77,641,909
77,641,909 

(61,152,200)
(61,152,200) 

(7,269,974)
(7,269,974) 

156,064,763
156,064,763 

79,486,447
79,486,447

Weighted average
Weighted average 
grant date fair value
grant date fair value 
(USD)
(USD) 
16
16

Weighted average 
Number of shares  grant date fair value 
(USD) 
 15 

 162,835,713

2018 

11
11

13
13

14
14

14
14

 58,329,398 

 (67,696,099) 

 (6,623,984)

 146,845,027

 66,850,562 

 17 

 15 

 16 

 16 

The  total  carrying  amount  of  the  liability  related  to  cash-settled  share-based  awards  as  of  31  December  2019  and  31 December 
2018 was USD 34 million and USD 39 million, respectively. 

Option awards 
No  option  awards  have  been  granted  since  2009.  All  remaining  options  expired  in  the  year  2019.  The  table  below  provides 
information about movements in outstanding option awards during 2019 and 2018. As these awards are Swiss franc-denominated, 
weighted average exercise prices are presented in Swiss francs. 

Movements in outstanding option awards 

Outstanding, at the beginning of the year 

Exercised during the year1 

Forfeited during the year 

Expired unexercised 

Outstanding, at the end of the year 

Exercisable, at the end of the year 

Number of options
Number of options 
2019 
2019
6,567,592 
6,567,592

Weighted average
Weighted average 
exercise price (CHF) 
exercise price (CHF)
14
14

(2,818,070)
(2,818,070) 

(512)
(512) 

(3,749,010)
(3,749,010) 

0
0 

0
0 

10
10

16
16

16
16

n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a

Number of options 
2018 

 32,583,168

 (1,813,583)

 (19,752)

 (24,182,241) 

 6,567,592

 6,567,592

Weighted average 
exercise price (CHF) 
 25 

 12 

 23 

 29 

 14 

 14 

1 The weighted average share price upon option exercise was CHF 12.69 in 2019 (2018: CHF 16.22), resulting in an intrinsic value of CHF 7 million of options exercised during 2019 (2018: CHF 7 million). 
1

456 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
Note 30  Employee benefits: variable compensation (continued) 

SAR awards 
No SAR awards have been granted since 2009. All remaining SARs expired in the year 2019. The table below provides information 
about  movements  in  outstanding  SAR  awards  during  2019  and  2018.  As  these  awards  are  Swiss  franc-denominated,  weighted 
average exercise prices are presented in Swiss francs. 

Movements in outstanding SAR awards 

Outstanding, at the beginning of the year 

Exercised during the year1 

Forfeited during the year 

Expired unexercised 

Outstanding, at the end of the year 

Exercisable, at the end of the year 

NNuummbbeerr ooff SSAARRss 
22001199 
55,,996655,,776699 

((55,,338811,,225599)) 

00 

((558844,,551100)) 

00 

00 

WWeeiigghhtteedd aavveerraaggee 
eexxeerrcciissee pprriiccee ((CCHHFF)) 

Number of SARs 
2018 

1122

1111

00

1166

nn//aa

nn//aa

 8,513,415

 (2,490,146)

 (11,000)

 (46,500)

 5,965,769

 5,965,769

Weighted average 
exercise price (CHF) 
 12 

 11 

 13 

 12 

 12 

 12 

11 The weighted average share price upon exercise of SARs was CHF 12.71 in 2019 (2018: CHF 16.15), resulting in an intrinsic value of CHF 7 million of SARs exercised during 2019 (2018: CHF 12 million). 

d) Valuation 

UBS share awards 
UBS  measures  compensation  expense  based  on  the  average 
market  price  of  the  UBS  share  on  the  grant  date  as  quoted  on 
the  SIX  Swiss  Exchange,  taking  into  consideration  post-vesting 
sale  and  hedge  restrictions,  non-vesting  conditions  and  market 
conditions, where applicable. The fair value of the share awards 
subject to post-vesting sale and hedge restrictions is discounted 
on the basis of the duration of the post-vesting restriction and is 

referenced to the cost of purchasing an at-the-money European 
put option for the term of the transfer restriction. The weighted 
average  discount  for  share  and  performance  share  awards 
granted  during  2019  was  approximately  22.6%  (2018:  18.0%) 
of the market price of the UBS share. The grant date fair value 
of notional shares without dividend entitlements also includes a 
deduction for the present value of future expected dividends to 
be paid between the grant date and distribution. 

457 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 31  Interests in subsidiaries and other entities 

a) Interests in subsidiaries 

UBS  defines  its  significant  subsidiaries  as  those  entities  that, 
either individually or in aggregate, contribute significantly to the 
Group’s  financial  position  or  results  of  operations,  based  on  a 
number  of  criteria,  including  the  subsidiaries’  equity  and  their 
contribution to the Group’s total assets and profit or loss before 
tax,  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  set  by  IFRS  12,  Swiss 
regulations  and  the  rules  of  the  US  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission (SEC). 

Individually significant subsidiaries 
The  two  tables  below  list  the  Group’s  individually  significant 
subsidiaries  as  of  31  December  2019.  Unless  otherwise  stated, 
the  subsidiaries  listed  below  have  share  capital  consisting  solely 

of  ordinary  shares  that  are  held  entirely  by  the  Group,  and  the 
proportion  of  ownership  interest  held  is  equal  to  the  voting 
rights held by the Group. 

The  country  where  the  respective  registered  office  is  located 
is also the principal place of business. UBS AG operates through 
a global network of branches and a significant proportion of its 
business activity is conducted outside Switzerland in the UK, the 
US, Singapore, Hong Kong and other countries. UBS Europe SE 
has  branches  and  offices  in  a  number  of  EU  Member  States, 
including Germany, Italy, Luxembourg, Spain and Austria. Share 
capital is provided in the currency of the legally registered office. 

Individually significant subsidiaries of UBS Group AG as of 31 December 2019 

Company 

UBS AG 

Registered office 

Zurich and Basel, Switzerland 

UBS Business Solutions AG1 
1 UBS Business Solutions AG holds subsidiaries in Poland, China and India. 
1

Zurich, Switzerland 

Share capital in million  Equity interest accumulated in % 

CHF

CHF

 385.8

 1.0

 100.0 

 100.0 

Individually significant subsidiaries of UBS AG as of 31 December 20191 

Company 

Registered office 

UBS Americas Holding LLC 

Wilmington, Delaware, USA 

UBS Americas Inc. 

Wilmington, Delaware, USA 

UBS Asset Management AG 

Zurich, Switzerland 

Primary business 

Corporate Center 

Corporate Center 

Asset Management 

UBS Bank USA 

UBS Europe SE 

Salt Lake City, Utah, USA 

Global Wealth Management 

Frankfurt, Germany 

Global Wealth Management 

UBS Financial Services Inc. 

Wilmington, Delaware, USA 

Global Wealth Management 

UBS Securities LLC 

UBS Switzerland AG 

Wilmington, Delaware, USA 

Investment Bank 

Zurich, Switzerland 

Personal & Corporate Banking 

Share capital in million 
 3,150.02

USD

USD

CHF

USD

EUR

USD

USD

CHF

 0.0

 43.2

 0.0

 446.0

 0.0

 1,283.13

 10.0

Equity interest accumulated in % 

100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

1 Includes direct and indirect subsidiaries of UBS AG.  2 Comprised of common share capital of USD 1,000 and non-voting preferred share capital of USD 3,150,000,000.  3 Comprised of common share capital of 
1
USD 100,000 and non-voting preferred share capital of USD 1,283,000,000. 

3

2

458 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
     
Note 31  Interests in subsidiaries and other entities (continued) 

Other subsidiaries 
The table below lists other direct and indirect subsidiaries of UBS AG that are not individually significant but that contribute to the 
Group’s total assets and aggregated profit before tax thresholds and are thereby disclosed in accordance with the requirements set 
by the SEC. 

Other subsidiaries of UBS AG as of 31 December 2019 

Company 
UBS Asset Management (Hong Kong) Limited 

Registered office 
Hong Kong, Hong Kong 

UBS Asset Management (Japan) Ltd 

Tokyo, Japan 

UBS Asset Management Life Ltd 

London, United Kingdom 

UBS Asset Management Switzerland AG 

Zurich, Switzerland 

Primary business 
Asset Management 

Asset Management 

Asset Management 

Asset Management 

UBS Business Solutions US LLC 

Wilmington, Delaware, USA 

Corporate Center 

UBS Credit Corp. 

UBS (France) S.A. 

Wilmington, Delaware, USA 

Global Wealth Management 

Paris, France 

Global Wealth Management 

UBS Fund Advisor, L.L.C. 

Wilmington, Delaware, USA 

Global Wealth Management 

UBS Fund Management (Luxembourg) S.A. 

Luxembourg, Luxembourg 

Asset Management 

UBS Fund Management (Switzerland) AG 

Basel, Switzerland 

Asset Management 

UBS (Monaco) S.A. 

UBS Realty Investors LLC 

UBS Securities (Thailand) Ltd 

UBS Securities Australia Ltd 

UBS Securities Japan Co., Ltd. 

UBS Securities Pte. Ltd. 

Monte Carlo, Monaco 

Global Wealth Management 

Boston, Massachusetts, USA 

Asset Management 

Bangkok, Thailand 

Sydney, Australia 

Tokyo, Japan 

Singapore, Singapore 

Investment Bank 

Investment Bank 

Investment Bank 

Investment Bank 

11 Includes a nominal amount relating to redeemable preference shares. 

Share capital in million 
 254.0
HKD

Equity interest 
accumulated in % 
 100.0 

JPY

GBP

CHF

USD

USD

EUR

USD

EUR

CHF

EUR

USD

THB

AUD

JPY

SGD

 2,200.0

 15.0

 0.5

 0.0

 0.0

 133.0

 0.0

 13.0

 1.0

 49.2

 9.0

 500.0

 0.31

 32,100.0

 420.4

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

Consolidated structured entities 
UBS consolidates a structured entity (SE) if it has power over the 
relevant activities of the entity, exposure to variable returns and 
the ability to use its power to affect its returns. Consolidated SEs 
include  certain  investment  funds,  securitization  vehicles  and 
client  investment  vehicles.  UBS  has  no  individually  significant 
subsidiaries that are SEs. 

Investment  fund  SEs  are  generally  consolidated  when  the 
Group’s  aggregate  exposure  combined  with  its  decision-making 
rights indicate the ability to use such power in a principal capacity. 
Typically,  the  Group  will  have  decision-making  rights  as  fund 
manager,  earning  a  management  fee,  and  will  provide  seed 
capital  at  the  inception  of  the  fund  or  hold  a  significant 
percentage of the fund units. Where other investors do not have 
the  substantive  ability  to  remove  UBS  as  decision  maker,  the 
Group  is  deemed  to  have  control  and  therefore  consolidates  the 
fund. 

Securitization SEs are generally consolidated when the Group 
holds  a  significant  percentage  of  the  asset-backed  securities 
issued by the SE and has the power to remove without cause the 
servicer of the asset portfolio. 

Client  investment  SEs  are  generally  consolidated  when  the 
Group  has  a  substantive  liquidation  right  over  the  SE  or  a 
decision right over the assets held by the SE and has exposure to 
variable  returns  through  derivatives  traded  with  the  SE  or 
holding notes issued by the SE. 

In  2019  and  2018,  the  Group  did  not  enter  into  any 
contractual  obligation  that  could  require  the  Group  to  provide 
financial support to consolidated SEs. In addition, the Group did 
not provide support, financial or otherwise, to a consolidated SE 
when  the  Group  was  not  contractually  obligated  to  do  so,  nor 
has  the Group an  intention to  do so in the  future. Further,  the 
Group  did  not  provide  support,  financial  or  otherwise,  to  a 
previously  unconsolidated  SE  that  resulted 
in  the  Group 
controlling the SE during the reporting period. 

459 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 31  Interests in subsidiaries and other entities (continued) 

b) Interests in associates and joint ventures 

As  of  31  December  2019  and  2018,  no  associate  or  joint 
venture was individually material to the Group. In addition, there 
were  no  significant  restrictions  on  the  ability  of  associates  or 
joint  ventures  to  transfer  funds  to  UBS  Group  AG  or  its 

subsidiaries  in  the  form  of  cash  dividends  or  to  repay  loans  or 
advances  made.  There  were  no  quoted  market  prices  for  any 
associates or joint ventures of the Group. 

Investments in associates and joint ventures 

USD million 

Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 

Additions 

Disposals1 

Reclassifications2

Share of comprehensive income 

of which: share of net profit 3 

of which: share of other comprehensive income 4 

Dividends received 

Impairment 

Foreign currency translation 

Carrying amount at the end of the year
Carrying amount at the end of the year 

of which: associates 

of which: SIX Group AG, Zurich 5 

of which: other associates 

of which: joint ventures 

2019 
2019

1,099
1,099

0 
0

0
0

25
25

46
46

(21)
(21)

(83)
(83)

(1)
(1) 

11
11 

1,051
1,051

1,010
1,010

887
887

123
123

41
41 

2018 

 1,045 

 3 

 (431) 

 (21) 

 529 

 529 

 1 

 (42) 

 16 

 1,099 

 1,066 

 952 

 114 

 33 

1 In December 2018, UBS increased its shareholding in UBS Securities China from 24.99% to 51%, acquiring control of the entity in accordance with IFRS 10, Consolidated Financial Statements. Upon acquisition of 
1
3 For 2019, consists of 
control, UBS derecognized its former investment in associate. Refer to Note 32 for more information. 
3
USD 28 million from associates and USD 18 million from joint ventures. For 2018, consists of USD 511 million from associates, of which USD 460 million reflected a valuation gain on the equity ownership in SIX 
4 For 2019, consists of negative USD 22 million from associates and USD 1 million from joint ventures. For 2018, 
related to the sale of SIX Payment Services to Worldline, and USD 18 million from joint ventures. 
4
the total of USD 1 million is from associates.  5 In 2019, UBS AG’s equity interest amounts to 17.31%. UBS AG is represented on the Board of Directors. 

2 Reflects reclassifications to Properties and other non-current assets held for sale. 
2

5

460 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Note 31  Interests in subsidiaries and other entities (continued) 

c) Interests in unconsolidated structured entities 

During  2019,  the  Group  sponsored  the  creation  of  various  SEs 
and  interacted  with  a  number  of  non-sponsored  SEs,  including 
securitization  vehicles,  client  vehicles  as  well  as  certain 
investment  funds,  that  UBS  did  not  consolidate  as  of 
31 December 2019 because it did not control these entities. 

The  table  below  presents  the  Group’s  interests  in  and 
maximum  exposure  to  loss  from  unconsolidated  SEs  as  well  as 
the total assets held by the SEs in which UBS had an interest as 
of  year-end,  except  for  investment  funds  sponsored  by  third 
parties,  for  which  the  carrying  amount  of  UBS’s  interest  as  of 
year-end has been disclosed. 

Interests in unconsolidated structured entities 

USD million, except where indicated 
Financial assets at fair value held for trading 

Derivative financial instruments 

Loans and advances to customers 

Financial assets at fair value not held for trading 

Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost 

TToottaall aasssseettss 

Derivative financial instruments 

TToottaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess 
AAsssseettss hheelldd bbyy tthhee uunnccoonnssoolliiddaatteedd ssttrruuccttuurreedd eennttiittiieess iinn wwhhiicchh UUBBSS hhaadd aann iinntteerreesstt 
((UUSSDD bbiilllliioonn)) 

USD million, except where indicated 
Financial assets at fair value held for trading

Derivative financial instruments

Loans and advances to customers

Financial assets at fair value not held for trading

Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost

TToottaall aasssseettss

Derivative financial instruments

SSeeccuurriittiizzaattiioonn 
vveehhiicclleess 
446622 

99 

8811 

333355 
88888833 

2244 

22 

555555 

Securitization 
vehicles 
 420

 8

 87

 312
 8263 

 34 

CClliieenntt 
vveehhiicclleess 
113300 

99 

8822 

33,,995555 

116622 

44,,111188 

222255 

222255 

3311..1122..1199 

IInnvveessttmmeenntt 
ffuunnddss 
55,,887744 

3366 

117744 

115577 

66,,224422 

332244 

332244 

773366 

44113377 

Client 
vehicles 
 174

 35

 482 

 3,931

 252 

 4,212

 123

31.12.18 

Investment 
funds 

 7,297

 1

 179

 166

 7,643

 32

TToottaall 
66,,446666 

5555 

117744 

224455 

33,,995555 

335511 

1111,,224477 

555522 

555522 

Total 

 7,890

 44

 179

 302

 3,931

 337

 12,682 

 158

MMaaxxiimmuumm 
eexxppoossuurree ttoo lloossss11 
66,,446666 

5533 

117744 

999977 

33,,995555 

11,,337722 

11 

Maximum 
exposure to loss1 
 7,890 

 44 

 179 

 1,878 

 3,931 

 1,423 

 3 

TToottaall lliiaabbiilliittiieess
AAsssseettss hheelldd bbyy tthhee uunnccoonnssoolliiddaatteedd ssttrruuccttuurreedd eennttiittiieess iinn wwhhiicchh UUBBSS hhaadd aann iinntteerreesstt 
 3857 
((UUSSDD bbiilllliioonn))
22  Represents  the  carrying  amount  of  loan 
11  For  the  purpose  of  this  disclosure,  maximum  exposure  to  loss  amounts  do  not  consider  the  risk-reducing  effects  of  collateral  or  other  credit  enhancements. 
commitments. The maximum exposure to loss for these instruments is equal to the notional amount. 
33 As of 31 December 2019, USD 0.6 billion of the USD 0.9 billion (31 December 2018: USD 0.6 billion of the 
USD 0.8 billion) was held in Corporate Center – Non-core and Legacy Portfolio.   44 Comprised of credit default swap liabilities and other swap liabilities. The maximum exposure to loss for credit default swap 
liabilities is equal to the sum of the negative carrying amount and the notional amount. For other swap liabilities, no maximum exposure to loss is reported.   55 Represents the principal amount outstanding. 
66 Represents the market value of total assets.   77 Represents the net asset value of the investment funds sponsored by UBS and the carrying amount of UBS’s interests in the investment funds not sponsored by UBS. 

 158 

 635 

 696 

 123

 32

 3

461 

Financial statements 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
       
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 31  Interests in subsidiaries and other entities (continued) 

31 December  2019  Pillar  3  report  under  “Pillar 3  disclosures” 
at  www.ubs.com/investors,  for  the  following  reasons:  (i) 
exclusion  of  synthetic  securitizations  transacted  with  entities 
that  are  not  SEs  and  transactions  in  which  the  Group  did  not 
have  an  interest  because  it  did  not  absorb  any  risk;  (ii)  a 
different measurement basis in certain cases (e.g., IFRS carrying 
amount  within  the  table  above  compared  with  net  exposure 
amount  at  default  for  Pillar 3  disclosures);  and  (iii)  different 
classification  of  vehicles  viewed  as  sponsored  by  the  Group 
versus sponsored by third parties. 

  Refer to Note 1a item 1 for more information about the Group’s 
accounting policies regarding consolidation and sponsorship of 

securitization vehicles and other structured entities 

  Refer to the 31 December 2019 Pillar 3 report under “Pillar 3 

disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors for more information 

Interests in client vehicles 
As  of  31  December  2019  and  31  December  2018,  the  Group 
retained  interests  in  client  vehicles  sponsored  by  UBS  and  third 
parties  that  relate  to  financing  and  derivative  activities,  and  to 
hedge  structured  product  offerings.  Included  within  these 
investments  are  securities  guaranteed  by  US  government 
agencies. 

In  addition  to  the 

Interests in investment funds 
The  Group  holds  interests  in  a  number  of  investment  funds, 
primarily  resulting  from  seed  investments  or  in  order  to  hedge 
structured  product  offerings. 
interests 
disclosed in the table on the previous page, the Group manages 
the assets of various pooled investment funds and receives fees 
that  are  based,  in  whole  or  part,  on  the  net  asset  value  of  the 
fund  and/or  the  performance  of  the  fund.  The  specific  fee 
structure  is  determined  on  the  basis  of  various  market  factors 
and  considers  the  nature  of  the  fund  and  the  jurisdiction  of 
incorporation,  as  well  as  fee  schedules  negotiated  with  clients. 
These  fee  contracts  represent  an  interest  in  the  fund  as  they 
align  the  Group’s  exposure  with  investors,  providing  a  variable 
return  that  is  based  on  the  performance  of  the  entity. 
Depending  on  the  structure  of  the  fund,  these  fees  may  be 
collected directly from the fund assets and/or from the investors. 
Any  amounts  due  are  collected  on  a  regular  basis  and  are 
generally  backed  by  the  assets  of  the  fund.  The  Group  did  not 
have  any  material  exposure  to  loss  from  these  interests  as  of 
31 December 2019 or as of 31 December 2018. 

The  Group  retains  or  purchases  interests  in  unconsolidated 
SEs  in  the  form  of  direct  investments,  financing,  guarantees, 
letters of credit, derivatives and through management contracts. 
The Group’s maximum exposure to loss is generally equal to 
the carrying amount of the Group’s interest in the SE, with the 
exception  of  guarantees,  letters  of  credit  and  credit  derivatives, 
for  which  the  contract’s  notional  amount,  adjusted  for  losses 
already incurred, represents the maximum loss that the Group is 
exposed to. In addition, the current fair value of derivative swap 
instruments with a positive replacement value only, such as total 
return  swaps,  is  presented  as  the  maximum  exposure  to  loss. 
Risk  exposure  for  these  swap  instruments  could  change  over 
time with market movements. 

The maximum exposure to loss disclosed in the table  on the 
previous  page  does  not  reflect  the  Group’s  risk  management 
activities,  including  effects  from  financial  instruments  that  may 
be  used  to  economically  hedge  the  risks  inherent  in  the 
unconsolidated  SE  or  the  risk-reducing  effects  of  collateral  or 
other credit enhancements. 

In  2019  and  2018,  the  Group  did  not  provide  support, 
financial  or  otherwise,  to  an  unconsolidated  SE  when  not 
contractually obligated to do so, nor has the Group an intention 
to do so in the future. 

In  2019  and  2018,  income  and  expenses  from  interests  in 
unconsolidated  SEs  primarily  resulted  from  mark-to-market 
movements  recognized  in  Other  net  income  from  financial 
instruments  measured  at  fair  value  through  profit  of  loss, 
which  have  generally  been  hedged  with  other  financial 
instruments,  as  well  as  fee  and  commission  income  received 
from UBS-sponsored funds. 

interests,  both 

retained  and  acquired, 

Interests in securitization vehicles 
As  of  31  December  2019  and  31  December  2018,  the  Group 
in  various 
held 
securitization  vehicles,  a  majority  of  which  are  held  within 
Corporate  Center  –  Non-core  and  Legacy  Portfolio.  The 
Investment Bank also retained interests in securitization vehicles 
related  to  financing,  underwriting,  secondary  market  and 
derivative  trading  activities.  In  some  cases  the  Group  may  be 
required  to  absorb  losses  from  an  unconsolidated  SE  before 
other  parties  because  the  Group’s  interest  is  subordinated  to 
others in the ownership structure. 

The numbers outlined in the table on the previous page may 
differ  from  the  securitization  positions  presented  in  the 

462 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 31  Interests in subsidiaries and other entities (continued) 

Sponsored unconsolidated structured entities in which UBS did 
not have an interest 
For several sponsored SEs, no interest was held by the Group at 
year-end.  However,  during  the  respective  reporting  period  the 
Group transferred assets, provided services and held instruments 
that  did  not  qualify  as  an  interest  in  these  sponsored  SEs,  and 
accordingly  earned  income  or  incurred  expenses  from  these 
entities.  The  table  below  presents  the  income  earned  and 
expenses incurred directly from these entities during the year as 
well  as  corresponding  asset  information.  The  table  does  not 
include 
incurred  from  risk 
management  activities,  including  income  and  expenses  from 
financial  instruments  used  to  economically  hedge  instruments 
transacted with the unconsolidated SEs. 

income  earned  and  expenses 

The majority of the fee income arose from investment funds 
that  are  sponsored  and  administrated  by  the  Group,  but 
managed  by  third  parties.  As  the  Group  does  not  provide  any 
active management services, UBS was not exposed to risk from 
the performance of these entities and was therefore deemed not 
to  have  an  interest  in  them.  In  certain  structures,  the  fees 
receivable may be collected directly from the investors and have 
therefore not been included in the table below. 

The  Group  also  recorded  other  net  income  from  financial 
instruments  measured  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  from 
mark-to-market  movements  arising  primarily  from  derivatives, 
such  as  interest  rate  and  currency  swaps  as  well  as  credit 
derivatives, through which the Group purchases protection, and 
financial liabilities designated at fair value, which do not qualify 
as interests because the Group does not absorb variability from 
the  performance  of  the  entity.  Total  income  reported  does  not 
reflect  economic  hedges  or  other  mitigating  effects  from  the 
Group’s risk management activities. 

During  2019,  UBS  and  third  parties  transferred  assets  of 
USD 1  billion  and  USD 1  billion,  respectively,  into  sponsored 
securitization  vehicles  created  in  the  year  (2018:  USD 1  billion 
and  USD 1  billion,  respectively).  UBS  and  third  parties  also 
transferred  assets  of  USD 0  billion  and  USD 1  billion, 
respectively,  into  sponsored  client  vehicles  created  in  the  year 
(2018:  USD 2  billion  and  USD 0  billion,  respectively).  For 
sponsored investment funds, transfers arose during the period as 
investors invested and redeemed positions, thereby changing the 
overall  size  of  the  funds,  which,  when  combined  with  market 
movements, resulted in a total closing net asset value of USD 42 
billion (31 December 2018: USD 18 billion). 

Sponsored unconsolidated structured entities in which UBS did not have an interest at year-end 

USD million, except where indicated 
Net interest income 

Net fee and commission income 

Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss 

TToottaall iinnccoommee 

AAsssseett iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn ((UUSSDD bbiilllliioonn)) 

USD million, except where indicated 
Net interest income

Net fee and commission income

Other net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss 

TToottaall iinnccoommee

AAsssseett iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn ((UUSSDD bbiilllliioonn))

As of or for the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

CClliieenntt 
vveehhiicclleess 
00 

1133 

((1188)) 

((55)) 

1122 

IInnvveessttmmeenntt 
ffuunnddss 
((11)) 

5500 

99 

5588 

442233 

As of or for the year ended 

31.12.18 

Client 
vehicles 
 (6)

 16

 8

 18

 22 

Investment 
funds 
 1

 39

 20

 60

 183 

SSeeccuurriittiizzaattiioonn 
vveehhiicclleess 
((11)) 

1199 

1199 

2211 

Securitization 
vehicles 
 0

 0

 1

 21 

TToottaall 
((22)) 

6633 

1111 

7722 

Total 
 (5) 

 54 

 29 

 78 

11 Represents the amount of assets transferred to the respective securitization vehicles.    22 Represents the amount of assets transferred to the respective client vehicles.  33 Represents the total net asset value of the 
respective investment funds. 

463 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 32  Changes in organization and acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries and businesses 

Changes in Group structure and organization 

UK business transfer and cross-border merger of UBS Limited 
into UBS Europe SE 
In the fourth quarter of 2018, clients and other counterparties of 
UBS  Limited  who  can  be  serviced  by  UBS  AG,  London  Branch 
were  generally  migrated 
to  UBS  AG,  London  Branch. 
Transactions  affecting  the  transferred  businesses  that  occurred 
on or after the transfer date were recorded in UBS AG, London 
Branch. 

On 1 March 2019, UBS completed its combined UK business 
transfer  and  cross-border  merger  of  UBS  Limited  into  UBS 
Europe SE, its Germany-headquartered European subsidiary. 

UBS Asset Management AG 
In 2016, UBS transferred the majority of the operating subsidiaries 
of  Asset  Management  to  UBS  Asset  Management  AG.  Effective 
1 April 2019, as part of UBS’s efforts to improve the resolvability 
of  the  Group,  the  portion  of  the  Asset  Management  business  in 
Switzerland conducted by UBS AG was transferred from UBS AG 
to its indirect subsidiary, UBS Asset Management Switzerland AG. 
With  this  transfer,  UBS  has  completed  the  transfer  of  its  Swiss 
Asset  Management  business  and  all  Asset  Management 
subsidiaries  outside  the  US  into  a  separate  Asset  Management 
sub-group structure. 

UBS Group Funding (Switzerland) AG 
UBS established UBS Group Funding (Switzerland) AG in 2016 as 
a wholly owned direct subsidiary of UBS Group AG, to issue loss-
absorbing  additional  tier  1  (AT1)  capital  instruments  and  total 
loss-absorbing  capacity  (TLAC)-eligible  senior  unsecured  debt, 
which  were  guaranteed  by  UBS  Group  AG.  In  line  with 
regulatory  requirements  in  Switzerland  and  following  a  change 
in  Swiss  tax  law  as  of  1  January  2019  that  applies  to  holding 
companies  of  systemically  relevant  banks  issuing  loss-absorbing 
AT1  or  TLAC-eligible  senior  unsecured  debt  instruments,  UBS 
has  migrated  such  existing  instruments  to  UBS  Group  AG  from 
UBS Group Funding (Switzerland) AG in October 2019. 

UBS Business Solutions AG 
In 2015, UBS Business Solutions AG was established as a direct 
subsidiary  of  UBS  Group  AG  to  act  as  the  Group  service 
company and UBS transferred the ownership of the majority of 
its  existing  service  subsidiaries  outside  the  US  to  UBS  Business 
Solutions  AG.  In  2017,  shared  services  functions  in  Switzerland 
and  the  UK  were  transferred  from  UBS  AG  to  UBS  Business 
Solutions AG and UBS also completed the transfer of the shared 
services  employees  in  the  US  to  its  US  service  company,  UBS 
Business  Solutions  US  LLC,  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  UBS 
Americas Holding LLC. 

Acquisitions 

Increase of stake in and consolidation of UBS Securities China 
In  December  2018,  UBS  increased  its  shareholding  in  UBS 
Securities China from 24.99% to 51%, acquiring control of the 
entity  in  accordance  with  IFRS  10,  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements.  Upon  acquisition  of  control,  UBS  remeasured  its 
former  24.99%  holding  at  fair  value,  resulting  in  a  pre-tax  loss 
of  USD 270  million,  recognized  in  Other  income.  In  addition,  a 
net  foreign  currency  translation  gain  of  USD 46  million  was 
recognized  upon  derecognition  of  the  former  investment  in 
associate, also in Other income. 

The  cost  of  acquisition  of  the  additional  26.01%  stake  was 
USD 125  million.  Upon  consolidation,  UBS  recognized  USD 102 
million  of  goodwill  and  USD 278  million  of  other  net  assets.  In 
addition, a non-controlling interest of USD 136 million has been 
recognized. 

Sales and disposals of subsidiaries and businesses 

In  2019,  2018  and  2017,  no  significant  subsidiaries  were 
removed from the scope of consolidation as a result of sales or 
disposals. 

In  the  third  quarter  of  2018,  UBS  completed  the  sale  of 
Widder  Hotel,  resulting  in  a  pre-tax  gain  on  sale  of  subsidiaries 
and businesses of USD 25 million and a pre-tax gain  on sale of 
real estate of USD 31 million. 

In  2017,  UBS  completed  the  sale  of  Asset  Management’s 
fund  administration  servicing  units 
in  Luxembourg  and 
Switzerland to Northern Trust, resulting in a pre-tax gain on sale 
of USD 153 million. 

464 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 32  Changes in organization and acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries and businesses (continued) 

Strategic partnership with Sumitomo Mitsui Trust 
Holdings 

In June 2019, UBS entered into a strategic wealth management 
partnership  in  Japan  with  Sumitomo  Mitsui  Trust  Holdings,  Inc. 
(SuMi  Trust  Holdings).  In  January  2020,  the  first  phase  was 
launched, with operations commencing in the newly established 
joint venture, UBS SuMi TRUST Wealth Advisory, which is owned 
equally by UBS Securities Japan and SuMi Trust Holdings and is 
accounted  for  as  an  investment  in  a  joint  venture  by  UBS.  UBS 
and SuMi Trust Holdings have also started offering each other’s 
products and services to their respective current clients. 

The second phase of the partnership is expected to launch in 
2021 with the establishment of a new entity which will be 51% 
owned and controlled by UBS, requiring UBS to consolidate this 
entity.  UBS  does  not  expect  a  material  effect  on  shareholders’ 
equity of the Group upon closing. 

Strategic partnership with Banco do Brasil 

In November 2019, UBS signed a binding agreement with Banco 
do Brasil to establish a strategic investment banking partnership 
that  will  provide  investment  banking  services  and  institutional 
securities  brokerage  in  Brazil  and  selected  countries  in  South 
America. The partnership is expected to be established through 
a combination of assets from both stakeholders. UBS intends to 
contribute  its  operational  investment  banking  platform  in  Brazil 

and  Argentina,  as  well  as  its  institutional  brokerage  business  in 
Brazil. Banco do Brasil intends to contribute the exclusive access 
rights to its corporate clients. UBS will hold a controlling interest 
of 50.01% in the entity, requiring UBS to consolidate this entity. 
Closing of the transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and 
is  currently  expected  in  the  first  half  of  2020.  UBS  does  not 
expect  a  material  effect  on  shareholders’  equity  of  the  Group 
upon closing. 

Sale of majority stake in UBS Fondcenter 

it  may  sell 

retain  a  minority 

In January 2020, UBS has agreed to sell a majority stake in UBS 
Fondcenter  to  Clearstream,  Deutsche  Börse  Group’s  post-trade 
services  provider.  UBS  will 
(48.8%) 
shareholding  in  the  business  and  will  enter  into  an  agreement 
its  remaining  shareholding  to 
under  which 
Clearstream at a later date. As part of the transaction, UBS and 
Clearstream  will  enter  into  long-term  commercial  cooperation 
arrangements  for  the  provision  of  services  to  Global  Wealth 
Management,  Asset  Management  and 
the  Corporate  & 
Institutional  Clients  unit  of  Personal  &  Corporate  Banking.  The 
transaction  is  subject  to  customary  closing  conditions  and  is 
expected  to  close  in  the  second  half  of  2020.  UBS  expects  to 
record  a  post-tax  gain  of  around  USD 600  million  upon  closing 
of  the  transaction.  UBS  will  deconsolidate  UBS  Fondcenter  and 
account for its minority interest as an investment in an associate. 

465 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 33  Finance lease receivables 

UBS acts as a lessor and leases a variety of assets to third parties 
under  finance  leases,  such  as  commercial  vehicles,  production 
lines,  medical  equipment,  construction  equipment  and  aircraft. 
At  the  end  of  the  respective  lease  term,  assets  may  be  sold  to 
third  parties  or  further  leased.  Lessees  may  participate  in  any 
sales  proceeds  achieved.  Lease  payments  cover  the  cost  of  the 
assets less their residual value as well as financing costs. 

lease  payments 

As  of  31  December  2019,  unguaranteed  residual  values  of 
USD 246 million (31 December 2018: USD 156 million) had been 
accrued  and  the  ECL  stage  3  allowance  for  uncollectible 
minimum 
receivable  was  USD 6  million 
(31 December  2018:  USD 7  million).  No  contingent  rents  were 
received in 2019. Amounts in the table below are disclosed on a 
gross  basis.  The  finance  lease  receivables  in  Note  17a  of 
USD 1,444  million  are  presented  net  of  expected  credit  loss 
allowances. 

Lease receivables 

USD million 

2020

2021–2024

Thereafter

Total
Total 

USD million 

2019

2020–2023

Thereafter

Total
Total 

Total minimum lease
Total minimum lease 
payments
payments 
 448

 874

 221

1,544
1,544 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

Unearned finance
Unearned finance 
income
income 
 31

 52

 6

89
89 

31.12.18 

Total minimum lease 
payments 

Unearned finance 
income 

 359

 703

 103

1,166
1,166 

 22

 35

 2

58
58 

Present value
Present value 
 417 

 822 

 215 

1,455
1,455 

Present value 
 337 

 669 

 102 

1,107
1,107 

Note 34  Guarantees, commitments and forward starting transactions 

The table below shows the maximum irrevocable amount of guarantees, commitments and forward starting transactions. 

Gross
Gross 

Total gross
Total gross 

Sub-participations
Sub-participations 

Net
Net 

Measured
Measured 
at fair value 
at fair value

Not measured
Not measured 
at fair value 
at fair value

986
986 

6,308
6,308 

20,284 
20,284

7,740
7,740 

 1,639

 3,535

 8,117

 7,926

18,142
18,142 

27,547
27,547 

1,657 
1,657

408
408 

 18,146

 31,212

 925

 12

 400

19,128
19,128 

33,856
33,856 

21,941 
21,941

8,148
8,148 

 19,785

 34,747

 9,042 

 12 

 8,326 

(2,646)
(2,646) 

(787)
(787) 

16,482
16,482 

33,069
33,069 

 (2,803)

 (647)

 16,982 

 34,099 

As of 31.12.19, USD million 

Total guarantees
Total guarantees 

Loan commitments
Loan commitments 

Forward starting transactions1 
Forward starting transactions1

Reverse repurchase agreements 

Repurchase agreements 

As of 31.12.18, USD million 

Total guarantees
Total guarantees

Loan commitments
Loan commitments

Forward starting transactions1 
Forward starting transactions1

Reverse repurchase agreements

Securities borrowing agreements

Repurchase agreements

1 Cash to be paid in the future by either UBS or the counterparty. 
1

466 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Note 35  Related parties 

UBS  defines  related  parties  as  associates  (entities  that  are 
significantly influenced by UBS), joint ventures (entities in which 
UBS  shares  control  with  another  party),  post-employment 
benefit  plans  for  UBS  employees,  key  management  personnel, 
close family members of key management personnel and entities 

that are, directly or indirectly, controlled or jointly controlled by 
key  management  personnel  or  their  close  family  members.  Key 
management  personnel  is  defined  as  members  of  the  Board  of 
Directors (BoD) and Group Executive Board (GEB). 

a) Remuneration of key management personnel 

The  Chairman  of  the  BoD  has  a  specific  management  employment  contract  and  receives  pension  benefits  upon  retirement.  Total 
remuneration of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and all GEB members is included in the table below. 

Remuneration of key management personnel 

USD million, except where indicated 
Base salaries and other cash payments1 

Incentive awards – cash2 

Annual incentive award under DCCP 

Employer’s contributions to retirement benefit plans 

Benefits in kind, fringe benefits (at market value) 

Equity-based compensation3 

TToottaall 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

3322

1144

2211

33

11

3377

110088

 27

 15

 22

 3

 2

 40

 109

 25 

 15 

 22 

 3 

 2 

 40 

 106 

TToottaall ((CCHHFF mmiilllliioonn))44 
11 May include role-based allowances in line with market practice and regulatory requirements.    22 The cash portion may also include blocked shares in line with regulatory requirements. 
33 Expenses for shares 
granted are calculated at grant date of the respective award and allocated over the vesting period of generally five years. Refer to Note 30 for more information. For GEB members, equity-based compensation for 
2019 was entirely comprised of LTIP awards and equity-based compensation for 2018 and 2017 was entirely comprised of EOP awards. For the Chairman of the BoD the equity-based compensation for 2019, 2018 
and 2017 was entirely comprised of UBS shares.    44 Swiss franc amounts disclosed represent the respective US dollar amounts translated at the applicable performance award currency exchange rates (2019: USD / 
CHF 0.99; 2018: USD / CHF 0.98; 2017: USD / CHF 1.00). 

 106 

 107

110077

The independent members of the BoD do not have employment 
or  service  contracts  with  UBS,  and  thus  are  not  entitled  to 
benefits upon termination of their service on the BoD. Payments 
to these individuals for their services as external board members 

amounted to USD 7.3 million (CHF 7.3 million) in 2019, USD 7.6 
million  (CHF 7.4  million)  in  2018  and  USD 7.1  million  (CHF 7.1 
million) in 2017. 

b) Equity holdings of key management personnel 

Equity holdings of key management personnel 

Number of stock options from equity participation plans held by non-independent members of the BoD and the GEB members1 

Number of shares held by members of the BoD, GEB and parties closely linked to them2 
11 Refer to Note 30 for more information.  22 Excludes shares granted under variable compensation plans with forfeiture provisions. 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

00

 0 

66,,888877,,882266

 5,954,967 

Of  the  share  totals  above,  no  shares  were  held  by  close  family 
members of key management personnel on 31 December 2019 
and  95,597  shares  were  held  by  close  family  members  of  key 
management personnel on 31 December 2018. No shares were 
held by entities that are directly or indirectly controlled or jointly 

controlled  by  key  management  personnel  or  their  close  family 
members on 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018. Refer 
to Note 30 for more information. As of 31 December 2019, no 
member  of  the  BoD  or  GEB  was  the  beneficial  owner  of  more 
than 1% of UBS Group AG’s shares. 

467 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 35  Related parties (continued) 

c) Loans, advances and mortgages to key management personnel 

The  non-independent  members  of  the  BoD  and  GEB  members 
are granted loans, fixed advances and mortgages in the ordinary 
course  of  business  on  substantially  the  same  terms  and 
conditions  that  are  available  to  other  employees,  including 
interest  rates  and  collateral,  and  neither  involve  more  than  the 
normal  risk  of  collectibility  nor  contain  any  other  unfavorable 

features  for  the  firm.  Independent  BoD  members  are  granted 
loans  and  mortgages  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  at 
general market conditions. 

Movements in the loan, advances and mortgage balances are 

as follows. 

Loans, advances and mortgages to key management personnel1 

USD million, except where indicated 

Balance at the beginning of the year 

Additions 

Reductions 
Balance at the end of the year2 
Balance at the end of the year

2019 
2019

2018 

34 
34

9 
9

(11)
(11)

33
33

32
32

 42 

 15 

 (22) 

 34 

 34 

Balance at the end of the year (CHF million)2, 3 
Balance at the end of the year (CHF million)
1 All loans are secured loans. 
1
31 December 2018.  3 Swiss franc amounts disclosed represent the respective US dollar amounts translated at the relevant year-end closing exchange rate. 

3

2 No unused uncommitted credit facilities as of 31 December 2019. Excludes unused uncommitted credit facilities for one GEB member of USD 3,000,000 (CHF 2,949,690) as of 
2

d) Other related-party transactions with entities controlled by key management personnel 

In  2019  and  2018,  UBS  did  not  enter  into  transactions  with 
entities  that  are  directly  or  indirectly  controlled  or  jointly 
controlled  by  UBS’s  key  management  personnel  or  their  close 
family  members  and  as  of  31  December  2019,  31  December 
2018  and  31  December  2017,  there  were  no  outstanding 
balances related to such transactions. Furthermore, in 2019 and 

2018, entities controlled by key management personnel did not 
sell any goods or provide any services to UBS, and therefore did 
not receive any fees from UBS. UBS also did not provide services 
to  such  entities  in  2019  and  2018,  and  therefore  also  received 
no fees. 

e) Transactions with associates and joint ventures 

Loans to and outstanding receivables from associates and joint ventures 

USD million 

Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 

Additions 

Reductions 

Foreign currency translation 

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

of which: unsecured loans 

Other transactions with associates and joint ventures 

USD million 

Payments to associates and joint ventures for goods and services received 

Fees received for services provided to associates and joint ventures 

Liabilities to associates and joint ventures 

Commitments and contingent liabilities to associates and joint ventures 

  Refer to Note 31 for an overview of investments in associates and joint ventures 

468 

2019 
2019

829 
829

145 
145

(5)
(5)

13
13

982
982 

971 
971

2018 

 565 

 276 

 (13) 

 0 

 829 

 818 

As of or for the year ended 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

124
124

1
1

101
101 

1,598
1,598 

 177 

 4 

 4 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
Note 36  Invested assets and net new money 

Invested assets 

Net new money 

Invested assets include all client assets managed by or deposited 
with  UBS  for  investment  purposes.  Invested  assets  include 
managed fund assets, managed institutional assets, discretionary 
and  advisory  wealth  management  portfolios,  fiduciary  deposits, 
time  deposits,  savings  accounts  and  wealth  management 
securities  or  brokerage  accounts.  All  assets  held  for  purely 
transactional  purposes  and  custody-only  assets, 
including 
corporate  client  assets  held  for  cash  management  and 
transactional purposes, are excluded from invested assets as the 
Group only administers the assets and does not offer advice on 
how  the  assets  should  be  invested.  Also  excluded  are  non-
bankable  assets  (e.g.,  art  collections)  and  deposits  from  third-
party banks for funding or trading purposes. 

Discretionary  assets  are  defined  as  client  assets  that  UBS 
decides how to invest. Other invested assets are those where the 
client  ultimately  decides  how  the  assets  are  invested.  When  a 
single  product  is  created  in  one  business  division  and  sold  in 
another, it is counted in both the business division that manages 
the  investment  and  the  one  that  distributes  it.  This  results  in 
double  counting  within  UBS  total  invested  assets,  as  both 
business  divisions  are  independently  providing  a  service  to  their 
respective clients, and both add value and generate revenue. 

Invested assets and net new money 

USD billion 

Fund assets managed by UBS 

Discretionary assets 

Other invested assets 

TToottaall iinnvveesstteedd aasssseettss11 

of which: double counts 

NNeett nneeww mmoonneeyy11 
11 Includes double counts. 

Development of invested assets 

USD billion 
Total invested assets at the beginning of the year1 

Net new money 

Market movements2 

Foreign currency translation 

Other effects 

of which: acquisitions / (divestments) 

TToottaall iinnvveesstteedd aasssseettss aatt tthhee eenndd ooff tthhee yyeeaarr11 
11 Includes double counts.   22 Includes interest and dividend income.  

Net new money in a reporting period is the amount of invested 
assets that are entrusted to UBS by new and existing clients, less 
those  withdrawn  by  existing  clients  and  clients  who  terminated 
their relationship with UBS. 

to/from 

inflows  and  outflows 

Net  new  money  is  calculated  using  the  direct  method,  under 
invested  assets  are 
which 
determined at the client level based on transactions. Interest and 
dividend income from invested assets are not counted as net new 
money inflows. Market and currency movements as well as fees, 
commissions and interest on loans charged are excluded from net 
new  money,  as  are  the  effects  resulting  from  any  acquisition  or 
divestment  of  a  UBS  subsidiary  or  business.  Reclassifications 
between  invested  assets  and  custody-only  assets  as  a  result  of  a 
change  in  the  service  level  delivered  are  generally  treated  as  net 
new  money  flows.  However,  where  the  change  in  service  level 
directly  results  from  an  externally  imposed  regulation  or  from  a 
strategic  decision  by  UBS  to  exit  a  market  or  specific  service 
offering, the one-time net effect is reported as Other effects. 

The  Investment  Bank  does  not  track  invested  assets  and  net 
new  money.  However,  when  a  client  is  transferred  from  the 
Investment Bank to another business division, this may produce 
net  new  money  even  though  client  assets  were  already  with 
UBS. There were no such transfers between the Investment Bank 
and other business divisions in 2019 and 2018. 

As of or for the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

335588

11,,220099

22,,004400

33,,660077

224488

5511

22001199 

33,,110011

5511

444444

66

55

((11))

 342 

 999 

 1,760 

 3,101 

 213 

 59 

2018 

 3,262 

 59 

 (180) 

 (35) 

 (5) 

 7 

33,,660077

 3,101 

469 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 37  Currency translation rates 

The following  table shows the rates  of  the main currencies used to translate  the financial information  of  UBS’s operations with a 
functional currency other than the US dollar into US dollars. 

1 CHF 

1 EUR 

1 GBP 

100 JPY 

Closing exchange rate 
Closing exchange rate

As of 

Average rate1 
Average rate1

For the year ended 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.17 

1.03
1.03

1.12
1.12

1.32
1.32

0.92
0.92

 1.02 

 1.15 

 1.28 

 0.91 

1.01
1.01

1.12
1.12

1.28
1.28

0.92
0.92

 1.02

 1.18

 1.33

 0.91

 1.02 

 1.14 

 1.30 

 0.89 

1 Monthly income statement items of operations with a functional currency other than the US dollar are translated with month-end rates into US dollars. Disclosed average rates for a year represent an average of 12 
1
month-end rates, weighted according to the income and expense volumes of all operations of the Group with the same functional currency for each month. Weighted average rates for individual business divisions 
may deviate from the weighted average rates for the Group. 

470 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 38  Main differences between IFRS and Swiss GAAP 

IFRS 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  UBS  Group  AG  are 
prepared  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting 
(IFRS).  The  Swiss  Financial  Market  Supervisory 
Standards 
Authority  (FINMA)  requires  financial  groups  that  present  their 
financial  statements  under 
to  provide  a  narrative 
explanation  of  the  main  differences  between  IFRS  and  Swiss 
GAAP  (FINMA  Circular  2015/1  and  the  Banking  Ordinance). 
Included  in  this  Note  are  the  significant  differences  in  the 
recognition  and  measurement  between  IFRS  and  the  provisions 
of  the  Banking  Ordinance  and  the  guidelines  of  FINMA 
governing  true  and  fair  view  financial  statement  reporting 
pursuant  to  article  25  through  article  42  of  the  Banking 
Ordinance. 

1. Consolidation 

Under IFRS, all entities that are controlled by the holding entity 
are consolidated. 

Under  Swiss  GAAP,  controlled  entities  that  are  deemed 
immaterial  to  the  Group  or  that  are  held  temporarily  only  are 
instead  are  recorded  as 
exempt  from  consolidation,  but 
participations  accounted  for  under  the  equity  method  of 
accounting or as financial investments measured at the lower of 
cost or market value. 

2. Classification and measurement of financial assets 

Under  IFRS,  debt  instruments  are  measured  at  amortized  cost, 
fair  value  through  other  comprehensive  income  (FVOCI)  or  fair 
value through profit or loss (FVTPL), depending on the nature of 
the  business  model  within  which  the  asset  is  held  and  the 
characteristics of the contractual cash flows of the asset. Equity 
instruments are accounted for at FVTPL by UBS. 

Under  Swiss  GAAP,  trading  assets  and  derivatives  are 
measured at FVTPL in line with IFRS. However, non-trading debt 
instruments  are  generally  measured  at  amortized  cost,  even 
when the assets are managed on a fair value basis. In addition, 
the  measurement  of  financial  assets  in  the  form  of  securities 
depends  on  the  nature  of  the  asset:  debt  instruments  that  are 

not  held  to  maturity,  i.e.  instruments  which  are  available  for 
sale,  as  well  as  equity  instruments  with  no  permanent  holding 
intent,  are  classified  as  Financial  investments  and  measured  at 
the  lower  of  (amortized)  cost  or  market  value.  Market  value 
adjustments up to the original cost amount and realized gains or 
losses  upon  disposal  of  the  investment  are  recorded  in  the 
income  statement  as  Other  income  from  ordinary  activities. 
intent  are 
Equity 
classified  as  participations  in  Non-consolidated  investments  in 
subsidiaries  and  other  participations  and  are  measured  at  cost 
less impairment. 

instruments  with  a  permanent  holding 

Impairment  losses  are  recorded  in  the  income  statement  as 
Impairment of investments in non-consolidated subsidiaries and 
other participations. Reversals of impairments up to the original 
cost amount as well as realized gains or losses upon disposal of 
/ 
the 
Extraordinary expenses in the income statement. 

recorded  as  Extraordinary 

investment  are 

income 

3. Fair value option applied to financial liabilities 

Under IFRS, UBS applies the fair value option to certain financial 
liabilities  not  held  for  trading.  Instruments  for  which  the  fair 
value option is applied are accounted for at FVTPL. The amount 
of  change  in  the  fair  value  that  is  attributable  to  changes  in 
UBS’s  own  credit  is  presented  in  Other  comprehensive  income 
directly within Retained earnings. The fair value option is applied 
primarily  to  issued  structured  debt  instruments,  certain  non-
structured  debt  instruments,  certain  payables  under  repurchase 
lending 
agreements  and 
investment 
agreements,  amounts  due  under  unit-linked 
contracts, and brokerage payables. 

collateral  on 

securities 

cash 

Under Swiss GAAP, the fair value option can only be applied 
to  structured  debt  instruments  that  consist  of  a  debt  host 
contract  and  one  or  more  embedded  derivatives  that  do  not 
relate  to  own  equity.  Furthermore,  unrealized  changes  in  fair 
value  attributable  to  changes  in  UBS’s  own  credit  are  not 
recognized,  whereas  realized  own  credit  is  recognized  in  Net 
trading income. 

471 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated financial statements 

Note 38  Main differences between IFRS and Swiss GAAP (continued) 

Under  Swiss  GAAP,  the  effective  portion  of  the  fair  value 
change of the derivative instrument designated as a cash flow or 
as a fair value hedge is deferred on the balance sheet as Other 
assets  or  Other  liabilities.  The  carrying  amount  of  the  hedged 
item designated in fair value hedges is not adjusted for fair value 
changes attributable to the hedged risk. 

6. Goodwill and intangible assets 

Under  IFRS,  goodwill  acquired  in  a  business  combination  is  not 
amortized  but  tested  annually  for  impairment.  Intangible  assets 
with  an  indefinite  useful  life  are  also  not  amortized  but  tested 
annually for impairment. 

Under  Swiss  GAAP,  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  with 
indefinite useful lives are amortized over a period not exceeding 
five years, unless a longer useful life, which may not exceed 10 
years,  can  be  justified.  In  addition,  these  assets  are  tested 
annually for impairment. 

7. Pension and other post-employment benefit plans 

Swiss  GAAP  permits  the  use  of  IFRS  or  Swiss  accounting 
standards for pension and other post-employment benefit plans, 
with the election made on a plan-by-plan basis. 

UBS  has  elected  to  apply  IFRS  (IAS  19)  for  the  non-Swiss 
defined benefit plans in UBS AG standalone financial statements 
and Swiss GAAP (FER 16) for the Swiss pension plan in the UBS 
AG  and 
financial 
the  UBS  Switzerland  AG  standalone 
statements. The requirements of Swiss GAAP are better aligned 
with the specific nature of Swiss pension plans, which are hybrid 
in  that  they  combine  elements  of  defined  contribution  and 
defined  benefit  plans,  but  are  treated  as  defined  benefit  plans 
under  IFRS.  Key  differences  between  Swiss  GAAP  and  IFRS 
include the treatment of dynamic elements, such as future salary 
increases and future interest credits on retirement savings, which 
are not considered under the static method used in accordance 
with Swiss GAAP. Also, the discount rate used to determine the 
defined  benefit  obligation  in  accordance  with  IFRS  is  based  on 
the  yield  of  high-quality  corporate  bonds  of  the  market  in  the 
respective  pension  plan  country.  The  discount  rate  used  in 
accordance  with  Swiss  GAAP  (i.e.,  the  technical  interest  rate)  is 
determined  by  the  Pension  Foundation  Board  based  on  the 
expected returns of the Board’s investment strategy. 

4. Allowances and provisions for credit losses 

Under  IFRS,  allowances  and  provisions  for  credit  losses  are 
estimated  based  on  an  expected  credit  loss  model.  Expected 
credit  losses  (ECL)  are  recognized  for  financial  assets  measured 
at  amortized  cost,  financial  assets  measured  at  FVOCI,  fee  and 
lease  receivables,  financial  guarantees,  loan  commitments  and 
certain  other  credit  facilities.  Maximum  12-month  ECL  are 
recognized  from  initial  recognition  of  instruments  in  stage 1. 
Lifetime  ECL  are  recognized  for  instruments  in  stage  2  if  a 
significant  increase  in  credit  risk  is  observed  subsequent  to  the 
instrument’s initial recognition. Lifetime ECL are also recognized 
for  credit-impaired 
to  as 
instruments in stage 3. Determination of whether an instrument 
is credit-impaired is based on the occurrence of one or more loss 
events. 

instruments, 

financial 

referred 

Under  Swiss  GAAP,  a  claim  is  impaired  and  an  allowance  or 
provision for credit losses is recognized when objective evidence 
demonstrates  that  a  loss  event  has  occurred  after  the  initial 
recognition and that the loss event has an effect on future cash 
flows  that  can  be  reliably  estimated  (incurred  loss  approach). 
UBS  considers  a  claim  to  be  impaired  if  it  will  be  unable  to 
collect  all  amounts  due  on  it  based  on  the  original  contractual 
terms  as  a  result  of  credit  deterioration  of  the  issuer  or 
counterparty. Impairment under the incurred loss approach is in 
line with ECL for credit-impaired claims in stage 3 under IFRS. A 
claim can be a loan or receivable or other debt instrument held 
to  maturity  measured  at  amortized  cost,  a  debt  instrument 
available  for  sale  measured  at  the  lower  of  amortized  cost  or 
market  value,  or  a  commitment,  such  as  a  letter  of  credit,  a 
guarantee or a similar instrument. 

An allowance for credit losses is reported as a decrease in the 
carrying  amount  of  a  financial  asset.  For  an  off-balance  sheet 
item,  such  as  a  commitment,  a  provision  for  credit  losses  is 
reported in Provisions. Changes to allowances and provisions for 
credit losses are recognized in Credit loss (expense) / recovery. 

5. Hedge accounting 

Under  IFRS,  when  cash  flow  hedge  accounting  is  applied,  the 
fair  value  gain  or  loss  on  the  effective  portion  of  the  derivative 
designated as a cash flow hedge is recognized in equity. When 
fair  value  hedge  accounting  is  applied,  the  fair  value  gains  or 
losses  of  the  derivative  and  the  hedged  item  are  recognized  in 
the income statement. 

472 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 38  Main differences between IFRS and Swiss GAAP (continued) 

For  defined  benefit  plans,  IFRS  requires  the  full  defined 
benefit  obligation  net  of  the  plan  assets  to  be  recorded  on  the 
balance  sheet,  with  changes  resulting  from  remeasurements 
recognized  directly  in  equity.  However,  for  non-Swiss  defined 
benefit plans for which IFRS accounting is elected, changes due 
to  remeasurements  are  recognized  in  the  income  statement  of 
UBS AG standalone under Swiss GAAP. 

Swiss  GAAP  requires  that  employer  contributions  to  the 
pension  fund  are  recognized  as  personnel  expenses  in  the 
income  statement.  Furthermore,  Swiss  GAAP  requires  an 
assessment as to whether, based on the financial statements of 
the pension fund prepared in accordance with Swiss accounting 
standards (FER 26), an economic benefit to, or obligation of, the 
employer  arises  from  the  pension  fund  which  is  recognized  in 
the  balance  sheet  when  conditions  are  met.  Conditions  for 
recording  a  pension  asset  or  liability  would  be  met  if,  for 
example,  an  employer  contribution  reserve  is  available  or  the 
employer is required to contribute to the reduction of a pension 
deficit (on an FER 26 basis). 

8. Leasing 

Under IFRS, a single lease accounting model applies that requires 
UBS  to  record  a  right-of-use  (RoU)  asset  and  a  corresponding 
lease  liability  on  the  balance  sheet  when  UBS  is  a  lessee  in  a 
lease  arrangement.  The  RoU  asset  and  the  lease  liability  are 
recognized when UBS acquires control of the physical use of the 
asset. The lease liability is measured based on the present value 
of  the  lease  payments  over  the  lease  term,  discounted  using 
UBS’s unsecured borrowing rate. The RoU asset is recorded at an 
amount  equal  to  the  lease  liability  but  is  adjusted  for  rent 
prepayments, initial direct costs, any costs to refurbish the leased 
asset  and/or 
is 
depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or the useful life 
of the underlying asset. 

incentives  received.  The  RoU  asset 

lease 

administrative  expenses  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  lease 
term, which commences with control of the physical use of the 
asset.  Lease  incentives  are  treated  as  a  reduction  of  rental 
expense and are recognized on a consistent basis over the lease 
term. 

9. Netting of replacement values 

Under  IFRS,  replacement  values  and  related  cash  collateral  are 
reported  on  a  gross  basis  unless  the  restrictive  IFRS  netting 
requirements are met: i) existence of master netting agreements 
and  related  collateral  arrangements  that  are  unconditional  and 
legally enforceable, both in the normal course of business and in 
the  event  of  default,  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  of  UBS  and  its 
counterparties;  and  ii)  UBS’s  intention  to  either  settle  on  a  net 
basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. 
Under  Swiss  GAAP,  replacement  values  and  related  cash 
collateral  are  generally  reported  on  a  net  basis,  provided  the 
master netting and the related collateral agreements are legally 
enforceable in the event of default, bankruptcy or insolvency of 
UBS’s counterparties. 

10. Negative interest 

Under IFRS, negative interest income arising on a financial asset 
does not meet the definition of interest income and, therefore, 
negative  interest  on  financial  assets  and  negative  interest  on 
financial  liabilities  are  presented  within  interest  expense  and 
interest income, respectively. 

Under  Swiss  GAAP,  negative  interest  on  financial  assets  is 
presented  within  interest  income  and  negative  interest  on 
financial liabilities is presented within interest expense. 

11. Extraordinary income and expense 

Under  Swiss  GAAP,  leases  that  transfer  substantially  all  the 
risks and rewards, but not necessarily legal title in the underlying 
assets,  are  classified  as  finance  leases.  All  other  leases  are 
classified  as  operating  leases.  Whereas  finance  leases  are 
recognized on the balance sheet and measured in line with IFRS, 
operating  lease  payments  are  recognized  as  General  and 

Certain  non-recurring  and  non-operating  income  and  expense 
items,  such  as  realized  gains  or  losses  from  the  disposal  of 
participations, fixed and intangible assets, as well as reversals of 
impairments  of  participations  and  fixed  assets,  are  classified  as 
extraordinary  items  under  Swiss  GAAP.  This  distinction  is  not 
available under IFRS. 

473 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Standalone 
financial 
statements 

 
UBS Group AG standalone financial statements 

Table of contents 

477  UBS Group AG standalone financial statements 

Income statement 

477 
478  Balance sheet 
479  Statement of proposed appropriation of total profit and 
dividend distribution out of total profit and capital 
contribution reserve 

486  12  Accrued income and prepaid expenses 
Investments in subsidiaries 
487  13 
Financial assets 

488  14 
488  15  Current interest-bearing liabilities 
488  16  Accrued expenses and deferred income 
488  17 
490  18  Compensation-related long-term liabilities 
490  19 

Long-term interest-bearing liabilities 

Share capital 
Treasury shares 

480  1 

481  2 

Corporate information 
Accounting policies 

490  20 

491  Additional information 
491  21  Guarantees 
491  22  Assets pledged to secure own liabilities 
491  23  Contingent liabilities 
492  24 

493  25 

495  26 

Significant shareholders 
Share and option ownership of the members of the 
Board of Directors, the Group Executive Board and 
other employees 
Related parties 

496  Report of the statutory auditor on the financial statements 
498 

Independent auditor’s report related to the issue of new 
shares from conditional capital 

484 

Income statement notes 

484  3 

484  4 

484  5 

484  6 

485  7 

485  8 

Dividend income from investments in subsidiaries 
Other operating income 
Financial income 
Personnel expenses 
Other operating expenses 
Financial expenses 

486  Balance sheet notes 
486  9 
486  10  Marketable securities 
486  11  Other short-term receivables 

Liquid assets 

476 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UBS Group AG standalone financial 
statements 

Audited | 
Income statement 

Dividend income from investments in subsidiaries

Other operating income

Financial income

OOppeerraattiinngg iinnccoommee 

Personnel expenses

Other operating expenses

Amortization of intangible assets 

Financial expenses

OOppeerraattiinngg eexxppeennsseess 

Profit / (loss) before income taxes 

Tax expense / (benefit) 

NNeett pprrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) 

USD million 

For the year ended 

CHF million 

For the year ended 

Note 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

 3 

 4 

 5 

 6 

 7 

 8 

33,,440000

115555

449988

44,,005522

2211

8811

44

662255

773322

33,,332200

00

33,,332200

 3,212 

 157 

 77 

 3,446 

 23 

 216 

 4 

 30 

 273 

 3,174 

 3 

 3,171 

33,,446644

115533

449911

44,,110088

2211

8800

44

661188

772244

33,,338844

00

33,,338844

 3,152 

 155 

 76 

 3,383 

 23 

 212 

 4 

 30 

 268 

 3,114 

 3 

 3,111 

477 

Financial statements  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
USD million 

CHF million 

Note 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

 9 

 10 

 11 

 12 

 13 

 14 

 15 

 16 

 17 

 18 

 19 

 20 

1,177
1,177

83
83

2,412
2,412

1,010
1,010

4,682
4,682

41,209
41,209

40,889
40,889

47,113
47,113

8
8

15
15

88,346
88,346

93,028
93,028

51,295
51,295

2,547
2,547

2,102
2,102

4,649
4,649

45,989
45,989

2,938
2,938

48,927
48,927

53,576
53,576

 926 

 83 

 788 

 7 

 1,804 

 41,209 

 40,889 

 1,444 

 12 

 8 

 42,674 

 44,479 

 2,938 

 457 

 1,465 

 1,922 

 224 

 3,022 

 3,246 

 5,168 

1,140
1,140

80
80

2,335
2,335

978
978

4,533
4,533

39,896
39,896

39,586
39,586

45,612
45,612

8
8

15
15

85,530
85,530

90,063
90,063

49,660
49,660

2,466
2,466

2,035
2,035

4,501
4,501

44,523
44,523

2,845
2,845

47,368
47,368

51,869
51,869

 910 

 82 

 775 

 7 

 1,774 

 40,518 

 40,203 

 1,420 

 12 

 8 

 41,959 

 43,733 

 2,888 

 450 

 1,440 

 1,890 

 220 

 2,972 

 3,192 

 5,082 

987
987

 694 

955
955

 682 

393
393

28,352
28,352

28,352
28,352

28,352
28,352

10,682
10,682

(3,297)
(3,297)

1
1

3,320
3,320

39,452
39,452

93,028
93,028

 393 

 30,846 

 30,846 

 30,846 

 7,513 

 (2,612) 

 0 

 3,171 

 39,310 

 44,479 

386
386

27,730
27,730

27,730
27,730

27,730
27,730

9,937
9,937

(3,244)
(3,244)

1
1

3,384
3,384

38,194
38,194

90,063
90,063

 386 

 30,271 

 30,271 

 30,271 

 7,452 

 (2,569) 

 0 

 3,111 

 38,651 

 43,733 

UBS Group AG standalone financial statements 

Balance sheet 

Assets 

Liquid assets

Marketable securities

Other short-term receivables

Accrued income and prepaid expenses

Total current assets
Total current assets 

Investments in subsidiaries

of which: investment in UBS AG 

Financial assets

Other intangible assets 

Other non-current assets 

Total non-current assets
Total non-current assets 

Total assets
Total assets 

of which: amounts due from subsidiaries 

Liabilities 

Current interest-bearing liabilities

Accrued expenses and deferred income

Total short-term liabilities
Total short-term liabilities 

Long-term interest-bearing liabilities

Compensation-related long-term liabilities

Total long-term liabilities
Total long-term liabilities 

Total liabilities
Total liabilities 

of which: amounts due to subsidiaries 

Equity 

Share capital

General reserves 

of which: statutory capital reserve 

of which: capital contribution reserve 

Voluntary earnings reserve 

Treasury shares

Reserve for own shares held by subsidiaries 

Net profit / (loss) 

Equity attributable to shareholders
Equity attributable to shareholders 

Total liabilities and equity
Total liabilities and equity 

478 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Statement of proposed appropriation of total profit and dividend distribution out of total profit and capital 
contribution reserve 

The  Board  of  Directors  proposes  that  the  Annual  General 
Meeting  of  Shareholders  (AGM)  on  29 April  2020  approve  the 
total  profit  and  an  ordinary  dividend 
appropriation  of 

distribution  of  USD 0.73  (gross)  in  cash  per  share  of  CHF 0.10 
par value under the terms set out below: 

Net profit for the period 

Profit / (loss) carried forward 

TToottaall pprrooffiitt aavvaaiillaabbllee ffoorr aapppprroopprriiaattiioonn 

AApppprroopprriiaattiioonn ooff ttoottaall pprrooffiitt 

Appropriation to voluntary earnings reserve 

Dividend distribution: USD 0.73 (gross) per dividend-bearing share, USD 0.365 of which out of total profit1 

PPrrooffiitt // ((lloossss)) ccaarrrriieedd ffoorrwwaarrdd 

USD million 

CHF million 

For the year ended 

For the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

3311..1122..1199 

33,,332200 

00 

33,,332200 

((11,,991111)) 

((11,,440099)) 

00 

33,,338844 

00 

33,,338844 

((22,,002200)) 

((11,,336644))22 

00 

11 Dividend-bearing shares are all shares issued except for treasury shares held by UBS Group AG as of the record date. The amount of USD 1,409 million presented is based on the total number of shares issued as of 
22 For illustrative purposes, translated at 
31 December 2019. If the final total amount of the dividend is higher / lower, the difference will be balanced through the appropriation to the voluntary earnings reserve. 
closing exchange rate as of 31 December 2019 (CHF / USD 1.03). 

Total statutory capital reserve: capital contribution reserve before proposed distribution1 

Dividend distribution: USD 0.73 (gross) per dividend-bearing share, USD 0.365 of which out of capital contribution reserve2 

TToottaall ssttaattuuttoorryy ccaappiittaall rreesseerrvvee:: ccaappiittaall ccoonnttrriibbuuttiioonn rreesseerrvvee aafftteerr pprrooppoosseedd ddiissttrriibbuuttiioonn 

USD million 

CHF million 

For the year ended 

For the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

2288,,335522 

((11,,440099)) 
2266,,994433 

3311..1122..1199 

2277,,773300 

((11,,336644))33 
2266,,336666 

11 The Swiss Federal Tax Administration’s current position is that, of the CHF 27.7 billion capital contribution reserve available as of 31 December 2019, an amount limited to CHF 13.1 billion is available from which 
dividends may be paid without a Swiss withholding tax deduction.    22 Dividend-bearing shares are all shares issued except for treasury shares held by UBS Group AG as of the record date. The amount of USD 1,409 
million presented is based on the total number of shares issued as of 31 December 2019.  33 For illustrative purposes, translated at closing exchange rate as of 31 December 2019 (CHF / USD 1.03). 

As set out above, half of the ordinary dividend distribution of 
USD 0.73 (gross) in cash per share is payable out of total profit 
and  the  other  half  is  payable  out  of  the  capital  contribution 
reserve. The portion of the dividend paid out of total profit will 
be subject to a 35% Swiss withholding tax. 

The  ordinary  dividend  distribution  is  declared  in  USD. 
Shareholders  whose  shares  are  held  through  SIX  SIS  AG  (ISIN 
CH0244767585)  will  receive  dividends  in  CHF,  based  on  a 
published exchange rate calculated up to five decimal places on 
the  day  prior  to  the  ex-dividend  date.  Shareholders  holding 
shares through DTC (ISIN: CH0244767585; CUSIP: H42097107) 
or  directly  registered  in  the  US  share  register  will  be  paid 
dividends in USD. The total amount of the dividend distribution 
will be capped at CHF 5,256 million (the Cap). To the extent that 

the  CHF  equivalent  of  the  total  dividend  distribution  would 
exceed the Cap on the day of the AGM, based on the exchange 
rate  determined  by  the  Board  of  Directors  in  its  reasonable 
opinion,  the  USD  per  share  amount  of  the  dividend  will  be 
reduced on a pro-rata basis so that the total CHF amount does 
not exceed the Cap. 

Provided  that  the  proposed  dividend  distribution  out  of  the 
total profit and the capital contribution reserve is approved, the 
payment of the dividend will be made on 7 May 2020 to holders 
of  shares  on  the  record  date  6 May  2020.  The  shares  will  be 
traded  ex-dividend  as  of  5 May  2020  and,  accordingly,  the  last 
day  on  which  the  shares  may  be  traded  with  entitlement  to 
receive the dividend will be 4 May 2020. 

479 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
      
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UBS Group AG standalone financial statements 

Note 1  Corporate information 

UBS Group AG is incorporated and domiciled in Switzerland and 
its  registered  office  is  at  Bahnhofstrasse  45,  CH-8001  Zurich, 
Switzerland. UBS Group AG operates under article 620 et seq. of 
the  Swiss  Code  of  Obligations  as  an  Aktiengesellschaft  (a 
corporation limited by shares). 

UBS  Group  AG  is  the  ultimate  holding  company  of  the  UBS 
Group,  the  grantor  of  the  majority  of  UBS’s  deferred 
compensation  plans  and  the  issuer  of  loss-absorbing  capital 
notes which qualify as Basel III additional tier 1 (AT1) capital on a 
consolidated UBS Group basis and senior unsecured debt which 
contributes  to  the  total  loss-absorbing  capacity  (TLAC)  of  the 
Group. 

Issuance of AT1 capital and senior debt instruments 

In October 2019, loss-absorbing AT1 perpetual capital notes and 
senior  unsecured  debt  instruments  that  had  previously  been 
issued by UBS Group Funding (Switzerland) AG and guaranteed 
by  UBS  Group  AG  were  transferred  to  UBS  Group  AG  at  book 
value affecting comparability of presented amounts. The transfer 
was  carried  out  by  means  of  an  issuer  substitution  pursuant  to 
the  voluntary  substitution  provisions  provided  in  the  terms  and 
conditions  of  the  relevant  instruments.  Following  the  transfer, 
the investors’ seniority of claims against UBS Group AG remains 

unchanged. The transfer followed changes in the tax treatment 
of  too-big-to-fail  (TBTF)  instruments  issued  by  the  holding 
companies  of  Swiss  systemically  important  banks  that  entered 
into force as of 1 January 2019. 

The  proceeds  from  the  issuances  of  loss-absorbing  AT1 
senior  unsecured  debt 

capital  notes  and  TLAC-eligible 
instruments are on-lent to UBS AG. 

  Refer to Notes 15 and 17 for more information about the main 
terms and conditions of the loss-absorbing AT1 capital notes 

and TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt instruments issued 

Furthermore,  UBS  Group  AG  grants  Deferred  Contingent 
Capital  Plan  (DCCP)  awards  to  UBS  Group  employees.  These 
DCCP  awards  also  qualify  as  Basel  III  AT1  capital  on  a 
consolidated UBS Group basis. 

As of 31 December 2019, UBS Group AG’s distributable items 
for the purpose of AT1 capital instruments were USD 39.0 billion 
(CHF 37.7  billion) 
(31 December 2018:  USD 38.8  billion 
(CHF 38.2  billion)).  For  this  purpose,  distributable  items  are 
defined in the terms and conditions of the relevant instruments 
as the aggregate of (i) net profits carried forward and (ii) freely 
distributable reserves, in each case, less any amounts that must 
be contributed to legal reserves under applicable law. 

480 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 2  Accounting policies 

The UBS Group AG standalone financial statements are prepared 
in  accordance  with  the  principles  of  the  Swiss  Law  on 
Accounting  and  Financial  Reporting  (32nd  title  of  the  Swiss 
Code of Obligations). 

The  functional  currency  of  UBS  Group  AG  is  the  US  dollar. 
The  significant  accounting  and  valuation  principles  applied  are 
described below. 

Presentation currencies 

As the primary presentation currency of the standalone financial 
statements of UBS Group AG is the US dollar, amounts in Swiss 
francs  are  additionally  presented  for  each  component  of  the 
financial statements. UBS Group AG applies the modified closing 
rate method for converting US dollar amounts into Swiss francs: 
assets  and  liabilities  are  translated  at  the  closing  rate,  equity 
positions at historic rates and income and expense items at the 
weighted  average  rate  for  the  period.  All  resulting  currency 
translation  effects  are  recognized  separately 
in  Voluntary 
earnings  reserve,  amounting  to  a  negative  currency  translation 
effect  of  CHF 544  million  as  of  31 December  2019 
(31 December 2018: positive CHF 81 million). 

Foreign currency translation 

Transactions denominated in foreign currency are translated into 
US  dollars  at  the  spot  exchange  rate  on  the  date  of  the 
transaction.  At  the  balance  sheet  date,  all  current  assets  and 
short-term  liabilities  as  well  as  Financial  assets  measured  at  fair 
value,  which  are  denominated  in  a  foreign  currency,  are 
translated  into  US  dollars  using  the  closing  exchange  rate.  For 
other  non-current  assets  and  long-term  liabilities,  where  the 
asset  mirrors  the  terms  of  a  corresponding  liability  or  the  asset 
and liability otherwise form an economic hedge relationship, the 
asset and liability are treated as one unit of account for foreign 
currency translation purposes, with offsetting unrealized foreign 
currency  translation  gains  and  losses  based  on  the  closing 
income  statement. 
exchange  rate  presented  net 
in  the 
in  subsidiaries  measured  at  historic  cost  are 
Investments 
translated  at  the  spot  exchange  rate  on  the  date  of  the 
transaction.  Currency  translation  effects  from  dividends  paid  in 
Swiss  francs  are  recognized  in  equity.  All  other  currency 
translation effects are recognized in the income statement. 

The  main  currency  translation  rates  used  by  UBS  Group  AG 
are provided in Note 37 of the consolidated financial statements. 

Marketable securities 

include 

securities 

investments 

in  alternative 
Marketable 
investment vehicles (AIVs) with a short-term holding period. The 
holding period is deemed short term if the vesting of the awards 
hedged by the AIV is within 12 months after the balance sheet 
date.  These  are  equity  instruments  and  are  measured  at  fair 
value based on quoted market prices or other observable market 
prices  as  of  the  balance  sheet  date.  Gains  and  losses  resulting 
from fair value changes are recognized in Financial income and 
Financial expenses, respectively. 

Financial assets 

Financial  assets  include  investments  in  AIVs  with  a  long-term 
holding  period.  The  holding  period  is  deemed  long-term  if  the 
vesting  of  the  awards  hedged  by  the  AIV  is  more  than  12 
months  after  the  balance  sheet  date.  These  are  equity 
instruments  and  are  measured  at  fair  value  based  on  their 
quoted market prices or other observable market prices as of the 
balance  sheet  date.  Gains  and  losses  resulting  from  fair  value 
changes  are  recognized  in  Financial  income  and  Financial 
expenses, respectively. 

Investments in AIVs  that have  no quoted market price  or  no 
other observable market price are recognized as Financial assets 
and  are  measured  at  their  acquisition  cost  adjusted  for 
impairment losses. 

Financial assets further include loans granted to UBS AG that 
substantially mirror the terms of the perpetual AT1 capital notes, 
the TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt instruments issued and 
the fixed-term deposits with UBS AG with maturities more than 
12 months after the balance sheet date. The loans and deposits 
are measured at nominal value. 

  Refer to Note 14 for more information 

Derivative instruments 

UBS Group AG uses derivative instruments to manage exposures 
to foreign currency risks from investments in foreign subsidiaries. 
The  derivative  instruments  are  entered  into  with  UBS  AG, 
mirroring  the  conditions  of  the  closing  transactions  UBS  AG 
enters into with third parties. 

Derivative  instruments  are  measured  at  fair  value  based  on 
quoted market prices or other observable market prices as of the 
balance  sheet  date.  Unrealized  gains  and  losses  are  recognized 
on  the  balance  sheet  as  Accrued  income  and  prepaid  expenses 
and  Accrued  expenses  and  deferred  income,  respectively. 
Corresponding gains and losses resulting from fair value changes 
are  recognized  in  Financial  income  and  Financial  expenses, 
respectively. 

481 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UBS Group AG standalone financial statements 

Note 2  Accounting policies (continued) 

Investments in subsidiaries 

Investments  in  subsidiaries  are  equity  interests  that  are  held  to 
carry  on  the  business  of  UBS  Group  or  for  other  strategic 
purposes.  They  include  all  subsidiaries  directly  held  by  UBS 
Group AG through which UBS conducts its business on a global 
basis.  The  investments  are  measured  individually  and  carried  at 
cost less impairment. 

  Refer to Note 13 for more information 
  Refer to Note 2 in the “Consolidated financial statements” 

section of this report for a description of businesses of the UBS 

Group 

Long-term interest bearing liabilities 

Long-term  interest-bearing  liabilities  include  perpetual  loss-
absorbing  capital  notes  that  qualify  as  Basel  III  AT1  capital  and 
TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt instruments at Group level. 
They are measured at nominal value. Any difference to nominal 
value, e.g., premium, discount or external costs that are directly 
related to the issue, is deferred as Accrued income and prepaid 
expenses  or  Accrued  expenses  and  deferred  income  and 
amortized  to  Financial  expenses  or  Financial  income  over  the 
maturity of the instrument or until the first call date or optional 
redemption date, where applicable. 

  Refer to Note 17 for more information 

Treasury shares 

Treasury  shares  acquired  by  UBS  Group  AG  are  recognized  at 
acquisition  cost  and  are  presented  as  a  deduction  from 
shareholders’  equity.  Upon  disposal  or  settlement  of  related 
share awards, the realized gain or loss is recognized through the 
income  statement  as  Financial  income  and  Financial  expenses, 
respectively. For settlement of related share awards, the realized 
gains  and  losses  on  treasury  shares  represent  the  difference 
between  the  market  price  of  the  treasury  shares  at  settlement 
and their acquisition cost. 

For  UBS  Group  AG  shares  acquired  by  a  direct  or  indirect 
subsidiary,  a  Reserve  for  own  shares  held  by  subsidiaries  is 
generally  created  in  UBS  Group  AG’s  equity.  However,  where 
UBS  AG  or  UBS  Switzerland  AG  acquire  UBS  Group  AG  shares 
and  hold  such  in  their  trading  portfolios,  no  Reserve  for  own 
shares held by subsidiaries is created. 

  Refer to Note 20 for more information 

Share-based and other deferred compensation plans 

Transfer from UBS AG to UBS Group AG 
The  transfer  of  the  deferred  compensation  plans  and  related 
hedging assets in 2014 was conducted on an arm’s-length basis, 
with a step-up of the plan obligation to fair value. This step-up 

resulted  in  a  net  liability  that  was  recorded  in  the  standalone 
financial  statements  of  UBS  AG  and  transferred  to  UBS  Group 
AG (net liability related to deferred compensation plan transfer) 
in 2014. The fair value of this net liability is taken into account in 
the income statement over the average vesting period (for share 
awards)  or  upon  exercise  /  expiry  (for  option  awards)  as  Other 
operating  income.  Upon  exercise  of  option  awards  that  are 
settled using conditional capital, the fair value of this net liability 
is  recorded  in  the  Statutory  capital  reserve  within  General 
reserves.  The  difference  between  the  fair  value  of  the  hedging 
assets  and  the  fair  value  of  the  obligations  on  the  plans 
transferred  was  compensated  for  with  a  loan  from  UBS  AG  to 
UBS Group AG. 

Share-based compensation plans 
The  grant  date  fair  value  of  equity-settled  share-based 
compensation  awards  granted  to  employees 
is  generally 
recognized  over  the  vesting  period  of  the  awards.  Awards 
granted  in  the  form  of  UBS  Group  AG  shares  and  notional 
shares are settled by delivering UBS Group AG shares at vesting 
except in jurisdictions where this is not permitted for legal or tax 
reasons.  They  are  recognized  as  Compensation-related  long-
term  liabilities  if  vesting  is  more  than  12  months  after  the 
balance sheet date or as Accrued expenses and deferred income 
if  vesting  is  within  12  months  of  the  balance  sheet  date.  The 
amount  recognized  is  adjusted  for  forfeiture  assumptions,  such 
that  the  amount  ultimately  recognized  is  based  on  the  number 
of awards that meet the related service conditions at the vesting 
date.  The  grant  date  fair  value  is  based  on  the  UBS  Group  AG 
share  price,  taking  into  consideration  post-vesting  sale  and 
hedge 
conditions  and  market 
conditions, where applicable. 

restrictions,  non-vesting 

Upon  settlement  of  the  share  awards,  any  realized  gain  or 
loss  is  recognized  in  the  income  statement  as  Other  operating 
income  and  Other  operating  expenses,  respectively.  Realized 
gains and losses on share-based awards represent the difference 
between  the  market  price  of  the  UBS  Group  AG  shares  at 
settlement and the grant date fair value of the share awards. 

For  certain  awards,  employees  receive  beneficial  and  legal 
ownership of the underlying UBS Group AG shares at the grant 
date  (prepaid  awards).  Such  prepaid  awards  are  recognized  as 
Prepaid  assets  if  vesting  is  more  than  12  months  after  the 
balance sheet date or as Accrued income and prepaid expenses 
if vesting is within 12 months of the balance sheet date. 

Shares  awarded  to  employees  that  are  settled  using 
conditional  capital  are  accounted  for  as  follows  at  settlement: 
the amount paid by the employees for the nominal value of the 
shares  awarded  is  recorded  in  Share  capital,  while  any  paid 
amount  exceeding  the  nominal  value  is  considered  to  be  share 
premium and is recorded in the Statutory capital reserve within 
General reserves. 

482 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 2  Accounting policies (continued) 

Other deferred compensation plans 
Deferred compensation plans that are not share-based, including 
DCCP awards and awards in the form of AIVs, are accounted for 
as  cash-settled  awards.  The  present  value  or  fair  value  of  the 
amount  payable  to  employees  that  is  settled  in  cash  is 
recognized  as  a  liability  generally  over  the  vesting  period,  as 
Compensation-related long-term liabilities if vesting is more than 
12  months  after  the  balance  sheet  date  and  as  Accrued 
expenses  and  deferred  income  if  vesting  is  within  12  months 
from  the  balance  sheet  date.  The  liabilities  are  remeasured  at 
each  balance  sheet  date  at  the  present  value  of  the 
corresponding DCCP award and the fair value of investments in 
from 
AIVs, 
remeasurement  of  the 
in  Other 
operating income and Other operating expenses, respectively. 

liabilities  are  recognized 

respectively.  Gains 

resulting 

losses 

and 

Recharge of compensation expenses 
Expenses related to deferred compensation plans are recharged 
by  UBS  Group  AG  to  its  subsidiaries  employing  the  personnel. 
Upon recharge, UBS Group AG recognizes a receivable from its 
subsidiaries  corresponding 
its 
to  a 
obligation toward the employees. 

representing 

liability 

Dispensations in the standalone financial statements 

As UBS Group AG prepares consolidated financial statements in 
accordance  with  IFRS,  UBS  Group  AG  is  exempt  from  various 
financial  statements.  The 
disclosures 
dispensations include the management report and the statement 
of cash flows, as well as certain note disclosures. 

the  standalone 

in 

483 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UBS Group AG standalone financial statements 

Income statement notes 

Note 3  Dividend income from investments in subsidiaries 

Dividend  income  from  investments  in  subsidiaries  in  2019 
consisted  of  USD 3,250  million  (CHF 3,311  million)  received 
from  UBS  AG  related  to  the  financial  year  2018,  which  was 
approved by the Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders of 
UBS  AG  on  18  April  2019,  USD 143  million  (CHF 146  million) 
received from UBS Business Solutions AG related to the financial 
year  ended  31 December  2018,  which  was  approved  by  the 
Annual  General  Meeting  of  the  Shareholders  of  UBS  Business 
Solutions  AG  on  17 April  2019,  and  USD 6  million  (CHF 6 
million)  received  from  UBS  Group  Funding  (Switzerland)  AG 
related  to  the  financial  year  ended  31 December  2018,  which 
was  approved  by  the  Annual  General  Meeting  of  the 
Shareholders  of  UBS  Group  Funding  (Switzerland)  AG  on 
8 March  2019.  In  2018,  dividend  income  from  investments  in 

subsidiaries  consisted  of  USD 3,123  million  (CHF 3,065  million) 
received from UBS AG related to the financial year 2017, which 
was  approved  by  the  Annual  General  Meeting  of  the 
Shareholders  of  UBS  AG  on  26 April  2018,  USD 86  million 
(CHF 84  million)  received  from  UBS  Business  Solutions  AG 
related  to  the  financial  year  ended  31 December  2017,  which 
was  approved  by  the  Annual  General  Meeting  of  the 
Shareholders  of  UBS  Business  Solutions  AG  on  19 April  2018, 
and  USD 3  million  (CHF 3  million)  received  from  UBS  Group 
Funding  (Switzerland)  AG  related  to  the  financial  year  ended 
31 December 2017, which was approved by the Annual General 
Meeting  of 
the  Shareholders  of  UBS  Group  Funding 
(Switzerland) AG on 8 March 2018. 

Note 4  Other operating income 

Fair value gains on AIV awards 

Gains related to equity-settled awards 

Amortization of net liability related to deferred compensation plan transfer 

Commission income from guarantees issued 

Total other operating income
Total other operating income 

Note 5  Financial income 

Fair value gains on investments in AIVs 

Fair value gains on derivatives 

Treasury share gains 

Interest income on long-term receivables from UBS AG 

Interest income on liquid assets 

Foreign currency translation gains 

Total financial income
Total financial income 

Note 6  Personnel expenses 

USD million 

For the year ended 

CHF million 

For the year ended 

31.12.19
31.12.19 

31.12.18 

31.12.19
31.12.19 

31.12.18 

0
0

119
119

1
1

35
35

155
155

 8 

 106 

 5 

 37 

 157 

0
0

118
118

1
1

34
34

153
153

 9 

 105 

 5 

 36 

 155 

USD million 

For the year ended 

CHF million 

For the year ended 

31.12.19
31.12.19 

31.12.18 

31.12.19
31.12.19 

31.12.18 

45
45

2
2

0
0

445
445

4
4

1
1

498
498

 0 

 6 

 47 

 13 

 11 

 0 

 77 

45
45

2
2

0
0

439
439

4
4

1
1

491
491

 0 

 6 

 46 

 13 

 11 

 0 

 76 

Personnel  expenses  include  recharges  from  UBS  AG  and  UBS 
Business  Solutions  AG  for  personnel-related  costs  for  activities 
performed by the personnel of those companies for the benefit 
of UBS Group AG. 

UBS  Group  AG  had  no  employees  throughout  2019  and 
2018. All employees of the UBS Group, including the members 
of  the  Group  Executive  Board  (GEB)  of  UBS  Group  AG,  were 
employed  by 
subsidiaries  of  UBS  Group  AG.  As  of 
31 December 2019, the UBS Group employed 68,601 personnel 
(31 December 2018: 66,888) on a full-time equivalent basis. 

484 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 7  Other operating expenses 

Fair value losses on AIV awards 

Losses related to equity-settled awards 

Capital tax 

Other 

TToottaall ootthheerr ooppeerraattiinngg eexxppeennsseess 

Note 8  Financial expenses 

Fair value losses on investments in AIVs 

Impairment losses on financial assets 

Treasury share losses 

Interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities 

Interest expense on derivatives 

Fees paid 

Foreign currency losses 

TToottaall ffiinnaanncciiaall eexxppeennsseess 

USD million 

For the year ended 

CHF million 

For the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

4455

00

1133

2222

8811

 0 

 184 

 14 

 18 

 216 

4455

00

1133

2222

8800

 0 

 181 

 14 

 17 

 212 

USD million 

For the year ended 

CHF million 

For the year ended 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

00

00

119911

442299

55

11

00

662255

 8 

 0 

 0 

 13 

 6 

 1 

 2 

 30 

00

00

119911

442222

11

55

00

661188

 8 

 0 

 0 

 13 

 6 

 1 

 2 

 30 

485 

Financial statements  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
UBS Group AG standalone financial statements 

Balance sheet notes 

Note 9  Liquid assets 

As  of  31 December  2019,  liquid  assets  comprised  USD 794  31 December  2018,  liquid  assets  comprised  USD 542  million 
million 
(CHF 533  million)  held  on  current  accounts  at  UBS  Switzerland 
UBS Switzerland AG and UBS AG and USD 383 million (CHF 371  AG and UBS AG and USD 384 million (CHF 378 million) of time 
million)  of  time  deposits  placed  with  UBS  AG.  As  of  deposits placed with UBS AG. 

(CHF 769  million)  held  on  current  accounts  at 

Note 10  Marketable securities 

Marketable securities include investments in AIVs related to compensation awards vesting within 12 months after the balance sheet date. 

Note 11  Other short-term receivables 

Onward lending to UBS AG1 

Loans to UBS Business Solutions AG 

Receivables from employing entities related to compensation awards 

Other 

Total other short-term receivables
Total other short-term receivables 

USD million 

CHF million 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

1,870
1,870

55
55

482
482

5
5

2,412
2,412

 0 

 216 

 567 

 5 

 788 

1,811 
1,811

53
53

466
466

5
5

2,335
2,335

 0 

 213 

 557 

 5 

 775 

1 Short-term receivables from the onward lending of the proceeds from the issuances of TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt and loss-absorbing additional tier 1 perpetual capital notes to UBS AG. Refer to Note 1 
1
for more information. 

Note 12  Accrued income and prepaid expenses 

Accrued interest income 

Other accrued income and prepaid expenses 

Total accrued income and prepaid expenses 
Total accrued income and prepaid expenses

USD million 

CHF million 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

816
816

194
194

1,010
1,010

 6 

 1 

 7 

790
790

188
188

978
978

 6 

 1 

 7 

486 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Note 13  Investments in subsidiaries 

Unless otherwise stated, the subsidiaries listed below have share 
capital  consisting  solely  of  ordinary  shares,  which  are  held  by 
UBS  Group  AG  or  UBS  AG,  respectively.  The  proportion  of 
ownership interest held is equal to the voting rights held by UBS 
Group  AG  or  UBS  AG,  respectively.  The  country  where  the 
respective  registered  office  is  located  is  also  the  principal  place 
of  business.  UBS  AG  operates  through  a  global  network  of 

branches  and  a  significant  proportion  of  its  business  activity  is 
conducted  outside  Switzerland  in  the  UK,  the  US,  Singapore, 
Hong  Kong  and  other  countries.  UBS  Europe  SE  has  branches 
and  offices  in  a  number  of  EU  Member  States,  including 
Germany, Italy, Luxembourg, Spain and Austria. Share capital is 
provided in the currency of the legally registered office. 

Subsidiaries of UBS Group AG as of 31 December 2019 

Company 

UBS AG 

Registered office 

Zurich and Basel, Switzerland 

UBS Business Solutions AG1 

Zurich, Switzerland 

UBS Group Funding (Switzerland) AG 

Zurich, Switzerland 

11 UBS Business Solutions AG holds subsidiaries in Poland, China and India. 

Individually significant subsidiaries of UBS AG as of 31 December 20191 

Company 

Registered office 

UBS Americas Holding LLC 

Wilmington, Delaware, USA 

UBS Americas Inc. 

Wilmington, Delaware, USA 

UBS Asset Management AG 

Zurich, Switzerland 

Primary business 

Corporate Center 

Corporate Center 

Asset Management 

UBS Bank USA 

UBS Europe SE 

Salt Lake City, Utah, USA 

Global Wealth Management 

Frankfurt, Germany 

Global Wealth Management 

UBS Financial Services Inc. 

Wilmington, Delaware, USA 

Global Wealth Management 

UBS Securities LLC 

UBS Switzerland AG 

Wilmington, Delaware, USA 

Investment Bank 

Zurich, Switzerland 

Personal & Corporate Banking 

Share capital in million  Equity interest accumulated in % 

CHF

CHF

CHF

 385.8

 1.0

 0.1

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

Share capital in million  Equity interest accumulated in % 

USD

USD

CHF

USD

EUR

USD

USD

CHF

 3,150.02

 0.0

 43.2

 0.0

 446.0

 0.0

 1,283.13

 10.0

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

11 Includes direct and indirect subsidiaries of UBS AG.    22 Comprised of common share capital of USD 1,000 and non-voting preferred share capital of USD 3,150,000,000.    33 Comprised of common share capital of 
USD 100,000 and non-voting preferred share capital of USD 1,283,000,000. 

Individually  significant  subsidiaries  of  UBS  AG  are  those  entities 
that  contribute  significantly  to  the  Group’s  financial  position  or 
results  of  operations,  based  on  a  number  of  criteria,  including 
the  subsidiaries’  equity  and  their  contribution  to  the  Group’s 

total  assets  and  profit  or  loss  before  tax,  in  accordance  with 
Swiss regulations. 

  Refer to Note 31 in the “Consolidated financial statements” 

section of this report for more information 

487 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UBS Group AG standalone financial statements 

Note 14  Financial assets 

Long-term receivables from UBS AG1 

Long-term receivables from UBS Business Solutions AG 

Investments in alternative investment vehicles at fair value related to awards vesting after 12 months 

Investments in alternative investment vehicles at cost less impairment 

Total financial assets
Total financial assets 

USD million 

CHF million 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

46,644
46,644

236
236

229
229

4
4

 993 

 224 

 224 

 4 

45,158
45,158

229
229

222
222

4
4

 976 

 220 

 220 

 4 

47,113
47,113

 1,444 

45,612
45,612

 1,420 

1 As of 31 December 2019, long-term receivables from UBS AG include the onward lending of the proceeds from the issuances of TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt and loss-absorbing additional tier 1 perpetual 
1
capital notes for the total amount of USD 45,682 million (CHF 44,226 million). Refer to Note 1 for more information. 

Note 15  Current interest-bearing liabilities 

Current  interest-bearing  liabilities  totaled  USD 2,547  million 
(CHF 2,466  million)  as  of  31 December  2019  comprising  TLAC-
eligible senior unsecured debt instruments of USD 1,800 million 
(CHF 1,743 million) and loans from UBS AG of USD 747 million 
(CHF 723  million).  As  of  31 December  2018,  current  interest-
bearing  liabilities  comprised  loans  from  UBS  AG  of  USD 457 
million  (CHF 450  million).  In  October  2019,  all  loss-absorbing 

AT1  capital  notes  and  TLAC-eligible  senior  unsecured  debt 
instruments  previously 
issued  by  UBS  Group  Funding 
(Switzerland)  AG  were  transferred  to  UBS  Group  AG  by  means 
of an issuer substitution at book value. 

  Refer to Note 1 for more information 

Notes issued, overview by amount, maturity and coupon 

31.12.19
31.12.19 

Carrying amount
Carrying amount 
Carrying amount
in transaction
in transaction  Carrying amount  Carrying amount 
in CHF
currency
In million, except where indicated 
in CHF 
currency 
290
300
290 
300 
US dollar-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
1,452
1,500
1,452 
1,500 
US dollar-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
Total notes issued
1,743
1,743 
Total notes issued 
1 Disclosed maturity refers to the contractual maturity date or, if applicable, to the earlier optional redemption date of the respective issuance. The disclosed coupon rate refers to the contractual coupon rate applied 
1
from the issue date up to the contractual maturity date or, if applicable, to the earlier optional redemption date. 

Maturity1
Coupon1 
Coupon1
Maturity1 
24.09.20 3M USD LIBOR + 144 bps
24.09.20  3M USD LIBOR + 144 bps 
2.950%
24.09.20
2.950% 
24.09.20 

Carrying amount
in USD
in USD 
300
300 
1,500
1,500 
1,800
1,800 

Note 16  Accrued expenses and deferred income 

Short-term portion of net liability related to deferred compensation plan transfer 

Short-term portion of compensation liabilities 

of which: Deferred Contingent Capital Plan 

of which: other deferred compensation plans 

Accrued interest expense 

Other 

USD million 

CHF million 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

0
0

1,268
1,268

497
497

771
771

784
784

50
50

 3 

 1,405 

 550 

 856 

 4 

 53 

0
0

1,228
1,228

482
482

746
746

759
759

48
48

 3 

 1,382 

 541 

 841 

 3 

 52 

Total accrued expenses and deferred income
Total accrued expenses and deferred income 

2,102
2,102

 1,465 

2,035
2,035

 1,440 

Note 17  Long-term interest-bearing liabilities 

Long-term  interest-bearing  liabilities  totaled  USD 45,989  million 
(CHF 44,523  million)  as  of  31 December  2019  comprising  loss-
absorbing  AT1  perpetual  capital  notes  and  TLAC-eligible  senior 
unsecured debt instruments of USD 45,752 million (CHF 44,294 
million)  and  fixed-term  loans  from  UBS  AG  of  USD 236  million 
(CHF 229 million). As of 31 December 2018, long-term interest-
bearing  liabilities  comprised  fixed-term  loans  from  UBS  AG  of 

USD 224  million  (CHF 220  million).  In  October  2019,  all  loss-
absorbing AT1 capital notes and TLAC-eligible senior unsecured 
debt  instruments  previously  issued  by  UBS  Group  Funding 
(Switzerland)  AG  were  transferred  to  UBS  Group  AG  by  means 
of an issuer substitution at book value. 

  Refer to Note 1 for more information 

488 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Note 17  Long-term interest-bearing liabilities (continued) 

Notes issued, overview by amount, maturity and coupon 

3311..1122..1199 

CCaarrrryyiinngg aammoouunntt 
iinn ttrraannssaaccttiioonn 
ccuurrrreennccyy 

CCaarrrryyiinngg aammoouunntt 
iinn UUSSDD 

CCaarrrryyiinngg aammoouunntt 
iinn CCHHFF 

CCoouuppoonn1,2 

MMaattuurriittyy1,2 

11,,221100 
6688 

11,,225500 
7700 

11,,225500 
110000 

77..112255%% 
33..003300%% 

11,,550000 
11,,000000 
22,,000000 

11,,550000 
11,,000000 
22,,000000 

11,,445522 
996688 
11,,993366 

1199..0022..220033 
1188..1111..2200 

11,,006655 
11,,990000 
448844 
11,,993366 

11,,110000 
11,,775500 
550000 
22,,000000 

11,,110000 
11,,996622 
550000 
22,,000000 

11,,008866 
330000 
11,,993366 
996688 
11,,221100 
11,,993366 
113366 
11,,335577 

11,,000000 
330000 
22,,000000 
11,,000000 
11,,225500 
22,,000000 
114411 
11,,225500 

11,,112211 
331100 
22,,000000 
11,,000000 
11,,225500 
22,,000000 
114411 
11,,440022 

2222..0033..2211 
66..887755%% 
1144..0044..2211  33MM UUSSDD LLIIBBOORR ++ 117788 bbppss 
33..000000%% 
1155..0044..2211 

1100..0088..2211 
77..112255%% 
33MM EEUURR LLIIBBOORR ++ 7700 bbppss 
2200..0099..2211 
0011..0022..2222  33MM UUSSDD LLIIBBOORR ++ 115533 bbppss 
22..665500%% 
0011..0022..2222 

55..775500%% 
1199..0022..2222 
00..775500%% 
2222..0022..2222 
2233..0055..2222 
33..449911%% 
2233..0055..2222  33MM UUSSDD LLIIBBOORR ++ 112222 bbppss 
33MM UUSSDD LLIIBBOORR ++ 9955 bbppss 
1155..0088..2222 
22..885599%% 
1155..0088..2222 
00..000000%% 
0044..1111..2222 
11..775500%% 
1166..1111..2222 

In million, except where indicated 
US dollar-denominated high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 
perpetual capital notes 
Australian dollar-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
US dollar-denominated high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 
perpetual capital notes 
US dollar-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
US dollar-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
US dollar-denominated high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 
perpetual capital notes 
Euro-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
US dollar-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
US dollar-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
Euro-denominated low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 
perpetual capital notes 
Swiss franc-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
US dollar-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
US dollar-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
US dollar-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
US dollar-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
US dollar-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
Euro-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
US dollar-denominated high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 
perpetual capital notes 
Swiss franc-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
Yen-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
Singapore dollar-denominated high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 
perpetual capital notes 
Euro-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
Swiss franc-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
US dollar-denominated high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 
perpetual capital notes 
Euro-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
Euro-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
Australian dollar-denominated high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 
perpetual capital notes 
Singapore dollar-denominated high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 
perpetual capital notes 
US dollar-denominated low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 
perpetual capital notes 
US dollar-denominated high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 
11,,552255 
perpetual capital notes 
22,,442200 
US dollar-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
227755 
Swiss franc-denominated high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 
115500 
Swiss franc-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
11,,993366 
US dollar-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
11,,335577 
Euro-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
11,,993366 
US dollar-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
117788 
Yen-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
11,,445522 
US dollar-denominated TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes 
TToottaall nnootteess iissssuueedd 
4444,,229944 
11 For the TLAC-eligible senior unsecured notes, disclosed maturity refers to the contractual maturity date or, if applicable, to the earlier optional redemption date of the respective issuance. The disclosed coupon rate 
22 For the loss-absorbing additional tier 1 perpetual 
refers to the contractual coupon rate applied from the issue date up to the contractual maturity date or, if applicable, to the earlier optional redemption date. 
capital notes, disclosed maturity refers to the first call date and the disclosed coupon rate refers to the contractual fixed coupon rate from the issue date up to, but excluding, the first call date.    33 Instrument was 
called on 10 January 2020. 

0077..0088..2255 
2244..0099..2255 
1133..1111..2255 
2233..0022..2266 
1155..0044..2266 
0011..0099..2266 
2233..0033..2277 
0099..1111..2277 
1133..0088..2299 

66..887755%% 
44..112255%% 
33..000000%% 
11..225500%% 
44..112255%% 
11..225500%% 
44..225533%% 
00..997733%% 
33..112266%% 

11,,557755 
22,,550000 
228844 
115555 
22,,000000 
11,,440022 
22,,000000 
118844 
11,,550000 
4455,,775522 

11,,557755 
22,,550000 
227755 
115500 
22,,000000 
11,,225500 
22,,000000 
2200,,000000 
11,,550000 

3311..0011..2244 
0044..0033..2244 
1177..0044..2244 

2288..1111..2233 
3300..1111..2233 
3300..0011..2244 

3311..0011..2233 
1188..0055..2233 
0088..1111..2233 

22,,000000 
440000 
113300,,000000 

77..000000%% 
22..112255%% 
11..225500%% 

55..887755%% 
11..550000%% 
00..887755%% 

55..000000%% 
00..662255%% 
00..771199%% 

552211 
11,,440022 
441133 

770000 
11,,225500 
440000 

22,,550000 
775500 
11,,775500 

22,,550000 
884411 
11,,996622 

22,,000000 
441133 
11,,119966 

550044 
11,,335577 
440000 

22,,442200 
881144 
11,,990000 

11,,993366 
440000 
11,,115577 

0044..0099..2244 

2277..0088..2244 

1199..0022..2255 

44..337755%% 

44..885500%% 

77..000000%% 

11,,225500 

11,,225500 

11,,221100 

770000 

449911 

775500 

555588 

447755 

554400 

489 

Financial statements 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
UBS Group AG standalone financial statements 

Note 18  Compensation-related long-term liabilities 

Long-term portion of compensation liabilities 

of which: Deferred Contingent Capital Plan 

of which: other deferred compensation plans 

Total compensation-related long-term liabilities 
Total compensation-related long-term liabilities

Note 19  Share capital 

USD million 

CHF million 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

2,938
2,938

1,340
1,340

1,598
1,598

2,938
2,938

 3,022 

 1,415 

 1,607 

 3,022 

2,845
2,845

1,298
1,298

1,547
1,547

2,845
2,845

 2,972 

 1,391 

 1,581 

 2,972 

As  of  31  December  2019,  the  issued  share  capital  consisted  of  3,859,055,395  (31 December  2018:  3,855,634,749)  registered 
shares with a par value of CHF 0.10 each. 

  Refer to “UBS shares” in the “Capital management” section of this report for more information about UBS Group AG shares 

Note 20  Treasury shares 

Balance as of 31 December 2017 
Balance as of 31 December 2017

of which: treasury shares held by UBS Group AG

of which: treasury shares held by UBS AG and other subsidiaries

Acquisitions

Disposals

Delivery of shares to settle equity-settled awards

Balance as of 31 December 2018
Balance as of 31 December 2018 

of which: treasury shares held by UBS Group AG 1

of which: treasury shares held by UBS AG and other subsidiaries

Acquisitions 

Disposals 

Delivery of shares to settle equity-settled awards 

Balance as of 31 December 2019
Balance as of 31 December 2019 

of which: treasury shares held by UBS Group AG 1 

of which: treasury shares held by UBS AG and other subsidiaries 

Number of registered shares 

Average price in USD 

Average price in CHF 

132,301,550 
132,301,550

 132,211,630

 89,920

 103,979,927

 (2,438,508)

 (67,375,167)

166,467,802
166,467,802 

 166,203,791

 264,011

146,876,692
146,876,692 

(5,999,827)
(5,999,827) 

(64,323,371)
(64,323,371) 

243,021,296
243,021,296 

242,930,084 
242,930,084

91,212
91,212 

16.65 
16.65

 16.65

 17.99

 15.32

 16.90

 16.69

15.71
15.71 

 15.71

 12.27

11.86
11.86 

11.88
11.88 

15.35
15.35 

13.57
13.57 

13.57 
13.57

12.65
12.65 

16.23 
16.23

 16.23 

 17.54 

 15.10 

 16.61 

 16.39 

15.45
15.45 

 15.46 

 12.05 

11.75
11.75 

11.50
11.50 

15.28
15.28 

13.35
13.35 

13.35 
13.35

12.75
12.75 

1 The carrying amount of treasury shares held by UBS Group AG as of 31 December 2019 was USD 3,297 million / CHF 3,244 million (31 December 2018: USD 2,612 million / CHF 2,569 million). 
1

490 

 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additional information 

Note 21  Guarantees 

UBS Group AG used to issue guarantees to the external investors 
against  any  default  in  payments  of  interest  and  principal  by  UBS 
Group Funding (Switzerland) AG, a direct subsidiary of UBS Group 
AG.  As  of  31 December 2018,  UBS  Group  Funding  (Switzerland) 
(CHF 30,920  million) 
AG  had 

issued  USD 31,448  million 

equivalent  of  TLAC-eligible  senior  debt  and  USD 10,334  million 
(CHF 10,161  million)  equivalent  of  loss-absorbing  AT1  capital 
notes. In October 2019, those guarantees were canceled upon the 
transfer of the underlying instruments to UBS Group AG. 

  Refer to Note 1 for more information 

Note 22  Assets pledged to secure own liabilities 

As of 31 December 2019, total pledged assets of UBS Group AG 
amounted  to  USD 2,021  million  (CHF 1,957  million).  These 
assets  consisted  of  certain  liquid  assets,  marketable  securities 
and  financial  assets  and  were  pledged  to  UBS  AG.  As  of 
31 December  2018,  total  pledged  assets  of  UBS  Group  AG 

amounted  to  USD 1,862  million 
(CHF 1,831  million).  The 
associated  liabilities  secured  by  these  pledged  assets  were 
USD 933  million 
(CHF 903  million)  and  USD 633  million 
(CHF 623  million)  as  of  31 December  2019  and  31 December 
2018, respectively. 

Note 23  Contingent liabilities 

UBS Group AG is jointly and severally liable for the combined value added tax (VAT) liability of UBS entities that belong to the VAT 
group of UBS in Switzerland. 

491 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UBS Group AG standalone financial statements 

Note 24  Significant shareholders 

Shareholders registered in the UBS Group AG share register with 3% or more of the total share capital 

% of share capital 
Chase Nominees Ltd., London1 

DTC (Cede & Co.), New York1,2 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

10.94
10.94

7.57
7.57

31.12.18 

 12.08 

 7.23 

Nortrust Nominees Ltd., London1 
1 Nominee companies and securities clearing organization cannot autonomously decide how voting rights are exercised and are therefore not obligated to notify UBS and the SIX if they reach, exceed or fall below 
1
2 DTC (Cede & Co.), New 
the threshold percentages according to the FMIA disclosure notification. Consequently, they do not appear in the below section “Shareholders subject to FMIA disclosure notifications.” 
2
York, “The Depository Trust Company,” is a US securities clearing organization. 

 4.14 

4.90
4.90

10 February  2016.  As  registration  in  the  UBS  share  register  is 
optional,  shareholders  crossing  the  aforementioned  thresholds 
requiring SIX notification under FMIA, do not necessarily appear 
in the above table. 

The  above  disclosures  have  not  been 

subsequently 
superseded and no new disclosures of significant shareholdings 
have been made since 31 December 2019. 

In  accordance  with  the  FMIA,  the  aforementioned  holdings 
are calculated in relation to the total share capital of UBS Group 
AG  reflected  in  its  Articles  of  Association  at  the  time  of  the 
respective disclosure notification. 

  Refer to www.six-exchange-regulation.com/en/home/ 

publications/significant-shareholders.html for information 

about disclosures under the FMIA 

Shareholders registered in the UBS Group AG share register with 
3% or more of the share capital of UBS Group AG 
As  a  supplement  to  the  mandatory  disclosure  requirements 
according  to  the  SIX  Swiss  Exchange  Corporate  Governance 
Directive, the shareholders (acting in their own name or in their 
capacity  as  nominees  for  other  investors  or  beneficial  owners) 
that were registered in the UBS share register with 3% or more 
of 
total  share  capital  of  UBS  Group  AG  as  of 
31 December 2019 or as of 31 December 2018 are listed in the 
table above. 

the 

Cross-shareholdings 

UBS  Group  AG  has  no  cross-shareholdings  where  reciprocal 
ownership would be in excess of 5% of capital or voting rights 
with any other company. 

General rules 

Under the Swiss Federal Act on Financial Market Infrastructures 
and  Market  Conduct  in  Securities  and  Derivatives  Trading  of 
19 June  2015  (FMIA),  anyone  directly  or  indirectly,  or  acting  in 
concert with third parties, holding shares in a company listed in 
Switzerland, or holding derivative rights related to shares of such 
a company must notify the company and the SIX Swiss Exchange 
(SIX)  if  the  holding  reaches,  falls  below  or  exceeds  one  of  the 
following  thresholds:  3,  5,  10,  15,  20,  25,  331⁄3,  50,  or  662⁄3% 
of voting rights, regardless of whether or not such rights may be 
exercised.  Nominee  companies  that  cannot  autonomously 
decide how voting rights are exercised are not required to notify 
the  company  and  SIX  if  they  reach,  exceed  or  fall  below  the 
threshold percentages. 

Pursuant  to  the  Swiss  Code  of  Obligations,  UBS  Group  AG 
identity  of  any 
discloses 
shareholder with a holding of more than 5% of the total share 
capital of UBS Group AG. 

its  financial  statements  the 

in 

Shareholders subject to FMIA disclosure notifications 
According  to  the  mandatory  FMIA  disclosure  notifications  filed 
with  UBS  Group  AG  and  SIX,  as  of  31 December 2019,  the 
following  entities  held  more  than  3%  of  the  total  share  capital 
of  UBS  Group  AG:  Artisan  Partners  Limited  Partnership, 
Milwaukee,  disclosed  a  holding  of  3.02%  of  the  total  share 
capital of UBS Group AG on 20 September 2019; Norges Bank, 
Oslo,  disclosed  a  holding  of  3.01%  on  24  July  2019;  Dodge  & 
Cox,  San  Francisco,  disclosed  a  holding  of  3.03%  on 
30 November 2018;  BlackRock  Inc.,  New  York,  disclosed  a 
holding  of  4.99%  on  28 August 2018;  and  MFS  Investment 
Management,  Boston,  disclosed  a  holding  of  3.05%  on 

492 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 25  Share and option ownership of the members of the Board of Directors, the Group Executive Board and other 
employees 

Shares awarded 

Awarded to members of the BoD 

Awarded to members of the GEB 

Awarded to other UBS Group employees 

TToottaall 

FFoorr tthhee yyeeaarr eennddeedd 3311..1122..1199 

For the year ended 31.12.18 

NNuummbbeerr ooff sshhaarreess 
556600,,888899 

VVaalluuee ooff sshhaarreess iinn 
UUSSDD mmiilllliioonn 
77 

VVaalluuee ooff sshhaarreess iinn 
CCHHFF mmiilllliioonn 
77

Number of shares 
 354,265

Value of shares in 
USD million 
 6

Value of shares in 
CHF million 
 6 

44,,887788,,990088 

7722,,776633,,000011 

7788,,220022,,779988 

5588 

881122 

887788 

5566

778877

885500

 2,996,831

 55,332,567

 58,683,663

 52

 926

 984

 51 

 908 

 965 

  Refer to the “Corporate governance and compensation” section of this report for more information about the terms and conditions of the 

shares and options awarded to the members of the Board of Directors and the Group Executive Board 

Number of shares of BoD members1 
Name, function 
Axel A. Weber, Chairman 

Michel Demaré, former Vice Chairman2 

David Sidwell, Vice Chairman and Senior Independent Director 

Jeremy Anderson, member 

William C. Dudley, member2 

Reto Francioni, member 

Ann F. Godbehere, former member2 

Fred Hu, member 

Julie G. Richardson, member 

Isabelle Romy, member 

Robert W. Scully, member 

Beatrice Weder di Mauro, member 

Dieter Wemmer, member 

Jeanette Wong, member2 

TToottaall 

oonn 3311 DDeecceemmbbeerr 
22001199 

NNuummbbeerr ooff sshhaarreess hheelldd 
993388,,662277

Voting rights in % 
 0.053 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 
22001199 

22001188 

22001199 

776644,,332299
– 
–

332222,,555588
116677,,559955

118899,,880055
3311,,445566

00
00

–
– 
112255,,662288

9988,,883322
– 
–

225599,,222255
1155,,114455

00
4466,,228833

1177,,115577
114433,,992288

111144,,880022
7711,,554400

4477,,007744
117722,,339977

114455,,660011
6600,,228855

3311,,115599
00

–
– 

11,,777722,,888844

 0.042 
– 

 0.018 
 0.009 

 0.010 
 0.002 

 0.000 
 0.000 

– 
 0.007 

 0.005 
– 

 0.014 
 0.001 

 0.000 
 0.003 

 0.001 
 0.008 

 0.006 
 0.004 

 0.003 
 0.010 

 0.008 
 0.003 

 0.002 
 0.000 

– 

 0.100 

 0.109 
11 Includes blocked and unblocked shares held by BoD members, including those held by related parties. No options were granted in 2019 and 2018.    22 At the 2019 AGM, William C. Dudley and Jeanette Wong 
were newly elected and Michel Demaré and Ann F. Godbehere did not stand for re-election. 

11,,999900,,554422

22001188 

493 

Financial statements 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
UBS Group AG standalone financial statements 

Note 25  Share and option ownership of the members of the Board of Directors, the Group Executive Board and other 
employees (continued) 

Share and option ownership / entitlements of GEB members1 

Name, function 
Sergio P. Ermotti, Group Chief Executive Officer 

Martin Blessing, former Co-President Global Wealth Management 

Christian Bluhm, Group Chief Risk Officer 

Markus U. Diethelm, Group General Counsel 

Kirt Gardner, Group Chief Financial Officer 

Suni Harford, President Asset Management 

Robert Karofsky, Co-President Investment Bank 

Sabine Keller-Busse, Group Chief Operating Officer and President UBS EMEA 

Iqbal Khan, Co-President Global Wealth Management 

Edmund Koh, President Asia Pacific 

Ulrich Körner, former President Asset Management and President UBS EMEA 

Axel P. Lehmann, President Personal & Corporate Banking and President UBS Switzerland 

Tom Naratil, Co-President Global Wealth Management and President UBS Americas 

Piero Novelli, Co-President Investment Bank 

Markus Ronner, Group Chief Compliance and Governance Officer 

Total
Total 

Number of 
on
on 
unvested 
31 December  shares / at risk2 
31 December
2019
 1,862,480
2019

Number of 
vested shares 
 2,150,003 

Total number of
Total number of 
shares 
shares
4,012,483
4,012,483

Potentially 
conferred 
voting 
rights in % 
 0.227 

2018
2018
2019
2019 

2018
2018
2019
2019

2018
2018
2019
2019

2018
2018
2019
2019

2018
2018
2019
2019

2018
2018 
2019
2019

2018
2018
2019
2019

2018
2018
2019
2019

2018
2018 
2019
2019

2018
2018 
2019
2019 

2018
2018
2019
2019

2018
2018
2019
2019

2018
2018
2019
2019

2018
2018
2019
2019

2018
2018

2019
2019

 1,715,430
– 

 1,757,766 
– 

 256,356
 440,953

 259,745
 698,402

 614,222
 532,643

 343,120
 63,211

– 
 577,606

 500,902
 423,778

 259,762
 712,342

– 
 380,340

– 
– 

 910,951
 522,202

 307,090
 1,307,554

 1,132,938
 599,156

 471,049
 214,850

 161,152

 0 
 0 

 0 
 458,426 

 317,516 
 129,807 

 107,472 
 0 

– 
 492,476 

 254,119 
 315,922 

 263,362 
 0 

– 
 183,104 

– 
– 

 95,597 
 277,978 

 277,978 
 609,477 

 484,075 
 429,652 

 256,367 
 68,097 

 173 

3,473,196
3,473,196
–
– 

256,356
256,356
440,953
440,953

259,745
259,745
1,156,828
1,156,828

931,738
931,738
662,450
662,450

450,592
450,592
63,211
63,211

–
– 
1,070,082
1,070,082

755,021
755,021
739,700
739,700

523,124
523,124
712,342
712,342

–
– 
563,444
563,444

–
– 
–
– 

1,006,548
1,006,548
800,180
800,180

585,068
585,068
1,917,031
1,917,031

1,617,013
1,617,013
1,028,808
1,028,808

727,416
727,416
282,947
282,947

161,325
161,325

 8,335,517

 5,114,942 

13,450,459
13,450,459

 0.191 
– 

 0.014 
 0.025 

 0.014 
 0.065 

 0.051 
 0.037 

 0.025 
 0.004 

– 
 0.061 

 0.042 
 0.042 

 0.029 
 0.040 

– 
 0.032 

– 
– 

 0.055 
 0.045 

 0.032 
 0.108 

 0.089 
 0.058 

 0.040 
 0.016 

 0.009 

 0.761 

 0.591 
1 Includes all vested and unvested shares of GEB members, including those held by related parties. No options were held in 2019 and 2018 by any GEB member or any of its related parties. Refer to “Note 30 
1
Employee benefits: variable compensation” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of the Annual Report 2019 for more information.  2 Includes shares granted under variable compensation plans with 
forfeiture provisions. The actual number of shares vesting in the future will be calculated under the terms of the plans. Refer to the “Compensation philosophy and framework” section of this report for more 
information about the plans. 

 3,814,425 

10,747,142
10,747,142

 6,932,717

2018
2018

2

494 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
Note 26  Related parties 

Related parties are defined under the Swiss Code of Obligations 
as  direct  and  indirect  participants  with  voting  rights  of  20%  or 
more,  management  bodies  (BoD  and  GEB),  external  auditors, 
and direct and indirect investments in subsidiaries. Payables due 

to members of the GEB and the external auditors are provided in 
the table below. Amounts due from and due to subsidiaries are 
provided on the face of the balance sheet. 

Payables due to the members of the GEB 

of which: Deferred Contingent Capital Plan 

of which: other deferred compensation plans 

Payables due to external auditors 

USD million 

CHF million 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

3311..1122..1199 

31.12.18 

117788

7766

110011

00

 156 

 78 

 78 

 0 

117722

7744

9988

00

 154 

 77 

 77 

 0 



495 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
Ernst & Young Ltd 
Aeschengraben 9 
P.O. Box 
CH-4002 Basel 

Phone: 
Fax: 
www.ey.com/ch 

+41 58 286 86 86 
+41 58 286 86 00 

To the General Meeting of 

UBS Group AG, Zurich 

Basel, 27 February 2020 

Report of the statutory auditor on the financial statements 

As  statutory  auditor,  we  have  audited  the  financial  statements  of  UBS  Group  AG,  which  comprise  the 
balance sheet, income statement and notes, for the year ended 31 December 2019. 

Board of Directors’ responsibility 

The Board of Directors is responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with 
the requirements of Swiss  law and the company’s  articles of incorporation. This  responsibility includes 
designing, implementing and maintaining an internal control system relevant to the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. The Board of Directors 
is further responsible for selecting and applying appropriate accounting policies and making accounting 
estimates that are reasonable in the circumstances. 

Auditor’s responsibility 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted 
our audit in accordance with Swiss law and Swiss Auditing Standards. Those standards require that we 
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free from 
material misstatement. 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in 
the  financial  statements.  The  procedures  selected  depend  on  the  auditor’s  judgment,  including  the 
assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. 
In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers the internal control system relevant to the entity’s 
preparation  of  the  financial  statements  in  order  to  design  audit  procedures  that  are  appropriate  in  the 
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal 
control system. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of the accounting policies used and 
the reasonableness of accounting estimates made, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the 
financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our audit opinion. 

Opinion 

In our opinion, the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019 comply with Swiss law and 
the company’s articles of incorporation. 

Report on key audit matters based on the circular 1/2015 of the Federal Audit Oversight Authority 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our 
audit of the financial statements of the current period. We have determined that there are no key audit 
matters to communicate in our report. 

496 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 

Report on other legal requirements 

We confirm that we meet the legal requirements on licensing according to the Auditor Oversight Act (AOA) 
and independence (article 728 CO and article 11 AOA) and that there are no circumstances incompatible 
with our independence. 

In accordance with article 728a paragraph 1 item 3 CO and Swiss Auditing Standard 890, we confirm that 
an  internal  control  system  exists,  which  has  been  designed  for  the  preparation  of  financial  statements 
according to the instructions of the Board of Directors. 

We further confirm that the proposed appropriation of available earnings complies with Swiss law and the 
company’s  articles  of  incorporation.  We  recommend  that  the  financial  statements  submitted  to  you  be 
approved. 

Ernst & Young Ltd 

-

Marie Laure Delarue 
Licensed audit expert 
(Auditor in charge) 

Bruno Patusi 
Licensed audit expert 

497 

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
498 

Significant 
regulated 
subsidiary and 
sub-group 
information 

 
Significant regulated subsidiary and sub-group information 

Financial and regulatory key figures 
for our significant regulated subsidiaries 
and sub-groups 

UBS AG 
(standalone) 
USD million, 

UBS Switzerland AG 
(standalone) 
CHF million, 

UBS Europe SE 
(consolidated) 
EUR million, 

UBS Americas Holding LLC 
(consolidated) 
USD million, 

As of or for the year ended 
Financial information3,4,5 
Income statement 

Total operating income 
Total operating expenses 
Operating profit / (loss) before tax 
Net profit / (loss) 

Balance sheet 
Total assets 
Total liabilities 
Total equity 

Capital6,7 
Common equity tier 1 capital 
Additional tier 1 capital 
Tier 1 capital 
Total going concern capital8 
Tier 2 capital 
Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity8,9 
Total capital 
Total loss-absorbing capacity8,9 

except where indicated  except where indicated  except where indicated  except where indicated 
31.12.182 

31.12.191 
31.12.191

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.19 
31.12.19

31.12.18 

31.12.18 

31.12.19 
31.12.19

11,975
11,975 
8,086
8,086 
3,889
3,889 
3,848
3,848 

12,040 
9,539 
2,501 
3,333 

7,688
7,688 
6,351
6,351 
1,337
1,337 
1,039
1,039 

8,257 
6,439 
1,818 
1,401 

997
997 
810
810 
186
186 
188
188 

478,946
478,946 
427,242 
427,242
51,705
51,705 

480,238 
429,130 
51,107 

285,014
285,014 
272,341 
272,341
12,673
12,673 

293,034 
279,200 
13,834 

46,247
46,247 
41,756 
41,756
4,490
4,490 

49,521
49,521 
11,958
11,958 
61,479 
61,479
66,632 
66,632

49,411 
7,805 
57,217 
63,225 

10,895
10,895 
4,711
4,711 
15,606 
15,606
15,606 
15,606

10,225 
4,243 
14,468 
14,468 

10,915
10,915 

10,932 

26,521
26,521 

25,400 

3,486
3,486 
290
290 
3,776 
3,776
3,776 
3,776

1,84010
1,84010 
3,776
3,776 
5,616
5,616 

12,169
12,169 
10,830
10,830 
1,339
1,339 
730
730 

12,953 
11,162 
1,791 
3,969 

139,293
139,293 
111,016 
111,016
28,277
28,277 

142,761 
115,340 
27,421 

11,939
11,939 
3,048
3,048 
14,987 
14,987

11,746 
2,141 
13,887 

714 
714

714 

15,702 
15,702

14,601 

Risk-weighted assets and leverage ratio denominator6,7 
Risk-weighted assets 
Leverage ratio denominator 

287,999
287,999 
589,127
589,127 

292,888 
601,013 

99,667
99,667 
302,304
302,304 

95,646 
306,487 

15,146
15,146 
41,924
41,924 

54,058
54,058 
127,290
127,290 

54,063 
122,829 

Capital and leverage ratios (%)6,7 
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio 
Tier 1 capital ratio 
Going concern capital ratio8 
Total capital ratio 
Total loss-absorbing capacity ratio8 
Leverage ratio11 
Total loss-absorbing capacity leverage ratio8 

Liquidity7,8,12 
High-quality liquid assets (billion) 
Net cash outflows (billion) 
Liquidity coverage ratio (%)14,15 

17.2
17.2 

16.9 

10.9
10.9 

10.7 

23.1 
23.1

21.6 

15.7 
15.7

15.1 

11.3
11.3 

10.5 

26.6
26.6 

26.6 

8.8
8.8 

8.3 

74
74 
54
54 
137 
137

76 
55 
139 

67
67 
52
52 
130 
130

67 
53 
128 

23.0
23.0 
24.9 
24.9

24.9
24.9 
37.1
37.1 
9.0
9.0 
13.4
13.4 

14
14 
1013
1013 
14713 
14713

22.1
22.1 
27.7 
27.7

29.0
29.0 

11.8
11.8 

21.7 
25.7 

27.0 

11.3 

17 
17

Other 
Joint and several liability between UBS AG and UBS Switzerland AG (billion)16 
1 As a result of the cross-border merger of UBS Limited into UBS Europe SE effective 1 March 2019, UBS Europe SE became a significant regulated subsidiary of UBS Group AG. The size, scope and business model of 
1
2 Figures as of or for the year 
the merged entity is now materially different. Comparatives for 31 December 2018 have not been provided in the table because data produced on the same basis is not available. 
2
ended 31 December 2018 have been adjusted for consistency with the full-year audited financial statements and/or local regulatory reporting, which were finalized after the publication of the UBS Group AG Annual 
3 UBS AG and UBS Switzerland AG financial information is prepared in accordance with Swiss GAAP (FINMA Circular 2015/1 and 
Report 2018 and the 31 December 2018 Pillar 3 report on 15 March 2019. 
3
4 UBS Europe SE financial information is prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), but 
Banking Ordinance), but does not represent financial statements under Swiss GAAP. 
4
5 UBS Americas Holding LLC financial information is prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the US (US GAAP), but does not 
does not represent financial statements under IFRS. 
5
6 For UBS AG and UBS Switzerland AG, based on applicable transitional arrangements for Swiss systemically relevant banks (SRBs). For UBS Europe SE, based on 
represent financial statements under US GAAP. 
6
applicable EU Basel III rules. For UBS Americas Holding LLC, based on applicable US Basel III rules.  7 Refer to the 31 December 2019 Pillar 3 report available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors 
for more information.  8 There was no local disclosure requirement for UBS Americas Holding LLC as of 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018.  9 Total loss-absorbing capacity of UBS Americas Holding LLC is 
10 Consists of positions which meet the conditions laid down in Art. 72a–b of the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) II with regard to contractual, 
disclosed on a semi-annual basis in our Pillar 3 report. 
10
structural or legal subordination. 
12 For UBS Europe SE, figures as of 
12
13 Revised 
31 December 2019  are  based  on  a  ten-month  average,  rather  than  a  twelve-month  average,  as  data  produced  on  the  same  basis  is  only  available  for  the  period  since  the  cross-border  merger. 
13
14 UBS AG is required to maintain a minimum liquidity coverage ratio of 105% as communicated by FINMA. 
calculation excludes inflows from overdrafts which we cannot demand repayment of within 30 days. 
14
16 Refer to the “Capital management” section of this report for more information about the joint and 
15 UBS Switzerland AG, as a Swiss SRB, is required to maintain a minimum liquidity coverage ratio of 100%. 
15
16
several liability. Under certain circumstances, the Swiss Banking Act and FINMA’s Banking Insolvency Ordinance authorize FINMA to modify, extinguish or convert to common equity liabilities of a bank in connection 
with a resolution or insolvency of such bank. 

11 For UBS AG, on the basis of going concern capital. On the basis of tier 1 capital for UBS Europe SE and UBS Americas Holding LLC. 
11

26 

8

7

9

500 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UBS Group AG is a holding company and conducts substantially 
all  of  its  operations  through  UBS  AG  and  its  subsidiaries.  UBS 
Group AG and UBS AG contribute a significant portion of their 
respective  capital  and  provide  substantial  liquidity  to  their 
subsidiaries. Many of these subsidiaries are subject to regulations 
requiring compliance with minimum capital, liquidity and similar 
requirements.  The  table 
in  this  section  summarizes  the 
regulatory  capital  components  and  capital  ratios  of  our 
significant  regulated  subsidiaries  and  sub-groups  determined 
under  the  regulatory  framework  of  each  subsidiary’s  or  sub-
group’s home jurisdiction. 

  Refer to “Capital and capital ratios of our significant regulated 

subsidiaries” in the “Capital management” section of this report 

for more information 

  Refer to “Note 26 Restricted and transferred financial assets” in 
the “Consolidated financial statements” section of this report 

for more information. 

Supervisory  authorities  generally  have  discretion  to  impose 
higher  requirements  or  to  otherwise  limit  the  activities  of 
subsidiaries.  Supervisory  authorities  also  may  require  entities  to 
measure capital and leverage ratios on a stressed basis and may 
limit  the  ability  of  an  entity  to  engage  in  new  activities  or  take 
capital actions based on the results of those tests. 

In  June  2019,  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  released  the  results 
of  its  Comprehensive  Capital  Analysis  and  Review  (CCAR)  and 
did not object to the capital plan of UBS Americas Holding LLC, 
our US intermediate holding company. 

Standalone  regulatory  information  for  UBS  AG  and  UBS 
Switzerland AG, as well as consolidated regulatory information for 
UBS  Europe  SE  and  UBS  Americas  Holding  LLC  is  provided  in  the 
31 December 2019  Pillar  3  report,  available  under  “Pillar  3 
disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors. 

Standalone  financial  statements  for  UBS  Group  AG  as  well  as 
standalone  financial  statements  and  regulatory  information  for 
UBS AG  and  UBS Switzerland  AG  are  available  under  “Holding 
company and significant regulatory subsidiaries and sub-groups” at 
www.ubs.com/investors. 

501 

Significant regulated subsidiary andsub-group information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Appendix 

Alternative performance measures 

Alternative performance measures 

An alternative performance measure (APM) is a financial measure of historical or future financial performance, financial position 
or cash flows other than a financial measure defined or specified in the applicable recognized accounting standards or in other 
applicable regulations. We report a number of APMs, including adjusted results, in the discussion of the financial and operating 
performance  of  the  Group,  our  business  divisions  and  our  Corporate  Center.  We  use  APMs  to  provide  a  fuller  picture  of  our 
operating performance and to reflect management’s view of the fundamental drivers of our business results. A definition of each 
APM, the method used to calculate it and the information content are presented in the table below. Our APMs may qualify as 
non-GAAP measures as defined by SEC regulations. 

AAPPMM llaabbeell 

DDeeffiinniittiioonn 

IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn ccoonntteenntt 

Adjusted results 
(adjusted operating profit / (loss) before tax, 
adjusted operating income, adjusted 
operating expenses) 

Invested assets 

Calculated by adjusting operating profit / (loss), 
operating income and operating expenses as reported 
in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) for restructuring and litigation 
expenses, as well as other material profit or loss items 
that management believes are not representative of 
the underlying business performance. 

Calculated as the sum of managed fund assets, 
managed institutional assets, discretionary and 
advisory wealth management portfolios, fiduciary 
deposits, time deposits, savings accounts, and wealth 
management securities or brokerage accounts. 

These measures provide information about the 
financial and operating performance, excluding items 
that management believes are not representative of 
the underlying performance of our businesses. 

This measure provides information about the volume 
of client assets managed by or deposited with UBS for 
investment purposes. 

Recurring income 
– GWM 

Calculated as total of net interest income and 
recurring net fee income. 

This measure provides information about the amount 
of the recurring net interest and fee income. 

Recurring net fee income 
– GWM, P&C 

Transaction-based income 
– GWM, P&C 

Calculated as total of fees for services provided on an 
ongoing basis, such as portfolio management fees, 
asset-based investment fund fees, custody fees and 
account-keeping fees, which are generated on client 
assets. 

Calculated as total of the non-recurring portion of net 
fee and commission income, mainly composed of 
brokerage and transaction-based investment fund 
fees, as well as credit card fees and fees for payment 
transactions, together with other net income from 
financial instruments measured at fair value through 
profit or loss. 

This measure provides information about the amount 
of recurring net fee income. 

This measure provides information about the amount 
of the non-recurring portion of net fee and 
commission income. 

502 

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AAPPMM llaabbeell 

CCaallccuullaattiioonn 

IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn ccoonntteenntt 

Adjusted cost / income ratio (%) 

Calculated as adjusted operating expenses divided by 
adjusted operating income before credit loss expense 
or recovery. 

This measure provides information about the 
efficiency of the business by comparing operating 
expenses with gross income, while excluding items 
that management believes are not representative of 
the underlying performance of the businesses. 

Cost / income ratio (%) 

Calculated as operating expenses divided by 
operating income before credit loss expense or 
recovery. 

This measure provides information about the 
efficiency of the business by comparing operating 
expenses with gross income. 

Gross margin on invested assets (bps) 
– GWM, AM 

Calculated as operating income before credit loss 
expense or recovery (annualized as applicable) divided 
by average invested assets. 

This measure provides information about the 
operating income before credit loss expense or 
recovery of the business in relation to invested assets. 

Net interest margin (bps) 
– P&C 

Calculated as net interest income (annualized as 
applicable) divided by average loans. 

Net margin on invested assets (bps) 
– GWM, AM 

Calculated as operating profit before tax (annualized 
as applicable) divided by average invested assets. 

Net new business volume growth (%) 
– P&C 

Net profit growth (%) 

Calculated as total net inflows and outflows of client 
assets and loans during the period (annualized as 
applicable) divided by total business volume / client 
assets at the beginning of the period. 

Calculated as change in net profit attributable to 
shareholders from continuing operations between 
current and comparison periods divided by net profit 
attributable to shareholders from continuing 
operations of comparison period. 

This measure provides information about the 
profitability of the business by calculating the 
difference between the price charged for lending and 
the cost of funding, relative to loan value. 

This measure provides information about the 
operating profit before tax of the business in relation 
to invested assets. 

This measure provides information about the growth 
of the business volume as a result of net new business 
volume flows during a specific period. 

This measure provides information about profit 
growth in comparison with the prior period. 

Recurring income as a % of income 
– GWM 

Calculated as net interest income and recurring net 
fee income divided by operating income before credit 
loss expense or recovery. 

This measure provides information about the 
proportion of recurring income in operating income. 

Return on common equity 
tier 1 capital (%) 

Calculated as net profit attributable to shareholders 
divided by average common equity tier 1 capital. 

This measure provides information about the 
profitability of the business in relation to common 
equity tier 1 capital. 

Return on equity (%) 

Calculated as net profit attributable to shareholders 
divided by average equity attributable to 
shareholders. 

This measure provides information about the 
profitability of the business in relation to equity. 

Return on leverage ratio denominator, 
gross (%) 

Calculated as operating income before credit loss 
expense or recovery divided by average leverage ratio 
denominator. 

This measure provides information about the revenues 
of the business in relation to leverage ratio 
denominator. 

Return on risk-weighted 
assets, gross (%) 

Return on tangible equity (%) 

Calculated as operating income before credit loss 
expense or recovery divided by average risk-weighted 
assets. 

This measure provides information about the revenues 
of the business in relation to risk-weighted assets. 

Calculated as net profit attributable to shareholders 
divided by average equity attributable to shareholders 
less average goodwill and intangible assets.1 

This measure provides information about the 
profitability of the business in relation to tangible 
equity. 

Total book value per share 
(USD and CHF2) 

Calculated as equity attributable to shareholders 
divided by the number of shares outstanding. 

This measure provides information about net assets 
on a per-share basis. 

Total tangible book value per share 
(USD and CHF2) 

Calculated as equity attributable to shareholders less 
goodwill and intangible assets divided by the number 
of shares outstanding. 

This measure provides information about tangible net 
assets on a per-share basis. 

1 Effective 1 January 2019, the definition of the numerator for return on tangible equity has been revised to align it with the numerators for return on equity and return on common equity tier 1 capital; i.e., we no 
1
longer adjust for amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets. Prior periods have been restated. 

2 Total book value per share and total tangible book value per share in Swiss francs are calculated based on a translation of equity under our US dollar presentation currency. 
2

503 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Appendix 

Abbreviations frequently used in our financial reports 

E 
EAD 
EB 
EBA 
EC 
ECB 
ECL 
EIR 
EL 
EMEA 

EOP 
EPE 
EPS 
ESG 

ETD 
ETF 
EU 
EUR 
EURIBOR 
EVE 
EY 

F 
FA 
FCA 

FCT 
FINMA 

FMIA 

exposure at default 
Executive Board 
European Banking Authority 
European Commission 
European Central Bank 
expected credit loss 
effective interest rate 
expected loss 
Europe, Middle East and 
Africa 
Equity Ownership Plan 
expected positive exposure 
earnings per share 
environmental, social and 
governance 
exchange-traded derivatives 
exchange-traded fund 
European Union 
euro 
Euro Interbank Offered Rate 
economic value of equity 
Ernst & Young (Ltd) 

financial advisor 
UK Financial Conduct 
Authority 
foreign currency translation 
Swiss Financial Market 
Supervisory Authority 
Swiss Financial Market 
Infrastructure Act 

asset-backed securities 
automatic exchange of 
information 
Annual General Meeting of 
shareholders 
advanced internal 
ratings-based 
alternative investment 
vehicle 
Asset and Liability 
Committee 
advanced measurement 
approach 
anti-money laundering 
Articles of Association 
Asia Pacific 
alternative performance 
measure 
alternative reference rate 
auction rate securities 
available stable funding 
additional tier 1 
assets under management 

Basel Committee on 
Banking Supervision 
base erosion and anti-abuse 
tax 
Bank for International 
Settlements 
Board of Directors 
Swiss occupational 
pension plan 

Capital Adequacy 
Ordinance 
Comprehensive Capital 
Analysis and Review 
credit conversion factor 

CCP 
CCR 
CCRC 

CCyB 
CDO 

CDS 
CEA 
CEM 
CEO 
CET1 
CFO 
CFTC 

CHF 
CIC 

CIO 
CLS 

CMBS 

C&ORC 

CRD IV 

CRM 

CST 
CVA 

D 
DBO 
DCCP 

DJSI 

DM 
DOJ 
D-SIB 

DTA 
DVA 

central counterparty 
counterparty credit risk 
Corporate Culture and 
Responsibility Committee 
countercyclical buffer 
collateralized debt 
obligation 
credit default swap 
Commodity Exchange Act 
current exposure method 
Chief Executive Officer 
common equity tier 1 
Chief Financial Officer 
US Commodity Futures 
Trading Commission 
Swiss franc 
Corporate & Institutional 
Clients 
Chief Investment Office 
Continuous Linked 
Settlement 
commercial mortgage-
backed security 
Compliance & Operational 
Risk Control 
EU Capital Requirements 
Directive of 2013 
credit risk mitigation (credit 
risk) or comprehensive risk 
measure (market risk) 
combined stress test 
credit valuation adjustment 

defined benefit obligation 
Deferred Contingent 
Capital Plan 
Dow Jones Sustainability 
Indices 
discount margin 
US Department of Justice 
domestic systemically 
important bank 
deferred tax asset 
debit valuation adjustment 

A 
ABS 
AEI 

AGM 

A-IRB 

AIV 

ALCO 

AMA 

AML 
AoA 
APAC 
APM 

ARR 
ARS 
ASF 
AT1 
AuM 

B 
BCBS 

BEAT 

BIS 

BoD 
BVG 

C 
CAO 

CCAR 

CCF 

504 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Abbreviations frequently used in our financial reports (continued) 

FSB 
FTA 

FVA 

FVOCI 

FVTPL 

FX 

G 
GAAP 

GBP 
GDP 
GEB 
GIA 
GIIPS 

GMD 
GRI 
GSE 

G-SIB 

H 
HQLA 
HR 

I 
IAA 

IAS 

IASB 

IBOR 
IFRIC 

Financial Stability Board 
Swiss Federal Tax 
Administration 
funding valuation 
adjustment 
fair value through other 
comprehensive income 
fair value through profit or 
loss 
foreign exchange 

generally accepted 
accounting principles 
pound sterling 
gross domestic product 
Group Executive Board 
Group Internal Audit 
Greece, Italy, Ireland, 
Portugal and Spain 
Group Managing Director 
Global Reporting Initiative 
government sponsored 
entities 
global systemically 
important bank 

high-quality liquid assets 
human resources 

internal assessment 
approach 
International Accounting 
Standards 
International Accounting 
Standards Board 
interbank offered rate 
International Financial 
Reporting Interpretations 
Committee 

IFRS 

IHC 

IMA 
IMM 
IRB 
IRC 
IRRBB 

ISDA 

K 
KRT 

L 
LAS 
LCR 
LGD 
LIBOR 

LLC 
LRD 
LTIP 
LTV 

M 
M&A 
MiFID II 

MRT 

N 
NAV 
NCL 

NII 
NRV 
NSFR 
NYSE 

O 
OCA 
OCI 

OTC 

P 
PD 
PFE 
PIT 
P&L 
POCI 

PRA 

PRV 

Q 
QRRE 

R 
RBA 
RBC 
RbM 
RMBS 

RniV 
RoAE 
RoCET1 
RoTE 
RoU 
RV 
RW 
RWA 

International Financial 
Reporting Standards 
intermediate holding 
company 
internal models approach 
internal model method 
internal ratings-based 
incremental risk charge 
interest rate risk in the 
banking book 
International Swaps and 
Derivatives Association 

Key Risk Taker 

liquidity-adjusted stress 
liquidity coverage ratio 
loss given default 
London Interbank Offered 
Rate 
limited liability company 
leverage ratio denominator 
Long-Term Incentive Plan 
loan-to-value 

mergers and acquisitions 
Markets in Financial 
Instruments Directive II 
Material Risk Taker 

net asset value 
Non-core and Legacy 
Portfolio 
net interest income 
negative replacement value 
net stable funding ratio 
New York Stock Exchange 

own credit adjustment 
other comprehensive 
income 
over-the-counter 

probability of default 
potential future exposure 
point in time 
profit or loss 
purchased or originated 
credit-impaired 
UK Prudential Regulation 
Authority 
positive replacement value 

qualifying revolving retail 
exposures 

role-based allowances 
risk-based capital 
risk-based monitoring 
residential mortgage-
backed securities 
risks not in VaR 
return on attributed equity 
return on CET1 capital 
return on tangible equity 
right-of-use 
replacement value 
risk weight 
risk-weighted assets 

505 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Appendix 

Abbreviations frequently used in our financial reports (continued) 

S 
SA 
SA-CCR 

SAR 

SBC 
SDG 

SE 
SEC 

SEEOP 

SFT 

SI 
SICR 

SIX 
SME 

SMF 

SNB 
SPPI 

SRB 
SRM 
SVaR 

standardized approach 
standardized approach for 
counterparty credit risk 
stock appreciation right or 
Special Administrative 
Region 
Swiss Bank Corporation 
Sustainable Development 
Goal 
structured entity 
US Securities and Exchange 
Commission 
Senior Executive Equity 
Ownership Plan 
securities financing 
transaction 

sustainable investing 
significant increase in credit 
risk 
SIX Swiss Exchange 
small and medium-sized 
corporate clients 
Senior Management 
Function 
Swiss National Bank 
solely payments of principal 
and interest 
systemically relevant bank 
specific risk measure 
stressed value-at-risk 

T 
TBTF 
TCJA 
TLAC 
TTC 

U 
UoM 
USD 

V 
VaR 
VAT 

too big to fail 
US Tax Cuts and Jobs Act 
total loss-absorbing capacity 
through-the-cycle 

units of measure 
US dollar 

value-at-risk 
value added tax 

This is a general list of the abbreviations frequently used in our financial reporting. Not all of the listed abbreviations may appear in 
this particular report. 

506 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Information sources 

Reporting publications 

Other information 

including 

framework, 

information 

in  English, 

this  single-volume 

Annual  publications:  Annual  Report 
(SAP  no.  80531): 
Published 
report  provides 
descriptions  of:  our  Group  strategy  and  performance;  the 
strategy  and  performance  of  the  business  divisions  and 
Corporate  Center;  risk,  treasury  and  capital  management; 
responsibility  and  our 
corporate  governance,  corporate 
compensation 
about 
compensation  for  the  Board  of  Directors  and  the  Group 
Executive  Board  members;  and  financial  information,  including 
the financial statements. Geschäftsbericht (SAP no. 80531): This 
publication  provides  the  translation  into  German  of  our  Annual 
Report.  Annual  Review  (SAP  no.  80530):  This  booklet  contains 
key  information  about  our  strategy  and  performance,  with  a 
focus  on  corporate  responsibility  at  UBS.  It  is  published  in 
English, German, French and Italian. Compensation Report (SAP 
no.  82307):  This  report  discusses  our  compensation  framework 
and  provides  information  about  compensation  for  the  Board  of 
Directors and the Group Executive Board members. It is available 
in English and German. 

Quarterly publications: The quarterly financial report provides 
an  update  on  our  strategy  and  performance  for  the  respective 
quarter. It is available in English. 

How  to  order  publications:  The  annual  and  quarterly 
publications  are  available  in  .pdf  format  at  www.ubs.com/ 
investors,  in  the  “UBS  Group  AG  and  UBS  AG  financial 
information” section, and printed copies can be requested from 
UBS  free  of  charge.  For  annual  publications,  refer  to  the 
“Investor 
at  www.ubs.com/investors. 
Alternatively,  they  can  be  ordered  by  quoting  the  SAP  number 
and  the  language  preference,  where  applicable,  from  UBS  AG, 
F4UK–AUL, P.O. Box, CH-8098 Zurich, Switzerland. 

services” 

section 

Website:  The  “Investor  Relations”  website  at  www.ubs.com/ 
investors  provides  the  following  information  about  UBS:  news 
releases;  financial  information,  including  results-related  filings 
with  the  US  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission;  information 
for shareholders, including UBS share price charts as well as data 
and  dividend  information,  and  for  bondholders;  the  UBS 
corporate  calendar;  and  presentations  by  management  for 
investors  and  financial  analysts.  Information  on  the  internet  is 
available  in  English,  with  some  information  also  available  in 
German. 

Results  presentations:  Our  quarterly  results  presentations  are 
webcast live. A playback of most presentations is downloadable 
at www.ubs.com/presentations. 

Messaging  service:  Email  alerts  to  news  about  UBS  can  be 
subscribed  for  under  “UBS  news  alert”  at  www.ubs.com/global/ 
en/investor-relations/contact/investor-services.html.  Messages  are 
sent in English, German, French or Italian, with an option to select 
theme preferences for such alerts. 

Form 20-F and other submissions to the US Securities and 
Exchange  Commission:  We  file  periodic  reports  and  submit 
other information about UBS to the US Securities and Exchange 
Commission  (SEC).  Principal  among  these  filings  is  the  annual 
report  on  Form  20-F,  filed  pursuant  to  the  US  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934. The filing of Form 20-F is structured as a 
wrap-around  document.  Most  sections  of  the  filing  can  be 
satisfied  by  referring  to  the  combined  UBS  Group  AG  and  UBS 
AG  annual  report.  However,  there  is  a  small  amount  of 
additional  information  in  Form  20-F  that  is  not  presented 
elsewhere  and  is  particularly  targeted  at  readers  in  the  US. 
Readers  are  encouraged  to  refer  to  this  additional  disclosure. 
Any document that we file with the SEC is available on the SEC’s 
website  www.sec.gov.  Refer  to  www.ubs.com/investors  for 
more information. 

507 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements | This report contains statements that constitute “forward-looking statements,” including 
but  not  limited  to  management’s  outlook  for  UBS’s  financial  performance  and  statements  relating  to  the  anticipated  effect  of  transactions  and  strategic 
initiatives  on  UBS’s  business  and  future  development.  While  these  forward-looking  statements  represent  UBS’s  judgments  and  expectations  concerning  the 
matters described, a number of risks, uncertainties and other important factors could cause actual developments and results to differ materially from UBS’s 
expectations. These factors include, but are not limited to: (i) the degree to which UBS is successful in the ongoing execution of its strategic plans, including its 
cost reduction and efficiency initiatives and its ability to manage its levels of risk-weighted assets (RWA) and leverage ratio denominator (LRD), including to 
counteract  regulatory-driven  increases,  liquidity  coverage  ratio  and  other  financial  resources,  and  the  degree  to  which  UBS  is  successful  in  implementing 
changes to its businesses to meet changing market, regulatory and other conditions; (ii) the continuing low or negative interest rate environment in Switzerland 
and other jurisdictions, developments in the macroeconomic climate and in the markets in which UBS operates or to which it is exposed, including movements 
in  securities  prices  or  liquidity,  credit  spreads,  and  currency  exchange  rates,  and  the  effects  of  economic  conditions,  market  developments,  geopolitical 
tensions, and changes to national trade policies on the financial position or creditworthiness of UBS’s clients and counterparties as well as on client sentiment 
and levels of activity; (iii) changes in the availability of capital and funding, including any changes in UBS’s credit spreads and ratings, as well as availability and 
cost of funding to meet requirements for debt eligible for total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC); (iv) changes in or the implementation of financial legislation, 
including Interest Rate Benchmark Reform, and regulation in Switzerland, the US, the UK, the European Union and other financial centers that have imposed, 
or  resulted  in,  or  may  do  so  in  the  future,  more  stringent  or  entity-specific  capital,  TLAC,  leverage  ratio,  net  stable  funding  ratio,  liquidity  and  funding 
requirements, heightened operational resilience requirements, incremental tax requirements, additional levies, limitations on permitted activities, constraints on 
remuneration, constraints on transfers of capital and liquidity and sharing of operational costs across the Group or other measures, and the effect these will or 
would  have  on  UBS’s  business  activities;  (v)  the  degree  to  which  UBS  is  successful  in  implementing  further  changes  to  its  legal  structure  to  improve  its 
resolvability  and  meet  related  regulatory  requirements  and  the  potential  need  to  make  further  changes  to  the  legal  structure  or  booking  model  of  the  UBS 
Group  in  response  to  legal  and  regulatory  requirements,  proposals  in  Switzerland  and  other  jurisdictions  for  mandatory  structural  reform  of  banks  or 
systemically important institutions or to other external developments, and the extent to which such changes will have the intended effects; (vi) UBS’s ability to 
maintain  and  improve  its  systems  and  controls  for  the  detection  and  prevention  of  money  laundering  and  compliance  with  sanctions  to  meet  evolving 
regulatory requirements and expectations, in particular in the US; (vii) the uncertainty arising from the UK’s exit from the EU; (viii) changes in UBS’s competitive 
position,  including  whether  differences  in  regulatory  capital  and  other  requirements  among  the  major  financial  centers  will  adversely  affect  UBS’s  ability  to 
compete  in  certain  lines  of  business;  (ix)  changes  in  the  standards  of  conduct  applicable  to  our  businesses  that  may  result  from  new  regulations  or  new 
enforcement of existing standards, including recently enacted and proposed measures to impose new and enhanced duties when interacting with customers 
and in the execution and handling of customer transactions; (x) the liability to which UBS may be exposed, or possible constraints or sanctions that regulatory 
authorities  might  impose  on  UBS,  due  to  litigation,  contractual  claims  and  regulatory  investigations,  including  the  potential  for  disqualification  from  certain 
businesses, potentially large fines or monetary penalties, or the loss of licenses or privileges as a result of regulatory or other governmental sanctions, as well as 
the  effect  that  litigation,  regulatory  and  similar  matters  have  on  the  operational  risk  component  of  our  RWA  as  well  as  the  amount  of  capital  available  for 
return to shareholders; (xi) the effects on UBS’s cross-border banking business of tax or regulatory developments and of possible changes in UBS’s policies and 
practices relating to this business; (xii) UBS’s ability to retain and attract the employees necessary to generate revenues and to manage, support and control its 
businesses,  which  may  be  affected  by  competitive  factors;  (xiii)  changes  in  accounting  or  tax  standards  or  policies,  and  determinations  or  interpretations 
affecting the recognition of gain or loss, the valuation of goodwill, the recognition of deferred tax assets and other matters; (xiv) UBS’s ability to implement 
new technologies and business methods, including digital services and technologies, and ability to successfully compete with both existing and new financial 
service  providers,  some  of  which  may  not  be  regulated  to  the  same  extent;  (xv)  limitations  on  the  effectiveness  of  UBS’s  internal  processes  for  risk 
management,  risk  control,  measurement  and  modeling,  and  of  financial  models  generally;  (xvi)  the  occurrence  of  operational  failures,  such  as  fraud, 
misconduct, unauthorized trading, financial crime, cyberattacks or other cybersecurity disruptions, and systems failures; (xvii) restrictions on the ability of UBS 
Group AG to make payments or distributions, including due to restrictions on the ability of its subsidiaries to make loans or distributions, directly or indirectly, 
or, in the case of financial difficulties, due to the exercise by FINMA or the regulators of UBS’s operations in other countries of their broad statutory powers in 
relation to protective measures, restructuring and liquidation proceedings; (xviii) the degree to which changes in regulation, capital or legal structure, financial 
results or other factors may affect UBS’s ability to maintain its stated capital return objective; and (xix) the effect that these or other factors or unanticipated 
events may have on our reputation and the additional consequences that this may have on our business and performance. The sequence in which the factors 
above  are  presented  is  not  indicative  of  their  likelihood  of  occurrence  or  the  potential  magnitude  of  their  consequences.  Our  business  and  financial 
performance  could  be  affected  by  other  factors  identified  in  our  past  and  future  filings  and  reports,  including  those  filed  with  the  SEC.  More  detailed 
information about those factors is set forth in documents furnished by UBS and filings made by UBS with the SEC, including UBS’s Annual Report on Form 20-F 
for  the  year  ended  31  December  2019.  UBS  is  not  under  any  obligation  to  (and  expressly  disclaims  any  obligation  to)  update  or  alter  its  forward-looking 
statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. 

Rounding | Numbers presented throughout this report may not add up precisely to the totals provided in the tables and text. Percentages, percent changes, 
and adjusted results are calculated on the basis of unrounded figures. Information about absolute changes between reporting periods, which is provided in text 
and which can be derived from figures displayed in the tables, is calculated on a rounded basis. 

Tables | Within tables, blank fields generally indicate that the field is not applicable or not meaningful, or that information is not available as of the relevant 
date or for the relevant period. Zero values generally indicate that the respective figure is zero on an actual or rounded basis. Percentage changes are presented 
as a mathematical calculation of the change between periods. 

508 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements | This report contains statements that constitute “forward-looking statements,” including

but  not  limited  to  management’s  outlook  for  UBS’s  financial  performance  and  statements  relating  to  the  anticipated  effect  of  transactions  and  strategic 

initiatives  on  UBS’s  business  and  future  development.  While  these  forward-looking  statements  represent  UBS’s  judgments  and  expectations  concerning  the 

matters described, a number of risks, uncertainties and other important factors could cause actual developments and results to differ materially from UBS’s 

expectations. These factors include, but are not limited to: (i) the degree to which UBS is successful in the ongoing execution of its strategic plans, including its

cost reduction and efficiency initiatives and its ability to manage its levels of risk-weighted assets (RWA) and leverage ratio denominator (LRD), including to

counteract  regulatory-driven  increases,  liquidity  coverage  ratio  and  other  financial  resources, and  the  degree  to  which  UBS  is  successful  in  implementing 

changes to its businesses to meet changing market, regulatory and other conditions; (ii) the continuing low or negative interest rate environment in Switzerland

and other jurisdictions, developments in the macroeconomic climate and in the markets in which UBS operates or to which it is exposed, including movements

in  securities  prices  or  liquidity,  credit  spreads,  and  currency  exchange  rates,  and  the  effects  of  economic  conditions,  market  developments,  geopolitical 

tensions, and changes to national trade policies on the financial position or creditworthiness of UBS’s clients and counterparties as well as on client sentiment 

and levels of activity; (iii) changes in the availability of capital and funding, including any changes in UBS’s credit spreads and ratings, as well as availability and 

cost of funding to meet requirements for debt eligible for total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC); (iv) changes in or the implementation of financial legislation, 

including Interest Rate Benchmark Reform, and regulation in Switzerland, the US, the UK, the European Union and other financial centers that have imposed, 

or  resulted  in, or  may  do  so  in  the  future,  more  stringent  or  entity-specific  capital,  TLAC,  leverage  ratio, net  stable  funding  ratio,  liquidity  and  funding 

requirements, heightened operational resilience requirements, incremental tax requirements, additional levies, limitations on permitted activities, constraints on 

remuneration, constraints on transfers of capital and liquidity and sharing of operational costs across the Group or other measures, and the effect these will or 

would  have  on  UBS’s  business  activities;  (v)  the  degree  to  which  UBS  is  successful  in  implementing  further  changes  to  its  legal  structure  to  improve  its 

resolvability  and  meet  related  regulatory  requirements and the  potential  need  to  make  further  changes  to  the  legal  structure  or  booking  model  of  the  UBS 

Group  in  response  to  legal  and  regulatory  requirements,  proposals  in  Switzerland  and  other  jurisdictions  for  mandatory  structural  reform  of  banks  or 

systemically important institutions or to other external developments, and the extent to which such changes will have the intended effects; (vi) UBS’s ability to

maintain  and  improve  its  systems  and  controls  for  the  detection  and  prevention  of  money  laundering  and  compliance  with  sanctions  to  meet  evolving

regulatory requirements and expectations, in particular in the US; (vii) the uncertainty arising from the UK’s exit from the EU; (viii) changes in UBS’s competitive 

position,  including  whether  differences  in  regulatory  capital  and  other  requirements  among  the  major  financial  centers  will  adversely  affect  UBS’s  ability  to 

compete  in  certain  lines  of  business;  (ix)  changes  in  the  standards  of  conduct  applicable  to  our  businesses  that  may  result  from  new  regulations  or  new 

enforcement of existing standards, including recently enacted and proposed measures to impose new and enhanced duties when interacting with customers 

and in the execution and handling of customer transactions; (x) the liability to which UBS may be exposed, or possible constraints or sanctions that regulatory

authorities  might  impose  on  UBS,  due  to  litigation,  contractual  claims  and  regulatory  investigations,  including  the  potential  for  disqualification  from  certain 

businesses, potentially large fines or monetary penalties, or the loss of licenses or privileges as a result of regulatory or other governmental sanctions, as well as

the  effect  that  litigation,  regulatory and  similar  matters  have  on  the  operational  risk  component  of  our  RWA  as  well  as  the  amount  of  capital  available  for 

return to shareholders; (xi) the effects on UBS’s cross-border banking business of tax or regulatory developments and of possible changes in UBS’s policies and 

practices relating to this business; (xii) UBS’s ability to retain and attract the employees necessary to generate revenues and to manage, support and control its 

businesses,  which  may  be  affected  by  competitive  factors;  (xiii)  changes  in  accounting  or  tax  standards  or  policies,  and  determinations  or  interpretations 

affecting the recognition of gain or loss, the valuation of goodwill, the recognition of deferred tax assets and other matters; (xiv) UBS’s ability to implement 

new technologies and business methods, including digital services and technologies, and ability to successfully compete with both existing and new financial 

service  providers,  some  of  which  may  not  be  regulated  to  the  same  extent;  (xv)  limitations  on  the  effectiveness  of  UBS’s  internal  processes  for  risk 

management,  risk control,  measurement  and  modeling,  and of financial  models  generally;  (xvi)  the  occurrence  of  operational  failures,  such  as  fraud, 

misconduct, unauthorized trading, financial crime, cyberattacks or other cybersecurity disruptions, and systems failures; (xvii) restrictions on the ability of UBS 

Group AG to make payments or distributions, including due to restrictions on the ability of its subsidiaries to make loans or distributions, directly or indirectly, 

or, in the case of financial difficulties, due to the exercise by FINMA or the regulators of UBS’s operations in other countries of their broad statutory powers in 

relation to protective measures, restructuring and liquidation proceedings; (xviii) the degree to which changes in regulation, capital or legal structure, financial 

results or other factors may affect UBS’s ability to maintain its stated capital return objective; and (xix) the effect that these or other factors or unanticipated 

events may have on our reputation and the additional consequences that this may have on our business and performance. The sequence in which the factors 

above  are  presented  is  not  indicative  of  their  likelihood of  occurrence  or  the  potential  magnitude  of  their  consequences.  Our  business  and  financial 

performance  could  be  affected  by  other  factors  identified  in  our  past  and  future  filings  and  reports, including  those  filed  with  the  SEC.  More  detailed 

information about those factors is set forth in documents furnished by UBS and filings made by UBS with the SEC, including UBS’s Annual Report on Form 20-F

for  the  year  ended  31  December  2019.  UBS  is  not  under  any  obligation  to  (and  expressly  disclaims  any  obligation  to)  update  or  alter  its  forward-looking 

statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

Rounding | Numbers presented throughout this report may not add up precisely to the totals provided in the tables and text. Percentages, percent changes,

and adjusted results are calculated on the basis of unrounded figures. Information about absolute changes between reporting periods, which is provided in text 

and which can be derived from figures displayed in the tables, is calculated on a rounded basis.

Tables | Within tables, blank fields generally indicate that the field is not applicable or not meaningful, or that information is not available as of the relevant 

date or for the relevant period. Zero values generally indicate that the respective figure is zero on an actual or rounded basis. Percentage changes are presented

as a mathematical calculation of the change between periods.

508

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UBS Group AG 
P.O. Box 
CH-8098 Zurich 

ubs.com